Skip to main content

Full text of "Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales"

See other formats 


THE  .^  R  A  I 

OF   THE 

LINNEAN  SOCIETY 


OF 


NEW   SOUTH  WALES, 


(SEOOIrTID    SEISIES.) 


Plates  i-xxix  and  xiv  Ms.) 


IFOE,    THIE    "^TE-A.!?,    188Q. 


SYDNEY: 

PRINTED    AND    PUBLISHED    FOR   THE    SOCIETY 

BY 

F.  CUNNINGHAME  &  CO.,  146  PITT  STREET, 

AND 

SOLD  BY  THE  SOCIETY. 

1890. 


SYDNEY : 
F.    CUNNINGHAAIE   &   CO.,  146  PITT   STREET. 

1890. 


CONTENTS  OF  VOL.  IJ.  - .  > 

PART  I. 

(Issued  May  29th,  1889.) 

PAGE 

On  the  Vegetation  of  Malaysia.     By  the  Rev.  J.  E.  Tenison-Woods, 

F.L.S.,  F.G.S.     (Plates  i.-ix.)  9 

Notes  on  the  Geographical  Distribution  of  some  New  South  Wales 
Plants.     By  J.  H.  Maiden,  F.L.S.     ...         '•         107 

Description  of  a  new  Moth  of  the  Genus  Phyllodes.  By  A.  Sidney 
Olliff,  F.E.S 113 

Note  on  the  Linnean  Murex  corneus  found  living  on  the  Coast  of  the 
Island  of  New  Caledonia,  South  Pacific  Ocean.  By  John  Brazier, 
F.L.S 117 

Note  on  Danais  Chrysippus'" (L.),  and  D.  Petilia  (Stoll).     By  W.  H. 

MiSKiN,  F.E.S 119 

Notes  on  the  Genus  Lestophonus,  Williston,  and  Description  of  a  new 
Species.    By  Frederick  A.  A.  Skuse  123 

Descriptions  of  two  new  Species  of  Australian  Cetoniidse.  By  Oliver 
E.  Janson,  F.E.S ,        ..127 

Revision  of  the  Genus  Heteronyx,  with  Descriptions  of  new  Species. 
Part  II.    By  the  Rev.  T.  Blackburn,  B.  A 137 

Description  of  a  new  Genus  [Batrachomyia,  W.  S.  Macleay,  MS.),  and 
two  Species  of  Dipterous  Insects  parasitic  upon  Australian  Frogs. 
By  Frederick  A.  A.  Skuse.     (Plate  x.)       171 

List  of  the  Australian  Palceichthyes,  with  Notes  on  their  Synonymy 

and  Distribution.    Part  II.    By  J.  Douglas  Ogilby,  F.L.S.       ...   178 

Note  on  Cyprcea  venusta  (Sowerby).     By  James  C.  Cox,  M.D.,  F.L  S. 

(Plate  XV.,  figs.  1  and  2) 187 

Note  pointing  out  that  Poepliila' gouldicB  and  P.  armitiana  are  merely 
varieties  of  P.  mirabilis  (Honibron  and  Jacquinot).  By  A.  J. 
North,  F.L.S 188 

Remarks  on  the  proposals  of  a  South  Australian  Committee  for  the 
better  protection  of  the  native  Fauna  and  Flora.  By  P.  N. 
Trebeck 190 

Elections  and  Announcements  1,121,132 

Donations  1,121,132 

Notes  and  Exhibits 117,131,188 


iv.  CONTENTS. 

PART   II. 

(Issued  September  Wth,  1889.) 

PAGE 
Note  on  the  Probable  Occurrence  of  Aldrovanda  vesiculosa  in  N.S.W. 
By  Baron  von  Mueller,  K.C.M.G.,  M.D.,  Ph.D.,  F.R.S.     (Plate 
XVI.)  197 

Remarks  on  Fossils  of  Permo-Carboniferous  Age,  from  North-Western 
Australia,  in  the  Macleay  Museum.  By  R.  Etheridge,  Jun. 
(Plate  xvii.)         199 

Diptera  of  Australia.     Part  vi. — The  Chironomidse.     By  Frederick 

A.  A.  Skuse.     (Plates  XI. -XIV.  and  XIV.  &is.)  215 

Specimens  of  Plants  collected  at  King  George's  Sound  by  the  Rev.  R. 
Collie,  F.L.S.     By  the  Rev.  Dr.  Woolls,  F.L.S 317 

Bacteriological  Notes.    By  Dr.  Oscar  Katz— 

(1)  Note  on  the  Bacillus  of  Leprosy 325 

(2)  On  "Air-gas"  for  Bacteriological  Work  328 

An  Attempt  to  Synchronise  the  Australian,  South  African,  and  Indian 
Coal-Measures.  Part  i. — The  Australasian  and  New  Zealand 
Formations.     By  Professor  Stephens,  M. A.,  F.G.S.  331 

Observations  on  the  Oviposition    and   Habits  of  certain   Australian 

Batrachians.     By  J.  J.  Fletcher,  M.A.,  B.Sc 357 

Notes  on  possible  Means  of  Dispersal  of  Species,  and  on  the  Effects  of 
eating  Pigeons  nourished  by  the  Seeds  of  Euphorbia  Drummondii. 
By  C.  T.  MussoN,  F.L.S 388 

A  List  of  the  Birds   of  the  Mudgee   District,  with  Notes  on  their 

Habits.     By  J.  D.  Cox  and  A.  G.  Hamilton  395 

Revision  of  the  Genus  Heteronyx,  with  Descriptions  of  New  Species. 

Part  III.     By  the  Rev.  T.  Blackburn,  B. A 425 

Notes  on  Australian  Coleoptera,  with  Descriptions  of  New  Species. 

Part  III.     By  the  Rev.  T.  Blackburn,  B.  A 445 

Note  on  the  Origin  of  Kerosene  Shale.  By  T.  W.  Edgeworth  David, 
B.A.,  F.G.S.     (Plate  XVIII.)     483 

Studies  in  Australian  Entomology.  No.  i. — Review  of  the  Genus 
<Sar«e«ts  (Fam.  Carabidte).     By  Thomas  G.  Sloane  501 

Experimental  Researches  with  theJMicrobes  of  Chicken-cholera.  By 
Dr.  Oscar  Katz 513 

Elections  and  Announcements  193,314,391 

Donations         193,  314,  391 

Notes  and  Exhibits 312,388,598 

Note. — In  the  explanation  of  fig.  7  of  PI,  xvii.  (p.  214), /or  "Side  view  of 
another  example,  showing  relative  convexity  of  the  ventral  valve,"  read 
Dorsal  view  of  another  example,  showing  fractured  ventral  umbo,  and 
decorticated  dorsal  valve. 


CONTENTS.  V 

PART  III. 

(Issued   February  3rd,  1890.)  PAGE 

Description  of    a  new   Species   of   loclis,    with   Remarks   on     Pielus 

imperialis,   OUiif.      By   Thomas    P.   Lucas,    M.R.C.S.,    L.S.A., 

Lond.,  L.R.C.P.,  Edin.  603 

The   Examination  of  Kinos  as  an  Aid  in  the  Diagnosis  of  Eucalypts. 

Part  I.— The  Ruby  Group.     By  J.  H.  Maiden,  F.L.S.,  F.C.S.    ...  605 
On  Rhopalocera  from   Mt.    Kosciusko,  New   South  Wales.      By  A. 

Sidney  Olliff,  F.E.S 619 

Note  on  the  Fructification  of  Phlebopteris  alethopteroides,  Etheridge, 

fil.,    from    the   Lower   Mesozoic  Beds    of    Queensland.      By   R. 

Etheridge,  Jun 625 

Note  on  the  Bibliography  of  Lord  Howe  Island.     By  R.  Etheridge,  Jun.  627 
Note  on  some  Fossil  Fish  associated  with  Tceniopteris,  from  the  Balli- 

more  Series.     By  the  Rev.  J.  Milne  Curran,  F.G.S 634 

Spinifex  Resin.     By  J.  H.  Maiden,  F.L.S.,  F.C.S 639 

Pielus  hyalinatus  and  P.  imperialis.     By  A.  Sidney  Olliff,  F.E.S.  ...  641 
New   Species   of  Lampyridse,  including  a  Notice  of  the  Mt.  Wilson 

Fire-fly.     By  A.  Sidney  Olliff,  F.E.S 643 

Descriptions  of  two  new  Species  of  Australian  Mollusca.     By  James 

C.  Cox,  M.D.,  F.L.S.     (Plate  XIX.,  figs.  1-3) 658 

Revision  of  the  Genus  Heteronyx,  with  Descriptions  of  new  Species. 

Part  IV.     By  the  Rev.  T.  Blackburn,  B. A ...661 

Further  Notes   on   Australian  Coleoptera,  with  Descriptions  of  new 

Genera  and  Species.    Part  iv.     By  the  Rev.  T.  Blackburn,  B.A.    707 
Mollusca  trawled  ofi"  Merimbula,  New  South  Wales.      By  J.  Brazier, 

F.L.S.,  &c 747 

On  the  Further  Structure  of  Conularia  inornata,  Dana,  and  Hyolithes 

lanceolatus,    Morris,    sp.   (  =  Theca   lanceolata,   Morris).      By  R. 

Etheridge,  Jun.     (Plate  xx.) 751. 

Diptera    of    Australia      Part  vii. — The     Tipulidse    brevipalpi.      By 

Frederick  A.  A.  Skuse.     (Plates  xxi.-xxiv.)         757 

The  Osteology  and  Myology  of  the  Death  Adder  {Acanthophis  antarc- 

tica,  W&gh).     By  W.(J.  McKay,  B.Sc.     (Plates  xxv.-xxvii.)      ...893 
Notes   on  Australian   Earthworms.     Part  vi.     By  J.   J.    Fletcher, 

M.A.,  B.Sc 987 

Notes   on  a  new  Species   of  Eucalyptus  from  Southern  New  South 

Wales.      By  Baron  von    Mueller,    K.C.M.G.,    M.D.,    Ph.D., 

F.R.S.     (Plates  xxviii.,xxix.)  1020 

Notes  on  a  small  Collection  of  Birds  made  by  Mr.  E.  H.  Saunders  near 

Roeburne,  North-western  Australia.     By  A.  J.  North,  F.L.S.    ...1023 
Description  of  a  new  Snake  belonging   to  the  Genus  Hoplocephalus. 

By  J.  Douglas  Ogilby,  F.L.S.  1027 

Note  on   the  Successful  Hatching  of  an  Egg  of  the  Emu,  Dromaius 

novce-hollandice,  under  a  Domestic  Fowl.     By  A.  J.  North,  F.L.S.  1029 

Elections  and  Announcements  599,635,655 

Donations  599,  635,  655 

Notes  and  Exhibits       632,654,1028 

JV^o^e.— Figures  4-6,  and  10-11  of  Plate  xix  refer  to  species  to  be  treated 
of  in  a  future  paper. 


VI.  CONTENTS. 

PART  IV. 

(Issued  April  15th,  1890.) 

PAGE 

Descriptions  of  two  Lizards  of  Genera  new  to  Australian  Herpetology. 

By  C.  W.  De  Vis,  M.A 1034 

A  Revision  of  the  Australian  Species  of  Euploea,  with  Synonymic 

Notes,  and  Descriptions  of  new  Species.  By  W.  H.  Miskin,  F.E.S.  1037 
On  Cedar  Gum  (Gedrela  australis,  F.v.M.).     By  J.  H.  Maiden,  F.L.S., 

F.C.S 1047 

On  the  Nidification  of  Heteromyias  cinereifrons,  Ramsay,  and  Orthonyx 

spaldingi,  Ramsay.     By  A.  J.  North,  F.L.S 1050 

Note  on  the  Breeding  of  the  Glossy  Ibis,   Falcinellus  igneus  (Ibis 

falci7iellus,  Unn.),    By  K.  H.  Bennett,  F.L.S 1059 

Preliminary  Notes    on  the   Pharmacology  of  some   new   Poisonous 

Plants.     By  Thos.  L.  Bancroft,  M.B.,  Edin 1061 

On  Queensland  and  other  Australian  Macro-Lepidoptera,  with  Locali- 
ties, and  Descriptions  of  new  Species.      By  Thomas  P.  Lucas, 

M.R.C.S.E.,  L.S.A.,  L.R.C.P.Ed 1065 

Descriptions  of  Additional  Australian  Pyralidina.     By  E.  Meyrick, 

B.A.,  F.E.S.        1105 

Revision  of   Australian    Lepidoptera.     Part   iii.       By  E.  Meyrick, 

B,A.,  F.E.S 1117 

Revision  of  the  Genus  Heteronyx,  with  Descriptions  of  new  Species. 

Part  v.— Appendix.     By  the  Rev.  T.  Blackburn,  B.A 1217 

Notes  on  Australian  Coleoptera,  with    Descriptions  of  new  Species. 

Partv.     By  the  Rev.  T.  Blackburn,  B.A.  1247 

The  Examination  of  Kinos  as  an  Aid  in  the  Diagnosis  of  Eucalypts. 

Part  II.— The  Gummy  Group.  By  J.  H.  Maiden,  F.L.S.,  F.C.S.  1277 
Studies    in  Australian   Entomology.     No.   ii. — Six  new  Species   of 

Carabidse.    By  Thomas  G.  Sloane 1288 

Notes  on  the  Nidification  of  Merula  vinitincta,  Gld. ,  and  Ocydromtis 

sylvestris,  Sch     By  A.  J.  North,  F.L.S.      (TitieJ  1296 

Notes  on  the  Breeding  of  Sternula  sinensis,  Gmel. ,  in  Australia.  By  A. 

J.  North,  F.L.S.     (TitleJ     1296 

Description  of  a  New  Australian  Skink.     By  E.  P.  Ramsay,  LL.D., 

F.R.S.E.,  and  J.  Douglas  Ogilby,  F.L.S.     (Title.)        1296 

Description   of  two  new   Skinks.     By    J.   Douglas  Ogilby,  F.L.S. 

(Title.) ,         1296 

liiote  on  Atyphella  lychnus.     By  A.  Sidney  Olliff,  F.E.S.     ..  ...  1297 

Elections  and  Announcements        1031,1056,1101 

Donations         1031,  1056,  1101 

Notes  and  Exhibits 1052,  1100,  1297 

President's  Address 1299 

Office-Bearers  and  Council  for  1890  1339 

Title-page,  Contents,  Index  to  Vol.  IV.  (2nd  Ser.),  List  of  Plates,  and  Errata. 

(For  List  or  Plates  in  Vol.  IV.  see  next  page,) 


LIST  OF  PLATES  IN  VOL.  IV. 

(SECOND  SERIES.) 


Plates  i-ix. — Illustrations  of  Malayasian  Plants. 

Plate  X.— Diptera  (Batrachomyia)  parasitic  upon  Australian  frogs. 

Plates  xi-xiv  and  xiv  bis. — Wings  of  Australian  Diptera. 

Plate  XV. — Cyprcea  venusta.  Sow.,  and  C.  vitellus^  Linn.,  vars. 

Plate  XVI. — Aldovandra  vesiculosa,  Linn. 

Plate  XVII. — Permo-Carboniferous  Fossils  from  N.  W.  Australia. 

Plate  XVIII. — Sporangia  (?)  in  Fire-clay. 

Plate  XIX. — Australian  Mollusca. 

Plate  XX.  — Gonularia  inornata,  Dana,  and  Hyolithes  lanceolatus,  Morris,  sp. 

Plates  xxi-xxiv. — Wings,  male  forceps^  &c.,  of  Australian  Diptera. 

Plates  xxv-xxvii. — Anatomy  of  the  Death  Adder  (Acanthophis  antarctica, 

Wagl). 
Plates  xxviii-xxix. — Eucalyptus  Maideni,  F.v.M.,n.sp. 


EEEATA.-VOL,  IV. 

(SECOND  SERIES.) 


Page  19,  line  2 — for  Willoughheia  read  WUlughbeia. 

Page  19,  line  22— for  Sphcerothalamus  read  Sphcerothalamus. 

Page  29,  line  13 — for  Malotus  read  Mallotus. 

Page  29,  line  21 — for  Adinandra  read  Adenandra. 

Page  29,  line  29— for  Castania  read  Castanea. 

Page  33,  line  28  — for  Castania  read  Castanea. 

Page  45,  line  6— /or  species  reacZ  genus. 

Page  55,  lines  29,  32,  and  35 — for  Castania  read  Castanea. 

Page  56,  lines  6,  7,  and  15 — for  Castania  read  Castanea. 

Page  58,  line  22 — for  Willoughheia  read  WUlughbeia. 

Page  86,  line  2 — for  Boickia  read  BcBckea. 

Page  87,  line  2 — for  Soneratia  read  Sonneratia. 

Page  93,  line  27 — the  final  hyphen  belongs  to  the  line  following. 

Page  98,  line  8 — for  Rhodamnia  triner'vis  read  Rhodamnia  trinervia. 

Page  107,  line  24— for  sph^rocarpa  read  sph^eocarpum. 

Page  107,  line  25 — for  Azederach  read  Azedarach. 

Page  118,  line  8 — for  Fasciolaira  read  Fasciolaria. 

Page  204,  line  11— for  Genns  Peterinea  read  Genus  Pterinea. 

Page  214. — In  the  explanation  of  fig.  7  of  PI.  xvii.  for  "Side  view  of 
another  example,  showing  relative  convexity  of  the  ventral 
valve,"  read  Dorsal  view  of  another  example,  showing  frac- 
tured ventral  umbo,  and  decorticated  dorsal  valve. 

Page  367,  last  line — for  C.    eivingii  read  H.  eivingii. 

Page  415,  line  7 — for  pallida  read  pallidus. 

Page  422,  line  5 — for  superciliosus  read  superciliosa. 

Page  451,  line  30— for  M.  striicollis  read  R.  sti^iicollis. 

Page  694,  line  18— for  H.  proxima  read  H.  proximus. 

Page  724,  line  14 — for  R.  Jlavipes  read  A.  Jlavipes. 

Page  758,  line  33— for  Gonlomyia  read  Gonomyia. 

Page  818,  line  10— for  P.  tenuicornis  read  T.  tenuicornis. 

Page  1029,  line  6— for  Poephila  read  Poephila. 


FROCEEIDIDSr&S 

OF   THE 

LINNEAN    SOCIETY 

OF 


WEDNESDAY,  30th  JANUARY,  1889. 


The  President,  Professor  Stephens,  M.A.,  F.G.S.,  in  the  Chair 


The  President  announced  that  there  would  be  no  Excursion 
during  February.  

DONATIONS. 

"  Philosophical  Transactions  of  the  Koyal  Society  of  London." 
65  vols.  (1801-58  and  1881-87);  "Transactions  of  the  Royal 
Society  of  Edinburgh."  21  vols.,  with  6  Parts  and  2  Appendices 
(1788-1881);  "  The  Edinburgh  Philosophical  Journal."  90  vols. 
(1819-1864);  '^Nature."  13  vols.  (1876-1882) ;"  Zeitschrift  fur 
wissenschaftliche  Zoologie."  Bd.  I,-XXXIX.;  XLYI.  Hefts  3  and 
4;XLYII.  Hefts  1  and  2  (1849-1888);  "The  Botanical  Cabinet." 
By  C.  Loddiges  and  Sons.  21  vols.  (1818-1833);  "The  Journal  of 
Botany."  17  vols.  (1863-1879);  "  Annales  de  la  Societe  Ento- 
mologiquedeBelgique."  Tomes  I.-XXY.  (1857-1882);  "Tijdschrift 


2  DONATIONS. 

voor  Entomologie."  Vols  I.-XXI.  (1858-1878) ;  "  Entomologische 
Zeitung,  herausgegeben  von  dem  Entomologischen  Yereine  zu 
Stettin."  Jahrg.  I.-XLYITI.  (1840-1887) ;  "  Mittheilungen  aus 
der  Zoologischen  Station  zu  Neapel."  Bd.  I.-III.  (1878-1882); 
"  Archives  de  Biologie."  Tome  VIII.  (1888) ;  "  Notes  from  the 
Leyden  Museum."  Vol.  X.,  Parts  1-3  (1888) ;  "Nov^  Hollandi^ 
Plantarum  Specimen."  Auctore  J.  J.  Labillardiere.  2  vols.; 
"  Roberti  Brownii  Prodromus  Florae  Novae  Hollandiae  et  Insulae 
Van-Diemen  ;"  "  Challenger  Reports — Zoology."  Vols.  XXIII- 
XXV.  and  XXVII. ;  "  Narrative."  Vol.  I.,  Part  1 ;  "  Ichtyologie, 
on  Histoire  Naturelle  des  Poissons."  Par  M.  E.  Bloch.  6  vols. 
(1785-1788)  ;  "Fragmenta  Phytographise  Australiae,  contulit 
Eerdinandus  Mueller."  Vols.  I.-V.  (1858-1866);  "The  Natural 
History  of  the  Tineina.''  By  H.  T.  Stainton,  assisted  by  Prof. 
Zeller  and  J.  W.  Douglas.  13  vols.  (1855-1873);  "Reports  of 
Explorations  and  Surveys  to  ascertain  the  most  practicable  and 
economical  route  for  a  railroad  from  the  Mississippi  River  to  the 
Pacific  Ocean,  1853-4."  12  vols.  (1855-1860);  "Proceedings  of 
the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  of  Philadelphia."  28  vols. 
(1841-1876);  "Proceedings  of  the  Boston  Society  of  Natural 
History."  Vols.  XIII-XX.,  Parts  1-3  (1869-1880)  ;  "Berliner 
Entomologische  Zeitschrift  —  herausgegeben  von  dem  Entomo- 
logischen Vereine  in  Berlin."  Jahrg.  I. -XXXII.  (1857-1888); 
"  The  Geologist."  Vols.  I.-VII.  (1858-1863) ;  "  The  Geological 
Magazine,  or  Monthly  Journal  of  Geology."  14  vols.  (18644882)  ; 
"The  Natural  History  Review."  12  vols.  (1854-1865);  "  Ency- 
clopsedia  Britannica."  9th  Edition.  Vol.  XXIV.  (1888)  ;  ''On  the 
Anatomy  of  Vertebrates."  By  R.  Owen,  F.R.S.  3  vols.  ; 
"  Elementary  Text-book  of  Zoology."  By  Dr  C.  Glaus,  translated 
and  edited  by  A.  Sedgwick,  M.A.  2  vols.;  "A  Text-book  of 
Physiology."  By  M.  Foster,  M.D.,  &c.  5th  Edition,  Part  I.  (1888) ; 
"  A   Text-book  of   the  Physiological    Chemistry  of  the    Animal 


DONATIONS.  3 

Body."     By   A.  Gamgee,  M.D.,    6lc.     Vol.    I.  j    "A  Text-book 
of     Pathological     Anatomy     and     Pathogenesis."        By     Ernst 
Ziegler,    translated     by    Donald    Macalister,     M.D.       2    vols.  ; 
"Elements  of  the  Comparative  Anatomy  of  Vertebrates."     By  R. 
Wiedersheim,  adapted  by  W.  N.  Parker;  'A  Course  of  Elementary 
Practical  Physiology."     5th  Edition.     By  M.  Foster,  M.D.,  and 
J.   N.  Langley,   M.A.j    "The  Elements  of  Embryology."      By 
M.  Foster,  M.D.,  &c.,  and  the  late  F.  M.  Balfour,  M.A.,  &c.;  "A 
Course  of  Elementary  Instruction  in  Practical  Biology."    By  T.  H. 
Huxley,  LL.D.,  &c.,  assisted  by  H.  N.  Martin,  M.D.,  &c.;    "An 
Introduction  to   the  Osteology  of    the  Mammalia."      By  VV.  H. 
Flower,  LL.D.,  &c.;  "Micro-Organisms  and  Disease."  By  E.  Klein, 
M.D.,  &c. ;  "Anthropology."     By  E.  B.  Tylor,  D.C.L.,  ^c. ;    "A 
Course  of  Practical  Instruction  in  Botany."    Parts  i.  and  ii.    By  F. 
O.  Bower,  D.Sc,  &c.;  "  Physiography."    By  T.  H.  Huxley,  F.R.S.; 
"  Lectures  on  the  Physiology  of  Plants."     By  Julius  von  Sachs, 
translated  by  H.  Marshall  Ward,  M.  A  ;  "  Outlines  of  Classifica- 
tion and  Special   Morphology  of    Plants."     By  Dr.   K.   Goebel, 
translated  by  H.  E.  F.  Garnsey,  M. A. ;  "  Comparative  Anatomy 
of  the  Vegetable  Organs  of  the  Phanerogams  and  Ferns."     By  Dr. 
A.  de  Bary,   translated  by  F.  O.  Bower,  M.A.,  and  D.  H.  Scott, 
Ph.D.,   &c.  ;    "  The    Geological    History  of  Plants."     By  Sir  J. 
William   Dawson,    C.M.G.,    LL.D.,    &c. ;    "Geology — Chemical, 
Physical,  and  Stratigraphical."     By  Joseph  Prestwich,  M.A.,  &c., 
2  vols  ;    "Three   Expeditions  into  the  Interior  of  Eastern  Aus- 
tralia."    By  Major  T.  L.  Mitchell,  F.G.S.,  &c.    2  vols  ;  "Travels 
of  a  Naturalist  in  Japan  and  Manchuria."     By  Arthur  Adams, 
F.L.S.,  &c.  ;  "A  Course  of  Lectures  on  Electricity."     By  George 
Forbes,  M.A.,  &c. ;  "  The  Story  of  Creation."     By  Edward  Clodd j 
"  Modern  Theories  of  Chemistry."     By  Dr.  Lothar  Meyer,  trans- 
lated by  P.  Phillips  Bedson,  D.Sc,  &c.,  and  W.  C.  Williams,  B.Sc. 
From  the  Ron.  William  Macleay,  F.L.S.,  &g.  ^^^^.^ 


4  DONATIONS. 

"  Half-yearly  abstract  of  the  Medical  Sciences."  32  vols.  (1857- 
1873);  "  Edinburgh  Medical  Journal."  4  vols.  (1861  and  1862) ; 
"■  Comprehensive  System  of  Materia  Medica  and  Therapeutics." 
By  Dr.  Hempel ;  "  Pharmacologia."  By  Dr.  Paris ;  "  Weale's 
Series  of  Scientific  Manuals."  86  vols  ;  "  Antiquities  of  Ireland." 
By  Dr.  Ledwich ;  "  Narrative  of  an  Expedition  into  South  Africa, 
during  the  year  1836-1837."  By  Captain  Harris  ;  "A  Dictionary 
of  Practical  Medicine."  By  Dr.  Copland.  (3  vols,  in  4)  ;  "  Lec- 
tures on  Insanity  for  the  Use  of  Students."  By  Sir  A.  Morison, 
M.D.;  "Collection  from  the  Unpublished  Medical  Writings  of  the 
late  C.  H.  Parry,  M.D. ;"  "  Linnean  Society's  Journal — Zoology." 
20  Parts;  "Botany."  30  Parts;  "Manual  of  New  Zealand 
Mollusca."  By  F.  W.  Hutton  ;  "  The  History  of  the  Contagious 
Cholera,"  &c.  By  J.  Kennedy  ;  "  Anatomy  of  the  Human  Body." 
Vol.  III.  (only).  By  J.  and  C.  Bell  (6th  Edition)  ;  "Popular 
Natural  History."  By  Bev.  J.  G.  Wood ;  "  Indian  Industries." 
By  A.  C  F.  Eliot  James ;  "  The  New  Universal  Magazine.'' 
Vols.  II.,  III.  and  VI.  (1788-1790);  "Manual  of  Chemistry." 
By  Dr.  Fownes ;  "  Synopsis  of  Fresh- Water  Fishes  of  W. 
Trinidad."  By  T.  Gill.  No.  I. ;  "  Fisheries  Act,  1881  ;"  "An  Act 
for  the  Amendment  of  the  Fisheries  Act  of  1881,"  &c. ;  "  A 
Catalogue  of  British  Plants."  (3rd  Edition);  "New  Zealand 
Journal  of  Science."  Vol.  I.,  No.  1  (Feb.  1882)  ;  "  Articles  on  the 
Propagation  of  Oysters."  (Printed  by  order  of  the  Commissioners 
of  Fisheries) ;  "  The  Australian  Medical  Gazette."  Vols.  I. -VII. 
(1881-1888),  nearly  complete;  "British  Medical  Journal,"  319 
Nos.  (1881-1888);  "The  Illustrated  London  News,"  80  half- 
yearly  \'ols   (1846-1886).     From  Dr.  James  C.  Cox,  F.L.S.,  &c. 

"  A  History  of  the  Earth  and  Animated  Nature."  By  Oliver 
Goldsmith.  2  vols. ;  "Mind  in  the  Lower  Animals  in  Health  and 
Disease."  By  W.  Lauder  Lindsay,  M.D.  2  vols.;  "The  Bird." 
By  Jules  Michelet.     From  F.  A.  A.  Skuse,  Esq. 


DONATIONS.  5 

"  Results  of  Meteorological  Observations  made  in  N.S.W.  during 
1886,  under  the  direction  of  H.  C.  Russell,  B.A.,  F.R.S. ;" 
*' Results  of  Rain,  River,  and  Evaporation  Observations  made  in 
N.S.W.  during  1887."     From  tJie  Government  Astronomer. 

"Travaux  de  la  Section  Medicale  de  la  Societe  des  Sciences 
Experimentales,  annexee  a  I'Universite  de  Kharkow,"  1886-87  et 
1888.     From  the  Society. 

"The  Transactions  of  the  Entomological  Society  of  London  for 
the  year  1888."     Part  iii.     From  the  Society. 

"  The  Quarterly  Journal  of  the  Geological  Society  of  London." 
Vol.  XLIV,  Part  4  (No.  176),  1888;  "List of  Members,"  &c., 
1888."     From  the  Society. 

"Memoiresde  la  Societe  Royale  des  Sciences  de  Liege."  2^ 
Serie,  Tome  XY.  (1888).     From  the  Society. 

''  Hor^  Societatis  Entomologic^e  Rossicae."  T.  XXIL  (1888). 
From  the  Society. 

"  Zoologischer  Anzeiger."  XL  Jahrg.,  Nos.  293-295  (1888). 
From  the  Editor. 

"  Queensland  Commission,  Centennial  Liternational  Exhibition, 
Melbourne,  1888.— The  Mineral  Wealth  of  Queensland."  By 
Robert  L.  Jack,  F.G.S.,  &c..  Govt.  Geologist.  From  the  Director 
Geological  Survey  of  Queensland. 

"  Catalogue  of  the  Birds  in  the  British  Museum."  Vol.  XIV 
(1888) ;  "  Catalogue  of  the  Fossil  Reptilia  and  Amphibia  in  the 
British  Museum  (Nat.  Hist.)."     Part  I.     From  the  Trustees. 

"  Abstract  of  Proceedings  of  the  Royal  Society  of  Tasmania, 
13th  Nov.,  1888."     From  the  Society. 


6  DONATIONS. 

"  Proceedings  of  the  Zoological  Society  of  London  for  the  year 
1888."  Part  iii. ;  "  Abstracts  of  Proceedings,  20th  Nov.  and 
4th  Dec,  1888."     From  the  Society. 

•' Abhandlungen  herausgegeben  von  der  Senckenbergischen 
Naturforschenden  Gesellschaft,  .Frankfurt  a.  M."  XY.  Band, 
3  Heft  (1888).     From  the  Society. 

"  Archivfiir  Naturgeschichte."  52nd  Jahrg.,  Band  II.,  Heft  3 
(1886)  :  54th  Jahrg.,  Band  I.,  Heft  1  ;  Band  II.,  Heft  2  (1888). 
From  the  Editor. 

"  Archives  Neerlandaises  des  Sciences  exactes  et  naturelles." 
Tome  XXIII.  Liv.  1  (1888).  De  la  i:>art  de  la  Societe  Hollandaise 
des  Sciences  a  Harlem. 

"  The  Journal  of  the  College  of  Science,  Imperial  University, 
Japan."  Vol.  II.,  Part  4  (1888).  From  the  President  of  the 
University. 

"The  Proceedings  of  the  Royal  Society  of  Queensland,  1888." 
Vol.  v.,  Part  4.     From  the  Society. 

"Technological  Museum  of  New  South  Wales — The  Useful 
Native  Plants  of  Australia  (including  Tasmania)."  By  J.  H. 
Maiden,  F.L.S.,  &c.,  Curator.  From  the  Committee  of  Manage- 
ment. 

"The  Pharmaceutical  Journal  of  New  South  Wales."  n.s. 
Vol.  II.,  Part  1  (January,  1889).     From  the  Editor. 

"The  American  Naturalist."  Vol.  XXIL,  No.  262  (Oct., 
1888).     From  the  Editors. 

"Bulletin  of  the  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology  at  Harvard 
College,  Cambridge,  U.S.A."  Vol.  XVII.,  No.  2  (1888). 
From  the  Curator. 


DONATIONS.  / 

"  Proceedings  of  tlie  United  States  National  Museum."  Vols. 
X.  (1887)  [Sheets  46-49];  XI.  (1888),  [Sheets  1-8].  From  the 
Museum. 

"The  Canadian  Record  of  Science."  Vol.  III.,  No.  4  (1888). 
From  the  Natural  History  Society  of  Montreal. 

"Tromso  Museums  Aarshefter."  Vol.  XI.  (1888);  "  Aars- 
beretning  for  1887."     From  the  Museum. 

"The  Victorian  Naturalist."  Vol.  V.,  No.  9  (January, 
1889).     From  the  Field  Naturalists'  Club  of  Victoria. 

"  Geological  Survey  of  India. — A  Bibliography  of  Indian 
Geology."  Compiled  by  R.  D.  Oldham,  A.R.S.M.,  F.G.S. 
(Preliminary  Issue.)     From  the  Director. 

"  Jaarboek  van  de  Koninklijke  Akademie  van  Wetenschappen, 
Amsterdam,  voor  1886,  1887;"  "Verslagen  en  Mededeelingen." 
Derde  Reeks,  Deel  III.,  IV.  (1887  and  1888).  From  the 
Academy. 

"The  Royal  Society  of  Edinburgh. — Transactions."  Vols. 
XXVII. ;  XXVIII. ;  XXIX.;  XXX.  (Part  1),  (1872-1881); 
"Proceedings."  Sessions  1878-1879  (Nos.  103  and  104);  1879- 
1880  (105-107);  1880-1881  (108-109).     From  the  Society. 

"Proceedings  of  the  Royal  Society  of  London."  Vols.  XLIII. 
(Nos.  262-265);  XLIV.  (Nos.  266-270)  (1888).     From  the  Society. 

"Transactions  and  Proceedings  of  the  Royal  Geographical 
Society  of  Australasia,  New  South  Wales  Branch."  Vols.  III.  and 
IV.  (1885-1886)  in  one.  From  Professor  W.  J.  Stephens,  M.A., 
F.G.S. 

"Feuille  des  Jeunes  Naturalistes  —  Catalogue  de  la  Biblio- 
theque."     Fasc.  No.  4  (1888).     From  the  Editor. 


8  DONATIONS. 

"The  Gold-Fields  of  Victoria,— Reports  of  the  Mining  Regis- 
trars for  the  quarter  ended  30th  September,  1888."  From  the 
Secretary  for  Mines,  Melbourne. 

"Prodromus  of  the  Zoology  of  Victoria."  Decade  XVII.  By- 
Frederick  McCoy,  C.M.G.,  M.A.,  &c.  From  the  Premier  of 
Victoria^  through  the  Librarian,  Public  Library,  Melbourne. 

"The  Australasian  Journal  of  Pharmacy."  Vol.  IV.,  No,  37 
(January,  1889).     From  the  Editor. 

"  Oology  of  Australian  Birds — Supplement,  Part  v."  By  A. 
J.  Campbell.     From  the  Author. 

"  Bulletin  de  la  Societe  Imperiale  des  Naturalistes  de  Moscou." 
Annee  1888,  No.  3.     From  the  Society. 

"Journal  of  the  Royal  Microscopical  Society,  1888."  Part  6 
(December).     From  the  Society. 


ON  THE  VEGETATION  OF  MALAYSIA. 

By  the  Rev.  J.  E.  Tenison-Woods,  F.L.S.,  F.G.S., 

Hon.  Member  Royal  Asiatic  Society  (Straits  Branch). 

(Plates  i.-ix.) 

The  following  essay  being  meant  for  the  European  residents  of 
the  Straits  Settlements,  technicalities  are  avoided,  and  explanations 
given  which  would  not  be  necessary  if  it  were  addressed  to  a 
strictly  scientific  class  of  readers.  In  the  absence  of  any  pub- 
lished description  of  the  flora,  the  figures  given  must  be  understood 
to  be  approximate  only.  The  whole  review  of  the  vegetation  is 
founded  on  my  own  observations  aided  by  collections  made  in 
company  with  the  Rev.  B.  Scortechini,  or  during  my  own  subse- 
quent travels. 

Though  the  essay  is  said  to  be  confined  to  the  flora  of  Malaysia 
and  deals  principally  with  what  may  be  considered  the  very  heart 
of  the  region,  it  must  be  borne  in  mind  that  some  portions  of  it 
are  little  known.  Yet  in  a  general  Avay  the  floras  of  the  countries 
around  are  well-known.  Thus  we  are  fairly  well  acquainted  with 
the  flora  of  Burmah  as  well  as  that  of  Siam,  Cochin  China, 
Cambodia  or  Tonquin.  The  Australian  region  to  the  south  is  as 
well  known  as  any  in  the  world.  New  Guinea  has  recently  disclosed 
some  of  the  secrets  of  its  vegetation  ;  therefore  a  general  review  of 
the  flora  of  Malaysia  ought  to  be  easy  to  make  without  much  risk 
of  error. 

Geographical  Limits. — Of  the  Malay  Peninsula  no  more  is 
here  included  than  the  portion  south  of  lat.  5°  30'  N.  This  is 
its  broadest  part  and  includes  many  varieties  of  soil  and  climate. 
A  few  preliminary  words  are  necessary  as  to — (1)  The  Physical 
Geography ;  (2)  Geology ;  (3)  Climate  of  this  region. 


10  ON  THE  VEGETATION  OF  MALAYSIA, 

The  Malay  Peninsula  is  covered  with  ranges  of  mountains 
running  parallel  with  the  general  trend  of  the  land.  There  are 
two  systems  of  mountains ;  one  running  through  the  centre  and 
forming  a  watershed  between  the  east  and  west  coasts ;  the  other 
a  broken  series  of  ranges  lying  between  the  main  range  and  tlie 
sea.  The  first  mountain  chain  is  the  highest.  It  increases  in 
extent  and  height  towards  the  wider  parts  of  the  land,  and  many 
of  its  summits  reach  elevations  of  from  8,000  to  10,000  feet.  It 
gradually  declines  from  the  interior  of  Perak,  and  after  passing- 
through  the  state  of  Malacca  it  subsides  to  the  level  of  the  sea  in 
the  island  of  Singapore. 

The  second  range  parallel  with  this  consists  of  two  or  three 
parallel  ranges.  They  do  not  form  a  watershed.  There  are 
several  gaps  and  intervals  between  them  through  which  rivers 
pass.  These  ranges  rise  to  a  height  of  between  5,000  and  6,000 
feet.     Some  of  them  border  almost  on  the  very  edge  of  the  sea. 

The  geology  of  this  region  is  very  simple.  The  basis  of  the 
whole  is  granitic.  This  is  overlaid  in  places  by  schists  and  slates, 
which,  on  the  coast,  where  exposed  to  marine  action,  have  decom- 
posed into  a  reddish  deposit  called  Laterite.  The  schists  and 
slates  contain  large  quantities  of  iron,  forming  purple,  red,  and 
brightly  variegated  strata.  The  Laterite,  therefore,  is  a  hydra  ted 
per-oxide  of  iron  with  clay,  or  Limonite.  At  the  junction  of  the 
granite  with  the  schists  or  Laterite,  tin  occurs,  forming  some  of 
the  richest  mines  of  stream  tin  in  the  world.  The  main  range  is 
probably  in  its  highest  portions  largely  composed  of  schists. 
There  are  besides  this  a  number  of  isolated  outliers  of  crystalline 
limestone  retaining  traces  of  stratification.  These  form  abrupt 
and  precipitous  mountain  masses  of  limited  extent,  from  1,500  to 
2,000  feet  high.  They  do  not  contain  fossils ;  but  in  Borneo 
similar  masses  contain  Devonian  fossils,  and  therefore  it  is  pro- 
bable that  this  is  the  age  of  the  strata  in  the  Malay  Peninsula. 
There  is  scarcely  any  development  of  volcanic  rocks  on  the  western 
side,  though  I  have  seen  a  recent  basaltic  dyke  in  one  place.  But 
on  the  eastern  side,  half-way  between  the  mountain  range  and  the 


BY    THE    REV.  J.  E.  TENISON-WOODS.  11 

sea,  there  are  some  andesitic  ranges  very  similar  to  the  Andesite 
rocks  of  the  Philippine  Islands. 

Along  the  sides  of  the  rivers  are  alluvial  plains  of  limited 
extent  but  considerable  depth.  They  consist  of  strata  of  alluvium 
from  the  neighbouring  mountains,  enclosing  large  stems,  branches, 
and  roots  of  trees  of  existing  species. 

The  climate  of  the  region  is  one  of  the  warmest  and  most  moist 
of  the  tropics.  There  are  many  countries  even  outside  the  tropics 
where  the  temperature  has  a  higher  range,  but  the  peculiarity  of 
this  is  that  the  mean  temperature  is  perhaps  a  little  above  85,°  and 
that  there  are  no  seasons,  no  winter  and  no  summer,  or  any  period 
distinctly  marked  with  periodical  rains.  Storms  and  disturbances 
of  the  atmosphere  are  almost  confined  to  daily  thunderstorms, 
sometimes  of  great  violence,  while  gales  of  wind  are  of  rare 
occurrence.  The  air  is  cloudy  and  misty,  which  moderates  the 
excessive  heat.  The  alternate  north-east  and  south-west  monsoons 
are  felt,  but  scarcely  more  than  felt.  The  average  number  of 
rainy  days  is  said  to  be  about  half  the  year,  while  the  mean  rain- 
fall is  about  100  inches.  The  west  coast,  if  subject  to  any  remark- 
able change,  is  so  from  the  visitations  of  certain  squalls  called 
Sumatras  (as  they  are  supposed  to  come  across  the  Straits  of 
Malacca  from  that  island),  but  they  are  of  short  duration  though 
violent. 

The  rivers  run  north  and  south,  parallel  with  the  main  range, 
and  eventually  turn  to  the  coast,  and  those  which  run  a  short 
course  flow  east  and  west  of  the  watershed.  Of  the  former  there 
is  on  the  west  side  the  Perak  River  with  its  large  tributaries 
the  Plus,  Kinta,  and  Batang-Padang.  On  the  eastern  side  of  the 
range  there  is  an  almost  similar  course  taken  by  the  Pahang  and 
its  tributaries.  Both  these  rivers  are  supposed  to  drain  an 
immense  area,  which  is  variously  computed  at  between  4000  and 
6000  square  miles,  but  about  which  no  accurate  measurements 
can  be  given.  The  other  chief  streams  on  the  west  coast  are  the 
Bernam,  Selangor,  Langat,  Klang,  Linggi,  Moar,  and  the  Johore, 
the   estuary  of  which  faces  Singapore.      Between    the  Pakshan 


12  ON    THE    VEGETATION    OF    MALAYSIA, 

(the  lower  course  of  which  separates  the  Peninsula  from  Tenas- 
serim  in  British  Burmah)  and  the  rivers  Muda  and  Krian  there 
are  none  but  small  streams.  On  the  east  side  there  is  the  Endau, 
the  Pahang  with  its  large  tributaries,  the  Kuantan,  the  Besute, 
the  Kelantan,  and  the  Patani.  The  short  rivers  which  flow 
east  and  west  of  the  dividing  range  have  their  channels 
through  marshy  grounds,  and  their  estuaries  amid  low  man- 
grove islands.  This  is  a  feature  which  affects  the  vegetation  of 
the  region.  Mangrove  flats  are  well-marked  areas  in  the  vegetable 
kingdom.  They  fringe  almost  all  the  west  coast  of  the  Peninsula 
and  a  good  deal  of  the  east.  They  represent  long  periods  of 
erosion  on  the  mountain  ranges.  The  heavy  rains  have,  for  ages, 
been  washing  away  piecemeal  the  mountain  axes  of  the  country. 
These  have  been  gradually  lowered,  and  the  land  extended  in  the 
form  of  shallow  mud  flats  of  alluvium  of  considerable  depth.  The 
marshy  soil  has  thus  encroached  on  the  Straits  of  Malacca  and 
rendered  them  very  shallow.  Thus  a  fringe  of  low-lying,  flat 
mud  islands  lines  the  shores  of  Sumatra  on  one  side,  and  the 
west  coast  of  the  Peninsula  on  the  other.  These  regions  have 
been  described  as  unattractive,  dreary  places  of  the  most  un- 
wholesome kind  ;  but  this  is  erroneous.  The  soils  are  perhaps 
the  richest  in  the  world.  They  are  densely  clothed  with  vegeta- 
tion. When  the  tide  is  out  they  do  not  look  attractive,  but  the 
islands  have  a  rich  and  picturesque  beauty  of  their  own.  The 
beautiful  masses  of  dark  green  and  lustrous  leaves  form  groves  of 
ever-changing  aspect,  while  probably  the  great  evils  of  malaria 
are  mitigated  by  the  absorbing  power  of  these  trees.  When  the 
tide  is  in,  the  beautiful  masses  of  foliage  contribute  most  admir- 
ably to  adorn  the  water  scenery. 

References  will  be  made  to  some  of  the  larger  islands  of  the 
Archipelago.  To  treat  of  them  separately  would  exceed  the 
limits  of  this  paper.  Most  of  them  are  only  partially  explored, 
that  is,  botanically  explored,  and  others  have  but  little  individu- 
ality. This  region  is  the  one  above  all  which  seems  to  offer  the 
greatest  results  to  botanical  research.  Take  for  instance  Borneo, 
a  country  larger  than  England,   Scotland,  and  Wales  combined, 


BY    THE    REV.  J.   E.  TENISON-WOODS.  13 

how  much  remains  to  be  discovered  amongst  the  solitary  fastnesses 
of  its  interior  forests. 

Characters  of  the  Flora. — The  portion  of  the  vegetable 
kingdom  of  which  this  essay  treats  is  the  tropical  Asiatic  flora, 
but  not  all  of  it ;  and,  moreover,  including  certain  outlying  plants. 
The  limitations  will  be  understood  from  the  following  : — Amongst 
the  included  plants  of  the  Malayan  Peninsula  and  the  Archipelago 
many  will  be  found  generally  distributed  over  India,  excepting 
the  dry  parched  regions  of  western  India.  Many  extend  eastward 
to  Chittagong  and  eastern  Bengal,  several  to  Ceylon,  and  a  few 
to  tropical  Africa ;  but  none  to  central  India.  To  the  eastward 
many  range  over  the  South  Pacific  islands  to  North  Australia ; 
a  few  are  found  to  the  northward  on  the  Chinese  coast,  probably 
extending  over  Cochin  China.  On  the  north-eastern  edges  of  the 
region  occur  plants  of  the  Chinese  flora  reaching  it  through  the 
Philippine  Islands.  There  is  a  small  and  peculiar  Asiatic  element 
in  the  vegetation  which  extends  northward  to  Shanghai  and  Japan. 
Besides  these,  there  are  plants  of  course  of  world-wide  distribu- 
tion which  have  been  introduced  in  many  cases  from  remote 
countries,  and  now  are  spread  everywhere.  A  characteristic 
instance  of  this  in  a  common  and  rather  showy  weed  named 
Turnera,  of  the  order  Turnerace^,  is  met  on  the  roadsides  near 
Singapore,  Penang,  and  Malacca,  besides  the  other  native  states. 
The  genus  is  almost  entirely  American,  one  only  out  of  70  species 
being  found  at  the  Cape. 

The  connection  of  the  flora  with  that  of  the  Philippine  Islands 
is  most  intimate,  as  nearly  all  the  genera  are  represented  in  that 
group.  The  exclusively  Philippine  genera  are  very  few  and 
nearly  always  confined  to  one  species,  such  as  Diplodiscus, 
Dasycoleum,  Carionia,  &c.  The  relations  of  the  region  to 
Australia  are  less  extensive ;  but  still  the  species  common  to 
both  regions  would  make  a  list  too  long  to  be  inserted  here. 
They  are  chiefly  tenants  of  the  sea-coast,  or  common  tropical 
weeds. 


14  ON    THE    VEGETATION    OF    MALAYSIA, 

The  best  way  to  deal  with  the  character  of  the  flora  as  pro- 
posed in  this  essay  will  be  first  to  describe  generally  its  features, 
and  then  such  subdivisions  as  arise  from  position,  soil,  climate,  &c. 

Numerically  the  Malayan  flora  is  very  rich  in  genera  and  species. 
Accurate  figures  cannot  be  given,  but  we  may  say  that  of  dicotyle- 
dons there  are  about  1,000  genera  and  3,000  species.  Of  monoco- 
tyledons 250  genera  and  say  1,000  species.  This  is  a  large 
proportion,  the  average  being  usually  about  one-fourth  in  tropical 
insular  vegetation  unless  over  very  limited  areas.  But  this 
estimate  is  founded  on  the  opinion  of  more  than  one  collector  and 
botanist,  and  is  borne  out  by  the  closely  allied  flora  of  the  Philip- 
pines.    The  G-YMNOSPERME^  are  poorly  represented. 

Having  no  accurate  figures  to  go  upon,  I  must  depend  in  some 
measure  upon  the  estimates  that  have  been  made  of  some  of  the 
neighbouring  floras  such  as  the  Philippines,  and  particular  islands 
as  Java,  Sumatra,  Borneo,  Celebes^  &c.  In  the  Philippines 
the  proportion  of  vascular  cryptogams  to  phsenogamic  vegetation 
is  nearly  one-eighth,  chiefly  ferns. "^  Of  these  52  species  were  not 
known  from  elsewhere  at  the  time  Mr.  Rolfe  wrote,  or  a  pro- 
portion of  one-tenth  of  the  ferns  indigenous  to  the  Philippines. 
Since  that  time,  however,  the  publication  of  Beddome's  list  of 
Scortechini's  ferns, f  and  Hose's  papers  on  collections  of  ferns 
made  in  West  Borneo  1  has  somewhat  changed  the  numbers. 

There  is  one  peculiarity  about  the  Malayan  flora  which  must 
strike  every  observer,  and  that  is  the  comparative  absence  of  one 


*  See  Rolfe  "  On  the  Flora  of  the  Philippine  Islands."  Jour.  Linn.  Soc. 
Botany,  XXI.  (1886),  p.  283. 

t  "Jour,  of  Botany.'"  Nov.  1887,  XXV.  p.  321,  pi.  278. 

+  "  Jour.  Linn.  Soc,  Botany,  XX.  p.  222  ;  XXIV.  p.  258  ;  also  "  Jour, 
of  Botany,  XXVL  p.  323.  See  also  Cesati's  Memoir  in  Vol.  VII.  of  the 
"  Atti  deir  Accademia,  delle  Scienze  Fisiche  e  Matematiche  di  Napoli ;" 
J.  G.  Baker,  "Jour,  of  Botany,"  VIII.  p.  37  (1870)  ,  and  Burck's  paper  in 
Vol.  IV.  of  the  "Annals  of  the  Botanic  Gardens  of  Buitenzorg,"  p.  88 
(1884). 


BY    THE    REV.  J.   E.  TENISON-WOODS.  15 

of  the  largest,  the  most  distinct,  most  uniform,  and  therefore  the 
most  natural  of  all  the  flowering  plants,  namely,  the  Composite. 
The  Malayan  region  is  certainly  influenced  in  some  way  so  as  to 
almost  exclude  the  order  from  its  vast  forest-clad  plains  and  hills. 
It  is  at  once  the  poorest  in  CoMPOSiTiE,  and  those  genera  which  are 
seen  are  destitute  of  any  interest  or  peculiarity.  There  is  not  a 
single  endemic  genus,  and  every  one  of  the  representatives  of  the 
order  in  Malaysia  spreads  more  or  less  over  the  Indian  continent. 
A  large  proportion  are  little  more  than  weeds  which  spring  up 
rapidly  and  thickly  where  a  forest  has  been  cleared,  and  cultivated 
ground  abandoned.  Amongst  these  are  Ageratum  conyzoides,  Ele- 
phantopus  scaber,  Spilanthes  grandijlora,  Crepis  japonica,  Blumea 
hieracifolia  (very  common),  and  Vernonia  cinerea.  These  are 
ubiquitous  weeds  ;  they  have  taken  thorough  possession  of  the 
waste  places  in  Malaysia.  Bentham,  in  his  essay  on  the  Com- 
POSIT.E,  says  that  if  the  known  CoMPOsiTiE  of  the  Indian  Archi- 
pelago were  reduced  to  our  ordinary  standard  they  would  not 
probably  extend  beyond  110  or  120  species.  Beccari's  collection 
of  Sarawak  plants  made  in  Borneo  in  1849  contained  only  six 
Composite. 

The  principal  genera  of  a  higher  grade  of  Composite  prevalent 
in  tropical  Asia  are  Vernonia,  Blmnea  and  allies,  Conyza  and 
allies,  Grangea  and  allies,  Gnaphalioid  Inuloidese,  and  Senecionidese. 
No  others  can  count  ten  species ;  the  most  remarkable  among 
them  being  a  few  Mutisiacese  (Leucomeris,  Dichoma,  Ainslice.a, 
Catamixis,  Gerhera),  mostly  allied  to  South  African  species. 
Ainslicea  is  a  special  type,  the  only  genus  of  thistles  which  is 
chiefly  tropical.  But  the  Mutisiacese  are  thistles  of  a  peculiar 
kind.  There  are  three  large  tribes  of  Compos it^e  not  found 
at  all  in  the  flora  of  Malaysia,  though  largely  represented  in 
America  and  South  Africa.  These  are  the  Helenioidese  (Gail- 
lardia,  Tagetes),  Calendulacese  (Marigolds)  and  Arctotidese.  Yet 
there  are  some  introduced  weeds  of  this  order.* 

*See  Bentham,  "  On  the  Classification,  History  and  Geographical  Distri- 
bution of  Compositse."  Jour.  Linn.  Soc.  Botany,  XIII.  (1873)  p.  547. 


16  ON    THE    VEGETATION    OF    MALAYSIA, 

DICOTYLEDONS. 

Amongst  these  certain  genera  occupy  a  leading  position  and 
give  a  character  to  the  whole  flora.  These  are  shown  in  the 
following  catalogue.  The  genera  of  sedges  and  some  of  the 
insignificant  weeds,  rushes,  grasses,  &c.,  are  not  included  in  the 
estimate. 

Leguminos^  : — Large  genera  :  Desmodium,  Crotalaria,  Cassia 
Bauhinia,  Indigo/era,  Flemingia,  Dalhergia,  Pterocarpus,  Ccesal- 
pinia,  Derris,  Pithecolobium. 

Endemic  genera  :*  Mecopus,  Phylacium  (Arch.),  Ahauria  (B.), 
Amherstia  (Ten.),  Pahudia  (Arch.),  Sindora  (M.P.). 

Urticace^  : — The  genus  Ficus  is  beyond  all  question  the  most 
thoroughly  characteristic  of  the  Malayan  flora,  numbering 
formerly  between  400  and  500  species,  but  since  Dr.  King's 
revision  reduced  to  207.  They  are  trees  or  shrubs  with  milky 
juice,  alternate  leaves  with  varied  shape,  the  leaf-buds  covered  by 
deciduous  leaf -scales.  The  fruits  or  figs  are  called  receptacles, 
closed  at  the  mouth  by  numerous  scales  in  rows ;  the  base  narrow, 
with  bracts,  sessile  or  pedunculate,  in  pairs  in  the  axils  of  the 
leaves  or  of  the  scars  of  fallen  leaves.  Dr.  G.  King,!  whose  obser- 
vations have  been  made  almost  exclusively  on  Tndo-Malayan  and  a 
few  Chinese  species,  has  arranged  them  in  seven  sections,  of 
which,  leaving  out  the  technical  detail,  the  following  are  the 
characters: — (1)  Paloiomorphe :  small  trees  and  erect  or  sub- 
scandent  shrubs.  (2)  Urostigma :  usually  trees  or  powerful 
climbers  ;  epiphytal  at  least  in  early  life  ;  leaves  alternate,  entire, 
coriaceous,  rarely  membranous  ;  receptacles  in  the  axils  of  the 
leaves  or  of  the  scars   of  fallen  leaves,  with  three  bracts  at  the 


*The  following  letters  after  the  genus  represent  the  locality  in  which  it  is 
found  :— M.P.  Malay  Peninsula,  S.  Sumatra,  J.  Java,  B.  Borneo,  C. 
Celebes,  Mol.  Moluccas,  Ten.  Teuasserim,  Arch.  Malay  Archipelago. 

t  "  Observations  on  the  genus  Ficus  with  special  reference  to  the  In  do- 
Malayan  and  Chinese  species,"  Jour.  Linn.  Soc.  Botany,  XXIV".  (1887),  p.  27. 


BY    THE    REV.  J.  E.  TENISON-WOODS.  17 

base.  This  is  the  largest  and  most  characteristic  section.  In  no 
other  is  the  tendency  to  be  epiphytal  at  all  strongly  marked  ;  in 
Urostigma  it  is  universal.  Many  species  in  other  sections  are 
scandent  and  support  themselves  on  trees  and  rocks  by  throwing 
out  rootlets  from  their  stems  and  branches.  But  these  rootlets 
are  furnished  with  fibrillse  and  collecting-hairs  like  the  roots  that 
penetrate  the  soil,  and  are  very  different  in  appearance  from  the 
strong  sub-divisions  of  the  main  axis  by  which  the  epiphyte 
embraces  and  ultimately  strangles  the  tree  to  which  it  attaches 
itself.  One  constantly  meets  in  the  jungle  fig-trees  of  this  section, 
the  stem  of  which  is  a  perfect  lattice  of  sub-divisions,  the  tree 
round  which  they  were  formed  having  entirely  disappeared.  (3) 
Synoacia  :  climbers  with  large  coloured  receptacles,  the  leaves 
tesselate  beneath .  (4)  Sycidium  :  shrubs,  small  trees,  or  climbers  ; 
rarely  epiphytal ;  leaves  alternate  ;  receptacles  small,  axillary  and 
more  or  less  scabrid.  (5)  Covellia:  shrubs  or  trees;  never 
epiphytes  or  climbers  ;  receptacles  on  long  sub-aphyllous  branches 
issuing  from  near  the  base  of  the  stem,  often  sub-hypogseal  or  on 
shortened  tubercles  from  the  stem  and  larger  branches,  or  axillary. 
(6)  Eusyce :  scandent  or  erect  shrubs  or  small  trees ;  rarely 
epiphytal,  leaves  alternate,  softly  hairy,  not  scabrid  or  hispid  ; 
receptacles  usually  small,  axillary.  (7)  Neomorphe :  trees  rarely 
scandent,  never  epiphytal :  receptacles  often  very  large,  in 
fascicles  from  tubercles  on  the  trunk  and  larger  branches. 

Ficus  hispida,  L.,  is  one  of  the  commonest  species  throughout 
tropical  Asia  and  extends  to  North  Australia  and  Hong  Kong. 
It  is  also  very  variable,  the  variability  being  due  in  a  great 
measure  to  the  different  situations  in  which  it  grows.  This 
species  bears  the  receptacles  in  pairs  in  the  axils  of  the  leaves,  or 
in  clusters  on  the  trunk,  and  sometimes  they  appear  in  both 
positions  on  the  same  tree  at  the  same  time.  The  fruit  from  the 
trunk  sometimes  burrows  in  the  ground.  Other  species  have 
dimorphic  receptacles,  but  this  dimorphism  bears  no  relation  to 
the  separation  of  the  sexes. 

Other  large  genera  are  Celtis,  Artocarpus,  Filea,  Pouzolzia. 
2 


18  ON   THE   VEGETATION    OF    MALAYSIA, 

Endemic  :  Sloetia  (Arch.),  Parartocarpus  (B.). 

RuBiACE^  : — Large  genera  :  Hedyotis,  Musscenda,  Randia,  Gar- 
denia, Ixora,  Morinda,  Psychotria,  Spermacoce. 

Endemic :  Greaghia  (M.P.),  Musscendopsis  (B.),  Lerchea  (Arch.), 
Lucincea  (Arch.),  Goptophyllum  (S.),  Trisciadia  (M.P.),  Aulaco- 
discus  (M.P.),  Lecananthus  (Arch.),  Gonyanera  (S.),  Praravinia 
(B,),  Morindopsis  (M.P.),  Jackia  (M.P.),  Rennellia  (M.P.  k  S.), 
Amaracarpus{J .),  Gynochthodes (Arch.),  Tetralopha  (B.), Proscepha- 
lium  (J.),  Cleisocrafe7X(,  (B.),  Mesoptera  (M.P.),  Litosanthes  (J.), 
Myrmephytuin  (C.) 

EuPHORBiACEiE  : — Large  genera  :  Euphorbia,  Phyllantlius,  Anti- 
desma,  Groton,  Acalypha,  Mallotus,  Macaranga,  Exccecaria. 

Endemic  :  Scortechinia  (M.P.  &  B.),  Ghloriophyllum  (Arch.), 
ParacToton  (J.),  Swinhavia  (Arch.),  Ghloradenia  (J.),  Coccoceras 
(M.P.),  Polydragma  (M.P.),  Cheilosa  (J.),  Gephalomappa  (B.), 
Gladogynos  (C),  Epiprinus  (M.P.),  Megistostigma  (M.P.). 

MYRTACEiE  :  —  Large  genera  :  Boickea,  Eugenia,  Barringtonia. 

MELASTOMACEiE: — Large  genera:  Osheckia,  Melastoma,  Sonerila, 
Dissochceta,  Medinilla,  Astronia,  Kihessia,  Memecylon. 

Endemic  :  Oxyspora  (S.),  Driessenia  (B.),  Ochthocharis  (M.P. and 
S.),  Anerincleistus  {M..V .  h^.),  Phyllagathis  {Arch.),  Dalenia  (B.), 
Greochiton  (J.),  G'lnplialopus  (J.  &  S.),  Pachycentria  (Arch,), 
Pogonanthera  (Arch.),  Plethiandra  (B.). 


LAURiNEiE  : — Ginnamomum,  Actinodaphne,  Li 

Endemic :    Dehaasia  (Arch.),   Eusideroxylon  (B.),  Iteadaphne 
(M.P.). 

AcANTHACE^:— :ZVmn6er^m,  Eranthemum,  Strohilanthes,  Bar- 
leria,  Asystasia,  Justicia. 

Endemic  :  Trichacanthus  (J.),  Filetia  (S.). 


BY   THE   REV.  J.  E.  TENISON-WOODS.  19 

Apocynace^  : — Large  genera  :  Willoughbeia,  Alyxia^  Alstonia, 
Tabemceniontana. 

Endemic :  Leuconotis  (Arch.),  Amhlyocalyx  (B.),  Cerhera 
(Arch.),  Dyera  (Arch.),  Micrechites  (Arch.),  Beaumontia  (Arch.). 

AscLEPiADE^  : — Large  genera  :  Hoya,  Dischidia,  Ceropegia, 
Marsdenia,  Stephanotis,  Toxocarpus. 

Endemic  :  Pycnorhachis  (M.P.),  Asterostemma  (J.),  Atherandra 
(Arch.),  Myriopteron  (J.),  Gonchophyllum  (Arch.),  Raphistemma 
(Arch.),  Phyllanthera  (J.). 

Malvaceae  : — Large  genera  :  Sida^  Abutilon,  Hibiscus,  Gossy- 
piumti. 

Endemic:  Dialycarpa  (B.),  Durio  (Arch.,  7  sp.),  Lahia  {B.), 
Boschia  (Arch.),  Neesia  (Arch.),  Goelostegia  (M.P.). 

Sterculiace^  : — Large  genera :  Sterculia,  Helicteres,  Melochia^ 
Buettneria. 

VERBENACEiE  : — Large   genera  :  Lantana,    Lippia,   Callicarpa, 
ViteXj  Premna,  Clerodendron. 
Endemic  :  Geunsia  (Arch.),  Tectona  (Arch.),  Peronema  (Arch.). 

Anonace^  : — Large  genera  :  Uvaria,  Polyalthia,  Melodorum, 
Xylopia,  Unona,  Orophea. 

Endemic  :  Tetrapetalum  (B.),  Sphoerothalamus  (B.),  Marcuccia 
(B.),  Enicosanthemum  (B.).  Ellipeia  (Arch.),  Drepananthus 
(M.P.),  Monocarpia  (B.),  Disepalum  (B.),  Eburopetalum  (B.), 
Anomianthus  (J.),  Marsypopetalum  (J.),  Mezzettia  (B.),  Kingstonia 
(M.P.),  Loncliomera  (M.P.). 

CoNVOLVULACE^  : — Large  genera  :  Erycibe,  Argyreia,  Lettsomia, 
Ipomoea  (very  numerous),  Convolvuhcs,  Evolvulus,  Breweria, 
CusGuta. 

Meliace^  : — Large  genus  :   Turrma. 


20  ON   THE   VEGETATION   OP   MALAYSIA, 

PiPERACEiE  : — Large  genera  :  Piper  (very  numerous),  Peperomia. 
Endemic  :  Zippelia  (J.). 

Solan ACEiE  : — Large  genera  :  Solanum^  Physalis^  Capsicum, 
Lycium. 

ScROPHULARiNE^  : — Large  genera  :  Mimulus,  Stemodia,  Limno- 
2yhila,  Herj^estis,  Gratiola,  Torenia,  Vandellia^  Striga. 

Amarantace^  : — Large  genera  :  Celosia,  Amarantus,  Alternan- 
thera. 

Sapindace^  : — Large  genera  :  Allophyllus,  Guioa,  Arytera. 

Endemic  :  Aphanococcus  (C).,  Schleichera  (Arch.),  Nephelium 
(Arch.),  Pseudonephelium  (B.). 

Begoniace^e  : — Begonia.  A  large  number  of  species  are  found 
on  the  mountain  summits  of  the  Malay  Peninsula,  and  generally 
throughout  the  Indian  Archipelago. 

TiLiACEiE  : — Large  genera  :  Grewia,  Cor  chorus,  Elceocarpus, 
Triunifetta. 

Endemic  :  Pentace  (M.P.  &  J.),  Chartacalyx  (M.P.),  Schoutenea 
(Arch.),  Phainicos2oermuin  (J.). 

Sapotace^e  :  —  Large  genera  :  Chrysophyllum,  Sideroxylon, 
Mimusops,  Palaquium,   Bassia,   Payena. 

Endemic  :  Biploknema  (B.). 

Oleace^  : — Large  genera  :  Jasminum,  Linociera. 

CucuRBiTACEiE  : — Large  genera:  Trichosanthes,  Momordica, 
Cucumis,  Melothria. 

Anacardiace^  :  —  Large  genera  :  Buchanania,  Mangifera, 
Swintonia,    Rhus,  Semecarpus. 

Endemic  :  Pentaspadon  (Arch.),  Microstemon  (M.P.). 


BY   THE   REV.  J.  E.  TENISON-WOODS.  21 

BoRAGiNE^  :  —  Large     genera :     Cordia,     Ehretia,     Rhahdia^ 
Tournefortia^    Heliotropium^    Cynoglossum. 

AMPELiDACEiE  : — Large   genera :    Ampelocissus,    Vitis,    Gissus, 
Leea. 

TERNSTRCEMiACEiE  I — Large  genera  :    Dupinia^  Saurauja^  Gor- 
donia. 

ARALiACEiE  : — Large   genera:    Aralia^    PanaXj   Heptapleurum, 
Gilihertia. 

Endemic :  Hederopsis  (M.P.). 

GuTTiFERiE  : — Large  genera  :  Garcinia,  Calophyllum. 

CAPPARiDEiE  : — Large  genera  :  Cleome,  Mcerua,  Capparis. 

Ebenace^  : — Large  genera  :  Maba,  Diospyros. 

Lythrarie^  : — Large  genera  :  Rotala,  Lagerstrcemia. 

CoMBRETACEiE  : — Large  genus  :   Terminalia. 

Loganiace^  :  —  Large     genera  :      Mitrdsacmey      Geniostoma^ 
Buddleia^    Fagrcea. 

Endemic :  Norrisia  (M.P.). 

Rhamne^e  : — Zizyphus. 

Menispermace^  : — No  large    genera ;    but   the  order  is  well 
represented. 

Gesnerace^  : — Large  genera  :  ^schynanthus,   Didymocarpus, 
Chirita,  Cyrtandra. 

Endemic  :  Loxonia  (S.  &  J.),  Hexatheca  (B.). 

PoLYGONACEiE  : — Large  genus  :    Polygonum.     The  Buck-wheat 
(Fagopyrum)  is  in  cultivation. 

DiLLENiACE^  : — Large  genera  :  Tetraceraf  Wormia. 


22  ON   THE   VEGETATION   OP   MALAYSIA, 

MAGNOLiACEiE  : — Large  genus  :    Michelia. 

BixiNEJE  : — Large  genera  :   Cochlospermum,  Xylosma. 
Endemic  :  Bennettia  (J.),  Pangium  (J.),  Bergsmia  (J.),   Tarah- 
togenos  (J.). 

Nepenthaoe^  : — Nepenthes. 

There  are  a  few  representatives  also  of  the  following  orders  : — 

HYPERICINEiE,         SiMARUBACE^,        E-HIZOPHORACEiE,        ERICACEiE, 

Lentibulare^,    Thymeleace^, 

MONOCOTYLEDOlSrS. 

Only  a  few  Monocotyledons  are  here  mentioned,  either  because 
they  are  specially  dealt  with  under  the  headings  of  palms, 
orchids,  &c.,  or  because  they  would  convey  no  idea  of  the  flora. 
The  grasses  and  sedges  are  wholly  omitted,  for  there  is  little  or 
nothing  peculiar  about  them. 

ZiNGiBERACEiE  : — Large  genera  :  Glohha,  Redychium,  Curcuma, 
Amomum,  Zingiber,  Costus,  Alpinia,  Phrynium. 

Endemic  :  Burhidgea  (B.),  Strohidia  (S.),  Riedelia  (Arch.). 

AROiDEiE  : — Large  genera  :  Pothos,  Rhaphidophora,  Alocasia. 

Endemic :  Amydrium  (B.  &  S.),  Guscuaria  (J.),  Podolasia  (B.), 
Piptospaiha  (B.),  Gamogyne  (B.),  Bucephalandra  (B.),  Agla- 
odorimi  (S.  &  B.). 

CoMMELiNACEiE:  —  Large  genera  :  Commelina,  A neilema, 
Cyanotis. 

LiLiACEiE  : — Large  genera  :  Smilax,  Asparagus,  Aloe,  Draccena 
Chlorophytum. 

Pandane^e  : — Large  genera  :  Pandanus,  Freycinetia. 

DioscOREACEiE  : — Large  genus  :  Dioscorea. 

Amaryllide^e  : — Large  genera  :   Hypoxis,  Crinum. 


BY   THE    REV.  J.  E.  TENISON-WOODS.  23 

For  convenience  the  sub-divisions  of  the  region  will  be  taken  in 
the  following  order  : — 

(1)  The  marine  littoral  region. 

(2)  The  alluvial  plains. 

(3)  Lower  mountain  slopes. 

(4)  Sub-alpine  region. 

Most  of  these  regions  are  capable  of  further  subdivision ; 
though  the  divisions  seems  simple,  it  is  not  always  easy  to 
separate  them.  There  are  regions  of  an  intermediate  character 
where  it  is  hard  to  decide  to  what  they  strictly  belong.  Further- 
more, though  the  whole  country  is  clothed  with  forest,  this  is 
particularly  true  of  the  mountain  regions.  In  the  alluvial  plains 
there  are  extensive  areas  of  open  plains  with  no  timber  except  of  a 
low  bushy  kind.  The  plains  are  clothed  with  coarse  grasses  and 
are  composed  of  poor  soil.  Most  of  these  plains  are  subject  to 
inundation,  and  indicate  the  extent  of  the  overflow  by  their 
limits.  Lands  liable  to  inundation  are  not  always  densely  clothed 
with  forest,  for  the  contrary  is  the  case  in  some  instances.  There 
are  wide  savannahs  of  coarse  grasses  without  much  timber  in  the 
Malay  Peninsula,  as  well  as  open  forests  with  little  timber  and  a 
dense  undergrowth  of  jungle.  The  latter  term  is  made  to  mean 
many  things.  Any  thick  entangled  tract  of  uncultivated  trees 
and  shrubs,  is  called  jungle ;  but  what  is  distinguished  by  that 
term  in  Java,  and  what  is  known  by  the  same  name  in  the  Straits 
Settlements,  are  two  very  different  things,  as  will  appear  hereafter. 

Mangrove  Forests. — What  are  called  Mangroves  are  forests 
growing  on  shallow  marine  mud-flats  inundated  by  every  tide,  and 
in  fact  living  in  sea-water  more  than  out  of  it.  Most  of  the 
species  germinate  from  the  fruit  while  it  reuiains  attached  to  the 
tree.  The  radical  and  club-shaped  crowns  of  the  root  gradually 
lengthen  until  they  reach  the  soft  muddy  soil  where  they  strike 
root  and  form  a  close  thicket  down  to  the  verge  of  the  ocean  ;  a 
thicket  both  above  and  below.     Above,  the  branches  and  leaves 


24  ON    THE    VEGETATION    OF    MALAYSIA, 

entirely  intercept  the  rays  of  the  sun  ;  below,  each  tree  is  raised 
upon  a  stool  of  roots,  which  spreads  around  over  considerable 
spaces.  These  roots  are  swollen,  and  succulent,  arching  from  the 
stem  to  the  mud  with  the  convexity  upwards,  and  gradually 
raising  the  main  trunk  high  above  the  mud.  Most  of  the  trees 
belong  to  the  order  Rhizophorace^,  which  numbers  about  50 
species  distributed  through  17  tropical  genera.  A  few  do  not 
germinate  on  the  tree,  but  drop  the  developed  fruit,  where  imme- 
diately it  takes  root,  and  so  helps  to  spread  the  forest.  One  of  the 
genera  fPellacalyx)  is  peculiar  to  the  Straits  of  Malacca,  and  two 
(Plcesiantha  and  Combretocarpus)  are  restricted  to  Borneo.  The 
others  in  the  Peninsula  belong  to  the  genera  Ceriops,  Bruguiera, 
Carallia,  Gynotroches  and  Anisophyllea,  the  last  with  four  styles, 
while  all  others  except  Combretocarpus  have  only  one  style.  The 
commonest  species  probably  belong  to  the  genus  Bruguiera. 

Besides  the  Rhizophorace^  the  Mangrove  forests  are  made  up 
of  many  other  plants  ;  amongst  which,  in  the  Malay  Peninsula, 
are  three  species,  if  not  more,  of  Sonneratia,  a  genus  formerly 
included  amongst  the  Myrtace^,  but  now  placed  with  the 
Lythrarie^e.  It  lines  the  muddy  estuaries  of  the  Malay  Penin- 
sular, Borneo,  and,  as  far  as  I  know,  all  the  islands  of  the  Indian 
Archipelago.  It  goes  by  the  name  of  the  Willow,  and  forms 
fluviatile  thickets  some  little  distance  into  the  interior  beyond  the 
Mangroves  but  where  the  water  is  still  brackish.  It  is  something 
like  a  willow,  but  distinguished  by  a  depressed  fruit,  around  which 
the  sepals  of  the  calyx  stand  out  in  rays,  reminding  one  of  popular 
representations  of  the  sun.  The  fruits  of  S.  acida,  L.f.,  are  eaten 
by  the  Malays.  The  wood  is  stigmatised  as  soft  and  useless  by 
Kurz,  but  he  and  M'Clelland  say  that  the  strong,  hard,  close- 
grained  wood  of  S.  apetala,  Buch.,  is  useful. 

Quite  as  abundant  is  jEgiceras  majus,  Gaertn.,  which  forms 
dense  hedges  round  the  islands  of  the  Indian  Archipelago  and 
grows  far  outside  the  tropics  in  Australia.  It  is  a  pretty 
plant,  covered  for  the  most  part  of  the  year  with  cymes  of 
fragrant  flowers.     It  belongs  to  the  Myrsine^e  or  Ardisiads,  an 


BY    THE    REV.  J.   E.  TENISON-WOODS.  25 

order  producing  handsome  shrubs  with  evergreen  leaves  and  red 
berries,  and  which,  strange  to  say,  has  its  greatest  development 
in  New  Zealand.  JSyiceras  differs  from  Ardisiads  in  this,  that 
the  fruit,  when  ripe,  becomes  a  follicle.  Another  shrub  with  the 
habits  of  RHizoPHORACEiE,  though  not  belonging  to  the  order,  is 
Avicennia  officinalis^  L.,  a  Verbeniad  which  extends  all  round 
the  Australian  continent,  as  well  as  being  common  in  Asia, 
Africa,  and  America.  The  coasts  of  South  Australia,  especially 
in  St.  Vincent's  and  Spencer's  Gulf,  are  thickly  furnished  with 
this  kind  of  vegetable  protection,  which,  though  neither  so 
luxuriant,  so  dense,  nor  forming  such  shady  groves  as  the  true 
tropical  Mangrove,  is  thick  and  shrubby,  and  has  a  special  beauty 
of  its  own. 

Amid  the  Mangroves  will  be  noticed  a  small  tree  with  con- 
spicuous fruits  like  a  large  green  apple,  three  or  four  inches  in 
diameter.  This  is  {Xylocarpus  granatum,  Keen.)  Carapa  moluc- 
censis,  Lam.  It  has  four  to  six  large  irregularly-shaped,  closely 
packed  seeds  inside,  which  are  said  to  be  pressed  for  oil.  It  is 
not  cultivated  for  the  purpose,  and  it  grows  too  scantily  in  the 
Mangroves  to  afford  much  oil.  It  extends  to  tropical  Asia, 
westward  to  east  Africa,  eastward  to  the  Moluccas,  and  south- 
ward to  tropical  Australia. 

The  Mangroves  further  inland  are  inundated  only  during  spring- 
tides. These  thickets  form  a  well-known  belt  within  the  true 
Mangroves,  where  the  ground  begins  to  be  less  muddy  and  a 
little  higher  and  drier.  Certain  species  are  also  found  where 
there  are  no  Mangroves  at  all,  and  these  may  be  called  the  sea- 
coast  tidal-thickets.  The  species  found  are  Hibiscus  tiliaceus,  L., 
having  large  yellow  flowers  with  a  deep  crimson  centre,  besides 
other  showy  species  ;  Thespesia  j^ojndnea,  Corr.,  famous  for  the 
rich  yellow  dye  exuding  from  the  brown  seed-vessel ;  Heritiera 
littoralisj  Dryander,  or  the  Looking-glass  Tree;  Exccecaria  agallocha^ 
L.,  a  tree  with  a  milky  juice  which  causes  blindness,  and  so  does 
also  even  the  smoke  from  the  wood  when  it  is  burned  ;  Antidesma 
bunius,  Spreng.,  a  euphorbiaceous  tree  which  extends  over  the 


26  ON   THE    VEGETATION    OF    MALAYSIA, 

Indian  Archipelago,  the  Philippines  and  South  China,  having 
large  acid  fruits,  black  or  white  when  ripe ;  Cerhera  odallarn, 
Gaertn.,  a  glossy  evergreen  tree  with  white  flowers  and  oval  or 
elliptical  green  fruits  (black  when  ripe),  said  to  be  extremely 
poisonous,  but  the  seed  of  which  is  pressed  for  lamp  oil ; 
Erythrina  ovalijolia,  Roxb.,  with  large  dull  purple  flowers  and 
the  trunk  armed  with  sharp  thorns  ;  Dalbergia  pongamia,  DerriSy 
and  other  climbing  leguminous  plants,  including  Abrus  precatoriuSy 
L.,  whose  scarlet  and  black  seeds  are  known  all  over  the  world. 

The  above  are  the  common  and  conspicuous  trees  and  shrubs 
amongst  the  Mangroves  on  the  whole  of  the  Malayan  sea-coast. 
There  are  also  found  along  the  banks  of  the  estuarine  streams  on 
the  west  coasts  of  the  Peninsula,  Nipa  fruticans,  Wurmb.,  a 
Palm-tree  which  has  not  the  advantage  of  a  stem,  but  yet  forms 
one  of  the  most  attractive  and  interesting  members  of  the  order. 
It  lines  the  lower  part  of  many  of  the  coast  streams  to  the 
exclusion  of  almost  every  other  vegetation.  It  is  difficult  to 
describe  the  singular  efiect  of  long  lines  of  feathery  palm-leaves, 
twenty  to  thirty  feet  long,  gathered  in  thick  clusters  on  both  sides 
of  a  river.  The  plant  is  one  of  the  giants  of  vegetation,  and  it  is 
as  useful  as  it  is  big.  The  leaves  are  cut  down  and  form  all  the 
houses  in  the  Malay  region.  The  pinnge  of  the  fronds  are  plaited 
in  various  forms  to  make  walls,  wainscots,  and  partitions. 
Throughout  Malaysia  the  people  have  no  other  roof  for  their 
dwellings  than  these  fronds  laid  over  each  other  like  tiles,  giving 
a  leafy  covering  more  or  less  impervious  to  rain.  It  is  good 
enough  unless  when  the  wind  lifts  it  up,  and  then  woe  to  the 
interior  of  the  dwelling  in  a  tropical  storm.  This  is  the  well- 
known  attap  roof  universal  in  the  Peninsula. 

Further  up  the  banks  the  thicket  is  intermingled  with  a  fern 
which  is  a  giant  of  its  kind  ( Acrostichum  aureum,  L.)  with  fronds 
eight  and  ten  feet  long,  and  a  showy  prickly  Acanthaceous  plant 
with  blue  and  white  flowers  (Acanthus  ilicifolius,  L.),  both  of 
which  are  as  common  in  Northern  Queensland  as  they  are 
in  the  Malay  Peninsula.     A  Screw-pine  (Pandanus)  almost  com- 


BY    THE    REV.  J.  E.  TENISON-WOODS.  27 

pletes  the  census  of  this  river-bank  flora,  for  the  Nipa  absorbs 
everything.  Such  thickets  does  it  make  that  whole  islands  are 
floated  ofl*  by  the  spring  tides,  and  these  cruise  about,  especially 
oE  the  coast  of  Borneo,  like  patches  of  marine  jungle.  I  can 
testify  to  the  strange  appearance  they  present  when  met  far  from 
the  land,  sheltering  sea  and  land  birds  together.  The  fruits  on  a 
short  stalk  amongst  the  stolons  are  quite  as  big  as  a  man's  head. 
They  are  cut  ofl"  before  maturity,  and  the  juice  which  exudes  is 
fermented,  and  forms  an  acid  and  not  very  agreeable  stimulant. 

Altogether  the  Mangroves  are  of  the  highest  interest  to 
botanists,  and  possess  a  beauty  of  their  own.  It  is  a  wonderful 
provision  of  nature  which  associates  together  so  many  luxuriant 
trees  of  great  beauty  of  foliage,  growing  so  richly  in  salt  water,  a 
medium  fatal  to  nearly  every  land  plant. 

Alluvial  Plains. — The  alluvial  plains  are  thickly  studded 
with  clumps  or  belts  of  timber,  and  open  grassy  savannahs  where 
the  lofty  Lalang  or  jungle-grass  (Im'peTaia  arundinacea,  Cyr.) 
meets  above  the  head.  This  is  interlaced  by  many  climbers  such 
as  the  climbing  ferns  Lygodium  scandens,  8w.,  L.  japonica,  Sw., 
and  L.  Jiexuoswn,  Sw.  At  a  distance  such  open  spaces  look  like 
meadow-land  of  bright  green  with  little  clumps  of  trees  like  a 
park.  But  the  ground  underneath  is  sloppy,  and  the  meadow  is 
full  of  coarse  vegetation  and  harsh  grasses  very  difficult  to  walk 
through.  It  is  a  flowery  region.  About  Singapore  and  through  all 
the  Straits  Settlements  Thunhergia  alata  with  its  yellow  or  white 
blossoms,  and  a  very  large-flowered  blue  species,  T.  grandiflora^ 
are  common  in  almost  all  the  clumps  of  trees.  Gallicarpa  longifoliay 
a  tree  with  minute  pink  flowers  in  large  clusters,  is  everywhere 
on  the  plains,  with  a  tender  spring-like  look  about  it.  Showy 
Ixoras  also  are  common  with  a  profusion  of  long-tubed  scarlet,  pink 
or  white  flowers.  But  most  frequently  met  is  Melastoma  mala- 
bathrica  with  large  pink  salver-shaped  flowers.  It  is  like  a  dog-rose 
at  a  distance  except  for  the  few  long  stamens  with  a  prolongation 
of  the  connective  ending  in  two  spurs.  This  species  is  as  common 
at  Hong    Kong  as   in    the   Straits  Settlements,  and  equally  so 


28  ON    THE    VEGETATION    OP    MALAYSIA., 

in  Australia  as  far  south  at  least  as  Moreton  Bay.  The  structure 
is  well  worthy  of  attention.  The  stamens,  ten  in  number,  are 
dissimilar  in  size,  shape  and  colour,  five  being  large,  violet,  and 
having  two  long  spurs,  and  five  small  and  yellow  with  no  projection. 
It  may  possibly  be  mistaken  for  Rhodomyrtus  tomentosa,  a  shrub 
four  or  five  feet  high  with  large  pink  flowers,  but  they  are  axillary. 
The  species  is  widely  spread  over  Southern  India,  Penang,  Malaysia 
and  northwards  to  China  and  Japan,  and  the  Philippines.  The 
natural  order  of  Melastomace^e  is  largely  represented  in  the  flora 
of  Malaysia. 

Besides  the  grassy  plains  in  places  the  forest  is  rendered  almost 
continuous  by  a  better  or  drier  soil.  Around  Singapore  the  flora  is 
modified  thus.  The  place  of  the  grass  is  taken  by  large  bushes  of 
Gleichenia  dichotoma  and  G.  flagellaris  which,  with  a  few  other 
ferns  ( Blechnutn  orientate,  a  species  of  Lomaria,  Poly  podium, 
Vittaria,  &c.,  &c.),  entirely  occupy  the  ground.  There  is  an 
undergrowth,  however,  in  places  of  the  Melastoma  and  Rhodo- 
rtiyrtus,  Cassia  alata,  C.  sepiaria,  C.  tor  a,  Solanu^n  verba  scifolium, 
iS.  ferox,  S.  sanctum,  and  Lantana  camera.  There  are  few  palms, 
but  I  have  noticed  occasionally  that  extremely  handsome  palm-tree 
Cyrtostachys  rendah,  though  much  more  common  in  Labuan  than 
it  is  at  Singapore. 

The  alluvial  plains  are  varied  by  occasional  swamps  which  are 
always  thickly  covered  with  Nelumhium  speciosum,  L.  This 
solitary  species  demands  a  passing  notice.  It  lives  with  its 
rhizomes  buried  in  the  mud.  Its  large  orbicular  leaves  on  the  upper 
surface,  which,  determined  to  breathe  air,  break  up  the  water  into 
crystal  dew-drops ;  the  large,  deep  rose-coloured  flowers  and  the  nuts 
or  seeds  nearly  buried  in  a  receptacle  like  the  rose  of  a  watering- 
pot,  all  make  it  a  most  interesting,  as  well  as  beautiful,  ornament 
to  still  waters.  The  Nelurnhium  is  indigenous  in  the  waters  of 
the  Nile,  and  is  found  in  the  rivers  of  Persia  and  India  ;  in  Cash- 
mere up  to  a  height  of  5,000  feet ;  in  the  Volga  up  to  the  46th 
degree  of  north  latitude ;  in  China ;  in  Japan ;  and  then  in 
tropical  Australia.     Probably  some   of    this   wide-spread   area  is 


BY    THE    REV.  J.  E.  TET^ISON-WOODS.  29 

due  to  introduction.  It  divides  the  beauties  of  the  still  waters 
in  Malaysia  with  NymphcEa,  a  large  blue,  yellow  or  red-flowered 
water-lily  even  bigger  than  Nelumbiumy  easily  distinguished  by 
the  cluster  of  stamens  in  the  middle  Its  leaves  float  in  the 
water,  and  they  are  recognised  by  their  very  long  stalks,  which 
are  much  sought  after  in  North  Australia  by  the  natives  as  an 
article  of  food.  So  is  the  root  of  the  plant  also,  and  even  the 
Malays  make  use  of  it.  All  that  might  be  said  about  this  flower 
may  be  guessed  in  saying  that  it  is  the  Lotus  of  the  ancients. 

Sometimes  the  open  forest  is  dry  and  rocky  with  out-crops 
of  Laterite.  This  supports  a  somewhat  difierent  flora  such  as 
Malotus  philippinensis  and  M.  javanica,  Cinnamomurn  spurium, 
Fagrcea  peregrina,  several  species  of  Eugenia^  Ficus,  Mcesa  (a 
large  genus  of  Myrsine^  belonging  to  Africa,  Asia,  and  Aus- 
tralia), Phyllanthus  emhlica^  a  feathery-leaved  small  tree  with 
conspicuous  green  acid  fruits,  Sinclora  siamensis  (1),  a  tree  with 
one-seeded  indehiscent  spiny  pods  borne  on  long  pedicels.  There 
are  several  species  of  Myristica  or  wild  Nutmeg,  notably  a  long- 
leaved  form  with  a  thick  brown  tomentum  (M.  sesquipedalia). 
Adinandra  dumosa  is  a  common  and  handsome  tree  of  the  tea 
family. 

River  Vegetation. — This  is  the  richest  portion  of  the  forest 
lands  and  supports  a  dense  growth  of  trees.  It  would  require  a 
long  list  to  describe  this  flora.  On  the  banks  of  even  the  small 
creeks  I  have  seen  the  finest  trees,  and  the  undergrowth  is  so  dense 
that  daylight  scarcely  penetrates.  The  common  trees  are  Ficus 
(many),  Dipterocarpe^e  including  Shorea,  Hopea,  Vatica,  Arto- 
carpus  (many),  Gastania,  Castanojysis,  and  plentifully,  Rhodamnia 
trinervia,  Cratoxylon  polyanthurti  (one  of  the  St.  John's  Worts), 
Evodia  roxhurghiana,  Ixonanthes  icosandra,  Phyllanthus  superhus, 
Elceocarpus  (several),  Canarium  (two  or  three),  Oommeo^sortia 
echinafa,  Vitex  trifoliata,  Macaranga  tanarius,  Pithecolohiuin 
(several),  Maba  ebenus,  Diospyros /ruticosus,  Alstonia  macrophylla , 
A.  scholaris.  The  last  named  is  seen  quite  as  frequently  on  the 
grassy  plains  where  it  lifts  its  head  as  a  conspicuous  straight  stem, 


30  ON    THE    VEGETATION    OF    MALAYSIA, 

divided  into  regular  stages  by  whorls  of  large  laurel-like  leaves. 
Occasionally  one  meets  Antiaris  or  the  far-famed  Upas-tree, 
formerly  supposed  to  be  confined  to  Java.  The  natives  know  it 
well,  but  do  not  seem  to  be  much  afraid  of  it,  at  least  in  the  manner 
related  by  travellers  of  old.  There  is  also  a  large  fleshy  fetid  Aroid 
named  Amorphoj)hallus  likewise  used  as  a  poison  for  arrows,  or  to 
intensify  the  venom  of  the  Upas,  here  called  Ipo. 

This  vegetation  is  laced  together  by  numberless  vines  and 
creepers,  such  as  Entada  scandens  with  enormous  pods,  and 
beans  large  enough  to  be  made  into  match-boxes  ;  Mucuna  giyantea 
with  its  crop  of  irritating  hairs  on  the  outside  of  the  pod.  Bauhi- 
nias  abound  as  well  as  Melastomaceous  creepers  of  the  genera 
Medinilla  and  Sonerila.  The  true  vines  (Vitis)  are  represented 
by  many  species,  as  well  as  climbing  genera  of  the  natural  orders 

MENISPERMACEiE,   ApOCYNACE.E,  AsCLEPIADEiE. 

The  Palms,  as  might  naturally  be  expected,  are  numerous,  in- 
cluding the  destructive  Calamus  whose  thorns  few  escape  in  the 
jungle.  They  are  perennial  spreading  shrubs  or  small  trees,  lithe 
and  supple,  erect  as  well  as  climbing.  The  whole  plant  is  densely 
clothed  with  formidable  thorns.  It  is  difficult  to  keep  out  of  their 
way.  The  petiole  is  modified  into  a  thong  or  prolongation,  covered 
with  hooked  prehensile  spines  of  cruel  design.  Woe  to  those 
who  are  caught  in  these  tendrils.  The  struggle  to  free  oneself 
from  one  brings  down  a  dozen,  each  being  as  difficult  to  detach  as 
a  puzzle.  C.  grandis  is  common  at  Penang  and  in  all  the  Straits 
of  Malacca,  with  many  species  besides.  C.  rotang,  C.  rudentum, 
and  several  others  are  largely  exported  for  chairs,  baskets,  mats, 
hats  and  other  useful  articles.  The  celebrated  Malacca  canes  are 
derived  from  C.  scipionum.  It  is  not  common,  and  the  natives 
who  gather,  stain  and  sell  it,  do  not  care  to  make  its  habitat 
known.  It  does  not  grow  anywhere  near  Malacca.  Zalacca 
edulis  is  a  tufted  short-stemmed  palm  with  leaves  eighteen  to  twenty 
feet  in  length,  growing  abundantly  in  moist  shady  places.  The 
pinnules  about  eighteen  inches  long  and  five  broad,  are  at  first 
ascending,  then  curved  downwards,   oblong-spathulate,  lanceolate 


BY    THE    REV.  J.  E.  TENISON-WOODS.  31 

and  tapered  into  a  long  subulate  bristle.  They  are  3-keeled  above, 
the  margins  furnished  at  intervals  with  short  bristles.  Other 
Palms  might  be  named,  but  they  belong  more  to  the  mountains 
than  to  the  alluvial  plains. 

Finally  a  few  of  the  common  trees  may  be  mentioned.  They 
are  Randia  densifolia,  Memecylon  plebeium,  Gironniera  celtidi- 
folia,  Symplocos  pedicellata,  Rourea  splendens,  and  several  species 
of  Elceocarpus  which  the  natives  here  call  Jelei. 

The  undergrowth  includes  one  or  two  remarkable  plants.  One 
is  Haloragis  disticha,  a  showy  little  shrub  something  like  Box 
only  that  its  leaves  are  pointed,  while  the  branches  spread  out  in 
distichous  sprays  of  a  neat  and  graceful  form.  No  one  would  take  it 
to  be  a  Haloragis,  though  this  is  one  of  the  non-aquatic  genera  in  an 
order  principally  composed  of  water-plants.  It  is  met  occasionally 
on  the  mountain  sides.  Leea  sambucina,  a  member  of  the  vine 
family  without  tendrils,  and  a  shrub,  is  conspicuous  for  the  deep 
crimson  colour  of  its  younger  leaves,  whose  stalks  are  dilated  at  the 
base  so  as  to  enclose  the  plant  in  a  kind  of  sheath.  It  extends  to 
the  tropics  of  Australia,  and  perhaps  is  identical  with  a  common 
African  form.  Trema  virgata  and  T.  amhoinense  are  frequently 
seen,  mingled  occasionally  with  more  than  one  species  of  Uvaria, 
having  clusters  of  fruits  like  a  bunch  of  yellow  grapes  on  which 
the  monkeys  are  said  to  feed.  UvaricB  are  climbing  plants, 
beautiful  looking  with  their  golden  fruits,  and  showing  under  the 
microscope  most  interesting  stellate  hairs.  The  LEGUMiNOSiE 
have  many  representatives,  such  as  species  of  Indigofera,  Tephrosia 
Candida,  Crotalaria  striata,  several  species  of  Cassia,  Derris,  and 
Alhi%%ia.  The  ornamental  shrubs  include  Ixora,  Gardenia  cam- 
panulata,  Clerodendron  velutinum  and  other  species,  Pavetta 
indica,  differing  but  little  from  the  Ixoras  except  in  having  the 
corolla  twisted  in  the  bud,  Dracoina  angustifolia,  Dianella  ensi- 
folia,  several  species  of  Costus,  with  the  large  and  luxuriant 
Alpinia  nutans.  Amongst  the  useful  plants  may  be  mentioned 
one  highly  valued  through  the  east  as  far  as  Japan.  This  is 
Delima  sarmentosa  {Tetracera),  widely  distributed  in  tropical  Asia. 


32  ON    THE    VEGETATION    OP    MALAYSIA, 

The  upper  surface  of  the  leaves  is  covered  with  hard  asperities, 
so  rough  that  the  leaves  are  used  (like  many  kinds  of  Fig-trees)  as 
a  substitute  for  sand-paper. 

The  character  of  the  river  vegetation  will  be  best  understood 
from  the  following  entry  in  my  diary  : — "  Got  the  elephants  loaded 
in  good  time  and  sent  them  away.  Walked  two  miles  on  a  good 
road  to  a  village  on  the  banks  of  the  Kinta.  Crossed  the  river  on 
elephants,  and  then  succeeded  a  tedious  journey  through  swamps, 
the  elephants  being  mostly  up  to  their  bellies  in  mud.  After  this 
we  went  through  an  open  jungle  supporting  a  thick  weedy  growth 
of  Lantana  camera,  with  a  small  Eugenia  and  Melastoma  mala- 
hathrica,  the  fruits  of  both  of  which  our  Malays  ate  freely,  though 
the  berries  were  small  and  unpalatable.  The  country  soon  became 
thick  forest,  both  boggy  and  broken  under  foot,  on  a  track  which 
none  but  an  elephant  could  travel.  Emerging  from  this  we  came 
upon  a  deserted  plantation  of  which  there  are,  alas,  a  good  many 
in  Malay  countries.  It  was  on  a  rising  ground,  covered  with 
Lantana  but  intermingled  with  Solarium  i:>entadaGtylum,  rendered 
conspicuous  by  yellow  fruits  with  protuberances  something  like 
fingers.  This  is  a  native  of  Trinidad  about  Saint  Anne's  and  the 
port  of  Spain.  It  is  a  shrub  two  or  three  feet  high,  with  an  erect 
stem,  and  leaves  sinuated,  with  acute  segments  shining  above.  It 
looks  as  if  it  had  been  cultivated,  but  the  Malays  do  not  eat  the 
fruits  and  said  they  were  poisonous.  This  is  one  of  many  instances 
in  Malaysia,  of  small  patches  of  an  introduced  plant  flourishing 
as  a  weed,  but  very  local ;  more  common  amongst  the  Solanace^ 
than  any  other  order. 

"The  view  from  this  abandoned  farm  was  across  a  wide  plain  to 
the  eastward,  bounded  by  an  abrupt  and  broken  range.  The  forest 
was  open,  and  looked  like  moorland  in  Europe.  When  we  got  off 
the  cultivated  area  we  plunged  into  a  dense  growth  of  Costus,  a 
shrub  of  ornamental  character  belonging  to  the  Zingiberace.e. 
Thickets  of  this  kind  are  common,  12  or  14  feet  high.  The  only 
method  of  making  one's  way  through  them  is  by  the  aid  of  the 
jungle-knife  or  parong,  which  has  to  be  slashed  right  and  left  with 


BY    THE    REV.  J.  E.  TENISON-WOODS.  33 

much  force.  A  journey  of  a  quarter  of  a  mile  thoroughly  exhausted 
our  Malays,  and  we  were  not  sorry  to  find  ourselves  once  more 
upon  the  swampy  ground  of  the  river  Raya  and  close  to  the 
village  of  that  name." 

Lower  Mountain  Slopes. — There  is  a  decided  difference  between 
the  forests  on  the  lower  slopes  of  the  mountains  and  those  on  the 
summits  and  on  the  plains.  The  trees  are  more  varied  and  finer. 
In  fact,  this  is  where  the  forests  are  seen  in  their  grandeur, 
because  on  ridges  or  the  summits  of  ranges  the  trees  are  often 
stunted  and  the  timber  poor.  In  the  lower  forests  the  under- 
growth, amid  dead  and  decaying  timber,  is  nearly  impenetrable. 
The  surface  of  the  ground  becomes  only  occasionally  visible,  and 
the  difiiculty  of  travelling  through  such  places  is  really  great.  In 
this  region  and  that  of  the  plains  are  the  same  genera,  slightly 
varied  in  proportion,  but  with  a  more  stately  and  luxuriant  growth. 
DiiJterocaT'pus,  Sliorea,  Hopea  and  Vatica  are  numerous,  with 
Fig-trees,  Chestnuts,  Oak-trees,  and  an  occasional  coniferous  tree 
of  the  genus  Darnmara.  It  was  always  a  subject  of  admiration 
to  me  to  notice  the  varied  tints  of  the  vegetation  on  the  mountain 
slopes.  At  a  distance  they  wore  a  uniform  hue  of  sombre  green 
or  purple  ;  but  when  near  it  was  surprising  how  the  surface  was 
dappled  with  colours  like  a  garden  bed.  Trees  that  looked  like 
bunches  of  pink,  bluish-red  or  yellowish  flowers,  stood  out  in 
surprising  numbers.  This  appearance  was  often  due  to  blossoms  ; 
but  also  it  was  owing  to  the  variegated  leaves,  and,  sometimes 
though  more  rarely,  to  the  fruits.  Those  common  and  con- 
spicuous were  Chmamomum  spu7'ium,  a  Gastania  or  Castanojysis 
(a  genus  which  cannot  be  maintained),  a  sapindaceous  tree  named 
Cupania  fuscidula  ;  and  trees  of  light  green  foliage,  such  as  Erio- 
dendron  and  Alhizzia,  help  to  vary  the  colour.  There  are  also 
se\'eral  species  of  Artocarpus  and  Eugenia,  with  wild  Garcinia  or 
Mangosteens,  Ebonies,  the  real  Ebenus,  and  Diospyros  fruticosus^ 
Ganarium,  Guttas,  Isonandra,  Bassia  and  Bichopsis,  with  the 
useful  Fagrcea  peregrina  and  another  Fagrcea  with  large  flowers, 
of  which  more  presently.     The  Palm-trees  belonging  to  this  region 


34  ON    THE    VEGETATION    OF    MALAYSIA, 

are  Arenga,  Areca,  Calamus,  Euqeissona,  Caryota,  Corypha 
Licuala,  the  Nibong  which  is  an  Areca,  with  Slackia  and  Macro 
cladus  which  the  Malays  call  Ebul. 

Sub-alpine  Region. — In  the  higher  mountain  regions  the  tree 
vegetation  becomes  smaller  and  more  scanty,  and  on  the  summits 
almost  disappears.  There  is  an  alpine  vegetation,  differing 
altogether  however  from  what  is  understood  by  that  name  in 
European  countries.  This  flora  is  of  an  Australian  character,  a 
fact  difficult  to  explain.  It  includes  Melaleuca,  Leucopogon, 
Vatica,  Rhododendron,  and  Nepenthes,  mingled  with  peculiar 
cryptogams  and  the  conifer  Podocarpus.  A  similar  flora  is  seen 
on  the  mountains  of  Borneo,  Java,  Celebes,  and  some  of  the 
Philippine  Islands. 

Over  about  3000  feet  above  sea-level  the  vegetation  becomes 
thinner  and  smaller.  Cryptogams  take  the  place  of  dicotyle- 
donous plants,  and  even  these,  where  they  are  not  peculiar,  are 
less  tropical.  A  species  of  Fterocarpus,  several  members  of  tiie 
Tea  family  (TERNSTRCEMiACEyE),  some  PiTTOSPOREiE  {Bursaria  '>), 
a  Microtropis  and  Euonymus  (Celastrine^),  an  Ilex,  and  a 
Daphniphyllum  are  amongst  the  remarkable  plants,  with  Orchids, 
Begonias,  Caladiums,  Marantas,  Lycopods,  Selaginellas,  Ferns, 
Mosses,  Lichens,  and  Fungi  innumerable. 

Limestone  Rocks. — The  numerous  outliers  of  limestone  have  a 
distinct  flora,  but  not  the  same  in  every  place.  Certain  species 
re-appear  wherever  the  limestone  crops  out.  Owing  to  the 
facility  with  which  limestone  strata  are  eroded,  they  are  generally 
detached,  precipitous  and  inaccessible  mountains.  A  striking 
instance  is  Pondok  in  Perak,  which  is  a  gigantic  rock  at  the 
eastern  opening  of  the  pass  at  Gapis,  about  1500  feet  above  the 
level  of  the  sea.*  It  is  crystalline,  and  the  stratification  seems  to 
be  almost  obliterated  ;  but  yet  what  does  remain  in  this  and 
other  places  has   a  considerable  dip.      I   have  never  heard  that 


*  In  my  report  on  the  geology  of  Perak  this,  by  a  misprint,  is  stated  to 
be  only  300  feet  high. 


BY    THE    REV.  J.  E.  TENISON-WOODS.  35 

anyone  was  able  to  get  to  the  summit ;  but  it  is  full  of  fissures 
and  cavities  which  are  overgrown  with  a  luxuriant  and  apparently 
peculiar  vegetation,  differing  from  that  of  the  country  around. 
At  Selangore,  at  the  limestone  caves,  I  was  able  to  make  a  good 
collection  of  plants,  but  they  were  mostly  Lycopods  and  Ferns. 
Similar  limestone  cliffs  are  found  in  the  Calamianes  and  Cuyos 
Groups,  amongst  both  of  which  I  collected  plants,  but  not  many, 
as  the  difficulty  of  getting  on  to  the  rocks  was  nearly  as  great 
here  as  at  Gunong  Pondok.  Ferns  and  Lycopods  were,  as  usual, 
the  principal  spoils,  with,  in  the  Philippines  at  least,  a  Tristania. 

DiPTEROCARPEiE. — This  is  a  natural  order  of  fine  forest  trees 
with  conspicuous  fragrant  flowers,  yielding  good  timber  and  valu- 
able aromatic  resins,  balsams,  and  oils.  It  is  an  order  which 
stands  aloof,  so  that  its  limits  can  be  concisely  defined.  Its 
peculiarities  are  the  long  wing-like  lobes  of  the  calyx,  with 
nerves  like  the  root-scales  of  a  fern,  and  generally  rich'y  coloured 
from  red  to  brown.  The  leaves  have  rolled-up  stipules  like  the 
Magnolias,  and  they  terminate  the  branches  with  a  taper  point ; 
the  foliage  is  like  that  of  an  oak  tree,  and  as  in  oaks  the  coty- 
ledons perform  their  office  without  rising  above  the  ground.  The 
cup  of  the  acorn  and  similar  organs  in  the  filbert,  chestnut,  beech, 
&c.,  are  represented  in  the  hardened  calyx  of  these  trees,  which 
have  a  tendency  to  sacrifice  all  the  ovules  but  one.  The  order 
flourishes  best  in  the  Malayan  region,  and  is  confined  to  tropical 
eastern  Asia.  The  species  range  on  the  west  from  Assam,  through 
eastern  Bengal  to  Ceylon.  Eastward  they  extend  through 
Burmah  and  Siam  to  Cambodia  and  the  Philippines.  Southward 
they  are  found  in  the  Andaman  Islands,  the  Malayan  Peninsula, 
Borneo,  Sumatra,  and  Banka;  but  only  to  a  small  extent  is  the 
family  at  present  known  east  of  Wallace's  line  through  the  Straits 
of  Macassar. 

The  order  was  discovered  in  1798  ;  four  species  of  Dlpterocarpus 
were  sent  to  Sir  Joseph  Banks  by  Dr.  B.  Hamilton  from  Sumatra. 
But  the  order  was  not  defined  until  1825  by  Gaertner.  At  that 
time  a  dozen  species  were  not  known,  and  now  there  are  upwards 


36  ON    THE    VEGETATION    OF    MALAYSIA, 

of  200.  It  is  divided  into  about  a  dozen  genera,  namely — 
(1)  Dryohalanops,  (2)  Dii^terocarpuSj  (3)  Ancistroclachis,  (4)  Anis- 
02?tera,  (5)  Pachynocarjms,  (6)  Vatica,  (7)  Shorea,  (8)  Hopea, 
(9)  Doona^  (10)  Vateria,  (11)  Monoporandra.  Some  botanists 
include  the  genus  Lophira,  which  Endlicher  erects  into  a  separate 
order  from  its  marked  differences.  It  does  not,  however,  belong 
to  the  Malayan  region,  but  to  west  Africa. 

Dipterocarpus — trees  with  two  winged  seeds — has  given  the 
name  to  the  order.  In  reality  there  are  five  wings,  but  two  of 
the  lobes  are  much  larger  than  the  other  three,  which  crown  the 
calyx  as  small  leaf -like  sepals.  Bryobalanopis  has  the  lobes  of  the 
calyx  nearly  equal,  and  they  form  five  spreading  wings  round  the 
fruit,  something  like  a  shuttle-cock.  In  Ancistrocladus  the  five  lobes 
of  the  calyx  are  similar,  but  the  genus  is  composed  of  climbing  shrubs 
with  claw-like  thorns.  In  Anisoptera  there  are  two  large  wings 
with  inconspicuous  stipules ;  its  ovary  and  fruit  partly  inferior  in 
reference  to  the  insertion  of  the  calyx,  but  having  a  concave 
receptacle,  the  edges  of  which  bear  the  corolla  and  stamens.  In 
Vatica  there  are  five  stamens  opposite  the  petah,  five  alternate 
with  them,  then  outside  each  of  these  a  small  stamen.  Vatica  is 
distinguished  by  its  calyx,  which  is  sub-valvate  or  with  pieces  not 
touching  one  another  in  the  bud,  and  forming  round  the  fruit  five 
large  free  wings  not  adherent  to  the  fruit  but  enveloping  it 
closely.  Pachynocarpus  has  the  same  flowers,  a  concave  receptacle 
with  a  calyx  which  disappears  round  the  fruit.  Vateria  has  the 
free  ovary  of  Vatica,  but  a  small  calyx  refiexed  under  the  pericarp. 
Mono2)orandra  has  the  fruit  of  Vateria,  but  only  five  stamens. 
Hopea  has  the  flower  of  Vateria,  and  two  only  of  the  five  non- 
adherent sepals  dilated  in  wings  round  the  fruit.  Shorea  can 
hardly  be  separated  from  Hopea ;  but  if  distinguished  at  all,  it  is 
by  the  three  large  wings  developed  from  the  calyx  lobes.  Doo7ia 
has  three  wings  also,  enclosing  an  embryo  with  cotyledons  full  of 
much-contorted  folds,  and  the  flowers  are  red. 

All  the  species  of  this  order  are  filled  with  resins,  balsams,  or 
oils,  which  render  them  valuable.     The  Oil-tree  of  the  Malays  is 


BY    THE    REV.  J.  E.  TENISON-WOODS.  37 

derived  from  Diptei^ocarpus  Icevis  or  D.  turbinatus,  for  the  two 
species  are  now  united.  It  extends  from  eastern  Bengal  to 
Singapore  and  perhaps  further.  The  oil  is  abundant  and  is 
obtained  by  cutting  a  kind  of  well  in  the  stem,  which  opening 
is  charred  around  by  lighting  a  fire  inside  it,  and  then  left  for  the 
oil  slowly  to  exude.  The  exudation  separates  into  two  portions, 
one  liquid  and  bland,  and  the  other  thick.  The  quantity  produced 
is  extraordinary.  The  oil  is  extracted  every  year ;  and  sometimes 
the  same  tree  will  have  two  or  three  cavities  in  it.  From  20  to  40 
gallons  is  about  the  quantity  produced  each  season  ;  but  from  time 
to  time  the  fire  has  to  be  renewed  in  the  cavity  to  char  the  surface 
afresh.  When  a  tree  in  full  growth  is  cut  down  and  divided  into 
pieces,  a  quantity  of  oleaginous  resin  exudes  and  hardens  on  the 
surface  into  something  like  camphor,  and  with  a  faint  aromatic 
odor."^ 

The  Malays  call  this  tree  Palaglar  mienjak,  but  both  in  Sun- 
danese  and  Javanese  Palaglar  is  a  name  applied  to  all  the  species 

*As  the  above  species  (D.  turbinatus,  Gaertn.)  has  such  interest  and 
value  a  botanical  diagnosis  is  here  inserted.  "  The  species  bears  terminal 
clusters  of  from  three  to  five  flowers.  The  flowers  are  hermaphrodite  with 
a  slightly  concave  receptacle.  The  calyx  is  formed  of  five  sepals  united 
into  a  tube  at  the  base  and  very  unequally  developed  ;  three  of  them 
remaining  very  small,  while  the  two  others  grow  into  large  oval  wings  above 
the  fruit.  The  tube  of  the  calyx  is  obconical.  It  is  developed  at  the  same 
time  as  the  fruit  and  closely  envelops  it.  The  corolla  is  formed  of  five 
alternate  petals,  nearly  of  the  same  length,  slightly  perigynous,  twisted  in 
the  bud  and  colored  a  rose  pink.  The  stamens  are  indefinite,  inserted  on 
several  circles.  Anthers  elongate,  acuminate,  formed  of  two  linear  cells, 
introrse,  opening  in  longitudinal  slits  ;  ovary  very  slightly  inferior  to  the 
base,  trilocular,  surmounted  by  a  filiform  style,  entire  or  slightly  tridentate. 
each  ovicell  with  two  anatropal  ovules  collateral  with  the  micropyle 
directed  upwards  and  outwards,  inserted  in  the  internal  angle  of  the  cell. 
The  fruit  is  a  pubescent  spherical  nut,  surrounded  by  the  tube  of  the  calyx, 
with  two  sepals  divided  in  large  linear-lanceolate  obtuse  wings,  with  three 
longitudinal  veins  giving  off  laterally  numerous  slightly  oblique  anasto- 
mosing venules  ;  pericarp  dry,  woody,  indehiscent ;  seeds  free,  without 
albumen,  enclosing  an  embryo  between  thick  fleshy  unequal  cotyledons  and 
a  slightly  developed  superior  radicle.  Leaves  alternate,  coriaceous,  smooth 
on  both  sides  or  a  little  pubescent  on  the  veins  and  edges,  oval  or  wide, 
lanceolate,  entire  or  sinuate,  pointed,  rounded  at  the  base,  penninerved 
with  parallel  veins,  petiole  long,  with  two  lateral  much-developed  stipules 
surrounding  a  leaf-bud  and  falling  when  it  opens,  leaving  an  annular  scar." 
J.  D.  Hooker,  "  Flor.  Brit.  Ind.,"  pt.  2,  p.  295. 


38  ON   THE   VEGETATION    OF    MALAYSIA^ 

of  Di2?terocarpuSj  and  other  balsam  iferous  trees  such  as  several 
species  of  Mastixia  and  Gironniera.'^  The  balsam  of  Dijiterocarpus 
is  called  Gurjun  in  India,  and  is  enumerated  amongst  the  products 
of  India,  Burmah,  and  the  Malayan  region,  by  various  authors 
since  the  commencement  of  this  century.  Its  medicinal  properties 
were  pointed  out  by  O'Shaughnessy  ("Bengal  Dispensary,"  1842, 
p.  222)  as  being  equal  to  Copaiba,  and  as  such  it  has  now 
obtained  a  place  in  the  Indian  Pharmacopsea.  Balsam  of  Gurjun 
varies  somewhat  in  its  character  because  it  is  derived  from 
different  trees  of  the  order,  all  of  which  are  more  or  less  balsami- 
ferous.  The  basis  or  the  acid  crystallised  from  the  resin  is  called 
Gurgunic  Acid  by  Werner,  who  gives  it  tlie  chemical  formula 
C44  Hgj  O5+  3  H2  O  which  is  that  of  hydrate  Abietinic  Acid  f  and 
jDrobably  identical  with  that  and  Metacopaibic  Acid. 

This  statement  of  the  qualities  of  Dipterocarpus  turhinatus 
will  serve  as  a  specimen  of  the  whole.  The  balsam  of  D.  trinervis 
is  used  in  Java  tor  wounds.  It  furnishes  a  dye,  and  with  the 
yolk  of  an  egg  an  emulsion  of  the  same  efficacy  as  copaiba.  I 
have  seen  torches  made  of  banana  leaves  smeared  with  this 
dammar  as  mentioned  by  Blume.  The  light  is  brilliant  and  the 
smell  agreeable.  The  Camphor  Tree  of  Borneo  and  Sumatra,  and 
which  I  think  I  have  seen  growing  in  the  state  of  Selangore  also, 
is  Dryobalanops  aromatica,  Gaertn.  The  product  is  best  and  most 
abundant  where  it  is  found  in  the  wood.  De  Vriese  tells  us 
(Hook.  Lond.  Jour.  IV.  p.  33)  that  its  price  is  high  in  Sumatra 
where  it  is  called  Kassa  baras,  and  the  rajahs  do  not  care  to  export 
it,  but  use  it  to  embalm  the  remains  of  royal  personages.  The 
same  kind  of  camphor  is  known  in  China  and  Japan,  where  it  is 
sold  as  a  drug  for  a  tonic  and  stimulant.  The  same  tree  also 
exudes  a  small  quantity  of  aromatic  or  balsamic  oil,  called  Oil  of 


*  Mastixia  belonging  to  the  order  Cornace^,  has  about  six  species  in 
Java,  &c.,  and  two  in  Ceylon.  Gironniera  belongs  to  the  order  Urticace.>e, 
with  seven  or  eight  species  extending  from  Cejdou  through  the  Malayan 
region  to  South  China  and  the  Pacific  Islands. 

t  Derived  from  Canada  balsam,  an  exudation  from  the  Canadian  cedar. 


BY    THE    REV.   J.   E.  TENISON-WOODS.  39 

Camphor,  obtained  by  incisions  and  collected  in  half-cylinders  of 
split  bamboo.  After  straining  it  is  put  into  bottles  for  preserva- 
tion. "  Vateria  indica  is  the  tree  from  which  is  obtained  a  false 
resin,  called  Copal  in  India,  which  when  fresh  appears  under  the 
form  of  a  liquid  varnish  called  Pimen  dammar  or  Piney  varnish  in 
British  India;  it  is  solid,  tenacious,  but  has  the  inconvenience  of 
melting-  at  a  moderately  low  temperature.  (36-5°C.).  According 
to  Wight  it  is  obtained  by  making  incisions  in  the  trunk  where  the 
liquid  collects  and  hardens.  In  Malabar  wax  lights  are  made  of 
it  which  give  a  brilliant  light  and  exhale  a  perfumed  odour." 
(Baillon,  "Nat.  Hist.  Plants,"  IV.  p.  219). 

Formerly  it  was  stated  in  most  treatises  on  the  geographical 
distribution  of  plants,  that  the  flora  of  New  Guinea  is  thoroughly 
similar  to  that  of  Borneo,  and  that  its  vegetation  is  an  eastern 
extension  of  the  Indo-Malayan  flora,  ^ir  Joseph  Hooker,  on  the 
other  hand,  in  denying  this  statement,  pointed  out  that  none  of 
the  DiPTEROCARPE^  had  been  found  to  the  east  of  Borneo. 
This,  however,  was  equally  incorrect,  as  I  have  seen  the  order 
as  well  represented  in  the  Philippines,  the  Sulu  Archipelago,  and 
in  all  the  islands  of  the  Molucca  Passage  where  I  landed,  in- 
cluding the  Xulla  Islands  and  some  others  down  to  Amboyna,  as 
in  Borneo  or  tlie  Malayan  Peninsula.  The  explorations  of  Beccari 
have  also  shown  that  a  few  species  occur  in  New  Guinea,  but  the 
small  number  of  species  found  there  (three  I  believe)  shows  a 
remarkable  falling  ofi"  from  the  preponderating  influence  of  the 
order  in  the  Malayan  region. 

Mr.  Thistleton  Dyer  has  chronicled  a  single  endemic  species  in 
the  (Seychelles  group,  which  is,  to  use  his  own  expression,  "  like 
that  of  Nepenthes  pervillei,  an  interesting  connecting  link  between 
the  Indo-Malayan  flora  and  its  westward  outlying  extensions  in 
Madagascar  and  central  Africa."  (See  "  Journal  of  Botany  "  for 
1878,  page  98). 

The  order  is  well  represented  in  Cochin-China,  Tonquin,  Cam- 
bodia, and  Siam.  I  frequently  remarked  in  Cochin-China  large 
trees  with  the  trunk  blackened  about   a  yard  from  the  soil,  with 


40  ON  THE  VEGETATION  OF  MALAYSIA, 

the  well-known  oil-cavity.  This  tree,  I  was  informed,  is  called 
"  Dau,"  and  by  the  French  "I'arbre  a  huile."  It  is  stated  that  the 
bast  is  the  part  from  which  the  oil  only  fiows,  at  least  that  is  the 
Anamese  idea,  which  is  incorrect,  for  the  cavity  is  always  made 
in  the  heart- wood. 

The  order  is  well  known  in  Biirmah  to  the  north  of  the  Malay 
Peninsula.  Here  Dipterocarpus  is  one  of  the  commonest  and  best 
known  trees,  and  gives  its  name  to  the  forests  of  the  plains.  It  is 
called  "Eng,''  and  the  Eng  forests  are  truly  the  characteristic 
features  of  the  Burmese  region.  Kurz  in  his  "  Forest  Flora  of 
British  Burmah  "  often  refers  to  them,  classifying  two  parts  of  his 
botanical  regions  as  the  "  Hill  and  Plain  forests."  It  will  help 
our  comprehension  of  the  Malayan  flora  to  quote  his  words  : — 

"  Eng  or  Laterite  Forests. — The  principal  constituents  of  this 
forest  are  Byoo  (Dillenia  2^ulcherri'ma),  Phthya  (Shorea  ohtusd)^ 
Engyeen  [Pentacme  siamensis),  Joeben  ( Walsura  villosa),  Moon- 
deing  [Lojyhopetalum  wallichii),  Myoukzee  (Zizyj^hus  jujuha), 
Lam-bo  {Buchanania  latifolia),  Thit-say  [Melanorrhoea  usitata), 
Dan-yat  (^Symi^locos  racemosa),  Tay  (Diospyros  burmanica),  Tasha 
[Emhlica  officinalis),  Ziphyoo  {E.  inacrocarjm),  Engyen  (Aporosa 
iinacTopliylla),  Yemine  (A.  villosa),  Yindyke  fDalhergia  cultrata), 
Wendlandia  tinctoria,  Toukkyan  (Terminalia  macrocarjoa), 
Banbwe  (Carey a  arhorea),  Kone-pyenma  ( Lager stroemia  macro- 
car  pa),  Khaboung  (Strychnos  nux  vomica),  Xabbhay  (Odina 
wodier),  Yingat  {Gardenia  ohtusifolia),  Thameng-sa-nee  {G. 
turgida),  Tha-byay-hpyoo  {^Eugenia  jamholana),  Sideroxylon 
p)arvifolium,  Na-yu-wai  (Flacourtia  sajnda),  and  others.  The 
Eng  (Dipterocarpus  tuherculatus )  is  the  characteristic  tree  of  this 
forest.  Moondein  (Cycas  siamensis)  is  plentiful  in  the  Prome 
forests.  Palms  are  represented  only  by  a  stemless  Date-palm 
(Phoenix  acaulis)  called  Thin-boung,  and  here  and  there  by  an 
erect  much-reduced  rattan  called  Kyeing-kha  {Calamus  gracilis). 
Of  bamboo  are  seen  only  Myin-wa  {Dendrocalamus  strictus),  and 
less  so  Tei-wa  (Bambusa  tulda)  along  the  outskirts  of  the  forest. 
Climbing  vegetation  has  almost  disappeared.      Ferns   are   rare, 


BY    THE    REV.  J.   E.  TENISON-WOODS.  41 

but  Orchids  and  some  Asclepiads  are  plentiful.  The  shrubs  here 
are  meagre  and  sparse,  but  still  exhibit  a  great  variety  of  species, 
and  the  same  may  be  said  of  the  clothing  of  the  ground.  The 
display  of  gaudy  flowers  during  the  hot  season  on  trees  as  well 
as  on  the  ground  is  often  very  striking.  Where  depressions 
occur,  they  are  usually  filled  up  with  stiff  clay  inundated  during 
the  rains,  and  such  places  are  more  or  less  densely  covered  by  thin 
dry  grass  and  sedges." 

"  Hill  Eng  Forests. — These  forests  occupy  the  ridges  of  the 
outer  hill  ranges  of  Martaban  and  Upper  Tenasserim,  where  they 
luxuriate  either  on  Laterite  formed  by  decomposition  of  the 
underlying  rock  or  on  debris  of  metamorphic  rocks.  In  general 
aspect  they  agree  with  the  Eng  forests  of  the  plains  ;  but  numer- 
ous trees  occur  in  them,  which  are  peculiar  to  them,  or  very  rare 
in  those  of  the  plains.  The  Eng  tree  {Dipterocarpus  tuherculatusj 
is  still  represented  here,  but  is  also  often  replaced  by,  or  inter- 
mixed with,  two  other  wood-oil  trees,  viz., — D.  costatus  and  D. 
ohtusifolius.  Other  conspicuous  trees  are  Engelhardtia  villosa, 
Quercus  hrandisiana  and  Q.  hancana,  Pauma  (Schima  banca7ia), 
Thit-say  (Melanorrhoea  glabra),  Castanea  trihuloides,  Tristania 
burmanica,  Anneslea  fragaiis,  etc.  Various  trees  of  the  true  Eng 
forests  and  sometimes  of  the  drier  hill  forests  associate,  like 
Doung-hsap-pya  {Callicarpa  arborea),  Dillenia  aurea,  Rhus 
javanica,  Vernonia  acuminata,  etc."  ("  Introduction,"  Yol.  I. 
p.  xxii). 

The  above  descriptions  of  the  Burmese  Dipterocarpus  forests 
will  serve  to  show  the  unity  of  the  vegetation  ;  and  indeed  with 
the  exception  of  the  appearance  of  some  new  species,  and  the  disap- 
pearance of  others  with  no  great  difference  between  them,  there  is 
only  one  aspect  for  the  flora  between  Borneo  and  Ceylon. 

Dammara  Trees  and  Conifers. — Some  of  the  varnish  derived 
from  the  Dipterocarpus  trees  goes  by  the  name  of  Dammar, 
which  is  a  Malay  term.  There  are  several  kinds  of  dammar, 
but  the  one  termed  Dammar  puti  or  batu  (white  or  stone  dammar) 


42  ON   THE    VEGETATION    OF    MALAYSIA, 

is  derived  from  a  coniferous  tree,  which  takes  a  leading  part  in  the 
formation  of  forests  on  the  mountain.  In  ascending  to  the  summits 
of  any  of  the  high  hills,  one  is  sure  to  notice,  round  the  stems  of 
certain  stately-looking  trees,  deposits  of  yellowish  white  resin. 
This  comes  from  a  tree  which  is  a  near  relation  to  the  Pines  and 
Arauearias,  but  diflfering  in  appearance  from  any  of  them  except 
in  this  that  wherever  the  bark  is  wounded  quantities  of  the  resin 
exude.  "  The  Dammaras  are  distinguished  from  the  true  Pines  and 
Firs  by  their  broad,  opjiosite  or  alternate,  oblong-lanceolate, 
attenuated  leathery  leaves,  with  parallel  veins,  and  in  the  male 
and  female  flowers  being  solitary  and  on  separate  plants  :  they 
however  approach  nearest  to  the  genus  Araucaria  in  being  dioecious, 
but  from  which  they  differ  in  the  form  of  the  scales,  in  the  absence 
of  a  bractea  to  each  female  flower,  and  in  the  seeds  being  winged 
only  on  one  side,  and  free  or  unattached."  ("  Pinetum,  A  Synopsis 
of  all  the  coniferous  Plants."  By  Geo.  Gordon,  3rd  ed.  p.  108). 
There  is  only  one  species,  which  is  a  tree  growing  upwards  of  100 
feet  high,  with  a  straight,  smooth  bark  and  trunk,  from  eight  to 
ten  feet  in  diameter,  found  on  the  summit  of  the  mountains  of 
Amboyna  and  Ternate,  and  in  many  of  the  Molucca  Islands,  Java, 
and  Borneo.  Timber  of  little  value,  but  producing  a  fine  trans- 
parent resin,  and  esteemed  by  the  natives  for  incense.  There  is  a 
variety  having  longer  and  more  lanceolate  leaves  with  the  edges 
rolled  on  the  under  side,  slightly  undulated,  whitish,  and  tapering 
to  the  point,  and  with  the  bark  on  the  branches  of  a  whiter 
colour. 

Europeans  distinguish  the  resin  of  Vateria  indica  as  Pmey 
dammar,  that  derived  from  Shorea  and  Hopea  as  Dammar  simply, 
like  the  conifer,  while  the  resin  of  Dipterocar2)us  is  distinguished 
by  the  Indian  name  Gurjun,  and  that  of  Dryohalmiops  as  Cam- 
phor. No  distinction  is  made  in  the  uses  to  which  these  resins 
are  put  except  the  camphor.  They  are  largely  employed  for 
caulking  boats,  and  with  the  oil  are  combined  for  making  various 
varnishes. 


BY    THE    REV.  J.  E.  TENISON-WOODS.  43 

Melastomace.^. — Another  of  the  remarkable  and  common 
members  of  the  flora  of  the  Malayan  Peninsula  is  this  order. 
They  are  plants  of  warm  climates,  few  extending  into  the  sub- 
tropical regions.  Generally  they  may  be  distinguished  by  their 
remarkable  opposite  leaves,  which  have  five  to  seven  deeply 
impressed  curved  longitudinal  veins,  and  with  long  beaks  to  the 
anthers.  The  prominence  of  the  lateral  ribs  in  the  leaves  gives 
these  plants  some  resemblance  to  species  of  MvRTACEiE  ;  but  with 
a  few  exceptions,  the  leaves  of  the  Melastomas  are  without 
transparent  oil-glands. 

Out  of  134  genera  in  the  order,  29  are  found  in  the  Malay 
region ;  the  rest  belong  principally  to  South  America,  excepting  a  few 
in  Africa  and  Polynesia.  The  order  is  divided  into  three  sub-orders, 
namely,  MELASTOMEiE,  AsTRONiEiE,  and  Memecyle^.  The  first  has 
no  less  than  twelve  tribes,  the  first  of  which  (Microlicieee)  is  almost 
confined  to  America;  the  second (Osbeckieae)  has 29  genera  of  which 
three  only,  Osheckia,  Otanthera  and  Melastoma,  are  represented  in 
the  Malay  Peninsula,  but  these  rather  extensively.  The  Rhexieae 
and  Merianiese  with  ten  genera  are  American ;  the  Oxysporeae 
with  ten  genera  is  scattered  over  a  large  area  between  Madagascar 
and  Japan;  the  tribe  Sonerileae  with  13  genera  has  representa- 
tives in  Asia,  Africa  and  America,  and  throughout  a  large  area. 
The  tribe  Medinillese  with  eleven  genera  has  nine  of  them 
represented  in  the  Malay  Peninsula  and  one  of  them  (Medinilla) 
with  many  species.  The  Miconiese  with  30  genera  belongs  almost 
exclusively  to  tropical  America,  and  so  does  the  next  tribe, 
Blakese.  The  other  two  sub-orders  have  only  six  genera.  The 
AsTRONiEiE with  four  genera  is  almost  exclusively  Malayan  with  the 
exception  of  a  few  species  in  the  Pacific  region.  The  last  sub- 
order, Memecyle.e,  has  only  two  genera,  both  of  a  decidedly 
aberrant  type.  One,  Mouriria^  has  thirty  species,  all  American ; 
the  other,  Memecylon,  with  a  hundred  species,  in  Asia,  Australia, 
the  Pacific  Islands,  Ceylon  and  Africa,  but  all  within  the  tropics. 

The  order  is  closely  connected  with  that  of  the  Myrtles,  which, 
as  most  readers  are  aware,  consists  of  trees  and  shrubs  usually 


44  ON  THE  VEGETATION  OF  MALAYSIA, 

with  opposite  entire  leaves  marked  with  translucent  dots.  The 
stamens  are  indefinite.  Not  only,  however,  is  there  the  closest 
relationship  between  the  two  orders,  but  they  pass  into  one 
another,  so  to  speak,  in  the  genera  Blakea,  Astronia,  and  Alouriria. 
Mouriria  has  no  ribs  on  the  leaves,  which  are  very  distinctly 
dotted.  Diplogenea  shows  also  some  signs  of  dots,  while  Meme- 
cylon  has  no  lateral  ribs,  neither  has  the  large  genus  Sonerila, 

There  is  a  strong  resemblance  also  between  the  two  orders  in 
the  variations  to  which  the  typical  structures  are  subject.  To 
mention  no  more  than  the  leaves,  we  find  almost  every  variety  of 
form  amongst  the  Myrtles,  such  as  in  the  genus  Calythrix  where 
they  are  scattered  (not  opposite),  small,  semi-terete,  three-  or  four- 
angled,  rigid,  and  as  unlike  the  leaves  of  a  myrtle  as  possible,  to 
the  showy  coriaceous  forms  amongst  the  Eugenia,  Tristania,  &c. 
In  the  Melastomace^  there  is  just  as  much  variety,  which  seems 
to  follow  the  same  lines.  The  characteristic  leaf-structure  in 
some  of  the  South  American  species  disappears.  For  instance,  in 
the  genus  Fritzschia  the  leaves  are  small,  coriaceous,  sometimes 
dentate,  and  with  impressed  dots  ;  in  Lavoisiera  they  are  small 
and  decussately  imbricated  ;  in  Marcetia  small  and  heath-like, 
and  so  forth. 

It  would  seem  as  if  the  Melastomace^  are,  in  the  Malaysian 
region,  what  the  Myrtace^  are  in  Australia  within  the  tropics, 
where  they  do  not  prevail  over  other  forms  of  vegetation  to  the 
extent  they  do  in  temperate  regions.  The  genera  of  Myrtles  with 
fleshy  fruits  are  the  members  of  the  order  best  represented  in  the 
Malaysian  region,  but  in  Australia  such  are  almost  entirely 
confined  to  the  tropics.  On  the  other  hand,  the  characteristic 
Myrtace^  of  Australia  are  those  with  capsular  fruits,  and  they 
are  nearly  entirely  confined  to  that  continent,  though  there  are  a 
few  stragglers  to  be  found  in  the  flora  we  are  now  considering. 
There  is  a  Metrosideros  in  the  Malayan  Peninsula,  and  I  found  on 
the  summit  of  Gunong  Bubu  a  Leptospermum  and  a  Leucopogon. 
The  Melastomace^  of  Australia  are  few  in  number,  not  exceeding 
five    species,     belonging   to    four    wide-spread    genera,    namely, 


BY    THE    REV.  J.  E.  TENISON-WOODS.  45 

Oshechia,  Melastoma,  Otanthera,  and  Memecylon.  One  species 
of  Osheckia  common  in  Malaysia  extends  to  Australia.  The 
Australian  Otanthera  is  wide-spread  in  the  Indian  Archipelago, 
and  Memecylon  umhellatum  was  also  recognised  in  the  Peninsula. 
Melastoma  is  the  only  species  of  the  order  which  extends  outside 
the  tropics  in  Australia. 

The  useful  properties  of  this  order  are  few.  They  are  generally 
astringent,  and  one  or  two  produce  edible  fruits.  Black  and 
yellow  dyes  are  extracted  from  the  berries  of  American  and 
Malaysian  species.  The  leaves  of  Melastoma  malahathrica  are 
said  to  be  efficacious  in  dysentery.  Astronia papetaria  is  a  Malayan 
species  with  sub-acid  leaves,  and  is  cooked  with  hsh.  It  is  called 
Obat  papeda. 

Most  of  them  have  showy  blossoms  of  pink  and  violet  tints, 
which  are  a  great  embellishment  to  the  vegetation  of  Malaysia. 
Some  species  of  Medinilla  are  climbers  and  cover  the  trees 
with  a  profusion  of  scarlet  blossoms,  while  the  stalks  of  the 
whole  raceme  are  a  brilliant  coral  red,  carmine  or  pink.  See 
Curtis's  "Botanical  Magazine,"  where  there  are  beautiful  figures  of 
M.  speciosa,  M.  magnifica,  M.  javanensis,  M.  cu7'tisii,  M.  amahilis, 
and  some  others. 

Palms. — This  natural  order  in  Malaysia  requires  a  special  essay 
to  itself  to  do  it  justice.  The  whole  scenery  of  the  Malayan 
region  is  modified  and  characterised  by  its  palms.  It  is  usually 
a  fringe  of  Cocoa-nut  Palms  which  lines  the  coast.  Even  where 
the  Mangroves  form  a  soft  green  margin,  the  Cocoa-nuts  project 
their  feathery  heads  above  the  line  of  trees  and  give  a  tropical 
character  to  the  scene.  Cocoa-nut  Palms  are  soon  discovered  to 
be  everywhere.  They  liue  the  coast,  they  crowd  the  valleys, 
they  shade  the  sand-hills,  and  they  form  the  borders  of  both  the 
roads  and  the  garden  enclosures.  There  are  plantations  of  this 
palm  besides,  near  the  towns,  where  nothing  else  grows  by  its  side 
except  the  Betel  Palm.  And  this  also  grows  evei7 where.  It  is 
iust  as  well  that  it  is  so,  for  the  Cocoa-nut  Palm  is  apt  to  become 


46  ON  THE  VEGETATION  OF  MALAYSIA, 

straggling,  and  its  stately  dignity  much  impaired  by  its  faded 
look.  Betel  Palm  is  gracefulness  itself.  Tall,  slender,  fresh- 
looking  and  green,  with  a  close  luxuriant  tuft  at  the  summit  of 
arched  or  straight  leaves,  it  forms  one  of  the  very  agreeable 
embellishments  of  the  tropical  flora.  The  foliage  is  like  a  plume 
of  feathers  around  a  warrior's  helmet  as  it  waves  to  and  fro  in 
the  breeze.  It  is  seen  almost  everywhere,  and  is  always  an  index 
of  cultivation.  In  wandering  through  the  jungle  when  one  gets 
a  sight  of  Cocoa-nut  Palms  or  Betel  Palms,  one  may  be  sure  that 
there  is,  or  there  has  been,  a  native  settlement  in  the  locality. 

Everyone  knows  the  purpose  for  which  Betel  is  culivated.  The 
seed  is  cut  into  small  slices,  mixed  with  lime  and  wrapped  up  in  a 
leaf  of  feirrih  or  Betel  pepper,  and  is  chewed  by  the  natives.  It 
is  an  acquired  taste,  and  one  would  say  not  easily  acquired, 
yet  the  practice  is  universal,  and  the  natives  would  forego  anything 
rather  than  this  luxury.  A  curious  fact  connected  with  the  Betel 
is  the  uncertainty  about  its  habitat.  Somewhere  in  Malaysia,  is 
the  conclusion  arrived  at,  but  one  never  sees  it  in  a  wild  state. 
The  Chinese  historians  state  that  it  was  received  from  the  south 
B.C.  Ill  years,  and  then  it  bore  the  name  of  Pinlang;  now,  the 
native  name  is  Pining  ;  in  Javanese,  Jambi  ;  in  Balinese,  Banda 
according  to  Crawfurd,  who  also  says  the  Bugis  call  it  Rapo  ;  in 
Tagalo,  Bouga  and  Bongang-pato,  also  Sacsic.  In  all  the  Philip- 
pine dialects  it  should  be  remarked,  however,  that  Bonga  means 
simply  a  fruit.  The  Sanskrit  name  is  Gouvaka  (de  Candolle). 
The  Telinga  name,  A.rek,  is  the  origin  of  the  botanical  name 
Areca^  while  Betel  is  the  Malabar  name.  In  Hindostanee  it  is 
called  Paunsooparee  or  Paun,  but  this  refers  to  the  prepared  state 
of  the  Betel-nut,  lime  and  pepper  leaf. 

The  spathe  of  the  leaf  contains  valuable  fibre  deserving  the 
attention  of  paper-makers.  The  Chinese  storekeepers  in  Singapore 
and  Penang  use  it  for  packing,  and  in  India  it  is  employed  for 
many  purposes,  even  water- vessels,  caps,  umbrellas,  &c.  It  has  a 
tine  surface  like  paper. 

Borassus  flabelliformis,  or  the  Palmyra  Palm,  is  seen  sparingly 
near  the  coast  in  the  Malay  Peninsula.     It  is  not  common  any 


BY    THE    REV.  J.  E.  TENISON-WOODS.  47 

where  in  this  region,  but  most  frequent  in  Java.  The  leaves  are 
over  eighteen  inches  in  diameter,  folding  and  opening  like  immense 
fans.  The  upper  enamelled  surface  is  written  on  with  an  iron 
stylus,  and  forms  the  Balinese  books,  remaining  in  good  preserva- 
tion for  hundreds  of  years.  The  ribs  being  of  cane  give  great 
strength  to  the  leaf.  Cut  off  at  the  stem,  the  thicker  part  of  the 
fan  is  bent  round,  making  a  powerful  helmet  used  by  fighting  men, 
and  as  a  protection  for  those  who  force  their  way  through  the  jungle, 
for  which  the  wedge-like  form  is  admirably  adapted.  Further- 
more, it  serves  as  an  umbrella.  It  is  said  to  yield  its  fruit  only 
when  the  tree  is  eighty  years  old,  when  previously  a  flower,  about 
thirty  feet  long  in  large  trees,  bursts  forth  with  a  loud  report.  Its 
perfume  is  overpowering,  which  causes  the  natives  to  destroy  them. 
This  tree  is  used  for  the  production  of  sago  from  its  pith,  but 
only  in  times  of  scarcity.  The  leaf-stalks  yield  a  wiry  fibre  about 
two  feet  in  length,  made  into  rope  occasionally.  A  fine  down  is 
collected  from  the  base  of  the  leaves,  valued  for  staunching  wounds 
and  straining  liquids.  In  Bengal  the  juice  is  fermented  for  toddy, 
and  is  used  for  yeast  and  yields  a  sugar  of  grey  colour.  A  more 
common  and  more  valuable  palm  is  the  Gomuti,  Jaggery,  Kabong, 
Areng  or  Aju,  known  to  Europeans  as  the  Sugar-palm  and  to 
botanists  as  Arenga  saccharifera.  It  is  a  magnificent  tree,  with 
close  long  pinnse  on  the  leaves,  less  stiff  and  regular  than  the  Cocoa- 
nut  Palm.  There  is  more  than  one  species  of  Areng  extending 
to  nearly  3,000  feet  above  the  sea  level,  but  the  Sugar-palm  loves 
low  moist  situations,  and  is  quite  content  with  the  poorest  soil. 
It  vies  with  the  Cocoa-nut  Tree  in  utility.  In  Java  it  is  common 
on  the  road-sides  in  the  mountains,  but  not  so  common  anywhere 
as  it  ought  to  be.  It  produces  valuable  supplies  of  sugar,  fibre, 
spirit  and  sago,  but  the  sugar  is  the  great  production.  This  is 
yielded  by  the  male  spadix  (in  Malay  Mayam),  but  not  before  the 
tree  has  attained  its  seventh  year,  and  even  then  male  spadices 
are  rare  or  absent;  but  if  absent  the  tree  is  abundantly  rich  in  sago. 
The  Mayams,  both  male  and  female,  have  a  handsome  appearance 
as  they  hang  down  in  clusters  or  strings  of  rich-looking  buds. 
Curious  things  are  related  of  them,  such  as,  that  each  new  sprout- 


48  ON  THE  VEGETATION  OF  MALAYSIA, 

ing  of  Mayam  is  lower  and  lower,  and  till  the  last  comes  forth  at 
the  root  of  the  tree  and  it  then  dies.  Generally  two  male  spadices 
come  forth  at  a  time  and  they  yield  juice  from  three  to  five 
months,  and,  ere  they  cease,  their  places  are  supplied  by  fresh  ones. 
When  the  flower  opens  the  spadix  is  cut  at  the  base,  and  tubes  of 
seasoned  or  smoked  bamboo  (from  which  the  upper  phragmata  are 
removed,  making  a  long  vessel),  are  applied.  As  they  fill  the  juice 
is  poured  into  earthen  jars,  and  evaporated  in  iron  pans  over  a 
fire  until  nothing  bat  grain-sugar  remains. 

If  toddy  be  wanted,  the  spadix  is  tied  at  the  base  and  beaten 
with  a  small  stick  for  two  or  three  days  in  succession,  and  the 
juice  collected  in  the  usual  way.  It  is  left  in  jars  until  fermented^ 
in  which  state  mostly  it  is  taken  by  the  natives.  In  the  Philip- 
pines it  is  consumed  largely  and  I  believe  to  intoxication.  I  have 
seen  the  natives  lying  about  in  a  stupid  state  of  inebriation  from 
its  use,  especially  the  old  men.  It  has  a  flavour  which  suggests 
beer,  viaegar  and  malt,  while  there  is  a  general  aroma  recalling 
the  smell  of  a  brewery  and  mouldy  wood.  A  powerful  spirit  is 
distilled  from  it,  largely  used  by  the  Chinese  in  Malaysia,  and  to 
some  extent  abused  also. 

Dr.  de  Vry,  a  Dutch  naturalist  from  Batavia,  strongly  recom- 
mends the  employment  of  Arenga  for  the  sole  production  of 
sugar  ;  as  he  says  the  tree  takes  nothing  from  the  soil,  while  beet 
and  cane  utterly  exhaust  it.  He  calculates  that  three  quarters  of 
an  acre  planted  with  Gomuti  should  yield  annually  2,400  kilo- 
grammes of  sugar  in  a  soil  quite  unfit  for  any  other  culture.  I 
am  not  aware  of  the  number  of  trees  or  their  distance  apart  in 
the  supposed  area. 

The  Jaggery  also  produces  sago ;  in  fact  no  other  tree  is  the 
source  of  it  in  Java  ;  but  it  is  dark  in  colour,  of  poor  quality  and 
small  in  quantity  in  proportion  to  the  yield  of  other  palms.  In 
Sunda  it  is  the  only  sago  ofi"ered  in  the  markets  ;  but  in  eastern 
Java  other  kinds  are  imported. 

The  enumeration  of  the  useful  qualities  of  this  Palm-tree  is  not 
yet  finished.  The  stem  of  young  trees  is  wrapped  round  in  the  leaf- 
sheaths,  the  sides  of  which  aflbrd  a  black  fibre  like  horse-hair,  to 


BY    THE    REV.  J.  E.  TENISON-WOODS.  49 

the  extent  of  about  three-quarters  of  a  pound  to  each  leaf.  This 
falls  away  of  itself  and  is  easily  collected  without  injury  to  the  tree. 
Some  is  coarse  like  elephants'  bristles,  and  some  so  fine  as  to  be 
good  for  stuffing  beds ;  but  the  greater  part  is  like  horse-hair, 
making  a  beautiful  rope.  It  bears  a  greater  strain  than  coir,  and 
loses  less  weight  than  coir,  hemp  or  Manila  hemp,  as  it  requires  no 
preparation  for  manufacture,  and  water  has  no  efi'ect  upon  it.  It 
would  be  superior  to  every  other  kind  of  fibre  for  ropes,  were  it 
not  that  it  is  not  sufficiently  elastic  for  anything  but  standing- 
rigging,  cables  and  such-like  purposes. 

I  conclude  this  summary  of  the  value  of  Gomuti  with  the  words 
of  Dr.  Roxburgh  :  "I  cannot  avoid  recommending  to  every  one 
who  possesses  land  in  India,  particularly  such  as  is  low  and  near 
the  coasts,  to  extend  the  cultivation  of  this  useful  and  elegant 
palm,  as  much  as  possible.  The  wine  itself  and  the  sugar  it 
yields,  the  black  fibres  for  cordages  and  cables,  and  the  pith  for 
sago,  independent  of  many  other  uses,  are  objects  of  very  great 
importance.  From  observations  made  in  the  Botanic  Gardens  at 
Calcutta,  well-grown  thriving  trees  produce  about  six  leaves 
annually,  and  each  leaf  yields  from  eight  to  16  ounces  of  the 
clean  fibre.  They  are  in  blossom  all  the  year;  one  lately  cut  down 
yielded  about  150  lbs.  of  good  sago  meal." 

Sago  Palm. — In  1475,  Marco  Polo  wrote  as  follows  : — "And  I 
will  tell  you  another  great  marvel ;  they  have  a  kind  of  tree  that 
produces  fiour,  and  excellent  flour  it  is  for  food.  These  trees  are 
very  tall  and  thick,  but  have  a  very  thin  bark,  and  inside  this 
bark  they  are  crammed  with  flour."  Tliis  is  the  first  accurate 
description  of  the  Sagus  Uevis,  Reinw.,  by  that  most  accurate  and 
painstaking  of  travellers.  Twenty  feet  is  about  the  average 
height,  and  the  tree  is  generally  surrounded  by  numerous  young 
plants.  The  stem  is  very  thick  with  annular  leaf-scars  on  the 
upper  part.  The  leaves  are  like  those  of  the  Cocoa-nut  but  grow 
more  erect ;  they  are  pinnate,  unarmed ;  leaflets  linear,  acute, 
carinate  and  smooth.  This  tree  is  not  matured  till  it  is  about 
seven  to  20  years  old  ;  the  fructification  then  appears  and  it  soon 
4 


50  ON   THE    VEGETATION    OF    MALAYSIA, 

after  decays  and  dies.  The  inflorescence  is  terminal ;  several 
spadices  rise  from  the  summit  of  the  stem,  enveloped  in  sheaths 
at  their  joints,  and  are  alternately  branched.  The  flowers  and 
fruit,  generally  five  to  eight  inches  long,  are  produced  on  these 
branches.  They  are  brown,  closely  imbricated  with  broad  scariose 
scales,  within  which  is  a  quantity  of  ferruginous  flocculent  fibre 
or  waddinsf,  in  which  the  minute  flowers  are  embedded  and  com- 
pletely concealed.  Each  scale  supports  two  flowers  which  are 
hermaphrodite,  and  scarce  larger  than  a  grain  of  turnip-seed.  In 
habit  and  character  this  tree  differs  much  from  all  palms,  and  its 
propagation  by  radical  shoots  like  the  Banana  is  not  observed  in 
any  other  species.  The  terminal  blossoms  and  the  death  of  the 
tree  after  fructification  are  other  peculiarities.  The  fruits  are 
retroversely  imbricated  like  the  rattans  or  Calamus.  In  its  young 
stages  the  stem  is  covered  with  sharp  thorns,  no  doubt  to  protect 
the  tender  tree  from  destruction,  as  they  fall  off  subsequently.  It 
grows  best  in  muddy  marshes,  and  will  not  do  well  anywhere  else. 
The  sago  must  be  gathered  before  the  fruit  forms,  as  then  the 
stem  consists  of  a  thin  wall  enclosing  a  v/ide  mass  of  pith.  This 
is  the  flour  which  requires  other  preparation  before  it  becomes  an 
article  of  export.  The  natives  call  it  Sagu.  It  is  eaten  with 
palm-sugar  and  forms  a  dish  called  Santan,  very  luscious  and 
nourishing  with  cocoa-nut  milk  (the  juice  of  the  nut  expressed 
with  water,  not  the  contained  fluid),  but  probably  too  sweet  for 
European  palates.  The  flour  is  also  baked  in  biscuits  which  keep 
well.  The  fruits  of  the  tree  are  eaten  and  easily  preserved, 
30  baskets  being  no  uncommon  harvest  for  one  tree,  and  a  basket 
giving  ample  nourishment  to  a  small  family  for  a  week.  Neither 
fruit  nor  sago  is  much  used  by  the  natives  except  in  Celebes,  and 
the  Philippines  and  Moluccas. 

It  would  be  useless  to  enter  into  detail  on  the  mode  of  pre- 
paration, which  is  described  by  so  many  authors.  At  present  the 
product  gives  rise  to  industries  in  many  parts  of  the  Indian 
Archipelago,  particularly  Malacca,  Sumatra,  certain  parts  of 
Perak,  Selangore,  Borneo,  &c.  In  Singapore  there  is  an  exten- 
sive trade  in  sago,  whence  it  is  exported  after  being  bleached  and 


BY    THE    REV.  J.  E.  TENISON-WOODS.  51 

pearled  for  the  European  market.  When  I  was  in  Borneo  there 
had  been  a  great  advance  made  in  the  sago  trade^  through  the 
influence  of  the  North  Borneo  Company,  owing  to  the  efforts  of  the 
Government  of  Sarawak,  and  arrangements  between  Labuan  and 
the  Sultan  of  Brunei.  At  the  latter  city  I  met  with  a  few  Euro- 
peans who  were  trading  with  certain  Chinese  merchants  and  manu- 
facturers in  Brunei  for  sago.  I  visited  one  Chinese  establishment 
where  there  was  rather  a  small  plant  for  bleaching  and  pearling, 
and  I  heard  of  others ;  but  owing  to  the  unsettled  state  of  affairs, 
and  the  war  between  the  Sultan  of  Brunei  and  the  Kadyans, 
there  was  a  general  exodus  of  Europeans  from  the  kingdom. 

Crawfurd  states  that  by  far  the  best  and  fullest  account  of  the 
culture  and  manufacture  of  sago  is  given  by  Mr.  Logan  in  Vol. 
III.  of  the  ''  Journal  of  the  Indian  Archipelago  f  but  readers 
will  do  well  also  to  consult  Simmonds'  "  Tropical  Agriculture " 
(London,  1877),  and  Spon's  "  Encyclopaedia  of  Manufactures  and 
Raw  Materials  "  (London,  1882)  for  an  account  of  the  cultivation. 

The  following  quotation  from  Logan  deserves  insertion : — 
"  When  a  plantation  has  once  arrived  at  maturity  there  will  be 
a  constant  harvest,  because  the  natural  mode  of  growth  secures 
a  continued  succession  of  new  plants  from  the  time  those  first 
planted  have  begun  to  extend  their  roots,  and  this  succession  can 
be  regulated  by  the  knife  in  any  manner  the  planter  desires. 
The  Sago  Tree,  when  cut  down  and  the  top  severed  from  it,  is  a 
cylinder  about  20  inches  in  diameter,  and  from  15  to  20  feet  in 
height.  Assuming  20  inches  as  the  diameter,  and  15  feet  as  the 
height  of  trees,  the  contents  will  be  nearly  26  bushels,  and  allow- 
ing one  half  for  woody  fibre,  there  will  remain  13  bushels  of  starch, 
which  agrees  very  closely  with  our  previous  calculation  of  700 
pounds  for  each  tree,  or  12 J  bushels.  It  may  give  some  idea  of 
the  enormous  rate  of  this  produce  if  it  be  considered  that  three 
trees  yield  more  nutritive  matter  than  an  acre  of  wheat;  and  six 
trees  more  than  an  acre  of  potatoes.  An  acre  of  sago,  if  cut 
down  at  one  harvest,  will  yield  5220  bushels,  or  as  much  as  163 
acres  of  wheat,  so  that  according  as  we  allow  7  or  15  years  for 


52  ON    THE    VEGETATION    OF    MALAYSIA, 

the  growth  of  a  tree,  an  acre  of  sago  is  equal  in  annual  produce 
to  23  or  10  acres  of  wheat.''  ("Journal  of  the  Indian  Archi- 
pelago,'' Til.,  p.  312). 

The  manufacture  of  pearl  sago  by  the  Chinese  is  described  fully 
in  the  works  already  cited.  Though  Sagus  Icevis  or  aS'.  koenigii  is 
the  species  most  used  for  the  production  of  the  farina,  there  are 
probably  three  or  four  species  and  a  number  of  varieties  known 
to  the  Malays.  There  is  what  is  called  a  bastard  sago,  derived 
from  the  Toddy  Palm  {Caryota  urens),  a  native  of  the  mountains 
of  India  and  Ceylon.  Another  sago  is  made  from  a  distant 
relation  of  the  palm  family  in  Japan  (Cycas  revoluta).  There  is 
also  an  extensive  trade  in  Brazilian  sago,  derived  from  Copernicia 
cerifera.  Cycas  circinnalis  yields  sago  in  Malabar  and  Cochin 
China. 

A  few  words  more  about  some  well-known  species  in  Malaysia 
must  conclude  the  references  to  the  palms.  Certain  species 
frequent  certain  altitudes.  In  an  expedition  to  Gunong  Bubu  I 
met  with  three  palms  clothing  the  mountain  side,  almost  to  the 
exclusion  of  any  others  up  to  about  3,500  feet.  For  the  first 
2,000  feet  we  had  the  usual  mountain  species  of  Arenga,  Areca  or 
Betel,  and  Ptychosperma^  with  occasionally  the  less  common  genera 
of  the  plains.  At  2,000  feet  or  so  we  began  to  meet  with  abund- 
ance of  Pinanga,  or  Ptychosperma,  with  which  genus  it  has  been 
united.  The  large  pinnse  were  especially  useful  for  roofing  our 
temporary  huts.  They  are  unarmed,  often  arboreous  palms  or 
shrubs,  somecimes  with  creeping  stems.  There  are  several  species 
such  as  Pinang  boreng  of  Malacca,  and  Kurdu  at  Penang.  Many 
persons  think  that  this  particular  species  produces  those  formidable 
palm-tree  bludgeons  which  are  known  in  the  Straits  Settlements 
as  "Penang  lawyers  ;"  but  it  cannot  be  the  Pinang  boreng  which  is 
Areca  (Pinanga)  onalayana  (Mart.  Palmse,  p.  184,  pi.  158,  fig.  3, 
and  Griffith,  "  Palms  of  Brit.  E.  India,"  p.  152,  pi.  230).  It  is  an 
elegant  palm  eight  to  twelve  feet  high,  with  a  distinctly  annulate 
stem  scarcely  an  inch  in  diameter,  and  a  crown  of  five  to  eight 
spreading  leaves  with  stalks   a   foot  and  a-half  long,  while  the 


BY    THE    REV.  J.  E.  TENISON-WOODS.  53 

alternate  linear  pinnules  are  one  and  a-half  to  two  feet  long ;  upper 
pinnules  cuneate  and  deeply  bipartite. 

Above  this  region  of  Pinanga  is  the  Bertam  Palm,  a  stemless 
species,  growing  in  thick  tufts  which  are  surrounded  by  the 
withering  fragments  of  old  leaves.  This  is  the  Eugeissona  triste 
(Griffith,  p.  110,  pi.  220,  A.  B.  C.)  The  leaves  are  numerous,  the 
outer  ones  spreading,  and  fifteen  or  twenty  feet  in  length.  The 
stalks  throughout  the  lower  seven  or  ten  feet  are  roundish,  armed 
with  brown,  fiat  ascending  thorns  ;  but  between  the  pinnules  they 
are  triangular  and  unarmed ;  the  pinnules  long  and  narrow, 
25  or  30  inches  in  length.  This  is  one  of  the  most  useful 
of  palm-trees  and  in  its  industrial  application  it  divides  the 
honours  with  Nipa  fruticans.  Most  of  the  partitions  of  houses 
are  made  of  it,  and  often  the  walls  ;  while  the  leaves  with  the 
pinnules  plaited  over  one  another  make  a  very  eSective  roofing. 
It  is  common  everywhere  in  the  Straits  Settlements,  and  adds 
much  to  the  impenetrability  of  the  vegetation.  The  Bertam  con- 
tinued up  to  about  3,000  feet  and  then  we  had  nothing  but 
Licuala.  These  were  very  handsome  trees  even  though  they 
are  almost  stemless,  but  as  the  leaves  are  fan-shaped  or  sometimes 
circular  the  appearance  is  very  elegant.  The  natives  call  them 
generally  by  the  name  of  "  Plass,"  but  most  of  the  species  occur 
on  the  lower  grounds  in  wet  places.  Here,  however,  I  met 
with  them  on  dry  slopes,  altogether  above  the  usual  region  of 
palms,  and  this  was  quite  a  discovery.  The  leaves  were  circular 
and  peltate,  and  I  have  little  doubt  that  this  was  Licuala  peltata,  a 
species  peculiar  to  the  woody  mountainous  country  of  the  Hima- 
layas below  Darjeling.  I  never  saw  it  anywhere  except  on  this 
mountain,  nor  below  a  height  of  3,000  feet ;  but  I  must  add  that 
my  experience  of  mountain  ranges  was  somewhat  limited  in  the 
Malay  Peninsula.  Griffith  says  that  this  is  the  largest  and  finest 
species  of  the  genus,  and  not  likely  to  be  confounded  with  any 
other.  Its  large  peltate  orbicular  leaves,  simple,  large  pendulous 
spikes,  and  comparatively  very  large  fiowers  will  at  once  distinguish 
it.  In  its  leaves  it  resembles  Z.  longipes,  but  that  is  an  almost 
stemless  palm,  while  this,  though  a  low  species,  has  a  stout  stem 


54  ON   THE   VEGETATION    OF    MALAYSIA, 

three  or  four  feet  high,  marked  below  with  leaf-scars,  but  above 
the  base  of  the  petiole  is  persistent.  It  is  used  as  an  umbrella  or 
parasol,  and  is  called  on  that  account  the  Chattah  pat,  chattah 
being  an  umbrella  in  Assam.  The  demand  for  them  is  great ; 
scarcely  a  single  ploughman,  cow-keeper,  or  coolee  but  carries  a 
sunshade  made  from  this  tree  in  Assam  ;  but  in  Malaysia  it  is  not 
so  used. 

Licuala  acutifida,  or,  in  Malay  the  Kat-plass  {Plass  tisTcu), 
appears  to  be  the  plant  supplying  the  "  Penang  lawyers,"  It  is 
a  small  miniature  palm,  the  trunk  being  only  from  three  to  five 
feet  high,  though  specimens  may  be  obtained  15  or  20  feet  in 
height  and  about  two  inches  in  diameter  at  the  base,  marked  with 
incomplete  rings  to  which  fragments  of  the  leaf  stalks  adhere. 
Some  think  that  the  best  of  "  Penang  lawyers  "  are  those  which 
are  stoutest  and  most  bludgeon-like ;  but  this  is  not  the  case, 
because  of  the  way  in  which  they  are  prepared.  Nearly  the 
whole  of  the  outer  layer  is  removed  almost  to  the  pith  by  scraping 
and  polishing.  They  thus  become  brittle  and  easily  decayed. 
The  thinner  sticks  are  much  more  valuable  and  are  more  rare. 
Scraping  and  straightening  over  a  fire  is  the  only  preparation 
these  sticks  appear  to  be  subjected  to.  The  species  is  not 
common  and  has  a  restricted  habitat,  though  probably  not  entirely 
confined  to  the  neighbourhood  of  Penang  or  the  province  of 
Wellesley. 

On  the  borders  of  paddy-swamps  throughout  the  Peninsula 
there  is  a  very  elegant  palm  30  or  40  feet  high,  annulate,  and 
each  ring  beset  with  spines  with  a  dense  and  graceful  foliage. 
This  is  the  Nibong  Palm  of  the  Malays,  or  Areca  tigillaria,  not 
to  be  confounded  with  Nibong  Paday,  or  A.  horrida,  common  on 
the  cliffs  of  the  sea-shore  a  little  to  the  north  of  Kundur,  near 
Malacca.  The  first  species  mentioned  is  much  in  request  for 
door-posts.  Nibong  tubal  is  the  name  of  a  somewhat  large 
village  (tubal,  thick)  in  the  province  Wellesley. 

Orania  macrocladus,  tbe  Daun  daun  or  Ebul  of  the  Malays,  is  a 
handsome  palm  about  40  feet  in  height  resembling  a  Cocoa-nut 


BY   THE    REV.  J.  E.  TENISON-WOODS.  55 

tree.  It  is  common  in  the  forests  at  Ching,  near  Malacca, 
and  met  occasionally  in  the  Peninsula  and  in  Singapore  Island. 
Caryota  urens,  or  the  toddy-palm,  is  met  with  in  situations  which 
•suggest  former  cultivation,  besides  C.  soholifera,  C.  ohtusa,  and 
C.  cumingii.  I  am  not  aware  that  the  natives  make  any  use  of 
these  trees.  Ptychosperma  singaporensis,  a  species  which  closely 
resembles  the  common  palm  found  on  the  north  and  east 
coast  of  Australia  down  to  lat.  34°  south,  is  frequently  met  with 
in  the  Peninsula,  in  fact  is  the  most  abundant  of  indigenous 
palms.  Another  species,  C.  coccinea,  is  rather  rare.  Cyrtostachys 
rendah  is  one  of  the  ornamental  palms  in  the  jungle  of  the 
Peninsula.  The  Malay  name  is  Malam  waren.  It  has  a  beautiful 
red  hue,  and  though  not  ever  assuming  the  proportions  of  a  tree, 
its  pinnate  fronds  are  disposed  in  such  a  way  as  to  render  it  very 
elegant  and  graceful.  When  in  Labuan,  Borneo,  I  saw  this 
species  growing  apparently  wild  in  the  jungle  close  to  Government 
House. 

CuPULiFER.E,  Amentace^,  OR  C0RYLACE.E.  —  Chestnuts  and 
Gaks  form  a  considerable  portion  of  the  indigenous  flora  of  the 
mountain  forests,  extending  at  least  up  to  3000  feet.  The  species 
are  numerous,  and  probably  many  are  undescribed.  The  Oaks 
differ  from  the  European  species.  The  acorns  are  mostly 
depressed,  round  and  oval,  so  as  to  form  almost  a  disk  an  inch  or 
two  across,  and  the  cup  is  either  covered  with  imbricated  scales 
or  overlapping  lines  of  the  involucre  forming  a  series  of  rings. 
A  figure  of  one  of  these  is  given  at  the  end  of  the  chapter.  I  am 
not  aware  that  any  of  the  species  are  valued  amongst  the  Malays 
on  account  of  the  timber  they  yield.  The  species  of  Castania  or 
Chestnuts  are  nearly  as  numerous  as  the  Oaks,  if  not  quite  as 
many.  They  have  been  divided  into  two  genera  by  some  authors, 
namely,  Castania  and  Castanopsis.  The  distinction  is  derived 
from  the  ovary  and  the  involucre.  In  Castanopsis  it  is  3-locular> 
and  the  spinous  involucre  altogether  encloses  the  fruit,  finally 
splitting  open  irregularly.  In  Castania  the  ovary  is  6-locular, 
and  the  thorny  involucre  includes  one  or  two   nuts,  and  opens 


56  ON  THE  VEGETATION  OF  MALAYSIA, 

regularly  into  two  or  four  valves.  Gastanopsis  includes  all  the 
species  found  in  the  oriental  region,  24  being  enumerated 
between  India,  China,  and  Malaysia ;  in  fact  there  is  only  one 
other.  According  to  Bentham  and  Hooker  there  are  but  two 
species  of  Gastania,  one  of  which  is  the  well-known  edible 
Chestnut.  No  true  Gastania  therefore  exists  in  the  Malay 
Peninsula.  Gastanopsis  argentea  occurs  as  high  as  6,000  to  7,000 
feet  in  Burmah.  The  timber  is  valued  to  some  extent,  especially 
in  Java,  and  the  fruit  is  used  in  the  same  manner  as  the  Euro- 
pean Chestnut.  Sanienten  appears  to  be  the  Malay  name,  and 
Tangogo  in  Sunda.  In  Tagalo  and  Visayan  Oaks  are  called 
Olayan,  Hayopag,  Macabingao,  Mangasariqui,  Cacana,  Palayen. 
The  Gastanopsis  in  Tagalo  is  Talacatac  and  Tacatac.  There  are 
but  two  or  three  species  of  Gastania  in  the  Philippines,  and  the 
Oaks  are  somewhat  more  numerous,  but  they  do  not  occupy  so 
important  a  position  in  these  islands  as  they  do  in  Malaysia. 
Nearly  all  the  fruits  of  the  Chestnuts  of  the  forest  are  used  as 
articles  of  food,  in  Java  and  Sumatra  especially,  but  they  are  not 
cultivated. 

Creeping  or  Climbing  Plants. — The  vines  of  the  jungle  form 
so  large  a  portion  of  the  vegetation  that  to  enumerate  even  a  fair 
percentage  would  far  exceed  the  limits  of  this  essay.  Only  a  few 
of  the  leading  genera  can  be  mentioned,  for  the  climbing  shrubs 
range  through  every  natural  order,  not  even  excepting  the 
Cryptogams.  Lygodium  scandens  has  already  been  mentioned. 
Freycinetia  is  a  common  climbing  Screw-pine,  Galamus  a  climbing 
Palm,  and  Vanilla  a  climbing  Orchid ;  and  as  for  the  climbing 
Aroids  they  are  innumerable.  This  will  serve  as  a  specimen  for 
the  endogens.  As  for  the  exogenous  climbers  only  a  very 
few  can  be  named.  Several  species  of  Gocculus  and  Anamirta 
are  common.  The  latter  is  the  source  of  the  bean  Gocculus  indicus, 
used  in  beer  to  increase  its  stupefying  qualities  and  as  a  fish- 
poison.  Gocculus  glaucescens  is  another  common  species,  the  fruit 
of  which  is  eaten  readily  by  the  natives  and  is  said  to  be  agreeable 
and  refreshing.     Naravelia  zeylanica  is  an  inconspicuous  climbing 


BY   THE    REV.  J.  E.  TENISON-WOODS.  57 

plant  of  the  order  Ranunculace^,  with  star-like  yellow  flowers, 
distiiigiiished  from  Clematis  by  the  presence  of  petals.  It  extends 
through  all  the  Eastern  Archipelago.  Delima  or  Tetracera  sar- 
mentosa  is  universally  met  with,  belonging  to  the  order  of 
D1LLENIACE.E,  already  referred  to  as  used  by  cabinet-makers  as  a 
substitute  for  sand-paper  ;  besides  several  fir-trees.  Tinospora  crispa 
a,nd  Cissampelos  paraira  Sive  two  other  climbers  belonging  to  the 
MENisPERMACEiE.  The  first  yields  the  Galuncha  drug  to  the 
natives  of  the  Indian  Peninsula,  who  attribute  to  it  many 
medicinal  virtues ;  the  second  produces  the  Portuguese  remedy 
known  as  Pareira-Brava.  Fihraurea  tinctoria,  another  member  of 
the  order,  called  Akar  by  the  Malays,  is  common,  yielding  a  dye 
from  its  root.  Schizandra  marmorata  (MAGNOLiACEiE)  is  a  some- 
what rare  climber  with  red,  yellowish,  or  white  flowers  :  an 
infusion  of  the  roots  is  used  for  dysentery  or  colic. 

The  climbing  Leguminosse  are  very  numerous.  The  large  pods 
of  Entada  scafidens,  which  contain  beans  made  into  match-boxes 
both  in  the  Straits  Settlements  and  in  Australia,  are  common. 
The  appearance  in  the  jungle  of  the  skeleton  pods  is  very  peculiar, 
as  the  sutures  of  the  coriaceous  pod  remain  upon  the  tree  after 
the  seeds  have  fallen  away,  looking  like  a  miniature  ladder. 
It  is  widely  diflused  over  tropical  Asia,  Africa,  and  the  West 
Indies,  the  seeds  being  carried  by  ocean  currents  without  losing 
their  power  of  germination.  Derris  scandens  and  D.  uliginosa  are 
tall  woody  climbers  distinguishable  by  the  sutures  of  the  flat  pod 
being  bordered  by  a  narrow  wing,  with  white  or  yellowish 
axillary  racemes  of  flowers.  Both  species,  wide-spread  through- 
out the  Archipelago,  are  used  as  fish-poisons.  Canavalia  ohtusi- 
folia  has  the  stems  more  frequently  prostrate  and  trailing  than 
twining,  with  white  or  slightly  pink  flowers  and  winged  pods,  but 
distinguished  from  Derris  by  having  pinnate  leaves  with  five  or 
more  leaflets,  and  a  divided  reputation  either  as  an  esculent  or  a 
virulent  poison.  C.  ensiformis  can  certainly  be  used  as  an  escu- 
lent, as  the  leaves,  pods,  and  unripe  fruits  are  cooked  by  the 
Malays  with  rice  and  eaten.     Among  the  Caesalpinese  three  or 


58  ON   THE    VEGETATION    OF    MALAYSIA, 

four  if  not 'more  species  of  Bauhinia  are  commonly  met  with.  B. 
tomentosa  affords  a  remedy  for  dysentery,  while  the  seeds  afford 
the  medicine  named  the  Downy  Mountain  Ebony  Oil. 

The  Passiflorace^  are  well  represented  by  climbers  in  the 
jungle  including  Passiflora  foitida,  as  well  as  Modecca  ohtusa  with 
its  large  scarlet  capsule,  which  is  common  and  brilliant.  Cucujrbi- 
TACE^  will  be  easily  recognized  by  their  gourd-like  frnits,  including 
the  Gourd  itself  {Lagenaria  vulgaris),  which  grows  wild  in  the  jungle 
as  it  does  in  North  Australia.  It  is  not  very  palatable,  but  still 
the  natives  use  it  as  food,  and  uncooked  the  pulp  is  taken  as  a 
purgative.  Most  botanical  works  state  that  it  is  poisonous,  but 
this  is  incorrect.  Momordica  ialsami?ia  is  widely  spread,  and  is 
conspicuous  from  its  long  fusiform  bright  yellow  fruits,  which 
bursting  disclose  the  seeds  enveloped  in  a  brilliantly  red  pulp. 

True  Yines  of  the  natural  order  AMPELiDEiE  are  especially 
common,  including  Vitis  elegans,  V,  hooheri,  V.  gracilis,  V.  semi- 
sagittifolia,  V.  irifolia,  V.  lanceolaria,  F.  capriolata.  They  all  have 
fruits,  and  some,  large  bunches  of  a  very  enticing-looking  grape, 
but  generally  astringent  and  nauseating.  Pcederia  fcetida  and  P. 
tomentosa  are  common,  the  former  with  its  fetid  odour  being  unmis- 
takable. Three  species  of  Willoughheia,  {TV.  firma,  martahanica 
and  flavescens)  represent  the  scandent  Dog-banes,  with  very  large 
apple-like  fruits,  said  to  be  good  eating  ;  but  the  order  is  a  suspi- 
cious one.  Ichnocarpus  frutescens  is  another  of  its  members. 
Passing  from  the  Dog-banes  to  the  Asclepiade^  we  find  a  larger 
allied  order  more  extensively  represented,  including  as  common 
members  of  it,  Streptocaulon  lanmii,  Tylophora  tenuis,  Gymnema 
syringifolium,  and  the  Royrn  or  Wax-plants  {H.  pratense,  H.  impe- 
rialis,  H.  lacunosa  and  P^.  carnosa)  distinguished  by  their  fleshy 
wax-like  leaves  and  clusters  of  beautiful  fragrant  flowers.  These 
plants  prefer  to  grow  like  Orchids  on  rocky  outcrops.  The  LoGAN- 
lACE^  are  also  represented  by  climbing  Fagrcm,  notably  F.  auricu- 
lata,  a  fragrant  sjDecies  with  cream-coloured  flowers  fully  five 
inches  across.       Strijchnos    colubrina    is    a    climber    everywhere 


BY    THE    REV.  J.   E.  TENISON-WOODS.  59 

abundant,  with  poisonous  qualities  which  seem  to  be  well-known 
to  the  Malays. 

The  CoNVOLVULACE^  are  amongst  the  principal  adornments  of 
the  jungle,  from  Ipomcea  hona-nox  with  its  large  white  salver- 
shaped  flowers  to  I.  quamodit  with  small  brilliantly  carmine 
blossoms  and  leaves  with  minute  pinnae.  There  are  also  represen- 
tatives of  the  order  all  through  the  jungle,  of  which  I.  pes-tigridis 
is  the  most  common  ;  it  is  found  everywhere,  with  its  five-lobed 
palmate  leaves  and  funnel-shaped  purplish  flowers,  twisted  together 
so  as  to  form  ropes  which  strangle  many  a  fine  young  tree.  The 
species  (a  variety)  is  equally  common  in  Hong  Kong. 

The  BiGN^ONiACE^  are  not  well  represented  in  the  Malayan 
flora ;  but  observers  will  be  sure  to  notice  Bignonia  ungua  which 
is  common  everywhere.  Almost  as  common  is  Grewia  umhellata, 
a  tiliaceous  climber  of  which  there  are  others  in  the  jungle.  Sexa- 
centris  mysorensis  is  an  ornamental  climber  of  the  order  Acan- 
THACEiE.  It  has  dentate  leaves  and  many-flowered  axillary 
racemes  of  handsome  blossoms.  A  Smilcix  or  two,  which  the 
Malays  call  Pina-pina,  contribute  their  tendrils  and  binders  to  the 
tangled  intricacies  of  the  Malayan  thickets.  Finally  two  Aroids 
are  noticeable  by  the  way  they  grow  up  the  stems  of  trees  and 
clasp  them  with  the  tenacity  of  the  ivy  of  Europe.  One  is  Pothos 
loureiri,  a  smooth  climber  with  the  leaves  usually  arranged  longi- 
tudinally in  two  rows  on  the  opposite  sides  of  the  stalks.  The 
leaves  moreover  have  the  blades  fixed  by  a  joint  to  the  stalk, 
and  the  stalk  itself  is  spread  out  like  a  leaf.  The  species  is  in 
Australia,  the  Philippines  and  south  China,  as  well  as  Malaysia. 
The  other  Aroid  is  Rhaphidophora  pinnata^  which  climbs  on  trees, 
rooting  in  the  lower  part  of  them  ;  but  the  leaves  are  deeply 
lobed,  often  three  feet  long  and  one  broad,  the  segments  being 
narrow  and  curved,  with  more  or  less  incurved  points.  This 
species  is  called  by  Europeans  the  Climbing  Fern,  and  is  found  in 
Australia  as  well  as  in  the  South  Pacific  Inlands. 

Parasites  or  Epiphytes. — Plants  growing  on  others  and 
deriving  nourishment  from  their  sap,  or  plants  which  grow  on  the 


'60  ON   THE    VEGETATION    OP    MALAYSIA, 

surface  of  others  without  deriving  anything  from  them,  are 
extremely  common  in  this  region,  especially  if  we  include  the  Fig- 
trees.  5ut  even  exclusive  of  the  Figs,  the  Mistletoes  and  similar 
plants,  such  as  Viscuni,  Ginalloa  and  Anginalloa,  are  abundant  in 
the  jungle.  The  species  of  Viscum  or  true  Mistletoe  which  are  found 
in  the  Indian  Archipelago  belong  to  the  leafless  group,  and  these, 
like  those  of  Mauritius  and  Australia,  V.  compressum  and  V, 
ramosissimum  are  common  with  Loranthus  tetragonus,  L.  formosus 
and  over  twenty  other  species  on  different  trees.  This  exceed- 
ingly difiicult  genus  has  its  species  so  closely  resembling  one 
another,  and  so  many  varieties  that  they  require  great  experience 
to  distinguish  them,  especially  where  they  are  so  numerous. 

Orchide^. — There  is  no  department  of  the  vegetable  kingdom 
that  attracts  so  much  attention  in  Malaysia  as  this  natural  order. 
They  are  interesting  in  their  habit ;  they  grow  so  easily,  requiring 
little  attention,  and  can  be  put  almost  anywhere,  and  they  often 
produce  flowers  pre-eminent  in  their  form,  colour,  and  fragrance, 
that  nearly  every  one  collects  them  amongst  the  European  resi- 
dents. They  hang  them  in  their  verandahs  or  amongst  their 
flower-pots,  and  are  often  rewarded  by  seeing  the  fairest  blossoms 
open  from  what  look  like  dry  and  shrivelled  stems  and  roots. 
Scarcely  a  bungalow  in  the  European  quarters  but  contains  a 
goodly  show  of  these  odd  plants,  though  they  are  not  ornamental 
unless  when  in  flower.  Yet  it  may  be  questioned  whether  there 
are  many  who  make  these  collections  who  have  the  most  elemen- 
tary knowledge  about  the  nature  of  the  plants.  They  would  flnd 
it  extremely  difficult  to  give  a  definition  of  what  an  Orchid  is. 
Most  amateurs  believe  that  their  epiphytic  character  is  a  dis- 
tinctive mark  belonging  to  the  order.  This  is  not  a  matter  of 
surprise  in  Malaysia,  where  ground  Orchids  are  rare,  and  nearly 
all  the  species  are  epiphytal,  or  grow  on  stones.  The  fibrous 
roots  in  bundles  which  clasp  the  stems  of  the  trees  to  which  they 
grow,  or  which  hang  loosely  in  the  air,  or  are  fleshy  tubers 
and  filled  with  granules  of  bassorin  (a  soluble  gum  like 
tragacanth),  are  marks  distinct  enough  in  the  eyes  of  amateurs 


BY    THE    REV.  J.  E.  TENISON- WOODS.  61 

in  Malaysia  to  denote  an  Orchid.  The  irregular  flowers,  how- 
ever, demand  a  word  of  explanation.  They  differ  from  the 
plan  which  prevails  in  the  vegetable  kingdom,  and  their  organs 
are  arranged  on  a  uniform  plan  of  their  own.  This  consists  of 
three  sepals,  between  which  are  three  petals,  the  two  lateral  ones 
similar,  and  like  the  dorsal  sepal,  so  called  because  it  is  placed  at 
the  back  of  the  flower.  The  third  petal  is  the  largest,  and  differs 
in  shape  and  hawS  various  appendages.  Instead  of  having  a  style 
and  stamens  like  other  flowers  there  is  a  body  in  the  centre  called 
the  column.  The  pollen  is  in  wedge-shaped  masses,  two  or  more 
in  number,  detached,  or  adhering  by  a  stem.  The  stigmas  are 
confluent,  in  a  hollow  mucous  disk.  The  ovary  has  one  cell 
opening  eventually  into  six  dry  woody  valves  with  horizontal 
cells,  three  of  which  contain  minute  seeds  in  a  loose  netted  skin. 
The  special  peculiarities  of  the  order  are  : — (I)  the  union  of  the 
stamens  and  style  into  the  column  ;  (2)  the  suppression  of  all  the 
anthers  but  one  (except  in  Cypripeiium)  ;  (3)  the  peculiar  condition 
of  the  pollen  ;  (4)  the  development  of  one  of  the  petals  into  a  large 
and  peculiar  form. 

Orchids  are  divided  into  seven  tribes  thus  : — three  with  pollen 
masses,  namely,  (1)  MALAXiDEiE,  with  no  stem  or  caudicle  to  the 
pollen  masses  which  are  immediately  applied  on  the  stigmata ; 
anther  hanging  down  like  a  lid,  usually  deciduous  (two,  four,  or 
rarely  eight) ;  (2)  Epidendre^,  pollen  masses  with  caudicle,  but 
no  separable  stigmatic  gland  ;  (3)  Vande^,  pollen  masses  in  two 
pairs  on  a  single  or  double  caudicle  attached  to  a  gland.  Four 
tribes  have  powdery  or  granular  pollen,  namely,  (1)  Ophre^, 
anther  terminal,  erect ;  (2)  Arethuse^,  anther  terminal,  lid-like ; 
(3)  Neotte^,  anther  dorsal  ;  (4)  CvpRiPEDEiE,  anthers  two. 

Orchids  are  tropical  in  this  sense  that  they  are  more  numerous 
in  tropical  regions  than  elsewhere.  The  Malaxide^e  prevail 
principally  in  the  Indian  continent  and  Malaysia,  being  less 
numerous  in  tropical  America  and  the  islands  of  South  Africa. 
They  extend  likewise  to  Australia  and  the  Pacific  Islands,  but 
are    completely    absent    from    the   Mediterranean,    extra-tropical 


€2  ON    THE    VEGETATION    OF    MALAYSIA, 

America,  and  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope.  They  have  a  large 
number  of  genera,  the  most  notable  of  which  are  Denchohmm  (a 
very  large  genus  generally  belonging  to  Malaysia,  the  majority 
with  purple  or  yellow  flowers,  some  remarkably  showy  and  some 
of  delightful  fragrance) ;  Dendrocldlum  (a  small  Malaysian  genus 
on  branches  or  trunks  of  trees,  with  bulb-like  roots  and  a  single 
shiny  leaf  and  long  spikes  of  small  white  and  yellow  flowers,  some 
like  lilies  of  the  valley  and  very  graceful) ;  Aporum  (flowers  small 
and  of  no  great  beauty)  ;  Bolhoinhyllum  (a  large  genus  of  small 
size  on  trees  or  rambling  on  the  ground  amongst  mosses,  with  one 
leaf,  a  kind  of  bulb  with  small  fleshy  deeply-coloured  flowers,  in 
dense  spikes  occasionally)  ;  Girrlioidetalum  (another  genus  with 
solitary  leaves  and  pseudo-bulbs,  with  the  lateral  sepals  of  the 
flowers  prolonged  into  narrow  streamers,  hence  the  name) ;  and 
Eria  (likewise  a  large  genus  with  flowers  sometimes  remarkable 
for  their  fragrance,  but  not  of  great  beauty.  It  takes  its  name 
from  the  Greek  "epiov,  wool,  because  many  species  have  the 
flowers  clothed  with  white  down). 

The  Epidendre^  are  epiphytes  rarely  having  fleshy  roots,  con- 
spicuous for  large  coloured  membranaceous  flowers,  with  a  great 
lip  curved  in  like  a  hood,  bearing  fringes  on  its  veins,  and  a  broad 
column.  Pholidota  with  pseudo-bulbs  or  fleshy  jointed  rhizomes  ; 
Spatltoglottis  a  native  of  Malacca,  China,  India  and  the  Philip- 
pines, with  a  few  pretty  species  of  yellow  and  crimson  ;  Phaius 
with  large  and  showy  flowers,  spread  over  tropical  and  sub- 
tropical Asia.  P.  grandifolius  is  found  in  Australia,  and  even 
New  South  Wales,  as  well  as  Malaysia.  Generally  speaking  the 
EPiDENDREiE  are  tropical  American. 

The  tribe  Vande^  are  pretty  equally  divided  between  the 
tropics  of  America  and  of  the  old  world,  and  very  rare  elsewhere. 
Amongst  the  most  ornamental  are  Euloplda  with  a  handsome  crest 
in  elevated  ridges  on  the  labellum,  and  Vanda  (the  Sanskrit  name 
of  the  original  species  of  this  genus)  with  deliciously  fragrant  as 
well  as  beautiful  flowers.  There  are  about  a  dozen,  if  not  more, 
Malaysian  species  in  cultivation.     Renanthera  so-called  from  the 


BY   THE    REV,  J.  E.  TENISON-WOODS. 

kidney  shape  of  the  pollen  masses.  R.coccinea,  probably  indigenous, 
but  at  any  rate  cultivated  in  Singapore  (from  Cochin  China),  is  a 
splendid  plant ;  the  loose  lateral  panicles  of  flowers  have  the  sepals 
of  a  pale  blotched  scarlet,  and  the  petals  and  labellum  a 
brilliant  yellow  and  scarlet.  Saccolahium  is  beautiful  and 
interesting;  some  species  will  produce  from  30  to  100 
spikes  of  flowers  every  season.  There  are  eight  or  ten 
highly  ornamental  kinds  in  Malaysia.  Sarcanthus  is  equally 
prolific  and  quite  as  showy.  (Eceoclacles  has  probably  one  or 
two  fine  plants  undescribed  in  the  Peninsula.  Angrcecum  is 
an  African  genus  the  name  of  which  is  Angurek  amongst  the 
Malays.  The  species  are  very  ornamental.  Aca7ithoph{ppium 
has  pseudo-bulbs  instead  of  tubers  with  rich  flowers  produced  near 
the  base  of  the  shoots.  One  very  fine  crimson  rose  species  is 
cultivated  from  Java.  Calanthe  the  name  of  which  (beautiful 
flowered)  tells  its  character,  has  many  species  in  Java,  Japan  and 
the  Straits  Settlements,  all  especially  attractive.  Phalcenopsis 
(from  cfiaXaiva  a  moth)  so  called  from  a  fancied  resemblance  to  a 
butterfly,  is  a  beautiful  plant,  commonly  called  the  Indian  Butterfly 
Orchis.  The  flowers  are  large  and  either  white  or  yellowish, 
produced  on  an  erect  spike ;  tliere  are  also  pink  and  purple 
species,  only  a  few  of  which  have  been  described.  Borneo  is  said 
to  be  especially  rich  in  species. 

The  OPHREiE  are  rare  in  the  tropics,  and  also  the  tribe  Are- 
THUSE^ ;  though  Vanilla  is  a  genus  which  has  been  introduced  and 
is  sometimes  seen  in  the  jungle.  The  Neotte^  grow  principally  in 
extra-tropical  Asia  and  Australia,  except  one  genus  Anoectochilus,  a 
terrestrial  orchid  with  creeping  slender  jointed  rhizomes  and  spikes 
of  white  or  yellow  blossoms  and  radical  leaves.  Some  are  traversed 
by  glistening  silver  or  golden  veins  on  a  rich  green  or  purplish 
ground.  An  allied  genus  (^Physurus)  has  its  leaves  similarly 
veined  ;  the  commonest  species  is  P.  jjictus. 

Cyprip}edium  is  a  remarkably  handsome  genus,  constantly  met 
in  cultivation.  They  are  not  confined  to  the  tropics ;  but  are 
particularly  well  represented  in  Malaysia.  ^^^  ,',  -'-^■v^ 

^  i  -».•-•.  <^  <p^ 

I  id 


64  ON    THE    VEGETATION    OF    MALAYSIA, 

The  following  is  a  list  of  the  principal  orchids  which  are  worthy 
of  attention  in  the  Malaysian  region.* 

Dendrohium  acerosum,  flower  yellowish  and  pink ;  Singapore. 
D.  aciculare,  yellowish;  Singapore.  D.  acuminatissimuniy 
greenish ;  Manila.  D.  aduncum,  pink ;  Manila.  D.  affine, 
white  and  brown  ;  Timor.  D.  alho-sanguineum,  white  and  red  ; 
Malay  Peninsula.  D.  ajnhoinense,  rose  ;  Amboyna.  D.  aiiosmum, 
purple  ;  Philippines.  D.  auriferum,  yellow  ;  China  and  Malay 
Peninsula.  D.  calcaratum,  green;  Singapore.  D.  criniferum, 
yellow  ;  Ceylon.  D.  crumenatum,  white ;  Sumatra.  D.  cucum- 
erinum,  colour  1 ;  Malaysia.  B.  violce-odorum^  white ;  Java.  D. 
cumulatum,  pink  ;  Java.  J),  cymhidioides,  deep  yellow ;  Java. 
JP.  dayanum,  colour  1  ;  Java.  D.  discolor,  yellow  and  brown ; 
Java.  D.  erosum,  colour  ? ;  Java.  I),  excavatum,  colour  ? ;  Java. 
D.  JIavescenSj  yellow;  Java.  D.  gemellum,  yellowish-green; 
Singapore.  D,  glaucoj^liyllum,  colour  % ;  Java.  D.  glumaceumy 
green ;  Philippines.  D.  hasseltii,  purple ;  Java.  D.  hymeno- 
phylhim,  colour  ? ;  Java.  D.  jimceum,  green ;  Singapore.  D. 
kuhlii,  pale  purple  ;  Java.     I),   longicolle,   streaked  with  purple ; 


*  The  discovery  of  a  new  species  of  Cypripedhim  in  the  Malay  PeninsiUa 
deserves  some  mention  here,  as  unquestionably  the  small  group  of  Malay- 
sian Cyprij)edia  is  the  handsomest  of  the  genus.  The  new  species  G.  san- 
derianum  is  probably  the  most  wonderful-looking  flower  in  an  order  where 
wonderful  structures  are  the  rule.  The  leaves  are  long,  broad,  and  of  bright 
green  colour,  shining  as  if  varnished.  The  flower  stems  are  deep  reddish- 
purple,  with  velvet  covering,  bearing  from  three  to  five  flowers.  The  green 
bracts  are  purplish  outside,  striped  with  darker  purple  within  and  ciliate  at 
the  edges  ;  sepals  very  concave,  triangularly  lanceolate,  covered  with  stiff 
hairs  and  dark  purple  veins  :  petals  linear  like  long  dependent  thongs  some 
18  inches  in  length,  broader  at  the  base,  with  transverse  lines  of  rich  red, 
mottled  with  pale  cream  colour.  The  thong-like  portions  are  blackish 
purple  with  peculiar  rounded,  slightly  swollen  terminations.  The  long 
dependent  curled  and  almost  snake-like  petals,  as  they  are  seen  emerging 
from  the  half-open  buds,  are  very  singular  and  beautiful,  and  must  be  seen 
to  be  appreciated.  The  group  of  Malaysian  Cyprlpedia  includes  only  about 
nine  species,  namely — C.  plutytcenium,  glanduliferum,  philippiriense  (or 
Icevigatum),  haynaldianum,  parishii,  roebelenii,  stonei  and  lowii.  All  differ 
considerably  from  other  Cypripedia,  having  their  counterpart  in  the 
Selenepedia  of  S.  America.  C.  sanderianum  is  a  near  ally  of  C.  roebelenii 
and  G.  philippinense.  (See  "  Reichenbachia,"  by  F.  Sander,  Pt.  I.May, 
1886,  p.  7). 


BY   THE    REV.  J.  E.  TENISON-WOODS.  65 

Singapore.  D.  lovn%  yellow;  Borneo.  D.  macranthum,  lilac; 
Luzon  ;  Philippines.  D.  macrochilum,  rose ;  Luzon.  D.  macro- 
phyllum,  purple  ;  Philippines.  Z>.  giganteum,  rose ;  Philippines. 
B.  miserum^  white  ;  Philippines.  B.  mutahile,  rose  ;  Java.  B. 
nudum,  pale  purple ;  Java.  B.  picium,  crimson ;  Borneo.  B. 
latifoUum,  pale  rose  and  yellow ;  Singapore,  var.  with  green 
flowers  at  Manila.  B.  planihulbe,  purple  and  white;  Luzon.  B. 
plicatile,  yellow  and  red ;  Luzon.  B.  revolutum,  straw-coloured  ; 
Singapore.  B.  rho^nheiim,  pale  yellow ;  Luzon.  B.  rigidum, 
colour  ? ;  Java.  B.  rucheri,  yellow ;  Philippines.  B.  rugoBum, 
pale  yellow ;  Java.  B.  salaccense,  yellow ;  Java.  B.  scopa, 
whitish  ;  Philippines.  B.  secundum,  rose  purple  ;  Malacca.  B. 
pallidum,  pale  purple  ;  Sumatra.  B.  taurinum,  yellow  and  purple  ; 
Philippines.  B.  teres,  white  and  orange  ;  Singapore.  B.  undu- 
litum,  flowers  in  long  spikes,  yellow  and  brown ;  common  amid 
mangroves,  Malaysia  to  Australia.  B.  '  aginatum,  straw-coloured 
and  purple ;  Singapore.  B.  veitchianum,  yellow,  white,  and 
crimson  ;  Java.  B.  %ollingerianum,  Java  and  Singapore ;  var. 
album,  Singapore. 

Dendrochilum  abhreviattmi,  green  and  white  ;  Java.  B.  Jiliforme, 
green  and  yellow ;  Luzon.      D.  glumaceum,   pale  green  ;  Manila. 

B.  latifolium,  green  ;  Manila.  B.  lungifolium,  greenish- white ; 
Singapore. 

Aporum  indivisum,  colour  1 ;  Java.  A.  leonis,  red-brown  ; 
Singapore.  A.  sinuatum,  yellow ;  Singapore.  A.  sarcostomum, 
colour  1 ;  Malacca. 

Bolhophyllum  adenopetalum,  yellow  ;  Singapore.  B.  heccari, 
white  ;  Borneo.  B.  calamarium,  yellow  ;  Singapore.  B.  limbatum, 
purple  ;  Singapore.  B.  lobhii,  yellow-brown  ;  Java.  B.  pileatum, 
yellow  ;  Singapore.  B.  purpureum,  purple  ;  Java.  B.  sp.,  yellow  ; 
common  in  Malay  Peninsula.     B.  vaginatumy  brown  ;  Singapore. 

Girrhopetalum  antenniferum,  brown ;  Philippines.  C  auratwn, 
yellow  and  crimson;  Manila.     C.  blumei,  yellow  and  red;  Java. 

C.  candelabrum,  straw-coloured  and  purple  ;  Manila.    C.  capitatum 

5 


66  ON    THE    VEGETATION    OF    MALAYSIA, 

yellow  and  orange ;  Java.  G.  cotnpressum,  purple  and  yellow  ; 
Java.  C.  cumingii,  ruby-coloured ;  Philippines.  C.  elongatum, 
red  and  yellow  ;  Java.  C.  maxillare^  brown  and  yellow  ;  Philip- 
pines. C.  medusm,  pink  spotted  ;  Singapore  ;  Borneo.  C.  nutans, 
pale  straw-coloured ;  Manila.  G.  pahudii,  colour  ? ;  Java.  G. 
stramineum  ;  Sumatra.  G.  thouarsii,  colour  ? ;  Java.  G.  vagi 
natum,  pale  yellow ;  Singapore.  Besides  other  undescribed 
species  in  cultivation. 

Eria  armeniaca,  orange ;  Philippines.  E.  hractescens,  stone 
colour ;  Singapore.  E.  cochleata,  white  and  crimson ;  Luzon. 
E.  convalarioides,  white;  Keddah.  E.  denticulata,  white;  Singa- 
pore. E.  dillwynii,  white ;  Philippines.  E.  flava,  yellow  ;  Java. 
E.  fusGQ-Hride,  brown  and  green ;  Singapore.  E.  lencostachys, 
white ;  Borneo.  E.  mucronata,  white  and  pink ;  Singapore.  E. 
multiflora,  white  ;  Malacca.  E.  nutans,  white  and  yellow  ;  Singa- 
pore. E.  obesa,  white ;  Singapore.  '  E.  ovata,  crimson  and  white  ; 
Singapore.  E.  pannea,  green  and  yellow  ;  Singapore.  E.  polgura, 
white  ;  Manila.  E.  stellata,  yellowish  ;  Java.  E.  velutma,  yellow  ; 
Singapore.     E.  vestita,  red-brown  ;  Malacca. 

Goelogyne: — Pseudo-bulbous  Orchids  with  flowers  large  and 
membranaceous,  pollen  masses  four  in  number,  waxy,  united  by  a 
granular  substance  ;  stigma  deeply  hollowed  out,  two-lipped. 
G.  asperata,  Lindley,  India  (  =  G.  lowii,  Paxton),  white  ;  Borneo. 
G.  cinnamonea,  brown ;  Java.  G.  corrugata,  yellowish ;  Perak. 
G.  cmmngn,  white,  crimson,  and  yellow  ;  Singapore.  G.  longifotia, 
colour  *? ;  Mount  Salak,  Malacca.  G.  pandurata,  green  and  black  ; 
Borneo.  G.  plantaginea,  pale  yellow;  Singapore.  C.  speciosa, 
brown ;  Java.  C.  tedacea,  brown ;  Singapore.  C.  trinervis, 
white  and  yellow  ;  Singapore. 

Pholid'Aa  clypeata,  green  and  yellow ;  Borneo.  P.  conchoidea 
yellow  ;  Luzon.     P,  imbricata,  yellowish  ;  Malay  Peninsula. 

Spathoglottis  aurea,  yellow;  Malacca.  S.  plicata,  colour  1 ;  Singa- 
pore.     S.  tomentosa,  crimson ;  Mindanao,   Philippines. 

Gymbidium  aloifolium,  purple  and  yellow;  Malaysia.  G.  atro- 
purpureum,  dark  purple  and  yellow  ;  Borneo.     G.  brevilabre,  green, 


BY    THE    REV.  J.  E.  TENISON-WOODS.  67 

red   and  yellow ;  Singapore.      G.   puhescens,  purple    and   yellow ; 
Singapore.     C.  mnguineum,  red  ;  Java. 

Arundina  densa,  rose  and  violet ;  Singapore.  A.  speciosa,  colour  ?  ; 
Java. 

Collabium  nebulosum,  dark  purple  and  yellow  ;  Java. 

Plocoglottis  acuminata,  colour  ? ;  Singapore.  P.  javanica^  colour  ? ; 
Perak ;  Johore. 

Phaius  callosus,  brown  and  white ;  Java.  P.  grandifoUus, 
brown,  red,  white  ;  Perak  ;  Selangore. 

Thrixspermum  unguieulaf urn,  rose  pink;  Luzon,  Philippines.  Plant 
like  Phalcanopsis  rosea ;  flowers  much  inferior,  often  imposed  upon 
purchasers  for  Phalcenopsis. 

Eulophia  macrostachya,  yellow  and  green;  Singapore.  E.  squalida 
pale  green ;  Manila. 

Vanda  hatemanni,  crimson  and  yellow;  Moluccas.  V.  fuscovi- 
oides,  brown;  Java.  V.  gigantea,  white,  Perak.  V.  hooTceri, 
colour  ? ;  Labuan,  Borneo  ;  Kinta,  Perak.  V.  helvola,  red  ;  Java. 
V.  insignis,  lilac  and  brown ;  Java.  V.  lamellosa,  pale  yellow  ; 
Luzon.  V.  limlata,  brown  and  lilac  ;  Java.  V.  lissochilus,  colour  ? ; 
Luzon.  V.  suaviS)  white  and  purple  ;  Java.  V.  tricolor,  yellow 
and  rose  ;  Java.      V.  vinlacea,  white  and  violet ;  Luzon. 

Renanthera  arachnites,  brown  and  purple  ;  Java  and  Singapore. 
R.  lowii  { Vanda,  Lindley)  yellow  and  brown  ;  Borneo.  R.  matu- 
tina,  brownish  ;  Java. 

Saccolabium  lifidum,  pink  and  yellow  ;  Luzon.  S.  hlumei,  violet 
and  white ;  Malaysia  and  Philippines.  S.  compressum,  crimson 
and  white  ;  Luzon.  S.  densifolium,  rose  ;  Manila.  S.  harrisonii, 
colour?;  Timor.  S.  hendersonianum,  colour  1;  Malaysia.  S.macro- 
stachyum,  rose  ;  Philippines.  aS'.  miniatmn,  vermilion  ;  Java.  iS. 
pallidum,  pink  ;  Manila. 

Bromheadiafinlaysonianum,  colour  ^ ;  Singapore.  B.  palustris, 
white;  Singapore.  "'  ""^^v,^^^ 

:1 


68  ON  THE  VEGETATION  OF  MALAYSIA, 

Sarcanthus  croceus,  yellow;  Luzon.  ♦S'.  teretifolmis,  colour?. 
Singapore. 

(Eceoclades  falcata,  white  ;  Malaysia. 

JErides  huttoni,  white  ;  Borneo.  This  genus  is  named  from  aer 
the  air,  because  the  plants  possess  the  power  of  living  almost 
entirely  upon  matter  which  they  absorb  from  the  atmosphere. 
The  flowers  usually  are  very  fragrant  and  amongst  the  largest 
orchids  known.  jE.  tceniale,  growing  on  branches,  has  long  flat 
roots  hanj^ing  down  like  the  joints  of  a  tape- worm  ;  hence  the 
name.  JE.  quinquevidnerum,  pink,  with  five  red  blotches  on  each 
flower,  which  the  Spaniards  in  the  Philippines  likened  to  the 
wounds  of  our  Lord  ;  it  is  cultivated  in  Singapore.  ^E  suaveolens, 
colour  1 ;  Java.  jE.  suavissimum,  white,  lilac,  orange  ;  JSIalacca. 
jE.  virens,  purple  and  white  ;  Java.  uE.  superbfwi,  purple  and 
white. 

Thelasis  capitafa,  Bl.,  colour?;  Java.  T.  carinata,  Bl.,  colour  1; 
Java. 

Acantho2)hippium  javanicum,  crimson,  rose  ;  Java. 

Calanthe  abbreviata,  colour  ? ;  Java.  C.  migustifolia,  colour  1 ; 
Java  ;  Gunong  Hijau,  Perak.  C.  curcuJigoides,  orange  ;  Malacca. 
C.  emarginata,  violet  and  orange ;  Java.  G.  furcata,  white  ; 
Luzon.  C.  parviflora,  colour  ? ;  Java.  C.  pidclira^  orange ; 
Java.  C.  speciosa,  orange  ;  Java,  C.  veifchii,  purple  and  rose ; 
Borneo.  C.  veratrifolia,  white ;  Java.  C.  vestita,  white  and 
crimson;  Perak;  Malacca;  Singapore;  Borneo. 

Grammatophyllum  fastnosum,  brown  and  yellow  ;  Malacca. 
G.  Tnultiflorum,  green  and  brown  ;  Luzon.  G.  scriptum,  colour  1 ; 
Amboyna.  G.  speciosum,  yellow  and  purple  ;  plant  ten  feet  high  ; 
flower-stem  six  feet  long  ;  flowers  six  inches  across  ;  called  the 
Queen  of  Orchids ;  Java.     G.  tigrinum,  brown-spotted  ;  Luzon. 

Leoptardanthus  scandens,  colour  ? ;  Java  ;  Singapore. 

Phalmnopsis  amabilis,  white  and  yellow  ;  Manila  ;  Borneo.  P. 
grandiflora,   white   and  yellow;    Java;   Borneo.     P.    cornucervi. 


BY    THE    REV.  J.  E.  TENISON-WOODS.  69 

colour  *? ;  Java  and  Malay  Peninsula.  P.  lowii,  pink  and  white  ; 
Malay  Peninsula.  P.  luddemanniana,  colour  % ;  Philippines.  P. 
rosea,  pink  and  white ;  Luzon.  P.  schilleriana,  purple ;  Philip- 
pines. P.  sumatrana,  colour?;  Sumatra.  P.  violacea,  violet; 
Kinta,  Perak. 

Goodyera  procera,  cinnamon  ;  Singapore.  G,  ruhicunda^ 
cinnamon  ;  Malaysia. 

Anmctochilus  dawsonianus,  colour  1 ;  Malacca.  A.  lowii, 
colour?;  Borneo.  A.  setaceus ;  Ceylon;  Malaysia.  A.  xantho- 
2)hyllus  ;  Gunong  Pulai,  Johore.     (All  inconspicuous  flowers). 

Cypripedium  harbatum,  rose  and  brown ;  Malacca  ;  Penang  ; 
Keddah.  C.  concolor,  yellowish ;  Perak.  C.  hirtisshnwni, 
purple  and  brown;  Java.  C.  hookeri,  purple  and  yellow  ;  Java. 
C.  Iawrencianu7n,  colour  1 ;  Borneo.  C.  lotvii,  green,  purple,  and 
yellow  ;  Borneo,  C.  i^urpuratibm,  purple  ;  Hongkong.  C.  stonei, 
purple  ;  Borneo. 

Physurus  sp.  ;  Perak. 

Water  Plants, — Reference  has  already  been  made  to  Nelum- 
bium  speciosum,  and  the  lotus  {NympJicea)  which  are  seen  in  all 
still  waters.  In  other  respects  the  ponds  and  running  streams 
are  infested  with  the  usual  water  plants.  Thus  the  aquatic 
dicotyledons  principally  belong  to  the  HALORAGEiE,  with  some 
representatives  amongst  the  Onagrarie^,  Lentibularirie^,  &c. 
A  common  floating  or  creeping  herb  with  alternate  oval  leaves  and 
yellowish  flowers  is  seen  in  all  swamps  and  brooks.  This  is 
Jiissieua  repens  common  in  most  tropical  countries  including 
Australia,  as  far  south  even  as  Victoria  and  South  Australia. 
There  are  curious  floats  of  cellular  tissue  attached  to  the  sub- 
merged nodes  of  the  stems.  The  HALORAGEiE  are  a  nearly  allied 
order  including  the  Water-chestnuts  (  Trapa),  important  food-plants 
in  north-west  India  and  China,  the  Mill-foils  {Myriopliylluni),  the 
Horn- worts  {Ceratophylkim),  and  the  Mare's-tail  (^Hippuris),  with 
that  universally  difiused  small  smooth   water-weed  or  star-wort 


70  ON    THE   VEGETATION    OF    MALAYSIA, 

seen  equally  in  the  ditches  of  Britain,  America,  Australia  and 
Malaysia.  This  is  Callitriche  verna,  worth  more  than  a  passing 
examination  for  its  curious  fruits  and  monoecious  flowers.  It  is 
doubtful  whether  Myriophyllum  occurs  in  Malaysia  ;  if  it  does, 
M.  indicum,  Willd.,is  the  species.  The  Trapa  can  be  recognised  by 
the  seeds,  but  the  lower  leaves  are  finely  multifid  like  Myriophyllum^ 
while  the  upper  or  floating  ones  are  deltoid,  smooth  and  disposed 
in  a  rosulate  manner.  The  white  kernel  inside  the  hardened  calyx- 
lobes  tastes  like  a  chestnut  and  is  nourishing.  It  is  largely  used 
in  France,  Italy,  India,  Thibet,  China  and  Japan.  The  Japanese 
use  the  roots  also,  though  the  taste  is  not  agreeable.  In  ffijypuris 
the  flower  is  reduced  to  a  calyx  of  the  smallest  size,  no  petals  and 
but  one  stamen  and  one  carpel.  The  stem  is  curiously  formed  of 
cellular  tissue  radiating  from  the  centre  with  large  air-cavities 
between.  The  centre  is  a  cylinder  of  fine  woody  tubes,  cellular 
tissue  and  spiral  vessels,  which  led  Prof.  Link  to  regard  them  as 
endogens.  The  LENTiBULARiEiE  are  represented  by  probably  half-a- 
dozen  species  of  Utricularia,  the  commonest  of  which  are  U.  stellaris, 
TJ.  exoleta^  U.  bifida  and  U.  reticulata.  In  all  these  the  stems  are 
floating  with  the  leaves  submerged,  divided  into  capillary  segments 
with  minute  bladders  attached,  hence  the  vernacular  name  Bladder- 
worts.  Several  small  Indian  species,  growing  on  the  ground,  are 
leafless  at  the  time  of  flowering.  H.  reticulata,  a  species  with 
large  purple  flowers,  is  common  in  rice-fields.  It  is  variable  in 
its  habit  and  the  size  of  its  flowers.  The  larger  forms  of  it  are 
twining ;  the  smaller  rigid  and  erect. 

Of  endogenous  water-plants  there  is  of  course  the  Duck-weed 
(Lemna  oligorrhiza)  a  rather  larger  species  than  that  of  Europe. 
Fotamogeton  tenuicaulis  with  a  few  linear  submerged  leaves  takes 
the  place  of  the  British  P.  natajis.  The  Malaysian  Frog-bit  is 
Enhalis  Iccenigii  with  linear  leaves  and  edible  fruits  found  in  fresh 
and  brackish  waters.     Its  fibres  are  capable  of  being  woven.* 

*  On  the  authority  of  Lindley  (Veg.  King.  p.  141),  who  quotes  Agardh, 
Aphorism!  Botanioi,  a  reference  which  I  am  unable  to  verify.  I  know  of 
no  economical  purpose  to  which  the  fibre  is  applied  in  the  East,  but  I  may 
add  my  own  observation  that  the  plant  is  rich  m  fibre  of  a  fine  and  tenacious 
quality. 


BY    THE    REV.  J.  E.  TENISON-WOODS.  71 

Pistia  stratiotes  is  found  in  all  the  freshwater  streams  and  lakes 
of  Malaysia  and  the  Philippines,  covering  the  surface  with  plants 
that  look  like  small  lettuces.  It  floats  in  rafts  bound  together  bv 
runners,  with  roots  hanging  free  in  the  water  or  touching  the 
muddy  bottom.  It  is  very  acrid,  but  in  the  Philippines  is  boiled 
and  used  as  food  for  pigs.  Blyxa  roxhurghii  is  a  submerged  herb 
with  long,  grass-like,  acute  and  entire  leaves,  without  laminae, 
tufted,  with  the  flowering  peduncles  at  the  bottom  of  the  water. 
This  is  spread  in  the  fresh  waters  of  tropical  Asia  along  with 
Yallisneria  spiralis  from  which  it  differs  in  the  shape  of  the  leaf 
and  flower.  Another  submerged  herb,  but  with  the  radical  leaves 
and  peduncles  in  tufts  together  on  the  muddy  bottom,  and  with 
the  leaves  bearing  a  broad  lamina,  is  Ottelia  alismoidts,  a  species 
found  in  every  stagnant  pool  throughout  Malaysia  and  the  East 
Indies.  Hydrilla  verticillata  is  also  common  and  widely  dis- 
persed in  still  and  running  waters,  not  only  in  the  tropics,  but 
the  temj)erate  regions  of  Europe  and  Asia.  The  stems  are  leafy 
throughout,  with  short  verticillate  leaves  ;  it  is  much  branched 
and  floats  under  the  water  in  large  masses,  where  it  has  proved 
fatal  to  many  a  swimmer.  Finally  Monochoria  vaginalis  is  an 
aquatic  herb  common  in  the  rice-fields  and  ditches,  with  radical, 
petiolate,  cordate  leaves,  and  racemes  (apparently  springing  from 
the  side  of  a  petiole)  of  several  rather  large  bright  blue  flowers. 
It  is  employed  in  Indian  pharmacy  in  liver  complaints  and  stomach 
diseases.  Rubbed  down  in  butter  and  eaten,  it  is  thought  to 
remove  redness  of  the  eyes ;  powdered  and  mixed  with  sugar  it  is 
administered  in  asthma  ;  and  when  chewed  is  said  to  relieve 
toothache  ;  brayed  with  milk  it  is  given  in  fever  ;  and  finally, 
when  young  is  eaten  as  a  vegetal >le.  It  is  very  abundant  in 
ditches  around  Thaiping,  Perak.  The  other  members  of  the  pond- 
weed  families  including  the  Grass-wrack,  the  Eel-grass,  Duck- 
weed, Water-plantain,  Cat-tails,  Arrow-heads  and  Flowering-rushes, 
have  nothing  special  about  them.  Azolla  rubra  is  a  common 
minute  aquatic  cryptogam  which  completely  covers  the  surface  of 
the  water  with  a  purplish-green  crust. 


72  ON    THE    VEGETATION    OF    MALAYSIA, 

Grinum  asiaticum,  a  bulbous  plant  with  large  mostly  white 
flowers  in  a  terminal  umbel,  is  seen  on  the  water-sides  of  most 
tropical  streams,  and  by  the  sea-side  in  Asia,  Africa  and  Australia. 
The  same  may  be  said  of  an  equally  showy  plant  closely  resembling 
it,  named  Eurycles  amhoinensis.  Both  belong  to  the  order 
Amaryllide^. 

Though  the  cryptogams  will  be  dealt  with  subsequently,  mention 
may  here  be  made  of  an  aquatic  fern,  Ceratopteris  thalictroidesy 
with  distinct  sterile  and  fertile  fronds.  The  genus  is  limited  to 
the  single  species  which  is  widely  distributed  over  the  tropical 
regions  of  the  whole  world.  The  spores  of  this  species  are  inter- 
esting to  the  microscopist  as  they  are  marked  with  curious 
concentric  rings. 

Ataccia  cristata  is  a  peculiar-looking  plant  in  the  jungle,  of 
which  a  separate  order,  the  Taccaceje,  has  been  made.  The 
flowers  are  arranged  in  umbels  at  the  end  of  a  scape  of  green  and 
dark  purple,  with  numerous  long  filaments  of  sterile  pedicels.  In 
the  South  Seas  a  kindred  plant  is  cultivated  for  the  starch  of  the 
root.  The  root  is  red,  round,  and  about  three  inches  in  diameter, 
bitter  and  acrid,  but  losing  some  of  this  by  culture.  The  raw 
root  is  peeled,  rasped  and  washed  frequently,  when  a  starch  is 
separated  and  again  washed  until  the  water  has  no  longer  an  acrid 
taste.  The  bitter  juice  is  probably  violently  poisonous.  The 
meal  makes  a  tasteful,  nourishing,  gelatinous  bread,  consisting 
principally  of  bassorin.  The  starch  consists  of  circular  or  poly- 
hedral particles  with  few  and  not  very  distinct  rings.  In  Banda 
it  is  preferred  to  sago  bread,  and  generally  in  the  Moluccas  is  used 
for  cakes  and  confectionery.  The  name  Tacca  is  said  to  be 
derived  from  the  Malay  language,  while  Royle*  says  that  it  is  the 
Tacca-youy  of  some  navigators.  The  tubers  are  eaten  in  China, 
Cochin  China  and  Travancore.  The  leaf -stalks  and  scape,  as  well 
as  the  roots,  are  boiled  for  a  long  time  to  destroy  the  aciidity,  but 
even  then  some  vegetable  acid  is  required  to  make  it  palatable. 

*  *'  Illustrations  of  the  Botany  of  the  Himalayan  Mountains,"  p.  378. 


BY    THE    REV.  J.   E.   TENISON-WOODS.  73 

The  Malay  plant  is  not  the  same  as  a  Tacca  similarly  used  in  the 
Pacific  Islands,  of  which  Mr.  Nuttal"^  has  pointed  out  the 
differences.  Ellis  in  his  "  Polynesian  Researches  "f  says  that 
the  "  Pia  or  Arrowroot,  Chailia  Tacca,  grows  on  the  high  sandy 
banks  near  the  sea  or  on  the  sides  of  the  lower  mountains." 
The  starch  is  obtained  by  rasping  with  a  board  on  which  coai'se 
coir  twine  is  wound.  The  pulp  is  washed  with  sea-water  and 
strained,  the  sediment  formed  into  balls,  dried  in  the  sun  for  12 
or  24  hours,  then  broken  and  reduced  to  powder,  which  is  left  in 
the  sun  to  dry.  This  detail  is  given  as  one  of  many  points  of 
contact,  domestic  as  well  as  linguistic,  between  the  Malay  and 
Polynesian  races. 

Cryptogams. — In  such  a  moist  and  warm  climate,  with  dense 
shady  forests,  ferns,  mosses,  lichens  and  fungi  must  be  abundant. 
Every  rock  and  every  foot  of  forest  ground,  the  dead  timber 
especially,  and  the  roots  and  stems  of  the  tall  trees  are,  so 
to  speak,  muffled  and  enshrouded  with  this  kind  of  vegetation. 
It  is  marvellous  sometimes  to  see  how  deeply  the  ground  is  covered 
with  this  growth.  To  step  aside  off  the  narrow  beaten  tracks 
into  the  tangled  thicket  of  branches  and  dead  wood  causes  one 
frequently  to  disappear  into  as  much  as  five,  ten,  and  even  fifteen 
feet  of  a  mass  of  ferns,  mosses,  vines,  rattans  and  decaying  vege- 
tation. Or  when  one  attempts  to  peer  through  the  almost  vaulted 
roof  of  branches  with  which  the  forest  glades  are  so  thickly  covered, 
one  sees  a  rich  and  varied  aerial  growth  which  quite  impedes  any 
extensive  view.  Bird's-nest  Ferns  (Asplenium  nidus)  and  Stag's- 
horn  Ferns  [Platy cerium  hiforme)  beautifully  ornament  the  lofty 
branches  of  the  stateliest  trees,  causing  an  astounding  mass  of 
vegetation  to  hang  as  it  were  in  mid-air.  The  Bird's-nest  Fern 
standing  out  like  a  feathered  coronet,  the  Stag's-horn  dependent  as 
u,  graceful  fringe,  while  the  giant  Polypody  {Folypodium 


*  "American  Journal  of  Pharmacy,"  IX.  p.  306. 

t  "Polynesian  Researches  during  a  residence  of  nearly  eight  years  in  the 
Society  and  Sandwich  Islands."  By  the  Rev.  William  Ellis,  L,  p.  361  (4 
vols.  12mo.  London,  1839). 


74  ON   THE    VEGETATION    OF    MALAYSIA, 

sends  stout  and  tall  fronds  eight  and  ten  feet  into  the  air.. 
The  large  species  moreover  of  tree-ferns,  and  such  giants  as 
Angiopteris  evecta,  vie  with  the  Palm-trees  in  the  spread  of  their 
graceful  fronds,  while  the  epiphytes  of  the  smaller  kind  make 
hoar  J  tufts  and  clothing  for  almost  every  tree.  The  little 
Drymoglossum  piluselloides  is  seen  on  every  tree,  outside  the  forest  as 
well  as  in  it,  and  many  other  minute  forms,  particularly  Polypodium, 
Niphoholus  and   Vittaria. 

I  do  not  propose  to  enter  into  any  detail  about  the  genera  and 
species  which  is  obviously  beyond  the  scope  of  this  essay,  but  I 
give  a  list  from  the  "  Journal  of  Botany  "*  of  the  ferns  found  in 
Perak  by  Father  Scortechini  and  myself  and  described  by  Colonel 
Beddome,  which  I  may  say  includes  nearly  all  that  is  known  up  to 
the  present  time  of  the  cryptogamic  flora,  f 

*  Jouru.  of  Botany,  Nov.  1887,  XXV.  p.  321,  pi.  278. 

I I  take  this  opportunity  of  explaining  a  circumstance  under  which  the 
ferns  described  by  Colonel  Beddome  were  collected.  I  arrived  in  Perak  in 
November,  1883,  having  previously  travelled  through  Java,  part  of 
Sumatra  and  much  of  the  Malay  Peninsula.  In  all  these  journeys  I  had 
made  extensive  collections  of  plants,  some  of  which  I  exchanged  with  Mr. 
Nicholas  Cantley,  the  Government  Botanist,  Singapore.  Father  Scortechini 
arrived  in  Perak  on  March  1st,  1884,  and  we  explored  and  collected 
together  for  about  six  months,  under  the  auspices  of  the  Perak  Govern- 
ment and  at  its  expense.  The  Rev.  Mr.  Scortechini  devoted  himself 
exclusively  to  botany,  and  so  on  his  arrival  I  handed  ov^er  to  him  all  my 
collections  of  plants  from  the  Straits  Settlements  and  elsewhere,  with  the 
understanding  that  I  was  to  get  a  complete  set  of  the  ferns  from  his 
collections  before  he  went  to  Kew.  The  melancholy  and  unexpected  death 
of  the  rev.  gentleman  at  Calcutta  prevented  this  arrangement  being  carried 
out,  and  I  mention  it  only  for  the  purpose  of  stating  that  I  am  the 
authority  for  many  of  the  habitats  given  in  the  ensuing  list.  They  may 
have  been  found  subsequently  in  other  places  by  Father  Scortechini,  but 
I  give  the  habitats  that  I  know.  Perhaps  it  may  be  permitted  to  me  here 
to  add  the  inestimable  loss  science  has  sustained  by  the  premature  death 
of  so  learned,  painstaking,  and  experienced  a  botanist.  Personally 
amiable,  generous,  and  self-sacrificing,  he  was  an  invaluable  companion 
to  me  in  my  explorations.  He  was  indeed  an  instance  of  the  avdpconou 
travra  KaXcos  ttoulv,  whose  loss  was  equally  great  to  friendship  and  to 
fame. 


BY    THE    REV.  J.  E.  TENISON- WOODS.  75" 

A  LIST  OF  THE  FERNS  OF  THE  MALAY 
PENINSULA. 

The  species  marked  *  have  not  been  previously  recorded  from 
the  Peninsula. 

Gleichenia  dicarpa,  Br.,  var.  vulcanica,  Bl.,  on  all  the  roadsides 
and  throughout  the  jungles  of  the  Malay  Peninsula  and  Indian 
Archipelago.  "^G.  Jlagellaris,  Spr.,  very  common  on  roadsides 
near  Singapore.  G.  norrisii,  Mett.,  Salama  River,  Perak,  near 
Malacca.  G.  dichotoma,  Willd.,  very  wide-spread  and  common, 
extending  to  Australia. 

Cyathea  brunonis,  Wall,  mountain  ranges  to  3,000  feet. 

"^Alsojohila  obscura,  Scort.,  not  common,  but  T  believe  this 
species  was  found  in  the  interior  beyond  the  Kinta  River,  Perak ; 
A.  glabra,  Hook.,  Maxwell's  Hill,  Perak  ;  A.  lafebrosa,  Hook., 
all  through  the  Peninsula  occasionally;  A.  latebrosa,  var.  with 
very  broad  segments,  Arang  Para  ? ;  A.  glauca,  J.  Sm.,  in  the 
gullies  on  the  lower  slopes  of  Gunong  Bubu  ;  A.  kingi,  Clarke ; 
A.  Gommutata,  Mett. ;  *A.  trichodesma,  Scort.,  this  specimen 
was,  I  believe,  found  on  the  Upper  Salama  River,  on  the  Keddah 
side  of  the  shore  ;  its  nearest  ally  is  A.  andersoni,  Scott, 
Sikkim. 

Matonia  pectinata,  Br.  This  plant  is  stated  by  Wallace  to  be 
found  only  on  the  summit  of  Mount  Ophir,  which  he  also  believed 
to  be  the  highest  mountain  in  the  Malay  Peninsula,  this  being 
the  general  impression  at  the  time  of  his  visit  (1861.  See 
Wallace,  "  Malay  Peninsula,"  p.  31).  Found  also  on  the  upper 
slopes  of  Gunong  Bubu  when  first  explored,  and  then  generally 
at  a  height  of  about  4,000  feet  throughout  the  Peninsula.  It 
occurs  also  in  Java. 

*Dicksonia  barometz,  Link.,   in  the  deepest   mountain   gullies 
hroughout  Perak  ;  D.  (Dennstoedtia)  ampla^  Baker. 

Lecanopteris  carnosa,  Bl. 


76  ON  THE  VEGETATION  OF  MALAYSIA, 

Hymenophyllutn  folyanthos^  Sw.,  var.  hlumeanum,  Spr.,  Arang 
Para  on  stems  of  tree-ferns  ;  H.  javanicmn,  Spr.,  var.  hadium^ 
Hooker  and  Greville  ;  H.  javanicum,  Spr.  ;  II.  smithii,  Hook. ; 
H.  neesii,  Hook. ;  ^11.  aculeaturn,  Y.  d.  B. 

^  TricJiomanes  neilgheriense^  Bedd.,  not  uncommon  in  northern 
Perak  ;  T.  parvulmn,  Poir.,  this  wide-spread  species  is  common 
everywhere  ;  T.  ]yyxidiferum^  another  very  common  species  widely 
spread  over  all  tropical  regions  ;  T.  digitatum,  Sw,  ;  T.  imllidum, 
Bl. ;  T.  hij)U7ictatum,  Poir.  ;  T.  auriculatum,  Bl.  ;  T.  javanicum^ 
Bl. ;  T.  rigidum,  Sw.,  very  common  and  widely  spread ;  T. 
onaximum,  Bl.  ;  T.  j^luina^  Hk.,  on  the  summit  of  Grunong  Bubu 
above  5,000  feet. 

Davallia  (Humata)  heteroj^hylla,  Sm. ;  D.  angustata,  Wall.  ; 
D.  ijedata^  Wall.,  common  in  Perak  and  widely  spread ;  D. 
(Prosaptia)  emersoni,  Pres. ;  D.  configua,  Sw.  ;  D.  ( Leucostegia) 
puldira,  Dru.  ;  D.  hymenophylloides,  Bl.  ;  D.  nodosa,  Presl.  ; 
D.  solida,  Sw.  ;  D.  elegans,  Sw. ;  D.  epiphylla,  Bl. ;  D.  divaricata, 
Bl.  ;  D.  griffithiana,  Hk.  ;  D.  hullata.  Wall.  ;  D.  (Microlejnaj 
2?innata,  Cav.  ;  *i>.  moluccana,  Bl.  ;  D.  sp>eluncce,  Baker,  very 
common  and   widely  spread  ;  D.  (Stenoloma)  tenuifolia,  Sw. 

Lindsaya  cultrata^  Sw. ;  L.  rejyens,  Thw.,  the  jungle,  Arang 
Para ;  L.  scandens,  Hk.  ',  L.  orhiculata,  Lam.  ;  *L.  horneensis, 
Hk.  ;  L.  lancea,  L. ;  L.  rigida,  J.  Sm.  ;  L.  divergens,  Wall.  ;  L. 
lanuginosa,  Wall. ;  L.  lobata,  Poir. 

Pteris  longifolia,  L.,  on  rocks  and  trees  everywhere  in  the 
jungle,  Malay  Peninsula ;  P.  cretica,  L.,  equally  common  with 
preceding,  on  buildings,  rocks,  &c.,  Malaysia  generally  ;  P.  semi- 
2nnnata,  L. ;  P.  ^^rt^eris.  Hook.  ;  P.  quadriaurita,  Wall.,  the 
white  variegated  variety,  jungle,  Perak  River  ;  Kuala  Kangsa  : 
P.  aquilina,  L.,  waste  sterile  savannahs,  Malaysia  generally ;  P. 
aquilina,  var.  esctdenta,  Forst.,  waste  sterile  savannahs  as  above  ; 
P.  (Doryopteris)  ludens,  Wall.  ;  P.  (Litobrochia)  incisa,  Thunb., 
Maxwell's  Hill,  Thaiping,  Perak,  about  3,000  feet ;  P.  marginata, 
Bory. 


BY    THE    REV.  J.  E.  TENISON-WOODS.  77 

Ceratopteris  thalictroides,  Brong.,  Salama  Kiver,  Perak  Kiver, 
and  common  in  all  Malayan  streams. 

Lomaria  ( Plagiogyria )  pycnophylla,  Kze.,  Arang  Para  on  lower 
slopes. 

Blechnum  orientale,  L.,  common  in  all  Malayan  jungles  ;  B. 
findlaysonianurn,  Wall. 

As2)lenium  (Tharmiopteris)  nidus.  L.,  on  trees  in  all  Malayan 
forests  f  A.  scortechinii,  Bedd.,  Caulfield's  Hill,  Maxwell's  Hill, 
above  3000  feet.  The  following  Asp^lenia  are  generally  diffused 
through  the  mountain  ranges : — A.  amboinense,  Willd.  ;  ^A. 
squa7nulatum,  Bl.  ;  A.  normale,  Don ;  A.  subaveniuni,  Hk. ;  A. 
longissimum,  Bl.  ;  A.  tenerum,  Forst.  ;  *  A.  borneense,  Hook.  ;  A. 
hirtum,  Kaulf. ;  A.  falcatuin,  Lam.  ;  A.  macroiyhylhim,  Sw.  ;  A. 
caudatum,  Forst.;  A.  cuneatum,  Lam.;  A.  nitidum,  Sw. ;  A. 
belanyeri,  Kze.  ;  A.  ( Anisogonium)  cordifoliwni,  Mett.  ;  A.  lineo- 
laf,um,  Mett.  ;  A.  esculentum,  Presl. 

Diplazium  subserratum,  Bl.;  D.  j^orrectum.  Wall.;  D.  pallidwni, 
Bl.,  D.  bantamense^  Bl.  ;  D.  sylvaticum,  Presl.  ;  B.  tomeydosum, 
Hk. ;  D.  sioeciosum,  Mett.  ;  D.  sorzogonense,  Presl.  ;  i>.  asjoerum^ 
Bl. ;  D.  p)oly2)odioides,  Mett. 

Didymochlcena  lunulata,  Desv,,  in  all  the  jungles  on  the 
mountain  sides  up  to  3,000  feet ;  D.  polycarpa^  Baker. 

Aspidium  (Polystichum)  auriculatum,  L.,  var.  marginatum, 
Wall.  ;  do.  var.  coespitosum.  Wall.  ;  A.  aculeatum,  Sw.,  var. 
biaristatum,  BL,  occasionally  met  with  in  the  undergrowth  in  all 
Malaysia  ;  A.  (Pleocnemia)  leuzeanum,  Hook. ;  A.  menibranaceuni. 
Hook. ;  A.  singaporianum.  Wall.,  occasionally  met  with  through 
the  whole  Peninsula;  A.  melanocaulon,  Bl.,  fragment  only  ;  A. 
vastum,  Bl.  ;  A.  subtrijjhyllutn,  Wall.  ;  '^A.  pachyphyllum,  Kze.  ; 
A.  variolosiom,  Wall.  ;  A.  cicutarium,  Sw.  1 

Nephrodium(Lastrea)  gracilescenSjBl.  ;  *do.  var.  glanduligera, 
Kze.  ;  N.  calcaratum,  Bl.,  var.  sericea,   J.   Sm.  ;  ]\\  crassi/olium. 


78  ON    THE    VEGETATION    OF    MALAYSIA, 

Bl. ;  do.  var.  motthyanum,  Hk.  ;  N.  syrmaticmn,  Hk.  ;  "^i^^.  dayi^ 
Bedd. ;  N.  filix-mas,  Rich.,  var.  elongata,  Hook.  ;  N.  sparsa, 
Don ;  N.  hlumei,  Hook.  ;  N.  horymium,  Baker  ;  N.  unitum,  L.  , 
*iV^.  eniinens,  Baker;  N.  j)ennigerum,  BL,  var.  ;  N.  molle,  Desv., 
extremely  common  everywhere  in  Malaysia  ;  N.  crinipes,  Hk. 

* NepJirolepis  excdtata^  L. ;  N.  volubilis,  J.  Sm.  ;  JV.  hiserrata^ 
Schott;  *#.  acuminata,  Hout. 

Oleandra  neriiformis,  Cav.  ;   0.  Tnibscefolia,  Kze. 

Polypodium  (Phegopteris)  punctatum,  Thunb. ;  *P.  laser pitii- 
folium^  Scort.  ;  P.  (Dictyopteris)  difforme,  Bl.  ;  P.  subevenosum, 
Baker ;  *P.  hirtellum,  Bl. ;  "^P.  cornigerum^  Baker ;  P.  cucul- 
latum,  Nees ;  *P.  triangidare,  Scort.,  on  the  very  highest 
summits  of  the  mountain  ranges  about  Thaiping,  where  it  grows 
in  tufts  on  withered  branches  of  stunted  trees  ;  P.  khasyanurrij 
Hook.  ;  P.  Juscatum,  Bl.  ;  P.  decorum,  Brack.  ;  P.  ohliquatum, 
Bl. ;  P.  subfalcatum,  Bl.  ;  *P.  papillosum,  Bl.  ;  "^P.  tenuisectum, 
Bl. 

Goniophlebium  subaurictdatum,  Bl.  ;  G.  verrucosum,  Wall,  ; 
^G.  korthalsii,  Mett. 

Nipliobolus  adnascens,  Sw.  ;  jN'.  acrostichoides,  Forst.  ;  N. 
stigmosum,  Sw. ;  N.  nummulari/olium,  Mett.  ;  iV.  fissum,  Bl.  ; 
N.  penangianum,  Hk. 

Pleo2?eltis  accedens,  Bl,  ;  P.  tvrayi,  Baker ;  P.  stenopliyllwm, 
Bl.  ;  P.  longifolium,  Mett.,  on  rocks  3,000  feet ;  P.  angustatum, 
Sw.  ;  P.  stijwrficiale,  Bl.  ;  do.  var.  ;  P.  sinuosum,  Wall.  ;  *P. 
riqyestre,  Bl.  ;  *P.  platyphyllum,  Sw,  ;  P.  irioides,  Lam.,  near 
mangrove  swamps  in  all  Malaysia  ;  P.  tnuso'folium,  Bl. ;  P.  sp. 
near  membranaceum,  but  with  the  rachis  shining  black ;  P. 
hastatum,  Thunb.  ;  P.  incurvatum,  Bl.  ;  P.  phytnatodes,  L.,  near 
sea  coast,  Malaysia ;  P.  nigrescens,  Bl.  ;  P.  longissimum,  Bl. ; 
P.  palmatum,  Bl. 

Dijiteris  horsfieldii,  R.  Br.,  generally  above  3,000  feet,  but  at 
Singapore  extending  to  sea-level ;  D.  bifurcaHim,  Baker. 


BY    THE    REV.  J.  E.  TENISON-WOODS.  79 

"^Drynaria  heradeum,  Kze.,  above  3,000  feet,  Maxwell's  Hill, 
Perak ;  D.  linncei,  Bory  ;  D.  rigidulum,  Sw. 

* Monogy^amtne  paradoxa,  F^e. 

Gymnogramme  ( Stegnogramme)    aspidioides,    Hk.,    var.  ;    G. 

Jraxinea,    Don ;  G.    wallichii,    Hk.  ;    G.    alis'incEfolia,  Hk.  ;    G. 

lanceolata,   Hk.  ;  G.    involuta,    Hook  ;  G.  /eei,  Hk. ;  "^G.  hamil- 
toniana,  Hk. 

Menisciuni  triphyllum,  Sw.  ;  M.  salicifolium,  Wall.  ;  M. 
cuspidatum,  Bl. 

Antrophyu7n  nanum,  Fee  ;  A.  reticulatum,  Kaulf.,  Maxwell's 
Hill,  on  granite  rocks  below  bungalow,  rare ;  A.  semicostatum, 
Bl. ;  A.  lati/oluim,  Bl. 

Vittaria  elongata^  Sw.,  Maxwell's  Hill,  on  dead  logs  above 
bungalow ;  V.  falcata,  Kze.,  open  forests  at  all  elevations,  on 
trees;  *F.  sulcata,  Kuhn,  as  above,  but  not  common;  V.  lineata, 
Sw.,  throughout  Malaysia ;    V.  scolopendrina^  Presl.,  as  above. 

Tcenitis  blechnoides,  Sw.,  Arang  Para. 

Drymoglossum  piloselloides,  Presl.,  everywhere  in  Malaysia. 
A  small  epiphyte  on  the  stems  of  trees ;  leaves  of  two  forms ; 
the  sterile,  elliptical ;  the  fertile,  contracted,  linear. 

Acrostichwm  {Elaphoglossutm)  conforme,  Sw.  ;  A.  {Stenochlcena) 
palustre,  1j.  ;  A.  sorbi/olium,  Jj.  ;  A.  (Polybotrya)  appendiculatum, 
Willd.  ;  A.  (Gyinnopteris)  minus,  Mett.  ;  A.  spicatum,  L.  ;  A. 
contaminans,  Wall.  ;  A.  variabile,  Hk.  ;  A.  sub7^epandum,  Hook.  ; 
A.  aureum,  L.,  in  all  mangrove  swamps,  where  its  fronds  attain 
10  to  12  feet;  the  young  leaves  are  subject  to  great  variation  in 
colour,  being  often  of  a  brilliant  red,  the  older  leaves  coriaceous 
and  shining  green,  contrasting  well  with  the  rich  brown  sori  of  the 
back  :  A.  ( Photinopiteris )  rigidum,  Wall.,  common  everywhere 
on  the  lower  grounds  ;  A.  drynarioides,  Hook,,  as  above. 

Platyceriuin  biforme,  Bl.  ;  on  trees  at  lower  levels. 


80  ON    THE    VEGETATION    OF    MALAYSIA, 

Schizma  malaccana,  Baker ;  S.  dichotoma,  Sw.,  this  fern  some- 
times takes  the  place  of  grass  on  savannahs,  Perak  ;  *S.  digitatay 

Sw. 

Lygodium  dicliotomum,  Sw,,  widely  spread  in  all  jungles  ;  L. 
flexuosum,  Sw.,  particularly  abundant  in  open  marshy  plains 
about  Thai  ping,  Perak ;  L.  microjyhyllum,  Br.,  as  above  and 
Singapore. 

Angiopteris  evecta,  Hoffm.,  not  very  common. 

^Kaulfussia  cesculi/olia,  Bl.  I  have  seen  this  only  in  one  place, 
on  rocks,  Maxwell's  Hill,  above  2,000  feet. 

Ophioglossum  reticulatum^  L.,  moist,  shady  jungles  near  Kuala 
Kangsa  ;  0.  pendulum,  L.,  as  above. 

Helminthostachys  zeylanica,  Hk.,  on  the  sea  coast. 

Cultivated  Plants. — The  cultivated  plants  in  every  country 
include  many  which  do  not  belong  to  the  indigenous  flora  ;  in 
fact,  when  we  trace  the  origin  of  most  of  the  useful  fruits,  flowers, 
and  other  vegetable  products,  it  is  astonishing  how  widely  diverse 
are  the  sources  from  which  they  come.  There  is  not  an  extensive 
list  in  Malaysia  in  comparison  with  other  countries.  Neverthe- 
less it  is  of  sufficient  length  to  render  necessary  some  condensation 
in  this  essay.  For  convenience  I  shall  consider — (1)  the  fruits  ; 
(2)  vegetables  ;  (3)  plants  useful  in  manufactures,  with  some 
remarks  on  the  ornamental  trees  and  shrubs. 

Fruits — In  Malay  Buah. — Several  common  tropical  fruits  need 
not  be  more  than  named  here,  such  as  the  Sweet  Sop,  Sour  Sop, 
Bullock's  Heart,  and  Custard  Apple,  which  are,  though  the  fact 
has  been  disputed,  undoubtedly  of  American  origin.  The  local 
names,  besides  Cherimolia  or  Chirimoya,  are  applied  so  as  to 
cause  confusion  ;  but  generally  the  Sweet  Sop  and  Sugar  Apple  is 
applied  to  Anona  squamosa,  L.  ;  Sour  Sop,  A.  muricata,  L.  ; 
Bullock's  Heart,  A.  reticulata,  L. ;  and  Chirimoya,  A.  cherimolia, 
Lam.  The  first  two  are  not  much  cultivated,  though  the  Sour 
Sop  is  used  for  ices,  for  which  it  is  much   esteemed,  particularly 


BY    THE    REV.  J.  E.  TENISON-WOODS.  81 

in  Java.  The  Custard  Apple  is  called  Seri  kaya.  Bullock's 
Heart  is  well  cultivated  in  the  gardens  round  Malacca,  and  there 
it  is  obtained  at  its  best.  In  Java  it  is  a  very  poor  worthless 
fruit. 

Oranges  and  Lemons,  that  is,  all  the  different  varieties  of 
Citrons,  Lemons,  Oranges,  Shaddocks,  &c.,  are  well  represented 
in  the  Malay  Peninsula,  though  the  climate  is  not  favourable  to 
the  majority  of  the  species.  China  is  generally  regarded  as  the 
indigenous  home  of  the  orange  tribe,  for  which  the  Malay  language 
has,  however,  many  names,  probably  indicating  an  ancient  culti- 
vation. The  following  are  quoted  : — Limau-manis,  L.  kusturi,  L. 
jamboa,  L.  japun,  L.  nipis,  L.  susu,  L.  asam  (lemon,  lime),  L. 
jeruk  (citron),  Malay,  Sundanese,  and  Javanese.  In  Borneo,  in 
the  wild  countries  of  the  Dusuns,  near  Gaya,  T  obtained  very 
good  oranges  and  lemons.  Probably  the  orange  most  consumed  in 
Malaysia  is  the  Shaddock,  or  Pompelmouse  (French),  Linau 
gadang  in  Malay,  Citrus  decumana,  Willd.,  the  Poor  Man's 
Orange  of  Europeans,  or  Pomeloe  (from  the  Dutch  Pompelmoes). 
It  is  said  that  the  best  of  these  come  from  Amoy  in  China ;  but 
they  are  equalled,  if  not  surpassed,  by  those  produced  in  Labuan, 
Borneo.  For  this  the  colony  owes  a  debt  to  Sir  Hugh  Low,  who 
was  for  over  20  years  a  resident  on  that  island.  During  this  time 
he  gave  unceasing  care  to  the  introduction  and  cultivation  of 
tropical  fruits.  His  garden  and  indeed  every  cultivated  plot  in 
the  island  give  evidence  of  his  skill  and  care.  The  large  extent 
of  the  gardens  round  Gov^ernment  House  might  be  likened  to 
those  of  the  Hesperides  in  the  season  of  this  magnificent  fruit. 
It  is  of  the  richest  kind  and  with  a  flavour  of  the  finest  quality. 
The  original  country  of  the  fruit  is  not  known,  but  the  number  of 
varieties  in  Malaysia  indicates  an  ancient  cultivation. 

Roxburgh  says,  "  that  the  species  was  brought  to  Calcutta  from 
Java"  (Roxburgh,  "Flora  Indica,"  edit.  1832,  III.,  p.  393),  and 
Rumphius  ("  Hortus  amboinensis,"  II.  p.  98)  believed  it  to  be  a 
native  of  southern  China.  Neither  he  nor  modern  botanists  saw 
it  wild  in  the  Malay  Archipelago  (Miquel,   "  Flora  Indo-Batava," 


82  ON    THE    VEGETATION    OF    MALAYSIA, 

I.  pt.  2,  p.  526).  In  China  the  species  has  a  simple  name,  Yu  ; 
but  its  written  character  (Bretschneider,  "  Study  and  Value,"  etc.), 
appears  too  complicated  for  a  truly  indigenous  plant.  According 
to  Loureiro  the  tree  is  common  in  China  and  Cochin-China,  but 
this  does  not  imply  that  it  is  wild  (Loureiro,  "  Fl.  Cochin,"  II. 
p.  572),  For  another  species  of  the  genus  he  says  that  it  is 
cultivated  and  non-cultivated  (p.  569).  "  It  is  in  the  islands  to 
the  east  of  the  Malay  Archipelago  that  the  clearest  indications  of 
a  wild  existence  are  found  "  (De  CandoUe,  "  Origin  of  Cultivated 
Plants,"  p.  178). 

The  rind  of  this  species  is  much  esteemed  for  bitters.  It  is 
said  that  Shaddock  was  the  name  of  the  captain  who  introduced 
the  fruit  to  the  West  Indies.  Pimpelnose  is  another  name  in 
English,  and  Pompoleon  one  in  French.  Some  Malays  for  an 
unknown  reason  call  this  the  Bali  Lemon  (Jeruk  Bali,  also 
Majang).  In  Javanese  it  is  Limau  kasumba.  Other  Malay 
names  are  Jeruk  dalima,  J.  jamblang,  J.  gedogan.  In  Tagalo 
(Philippines),  Dalandan,  Dayap,  and  Kalamondin;  Kahil,  Yisayan, 
besides  Limon  generally.  Lemon  susu  is  Citrus  medica,  L., 
probably  indigenous  to  the  Malay  Peninsula,  or  at  any  rate 
introduced  in  ancient  times  into  Java,  Amboyna,  and  the 
Peninsula.*  The  orange  in  all  Malaysia  is  much  inferior  to  the 
varieties  cultivated  in  southern  Europe  ;  not  the  only  instance  of 
naturalised  fruits  becoming  much  superior  to  the  best  productions 
in  their  native  country. 

*  In  Filet's  "Plantkundig  Woordenboek  voor  Nederl.  Indie,"  and  in 
Bisschop  Grevelink's  "  Planten  van  Nederl.  Indie,  bruckbaar  voor  handel, 
nijverheid  en  geneeskunde"  (Amsterdam  1883),  a  great  number  of  Malay 
terms  are  given  for  different  species  of  Aurantiace^  ;  but  the  references 
are  too  lengthy  for  quotation  here.  Filet  gives  a  list  of  .35  names,  but  some 
of  them  are  Sundanese  and  Javanese.  The  Dutch  orthography  makes 
them  appear  as  if  differing  more  from  the  common  Malay  terms  than  they 
are  in  pronunciation.  Thus,  jeruk,  which  according  to  these  authorities 
is  the  common  Malay  term  for  these  fruits  generally,  is  spelled  djeroek  or 
djeroh,  for  the  final  k  in  Java  is  not  sounded  as  in  Perak  Malay.  The 
Philippine  list  of  names  might  be  much  extended.  The  name  jeruk  is 
found  in  all  the  languages  west  of  Celebes,  as  well  as  the  Portus;uese  word 
limau. 


BY    THE    REV.  J.  E.  TENISON-WOODS.  83 

The  other  members  of  the  orange  family  in  Malaysia  deserving 
of  some  notice  are,  first,  Murraya  exotica,  L.  (Malay,  Kamiming 
japan),  which  is  found  all  over  south  Asia,  Java,  Timor,  and  the 
Moluccas ;  valued  for  its  white  fragrant  flowers  and  small  succu- 
lent fruits.  The  tree,  however,  and  another  species,  M.  sumatrana, 
E-oxb.,  are  valued  on  account  of  the  wood,  though  seldom  growing 
high,  and  the  stems  rarely  exceeding  a  diameter  of  eight  inches. 
The  wood  is  pale  yellow,  grained  with  black,  in  quality  much 
resembling  box,  and  even  finer,  with  a  closer  fibre,  excellent  for 
turners'  work.  The  best  grows  in  Menado,  Celebes.  Malays 
attach  great  value  to  this  wood  to  make  scabbards  and  orna- 
mental boxes. 

Cookia  punctata  is  another  member  of  the  orange  family,  the 
fruit  of  which  is  much  esteemed.  It  is  a  small  orange,  growing  in 
bunches,  extensively  used  in  preserves  by  the  Chinese,  who  call  it 
Wampee.  It  is  the  Wilde-lansen  of  Yalentyn,  and  Kibecha  puti 
of  the  Malays,  or  Ki-bejek-bodas  of  the  Sundanese. 

Feronia  elephantum,  Corr.,  the  Elephant  Tree  of  India  has  a 
fruit  about  the  size  of  an  apple,  when  ripe  green  outside  and 
yellow  within,  one-celled,  with  numerous  seeds  immersed  in  a 
fleshy  edible  pulp  contained  in  a  hard  rough  woody  rind.  The 
pulp  is  valued  for  preserves,  besides  being  esteemed  for  its 
medicinal  qualities.  Altogether  the  tree  is  very  useful.  Lac  is 
obtained  from  it,  and  it  yields  a  gum  like  Gum  Arabic.  The 
yellowish  wood,  though  rather  coarsely  fibrous  and  said  not  to  be 
durable,  is  heavy,  close-grained  and  hard,  and  takes  a  fine  polish. 
The  leaves  smell  like  anise.  From  the  unripe  fruit  a  sour  liquor 
named  Kujak  is  made,  used  as  a  sambal  with  curries. 

The  Bael-fruit  or  jEgle  marmelos,  Corr.,  (Maja  Malay,  Mojo 
Javanese,  the  Slijm-appel-boom  of  the  Dutch)  has  a  world-wide 
reputation  as  a  remedy  for  dysentery  and  diarrhoea.  It  is  a  tree 
from  30  to  40  feet  high,  much  cultivated  on  account  of  the  many 
medicinal  qualities  attributed  to  the  fruit.  It  is  thorny  and  leaf- 
shedding,  with  thick,  greyish,  smooth  bark,  and  rather  large, 
white,  poor  flowers ;   fruit  woody,  varied  in  shape,  smooth,  with 


84  ON    THE   VEGETATION    OF    MALAYSIA, 

10-15  cells  each  containing  6-10  oblong  woolly  seeds  embedded  in 
a  tenacious  shiny  yellowish  pulp,  very  agreeable  in  flavour  and 
fragrant.  It  is  supposed  to  be  indigenous  in  India,  on  the  slopes 
of  the  Himalayas  up  to  3,500  feet.  The  wild  fruit  is  said  to  be 
small,  hard  and  devoid  of  fragrance.  It  is  the  unripe  or  half  ripe 
fruit  which  is  the  efficacious  remedy  in  dysentery  and  all  cases  of 
irritation  of  the  mucous  membrane  of  the  stomach  and  bowels. 
It  may  be  useful  to  give  the  prescription.  "  The  unripe  fruit  is 
cut  into  small  slices  and  dried,  and  in  this  state  is  used  in  the 
form  of  decoction,  prepared  with  two  ounces  of  the  dried  fiuit  and 
a  pint  of  water.  The  mixture  is  to  be  gently  simmered  down  to 
one-fourth,  and  of  this  the  dose  must  depend  on  thp  attendant 
circumstances  of  the  case.  In  bad  cases  of  diarrhoea  and  dysentery 
three  tablespoonsful  are  to  be  taken  every  two  or  three  hours  ;  in 
milder  cases  the  like  quantity  three  or  four  times  a  day  ;  and  in 
mild  cases  of  irritation  two  or  three  times  a  day  will  be  sufficient." 
(Pereira,  "  Materia  Medica."  Yol.  IL,  pt.  2,  p.  549.)  Sir  VV. 
Jones  observes  of  it  that  "  it  is  nutritious,  warm,  cathartic ;  in 
taste  delicious,  in  fragrance  exquisite ;  its  aperient  and  detersive 
quality,  and  its  efficacy  in  removing  habitual  costiveness,  have 
been  proved  by  constant  experience."*  A  sort  of  sherbet  is 
prepared  from  it  with  tamarind  juice,  beneficial  in  fevers  and 
inflammatory  affections  attended  with  thirst.  A  jelly  and  a 
preserve  are  made  of  the  ripe  fruit  with  sugar,  and  are  used  in 
cases  of  habitual  costiveness  and  irritation  of  the  stomach.  The 
glutinous  mucus  surrounding  the  seeds  is  used  by  painters  as  a 
size  and  varnish,  and,  according  to  Royle,  is  an  excellent  addition 
to  uiortar,  especially  in  well-digging. 

-  Triphasia  trifoliata  DC,  (Javanese  Jeroh  kingkit)  a  low-sized 
tree  with  small  oblong  red  fruits  and  very  fragrant  flowers  ;  said 
to  be  wild  in  various  places  in  Malaysia,  but  is  far  better  known 
as  an  ornamental  shrub  in  the  gardens  about  Penang. 

The    Durian    so   widely  known   and  so  much   the    subject   of 
animadversion  from  Europeans  on  account  of  its  odour,  may  be 

*  Quoted  by  Ainslie  in  his  "Materia  Indicse,"  II.  p.  189. 


BY   THE    REV.  J.  E.  TENISON-WOODS.  85 

called  the  fruit  of  Malaysia.  It  is  said  that  all  attempts  to 
cultivate  it  in  India  or  tropical  America  have  failed.  It  is  most 
abundant  in  Java,  Sumatra,  the  Peninsula  and  Siam,  where  it  is 
mostly  in  cultivation,  though  said  to  occur  in  a  wild  state ;  ex- 
tending to  the  Sulu  Archipelago,  but  not  further  into  the  Philippines 
(though  Crawiurd  says  the  contrary).  It  is  rather  curious  to 
trace  the  different  opinions  about  the  offensive  odour  which,  like 
all  the  Sterculiads,  is  emitted  from  the  rind  of  the  fruit.  Rumphius 
and  Valentyn  state  that  in  their  time  it  was  forbidden  by  law  in 
the  Moluccas  to  throw  them  near  any  public  path.  In  the 
"  Histoire  des  Voyages,"  copied  by  Lamarck  in  his  Encyclopaedia, 
it  is  said  that  the  Durian  diffuses  an  excellent  odour,  but  the  taste 
is  rather  unpleasant  being  that  of  fried  onions.  It  is  needless  to 
state  that  the  Malays  are  passionately  fond  of  it,  and  most 
Europeans  also,  after  a  time.  There  are  at  least  three  varieties, 
in  one  of  which  the  aril  surrounding  the  nut  is  hard  and  leathery. 
There  is,  however,  a  great  difference  in  the  flavour  in  the  same 
varieties,  some  being  luscious  and  agreeable,  while  others  are 
harsh  and  almost  acrid  with  a  large  admixture  of  the  odour  with 
the  flavour.  Only  a  Malay  knows  how  to  choose  a  good  Durian. 
A  preserve  or  comfiture  is  made  from  the  pulp  which  I  have  tasted 
but  once,  and  then  the  flavour  of  garlic  seemed  disagreeably 
predominant. 

The  Amygdalace^  and  Rosacea  do  not  flourish  in  Malaysia. 
European  fruits  cannot  be  successfully  cultivated  ;  but  in  Java, 
on  the  higher  slopes  and  rich  volcanic  soils  of  the  mountains 
almost  everything  can  be  produced.  Thus  very  good  Peaches, 
Almonds,  Cherries,  Cherry-laurels  and  Plums,  with  Strawberries 
and  Raspberries,  have  rewarded  the  toil  of  the  acclimatisers  at 
Pantaran,  Buitenzorg,  and  perhaps  the  Tengger  mountain.  The 
careful  Dutch  husbandry  at  Buitenzorg,  with  the  advantages 
possessed  by  the  Acclimatisation  Society's  garden,  must  soon  place 
Java  in  possession  of  the  fruits  and  flowers  of  every  country  of  the 
world,  whether  tropical  or  temperate. 

The  MYRTACEiE  produce  perhaps  a  larger  number  of  indigenous 
and  introduced    fruits  in   Malaysia  than  any  other  order,  the 


86  ON  THE  VEGETATION  OF  MALAYSIA, 

principal  of  wliicli  only  can  be  enumerated.  Bceckia  frutescens,  L. 
(Ujang  atap  and  U.  ratab,  Malay)  extends  from  Hong  Kong  and 
south  China  over  the  Philippines  and  Malaysia.  It  is  a  glabrous, 
heath-like  shrub,  with  twiggy  branches,  minute  linear  subulate 
leaves,  and  small  axillary  solitary  flowers.  The  Malays  use  this 
plant  for  many  purposes,  but  more  medicinally  than  as  an  escu- 
lent. It  is  considered  an  insecticide.  "  Castae  Battanae  virgines 
tanquam  medicamento  abortivo  utuntur^^  (Junghuhn). 

The  Eugenicn  or  Kose-apples,  four  in  number  {Jamhosa  domes- 
tical Rumph.,  J.  alba,  Rumph.,  J.  aqucea,  Rumph.,  and  X  vulgaris^ 
DC,  named  respectively  by  the  Malays  Jambu-bol,  J.  puti  or  merah 
and  J.  ayer-mawer),  are  fruits  well  known  throughout  Malay- 
sia, but  little  esteemed,  for  they  have  scarcely  any  flavour  or  juice : 
the  flowers,  however,  are  handsome.  Forty-three  species  are 
enumerated  by  Filet,  so  it  is  one  of  the  best  represented  genera  in 
the  region.  Syzygiutn  jambolanum  or  Juat  of  Sunda,  and  Buali- 
jamblang,  Malay;  Malaruat,  Tagalo;  Lumboi,  Tagalo  and  Visayan, 
is  another  small  tasteless  fruit  much  resembling  an  olive  in  appear- 
ance. It  grows  extensively  in  the  western  groups  of  the  Philip- 
pines, and  is  the  only  food  of  the  natives  when  excessive  rains  and 
storms  drive  them  to  the  mountains.  Twenty  other  species  are 
enumerated  by  Filet.  Three  species  of  Pimenta  or  Allspices 
( Pimenta  vidgaris,  Lind.,  P.  officinalis,  Lind.,  and  P.  «cr«s, Wight) 
may  be  mentioned.  Though  occupying  a  doubtful  position  as 
fruits,  they  are  valuable  cultivated  plants  in  all  Malaysia.  The 
Guava  {Psidium  guayava^  L.,  Jambu  biji  or  utan,  Malay)  is  too 
well  known  to  require  particularising.  It  must  have  been  intro- 
duced from  South  America  into  Malaysia  very  soon  after  the 
entry  of  Europeans  into  these  countries,  for  it  has  become  per- 
fectly naturalised.  Three  species  or  varieties  are  enumerated  by 
Rumphius,  and  therefore  are  of  ancient  cultivation.  Rhodomyrtus 
tonientosa,  DC.  (Harendong,  Malay)  is  abundant  and  widely  spread 
over  southern  India,  Ceylon,  Malaysia  and  northwards  to  China 
and  Japan ;  but  probably  in  the  latter  an  escape  from  cultivation. 
The  berries  are  eaten  and  much  used  as  a  preserve,  having  an 
agreeable  flavour.     It  has  already  been  referred  to  for  the  beauty 


I 


BY   THE    REV.  J.  E.  TENISON-WOODS.  87 

of  its  flowers,  Soneratia  acida,  L.,  previously  described  as  the 
"Willow-tree"  of  Malaysian  rivers,  bears  a  sour  fruit  used  in 
making  curries  and  chutnee,  and  called  Brambang  by  the  Malays, 
Punica  granatum,  L.,  or  the  Pomegranate  (Dalima,the  red-flowered 
D.  berrem  with  double  flowers,  D.  susu  with  white  flowers)  will 
conclude  this  enumeration  of  Myrtle  fruits. 

Terminalia  catajjpa,  L.,  a  large  tree  called  by  the  Malays 
Katapang,  is  found  on  the  sea-coast  in  all  Malaysia.  It  is  named 
by  Europeans  the  Indian  Almond,  but  the  utterly  insigaificant 
kernel  certainly  renders  it  unworthy  of  the  name  of  a  fruit ; 
nevertheless  it  is  extensively  cultivated  for  the  shade  given  by  its 
large  leaves,  and  its  ornamental  character.  Grewia  ojypositi/olia 
yields  an  edible  berry  hardly  worthy  of  mention,  and  several 
other  species  of  different  orders  having  small  fruits  consumed  by 
the  natives  are  omitted. 

Zizyphus  jujuha,  Lamarck,  is  cultivated  everywhere.  The 
fruit  is  sometimes  like  an  unripe  cherry,  sometimes  like  an  olive. 
Burmah  and  British  India  seem  to  be  its  original  abode.  The 
Malays  call  it  Bidara,  but  in  Java  the  name  is  Doroh.  Latterly 
another,  quite  a  different  tree,  is  sometimes  called  the  Jujube. 
This  is  Muntingia  calabtcra,  L.,  a  tiliaceous  tree  from  tropical 
America  recently  introduced  into  Malaysia,  and  already  abundant 
about  Manila. 

Morus  indica,  L.,  (Malay,  Babesarem),  the  Indian  Mur?erry,  is 
cultivated  in  Java,  Celebes^  and  Amboyna  for  the  sake  of  its  fruit ; 
and  for  silkworms  in  Java,  in  the  Lampongs  and  Bencoolen. 

Four  species  of  the  Cactus  order,  viz.,  Opuntia  cochinillifera, 
Mill.  ;  0.  polyantha,  Haw.  ;  0.  tomentosa,  S.  Dyck  ;  and  0. 
dillenii,  Haw.,  have  been  introduced  into  Java  for  the  sake  of 
cochineal  culture,  and  bid  fair  to  become  naturalised.  Strange 
to  say  the  Malays  of  Java  call  this  fruit  Juli  badak  or  the 
Rhinoceros'  Ear.     The  fruits  are  eaten. 

Water-Melons  and  Rock-Melons  in  many  varieties  are  of 
course  found  in  cultivation  throughout  Malaysia.     The   Malays 


88  ON  THE  VEGETATION  OP  MALAYSIA, 

call  them  Batteka,  Mandiki,  and  Seraangka.  The  Musk  Melon 
is  distinguished  as  Semangka  belanda.  Though  long  thought  to 
be  indigenous  to  southern  Asia,  the  fruit  is  now  generally- 
admitted  to  be  of  African  origin.  Cucumis  trigonus,  Roxb.,  is  a 
coQimon  wild  species  in  Asia,  extending  to  Australia.  The  only- 
absolute  difference  between  it  and  the  wild  Melon  is  that  the 
former  has  a  perennial  root,  while  the  Melon  is  strictly  an 
annual.  Most  probably  all  the  species  are  only  forms  of  C.  melo, 
and  therefore  the  exclusively  African  origin  of  the  plant  cannot  be 
maintained ;  for  if  the  Asiatic  species  may  have  been  an  ancient 
escape  from  cultivation,  this  cannot  be  the  case  with  the  Aus- 
tralian ones,  which  have  been  found  wild  in  the  interior  by  the 
first  explorers,  from  New  South  Wales  right  round  to  north- 
western Australia. 

Carica  papaya^  the  Papaw  tree  or  Kattosh  of  the  Malays,  is 
found  in  the  whole  of  Malaysia.  The  Gulf  of  Mexico  or  the 
West  Indies  is  supposed  to  be  .the  original  habitat ;  but  it  is 
so  widely  spread  in  Malaysia  that  it  must  have  been  in 
cultivation  shortly  after  the  advent  of  Europeans  to  these  regions. 
The  property  attributed  to  the  milky  juice  of  rendering  meat 
tender  has  been  much  exaggerated,  though  probably  having  some 
foundation  in  fact.  The  fruits  in  Malaysia  are  small ;  they  are 
cooked  unripe  as  a  vegetable  (the  seeds  being  removed),  or  eaten 
as  a  fruit  when  ripe.  The  seeds  resemble  in  flavour  Tropmolum 
majus^  commonly  called  Nasturtium,  a  name  properly  belonging  to 
the  Water-Cress, 

Of  Passiflorace^,  whose  fruit  is  eaten,  the  most  important  are 
Passijiora  filamentosa,  pallida,  lutea,  coccinea,  maliformis,  quad- 
rangularis,  laurifolia,  edulis,  incarnata,  and  serrata ;  Tacsonia 
rnoUissima,  tripartita  and  speciosa ;  and  the  Madagascar  shrub 
called  Paropsia  edulis  (Lindley).  None  of  these  can  be  said  to 
be  much,  if  at  all,  in  cultivation  in  Malaysia. 

Inocarjms  edulis  (Gajam,  Malay)  is  found  in  the  Moluccas 
producing  a  nut  which  is  cooked  and  eaten  in  Java.  It  is  found 
in  a  few  places  in  cultivation.     Fersea  gratissima,  Gaertn.,  or  the 


BY    THE    REV.  J.  E.  TENISON-WOODS.  89 

Avocado  pear,  is  a  tree  of  the  Laurel  family  with  the  highest 
reputation  for  medicinal  properties,  and  a  husk  rich  in  green  oil. 
It  is  a  native  of  the  West  Indies  and  is  only  cultivated  in  Java. 

Bread-fruits,  Jack-fruits,  Champada  and  Terap  or  Tarippe, 
known  to  botanists  as  Artocarpus  incisa,  L.,  A.  hlumei,  Tr.,  A. 
elastica,  Reinw.,  and  A.  integrifolia,  L.,  and  to  the  Malays  as 
Klowei,  Sukon  and  Bendo  in  Javanese,  are  cultivated  in  all 
Malaysia,  and  from  Sumatra  to  the  Marquesas  Islands  ;  and  this 
was  the  case  when  Europeans  first  visited  these  regions.  De 
OandoUe  regards  Bread-fruit  as  a  native  of  Java  and  the  Moluccas. 
Its  fruit  is  constituted  like  the  Pine-apple  into  a  spherical  fleshy 
mass,  and,  like  that  fruit,  the  seeds  come  to  nothing.  From 
this  he  argues,  in  the  extreme  eastern  islands  at  least,  the  great 
antiquity  of  its  cultivation  and  probably  also  its  introduction. 
But,  he  adds,  the  number  of  varieties  and  facility  of  propagation 
by  buds  and  suckers  prevent  our  knowing  its  history  accurately. 
The  large  almost  palmate-leaved  Bread-fruits  are  very  ornamental. 
The  Jack-fruit,  called  also  Nangka,  is  more  generally  cultivated, 
producing  immense  fruits  along  the  main  branches  or  stem  of  the 
tree  A  species  with  smaller  fruits  which  are  much  better 
flavoured  is  the  Champada,  distinguished  by  the  underside  of  the 
Ir'aves  being  hairy.  It  is  a  kind  much  preferred  by  the  Malays. 
Finally,  the  Tarippe  or  Terap  [Artocarpus  elastica)  is  a  round  tree 
with  leaves  larger  than  the  preceding,  and  hairy  on  both  surfaces. 
The  fruits  are  borne  near  the  end  of  the  branches,  and  not  from 
the  main  branches  or  stem,  as  in  Jack-fruit  and  Champada. 
Most  persons  prefer  the  Terap  as  being  less  tough  and  leathery 
and  more  juicy.  The  seeds  of  all  the  species  are  roasted  like 
chestnuts  and  eaten.      All  yield  a  kind  of  gutta. 

"  The  Tampoe  or  Tampui  (Pierardia  dulcis  ?)  is  another  very 
common  jungle-fruit,  of  which  but  little  appears  to  be  known. 
There  are  three  varieties — Tampoe  shelou,  Tampoe  puti,  and 
Tampoe  baraja.  The  two  first-named  difler  in  one  having  yellow 
pulp  and  the  other  white.  The  last  is  a  smaller  fruit  having 
four  internal  divisions  instead  of  six,  and  the  pulp  is  of  a  bright 


90  ON    THE   VEGETATION    OF    MALAYSIA, 

chestnut  colour.  The  part  eaten  is  the  pulp  surrounding  the 
seeds,  which  is  agreeably  sub-acid  and  very  refreshing.  The 
pavia-like  husks  and  the  seeds  are  discarded.  The  tree  is  50  or 
60  feet  high,  with  dark  green  poplar-like  leaves,  and  the  fruits 
hang  two  or  three  together  in  lax  clusters,  the  stalks  being  pro- 
duced from  the  older  branches.  This  fruit  is  eaten  in  large 
quantities  by  the  natives ;  and  the  pulp,  mixed  with  rice  and 
water  and  afterwards  fermented,  affords  them  an  intoxicating 
drink  but  little  inferior  to  the  toddy  prepared  from  the  Cocoa-nut 
Palm"  (Burbidge,  "Gardens  of  the  Sun,"  p.  317).  The  author 
refers  to  Borneo  only,  but  if  Tampoe  is  Pierardia  dulcis,  it  occurs 
in  Java  and  Sumatra. 

Emhlica  officinalis,  Gaertn.,  (Buah  malaka  and  Kemloco,  Malay), 
is  a  sour-fruited  species  of  the  EuPHORBiACEiE,  which  grows 
abundantly  round  Malacca  ;  Malaka  is  one  of  the  native  names 
both  in  Sundanese  and  in  Malay.  The  tree  is  ornamental  enough 
with  its  feathery  distichous  leaves  ;  but  the  green  fruits  seemed  to 
my  taste  too  sour  to  be  palatable.  The  genus  Garcinia  has  many 
species,  perhaps  ten  or  twelve,  in  Malaysia  which  may  be  said  to 
be  the  head-quarters  of  the  well-known  Mangosteen,  a  name 
derived  from  the  Malay  mangis,  which  with  little  modification  is 
found  in  all  Malayan  dialects.  The  fruit  is  found  throughout 
the  equatorial  region  as  far  as  14°  N.  and  S.  latitude;  but  Min- 
danao is  the  only  island  of  the  Philippines  in  which  it  succeeds. 
For  those  who  do  not  know  the  fruit  it  may  be  described  as  one 
of  the  most  luscious,  while  the  tree  is  particularly  ornamental. 
In  July,  August,  and  September  it  is  abundant  in  the  markets 
and  cheap.  Another  fruit  belonging  to  the  same  family  is 
Stalagmites  dulcis,  Camb.,  the  Mundu  of  Java  and  Gledok  or 
Gertok-pantok  of  Sundanese  Malay,  an  evergreen  tree  40  to  60 
feet  high,  frequent  in  the  forests  up  to  3000  feet.  It  yields  a 
superior  quality  of  gamboge,  fruiting  in  February,  and  bearing  a 
four-celled  berry  about  an  inch  in  diameter.  This  must  not  be 
confounded  with  Garcinia  dulcis,  Kz.,  an  equally  common  tree 
bearing  a  berry  the  size  of  a  lime,  smooth,  bright  yellow,  with 
from  one  to  five  large  seeds  in  a  yellow  fleshy  pulp.     In  the  same 


BY    THE    REV.  J.  E.  TENISON-WOODS.  91 

order  we  find  Calophyllum  inophyllum,  L.,  a  tropical  species  which 
is  widely  spread  in  Asia,  with  a  globular  fruit  the  size  of  a  plum. 
It  is  equally  common  in  tropical  Austra]ia.  It  grows  close  to 
the  sea-margin,  and  being  a  tree  of  splendid  foliage  and  handsome 
white  flowers,  is  a  conspicuous  ornament.  The  fruit  however  is 
not  of  much  value.  The  Malay  name  is  Betau.  Amongst  the 
GuTTiFER^  there  are  other  fruit-trees  of  interest  of  which  want 
of  space  compels  the  omission.  One  of  the  MELiACEiE  calls  for  a 
little  remark,  and  that  is  Sandoricum  indicum,  Cav.,  the  Sattul  of 
the  Malays,  found  throughout  the  region.  It  is  valued  for  a  yellow 
apple-like  berry  containing  five  nuts ;  but  it  is  not  very  palatable, 
being  somewhat  like  a  sour  Mangosteen.  Another  much  more 
important  member  of  the  order  is  Lansium  domestiGum,  or  Langsat, 
Lanse,  or  Ayer-ayer,  a  fruit  growing  in  clusters,  of  yellowish 
colour,  containing  a  tenacious  juicy  aril.  It  has  a  pleasant, 
sweetish  flavour,  much  esteemed  by  the  Malays. 

The  order  SAPiNDACEiE  gives  a  good  many  useful  and  esculent 
members.  First  of  all  is  the  Rambutan  which  is  the  Malay 
name  for  a  fruit  cultivated  abundantly  throughout  Malaysia  on 
a  tree  of  medium  size.  It  is  peculiar  to  the  region,  like  the 
Durian  and  Mangosteen.  Like  the  Langsat  the  edible  portion  is 
the  aril.  This  is  semi-transparent  and  of  agreeable  flavour  ;  but 
small  in  quantity,  and  rather  too  tenacious  to  be  pleasant  eating. 
The  husk  is  scarlet  in  colour,  covered  with  a  kind  of  shaggy  coat, 
and  has  a  decidedly  attractive  appearance  as  seen  in  some  of  the 
crowded  orchards  around  Penang.  The  name  is  derived  from  the 
Malay  word  for  hair.  The  botanical  name  is  Nephelium  lappaceum^ 
L.  The  wood  has  not  much  solidity,  and  therefore  is  little  used. 
What  the  Malays  call  Rambutan-utan  is  Xerospermum  noron- 
hianum,  BL,  a  shrubby  tree  about  20  feet  high,  with  a  compact 
durable  wood  much  used  in  carpentering.  Lansium  domesticum, 
Bl.,  is  thought  to  be  the  finest  fruit  in  the  Peninsula,  or  at  any 
rate  ranking  next  to  the  Mangosteen.  The  fruit  lies  in  clusters 
on  the  trunk  and  branches,  being  of  a  moderate  size,  and  having 
the  edible  part  inside  of  a  tough  bufF-coloured  husk  or  rind.  The 
Rambi  is  another  variety  of  the  same  tree.     When  the  Langsat, 


92  ON   THE    VEGETATION    OF    MALAYSIA, 

Rambi,  or  Duku  is  cultivated  in  richly  manured  ground,  the 
fruits  have  comparatively  thin  and  small  seeds  or  nuts,  while  the 
edible  part  is  much  augmented.  The  Li-chi  [Nephelium  litchi) 
does  not  grow  in  Malaysia,  though  it  finds  its  way  in  quantities 
from  south  China  to  Singapore,  and  is  seen  abundantly  in  the 
markets  in  July  and  August.  This  fruit  appears  to  me  to  be 
the  most  palatable  of  any  in  the  East,  deserving  the  saying  of 
Warren  Hastings  that  it  was  almost  the  only  fruit  which  deserved 
to  be  regretted  even  amidst  the  plenty  of  Covent  Garden. 

Anacardium  occidentale,  L.,  the  Jambu-monjet  of  Malays  and 
the  Cashew-nut  of  English,  is  a  native  of  South  America,  which 
is  quite  naturalised  in  Malaysia,  so  that  one  sees  the  fruit  in  all 
the  markets  about  the  month  of  April.  This  has  a  very  peculiar 
appearance,  being  like  a  yellow  or  reddish  tig,  bearing  at  its  base 
a  kidney-shaped  seed.  The  sweet  kernel  inside  is  protected  by  a 
husk  saturated  with  an  indescribably  acrid  oil,  which  corrodes 
iron  rapidly  and  marks  linen  with  ine^aceable  stains.  The 
Pomme  d' Acajou,  as  the  French  call  it,  though  attractive  in 
appearance  and  sweet  to  the  taste,  leaves  a  painful  irritation  on 
the  throat,  so  that  they  are  seldom  eaten  raw.  The  green  fruits 
are  very  astringent,  and  serve  to  tan  leather  as  well  as  to  fix 
dyes  in  fabrics.  The  ripe  fruit  used  as  a  preserve  is  excellent  and 
wholesome.  The  nut  is  parched  on  a  pan,  and  so  is  used  as  a 
substitute  for  chocolate  or  as  a  means  for  its  adulteration.  The 
Malays  call  the  nut  Casoe. 

Semecarpus  anacardium,  L.,  (Rengas  meira,  Malay),  or  the 
Marking-nut,  has  become  naturalised  in  Malaysia,  and  bears 
racemes  of  what  look  like  small  Pommes  d' Acajou  the  ripe  fruit  of 
which  is  eaten.  The  mature  corolla  and  receptacle  are  fleshy  and 
of  a  sweetish  sour  taste,  but  producing,  unless  cooked,  much  sub- 
sequent irritation  of  the  throat.  The  kernel  of  the  nut  can  be 
eaten,  but  scarcely  with  safety  uncooked,  for  the  juice  contains  an 
acrid,  viscid  oil,  used  as  an  escharotic,  which  leaves  a  mark  for  life 
on  the  skin,  and  often  intractable  and  painful  sores.  It  is  used  as 
a  medicine  for  elephants,  but  in    excessive  doses   renders  them 


BY    THE    EEV.  J.  E.  TENISON-WOODS.  93 

furious.  The  pollen  of  the  flowers  is  very  narcotic  and  irritating, 
affecting  some  people  to  a  dangerous  extent,  since  by  only  going 
near  the  flowers  they  become  stupefied  and  their  lioibs  swollen.  It 
is  considered  dangerous  to  cut  down  the  tree  or  even  to  work  upon 
the  wood  ;  in  fact  everything  about  this  tree  is  so  poisonous  that 
it  seems  to  realise  the  exaggerated  fables  about  the  Upas-tree. 
Semecarpus  cassuvmm,  Spreng.,  (Daun  sako,  Malay),  the  Malacca  or 
Marsh-nut  of  the  French,  now  naturalised  in  the  Moluccas,  Banda 
and  Ceram,  from  the  Antilles,  has  similar  properties,  and  is  said 
to  be  a  brain  stimulant,  giving  memory  and  wit  to  fools  like  the 
elixir  of  the  Arab  doctor  Mesne. 

After  all  that  has  been  written  about  the  well-known  Manofo 
{Mangifera  indica,  L.,  and  Manga,  Malay)  a  mere  reference  will 
suffice  in  this  essay.  The  species  are  about  14,  including  J/,  indica 
and  its  many  cultivated  varieties,  M.  fmtida.  Lour.,  the  Horse 
Mango  of  the  Malays,  of  which  natives  of  Malaysia  and  India  are 
very  fond  notwithstanding  its  offensive  odour  and  seriously  dele- 
terious qualities.  The  genus  is  entirely  Malayan  ;  the  best  are 
cultivated  in  the  Philippines  and  in  Java,  while  they  seem  unable 
to  grow  good  fruit  in  the  Malay  Peninsula.  There  is  a  consider- 
able export  of  Mangoes  from  Manila,  which  proves  the  esteem  in 
which  they  are  held  in  the  neighbouring  countries,  but  I  have 
never  seen  fruit  superior  to  that  which  I  obtained  in  Java. 

Bouea  gandaria,  Bl.,  the  Gandaria  of  the  Malays  is  a  kind  of 
Mango ;  the  fruits  are  esteemed  by  the  natives,  and  the  young 
leaves  are  eaten  with  rice  in  Java  and  Borneo.  Dracontomelo'nP 
mangiferum^  Bl.,  or  Buah  rau,  known  to  most  botanists  as  Poupar) 
tia^  bears  a  kind  of  edible  Mango  eaten  in  the  Moluccas.  This  is 
the  Dragon-tree  (Drakenboom)  of  Valentyn,  who  says  that  the 
fruit  when  newly  gathered  is  highly  refreshing.  Evia  aeida,  Bl., 
is  the  Kedondong  of  the  Javanese  and  the  Pomme  de  Cythere  of 
the  French,  which  is  cultivated  and  almost  naturalised  in  Malaysia 
though  probably  introduced  from  the  Society,  Friendly,  or  Fiji 
Islands.  It  is  like  a  large  plum  and  contains  a  stone,  but 
coloured  like   an   apple,  and   covered  with   long  hooked  bristles. 


•94  ON    THE    VEGETATION    OF    MALAYSIA, 

The  flavour  resembles  that  of  the  Pine-apple.  This  is  the  Hog- 
plum  or  Tahiti  Apple,  better  known  to  botanists  under  the  name 
of  Spondias  dulcis. 

Mata  kuching  or  Cat's-eye,  the  well-known  Jungle-nut,  growing 
in  close  racemes,  consisting  of  a  triangular  drupe  containing  a  single 
bony  one-seeded  nut  with  an  opalescent  kernel  from  which  the  name 
Cat's-eye  is  derived.  This  is  Canarium  commune,  L.,  belonging  to 
the  BuRSERACE^,  an  order  much  resembling  the  Orange  tribe,  but 
whose  fruit  has  a  shell  which  splits  into  valve-like  segments.  The 
three-cornered  nuts  are  eaten  safely  when  cooked,  and  an  oil 
obtained  from  them  which  is  eaten  when  fresh,  and  burned  when 
stale.  Myrrh  and  frankincense  are  also  derived  from  the  gum. 
There  are  several  species  of  Canarium,  a  name  which  seems  to  be 
derived  from  the  Malay  word  Kanari,  the  Java  almond.  The 
resin  is  called  Gum-elemi  in  India.  Another  species  is  called 
Kanari  rainjak  by  the  Malays,  and  another  in  the  Moluccas  Kanari- 
itam  and  Damar-itam,  and  Damar  gala-gala;  while,  according  to 
Bisschop  Grevelink,  Canarium  dichotomum,  Miquel,  is  the  species 
to  which  the  name  of  Damar  mata  kuching  is  applied.  In  the 
same  order  is  Protium  javanicum,  Burm.,  the  Tingulong  of  the 
Malays,  a  stout  tree  of  medium  height  which  grows  in  Java  and 
the  Moluccas.  The  fruit,  though  edible,  is  but  little  esteemed,  yet 
it  yields  an  aromatic  essential  oil  with  many  uses. 

The  large  order  of  E-ubiace^e  scarcely  furnishes  any  fruits  of 
importance,  and  of  these  none  are  known  in  Malaysia  either 
indigenous  or  cultivated.  Sarcocephalus  is  a  genus  well  represented 
in  the  province,  but  the  fruit-bearing  Native  Peach  of  Africa, 
S.  esculentus,  has  not  come  into  use.  Two  species  of  Morinda, 
which  are  very  abundant  on  the  coast  (if.  citrifolia,  and  persicce- 
foUa),  one  of  which  is  widespread  in  Australia  and  serves  as  a  fruit 
for  the  natives,  are  common. 

Amongst  the  Sapotace^  Achras  sapota,  L.,  or  the  Sapodilla 
Plum,  (in  Malay  Chicos,  Javanese  Sawo)  is  extensively  cultivated 
in  and  around  Malacca,  though  it  is  a  plant  of  West  Indian  or 
Central  American  origin.     It  is  a  tall  straight  tree  without  knots 


BY    THE    REV.  J.  E.  TENISON-WOODS.  95 

or  branches  for  20  feet  or  so  ;  and  the  head  then  spreads  into 
small  branches ;  the  bark  dark  grey,  full  of  cracks  ;  fruit  oblong, 
covered  with  a  thick  brownish-grey  rind,  the  flesh  is  yellow  as  a 
carrot,  with  two  stones  like  almonds,  very  fragrant.  The  taste  is 
relished  exceedingly  by  the  Malays  ;  but  is  like  brown  sugar. 
When  fresh  gathered  it  is  extremely  acrid,  and  a  white  clammy 
juice  exudes  from  the  broken  skin.  This  is  a  true  Gutta  and  very 
adhesive.  The  fruit  is  then  hard,  but  by  being  kept  it  becomes 
soft  and  sweet  like  a  medlar,  losing  its  astringency,  a  process 
hastened  by  burying  in  sand.  The  seeds  are  in  the  centre.  The 
Ohicos  are  highly  esteemed  throughout  Malaysia.  It  is  best 
known  in  the  Philippines  where  probably  it  was  first  introduced. 
The  species  called  the  Naseberry  has  truit  in  shape  and  size  like  a 
Bergamot  Pear.  This  is  Achras  zapotilla,  Achras  being  the  name 
of  the  wild  Pear,  and  the  specific  name  is  from  the  Mexican 
Zapotl.  It  is  a  wonder  that  Europeans  have  not  introduced  A. 
mammosa,  the  Mammy  Apple  or  American  Marmalade,  which  is 
so  highly  esteemed  in  the  West  Indies.  It  bears  a  large,  oval, 
brownish  fruit,  with  a  thick  russet-coloured  pulp  called  Natural 
Marmalade,  and  very  luscious  to  the  taste.  In  Malacca  it  is  said 
that  a  Sapotilla  tree  is  one  of  the  most  profitable  grown,  as  one 
will  produce  fruit  of  the  value  of  £50  in  a  season.  The  order  of 
Sapotace^  has  some  indigenous  representatives  in  Malaysia,  in- 
cluding species  of  Isonandra  and  Bassia,  both  of  which  are  Guttas, 
producing  valuable  varieties  of  gutta  percha.  Isonandra  gutta, 
Hook.,  Balam  tambaga  of  the  Malays,  besides  other  species  of  that 
genus  and  of  Bassia,  are  met  with  in  the  Peninsula,  Sumatra, 
Borneo,  &c. ;  but  the  trees  are  being  destroyed  by  the  natives  who 
collect  the  juice  in  a  most  wasteful  manner. 

Diospyros  hahi,  the  Persimmon  or  Date-plum,  the  Caju  Sawu 
of  Java,  is  a  tree  which  grows  abundantly  on  the  southern  coasts 
of  the  island  of  Bali,  and  in  the  western  and  low  lands  of  Java. 
The  Sawu  loves  a  humid  soil  near  the  beach,  and  seems  to  grow 
especially  well  in  the  islands  of  the  Bay  of  Batavia,  where  the 
trunk  acquires  considerable  thickness ;  but  Bali  and  Java  seem  to 
be  the  only  parts  of  Malaysia  where  it  thrives. 


96  ON    THE    VEGETATION    OF    MALAYSIA, 

Finally,  though  somewhat  out  of  place,  Averrhoa  caramhola  and 
A.  hilimhi,  the  Carambola  trees  of  the  Encrlish  and  the  Blimbinoj 
and  Bainan  of  the  Malays,  bear  an  odd-looking  winged  green  fruit, 
containing  an  acid  pulp  which  is  somewhat  insipid  ;  but  the  trees 
themselves  are  very  ornamental. 

In  this  list  some  omissions  have  been  necessary  to  bring  it 
within  reasonable  limits  ;  but  none  of  the  more  important  fruits 
have  been  passed  over.  The  different  varieties  of  Plantains  and 
Bananas  would  require  a  separate  treatise,  while  the  Cocoa-nuts 
are  identified  more  with  the  vegetable  products.  Nanas,  as  the 
Malays  call  the  Pine-apples  (Ananassa  sativa,  Lindl.),  is  of  course 
widely  diffused  amongst  them.  Their  name  is  identical  with  the 
Brazilian  oije,  obtained  through  the  Portuguese,  who  introduced  it 
into  India  in  1594.  Altogether  it  is  not  a  favourite  fruit  in 
Malaysia,  since  it  is  certainly  not  seen  in  its  perfection  in  those 
regions.  A  peculiar  variety  introduced  by  Sir  Hugh  Low  is 
commonly  seen  as  an  ornament  upon  the  table.  It  is  called  the 
Hen  and  Chickens  on  account  of  the  odd  mode  of  growth  which 
it  manifests.  There  is  a  tall  conical  central  pine,  and,  at  its 
base,  four  or  five  small  pines  spring  forth,  but  the  fruit  is  for 
ornament  only. 

Horticulture. — The  English  and  Dutch  colonists  have  always 
been  remarkable  for  the  cultivation  of  flowering  plants.  This 
peculiarity  has  resulted  in  the  ornamental  or  neat  and  beautiful 
appearance  which  roads  and  streets,  gardens  and  enclosures 
invariably  bear  in  the  colonies  of  the  above  nations.  The 
taste  thus  manifested  is  of  ancient  date ;  but  it  has  grown,  and 
probably  has  never  previously  attained  such  activity  in  the 
cultivation  of  native  flowers,  and  the  introduction  of  new  ones  as 
at  present.  Yet  in  the  Straits  Settlements  and  Dutch  colonies 
acclimatisation  has  not  progressed  as  it  should  have  done. 
Persons  who  possess  every  advantage,  and  might  have  gardens 
of  pre-eminent  variety  and  beauty,  confine  their  attention  to  a 
few  common  and  easily  grown  species,  so  that  one  sees  the  same 
things   over   and   over   again.     Masses  of   Hibiscus   rosa-sinensis, 


BY    THE    REV.  J.  E.  TENISON-WOODS.  97 

Poinciana  regia  and  'pulcherrima,  Duranta  plumieri,  BougainviUcea 
glabra^  Plumieria  acutifoUa,  and  the  same  Clerodendrons  meet  one 
with  tiresome  monotony  on  every  side,  and  nothing  else.  Splendid 
exotics  are  within  the  reach  of  every  one  without  much  trouble 
or  expense,  since  the  work  has  already  been  begun  by  a  few.  I 
made  many  lists  of  the  flowers  in  cultivation  in  the  gardens  of 
the  Straits  Settlements  especially,  and  I  was  equally  astonished 
and  disappointed  to  find  how  meagre  the  catalogues  were,  and  at 
the  endless  repetition  of  the  same  plants.  Combining  these 
together,  the  following  list  will  give  an  idea  of  the  floral  adorn- 
ments of  the  gardens  of  Malaysia.  I  shall  take  the  opportunity 
of  making  a  few  comments  on  some  of  the  species  as  they  occur. 
Species  marked  "^  are  naturalised.  Where  the  species  of  an  order 
are  few,  several  orders  are  grouped  together. 

Nymphcea  lotus,  JV.  pubescens,  N.  stellata,  and  Nelumhium  speci- 
osum  are  found  in  all  gardens  where  there  are  ornamental  waters. 

Magnolia  fuscata,  M.  pumila,  and  Michelia  champaca  are  in  most 
gardens  cultivated  for  their  fragrance.  Bixa  orellana,  Pittosporum 
undulatum,  Portulaca  grandijlora,  Garcinia  (many  species),  Ade- 
nandra  dumosa,  Camellia  japonica,  Ahutilon  venosum,  Hibiscus 
rosa-sinensis,  Stigmaphgllon  ciliatum,  Canarium  commune,  Melia 
composita. 

LEGUMiNOSiE. —  Clitoria  ternatea,  Cassia  fistula,  Poinciana  pul- 
cherrima  and  P.  regia,  Ceratonia  siliqua,  Bauhinia  (many  species), 
Amherstia  nobilis.  [This  last  forms  one  of  the  most  attractive 
things  in  flowering  trees  that  is  possessed  by  the  East.  Don  is 
almost  justified  in  saying  that  when  in  foliage  and  blossom  it  is 
the  most  superb  object  imaginable,  not  surpassed  by  any  plant  in 
the  world.  It  is  probably  a  native  of  Burmah,  and  was  found 
originally  in  the  garden  of  a  Buddhist  monastery.  Yet  its 
native  place  is  still  uncertain.  It  is  an  unarmed  tree  some  40 
feet  high,  with  large  abruptly  pinnate  narrow  leaves  with  six  to 
eight  pairs  of  leaflets,  and  long  pendulous  drooping  terminal 
racemes  of  showy  flowers.  These  are  very  handsome,  of  fine 
7 


98  ON  THE  VEGETATION  OF  MALAYSIA, 

vermilion  colour  diversified  with  yellow  spots,  and  a  soft  velvety- 
appearance.  The  bracts  are  also  highly  coloured  and  persistent. 
The  latter  are  a  pair,  one  and  a  half  inches  long,  broadly 
lanceolate  and  crimson,  the  whole  forming  long  drooping  racemes 
at  the  ends  of  the  branches].     Also  Luccena  glauca,  Inga  dulcis. 

Hyd/rangea  japonica,  Bryophyllum  calycinum,  Rhodoleia  championiy 
Comhretum  grandiflorum,  Rhodamnia  trinervis,  Rhodomyrtus  tomen- 
tosa,  Lawsonia  inermis^  Lagerstrosmia  florihunda,  L.  indica,  L.  regince, 
Punica  granatum  (Pomegranate,  white  and  red  varieties),  Turnera 
trioniiflora,  Passiflora  (many  species),  Trichosanthes  laciniosay 
Begonia  (many  species),  Opuntia  (many  species)  and  other 
Cactacese. 

Panax  fruticosum,  Aumiba  japonica^  Lonicera  chinensis  (the  Chi- 
nese Honeysuckle),  Rondeletia  odorata,  Gardenia  (many  species), 
Ixora  alba,  I.  coccinea,  I  rosea,  and  others. 

Composite. — Helianthus  tuherosus,  H.  annuus,  Chrysanthemum 
sinense,  Evpatorium  glandulosum,  Gaillardia  bicolor,  Coreopsis  coro- 
nata,  Dahlia  excelsa  (Tree  Dahlia)  and  other  species,  "^  Zinnia 
multiflora,  Z.  elegans  and  other  species,  Cichorium  intyhus,  Rud- 
beckia  laciniata,  R.  hirta,  R.  columnaris,  Silphium  terebinthaceu  m, 
Gras2:)edia  glauca,  Centaur ea  depressa,  Ageratum  mexicanum,  Far- 
fugium  grande^  Tagetes  patula,  T.  erecta,  Melichrysuni  (many  spe- 
cies). Cineraria  sinensis  and  other  species. 

Rhododendrm  javanicum,  Plumbago  capensis,  P.  rosea,  Ardisia 
(many  species),  Jasminum  (many  species). 

Apocynace^. — Allamanda  aubletii,  A.  eathartica,  A.  nobilis, 
A.  schottii,  A.  neriifolia,  A.  violacea,  Ochrosia  elliptica,  Wrightia 
eoccinea,  Echites  sp.,  Mandevilla  suaveolens,  WiUiighbeia  edulis, 
Cerbera  odollam,  Kopsia  fruticosa,  Vinca  rosea,  Plumieria  acu- 
tifolia  (commonly  called  the  Frangipanni,  which  it  is  not ;  planted 
in  all  cemeteries),  Tabernmmontana  coronaria,  Nerium  oleander^ 
Beaumontia  wultiflora. 


BY    THE    REV.  J.  E.  TENISON-WOODS.  99 

Calotropis  gigantea^  Stephanotis  fiorihunda,  Pergularia  odora- 
tissimaj  Hoya  carnosa  (and  other  species),  Heliotropium  peruvianum, 
Ipomcea  (many  species  both  from  the  jungle  and  exotic),  Jacque- 
montia  violacea^  and  Parana  volubilis  or  the  Bridal  Wreath,  a 
climbing  shrub  bearing  dense  racemes  of  small  white  delicate  or 
waxy-looking  flowers.  This  is  a  very  beautiful  species,  a  native 
of  Burmah,  but  much  cultivated  in  Malaysia.  The  closely  packed 
racemes  of  white  flowers,  though  small  are  exceedingly  attractive. 

Solanum  jasminoides  and  many  other  species,  Solandra  grandi- 
flora.  Datura  sp.,  Brugmansia  arhorea  and  other  species,  BrunfeUia 
eximia,  Sahrothamnus  newellii,  Juanulloa  mexicana^  Centrum  candi- 
dum^  Angelonia  Horihunda  and  others,  Pentstemon  (many  species), 
Russelia  juncea  (the  Corallitos  of  the  Spaniards  ;  this  has  become 
quite  a  part  of  the  native  flora  in  Borneo  and  the  Philippines), 
Torenia  asiatica,  T.  haillonia^  and  T.  polygonoides. 

The  dim  ate  being  exactly  suited  to  the  Gesnerace^,  which  flower 
easily  in  the  open  air  though  requiring  shade,  they  are  well 
represented,  but  not  as  extensively  found  in  every  garden  as  they 
should  be.  Gloxinia  with  its  many  varieties,  Achimenes  cherita 
and  its  varieties,  Tydcea  picta  and  varieties,  Gesnera  cinnaharinay 
G.  oxoniemisy  G.  refulgens^  G.  zebrina,  Cyrtandra  glahra^  Cyrtodeira 
fulgida,  ^schynanthus  (all  of  the  species  which  the  jungle  pro- 
duces). 

BiGNONiACEiE. — Bignenia  venusta,  B .  grandiflora,  B,  radicans  and 
other  species,  Tecoma  australis,  T.  capensis,  T.  jasminoides^  T. 
tweediana ;  the  latter  I  saw  only  in  gardens  in  Menado,  Celebes. 

AcANTHACEJE. — Thuuhergia  alata,  T.  grandiflora^  T.  harrisii,  T. 
laurifolia,  Meyenia  erecta,  M.  vogeliana,  Sanchezia  nobilis,  "^  Barleria 
cosrulea  and  other  species,  Crossandra  infundiluliformis,  Asystasia 
coromandeliana,  Eranthemum  (many  species),  Aphelandra  cristata, 
A.  fascinator^  Jiisticia  coccinea,  Rhinacanthus  communis^  Cyrtanthera 
pohlianay  Fittonia  argyroneura^  GraptopJiyllum  hortense. 

VERBENiACEiE. — Lantantt  (many  species),  ^  ^tacJiyta/rpheta  indica, 
S.  j'amaicensis,  S.  mutahilis^  Duranta  plumieri  (both  the  blue  and 
white  varieties),  Petrcea  volubilis,  Clerodendron  (many  species). 


100  ON  THE  VEGETATION  OF  MALAYSIA, 

LABiATiE. — Coleiis  (many  species),  Salvia  coccinea,  S.  la/rhata 
and  other  species. 

NYCTAGiNEiE. — MiraUUs  jalapa,  Bougainvillcea  glabra. 

Euphorbia CE^. — Acalypha  marginata^  A.  indica  and  other 
species,  Croton  (many  species),  Manihot  utilissima,  Jatropha  curcas, 
J.  multifida,  EupJiorhia  splendens^  E.  {Poinsettia)  pulcherrima. 

Amongst  the  Conifers  the  usual  Pines,  Cypresses,  and  other 
genera  commonly  in  cultivation  are  met  with,  the  favourites  being 
Cupressus  Ugnum-vitce,  and  Gryptomeriajaponica. 


ENDOGENS. 

Canna  indica  and  other  species,  Maranta  (many  species,  in  the 
Straits  as  elsewhere  great  favourites  amongst  the  plants  cultivated 
for  their  foliage),  Alpinia  nutans^  Costus  speciosus,  Seliconia 
hieolor,  S.  sanginnea  (with  large  magnificently  coloured  flowers 
closely  allied  to  Banana),  Urania  speeiosa  or  the  Traveller's  Tree,  as 
well  as  Strelitzia  ar.gustata,  which  it  somewhat  resembles  in  habit, 
■  are  much  in  cultivation  round  Singapore. 

Having  dealt  with  the  Orchids  we  may  pass  by  the  Bromeliads, 
of  which  a  good  many  are  in  cultivation.  Amongst  the  AROiDEiE 
many  species  of  Alocasia  and  Galadium  are  cultivated  for  their 
foliage,  Richa/rdia  cetMopica. 

LiLiACE^. —  Yucca  aloifolia,  Y.  hrevifolia,  Y.  glcmcescens^  Liliuyn 
longiilorum,  L.  washingtonianum,  Agapanthus  umhellatus.  Bland 
fordia  cunningliamii,  B.  Jiammea,  B.  nohilis,  Aloe  carinata, 
Dianella  ccerulea^  D.  ensifolia,  Cordyline  albicans^  C.  ensifolia, 
Draccena  (many  species),  Tradescantia  discolor. 

Amaryllide^.  —  Clivia  nohilis,  Imantophylhi'ni  'miniatiim, 
Doryanthes  excelsa,  D.  pal7)ierii,  Agave  a^nericana,  Fourcroya 
gigantea,  Amaryllis  belladonna,  A.  hippeastruin,  A.  ignescens, 
Zephyranthes     rosea,     Vallota    inirpurea,    Eucharis    amazonica, 


BY    THE    REV.  J.  E.  TENISON-WOODS.  101 

Alstrcemeria  aic7'ea,  A.  braziliensis,  Criniim  amabile,  C.  asiaticum, 
C.  omatum,  C.  'pediiiwiilatum^  Eurycles  aiostralis,  E.  cunninghamii , 
Pancratium  hiflorum,  P.  malabaricmn,  P.  speciosum. 

Ferns  and  Lycopods  are  as  extensively  cultivated  in  the  Straits 
Settlements  as  Orchids,  and  the  number  and  variety  of  indigenous 
kinds  is  as  great  as  in  any  part  of  the  world,  so  that  this  branch  of 
horticulture  is  very  popular  and  successful. 


Seed-plants. — Plants  cultivated  for  their  seeds  would  make  a 
very  extensive  list  if  we  include  the  cereals,  such  as  Triticum^ 
Panicum,  Setaria,  Sorghuin,  Zea  mays,  Oryza,  and  the  legumes 
such  as  the  Peas  (Pisum  arvense,  sativum,  &c.),  the  Beans 
(Pliaseolus),  Pigeon-pea  (Cajanus  indicusj,  the  Soy  (Dolichos  soja). 
Buckwheat  (Polygonum  fagopyrum),  &c.  In  this  essay  no  more 
can  be  done  than  to  enumerate  a  few  of  the  most  common. 

Goffea  arahica  cultivated  extensively  in  Java,  but  more  sparingly 
in  all  the  other  islands.  Strange  to  say,  Blanco  thought  it  indig- 
enous in  the  Philippines.     It  is  a  native  of  Abyssinia. 

Theohroma  cacao  or  Cocoa  is  extensively  cultivated  all  over 
Malaysia, 

Gossypiumj  herhaceum,  L.,  Algodonero,  a  Spanish  word  which 
is  in  use  by  all  the  Philippine  Indians ;  in  nearly  all  the  Malay 
dialects  Kapas  and  Kabu-kabu  ;  in  Bengali  Kapase ;  in  Hindo- 
stanee  Kapas,  all  derived  from  the  Sanskrit  word  Karpassi; 
Arabic  Kutn  whence  Coton  and  probably  Algodon;  Chinese 
(Punti)  Min;  Mandarine  Mien;  Japanese  Wata  and  Momen. 
Probably  its  original  habitat  was  Malaysia.  Two  exhaustive 
works  have  appeared  on  the  subject  lately  in  Italy,  one  by 
Parlatore*  and  the  other  by  Todaro.f  The  former  admits 
seven  well-known  species  and  two  doubtful,  while  Todaro  counts 

*  Monogr.  delle  specie  d.  Cotoni,  4to.     Florence,  1866. 
t  Relaz.  della  coltura  dei  Cotini  in  Italia  con  monographia  del  genere 
Gossypium.     8vo.     Roma,  1877. 


102  ON   THE   VEGETATION   OF   MALAYSIA, 

fifty-four,  only  two  of  which  are  doubtful,  reckoning  as  species 
forms  which  originated  in  cultivation  and  are  permanently  pre- 
served. G.  herhaceum  is  the  species  most  cultivated  in  the  United 
States,  G.  indicum  in  China  and  Japan ;  but  these  determinations 
are  doubtful.  The  natives  of  all  the  East  from  India  to  Japan 
depend  upon  it  as  one  of  the  great  staples  of  agriculture. 

Papaver  somwferum  derived  from  F.  setigerum  which  is  wild 
on  the  shores  of  the  Mediterranean;  cultivated  from  the  most 
ancient  times. 

Mere  mention  can  only  be  made  of  the  following:  Sesamu7)i 
indicum  cultivated  for  oil,  Nutmeg  (Myristica  fragrans),  Aleu- 
rites  moluccanci  cultivated  for  the  oil  in  its  seeds,  Jatropha  curcas 
yielding  a  medicinal  oil  used  also  in  lamps. 

Cultivated  Roots. — Golocasia  antiquorum  is  cultivated  for 
the  edible  rhizome  and  the  swelled  lower  portion  of  the  stem. 
The  leaf-stalks  and  young  leaves  are  also  eaten  as  a  vegetable  when 
cooked.  It  belongs  to  the  flora  of  south  Asia,  but  its  use  has 
spread  over  the  warmer  islands  of  the  Pacific,  the  West  Indies 
and  tropical  America.  Alocasia  macrorrhiza,  Schott,  is  another  of 
the  esculent  aroids,  less  frequently  cultivated  than  the  first-named ; 
but  in  the  same  manner,  and  nearly  in  the  same  countries.  The 
rhizomes  attain  the  length  of  a  man's  arm.  They  mast  be 
cooked  until  all  bitterness  is  removed,  or  they  are  poisonous. 
(De  Candolle).  "The  Malay  names  of  the  first-named  species 
are  kelady,  tallus,  tallas,  tales  or  taloes,  fiom  which  perhaps  comes 
the  well-known  name  of  the  Otahitans  and  New  Zealanders — tallo 
or  tarro,  dalo  in  the  Fiji  Islands.  The  Japanese  have  a  totally 
distinct  name,  imo,  which  shows  an  existence  of  long  duration 
either  indigenous  or  cultivated."^  Alocasia  indica,  Schott,  with 
three  varieties  mentioned  by  De  Candolle,  is  cultivated  equally 
with  the  former. 


De  Candolle,  "Origin  of  Cultivated  Plants,"  p.  74. 


BY   THE    REV.  J.  E.  TENISON-WOODS.  103 

I'pomcea  batatas,  L.,  is  the  well-known  sweet  potato  belonging 
to  the  order  of  Convolvulace^,  largely  cultivated  amongst  the 
Malays,  likewise  in  all  countries  within  or  near  the  tropics.  The 
Malay  name  is  Ubi,  which  is  also  applied  to  the  common  potato ; 
Keledek  is  the  common  Malay  name  for  the  sweet  potato.  The 
origin  of  this  plant,  universally  cultivated  in  the  tropics,  is 
extremely  doubtful.  The  whole  question  is  given  in  De  Candolle 
op.  cit.  He  gives  the  Chinese  name  as  Chu  ;  in  Punti  I  find  it 
is  Fan-shu  ;  in  Japanese  it  is  called  Satsuma-imo,  and  common 
potatoes  Riukiu-imo. 

Lichens. — In  a  moist  climate  and  amid  such  shady  forests  as 
those  of  Malaysia  it  may  be  readily  imagined  how  rich  the  harvest 
of  lichens  ought  to  be  ;  but  very  little  has  been  done  towards 
their  determination.  I  made  no  collection  except  a  few  speci- 
mens which  have  not  been  determined.  I  give  here  therefore 
the  list  of  genera  of  those  enumerated  by  Nylander  and  Crombie 
from  Vol.  XX,,  p.  48,  of  the  "  Journal  of  the  Linnean  Society/' 
(Botany),  London.  These  were  collected  in  the  Straits  Settle- 
ments by  Dr.  Maingay  about  twenty  years  previously,  or  between 
1861  and  1865.     Amongst  them  was  a  number  of  new  species. 

Family  Collemacei :  Collema  2  species,  DichodiuTii  1,  Lep 
togiujti  2. 

Fam.  Lichenacei  :  Ramalina  1,  Usnea  2,  Parmelia  10,  Physcia 
1,  Pyxine  2,  Pannaria  1,  Lecanora  5,  Thelotrema  2,  Ascidiuin  1, 
GocGocarpia  5,  Lecidea  10,  GyrostomiMii  1,  Graphis  8,  Medusula  1, 
Opegrapha  1,  Arthonia  4,  Glyj)his  4,  Ohiodecton  1,  Verrucaria  15, 
Trypethelium  4,  Endococcus  1. 

This  collection  can  only  be  considered  as  an  instalment  of  the 
lichen  flora  of  the  region,  but  it  is  interesting  as  affording  a  good 
specimen  of  its  character.  It  will  be  observed  also  that  amongst 
them  common  and  well-known  species  of  commercial  value  such 
as  Parmelia  tiiictorum,  Despr.,  and  other  world-wide  species  were 
found.  The  largest  number  of  species  came  from  about  Malacca 
and  Singapore. 


104  ON    THE    VEGETATION    OF    MALAYSIA, 

Fungi. — It  is  impossible  to  give  any  complete  or  satisfactory- 
account  of  the  fungi  of  the  Malayan  region.  A  little  has  been 
done  here  and  there,  but  nothing  like  a  systematic  collection  of 
the  whole  region.  Dr.  Hooker  has  collected  in  the  Himalayas, 
Janghuhn  in  Java,  a  little  is  known  of  the  Philippines  and  some 
portions  of  the  Indian  Archipelago,  but  the  knowledge  is  too 
fragmentary  to  be  of  much  service.  During  my  travels  I  was 
able  to  make  a  few  observations  on  the  species  seen  in  the  jungle, 
and  I  have  a  very  few  drawings  of  some  of  the  more  perishable 
kinds.  The  result  of  all  is  that  no  more  can  be  offered  here  than 
a  few  general  and  fragmentary  observations. 

Although  heat  and  humidity  influence  all  kinds  of  vegetation, 
yet  heat,  says  Mr.  Cooke,  seems  to  exert  a  less,  and  humidity  a 
greater  influence  on  fungi  than  on  other  plants.*  Moisture  and 
caltivation  affect  their  growth  in  most  civilised  countries  ;  but  in 
the  Malayan  region  the  great  influencing  causes  are  moisture, 
shade,  and  decaying  vegetation.  In  Java  Junghuhn  found  them 
most  prolific  at  an  elevation  of  3,000  to  5,000  feet,  and  Dr. 
Hooker  remarked  that  they  were  most  abundant  at  7,000  to 
8,000  feet  above  sea-level. 

In  tropical  countries  Agarics  are  not  so  numerous  as  Poly2)orits, 
Lenzites,  <fec.  Coprimes  is  equally  common  everywhere.  The 
genus  Marasmius  is  most  abundant  in  the  tropics,  which  is  also 
the  principal  centre  of  Lentinus  and  Lenzites.  The  Polypori 
living  for  the  most  part  upon  trees  present  the  most  varied  forms, 
while  many  species  are  noticed  of  Hexagona,  Favolus,  and  Laschia. 
Travellers  will  not  fail  to  notice  the  great  abundance  of  species 
of  Hirneolce,  especially  H.  polytricha,  Fries,  on  logs  and  fallen 
timber.  It  is  largely  collected  by  the  Chinese  and  sold  in  the 
markets.  The  species  is  so  abundant  in  Malaysia,  and  is  so  valued 
in  China  that  a  trade  might  be  easily  established.  H.  aaris-judce  is 
also  common.    This  is  the  species  which  is  exported  to  China  from 


*"  Fungi,    their  Nature,    Influence,   and   Uses."      By   M.    C.    Cooke. 
London,  1875. 


BY   THE    REV.  J.  E.  TENISON-WOODS.  105 

Tahiti.  There  are  many  other  edible  species  used  by  both  Chinese 
and  Malays.  The  well  known  Polyporus  lucidus  is  as  common  as 
in  Europe,  and  one  constantly  meets  with  P.  cinnabarimos,  Fries, 
with  its  brilliant  vermilion  hymenium.  Schizophylhcm  commi(.ne 
is  found  almost  everywhere.  Probably  there  is  no  plant,  and 
certainly  no  fungus,  so  extensively  diffused  over  the  world.  The 
Phalloidei  are  pretty  numerous,  and  as  usual  conspicuous  for  their 
form  and  colour.  Two  or  three  species  of  Morchella  are  used  for 
food  and  perhaps  the  large  truffle-like  Mylitta. 

Java  has  been  the  best  explored  for  fungi  where  Junghuhn 
records  117  species  in  40  genera,  Nees  von  Esenbeck  and  Blume 
11  species  in  3  genera,  and  Zollinger  and  Moritzi  31  species  in  20 
genera,  making  a  total  of  159  species,  of  which  47  belong  to 
Polyporus.  Leveille  added  87  species,  making  a  total  of  246 
species.  The  fungi  of  Sumatra,  Borneo,  and  other  islands  are 
partly  the  same  and  partly  allied,  but  of  a  similar  tropical  charac- 
ter. Cooke  is  my  authority  for  these  figures  who  quotes  Junghuhn, 
"  Premissa  in  Floram  Crypt.  Javse,"  and  Zollinger,  "Fungi  Archi- 
pelagi  Malaijo  Neerlandici  novi." 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATES. 

Fig.     1.  Fruit  of  Dipterocarpus  sp. 
Fig.     2.  Dryobalanops  aromaiica,  Steud. 
Fig.     3.  Ditto,  long  section  of  fruit. 


Fig.  4.  Frui 

Fig.  5. 

Fig.  6. 

Fig.  7. 

Fig.  8. 

Fig.  9. 

Figs.  10- n. 

Fig.  12. 


t  of  Quercus  angustata,  Bl. 
Q.  glaherrima,  Bl. 
Q.  placentaria,  Bl. 
Q.  elegans,  Bl. 
Q.  rotundata,  Bl. 
Q.  induta,  Bl. 
Q.  costata,  Bl. 
Q.  platycarpa,  Bl. 


106 


ON   THE    VEGETATION    OF    MALAYSIA. 


Explanation  of  Fixates— continued  : 

Fig.  13.  Fruit  of  Q.  daphnoidea,  Bl. 

Fig.  14.       „        Q.  gemelliflora,  Bl. 

Figs.  15-16. ,,        Q.  turhinata,  Bl. 

Fig.  17.       „        Q.  pallida,  Bl. 

Fig.  18.       „        Q.  sp. 

Fig.  19.       ,,        Q.  pruinosa,  Bl. 

Fig.  20.       „        Q.  sundaica,  Bl. 

Fig.  21.       „        Q.  pseudomolucca,  Bl. 

Fig.  22.  Eugeissona  triste,  Griff. 

Fig.  23.  Fruit  of  Eugeissona  triste.  Griff'. 

Fig.  24.  Licuala  peltata,  Griff. 

Fig.  25.  Ataccia  cristata,  Kunth. 

Fig.  26.  Cypripedium  sanderianum,  Reichenb. 

Fig.  27.    Uropedium  lindenii,  Lindl. 

Fig.  28.  Cypripedium  caudatum,  Hartw. 

Fig.  29.  Medinilla  magnijica,  Lindl. 


NOTES  ON  THE    GEOGRAPHICAL  DISTRIBUTION  OF 
SOME    NEW  SOUTH  WALES   PLANTS, 

Compiled  from   information  supplied  by  W.  Bauerlen,  and 

FROM    SOME    diagnoses    BY    BarON   VON    MUELLER,  K.C.M.G., 

F.R.S.,  &c. 

By  J.  H.  Maiden,  F.L.S.,  &c. 

The  local  Floras,  or  the  notes  to  aid  the  compilation  of  local 
Floras,  which  have  already  appeared  in  the  Proceedings  of  this 
Society  are  of  great  value,  and  it  is  to  be  hoped  that  such  efforts 
may  be  greatly  extended.  While  much  of  New  South  Wales  is 
virgin  country,  yet  in  many  districts  the  indigenous  plants  are 
being  removed  either  because  they  are  destroyed,  or  are  supplanted 
by  introduced  species.  The  circumstances  of  this  colony  are  very 
different  to  those  of  England,  in  which  there  are  Floras  for  almost 
every  county,  and  for  much  smaller  areas,  but  notes  on  the 
geographical  distribution  of  plants  are  much  required  here  also, 
and  I  make  no  apology  for  the  few  which  follow. 

I. 

List  of  species  which  find  their  most  southern  limit  in  that 
region  of  the  Clyde  and  Braidwood  district,  where  the  sandstone 
formation  ends. 

HiBBERTIA    SALIGNA,  R.Br. 

Doryphora  sassafras,  Endl. 

COMESPERMA    SPHiEROCAEPA,  SteetZ. 

Melia  Azederach,  Linn. 
Cedrela  australis,  F.v.M. 


108       ON  THE  GEOGRAPHICAL  DISTRIBUTION  OF  SOME  N.S.W.  PLANTS, 

■^BoRONiA  piLOSA  (iiew  for  N.S.W.),  Lahill. 
*B.  RHOMBOiDEA  (new  for  N.S.W.),  Hook. 
B.  Barkeriana,  F.v.M. 

MONOTAXIS    LINIFOLIA,  F.V.M. 
PORANTHERA    ERICIFOLIA,  Rudge. 

Bertya  gummifera,  Planch. 
Elatostemma  reticulata,  Weddell. 
Peperomia  leptostachya.  Hook. 
P.  reflex  A,  A.  Dietrich. 
DoDON^A  multijuga,  G.  Don, 
OxYLOBiUM  CORDIFOLIUM,  Andrews. 

MiRBELIA    GRANDIFLORA,  Ait. 
M.  RETICULATA,  Sm. 

M.  PUNGENS,  Cunn. 

GOMPHOLOBIUM    GLABRATUM,  DC. 

Daviesia  squarrosa,  Sm. 

PULTEN^A    PYCNOCEPHALA,  F.V.M. 

BossiiEA  KiAMENsis,  Benth. 
Acacia  obtusata,  Sieh. 
RuBus  MooREi,  F.V.M. 
Callicoma  serratifolia,  Andr. 
Schizomeria  ovata,  D.  Don.  ■ 

BiECKEA    CRENULATA,  R.Br. 
KUNZEA    CAPITATA,  Rcich. 
CaLLISTEMON    LINEARIS,  DC. 

Melaleuca  thymifolia,  Sm. 

M.   LINARIFOLIA,  Sm. 

Metrosideros    glomulifera,    Sm.    {Syn.    Syncarpia 

LAURIFOLIA,  Ten.) 
Bhodamnia   trinervia,  Blume. 
Pomaderris  phylicifolia  (new  for  N.S.W. ),  Lodd. 
Astrotricha  longifolia,  Benth. 
DiDISCUS  albiflorus,  DC. 


Probably  brought  to  the  Clyde  Mountain  from  Tasmania. 


BY    J.  H.  MAIDEN.  109 

ACTINOTUS    MINOR,    DC. 

Olax  stricta,  R.Br. 
Petrophila  sessilis,  Sieh: 

CONOSPERMUM    TAXIFOLIUM,  Sm. 

Symphyonema  paludosum,  R.Br. 
Persoonia  revoluta,  Sieh. 
P.  lanceolata,  Andr. 

LaMBERTIA   FORMOSA,  Sm. 

Grevillea  Miqueliana,  F.v.M. 

G.  LINEARIS,  R.Br. 

Telopea  speciosissima,  R.Br. 

PiMELEA    COLLINA,    R.Br. 

Passiflora  Herbertiana,  Lindl. 

Cassinia  denticulata,  R.Br. 

Stylidium  (Candollea)  laricifolium,  Rich. 

DiosPYROS  Cargillia,  F.v.M. 

Polymeria  calycina,  R.Br. 

Prostanthera  saxicola,  R.Br. 

Chloanthes   parviflora,  Walj). 

Styphelia  esquamata,  Spreng. 

WOOLLSIA   pungens,   F.V.M. 

Dracophyllum  secundum,  R.Br. 

Epacris    Calvertiana,  F.v.M. 

E.  crassifolia,  R.Br. 

Dendrobium  teretifolium,  R.Br. 

Thelymitra  venosa,  R.Br. 

Calochilus  paludosus,  R.Br. 

Cryptostylis  erecta,  R.Br. 

Pterostylis  acuminata,  R.Br. 

P.  CUCULLATA,  R.Br. 

Caleya  minor,  R.Br. 
HiEMODORUM  planifolium,  R.Br, 
H.  teretifolium,  R.Br. 
Blandfordia  nobilis,  Sm. 
Xerotes  flexifolia,  R.Br. 
Colocasia  macrorrhiza,  Scliott. 


110      ON  THE  GEOGRAPHICAL  DISTRIBUTION  OF  SOME  N.S.W.  PLANTS, 

juncus  vaginatus,  r.br. 
Festuca  Hookeriana,  F.v.M. 
Agrostis  breviglumis,  F.V.M. 
Aristida  ramosa,  R.Br. 
*Lindsaya  trichomanoides,  Dry. 

IL 

The  following  species    find  their    most  northern  limit  in  the 
Braidwood  and  Clyde  district : — 

Drimys  aromatica,  F.V.M. 
Telopea  oreades,  F.V.M. 
OXYLOBIUM  ellipticum,  R.Br. 
Epacris  impressa,  Labill. 
Chiloglottis  Gunnii,  Lindl. 
LoMARiA  ALPiNA,  Siireng . 

III. 

The  following  are  the  new  species  found  by  Mr.  Bauerlen  in  the 
same  region.     (See  p.  111.) 

Eriostemon  Coxii,  F.V.M. 
Correa  Baeuerlenii,  F.V.M. 
PuLTEN^A  Baeuerlenii,  F.v.M. 
Haloragis  monosperma,  F.V.M. 
Grevillea  Eenwickeana,  F.V.M. 
Hakea  Macraeana,  F.V.M. 

Some  of  the  species  named  in  the  first  list  pass  over  to  the 
granite  formation,  but  only  to  a  very  slight  extent.  No  doubt  we 
have  to  expect  that  some  of  the  species  enumerated  in  the  list  will 
be  found  considerably  more  south  still,  but  there  is  also  no  doubt 
that  additional  noriheL-n  species  will  yet  be  found  in  this  region, 
and  that  they  will  considerably  outnumber  the  stragglers  further 
south  of  this  )  egion.  Even  as  it  is  the  list  shows  at  a  glance  the 
striking  and  remarkable  fact  that  in  that  region  from  the  sea-shore 
to  the  banks  of  the  Shoal  haven  Biver  in  the  Braidwood  district, 
a  very  large  number  of  species,  so  to  say,  suddenly  die  out. 
*  Probably  brought  to  the  Clyde  Mountains  from  Tasmania, 


BY    J.   H.   MAIDEN.  HI 

It  is  also  interesting  to  observe  that  a  few  months'  collecting 
during  two  seasons  (1885  and  1886),  has  resulted  in  the  discovery 
of  six  new  species,  every  one  of  which  seems  to  be  restricted,  as 
far  as  is  known,  to  a  very  small  locality. 

Eriostemon  Coxii  is  found  on  the  Sugar  Loaf  Mountain,  3,800  ft., 
a  belt  of  the  shrub  encircling  the  top  of  the  mountain,  but  not 
reaching  quite  up  to  the  top.  Below  the  mountain,  on  its  north- 
eastern side,  is  a  deep  and  narrow  gorge,  and  on  the  highest 
side  forming  this  gorge,  and  opposite  the  mountain,  in  the 
deep  rich  chocolate  soil  which  produces  the  jungle  (locally 
called  "  brush  "),  there  are  a  few  more  plants  of  it.  These 
attain  the  size  of  trees,  being  from  20  to  25  feet  high,  and  having 
a  diameter  of  six  to  eight  inches,  while  on  the  mountain,  between 
the  rocks,  the  species  remains  a  shrub  from  five  to  eight  feet  high. 
When  it  is  considered  that  the  shrub  flowers  and  seeds  profusely, 
it  seems  a  remarkable  fact  that  this  species  should  have  remained 
restricted  to  so  confined  a  locality.  The  few  plants  attaining  tree 
size  in  the  rich  soil  of  the  brush  are  no  doubt  the  offspring  of 
seeds  carried  from  the  mountain  by  birds,  the  distance  from  the 
top  of  the  mountain  across  the  gorge  being  scarcely  a  mile. 

Hakea  Macraeana  associates  with  the  preceding  species,  and  is 
(so  far  as  is  known),  restricted  to  the  same  locality.  Mr.  Bauerlen 
has  as  yet  found  only  one  tree  on  the  south-eastern  side  of  the 
mountain,  at  a  lower  (a  few  hunded  feet)  elevation  also  in  the 
brush,  but  where  the  rock  crops  out  again. 

Correa  Bduerlenii  is  so  far  only  known  from  the  steep  rocky 
banks  of  two  creeks  taking  their  rise  high  up  in  the  mountains 
between  Nelligen  and  the  Sugar  Loaf  Mountain. 

The  above  three  species  occur  on  the  granite  formation.  PuUencea 
Bduerlenii  occurs  in  one  of  the  valleys  or  depressions  of  a  wild 
mountain  called  Currockbilly,  in  a  part  where  there  are  running 
streamlets,  but  where,  nevertheless,  the  mountain  is  almost 
destitute  of  trees.  In  the  same  valley  Blandfordia  nohilis  finds 
its  southernmost  limit.     On  one  of  the  sides  of  the  valley  Boronia 


112       ON  THE  GEOGRAPHICAL  DISTRIBUTION  OF  SOME  N.S.W.  PLANTS. 

2nlosa  is  also  found,  which,  however,  with  B.  rhomboidea  reaches 
a  little  farther  north  to  the  Ghunyenara  Mountain,  into  the 
sandstone  formation,  where  both  grow  more  luxuriantly. 

Haloragis  inonos2^erma  and  Grevillea  Macraeana  occur  in  the 
plain  to  the  foot  of  the  western  {i.e.,  Braid  wood)  side  of  the  Clyde 
Mountains.  Both  are  found  not  a  mile  apart,  and  yet  they  are 
not  consociate.  Conglomerate,  granite  and  quartz  occur  where  the 
Grevillea  is  found  ;  granite  and  sand  where  the  Haloragis  grows. 
Both  species  appear  to  be  much  restricted. 

It  is  worthy  of  remark  that  in  the  restricted  localities  where  these 
new  species  grow,  they  are  rather  plentiful,  except  perhaps  the 
Hakea  and  Correa.  There  seems  little  doubt  that  additional  species 
remain  to  be  discovered  in  this  locality  ;  indeed  Baron  von  Mueller 
has  in  his  hands  plants  belonging  to  the  Rutacese,  Leguminosae, 
Proteacese,  &c.,  of  which  he  is  only  waiting  for  more  material  in 
order  to  determine  them. 

If  a  straight  line  be  drawn  from  Ulladulla,  running  from  east  to 
west,  that  line  would  pretty  well  form  the  southern  limit  of  Telopea 
speciosissi7na,  and  also  the  northern  limit  of  T.  oreades,  which 
latter  occurs  there  as  a  shrub  four  to  six  feet  high,  with  a  number 
of  branches  springing  up  from  the  roots,  while  on  the  southern 
boundary  of  New  South  Wales,  and  in  the  moist  and  sheltered 
valleys  of  the  Gippsland  mountains,  T.  oreades  occurs  from  30  to 
40  feet  high,  and  fully  18  inches  in  diameter.  This  species  is 
either  never  found  away  from  the  banks  of  running  streams,  or,  as 
in  Gippsland,  on  mountain  sides  almost  boggy  with  moisture, 
while  T  sj^eciosissima  loves  dry  sandy  soil. 


DESCRIPTION  OF  A  NEW  MOTH  OF  THE  GENUS 
PHYLLODES, 

By  a.  Sidney  Olliff,  F.E.S., 
Assistant  Zoologist,  Australian  Museum. 

The  genus  PhyVodes  is  chiefly  interesting  on  account  of  the 
wonderful  variation  to  which  the  markings  are  liable,  a  variation 
which  is  the  more  interesting  as  it  appears  to  correspond  to  more 
or  less  definite  geographical  limits.  In  the  form  of  the  genus 
which  occurs  in  the  Andaman  Islands,  P.  roseigera,  Butl.,  there 
is  a  red  patch  on  the  hindwing  touching  the  anal  angle  ;  in  the 
Indian  form,  P.  consohrina,  Wtw.,  this  patch  has  a  conspicuous 
white  centre  ;  in  the  P.  cerasifera,  Butl.,  from  Mindanao,  the 
white  is  greatly  increased  in  size  and  extends  nearly  to  the 
inner  edge  of  the  red  patch ;  in  other  forms  the  white  leaves 
the  red  patch ;  and  finally,  in  the  Amboynese  form,  P. 
conspicillator,  Cram,,  (see  illustration),  we  find  that  the  white 
appears  to  have  travelled  quite  across  the  wing.  Our  Australian 
form,  which  is  characterised  below,  continues  in  the  same  line  of 
variation,  the  patch  assuming  a  band-like  appearance,  and  the 
whole  extending  itself  along  the  hind-margin  of  the  wing.  This 
singular  alteration  in  the  position  of  the  markings  or  colour- 
])atches  was  first  pointed  out  by  Mr.  A.  G.  Butler,  who  has 
adopted  the  term  "  chromatropy  "  to  express  this  particular  kind 
of  variation,  at  the  suggestion  of  Dr.  F.  Leuthner."^ 

As  the  early  stages  of  Phijllodes  do  not  appear  to  be  known,  it 
it  to  be  hoped  that  observers  in  Queensland  will  give  their  atten- 
tion to  the  subject.     The  transformations  of  several  species  of  the 

*  Cf .   Lepidoptera   collected   during    the   recent  Expedition   of   H.  M.  S . 
*  Challenger.'— Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist,  xi.  (5)  p.  427  (1883). 
8 


114       DESCRIPTION  OF  A  NEW  MOTH  OP  THE  GENUS  PHYLLODES, 

the  allied  genus  Oiohidei^es  have  been  described  from  information 
obtained  in  Java  and  elsewhere  ;  and  I  may  add  that  a  detailed 
life-history  of  0.  salaminia.  Cram.,  drawn  up  from  observations 
made  at  Ash  Island,  in  the  Hunter  E-iver,  is  contained  in  the 
manuscript  of  the  late  Mr.  A.  W.  Scott,  the  j)ublication  of  which 
has  recently  been  decided  upon  by  the  trustees  of  the  Australian 
Museum,  under  the  joint  editorship  of  Mrs.  E.  Forde  and  myself. 

OPHIDERID^. 
Phyllodes  Meyricki,  sp.n. 

Antennae  reddish-brown  ;  head  between  the  eyes  and  the  palpi 
brownish-purple  ;  thorax  and  abdomen  reddish-brown,  the  latter 
faintly  tinged  with  purple.  Forewing  rich  reddish-brown,  glossed 
with  purple,  the  red  increasing  in  intensity  near  the  hind-margin, 
with  a  somewhat  obscure  patch  of  white  on  the  costa  at  rather 
less  than  two-thirds  from  the  base,  a  similar  but  even  less  distinct 
patch  of  white  at  the  apex,  and  an  indistinct  brown  line,  edsjed 
with  reddish,  extending  obliquely  from  the  apex  towards  the 
middle  of  the  wing,  and  reaching  a  point  just  before  the  stigma, 
about  half-way  between  the  costal  and  abdominal  margins  ;  the 
stigma  greyish-brown,  very  conspicuous,  enclosing  two  rich  brown 
lines.  Hindwing  blue-black,  inclining  to  brownish  near  the  base, 
with  a  large  rosy-pink  fascia  or  band-like  marking  extending 
from  the  inner  margin  to  beyond  the  middle  of  the  wing,  and 
provided  with  a  row  of  seven  or  eight  distinct  white  spots  on 
the  hind-margin.  Underside  coloured  much  as  above,  but  with 
the  ground  colour  duller,  somewhat  lighter,  and  less  rich  ;  the 
forewing  from  the  base  to  beyond  the  middle  dark  red-brown, 
tinged  with  purple,  with  three  white  spots  in  the  middle  placed 
obliquely  across  the  wing  one  behind  the  other,  the  last  or  hind- 
most being  much  smaller  than  the  first  and  second  which  are 
large  and  conspicuous.  Expanse  of  wings  160  mm.;  length  of 
body  53  mm. 

Mount  Bellenden-Ker,  near  Cairns,  and  Daintree  River, 
Queensland. 


BY    A.   SIDNEY    OLLIFF, 


115 


116       DESCRIPTION  OF  A  NEW  MOTH  OF  THE  GENUS  PRYLLODES, 

This  species  is  most  nearly  related  to  Phyllodes  conspicillator, 
Crara.,"^  described  from  the  island  of  Amboyna,  but  it  differs  so 
materially  in  markings  from  that  species  that  I  feel  justified  in 
proposing  the  name  P.  Meyricki  for  it,  as  it  is  now  very  generally 
admitted  that  the  practice  of  distinguishing  geographical  forms 
under  distinctive  names  is  a  good  one. 

Two  specimens  of  this  form  are  known  to  me  ;  one  from  Mt. 
Bellenden-Ker,  collected  by  Messrs.  Cairn  and  Grant,  has  been 
in  the  collection  of  the  Australian  Museum  for  some  time,  and 
more  recently  a  specimen  from  the  Daintree  River  was  forwarded 
by  Mr.  C.  French  to  Dr.  Ramsay,  the  Curator  of  that  institution, 
at  whose  request  I  have  drawn  up  the  above  description. 

For  the  wood-engraving  which  accompanies  this  paper  the 
Society  is  indebted  to  Mr.  J.  M.  Cantle. 


*  The  following  is,  I  believe,  a  complete  list  of  the  old-world  species  of 
the  geuvis  Phyllodes  described  up  to  this  time. 

Phyllodes  semilinea,    Walker,   Journ.    Linn.    Soc.   vii.    p.   176  (1864). 

Borneo. 
Ph.  ornata,  Moore,  Desc.  Lepid.  Atkin.  ii.  p.  166  (1882).     Darjiling. 
Ph.    ustulata,  Westw.,    Cab.   Or.    Entom.   p.    57,    pi.   28,  fig.  1  (1848). 

Darjiling. 
Ph.  Eyndhovii,  Vollenh.,  Tijd.  v.  Ent.  p.  86,  pi.  6  {18oS)',  =  Ph.fasciata, 

Moore,  P.Z.S.  1867,  p.  69.     Darjiling,   Java. 
Ph.  roseigera,  Butl.,  P.Z.S.,  1883,  p.  164  ;  Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  xi.  (5), 

p.  427,  fig.  1,  hindwing  (1883).     Andaman  Is. 
Ph.  maligna,  Butl.,  Ent.  Mo.  Mag.  xx.  p.  138  (1883).     Ceylon. 
Ph.  consohrina,  Westw.,  Cab.  Or.  Entom.  p.  57,  pi.  28,  fig.  2  (1848); 

Butl.,  Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  xi.  (5),  p.  427,  fig.  2,  hindwing  (1883). 

Silhet. 
Ph.  cerasifera,  Butl.,  I.e.,  p.  426,  fig  3,  hindwing.     Mindanao. 
Ph.  Jloralis,  Butl.,  I.e.,  p.  427,  fig  4,  hindwing:  characters  in  key  only. 

Borneo. 
Ph.  Verhuellii,  Vollenh.,  Tijd.  v.  Entom  p.  159  (1858);  Butl.,  I.e.,  fig.  5, 

hindwing.     Java. 
?  Ph.  conspicillator,  Cramer,  Pap.  Exot.  ii.  pl.  xcvii.  fig.  AB.  (1779) ; 

Butl.,    I.e.,   fig.  6,  hindwing ;  =S    Ph.   inspicillator,   Guen6e.     Am- 
boyna. 
Ph.  conspicillator.  Cram.,  var.  (perhaps  a  new  species),  Pag.  J.B.  nass. 

Ver.  xxxix.  p.  138  (1886).     Aru  Is. 


I 


NOTES    AND    EXHIBITS. 

Mr.  Brazier  read  the  following  "Note  on  the  Linnean  Murex 
corneus  found  living  on  the  coast  of  the  Island  of  New  Caledonia, 
South  Pacific  Ocean": — 

EuTHRiA  CORNEA,  Linn. 

1766.   Murex  corneus^lAmi.  Syst.  Nat.  ed,  12,  p.  1224,  No.  565.  • 
1791.  Murex  corneus,  Gmelin,  Syst.  Nat.  p.  3552,  No.  97. 
1822.  Fusus  lignarius,  Lam.  Anim.   sans  Vert.  VII.,  p.    129, 

No.  24. 
1832.  Fusus  lignarius,  Kiener,  Coq.  Viv.,  Fusus,  p.  43,  No.  35, 

pi.  22,  fig.  1. 
1843.  Fusus  lignarius,    Lam.   Anim.    sans    Vert.  2nded.  IX., 

p.  455,  No.  24. 
1847.  Fusus  lignarius,  Reeve,  Conch.  Icon.  IV.,  pi.  2,  fig.  5. 
1855.   Murex  corneus,  Linn.;   Hanley,  Ipsa  Linnsei  Conch,  pp. 

305-525. 
1855.  Euthria  lignaria,  H.  &  A.   Adams,   Genera  of  Moll.  I., 

p.  86,  pi.  9,  fig.  7b. 
1869.   Fusus  corneus,  Linn.;  Petit  dela  Saussaye,  Catalogue  des 

Mollusques  Testaces  des  Mers  d'Europe,  p.  161. 
1881.    Euthria  cornea,   Linn.;    Tryon,  Manual  of  Conch.  III., 

p.  149,  pi.  72,  fig.  218. 

"  The  beautiful  shell  exhibited  was  obtained  alive  by  my  kins- 
man, Mr.  R.  C.  Rossiter,  at  Wagap,  East  Coast  of  New  Caledonia, 
under  the  same  stone  with  Pisania  buccinulum,  Martini  (  =  Pisania 
ignea,  Gmelin).  The  specimen  is  mottled  and  marbled  all  over  with 
dark  brown  and  white,  below  the  suture  merging  into  a  band  on  the 
last  whorl.  The  interior  of  the  aperture  is  of  a  fine  bright  purple- 
brown  more  inclined  to  dark  violet ;  it  corresponds  exactly  with 
the  external  figure  given  in  Tryon's  Manual,  and  the  figure  given 
in  Kiener's  "Coq,  Viv.;"  but  none  of  theui  show  such  magnificent 


118  NOTES    AND    EXHIBITS. 

internal  colouring  as  the  specimen  before  aie.  Those  in  the 
Museum  from  the  Mediterranean  Sea  are  very  poor ;  a  specimen 
from  Barcelona,  Spain,  (Coll.  Brazierse),  is  of  very  fair  colour 
on  the  outside  like  the  New  Caledonian  one.  There  appears 
to  be  some  confusion  among  authors  in  reference  to  the 
specific  name  of  this  species.  Murex  lignarius,  Linn.,  is 
a  Fasciolaria  of  authors,  therefore  Fasciolaira  lignaria,  Linn. ; 
it  was  redescribed  by  Lamarck  as  Fasciolaria  Tarentina;  and  the 
Murex  corneus,  Linn.,  has  been  taken  as  lignarius.  The  Linnean 
descriptions  it  is  true  are  very  brief,  but  they  are  to  the  point  as 
regards  M.  corneus  and  lignarius,  as  pointed  out  by  Mr.  Hanley 
in  his  "Ipsa  Linnsei"  in  1855.  We  have  already  on  the  coast  of 
New  South  Wales  a  common  Mediterranean  shell  in  Triton  cos- 
tatus,  Born.,  whose  range  extends  to  Lord  Howe  Island,  450  miles 
east  of  Sydney." 

Mr.  Brazier  also  exhibited  specimens  of  the  Cuban  land-shell 
Subulina  octona,  Chem.,  obtained  at  Nakety,  east  coast  of  New 
Caledonia,  by  Mr.  R.  C.  Rossiter,  examples  of  which  from 
another  locality,  also  in  New  Caledonia,  were  exhibited  at  the 
Society's  meeting  in  October  last  {vide  AV)stract  for  October 
31st,  1888). 

Mr.  Whitelegge  exhibited  a  specimen  of  Voluta  fusiformis, 
containing  a  very  rare  hermit  crab,  Clihanarius  strigimanus, 
White,  previously  recorded  only  from  Bass's  Straits.  On  the  feet 
of  the  crab  area  number  of  specimens  oi  Paecilasma  fissa,  Darwin, 
a  rare  cirripede  previously  only  known  from  the  Philippines.  On 
the  surface  of  the  shell  are  specimens  of  a  species  of  Balanus, 
and  of  an  hydroid  zoophyte,  Hydractinia  levispina,  Carter,  the 
exact  habitat  for  which  species  was  not  known  at  the  time  it  was 
described.  He  also  exhibited  another  rare  cirripede,  Dichelaspis 
orthogonia,  Darwin,  a  species  described  in  1851,  its  habitat  being 
unknown.  It  does  not  appear  to  have  been  obtained  since  it  was 
described.  There  are  five  clusters  in  the  Australian  Museum 
attached  to  as  many  fragments  of  the  stems  of  a  species  of  Virgu- 
laria.  The  whole  of  the  exhibits  are  from  Port  Jackson,  and 
form  interesting  additions  to  our  fauna. 


NOTES    AND    EXHIBITS.  119 

The  following  ''Note  on  Danais  Chrysippus  (L.),  and  B. 
Petilia  (Sfcoll);'  was  read  on  behalf  of  Mr.  W.  H.  Miskin  of 
Brisbane : — 

•  "In  a  note  in  the  Proceedings  of  this  Society  for  1887  (p.  1076), 
Mr.  George  Masters  offers  some  remarks  upon  these  two  (so-called) 
species,  the  conclusion  of  which  appears  to  be  that,  in  his 
opinion,  they  are  distinct  species  and  both  occur  in  Australia. 
Mr.  Masters  in  his  article  quotes  me  as  'boldly  asserting  that 
these  insects  are  one  and  the  same  species.'  I  presume  he  refers 
to  some  observations  of  mine  published  in  the  Proceedings  of  the 
Entomological  Society  of  London  for  1874  (p.  244),  wherein  I 
certainly  used  the  words  attributed  to  me,  but  explained  that  in 
my  opinion  Petilia  was  the  Australian  form  of  Chrysippus,  and 
gave  some  reasons  for  my  belief.  I  still  hold  the  same  view,  that 
is  to  say,  that  we  have  one  form  in  Australia,  varying  to  some 
slight  extent  in  individuals,  but  tolerably  constant  in  the 
peculiarities  that  seem  to  distinguish  it  from  the  typical  species, 
which  1  will  hereafter  enumerate;  and  as  our  insect,  to  my  mind, 
is  almost  exactly  represented  by  Stoll's  figure,  and  is  sufficiently 
stable  in  its  characters  to  entitle  it  to  rank  as  a  good  local  variety, 
the  name  Petilia,  it  is  advisable,  should  be  retained  for  it.  I  regret 
that  I  am  unable  to  refer  to  Godart's  description,  the  only  one 
given  of  it.  I  have  collected  our  insect  along  almost  the  entire 
Queensland  eastern  seaboard  for  the  last  twenty  years  in  abund- 
ance, it  being  a  tolerably  common  species,  and  have  never  seen  an 
example  that  could  be  mistaken  for  the  typical  Chrysippus,  or  that 
could,  as  I  have  said  before,  fail  to  be  identified  with  Stoll's  figure. 
My  acquaintance  with  Chrysippus  is  derived  from  examples 
of  that  species  in  my  collection  from  Egypt,  W.  and  S.  Africa, 
Mauritius,  and  Ceylon;  and  I  have  before  me  figures  and  descrip- 
tions in  Moore's  '  Lep.  of  Ceylon,'  Distant's  '  Rhop.  Malayana,' 
and  Marshall  and  De  Niceville's  '  Butterflies  of  India,'  &c.  I 
have  also  examined  Cramer's  figure.  I  distinguish  Petilia  from 
Chrysippus  by  the  following  peculiarities  :  the  much  paler  hue 
of  the  ground-colour,  wider  black  apical  area  of  primaries 
extending  quite  to  hinder  angle  and    therefrom  a  short  distance 


]20  NOTES    AND    EXHIBITS. 

along  hinder  margin,  and  darker  costal  border;  in  secondaries 
the  always  broad  brown  outer  and  hinder  marginal  band,  and  the 
constant  absence  of  a  sub-marginal  row  of  white  spots  therein. 
All  my  specimens  of  Chrysippus^  as  well  as  the  figures  (and 
descriptions)  referred  to,  present  an  insect,  the  ground-colour  of 
which  is  of  a  much  redder  hue  than  in  our  form,  the  outer  black 
marginal  band  of  primaries  never  continued  along  the  hinder 
margin — in  fact  barely  reaching  the  angle;  the  secondaries  with 
always  a  very  narrow  outer  and  hinder  black  marginal  band, 
and  a  row  of  white  spots  within  it.  (In  my  Mauritius 
specimens  the  white  spots  are  less  distinct).  In  each  case 
I  refer  to  the  upper  side  only ;  on  the  under  side  there  is 
hardly  any  distinguishable  difference  in  the  two  forms. 
I  am  very  sorry  that  I  had  not  the  opportunity,  when  recently 
in  Sydney,  of  seeing  the  specimens  which  have  enabled  Mr. 
Masters  to  form  his  conclusion ;  I  am,  however,  bound  from  the 
facts  I  have  before  stated,  viz.,  the  absence  from  all  the  speci- 
mens that  have  come  under  my  notice — some  hundreds  probably 
— of  one  that  coincides  with  the  true  Chrysip2)us,  and  of  their  all 
agreeing  well  with  Stoll's  figure,  to  believe  that  Mr.  Masters  is  mis- 
taken in  his  opinion.  I  the  more  regret  having  to  hold  this 
belief  as  I  observe,  from  some  earlier  notes  in  the  Proceedings, 
that  so  distinguished  an  entomologist  as  Mr.  W.  Macleay  had 
arrived  at  a  similar  conclusion  with  Mr.  Masters."  * 

Mr.  A.  Sidney  Ollifi"  exhibited  Zopherosis  Georgii,  a  fine 
heteromerous  beetle,  of  which  he  had  recently  found  several 
specimens  at  Mt.  Wilson,  Blue  Mountains. 

On  the  motion  of  Mr.  Trebeck  votes  of  thanks  were  accorded  to 
the  Hon.  William  Macleay  and  to  Dr.  Cox  for  their  valuable 
donations  to  the  Library. 

*  Mr.  Miskin  has  evidently  never  seen  Danais  Petllia,  StoU,  an  insect  very 
distinct  from  Danais  chrysippus  the  common  Queensland  species.  D.  Petilia 
seems  to  be  exclusively  confined  in  its  range  to  the  North-western  parts  of 
Australia,  and  specimens  of  it  can  be  seen  at  any  time  in  the  Macleay 
Museum. — (Ed.) 


WEDNESDAY,  27th  FEBRUARY,  1889.     ^^    ^    h."' 


The  Hon.  William  Macleay,  F.L.S.,  in  the  Chair. 


Mr.  A.  W.  Fletcher,  B.Sc,  was  introduced  as  a  Visitor. 


The  Minutes  of  last  Meeting  were  read  and  confirmed. 


The  Chairman  announced  that  the  next  Excursion  had  been 
arranged  for  March  23rd,  Members  to  leave  Redfern  Railway 
Station,  for  Clifton,  lUawarra  line,  by  the  9*10  a.m.  train. 

The  following  donations  were  announced  : — 

"  A  List  of  the  Described  Longicornia  of  Australia  and  Tas- 
mania."    By  Francis  P.  Pascoe,  F.L.S.,  &c.     From  the  Author. 

"Feuille  des  Jeunes  Naturalistes."  No.  219,  (Jan.  1889). 
From  the  Editor. 

"  Monatliche  MittheilungendesNaturwissenschaftl.  Vereins  des 
Reg.-Bez.  Frankfurt."  Jahrg.  VI.,  ISTos.  1-6,  (April  to  Septem- 
ber, 1888);  "Societatum  Litterae."  Jahrg.  II.,  Nos.  5-8,  (May  to 
August,  1888).     From  the  Society. 

"  Proceedings  and  Transactions  of  the  Royal  Society  of  Canada 
for  the  years  1885-87."     (Vols.  IIT-V)      From  the  Society. 

"Zoologischer  Anzeiger."  XI.  Jahrg.,  No.  296,  (1888).  From 
the  Editor. 

"L'Academie  Royale  de  Copenhague. — Bulletin  pour  1888." 
No.  2.     From  the  Academy. 

"  The  Transactions  of  the  Entomological  Society  of  London  for 
the  year  1888."     Part  iv.     From  the  Society. 

"Proceedings  of  the  Cambridge  Philosophical  Society."  Vol. 
VL,  Part  4,  (1888).     From  the  Society. 

"The  Journal  of  Conchology."  Vol.  V.,  No.  12,  (1888). 
From  the  Conchological  Society  of   Great  Britain  and  Ireland. 


122  DONATIONS. 

"The  Victorian  Naturalist."  Vol.  V.,  No.  10  (February, 
1889).      From  the  Field  Naturalists'  Club  of  Victoria. 

"  Bulletin  de  la  Societe  Zoologique  de  France  pour  I'annee 
1888.     Tome  XIII.,  No.  8.     Froin  the  Society. 

"  Proceedings  of  the  Canadian  Institute^  Toronto.''  3rd  Series, 
Vol.  VI.,  Fasc.  1,  (1888).     From  the  Institute. 

"  The  American  Naturalist."  Vol.  XXII.,  Nos.  263  and  264, 
(Nov.  and  Dec,  1888).     Fro7n  the  Editors. 

"  Bulletin  of  the  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology  at  Harvard 
College,  Cambridge,  U.S.A."  Vol.  XVI.,  No.  2,  (1888) ;  "Annual 
Report  of  the  Curator  for  1887-88.      From  the  Curator. 

"  Bulletin  of  the  American  Geographical  Society."  Vol.  XX., 
No.  4,  (1888).     Fro7n  the  Society. 

"  The  Proceedings  of  the  Royal  Society  of  Queensland,  1888." 
Vol.  v..  Part  5.     From  the  Society. 

"  Proceedings  of  tho  Royal  Society  of  London."  Vol.  XLIV., 
Nos.  271  and  272,  (1888).     From  the  Society. 

"Report  on  the  Geology  of  the  Russell  River,  Queensland." 
By  R.  L.  Jack,  Government  Geologist.  From  the  Director,  Geolo- 
gical Survey  of  Queensland. 

"Insecta  Britannica. — Vol.  III.,  (Lepidoptera  :  Tineina)."  By 
H.  T.  Stainton.     From  F.A.A.  Skuse,  Esq. 

"  Abstract  of  Proceedings  of  the  Zoological  Society  of  London, 
18th  Dec,  1888."     From  the  Society. 

"The  Australasian  Journal  of  Pharmacy."  Vol.  IV.,  No.  38, 
(Feb.,  1889).     From  the  Editor. 

The  following  Journals,  Magazines,  &c.,  for  1888  as  published  : 
"  The  Athenaeum  ;"  "  Annals  and  Magazine  of  Natural  History ;" 
"  English  Mechanic;"  "Entomologist ;"  "  Entomologists'  Monthly 
Magazine;"  "  The  Field  ;"  "  Geological  Magazine  ;"  "  The  Ibis  ;" 
"Journal  of  Anatomy  and  Physiology  ;"  "  Journal  of  Botany  ;" 
"  Nature  ;"  "  Proceedings  of  the  Royal  Geographical  Society  ;" 
"  Quarterly  Journal  of  Microscopical  Science ;"  "  Science  Gossip  ;" 
"  The  Zoologist ;"  "  The  Scottish  Geographical  Magazine."  Fro7)i 
the  Eon.  W.  Macleay,  F.L.S.,  <kc. 


NOTES  ON  THE  GENUS   LESTOPHONUS,  WILLISTON, 
AND  DESCRIPTION  OF  A  NEW  SPECIES. 

By  Frederick  A.  A.  Skuse. 

Rather  more  than  two  years  has  elapsed  since  Mr.  Frazer  S» 
Crawford,  of  Adelaide,  made  the  important  discovery  that  a  small 
Dipterous  insect  was  parasitic  upon,  and  destroyed,  the  adult 
females  of  the  Coceid  Icerya  Purchasi^  Mask.,  thus  checking  the 
overproduction  of  a  species  so  notorious  for  its  serious  depredations 
on  several  important  trees,  especially  of  the  orange  kind,  in  certain 
other  countries,  but  which  is  credited  with  being  indigenous  to 
Australia.  Shortly  subsequent  to  the  detection  of  this  parasite, 
the  above-mentioned  gentleman  forwarded  to  Professor  Riley  of 
the  United  States  Department  of  Agriculture  (Div.  of  Entom.)  at 
Washington,  a  few  specimens  (and  drawings),  together  with  one 
or  two  specimens  of  a  fly  of  similar  appearance,  regarded  as 
being  specifically  identical  with  the  former,  but  which  had  been 
reared  from  the  adult  females  of  another  distinct  Coceid,  Mono- 
2)hlebus  C7'atvfordi,  Mask. 

For  several  years  Icerya  Purchasi  has  been  committing  extensive 
and  costly  ravages  in  California,  so  that  American  Entomologists 
naturally  manifested  considerable  interest  in  the  discovery  of  this 
deadly  parasite.  The  specimens  of  the  fly  sent  to  Professor 
Riley  were  speedily  submitted  to  Dr.  Williston  for  examination; 
the  opinion  was  expressed  that  the  fly  belonged  to  a  new  genus 
referable  to  the  Oscinidse,  and  the  insect  was  eventually  described 
under  the  name  Lestojihonus  icerycn,  in  the  "Bulletin  of  the  Ento- 
mological Dept.,"  (Washington)  for  July,  1 888.  Shortly  afterwards 
an  experienced  Entomologist,  Mr.  A.  Koebele,  attached  to  the 
U.S.   Department  of  Agriculture,   visited  Australia  in  order  to- 


124      ON  A  NEW  SPECIES  OF  THE  GENUS  LESTOPHONUS,  WILLISTON, 

investigate  leery  a  Furchasi  and  its  parasites,  and  during  his  stay- 
in  this  country  sent  some  thousands  of  specimens  of  infested  leery  a 
Purchasi  and  Monophlebus  Crawfordi  to  America  in  order  to 
introduce  their  natural  enemies  into  the  agricultural  districts  of 
California  plagued  with  the  former. 

During  the  last  few  weeks  I  have  bred  large  numbers  of 
Lestophonus  from  both  the  leerya  Purchasi  and  Monophlebus 
Crawfordi,  with  the  view  to  ascertain  if  the  species  be  really 
identical  or  not,  and  having  carefully  and  minutely  examined 
these,  and  also  other  specimens  kindly  transmitted  to  me  by  Mr. 
Crawford,  it  appears  clear  that  the  accepted  specific  identity  of 
the  two  has  been  founded  on  insufficient  evidence.  This  might 
be  accounted  for  by  the  meagreness  of  the  material  at  the  disposal 
of  Dr.  Williston  when  he  described  L.  iceryce,  or  from  the  possi- 
bility that  amongst  the  three  or  four  specimens  before  him  only 
one  represented  the  Monophlehus  fly,  while  even  had  the  author 
detected  a  slight  diff^erence  in  an  individual,  as  perhaps  the  parasites 
were  not  separated  according  to  their  respective  hosts,  the  dissimi- 
larity would  not  unlikely  have  been  considered  merely  varietal; 
while  on  the  other  hand,  as  Mr.  Crawford  points  out  to  me,  it  is 
not  absolutely  certain  that  Dr.  Williston  did  receive  both  species 
for  examination.  It  is  not  easy  to  say  from  the  description  which 
species  the  author  really  described,  and  were  it  not  almost  beyond 
doubt  that  it  does  refer  to  one  of  these  two,  it  might  otherwise  be 
thought  to  possibly  mean  a  different  insect ;  the  length  given  at 
the  beginning  of  the  description  is,  to  start  with,  that  of  an  insect 
only  half  the  size  of  the  female  of  the  true  leery  a  parasite. 
Further,  it  is  utterly  out  of  the  question  to  decide  from  the  rough 
fif^ure  given  of  the  fly,  which  indeed  serves  only  to  imperfectly 
set  forth  the  generic  characters,  while  the  wing  (the  shape  of 
which  is  inaccurate)  exhibits  a  venation  equally  unrepresentative 
in  detail  of  both  flies.  The  legs  are  also  very  unlike  those 
depicted. 

Considering  the  number  of  specimens  which  have  lately  reached 
America  it  is  not  unreasonable  to   expect  that  the  Monophlehus 


BY    FREDERICK    A.  A.  SKUSE.  125 

parasite  has  been  separated  from  the  other  and  characterised; 
but  with  a  view  of  assisting  in  the  exact  determination,  I  now 
describe  it  under  the  name  Lestojyhonus  monojMehi,  and  in  addition 
make  the  original  description  of  L.  iceryce  more  complete. 

Lestophonus  icery^,  Williston. 

(J.— Long.  0-050inch,  l-27mm.  9.— Long.  0-080inch,  2-02mm. 
Antennae  black,  the  large  terminal  joint  squarish  at  the  apex,  with 
a  microscopic  spine  before  the  apex  above.  Eyes  reddish  brown, 
rather  longer  and  narrower  than  in  L.  mono'plilebi.  Ocelli  disposed 
in  a  rather  narrower  triangle  than  in  L.  7nonopMehi.  Face,  front, 
thorax  and  scutellum  deep  blue,  subnitidous.  Abdomen  deep 
shining  green,  punctulate.  Coxae,  femora,  and  tibiae  dark  brown, 
or  blackish-brown  ;  all  the  tarsi  brownish-yellow.  Wings  greyish- 
hyaline,  the  veins  dark  brown.  Course  of  the  auxiliary  vein 
indicated    by    a  very     pale     line 

riuining  close  to  -y*"**"^^  ^^•-— ' —    "^'^       ^^®  ^^st  longitu- 

dinal ;    reaching  ^  )      thecosta;  slightly 

yellowish  at  the       ^    tj^^"""""    --.^7  y       base..       First 

longitudinal  \\  ^"\^^^^^^„/         vein  more  or  less 

angular    at    the  bend.       Middle 

transverse  vein  situated  a  little  before  the  tip  of  the  first  longitu- 
dinal and  much  nearer  to  the  origin  of  the  second  longitu- 
dinal than  to  the  hinder  transverse  vein.  Ultimate  section  of 
the  fifth  longitudinal  vein  more  than  twice  the  length  of  the 
hinder  transverse  vein. 

Bred  from  leery  a  Purchasi^  Mask.,  in  February. 

Lestophonus  monophlebi,  sp.n. 

9. — Long.  0*070  inch,  I'TTmm.  Antennae  black,  the  large  ter- 
minal joint  rounded  at  the  apex,  with  a  microscopic  tubercle  before 
the  apex  above.  Eyes  reddish-brown,  shorter  and  broader  than 
in  L.  icerycb.  Face,  front,  thorax  and  scutellum  deep  blue, 
levigate.  Abdomen  generally  deep  shining  purplish-black,  indis- 
tinctly punctulate.     Coxae,  femora  and  tibiae  very  deep  blue ;  all 


126      ON  A  NEW  SPECIES  OF  THE  GENUS  LESTOPHONUS,  WILLISTON. 

the  tarsi  brownish-yellow.  Wings  greyish-hyaline,  the  veins 
brown,  with  the  fourth  and  fifth  longitudinal  veins  much  paler 
from  the  hinder  transverse  vein 
to  the  posterior  "J^-^ ^^^^■^^^"^^^^  margin.  Auxil- 
iary vein  brown-             ^-^^-^^         j        is  h -yellow, 

indistinct,  close       V     j\\"^"""^~  ^/  ^^    ^^^    first 

longitudinal,  \\  ^X,,^^,,^-^  determinable 

^s   far  as  oppo-  site  to,  or  a  little 

past,  the  origin  of  the  second  longitudinal,  continuing  from  thence 
to  the  costa  as  a  very  pale  line.  First  longitudinal  always  rounded 
at  the  bend.  Middle  transverse  vein  situated  somewhat  beyond 
tne  tip  of  the  first  longitudinal  vein  and  nearer  to  the  hinder 
transverse  vein  than  to  the  origin  of  the  second  longitudinal. 
Hinder  transverse  vein  forming  with  the  fifth  longitudinal  an 
angle  less  than  a  right  angle.  Ultimate  section  of  the  fifth  longi- 
tudinal vein  not  twice  the  length  of  the  hinder  transverse  vein. 
Bred  from  MonoiMehus  Crawford^  Mask.,  in  February. 

Ohs. — A  small  specimen  (long.0'042  inch,  I'OGmm.)  which  seems 
to  me  to  be  a  male,  has  the  middle  transverse  vein  mid-way 
between  the  origin  of  the  second  longitudinal  vein  and  the  hinder 
transverse  vein. 

If  this  genus  is  to  be  placed  in  the  Oscinidse,  it  appears  to  me 
that  it  must  occupy  that  position  as  a  somewhat  anomalous 
genus.  Not  only  is  the  arista  to  the  antennae  entirely  wanting 
and  the  anal  cell  present,  but  I  can  also  detect  a  rudimentary 
auxiliary  vein  and  a  pale  posterior  basal  transverse  vein.  As  in 
certain  other  genera  of  the  Oscinidae,  these  flies  have  the  posterior 
tibiae  a  little  curved. 

Note. — I  have  recently  seen  "Insect  Life"  for  Jan.,  1889, 
issued  by  the  U.S.  Dept.  Ag.  in  which  a  correspondent  states  that 
he  is  glad  the  identity  of  the  parasite  (Lestophoniis)  found  on 
Monophlebus  and  leery  a  is  considered  proved  beyond  a  doubt, 
but  surely  this  decidedly  erroneous  conclusion  cannot  have  been 
arrived  at  by  an  examination  of  the  insects. 


DESCRIPTIONS    OF   TWO    NEW   SPECIES    OF 
AUSTRALIAN    CETONIIDugS. 

By  Oliver  E.  Janson,  F.E.S. 
(Cmnmunicated  by  A.  Sidney  Olliff,  F.E.S.) 

DiAPHONIA    OLLIFFIANA,  n.sp. 

(J. — Above  pale  yellow,  shining ;  base  of  the  head  black,  the 
yellow  extending  posteriorly  in  the  centre  to  a  point,  two  very  small 
spots  near  the  apex  of  the  clypeus  black ;  antennae  red-brown,  the 
basal  joint  black ;  thorax  with  a  large  broad  M-formed  discoidal 
mark,  a  small  spot  on  each  side  and  a  narrow  border  at  the  base 
and  apex  black ;  scutellum  margined  with  black  at  the  sides  ; 
elytra  with  five  large  black  spots  on  each,  the  first  on  the  humeral 
callus,  the  second  adjoining  the  scutellum,  the  third  and  fourth 
placed  transversely  just  behind  the  middle,  and  the  fifth  on  the 
apical  callus  ;  pygidium  with  a  large  central  and  two  smaller  spots 
at  the  base,  a  spot  on  each  side  in  the  middle,  and  a  sinuous 
marginal  mark  on  the  underpart  black.  Beneath  black,  shining; 
centre  of  the  mentum,  sides  of  the  pro  thorax,  front  of  the  anterior 
coxae,  outer  parts  of  the  meso-  and  metathoracic  epimera  and 
posterior  coxae,  sides  and  front  of  the  metasternum,  apex  ot  the 
intermediate  coxae,  a  spot  on  the  posterior  coxal  plates,  and  a  broad 
stripe  in  the  centre,  and  a  spot  on  each  side  of  the  abdominal 
segments  pale  yellow.  Legs  reddish-yellow,  the  trochanters,  knees, 
ends  of  the  tibiae  and  tarsal  joints,  and  the  claws  piceous. 

Head  sparsely  punctured  at  the  base,  coarsely  and  more  closely 
punctured  in  front,  sides  of  the  clypeus  rounded  and  narrowed  in 
front,  the  apex  emarginate  in  the  centre,  the  apical  angles  obtuse 
and  somewhat  reflexed ;  club  of  the  antennae  a  little  longer  than 


128  ON    TWO    NEW    SPECIES    OF    AUSTRALIAN    CETONIID^, 

the  head.  Thorax  slightly  rounded  at  the  sides,  the  base  tri- 
sinuoiis  with  the  lateral  angles  obtuse  and  slightly  prominent, 
very  finely  and  sparsely  punctured  on  the  disk,  coarsely  punctured 
at  the  sides.  Scutellum  smooth,  the  apex  produced  and  acute,  the 
sides  impressed.  Elytra  impressed  in  the  region  of  the  scutellum, 
sparsely  punctured  near  the  suture,  the  sides  with  very  coarse 
confluent  transverse  strise.  Pygidium  concentrically  strigose. 
Underside  closely  punctured  and  with  long  grey  pubescence  at  the 
sides ;  mesothoracic  epimera  smooth  on  the  upperside  ;  meta- 
sternum  longitudinally  impressed  in  the  centre,  the  mesosternal 
process  broad  and  rounded  at  the  apex;  abdomen  slightly  impressed 
in  the  centre,  apical  margin  of  the  penultimate  segment  punctured 
and  fringed  with  long  grey  hairs.  Legs  punctured  and  pubescent, 
anterior  tibise  with  a  small  lateral  tooth  about  one-third  from  the 
apex.     Length  24  mm. 

Warra,  New  South  Wales  (Capt.  W.  Peel). 

Apart  from  the  great  difference  in  coloration  this  species  is 
extremely  like  D.  dorsalis,  Don.;  the  punctuation  however  is 
altogether  more  sparse,  the  base  of  the  thorax  is  more  broadly  and 
less  deeply  emarginate  before  the  scutellum.  the  sutural  interstice 
of  the  elytra  is  narrower  towards  the  base,  and  there  is  a  small 
but  distinct  lateral  tooth  on  the  anterior  tibiae. 

I  am  indebted  to  my  friend  Mr.  A.  Sidney  Olliff  for  a  male 
specimen  of  this  fine  species.     The  female  is  unknown  to  me."^ 


*  In  communicating  Mr.  Janson's  Paper  to  the  Society  I  venture  to  add 
the  characters  of  the  female  of  this  species,  of  which  sex  a  single  and 
greatly  damaged  example  is  in  the  collection  of  the  Australian  Museum. 
It  is  28  mm.  in  length,  and  has  the  markings  disposed  as  described  above, 
although  they  would  appear  to  be  more  widely  separated,  and  therefore 
more  conspicuous  ;  the  punctuation  on  the  prothorax  is  coarser  ;  the  sides 
of  the  elytra  are  only  sparingly  provided  with  transverse  stria?  ;  and  the 
basal  joint  of  the  antennae  is  red  dish -yellow.  In  the  male  the  elytral 
markings  occasionally  coalesce,  and  judging  from  the  half-dozen  specimens 
I  have  seen,  display  considerable  variation  in  form  and  size. — A.  Sidney 
Olliff. 


BY    OLIVER    E.  JANSON.  129 

DiAPHONIA    ADUSTA,  n.sp. 

g. — Sub-quadrate,  moderately  convex,  shining  black  ;  elytra 
red-brown  at  the  sides,  piceous  or  black  towards  the  suture  and 
apex ;  a  broad  marginal  border  at  the  sides  of  the  thorax,  the 
pygidium  and  a  spot  on  the  outer  sides  of  the  mesothoracic 
epimera,  and  the  posterior  coxae  and  abdominal  segments  yellow ; 
antennae  and  palpi  red-brown  ;  tarsi  piceous. 

Head  rather  coarsely  but  not  very  closely  punctured  in  front, 
more  finely  punctured  behind  ;  clypeus  sub-quadrate,  a  little 
widened  and  slightly  rounded  in  front,  the  margins  thick  and 
strongly  reflexed,  the  reflexed  apical  margin  slightly  emarginate 
in  the  centre ;  club  of  the  antennae  nearly  as  long  as  the  head. 
Thorax  rounded  at  the  sides,  feebly  tri-sinuous  at  the  base,  the 
basal  angles  scarcely  rounded,  almost  impunctate  on  the  disk, 
finely  and  somewhat  diffusely  punctured  at  the  sides  and  base. 
Scutellum  triangular,  almost  impunctate,  the  sides  impressed 
Elytra  with  two  rows  of  coarse  punctures  near  the  suture,  the 
interstice  with  scattered  punctures,  the  lateral  and  apical  parts 
somewhat  dull  and  closely  covered  with  irregular  confluent  punc- 
tures and  striae,  the  inner  discal  costa  rather  prominent  towards 
the  apex,  the  outer  one  almost  obsolete.  Pygidium  sparsely 
punctured.  Underside  punctured  and  with  very  sparse  grey 
pubescence  at  the  sides ;  metasternum  deeply  impressed  in  the 
centre;  mesosternal  process  narrowed  and  obtuse  at  the  apex; 
abdomen  smooth  and  with  a  slight  longitudinal  impression  in  the 
centre.  Legs  punctured  and  with  sparse  long  hairs,  all  the  tibiae 
with  a  large  acute  submedian  tooth,  apex  of  the  anterior  tibiae 
strongly  produced  on  the  outer  side.     Length  12-13  mm. 

Western  Australia. 

This  species  is  closely  allied  to  rugosa^  Schm.,  but  differs  in 
having  the  margins  of  the  clypeus  more  strongly  reflexed,  the 
thorax  almost  impunctate  on  the  disk  and  more  finely  punctured 
at   the   sides,   the    scutellum,   inner  part  of   the  elytra  and  the 


130  ON    TWO    NEW    SPECIES    OF  AUSTRALIAN    CETONIID^. 

pygidium  more  sparsely  punctured,  and  the  mesosternal  process 
narrower  at  the  apex  ;  the  elytra  are  also  of  a  lighter  colour 
at  the  sides,  and  the  head,  underside,  and  legs  are  black.  From 
maura,  Jans.,  it  may  be  at  once  distinguished  by  its  different 
coloration,  broader  and  more  quadrate  form,  and  much  larger 
antennal  club. 

I  possess  two  males  of  this  species  but  am  not  aware  of  the 
precise  locality  in  which  they  were  found ;  the  other  sex  is 
unknown  to  me. 

D.  rugosa,  Schm.,  is  included  by  Dr.  Kraatz  in  his  genus 
Metallesthes  but  does  not  at  all  agree  with  the  characters  given  of 
that  or  of  any  of  the  other  numerous  so-called  genera  as  charac- 
terised by  that  author  in  his  "Genera  Cetonidarum  Australise." 
(London:  January  15th,  1889). 


NOTES    AND    EXHIBITS.  131 


NOTES    AND    EXHIBITS. 

Mr.  Brazier  exhibited,  on  behalf  of  Mr.  R.  C.  E-ossiter,  a  pair  of 
the  eggs  of  the  "  Mallow  Hen "  ( Megapodius  Layardi)  from 
Malicolo,  New  Hebrides. 

Mr.  Fletcher  read  a  letter  from  Baron  von  Mueller  invoking  the 
aid  of  members  of  the  Society  in  obtaining  information  bearing 
upon  the  exact  geographical  distribution  of  the  Waratah  [Telopea 
speciosissima),  the  altitudes  to  which  it  ascends  mountains,  the 
stature  it  attains,  (fee. 

Mr.  Skuse  exhibited  specimens  of  a  Tineid  bred  from  seed- 
capsules  of  Phyllanthus  Ferdinandi  found  at  Manly  about  a  month 
ago;  also  specimens  of  a  minute  Hyraenopterous  insect  {Chalcididce) 
parasitic  on  the  former.  The  larvse  of  the  moth  feed  on  the  seeds, 
and  the  imagines  emerge  as  soon  as  the  ripe  capsules  split,  though 
even  while  these  are  green  frequently  a  perfect  moth  may  be  released 
from  each  of  the  five  seed-chambers. 

Mr.  Skuse  also  showed  examples  of  the  two  Coccids  with  their 
respective  dipterous  parasites  mentioned  in  his  paper. 

Mr.  Rohu  exhibited  four  embryos  of  Crocodilus  porosus  in 
rather  advanced  stages  of  development,  from  Queensland.  Also 
portions  of  the  stem  of  an  undetermined  plant,*  probably  a  creeper, 
from  the  Clarence,  shewing  remarkable  ridge-like,  corky  out- 
growths. 

*  Subsequently  ascertained  to  be  Mezoneurum  hrachycarpum,  Benth.  ; 
{vide  '  Notes  and  Exhibits  '  for  April,  1889). 


WEDNESDAY   27th   MARCH,  1889. 


The  President,  Professor  Stephens,  M.A.,  F.G.S.,  in  the  Chair. 


Mr.  A.  Burnell  was  present  as  a  visitor. 


Mr.  A.  W".  Fletcher,  B.A.,  B.Sc,  was  elected  a  Member  of  the 
Society. 


The  President  announced  that  the  next  Excursion  had  been 
arranged  for  Saturday  April  27th,  Members  to  leave  Redfern 
Station  by  the  9*25  a.m.  train  for  Brooklyn,  Hawkesbury 
River. 


The  following  donations  were  announced  : — 

"Tra^nsactions  of  the  Royal  Society  of  Edinburgh."  Vols.  YIIT., 
XXI.  (Part  4),  XXII.  (Parts  1  &  3),  XXIII.,  XXIV.,  XXVI. 
(Part  4),  XXVIII.  (Parts  2  &  3),  XXIX.,  (1817-80);  "Transac- 
tions of  the  Royal  Irish  Academy."  Vols.  I.-X.,  XVI.,  XVII., 
XVIII.  (Part  1),  XIX,  XXI.  (Part  1),  (1787-1846);  "Charter 
and  Statutes;"  "  Index,  1786-1813:"  "Memoires  de  la  Societe  de 
Physique  et  d'Histoire  Naturelle  de  Geneve."  Tomes  I. -XXII. 
(1821-73);  "Premier  Supplement  au  Tome  XII.;"  " Table  des 
Memoires,  (tc,  T.  I. -XX.  :"  "  Proceedings  of  the  Boston  Societv 


DONATIONS.  133 

of  Natural  History."  Vols.  I.-XII.  (1844-69);  "  ^bhandlungen 
herausgegeben  von  der  Senckenbergischen  Naturforschenden 
Gesellschaft,  Frankfurt  a/M."  Band  I.-XII.  (1854-81) ;  "  Annales 
des  Sciences  Geologiques."  T.  I.-XX.  (Parts  1  and  2)  (1869-88); 
"  Annales  des  Sciences  Naturelles — Zoologie."  6®  Serie.  T.  XV., 
XVL,  XIX.,  XX.  (1883-85);  "Botanique."  6«  Serie.  T.  XVII.- 
XX.(1884-85);  "Challenger  Reports.— Zoology."  Vols.  XXVIII. 
and  XXIX.  ;  "  Archives  de  Zoologie  Experimentale  et  Generale." 
2«  Serie.  Tomes  IV.  et  V.  (1886-87);  "Zeitschrift  fiir  wissen- 
schaftliche  Zoologie.  XLVII.  Band,  3  Heft  (1888);  "  Namen- 
und  Sachregister  iiber  Band  XXXl.-XLV."  "  Notes  from  the 
Leyden  Museum."  Vol.  X.,  No.  4  (1888);  "The  Geological 
Magazine."  Vols.  VIII. -X.  (1871-73) ;  New  Series  (Decade  II). 
Vols.  VII.  and  VIII.  (1888-81);  "Coloured  Figures  of  English 
Fungi  or  Mushrooms."  By  James  Sowerby,  F.L.S.  3  vols,  and 
Supplement  (1797-1803);  "  Curtis's  Botanical  Magazine."  3rd 
Series.  Vol.  XLIV.  (1888) ;  "Stettiner  Entomologische  Zeitung.'' 
49  Jahrg.  (1888).      From  the  Ho7i.  William  Macleay,  F.L.S. 

"United  States  National  Museum. — Bulletin."  Nos.  4,  7,  8, 
11,  13-24,  27-31  (1876-86);  "Proceedings."  Vols.  I.-IX.  (1878- 
86),  Vol.  XI.  (sheets  9-11);  "International  Exhibition,  1876— 
Classification  of  the  Collection  to  illustrate  the  Animal  Resources 
of  the  United  States."  By  G.  Brown  Goode,  M.A.  From  the 
Museum. 

"Bijdragen  tot  de  Dierkunde."  14«-16«  Aflevering  (1887-88); 
Feest-Nummer  (1888).  De  la  part  de  la  Societe  Royale  de  Zoologie, 
Natura  Artis  Magistra,  Amsterdam. 

"Proceedings  of  the  American  Academy  of  Arts  and  Sciences." 
n.s.  Vol.  XV.,  Part  1  (1888).     From  the  Academy. 


134  DONATIONS. 

"Nova  Acta  der  Ksl.  Leop. -Carol.  Deutschen  Akademie  der 
Naturforscher."  Band  L.,  No.  6  ;  LI.,  Nos.  2,  5,  and  6  (1886- 
87):  '"Leopoldina."  22  and  23  Heft  (1886-87).  From  the 
Academy. 

"  Verhandlungen  der  k.  k.  zoologisch-botanischen  Gesellschaft 
in  Wien."  Jahrg.  1888,  XXXVIII.  Band,  Parts  1  and  2.  From 
the  Society. 

"Memoires  de  F Academic  Imperiale  des  Sciences  de  St.  Peters- 
bourg."  vii«  Serie.  Tome  XXXYI.,  Nos.  1  and  2  (1888); 
"Bulletin."     T.  XXXIL,  No.  2  (1888).     From  the  Academy. 

"Mittheilungen  der  Naturforschenden  Gesellschaft  in  Bern  aus 
dem  Jahre  1887."     From  the  Society. 

"Annates  de  la  Societe  Entomologique  de  Belgique."  Tome 
XXXI.  (1887).     From  the  Society. 

"The  Journal  of  the  Cincinnati  Society  of  Natural  History." 
Vol.  XL,  No.  1  (1888).     From  the  Society. 

"The  American  Museum  of  Natural  History. — Annual  Report 
of  the  Trustees,  &c.,  for  the  year  1887-88."     From  the  Museum. 

"Descriptive  Catalogue  of  the  Sponges  in  the  Australian 
Museum,  Sydney."  By  Robert  von  Lendenfeld,  Ph.D.,  F.L.S. ; 
"Tabular  List  of  Australian  Birds,  &c."  By  E.  P.  Ramsay, 
LL.D.,  F.R.S.E.,  (fee.  From  the  Trustees  of  the  Australian 
Museum. 

"Systematic  Account  of  the  Geology  of  Tasmania."  By  Robert 
M.  Johnston,  F.L.S.,  &c.     From  the  Premier  of  Tasmania. 

"Abstract  of  the  Proceedings  of  the  Zoological  Society  of 
London,  15th  Jan.,  1889.     From  the  Society. 


DONATIONS.  135 

"Department  of  Mines,  Sydney. — Records  of  the  Geological 
Survey  of  New  South  Wales."  Vol.  I.,  Part  1  (1889).  From 
the  Minister  for  Mines. 

"Feuiile  des  Jeunes  Natural istes."  No.  220  (Feb.  1889).  From 
the  Editor. 

"  The  Canadian  Record  of  Science."  Vol.  III.,  No.  5  (1889). 
From  the  Natural  History  Society  of  Montreal. 

"  Bulletin  of  the  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology  at  Harvard 
College,  Cambridge,  U.S.A."  Vol.  XVI.,  No.  3  (1888).  From 
the  Curator. 

"  The  Journal  of  the  Bombay  Natural  History  Society."  Vol. 
III.,  No.  4  (1888).     From  the  Society. 

"Zoologischer  Anzeiger."  XII.  Jahrg.,  Nos.  297-299  (1888). 
From  the  Editor. 

"  The  Journal  of  Comparative  Medicine  and  Surgery."  Vol.  X., 
No.  1  (1889).     From  the  Editor. 

"  The  Victorian  Naturalist."  Vol.  V,  No.  11  (March,  1889). 
From,  the  Field  Naturalists'  Club  of  Victoria. 

"Centennial  International  Exhibition,  Melbourne,  1888. — 
Catalogue  of  the  Exhibits  in  the  New  South  Wales  Court." 
From,  the  New  South    Wales  Commission. 

"Annales  du  Musee  d'Histoire  Naturelle  de  Marseille. — 
Zoologie."     Tome  II.  (1885).     From  the  Museum. 

"  Proceedings  and  Transactions  of  the  Queensland  Branch  of 
the  Royal  Geographical  Society  of  Australasia."  3rd  Session 
(1887-88).     Vol.  III.,  Part  2.     From  the  Society. 


136  DONATIONS. 

"The  Transactions  of  the  Entomological  Society  of  London  for 
the  year  1888."     Part  v.     From  the  Society. 

"Report  on  the  Coal  Discoveries  on  the  Flinders;"  "Second 
Report  on  the  Mount  Morgan  Gold  Deposits."  By  Robert  L. 
Jack,  Government  Geologist,  Queensland.  From  the  Director^ 
Geological  Survey  of  Queensland. 

"Australian  Butterflies  :  A  Brief  Account  of  the  Native 
Families,  &c."     By  A.  Sidney  Olliff,  F.E.S.     From  the  Author. 

"  The  Australasian  Journal  of  Pharmacy."  Vol.  IV.,  No.  39 
(March,  1889).     From  the  Editor. 

"  Records  of  the  Geological  Survey  of  India."  Vol.  XXI., 
Part  4  (1888).     From  the  Director. 


REVISION   OF   THE   GENUS  HETERONYX,  WITH 
DESCRIPTIONS  OF  NEW  SPECIES. 

By  the  Rev.  T.  Blackburn,  B.  A.,  Cork.  Mem.  Linn.  Soc.  N.S.W. 

Part  II. 

The  species  of  Heteronyx  to  be  dealt  with  in  this  second  part 
of  my  memoir  form  a  group  distinguished  from  the  other  groups 
of  Heteronyx  by  the  possession  of  the  following  characters  in  com- 
bination, viz., — upper  margin  of  labrum  rising  above  the  plane 
of  the  clypeus,  antennae  8-jointed,  claws  appendiculate.  No 
species  previously  described  have  had  all  these  characters 
definitely  attributed  to  them  by  their  authors,  although  several 
(in  all  probability)  possess  them.  H.  unicolor,  Blanch.,  is 
doubtful  only  in  respect  of  its  labrum  (the  author  merely  speci- 
fying that  its  labrum  is  visible  from  above,  whence  it  might 
belong  either  to  this  group  or  to  the  group  of  what  I  have  called 
intermediate  forms)  ;  there  are  independent  objections  however 
to  identifying  with  it  any  of  the  species  before  me.  H.  (Silopa) 
glabrata,  Er.,  fumata,  Er.,  and  nigella,  Er.,  are  all  described 
by  their  author  as  having  9-jointed  antennae  and  bifid  claws,  but 
M.  Lacordaire  has  since  asserted  that  their  antennae  consist  of 
eight  joints  only,  and  that  the  claws  of  nigella  are  appendiculate  ; 
if  this  be  correct,  nigella  at  least  would  fall  into  the  group  treated 
of  in  this  present  article,  and  (as  will  appear  below)  I  have 
identified  with  it  an  insect  sent  to  me  from  Tasmania  (Erichson's 
locality  for  all  the  three  just  named)  by  Mr.  Sloane  and  the  Hon. 
W.  Macleay,  the  latter  of  whom  had  attached  the  name  to  it. 
Glabrata  is  a  glabrous  species  of  more  than  average  size,  while 
fumata  is  described   as  having  the  pro  thorax   not   narrowed  in 


138  REVISION    OF    THE    GENUS    HETERONTX, 

front,  and  the  head  rather  obsoletely  punctured ;  no  species  before 
me  seems  to  agree  with  either  in  these  respects.  Of  Burmeister's 
species  H.  nigricans  and  spadicea  in  all  probability  come  in  here ; 
but  the  absence  of  any  exact  description  of  the  labrum  and  of  any 
mention  of  the  claws  renders  it  impossible  to  be  quite  certain  ; 
they  are  both  from  W.  Australia,  a  locality  from  which  I  have 
only  seen  a  single  species  of  Heteronyx  of  this  section ;  it  agrees 
fairly  well  with  the  description,  such  as  it  is,  of  H.  nigricans  with 
which  I  have  consequently  considered  it  identified.  H.  spadicea^ 
Burm.,  (assuming  its  place  in  this  section)  might  not  improbably 
resemble  H.  Augustm,  mihi ;  but  the  description  is  so  vague — 
giving  no  information  for  example  as  to  the  relative  size  of  the 
metasternum  and  hind  coxae — that  it  is  scarcely  possible  to  make 
a  guess,  unless  one  happened  to  have  before  one  a  specimen 
agreeing  with  the  brief  description,  and  taken  in  W.  Australia^ 
as  in  the  case  of  the  specimen  I  have  regarded  as  being  IT. 
nigricans.  With  the  exception  of  Mr.  Macleay's  species  the  above 
are  all  of  those  previously  described  whose  recorded  characters 
would  not  exclude  them  from  this  section.  Mr.  Macleay's  descrip- 
tions of  Hetermiyx  have  unfortunately  in  general  omitted  the 
mention  of  such  characters  as  the  number  of  joints  in  the  antennae, 
the  structure  of  the  claws,  &c.,  &c.  The  Hon.  gentleman  has,, 
with  the  utmost  courtesy,  lent  me  types  of  as  many  of  these  a& 
possible  ;  but  there  still  remain  the  following,  viz.,  H.  concolor, 
hifuscatiis,  ^^a^Zzd^w^'iis,  jnibescens,  i^nficollis,  siihstriatus,  par- 
vulus  (all  from  Queensland),  and  transversicoUis,  sitbglaber, 
suhvittatus  (all  from  N.W.  Australia),  which  there  is  no 
possible  course  but  to  disregard  altogether  until  such  time 
as  specimens  taken  in  Queensland  or  N.W.  Australia,  and 
agreeing  with  the  descri[)tions,  shall  furnish  some  tangible 
ground  for  identification.  As  none  of  the  new  species  here 
described  as  belonsjinoj  to  this  section  are  from  either  of  these 
localities,  it  is,  however,  improbable  that  any  are  identical  with 
any  of  Mr.  Macleay's  species. 

The  task  of  characterising  the  species  before  me  (possessing  the 
combination  of  characters  mentioned  above)  in  such  manner  that 


BY    THE    REV.  T.  BLACKBURN.  139 

they  may  be  identified  with  some  ease  and  confidence  has  proved 
no  easy  one.  I  think,  however,  that  I  have  succeeded  in  speci- 
fying characters  which  will  at  least  prevent  the  confusion  inter  se 
of  any  of  those  dealt  with  in  this  memoir  ;  but  in  order  to  do  so 
I  have  had  to  avail  myself  of  characters  that  require  some 
preliminary  observations. 

I  find  that  not  a  few  species  of  Heteronyx  are  distinguished 
from  their  nearest  allies  by  little  that  is  tangible  except  differ- 
ences in  puncturation,  and  in  the  relations  to  each  other  of  the 
labrum  and  clypeus.  Though  these  distinctions  are  abundantly 
satisfactory  as  separating  the  species,  they  are  nevertheless 
of  degree  and  difficult  to  render  available  to  the  reader  of  a 
memoir.  The  former  of  them  I  attempt  to  indicate  (as  regards 
the  prothorax)  by  specifying  that  "  closely  "  punctulate  means  in 
the  tabulation  having  the  punctures  so  placed  that  twenty  or  more 
might  run  down  the  middle  of  the  disc  if  they  were  placed  in  a 
longitudinal  line  and  at  about  what  is  actually  their  average 
distance  one  from  another.  The  relation  of  the  labrum  to  the 
clypeus  («.e.,  the  extent  transverse  and  vertical  of  the  portion  of 
the  former  overtopping  the  plane  of  the  latter,  and  the  convexity 
of  the  curve  of  the  former)  seems  to  be  a  very  important  and 
reliable  character  for  distinguishing  one  species  from  another,  but 
it  is  extremely  difficult  to  express  in  definite  terms.  After  much 
consideration  I  have  adopted  a  method  of  expression  that  I  now 
proceed  to  explain.  If  a  specimen  of  Heteronyx  belonging  to  this 
section  be  viewed  from  above  it  will  be  found  that  there  is  a 
certain  point  of  view  (a  point  perpendicularly  above  the  suture  of 
the  elytra,  from  which  the  eye  looks  more  or  less  obliquely  forward 
along  the  surface  of  the  insect)  whence  the  outline  of  the  front 
of  the  head,  from  eye  to  eye,  appears  as  a  continuous  trisinuate 
or  trilobed  curve.  The  nature  of  this  curve  depends  entirely  upon 
the  relation  of  the  labrum  to  the  clypeus,  and  therefore  seems 
fitted  to  serve  as  an  index  of  that  relation ;  I  find  it  very  constant 
in  individuals  of  the  same  species.  In  the  following  descriptions 
this  curve  when  spoken  of  is  called  the  "  trilobed  outline  "  of  the 
head.     In  species  whose  clypeus  is  deeply  and  widely  emarginate, 


140 

while  the  labrum  is  strongly  narrowed  upward  (e.g.  H.  nasutus, 
mihi),  this  structure  is  very  conspicuous  ;  while  in  some  whose 
clypeus  is  but  little  emarginate,  while  the  labrum  is  feebly  curved 
above  and  feebly  elevated  (e.g.  H.  dehilis,  miJii),  the  outline  of  the 
head  from  the  most  favourable  point  of  view, — which  is  a  point 
whence  the  sight  is  almost  parallel  to  the  surface  of  the  head, — 
is  a  curve  in  which  the  sinuations  are  little  noticeable.  In 
order  to  compare  the  lobes  of  this  "  trilobed  outline  "  in  definite 
terms,  I  call  the  length  of  a  straight  line  joining  the  extremities 
of  the  free  outline  of  each  lobe  the  "  width  "  of  that  lobe,  and  by 
the  "length  "of  the  lobe  I  mean  the  distance  that  it  projects 
outward  from  that  line. 

To  minimise  words  in  the  following  descriptions  I  call  the 
fringe  of  stout  hairs  running  along  the  sides  of  the  elytra 
"  normal,"  when  it  is  not  continued  in  any  markedly  conspicuous 
manner  round  the  apex. 

It  should  also  be  noted  that  whenever  the  "  length  "  of  the 
metasternum  is  referred  to,  its  length  is  to  be  measured  along  the 
suture  between  it  and  its  episternum. 

The  hind  angles  of  the  prothorax  as  seen  from  above  are  in 
many  cases  not  the  real  angles  formed  by  the  meeting  of  the 
lateral  and  posterior  reflexed  margins,  and  consequently  they 
present  different  appearances  from  different  points  of  view.  To 
meet  this  difficulty  I  have  in  every  case  described  the  hind  angles 
of  the  prothorax  as  they  appear  from  directly  above  the  middle 
longitudinal  line  of  the  insect,  selecting  in  the  line  thus  indicated 
the  point  from  which  the  angles  appear  most  strongly  defined. 

Tabulation  of  the  groups  of  Heteronyx  thus  far  dealt  with, 
inclusive  of  those  in  the  present  memoir  : — 

Section  I. — Clypeus  altogether  above  the  summit  of  the  labrum 
(as  in  most  other  Melolonthidse).  Vide  P.L.S.  N.S.W.  (2)  III., 
p.  1328. 

Section  II.  —  Intermediate  forms, — in  which  the  labrum  is 
turned  upward,  and  nearly  or  quite  rises  to  the  level  of  the  plane 
of  the  clypeus,  but  does  not  overtop  it  (Ix.  p.  1353). 


BY    THE    REV.  T.  BLACKBURN.  141 

Section  III. — Labrum  turned  upward  and  overtopping  the  plane 
of  the  clypeus.  (By  far  the  largest  Section, — subdivided  as 
follows)  : — 

Group  1. — Antennae  8-jointed. 

Subgroup  1.— Claws  bifid.     {Ic.  p.  1359). 

Subgroup  2. — Claws   appendiculate.      (The  subject  of  the 
present  memoir.) 

Group  2. — Antenna3  9-jointed.       (To  be  dealt  with  in  next 
memoir  ) 

Tabulation  of  the  species  dealt  with  in  the  present  memoir  : — 

A.  Hind  coxse  at  their  longest  not  (or 
scarcely^)  shorter  than  the  suture 
between  the  metasternum  and  its 
episterna. 
B.  Elytra  furnished  with  fine  short  ad- 
pressed  pubescence. 
C.  Elytra  not  granuliferous. 

D.  Puncturation     of     hind     coxae 
rather  close  on  external  half 

of  the  surface  (size  large) normalis,  Blackb. 

DD.  Puncturation  of  hind  coxae  at 
its  closest  only  very  sparing 

(size  very  small) brevicornis,  Blackb. 

CC.  Elytra  granuliferous granulifer,  Blackb. 

BB.  Elytra  bearing  only  long  isolated 
more  or  less  erect  hairs  (as  in  H. 
fulvohirtus,  Blackb.)  nasutus,  Blackb. 


*I  have  added  this  saving  clause, — but  I  find  that  in  the  4  species  actually 
included  under  this  heading  the  metasternum  is  in  no  case  noticeably  longer 
than  the  hind  coxae,  although  measurement  in  two  of  them  proves  that  it  is 
very  slightly  so. 


142  REVISION    OF    THE    GENUS    EETERONYX^ 

AA.  Hind  coxae  distinctly  shorter  than  the 
suture  between  the  metasternum 

and  its  episterna 

B.  Hind  coxae  distinctly  longer  than  ex- 
ternal margin  of  2nd  ventral  seg- 
ment  , 

C.  Puncturation  of  elytra  very  close 
and  more  or  less  confluent  (as  in 
H.  2'>iceuSy  Blanch.,  horridus  and 

normalis,  Blackb.,  &c 

D.   Puncturation   of   elytra  smooth 

a  nd  very  minute 

E.  Lateral  margins  of  clypeus 
convergent  (hind ward)  close 

to  the  eye Mulwalensis,   Blackb. 

EE.  Lateral  margins  of  clypeus 
divergent    (hindward)    quite 

to  the  eye punctipennis,  Blackb. 

DD.  Puncturation  of  elytra  coarser 

and  subrugulose  nigricans,  Burm, 

CC.   Puncturation  of  elytra  less  close 
and  more  isolated  (as  is  usual 

in  the  genus) 

D.  Labrum   uniformly   rugulose.  ... 
E.  Prothorax  fully  twice  as  wide 

as  long 2^^9^^i  blackb. 

EE.  Prothorax  less  than  twice  as 

wide  as  long raucinasus,  Blackb. 

DD.  Labrum  not  uniformly    rugu- 
lose  

E.  Prothorax  closely  punctulate 
[intervals  between  punctures 
20  (or  less)  the  length  of  the 
segment.]    


BY    THE    REV.  T.  BLACKBURN.  143 

F.  General  puncturation  more 
or  less  coarse,  and  not 
uniform  over  upper  sur- 
face   

G.   Club  of  antennae  black . . .  nigellus,  Er. 
GG.  CI  ub  of  antenna3  yellow  dicbms,  Blackb. 
FF.   Puncturation  fine  and  uni- 
form (though  not  minute 
and  confluent  as  in  punc- 
tipennis,  &c.)  Size  over 

5  lines constans,  Blackb. 

EE.   Prothorax     more    sparingly 

punctulate 

F.  Prothorax  only  moderately 
narrowed  forward  (base  not 
more  than  i  again  as  wide 

as  front)  

G.  Middle  lobe  of  "trilobed 
outline  "  of  head  at  least 
half  as  wide  as  lateral 

lobes  

H.  Lateral  margins  of  cly- 

peus  nearly  straight electus,  Blackb. 

HH.   Lateral    margins    of 
clypeus  normally 

curved cygneus,  Blackb. 

GG.  Middle  lobe  of  "tri- 
lobed  outline"  of  head 
appearing  evidently 
less  than  half  as  wide 

as  lateral  lobes  auricomuSj  Blackb. 

FF.  Prothorax  more  strongly 
narrowed  forward  (base 
more  than  i  again  as 
wide  as  front) 


144  REVISION    OF    THE    GENUS    fl^TifiJOiVFX, 

G.  Ventral  segments  closely 
covered  in  the  middle 
with    strongly     defined 

fine  puncturation  anceps,  Blackb. 

GG.  Ventral  segments  in  the 
middle  at  most  feebly 
and  not  closely  punc- 
tured  

H.  Hind    angles    of    pro- 
thorax  quite  rounded 

ofi" 

I.  General  puncturation 
of  upper  surface 
exceptionally  coarse 

and  strong crassus^  Blackb. 

II.  Puncturation    of   pro- 
thorax  fine,  of  ely- 
tra   moderate     ...  Augustce,  Blackb. 
HH.   Hind    angles   of    pro- 
thorax  from  a  certain 
point    of     view   well 

defined    Sloanei,  Blackb. 

BB.  Hind  coxge  not  longer  than  external 

margin  of  2nd  ventral  segment... 

C.   "Trilobed   outline"    of    head   not 

well    developed ;    middle   lobe 

much  more    than  ^  as  wide  as 

lateral  ones 

D.   Hind  angles  of  prothorax   from 
some  point  of  view  appearing 
acute  or  sharply  rectangular... 
E.   Clypeal    suture    strongly  ele- 
vated    dentipes,  Blackb. 

EE.  Clypeal  suture  obscure t?^i*7u,  Blackb. 


BY    THE    REV.  T.  BLACKBURN.  145 

DD.  Hind  angles  of  prothorax  quite 

obtuse  or  rounded  off jejunus,  Blackb. 

CC.  "  Trilobed  outline  "  of  head  well- 
developed;  middle  lobe 
scarcely  half  as  wide  as 
lateral  ones lateritius,  Blaokb. 

Heteronyx  normalis,  sp.nov. 

Minus  elongatus ;  sat  convexus ;  pone  medium  leviter  dila- 
tatus  ;  minus  nitidus  ;  piceus  vel  ferruginous;  pilis  pallidis  brevi- 
bus  adpressis  (nonnullis  longioribus  erectis  intermixtis)  vestitus  ; 
subsequaliter  crebre  subtilius  punctulatus ;  labro  clypeum  late  sat 
fortiter  superanti ;  antennis  8-articulatis ;  unguiculis  appendi- 
culatis.  [Long.  4-5 J,  lat.  2-3  lines. 

Labrum  decidedly  overtopping  level  of  clypeus  which  is  widely 
and  roundly  emarginate  in  front;  ''trilobed  outline"  of  head 
having  the  lobes  feebly  convex,  the  middle  one  not  very  much 
narrower  than  the  others  ;  clypeal  suture  well  defined,  straight 
and  impressed  ;  head  (especially  the  clypeus)  a  little  more  strongly 
sculptured  than  the  rest  of  the  body.  Prothorax  nearly  twice  as 
wide  as  long,  and  nearly  twice  as  wide  at  base  as  at  front 
which  is  strongly  concave,  with  sharp  well-produced  angles ;  the 
sides  are  gently  arched  converging  slightly  from  base  to  middle, 
thence  more  strongly ;  the  hind  angles  viewed  from  above  appear 
fairly  well  defined  but  not  sharp  nor  directed  hindward  ;  the  base 
is  bisinuate  and  widely  lobed  in  the  middle.  The  elytra  have 
more  or  less  appearance  of  striation  (in  one  example  before  me  it 
is  quite  well  marked)  ;  their  transverse  wrinkling  is  fine  but  distinct 
(especially  in  front)  ;  the  lateral  fringes  are  not  carried  round  the 
apex,  which  is  truncate  with  a  narrow  but  distinct  membranous 
border.  The  puncturation  of  the  whole  upper  surface  is  fine, 
close,  and  even,  with  a  tendency  to  become  fainter  and  less  close 
from  the  clypeus  hindward,  till  on  the  pygidium  (which  is  sub- 
granulate)  it  is  feeble  and  hardly  close  ;  it  resembles  that  of  H. 
insignis,  Blackb.  The  metasternum  and  hind  coxae  are  of  equal 
10 


146  REVISION    OF    THE    GENUS    HETERONYX^ 

length  and  are  rather  finely  and  closely  punctured  externally  ;  the 
metasternum  a  little  more  sparingly  towards  the  middle,  where 
the  hind  coxae  are  almost  impunctate.  The  ventral  segments  are 
punctured  almost  as  the  metasternum.  The  ventral  series  consist 
of  stout  hairs  and  are  well  defined.  The  hind  femora  are  decidedly 
wider  than  the  intermediate,  their  inner  apical  angle  very  obtuse 
and  scarcely  prominent.  The  uppermost  tooth  on  the  anterior 
tibiae  is  small  but  sharp. 

S.  Australia  ;  widely  distributed  ;  also  Kangaroo  Island. 

H.   GRANULIFER,   Sp.UOV. 

Sat  elongatus  ;  minus  convexus ;  pone  medium  vix  dilatatus  ; 
sat  nitidus ;  ferrugineus ;  pilis  pallidis  brevibus  adpressis  (non 
nullis  perlongis,  e  granulis  squamosis  orientibus,  intermixtis) 
vestitus ;  capite  et  eljtris  crebrius  sat  crasse,  prothorace  et 
pygidio  sparsius  subtilius,  punctulatis  ;  labro  clypeum  minus  late 
minus  f ortiter  superanti ;  antennis  8-articulatis ;  unguiculis  appen- 
diculatis.  [Long.  4|,  lat.  2 J  lines  (vix). 

Labrum  decidedly  overtopping  level  of  clypeus  which  is  gently 
emarginate  in  front ;  "  trilobed  outline  "  of  head  having  the  lobes 
feebly  convex,  the  middle  one  about  half  as  wide  as  the  others ; 
clypeal  suture  fairly  defined,  straight,  and  impressed,  clypeus 
forming  an  even  surface  with  the  rest  of  the  head.  Prothorax 
nearly  twice  as  wide  as  long  down  the  middle  and  more  than  half 
as  wide  again  at  base  as  at  front  which  is  moderately  concave  with 
sharp  moderately  produced  angles  ;  the  sides  are  evenly  and  gently 
arched,  most  divergent  immediately  in  front  of  the  base  ;  the  hind 
angles  viewed  from  above  appear  very  ill-defined  but  not  quite 
rounded  off;  the  base  is  bisinuate,  widely  and  feebly  lobed  in  the 
middle ;  the  elytra  (in  the  example  before  me)  have  no  trace 
whatever  of  striation  ;  their  transverse  wrinkling  is  coarse  and 
rather  conspicuous;  the  lateral  fringe  is  much  abraded  in  the 
example  before  me  but  evidently  is  not  in  a  fresh  specimen  carried 
round  the  apex  in  any  conspicuous  manner ;  the  apex  has  an 
obscure   membranous  border.      The   puncturation  of    the   whole 


BY    THE    REV.  T.  BLACKBURN.  147 

upper  surface  except  the  pygidium  is  very  much  coarser  and  less 
close  than  in  H.  normalis.  The  hind  coxae  are  scarcely  so  long 
(by  measurement)  as  the  suture  between  the  metasternum  and  its 
episterna  ;  the  metasternum  is  closely  and  rather  finely  punctured 
externally,  less  closely  and  more  coarsely  towards  the  middle  ;  the 
hind  coxae  are  punctured  a  little  more  strongly  and  less  closely 
than  the  metasternum  externally  but  are  almost  impunctate  in 
their  inner  half.  The  basal  ventral  segment  is  punctured  sparingly 
and  moderately  strongly  on  the  sides,  sparingly  and  faintly  in  the 
middle  ;  the  other  ventral  segments  are  successively  more  and  more 
feebly  punctulate.  The  ventral  series  consist  of  stout  hairs  rising 
from  granules  and  are  very  well  defined.  The  hind  femora  are 
considerably  wider  than  the  intermediate,  their  inner  apical  angle 
well  produced  but  rather  obtuse.  The  uppermost  tooth  on  the 
anterior  tibiae  is  strong  (about  half  as  large  as  the  intermediate) 
and  moderately  sharp. 

Rose  worthy,  S.A. 

H.  NASUTUS,  sp.nov. 

Sat  elongatus;  sat  convexus  ;  pone  medium  minus  dilatatus  ;  sat 
nitidus  ;  ferrugineus  ;  pilis  flavis  elongatis  sat  sparsim  vestitus  ; 
corpore  supra  crasse  sat  sparsim  (capite  minus  sparsim,  elytris 
apice  pygidioque  subtiliter)  punctulatis ;  labro  clypeum  anguste 
sat  fortiter  superanti;  antennis  8-articulatis  ;  unguiculis  appendi- 
culatis.  [Long.  4|-,  lat.  2^  lines. 

Clypeus  with  strongly  and  widely  reflexed  margins,  strongly 
emarginate  in  middle  ;  "  trilobed  outline  "  of  head  having  the  lobes 
very  strong,  the  middle  one  barely  a  third  as  wide  as  either  of  the 
others,  about  equal  to  them  in  length ;  clypeal  suture  well  defined, 
impressed,  and  strongly  angulated  in  the  middle,  clypeus  not 
forming  an  evenly  continuous  plane  with  the  rest  of  the  head. 
Prothorax  about  twice  as  wide  as  long  down  the  middle  and 
scarcely  a  third  again  as  wide  at  base  as  at  front  which  is  moderately 
concave  with  sharp  moderately  produced  angles  ;  the  sides  con- 
verging in  a  slight  curve  from  base  to  front;  the  hind  angles  viewed 


148  REVISION    OF    THE    GENUS    HETERONTX, 

from  above  appear  fairly  defined  and  obtuse  ;  the  base  is  feebly 
bisinuate,  widely  and  feebly  lobed  in  the  middle.  Elytra  (of  the 
example  before  me)  without  trace  of  striation,  their  transverse 
wrinkling  coarse  and  fairly  conspicuous  ;  lateral  fringe  normal, 
apex  with  well  defined  membranous  border.  The  puncturation  is 
much  coarser  and  stronger  than  in  N.  granulifer,  and  on  the 
whole  upper  surface  much  resembles  that  of  //.  fulvohirtus 
(Sect.  I.)  Hind  coxje  scarcely  so  long  as  the  metasternum  which 
is  strongly  punctured, — closely  at  the  sides,  sparingly  in  the 
middle, — the  former  being  closely  and  strongly  punctured  through- 
out, and  also  finely  coriaceous.  The  ventral  segments  are  finely 
coriaceous,  with  tuberculous  puncturation,  which  is  strong  and 
rather  sparing  at  the  sides, — nearly  obsolete  in  the  middle.  The 
ventral  series  consist  of  moderately  stout  hairs  and  are  fairly  con- 
spicuous. The  hind  femora  are  much  wider  than  the  intermediate 
and  have  their  inner  apical  angle  fairly  prominent,  but  much 
rounded  off".  The  anterior  tibiae  are  much  like  those  of  II. 
granulifer. 

!N.  Territory  of  S.  Australia. 

H.   Bi^EVicoRNis,  sp.nov. 

Elongatus  ;  sat  convexus  ;  pone  medium  vix  dilatatus  ;  minus 
nitidus  ;  pallide  fuscus  vel  ferruginous ;  pilis  subtilibus  adpressis 
minus  dense  vestitus  ;  capite  crasse  minus  crebre  (clypeo  magis 
crebre),  prothorace  subtilius  sat  sparsim,  elytris  subtilius  crebrius, 
pygidio  sparsissime,  punctulatis  ;  labro  clypeum  late  sat  fortiter 
superanti ;  antennis  8-articulatis  brevibus  ;  unguiculis  appendi- 
culatis.  [Long.  24-2f,  lat.  1-1^  lines  (vix.) 

Olypeus  almost  truncate  in  front  where  there  is  no  distinct 
reflexed  margin  ;  "  trilobed  outline"  of  head  having  the  middle 
lobe  quite  as  wide  as  the  lateral  ones  and  about  equal  to  them  in 
length,  but  (owing  to  forward  protrusion  of  labrum)  projecting 
forward  beyond  them;  clypeal  suture  nearly  straight,  ill-defined; 
clypeus  forming  an  almost  evenly  continuous  surface  with  the  rest 
of  the  head.     Prothoiax  about  half  again  as  wide  as  long  down 


BY    THE    REV.  T.  BLACKBURN.  149 

the  middle,  its  base  about  half  again  as  wide  as  its  front  which  is 
lightly  emarginate  with  very  feebly  produced  angles ;  the  sides 
diverge  strongly  from  the  apex  to  the  middle  where  they  are 
ix)unded  and  whence  they  converge  slightly  to  the  base  with  which 
their  hind  angles  are  almost  rounded  off;  the  base  is  scarcely 
distinctly  bisinuate  or  lobed,  but  is  almost  evenly  rounded  all 
across.  Elytra  with  no  trace  of  striation  except  a  fairly  defined 
sutural  stria ;  their  transverse  wrinkling  scarcely  perceptible  ; 
lateral  fringe  feeble  and  not  continuous  round  apex  which  has  a 
scarcely  noticeable  membranous  border.  The  puncturation  of  the 
upper  surface  resembles  that  of  H.  testaceus,  Blackb.,  (Sect.  I.),  but 
is  feebler  except  on  the  head.  Hind  cox^e  about  as  long  as  meta 
sternum,  the  puncturation  of  both  being  feeble  and  sparse  (especially 
in  the  middle).  The  ventral  segments  are  scarcely  distinctly 
punctulate.  The  ventral  series  consist  of  long  erect  hairs  and  are 
very  conspicuous,  but  obsolete  in  the  middle.  The  hind  femora 
are  not  very  much  wider  than  the  intermediate  and  have  their  inner 
apical  angle  very  feeble.  The  lower  two  teeth  of  the  anterior 
tibiae  are  very  strong  and  sharp, — the  uppermost  tooth  is  obtuse 
and  subobsolete. 

S.  Australia  (Port  Lincoln  ;  also  near  Adelaide). 

H.    PUNCTIPENNIS,    Sp.nOV. 

Minus  elongatus ;  latus ;  sat  convexus ;  pone  medium  sat 
dilatatus  ;  minus  nitidas  ;  obscure  ferrugineus,  antennis  palpisque 
rufo-testaceis ;  pilis  brevibus  adpressis  vestitus;  clypeo  creberrime 
mgulose,  capite  postice  sat  fortiter  minus  crebre,  prothorace  minus 
fortiter  sat  crebre,  elytris  crebre  subtiliter  squamose,  pygidio 
fortius  crebrius,  punctulatis  ;  tibiarum  anticarum  dentibus  externis 
inferioribus  perlongis;  labro  clypeum  late  minus  fortiter  superanti; 
antennis  8-articulatis  ;  unguiculis  appendiculatis. 

[Long.  4,  lat.  2^  lines. 

Clypeus  gently  emarginate  in  front,  its  reflexed  margin  obsolete 
in  the  middle  part ;    "  trilobed  outline  "  of  head  as  in  H.  debilis 


150  REVISION   OF   THE   GENUS   HETERONYX, 

except  that  the  middle  lobe  appears  proportionally  narrower  owing 
to  the  greater  convexity  of  the  upper  outline  of  the  labrum  ; 
clypeus  almost  forming  an  even  surface  with  the  rest  of  the  head; 
clypeal  suture  slightly  wavy  and  not  well  marked.  Prothorax 
very  nearly  twice  as  wide  as  long  down  the  middle,  its  base  more 
than  half  again  as  wide  as  its  front  which  is  only  gently  emarginate, 
with  angles  but  little  produced  ;  its  sides  diverge  in  a  slight  curve 
from  the  apex  to  the  base  with  which  they  form  angles  that  from  a 
certain  point  above  appear  quite  sharp,  and  somewhat  directed 
hindward;  the  base  rather  feebly  bisinuate  and  moderately  lobed  in 
the  middle.  Elytra  with  little  or  no  indication  of  striae,  their 
transverse  wrinkling  very  fine,  but  from  some  points  of  view  fairly 
distinct,  their  lateral  fringes  normal,  their  membranous  apex  well 
defined.  The  puncturation  of  the  prothorax  is  evidently  coarser, 
and  that  of  the  elytra  evidently  more  minute,  than  in  H.  normalis. 
The  hind  femora  are  moderately  wider  than  the  intermediate,  with 
their  inner  apical  angle  feeble  and  rounded.  The  hind  coxaB  are 
considerably  shorter  than  the  metasternum  and  evidently  longer 
than  the  second  ventral  segment.  The  metasternum  and  hind 
coxae  are  rather  strongly  and  closely  punctulate  at  the  sides,  the 
puncturation  continuing  more  markedly  than  in  most  species 
across  the  middle,  the  latter  having  a  smooth  portion  only  towards 
the  antero-internal  corner.  The  hind  body  is  punctured  a  little 
less  strongly,  the  punctures  being  much  enfeebled  in  the  middle. 
The  ventral  series  consist  of  fine  hairs  and  are  not  very  con- 
spicuous. On  the  anterior  tibiae  the  lower  teeth  are  long  and 
sharp,  but  the  uppermost  is  very  small,  evidently  less  than  half 
the  second. 

Adelaide  district. 

H.  MuLWALENSis,  sp.nov. 

Sat  elongatus ;  postice  vix  dilatatus  ;  sat  convexus ;  ferrugineus, 
antennis  palpi sque  testaceis  ;  pilis  adpressis  vestitus  ;  capite  toto 
creberrime  sequaliter  rugulose,  elytris  crebre  subtiliter,  pygidio 
sparsius  sat  subtiliter,  punctulatis  ;  tibiarum  anticarum  dentibus 


BY    THE    REV.  T.   BLACKBURN.  151 

externis   inferioribus    validis ;    labro    clypeum    late    sat   fortiter 
saperanti ;  antennis  8-articulatis  ;  unguiciilis  appendiculatis. 

[Long.  4f5i  lat.  2^3^-21  lines. 

Closely  allied  to  II.  punctipennis,  the  description  of  which  may 
be  taken  as  applying  to  it  except  in  so  far  as  here  modified.  The 
"trilobed  outline"  of  the  head  is  much  more  conspicuous  owing 
to  the  greater  prominence  of  the  lab  rum,  the  middle  lobe 
appearing  slightly  narrower  in  proportion  (i.e.,  very  little  more 
than  half  as  wide  as  the  lateral  ones) ;  the  plane  of  the  clypeus  is 
rather  more  distinct  from  that  of  the  rest  of  the  head  and  its 
lateral  margins  are  more  dilated,  their  outline  being  moreover 
angularly  contracted  at  its  base  close  in  front  of  the  eye  (instead 
of  forming  an  even  gentle  curve  from  the  eye  to  the  front)  ;  the 
entire  head  is  very  finely,  closely,  evenly  and  rugosely  punctulate 
instead  of  having  (as  II.  punctipennis  has)  the  portion  behind  the 
clypeal  sature  very  much  more  sparingly  punctulate  than  the 
clypeus.  The  prothorax  is  slightly  less  wide  in  proportion  to  its 
length.  The  surface  of  the  front  face  of  the  labrum  is  roughened 
and  granulose,  while  in  pitnctij)ennis  it  is  smooth,  nitid,  and  finely 
punctulate. 

Mulwala,  N.S.W. ;  taken  by  Mr.  T.  G.  Sloane. 

H.  NIGRICANS,  Er. 

Sat  elongatus;  sat  convexus;  postice  vix  dilatatus;  sat  nitidus; 
piceo-niger,  antennis  palpisque  testaceis,  tarsis  rufescentibus ;  pilis 
brevibus  albidis  adpressis  sat  sparsim  vestitus ;  supra  fortius  sat 
crebre  sequaliter  (pygidio  sparsim  excepto)  punctulatus  ;  tibiarum 
anticarum  dentibus  externis  inferioribus  robustis  acutis ;  labro 
clypeum  late  minus  fortiter  superanti  ;  antennis  8-articulatis  ; 
unguiculis  appendiculatis.  [Long.  4,  lat.  2i  lines  (vix). 

Clypeus  scarcely  emarginate  in  front,  its  reflexed  margin  very 
fine  but  continuous;  "trilobed  outline  "  of  head  fairly  defined,  the 
middle  lobe  appearing  decidedly  narrower  than  the  lateral  ones  ; 
clypeus  not  forming  an  even  surface  with  the  rest  of  the  head  ; 


152  REVISION    OP    THE    GENUS    HETERONYX^ 

clypeal  suture  well  marked  and  gently  arched.  Prothorax  deci- 
dedly less  than  twice  as  wide  as  it  is  long,  its  base  about  half 
again  as  wide  as  its  front  which  is  rather  strongly  emarginate  and 
subbisinuate,  with  angles  little  advanced  and  not  very  pointed ; 
its  sides  are  gently  arched  but  scarcely  convergent  from  the  middle 
to  the  base  ;  the  hind  angles  viewed  from  a  certain  point  above 
appear  fairly  defined  and  a  little  directed  hindward  but  not  sharp  ; 
the  base  moderately  bisinuate  and  moderately  lobed  in  the  middle. 
Elytra  with  some  indication  of  striae,  their  transverse  wrinkling 
not  conspicuous,  their  lateral  fringes  normal,  their  apical  membrane 
fairly  developed.  The  puncturation  of  the  upper  surface  as  a 
whole  closely  resembles  that  of  H,  graciUiJes.  The  hind  femora  are 
moderately  wider  than  the  intermediate  with  their  inner  apical 
angle  scarcely  at  all  prominent.  The  hind  coxae  are  decidedly 
shorter  than  the  metasternum  but  considerably  longer  than  the 
second  ventral  segment.  The  metasternum  is  moderately  coarsely 
punctured  all  across,  the  hind  coxae  are  punctured  much  like  the 
metasternum  but  are  laevigate  on  the  inner  anterior  portion.  The 
ventral  segments  and  anterior  tibise  scarcely  differ  from  those  of 
H,  puncti2)ennis  except  that  the  uppermost  tooth  of  the  latter  is 
still  less  developed. 

King  George's  Sound;  in  the  collection  of  the  Hon.  W.  Macleay. 

H.  RATJCINASUS,  Sp.nov. 

Elongatus ;  sat  convexus  ;  postice  leviter  dilatatus ;  sat  nitidus ; 
piceo-ferrugineus,  antennis  palpisque  testaceis,  pilis  adpressis  sat 
brevibus  albidis  vestitus  ;  capite  crebre  rugulose,  prothorace  spar- 
sius  fortiter,  elytris  squamose  sat  crebre,  pygidio  sparsim  sat 
fortiter,  punctulatis ;  tibiarum  anticarum  dentibus  externis  ro- 
bustis ;  labro  clypeum  sat  fortiter  minus  late  superanti  (illo 
antice  ruguloso)  ;  antennis  8-articulatis  ;  unguiculis  appendiculatis. 

[Long.  44,  lat.  2f  lines. 

Clypeus  very  slightly  emarginate  and  with  the  reflexed  margin 
scarcely  indicated  in  the  middle ;  "  trilobed  outline  "  of  head  well 


BY    THE    REV.  T.  BLACKBURN.  153 

defined,  the  middle  lobe  appearing  not  much  more  than  half  as 
wide  as,  but  rather  longer  than,  the  lateral  ones.  The  entire 
surface  of  the  head  is  nearly  even  with  scarcely  a  trace  of  a  clypeal 
suture.  Prothorax  not  much  more  than  half  again  as  wide  as 
long  ;  its  base  about  half  again  as  wide  as  front  which  is  moder- 
ately emarginate  with  angles  neither  very  prominent  nor  very 
sharp;  it  is  slightly  wider  just  behind  the  middle  than  at  the  base; 
sides  gently  arched  ;  hind  angles  viewed  from  above  appearing 
modemtely  distinct  and  rectangular  but  neither  sharp  nor  notice- 
ably directed  hindward  ;  the  base  feebly  bisinuate  and  feebly 
lobed.  Elytra  with  scarcely  any  indication  of  any  (even  a 
sutural)  stria,  their  transverse  wrinkling  fairly  conspicuous,  their 
lateral  fringes  normal,  their  apical  membrane  rather  indistinct. 
The  puncturation  of  the  elytra  is  much  like  that  of  H.  gracilipes 
while  the  prothorax  is  considerably  less  closely  punctured  than  in 
that  species.  The  hind  femora  are  not  very  much  wider  than  the 
intermediate,  their  inner  apical  angle  feebly  prominent  and  much 
rounded.  The  hind  coxae,  metasternum,  ventral  segments  and 
legs  agree  with  the  description  of  those  parts  in  //.  j^unctijMnnis 
except  that  on  the  anterior  tibiae  the  teeth  are  evidently  stouter, 
the  uppermost  being  larger,  moreover,  in  proportion  to  the  others. 
Adelaide  district.  A  specimen  (in  the  collection  of  the  Hon. 
W.  Macleay)  from  Gunning,  N.S.W,,  seems  to  differ  only  in  its 
darker  colour. 

H.  PiGKR,  sp.nov. 

Elongatus ;  sat  convexus  ;  postice  vix  dilatatus  ;  sat  nitidus ; 
ferrugineus,  antennis  pal[)isque  testaceis  ;  pilis  adpressis  brevibus 
albidis  vestitus  ;  capite  crebre  rugulose,  prothorace  sat  fortiter  sat 
crebre  (hoc  quam  longiori  duplo  latiori),  elytris  squamose  sat 
crebre,  pygidio  sat  fortiter  sat  crebre,  punctulatis ;  tibiarum 
anticarum  dentibus  externis  validis ;  labro  clypeum  sat  late  sub- 
fortiter  superanti  (illo  antice  ruguloso) ;  antennis  8-articulatis  ; 
unguiculis  appendiculatis.  [I^ong.  6,  lat.  2^  lines. 

Clypeus  moderately  emarginate,  its  reflexed  margin  nearly 
obliterated  in  the  middle  ;  "  trilobed  outline  "of  head  very  well 


154  REVISION    OF    THE    GENUS    HETEMONYX, 

defined,  the  middle  lobe  appearing  not  much  more  than  half  as 
wide  as,  and  scarcely  longer  than,  the  lateral  ones.  Entire 
surface  of  head  nearly  even,  with  scarcely  a  trace  of  a  clypeal 
suture.  Prothorax  just  twice  as  wide  as  long,  its  base  rather 
more  than  half  again  as  wide  as  its  front,  which  is  moderately 
emarginate  and  gently  bisinuate,  with  sharp  but  not  very  strongly 
produced  angles  ;  its  sides  are  gently  arched,  and  diverge  from 
the  front  to  near  the  base,  thence  becoming  nearly  parallel ;  hind 
angles  (viewed  from  above)  appearing  defined,  but  hardly  pointed, 
or  directed  hindward  ;  base  only  feebly  bisinuate  and  not  strongly 
lobed  in  middle.  Elytra  with  only  sutural  stria  (and  that  not  in 
all  lights)  distinct,  their  transverse  wrinkling  not  conspicuous, 
their  lateral  fringes  normal,  their  apical  membrane  obscure,  their 
puncturation  a  trifle  finer  and  closer  than  the  same  in  H.  graci- 
lipes  (the  puncturation  of  the  prothorax  also  being  much  as  in 
that  species).  The  hind  femora  are  only  moderately  wider  than 
the  intermediate,  their  inner  apical  angle  moderately  prominent 
but  not  sharp.  The  hind  coxee,  metasternum,  and  ventral  seg- 
ments do  not  seem  to  diff'er  noticeably  from  the  same  in  H. 
punctipennis  and  raucinasus,  the  teeth  on  the  anterior  tibise 
resembling  those  of  the  latter. 

Taken  at  the  Grange,  near  Adelaide. 


'&^3 


H.  coNSTANS,  sp.nov. 

Elongatus  ;  sat  convexus;  postice  leviter  dilatatus;  sat  nitidus; 
piceo-niger,  an  tennis  palpisque  testaceis  ;  pilis  minus  brevibus 
(nonnullis  postice  inclinatis,  nonnuilis  erectis)  fulvo-griseis 
conspicue  sat  dense  vestitus ;  capite  prothoraceque  sat  fortiter 
sat  crebre,  elytris  squamose  paullo  minus  crebre,  pygidio  (hoc 
longe  hirsuto)  sparsius  fortius,  punctulatis ;  tibiarum  anticarum 
dentibus  externis  validis ;  labro  clypeum  minus  late  subfortiter 
superanti ;  antennis  8-articulatis  ;  unguiculis  appendiculatis. 

[Long.  5^-6^,  lat.  24-3i  lines. 

The  head  scarcely  difiers  from  that  of  //.  jnger,  except  that 
the  upper  outline  of  the  labrum  is    a  little  more  convex  so  that 


BY    THE    REV.  T.  BLACKBURN.  155 

the  middle  lobe  of  the  "trilobed  outline"  appears  a  little  nar- 
rower. The  prothorax  is  about  J  again  as  wide  as  long,  and  the 
base  is  in  about  the  same  proportion  wider  than  the  front,  which 
is  deeply  emarginate,  with  sharj:)  prominent  angles  ;  the  sides  are 
nearly  straight  in  their  hinder  half,  thence  converging  arcuately 
to  the  front  (the  segment  is  slightly  at  its  widest  a  little  in  front 
of,  not  at,  the  base),  forming  right  angles  (but  somewhat  rounded 
off  at  extreme  apex)  with  the  base — as  viewed  from  above — the 
base  being  somewhat  bisinuate  and  moderately  lobed  in  the  middle. 
The  elytra  have  little  or  no  trace  of  striation,  their  transverse 
wrinkling  being  fairly  distinct,  their  lateral  fringe  normal,  and 
their  membranous  apex  fairly  defined.  The  general  puncturation 
of  the  upper  surface  resembles  that  of  H.  gracilijyes — the  pro- 
thorax  being,  however,  rather  less  closely  and  less  strongly,  the 
elytra  decidedly  more  squamosely,  punctured.  A  marked 
character  of  the  species  is  its  decidedly  close,  not  very  short, 
pale  dirty  brown  pubescence,  which  is  for  the  most  part  inclined 
backward  but  not  closely  adpressed,  with  a  good  many  erect 
hairs  rather  longer  than  the  rest.  The  hind  femora  are  con- 
siderably wider  than  the  intermediate,  their  inner  apical  angle 
well  produced  but  not  sharp.  The  hind  coxse  are  only  a  little 
shorter  than  the  metasternum  and  very  much  longer  than  the 
second  ventral  segment.  The  metasternum  is  rather  strongly 
punctured  all  across — more  closely  at  the  sides  than  in  the 
middle ;  the  hind  coxaB  much  more  sparingly  especially  on  the 
antero-internal  region.  The  ventral  segments  are  very  distinctly 
punctulate,  more  closely  and  strongly  at  the  sides  than  in  the 
middle.  The  ventral  series  consist  of  long  and  rather  fine  hairs 
and  are  well  defined.  The  teeth  of  the  anterior  tibiae  are  very 
robust,  the  uppermost  being  decidedly  more  than  half  the  size  of 
the  second  tooth. 

Widely  distributed  in  S.  Australia  but  apparently  not  very 
common. 

H.   NIGELLUS,  Er. 

Minus    elongatus ;    convexus ;    postice    leviter   dilatatus ;    sat 
nitidus  ;  nigro-piceus  ;  sat  sparsim  griseo-pubescens  ;  capite  crebre 


156  REVISION    OF    THE    GENUS    HETERONYX, 

rugulose,  prothorace  fortiter  minus  crebre,  elytris  fortiter  sub- 
squamose  minus  crebre,  pygidio  (hoc  capillis  erectis  dense  vestito) 
crebre  minus  fortiter,  pnnctulatis ;  tibiarum  anticarum  dentibns 
externis  validis  ;  labro  clypeura  minus  late  sat  fortiter  superanti ; 
antennis  8-articulatis ;  tarsorum  posticorum  articulo  basali 
secundo  fere  tertia  parte   breviori  ;*  unguiculis  appendiculatis. 

[Long.  4,  lat.  21  linos. 

Clypeus  with  a  strongly  reflexed  margin  obsolete  in  the  middle, 
which  is  rather  strongly  eniarginate  ;  "  tiilobed  outline  "  of  head 
strongly  defined — the  middle  lobe  appearing  less  than  half  as 
wide,  and  the  same  length,  as  the  lateral  ones.  The  clypeus  does 
not  form  an  even  surface  with  the  rest  of  the  head,  and  the 
clypeal  suture  is  strongly  impressed  and  somewhat  angulated  in 
the  middle.  The  prothorax  is  slightly  more  than  half  again  as 
wide  as  long,  its  base  about  half  again  as  wide  as  its  front,  which 
is  rather  strongly  eniarginate  with  sharp  prominent  angles ;  the 
sides  are  nearly  parallel  in  their  basal  half,  thence  arcuately 
converging  forward  and  forming  (as  viewed  from  a  particular 
point  above)  rather  sharp  right  angles  with  the  base,  which  is 
moderately  bisinuate  and  rather  strongly  lobed  in  the  middle. 
The  transverse  wrinkling  of  the  elytra  is  only  moderately 
defined,  there  is  scarcely  any  trace  of  striation,  the  lateral  fringe 
is  normal,  the  apical  membrane  well  defined.  The  general 
puncturation  is  coarser  than  in  any  of  the  species  hitherto  men- 
tioned in  this  Memoir  as  common,  but  it  nevertheless  bears  much 
resemblance  to  that  of  H.  gracilipes.  The  hind  femora  are  very 
little  wider  than  the  intermediate,  their  inner  aj^ical  angle 
scarcely  prominent.  The  hind  coxae  are  much  shorter  than  the 
metasternum  (both  being  rather  strongly,  and  at  the  sides  closely, 
punctured — the  latter  more  sparingly  in  the  middle,  the  former 
obsoletely  in  the  antero-internal  region)  and  very  evidently  longer 


*Tlie  length  of  the  basal  joint  is  of  course  measured  from  its  point  of 
insertion  within  the  apical  cavity  of  the  tibia  ;  casually  glanced  at  it 
appears  even  shorter  still. 


BY    THE    REV.  T.   BLACKBURN.  157 

than  the  second  ventral  segment,  which  with  the  other  ventral 
segments  is  punctured  moderately  all  across.  The  ventral  series 
are  fine  and  not  particularly  conspicuous.  The  teeth  of  the 
anterior  tibiae  are  fairly  robust  and  sharp,  the  uppermost  being 
about  half  the  size  of  the  second. 

N.B. — The  identification  of  this  insect  has  fared  badly.  The 
original  description  unfortunately  omits  the  following  characters 
without  which  certainty  is  hopeless  apart  from  examination  of  the 
type,  viz.,  the  relation  of  the  labrum  and  the  clypeus  to  each 
other,  the  number  of  joints  in  the  antennae,  and  the  details  of  the 
claws.  The  latter  two  are  implied  by  the  assignment  of  the 
species  to  Silojm,  but  as  the  acceptance  of  this  evidence  would 
place  all  Erichson's  Ueteronyces  in  one  small  group  of  the  genus 
(viz.,  that  with  9-jointed  antennae  and  claws  bifid  at  the  apex)  it 
cannot  be  considered  conclusive.  Dr.  Burmeister  tabulates  H. 
nigellus,  Er.,  as  having  9-jointed  antennae.  M.  Lacordaire  ex- 
pressly states  that  it  has  8-jointed  antennae,  but  adds  that  its 
hinder  claws  are  simple.  The  specimen  described  by  me  above 
was  taken  in  Tasmania  and  bears  the  name  "  nigellus,  Er.,"  in  the 
collection  of  the  Hon.  W.  Macleay.  It  agrees  very  fairly  with 
Erichson's  description  except  in  being  somewhat  larger  than  the 
size  given.  But  the  character  on  which  I  rely  most  in  its  identi- 
fication is  the  colour  of  the  antennae  which  are  pitchy  black  with 
the  base  paler, — a  character  specially  mentioned  by  Erichson,  and 
of  which  I  know  scarcely  another  example  among  the  species  of 
Heteronyx  that  I  have  examined.  I  cannot  help  thinking  that 
M.  Lacordaire's  observation  of  the  claws  was  inaccurate. 

H.  DUBius,  sp.nov. 

Sat  elongatus  ;  postice  minus  dilatatus  ;  sat  convexus ;  piceo- 
ferrugineus,  antennis  paipisque  testaceis,  pedibus  in  parte  et 
abdomine  toto  rufis  ;  capite  crebre  rugulose,  prothorace  fortiter 
minus  crebre,  elytris  fortiter  subsquamose  minus  crebre,  pygidio 
(hoc  capillis  erectis  vestito)  sat  crebre  minus  fortiter,  punctulatis  ; 
tibiarum  anticarum  dentibus  externis  inferioribus  2  validis ;  labro 


158  REVISION    OF    THE    GENUS    EETEROiVYX, 

clypeum  sat  late  sat  fortiter  superanti ;  antennis  8-articulatis  ; 
tarsorum  posticorum  articulo  basali  secunclo  vix  breviori*  ;  ungui- 
culis  appendiculatis.  [Long.  4f ,  lat.  2t  lines  (vix). 

This  insect  is  so  close  to  H.  nigellns,  Er.,  that  it  would  be  waste 
of  time  and  space  to  add  to  the  above  diagnosis  more  than  a 
statement  of  the  respects  in  which  the  description  of  H.  nigellus 
would  not  agree  with  it.  1  distinguish  it  mainly  by  its  testaceous 
antennse,  and  the  elongate  basal  joint  of  the  posterior  tarsi  which 
(from  its  actual  root)  is  scarcely  shorter  than  the  second  joint.  I 
observe  also  the  following  slight  differences,  viz.,  the  colour  in 
general  (possibly  only  an  individual  peculiarity  except  in  respect 
of  the  antennae,  which  in  no  species  that  I  have  seen  vary  with 
the  general  colour  of  the  surface),  the  wider  and  slighter  sinuation 
of  the  clypeus  in  front  displaying  a  wider  piece  of  the  labrum,  the 
in  general  slightly  closer  puncturation  of  every  part,  the  less 
developed  apical  membrane  of  the  elytra  and  the  much  feebler 
uppermost  tooth  of  the  anterior  tibiae.  The  hind  coxae  also  are 
less  narrowed  inwards  from  the  external  margin,  and  (in  the 
example  before  me)  there  is  little  or  no  pubescence  on  the  pro- 
thorax  and  elytra, — except  of  course  the  fringes. 

A  single  example  was  taken  by  Mr.  J.  G.  O.  Tepper,  at  Nor- 
ton's Summit  near  Adelaide. 

H.  AURICOMUS,  sp.nov. 

Minus  elongatus ;  postice  vix  dilatatus  ;  sat  convexus  ;  ferru- 
ginous, antennis  palpisque  testaceis ;  pilis  aureo-brunneis  sat 
dense  vestitus  ;  capite  crebre  rugulose,  prothorace  elytrisque  sat 
fortiter  minus  crebre,  pygidio  sat  sparsim  sat  leviter,  punctulatis ; 
tibiarum  anticarum  dentibus  externis  validis  acutis  ;  labro  clypeum 
minus  late  sat  fortiter  superanti ;  antennis  8-articulatis  ;  ungui- 
culis  appendiculatis.  [Long.  4,  lat.  2  lines. 

Clypeus  with  reflexed  margin  not  obsolete  in  middle  which  is 
distinctly  emarginate  ;  "  trilobed  outline  "  of  head  only  moderately 

*  Vide  note  on  page  156. 


BY    THE    REV.  T.  BLACKBURN.  159 

defined,  otherwise  as  that  of  H.  nigellus ;  surface  of  clypeus  not 
quite  uniform  with  that  of  rest  of  head,  clypeal  suture  fairly 
impressed  and  angulated.  Prothorax  about  three-fifths  again  as 
wide  as  long,  its  base  less  than  half  again  as  wide  as  its  front, 
which  is  moderately  emarginate,  with  fairly  prominent  angles;  the 
sides  converge  arcuately  from  base  to  front ;  most  strongly  near 
front ;  they  form  (viewed  from  above)  strongly  rounded  angles 
with  the  base  which  is  moderately  bisinuate  and  feebly  and  widely 
lobed  in  the  middle.  The  puncturation  of  the  elytra  is  very 
uniform  with  that  of  the  prothorax,  except  that  it  shows  a  little 
tendency  to  be  squamose  ;  the  transverse  wrinkling  of  the  elytra 
is  feeble,  their  lateral  fringe  normal,  their  apical  membrane  little 
defined.  The  prothorax  is  evidently  more  sparingly  and  feebly 
punctured  than  that  of  H.  nigellus,  gracilipes,  &lc.,  and  much  more 
closely  than  that  of  Augustce  and  others ;  the  elytra  are  more 
sparingly  punctured  than  is  usual  in  the  genus.  The  hind  femora 
are  evidently  wider  than  the  intermediate,  their  inner  apical  anc^le 
rather  feeble  and  blunt.  The  hind  coxae  are  considerably  shorter 
than  the  metasternum  and  longer  than  tlie  2nd  ventral  segment. 
Tlie  description  of  the  anterior  tibiae  and  the  puncturation  of  the 
under  surface  in  H.  nigellus  (above)  may  be  applied  to  this 
species ;  the  ventral  series,  however,  seem  more  conspicuous  than 
in  H.  nigellus,  and  the  uppermost  tooth  on  the  anterior  tibi^  is 
a  little  more  acute. 

Darling  River ;  in  collection  of  Hon.  W.  Macleay. 


H.  CYGNEUS,  sp.nov. 

Sat  elongatus ;  postice  vix  dilatatus ;  sat  convexus ;  ferru- 
gineus;  pilis  sat  dense  vestitus ;  clypeo  crebre  rugulose,  capite 
postice  minus  crebre,  prothorace  elyt  risque  sat  for  titer  minus 
crebre,  pygidio  sat  sparsim  sat  leviter,  punctulatis ;  tibiarum 
anticarum  dentibus  externis  inferioribus  2  validis ;  labro  clypeum 
sat  late  sat  fortiter  superanti ;  an  tennis  8-articulatis  ;  unguiculis 
appendiculatis.  [Long.  3|,  lat.  1|  lines. 


160  REVISION    OF    THE    GENUS    HETERONYX^ 

Yeiy  close  to  H.  auricomus,  but  differing  as  follows  ;  the  labrum 
is  more  widely  and  strongly  prominent  so  that  the  middle  lobe  of 
the  "  trilobed  outline  "  appears  longer  than  and  more  than  half  as 
wide  as  the  lateral  lobes  ;  the  clypeus  is  less  distinctly  margined 
in  the  middle  of  its  front ;  the  puncturation  of  the  hind  part  of  the 
head  is  much  less  uniform  with  that  of  the  clypeus;  the  hind  angles 
of  the  prothorax  are  much  better  defined  ;  the  apical  membrane 
of  the  elytra  is  well  defined  ;  the  uppermost  tooth  on  the  anterior 
tibiae  is  much  feebler,  being  much  less  than  half  as  large  as  the 
middle  tooth,  the  external  outline  of  the  tibia  (from  its  base  to 
the  apex  of  the  uppermost  tooth)  being  straight,  whereas  in 
auricomus  that  outline  is  more  or  less  concave.  The  general  form, 
moreover,  is  a  little  more  elongate  and  parallel  than  that  of  H. 
auricomus. 

Kangaroo  Island  ;  taken  by  Mr.  J.  G.  0.  Tepper  and  others. 


H   ELECTUS,  sp.nov. 

Sat  elongatus ;  postice  vix  dilatatus  ;  sat  convexus ;  ferrugineus, 
antennis  pallidioribus ;  pilis  fulvis  vestitus  ;  capite  crasse  rugu- 
lose,  prothorace  elytrisque  sat  fortiter  sat  sparsim,  pygidio 
subtilius  nee  crebre,  punctulatis  ;  tibiarum  anticarum  dentibus 
externis  inferioribus  2  validis  ;  labro  clypeum  sat  late  sat  fortiter 
superanti ;  antennis  8-articulatis  ;  unguiculis  appendiculatis. 

[Long.  4|,  lat.  ^  lines. 

Clypeus  with  reflexed  margin  obsolete  in  middle  which  is  widely 
and  gently  emarginate ;  "trilobed  outline"  of  head  moderately 
defined,  the  middle  lobe  appearing  more  than  half  as  wide  and 
the  same  length  as  the  lateral  ones  ;  sides  of  clypeus  less  arched 
than  in  some  species  of  the  genus  (e.g.  H.  auricomus  and 
cygneus) ;  surface  of  clypeus  nearly  uniform  with  that  of  rest 
of  head  ;  clypeal  suture  feebly  impressed  and  nearly  straight. 
Prothorax  not  much  less  than  twice  as  wide  as  long,  the  base 
nearly  half  again  as  wide  as  the  front,  which  is  rather  strongly 
emarginate  with  sharp  prominent  angles,  the  sides  gently  rounded 


BY    THE    REV.  T.   BLACKBURN.  161 

forming  (viewed  from  above)  feeble  obtuse  angles  with  the  base, 
which  is  scarcely  bisinuate  and  but  feebly  lobed  hindward  all 
across.  The  puncturation  of  the  elytra  scarcely  differs  from  that 
of .  the  protborax  except  in  being  a  little  squamose  ;  the  trans- 
verse wrinkling  is  well  defined,  the  lateral  fiinge  normal,  the 
apical  membrane  well  defined.  The  general  puncturation  re- 
sembles that  of  H.  auricomus,  but  with  the  transverse  wrinkling 
of  the  elytra  much  more  conspicuous.  The  under  surface  and 
legs  do  not  appear  to  differ  noticeably  from  the  same  parts  in 
H.  auricoimis  except  in  the  hind  coxse  being  a  little  narrower, 
and  the  uppermost  external  tooth  on  the  front  tibias  considerably 
smaller ;  the  external  outline  of  the  anterior  tibia  from  its  base 
to  the  apex  of  the  uppermost  tooth  is  almost  quite  straight  in 
this  species,  while  in  //.  auricomus  it  is  quite  strongly  concave. 
Port  Lincoln  ;  not  rare. 

N.B. — Some  smaller  specimens  (long.  34  lines) — also  from 
Port  Lincoln — are  of  a  pale  testaceous  colour  and  seem  to  have 
the  prothorax  slightly  more  sparsely  punctured,  but  I  am  not 
satisfied  of  their  specitic  distinctness.  They  have  the  same  slight 
but  decided  peculiarity  in  the  nearly  straight  sides  of  the  clypeus, 
giving  the  Lead  in  front  of  the  eyes  (from  some  points  of  view) 
something  of  the  appearance  of  the  sides  presenting  two  truncate 
faces. 

H.  CRASSUS,  sp  nov. 

Minus  elongatns  ;  postice  vix  dilatatus ;  sat  convexus  ;  ferru- 
gineus,  antennis  palpisque  testaceis ;  pilis  sat  longis  vestitus ; 
clypeo  crebre  rugulose,  capite  postice  sparsius  rugulose,  prothorace 
SDarsira  crasse,  elytris  crasse  squamose  nee  crebre,  pygidio  sub- 
tilius  sat  crebre,  punctulatis ;  tibiarnm  anticarum  dentibus 
externis  inferioribus  2  validis :  labro  clypeum  sat  late  minus 
f  ortiter  superanti ;  antennis  8-articulatis ;  unguiculis  appen- 
diculatis.  [Lo"g.  H  (vix),  lat.  2^  lines. 

Clypeus  widely   and    feebly  emarginate   in    front,  its  reflexed 
margin  scarcely  continuous ;  "  trilobed  outline "   of  head  rather 
11 


162  REVISION    OF    THE    GENUS    HETERONYX, 

feeble,  the  middle  lobe  appearing  considerably  more  than  half  as 
wide  as  the  lateral  ones  ;  surface  of  clypens  almost  uniform  with 
rest  of  head,  clypeal  suture  finely  impressed,  angulated  in  middle. 
Prothorax  about  half  again  as  wide  as  loDg,  the  base  a  little  more 
than  half  again  as  wide  as  the  front,  which  is  rather  strongly 
emargmate  and  slightly  bisinuate  with  sharp  prominent  angles, 
the  sides  gently  arched,  the  hind  angles  quite  rounded  off,  the 
base  scarcely  bisinuate  but  moderately  lobed  hindvvard  all  across. 
The  puncturation  of  the  elytra  is  very  squamose  in  appearance, 
the  transverse  wrinkling  strongly  defined,  the  lateral  fringe 
normal,  the  apical  membrane  distinct.  The  sculpture  of  the 
upper  surface  is  extremely  like  that  of  H.  Julvo-hirtus  (Section 
I.  of  the  genus).  The  hind  coxse  are  much  shorter  than  the 
metasternum  and  evidently  longer  than  the  second  ventral  seg- 
ment. The  under  surface  is  rather  evenly  punctured,  closely  and 
moderately  strongly  on  the  sides, — more  sparsely  and  feebly  in 
the  middle,  the  impunctate  antero-internal  space  on  the  hind 
coxpe  being  scarcely  noticeable.  The  ventral  series  are  moderate ; 
the  hind  femora  moderately  wider  than  the  intermediate,  their 
inner  apical  angle  rounded  and  little  prominent.  The  uppermost 
tooth  on  the  anterior  tibiae  is  very  small.  The  external  outline 
of  the  tibia  from  its  base  to  the  apex  of  the  uppermost  tooth  is 
straight. 

Port  Lincoln. 

H.  AuGUSTiE,  sp.nov. 

Minus  elongatus  ;  postice  sat  dilatatus  ;  sat  convexus  ;  ferru- 
gineus,  antenuis  palpisque  testaceis  ;  pilis  pallidis  vestitus  ;  capite 
crebre  rugulose,  prothorace  subtilius  sat  sparsim,  elytris  subtilius 
sat  crebre  squamose,  pygidio  leviter  minus  crebre,  punctulatis  ; 
tibiarum  anticarum  dentibus  externis  validis  ;  labro  clypeum  sat 
late  sat  fortiter  superanti ;  antennis  8-articulatis  ;  unguiculis 
appendiculatis.  [Long.  5J,  lat.  2|  lines. 

The  head  scarcely  difiers  from  that  of  H.  crassits  ;  the  labrum, 
however,  rising  slightly  more  above  the  level  of  the  clypeus,  and 
the  puncturation  of  the  hinder  part  of  the  head  differing  less 


BY   THE    REV.  T.  BLACKBURN,  163 

from  that  of  the  clypeus.  The  prothorax  is  nearly  twice  as  wide 
as  long,  the  base  slightly  more  than  half  again  as  wide  as  the  front, 
which  is  rather  strongly  emarginate  with  sharp  prominent  angles, 
the  sides  gently  arched,  the  hind  angles  quite  rounded  off,  the  base 
evidently  bisinuate  and  moderately  lobed  hindward  in  the  middle. 
The  puncturation  of  the  elytra  is  rather  fine  and  lightly  impressed, 
not  very  close,  very  squamose  in  appearance,  the  transverse 
wrinkling  well  marked  but  tine,  the  lateral  fringe  normal,  the 
apical  membrane  fairly  defined.  Of  the  commoner  species  perhaps 
H.  consians  comes  nearest  to  this  in  respect  of  elytral  puncturation, 
but  the  prothoracic  sculpture  resembles  that  of  R.ffdvo-hirtiis  snid 
crassus,  though  evidently  finer  than  in  either  of  those  species, 
and  a  little  more  sparing  than  in  the  former.  The  under  surface 
and  legs  are  as  the  same  parts  in  II.  crassus,  except  that  there  is  a 
more  evident  impunctate  space  on  the  antero-internal  part  of  the 
hind  coxse,  and  that  the  external  teeth  of  the  front  tibiae  are  more 
robust,  the  uppermost  being  very  fully  half  as  large  as  the  second, 
and  the  external  outline  of  the  tibia  from  its  base  to  the  apex  of 
the  uppermost  tooth  being  gently  concave. 

Port  Augusta ;  dug  up  from  the  soil  at  the  roots  of  Bticali/2)tu8. 

H.  ANCEPS,  sp.nov. 

Sat  elongalus ;  postice  vix  dilatatus ;  sat  convexus ;  ferrugineus, 
antennis  palpisque  testaceis  ;  pilis  fulvis  vestitus  ;  clypeo  crebre 
rugulose,  capite  postice  crasse  minus  crebre,  prothorace  subtilius 
sat  sparsim,  elytris  minus  crebre  subfortiter,  pygidio  subtiliter 
leviter  sat  crebre,  punctulatis  ;  tibiis  anticis  externe  minus 
fortiter  dentatis ;  labro  clypeum  sat  late  sat  fortiter  superanti ; 
antennis  8-articulatis ;  unguiculis  appendiculatis. 

[Long.  4f ,  lat.  2|-  lines. 

Very  closely  allied  to  the  preceding  two  species  and  also  to  II. 
piger.  It  differs  from  them  as  follows  : — from  H.  piger  by  its 
polished  and  smoothly  (and  more  sparingly)  punctulate  labrum, 
the  much  less  close  puncturation  of  its  surface,  and  other 
characters  ;  from  H.  crassus  by  its   wider   prothorax  (not   much 


164  REVISION    OF    THE    GENUS    HETERONTX, 

less  than  twice  as  wide  as  long)  of  which  the  hinder  angles  are 
slightly  more  defined  and  the  base  is  a  little  more  strongly 
bisinuate  while  the  surface  is  evidently  more  finely  and  decidedly 
less  sparsely  punctured,  by  the  much  finer  (though  still  not  par- 
ticularly fine)  puncturation  of  its  elytra;  by  the  very  unusually 
fine  and  close  puncturation  of  the  middle  part  of  its  ventral 
segments,  the  somewhat  larger  Itevigate  space  at  the  antero- 
internal  part  of  the  hind  coxae,  and  by  the  somewhat  feebler 
external  structure  of  its  front  tibiae  which  have  their  lower  tw^o 
teeth  smaller  and  evidently  shorter  than  those  of  H.  crassus  (in 
all  respects  not  specified  above  the  description  of  H.  crassics  may 
be  taken  as  applying  to  H.  anceps) ;  from  H.  Augnstce  it  differs 
by  the  much  less  close  puncturation  of  the  hinder  part  of  the 
head  as  compared  with  that  of  the  clypeus,  by  the  somewhat  less 
rotundity  of  the  hind  angles  of  the  prothorax  (this  difference  is 
only  slight),  by  the  fine  close  and  strongly  defined  puncturation 
of  the  middle  part  of  the  ventral  segments,  and  by  the  very 
much  feebler  external  structure  of  the  anterior  tibiae,  as  well  as 
other  characters. 

Adelaide  district ;  I  find  it  in  several  collections,  but  not  in 
numbers. 

H.  Sloanei,  sp.nov. 

Sat  elongatus  ;  postice  leviter  dilatatus  ;  sat  convex  us;  ferru- 
gineus,  antennis  palpisque  testaceis  ;  pilis  pallide  fulvis  vestitus ; 
clypf^o  crebre  rugulose,  capite  postice  crasse  minus  crebre,  pro- 
thorace  sat  fortiter  sat  crebre  (huic  angulis  posticis,  certo  visu, 
rectis),  elytris  squamose  subrugulose  sat  crebre,  pygidio  (hoc 
breviter  sparsius  piloso)  subtilius  sparsius,  punctulatis ;  tibiia 
anticis  externe  fortiter  dentatis  ;  labro  clypeuni  sat  anguste  sat 
fortiter  superanti ;  antennis  8-articulatis  ;  unguiculis  appen- 
diculatis.  [Long.  4^,  lat.  2/o  lines. 

Clypeus  moderately  emarginate  in  front ;  "  trilobed  outline  "  of 
head  well  defined,  the  middle  lobe  appearing  scarcely  more  than 
half  as  wide,  and  about  the  same  length,  as  the  lateral  ones ; 
surface   of    clypeus    quite    distinct    from   that    of    rest    of  head, 


BY   THE   REV.  T.  BLACKBURN.  165 

clypeal  suture  well  impressed,  and  angulated  in  the  middle. 
Pro  thorax  nearly  twice  as  wide  as  long,  its  base  more  than  half 
again  as  wide  as  its  front,  which  is  moderately  emarginate  and 
very  slightly  bisinuate  with  moderate  angles,  the  sides  gently 
arched,  the  hind  angles  (viewed  from  a  certain  point  above)  rec- 
tangular, the  base  evidently  bisinuate  and  rather  narrowly  and 
decidedly  lobed  hindward  in  the  middle.  The  elytra  are  quite 
like  those  of  H.  Angustce,  the  legs  and  underside  also  not 
appearing  to  differ  noticeably  from  those  of  the  same  insect  save 
that  the  uppermost  external  tooth  of  the  anterior  tibiae  is  scarcely 
so  strong. 

This  species  bears  a  good  deal  of  resemblance  to  H.  inger 
(though  it  is  much  smaller),  but  differs  by  the  nitid  surface  of  its 
labrum ;  also  its  puncturation  is  throughout  decidedly  coarser. 
From  other  allied  species  it  differs  inter  alia  as  follows  : — from 
crassus  by  the  very  much  closer  puncturation  of  its  upper  sur- 
face; from  Augitstce  by  the  very  much  closer  and  coarser  punctura- 
tion of  its  prothoiax  ;  from  anceps  by  the  rectangular  (as  viewed 
from  a  certain  point)  hind  angles  of  its  prothorax  (those  of  ance2:>s 
appearing  from  any  point  of  view  almost  entirely  rounded  off),  and 
different  sculpture  of  the  ventral  segments ;  and  from  all  the  four 
just  mentioned  by  the  less  width  of  the  part  of  the  labrum  over- 
topping the  clypeus,  the  middle  lobe  of  the  "  trilobed  outline" 
thus  appearing  narrower. 

Melbourne  ;  taken  by  Mr.  Sloane  (of  Mulwala). 

H.   LATERITIUS,  Sp.nOV. 

Sat  elongatus  ;  sat  convexus  ;  pone  medium  leviter  dilatatus ; 
sat  nitidus  ;  rufo-ferrugineus;  pilis  adpressis  minus  dense  vestitus; 
crebrius  fortius  subsequaliter  punctulatus ;  labro  clypeum  fortiter 
minus  late  superanti ;  antennis  8-articulatis  ;  unguiculis  appendi- 
culatis  ;  coxis  posticis  abdominis  segmento  ventrali  2°  haud  longi- 
oribus.  [Long.  4,  lat.  2i  lines. 

Clypeus  emarginate  in  front,  without  a  continuous  reflexed 
margin ;  "  trilobed  outline  "  of  head  having  the  middle  lobe  little 


166  REVISION    OF    THE    GENUS    HETERONTX^ 

more  than  half  as  wide  ns  the  lateral  ones,  rather  longer  than  these, 
and  very  strongly  convex ;  clypeal  suture  gently  arched ;  clypeus 
unusually  convex, — or  sub-gibbous,  very  distinct  from  hinder  part 
of  head.  Prothorax  about  f  again  as  wide  as  long ;  widest  close  to 
the  base ;  its  base  nearly  ^  again  as  wide  as  its  front  which  is 
moderately  emarginate  with  the  angles  fairly  sharp  and  produced  ; 
its  sides  gently  arched,  and  forming  (viewed  from  above)  feebly 
defined  angles  with  the  base  which  is  moderately  bisinuate  and  lobed 
hindward  in  the  middle.  Elytra  with  more  or  less  feeble  indica- 
tions of  striation  (most  examples  showing  at  least  traces  of  a  sutural 
stria) ;  their  transverse  wrinkling  very  strongly  (at  least  in  some 
lights)  defined;  lateral  fringe  normal ;  membranous  apex  moderate. 
The  punctu ration  of  the  upper  surface  is  about  as  close  in  all 
parts  as  (except  the  head  where  it  is  closer  than)  in  H.  gracilij)es, 
but  is  a  little  finer,  more  squamose,  and  less  strongly  impressed. 
The  hind  coxae  are  as  nearly  as  possible  the  same  length  as  the 
external  margin  of  the  2nd  ventral  segment,  and  are  very  much 
shorter  than  the  metasternum  ;  like  it  they  are  rather  coarsely 
punctulate, — sparsely  in  the  middle,  more  closely  at  the  sides- 
The  puncturation  of  the  ventral  segments  does  not  differ  much 
from  that  of  the  metasternum  except  in  being  a  little  finer  and 
nearly  uniform  all  across.  The  ventral  series  consist  of  rather 
stout  hairs  and  are  well  defined,  but  very  slender  and  feeble  in  the 
middle.  The  hind  femora  are  not  very  much  wider  than  the  inter- 
mediate and  have  their  inner  apical  angle  fairly  prominent  but  not 
sharp;  all  the  teeth  of  the  anterior  tibiae  are  sharp  and  strong, — 
the  uppermost  about  half  the  size  of  the  second. 
Adelaide. 

H.  JEJUNUS,  sp.nov. 

Sat  elongatus  ;  sat  convexus  ;  pone  medium  vix  dilatatus  ;  sat 
nitidus  ;  testaceo-rufus,  autennarum  clava  dilution  ;  minus  per- 
spicue  pubescens ;  capite  (clypeo  dense  ruguloso  excepto)  pro- 
thoraceque  (huic  angulis  posticis  rotundatis)  subtilius  sparsius, 
elytris  magis  fortiter  magis  crebre,  pygidio  (hoc  pilis  perlongis 
sparsim   vestito)  crebre  fortius,  punctulatis  ;  labro   clypeum  late 


BY    THE    REV    T.  BLACKBURN.  *  167 

minus  fortiter  superanti ;  antennis  8-articulatis  ;  ungiiiculis  appen- 
diciilatis ;  coxis  posticis  abdominis  segmento  ventrali  2°  haud 
longioribus.  [Long.  3i   lat.  If  lines. 

Clypeus  feebly  and  widely  emarginate  in  front,  its  reflexed 
margin  not  quite  obsolete  even  in  the  middle  ;  "  triloVjed  outline  " 
of  head  very  feebly  visible  from  any  point  of  view,  the  lobes 
appearing  when  viewed  from  the  most  favourable  position  to  be 
scarcely  developed,  with  the  middle  one  very  little  narrower  than 
the  external  ones  ;  clypeus  not  continuous  with  the  rest  of  the 
head;  clypeal  suture  strongly  marked  and  undulating.  Prothorax  a 
little  less  than  twice  as  wide  as  long  ;  its  base  about  I  again  as  wide 
as  its  front,  which  is  moderately  emarginate  with  fairly  prominent 
sharp  angles  ;  its  sides  moderately  curved,  most  divergent  near  the 
base  ;  its  hind  angles  (viewed  from  above)  much  rounded  ofi'  and 
not  in  the  least  directed  hindward  ;  its  base  scarcely  bisinuate  and 
moderately  lobed  backward  all  across.  Elytra  with  scarcely  a 
trace  even  of  a  sutural  stria;  their  transverse  wrinkling  fine  and 
inconspicuous  ;  their  lateral  fringe  normal ;  their  membranous  apex 
obscure.  The  sculpture  of  the  upper  surface  is  evidently  coarser 
and  more  sparing  than  of  H.  testaceus,  to  which  insect  this  species 
bears  a  close  superficial  resemblance.  The  hind  coxae  are  of  the 
same  length  as  the  second  ventral  segment,  being  very  much 
shorter  than  the  metasternum  which  is  closely  and  moderately 
strongly  punctured  at  the  sides,  feebly  and  sparingly  in  the  middle, 
— the  hind  coxae  being  nearly  impunctate,  except  the  sparingly  and 
coarsely  punctulate  lateral  and  hinder  portions.  The  ventral 
segments  are  coarsely  but  not  closely  punctured, — much  more 
feebly  in  the  middle.  The  ventral  series  consist  of  fine  hairs  and 
are  little  conspicuous.  The  hind  femora  are  but  little  wider  than 
the  intermediate,  with  their  inner  apical  angle  neither  sharp  nor 
very  prominent.  All  the  teeth  of  the  anterior  tibiae  are  sharp 
and  fairly  large, — the  uppermost  scarcely  half  the  size  of  the 
second. 

Adelaide. 


168  REVISION    OF    THE    GENUS    HETERONYX^ 

H.   DENTIPES,  Sp.nOV. 

Sat  elongatus  ;  sat  convexus ;  pone  medium  leviter  dilatatus ; 
sat  nitidus ;  piceo-ferrugineus,  antennis  palpisque  testaceis  ;  vix 
})ubescens ;  clypeo  crebre  rugulose,  capite  postice  sat  for  titer  sat 
crebre,  prothorace  (huic  angulis  posticis  siibrectis)  subtiliter  sat 
sparsim,  elytris  sparsius  minus  subtiliter,  pygidio  (hoc  pilis  per- 
longis  sparsim  \estito)  fortiter  minus  crebre,  punctulatis  ;  clypeo 
transversim  concavo  ;  sutura  clypeali  fortiter  carinata ;  tibiarura 
anticarum  dentibus  externis  perlongis  ;  labro  clypeum  late  minus 
fortiter  superanti ;  antennis  8-articulatis  ;  unguiculis  appendicu- 
latis  ;  coxis  posticis  abdominis   segmento  2^  subbrevioribus. 

[Long.  4,  lat.  2  lines. 

Clypeus  truncate  in  front  with  its  front  margin  thickened  in  a 
triangularly  elevated  manner ;  "  trilobed  outline "  of  head  only 
fairly  developed,  the  middle  lobe  appearing  better  developed  and 
very  little  narrower  than  the  lateral  ones  ;  clypeus  oi  very  peculiar 
form,  being  subcompressed  longitudinally  in  the  middle  (thus 
appearing  rather  abruptly  convex  down  the  middle)  and  at  the 
same  time  concave  transversely  ;  the  triangularly  elevated  apex 
of  the  middle  part  of  the  clypeus  seems  to  result  from  the  trun- 
cation of  the  compressed  portion  mentioned  above.  The  clypeal 
suture  appears  as  a  strongly  elevated  carina  or  "  wheal  "  bisinuate 
in  front,  and  at  the  sides  reflexed  and  running  up  the  head  (while 
gradually  sinking  to  the  level  of  the  surface)  nearly  to  the  level 
of  the  back  of  the  eyes.  The  prothorax  is  twice  as  wide  as  long, 
its  base  a  little  more  than  J  again  as  wide  as  its  front  which  .is 
moderately  emarginate  with  fairly  prominent  sharp  angles ;  its 
sides  diverging  from  front  to  behind  middle,  thence  nearly  straight 
to  base,  with  which  they  form  angles  that  viewed  from  a  certain 
position  above  appear  (quite  sharply)  rectangular  :  the  base  dis- 
tinctly (from  some  points  of  view  strongly')  bisinuate  and 
moderately  lobed  in  the  middle.  Elytra  with  faint  suggestions  of 
striation,  their  transverse  wrinkling  scarcely  marked,  their  lateral 
fringes  normal,  their  membranous  apex  obsolete.  The  punctura- 
tion  of  the  upper  surface  in  general  is  tiner,  smoother,  more  sparing 


BY    THE    REV.  T.  BLACKBURN.  169 

(and  consequently  more  distinct)  than  in  any  of  the  common 
species  hitherto  described  in  this  monograph.  It  is  most  like  that 
of  H,  testaceus  except  in  being  very  much  less  close  The  hind 
coxae  are  scarcely  so  wide  as  the  second  ventral  segment  and  very 
much  shorter  than  the  metasternum.  The  sculpture  and  pubes- 
cence of  the  under  surface  scarcely  differ  from  those  of  the 
preceding  species  {H.  jej units).  The  hind  femora  are  decidedly 
wider  than  the  intermediate,  with  their  inner  apical  angle  rather 
prominent  but  a  good  deal  rounded  off.  The  lower  two  teeth  of 
the  anterior  tibige  are  unusually  long  and  slender,  the  uppermost 
sharp  but  small  (less  than  half  the  size  of  the  second). 

S.  Australia  (Balaclava). 

H.  DEBILIS;  sp.nov. 

Sat  eiongatus  ;  sat  convexus  ;  pone  medium  leviter  dilatatus ; 
sat  nitidus ;  piceo-ferrugineus,  antennis  palpisque  dilutioribus  ; 
vix  pubescens  ;  clypeo  crebre  rugulose,  capite  postice  sparsim 
subtiliter,  prothorace  minus  sparsim  minus  subtiliter  (huic  angulis 
posticis  subrectis),  elytris  confuse  subsquamose  sat  crebre,  pygidio 
(hoc  longitudinaliter  subcarinato)  fortius  crebrius,  punctulatis ; 
tibiariim  anticarum  dentibus  externis  perlongis ;  labro  clypeum 
latissime  minus  fortiter  superanti ;  antennis  8-articulatis  ;  ungui- 
culis  appendiculatis.  [Long.  3f,  lat.  It  lines  (vix), 

Clypeus  gently  emarginate  in  front,  its  reflexed  margin  scarcely 
indicated  in  the  middle  part ;  owing  to  the  slight  convexity  of 
the  upper  outline  of  the  labrum  the  appearance  of  a  "  trilobed 
outline  "  of  the  head  is  only  obscurely  attainable  from  a  point  of 
view  far  back  and  almost  level  with  the  surface  of  the  head.  The 
clypeus  does  not  quite  form  an  even  surface  with  the  rest  of  the 
head  ;  the  clypeal  suture  is  well  impressed  and  nearly  straight. 
The  prothorax  does  not  differ  from  that  of  the  preceding  except 
in  its  puncturation  being  a  little  less  fine,  and  indeed  in  all  other 
respects  the  description  of  H.  dentijyes  may  be  taken  as  applying 
to  this  species  with  the  following  qualifications,  viz.,  the  sculpture 


170  REVISION    OF    THE    GENUS    HETERONYX. 

of  the  elytra  is  somewhat  coarser  (a  little  squamose  in  appearance) 
with  more  evident  transverse  wrinkling,  and  the  uppermost  tooth 
on  the  anterior  tibiae  is  somewhat  more  pleveloped. 

It  will  thus  appear  that  the  present  insect  is  very  close  to  the 
preceding,  differing  chiefly  in  the  structure  of  the  labrura,  clypeus, 
and  clypeal  suture,  and  the  very  much  finer  and  more  sparing  punc- 
turation  of  the  hinder  part  of  the  head.  I  think,  however,  that 
it  is  really  distinct,  as  the  differences  just  mentioned  are  not  of  a 
kind  that  appear  to  distinguish  the  sexes  in  this  genus  (1  do  not 
think  that  I  have  seen  a  male  of  either  species),  and  moreover 
are  accompanied  by  decided  though  slight  differences  in  general 
sculpture,  &c.  It  may  be  noted  also  that  H.  dehilis  is  a  more 
nitid  species  than  H.  dentipes. 

S.  Australia ;  Sedan,  taken  by  Mr.  B.  S.  Eothe. 


DESCRIPTION   OF  A   NEW  OENUS  (BATRAGHOMYIA, 

W.  S.  MACLEAY,  MS.),  AND  TWO  SPECIES  OF 

DIPTEROUS  INSECTS  PARASITIC  UPON 

AUSTRALIAN  FROGS. 

By  Frederick  A.  A.  Skuse. 

(Plate  x) 

More  than  twenty  years  ago  Mr.  George  F.  Angas  reared  a 
Dipterous  insect  from  a  small  frog,  Cystignathus  Sydneyensis,  Kr. 
(^=Crinia  signifera),  for  which  Mr.  W.  S.  Macleay  devised  the 
appropriate  appellation  Batrachomyia,  but  did  not  characterize 
the  newly  discovered  genus.  The  original  specimen  was  deposited 
in  the  Australian  Museum.  The  first  printed  record  we  have 
relating  to  Batrachomyia  is  a  note  by  Mr.  Gerard  Ki-efift  ( then 
Curator  of  the  Australian  Museum),  read  before  the  Entomological 
Society  of  N.S.W,,  in  1863  (Trans.  I.  p.  100),  giving  an  account 
of  the  metamorphoses  of  a  fly  reared  by  him  from  another  frog, 
(Uj^eroleia)  Hyperolia  marmorata,  which  he  considered  to  belong 
to  the  same  genus  as  the  above-mentioned  fly,  but  which  to  all 
appearance  represented  another  species  ;  the  author  also  roughly 
figures  different  stages  of  the  insect's  existence,  and  gives  a 
dia;^ram  of  the  wing  of  the  imago.  Mr.  Krefft  says  that  the 
parasite  is  most  common  upon  Cystignathus  Sydneyensis  ( Grinia 
signifera),  though  he  has  met  with  it  upon  Pseudophryne  Bihronii; 
and  he  observes  that  whenever  he  found  specimens  of  Hyla 
Citropus  they  were  always  infested  with  them ;  but  although  the 
larvae  all  reached  the  pupa  state  he  could  not  succeed  in  keeping 
them  alive  afterwards  ;  only  in  the  case  of  U.  marmorata  had 
the  attempt  been  successful.  Both  these  specimens  appear  to 
have  been  subsequently  mislaid,  for  Mr.  Olliff  has  on  more  than 
one  occasion  searched   in   vain  for   them    in  the    Entomological 


172      DESCRIPTION    OF    A    NEW    GENUS    OF    DIPTEROUS    INSECTS, 

Collection  of  the  Australian  Museum;  I  have,  however,  lately  found 
a  single  specimen  each  of  the  pupa  and  imago  labelled  ^^  Batra- 
chomyia  ^-lineata  ;  in  frogs  of  N.S.W.,"  in  the  collection  of  the 
late  Mr.  W.  S.  Macleay. 

Between  the  months  of  June  and  December  of  last  year  Mr.  J. 
J.  Fletcher  obtained  and  kindly  handed  over  to  me  three  frogs 
infested  with  Dipterous  larvae  which  I  have  in  all  cases  successfully 
bred  out ;  I  am  therefore  enabled  to  publish  the  characters  of  the 
genus,  and  in  addition  to  compare  the  few  notes  I  have  been  able 
to  make  with  those  of  Mr.  Krefft. 

As  pointed  out  by  Mr.  KrefFt,  the  larvae  are  found  between  the 
skin  and  flesh  on  difierent  parts  of  the  sides  and  back  of  the  frogs  ; 
sometimes  only  one  parasite  is  present,  at  others  two  or  three, 
whilst  a  spirit  specimen  of  Helioporus  cdbopttnctatus  from  W. 
Australia,  in  the  Macleay  Museum,  nursed  as  many  as  five.  After 
the  emergence  of  the  fly-larvse  the  frogs  seemed  little  or  none  the 
worse,  though  according  to  Mr.  Krefft's  statement  they  ought  to 
have  succumVjed  to  the  effects  of  the  parasites.  His  frogs,  however, 
may  have  died  of  starvation.  The  presence  of  a  full  grown  larva 
is  indicated  by  a  glandular-looking  swelling  of  the  skin  about  half 
an  inch  in  length  and  having  a  small  aperture  at  one  end.  Having 
lived  in  their  host  for  a  certain  at  present  unknown  time,  the 
larvae  leave  their  nidus  and  crawl  away  to  some  dark  and  damp 
situation  (such  as  the  underside  of  a  log  or  a  stone*),  become 
quiescent;  while  their  skin  hardens  gradually,  blackens,  and 
becomes  the  puparium.  The  newly  emerged  larva  is  extremely 
averse  to  the  light,  crawls  very  slowly,  moving  the  anterior 
portion  of  its  body  from  side  to  side  as  if  surveying  the  situation 
or  looking  for  some  convenient  spot  in  which  to  pupate. 

As  all  my  larvae,  except  one,  emerged  and  assumed  the  next  stage 
during  the  night,  and  as  I  was  unwilling  to  sacrifice  the  only  live 
specimen  which  I  had  the  brief  opportunity  of  examining,  besides 
its  being  the  only  example  reared  from  Pseud.  Bibro7iii,  I  can 

*  Last  October,  I  found  in  a  damp  umbrageous  spot  on  Saddle-back 
Mountain,  near  Kiama^  a  puparium  attached  to  the  underside  of  a  leaf. 


BY    FREDERICK    A.  A.  SKUSE.  173 

simply  give  a  very  general  description  of  its  appearance.  There 
may  be  marked  specific  distinctions  between  the  larvae  of  different 
species.  Mr.  Krefft  mentions  that  the  larva  found  by  him  in  Hyla 
Citropus  varied  in  structure  considerably  fi'oni  all  others.  I  must 
postpone  for  the  present  a  critical  examination  of  the  mouth-parts. 
The  living  larva  is  pale  lemon-yellow,  very  soft,  glabrous,  with  the 
skin  pellucid ;  elliptic-ovate,  ll-segmented  (including  head),  with 
very  indistinct  stigmata ;  head  with  two  divaricate  tentacles  ; 
posterior  extremity  of  the  body  furcate.  The  posterior  tentacles 
evidently  aid  in  progression. 

Pupa  exhit  iting  the  general  appearance  of  the  imago,  entirely 
enveloped  in  an  extremely  delicate  transparent  skin  fitting  glove- 
like round  the  insect.  Arista  of  the  antennae  overlapping  the  eyes 
at  the  tip,  directed  sidewards.  On  the  underside  the  wings  reach 
to  about  the  posterior  margin  of  the  second  abdominal  segment, 
but  are  separated  from  each  other  at  the  tips.  Fore  and  inter- 
mediate legs  beginning  at  the  shoulders  (with  the  tibiae)  running 
between  the  wings,  the  fore  tarsi  reaching  to  a  little  above  the 
extremity  of  the  wings,  the  intermediate  terminating  level  with 
the  extremity.  Tarsi  of  the  hind-legs  issuing  from  under  the 
wings  just  before  the  tip,  almost  touching  at  the  tips,  nearly 
reaching  the  posterior  margin  of  the  fourth  abdominal  segment. 

Puparium  exhibiting  the  general  appearance  of  the  larva,  black, 
opaque,  with  more  or  less  distinct  transverse  wrinkles. 

Six  species  of  Australian  frogs  at  least  are  known  to  be  subject 
to  the  attacks  of  Batrachomyia,  but  at  present  it  cannot  be  stated 
definitely  whether  or  no  each  species  of  frog  harbours  its  own  special 
species  of  fly,  though  as  both  the  flies  now  described  were  only 
bred  from  particular  frogs,  it  seems  not  at  all  improbable  that  this 
will  ultimately  be  found  to  be  constantly  the  case  with  all  species. 

The  specimen  in  the  Macleay  collection  named  Batrachomyia 
quadrilineata,  belongs  to  the  same  species  as  an  example  reared 
by  me  from  PseudopJiryne  Bibronii  ;  it  is  unfortunate  that  the 
label  of  the  former  does  not  specify  any  particular  frog. 

As  far  as  observations  go,  the  time  of  year  at  which  the  larvae 
leave  the  frog  is  indefinite,  and  the  duration  of  the  several  stages 


174      DESCRIPTION    OF    A    NEW    GENUS    OF    DIPTEROUS    INSECTS, 

of  existence  from  the  emergence  to  the  imago  state  is  equally 
uncertain,  as  the  following  table  will  show  ;  but  it  is  not  im- 
probable that  the  seasonal  differences  of  temperature,  and  the 
necessarily  artificial  conditions  under  which  their  hosts  lived 
in  continement  may  have  had  something  to  do  with  the  latter. 


Name  of  Frog. 

Obtained. 

LARV.E   EMERGED. 

PUPARITJM  FORMED. 

Fly  emerged. 

Hyperolia  (  Uperoleia) 

marmorata 

Begin.  April. 

"In  a  few  days." 

"In  86  hours." 

32  days. 

Hyla  phyllochroa 

June  26. 

July  16. 

During  night. 

* 

(Containing  three  larvae.) 

»> 

July  17. 

>» 

62  days. 

j> 

July  19. 

5J 

63  days. 

Hyla  phyllochroa 

Nov.  10. 

December  1. 

>» 

24  days. 

(Containing  one  larva). 

Pseudophryne  Bibronii 

,, 

January  30. 

During  clay. 

22  days. 

(Containing  one  larva). 

(in  about  12  hours  ?) 

*  One  puparium  was  opened  on  September  4th  in  order  to  obtain  the  pupa  for  descriptive  purposes. 

N.B. — In  rearing  the  larvae  I  have  followed  the  course  adopted 
by  Mr.  Krefft,  of  placing  the  frog  in  a  glass  vessel  provided  with 
damp  moss  and  earth. 

Batrachomyia,  gen.  nov.  (W.  S.  Macleay,  MSS.) 

Head  transverse,  as  broad  as  tbe  thorax ;  vertex  with  a  very 
few  short  bristles;  front  flattened;  face  oVdique.  Eyes  rather 
rounded,  but  higher  than  broad.  Antennae  very  short,  not 
reaching  the  epistoma ;  third  joint  twice  the  length  of  the 
second,  nearly  round,  a  little  emarginate  at  the  base ;  sixth 
slender,  bare  (pi.  x.,  fig.  10).  Thorax  rather  longer 
than  broad,  with  a  few  short  lateral  bristles  ;  transverse 
suture  distinct  at  each  side;  scutellum  rather  small,  semi- 
circular, rounded  at  the  corners,  fringed  with  short  bristles. 
Abdomen  ovate,  five-segmented  ;  first  segment  large,  as  long  as 
the  three  next  following  ;  last  two  segments  and  anal  joint  much 
narrower  than  the  preceding  segments,  curved  downwards.     Legs 


BY    FREDERICK    A.  A.  SKUSE.  175 

of  moderate  length  and  thickness ;  tibiae  without  bristles, 
the  intermediate  pair  with  very  small  spurs ;  hind  femora 
slender ;  hind  tibiae  slightly  curved  (pi.  x.,  fig.  9).  Wings  rather 
short  and  broad  ;  costal  vein  without  bristles,  ending  at 
the  tip  of  the  fourth  longitudinal;  auxiliary  vein  wanting, 
its  course  indistinctly  indicated  by  a  pale  wing-fold-like 
line ;  first  longitudinal  vein  gradually  bent,  terminating  in 
the  costa  at  a  point  rather  beyond  mid-way  between  the 
transverse  shoulder  vein  and  the  tip  of  the  second  longi- 
tudinal, and  opposite  the  posterior  transverse  vein;  third 
longitudinal  vein  originating  opposite  a  point  mid-way  between 
the  transverse  shoulder  vein  and  the  tip  of  the  first  longitudinal  ; 
hinder  transverse  vein  slanting  ;  foremost  of  the  two  small  basal 
cells  united  with  the  discal  cell,  the  posterior  one  entirely  wanting; 
sixth  longitudinal  vein  stopping  immediately  before  reaching  the 
border  *  (pi.  x.,  fig.  7). 

Obs. — Judging  by  the  above  characters  this  genus  might  be 
considered  identical  with  Oscinis,  but  the  far  greater  size  and 
peculiar  habits  of  the  contained  species  both  give  it  an  un- 
mistakable distinction,  and  to  my  mind  justify  the  retention  of 
Mr.  Macleay's  generic  name. 

Batrachomyia  nigritarsis,  sp.n. 

(J. — Long  2f ;  alar.  2 J  lines;  9  long  SJ  ;  alar.  3J.  Antennae 
entirely  black.  Head  ferruginous-ochre ;  the  pubescence  on  the 
front  and  short  bristles  on  the  vertex  black.  Ocelli  on  a  small 
deep  brown  or  black  triangular  patch.  Eyes  black,  with  pale 
yellow  pubescence.  Thorax  ochreous-brown,  shining,  densely 
covered  with  short  black  hairs ;  very  indistinct  traces  of  four 
light  brownish  bands  similarly  disposed  to  those  in  £.  quadri- 
lineata ;  pleurae  and  pectus  bright  ochreous  or  ferruginous- 
ochreous,  the  latter  with  short  yellow  hairs ;  scutellum  ochreous 
or  brownish-ochreous  with  short  black   hair,  fringed   at  the  apex 

*  This  vein  runs  so  close  to  the  border  that  the  fact  of  its  really  not 
reaching  it  can  only  be  ascertained  by  very  close  examination  with  the 
ordinary  lens. 


4 

176      DESCRIPTION    OF    A    NEW    GENUS    OF    DIPTEROUS    INSECTS, 

with  short  black  bristles  ;  metanotum  ochreous-brown,  shining. 
Halteres  pale  ochre-yellow  or  brownish-ochreous.  Abdomen 
shorter  than  the  thorax  (in  dried  specimens),  as  broad  as  it  or  a 
little  broader,  shining,  castaneous,  tinged  with  ochreous-browD^ 
the  last  two  segments  wholly  ochreous  in  the  9  ^  clothed 
with  short  black  hairs,  intermixed  with  some  yellowish  hairs 
in  the  Q  ;  anal  joint  in  the  $  nodose,  in  the  9  pointed.  Legs 
densely  clothed  with  yellow  hairs.  Coxse  and  femora  ochreous, 
the  latter  black  at  the  apex.  Tibiae  and  tarsi  black,  the  hind 
tibise  ochreous  or  brownish-ochreous,  black  at  the  base  and  apex  ; 
ungues  black.  Wings  considerably  tinted  with  yellow  on  the 
anterior  portion  of  the  basal  half,  the  remainder  hyaline  :  veins 
dark  brown,  ochreous-brown  towards  the  base  of  the  wing ;  very 
pale  reflections.  Middle  transverse  vein  erect  in  the  ^J,  slanting 
in  the  ^  ;  posterior  transverse  vein  straight,  separated  from  the 
middle  transverse  vein  a  distance  equal  to  twice  its  length 
(rather  more  than  this  in  tlie  ^),  and  at  a  point  mid-way  between 
the  latter  and  the  tip  of  the  fifth  longitudinal  vein. 

Larva^  Q,  long  5^  ;  broad  2  lines.  Puparium,  (J,  long  4^  ; 
broad  2.       9,  long  5^;   broad  21. 

Ilab. — Illawarra,  &c.,  N.S.W.  Bred  from  two  specimens  of 
HyJa  phyllochroa,  obtained  by  Mr.  Fletcher  in  June  and 
November  respectively. 

Batrachomyia  quadrilineata,  sp.n.  (W.  S.  Macleay,  MSS.) 

(J. — Long  2^-3  ;  alar.  2  J  lines.  Antennae  ochreous-brown  or 
ferruginous,  the  arista  deep  brown  or  black.  Head  ochreous  or 
ferruginous-ochre  ;  the  pubescence  on  the  front  and  short  bristles 
on  the  vertex  black.  Ocelli  on  a  small  deep  brown  or  black 
triangular  patch.  Eyes  black  (deep  olivaceous  whilst  living), 
with  pale  yellow  pubescence.  Thorax  ochreous-brown,  shining, 
rather  densely  covered  with  short  yellow  hairs  ;  traversed  by 
four  parallel  longitudinal  narrow  bands  of  black,  the  lateral  ones 
somewhat  broader  than  the  median  two,  starting  below  the 
humeri,  completely  interrupted  near  the  anterior  extremity  by 
the  transverse   suture   (thus  cutting  off  a  squarish  portion),  not 


BY   FREDERICK    A.  A.  SKUSE.  177 

reaching  as  far  as  the  scutellum,  the  median  ones  close  together, 
starting  from  the  anterior  margin,  not  reaching  quite  as  far 
posteriorly  as  the  lateral  ones ;  pleurae  and  pectus  ochreous  or 
ochreous-brown,  the  latter  with  yellow  hairs ;  a  small  black  spot 
before  the  intermediate  coxae,  and  another  much  smaller  almost 
linear  before  the  hind  coxae;  scutellum  ochreous  or  brownish- 
ochre,  shining,  covered  with  short  black  hairs,  fringed  at  the 
apex  with  short  black  bristles ;  metanotum  shining  black. 
Halteres  pale  ochre-yellow,  more  brownish  towards  the  base  of 
the  stem.  Abdomen  shorter  than  the  thorax  (in  dried  speci- 
mens), as  broad  as  it  or  a  little  narrower,  brown,  more  or  less 
castaneous,  tinged  with  ochreous,  shining,  clothed  with  short 
yellow  hairs.  Legs  brownish-yellow,  with  a  dense  short  yellow 
pubescence ;  ungues  brown.  Wings  very  slightly  ochreous  at 
the  base,  hyaline,  the  veins  dark  brown  or  blackish,  ochreous- 
brown  towards  the  base  of  the  wing ;  delicate  opaline  reflections. 
Middle  transvei'se  vein  erect ;  posterior  transverse  vein  slightly 
bent,  separated  from  the  middle  transverse  vein  a  distance  equal 
to  scarcely  twice  its  length,  and  at  a  point  rather  nearer  to  the 
latter  than  to  the  tip  of  the  fifth  longitudinal  vein  (pi.  x., 
fig.  7). 

Larva,  long  4^ ;  broad  If  lines.  Puparium,  long  4;  broad  1|- 
lines ;  with  rather  more  distinct  transverse  wrinkles  than  in  the 
last  species. 

Hah. — Burrawang,  N.S.W.  Bred  from  specimen  of  Fseudo- 
phryne  Bihronii  obtained  by  Mr.  Fletcher  in  November. 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE  X. 

Fig.     L  Larva  of  Batrachomyia  quadrilineata. 
Fig.    2.   Pupa  of  Batrachomyia  nigritarsis  (back  view). 
Fig.    3.         ,,  ,,  „  (side  view). 

Fig.    4.         ,,  ,,  ,,  (front  view). 

Fig,    5.  Puparium  of  Batrachomyia  nigritarsis. 

Fig.    5a.         „  ,,  ,,       anterior    portion    detached 

on  the  escape  of  the  imago. 
Fig.    6.  Batrachoinyia  quadrilineata. 
Fig.    6a.  ,,  ,,  natural  size. 

Fig.    7.  Diagram  of  wing  of  Batrachomyia  quadrilineata. 
Fig.    8.  Head 

Fig.    9.  Hindleg   [■  of  Batrachomyia  quadrilineaia. 
Fig.  10.  Antenna 
12 


178  LIST    OF   THE   AUSTRALIAN   PAL^ICHTHYESy 


LIST    OF    THE    AUSTRALIAN    PAL^IC HTHYES, 

WITH    NOTES    ON    THEIR    SZNONYMY 

AND    DISTRIBUTION. 

By  J.  Douglas    Ogilby,    F.L.S., 
Assistant  Zoologist,  Australian  Museum. 

Part  ii. 

In  this  part  are  contained  the  remaining  families  of  the 
Selachoidean  Palceichthyes,  namely,  the  Notidanidce^  ScylliidcBy 
Eeterodontidce,  Spinacidce,  SquatinidcE,  and  PristiojyJioridcE :  of 
these  twenty-five  species  are  enumerated,  seven  of  which,  ^.e., 
Scylliorhinus  analis,  Ginglymostoma  concolor,  Stegostoma  tigrinum, 
Farascyllium  collare,  Ghiloscyllium  inmctatum,  Crossorhinus  dasy- 
pogon,  and  Echinorhinus  spinosus,  have  been  added  to  the  Aus- 
tralian fauna  since  1884.  Two  of  these  (S.  analis  and  P.  collare) 
have  been  described  since  that  date  in  the  Proceedings  of  this 
Society,  the  former  in  Vol.  x.  p.  445,  the  latter  in  Vol.  iii.  (2) 
p.  1310;  for  the  record  of  E.  sjoinosus  we  are  indebted  to  Prof. 
McCoy,  who  has  done  so  much  to  elucidate  the  zoology  of  Victoria 
both  fossil  and  recent ;  while  that  of  0.  pimctatinn  is  due  to  Dr. 
Klunzinger ;  the  remaining  three,  being  well-known  species  from 
the  tropical  waters  of  the  Indian  and  Pacific  Oceans,  were  certain 
to  have  been  recorded  sooner  or  later  from  our  northern  shores,  as 
without  doubt  will  many  other  species  when  our  long  and  varied 
sea-board  has  been  systematically  examined. 

In  the  present  part  the  only  points  on  which  I  feel  any  doubt 
concern  (1)  the  correctness  of  the  identification  of  Mr.  Zietz's 
South  Australian  Crossorhinus  with  the  C.  tentaculatus  of  Dr. 
Peters,  but  in  the  present  state  of  our  knowledge  of  both  forms 
it  is  perhaps  better  to  follow  Mr.  Zietz,  who,  in  a  letter  received 


BY   J.  DOUGLAS   OGILBY.  179 

subsequently  to  the  writing  of  my  note  on  this  species,  informs 
me  that  he  has  decided  to  describe  the  South  Australian  fish  as 
distinct  under  the  name  of  C.  stirlingi ;  (2)  the  propriety  of 
separating  the  three  alleged  species  of  Acanthias,  the  characters  of 
which  I  find  to  vary  greatly ;  and  (3)  the  specific  value  of  Pristio- 
phorus  nudipinnis. 

In  connection  with  the  synonymy  I  have  felt  it  incumbent 
upon  me  to  alter  the  names  of  the  following  genera  : — Notidanus 
to  Heptanchus,  Scyllium  to  Scylliorhinus,  and  Rhina  to  Squatina. 

NOTIDANID-^. 

Heptanchus,  Ratinesque  (1810). 

21.  H.  iNDicus,  Cuv.,  sp.     Coast  of  New  South  Wales,  common. 

The  "  Seven-gilled  Shark."  Victoria,  one  of  the  rarer 
sharks  in  Hobson's  Bay  {Mc  Coy).  Tasmania  {AUport,  MS.). 
Rafinesque's  excellent  name  having  the  priority  of  that 
of  Cuvier  by  several  years,  I  can  see  no  reason  whatever 
for  its  rejection,  and  I  therefore  unhesitatingly  adopt  it. 
The  increased  number  of  the  gill-openings  being  the  more 
important  of  the  two  principal  differences  between  this 
and  the  two  preceding  families,  I  am  at  a  loss  to  under- 
stand— seeing  that  a  genus  is  merely  a  number  of  species, 
having  two  or  more  characters  in  common,  placed  in 
juxta-position  for  the  sake  of  convenience — how  Rafin- 
esque's two  generic  names  can  be  ignored. 

SCYLLIID^. 

Scylliorhinus,  Blainville  (1816). 

22.  S.   MACULATUS,     Bl.Sckn.,    sp.        North-western    coast    of 

Australia.  Bramble  Bay  {Brit.  Mus.).  Port  Darwin 
{Macleay  Mus).  The  genus  Scylliorhinus  having  been 
established  by  Blainville  in  1816,  takes  precedence  of 
Cuvier's  Scyllium  by  thirteen  years,  and  must  therefore 
be  retained. 


180  LIST    OF    THE    AUSTRALIAN    PAL^ICHTEYES, 

*23.  S.  ANALis,  Ogilhy,  sp.  Port  Jackson,  and  its  vicinity 
{Austr.  Mus.),  common;  the  "Spotted  Dog-fish."  I 
have  been  unable  to  ascertain  the  northern  limit  of  the 
range  of  this  species,  which  is  at  a  glance  distinguishable 
from  the  preceding  by  the  non-confluence  of  the  nasal 
valves  ;  it  should,  however,  be  compared  with  the  Japanese 
S.  buergeri,  to  which  it  seems  to  be  nearly  related.  Mr. 
Johnston  in  his  "  Catalogue  of  Tasmanian  Fishes "  in- 
cludes S.  maculatios,  and  states  that  the  "  nasal  valves  are 
confluent " ;  this  would  of  course  be  conclusive  evidence  as 
to  the  non-identity  of  the  Tasmanian  with  my  species,  but 
as  his  short  diagnosis  is  evidently  taken  word  for  word 
from  Dr.  Giinther's  catalogue  description  of  the  true  S. 
maculatus — Mr.  Johnston  not  having  personally  examined 
a  Tasmanian  specimen — I  consider  it  highly  probable  that 
my  species  has  been  mistaken  for  the  northern  one. 

24.   S.  LATICEPS,  Dnm.,  sp.     Tasmania. 

Note. — This  Dog-fish  has  a  very  wide  range  in  the 
Pacific,  having  been  recorded  as  abundant  in  New  Zealand 
waters  (Sherrin,  Handbook  of  the  Fishes  of  N.Z.,  p.  121), 
and  more  recently  from  the  Californian  coast  by  Messrs. 
Jordan  and  Gilbert. 

GiNGLYMOSTOMA,  Miiller  and  Henle  (1837). 

*25.  G.  CONCOLOR,  Riipp.j  sp.  Port  Moresby,  New  Guinea 
(Macleay).  In  the  British  Museum  Catalogue  of  Fishes, 
viii.  p.  409,  Dr.  Giinther  mentions  as  adult  an  example 
which  measures  twenty-eight  inches  only,  but  he  unfortu- 
nately omits  to  mention  the  sex  of  the  specimen  ;  I 
hardly  think  that  the  term  "adult"  can  be  correctly 
applied  to  this  example,  since  a  male  from  the  Solomon 
Islands,  in  the  collection  of  the  Australian  Museum,  though 
measuring  no  less  than  sixty-six  inches,  is  presumedly 
immature,  the  claspers  being  but  little  developed.  Of 
course  there  is  a  possibility  that  the  individual  in  question 


BY   J.  DOUGLAS    OGILBY.  181 

may  have  sustained  some  injury  which  has  resulted  in  a 
partial  or  even  permanent  arrest  in  the  development  of 
the  sexual  organs,  which  would  at  once  account  for  the 
possibly  abnormal  decrescence  in  the  size  which  these 
have  attained  in  our  specimen,  and  being  barren,  for  its 
increased  size. 

Stegostoma,  Muller  and  Henle  (1837). 
■^26.  S.  TiGRiNUM,  Gmel.,  sp.     Cape  York,  Q.     (Austr.  Mus.J. 

Parascyllium,  Gill  (1861). 

27.  P.  VARiOLATUM,  Bum.,  sp.  Tasmania.  As  with  the  two 
succeeding  species  this  Dog-fish  appears  to  be  individually 
scarce,  since  from  his  short  note  on  the  subject  it  does  not 
seem  that  Mr.  Johnston  has  ever  met  with  a  recent 
example.  I  think  it  highly  probable  that  the  cause  of 
this  apparent  scarcity  will  be  found  to  be  due  to  the 
ordinary  habitat  of  the  genus  being  in  deep  water,  or  at 
least  in  water  of  such  a  depth  as  to  exceed  the  limits  to 
which  the  professional  fishermen  of  these  coasts  confine 
themselves. 
*28.  P.  COLLARE,  BJcO.  Outside  Port  Jackson,  N.S.W.,  in  seventy 
fathoms  (Austr.  Mus.);  vide  P.L.S.  N.S.W.  iii.  (2)  1888, 
p.  1310, 

29.  P.  NUCHALE,  McCoy.     Port  Phillip,  Vic.  (McCoy),  scarce. 

Chiloscyllium,  Miiller  and  Henle  (1837). 

30.  C.  OCELLATUM,   Gmd.,  sp.      Port  Jackson,  N.S.W.  (Austr. 

Mus.),  rare.  North  coast  of  Australia.  Port  Moresby, 
New  Guinea  (Austr.  Mus.),  common.  Richardson's  C. 
trispeculare  is  merely  a  variety  of  this  species. 
■^31.  C.  PUNCTATUM,  M.  <t  H.  Port  Darwin,  North-western 
Australia  (Klunzinger). 
32.  C.  MODESTUM,  Gtith.  East  coast  of  Australia,  common. 
The  "  Brown  Dog-fish  "  of  Port  Jackson. 


182  LIST   OF   THE   AUSTRALIAN    PALuEICHTHTES, 


Crossorhinus,  Miiller  and  Henle  (1837). 

33.  C.  BARBATUS,  Gmel,  sp.     The  "Carpet  Shark"  or  "Wobbe- 

gong."  Southern  and  eastern  coasts  of  Australia,  common. 
Tasmania,  common  (Johnston).  Port  Moresby,  New- 
Guinea  (Macleay). 

Note — Mr.  S.  Scudder  (Zool.  Norn.,  Univ.  Index,  p.  67) 
gives  the  orthography  of  the  generic  title  as  Chrossoi'hinuSy 
but  in  this  he  is  undoubtedly  incorrect,  as  the  first  part  of 
the  word  is  derived  from  the  Greek  Kpoaaos  a  tassel — 
generally  used  in  the  plural  in  the  sense  of  a  fringe. 

34.  C.   TENTACULATUS,  Ft7's.    Cape  York,  Q.  {Brit.  Mus.)   Port 

Adelaide,  S.A.  [Zietz)  ;  examples  from  the  latter  locality 
are  contained  in  the  collections  of  the  Australian  Museum, 
Sydney,  and  of  the  South  Australian  Museum,  Adelaide. 
Though  very  closely  allied,  the  differences,  should  they 
prove  constant,  are  sufficient  to  justify  the  separation  of 
this  from  the  preceding  species.  Taking  the  various 
characters  mentioned  in  the  description  given  by  Dr. 
Giinther  seriatim,  I  find  that  the  number  of  tentacles  is 
inconstant,  and  this  character  therefore  loses  much  of  its 
value ;  thus  in  our  specimen  there  are  on  each  side 
a  single  minute  tentacle  on  the  side  of  the  throat  directly 
under  the  upper  angle  of  the  spiracle,  two  rather  larger 
a  little  above  and  behind  the  angle  of  the  mouth;  a 
small  one  on  the  middle  of  the  hinder  section  of  the 
upper  lip;  a  short  broad  strongly  compressed  lobe  at  the 
upper  angle  of  the  maxilla,  and  a  similar  lobe  in  the  lower 
angle  of  the  inter-maxillary  cleft,  and  finally  a  narrow 
tentacle,  equal  in  length  to  the  spiracle,  rises  from  the 
inner  angle  of  the  lingual  flap;  all  these  appendages  are 
simple,  whereas  in  C.  barbatus  the  majority  are  as  a  rule 
bifid,   and  some  occasionally  trifid,  while  they  are  always 


BY   J.  DOUGLAS    OGILBY  183 

more  numerous  and  of  larger  size.     The  second  character 
brought  prominently  forward  in  Dr.  Giinther's  description 
is  the  comparative  distance  between  the  dorsal  fins,  which 
is  stated  by  him  to  be  "  equal  in  length  to  the  base  of  the 
first   dorsal"  in    G.   harhatus^  and   "much  less   than   the 
length  of   the  base  of   either  dorsal  '^  in  C.  tentacidatus. 
This  character  is  entirely  fallacious ;  there  is  now  before 
me  a  specimen  of  an  undoubted   C.  barbatus,  from  Port 
Jackson,  in   which   the   intra-dorsal   distance  is  quite   as 
small  as  in  our  example  of  C.  tentaculatus,  being  but  little 
more  than  one-balf  of  the  length  of  the  base  of  the  first 
dorsal ;  and  further  among  specimens  of  the  former  of  both 
sexes  and  all  sizes   up   to  seven  feet  I  have  not  found  a 
single  example  in  which  the  intradorsal  space  was   even 
approximate  in  length  to  the  base  of   the   anterior  dorsal. 
The    colours    are  also   very    variable,    and    are    probably 
similar  in  both  forms,    C.  barbatus  being  as  often  as  not 
broadly    fasciated    with  brown.  The    characters  therefore 
on   which  Drs.   Peters  and  Giinther  rely  for  the  specific 
separation    of    the    two    forms    are    thus    proved    to    be 
inconstant,   and  so  absolutely    valueless  from  a  scientific 
point    of  view.       We    have    therefore  to  look    for    other 
characters  by  which  to  separate  the  two  supposed  species, 
and    these  I   am   unable   to   find,     for   if    we  except  the 
slightly  finer  granulation  of  the  epiderm,  there  is  positively 
no  character  on  which  reliance  can  be  placed.     Our  speci- 
men, however,  has  very  distinct  hard  tubercles  on  the  dorsal 
surface  forming  either  scattered  patches  or  irregular  longi- 
tudinal rows,  as  well   as  a  crescentic  row  of  much  smaller 
ones  above  the  eyes,  a  similar  row  between  the  orbit  and 
the   anterior  gill-opening,  and   some  scattered  ones  on  the 
snout  and  cheeks.     As,  however,  neither  its  describer  nor 
Dr.   Giinther  makes  any  reference  to  these   tubercles  it  is 
probable  that  this  is  either  an  individual  peculiarity — the 
varieties  of   Chiloscyllium  indicum  form    a  fairly  parallel 
case— or  was  caused  by  the  specimen  having  been  left   on 


/. 


184  LIST    OF    THE    AUSTRALIAN    PAL^ICHTHYES, 

the  pierf  and  so  exposed  to  the  weather  for  an  indefinite 
length  of  time,  which  may  have  raised  blisters  which  no 
stretching  of  the  skin  could  eradicate.  As  I  have 
examined  only  this  one  specimen  in  very  bad  condition 
it  would  be  inexpedient  for  me  to  give  an  authoritative 
opinion  as  to  the  identity  or  non-identity  of  the  two  forms, 
but  I  feel  pretty  sure  that  a  characteristic  series  of 
both  would  indubitably  demonstrate  their  specific  identity. 
Under  the  circumstances,  however,  this  is  merely  an 
opinion  founded  on  that  single  specimen,  and  has  to  be 
verified  by  the  examination  of  a  more  extended  series. 

]}^ote. — Dr.  Peters  could  hardly  have  devised  a  more 
inappropriate  specific  name  for  this  shark.  In  the  first 
place  all  the  members  of  the  genus  are  furnished  with 
tentacular  appendages,  and  in  the  second  place  C.  harbatus 
and  C.  dasypoyon,  both  indubitably  good  species,  are 
much  more  amply  provided  with  these  appendages,  so  that 
as  a  fact  Dr.  Peters'  species  instead  of  being  ^mr  excellence 
the  "  Tentaculated  Wobbegong,"  as  its  name  would 
imply,  is  exactly  the  reverse. 

*35.  C.  DASYPOGON,  Blk.     Torres  Straits  (Austr.  Mus.) 

HETERODONTID^. 

Heterodontus,  Plain ville  (1816). 

36.  H.  PHiLLiPi,  Bl.  Schn.,  s]).  Coast  of  New  South  Wales, 
common  at  least  as  far  north  as  Proken  Pay,  above  which 
I  have  been  unable  to  trace  it,  though  it  doubtless  occurs. 
Coast  of  Victoria;  Port  Phillip,  common  (^McCoy). 
South  Australia  {Brit.  Mus.).  Tasmania,  "  common 
in  the  Derwent  and  Tamar"  (Johnston).  For  reasons 
given  previously  I  am  obliged  to  adopt  Plainville's  generic 

+  Found  lying  on  the  Semaphore  Jetty  about  one  year  ago.  It  was 
caught  by  one  of  the  fishermen,  and  thrown  away  as  being  useless  {Zietz^ 
in  lit.). 


BY   J.  DOUGLAS   OGILBY.  185 

name,  it  having  a  priority  of  a  year  over  Cuvier's 
Cestracion,  even  were  that  name  admissable,  which  as  I 
have  conclusively  shewn  (P.L.S.  N.S.W.,  iii.  (2)  1888, 
p.  1770),  is  not  the  case  :  for  the  same  reason  it  would  be 
absurd  to  continue  to  employ  the  commonly  accepted 
family  name  Cestraciontidce,  and  being  unable  to  find  an 
older  name  I  have  adhered  to  that  used  in  my  Catalogue  of 
the  Fishes  of  New  South  Wales,  1886. 

37.  H.  GALEATUS,  Guth.,  sp.      Port  Jackson,  almost  as  common 

as  H.  pliillipi.  Port  Stephens,  N.S.W.  (Austr.  Mus.). 
These  are  the  only  localities  whence  we  have  ever 
received  it. 

Note. — For  detailed  accounts  of  this  and  the  preceding 
species  see  Miklouho-Maclay  and  Macleay,  P.L.S.  N.S.W., 
iii.  pp.  309,  313,  pis.  22-25. 

SPINACIDiE. 
AcANTHiAS,  Risso  (1826). 

38.  A.  VULGARIS,  Rss.     Coast  of  Victoria  [McCoy).     Tasmania, 

very  abundant  {Johnston). 

39.  A.  BLAiNViLLii,  Rss.     New  Holland  {Gilnther).     Tasmania, 

abundant  {Johnston). 

40.  A.  MEGALOPS,  Mel.     Neighbourhood    of   Port  Jackson,   not 

uncommon,  but  rarely  taken  inside  the  Heads.  This  form, 
distinguished  by  the  forward  position  of  the  ventral  fins, 
is  the  only  one  I  have  met  with  here,  and  appears  to  be  in 
many  points  intermediate  between  the  two  others ;  even- 
tually it  is  probable  that  the  three  will  have  to  be  joined 
together  under  a  common  name. 

EcHiNORHiNUS,  Blainville  ( 1816). 

*41.  E.  SPINOSUS,  Gmel.^  sp.  Portland,  Vic.  {McCoy).    This  is  the 
only  specimen  as  yet  recorded  from  Australian  waters. 


186  LIST   OF   THE   AUSTRALIAN     PAL^ICHTHYES. 

ISISTIUS,  Gill  (1864). 

42.  I.  BRASiLiENSis,  Q.  dh  G..,  sp.  Australia  (Kner). 

SQUATINID^. 

Squatina,  Dumeril  (1806). 

43.  S.  VULGARIS,  Rss.     New  South  Wales.     Though  it  is  doubt- 

less found  further  north,  I  have  not  succeeded  in  obtaining 
any  authentic  information  of  its  occurrence  beyond  the 
neighbourhood  of  Port  Jackson,  where,  however,  it  is 
common.  Victoria,  "not  very  uncommon  in  Hobson's 
Bay  and  round  our  coast "  {Mc  Coy).  Tasmania,  common 
{Johnston).  Variously  known  as  the  "  Angel-fish," 
"Angel-Shark,"  or  "Monk-fish."  Klein's  name,  Rhina^ 
having  been  published  as  early  as  1745  becomes  inad- 
missable,  which  is  just  as  well  since  Olivier  in  1807  gave 
the  same  appellation  to  a  genus  of  coleopterous  insects, 
for  which  it  is  still  retained.  Dumeril's  name  there- 
fore very  properly  stands. 

PRISTIOPHORID^. 

Pristiophorus,  Miiller  &  Henle   (1837). 

44.  P.   ciRRATUS,    Lath.^    sp.    New   South   Wales,   northwards 

to  Broken  Bay,  common.  Tasmania,  not  common 
{Johnston).  South  Australia  {Brit.  Mus.).  The  "Saw- 
Shark." 

45.  P.   NUDiPiNNis,  Gnth.     Hobson's  Bay,   Vic,   very  common 

(McCoy).  Tasmania  {Johnston).  South  Australia  {Zietz). 
I  agree  with  Messrs.  McCoy  and  Zietz  as  to  the  very 
doubtful  propriety  of  separating  this  from  the  preceding 
species. 


NOTE  ON  CYPR^A  VENUSTA,  (SO WERE Y). 
By  James  C.  Cox,  M.D.,  F.L.S. 

(Plate  XV.,  figs.  1  and  2). 

The  specimen  of  Cyprcea  venusta,  Sow.,  (=  C.  Thatcheri,  Cox) 

from  which  the  accompanying  illustration  was  taken,  was  obtained 

at    Cape    Naturaliste,  where  it   was  washed  on  shore   with  the 

animal  in  it.     It  is  78  millimetres  long  and  52  wide.     It  is  so 

unlike  the  type  specimens  that  when  first  I  saw  it  lying  in  a  case 

of  exhibits  in  the  Melbourne  Exhibition  I  mistook  it  for  Cyprcea 

thersites,  having  a  view  of  its  dorsal  surface  only,  but  a  moment's 

handling  of  it  at  once  revealed  its  nature,  unlike  as  it  was  to  the 

type.     Its  base  is  white  gradually  passing  off  to  a  granular  grey 

at  the  sides  with  rather  large  undefined  round  dark  spots  showing 

through  the  grey  sides,  which  are  absent  in  my  two  type  specimens 

of  C.  Thatcheri ;   the  size  of  the  teeth,  their  number  and  their 

character,    however,   in   no  way  differ  from   them.      The  colour 

of  the  interior  of  the  shell  is  of  a  darker  purple  than  m  my  types ; 

but    the    anterior    and    posterior    notches    are    similar.       It    is 

on  the   lateral    and  dorsal  aspects  of   the  shell    that   the    main 

differences  exist,  and  these  differences  after  all  are  only  differences 

of  colour, — the  granular  slate-coloured  sides  meet  in   front  and 

behind,  in  front  of  the  channels,  and  thus  form  a  complete  circle 

round  the  shell,  and  the  dorsal  surface  enclosed  is  ornamented 

with  very  dark  geographically  bounded,  variously  shaped  portions, 

mostly    rounded  with  tapering  offshoots,    while  the   intervening 

spaces  are  of  the  normal  bluish-amber  colour  of  the  type  of   C. 

Thatcheri  :   the  dark  geographically  bounded  portions  are  quite  as 

dark  as  the  dark  dorsal  markings  of  an  ordinary  G.  thersites. 


NOTES    AND    EXHIBITS. 


NOTES    AND    EXHIBITS. 


Dr.  Ramsay  exhibited  a  live  specimen  of  a  beautiful  snake, 
Nardoa  gilherti,  one  of  several  caught  and  forwarded  to  him  by 
Mr.  James  Kamsay,  of  Wattagoona,  N.S.W.,  a  gentleman  who 
has  largely  contributed  to  the  collections  in  the  Australian 
Museum. 

Mr.  North  read  the  following  note  : — "  It  may  be  interesting 
to  know  that  several  of  the  Gouldian  finches  have  bred  in  Dr. 
Ramsay's  aviary  at  the  Museum.  A  pair,  ^  and  9)  of  the  black- 
headed  phase  hatched  out  on  May  13th  last  (1888)  three  young 
ones,  one  of  which,  although  having  a  dull-coloured  breast,  has 
developed  the  crimson  head  of  Poe2:)hila  mirabilis.  There  can  be 
now  no  doubt  whatever  that  P.  gouldice,  the  black-headed  phase, 
and  P.  armitiana,  the  yellow-headed  phase,  are  merely  varieties  of 
P.  inirabilis,  originally  described  by  Hombron  and  Jacquinot  in 
the  "  Voy.  au  Pole  Sud."  Many  specimens  recently  brought  to 
Sydney  show  the  various  stages  of  plumage  above-mentioned, 
bearing  out  Dr.  Ramsay's  previous  statement  respecting  the 
various  phases  of  plumage  exhibited  in  this  species." 

Dr.  Cox  exhibited  a  large  flat  stone,  66^  centimetres  long  and 
38|-  broad  at  its  widest  part,  used  by  the  natives  near  Cooper's 
Creek,  N.W.  of  Bourke,  in  New  South  Wales,  as  a  mill  stone  for 
grinding  the  seeds  of  the  Nardoo  and  also  of  the  Pig-weed 
( Portulaca  oleracea),  the  latter  being  much  cultivated  by  the 
natives  in  that  district  for  the  sake  of  the  seeds,  which  are 
used  as  an  article  of  food ;  the  plant  is  grown  on  slightly 
raised  mounds  in  the  way  pumpkins  and  melons  are  grown, 
and  before  the  seed  vessels  are  quite  ripe  and  have  opened,  the 
whole  plant  is  cut  up,  reversed,  and  dried  in  the  sun ;  the 
seed  vessels  are  then  plucked  off,  and  threshed  or  rather 
rubbed  down,  and   the   seed   collected    for  grinding.     The  stone 


I 


NOTES    AND    EXHIBITS.  189 

is  of  a  felspathic  character,  of  a  pale  buff  colour,  and  has  a 
laminar  structure,  but  the  grinding  surface  is  worn  quite  smooth 
and  slightly  concave  by  rubbing ;  the  seed  to  be  ground  is  laid 
on  the  stone  and  rubbed  with  a  small  piece  of  flat  stone  of  a 
similar  nature  to  the  large  one  (two  samples  of  these  stones 
accompanied  the  exhibit).  The  stone  is  the  property  of  Mr.  Frank 
Hill,  who  has  placed  it  in  the  exhibitor's  hands  for  presentation 
to  the  Museum. 

Dr.  Cox  also  exhibited  photographs  of  Turbo  Jourdani,  Kiener, 
showing  the  operculum  in  situ,  and  its  inner  side  after  removal 
from  the  shell,  all  natural  size;  and  offered  the  following  remarks. 
"  As  the  specimen  from  which  the  operculum  was  taken  contained 
it  attached  to  the  dead  animal,  there  can  be  no  doubt  about  its 
genuineness  ;  it  was  obtained  by  my  friend  Mr.  Irvine  at  Geo- 
graphe  Bay,  Western  Australia.  The  shell  is  about  14  centi- 
metres long  and  12J  wide,  and  has  a  decidedi  j^hasianella  aspect 
in  colour  and  smoothness  of  surface  ;  the  operculum  is  95  milli- 
metres in  its  greatest  diameter  and  80  in  the  opposite,  solid, 
ponderous,  stony,  white  on  the  external  surface  and  smooth  ;  the 
reverse  is  flat,  slightly  excavated,  and  covered  with  a  chestnut- 
brown  epidermis  ;  the  spire  is  excentral  in  the  long  diameter, 
25  mm.  from  the  lower  edge,  and  about  4  mm.  to  the  right  of  the 
central  line  with  the  internal  surface  towards  one.  It  weighs 
7f  oz.  I  have  known  of  the  existence  of  these  opercula  for 
many  years,  but  have  been  unable  hitherto  to  ascertain  to  what 
species  of  Turbo  they  belonged." 

Also,  a  remarkable  deformed  example  of  Cyiwcea  vitellus,  Linn., 
from  New  Caledonia  (Plate  xv.,  figs.  3  and  4). 

Mr.  Skuse  exhibited  specimens  of  the  pupa  cases  and  imagines 
of  Batrachomyia  nigritarsis  and  B.  quadrilineata,  described  in 
his  paper. 

Also  some  grass  which  had  been  kept  dry  for  more  than  twelve 
months,    and    still     contained    the    living   larvae    of    Lasioptera 


190  NOTES    AND    EXHIBITS. 

vastatrix,  Sk.,  showing  how  easily  this  destructive  insect  might 
be  conveyed  from  one  part  of  the  country  to  another  through  the 
medium  of  hay. 

Mr.  Burnell  exhibited  specimens  of  Ceylon  fire-flies. 

Mr.  Deane  called  attention  to  a  means  of  distinguishing  species 
of  plants  by  qualities  and  products  which  are  generally  over- 
looked by  botanists,  but  which  are  of  the  utmost  practical  value. 
Plants  only  slightly  differing  outwardly  are  put  down  as  mere 
varieties  of  the  same  species.  Inquiry,  however,  perhaps  shows 
that  their  products,  such  as  timber,  are  quite  different  in 
character,  in  which  case,  therefore,  they  ought  to  be  recognised  as 
quite  distinct  in  species.  Mr.  Deane  exliibited  timber  specimens 
of  three  so-called  varieties  of  Eucalyptus  saligna,  the  Sydney 
blue  gum,  two  of  E.  hceniastoma,  and  two  of  E.  goniocalyx,  to 
illustrate  his  remarks. 

Mr.  Macleay  exhibited  two  new  species  of  Snakes  which  he  had 
received  from  J.  A.  Boyd,  Esq.,  of  Ripple  Creek,  Herbert  District, 
Queensland.  One  was  evidently  a  species  of  Fordonia,  a  genus  of 
freshwater  snakes  of  the  family  Homalopsidse  ;  the  other  was  a  sea- 
snake,  resembling  somewhat  the  Hydrophidse,  but  probably  be- 
longing to  the  genus  Chersydrus,  one  of  the  Wart  Snakes  or 
Acrochordidse. 

Mr.  Trebeck  made  the  following  communication  : — 

"  The  Committee  of  the  Field  Naturalists'  Section  of  the  Royal 
Society  of  South  Australia  have  applied  for  the  co-operation  of 
our  Society  in  their  endeavours  to  establish  the  better  protection 
of  the  native  fauna  and  flora.  This  opens  up  a  most  difficult 
question,  as  many  of  the  animals  and  birds  proposed  to  be  protected 
are  included  in  the  list  of  noxious  animals  under  the  '  Pastures 
and  Stock  Protection  Act '  now  in  force  in  this  colony,  and  it  is  to 
the  interest  of  pastoralists  to  keep  the  numbers  down,  if  not  to 
exterminate  them. 


NOTES    AND    EXHIBITS.  191 

"  Kangaroos  and  wallabies  form  the  largest  numbers  of  these 
native  noxious  animals,  and  when  it  is  admitted  that  a  full-grown 
kangaroo  eats  as  much  grass  as  six  sheep,  it  is  patent  that  a  grazier, 
who  pays  either  a  heavy  rent  to  the  crown,  or  possibly  a  large 
amount  of  interest  to  his  banker,  cannot  afford  to  keep  animals 
that  will  not  give  him  steady  and  reliable  annual  returns  like 
sheep  and  cattle. 

"It  may  be  interesting  to  state  that  in  1887  and  1888  the 
collective  reports  of  the  various  stock  inspectors  showed  that  the 
estimated  numbers  in  those  years  were  : — 

1887— Kangaroos 1,881,510 

1888—       do 1,170,380 

Decrease— 711,130. 
Showing  a  considerable  decrease. 

1887— Wallabies 2,742,550 

1888—       do 3,185,400 

Increase— 442,850. 

Showing  a  good  increase,  although  the  number  killed  that  year 
was  694,702. 

"  The  wallabies  are  very  troublesome  and  would  soon  overrun 
and  destroy  all  portions  of  country  near  which  there  is  the  least 
cover  or  shelter  for  them.  The  bonuses  paid  for  their  destruction 
range 

For  Kangaroos from  2d.  to  Is.  6d.  per  head. 

For  Wallabies from  Id.  to  Is.  per  head. 

"Good  kangaroo  skins  realise  from  3s.  6d.  to  10s.;  good 
wallaby  skins  from  9d.  to  3s.  apiece. 

"With  reference  to  the  letter  of  Mr.  Solomon,  which  the 
Adelaide  Committee  have  sent,  and  in  which  that  gentleman 
suggests  that  a  heavy  fine  should  be  inflicted  on  persons  killing 


192  NOTES   AND   EXHIBITS. 

kangaroos  whose  marketable  skins  would  not  weigh  ^Ib,  I  fear 
that  for  the  reasons  given  above  no  legislation  is  possible  so  long 
as  the  kangaroos  and  wallabies  remain  so  numerous  and  eat  so 
much  food  which  can  be  better  and  more  profitably  utilised. 

"With  the  permission  and  aid  of  the  Trustees  an  active 
Committee  might  use  our  National  Park  for  the  preservation  of 
very  many  members  of  the  fauna  and  flora,  and  thus  help  our 
Adelaide  friends  in  their  praiseworthy  attempts  to  preserve  the 
many  interesting  animals  and  birds  which  belong  to  our  country." 

Mr.  Trebeck  exhibited  a  specimen  of  Eucalypt  bark  regularly 
marked  by  the  burrows  of  some  insect. 


P.L5.N.S.W.(2^v^'5ar,)VoLlV; 


PL.L 


FIg.I   fruit  of  DIPfEROCARPU^ 


Bc?:!}/;^!  Ganvan/.  ////' 


RL.S.N.S.W.(2^9Ser)VoL.IV. 


PL.n. 


r,e.2.  DRY0BALAN0P6  AROMATICA. 
Fig.  3.  Lo'ig  sect  o/"  fn///-. 


B^ro/f  i  GaZ-n^'ard /M 


P.L.S.N.S.W.(2^?'Ser.)VoL.IV, 


PL.in. 


}  i 

EUGeSSONA  TRISTE,  GRIFF. 


Barofl^  63^i*'ffrd  //A 


R6.24.U0UALA     PELrATA 


25  AIACCIA   CRISTATA 


Ssro/?  <t  Gsfwart/.  /m 


1  CVPHIPIDIUM    SANDtRIANUM 


RL.S.N.SW.(2^^Ser)V0L.lV. 


PL.VI. 


Rg,27.    UROPEDIUM    LINDENll. 


Bsroni  ffs/'ty.^rd ///A 


RL.S.N,5.W.i2"'^Ser.)VoLlV, 


PLm 


F16.28.  CYPRIPEDIUM   CAUDATUM, 


BarffflS  Gatifard  /'f/f 


r 


f  Q 


^\ 


f 


RL.S.N.S.W:^V.:Sc:r:VoL.IV. 


PLX. 


5n 


/D^A.  S/ruse,  del 


B^/v/;  cf  6^ff/>y^r(^M 


WEDNESDAY,  24th  APRIL,  1889.N^     /         %    v^'^ 


The  President,  Professor  Stephens,  M.A.,  F.G.S.,  in  the  Chair. 


Mr.  C.  I.  K.  Uhr,  and  Dr.  Cobb  were  present  as  visitors. 


The  President  made  the  following  announcements: — 

(1)  That  Mr.  Henry  Deane  had  deposited  with  the  Society 

on  loan  his  valuable  collections  of  Australian  and  other 
seaweeds,  which  had  been  collected  and  named  by  the 
late  Dr.  Harvey. 

(2)  That  there  would  be  no  Excursion  in  May. 


DONATIONS. 

"Zoologischer  Anzeiger."     XII.  Jahrg.,  Nos.  300-302  (1889). 
From  the  Editor. 

"Entomologisk  Tidskrift."     Arg.  IX.  (1888).     De  la  i^rt  de 

la  Societe  Entomologique  de  Stockholm. 
13 


194  DONATIONS. 

"  Bollettino  dei  Musei  di  Zoologia  ed  Anatomia  comparata  della 
R.  Universita  di  Torino."  Vol.  III.,  Nos.  49-52  (1888),  and  one 
plate.     From  the  Museum. 

Memoires  de  la  Societe  des  Naturalistes  de  la  Nouvelle-Russie, 
Odessa."     Tome  XIIL,  Part  2  (1888).     From  the  Society. 

"  Bulletin  of  the  American  Geographical  Society."  Vol.  XX., 
Supplement  (1888).     From  the  Society. 

*'  The  American  Naturalist."  Vol.  XXIII.,  No.  265  (January, 
1889).     From  the  Editors. 

"The  Canadian  Record  of  Science."  Vol.  I.,  Nos.  1  &  2  ;  TIL, 
No.  4  (1884-88).     From  the  Natural  History  Society y  Montreal. 

"  The  Quarterly  Journal  of  the  Geological  Society  of  London.'* 
Vol.  XLV.,  Part  1  (No.  177),  1889.     From,  the  Society. 

"  The  Pharmaceutical  Journal  of  New  South  Wales."  n.s.  Vol. 
IL,  Part  4  (April,  1889).     From  the  Editor. 

"The  Victorian  Naturalist."  Vol.  V.,  No.  12  (April,  1889). 
From  the  Field  Nattcralists'  Club  of  Victoria. 

*'  Annales  de  la  Societe  Geologique  de  Belgique."  Tomes 
XIIL  ;  XIV.,  Liv.  1 ;  XV.  (1887-88).     From  the  Society. 

"  Acta  Societatis  pro  Fauna  et  Flora  Fennica."  Tomes  III. 
and  IV.  (1886-88);  "  Meddelanden  af  Societas."  xiv.  Haftet 
(1888).     Fro7n  the  Society. 

"  Systematic  Census  of  Australian  Plants,  &c."  By  Baron  von 
Mueller,  K.C.M.G.,  M.  &  Ph.D.,  F.R.S.  Fourth  Supplement  (for 
1886,  1887  &  1888).     Fo^om  the  Author. 


DONATIONS.  195 

"  Comptes  Rendus  des  Seances  de  rAcademie  des  Sciences, 
Paris."     Tome  CVIII.,  Nos.  1-4  (1889).     From  the  Academy. 

"Proceedings  of  the  Royal  Society  of  London."  Vol.  XLV., 
No.  273  (1888).     From  the  Society. 

*'Sur  le  Gulf-Stream — Recherches  pour  ^tablir  ses  Rapports 
avec  la  C6te  de  France:  Campagne  de  VHirondelle^  1885."  Par 
S.  A.  le  Prince  Albert  de  Monaco.  Also  eight  Pamphlets  on 
various  subjects  in  connection  with  the  Voyage  of  the  Yacht 
"Hirondelle"  by  the  same  author.     From  the  Author. 

*'Feuille  des  Jeunes  Naturalistes."  No.  221  (March,  1889). 
From  the  Editor. 

"Videnskabelige  Meddelelser  fra  Naturhistorisk  Forening  i 
Kjobenhavn  for  Aaret  1888."     From  the  Society. 

"The  Gold-Fields  of  Victoria — Reports  of  the  Mining  Regis- 
trars for  the  quarter  ended  31st  December,  1888."  From  the 
Secretary  for  Mines,  Melbourne. 

"  Proceedings  of  the  Royal  Society  of  Queensland,  1889."  Vol. 
VI.,  Part  1.     From  the  Society. 

"Report  of  the  Auckland  Institute  and  Museum  for  1888-89." 
From  the  Institute. 

"  Verhandlungen  des  naturhistorischen  Vereines  der  preussischen 
Rheinlande  und  Westfalens."  Folge  5,  Jahrg.  V.  Zweite  Halfte 
(1888).     From  the  Society. 

"Journal  of  the  Royal  Microscopical  Society,  1888."  Part  6a 
(December) ;  1889,  Part  1  (February).     From  the  Society. 


196  DONATIONS. 

"Annalen   des  k.k.  naturhistorischen   Hofmuseums   (Wien)." 
Band  III.,  Nos.  3  and  4.     From  the  Micseum. 

"Eecords  of  the  Geological  Survey  of  India."     Vol.  XXII., 
Part  1  (1889).     From  the  Director. 

"The  Insect  Fauna  of  Lord  Howe  Island."     (Pamphlet.)     By 
A.  Sidney  Olliflf,  F.E.S.     From  the  Author. 


PAPERS  READ 

NOTE  ON  THE  PROBABLE  OCCURRENCE  OF  ALDRO- 
VANDA   VESICULOSA   IN  N.S.W. 

By  Baron  Von  Mueller,  K.C.M.G.,  M.D.,  Ph.D.,  F.R.S. 

(Plate  XVI.) 

In  the  year  1747  a  highly  remarkable  aquatic  plant  was 
discovered  in  Italy,  and  described  by  Monti,  then  Professor  at 
Bologna,  namely,  the  Aldrovanda  vesiculosa.  Long  afterwards 
it  was  found  in  Bengal,  then  in  the  south  of  France,  later  in 
Austria,  south-western  Russia  and  Prussia.  Suddenly  and 
quite  unexpectedly,  in  1867,  the  plant  was  gathered  in  a  swamp 
near  Rockhampton,  Queensland,  by  the  late  Mr.  P.  O'Shanesy  ; 
thus  it  is  but  reasonable  to  suppose  that  it  may  yet  be  found  in 
many  other  places  in  Australia  ;  but  it  is  apt  to  escape  notice, 
being  usually  entangled  among  other  water-plants.  Indeed  I 
found  fragments  of  Aldrovanda  among  dried  specimens  of 
Utricularia  vulgaris,  gathered  in  Silesia  at  the  commencement 
of  the  century,  the  collector  never  observing  the  prize  which  had 
come  within  his  reach.  To  draw  prominently  attention  to  this 
most  curious  weed,  a  lithographic  illustration  is  prepared  now 
for  Australian  use  ;  and  the  advice  is  given,  when  lakes,  swamps 
or  river-bends  are  raked  for  floating  or  submerged  plants,  to 
watch  also  for  fragments  of  Aldrovanda.  It  seems  shy  in 
flowering ;  but  the  petals,  when  developed,  are  rather  conspicuous 
and  white.  At  Calcutta  the  plant  occurs  also  in  *'  salt  pans ;" 
but  Dr.  Roxburgh  already  found  it  there  in  fresh  waters  also, 
alike  to  its  ordinary  occurrence  elsewhere.  Ripe  fruits  seem 
seldom  to  have  been  obtained.  The  plant  soon  becomes  rootless, 
moving  free  about.  The  folded  but  vesicular- turgid,  transparent 
and  irritable  lamina  of  the  leaves  catches  (and  perhaps  digests) 


198     PROBABLE  OCCURRENCE  OF  ALDROVANDA  VESICULOSA  IN  N.S.W. 

minute  aquatic  animals.  The  stigmas,  when  the  flower  rises  to 
the  surface,  obtain  the  pollen  through  the  action  of  insects 
(Schenk).  Irrespective  of  seedlings,  the  plant  hibernates  from 
leaf-buds  (Leiboldt).  Vascular  bundles  in  the  leaves  are  wanting 
(Oels).  Aldrovanda,  as  a  genus,  differs  solely  from  Drosera  in 
its  vegetative  organs,  the  external  aspect  being  much  that  of  D. 
stolonifera  from  West  Australia;  and  here  it  should  also  be 
remarked,  that  the  great  differences  exhibited  in  habitual  respect 
and  leaf-organisation  by  species  of  Utricularia  count  not  as  of 
generic  value,  U.  stellaris  being  even  provided  with  a  whorl  of 
turgid  float-organs  under  the  raceme,  consisting  of  metamorphosed 
leaves. 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE    XVI. 

Aldvovanda  veskidosa. 

Fig.  1.  A  whorl  of  leaves. 
Figs.  2  and  3.    Separate  leaves. 
Fig.  4.    Flower  unexpanded. 
Fig.  5.    Flower  expanded. 


REMARKS  ON  FOSSILS  OF  PERMO-CARBONIFEROUS 

AGE,  FROM  NORTH-WESTERN  AUSTRALIA, 

IN  THE  MACLEAY  MUSEUM. 

By  R.  Etheridge,  June. 

Paleontologist  to  the  Australian  Museum,  and  Geological 
Survey  of  New  South  Wales. 

(Plate  XVII.) 

Introduction. — At  a  meeting  of  this  Society,  held  in  April,  1888, 
the  Hon.  W.  Macleay  exhibited  some  fossils  from  the  neighbour- 
hood of  Derby,  North-western  Australia.  They  are  contained  in 
a  sandy  ferruginous  rock,  and  are  said  by  Mr.  Froggatt,  who 
collected  the  specimens,  to  come  from  a  small  area  mapped  by  the 
late  Mr.  E.  T.  Hardman,"^  as  a  portion  of  his  Pindan  Sands.  The 
position  indicated  by  the  collector  on  the  chart  in  question  coincides 
with  a  portion  of  Hardman's  Pindan  Group.  The  latter  regarded 
these  deposits  as  of  Tertiary  age,  and  distinctly  states  that  they 
proved  to  him  unfossiliferous. 

Great,  therefore,  was  my  surprise  to  find  the  organic  remains 
exhibited  clearly  of  a  Carboniferous  facies.  Mr.  Macleay  was 
kind  enough  to  allow  me  to  have  the  loan  of  the  specimens  in 
question,  with  others  from  neighbouring  localities,  in  the  latter 
case  unquestionably  from  the  great  Carboniferous  area  of  the 
Napier  Range,  as  mapped  by  Mr.  Hardman,  and  obtained  by  Mr. 
Froggatt  during  the  same  visit.  The  full  list  of  localities  is  as 
follows : — 

*  First  and  Second  R,eports  on  the  Geology  of  the  Kimberley  District, 
Western  Australia,  by  Edward  T.  Hardman.  W.  Australia  Legislative 
Council  Papers,  1884,  No.  31 ;  Ihid.  1885,  No.  34.  Perth,  1884-85  (Govern 
ment  Printer). 


200      REMARKS   ON   FOSSILS    OF    PERMO-CARBONIFEROUS   AGE, 

(1)  Ironstone  Ridge,  twenty-five  miles  south-east  of  Yeeda 

Station,  on  the  Fitzroy  River. 

(2)  Mount  Marmion,  near  the  junction  of  the  Lennard  and 

Meda  Rivers, 

(3)  Mount  North  Creek,  Napier  Range. 

(4)  Lennard  River  Gorge,  Napier  Range. 

(5)  Barrier  Range  Homestead,  Napier  Range. 

(6)  Oscar  Range,  north-east  side. 

Before  proceeding  to  a  description  of  the  organic  remains,  a 
short  sketch  of  the  Pindan  Sands  and  of  the  recognised  Carbo- 
niferous beds,  extracted  from  Mr.  Hardman's  Reports,*  will  not 
be  out  of  place. 

(1)  The  Pindan  Sands  and  Gravels  are  the  youngest  of  the 
Geological  formations  in  the  Derby  area,  excepting,  of  course, 
recent  alluvial  deposits,  and  were  provisionally  called  by  Hardman, 
Pliocene.  They  were  termed  "Pindan" — "from  principally  occur- 
ring in  the  thickly  wooded  undulating  country  termed  by  the 
natives  'pindan.'"  These  beds  consist  of  reddish  sands  with  pea- 
like nodules  of  ironstone,  gravels,  coarse  conglomerate,  grits  and 
sandstones,  the  result  of  the  consolidation  of  detrital  deposits 
by  carbonate  of  lime,  or  ferruginous  material.  There  are  no  good 
sections,  but  these  beds  are  known  to  be  from  twenty  to  thirty 
feet  thick.  About  ten  miles  south  of  the  Feeda  Station  where 
they  attain  this  thickness,  these  sands  and  gravels  rest  on  "  coarse 
sandstone,  probably  of  Carboniferous  age."  No  fossils  were  found 
in  the  Pindan  beds  by  Mr.  Hardman,  "  but  there  can  be  little 
question  that  they  are  of  comparatively  recent  age.  I  have 
classified  them  provisionally  as  belonging  to  the  Pliocene  period."! 
Mr.  Hardman  further  added  that  thick  beds  of  consolidated  iron- 
stone conglomerate  were  associated  with  the  sands  and  gravels 
in  places,  often  assuming  the  form  of  low,  flat-topped,  and  conical 
hills,  t 

*  O/J.  cit.  pp.  7  &  9  and  14  &  15,  respectively. 

t  Fii-st  Report,  1884,  No.  31,  p.  8. 

+  Second  Report,  1885,  No.  34,  p.  14, 


BY    R.  ETHERIDGE,  JUN.  201 

With  regard  to  the  area  occupied  by  these  rocks,  it  is  a  con- 
siderable one.  Starting  from  Roebuck  Bay  on  the  west,  a  narrow- 
band has  been  traced  eastward  to  the  mouth  of  the  Fitzroy  River 
in  King  Sound,  extending  north-westwards  to  and  beyond  the 
mouths  of  the  May  and  Med  a  Rivers.  Thence  towards  the  south- 
west the  Pindan  Sands  and  Gravels  occupy  the  whole  of  the  country 
between  the  Fitzroy  and  Lennard  Rivers  as  far  as  the  Napier, 
Oscar,  and  Prince  Leopold  Ranges,  which  are  composed  of 
Carboniferous  limestone  and  metamorphic  rocks.  Throughout 
this  area  are  dotted  the  remains  of  a  Carboniferous  formation — 
the  division  (b)  of  the  next  paragraph — as  isolated  hills  of  sand- 
stones, grits  and  conglomerates,"^  which  apparently  crop  up 
through  the  Pindan  beds. 

(2)  The  Carboniferous  Formation,  as  recognised  by  Mr.  Hard- 
man,  occupies  an  immense  area  in  the  Kimberley  district,  and 
consists  of  two  subdivisions — (a)  an  upper  or  Sandstone  Series, 
and  (6)  a  lower  or  Limestone  Group.  The  former  is  a  yellowish- 
reddish  freestone,  and  of  it  many  of  the  most  prominent  mountain 
ranges  are  formed,  such  as  the  Grant  Ranges,  the  St.  George 
Ranges,  and  Mount  Anderson.  "  It  may  reasonably  be  asserted 
that  this  sandstone  formation  is  considerably  over  1000  feet  in 
thickness."  Again,  the  author  adds:  "And  although  in  great 
part  hidden  by  the  newer  deposits  described  above,  it  is  certain 
that  it  extends  from  near  the  sea-coast,  as  at  Roebuck  Bay,  for  a 
distance  of  190  miles  into  the  interior.  .  .  .  Numerous 
exposures  of  the  sandstone  rocks  are  seen  to  emerge  from  the 
alluvial  and  pindan  coverings."  In  the  Lennard  River  area,  Car_ 
boniferous  ])lants  were  found  in  these  beds,  but  no  marine  fossils. f 
On  the  contrary,  on  the  Fitzroy  River  the  sandstones  proved  very 
fossiliferous,  the  organic  remains,  as  listed  by  Mr.  Hardman, 
being  characteristic  Carboniferous  Limestone  species.  J  The 
second    subdivision    (b),    or    Carboniferous    Limestone    in    the 

*  First  Report,  1884,  No.  31,  map. 

t  First  Report,  1884,  No.  31,  p.  8. 

:  Second  Report,  1885,*  No.  34,  p.  16. 


202       REMARKS    ON    FOSSILS    OF    PERMO-CARBONIFEROUS    AGE, 

Kimberley  district,  is  of  large  extent,  and  in  it  are  comprised 
Nos.  2-6  of  the  above  localities.  It  is  a  light-coloured  magnesian 
limestone  interbedded  with  thick  layers  of  shale,  and  thin 
arenaceous  bands  usually  fossiliferous,  the  list  given  by  Hardman 
being  well-known  Carboniferous  Limestone  species.  It  comprises 
within  its  area  the  Napier,  Hull,  Rough,  Oscar,  and  other 
ranges."^'  The  sum  of  Mr.  Hardman's  explorations  went  to  show 
that  "there  are  wide-spread  deposits  of  Carboniferous  rocks  in 
"Western  Australia,  although,  even  within  the  last  few  years,  this 
has  been  doubted."! 

We  may  now  consider  the  localities  yielding  the  two  sets  of 
fossils  seriatim. 

Ironstone  Ridge  and  its  Fossils. — From  this  locality  Mr. 
Froggatt  has  collected  a  sandy  ironstone  crammed  with  fossils, 
which  weather  out  in  a  peculiar  state  of  preservation,  and  from 
their  crowded  nature  it  is  difficult  to  sufficiently  individualise 
specimens  for  description.  Mr.  Froggatt  informs  me  that  this  ridge 
is  about  seven  miles  long,  and  from  thirty  to  forty  feet  above  the 
surrounding  country.  It  is  composed  of  horizontally  bedded 
ironstone.  The  organic  remains  are  essentially  Permo-Car- 
boniferous  in  age,  answering  to  those  of  our  Lower  and  Upper 
Marine  beds  in  the  New  South  Wales  coal-bearing  series.  Iron- 
Stone  Ridge  is  not  shown  on  Hardman's  map,  but  other  parallel, 
and  most  probably  similar,  ridges  are  near,  such  as  Grant  Range 
and  Mount  Anderson,  the  latter  being  described  as  composed  of 
"  red  and  white  sandstone,  with  flaggy  ironstone  on  the  summit." 
These  ridges  evidently  crop  through  the  Pindan  Sands  which  were 
deposited  round  them,  and  it  is  therefore  easy  to  understand  that 
where  not  specially  marked  on  the  map  they  might  be  mistaken 
for  a  portion  of  the  Pindan  Series. 

The  following  are  the  species  discernible: — 

*  First  Report,  1884,  No.  31,  p.  9. 
t  Second  Pveport,  1885,  No.  34,  p.  17. 


BY    R.  ETHERIDGE,  JUN.  203 

BRACHIOPODA. 

Genus  PRODUCT  US,   J.  Sowerby. 

Productus  brachyth^rus,  G.  B.  Sowerhy. 

P.  hrachythcerus,  G.  B.  Sby.,  in  Darwin's  Geol.  Obs.  Vole. 
Islands,  1844,  p.  158 ;  Morris,  in  Strzelecki's  Phys. 
Descrip.  N.  S.  Wales,  &c.,  1845,  p.  284,  t.  14,  f.  4° 
{non.  f.  4^). 

Ohs. — Both  a  ventral  and  dorsal  valve  are  present  which 
appear  to  represent  this  protean  shell.  The  dorsal  valve  is  of 
a  much  more  quadrate  shape  than  the  ventral,  and  belonged  to  a 
larger  individual.  It  is  covered  by  closely  set  spine  bases,  which 
both  on  this  and  on  the  ventral  valve  forcibly  remind  one  of 
D'Orbigny's  figure  of  this  species  in  Dumont  D'Urville's  work.* 
The  ventral  valve  also  has  an  unmistakable  resemblance  to  the 
forms  figured  by  Dr.  Waagen  as  Productus  Ahichi  and  P.  serialis.j- 
This  resemblance  lies  in  the  elongated  tear-like  spines  distributed 
over  the  surface  and  the  median  sulcus.  I  have  seen  a  similar 
variety  from  Queensland. 

.  P.  hrachythcBvus  is  widely  distributed  throughout  the  marine 
beds  of  the  Coal  Measures  of  N.  S.  Wales,  Queensland,  and 
Tasmania. 

PELECYPODA. 

Geuus  AVICULOPECTEN,  McCoy. 

AVICULOPECTEN    TENUICOLLIS,  Dctna^  Sp. 

Pecten  tenuicoUis,  Dana,  in  Wilkes  U.S.  Explor.  Exped.  Vol.  X. 
Geol.  p.  705,  Atlas,  t.  9,  f.  7. 

Aviculopecten  tenuicoUis,  Etheridge  fil..  Cat.  Australian  Foss. 
1878,  p.  67. 

*  Voy.  au  Pole  Sud,  &c.     Geologie,  Atlas,  t.  9,  f.  6  and  7. 
+  Pal.  Indica  (Salt  Range  Foss.),  1884,  I.  pt.  4,  fasc.  4,  t.  74,  f.  1-7,  f.8. 


204      REMARKS   ON   FOSSILS    OF   PERMO-CARBONIFEROUS   AGE, 

Sp.  char. — Shell  of  median  size,  practically  equilateral,  higher 
than  wide,  hinge  line  apparently  as  wide  as  the  shell ;  valve, 
seemingly  the  right,  faintly  convex,  with  rather  large  triangular 
ears,  the  anterior  slope  abrupt  and  steep ;  umbo  well  marked  and 
prominent ;  surface  bearing  from  twenty  to  twenty-two  radiately 
curved,  coarse,  or  rough-looking  entire  costse,  with  a  smaller 
interpolated  rib  separating  each  pair,  and  hardly  reaching  the 
umbo ;  the  whole  crossed  by  growth  laminae,  the  primary  costae 
apparently  becoming  spinous  at  the  points  of  intersection. 

Obs. — The  principal  characters  of  this  species  are  its  shape,  the 
number  and  arrangement  of  the  costae,  and  the  steep  anterior 
slope  above  the  anterior  ear.  On  the  whole,  it  appears  to  corres- 
pond with  the  above  little-recognised  species,  but  which,  I  have 
reason  to  believe,  is  much  more  common  in  the  Permo-Carbonifer- 
ous  beds  of  N.  S.  Wales  than  is  generally  supposed. 


Genns  PETERINEA,  Goldfuss. 

Pterinea  macroptera,  Morris* 

P.    macroptera,     Morris,    in    Strzelecki's    Phys.   Descrip.  N.  S. 
Wales,  &c.,  1845,  p.  276,  1. 13,  f.  2  &  3. 

Obs. — A  single  example,  much  defaced  by  a  peculiar  fused  or 
semi-enamelled  aj)pearance  common  to  most  of  the  fossils  from 
Ironstone  Ridge,  possesses  many  of  the  characters  of  this  species, 
such  as  the  convex  body,  large  posterior  wing,  coarse  concentric 
rugae,  and  well-marked  ribs.  The  anterior  margin,  however,  is 
rather  defective,  and  in  consequence  the  characteristic  curve  of 
the  projecting  anterior  end  is  not  visible.  I  think  it  may  be 
regarded  as  a  small  individual  of  this  species.  It  measures 
2  inches  by  1^-. 

*  This  species  has  no  real  relation  to  the  genus  Pterinea  as  now  restricted. 
It  will  shortly  be  pubhshed  by  the  writer  as  the  type  of  a  new  genus. 
Merismopteria. 


BY    R.  ETHERIDGE,  JUX.  205 

Genus  PARALLELODON,   Meek  and  Worthen. 

Parallelodon  subarguta,  De  Koninck. 

Palizarca  subarguta^  De  Koninck,  Foss.  Pal.  Nouv.  Galles  du 
Sud,  1877,  pt.  3,  p.  287,  Atlas,  t.  16,  f.  8,  8\ 
Ohs. — Several  small  shells  appear  to  correspond  with  De 
Koninck's  description  of  this  species,  but  I  am  unable  to  compare 
the  interior  characters.  The  shell  is  suboval,  with  a  rather 
obliquely  truncated  posterior  end,  an  inflated  body,  inconspicuous 
umbones,  and  rather  distant  growth  laminae. 

Genus  EDMONDIA,  De  Koninck. 

Ohs. — A  single  valve,  much  embedded  in  matrix,  may  possibly 
belong  to  this  genus.  It  is  short  and  rotund,  and  has  the  general 
outward  appearance  of  the  EdmondicE.  The  concentric  ornament 
of  the  shell  is,  however,  rather  coarse  for  this  genus,  and  reminds 
us  rather  of  that  of  Pachydomus. 

GASTEROPODA. 
Genus  MOURLONIA,  De  Koninck. 
MouRLONiA  HUMiLis,  De  Koninck. 

Pleurotomaria  humilis,  De  Koninck,  Foss.  Pal.  Nouv.  Galles  du 
Sud,  1877,  pt.  3,  p.  325,  Atlas,  t.  23,  f.  14. 

Sp.  char. — Shell  depressed  conical,  of  five  or  six  whorls;  the 
body  whorl  enlarging  but  slowly  until  near  the  mouth;  band 
moderately  wide  but  not  deep,  with  thread-like  bounding  carinas, 
becoming  quite  sutural  on  the  older  whorls ;  inner  lip  a  little 
reflected  ;  umbilicus  small. 

Obs. — Mourlonia  is  a  conical  or  discoid  section  of  the  older 
genus  Pleurotomaria,  usually  with  a  large  and  deep  umbilicus. 
The  band  is  persistent,  placed  near  the  suture,  in  the  form  of  a 
groove,  and  bounded  by  two  keels.  The  present  shell  fulfils  all 
these  conditions,  except  that  the  umbilicus  is  small. 


206      REMARKS   ON   FOSSILS    OF    PERMO-CARBONIFEROUS   AGE, 

The  portion  of  a  shell  figured  by  De  Koninck  under  the  above 
name  closely  resembles  the  specimens  from  north-west  Australia, 
the  form  being  very  close  indeed,  and  the  appearance  of  the  band 
identical. 

Genus  EUPHEMUS,  McCoy. 

EuPHEMUS  Orbignii,  Povtlock,  var. 

Bellerojyhon   d'Orhignii,    Portlock,    Geol.    Report,   Londonderry, 

(tc,  1844,  p.  401,  t.  29,  f.  12. 
Euphemus  d'Orhignii,  de  Koninck,  Faune  Calc.  Carb.  Belgique, 

1883,    pt.  4,    p.  156,  t.  42,  f.  10-12  ;  t.  42^^   f.  5-7  ;  t.  43, 

f.  9-12. 

Ql,s, — By  far  the  commonest  shell  amongst  the  Ironstone 
Ridge  fossils  is  a  Bellerophon  of  the  group  Eupherrius.  In  the 
present  altered  state  of  the  specimens  I  cannot  distinguish  it 
from  the  above  species.  The  shell  is  globular,  with  a  reniform 
aperture,  devoid  of  a  keel,  covered  with  distinct  and  separate 
spiral  ridges,  which  are  obliterated  on  the  back  of  the  youngest 
portion  of  the  body  whorl,  whilst  the  umbilicus  is  very  small  and 
pit-like. 

Although  to  some  extent  resembling  the  allied  species  E.  Urei, 
Fleming,  sp.,  the  discernible  characters  are,  on  the  whole,  more 
those  of  Portlock's  shell. 

Associated  with  the  individuals  of  this  species  are  a  few  others 
on  which  faint  traces  of  transverse  decussating  striae  are  visible, 
and  one  exhibits  a  tendency  to  a  reflected  callous  inner  lip.  It 
is  possible  that  these  may  be  distinct  from  those  referred  to 
E.  Orhignii. 

Mount  Afarmion,  with  its  Fossils. — The  patch  of  which  this 
hill  forms  a  portion  is  described  by  Mr.  Hardman  as  formed  of 
"  hard  sandstone,  ironstone,  and  grits,''  and  is  an  elongated  out- 
crop of  strata  surrounded  by  Pindan  beds,  and  the  alluvial  matter 
of  the  above  rivers.  By  the  colouring  of  the  map  this  is  cer- 
tainly a  part  of  Hardman's  Upper  or  Sandstone  Series.     The  hill, 


BY    R.  ETHERIDGE,  JUX.  207 

Mr.  Froggatt  says,  is  flat-topped,  and  consists  of  ironstone, 
which  is  to  some  extent  in  accord  with  the  former  description. 
The  fossils  were  obtained  from  a  calcareous  sandstone  on  a  small 
spur  running  out  from  the  foot  of  the  hill. 

The  fossils  from  this  locality  are  exceedingly  interesting,  both 
from  the  fact  of  their  coming  from  an  horizon  where  only  plants 
had  been  previously  observed,  and  also  from  their  close  corres- 
pondence with  others  from  a  fossiliferous  locality  further  to  the 
south  in  Western  Australia.     The  species  are  :— 

ACTINOZOA. 

Genus  STENOPORA,  Lonsdale. 

Ohs. —  Several  fragments  of  a  Monticuliporid  coral  with 
wrinkled  corallites  is  present  in  one  of  the  blocks,  but  they 
are  too  closely  embedded  to  enable  a  microscopic  examination 
to  be  made.  Sections  prepared  for  the  microscope  display  the 
features  of  Stenopora  in  the  presence  of  the  moniliform  walls 
of  that  genus.  The  corallum  appears  to  have  been  that  of  a 
delicate  branching-lobate  species,  the  branches  having  a  width 
of  three  millimetres,  but  immediately  before  bifurcation  the 
width  is  increased  to  six  millimetres.  The  corallites  in  the  axial 
portion  of  the  corallum   are  polygonal,  with  delicate  walls. 

Genus  EVACTINOPORA,  Meek  and  Worthen. 

Ohs. — This  genus  has  previously  been  recorded  from  Western 
Australia  by  Mr.  W.  H.  Hudleston,  who  described  two  species 
from  the  Gascoyne  Range,  viz.,  Evactinoiyora  crucialis  and  E.  den- 
droidea.  With  regard  to  the  specific  separation  of  these  I  have 
some  doubt,  but  amongst  Mr.  Macleay's  specimens  is  an  example 
partaking  of  the  characters  of  that  called  E.  crucialis. 

The  specimens  originally  consisted  of  the  two  opposing  sides  of 
one  of  the  rays  of  the  shuttle-shaped  corallum  seen  on  the 
weathered  surface  of  the   matrix.     The  .structure  is  very  badly 


208      REMARKS   ON   FOSSILS   OP    PERMO-CARBONIFEROUS   AGE, 

preserved,  and  adds  nothing  to  that  already  known.  The 
tubes  and  superimposed  layers  are  visible,  but  the  dividing 
lamina  separating  the  two  halves  of  the  ray  is  not  so. 

The  occurrence  of  Evactinopora  is  interesting  as  furnishing  a 
fossil  in  common  between  the  Mount  Marmion  and  Gascoyne 
beds. 

BRACHIOPODA. 

Geuus  SPIRIFERA,  /.  Soicerhy. 

05s.— Two  species  of  this  genus  are  present  in  the  Mount 
Marmion  gatherings.  The  first  is  represented  by  fragments  only, 
clearly  those  of  a  very  large  species,  evenly  and  finely  costate. 
One  of  the  pieces  is  three  and  a  quarter  inches  in  depth  from  the 
hinge  towards  the  front.  Of  the  second  species  only  one  specimen  is 
present,  and  although  differing  from  the  typical  figures  ^  must,  I 
think,  be  referred  to  iS2)irifera  tasmaniensis.  It  is  a  ventral  valve, 
bearing  six  principal  radiating  costse,  three  on  each  side  the  sinus. 
These,  as  well  as  the  valleys  between  them,  are  traversed  by  fine 
and  much  smaller  subsidiary  ribs,  and  there  are  traces  of  trans- 
verse or  concentric  laminae.  The  sinus,  which  is  wide  and  open, 
likewise  bears  similar  riblets.  The  general  form  of  the  shell  is 
transversely  oval. 

Genus  ATHYRIS,  McCoy. 

Athyris    Macleayana,  sjy.nov. 

Sp.  char. — Shell  circular,  or  transversely  oval  in  outline,  but 
usually  the  former,  plano-convex,  or  at  times  slightly  concavo- 
convex ;  the  dorsal  valve  always  convex,  the  ventral  valve  flat  or 
slightly  concave  ;  the  lateral  margins  are  in  the  same  plane  with 
the  hinge  line,  but  the  front  is  to  some  extent  sinuated.  Ventral 
valve  flat  as  a  rule,  and  very  shallow,  with  an  inconspicuous 
horizontal  and  semi-truncate  umbo,  but  in  no  degree  overhanging 
the  hinge  line ;  foramen  small,    circular,   opening  upwards,    but 

*  Strzelecki's  Phys.  Descrip.  N.S.  Wales,  &c.,  1845,  t.  xv. 


BY    R.   ETHERIDGE,  JUN.  209 

sometimes  a  little  oblique  ;  sinus  very  faintly  shown  on  the  surface 
of  the  valve,  but  indicated  by  a  forward  extension  of  the  front 
margin.  Dorsal  valve  moderately  convex,  evenly  rounded  in 
outline,  with  little  or  no  distinction  into  fold  and  flanks  ;  umbonal 
region  far  more  marked  than  in  the  ventral  valve.  Surface  of 
both  valves  with  coarse,  concentric,  roughened  laminae. 

Obs. — ^A  very  i)eculiar  form  of  Athyris,  from  the  persistent 
shallowness  of  the  united  valves,  especially  of  the  ventral. 
Ordinarily  in  this  genus  the  valves  are  equally  convex,  or  the 
ventral  valve  is  the  more  so,  the  perforated  umbo  of  the  latter 
overhanging  that  of  the  dorsal  valve.  There  is  also  a  sinus  in 
the  ventral,  and  a  fold  more  or  less  developed  in  the  dorsal.  In 
A.  Macleayana  some  of  these  characters  are  reversed,  thus  : — 
the  ventral  valve  is  almost  flat,  except  just  at  the  front  margin, 
the  latter  being  bent  upwards,  and  so  representing  the  sinus. 
There  is  no  fold  in  the  dorsal  valve,  but  it  is  moderately  convex, 
and  there  is  a  sinuated  front  margin  to  some  extent.  The  umbo 
of  the  ventral  valve  does  not  curve  over  that  of  the  dorsal  as  in 
most  species  of  Athyris  ;  but,  on  the  contrary,  what  little  umbo 
there  is  to  that  valve  is  to  some  extent  truncated,  and  the  fora- 
men is  practically  at  right  angles  to  the  hinge  line,  instead  of 
opening  in  the  same  plane.  From  this  arrangement  die  foramen 
appears  to  open  upwards,  and  is  inconspicuous.  In  other  words, 
the  ventral  valve  fits  on  to  and  against  the  dorsal ;  and  when  the 
united  valves  are  held  in  a  direct  line,  and  on  the  same  level  with 
the  eye,  from  the  dorsal  side  the  foramen  is  not  visible.  These 
characters  are  constant  in  all  specimens  examined  by  me,  and  are 
so  contrary  to  the  general  features  in  Athyris  that  I  feel  obliged 
to  separate  this  curious  shell  as  a  distinct  species.  It  affords  me, 
therefore,  much  pleasure  in  associating  with  it  the  name  of  Mr. 
Macleay,  to  whom  I  am  indebted  for  an  opportunity  of  describing 
these  interesting  fossils. 

In  one  or  two  places  the   appearance  of  the  concentric  surface 
laminae  would  lead  to  the  belief  that  they  projected  as  separate 
spines,  after  the  manner  of  Athyris  Roysiiy  Lev. 
14 


210      REMARKS    ON    FOSSILS   OF    PERMO-CARBONIFEROUS   AGE, 

Geuus  CYRTINA,  Davidson. 

Cyrtina  CARBONARI  a,  McCoy,  var.  austral  as  ica,  var.  nov. 

Pentamerus  carhonarius^  McCoy,    Ann.    Mag.  Nat.    Hist.  1852, 
X.  p.  426. 

Pentamerus   carbonaritcs,   McCoy,  Brit.   Pal.   Foss,   1855,    fas.  3, 
p.  442,  t.  3d,  f.  12-18 

Cyrtina  (?)    carbonariits,    Davidson,   Mon.    Brit.    Garb.    Brach. 
1858,  pt.  2,  p.  71,  1. 15,  f.5-14. 

Si?,  char. — Shell  elongately  oval,  longer  than  wide,  constant  in 
shape,  straight-sided,  rough.  Valves  bi-convex,  or  in  some  cases 
nearly  plano-convex,  the  ventral  valve  being  much  arched.  Hinge 
shorter  than  the  width  of  the  shell.  Ventral  valve  inflated, 
very  convex;  beak  strongly  incurved,  overhanging  the  area 
which  is  concave,  broad,  and  wide  ]  sinus  well  marked, 
but  narrow,  and  more  or  less  angular ;  fissure  large. 
Dorsal  valve  either  nearly  flat,  or  slightly  convex ;  mesial  fold 
low  ;  umbonal  region  flattened  from  abo\'e.  In  the  interior  the 
septum  of  the  ventral  valve  is  more  than  two-thirds  its  entire 
length.  Surface  of  the  ventral  valve  rugged,  bearing  a  few  (four 
or  five)  thick,  coarse,  hardly  radiate  and  prominent  arched  ribs, 
but  usually  indistinctly  sub-divided,  or  split,  especially  the  pair 
bounding  the  sinus,  and  all  separated  by  angular  interspaces  ; 
the  bottom  of  the  sinus  occupied  by  a  single  rib. 

Ohs. — This  truly  British  Carboniferous  type  is  another  important 
form  in  the  West  Australian  extinct  fauna,  and  is  exceedingly  like 
the  shell  found  in  the  Northern  Hemisphere,  but  possesses  a  greater 
degree  of  regularity  and  less  variation.  It  resembles  the  later 
figures  of  Davidson,  rather  than  the  earlier  ones  of  McCoy. 
Although  the  genus  has  before  been  recorded  from  New  South 
Wales,  I  am  not  aware  that  this  specific  type  has  been  met  with. 
The  oval,  almost  egg-shaped  outline,  and  coarse  angular  ribs  give 
the  shell  a  very  marked  appearance. 


BY    R.  ETHERIDGE,  JUN.  211 

The  septum  of  the  ventral  valve,  when  exposed  by  fracture,  is 
well  shown,  and  is  narrower  in  proportion  than  that  of  G.  carbon- 
aria,  and  without  its  abrupt  forward  termination,  the  decrease 
being  much  more  gradual,  and  the  inner  ridge  more  or  less 
sigmoidal.  The  dental  plates  are  also  shorter,  and  do  not  graduate 
into  the  septum  as  in  C.  carbonaria. 

McCoy  describes  the  shell  as  punctate,  but  Davidson  makes  no 
remark  on  the  subject.  In  the  present  specimens  it  is  impunctate. 
The  interior  details  of  the  dorsal  valve  are  wanting,  and  in  conse- 
quence it  is  impossible  to  throw  any  further  light  on  its  relation 
to  Pentamerus  than  the  late  Dr.  Davidson  did. 

Genus  PRODUCTUS,  /.  Sowerhy. 

Obs. — It  is  always  unfortunate  when  the  palseontological  appetite 
is  incited  by  promising  material  of  a  limited  nature.  Such  is  the 
case  with  the  dorsal  valve  of  a  large  Productus,  measuring  3  x  3  J 
inches.  The  interior  is  exposed,  displaying  a  large  and  prominent 
septum,  and  a  remarkably  straight  hinge  line.  From  the  inner 
contour  of  the  valve  it  is  quite  apparent  that  the  outer  was  flatly 
concave.  The  dendritic  adductor  impressions  are  well  shown, 
but  still  more  remarkable  are  the  deep  long  channels  of  the  spine 
bases,  visible  not  only  on  the  sides,  but  over  the  general  front 
surface  of  the  valve.  It  is  difficult,  and  somewhat  hazardous  to 
speak  as  to  specific  identity  on  such  a  specimen  as  this,  but  it  may 
be  P.  subquadratus,  Morris,  or  P.  scabricidus.  The  former  is  met 
with  in  the  rocks  of  the  Mount  Britton  gold-field,  North  Queens- 
land, but  as  a  rule  the  dorsal  valves  are  deeper  and  not  so  wide. 

PELECYPODA. 

Genus  PACHYDOMUS,  Morris. 

Obs. — The  greater  portion  of  the  right  valve  of  a  species  allied 
to  Pachydomus  globosus,  Sby.,  sp.,  but  probably  possessing  a 
smoother  shell.     As  regards  size,   its  dimensions  are  small  when 


212       REMARKS    ON    FOSSILS    OF    PERMO-CARBONIFEROUS    AGE, 

compared  with  the  above  massive  species,  which  is  the  type  of  the 
genus.  Pachi/domus  is  exceedingly  characteristic  of  the  Permo- 
CarboniferoLis  beds  in  Eastern  Australia. 

Napier  Range  Localities. 

Mount  North  Creek. — At  this  locality,  a  creek  running  into  the 
Lennard,  a  white  and  red  streaky  limestone  was  collected.  It 
contains  the  indistinct  remains  of  shells ;  one  appears  to  be  a 
Brachiopod,  perhaps  even  a  Spirifera,  otherwise  it  is  not  name- 
able. 

Lennard  River  Gorge. — A  coarse  siliceous  and  micaceous  grit, 
forming  "  sandstone  bars  "  in  the  limestone  bed,  contains  a  uni- 
valve very  near  to  Strajmrollus.  Three  whorls  are  visible,  with- 
out ornament  or  other  distinsuishins:  feature. 

Another  block  contains  very  small  valves  of  a  Brachiopod' 
with  the  general  outline  of  the  ventral  valve  of  Rhynchonella 
pleurodon  ;  and  another  shell  with  much  coarser  and  more  obtuse 
ribs,  with  a  punctate  shell  structure.  The  latter  may  be  either 
Retzia  or  Spiriferina. 

A  third  hand-specimen  of  siliceous  grit  exhibits  six  corallites 
of  a  medium-sized  Bugose  coral  protruding  from  its  surface,  and 
partly  seen  in  section,  grouped  together,  but  there  is  no  evidence 
to  show  that  they  were  fasciculately  united.  The  corallites  are 
circular,  with  about  twenty  simple  septa  projecting  into  the 
calices  for  about  two-thirds  of  their  width.  The  septa  converge 
towards  the  centre  and  partially  unite,  leaving  a  small  tabulate 
median  area.  The  interseptal  loculi  are  sparsely  subdivided  by 
dissepiments,  becoming  rather  closer  towards  the  middle  of  the 
corallum. 

The  general  facies  of  this  coral  is  to  some  extent  that  of 
Diphyphylluni,  and  to  some  that  of  Zaphrentis.  In  the  absence 
of  additional  material  for  extended  microscopic  examination,  it  is 
provisionally  referred  to  the  former. 


BY    R.   ETHERIDGE,  JUN.  213 

Conclusion. — It  has  been  shown  that  throughout  the  Pindan 
Sands  and  Gravels,  there  protrude  isolated  hills  and  ridges, 
which  were  believed  by  Hard  man,  from  their  associated  fossil 
plants,  to  be  Carboniferous.  Ironstone  Kidge  is  evidently  a  similar 
hill,  and  not  a  portion  of  the  Pindan  Series  at  all,  the  latter  resting 
on  the  flanks  and  filling  up  the  hollows  between  the  Carboniferous 
prominences.  This  view  is,  I  believe,  borne  out  by  an  expression 
of  Hardman's,  to  the  ejffect  that  "  about  ten  miles  south  of  the 
Yeeda  station  it"  (i.e.,  the  Pindan,)  "is  30  feet  thick,  and  rests  on 
coarse  sandstone,  probably  of  Carboniferous  age."*  Here  we  have 
the  sandstone  forming  the  bed-rock,  and  it  is  of  course  possible 
that  it  may  extend  under  the  Pindan  deposits,  where  denuded 
away  before  their  deposition.  That  the  fossiliferous  beds  at 
Ironstone  Ridge  form  a  portion  of  the  Upper  or  Sandstone  Series, 
is  again  borne  out  by  the  fact  that  further  south  in  the  Fitzroy 
district,  the  place  of  the  plants  in  this  sandstone  is  taken  by  a 
copious  marine  fauna,  f  This  point  is  an  exceedingly  interesting 
one,  for  again  further  south,  a  similar  fauna  has  been  shown  to 
exist  in  the  basin  of  the  Gascoyne  Hiver,  by  Mr.  W.  H.  HudlestOxi,i 
the  fossils  of  the  two  areas  having  a  close  resemblance  to  one 
another. 

As  regards  Mount  Marmion,  we  have  here  a  repetition  of  what 
takes  place  in  the  Fitzroy  River  district,  the  appearance  of  a 
marine  fauna,  in  beds  forming  a  portion  of  Hardman's  Upper  or 
Sandstone  Series. 

The  conclusions  which  may  be  drawn  from  a  study  of  these 
fossils  from  near  Derby  are  briefly  the  following  : — 

(1)  The  Pindan  beds  may  still,  for  all  that  is  known  to  the 

contrary,  be  regarded  as  of  Tertiary  age. 

(2)  The  Ironstone-ridge  at  Yeeda  station  cannot  be  regarded 

as  of  the  age  of  the  Pindan  Series,  but  is  of  a  similar 
Carboniferous  facies  to  Mount  Marmion,  &c. 

*  1st  Report,  1884,  No.  31,  p.  8. 

t  2ud  Report,  1885,  No.  34,  p.  16. 

X  Quart.  Journ.  Geol.  See,  1883,  XXXIX.  p.  582. 


214      REMARKS    ON    FOSSILS    OF    PERMO-CARBONIFEROUS    AGE. 

(3)  The  Upper   or   Sandstone    Series   of   Hardman   in   the 

Lennard  and  Fitzroy  districts  is  probably  characterised 
by  a  fauna  as  well  as  a  flora. 

(4)  The  fauna  in  question  shows  a  more  general  similarity  to 

that  of  the  Permo-Carboniferous  formation  of  Eastern 
Australia  and  Tasmania,  than  it  does  to  any  other 
fossiliferous  group  of  rocks. 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE  XVII. 

Athyris  Madeayana,  sp.nov. 

Fig.  1.  View  of  the  flattened  ventral  valve  showing  foramen. 
Fig.  2.  View  of  convex  dorsal  view. 

Fig.  3.  Side  view  showing  line  of  union  of  the  valves,  relative  convexity,  &c. 
Fig.  4.  The  hinge  with  united  valves,  foramen,  &c. 

Fig.  5.  A  dorsal  valve,  decorticated,  with  the  shelly  spires  visible  on  the 
right  hand  side. 

Cyrtina  carhonaria,  McCoy,  var.  australasica,  var.nov. 

Fig.  6.  View  of  a  ventral  valve  of  a  large  specimen,  defective  about  the 

umbonal  region. 
Fig.  7.  Side  view  of  another  example,  showing  relative  convexity  of  the 

ventral  valve. 
Fig.  8.  Fractured  ventral  valve  with  the  large  septum. 

(The  figures  ai^e  all  of  the  natural  size.) 


DIPTERA     OF    AUSTRALIA, 
By  Frederick  A.  A.  Skuse. 

Part  VI.— THE  CHIRONOMID^. 

(Plates  xi.-xiv.  and  xiv.  his). 

The  descriptions  of  eight  species  of  Australian  Chironomidse 
have  hitherto  been  published,  while  four  species  of  Ohironomus 
mentioned  by  Walker  in  his  "  Notes "  appear  only  to  have 
received  names.  The  described  species  include  seven  species  of 
Chiro7wmus,  six  by  Walker  and  one  by  Macquart ;  and  Cerato- 
pogon  rhynchops,  Schiner ;  all  but  the  latter  are  described  so 
inadequately  as  to  be  quite  unintelligible.  To  these  I  now  add 
descriptions  of  sixty-four  new  species,  distributed  as  follows  : — 
Chironomus  21,  Orthodadius  5,  Camptocladius  5,  Doloplastits 
(gen.nov,  allied  to  Chironomus)  1,  Tanytarsus  7,  Metriocnemus  1, 
Tanypus  1,  Isoplastus  (gen.nov.  allied  to  Tanyjyus)  3,  Procladius 
(gen.nov.  allied  to  Tanypus)  2,  Leptoconops  (gen.nov.  allied  to 
Ceratopogon)  1,  and  Geratopogon  17,  bringing  the  total  up  to 
seventy-two. 

The  Chironomidse,  or  Midges,  constitute  one  of  the  most  richly 
represented  families  of  the  Nematocera,  both  in  regard  to  species 
and  individuals.  It  is  principally  based  on  the  three  original 
genera — Chironomus,  Tanypus,  and  Ceratopogon,  characterised 
by  Meigen  in  1803,  but  has  subsequently  been  subdivided  into 
numerous  genera.  Our  knowledge  of  the  family  is  at  present  in 
a  very  unsatisfactory  state,  owing  principally  to  the  fact  that 
among  those  who  have  contributed  towards  the  literature  of  the 
group,  only  a  very  small  number  have  bestowed  upon  their  work 
the  unstinted  labour  and  precision  requisite  in  treating  with  such 
extremely  approximate  forms.  We  find  that  the  characters 
regarded  by  one  author  as  most  important  to  notice  are  held  in 


216  DIPTERA    OF   AUSTRALIA, 

little  or  no  estimation  by  others.  Those  under  the  latter  category 
are  mostly  transient  describers,  who,  in  the  majority  of  cases, 
make  the  species  they  describe  perfectly  undeterminable  through 
their  insufficient  acquaintance  with  the  peculiarities  of  even  the 
genus  to  which  they  j)ossihly  correctly  refer  them,  and  their 
ignorance  of  the  systems  previously  elaborated  by  authors  who 
have  perhaps,  like  Winnertz,  devoted  years  of  most  careful  study 
in  ascertaining  the  importance  and  unimportance  of  the  structural 
characters  presented  by  the  species.  Consequently  just  those 
■peculiarities  necessary  to  be  pointed  out  for  the  correct  identifi- 
cation of  a  certain  insect  are  often  quite  omitted,  and  what  is 
sometimes  called  the  description  of  a  species  will  apply  equally 
well  to  all  the  species  in  the  genus,  or  even  to  those  of  allied 
genera. 

Schiner  in  1868  (Novara  Exp.  Dipt.  p.  24)  recognised  sixteen 
established  genera  as  belonging  to  this  family,  not  counting  his 
own  genus,  Telmatogeton,  created  in  1866.  The  known  species  of 
the  world  were  set  down  as  numbering  669,  of  which  551  occur 
in  Europe,  93  in  America,  5  in  Africa,  13  in  Asia,  and  7  in 
Australia  (to  which  latter  Geratopogon  rhynchojjs,  Sch.,  must  be 
added).  As  far  as  I  can  ascertain,  a  very  inconsiderable  number 
of  species  have  been  described  during  the  last  twenty  years,  and 
these  principally  belong  to  the  genus  Chironomus.  About  half 
the  known  species  are  referred  to  the  genus  Chironomus  (though 
many  of  them  should  be  removed  to  the  genera  subsequently 
derived  from  it),  and  are  of  unlimited  distribution  ;  but  as  far  as 
has  been  ascertained,  it  principally  predominates  in  northern  and 
temperate  latitudes.  The  species  of  Chironomtts  and  closely 
allied  genera  now  described  from  Australia  constitute  the 
majority  of  the  members  of  this  group  as  far  as  its  representa- 
tives are  known,  but  it  is  premature  to  generalise  upon  the 
distribution  of  these  or  any  of  the  other  genera  until  a  great 
deal  more  collecting  has  been  done,  not  only  in  the  other 
colonies,  but  also  in  the  vicinity  of  Sydney.  Judging  by 
the  result  of  limited  research  the   number  of   unknown  species, 


BY    FREDERICK    A.  A.  SKUSE.  217 

and  perhaps  genera,  might  be  very  considerable.  It  is  to  be 
regretted  that  many  of  the  entomologists  of  this  and  the  other 
colonies  do  not  more  endeavour  to  extend  the  knowledge  of  our 
least  known  orders  by  submitting  specimens  to  those  who  are 
striving  to  work  up  particular  groups. 

Tanypus  and  Geratopogon  appear  to  have  a  distribution  equally 
as  wide  as  that  of  Chironomus,  and  include  by  far  the  greater 
number  of  the  remaining  species.  Doubtless  many  species  of 
these  small  flies  have  been  overlooked  even  in  the  most  thoroughly 
worked  countries. 

No  New  Zealand  species  of  Chironomidae  appear  to  have  been 
described. 

The  Midges,  like  the  Culicidae,  may  be  often  seen  hovering  in 
the  air  in  great  swarms,  especially  towards  evening.  As  the 
larvse  and  pupae  mostly  dwell  in  water,  it  is  in  such  localities  that 
the  perfect  insects  are  most  numerous.  Many  species  may  be 
obtained  by  the  sweeping-net  among  grass,  etc.,  and  others  are 
commonly  met  with  in  caves  and  similarly  shady  retreats.  As  far 
as  my  observations  go,  most  of  these  insects  are  not  lovers  of 
sunshine ;  the  species  of  Ceratopogon,  however,  are  often  found  in 
sunny  situations.  Stagnant  waters  generally  teem  with  the  larvae 
of  Chironomidm.  Some  of  the  larvae  are  commonly  known  as 
blood-worms  on  account  of  their  colour.  The  larvae  of  Chironomus 
stercorarius,  Meig.,  reside  in  dung.  Both  larvae  and  pupae  of 
different  species  often  exhibit  marked  variations  of  structure. 
The  habits  of  Tanypus  and  closely  allied  genera  mostly  resemble 
those  of  Chironomus  ;  the  larvse  are  often  found  in  swampy  places 
and  about  the  stems  of  aquatic  plants.  The  larvae  of  Chironomus 
oceanicus,  Pack.,  has  been  obtained  from  the  depth  of  twenty 
fathoms  in  Eastport  Harbour,  Maine,  and  in  Salem  Harbour;  and 
the  pupae  and  larvae  of  a  Tanypus  or  allied  genus  were  found  in 
great  numbers  by  Packard  in  a  salt-water  lake  in  California.  The 
genera  Halirytus,  Eaton,  and  Psamaihiomya,  Deby,  have  been 
proposed  for  the  reception  of  marine  Chironomidae  with  rudi- 
mentary wings.     The  first  was  discovered   at  Royal  Sound  and 


\ 


218  DIPTERA    OF    AUSTRALIA, 

Swaint's  Bay,  Kerguelen  Island,  the  second  in  abundance  at 
Biarritz,  in  the  south  of  France,  in  both  cases  by  their  describers. 
A  species  of  Chiromomus  which  emits  a  strong  phosphorescent 
light  is  reported  from  a  locality  near  Lake  Aral.  The 
females  of  several  species  of  Ceratopogon  are  bloodsuckers,  and 
capable  of  inflicting  very  painful  wounds ;  these  annoying  insects 
are  particularly  numerous  in  Australia  and  generally  go  by  the 
name  of  "Sand-flies."  Their  "bites"  are  quite  as  severe  as  those 
of  the  mosquitoes,  and  I  am  told  that  in  some  parts  of  this  country 
the  cattle  are  dreadfully  attacked  by  them  and  are  sometimes 
almost  driven  frantic  by  the  irritation  of  their  wounds.  It  is 
possible,  however,  that  the  insects  referred  to  really  belong  to 
Simulium.  The  larvse  of  Ceratopogon  reside  in  water,  in  the 
ground,  in  manure,  under  the  bark  of  decaying  timber,  etc. 
Some  are  said  to  be  carnivorous,  devouring  the  larvse  and  pupae 
of  other  insects. 

Classification. 

Meigen  (Syst.  Beschr.  I.  1818,  p.  xxxiv.)  and  Macquart  (S.  a  B. 
Dipt.  I.  1834,  p.  41)  included  in  the  then  known  genera  of  the 
present  family  the  tribe  Tipulariae  culiciformes ;  Macquart's 
diagnosis  of  the  group  and  classification  of  the  genera  stands  as 
follows  : — 

1st  Tribe  Tipulaires  culiciformes,  T.  culiciformes,  Meig. 

Chars. — Antennae  filiform,  in  ^  generally  plumose,  in  $  pilose, 
each  inserted  in  a  disciform  elevation.  Eyes  lunate,  separated  in 
both  sexes.  No  ocelli.  Thorax  generally  with  three  elevations  ; 
metathorax  large.  Abdomen  of  eight  distinct  segments.  Wings 
recumbent ;  discoidal  cell  wanting ;  interior  basilar  often  con- 
founded with  the  second  posterior ;  generally  one  marginal,  one 
sub-marginal,  and  three  posteriors. 

A.  Antennae  plumose  to  the  extremity. 

B.  Legs  inserted  at  equal  distances;  pectus  little  prominent. 


BY    FREDERICK    A.  A.  SKUSE.  219 


Genus  1.   Corethra. 

BB.  Anterior  legs  inserted  a  distance  from  the  others  j  pectus 
very  prominent. 
C.  Terminal  joint  of  the  antennas  very  long  in  $. 

Genus  2.  Chironomus. 
CC.   Penultimate  joint  of  the  antennse  very  long  in  (J. 

Genus  3.  Tanypus. 

AA.  Antennae  plumose  at  their  base  only,  or  bare. 
D.   Antennse  plumose  in  (J. 

Genus  4.  Ceratopogon. 

DD.  Antennge  without  plumes.      Posterior  legs  very 
long. 

Genus  5.  Macropeza. 

The  genus  Corethra  should  properly  have  been  placed  among 
the  Culicidee,  a  position  it  now  occupies;  the  others  are 
typical  genera  of  the  Chironomidse.  Since  Macquart's  work 
numerous  genera  have  been  established,  and  many  have  been 
erected  upon  such  slender  grounds  as  to  be  quite  worthless. 
Forcipomyia,  Palpomyia,  and  Serromyia,  Megerle  (in  litt.),  Priono- 
irnyia,  Sphceromias,  SiiidLahidomyia.  Stephens,  Culicoides,  Latr.,and 
Eeteromyia,  Say.,  might  be  considered  sub-genera  of  Ceratopogon, 
but  I  agree  with  Loew  that  this  division  has  not  been  executed  in 
a  sufficiently  satisfactory  manner.  By  it,  some  very  subordinate 
characters  would  be  raised  to  sub-generic  rank.  Rondani's  genera 
Apogon^  Serromyia,  and  Alasion  are  insufficiently  characterised. 
Philippi's  genera  Podonomics,  Psychophcena,  Spaniotoma,  Penta- 
neura,  Tetrapliora,  and  Heptagyia,  of  which  he  referred  only  the 
first-named  to  its  correct  family,  are  poorly  described,  and  another 
examination  of  the  types  may  prove  some  of  them  unwarrantable 


220  DIPTERA    OF    AUSTRALIA, 

innovations.  Van  derWulp  in  1873  split  up  the  genus  Chirono- 
mus  into  six  genera,  the  leading  characters  of  which  are  shown  in 
the  covering  and  venation  of  the  wings,  and  joints  of  the  legs ; 
all  these  divisions  are  very  useful  and  appear  quite  tenable. 
Besides  the  above-mentioned  there  are  several  other  genera  by 
various  authors,  some  of  which  are  unknown  to  me ;  their  names, 
however,  appear  in  my  list  of  genera. 

Westwood  in  his  generic  synopsis  (Class.  Ins.  II.  1840),  arranges 
the  genera  after  much  the  same  manner  as  Macquart,  but  adds 
more  particulars  about  the  joints  of  the  antennae,  and  introduces 
the  sub-divisions  of  Ceratopogon  proposed  by  Megerle,  Latreille, 
and  Stephens  as  genera. 

Family  2.  Tipulid^,  Leach.     (Tipulides,  Macq.  H.N.  Dipt.) 
Sub-family  1    Chironomides,  Westw.    (Culiciformes,  Latr.,  Macq.) 

Corethra,   Meig.     Chironomus,  p.   Fab.,   3  sp.     Ch.  lolumicornis. 
Fab. 

Antennse  $   plumose  to   the  tip  ;  legs  placed    at  equal 
distances  apart ;  sternum  not  prominent.     Steph.  pi.  42, 
fig.  1. 
Chironomus,   Meig.     Tipula,    p.    Linn.,  91    sp.     G.  plumosus,  L. 
Curtis,  90. 

Four  hind-legs  at  a  distance  from  the  others ;  sternum 
prominent;  last  joint  of  (J  antennae  longest  (fig.  124  8). 
Tanypus,    Meig.     Chironomus,    p.   Fab.,  26   sp.     T.   monilis,  L. 
Curtis,  501. 

Antennae  14-jointed  in  both  sexes,  penultimate  joint 
longest ;  sternum  prominent ;  four  hind-legs  wide  apart. 

Sphaeromias,    Steph.     ,     6    sp.     Sph.    alhomarginatus, 

Curtis,  285. 

Antennge  slender,  basal  joint  globular,  eight  following 
joints  short,  five  terminal  joints  long;  eyes  emar- 
ginate ;    trophi  fully  developed. 


BY    FREDERICK    A.  A.  SKUSE.  221 

Ceratopogon,   Meig.     Chironomus,    p.   Fab.,    18  sp.      C.    stigTna, 
Meig. 

Antennse  ^  plumose  at  the  base,  five  terminal  joints 
elongated,  simple  in  9  ;  all  the  femora  simple ;  second 
joint  of  the  palpi  longest ;  legs  of  nearly  equal  length ; 
two  sub-marginal  cells.     Meig.,  Zw.  i.  pi.  2,  fig.  18. 

Palpomyia,     Meig.'?,    Steph.       Ceratopogon,    B.     Meig.,     10    sp. 
C.   spinipes,   Meig. 

Differs  from  Ceratopogon  in  having  the  fore  femora 
thick  and  spinose  beneath.      Pz.   103.14. 

Prionomyia,  St.     Serromyia,  Meig.?,  Ceratopogon,  C.  Meig.,  6  sp. 
Ceratopogon  femioratiis,  F.  Meig.,  Kl.  pi.   2,  fig.  4. 

Differs  from  Ceratopogon  in  having  the  hind  femora 
thickened. 

Culicoides,     Latr.     Ceratopogon,   p.    Meig.,  6  sp.      C.   pulicaris, 
Linn. 

Femora  simple,  not  spined  ;  one  large  imperfect  sub- 
marginal  cell.     Meig.,  Zw.  i.  pi.  2,  fig.  17. 

Labidomyia,    St.     Forcipomyia,   Meig.'?,  2  sp.      Cer.  hipunctatus, 
Linn.,  Meig. 

Orphnephila,  Hal.     Chenesia,  Macq.,  1  sp.     0.  devia,  Hal. 

Eyes  confluent  in  front ;  ocelli  wanting ;  antennae 
very  short,  naked  in  both  sexes  ;  base  globose  ;  anterior 
tarsi  elongated ;  wings  incumbent,  parallel.  Zool. 
Jour.  Vol.  v.,  pi.  15,  fig.  2. 

The  only  other  distribution  of  the  genera  that  I  have  seen  is 
that  by  Haliday  (Ins.  Brit.  Dipt.  III.  18o6)  in  which  five  only 
are  included  ;  his  arrangement  is  as  follows  : — 

a.  Proboscis    distinct,    with    (4-)  jointed   palpi.       Metathorax 
produced  over  the  base  of  the  abdomen. 
h.  Mesosternum   compressed,  gibbous,  descending  as  low  as 
the  ends  of  the  posterior  coxse. 
c.  Wings  oblong,  with  anal  angle  more  or  less  abrupt. 


222  DIPTERA    OF    AUSTRALIA, 

d.  Antennae  with  twelve  joints  or  more  in  the  (J,  seven 

or  eight  in  the  9.      1.  Chironomus. 
dd.  Antennae   15-jointed,   plumose  in  the  $,   with  the 
penultimate  joint  elongated.     Pobrachial  areolet 
closed  externally.     2.  Tanypus. 
cc.  Wings  nearly  spatulate,  the  anal  margin  being  sloped 
without  an  angle.     3.  Corynoneura. 
hh.  Metathorax  short,  descending.     Posterior  coxae  extending 
downwards  beyond  the  convex  mesosternum.     4.   Cerat- 
opogon. 
aa.  Proboscis  and  palpi  obsolete.     Wings  coriaceous.     5.  Clunio. 

It  would  facilitate  the  study  of  the  Chironomidae  if  the  genera 
were  divided  into  properly  defined  sections  or  sub-families,  and  it 
appears  to  me  that  at  least  three  very  natural  sections  may  be 
thus  defined : — 

Section  I.  Chironomina. 

Third  and  fourth  lon^^itudinal  veins  never  furcate.     Marginal 

cross- vein  wanting.     No  posterior  cross- vein.     Antennae  of  Q  with 

few  joints. 

Section  II.  Tanypina. 

Third  and  fourth  longitudinal  veins  never  furcate.  Marginal 
cross-vein  present.     Posterior  cross-vein  present. 

Section  III.  Ceratopogonina. 

Third  longitudinal  vein  entirely  wanting  or  rudimentary  (a  fork 
only  being  often  indistinctly  visible).  Fourth  longitudinal  vein 
furcate.  Marginal  cross-vein  usually  present,  often  wanting. 
Posterior  cross-vein  wanting. 

Note. — Some  of  the  genera  imperfectly  or  totally  unknown  to 
me  may  require  new  sections,  but  this  must  be  determined  by 
others.  A  separate  section  ought  probably  to  receive  the  genera 
Halirytus  and  Psamathiomya,  aberrant  Chironomidce  in  which 
the  palpi  are  2-jointed,  the  antennae  6-jointed,  without  plumes, 
and  the  wings  small,  rudimentary,  and  without  veins. 


by  frederick  a.  a.  skuse.  223 

List  of  Genera  contained  in  Chironomid^e. 

Chironomus,  Meigen,  Illiger's  Magazine,  II.  p.  260,  1803 
(Chironomina). 

Tanypiis,  Meig.,  I.e.  p.  261   (Tanypina). 

Ceratopogon,  Meig.,  I.e.  (Ceratopogonina) . 

Macropeza,  Meig.,  Syst.  Beschr.  I.  p.  87,  1818  (unknown  to  me). 

Heteromyia,  Say,  N.  Am.  Entom.  II.  1825  (Ceratopogonina). 

Hydrobsenus,  Fries,  Kon.  Vet.  Ac.  Handl.  p.  176,  1829 
(Chironomina  1) 

Diamesa,  Meig.,  Syst.  Beschr.  VII.  p.  12,  1838  (Chironomina?). 

Corynoneura,  Winnertz,  Stett.  Ent.  Zeit.  VII.  p.  12,  1846 
(Ceratopogonina  ?). 

Oeeacta,  Poey,  Memorias,  &c.  I.  p.  236,  1853  (Ceratopogonina  1). 

Clunio,  Haliday,  Nat.  Hist.  Review,  VI.  p.  62,  1855  (Chirono- 
mina 1). 

Paehyleptus,  Walker,  Ins.  Saiind.  Dipt.  p.  426,  1856  (Cerato- 
pogonina). 

Chasmatonotus,  Loew,  Berl.  Entom.  Zeit.  VIII.  1-2,  p.  50, 
1864  (unknown  to  me). 

Podonomus,  Philippi,  V.  z.-b.  G.  Wien,  XV.  p.  601,  1865 
(Tanypina) 

Psychophsena,  Phil.,  I.e.  p.  628  (Ceratopogonina). 

Spaniotoma,  Phil.,  I.e.  (Chironomina). 

Pentaneura,  Phil.,  I.e.  p.  630  (Tanypina?). 

Tetraphora,  Phil.,  I.e.  (Chironomina?). 

Heptagyia,  Phil.,  I.e.  p.  635  (Tanypina). 

Telmatogeton,  Sehiner,  I.e.  XVI.  p.  931,  1866  (Chironomina). 

Smittia,  Holmgren,  Sv.  Ak.  Handl.  VIII.  No.  5,  p.  47,  1869 
(Chironomina  ?). 


224  DIPTERA    OF   AUSTRALIA, 

Cricotopus,  Van  der  Wulp,  Tijdschr.  Ent.  XVII.  p.  132,  1873 
(Chironomina). 

Orthocladius,  Y.d.  Wulp,  I.e.  (Chironomina). 

Camptocladius,  V.d.  Wulp,  I.e.  p.  133  (Chironomina). 

Tanyfcarsus,  V.d.  Wulp,  I.e.  p.  134  (Chironomina). 

Eurycnemus,  V.d.  Wulp,  I.e.  p.  135  (Chironomina). 

Metriocnemus,  V.d.  Wulp,  I.e.  p.  136  (Chironomina). 

Halirytus,  Eaton,  Ent.  Mon.  Mag.  XII.  p.  60,  1875  (Ceratopo> 
gonina  1). 

Limnophyes,  Eaton,  I.e.  (Chironomina). 

Didymophleps,  Weyenberg,  Stett.  Ent.  Zeit.  XLIV.  Nos.  1-3, 
p.  lOS,  1883  (Ceratopogonina). 

Burmeisteria,  Weyen.,  Tijdsehr.  Ent.  XXIX.  p.  130,  1886 
(unknown  to  me). 

Psamathiomya,  Deby,  Jour.  K  Mie.  Soc.  II.  p.  181,  1889 
(Ceratopogonina  T). 

Doloplastus,  gen.DOv.  proposed  in  the  present  contribution, 
p.  260  (Chironomina). 

Isoplastus,  I.e.  p.  279  (Tanypina). 

Procladius,  I.e.  p  283  (Tanypina). 

Leptoeonops,  I.e.  p.  288  (Ceratopogonina). 

Venation. 

The  venation  of  the  wings  is  eonsiderably  modified  in  the 
the  Chironomidse.  We  have  elearly  three  principal  types  of  vena- 
tion, which  at  once  suggest  the  division  of  the  genera  into  sections. 
The  homologies  of  these  types  at  first  seem  doubtful  and  obscure, 
and,  as  might  be  expected,  the  opinions  of  authors  diflfer  con- 
siderably about  the  terminology  of  the  veins.  What  one  author 
considers  part  of  one  vein,  another  regards  as  the  whole,  or  a 
portion,  of  another ;  one  vein  is  sometimes  named  twice,  and  two 
veins  united  under  a  single  name.  Occasionally  the  rudimentary 
condition  or  complete  absence  of  a  certain   vein  will  lead  to  a 


BY    FREDERICK    A.  A.  SKUSE.  225 

misunderstanding  of  those  really  represented,  the  lost  vein  being 
considered  present.  My  theory  of  the  venation  in  this  family 
differs  almost  entirely  from  that  of  Winnertz  (as  exemplified  in 
his  monograph  of  the  genus  Ceratojyogon),  but  agrees  principally 
with  those  of  Schiner  (V.z-b.  G.  Wien,  Bd.  XIY.  1864)  and  Van 
der  Wulp  (Tijd.  v.  Entom.  XIY.  1871,  p.  79-98).  The  latter 
author  bases  his  nomenclature  on  that  of  Schiner,  and  gives 
(pp.  82-83)  an  elaborate  table  of  the  different  terminologies  of 
Meigen  (1),  Macquart  (2),  Winnertz  (2),  and  Schiner  (2).  In 
the  nomenclature  employed  by  me  I  endeavour  to  follow  Loew 
and  Osten-Sacken  (Mon.  Dipt.  N.  Amer.). 

On  comparing  the  wings  of  Chironomus  and  Tanypus  it  is  at 
once  evident  that  Winnertz's  Wurzel-  or  Unterrandader  (in  Gera- 
topogon)  is  composed  really  of  the  basal  portion  of  the  first  longi- 
tudinal and  the  whole  of  the  second  longitudinal ;  in  the  former  two 
genera  the  second  and  third  longitudinal  veins  take  their  origin,  the 
one  from  the  other,  at  or  beyond  the  middle  of  the  first  longitudinal, 
and  the  presence  of  the  marginal  cross- vein  and  rudimentary 
third  longitudinal  vein  found  in  the  wing  of  so  many  species  of 
Ceratopogon  further  testifies  to  the  correctness  of  this  veiw.  Van 
der  Wulp  regards  the  second  longitudinal  (his  Radiaalader)  as 
wanting  in  Ceratopogon ;  this  vein,  however,  is  plainly  present, 
and  is  called  by  him  the  Cubitaalader,  really  the  correct  name  of 
the  rudimentary  third  longitudinal  overlooked  by  him.  The 
second  longitudinal  and  the  marginal  cross-vein  are,  however, 
sometimes  so  reduced  in  Ceratopogon  that  they,  in  a  few  instances, 
are  known  to  amalgamate  with,  and  form  an  incrassation  of,  the 
tip  of  the  first  longitudinal.  In  Chironomus  and  Tanypus  the 
second  longitudinal  vein  is  often  pale  and  sometimes  entirely 
wanting.  The  posterior  branches  of  the  fourth  and  fifth  longi- 
tudinal veins  are  named  as  distinct  veins  by  Winnertz. 

The  following  table  gives  the  nomenclature  of  the  alar  venation 
in    Ceratopogon   as    interpreted    by  Winnertz    and    V.  d.   Wulp, 
compared  with  that  substituted  in  the  following   pages,  and  will 
assist  in  reading  the  descriptions  of  these  authors  : — 
15 


226 

DIPTERA    OF    AUSTRALIA, 

WINNERTZ. 

Van  der  WULP. 

Terminology  adopted  in  the 

(Beit,  zur  Kennt.  der  Gat- 

(Tijd.  V.  Entom.  xiv.,  pi. 

present  Essay. 

tung  Ceratopogon,  1852.) 

3,  Ceratopogon,  1871). 

Adern. 

Aderen. 

Veins. 

Randader        

Randader       

Costa  (v.  costalisj. 

Wurzelquerader    

Worteldwarsader 

Transverse   shoulder-vein  (v.  trans, 
hmneralis). 

Afterader  (1) 

Hulpader       ...     

Auxiliary  (v.  anxiliaris). 

Subcostaalader      

First  longitudinal  (v.  long.  Ima). 

Wurzel-  oder  Unterrand- 

Ader   der  Cubitus 

Portion  of  the  first  longitudinal  vein 

XjLVJ.t;i  y      Vl^X       V^Lifc-fAVClO               .«• 

before  the  middle  cross-vein-f-tbe 

second  longitudinal  vein. 

Y.Mir^  csp Vi  pn  a  A  f^v 

Portion  of  the  first  longitudinal  vein 

£J  W  liD^i.Jt;iJ.Cwvlt^i    .••            •••            a*. 

beyond   the  origin  of  the  second 

longitudinal. 

Randf  eldquerader 



Marginal  cross-vein. 

Cubitaalader 

Second  longitudinal  (v.  long.  2da). 

Third  longitudinal  (v.  long.  3a). 
Middle  cross-vein  (v.  trans,  media). 

Rucklaufende  Ader 

Middeldwarsader 

Mittelader    +    Scheiben- 

ader      

Discoidaal-   of  shijfader 

Fourth  longitudinal  (v.  long.  Jf.a). 

Achselader  +  Hinterader 

Posticaalader 

Fifth  longitudinal  (v.  long.  5a). 

Afterader  (2) 

Afterader  (3) 

Zellen. 

Sixth  longitudinal  (v.  long.  6a). 
Seventh  longitudinal  (v.  long.  7a). 

Cells. 

Cellen. 

Vordern  Randzelle 

Rand-   of  Costaalcel    ... 

Subcostal  (c.  siibcostalis). 

Vordern  Thiel   der   hin- 

tern  Randzelle    

Cubitaalcel    

Inner  marginal  (c.  marginalis  interior) 

Hintern   Theil   der   hin- 

tern  Randzelle 

Subcostalcel 

Marginal  (c.  marginalis). 

Vordern  Cubitalzelle    ... 

Bovenste  wortelcel 

1st  Basal  (c.  hasalis  Ima). 

Hintern  Cubitalzelle     ... 

Eerste  achtercel    

1st  Posterior  (c.  posterior  Ima). 

Obern  Scheibenzelle 

Tweede  achtercel 

2nd  Posterior  (c.  posterior  2da). 

Untern  Scheibenzelle    ... 

Derde  achtercel    

3rd  Posterior  (c.  posterior  3a). 

Hintern  Achselzelle 

Vierde  achtercel 

Anal  (c.  analis). 

Vordern  Achselzelle 

Spurious. 

BY    FREDERICK   A.  A.  SKUSE.  227 


Section  I.  Chironomina. 


Head  small,  transverse,  situated  deep  in  thorax.  Eyes  more 
or  less  reniform,  separate  in  both  sexes  (approximate  beneath  in 
Clunio).  Ocelli  wanting.  Palpi  porrected,  pubescent,  sub- 
cylindrical,  curved,  four-jointed  ;  first  joint  very  small,  second 
and  third  moderately  long,  of  equal  length,  fourth  as  long  or 
longer  (wanting  in  Clunio).  Proboscis  short  (obsolete  in  Clunio). 
Antennae  porrect^  normally  2-  + 12-jointed  in  (J,  2-  +  5-jointed  in 
9,  rarely  with  an  equal  number  of  joints  in  both  sexes  ;  first  joint 
of  the  scapus  large,  globose  or  disciform,  the  second  small ;  in  ^ 
usually  as  long  as  thorax,  densely  plumose,  the  verticils 
diminishing  in  length  towards  the  extremity ;  first  eleven 
flagellar  joints  extremely  short,  terminal  joint  filiform,  very 
long;  in  ^  usually  about  half  the  length  of  thorax,  flagellar 
joints  ovate,  oblong,  or  elongate-pyriform,  increasing  in  length 
from  first,  sparingly  verticillate-pilose,  terminal  joint  slender, 
pilose.  Thorax  ovate  or  elongate-ovate,  gibbose,  more  or  less 
projecting  in  front,  usually  with  three  dark  stripes;  scutellum 
small,  semicircular;  metathorax  prominent.  Halteres  short. 
Abdomen  eight-segmented  ;  long  and  slender  in  (J,  anal  joint 
distinct,  forceps  prominent,  generally  falcate  or  filiform  ;  in  9 
shorter  and  more  robust.  Legs  more  or  less  long  and  slender, 
anterior  -pair  remote  from  the  others ;  coxae  short ;  tibiae  more  or 
less  confluently-calcarate  at  apex  ;  as  long,  longer  or  shorter  than 
metatarsus ;  ungues  small.  Wings  narrow,  elongate,  lanceolate, 
more  or  less  rectangular  at  base,  naked  or  pubescent,  ciliated ; 
deflexed  in  repose.  Humeral  cross- vein  present.  Sub-costal 
cross-vein  always  (?)  absent.  Marginal  cross-vein  wanting. 
Posterior  transverse- vein  wanting.  Auxiliary  vein  usually  pale 
and  indistinct,  often  scarcely  reaching  costa  about  middle  of 
anterior  border  or  beyond  it.  Costal  usually  terminating  at 
tip    of   third    longitudinal  vein,    sometimes    extending    a  little 


228  DIPTERA    OF    AUSTRALIA, 

beyond  it.  First  longitudinal  vein  reaching  costa  beyond  middle. 
Second  and  third  longitudinal  veins  originating  together  from 
first  longitudinal  vein  at  apex  of  middle  cross-vein,  which  may  be 
situated  before,  at  or  beyond  middle  of  wing  ;  second  longitudinal 
vein  usually  very  pale  and  indistinct,  or  wanting  (?).  Third 
longitudinal  never  furcate,  bent  upwards  or  downwards  towards 
tip.  Fourth  longitudinal  never  furcate,  originating  at  base  of 
fifth  longitudinal,  usually  slightly  angulated  at  middle  cross- 
vein,  gently  arcuated  anteriorly,  straight,  or  somewhat  sinuose 
beyond  it,  not  quite  reaching  wing-margin,  or  indistinctly  reaching 
it,  at  or  below  the  apex.*  Fifth  longitudinal  vein  forked  before, 
at  or  beyond  middle  of  wing,  fork  acuminate  at  base  ;  anterior 
branch  straight  or  slightly  arcuated  posteriorly,  longer  than 
posterior,  latter  straight,  slightly  arcuated  or  sinuose. 


Genus  1.  Chironomus,  Meig. 

Chironomus,  Meigen,  Illiger's  Mag.  II.  p.  260,  1803;  Latreille, 
Gen.  Cr.  et  Ins.  lY.  p.  248;  Macquarfc,  S.  a  B.  I.  p.  47,  1834; 
Zetterstedt,  D.  Sc.  IX.  1850;  Walker,  LB. p.  149,  1856;  Schiner, 
F.A.    Dipt.    1864;     V.  d.  Wulp,    Tijd.   Entom.  XVII.    p.  129, 

1873-74. 

Antennae  2--f  12-jointed  in  (J,  2- -i- 5-jointed  in  9.  Thorax 
usually  with  three  stripes.  Wings  naked.  Costal  vein  not 
extending  beyond  tip  of  third  longitudinal  vein.  In  fore  legs 
metatarsus  longer  than  tibia,  or  (by  exception)  at  least  as  long 
as  it.  Anal  joint  of  J  abdomen  longer  than  broad;  forceps 
generally  filiform  or  falcate. 


*  In  most  cases  it  is  impossible,  without  the  aid  of  the  microscope,  to 
discover  that  the  fourth  longitudinal  vein  does  not  really  reach  the  wing- 
margin  ;  the  ordinary  entomological  lens  will  rarely  reveal  the  fact. 


BY   FREDERICK   A.  A.  SKUSE. 


229 


INDICES  OF  ALAR  AND  TARSAL  PROPORTIONS. 


Species. 

Relative  Length 

Relative  Distance 

No. 

.2 

li 

O 

II 
II 

c  — 

S  *" 
o  a 

li 

o 

^z 

o;s 

< 

S 
p 

d 

o 
pq 

1 

Em 

ft 
-2 
o 

g 

1 

B 

ft 
S 

1 

pq 

< 

i 

% 

pq 

t 

ft 
3 
o 

B 
2 

S 

f 

S 

9 

9 

$ 

S 

$ 

$ 

9 

9 

9 

9 

219 
220 
221 
222 
223 
224 
225 
226 
227 
228 
229 
230 
231 
232 
233 
234 
235 
236 
237 
238 
239 

Ch.  occidentalifi    .. 
Ch.  Nepeanensis... 

Ch.  egregius 

Ch.  pervagatus    ... 
Ch.  intertinctus   ... 
Ch.  subdolus 
Ch.  Hexhamensis 

Ch.  blandus 

Ch.  ja7iuarius      . . . 
Ch.  delinijicus     ... 

Ch.  pulcher 

Ch.  seorsus 

Ch.  orarius 

Ch.  erebeus 

Ch.  Tepperi 
Ch.  Jluviaticus     . . . 
Ch.  subvittatus    ... 
Ch.  oresitrophus... 
Ch .  vespertimis   ... 

Ch.  brevis     

Ch.  nubifer 

64 
63 

64 
64 
64 

65 
63 

65 

65 
67 
64 
63 

66 

36 
37 

36 
36 
36 

35 

37 

35 

35 
33 
36 

37 

34 

64 
65 

65 

60 
65 
1 

63 
65 

67 

63 
65 

36 
35 

35 

40 

85 

37 
35 

33 

37 
35 

81 

77 

80 
79 

78 

78 

74 

73 

74 
73 
73 
71 

78 

4 
6 

4 
5 
6 

4 
5 

3 

9 
6 
2 

7 

4 

13 
16 

14 
15 
14 

16 
19 

... 
23 

15 
17 
25 
21 

16 

2 

... 

2 

1 
2 

2 
2 

1 

2 

4 
0 

1 

79 

... 
77 
76 

75 

65 

74 
78 
73 
73 

72 

69 
76 

7 

6 
5 

5 

8 
3 
4 
10 
5 

3 

3 
4 

13 

15 
18 

19 
... 
... 
22 
23 
17 
12 
20 

25 

28 
17 

1 

1 
1 

I 

5 
0 

1 
5 
2 

0 

0 
3 

230  DIPTERA   OF   AUSTRALIA, 

A.  Thorax  pale  with  three  distinct  stripes. 

219.  Chironomus  occidentalis,  sp.n.  (PL  xi.,  fig.  1.). 

^. — Length  of  antennae 0*042  inch       ...      1*06  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0*240  x  0-065   ...     6*09  x  1-66 

Size  of  body , 0-310  x  0*047   ...     7-87  x  MS 

Antennae  wholly  ochre-yellow.  Head  ochreous-brown,  with 
golden-yellow  hairs.  Clypeus  and  palpi  ochreous-brown,  densely 
covered  with  golden-yellow  pubescence,  that  on  the  former  longer. 
Thorax  pale  pinkish-ochreous  with  three  longitudinal  stripes  of 
light  fuscous,  the  lateral  ones  starting  somewhat  above  middle  of 
thorax,  running  almost  to  a  point  posteriorly  and  reaching  hinder 
margin,  intermediate  one  beginning  at  collare,  terminating  some- 
what beyond  the  middle,  with  a  light  brown  median  line  sup- 
porting a  double  row  of  short  golden-yellow  hairs ;  a  row  of 
longer  hairs  between  the  stripes ;  pleurae  pale  pinkish-ochreous  : 
scutellum  yellowish,  light  fuscous  along  base,  fringed  with  long 
golden-yellow  hairs  ;  metanotum  pinkish-ochreous.  Hal  teres  pale 
yellow.  Abdomen  thrice  length  of  thorax,  umbrous-brown,  each 
segment  bordered  posteriorly  with  very  pale  ochreous  or  whitish, 
the  bands  narrower  on  each  succeeding  segment,  lamellae  of  ovi- 
positor ochre-yellow.  Legs  yellow ;  tarsi  brownish-yellow,  each  joint 
slightly  tipped  with  light  fuscous  (tarsal  joints  of  fore  legs  and 
those  with  tibiae  of  hind  legs  lost).  In  intermediate  legs  tibiae 
exactly  the  length  of  femora  and  twice  the  length  of  metatarsus  ; 
metatarsus  not  quite  twice  the  length  of  second  tarsal  joint,  this 
joint  I  longer  than  fourth  and  twice  the  length  of  fifth.  Wings 
hyaline,  glabrous,  costal  and  first  two  longitudinal  veins  brownish- 
yellow,  marginal  cross-vein  and  portion  of  the  second  longitudinal 
vein  between  that  and  origin  of  third  longitudinal  vein  sufi'used 
with  brown.  Costal  and  third  longitudinal  meeting  nearly  at 
apex  of  wing  ;  auxiliary  vein  joining  costa  opposite  middle  of 
posterior  branch   of  fifth  longitudinal   vein;  second  longitudinal 


BY   FREDERICK   A.  A.  SKUSE.  231 

vein  somewhat  indistinct,  reaching  costa  nearly  opposite  tip  of 
anterior  branch  of  fifth  longitudinal  fork  )  fourth  longitudinal 
almost  reaching  the  wing-margin,  its  tip  situated  at  a  point  J  the 
distance  from  tip  of  costa  to  that  of  anterior  branch  of  fifth 
longitudinal  fork ;  posterior  branch  of  latter  |-  length  of  anterior. 

Hah. — King  George's  Sound,  West  Australia  (Masters).     One 
specimen. 

220.  Chironomus  Nepeanensis,  sp.n. 

(J. — Length  of  antennae 0-075  inch        ...      1-89  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-180  x  0-037   ...     4-56x0-92 

Sizeof  body 0-300x0-037   ...     7-62xO-92 

Antennge  dark  brown,  with  light  bronzy-brown  plumes  ;  first 
joint  of  scapus  dark  brown,  somewhat  pruinose.  Head,  clypeus, 
and  palpi  brown^  with  brown  hairs.  Thorax  pale  greenish-yellow 
with  three  bands ;  anterior  band  fulvous,  bordered  laterally, 
except  for  its  anterior  third,  with  a  dark  brown  line,  base  united 
to  scutellumby  a  fine  brown  line,  lateral  bands  fulvous  posteriorly, 
dark  brown  anteriorly,  united  at  apex  to  anterior  extremity  of 
dark  brown  border  of  middle  band  by  dark  brown  line  ;  bands 
and  lines  with  a  hoary  appearance  when  viewed  in  a  certain  light ; 
a  median  longitudinal  row  of  short  pale  yellow  hairs  in  the 
anterior  band,  and  another  of  longer  hairs  along  inside  margin  of 
lateral  bands ;  pleurae  and  scutellum  pale  greenish-yellow,  the 
latter  fringed  with  yellow  hairs ;  pectus  brownish,  hoary  ;  meta- 
notum  deep  brown,  almost  black,  dark  fulvous  at  each  side. 
Halteres  pale  yellow.  Abdomen  about  three  times  length  of 
thorax,  greenish-yellow,  tinged  with  brownish,  second  to  fourth 
segments  bordered  anteriorly  with  a  moderately  broad  ring  of  deep 
brown,  with  the  last  two  segments  entirely  deep  brown ;  all 
segments  with  a  light  reflection  on  posterior  margin ;  densely 
clothed  with  long  pale  yellow  hairs ;  anal  joint  and  forceps  dark 
brown,  densely  haired.  Legs  yellowish  or  pale  ochreous,  the 
femora,  tibice,  and  all  tarsal  joints  slightly  tipped  with  brown, 


232  DIPTERA    OF    AUSTRALIA, 

tibiae  of  the  fore  legs  also  brown  at  base.  In  fore  legs  metatarsus 
J  longer  than  tibia.  Wings  considerably  shorter  than  abdomen, 
hyaline,  veins  very  pale,  ochreous-yellow,  marginal  cross-vein  and 
portions  of  the  neighbouring  veins  suffused  with  deep  brown  or 
black  ;  veins  pale.  Costal  and  third  longitudinal  meeting  a  little 
before  apex  of  wing ;  auxiliary  vein  reaching  costa  opposite  tip 
of  posterior  branch  of  fifth  longitudinal  fork  ;  second  longitudinal 
distinct  for  the  whole  of  its  length,  reaching  costa  a  little  past  tip 
of  first  longitudinal ;  fourth  longitudinal  very  pale  past  the  middle 
cross-vein,  almost  reaching  the  wing-margin,  its  tip  about  mid- 
way between  tip  of  costa  and  that  of  anterior  branch  of  fifth 
longitudinal  fork ;  base  of  the  latter  situated  opposite  base  of 
middle  cross-vein,  its  posterior  branch  rather  more  than  half  the 
length  of  anterior. 

Hah. — Nepean  River,  near  Penrith,  N.S.W.  (Skuse).  Sep- 
tember. 

Ohs. — I  have  taken  but  one  specimen  of  this  conspicuous 
insect. 

221.  Chironomus  egregius,  sp.n. 

(J. — Length  of  antennae 0.070  inch       ...      1*77  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-160  x  0-040  ...     4-06  x  1-01 

Size  of  body 0-270x0-037  ...     6-85x0-92 

Antennae  light  ochreous-brown  ;  first  joint  of  scapus  light  ferru- 
ginous. Head,  clypeus,  and  palpi  ochreous-brown.  Thorax  pale 
greenish-yellow,  with  three  broad  fulvous  bands,  middle  one  united 
to  the  scutellum  by  a  fine  line ;  pleurae  pale  greenish  or  greenish- 
yellow,  sometimes,  with  pectus,  pale  fulvous ;  scutellum  pale 
greenish-yellow,  fringed  with  yellow  hairs  ;  metanotum  light 
umbrous-brown,  yellow  anteriorly,  with  a  very  fine  median  yellow 
line.  Halteres  pale  yellow.  Abdomen  nearly  three  times  length 
of  thorax,  prasinous,  the  last  three  segments  pale  brown,  each 
segment  marked  longitudinally  with  deep  brown,  the  markings  on 
second,  third,   and   fourth  segments  olive   brown,    more   or   less 


BY    FREDERICK    A.  A.  SKUSE.  233 

diamond-shaped,  densely  clothed  with  rather  long  pale  yellow 
hairs  ;  anal  joint  and  forceps  dark  brown,  more  or  less  tinged  with 
ochreous.  Legs  very  pale  ochreous-yellow,  last  two  tarsal  joints 
and  extreme  tips  of  preceding  ones  more  or  less  dusky,  densely 
clothed  with  pale  yellow  hairs ;  tibial  spurs  deep  brown.  In  fore- 
legs metatarsus  nearly  twice  the  length  of  tibiae.  Wings  shorter 
than  abdomen,  hyaline,  iridescent,  costal,  first  and  third  longitu- 
dinal veins  and  basal  portion  of  fourth  longitudinal  vein  ochre- 
yellow,  distinct.  Costal  and  third  longitudinal  veins  meeting  a 
little  before  the  apex  of  the  wing;  auxiliary  vein  indistinct, 
scarcely  reaching  costa,  its  tip  about  opposite  that  of  posterior 
branch  of  fifth  longitudinal  fork  ;  second  longitudinal  indistinct 
towards  its  tip,  scarcely  reaching  costa,  teroiinating  a  short 
distance  beyond  tip  of  first  longitudinal  vein  ;  fourth  longitudinal 
vein  pale  beyond  middle  cross- vein,  not  quite  reaching  wing-margin, 
its  tip  situated  about  J  the  distance  from  tip  of  costa  to  that  of 
anterior  branch  of  fifth  longitudinal  fork  ;  base  of  latter  lying 
opposite  base  of  middle  cross-vein,  its  posterior  branch  rather  more 
than  half  the  length  of  anterior. 

Hab. — Sydney  (Masters  and  Skuse)  ;  Hexham  near  ISTewcastle, 
N.S.W.  (Skuse) ;  Victoria  Park,  Brisbane,  in  November  (Mr.  H. 
Try  on).     April. 

222.  Chironomus  pervagatus,  sp.n. 

9. — Length  of  antennae 0-037  inch       ...     0*92  millimetre. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-185  x  0-057   ...     4-68x1-44 

Size  of  body 0-250x0-040  ...     6-34x1-01 

Aiitennse  brown,  dusky  towards  the  extremity,  the  basal  joint 
and  first  two  flagellar  joints  sometimes  ochreous-yellow.  Head 
ochre-yellow  or  brownish-yellow.  Face,  clypeus,  and  palpi  brown 
or  yellowish-brown.  Thorax  ochre-yellow,  pale  yellowish- 
brown,  with  thvee  brown  stripes,  the  anterior  one  with  a  lighter 
(sometimes  darker)  median  line  which  continues  to  the  scutellum; 
three   longitudinal  rows  of  pale  yellow  hairs ;  pleurae  ochreous, 


234  DIPTERA    OF    AUSTRALIA, 

ochreous-brown  or  brown,  sometimes  with  a  small  perpendicular 
oblong  brown  spot  under  the  origin  of  the  wings  ;  pectus  light 
reddish-brown  to  deep  brown  ;  scutellum  yellow  or  sordid  yellow, 
fringed  with  pale  yellow  hairs  ;  metanotum  usually  dark  brown, 
sometimes  lighter,  Halteres  yellow.  Abdomen  about  three 
times  length  of  thorax,  clothed  with  pale  yellow  hairs,  more 
or  less  dark  brown,  posterior  borders  of  segments  sometimes 
slightly  fulvous.  Legs  yellow  or  pale  ochre-yellow ;  tarsi  more 
or  less  brownish  or  dusky.  Tibial  spurs  deep  brown  or  black. 
In  fore  legs  metatarsus  twice  length  of  tibia.  Wings  shorter  than 
abdomen,  hyaline,  weakly  iridescent ;  costal,  first  and  third 
longitudinal  veins,  middle  cross-vein,  and  basal  half  of  fourth 
longitudinal  distinct,  ochreous-brown.  Costal  and  third  longi- 
tudinal veins  meeting  somewhat  before  apex  of  wing  ;  auxiliary 
very  pale  and  indistinct,  reaching  the  costa  opposite  or  somewhat 
beyond  middle  of  posterior  branch  of  fifth  longitudinal  fork ; 
second  longitudinal  vein  very  pale,  especially  towards  tip,  termi- 
nating at  a  point  about  ^  distance  from  tip  of  first  longitudinal 
to  that  of  third  longitudinal ;  fourth  longitudinal  very  pale 
beyond  cross-vein,  almost  reaching  wing-margin,  its  tip  situated 
at  a  point  not  ^  the  distance  from  tip  of  third  longitudinal  vein 
to  that  of  anterior  branch  of  fifth  longitudinal  fork  ;  base  of  latter 
lying  a  little  beyond  middle  cross-vein,  its  posterior  branch  nearly 
§  the  length  of  anterior. 

Ilab. — Lawson,   Berowra,  and   Sydney,   N.S.W.  (Masters   and 
Skuse). 

223.  Chironomus  intertinctus,  sp.n. 

(J. — Length  of  antennae 0*075  inch       ...      1*89  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0'150  x  0-032   ...     3-81  x  0-80 

Size  of  body 0-240  x  0*037   ...     6*09  x  0-92 

c^. — Length  of  antennae 0"032  inch       ...     0*80  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-150  x  0*037   ...     3-81x0-92 

Size  of  body 0-200x0037   ...     5-08x0-92 


BY   FREDERICK   A.  A,  SKUSE.  235 

^  and  9. — Antennae  light  brown  in  ^,  fuscous  in  9  ;  joints  of 
the  scapus  varying  from  ochreous-yellow  to  light  fuscous  brown. 
Head,  clypeus,  and  palpi  light  fuscous-brown,  clypeus  sometimes 
yellowish  ;  head  with  yellow,  and  clypeus  and  palpi  with  brownish 
hairs.  Thorax  pale  greenish-yellow  (slightly  tinged  with  brown  in 
some  specimens)  with  three  longitudinal  stripes,  fulvous  in  ^, 
very  prominent  and  deep  castaneous-brown  in  9  ;  intermediate 
stripe  with  a  sparse  median  line  of  short  yellow  hairs,  also  a  row 
between  the  stripes  extending  the  whole  length  of  the  thorax ; 
pectus  more  or  less  tinged  with  brown  ;  pleurae  pale  greenish- 
yellow,  more  or  less  distinctly  tinged  with  pale  fulvous  ;  scutellum 
pale  greenish  or  greenish-yellow,  sometimes  with  a  fulvous  tint, 
fringed  with  yeUow  hairs  ;  metanotum  in  ^  pale  fulvous-yellow, 
in  9  the  anterior  half  pale  greenish,  greenish  or  fulvous-yellow, 
posterior  half  deep  castaneous-brown  with  a  pale  median  line. 
Halteres  pale  yellowish-green  in  (J,  almost  seruginous  in  9* 
Abdomen  about  three  times  the  length  of  the  thorax  in  ^,  shorter 
in  9,  prasinoas,  clothed  with  pale  yellow  hairs,  the  last  two 
abdominal  segments  of  ^  tinged  with  brown,  and  anal  joint  and 
holding  forceps  entirely  brown  ;  lamellae  of  $  ovipositor  light 
brown.  Coxae  and  femora  pale  greenish-yellow  ;  in  fore  legs  apex 
of  the  femora  and  entire  tibias  and  tarsi  deep  fuscous-b'^own,  in 
intermediate  and  hind  legs  extreme  tip  of  femora  generally  v^ry 
slightly  brownish.  Tibise  in  intermediate  and  hind  legs  pale 
brownish-yellow,  deep  fuscous  at  extreme  base  and  extreme  apex. 
Tarsi  fuscous-brown,  basal  three-fourths  or  more  of  metatarsi 
brownish-yellow.  In  fore  legs  tibiae  a  little  more  than  half 
the  length  of  metatarsus.  Wings  shorter  than  the  abdomen 
in  (J,  as  long  or  longer  than  it  in  9 ;  hyaline,  iridescent,  the  costal, 
first  three  longitudinal  veins,  and  basal  half  of  fourth  longitudinal 
brownish-ochreous.  Costal  and  third  longitudinal  veins  meeting 
a  short  distance  from  apex  of  wing ;  auxiliary  vein  joining  costa 
not  quite  mid- way  between  middle  cross-vein  and  tip  of  the  first 
longitudinal  ;  first  longitudinal  joining  costa  before  tip  of  anterior 
branch  of  fifth  longitudinal  fork  ;  fourth  longitudinal  vein  almost 
reaching  wing-margin,  its  tip  situated  nearer  tip  of  costa  than  to 


236  DIPTERA    OF    AUSTRALIA, 

that  of  anterior  branch  of  fifth  longitudinal  fork ;  base  of  the 
latter  situated  somewhat  beyond  middle  cross-vein ;  its  posterior 
branch  J  the  length  of  anterior. 

Hah. — Wheeny  Creek,  Hawkeshury  District,  and  Hexham 
Swamps,  near  Newcastle,  N.S.W.  (Skuse) ',  Brisbane,  Queensland 
(taken  at  light  by  Mr.  H.  Tryon).     November  to  April. 


24.  Chironomus  subdolus,  sp.n. 


(t. — Length  of  antennae 0-055  inch       ...      1-39  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-130  x  0030   ...     3-30x0-76 

Size  of  body 0-200x0-027   ...     5-08x0-68 

Antennae  brown,  with  somewhat  bronzy-brown  plumes  ;  first 
joint  of  scapus  umber-brown.  Head  pale  greenish-yellow  with 
pale  yellow  hairs.  Clypeus  and  palpi  light  greenish-brown. 
Thorax,  pleurae,  and  scutellum  pale  greenish  or  greenish-yellow, 
the  former  with  three  ochraceous-ferruginous  bands  ;  pale  yellow 
hairs  ;  pectus  brownish  ;  metanotum  deep  brown,  pale  greenish- 
yellow  anteriorly,  and  with  a  very  fine  pale  median  line.  Halteres 
very  pale  green.  Abdomen  nearly  three  times  length  of  thorax, 
prasinous,  second  to  fifth  segments  with  a  diamond-shaped  olive- 
brown  spot  superiorly,  last  two  segments  entirely  blacki^h-brown ; 
rather  moderately  clothed  with  short  pale  yellow  hairs ;  anal 
joint  and  forceps  dusky  brown,  with  short  hairs.  Coxae  and 
femora  pale  greenish-yellow.  Tibiae  and  tarsi  of  a  more  ochreous- 
yellow,  joints  of  tarsi  almost  imperceptibly  tipped  with  brown. 
Tibial  spurs  deep  brown  or  black.  In  fore  legs  metatarsus  twice 
length  of  tibia.  Wings  shorter  than  abdomen,  hyaline  :  costal, 
first  three  longitudinal  veins  and  basal  half  of  fourth  longitudinal 
vein  brownish-ochreous.  Costal  and  third  longitudinal  veins 
meeting  a  little  before  apex  of  wing  ;  auxiliary  vein  indistinctly 
reaching  oosta  opposite  middle  of  posterior  branch  of  fifth  longi- 
tudinal fork  j  second  longitudinal  joining  costa  a  short  distance 
beyond  tip  of  first  longitudinal ;  fourth  longitudinal  pale  beyond 


BY    FREDERICK    A.  A.  SKUSE.  237 

middle  cross-vein,  not  reaching  wing-margin,  its  tip  situated  at 
a  point  ^  the  distance  from  tip  of  costa  to  that  of  anterior  branch 
of  fifth  longitudinal  fork  ;  latter  very  pale,  its  base  lying  opposite 
middle  cross-vein,  posterior  branch  J  the  length  of  anterior. 

]g;ah. — Clifton,  Illawarra  district,  N.S.W.  (Skuse).     December. 

225.  Chironomus  Hexhamensis,  sp.n. 

(J. — Length  of  antennae 0-055  inch       ...      1-39  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-120  x  0030   ...     3-04x0-76 

Size  of  body 0-200x0-023   ...     5-08x0-58 

Antennae  light  ochreous-brown  ;  first  joint  of  scapus  fulvous. 
Head,  clypeus,  and  palpi  ochreous-brown.  Thorax,  pleurce, 
scutellum,  and  abdomen  prasinous ;  three  bands  of  thorax, 
pectus,  and  metanotum  fulvous.  Halteres  pale  yellow.  Abdo- 
men three  times  the  length  of  thorax,  rather  densely  clothed  with 
yellow  hairs;  anal  joint  and  forceps  light  ochreous-brown,  densely 
haired.  Coxao  and  femora  prasinous.  Tibiae  greenish-yellow, 
apical  spurs  black  or  deep  brown.  Tarsi  dusky,  except  meta- 
tarsi of  intermediate  and  hind  legs,  which  are  more  or  less 
yellowish  or  fulvous.  In  fore  legs  tibiae  not  quite  |  the  length 
of  metatarsus.  Wings  shorter  than  abdomen,  hyaline,  with  a 
weak  reflection,  all  the  veins  tolerably  distinct,  brownish.  Costal 
and  third  longitudinal  veins  meeting  somewhat  before  apex  of 
wings  ;  auxiliary  vein  reaching  costa  opposite  tip  of  posterior 
branch  of  fifth  longitudinal  fork ;  second  longitudinal  vein 
running  close  to  first  longitudinal,  pale,  terminating  in  the  costa 
a  short  distance  past  tip  of  latter  ;  fourth  longitudinal  pale  past 
middle  cross-vein,  indistinctly  reaching  the  margin,  its  tip  some- 
what nearer  to  tip  of  costa  than  to  that  of  anterior  branch  of  fifth 
longitudinal  fork  ;  base  of  the  latter  almost  opposite,  but  some- 
what beyond,  middle  cross-vein,  its  posterior  branch  about  half  the 
length  of  the  anterior. 

Hah. — Hexham,  near  Newcastle,  N.S.W.  (Skuse)  ;  Adelaide, 
S.  Australia  (Coll.  Adelaide  Museum,  Mr.  T.  P.  0.  Tepper). 
December  to  April. 


238  DIPTERA    OF    AUSTRALIA, 

226.  Chironomus  blandus,  sp.n. 

2- — Length  of  antennae 0-025  inch       ...     0*62  millimetre. 

Expanse  of  wings 0'135xO-037   ...     342  x  0-92 

Sizeof  body 0-150  x  0-027   ...     3-81x0-68 

Antennae  light  brown,  tinged  with  ochreous.  Head,  clypeus, 
and  palpi  light  brown;  pale  pubescence.  Thorax  pale  greenish- 
yellow,  with  three  pale  fulvous  stripes  more  or  less  tinged  with 
greenish ;  longitudinal  row  of  pale  hairs  between  the  bands 
from  anterior  extremity  of  lateral  ones  to  scutellum ;  pleurse, 
pectus,  scutellum  and  metanotum  pale  greenish-yellow  ;  scutellum 
fringed  with  long  pale  yellow  hairs.  Halteres  pale  greenish- 
yellow.  Abdomen  twice  the  length  of  thorax,  pale  prasinous,  the 
last  two  segments  brownish,  (the  last  five  segments  brownish 
beneath,  but  this  may  be  merely  discoloration)  clothed  with 
tolerably  long  pale  yellow  hairs.  Legs  pale  greenish-yellow,  fore 
tibiae  and  tarsi,  and  last  four  tarsal  joints  in  intermediate  and  fore 
legs  more  or  less  brownish.  Tibial  spurs  deep  brown.  In  fore 
legs  metatarsus  about  twice  the  length  of  tibia.  Wings  longer 
than  abdomen,  pellucid,  somewhat  opaline,  costal,  first  and  third 
longitudinal,  middle  cross-vein,  and  basal  half  of  the  fourth  longi- 
tudinal veins  distinct,  greenish-yellow.  Costal  and  third  longi- 
tudinal veins  meeting  a  little  before  apex  of  wing  ;  auxiliary  vein 
indistinctly  reaching  costa  about  opposite  middle  of  posterior 
branch  of  fifth  longitudinal  fork;  second  longitudinal  pale, 
running  close  to  first  longitudinal  and  for  a  little  distance  along 
costa  ;  fourth  longitudinal  vein  pale  beyond  middle  cross-vein,  not 
quite  reaching  wing-margin,  its  tip  situated  at  a  point  about  half 
way  between  tips  of  costal  and  anterior  branch  of  fifth  longitu- 
dinal fork  ;  base  of  the  latter  lying  somewhat  beyond  middle  cross- 
vein,  its  posterior  branch  J  the  length  of  anterior. 

Hah.  Narrabeen  Lagoon,  near  Manly,  N.  S.  Wales  (Skuse). 
January. 


BY    FREDERICK   A.  A.  SKUSE.  239 

227.  Chironomus  januarius,  sp.n. 

(J. — Length  of  antennae 0*040  inch       ...      1*01  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0*110x0*027   ...     2*79x0  68 

Size  of  body..., 0*140x0020   ...     3*55x0*50 

Antennse  pale  brown  ;  first  joint  of  scapus  reddish-brown. 
Head  brown.  Clypeus  and  palpi  light  reddish-brown.  Thorax 
greenish-yellow  or  pale  ochreous,  with  three  somewhat  indistinct 
light  brown  bands,  the  anterior  one  united  to  the  scutellum  by  a 
light  brown  line ;  a  longitudinal  row  of  yellow  hairs  between  the 
bands  and  on  anterior  portion  of  the  intermediate  one  ;  pleurse 
and  pectus  pale  ochreous-brown;  scutellum  sordid  ochreous-yellow, 
fringed  with  long  yellow  hairs ;  metanotum  purplish-brown.  Hal- 
teres  pale  green.  Abdomen  rather  more  than  thrice  the  length  of 
thorax,  umbrous-brown,  sub-levigate,  rather  densely  clothed  with 
moderately  long  yellow  hairs.  Legs  yellow,  the  tibia  terminating 
in  deep  brown  or  black  spines,  the  tarsi  except  metatarsal  joint  of 
fore  legs  light  brown,  dark  brown  at  the  extreme  apices  of  the 
joints.  In  fore  legs  metatarsus  twice  the  length  of  tibia.  Win^^s 
rather  shorter  than  abdomen,  hyaline ;  costal,  first  and  third 
longitudinal,  and  basal  half  of  the  fourth  longitudinal  vein, 
brownish-yellow.  Costal  and  third  longitudinal  vein  meeting  a 
short  distance  before  apex  of  wing  ;  auxiliary  vein  joining  costa 
before  middle  of  posterior  branch  of  fifth  longitudinal  fork;  second 
longitudinal  vein  joining  costa  a  little  beyond  tip  of  first  longi- 
tudinal vein ;  fourth  longitudinal  vein  pale  almost  reachino-  the 
wing  margin,  its  tip  situated  nearer  to  tip  of  costa  than  to  that 
of  anterior  branch  of  fifth  longitudinal  fork  ;  base  of  latter  lying 
opposite  middle  cross- vein,  its  posterior  branch  a  little  more  than 
half  the  length  of  anterior. 

Hah. — Wheeney  Creek,  N.S.W.  (Skuse).     January. 

228.  Chironomus  delinificus,  sp.n.  (PI.  xi.,  fig.  2). 

(J. — Length  of  antennae.. 0*037  inch        ...     0*92  millimetre. 

Expanse  of  wings 0*085x0020...      2*14x0*50 

Sizeof  body 0*120x0*017  ...     3*04x0*42 


240  DIPTERA    OF    AUSTRALIA, 

Antennae  light  ochreous-yellow;  joints  of  scapus  reddish-brown. 
Head,  face,  clypeus  and  palpi  brown,  with  a  yellow  pubescence. 
Thorax  ochre-yellow,  with  no  anterior  stripe,  two  lateral  stripes 
of  brown  posteriorly,  and  an  intermediate  narrow  stripe  of  same 
colour  not  reaching  scubellum;  pleurae  ochre-yellow;  pectus  tinged 
with  brown  ;  scutellum  pale  yellow  ;  metanotum  ochreous-brown 
with  a  darker  median  line.  Halteres  pale  yellow.  Abdomen 
nearly  three  times  the  length  of  thorax,  pale  yellowish-green,  with 
a  rather  dense  covering  of  pale  yellow  hairs  ;  anal  joint  and 
forceps  narrow,  yellowish-green.  Legs  light  ochre-yellow  (tarsal 
joints  of  the  fore  legs  lost)  ;  tibial  spurs  black.  Wings  nearly  the 
length  of  abdomen,  pellucid,  almost  hyaline  ;  costal,  first  and 
third  longitudinal,  middle  cross-vein,  and  basal  half  of  fourth 
longitudinal  veins  yellow,  distinct.  Costal  and  third  longitudinal 
veins  meeting  a  short  distance  before  apex  of  wing;  auxiliary  vein 
pale,  indistinct  towards  tip,  apparently  terminating  in  costa  at  a 
point  about  §  the  distance  from  middle  cross-vein  to  tip  of  first 
longitudinal  vein  ;  second  longitudinal  vein  very  pale,  running 
close  to  third  longitudinal  for  greater  part  of  its  length,  joining 
costa  a  short  distance  beyond  tip  of  first  longitudinal ;  fourth 
longitudinal  pale  beyond  the  middle  cross-vein,  very  nearly 
reaching  wing-margin,  its  tip  situated  at  a  point  nearer  to  tip  of 
costal  than  to  that  of  anterior  branch  of  fifth  longitudinal  fork  ; 
base  of  latter  considerably  beyond  middle  cross-vein,  its  posterior 
branch  half  the  length  of  anterior. 

Hah. — Knapsack  Gully,  Blue  Mountains  (Masters).     One  speci- 
men in  September. 

229.  Chironomus  pulcher,  sp.n.  (PI.  xi.,  fig.  3). 

$. — Length  of  antennae 0-014  inch        ...      0*35  millimetre. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-075x0-027   ...     1-89x0-68 

Size  of  body 0*075x0-016   ...     1-89x0-40 

Antennae  brownish-green,   basal  joint  more  yellowish.      Head 
green,    the   face,    clypeus,    and    palpi   brownish-green.       Thorax 


BY    FREDERICK    A.  A.  SKUSE.  241 

prasinous,  with  three  olivaceous  stripes  more  or  less  tinged  with 
tawny ;  pleura?,  pectus  and  scutelhim  prasinous,  the  latter 
fringed  with  short  yellow  hairs ;  metauotum  prasinous  an- 
teriorly, livid  posteriorly.  Halteres  prasinous.  Abdomen 
short,  robust,  seruginous,  all  segments  with  a  narrow  paler  border 
posteriorly,  clothed  with  a  sparse  pale  yellow  pubescence ; 
terminal  lamellae  yellow.  Coxse  and  femora  prasinous.  Tibiae 
and  tarsi  of  fore  legs  sooty  brown.  Tibiae  and  metatarsi  of  inter- 
mediate and  hind  legs  somewhat  fulvous,  their  tips  and  all 
remaining  tarsal  joints  sooty  brown.  In  fore  legs  metatarsus  J 
longer  than  tibia.  Wings  the  length  of  whole  body,  beauti- 
fully opaline ;  costal,  first  and  third  longitudinal,  middle 
cross-vein,  and  basal  half  of  fourth  longitudinal  veins  distinct, 
yellow.  Costal  and  third  longitudinal  veins  meeting  considerably 
before  apex  of  wing  ;  auxiliary  vein  indistinctly  joining  costa 
about  mid-way  between  middle  cross-vein  and  tip  of  first  longi- 
tudinal vein ;  second  longitudinal  vein  scarcely  distinguishable, 
reaching  costa  at  a  point  ^  the  distance  from  tip  of  first  longi- 
tudinal to  tip  of  costal  vein ;  fourth  longitudinal  pale,  almost 
reaching  wing-margin,  its  tip  situated  about  mid-way  between  tip 
of  costal  and  that  of  anterior  branch  of  fifth  longitudinal  fork  ; 
base  of  latter  lying  somewhat  beyond  middle  cross-vein,  its 
posterior  branch  somewhat  more  than  half  the  length  of  anterior. 

Hah. — Summer  Hill,  near  Sydney  (Mr.  Cyril  Haviland).  April. 
B.  Thorax  pale  without  distinct  stripes. 

230.  Chironomus  seorsus,  sp.n.  (PI,  xi.,  fig.  4). 

9. — Length  of  antennae 0*025  inch       ...     0*62  millimetre. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-085  x  0-025   ...     2-14x0-62 

Size  of  body 0-070x0-016  ...     177x0-40 

Antennae  ochreous-brown,  with  long  brownish  verticils ;  basal 
joint  deep  brown.     Head  ochreous-brown ;  face  and  clypeus  deep 
brown.     Palpi   yellow.       Thorax   yellow,    levigate,     with    three 
16 


242  DIPTERA    OF    AUSTRALIA, 

longitudinal  rows  of  yellow  hairs  ;  pleurae,  pectus,  scutellum,  and 
metanotum  yellow,  the  latter  tinged  with  brownish.  Halteres 
pale  yellow.  Abdomen  short,  yellowish-green,  densely  clothed 
with  short  pale  yellow  hairs.  Legs  yellow,  densely  haired. 
Tibial  spurs  black.  In  fore  legs  metatarsus  almost  twice  length 
of  tibia.  Wings  longer  than  body,  pellucid,  almost  hyaline,  with 
rosy  and  aurichalceous  reflections  ;  costal,  first  and  third  longi- 
tudinal, and  basal  portion  of  fourth  and  whole  of  fifth  longi- 
tudinal vein  distinct,  brownish-yellow.  Costal  and  third 
longitudinal  veins  meeting  at  apex  of  wing;  auxiliary  vein 
very  indistinct,  joining  costa  a  short  distance  beyond  middle 
cross-vein ;  second  longitudinal  vein  scarcely  determinable, 
running  close  to  first  longitudinal ;  fourth  longitudinal  very  pale 
and  indistinct,  disappearing  entirely  a  short  distance  before 
wing-margin,  its  tip  nearer  to  tip  of  costal  than  to  that  of 
anterior  branch  of  fifth  longitudinal  fork  ;  posterior  branch  of 
latter  less  than  f  the  length  of  anterior  branch. 

Hah. — Lawson,  Blue  Mountains,  N.S.W.  (Masters).     January. 


231.  Chironomus  orarius,  sp.n. 

(J. — Length  of  antennae 0-037  inch        ...     0*92  millimetre. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-075  x  0-020  ...      1-89  x  0-50 

Size  of  body 0-090x0  016  ...     2-27x0-40 

9. — Length  of  antennae 0-025  inch        ...     0*62  millimetre. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-105  x  0-025  ...     2-67  x  0-62 

Size  of  body 0-105  x  0016  ...     2-67  x  0-40 

(J  and  9. — Entirely  yellow,  except  that  flagellar  joints  in  $ 
antennae  ochreous-brown  or  light  brown.  Antennae  in  9  with 
long  pale  yellow  verticils.  Thorax  with  three  longitudinal  rows 
of  long  yellow  hairs.  Abdomen  with  slightly  greenish  tint  in  9  ; 
in  both  sexes  about  three  times  the  length  of  thorax;  densely 
clothed  with  pale  yellow  hairs;    anal  joint  and  holding-forceps  of 


BY    FREDERICK    A.  A.  SKUSE.  243 

(J  narrower  than  terminal  segment.  Tibial  spurs  black.  In  fore 
legs  the  metatarsus  twice  the  length  of  tibia.  Wings  in  ^  shorter, 
in  9  longer,  than  the  body;  pellucid  in  ^,  hyaline  in  9,  with  weak 
reflections  ;  veins  yellow.  Costal  and  third  longitudinal  veins 
meeting  slightly  before  apex  of  wing ;  auxiliary  vein  very  indis- 
tinct, especially  in  ^,  joining  costa  a  little  beyond  middle  cross- 
vein  ;  second  longitudinal  vein  most  indistinct  in  ^,  clearly 
visible  in  9,  very  near  first  longitudinal;  fourth  longitudinal  very 
pale  beyond  middle  cross-vein,  almost  reaching  wing-margin,  its 
tip  nearer  to  tip  of  costal  than  to  that  of  anterior  branch  of  fifth 
longitudinal  fork ;  posterior  branch  of  latter  about  half  the  length 
of  anterior  branch. 

Ilab. — Middle  Harbour,  near  Sydney  (Skuse);  Berowra,  N.S.W. 
(Masters).     Abundant  in  September. 

Obs. — Very  closely  allied  to  the  last,  but  I  think  distinct. 

C.  Thorax  brown  or  black  without  distinct  stripes. 
a.  Wings  icnspotted. 

232.    Chironomus  erebeus,  sp.n.  (PI.  xi.,  fig.  5). 

9. — Length  of  antennse. 0-030  inch       ...     0-76  millimetre. 

Expanse  of  wings O'l 60  x  0*040  ...     4-06x1 -01 

Size  of  body 0-210x0-033  ...     5-33x0-84 

Antennae  brown,  with  brown  verticils ;  first  joint  of  scapus 
black.  Head  black,  glabrous.  Palpi  brown,  and  with  clypeus 
densely  covered  with  brown  hairs,  those  on  latter  longer.  Thorax 
black,  sub-nitidous,  glabrous ;  pleurae  and  scutellum  brownish- 
black,  latter  fringed  with  black  hairs  ;  metanotum  black.  Hal- 
teres  yellow,  sometimes  slightly  brownish  at  base.  Abdomen 
more  than  twice  the  length  of  thorax,  black,  sub-nitidous,  sparingly 
clothed  with  short  black  hairs  ;  lamelli  of  ovipositor  black.  Coxae 
deep  brown,  slightly  ochreous  at  apex;  trochanters  ochreous. 
Femora  and  tibiae  black.  Tarsi  almost  ochreous-brown,  slightly 
infuscated.  In  fore  legs  tibia  twice  the  length  of  metatarsus. 
Wings  hyaline,  smoky  along  anterior  border,   iridescent ;    costal, 


244  DIPTERA    OF    AUSTRALIA, 

first  and  second  longitudinal  veins,  middle  cross-voin  and  basal 
half  of  fourth  longitudinal  vein  brown.  Costal  and  third  longi- 
tudinal veins  meeting  at  a  point  much  before  apex  of  wing  ; 
auxiliary  vein  joining  costa  nearly  opposite  tip  of  posterior  branch 
of  fifth  longitudinal  fork;  second  longitudinal  vein  reaching  margin 
midway  between  tips  of  first  and  third  longitudinal  veins ;  fourth 
longitudinal  vein  nearly  reaching  wing-margin,  its  tip  situated  at 
a  point  considerably  nearer  to  tip  of  anterior  branch  of  fifth  longi- 
tudinal fork  than  to  that  of  costal  vein  ;  base  of  fifth  longitudinal 
fork  lying  somewhat  beyond  middle  cross-vein,  its  posterior  branch 
1  the  length  of  anterior. 

Hah. — Woronora,  N.S.W.  (Skuse).    Two  specimens.    September. 

233.  Ohiroxomus  Tepperi,  sp.n.  (PI.  xi.,  fig.  6). 

^. — Length  of  antennae 0'027  inch        ...     0-68  millimetre. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-165  x  0-045   ...     4-]8xl-13 

Size  of  body 0-200x0-035   ...     5-08x0-88 

Antennae  black ;  first  joint  of  scapus  somewhat  ochreous, 
more  or  less  hoary.  Head,  clypeus,  and  palpi  brown,  with 
yellow  hairs.  Thorax  black,  opaque,  hoary,  with  three  longi- 
tudinal rows  of  yellow  hairs ;  pleurae,  pectus,  scutellum  and 
metanotum  black,  hoary ;  scutellum  fringed  with  long  yellow 
hairs.  Halteres  pale  yellow.  Abdomen  more  than  twice  the 
length  of  thorax,  dusky  brown  or  black,  levigate,  a  little  hoary, 
tolerably  clothed  with  pale  yellow  hairs ;  lamellae  of  ^  ovipositor 
ochreous.  Legs  with  a  yellow  pubescence.  Tibial  spurs  black. 
Femora  and  tibiae  brownish-ochreous,  the  apex  of  former  and  base 
and  apex  of  latter  dusky  brown.  Metatarsi  brownish-ochreous, 
their  tips  and  remaining  tarsal  joints  dusky  brown.  In  fore  legs 
metatarsus  not  J  longer  than  tibia.  Wings  about  the  length  of 
abdomen,  hyaline,  a  little  iridescent,  with  ochre-yellow  veins. 
Costal  and  third  longitudinal  veins  meeting  a  little  before  apex  of 
wing  ;  auxiliary  vein  extremely  indistinct,  apparently  terminating 
near  costa  a  short  distance  past  middle  cross-vein  ;  second  longi- 
tudinal vein  very  pale  and  indistinct,  joining  costa  at  a  point  ^ 


I 


BY    FREDERICK    A.  A.  SKUSE.  245 

the  distance  from  tip  of  first  longitudinal  vein  to  tip  of  third 
longitudinal  \  fourth  longitudinal  very  pale  and  indistinct  beyond 
cross-vein,  disa})pearing  some  distance  from  wing-margin,  its  tip 
situated  at  a  point  much  nearer  to  tip  of  third  longitudinal  vein 
than  to  that  of  anterior  branch  of  fifth  longitudinal  fork  ;  base 
of  latter  lying  a  little  beyond  middle  cross-vein,  its  posterior 
branch  |  the  length  of  anterior. 

Eab. — Mount  Lofty  and  Adelaide,  South  Australia  (Mr.  T.  P. 
O.  Tepper).  June  and  October.  Two  specimens  in  the  collection 
of  the  Adelaide  Museum. 

234.  Chironomus  fluviaticus,  sp.n. 

^.—Length  of  antenna 0-050  inch       ...      1-27  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings. 0*105  x  0-023   ...     2-67x0-58 

Size  of  body 0-160x0-020  ...     4-06x0-50 

Antennae  light  and  somewhat  bronzy,  brown ;  first  joint  of 
scapus  deep  brown  or  black,  second  and  few  following  flagellar 
joints  ochreous-yellow.  Head  deep  brown  or  black,  with  some 
short  brownish  hairs.  Clypeus  and  palpi  deep  brown  or  black, 
with  a  brown  pubescence.  Thorax  deep  brownish-black,  dull, 
traversed  (when  viewed  at  a  certain  obliquity)  by  two  longitudinal 
more  or  less  hoary  narrow  stripes,  extending  from  humeri  to 
scutellum,  sparingly  beset  with  yellow  hairs  ;  also  an  intermediate 
double  row  of  short  hairs  reaching  to  middle  of  thorax ;  pleurae, 
pectus,  scutellum  and  metanotum  black,  the  scutellum  fringed  with 
yellow  hairs.  Halteres  yellow.  Abdomen  very  slender,  rather 
more  than  three  times  the  length  of  thorax,  deep  dull  black,  rather 
densely  clothed  with  moderately  long  yellow  hairs;  anal  joint 
black,  forceps  brown.  Coxse  black.  Remaining  joints  sordid 
ochreous-yellow,  tips  of  femora  and  tibial  spurs  dark  brown. 
In  fore  legs  metatarsus  |-  longer  than  tibia.  Wings  shorter  than 
abdomen,  pellucid,  with  a  very  pale  bluish  tint ;  veins  very  pale 
brownish-yellow;  dull  pale  brassy  reflections.  Costal  and  third 
longitudinal  veins  meeting  a  short  distance  before  apex  of  wing  ; 


246  DIPTERA    OF    AUSTRALIA, 

auxiliary  vein  scarcely  visible  towards  its  tip,  apparently  termin- 
ating about  opposite  middle  of  posterior  branch  of  fifth  longitudinal 
fork;  second  longitudinal  vein  tolerably  distinct,  pale,  joining 
costa  at  a  point  somewhat  more  than  J  the  distance  from  tip  of 
first  longitudinal  to  tip  of  third  longitudinal;  fourth  longitudinal 
pale,  almost  reaching  margin,  its  tip  situated  somewhat  nearer  to 
tip  of  third  longitudinal  than  to  that  of  anterior  branch  of  fifth 
longitudinal  fork  ;  base  of  latter  lying  a  little  beyond  middle  cross- 
vein,  its  posterior  branch  ^  the  length  of  anterior. 
Hah. — Nepean  River,  N.S.W.  (Skuse).     September. 

235.  Chironomus  subvittatus,  sp.n. 

(J. — Length  of  antennae 0*045  inch       ...      1-13  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-090  x  0-022   ...     2-27x0-55 

Sizeof  body 0-120x0-020   ...     3-04x0-50 

Antenn96  ochreous-brown  with  yellow  plumes ;  basal  joint 
black.  Head,  face,  and  clypeus  black.  Palpi  ochreous-brown. 
Thorax  pitch-brown,  nitidous,  with  three  indistinct  black  stripes  ; 
three  longitudinal  rows  of  yellow  hairs  ;  pleurse  and  pectus  black  ; 
scutellum  pitch-brown  ;  metanotum  black.  Halteres  pale  yellow. 
Abdomen  rather  more  than  twice  the  length  of  thorax,  black, 
sub-nitidous,  clothed  with  tolerably  long  yellow  hairs ;  anal  joint 
and  forceps  black.  Legs  pale  ochreous-yellow ;  last  four  joints 
of  tarsi  in  fore  legs,  and  last  three  in  intermediate  and  hind  legs 
somewhat  infuscated.  In  fore  legs  metatarsus  about  twice  the 
length  of  tibia.  Wings  rather  shorter  than  abdomen,  hyaline,  with 
brassy  reflections  ;  costal,  first  and  second  longitudinal  veins,  middle 
cross-vein,  and  basal  half  of  fourth  longitudinal  brownish-ochreous. 
Costal  and  third  longitudinal  veins  meeting  a  short  distance 
before  apex  of  wing ;  auxiliary  vein  very  indistinct  towards  tip, 
joining  costa  about  opposite  middle  of  posterior  branch  of  fifth 
longitudinal  fork  ;  second  longitudinal  vein  pale,  fairly  distinct, 
running  nearer  to  third  than  to  first  longitudinal  vein,  reaching 
costa  at  a  point  about  J  the  distance  from  tip  of  first  to  tip  of 
third   longitudinal   vein ;  fourth  longitudinal   vein   pale    beyond 


BY    FREDERICK    A.  A.  SKUSE.  247 

cross- vein,  not  quite  reaching  wing-margin,  its  tip  situated  about 
midway  between  tips    of  third  longitudinal  and  anterior  branch 
of  fifth  longitudinal  fork  ;  base  of  latter  lying  opposite  middle 
cross-vein,  its  posterior  branch  half  the  length  of  anterior. 
Eab.—Wdlchu,  N.S.W.  (Mr.  J  F.  Schofield).     April. 

236.  Chironomus  oresitrophus,  sp.n.  (PI.  xi,,  figs.  7  and  8). 

(J. — Length  of  antennae 0'035  inch       ...     0*88  millimetre. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-090x0-020   ...     2-27x0*50 

Size  of  body 0-100x0-020  ...     2-54x0-50 

9- —Length  of  antennae 0-022  inch       ...     0-55  millimetre. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-097x0-027   ...     2-44x0-68 

Size  of  body 0-100x0-020  ...     2-54x0-50 

(J  and  <^. — Antennse,  head,  and  palpi  brown;  basal  joint  of 
antennae  more  or  less  tinged  with  ochreous.  Thorax  brown,  with 
three  longitudinal  rows  of  brown  hairs;  pleurae  and  pectus  brown; 
scutellum  yellowish-brown,  sometimes  ochreous-yellow;  metanotum 
dark  brown.  Hal  teres  brown  or  yellowish-brown.  Abdomen 
in  (J  rather  more  than  twice  the  length  of  thorax,  much  shorter 
in  9  ;  densely  covered  with  brownish  hair  ;  brown,  the  segments 
sometimes  indistinctly  bordered  posteriorly  with  ochreous ;  $, 
anal  joint  and  forceps  brown ;  ^,  lamellae  of  ovipositor  ochre- 
yellow.  Legs  sordid  ochreous-brown,  densely  clothed  with 
brownish  hairs,  femora  indistinctly  darker  at  apex.  Tibial  spurs 
dark  brown  or  black.  In  fore  legs  metatarsus  about  i  longer 
than  tibia.  Wings  longer  than  abdomen,  almost  hyaline,  a  little 
iridescent,  with  distinct  brown  veins.  Costal  and  third  longi- 
tudinal veins  meeting  at  apex  of  wing ;  auxiliary  vein  reaching 
costa  almost  opposite  base  of  fifth  longitudinal  fork ;  second 
longitudinal  vein  indistinct,  joining  costa  at  a  point  about  ^  the 
distance  from  tip  of  first  longitudinal  to  that  of  third  longitudinal ; 
latter  vein  much  arcuated  posteriorly ;  fourth  longitudinal  vein 
indistinct  beyond  cross- vein,  almost  reaching  margin  at  a  point 
about    J   the   distance   from  tip   of  third    longitudinal    to  that 


248  DIPTERA   OF    AUSTRALIA., 

of  anterior  branch  of  fifth  longitudinal  fork  ;  base  of  latter  lying 
considerably  beyond  middle  cross-vein,  its  posterior  branch  about 
^  the  length  of  anterior. 

Rab. — Lawson,  Blue  Mountains,  N.S.W.  (Masters).     January. 

237.  Chironomus  vespertinus,  sp.n. 

(J. — Length  of  antennae 0.037  inch        ...     0-92  millimetre. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-090  x  0-020  ...     2-27x0-50 

Size  of  body 0-085x0-015  ...     2-14x0-38 

Antennse  bronzy-brown  ;  basal  joint  deep  brown.  Head  black. 
Palpi  brownish-ochreous.  Thorax  black,  opaque,  more  or  less 
hoary,  with  three  longitudinal  rows  of  brownish  hairs  ;  pleurae 
and  pectus  black  ;  scutellum  dark  brown,  sometimes  ochreous- 
brown  ;  metanotum  black.  Halteres  dusky  brown,  basal  half  of 
the  stem  yellow.  Abdomen  about  twice  the  length  of  thorax, 
deep  umber-brown  or  black,  moderately  clothed  with  tolerably 
long  yellowish  hairs  ;  anal  joint  deep  umber-brown  or  black, 
narrow  ;  forceps  ochreous  or  ochreous-brown.  Legs  entirely 
ochreous-yellow,  densely  covered  with  long  yellowish  hairs.  Tibial 
spurs  deep  brown  or  black.  In  fore  legs  metatarsus  about  ^ 
longer  than  tibia.  Wings  rather  longer  than  body,  pellucid,  with 
a  weak  brassy  reflection  ;  costal,  first  and  third  longitudinal  veins, 
middle  cross-vein,  and  basal  portion  of  fourth  longitudinal  yel- 
lowish, distinct.  Costal  and  third  longitudinal  veins  meeting 
somewhat  before  apex  of  wing  ;  auxiliary  vein  indistinct,  joining 
costa  about  mid-way  between  origin  of  third  and  tip  of  first 
longitudinal  vein ;  second  longitudinal  vein  indistinct,  joining 
costa  a  little  past  tip  of  first  longitudinal ;  fourth  longitudinal  very 
pale  beyond  middle  cross-vein,  slightly  bent,  scarcely  reaching 
margin,  its  tip  situated  at  a  point  ^  the  distance  from  tip  of  third 
longitudinal  to  that  of  anterior  branch  of  fifth  longitudinal  fork ; 
posterior  branch  of  the  latter  about  f  the  length  of  anterior 
branch. 

^«6.— National  Park,  near  Sydney,  N.S.W.  (Skuse).  Plentiful 
in  July. 


BY    FREDERICK    A.  A.  SKUSE.  249 

238.  Chironomus  brevis,  sp.n.  (PI.  xi.,  fig.  9). 

9. — Length  of  antennae 0'017  inch        ...     0*42  millimetre. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-057x0-015   ...     1-44  x  0-38 

Size  of  body 0-050  x  0-010   ...      1-27x0-25 

Antennae  light  brownish-ochreous;  basal  joint  very  pale  ochreous- 
yellow.  Head,  clypeus,  and  palpi  brownish-ochreous,  the  latter 
palest.  Thorax  umber-brown,  with  two  longitudinal  rows  of  brown 
hairs ;  pleura?  and  pectus  umber-brown,  more  or  less  tinged  with 
pale  ochreous-yellow  ;  scutellum  ochreous-brown,  fringed  with  long 
brown  hairs ;  metanotum  dusky  umber-brown.  Halteres  dusky, 
base  of  the  stem  pale.  Abdomen  short,  robust,  dusky  umber- 
brown,  rather  densely  clothed  with  a  short  brown  pubescence  • 
lamellae  of  ovipositor  ochreous-yellow.  Legs  pale  ochreous-yellow, 
with  a  pale  pubescence.  Tibial  spurs  black  or  deep  brown.  In 
fore  legs  metatarsus  rather  more  than  ^  longer  than  tibise.  Wings 
longer  than  body,  pellucid,  with  brassy  reflections  ;  costal  and  first 
and  third  longitudinal  veins  light  brown,  distinct,  remaining  veins 
fairly  distinguishable.  Costal  and  third  longitudinal  veins  meeting 
at  apex  of  wing  ;  auxiliary  vein  very  pale,  joining  costa  somewhat 
beyond  middle  cross-vein;  second  longitudinal  scarcely  distinguish- 
able, running  close  to  first  longitudinal ;  fourth  longitudinal  much 
paler  beyond  middle  cross-vein,  very  little  bent,  its  tip  nearer  to 
tip  of  costal  than  to  tip  of  anterior  branch  of  fifth  longitudinal 
fork;  posterior  branch  of  the  latter  J  the  length  of  anterior  branch. 

Hab. — Sydney  (Skuse).     A  single  specimen. 

b. —  Wings  S2:)0tted. 

239.  Chironomus  nubifer,  sp.n. 

(J. — Length  of  antennae 0-055  inch       ...      1-39  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-140x0-040  ...     3-55x1-01 

Size  of  body 0-200x0-033...     5-08x0-84 

9  — Length  of  antennae  0'025  inch        ...     0.62  millimetre. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-140  x  0-040  ...     3-55  x  1-01 

Size  of  body 0-120x0*027  ...     3-04x0-68 


250  DIPTERA    OF   AUSTRALIA, 

fj  and  9. — Antennae  smoky-brownish  ;  first  joint  of  scapus  deep 
black,  somewhat  hoary  when  viewed  in  a  certain  light.  Head 
and  clypeus  brown  or  black.  Palpi  brown.  Thorax  greyish-black, 
with  a  very  fine  median  furrow  beset  with  short  yellow  hairs 
and  two  parallel  lateral  rows  of  rather  long  yellow  hairs  ;  pleurae, 
pectus,  scutellum  and  metanotum  deep  brown  or  black,  scutellum 
fringed  with  long  yellow  hairs.  Halteres  yellow.  Abdomen  in 
^  about  three  times,  in  the  9  aboutr  twice,  the  length  of  thorax, 
deep  brownish-black,  densely  clothed  with  yellow  hairs ;  $  anal 
joint  and  forceps  deep  brownish-black.  Legs  very  pale  ochreous- 
yellow,  densely  clothed  with  pale  yellow  hairs,  particularly  long 
and  dense  in  the  fore  tarsi ;  coxae  brown,  and  femora  generally 
with  a  more  or  less  brownish  tinge.  In  fore  legs  metatarsus  in  ^ 
about  5,  in  the  9  J,  longer  than  tibia.  Tibial  spurs  black  or 
deep  brown.  Wings  in  ^  longer,  in  ^  shorter,  than  the  abdo- 
men, pellucid,  with  several  small  pale  violaceous  markings ;  one 
enveloping  the  fourth  longitudinal  vein  immediately  beyond  cross- 
vein,  a  second  between  third  and  fourth  longitudinal  veins  mid- 
way to  apex  of  wing,  a  third  at  apex,  one  below  each  of  these 
between  fourth  longitudinal  vein  and  anterior  branch  of  fifth 
longitudinal,  another  at  base  of  fork  of  latter,  and  lastly  two  more 
behind  fifth  longitudinal  ;  veins  ochreous-yellow.  Costal  and 
third  longitudinal  veins  meeting  a  short  distance  before  apex  of 
wingj  auxiliary  vein  very  pale,  joining  costa  opposite  middle  of 
posterior  branch  of  fifth  longitudinal  fork  ;  second  longitudinal 
vein  indistinct,  joining  costa  at  a  point  3-  the  distance  from  tip  of 
first  to  that  of  third  longitudinal  ;  fourth  longitudinal  vein  very 
pale  beyond  cross-vein,  almost  reaching  margin,  its  tip  situated 
almost  mid-way  between  tips  of  third  longitudinal  and  anterior 
branch  of  fifth  longitudinal  fork,  somewhat  nearer  former; 
base  of  fifth  longitudinal  fork  lying  somewhat  beyond  middle 
cross-vein,  its  posterior  branch  about  J  the  length  of  anterior^ 

Rab. — Wheeny  Creek,  Hawkesbury  District,  Berowra,  Hex- 
ham, Armidale  and  Sydney,  N.S.W.  (Skuse).     January. 


BY    FREDERICK   A.  A.  SKUSE.  251 

It  is  not  possible  to  ascertain  from  the  descriptions  to  what 
genera  of  the  Chironomina  the  following  should  be  referred, 
mention  of  most  of  the  characters  essential  to  notice  being  entirely- 
omitted.  Those  described  by  Walker  all  fall  into  the  section  with 
naked  wings,  while  C.  conjionctus,  C.  ojypositus,  C.  aj^plicatus,  and 
C.  alternans  have  the  tibia  longer  than  the  metatarsus  in  the  fore- 
legs. I  do  not  believe  that  G.  conjungens,  C.  opponens,  C.  rejlectus^ 
and  C.  proximus,  named  by  Walker  in  his  "  Notes,"  have  ever 
been  described. 

240.  Chironomus  alternans,  Walker, 

Chironomus  alternans,  Walk.,  Insecta  Saundersiana,  Yol.  I. 
Diptera,  1856.  p.  423  (Div.  1,  Alse  nudse.  Sub-div.  1,  Halteres 
pallidi). 

"  (^. — Testaceus  ;  antennce  fuscoi ;  thorax  vittis  duabus  dorsal- 
ihus  lateribusque  viridibus ;  abdomen  vii'lde,  pitbescens,  vitta 
interrup)ta  Jusca  dorsali ;  pedes  virides,  pubescentes,  tibiis  et 
tarsorum  articulis  apice  fuscescentibus ;  alee  limpidce,  venis  tes- 
taceis,  litura  discali  sicb-obscuriore. 

"Testaceous.  Antennse  brown.  Thorax  green  on  each  side, 
and  with  two  green  dorsal  stripes.  Abdomen  green,  pubescent, 
with  an  interrupted  brown  dorsal  stripe.  Legs  green,  long,  slender, 
pubescent;  tips  of  the  tibiae  and  of  the  joints  of  the  tarsi  brownish; 
fore-tibia  very  much  longer  than  the  fore-metatarsus.  Wings 
limpid  ;  veins  testaceous ;  discal  mark  a  little  darker,  not  distinct. 
Length  of  the  body  4  lines,  of  the  wings  6  lines. 

Hab.—"  New  South  Wales." 

241.  Chironomus  applicatus.  Walker. 

Chironomus  ajjpUcatus,  Walk.,  Insecta  Saundersiana,  Vol.  I. 
Diptera,  1856,  p.  424  (Div.  1,  Alse  nudsB.  Sub-div.  1,  Halteres 
pallidi). 

"5. — Ganus;  antennce  fuscm ;  thorax fusco  trivittatus;  abdomen 
fuscum,  fasciis  ventreque  canis;  pedes  viridescentes,  sub-pubescentes, 
tarsis  fere  totis  feTnoribusque  tibiisque  apice  fuscescentibus ;  aim 
sub-cinereoi,  venis  fuscis,  litura  discali  obscuriore. 


252  DIPTERA    OP    AUSTRALIA, 

"  Hoary.  Antennae  brown,  testaceous  at  the  base.  Thorax 
with  three  brown  stripes,  the  lateral  pair  indistinct.  Abdomen 
brown,  with  a  hoary  band  on  the  hind  border  of  each  segment ; 
under  side  hoary.  Legs  greenish,  long,  slender,  slightly  pubes- 
cent ;  tarsi,  except  towards  the  base  and  tips  of  the  femora  and  of 
the  tibiae,  brownish  ;  fore  tibia  very  much  longer  than  the  fore 
metatarsus.  Wings  greyish ;  veins  brown ;  discal  mark  darker 
brown.  Halteres  testaceous.  Length  of  the  body,  4 J  lines ;  of 
the  wings,  7  lines. 

Sah. — "  Van  Diemen's  Land." 


242.  Chironomus  duplex.  Walker. 

Chironomus  duplex,  Walk.,  Insecta  Saundersiana,  Vol.  I. 
Diptera,  1856,  p.  424  (Div.  1.  Alae  nudse.  Sub-div.  1.  Halteres 
pallidi). 

"2. — Alhido-viridis  ;  antennce  testacecB,  fusco  fasciatce  ;  thorax 
vittis  tribus  obscure  cinereo-fuscis ;  abdomen  fascum,  albido 
tomentosum,  fasciis  lateribusque  albido-virldibus ;  j^^des  virides- 
centes,  tarsorum  articuUs  apice  fuscis^  alee  limpidoi,  venis  halteri- 
husque  testaceis,  litura  discali  fusca. 

"  Whitish-green.  Antennae  testaceous ;  sutures  and  tips 
brown.  Thorax  with  three  dark  greyish-brown  stripes.  Abdo- 
men above  brown,  with  whitish  tomentum  ;  sides  and  hind  borders 
of  the  segments  whitish-green.  Legs  greenish,  long,  slender; 
tips  of  the  joints  of  the  tarsi  brown.  Wings  limpid;  veins 
testaceous ;  discal  mark  brown.  Halteres  testaceous.  Length 
of  the  body,  4  J  lines  ;  of  the  wings,  7  lines. 

Hah. — "  Van  Diemen's  Land." 

243.  Chironomus  imitans,  Walker. 

Chironomus  imitans,  Walk.,  Insecta  Saundersiana,  Vol  L 
Diptera,  1856,  p.  425  (Div.  1.  Alae  nudas.  Sub-div.  1.  Halteres 
pallidi). 


BY    FREDERICK    A.  A.  SKUSE.  253 

"(J. — Pallide  viridis ;  antennce  fuscoi ',  thorax  vittis  trihus 
pectorisque  disco  nigro-cmereis  ;  j^edes  tihiifi  et  tarsorinn  articulis 
apice  fuscescentihus ;  alee  limpidce,  venis  albidis,  litura  discali 
fusca. 

"  Pale  green.  Antennae  brown.  Thorax  with  three  blackish- 
grey  stripes.  Pectus  with  a  blackish-grey  disc.  Abdomen  with 
a  broad  blackish-grey  band  on  the  fore  border  of  each  segment. 
Legs  pale  green,  long,  slender;  tips  of  the  tibife  and  of  the  joints 
of  the  tarsi  brownish.  Wings  limpid;  veins  whitish  ;  discal  mark 
brown.     Length  of  the  body,  4  lines  ;  of  the  wings,  6  lines. 

Hah. — ''Van  Diemen's  Land." 

244.  Chironomus  oppositus,  Walker. 

Chironomus  oppositus,  Walk.,  Insecta  Saiindersiana,  Vol.  I. 
Dij^tera,  1856,  p.  425  (Div.  1,  Alae  nudse.  Sub-div,  1.  Halteres 
pallidi). 

^''^. — Pallide  testaceus  aut  viridis  ;  antenncR  fuscoi :  thorax 
vittis  trihus  rufescentihus ;  abdomen  pubescens,  viride  fasciis  fuscis ; 
pedes  2)allide  virides  pubescentes,  iarsis  apice  fuscis  ;  aloi  limpidoi, 
venis  albidis,  litura  discali  fusca. 

"  Pale  testaceous,  green  (?)  while  living.  Antennae  brown. 
Thorax  with  three  reddish  stripes.  Abdomen  pubescent,  green, 
with  a  brown  band  on  each  segment.  Legs  pale  green,  long, 
slender,  pubescent ;  tarsi  brown  towards  the  tip  ;  fore  tibia  very 
much  longer  than  the  fore  metatarsus.  Wings  limpid ;  veins 
whitish  ;  discal  transverse  vein  brown.  Length  of  the  body  3|- 
lines  ;    of  the  wings  5  lines. 

Hab. — "  Van  Diemen's  Land." 

245.  Chironomus  conjunctus,  Walker. 

Chironomus  conjunctus,  Walk.,  Insecta  Saundersiana,  Vol.  I. 
Diptera,  1856,  p.  425  (Div.  1.  Al^e  nudae.  Sub-div.  1.  Halteres 
pallidi). 

"^  and  ^. —  Viridis;  antennce  pallide  fuscoi ;  thorax  vittis 
tribus  rufescentibus  ;    pedes  pcdlide  virides,   tarsis  apice  fuscis ; 


254  DIPTERA    OF    AUSTRALIA, 

aim  Umpidce,  venis  j^ci^ll^dis,  litura  discali  nulla.  (J. — Abdomen 
pubescens  aj)ice  juscitm. 

"  Green.  Antennae  pale  brown.  Thorax  with  three  reddish 
stripes.  Legs  pale  green,  slender  ;  tarsi  brown  towards  the  tips  ; 
fore  tibia  much  longer  than  the  fore  metatarsus.  Wings  limpid  ; 
veins  pale ;  no  discal  mark.  ^. — Abdomen  pubescent,  brown  at 
the  tip,  much  longer  than  that  of  the  5.  Length  of  the  body 
2-2  J  lines ;  of  the  wings  3  J  lines. 

Hob. — "Yan  Diemen's  Land." 

246.  Chironomus  australis,  Macquart. 

(J. — Chironomus  australis,  Macq.,  Dipteres  Exotiques,  2nd 
Suppl.  1847,  p.  9;  9,  4th  Suppl.  1850,  p.  12. 

"^. — Thorace  rufescente,  vittis fuscis ;  scutello  rufescente.  Abdo- 
mine  nigricante,  incisuris  rufis.     Pedibus  rufis.     Alls  pallidis. 

"  Antennae  with  brownish  plumes.  Metathorax  black,  with  a 
light  grey  down.  The  tawny  rings  to  the  incisions  of  the  abdomen 
narrow.  Extremity  of  femora  and  base  of  the  tibiae  brownish  ;  a 
little  brown  at  the  extremity  of  the  tibiae  and  the  joints  of  the 
tarsi ;  intermediate  and  hind  tibiae  finely  haired  beneath.  Wings 
with  the  transverse  vein  a  little  brownish.     Long.  3J  x  1. 

Hob. — "  Tasmania." 

Obs. — Macquart  says  that  the  2  differs  only  by  the  ordinary 
sexual  characters. 

Genus  2.  Orthocladius,  V.d.  Wulp. 

Orthocladius,  Y.d.  Wulp,  Tijd.  Entom.  1873-74,  XVII.  p.  132. 

Antennae  2-  +  12-jointed  in  (J,  2-  +  5-jointed  in  9.  Thorax  with 
three  stripes.  Wings  naked.  Third  longitudinal  vein  straight 
or  only  a  little  curved,  going  nearly  to  end  of  anterior  margin. 
Costal  vein  sometimes  extending  a  little  beyond  tip  of  third  longi- 
tudinal. Posterior  branch  of  fifth  longitudinal  fork  straight  or  a 
little  bent.  Legs  unicolou red;  or  only  darker  at  articulations.  In 
fore  legs  metatarsus  considerably  shorter  than  tibia.  ^  forceps 
slender. 


BY 

FREDERICK 

A.  A 

.  SKUSE. 

255 

INDICES   OF  ALAR  AND   TARSAL 

PROPORTIONS. 

Relative  Length 

Relative 

Distance 

• 

a 

_^^- 

a 

^+i 

rf  S 

^  S 

li 

^^ 

U 

pq 

Q 

P 

&q 

PQ 

O 

ft 

H 

No. 

Species. 

8  *" 

li 

c 

8  *> 

4^ 

S 

s 

o 

S 

< 

S 

S 
o 

3 

n 

Of  the  m 
theh 

Of  the  sc 
joint  in  tl 

2-^ 
II 

o 

g 

s 

1 

1 

1 

i 

1 

1 

1 

247 

67 

33 

9 

9 

s 

66 

15 

15 

4 

9 

9 

9 

9 

0.  annuliventris  ... 

248 

0.  numerosus 

67 

33 

... 

67 

10 

15 

8 

249 

0.  venustulus 

61 

39 

... 

... 

73 

5 

21 

1 

250 

0.  insoUdus 

67 

33 

... 

54 

0 

27 

19 

251 

0.  pulhdus 

1     ... 

66 

34 

... 

... 

54 

10 

20 

16 

247.  Orthocladius  annuliventris,  sp.n.  (PI.  xi.,  fig.  10). 


0-88  millimetre. 
2-27  X  0-58 
2-79  xO-50 


(J. — Length  of  antennaQ 0*035  inch 

Expanse  of  wings 0-090  x  0-023 

Size  of  body 0-110x0-020 

AntennaB  black,  plumes  somewhat  bronzy  towards  tips.  Head, 
clypeus,  and  palpi  black,  the  latter  sometimes  more  brownish. 
Thorax  black,  nitidous,  glabrous,  with  no  trace  of  stripes  ;  pleurae, 
pectus,  scutellum,  and  metanotum  black,  the  last  two  opaque. 
Halteres  pitch-brown.  Abdomen  about  twice  and  half  the  length 
of  thorax,  black,  nitidous,  whole  of  the  first  segment,  anterior  third 
of  second,  and  anterior  half  of  fourth  and  fifth  segments  pale 
brownish-yellow  or  ochreous ;  sparingly  covered  with  short 
brownish  hairs  ;  anal  joint  and  forceps  short.  Legs  pitch-brown, 
genua  ochreous-yellow,  and  fore  and  intermediate  tibiae  with  a 
very  broad  ring  of  white  near  the  base.  In  fore  legs  tibia  nearly 
twice  the  length  of  metatarsus.  Wings  as  long  as  abdomen,  hyaline. 


256  DIPTERA    OF    AUSTRALIA, 

with  a  more  or  less  brassy  iridescence  ;  veins  light  umber-brown. 
Third  longitudinal  vein  meeting  the  costa  some  distance  before 
apex  of  wing ;  auxiliary  vein  pale,  joining  costa  opposite  middle 
cross-vein  ;  costal  vein  extending  beyond  tip  of  third  longitudinal, 
about  i  the  distance  to  tip  of  fourth  longitudinal  vein  ;  latter 
almost  reaching  margin,  its  tip  situated  nearer  to  tip  of  costa 
than  to  that  of  anterior  branch  of  fifth  longitudinal  fork  ;  second 
longitudinal  vein  pale,  reaching  costa  about  midway  between  tips 
of  first  and  third  longitudinal  veins ;  base  of  fifth  longitudinal 
fork  lying  considerably  beyond  middle  cross-vein,  its  posterior 
branch  J  the  length  of  anterior. 

Sah. — Blue  Mountains  (Masters  and  Skuse) ;  Sydney  (Skuse). 
September  to  January. 

Qjjs. — The  white  rings  on  the  anterior  two  pairs  of  legs  at  once 
distinguish  this  species.  Yan  der  Wulp  says  with  reference  to 
the  legs  of  the  species  of  this  genus,  "  Pooten  eenkleurig,  hoog- 
stens  aan  de  gewrichten  donker  geteekend,"  so  the  above  seems  a 
peculiar  exception  to  the  general  rule. 

248.  Orthocladius  numerosds,  sp.n.  (PL  xi.,  fig.  11). 

^, — Length  of  antennae 0-035  inch        ...     0*88  millimetre. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-075  x  0-017   ...     1-89  x  0-42 

Sizeof  body 0-085x0-015   ...     2-14x0-38 

Antennae  black ;  plumes  somewhat  bronzy  at  the  tips.  Head 
and  clypeus  black.  Palpi  deep  dusky  brown.  Thorax  black, 
levigate,  with  two  longitudinal  rows  of  black  hairs;  pleurae,  pectus, 
and  met-anotum  black,  levigate.  Scutellum  pitch-brown,  fringed 
with  black  hairs.  Halteres  pitch-brown.  Abdomen  more  than 
twice  the  length  of  thorax,  deep  black,  opaque,  clothed  with  brown 
hairs  :  anal  joint  and  forceps  black.  Legs  light  greyish-brown  to 
pitch-brown,  with  brownish  hairs.  In  fore  legs  tibia  i-  longer 
than  metatarsus.  Wings  as  long  or  longer  than  abdomen,  pellucid, 
with  a  pale  bluish  tint,  and  a  brassy  iridescence ;  costal  and  first 
and  third  longitudinal  veins  pale  greyish-yellow.     Auxiliary  vein 


BY    FREDERICK    A.  A.  SKUSE.  257 

pale,  indistinct,  joining  costa  about  mid- way  between  middle  cross- 
vein  and  tip  of  first  longitudinal ;  third  longitudinal  vein  joining 
costa  very  much  before  apex  of  wing;  costal  vein  extending 
beyond  third  longitudinal  vein  almost  ^  distance  from  that  to  tip 
of  fourth  longitudinal;  the  tip  of  latter  indistinctly  reaching  wing- 
margin,  situated  considerably  nearer  to  tip  of  third  longitudinal 
than  to  that  of  anterior  branch  of  fifth  longitudinal  fork  ;  second 
longitudinal  vein  pale,  joining  costa  somewhat  before  mid-way 
between  tips  of  first  and  third  longitudinal  veins;  base  of  fifth 
longitudinal  fork  lying  much  beyond  middle  cross-vein,  and  almost 
opposite  the  tip  of  auxiliary  vein,  its  posterior  branch  J  the  length 
of  anterior. 

Hob. — Lawson,  Blue  Mountains,  N.S.W.  (Masters).     January. 

249.  Orthocladius  venustulus,  sp.n.  (PI.  xi.,  fig.  12). 

(J. —Length  of  antennae 0*032  inch        ...     0*80  millimetre. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-065  x  0-017   ...     1-66x0-42 

Size  of  body 0-085x0-015  ...     2-14x0-38 

Antennte  light  greyish-brown,  plumes  with  pale  reflections ; 
first  joint  of  the  scapus  deep  brown  or  black,  levigate,  second  pale 
yellow.  Head  and  clypeus  brownish-black.  Palpi  light  greyish- 
brown.  Thorax  deep  brownish-black,  levigate,  somewhat  pruinose, 
with  two  longitudinal  rows  of  brownish  hairs  ;  pleurae  pitch-brown; 
pectus  dark  brown  or  brownish-black ;  scutellum  pitch-brown ; 
metanotum  black  or  deep  brownish-black.  Halteres  pale  yellow. 
Abdomen  nearly  three  times  length  of  thorax,  pitch-brown, 
levigate,  rather  densely  clothed  with  brown  hairs ;  anal  joint  and 
forceps  pitch-brown.  Legs  light  greyish-brown  to  pitch-brown, 
densely  pubescent.  Wings  about  the  length  of  abdomen,  pellucid, 
with  a  delicate  violaceous  tint  and  brassy  reflection,  veins  sordid 
pale  ochreous.  Costal  and  third  longitudinal  veins  meeting 
immediately  before  apex  of  wing ;  auxiliary  vein  indistinctly 
joining  costa  opposite  tip  of  posterior  branch  of  fifth  longitudinal 
fork ;  second  longitudinal  very  pale,  running  close  to  first  longi- 
tudinal, afterwards  close  to  costa,  terminating  a  little  beyond  tip 
17 


258  DIPTERA    OF    AUSTRALIA, 

of  first  longitudinal ;  fourth  longitudinal  very  pale  beyond  cross- 
vein,  almost  reaching  wing-margin,  its  tip  situated  at  a  point  J 
the  distance  from  tip  of  third  longitudinal  to  that  of  anterior 
branch  of  fifth  longitudinal  fork ;  base  of  latter  lying  somewhat 
beyond  middle  cross-vein,  its  posterior  branch  1  the  length  of 
anterior. 

Hah. — Berowra,  Hawkesbury  district,  N.S.W.  (Masters). 

250.  Orthocladius  insolidus,  sp.n.  (PI.  xi.,  fig.  13). 

(J. — Length  of  antennae 0*025  inch       ...     0-62  millimetre. 

Expanse  of  wing 0  055x0-017  ...     1-39  x  042 

Size  of  body 0-060x0-012  ...     l-54x0-30 

Antennae  light  brown;  plumes  with  yellowish  reflections;  basal 
joint  deep  brown  or  black.  Head,  clypeus  and  palpi  brown  or 
brownish-black.  Thorax  black,  slightly  ochreous  at  the  humeri 
and  brown  longitudinally  in  front  of  scutellum,  opaque  ;  pleurae 
brown,  tinged  with  ochreous;  pectus  and  metanotum  black, 
levigate  ;  scutellum  ochreous.  Halteres  ochreous-yellow.  Abdo- 
men rather  more  than  twice  the  length  of  thorax,  umber  brown, 
levigate,  tinged  with  ochreous-brown  beneath  ;  clothed  with 
yellowish  hairs  ;  anal  joint  and  forceps  short,  deep  brown.  Legs 
light  greyish-brown,  with  a  pale  pubescence;  the  genua  yellow. 
In  fore  legs  tibia  about  J  longer  than  metatarsus.  Wings  longer 
than  abdomen,  pellucid,  with  a  delicate  brown  tint,  and  brassy 
reflections  ;  costal,  first  and  third  longitudinal  veins,  and  basal  half 
of  fourth  longitudinal  vein,  pale  greyish-brown.  Auxiliary  vein 
very  indistinct,  joining  costa  at  a  point  almost  mid-way  between 
middle  cross-vein  and  tip  of  first  longitudinal  vein  ;  second  longi- 
tudinal vein  entirely  wanting  ;  third  longitudinal  joining  costa 
very  far  from  apex  of  wing  and  before  tip  of  anterior  branch  of 
fifth  longitudinal  fork  ;  costal  vein  extending  beyond  tip  of  third 
longitudinal  i  the  distance  from  that  to  tip  of  fourth  longitudinal ; 
latter  almost  reaching  wing-margin,  its  tip  situated  at  a  point 
just  before  apex  and  at  a  point  almost  |  the  distance  from  tip  of 
third  longitudinal  to  that  of  anterior  branch  of  fifth  longitudinal 
fork  ;    base  of   latter   lying  somewhat  beyond  a  point  mid-way 


BY    FREDERICK    A.  A.  SKUSE.  259 

between  middle  cross-vein  and  tip  of  first  longitudinal,  its  posterior 
branch  rather  more  than  J  the  length  of  anterior. 
Hob. — Middle  Harbour,  Sydney  (Skuse).     August. 

251.  Orthocladius  pullulus,  sp.n.  (PL  xi.,  fig.  14). 

^. — Length  of  antennae 0*008  inch       ...     0*20  millimetre. 

Expanse  of  wings 0042  x  0-015   ...     1-06  x  0-38 

Sizeof  body 0-055  x  0-008  ...     1-39x0-20 

Antennae  brown.  Head,  face,  and  clypeus  black  or  brownish- 
black.  Palpi  sordid  ochreous-brown.  Thorax  black  or  brownish- 
black,  levigate,  with  two  longitudinal  rows  of  pale  hairs  ;  pleurae 
and  pectus  brownish-black ;  scutellum  and  metanolum  black  or 
brownish-black.  Hal  teres  brownish-black,  the  stem  ochreous- 
brown.  Abdomen  twice  the  length  of  the  thorax,  black  or 
brownish-black,  sparingly  pubescent.  Legs  pale  greyish-yellow 
or  sordid  ochreous,  with  a  pale  pubescence.  In  fore  legs  tibia 
twice  the  length  of  metatarsus.  Wings  longer  than  abdomen, 
pellucid,  almost  hyaline,  with  a  more  or  less  brassy  reflection  ; 
costal  and  first  and  third  longitudinal  veins  brownish.  Auxiliary 
vein  very  pale  and  indistinct,  scarcely  reaching  the  costa,  dis- 
appearing opposite  base  of  fifth  longitudinal  fork  ;  second  longi- 
tudinal vein  extremely  pale,  joining  the  costa  opposite  tip  of 
posterior  branch  of  fifth  longitudinal  fork ;  third  longitudinal 
vein  joining  costa  much  before  apex  of  wing  and  opposite  tip  of 
anterior  branch  of  fifth  longitudinal ;  middle  cross-vein  very  short 
and  indistinct ;  costal  vein  extending  beyond  tip  of  third  longi- 
tudinal i  the  distance  from  that  to  tip  of  fourth  longitudinal  vein; 
latter  scarcely  sinuose,  pale  for  whole  of  its  length,  directed 
posteriorly  for  whole  of  its  length,  almost  reaching  the  wing- 
margin,  its  tip  situated  at  a  point  considerably  nearer  to  tip  of 
anterior  branch  of  fifth  longitudinal  fork  than  to  that  of  third 
longitudinal ;  base  of  fifth  longitudinal  fork  lying  beyond  middle 
cross-vein,  its  posterior  branch  not  quite  ^  the  length  of  anterior ; 
both  branches  scarcely  reaching  posterior  margin. 

Hah. — Sydney  (Skuse).     September  ?. 


260 


DIPTERA    OF   AUSTRALIA, 


Genus  4.  Doloplastus,  gen.nov. 

Antennae  2-  +  6-jointed  in  (J,  otherwise  as  in  ^  of  preceding 
species.  Wings  naked.  Third  longitudinal  vein  nearly  straight. 
Costal  vein  extending  a  little  beyond  tip  of  third  loDgiturlinal. 
Posterior  branch  of  fifth  longitudinal  fork  straight.  Legs  uni- 
coloured.  In  fore  legs  metatarsus  considerably  shorter  than  tibia. 
^  forceps  robust. 

INDICES  OF  ALAR  AND    TARSAL    PROPORTIONS. 


Relative  Length 

Relative  Distance. 

^ 

^ 

^-w 

II 

2^ 

-Ja'a 

o 

Q 
o 

« 

o 

o 

Q 
o 

H 

o 

4^ 

No. 

Species. 

J"^ 

o  *" 

8- 

5  J5 

< 

pq 

O 

P 

<i1 

PP 

O 

p 

^■^ 

s-^ 

^ 

b' 

?i 

?: 

i=! 

?= 

?= 

fl 

5 

o;s 

o 

o;s 

2 

2 

S 

o 

2 

2 

1 

2 

s 

$ 

9 

$ 

(? 

(? 

^ 

^ 

9 

9 

9 

$ 

252 

Dolop.  monticola... 

67 

33 

6i 

14 

14 

11 

... 

... 

252.  Doloplastus  monticola,  sp.n.  (PI.  xn.,  fig.  15). 

(J. — Length  of  antennae 0-012  inch        ...     0*30  millimetre. 

Expanse  of  wings 0'047x0'012  ...     MSxO'SO 

Size  of  body 0-075  x  0-012  ...     1-89  x  0-30 

Antennae  light  brown  or  ochreous-brown.  Head,  face,  and 
clypeus  dark  brown  or  brownish-black.  Palpi  ochreous-brown. 
Thorax  dark  brown  or  brownish-black,  opaque,  with  two  loDgitu- 
dinal  rows  of  yellowish  hairs ;  pleurae  and  pectus  dark  brown  or 
brownish-black  ;  scutellum  brown,  sometimes  brownish-ochreous ; 
metanotum  dark  brown  or  brownish-Wack.  Halteres  brown  or 
brownish.  Abdomen  twice  to  twice  and  a  half  the  length  of 
thorax,  dark  brown  or  brownish-black,  opaque,  with  a  short  yellow 
pubescence;  anal  joint  and  forceps  dark  brown  or  brownish-black, 


BY    FREDERICK    A.  A.  SKUSE.  261 

latter  robust  with  short  wide  arm  with  a  minute  spine  at  its  inner 
angle.  Legs  pitch-brown  more  or  less  tinged  with  ochreous.  In 
fore  legs  tibia  twice  the  length  of  metatarsus.  Wings  the  length 
of  the  abdomen,  semi-diaphanous,  with  a  very  pale  brownish  tint, 
the  costal,  first  and  third  longitudinal  veins,  middle  cross-vein  and 
basal  half  of  fourth  longitudinal  vein  brownish-ochreous.  Auxiliary- 
vein  most  indistinct,  apparently  terminating  near  costa  before 
origin  of  second  longitudinal  vein ;  latter  also  very  pale  and 
indistinct,  joining  costa  mid-way  between  tips  of  first  and  third 
longitudinal  veins;  third  longitudinal  vein  directed  slightly  up- 
wards, joining  much  before  apex  of  wing ;  costal  vein  extending 
beyond  tip  of  third  longitudinal  nearly  i  the  distance  from  that 
to  tip  of  fourth  longitudinal ;  latter  indistinct  beyond  cross-vein, 
almost  reaching  wing-margin,  its  tip  at  apex,  and  midway  between 
tips  of  third  longitudinal  and  anterior  branch  of  fifth  longitudinal 
fork  ;  base  of  latter  lying  some  distance  beyond  middle  cross-vein, 
its  anterior  branch  slightly  arcuated  at  base,  somewhat  more  than 
twice  the  length  of  posterior  branch. 
JIab.— Mount  Kosciusko,  N.S.W, 

Genus  3.    Camptocladius,  V.d.  Wulp. 

Camptocladius,  V.d.  Wulp,  Tijd.  Entom.  1873-74,  XVII.  p.  133. 

Antennae  2--f- 12-jointed  in  (J,  2--f5-jointed  in  9.  Wings 
naked.  Third  longitudinal  vein  bent  upwards,  sometimes  short 
and  terminating  considerably  before  end  of  anterior  margin,  or 
running  for  some  distance  close  along  anterior  margin;  conse- 
quently the  first  posterior  cell  very  broad.  Posterior  branch 
of  fifth  longitudinal  fork  sinuose.  Feet  unicoloured,  usually 
black.  In  fore  legs  metatarsus  considerably  shorter  than  tibia. 
Anal  joint  in  ^  short  and  broad ;  forceps  broad,  white  or  with 
white  hairs."^ 

*  I  have  lately  seen,  in  the  collection  of  insects  in  the  Australian  Museum 
recently  gathered  by  Mr.  Helms  at  high  elevations  on  Mount  Kosciusko 
examples  of  two  or  three  new  species  belonging  to  this  genus. 


262  DIPTERA    OP    AUSTRALIA; 

INDICES    OF  ALAR  AND   TARSAL  PROPORTIONS. 


Relative  Length 

Relative 

Distance. 

.2 

-Si 

fl 

"^1 

U 

li 

IS 

o 

o 

o 

P 
o 

o 

o 

o 

o 

o 

o 

No. 

Species. 

1s -3 

< 

q 

< 

m 

ft 

s-c 

S.C 

S 

S 

g 

^ 

S 

S 

P 

^ 

a.  « 

«.2 

<u  2 

o 

o 

o 

o 

o 

o 

o 

o 

^c 

^' 

«-i  c 

\^ 

f^ 

;=H 

pL. 

(^ 

\^ 

P^ 

^ 

O 

o:o 

O 

o:s 

s 

s 

9 

$ 

s 

(? 

s 

^ 

9 

61 

9 

12 

9 

19 

9 

253 

Gam]),  terjugus    ... 

63 

37 

8 

254 

Camp,  vestitus     ... 

66 

34 

... 

... 

59 

13 

19 

9 

255 

Camp,  crassipennis 

67 

33 

... 

... 

60 

0 

34 

6 

256 

Camp,  invenustulus 

... 

67 

33 

... 

... 

... 

56 

0 

33 

11 

257 

Cam}).  Madeayi... 

65 

35 

66 

34 

69 

10 

15 

6 

65 

7 

22 

6 

253.  Camptocladius  terjugus,  sp.n.  (PL  xii.,  fig.  16). 

9. — Lengtli  of  antenn3B 0*017  inch       ...     0-42  millimetre. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-075  x  0-020  ...     l-89x0'50 

Size  of  body 0-090x0-017  ...     2-27x0-42 

Antennae  dark  brown  ;  first  joint  of  scapus  pale  brown  or 
yellow.  Head  brown  or  ochreous-brown,  with  a  few  hairs  along 
hinder  margin  of  eyes.  Clypeus  and  palpi  brown,  former  some- 
times with  yellowish  pubescence.  Thorax  yellow,  often  slightly 
tinged  with  brown,  with  three  very  prominent  dusky  castaneous- 
brown,  sometimes  almost  black,  stripes,  confluent  at  posterior 
margin  ;  intermediate  stripe  running  whole  length  of  thorax, 
suddenly  narrowed  a  little  below  middle;  a  sparse  row  of  dark 
brown  hairs  between  stripes ;  pleurae  yellow,  with  a  small,  more 
or  less  dark  brown  indeterminate  spot  under  origin  of  wing;  pectus 
dusky  brown";    scutellum    umber-brown,  fringed  with  long  dark 


BY    FREDERICK    A.  A.  SKUSE.  263 

brown  hairs  ;  metanotum  dusky  castaneous-brown,  almost  black, 
with  a  yellow  median  line.  Halteres  deep  castaneous-brown, 
almost  fuliginous,  stem  yellow.  Abdomen  about  twice  the  length 
of  thorax,  clothed  with  dark  brown  hairs,  superior  segments  dusky 
castaneous-brown  with  a  very  narrow  border  of  yellow  posteriorly; 
last  two  segments  same  colour  beneath ;  venter  yellow.  Legs 
deep  umbrous-brown,  trochanters  and  bases  of  femora  yellow. 
In  fore  legs  tibia  |  longer  than  metatarsus.  Wings  rather  longer 
than  abdomen,  yellow  at  root,  pellucid,  almost  hyaline,  iridescent; 
costal  and  first  and  third  longitudinal  veins  brownish.  Costal 
extending  beyond  third  longitudinal  about  J  the  distance  to  tip 
of  fourth  longitudinal ;  auxiliary  vein  indistinct,  joining  costa 
opposite  base  of  tifth  longitudinal  fork  ;  second  longitudinal  vein 
pale,  reaching  costa  at  a  point  about  ^  the  distance  from  tip  of 
first  longitudinal  to  that  of  third  longitudinal ;  middle  cross-vein 
pale  ;  fourth  longitudinal  vein  pale,  almost  reaching  the  margin 
immediately  below  apex  of  wing ;  tip  of  third  longitudinal  rather 
nearer  apex  of  wing  than  tip  of  anterior  branch  of  fifth  longi- 
tudinal fork  ;  posterior  branch  of  latter  rather  more  than  ^  the 
length  of  anterior. 

Hab. — Elizabeth  Bay,  near  Sydney  (Masters  and  Skuse)- 
February. 

Obs. — A  very  distinct  and  unmistakable  insect.* 

254.  Camptocladius  vestitus,  sp.n. 

5. — Length  of  antennae 0-012  inch       ...     0-30  millimetre. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-052  x  0-016   ...      1-32  x  040 

Size  of  body 0-065  x  0'012   ...      1-66x0.30 

Antennse  dark  brown ;  basal  joint  ochreous-yellovv.  Head 
brown,  Eace,  clypeus,  and  palpi  ochreous  or  brownish-ochreous* 
Thorax  ochreous-yellow  or  brownish-yellow,  levigate,  with  three 
dark  brown   stripes  ;  two   longitudinal   rows   of  yellowish   hairs  ; 

*  Some  specimens  in  the  collection  of  the  Australian  Museum,  recently 
obtained  by  Mr.  Helms  at  an  elevation  of  5000  feet  on  IMount  Kosciusko, 
belong  to  a  closely  related  species. 


264  DIPTERA    OF   AUSTRALIA, 

pleurae  and  pectus  ochreous  or  brownish-yellow,  the  pectus  some- 
times brown  ;  scutellum  ochreous-brown ;  metanotum  dark  brown. 
Halteres  yellow.  Abdomen  about  twice  the  length  of  thorax, 
light  umbrous-brown,  with  a  yellowish  pubescence.  Legs  ochreous- 
brown,  sometimes  darker.  In  fore  legs  tibia  more  than  twice 
length  of  metatarsus.  Wings  longer  than  abdomen,  hyaline,  with 
a  more  or  less  roseous  brassy  reflection ;  costal,  and  first  and  third 
longitudinal  veins  brownish.  Costal  extending  beyond  tip  of 
third  longitudinal  vein  J  the  distance  from  that  to  tip  of  fourth 
longitudinal ;  auxiliary  vein  extremely  pale  and  indistinct, 
apparently  joining  costa  midway  between  middle  cross-vein 
and  tip  of  first  longitudinal  vein,  and  opposite  base  of  fifth 
longitudinal  fork  ;  second  longitudinal  vein  very  pale,  running 
for  some  distance  along  costa  before  joinings  terminating  at  a 
point  nearly  midway  between  tips  of  first  and  third  longi- 
tudinal veins  ;  middle  cross-vein  pale  ;  fourth  longitudinal  pale 
for  whole  of  its  length,  almost  reaching  wing-margin,  directed  a 
little  posteriorly,  terminating  at  apex,  midway  between  tip  of 
third  longitudinal  vein  and  anterior  branch  of  fifth  longitudinal 
fork  ;  posterior  branch  of  the  latter  ^  the  length  of  anterior 
branch. 

Hah. — Elizabeth  Bay,  near  Sydney  (Skuse).     Two  specimens. 

255.  Camptocladius  crassipennis,  sp.n.  (PI.  xii.,  fig.  17). 

9- — Length  of  antennae 0-012  inch       ...     0-30  millimetre. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-065  x  0-020  ...     1-66x0-50 

Size  of  body 0-050x0-016   ...     1-27  x  0-40 

Antennae  entirely  brown.  Head  brown.  Clypeus  and  palpi 
ochreous  or  brownish.  Thorax  ochreous  or  brownish-yellow,  dull, 
almost  completely  covered  by  three  deep  brown  or  black  stripes, 
confluent  at  the  scutellum,  median  line  scarcely  narrowing  posteri- 
orly, extending  whole  length  of  thorax,  interstices  of  stripes  very 
narrow,  with  a  row  of  yellow  hairs  ;  pleurae  and  pectus  brown  to 
dark  brown,  former  sometimes  tinged  with  ochreous;   scutellum 


BY    FREDERICK    A.  A.  SKUSE. 


265 


pale  ochreoiis-yeilow  ;  metanotum  dark  brown.  Halteres  yellow. 
Abdomen  scarcely  twice  the  length  of  thorax,  sordid  brown,  dull, 
more  or  less  tinged  with  ochreous,  sparingly  clothed  with  yellowish 
hairs;  lamellae  of  ovipositor  ochre-yellow.  Legs  more  or  less 
ochreoiis-brown,  trochanters  and  bases  of  femora  yellowish.  In 
fore  legs  tibia  twice  the  length  of  metatarsus.  Wings  longer  than 
eutire  bodj,  very  angular  at  base,  semi-diaphanous,  having  the 
appearance  of  ground  glass,  without  iridescence  ;  costal,  first  and 
third  longitudinal,  and  basal  half  of  fourth  longitudinal  veins  pale 
brownish.  Costal  and  third  longitudinal  veins  meeting  much 
before  apex  of  wing,  considerably  nearer  to  it  than  to  tip  of  anterior 
branch  of  fifth  longitudinal  fork  ;  auxiliary  vein  extremely  indis- 
tinct, apparently  joining  costa  somewhat  beyond  middle  cross-vein; 
second  longitudinal  vein  indistinguishable  or  altogether  wanting ; 
first  and  third  longitudinal  veins  enormously  thickened  beyond 
middle  cross-vein,  third  longitudinal  attenuating  towards  tip ; 
fourth  longitudinal  very  pale,  directed  posteriorly,  not  reaching 
margin,  terminating  considerably  below  apex  of  wing  and  much 
nearer  to  tip  of  anterior  branch  of  fifth  longitudinal  tlian  to  that 
of  third  longitudinal ;  base  of  fifth  longitudinal  fork  lying  much 
beyond  middle  cross-vein,  its  posterior  branch  more  than  J  the 
length  of  anterior  branch. 

Hah. — Rodd  Island,  Port  Jackson  (Skuse).     August. 

Ohs. — Possibly  a  marine  species.  It  is  very  likely  that  some 
small  insects  seen  by  me  in  great  numbers  flying  about  the  sea- 
weed and  damp  rocks  on  another  island  at  low  water  also  belong 
to  this  species. 

256.  Camptocladius  invenustulus,  sp.n.  (PL  xii.,  fig.  18). 

^. — Length  of  antennae 0-010  inch       ...     0-25  millimetre. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-045  x  0-013  ...     M3  x  0-32 

Size  of  body 0-042x0-008  ...     1-06x0-20 

Antennae  entirely  ochreous-yellow  or  brownish-ochreous.  Head 
dark  brown.     Face,  clypeus  and  palpi  ochreous-brown.     Thorax 


266  DIPTERA    OF    AUSTRALIA, 

ochreons-brown,  levigate,  with  three  more  or  less  distinct 
brown  or  brownish  stripes,  intermediate  one  sometimes 
paler  than  the  rest ;  sometimes  brownish  immediately  before 
scutellum ;  two  longitudinal  rows  of  short  yellowish  hairs ; 
pleurae  and  pectus  dark  brown;  scutellum  ochreous-brown 
or  ochreons ;  metanotum  dark  brown.  Halteres  pale  yellow. 
Abdomen  about  twice  the  length  of  thorax,  rather  dusky  brown 
or  lighter,  tolerably  clothed  with  pale  hairs.  Legs  ochreous  or 
brownish-ochreous.  In  fore  legs  tibia  twice  the  length  of  tarsi. 
Wings  somewhat  longer  than  the  entire  body,  hyaline,  with  a 
brassy  reflection ;  costal,  and  first  and  third  longitudinal  veins 
brown  or  brownish.  Costal  extending  far  beyond  tip  of  third 
longitudinal  vein,  reaching  apex  of  wing  and  nearly  reaching  tip 
of  fourth  longitudinal  vein;  auxiliary  vein  indistinct,  joining  costa 
opposite  base  of  fifth  longitudinal  fork  and  a  short  distance  belore 
tip  of  first  longitudinal  vein;  second  longitudinal  entirely  want- 
ing ;  third  longitudinal  vein  thickened  towards  its  tip,  running 
close  to  costa  for  a  short  distance  before  its  tip,  terminating 
opposite  tip  of  anterior  branch  of  fifth  longitudinal  fork  ;  fourth 
longitudinal  vein  pale  ;  base  of  fifth  longitudinal  fork  lying 
opposite  or  scarcely  beyond  anterior  extremity  of  middle  cross- 
vein  ;  its  posterior  branch  somewhat  more  than  1  the  length  of 
anterior  branch. 

Hah. — Knapsack  Gully,  Blue  Mountains,  N.S.W.  (Masters). 

257.  Camptocladius  Macleayi,  sp.n. 

(J. — Length  of  anteunge 0-037  inch        ...     0*92  millimetre. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-080  x  0'020   ...     2-02  x  0-50 

Size  of  body 0-090  x  0-020  ...     2-27  x  050 

9. — Length  of  antennae 0-015  inch       ...     0-38  millimetre. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-080x0-029   ...     2-02x0-73 

Size  of  body 0-080x0-020  ...     2-02x0-50 

(J  and  9. — Black,  opaque.  Antennae  (except  basal  joint)  in  $ 
dusky  brown.  Thorax  with  two  longitudinal  rows  of  short  brown 
hairs.      Halteres  entirely  blackish  brown  in  ^,  brown  with  sordid 


BY   FREDERICK    A.  A.  SKUSE. 


267 


ochreons  stem  in  $.  Abdomen  clothed  with  brown  hairs  ;  in  (J 
two  and  a  half,  in  the  9  one  and  a  half  to  twice  the  length  of 
thorax ;  lamellae  of  9  ovipositor  often  brown.  Legs  brownish- 
black  ;  in  5  often  greyish-brown  or  pitch-brown,  covered  with 
brown  hairs.  In  fore  legs  tibia  about  twice  length  of  metatarsus. 
Wings  in  ^  longer  than  abdomen,  opaline,  with  pale  veins  ;  in  § 
about  length  of  whole  body,  pellucid,  with  a  very  delicate 
violaceous  tint ;  the  costal  and  first  and  third  longitudinal  veins 
brownish;  in  both  sexes  with  a  brassy  reflection.  Costal  ex- 
tending beyond  tip  of  third  longitudinal,  in  ^  about  J,  in  ^  about 
^- the  distance  to  tip  of  fourth  longitudinal  vein  ;  auxiliary  vein 
joining  costa  midway  between  middle  cross-vein  and  tip  of  first 
longitudinal  vein  ;  second  longitudinal  vein  pale,  in  ^  joining 
costa  a  little  before  a  point  midway  between  tips  of  first  and  third 
longitudinal  veins,  in  9  about  i-  the  distance  between  them  ;  third 
longitudinal  directed  anteriorly,  running  close  to  costa  towards 
its  tip,  terminating  much  before  apex  of  the  wing ;  fourth  longi- 
tudinal vein  pale,  almost  reaching  margin,  terminating  below 
apex,  and  considerably  nearer  to  tip  of  anterior  branch  of  fifth 
longitudinal  fork  than  to  tip  of  third  longitudinal ;  base  of  fifth 
longitudinal  fork  lying  much  beyond  middle  cross-vein,  its  pos- 
terior branch  about  §  the  length  of  anterior. 

Eah. — Sydney,  and    other    localities    in    N.S.W.  (Masters  and 
Skuse).     May  to  July. 

Ohs. — A  very  common  insect  in  Sydney,  often  observable  in 
immense  clouds  towards  evenine:. 


'&• 


Genus  4.  Tanytarsus,  V.d.  Wulp. 

Tamjtarsus,  V.d.  Wulp,  Tijd.  Entom.  1873-74,  XVII.  p.  134. 

Antennee  2--f  12-jointed  in  ^^  2--1- 5-jointed  in  9.  Wings 
haired.  Third  longitudinal  vein  straight  or  almost  straio-ht, 
running  to  end  of  anterior  margin.  Posterior  branch  of  fifth 
longitudinal  fork  straight  or  only  slightly  bent  downwards.  In 
fore  legs  metatarsus  longer  than  tibia.     Forceps  of  ^  slender. 


2G8  DIPTERA    OF    AUSTRALIA, 

INDICES   OF  ALAR  AND    TARSAL    PROPORTIONS. 


Relative  Length 

Relative 

Distance 

a 

'li 

c 

11 

No. 

Species. 

P 

1% 

II 

8  « 

<5 

Q 

o 

<1 

Q 

ft 
o 

3 

P 

O 

li 

u 

o 

S 
o 

a 

2 

1 

1 

a 

o 

1 

S 
2 

i 

65 

s 

35 

63 

9 

37 

76 

0 

s 

22 

2 

76 

0 

9 

22 

9 

258  '  T.  montanus 

2 

259  ;  T.  inextentus 

64 

36 

64 

36 

75 

8 

13 

4 

7] 

7 

17 

5 

260 

T.  cereolus  

62 

48 

75 

5 

18 

2 

261 

T.  communis 

63 

37 

... 

... 

75 

7 

12 

6 

262 

T.fuscithorax    ... 

60 

40 

... 

... 

73 

7 

12 

8 

... 

263 

T.  Ogilbyi   

63 

37 

... 

... 

77 

0 

19 

4 

234 

T.  modlcus 

•• 

64 

36 

... 

•• 

... 

... 

70 

0 

21 

9 

258.  Tanytarsus  montanus,  sp.n.  (PL  xii.,  fig.  19). 

(J. — Length  of  antennae 0-047  inch        ...      1*18  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-098  x  0-025  ...     2-47x0-62 

Size  of  body 0-130  x  0-017  ...     3-30  x  0-42 

9- — Length  of  antennse 0-025  inch        ...     0-62  millimetre. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-110  x  0-030  ...      2-79  x  0-76 

Size  of  body 0-085x0-017    ..     2-14x0-42 

$  and  9. — Pale  ochreous-yellow,  levigate  ;  in  ^  basal  joints  of 
antennae,  head  and  clypeus,  posterior  half  of  thorax  and  pleurae, 
pectus  and  metanotum  light  ferruginous-brown.  Thorax  with 
three  longitudinal  rows  of  yellow  hairs,  intermediate  one  termin- 
ating at  the  middle  ;  scutellum  fringed  with  long  yellow  hairs. 
Abdomen  in  $  three  times,  and  in  ^  twice,  the  length  of  the  thorax, 


BY    FREDERICK    A.  A.  SKUSE.  269 

clothed  with  yellow  hairs,  last  few  segments  more  or  less  tinged 
with  brownish  ;  ^  anal  joint  and  forceps  somewhat  narrower 
and  longer  than  last  abdominal  segment ;  Q  lamelloe  pale  yellow. 
Legs  densely  clothed  with  yellow  hairs.  Tibial  spurs  black  or 
deep  brown.  In  fore  legs  metatarsus  somewhat  more  than  f 
longer  than  tibia.  Wings  in  ^  shorter  than  abdomen,  in  ^  longer 
than  whole  body  ;  hyaline,  with  brassy  and  roseous  reflections, 
pubescent;  veins  yellow.  Costal  and  third  longitudinal  vein 
meeting  a  short  distance  before  apex  of  wing ;  auxiliary 
vein  reaching  costa  considerably  beyond  middle  cross-vein  ;  first 
longitudinal  vein  joining  costa  before  tip  of  anterior  branch  of 
fifth  longitudinal  fork,  and  a  little  beyond  a  point  midway  between 
middle  cross-vein  and  tip  of  costa ;  second  longitudinal  wanting  or 
so  close  to  first  longitudinal  as  to  be  indistinguishable  ;  fourth 
longitudinal  vein  almost  reaching  the  margin,  its  tip  much  nearer 
to  tip  of  third  longitudinal  than  to  that  of  anterior  branch  of  fifth 
longitudinal  fork  ;  base  of  latter  lying  somewhat  beyond  middle 
cross-vein,  its  posterior  branch  being  about  J  the  length  of  anterior. 

Rab. — Blue  Mountains,  N.S.  W.  (Masters  and  Skuse).    January. 

259.  Tanytarsus  inextentus,  sp.n.  (PI.  xii.,  figs.  20  &  21), 

$. — Length  of  antennae 0*042  inch       ...      L06  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-095  x  0-025   ...     2-39  x  0-62 

Size  of  body 0-120x0-017   ...     3-04  x  0-42 

9. — Length  of  antennse 0*017  inch        ...     0*42  millimetre. 

Expanse  of  wings 0*090x0-025   ...     2*27x0*62 

Size  of  body 0-070x0-017  ...     1*77x0-42 

(J  and  9. — Antennae  brownish-ochreous  with  yellow  verticils; 
basal  joint  brown  or  brownish.  Head,  face,  and  clypeus 
brown  or  brownish.  Palpi  ochreous-yellow  or  brownish-yellow. 
Thorax  yellow,  with  three  longitudinal  rows  of  yellow  hairs, 
the  intermediate  one   terminating   at    the   middle;  in  ^  rather 


270  DIPTERA    OF    AUSTRALIA, 

more  than  posterior  half  of  thorax,  also  pleurse,  pectus  and 
metanotum  light  ferruginous  ;  scutellum  yellow ;  no  ferruginous 
in  5.  Hal  teres  yellow.  Abdomen  in  ^  rather  more  than  twice 
the  length  of  thorax,  in  §  much  shorter ;  prasinous,  clothed  with 
yellow  hairs  ;  ^  anal  joint  and  forceps  short,  brownish;  2  lamellae 
of  ovipositor  yellow.  Legs  pale  ochreous-yellow.  Tibial  spurs 
black  or  deep  brown.  In  fore  legs  metatarsus  three  times  the 
length  of  tibia.  Wings  in  ^  as  long  as  abdomen,  in  ^  longer 
than  whole  body  ;  hyaline,  with  delicate  brassy  and  roseous 
reflections;  veins  yellow.  Costal  and  third  longitudinal  veins 
meeting  some  distance  before  apex  of  wings ;  auxiliary  vein 
extremely  pale  and  indistinct,  reaching  costa  about  mid-way 
between  middle  cross-vein  and  tip  of  first  longitudinal  vein ; 
first  longitudinal  reaching  costa  in  (^  a  little  beyond,  in  ^  at  a 
point  mid-way  between  middle  cross- vein  and  tip  of  costa ;  second 
longitudinal  very  indistinct,  reaching  costa  at  a  point  about  J  the 
distance  from  tip  of  first  longitudinal  to  that  of  third  longitudinal ; 
middle  cross-vein  pale,  scarcely  oblique,  appearing  as  a  continuation 
of  basal  portion  of  fourth  longitudinal  vein ;  third  longitudinal 
appearing  as  a  continuation  of  middle  cross-vein ;  fourth  longitu- 
dinal very  pale  and  indistinct,  bent  considerably  downwards  at  its 
base,  almost  reaching  wing-margin,  its  tip  situated  nearer  to  tip  of 
third  longitudinal  than  to  that  of  anterior  branch  of  fifth  longitu- 
dinal fork  ;  base  of  latter  lying  somewhat  beyond  middle  cross- 
vein,  its  posterior  branch  in  ^  more  than  -J  the  length  of  anterior, 
about  J  the  length  in  5. 

Kab. — Sydney  (Masters  and  Skuse).     Very  common. 

Obs. — Very  like  T.  montanus,  but  the  length  of  the  metatarsus 
of  the  fore  legs  affords  a  ready  distinguishing  character. 

260.  Tanytarsus  cereolus,  sp.n. 

^. — Length  of  antennse 0-045  inch        ...     1-13  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-085  x  0-020  ...     2-14x0-50 

Size  of  body 0-100x0-015  ...     2-54x0-38 


BY    FREDERICK    A.  A.  SKUSE.  271 

Yery  pale  waxen-yellow ;  flagellar  joints  of  antennae  smoky. 
Thorax  with  three  very  indistinct  pale  fulvous  stripes;  posterior 
half  of  metanotum  brown.  Abdomen  pale  prasinous.  Thorax 
levigate,  with  three  longitudinal  rows  of  yellow  hairs,  inter- 
mediate one  terminating  at  the  middle;  scutellum  with  long 
yellow  hairs.  Halteres  white.  Abdomen  nearly  three  times  the 
length  of  thorax,  densely  clothed  with  yellow  hairs  ;  anal  joint 
and  forceps  narrower  than  last  abdominal  segment.  Legs  clothed 
with  very  pale  hairs.  Tibial  spurs  black.  In  fore  legs  metatarsus 
i  longer  than  tibia.  Wings  rather  longer  than  abdomen,  pellucid, 
almost  hyaline,  with  brassy  reflections  ;  veins  yellow.  Costal  and 
third  longitudinal  veins  meeting  somewhat  before  apex  of  wing ; 
auxiliary  vein  extremely  pale  and  indistinct,  reaching  costa  at  a 
point  somewhat  beyond  a  point  mid-way  between  middle  cross-vein 
and  tip  of  first  longitudinal ;  first  longitudinal  vein  reaching  costa 
much  nearer  to  tip  of  costa  than  to  middle  cross- vein ;  second 
longitudinal  vein  very  pale,  indistinct,  running  close  to  first 
longitudinal,  joining  costa  at  a  point  ^  the  distance  from  tip  of 
first  longitudinal  to  that  of  costa ;  fourth  longitudinal  vein  very 
pale  beyond  cross-vein,  little  arcuated  at  base,  almost  reaching 
wing-margin,  terminating  at  a  point  situated  J  the  distance  from 
tip  of  third  longitudinal  vein  to  that  of  anterior  branch  of  fifth 
longitudinal  fork ;  base  of  latter  lying  some  distance  beyond 
middle  cross-vein,  its  posterior  branch  about  J  the  length  of 
anterior. 

Zr«6.— Gosford,  N.S.W.  (Skuse).     August. 

261.  Tanytarsus  communis,  sp.n. 

9. — Length  of  antennae 0*020  inch       ...     0-50  millimetre. 

Expanse  of  wing 0-095  x  0-030  ...     2-39  x  0-76 

Size  of  body 0-090x0-017  ...     2-27x0-42 

Antennae  ochreous  or  brownish-ochreous.  Head,  face,  clypeus 
and  palpi  ochreous-yellow  to  brownish-ochreous.  Thorax,  pleurae, 
pectus  and  metanotum  ochreous-yeliow  to  brownish-ochreous,  the 


272  DIPTERA    OF   AUSTRALIA, 

former  levigate  with  three  longitudinal  rows  of  yellow  hairs; 
intermediate  row  terminating  at  middle  ;  scutellum  yellow.  Hal- 
teres  pale  yellow.  Abdomen  about  twice  the  length  of  thorax, 
prasinous,  with  yellow  hairs  ;  lamellae  of  the  ovipositor  ochreous- 
yellow.  Legs  ochreous-yellow.  Tibial  spurs  black  or  deep  brown. 
In  the  fore  legs  metatarsus  three  times  the  lensjth  of  tibia.  Wins^s 
longer  than  entire  body,  hyaline,  with  brassy  and  roseous  reflec- 
tions ;  the  veins  yellow.  Costal  and  third  longitudinal  veins 
meeting  considerably  before  apex  of  wing ;  auxiliary  vein  very 
pale  and  indistinct,  reaching  costa  mid-way  between  middle  cross- 
vein  and  tip  of  first  longitudinal  vein ;  first  longitudinal  vein 
reaching  costa  mid-way  between  middle  cross-vein  and  tip  of 
costa,  and  opposite  middle  of  anterior  branch  of  fifth  longitudinal 
fork  ;  second  longitudinal  vein  very  indistinct,  reaching  costa  J 
the  distance  from  tip  of  first  longitudinal  to  that  of  third 
longitudinal ;  middle  cross-vein  very  little  oblique,  third  longitu- 
dinal appearing  as  a  continuation  of  it ;  fourth  longitudinal  very 
indistinct  beyond  cross-vein,  nearly  reaching  wing-margin,  its  tip 
situated  at  a  point  about  mid-way  between  tip  of  costa  and  that 
of  anterior  branch  of  fifth  longitudinal  fork  ;  base  of  latter  lying 
a  little  beyond  the  middle  cross-vein,  its  posterior  branch  about  J 
the  length  of  anterior. 

Hab. — Berowra,  Hexham  Swamps  and  Sydney,  N.S. W.  (Masters 
and  Skuse).     April  to  July. 

262.  Tanytarsus  fuscithorax,  sp.n.  (PI.  xii.,  fig.  22). 

^. — Length  of  antennae —      inch       ...       —  millimetre. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-080x0-017   ...     2-02  x  0-42 

Size  of  body 0-090  x  0016  ...     2-27  x  0-40 

Basal  joints  of  antennae  (remainder  lost)  brown.  Head, 
face,  and  clypeus  brown  or  brownish.  Palpi  ochreous-yellow. 
Thorax  brownish,  opaque,  with  three  brown  stripes,  lateral  ones 
dark ;  three  longitudinal  rows  of  yellow  hairs ;  intermediate  one 


BY    FREDERICK    A.  A.  SKUSE.  273 

terminating  at  base  of  anterior  stripe,  the  others  continuing  to 
scutellum  ;  pleurae,  pectus,  scutellum,  and  metanotum  brown. 
Halteres  white.  Abdomen  nearly  three  times  the  length  of  thorax, 
sordid  yellowish-brown,  clothed  with  yellow  hairs  ;  anal  joint  and 
forceps  narrow.  Legs  whitish-ochreous.  Spurs  deep  brown.  In 
fore  legs  metatarsus  about  2J  times  the  length  of  tibia.  Wings 
longer  than  abdomen,  hyaline,  with  a  brassy  reflection ;  veins 
pale  yellow.  Costal  and  third  longitudinal  veins  meeting  very 
much  before  the  apex  of  wing ;  auxiliary  vein  very  indistinct, 
reaching  costa  at  a  point  about  mid-way  between  middle  cross- 
vein  and  tip  of  first  longitudinal ;  first  longitudinal  reaching 
costa  nearer  to  tip  of  costa  than  to  middle  cross-vein ;  second 
longitudinal  very  indistinct,  reaching  costa  at  a  point  nearly 
mid-way  between  tips  of  first  and  third  longitudinal  veins  j 
middle  cross-vein  scarcely  oblique,  appearing  as  portion  of  third 
longitudinal ;  fourth  longitudinal  very  indistinct,  almost  reaching 
wing-margin,  its  tip  situated  nearer  to  tip  of  third  longitudinal 
vein  than  that  of  anterior  branch  of  fifth  longitudinal  fork ;  base 
of  latter  lying  somewhat  beyond  middle  cross-vein,  its  posterior 
branch  J  the  length  of  anterior. 

Hob. — ISTarrabeen     Lagoon,     near    Manly,    N.S.W.     (Skuse). 
October. 

263.  Tanytarsus  Ogilbyi,  sp.n. 

$, — Length  of  antennae 0-015  inch       ...     0 '38  millimetre. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-075  x  0-020  ...     l-89xO-50 

Size  of  body 0-055x0-015  ...     1-39  x  0-38 

Antennee  brownish-ochreous.  Head,  clypeus  and  palpi  brownish- 
ochreous.  Thorax  yellowish-brown,  levigate,  with  three  longitu- 
dinal rows  of  hairs  ;  intermediate  one  terminating  about  middle  ; 
pleurae  and  pectus  yellowish-brown;  scutellum  yellow;  metanotum 
brownish-ochreous.  Halteres  pale  prasinous,  the  stem  ochreous. 
Abdomen  about  twice  the  length  of  thorax,  prasinous,  with  a 
pale  yellow  pubescence  ;  lamellae  of  ovipositor  ochreous.  Legs 
18 


274  DIPTEllA    OF   AUSTRALIA, 

ochreous.  Tibial  spurs  deep  brown.  In  fore  legs  metatarsus 
more  than  twice  the  length  of  tibia.  Wings  longer  than  entire 
body,  hyaline,  with  a  brassy  reflection  ;  veins  yellow.  Costal  and 
third  longitudinal  veins  meeting  considerably  before  apex  of  wing ; 
auxiliary  vein  extremely  indistinct,  joining  costa  about  mid- way 
between  middle  cross-vein  and  tip  of  first  longitudinal  vein  ;  tip 
of  latter  situated  considerably  nearer  to  tip  of  costa  than  to 
middle  cross-vein  ;  latter  very  little  oblique  appearing  as  portion 
of  third  longitudinal  vein ;  second  longitudinal  vein  wanting ; 
fourth  longitudinal  vein  very  indistinct  beyond  cross-vein,  almost 
straight,  nearly  reaching  wing-margin,  its  tip  situated  nearer  to 
tip  of  third  longitudinal  than  to  that  of  anterior  branch  of  fifth 
longitudinal  fork  ;  base  of  latter  lying  considerably  beyond  middle 
cross-vein,  its  posterior  branch  1  the  length  of  anterior. 
Hob. — Sydney  (Mr.  J.  Douglas  Ogilby).     April. 

264.  Tanytarsus  modicus,  sp.n. 

9. — Length  of  antennae 0*012  inch       ...     O'CO  millimetre. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-057x0-015   ...     l-44x0-38 

Size  of  body 0-065  x  0-012  ...     1-66x0-30 

Antennse  light  brown.  Head  and  clypens  brown.  Palpi 
brownish-ochreous.  Thorax  yellow,  with  three  distinct  brown 
stripes,  lateral  ones  cuneate,  anterior  one  with  a  median  yellow 
line  ;  two  longitudinal  rows  of  brown  or  brownish  hairs  ;  pleurae 
yellow ;  pectus  brownish ;  scutellum  yellow,  fringed  with  brown 
hairs ;  metanotum  brown.  Halteres  yellow.  Abdomen  about 
twice  the  length  of  thorax,  pale  yellowish-brown,  clothed  with  a 
yellowish  pubescence  ',  lamellae  of  ovipositor  pale  yellowish-brown. 
Legs  brownish-ochreous.  Tibial  spurs  deep  brown.  In  fore  legs 
metatarsus  twice  length  of  tibia.  Wings  nearly  length  of  entire 
body,  pellucid,  almost  hyaline,  with  roseous  and  brassy  reflections  ; 
very  long  hairs  on  posterior  margin ;  veins  brownish.  Costal 
and  third  longitudinal  veins  meeting  very  much  before  apex  of 
wing  and  opposite  tip  of  anterior  branch  of  fifth  longitudinal 
fork ;    auxiliary  vein  most  indistinct,  apparently  joining  costa  a 


ET   FREDEEICK   A.  A.  SKUSE. 


275 


short  distance  beyond  middle  cross-vein;  first  longitudinal  vein 
reaching  costa  opposite  middle  of  anterior  branch  of  fifth  longi 
tudmalfork;  basal  portion  of  fourth  longitudinal,  middle  cross- 
vein,  and  third  longitudinal  appearing  as  one  perfectly  straight 
distinct  vein;  fourth  longitudinal  vein  extremely  pale  beyond 
middle  cross-vein,  almost  reaching  wing-margin,  terminating 
opposite  apex,  and  mid-way  between  tip  of  costal  and  that  of 
anterior  branch  of  fifth  longitudinal  fork;  base  of  latter  lyin. 
somewhat  beyond  middle  cross-vein,  its  posterior  branch  about  I 
the  length  of  anterior.  ^ 

^«6.— Berowra,  Hawkesbury  district,  N.S.  W.  (Skuse).  August. 

Genus  5.  Metriocnemus,  v.d.  Wulp. 

Metriocnemiis,  v.d.  Wulp,  Tijd.  Entom.  1873-74,  XVII.  p  136 
Antennae  2-  +  12-jointed  in  ^,  2-  +  5-jointed  in  9.  Thorax  not 
ending  m  a  point  anteriorly.  Wings  haired.  Third  longi- 
tudinal vein  terminating  at  end  of  anterior  margin.  Posterior 
branch  of  fifth  longitudinal  fork  straight,  or  only  very  slightly 
bent  downwards.  Feet  slender.  Tibiae  not  broadened.  In  fore- 
legs  metatarsus  shorter  than  tibia. 

INDICES  OF  ALAR  AND  TARSAL  PROPORTIONS. 


Relative  Length 

Relative  Distance 

a 

1"S 

a 

'^% 

1 

1        1 

1 

H 

n 

ip 

Q 

fi 

e4 

M 

d 

ft 

H 

^0. 

Species. 

rtT3 

•i^ 

sic 

S 

3 

S 

0 

S 

^ 

0 
■+3 

3 

0 

§5 

"^  a 

0 

II 

<u  a 

< 

s 

0 

1 

0 

1 

< 

1 

1 

0 

S 

1 

S 

1 

s 

S 

_9_ 
69 

9 

31 

S 

$ 

(? 

S 

9 
59 

9 

9 

2 

)5 

Met.  nitidulus     ... 

J2 

1 

20 

9 

276  DIPTERA   OF   AUSTRALIA, 

265.  Metriocnemus  nitidulus,  sp.n.  (PI.  xii.,  fig.  23). 

Q. — Length  of  antennse 0*012  inch        ...     0-30  millimetre. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-045  x  0-015  ...     1-13  x  0-38 

Size  of  body 0-060x0-013  ...     1-54x0-32 

Antennae,  head  and  palpi  ochreous.  Thorax  pale  ochreous- 
brown  or  almost  pale  fulvous,  levigate,  with  two  longitudinal 
double  rows  of  short  yellowish  hairs  ;  pleurae  and  pectus  ochreous 
or  pale  brownish-ochreous  ;  scutellum  pale  ochreous  ;  metanotum 
greyish-ochreous.  Halteres  ochreous-yellow.  Abdomen  about  twice 
the  length  of  thorax,  pale  faded  brown,  generally  paler  between 
segments,  clothed  with  short  yellowish  hairs  ;  lamellsB  of  ovi- 
positor short.  Legs  slender,  ochreous  or  pale  brownish-ochreous. 
Tibial  spurs  deep  brown.  In  fore  legs  tibia  J  longer  than  meta- 
tarsus. AVings  longer  than  abdomen,  sparingly  haired,  pellucid, 
almost  hyaline  with  a  brassy  reflection  ;  veins  brownish-yellow. 
Costal  extending  beyond  tip  of  third  longitudinal  more  than  half 
way  to  tip  of  fourth  longitudinal  ;  auxiliary  vein  very  indistinct, 
reaching  costa  opposite  base  of  fifth  longitudinal  fork  ;  first  longi- 
tudinal vein  joining  costa  much  nearer  to  middle  cross-vein  than 
to  tip  of  third  longitudinal ;  second  longitudinal  very  indistinct, 
reaching  costa  opposite  middle  of  anterior  branch  of  fifth  longitu- 
dinal fork  ;  middle  cross-vein  and  fourth  longitudinal  pale  ;  latter 
not  reaching  wing-margin^  its  tip  nearer  to  tip  of  costal  than  to 
that  of  anterior  branch  of  fifth  longitudinal  fork  ;  base  of  latter 
lying  much  beyond  middle  cross-vein,  both  branches  not  reaching 
margin,  posterior  one  more  than  ^  the  length  of  anterior. 

Hah. — Sydney  (Skuse).     January. 

Section  II.  Tanypina. 

Head  small,  transverse  above,  rounded  in  front,  situated  deep 
in  thorax.     Eyes  large,  reniform,  separate  in  both  sexes.     Ocelli 


BY    FREDERICK    A.  A.  SKUSE.  277 

wanting.  Palpi  four-jointed,  prominent,  incurved,  sub-cylindrical, 
first  joint  shortest,  second  joint  shorter  than  third,  fourth  longest. 
Antennae  porrected,  diverging  a  little  sidewards,  filiform,  seated  in 
a  notch  in  the  eyes,  2--f  13-jointed  in  both  sexes,  or  2-+  13-jointed. 
in  (J,  and  2--(- 10-jointed  in  ^  ;  first  joint  of  scapus  large  and 
globose,  second  combined  with  flagellum,  small,  cupuliform ;  in  $ 
the  next  following  eleven  flagellar  joints  sub-globose,  gradually 
diminishing  in  size,  twelfth  flagellar  joint  longer  than  all  others, 
all  plumose,  terminal  joint  short,  elongate-conic,  pubescent ;  in  9, 
first  three  or  four  flagellar  joints  sub-globose,  remainder  gradually 
becoming  more  elongate  or  obovate,  all  verticillate-pilose,  terminal 
joint  equal  in  length  to  two  of  preceding,  sub-lanceolate,  pubescent. 
Mouth  not  prolonged.  Thorax  ovate,  highly  arched ;  scutellum 
nearly  as  wide  as  thorax,  lunate  :  metanotum  gibbose.  Halteres 
small.  Abdomen  long,  slender,  seven-segmented,  with  a  wide  anal 
joint  and  hooked  forceps,  shorter  and  stouter  in  9.  Legs  slender, 
moderately  long,  pubescent,  anterior  sometimes  the  longest ;  fore 
legs  remote  from  the  others;  coxse  moderate;  femora  rather  stout; 
tibiae  longer,  with  minute  spurs  ;  in  ^  fore  tarsi  sometimes  pilose, 
in  9  with  a  minute  pubescence ;  ungues  minute,  acute.  Wings 
narrow,  elongate,  lanceolate,  well  rounded  at  base,  pubescent  or 
naked,  ciliated;  deflexed  in  repose.  Costal  vein  reaching  about 
apex  of  wing ;  humeral  cross-vein  present ;  auxiliary  vein  disap- 
pearing close  to  costa,  beyond  half  the  length  of  wing ;  sub-costal 
cross-vein  wanting;  first  longitudinal  vein  bent  upwards,  joining 
costa  at  about  two-thirds  the  length  of  wing  ;  marginal  cross-vein 
very  obliquely  situated;  second  longitudinal  bent  slightly  upwards, 
joining  cesta  at  about  J  the  distance  from  tip  of  first  to  that  of 
third  longitudinal  vein ;  third  longitudinal  vein  very  arcuated 
towards  its  tip,  much  bent  downwards,  ending  a  little  before  apex  of 
wing  ;  fourth  longitudinal  vein  curved  a  little  downwards  towards 
tip,  joining  margin  some  distance  below  apex  of  wing  ;  fork  of 
fifth  longitudinal  vein  with  its  base  lying  at  or  beyond  base  of 
posterior  cross-vein ;  wing-fold  running  close  to  fifth  longitudinal 
vein  for  whole  of  its  length. 


278 


DIPTERA    OF    AUSTRALIA, 


Genus  7.  Tanypus,  Meig. 

Tmiypus,  Meigen,  Illiger's  Mag.  II.  p.  261,  1803;  Latreille, 
Gen.  Cr.  et  Ins.  IV.  p.  247,  1809;  Fries,  Mon.  Tanyp.  Suec. 
1823;  Macquart,  S.aB.  I.  p.  60,  1834;  Curtis,  Brit.  Ent.  XI. 
p.  501,  1834;  Zetterstedt,  D.Sc.  IX.  1850;  Walker,  I.B.  III. 
p.  196,  1856;  ScMner,  F.A.  Dipt.  1864. 

AntenuEe  2-+ 13-jointed.  Wings  pubescent.  Marginal  cross- 
vein  and  second  longitudinal  vein  most  distinct.  Fork  of  fifth 
lono^itudinal  vein  with  its  base  at  base  of  posterior  cross-vein. 

INDICES  OF  ALAR  AND    TARSAL    PROPORTIONS. 


Relative  Length 

Relative 

Distais^ce 

"S^ 

ii 

1| 

pa 

d 

ft 

w 

M 

d 

Q 

H 

S-H 

■^-a 

f-^ 

-t^-O 

o 

o 

o 

o 

o 

o 

o 

"rf-^ 

■*^ 

•*3 

43 

4^ 

-^3 

No 

Species. 

•2^ 

1^ 

s  « 

< 

pq 

o 

o 

< 

PQ 

O 

C 

f,5 

^5 

o^ 

gi3 

fi 

f3 

g 

fl 

g 

n 

s 

F 

5.S 

?^-s 

i3.i= 

?! 

ki 

8 

2 

8 

^iH 

,<= 

oS 

"^  c 

O.S 

:.s 

f^ 

Ph 

kc. 

pq 

f^ 

fx; 

[^ 

^ 

,o 

"^•2, 

O.o 

T 

S 

9 

67 

2 

33 

S 

^ 

<? 

s 

9 

70 

9 

10 

9 

17 

9 

266 

Tan.  Master  si     ... 

3 

266.  Tanypus  Mastersi,  sp.n.  (PI.  xii.,  fig.  24). 

9.— Length  of  antennae 0-030  inch        ...     0-76  millimHre. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-125  x  0-033   ...     3-16x0-84 

Size  of  body 0-lOOx  0-030  ...     2-54  x  0-76 

Antennae  brown,  with  yellow  verticils  ;  first  joint  of  scapus 
castaneous.  Head,  front,  and  clypeus  castaneous.  Palpi  sordid 
ochre-yellow,  densely  pubescent.  Eyes  deep  green.  Thorax  dull 
ochreous-brown,  with  a  few  scattered  yellow  hairs  and  three  moder- 
ately broad  deep  brown  longitudinal  stripes,  all  reaching  scutellum, 
intermediate  stripe  starting  about  \  of  its  length  from  anterior 


BY   FREDERICK   A.  A.  SKUSE.  27& 

margin,  lateral  ones  commencing  a  little  above  middle  of  thorax  ; 
pleurae,  pectus,  and  metanotum  castaneous,  the  latter  with  an 
ochreous  or  ochreous-brown  median  line  ;  scutellum  dull  ochreous- 
brown,  fringed  with  yellow  hairs.  Halteres  sordid  ochreous. 
Abdomen  not  twice  the  length  of  thorax,  umbrous-brown,  superior 
segments  more  or  less  tinged  with  castaneous,  moderately  clothed 
with  yellow  hairs.  Legs  ochre-yellow,  coxae  and  femora  more  or  less 
tinged  with  brown,  all  joints  slightly  tipped  with  brown  at  apex 
and  densely  covered  with  a  yellow  pubescence.  In  fore  legs  tibia 
longer  (?)  than  metatarsus.  Wings  longer  than  entire  body, 
densely  haired,  hyaline,  slightly  tinted  with  brown  in  vicinity  of 
cross-veins,  veins  pale  ochreous-yellow ;  pubescence  mostly  pale 
yellow,  but  somewhat  sooty  across  wing  at  cross-veins,  and  again 
less  distinctly  at  apex  of  the  wing.  Costal  vein  extending  beyond 
tip  of  third  longitudinal  vein  ^  the  distance  from  that  to  tip  of 
fourth  longitudinal  vein ;  auxiliary  vein  very  indistinct  towards 
tip,  scarcely  reaching  costa,  terminating  about  mid-way  between 
origin  of  second  longitudinal  vein  and  tip  of  first  longitudinal ; 
first,  second,  and  third  longitudinal  veins  running  parallel  and  at 
equal  distances  apart;  tip  of  second  longitudinal  rather  more  than 
J  the  distance  from  tip  ot  first  longitudinal  to  that  of  third  longi- 
tudinal ;  marginal  cross-vein  joining  first  longitudinal  very  close 
to  tip ;  middle  and  posterior  cross- veins  forming  a  very  obtuse 
angle  ;  fourth  and  fifth  longitudinal  veins  very  pale  and  indistinct 
beyond  cross-veins. 

Hah. — Lawson,  Blue  Mountains  (Masters).     January. 

Ohs. — The  above  is  di^awn  from  a  single  specimen  not  in  the 
best  condition,  but  the  species  is  a  well-marked  one,  and  will,  I 
think,  be  recognised  without  difiiculty. 

Genus  8.   Isoplastus,  gen.nov. 

Antennae  in  ^  2--i- 13-jointed,  in  9  2--1- 10-jointed.  Wings 
pubescent.  Marginal  cross-vein  and  second  longitudinal  vein  pale 
and  indistinct.  Fork  of  fifth  longitudinal  vein  with  its  base  at 
base  of  posterior  cross-vein. 


280  DIPTERA   OF    AUSTRALIA, 

INDICES  OF  ALAR  AND    TARSAL    PROPORTIONS. 


Relative  Length 

Relative  Distance 

Is 

1s^ 

.S 

s'::, 

^  -J 

1:; 

pq 

Q 

q 

^ 

M 

d 

ft 

W 

u  s 

o 

o 

o 

o 

o 

o 

o 

No. 

Species. 

11 

S3 

o 

< 

B 

o 

i 

+3 

o 

1 

+3 

pq 
1 

+3 

Q 

1 

-i3 

Q 
S 
2 

S 

^ 

2 

2 

s 

(? 

^ 

C? 

$ 

9 

9 

9 

267 

Isop.  notabilis      ... 

65 

35 

66 

34 

68 

10 

15 

7 

63 

12 

19 

6 

268 

Isop.  levidensis    ... 

66 

34 

... 

60 

8(?) 

24(?) 

8 

... 

269 

Isop.  formulosus . . . 

67 

33 

67 

33 

68 

8 

14 

10 

67 

7 

21 

5 

267.    ISOPLASTUS    NOTABILIS,  Sp.H.   (PL  XII.,  fig.  25). 


(J. — Length  of  anteiiuse 0*050  inch 

Expanse  of  wings 0-095x0  025 

Size  of  body 0-140  x  0-025 

Q. — Length  of  antennae 0-025  inch 

Expanse  of  wings 0-095  x  0-030 

Size  of  body 0-085x0-025 


1-27  millimetres. 

2-39x0-62 

3-55x0-62 

0-62  millimetre. 

2-39x0-76 

2-14x0-62 


(J  and  9. — Antennae  of  the  ^  whitish  or  with  first  joint  of 
scapus  black,  with  whitish  or  yellowish  plumes ;  of  the  9  entirely 
yellowish.  Head  brown  or  black,  with  a  sparse  yellowish  pubes- 
cence. Clypeus  and  palpi  brown  or  ochreous-brown,  with  a  dense 
yellowish  pubescence.  Thorax  brown,  opaque,  more  or  less  hoary, 
with  three  longitudinal,  parallel,  generally  indistinct,  brown  lines 
beset  with  pale  yellow  hairs,  intermediate  line  terminating  at  apex 
of  an  ovate  depression  situated  in  front  of  scutellum,  lateral  ones 
reaching  scutellum;  pleurae  brown;  scutellum  brown,  or  ochreous- 
brown,   fringed  with   pale   yellow   hairs  ;    metanotum  generally 


BY   FREDERICK    A.  A.  SKUSE.  281 

dark  brown.  Halteres  white.  Abdomen  in  ^  very  slender,  three 
times  the  length  of  thorax,  whitish,  with  pale  yellow  hairs,  third 
to  sixth  segments  more  or  less  distinctly  streaked  or  spotted  with 
brown,  sixth  and  seventh  often  entirely  brown;  anal  joint  and 
forceps  yellowish  or  whitish ;  in  9  nearly  the  breadth  but  not 
twice  the  length  of  thorax ;  uniformly  brown,  clothed  with  short 
pale  yellow  hairs.  Legs  whitish  or  pale  yellowish,  numerously  ringed 
with  brown.  In  fore  legs  tibia  ^  longer  than  metatarsus.  Wings 
covered  with  short  white  or  pale  yellow  hairs,  limpid,  with  numerous 
small  brownish  spots.  Costal  and  third  longitudinal  veins  meeting 
much  before  apex  of  wing ;  auxiliary  vein  indistinct,  reaching 
€Osta  about  mid-way  between  middle  cross-vein  and  tip  of  first 
longitudinal ;  first  longitudinal  vein  reaching  costa  in  ^  mid-way 
between  middle  cross-vein  and  tip  of  third  longitudinal,  in  9 
nearer  middle  cross-vein  ;  marginal  cross-vein  almost  parallel  with 
costa ;  second  longitudinal  reaching  costa  in  (J  at  a  point  f  the 
distance  from  tip  of  first  to  that  of  third  longitudinal  vein,  more 
than  |-  in  Q  ;  fourth  and  fifth  longitudinal  veins  pale  beyond 
cross-veins  ;  posterior  cross-vein  situated  before  middle  cross-vein, 
in  ^  a  distance  rather  greater  than  its  length,  in  ^  somewhat  less. 

Bab. — Nepean  River,  near  Penrith,  Blue  Mts.,  and  Sydney, 
N.S.W.  (Skuse).     October.     Not  common. 

268.    ISOPLASTUS    LEVIDENSIS,  Sp.n. 

/J. — Length  of  antennae 0-040  inch       ...      1-01  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-080  x  0*020   ...      2-02x0.50 

Size  of  body 0-110x0-020   ...     2-79  x  0-50 

Antennae  yellowish-grey ;  first  joint  of  scapus  light  brown. 
Head,  front  and  clypeus  light  brown.  Palpi  somewhat  sordid 
ochreous.  Thorax  light  ochreous-brown,  opaque,  somewhat  prui- 
nose,  with  three  longitudinal,  parallel  rows  of  yellow  hairs,  lateral 
ones  along  a  distinct  pruinose  line,  beginning  just  below  humeri; 
pleurae,  pectus,  scutellum  and  metanotum  light  brown.     Halteres 


282  DIPTERA   OF   AUSTRALIA, 

pallid.  Abdomen  nearly  three  times  the  length  of  thorax,  very- 
pale  ochreous-yellow,  each  segment  with  a  broad  ill-defined  band  of 
brown,  clothed  with  yellow  hairs  ;  anal  joint  very  pale  ochreous- 
yellow,  forceps  brown.  Legs  very  pale  ochreous-yellow,  densely 
covered  with  pale  hairs.  In  fore  legs  tibia  a  little  longer  than 
metatarsus.  Wings  about  the  length  of  abdomen^  pellucid,  almost 
hyaline,  densely  haired,  veins  pale  ochreous-yellow.  Costal  meeting 
third  longitudinal  vein  much  before  apex  of  wing ;  latter  vein 
running  parallel  with  first  longitudinal ;  auxiliary  vein  terminating 
about  mid- way  between  origin  of  third  and  tip  of  first  longitudinal 
vein;  second  longitudinal  and  marginal  cross- vein  extremely  indis- 
tinct,* close  to  first  longitudinal ;  middle  and  posterior  cross-veins 
equal  in  length,  latter  situated  somewhat  before  former ;  fourth 
and  fifth  longitudinal  veins  pale  and  indistinct  past  cross-veins. 

Rab. — Wheeny  Creek,  Hawkesbury  District,  N.S.W.  (Skuse). 
January. 

Obs. — I  have  seen  only  a  single  specimen. 

269.    ISOPLASTUS   FORMULOSUS,  sp.n.  (PI.  XII.,  fig.  26). 


(J. — Length  of  antennae 0*040  inch 

Expanse  of  wings... 0-080  x  0-020  .. 

Size  of  body 0-100x0-017  .. 

9- — Length  of  antennse 0-030  inch 

Expanse  of  wings 0-080x0-025  .. 

Size  of  body 0-060x0-017  .. 


1-01  millimetres. 

2-02x0-50 

2-54x0-42 

0-76  millimetre. 

2-02x0-62 

1-54x0-42 


(J  and  9- — Antennae  pale  ochre-yellow,  with  pale  yellow  verti- 
cils. Head,  clypeus  and  palpi  brown  or  ochreous-brown,  with 
yellow  hairs.  Thorax  ochreous  or  light  umber-brown,  dull,  tra- 
versed for  its  whole  length  by  three  longitudinal,  parallel  rows  of 
rather  long  yellow  hairs  ;  pleurae  and  pectus  brown  ;  scutellum 
ochreous   or    ochreous-brown,   fringed    with    pale   yellow    hairs ; 

*  In  this  and  the  following  species  these  two  veins  are  so  indistinct  that 
they  might  be  regarded  as  absent,  and  what  are  taken  to  be  indications  of 
them  may  result  from  wing-folds  or  even  from  the  pubescence  of  the  wing. 


BY    FREDERICK   A.  A.  SKUSE.  283 

metanotum  brown.  Halteres  jiale  yellow  or  whitish.  Abdomen 
in  ^  three  times  the  length  of  thorax,  yellow  or  whitish,  each 
segment  banded  anteriorly  with  brown  and  covered  with 
long  pale  yellow  hairs ;  anal  joint  and  forceps  generally 
ochreous-yellow  ;  in  9  not  twice  the  length  of  abdomen,  brown, 
rather  densely  covered  with  pale  yellow  hairs.  Legs  pale 
ochre-yellow,  densely  haired.  In  fore  legs  tibia  J  longer  than 
metatarsus.  Wings  in  $  as  long  as,  or  a  little  longer  than, 
abdomen,  in  5  a  little  longer  than  the  whole  body,  pellucid, 
almost  hyaline,  densely  haired,  with  yellowish  veins  ;  pubescence 
pale,  with  six  small  more  or  less  indistinct  brownish  patches  f" 
three  equidistant  ones  on  anterior  border,  last  (just  before  tip  of 
second  longitudinal  vein)  squarish  and  most  distinct  of  all ;  three 
indistinct  ones  on  posterior  border,  one  at  tip  of  each  branch  of 
fifth  longitudinal  fork,  and  third  mid- way  between  tip  of  pos- 
terior branch  and  anal  angle.  Costal  vein  extending  a  little 
beyond  tip  of  third  longitudinal  vein,  but  terminating  far  from 
apex  of  wing ;  auxiliary  vein  very  indistinct,  apparently  termin- 
ating near  costa  a  short  distance  beyond  middle  cross-vein  ;  first 
longitudinal  vein  reaching  costa  in  $  somewhat  beyond,  in  5  at 
a  point  mid-way  between  middle  cross- vein  and  tip  of  costa ; 
marginal  cross-vein  and  second  longitudinal  vein  exceedingly 
indistinct,  latter  reaching  costa  at  a  point  aboat  J-  (I)  the  distance 
from  tip  of  first  longitudinal  vein  to  that  of  third  longitudinal ; 
posterior  cross-vein  situated  before  middle  cross-vein  a  distance 
equal  to  its  length  ;  fourth  and  fifth  longitudinal  veins  very  pale 
and  indistinct. 

Hab. — Berowra  (Masters  and  Skuse). 

Genus  9.  Peocladius,  gen.nov. 

Antennse  in  (J  2-4-  13-jointed.  Wings  naked.  Marginal  cross- 
vein  and  second  longitudinal  vein  distinct.  Fork  of  fifth  longi- 
tudinal vein  short,  its  base  lying  mid-way  between  posterior  cross- 
vein  and  tip  of  its  posterior  branch. 

*  More  distinct  when  the  wing  is  viewed  at  a  certain  obliquity. 


284:  DIPTERA    OF    AUSTRALIA, 

INDICES  OF  ALAR  AND  TARSAL    PROPORTIONS. 


Relative  Length 

Relative 

DlSTAXCt 

-       1| 

_C 

s? 

No. 

Species. 

l^lil 

1  =  1  is 

p 

it 

IS 

RS 

o 

o 

o 
pq 

? 

O 

ft 

< 

d 

o 

c 

-2 
o 

o 

Of  the  m 
theh 

Of  the  sc 
joint  in  tl 

C 

«  5 

2 

S 
2 

S 
2 

1 

1 

g 

2 

2 

1 

S    $ 

2 

9 

s 

$ 

^ 

^ 

9 

2 

9 

9 

270 

Proc.  paludicola... 

64 

36 

... 

67 

12 

15 

6 

271 

Proc .  pictipennis . . . 

? 

9 

62 

13 

19 

6 

... 

270.  Procladius  paludicola,  sp.n,  (PL  xii.,  fig.  27). 

(J. — Length  of  antennae 0*040  inch        ...      1 '01  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-080x0-020  ...     2-02x0-50 

Size  of  body 0-125x0-020  ...     2-79x0-50 

Antennse  mouse-coloured,  large  basal  joint  black.  Head  black, 
more  or  less  tinged  with  ochreous  ;  clypeus  and  palpi  brown  or 
ochreous-brown,  with  yellow  hairs.  Thorax  black,  opaque,  more 
or  less  ho3.ry  in  a  certain  light,  with  an  ochreous  spot  at  the 
humeri  ;  traversed  from  anterior  border  to  scutellum  by  three  longi- 
tudinal and  parallel  rows  of  short  yellow  hairs  ;  pleurae,  pectus, 
scutellum,  and  metanotum  black.  Halteres  white.  Abdomen 
about  2  J  times  length  of  thorax,  brownish-black,  posterior  border 
of  each  segment  lighter,  rather  densely  clothed  with  yellow  hairs  ; 
anal  joint  and  forceps  wider  than  preceding  segment,  brownish- 
black.  Coxse  and  femora  deep  brown  or  black.  Tibiae  and 
metatarsi  ochreous,  former  distinctly  ringed  with  deep  brown  or 
black  at  apex;  four  remaining  joints  of  tarsi  pitch-brown,  In 
fore  legs  tibia  J  longer  than  metatarsus.     Wings  about  length  of 


BY    FREDERICK    A.  A.  SKUSE.  285 

abdomen;  pellucid,  almost  hyaline,  with  a  few  minute  hairs  about 
tip  ;  veins  brown.  Costal  vein  extending  beyond  tip  of  third 
longitudinal  about  J  the  distance  from  that  to  tip  of  fourth  longi- 
tudinal vein ;  auxiliary  vein  directed  towards  costa,  disappearing 
somewhat  beyond  the  middle  of  wing  ;  second  longitudinal  vein 
bent  upwards,  pale,  running  very  close  to  third  longitudinal  as 
far  as  marginal  cross- vein  ;  third  longitudinal  vein  straight,  bent 
slightly  downwards  towards  tip ;  middle  cross-vein  very  thick,  in 
line  with  posterior  cross-vein ;  latter  slender  ;  fourth  longitudinal 
vein  very  pale  for  whole  of  its  length. 

Hah. — Hexham  Swamps,  near  Newcastle,  N.S.W.  (Skuse). 
April. 

271.  Procladius  pictipennis,  sp.n.  (PI.  xii.,  fig.  28). 

^. — Length  of  antennae —      inch       ...       —   millimetre. 

Expanse  of  wings 0  055x0-017   ...     1-39  x  0*42 

Sizeof  body.. 0-070x0017  ...     1-77x0-42 

Antennse  brownish  (portion  lost) ;  first  joint  of  the  scapus 
black.  Head  very  pale  ochreous  or  whitish.  Clypeus  and  palpi 
pale  brownish.  Thorax  dark  brown  or  black,  pruinose,  with  a 
very  pale  ochreous  or  whitish  spot  at  humeri  ;  three  longitudinal 
and  parallel  rows  of  very  short  yellow  hairs ;  pleurae  and  pectus 
dark  brown,  the  former  with  a  patch  of  very  pale  ochreous  or 
whitish ;  scutellum  testaceous-brown ;  metanotum  dark  brown 
or  black.  Halteres  white,  stem  yellowish.  Abdomen  about  2 J 
times  the  length  of  thorax,  brown,  lighter  between  segments,  rather 
sparingly  clothed  with  brownish-yellow  hairs  ;  anal  joint  and 
forceps  wider  than  preceding  segment,  dark  brown,  posterior 
border  whitish.  Coxae  brown  ;  trochanters  ochre-yellow.  Femora 
brown,  ochre-yellow  at  extreme  base.  Fore  tibia3  yellowish-brown, 
intermediate  and  hind  tibiae  whitish,  all  dark  brown  at  base  and 
apex.  Tarsi  (two  hind  pairs  lost)  yellowish-brown,  end  joints 
darker.  In  fore  legs  tibiae  J  longer  than  metatarsus.  Wings 
length  of  abdomen,  pellucid,  almost  hyaline,  with  three  indistinct 


286  DIPTERA    OF   AUSTRALIA, 

brownish  markings  j  darkest  spot  enveloping  middle  cross-vein  ;  a 
pale  one  on  posterior  margin  opposite  to  last ;  and  a  pale  fascia 
starting  from  anterior  margin,  filling  space  between  tips  of  first 
and  second  longitudinal  veins,  and  scarcely  reaching  as  far  as 
anterior  branch  of  fifth  longitudinal.  Veins  yellowish-brown. 
Auxiliary  vein  directed  towards  costa,  disappearing  opposite  base 
of  fork  of  fifth  longitudinal ;  costal  vein  extending  beyond  tip  of 
third  longitudinal  J  the  distance  from  that  to  tip  of  fourth  longi- 
tudinal ;  second  longitudinal  bent  upwards,  pale,  running  very 
close  to  third  longitudinal  as  far  as  marginal  cross-vein ;  third 
longitudinal  bent  a  little  downwards  towards  tip ;  middle  cross- 
vein  thick,  somewhat  indistinct,  situated  a  little  in  advance  of 
posterior  cross-vein  ;  latter  slender  ;  fourth  longitudinal  very  pale. 

Hob. — Lawson,  Blue  Mountains,  N.S.W.  (Masters).     January. 

Ohs. — Very  like  the  last,  but  distinguished  from  it  particularly 
by  the  wing-markings  and  pale  patch  on  the  pleurae. 


Section  III.  Ceratopogonina. 

Head  small,  generally  depressed  in  front,  prolonged  into  a  very 
short  rostrum.  Eyes  lunate,  almost  reniform.  Ocelli  wanting. 
Proboscis  more  or  less  porrect.  Labrum  seated  on  the  upper 
base  of  labium,  horny,  pointed,  flat,  about  the  length  of  labium, 
sometimes  only  two-thirds  its  length.  Mandibles  seated  on  the 
under  base  of  labium,  horny,  sub-falcate,  acuminate,  toothed, 
usually  the  length  of  labrum.  Palpi  originating  on  both  sides  of 
base  of  labium,  4-jointed  ;  first  joint  cylindrical,  second  generally 
longer,  cylindrical,  conical,  oval,  clavate  or  orbicular ;  third  and 
fourth  cylindrical  or  oval,  shorter  than  second,  the  fourth  longer 
than  second,  or  both  longer.  Antennse  porrect,  filiform,  with  a 
varying  number  of  joints,  usually  2--f  12-jointed,  longer  than 
the  head,  sometimes  almost  the  length  of  entire  body  ;  first  joint 
of  scapus  large,  globose  or  disciform  ;  second  joint  of  scapus  and 
first  seven  flagellar  joints  globose,  or  ovate  to  oblong-ovate,  sessile 


BY   FREDERICK    A.  A.  SKUSE.  287 

or  pedicelled  ;  eighth  to  twelfth  flagellar  joints  generally  more  or 
less  elongate,  oval,  elliptical  or  cylindrical,  beset  with  short  hairs, 
and  at  base  verticillate-pilose  ;  in  ^  second  joint  of  scapus  and 
following  seven  flagellar  joints  usually  bearing  a  thick  brush  or 
plume  of  hairs.  Thorax  arched,  almost  oval,  flattened  in  front  of 
scutellum  ;  scutellum  small,  semicircular ;  metathorax  very  short. 
Halteres  short,  naked.  Abdomen  with  eight  segments,  cylindrical 
or  flattened,  sometimes  narrowing  at  base ;  in  ^  terminating  in  a 
short  forceps.  Legs  of  about  equal  length,  approximate  at  the 
base ;  femora  sometimes  incrassated,  sometimes  spinulose  beneath  ; 
tibiae  sometimes  incrassated;  tarsal  joints  varying  in  length;  ungues 
variable.  Wings  usually  lanceolate  or  oval,  haired  or  naked  in 
both  sexes,  sometimes  naked  or  partly  haired  in  ^  and  entirely  or 
partly  haired  in  9 ;  incumbent  in  repose.  Seven  longitudinal 
veins.  Third  longitudinal  when  present  usually  extremely  rudi- 
mentary and  indistinct ;  third  and  fourth  usually  forked,  fifth 
always  forked.  Marginal  and  middle  cross-veins  normally  pre- 
sent. Auxiliary  vein  usually  pale  and  indistinct.  Costal 
terminating  before,  at,  or  beyond  the  middle  of  the  anterior 
border,  not  reaching  the  apex  of  the  wing.  First  longitudinal 
vein  joining  before  the  end  of  costa,  distinct.  Second  longitudinal 
usually  originating  from  first  longitudinal  beyond  its  middle  (in 
LeptoGonops  from  base  of  wing),  distinct,  usually  united  to  first 
longitudinal  by  marginal  cross- vein.  Third  longitudinal  vein 
generally  very  indistinct,  often  entirely  absent,  usually  appearing 
as  a  faint  detached  fork  (in  Leptoconops  simple,  arising  from  base 
of  wing).  Fourth  longitudinal  originating  from  fifth  longitudinal 
not  far  from  base,  pale,  very  pale  at  its  origin,  with  rare  excep- 
tions joined  to  base  (or  a  little  beyond  it)  of  second  longitudinal 
by  middle  cross- vein,  anterior  branch  reaching  margin  above,  at, 
or  below  apex  of  wing,  posterior  branch  originating  somewhat 
before,  at,  or  a  little  beyond  the  middle  cross-vein,  sometimes 
detached,  rarely  entirely  wanting.  Fifth  longitudinal  with  a 
short  or  moderate  fork,  pale,  its  posterior  branch  reaching  margin 
before,  opposite,  or  beyond  end  of  second  longitudinal. 


2  88  DIPTERA    OF   AUSTRALIA, 

Genus  10.  Leptoconops,  gen.nov. 

Antennae  in  9  2-  + 11-jointed ;  first  joint  of  scapus  large,  disci- 
form ;  second  smaller,  globose  ;  flagellar  joints  globose,  gradually 
diminishing  in  size,  more  ovate  towards  apex,  terminal  joint 
elongate-ovate.  Proboscis  prominent.  Palpi  4-jointed  ;  first  and 
second  joints  small,  third  greatly  incrassated,  about  three  times 
the  length  of  first  or  second  ;  fourth  not  as  long  as  last,  slender, 
cylindrical.  Wings  naked.  All  longitudinal  veins  taking  their 
origin  at  the  base  of  the  wing.  Marginal  cross-vein  present. 
Middle  cross-vein  wanting.  Fourth  and  fifth  longitudinal  veins 
only  forked. 

272.  Leptoconops  stygius,  sp.n.  (PI.  xiii.,  fig.  29). 

5. — Length  of  antennae 0-017  inch       ...     0-42  millimetre. 

Expanse  of  wings 0*050  x  0-020  ...     1-27x0-50 

Size  of  body 0-065  x  0-017  ...     1-66  x  0-42 

Entirely  black.  Joints  of  the  antennae  with  dense  light  greyish 
verticils.  Head  and  thorax  levigate,  with  minute  black  hairs. 
Abdomen  about  twice  the  length  of  thorax,  opaque,  with  some 
minute  black  hairs;  lamellag  very  long,  slender.  Legs  slender. 
Hind  metatarsus  J-  longer  than  second  tarsal  joint.  In  fore  legs  tibia 
rather  more  than  twice  the  length  of  metatarsus.  Wings  hyaline, 
rather  weakly  iridescent ;  costal  and  first  two  longitudinal  veins 
greyish-brownish,  the  rest  pale  and  indistinct.  Auxiliary  vein  not 
distinguishable,  apparently  wanting  ;  first  and  second  longitudinal 
veins  reaching  costa  before  middle  of  anterior  border,  confluent  at 
tips,  tip  of  second  longitudinal  almost  opposite,  but  immediately 
beyond  tip  of  posterior  branch  of  fifth  longitudinal  vein  ;  marginal 
cross-vein  indistinct ;  marginal  cell  small ;  third  longitudinal  vein 
arcuated,  not  quite  reaching  the  margin,  terminating  a  little  above 
the  apex  of  the  wing ;  fourth  longitudinal  bellied  downwards  at 
middle,  reaching  margin  a  little  below  apex  of  wing,  the  posterior 
branch  detached ;  fork  of  fifth  longitudinal  wide,  the  anterior 
branch  twice  the  length  of  the  posterior. 

Hah. — Woronora  (Skuse).     October. 


BY    FREDERICK    A.  A.  SKUSE.  289 


Genus  11.    Ceratopogon,  Meig. 

Ceratopogon,  Meig.,  111.  Mag.  II.  p.  261,  1803  ;  Syst.  Beschr.  I. 
p.  68,  1818  ;  Latreille,  Crust,  et  Ins.  lY.  p.  250,  1809  ;  Curtis, 
Brit.  Ent.  YL  p.  285,  1829  ;  Macquart,  S.  a  B.  I.  p.  63,  1834  ; 
Zetterstedt,  D.Sc.  ;  Winnertz,  Linn.  Entom.  YI.  p.  3,  1852 ; 
Walker,  Ins.  Brit.  Dipt.  III.  p.  205,  1856. 

Antennae  2-+ 12-jointed,  second  joint  of  scapus  and  seven 
following  flagellar  joints  small,  globose  or  ovate,  adorned  in  ^ 
with  long  hairs  forming  a  thick  brush  or  plume,  last  five  joints 
ovate,  elongate  or  cylindrical.  Proboscis  more  or  less  prominent. 
Palpi  4-jointed;  first  joint  small,  second  usually  longer,  cylindrical, 
conical  or  oval,|third  and  fourth  joints  cylindrical  or  ovate,  shorter 
or  longer  than  second  joint.  Wings  hairy  or  naked.  Marginal 
cross-vein  present  or  wanting.  Third  longitudinal  wanting  or 
extremely  rudimentary,  indistinct.  Fourth  and  fifth  longitu- 
dinal veins  forked,  the  fork  of  the  latter  short. 

Winnertz's  distribution  of  the  species  tabulated  in  his  mono- 
graph of  Ceratopogon  is  substantially  set  forth  in  the  following 
translation  ;  the  venation  and  cells  in  the  wings  being,  however, 
subject  to  an  entirely  different  interpretation  and  nomenclature  : — 

FIRST  DIVISION. 

Marginal  Cross-vein  Present. 

A.  Wings  wholly  or  partially  hairy,  those  of  males  of  some 
species  entirely  naked.     All  femora  simple,  unarmed. 
a.  Ungues  with  hairy  pulvilli.     Ungues  of  equal  length  in 
both  sexes. 
1.  In   hind  feet  metatarsus   shorter  than   "second    tarsal 
joint,  or  both  of  equal  length.     Forcipomyia,  Meg.; 
Lahidomyia,  Steph. 

Second  longitudinal  vein  joining  costa  : 
19 


290  DIPTERA    OF   AUSTRALIA, 

*  In  middle  of  anterior  border,  or  before  it. 

^*  Between  middle  of  anterior  border  and  apex  of  wing. 
2,  In  hind  feet  metatarsus  longer  than  second  tarsal  joint. 
Second  longitudinal  vein  joining  costa  : 

*  In  middle  of  anterior  border,  or  before  it. 

**  Between  middle  of  anterior  border  and  apex  of  wing. 

b.  Ungues  with  bristly  hairs  instead  of  pulvilli.     Ungues  of 

equal  length  in  both  sexes. 

In  hind  feet  metatarsus  longer  than  second  tarsal  joint. 
Second  longitudinal  vein  joining  costa  : 

*  In  middle  of  anterior  border,  or  before  it. 

**  Between  middle  of  anterior  border  and  apex  of  wing. 
CuUcoides,  Latr. 

c.  Ungues    without    pulvilli  or  bristly    hairs.     One  of   the 

ungues  longer  than  the  other  (in  9  only  ?). 

In  hind  feet  metatarsus  longer  than  second  tarsal  joint. 

Second  longitudinal    vein  joining  costa  between  middle 
of  anterior  border  and  apex  of  wing. 

B.  Wings  entirely  naked.  Second  longitudinal  vein  joining 
costa  between  middle  of  anterior  border  and  apex  of 
wing. 

a.  All  femora  unarmed. 

1.  Ungues  not  denticulated. 

*  Ungues  of  equal  length  in  both  sexes. 

**  Ungues  equally  long,  with  a  side-claw  standing  out- 
wards in  ^. 

*"^*  In  ^  one  claw  longer  than  the  other. 

2.  Ungues  (in  the  9  only  1)   with  a  tooth  on  inner  side. 

Ungues  of  equal  length. 


BY   FREDERICK    A.  A.  SKUSE.  291 

b.  Some   or   all   the  femora   spinose   beneath.     Falpomyiat 

Meg. 

1.  Ungues  not  denticulated. 

a.  Ungues  of  equal  length  in  both  sexes. 

*  Plantse  hairy. 

**  Plantse  spinulose. 
j3.  One  of  the  ungues  longer  than  the  other  in  Q. 
Plantae  hairy. 

2.  Ungues  (in  9  only  ^)  with  a  tooth  on  inner  side, 
a.   Ungues  of  equal  length  in  both  sexes. 

*  Plantse  hairy. 

**  Plantse  spinulose.     Sphceromias,  Steph.;  Curt. 

c.  Hind  femora  incrassated,  spinose  beneath. 

Ungues  not  denticulated. 

One  of  the  ungues  longer  than  the  other  in  9.      Serro- 
myia,  Meg. ;  Prionomyia^  Steph. 


SECOND  DIVISION. 

Marginal  Cross-vein  Wanting. 

Wings  naked.     Second  longitudinal  vein  joining  costa  between 
middle  of  anterior  border  and  apex  of  wing. 

A.  All  the  femora  unarmed. 

1.  Ungues  not  denticulated. 

2.  Ungues  with  a  tooth  on  inner  side. 

3.  Ungues  with  a  side-claw  standing  outwards.     Plantse 

spinulose. 

B.  Some  or  all  femora  spinose  beneath. 

1.  Ungues  not  denticulated. 

2.  Ungues  with  a  tooth  on  inner  side  in  5. 


292 


DIPTEEA    OF    AUSTRALIA, 


INDICES  OF   ANTENNAL,  ALAR,  AND  TARSAL  POPORTIONS. 


RelatR' E  Length 

Relative  Distance 

Relative 
Length 

_c 

lo'     -2       i 

^"§ 

oi^. 

-s 

i^ 

03 
CO    d) 

W 

d 

f4 

PP 

d 

m 

ii 

No. 

Species. 

1 

II 

11 

1=2  1 

n 

«    S 

S 

< 

s 

o 

S 

S 
o 

S 

1 

-2 

i 

S 

pq 
S 
2 

o 
-*^ 

Q 

B 

g 

11! 

a,  2^ 

II 

i; 

o 

So 

o 

o:o 

oi- 

o 

S 

s 

9 

9 

S 

s 

s 

9 

9 

2 

9 

9 

273 

(7.  alho2mnctatus... 

48 

52 

50 

50 

44 

4 

52 

42 

5 

53 

60 

40 

274 

G.  cequalis    

50 

50 

43 

6 

51 

... 

... 

... 

... 

275 

C.  saltivagus 

67 

33 

... 

40 

8 

52 

53 

47 

276 

G.  rhyncho'ps 

... 

... 

72 

28 

... 

... 

54 

24 

22 

29 

71 

277 

C.  Mastersi 

74 

26 

75 

25 

53 

16 

31 

52 

24 

24 

33 

67 

278 

G.  insignis    .,..     ... 

69 

31 

... 

... 

41 

14 

45 

40 

60 

279 

G.  subnitidus 

67 

33 

... 

39 

10 

51 

63 

37 

280 

G.  minvsculus 

66 

34  i  ... 

... 

40 

3 

57 

... 

... 

281 

G.  nigelhis    

... 

69 

31 

... 

44 

6 

50 

52 

48 

282 

G.  decem2mnctatus 

:  1 68 

32 

... 

44 

12 

44 

44 

56 

283 

G.  Sydneyensis    ... 

70 

30     70 

30 

47 

6 

47 

43 

14 

43 

48 

52 

28-t 

C.  cBi-atipennis     ... 

72 

28  ;  71 

29 

40 

12 

48 

47 

6 

47 

53 

47 

285 

G.  marmoratus   ... 

... 

...     70 

30 

60 

6 

34 

45 

55 

286 

G.  molestus 

...  1  69 

31 

... 

... 

... 

59 

11 

30 

53 

47 

287 

G.  tigrinus 

66 

34 

... 

55 

18 

27 

47 

53 

288 

G.  imperfectus     ... 

... 

66 

34 

.., 

... 

50 

25 

25 

9 

? 

289 

G.  latipennis 

75 

25 

... 

47 

11 

42 

50 

50 

I.  Marginal  Cross-vein  Present. 


A.    Wings  wholly  or  2y(f''^ily  haired,  those  of  $  in  some  species 
entirely  naked.     All  femora  simple^  unarmed. 
a.   Ungues  with  hairy  piilvilli,  of  equal  length  in  both  sexes. 


BY    FREDERICK    A.  A.  SKUSE.  293 

1.  In  hind  feet  metatarsus  shorter  than,  or  equal  in  length 
to,  second  tarsal  joint. 

"^  Second  longitudinal  vein  joining  costa  at  or  before  middle 
of  anterior  border. 

273.  Ceratopogon  albopunctatus,  sp.n.  (PI  xiii.,  fig.  30). 

(J. — Length  of  antennse 0.025  inch       ...     0.62  millimetre. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-047  x  0*015  ...     M8x0-38 

Size  of  body 0-065  x  O'OIS  ...     1-66  x  0-45 

2- — Length  of  antennae 0*023  inch        ...     0*5 8  millimetre 

Expanse  of  wings 0-050x0022..       l-27xO-55 

Size  of  body 0-060  x  0-020  ...     1-54x0-50 

(J  and  ^. — Antennae  yellowish-brown,  plumes  with  golden  re- 
flections. Head  brown,  with  whitish  or  pale  yellowish  pubescence. 
Palpi  brownish.  Thorax  brown,  with  whitish  or  pale  yellowish 
pubescence ,  pleurae  and  pectus  brown,  slightly  yellow  below  origin 
of  wings  ;  scutellum  and  metanotum  brown.  Halteres  white  with 
ochreous  stem.  Abdomen  about  three  times  the  length  of  thorax, 
brown,  paler  between  segments,  clothed  with  brownish  hairs ; 
anal  joint  and  forceps  brown.  Legs  brownish-ochreous  or  pale 
brownish.  In  fore  legs  tibia  about  three  times  length  of  meta- 
tarsus. Wings  about  the  length  of  abdomen,  hyaline,  covered 
with  yellowish  hairs,  more  brownish  along  anterior  margin,  with 
a  marginal  white  spot  at  tip  of  second  longitudinal ;  veins 
brownish.  Auxiliary  vein  indistinct  towards  its  tip,  terminating 
close  to  tip  of  first  longitudinal;  first  and  second  longitudinal 
veins  in  ^  both  reaching  costa  before  base  of  fifth  longitudinal 
fork,  in  9  second  longitudinal  reaching  costa  opposite  or  somewhat 
beyond ;  inner  marginal  cell  obliterated  by  confluence  of  veins ; 
trace  of  third  longitudinal  present ;  fork  of  fourth  longitudinal 
very  pale  with  a  short  petiole,  branches  slightly  divergent,  the  tip 
of  anterior  one  somewhat  nearer  apex  of  wing  than  that  of 
posterior  ;  anterior  branch  of  fifth  longitudinal  fork  little  arcuated. 


294  DIPTERA    OF   AUSTRALIA, 

Hah. — Sydney,  Wheeney  Creek,  and  Knapsack  Gully,  Blue 
Mountains,  N.S.W.  (Masters  and  Skuse),  Common  in  December 
and  January. 

274.  Ceratopogon  ^qualis,  sp.n.  (PI.  xiii.,  fig.  31). 

(J. — Length  of  antennae 0*035  inch       ...     0*88  millimetre. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-060  x  0-017   ...     1-54  x  0-42 

Size  of  body 0-085x0-020  ...     2-14x0-50 

Antennae  brown,  plumes  with  a  pale  reflection.  Head  black. 
Palpi  ochreous-brown  or  fulvous.  Thorax  black  or  deep  brown, 
opaque,  covered  with  pale  yellow  or  whitish  hairs ;  pleurae  and 
pectus  deep  brown  or  black ;  scutellum  brown  or  brownish-black  ; 
metanotum  black.  Halteres  whitish,  yellowish  or  pale  ochreous. 
Abdomen  about  twice  the  length  of  thorax,  deep  brown,  almost 
black,  densely  clothed  with  long  brownish-yellow  hairs.  Legs 
ochreous-yellow,  minutely  darker  at  articulations.  In  fore  legs  tibia 
rather  more  than  twice  the  length  of  metatarsus.  Wings  longer  than 
abdomen,  hyaline,  densely  covered  with  pale  yellow  hairs,  with  a 
more  or  less  brassy  reflection.  Costal  and  first  two  longitudinal 
veins  brownish.  Auxiliary  vein  indistinct,  apparently  termi- 
nating in  costa  immediately  before  tip  of  first  longitudinal ;  first 
and  second  longitudinal  veins  terminating  near  one  another, 
reaching  costa  before  base  of  fifth  longitudinal  fork ;  inner 
marginal  cell  obliterated  by  confluence  of  veins  ;  very  indistinct 
trace  of  fork  of  third  longitudinal  present  ;  middle  cross-vein  and 
fourth  longitudinal  very  pale,  fork  of  latter  with  a  short  petiole, 
branches  slight  divergent,  tip  of  anterior  one  reaching  margin  at  a 
point  nearer  apex  of  wing  than  that  of  posterior  branch  ;  anterior 
branch  of  fifth  longitudinal  fork  nearly  straight,  twice  the  length  of 
posterior  branch. 

Hah. — Hexham  Swamps,  near  Newcastle,  N.S.W.  (Skuse). 
April. 

2.  In  hind  feet  metatarsus  longer  than  second  tarsal  joint. 
*  Second  longitudinal  vein  joining  costa  at  or  hefore  middle  of 
anterior  border. 


BY   FREDERICK    A.  A    SKUSE.  295 

275.  Ceratopogon  saltivagus,  sp.n.  (PL  xiii.,  fig.  32). 

9. ^Length  of  antennae 0-017  inch       ...     0-42  millimetre. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-040  x  0-016  ...     1-01x0-40 

Size  of  body 0-040  x  0-015  ...     1-01  x  0-38 

Brown.  Head,  thorax  and  abdomen  with  pale  yellow  hair  ; 
latter  about  once  and  a  half  the  length  and  rather  narrower  than 
thorax.  Legs  brownish-ochreous.  In  fore  legs  tibia  twice  the 
length  of  metatarsus.  Wings  the  length  of  entire  body,  hyaline, 
richly  iridescent,  densely  pubescent ;  costal  and  first  two  longitu- 
dinal veins  yellowish  ;  rest  pale.  Auxiliary  vein  very  pale  and 
indistinct  ;  first  and  second  longitudinal  veins  both  reaching 
costa  before  middle  of  wing,  tip  of  second  longitudinal  opposite 
base  of  fifth  longitudinal  fork  ;  inner  marginal  cell  obliterated  by 
confluence  of  veins ;  extremely  indistinct  trace  of  rudimentary 
third  longitudinal  fork ;  fourth  longitudinal  fork  with  a  short 
petiole,  branches  moderately  divergent,  anterior  one  joining  mar- 
gin a  little  above  apex  of  wing,  posterior  one  detached  at  its  base, 
almost  straight,  its  tip  scarcely  nearer  to  tip  of  anterior  branch  of 
fifth  longitudinal  fork  than  to  that  of  anterior  branch ;  both 
branches  of  fifth  longitudinal  nearly  straight,  anterior  one  not 
twice  the  length  of  pof^terior. 

iTc^S.— Berowra,  N.S.W.  (Skuse). 

**  Second  longitudinal  vein  joining  costa  heyo7id  middle  of 
anterior  border. 

276.  Ceratopogon  rhynchops,  Schiner  (PI.  xiii.,  fig.  33). 

C.  rhyncliops,  Sch.,  Diptera  der  No  vara  Expedition,  Zool. 
Theil,  Bd.  II.  p.  26,  1868. 

9. — Length  of  antennae 0*047  inch       ...     1-18  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-070x0-025   ...     1-77x0-62 

Sizeof  body 0-070x0-020   ...     1-77x0-50 


296  DIPTERA   OF   AUSTRALIA, 

Bright  rust-yellow ;  thorax  nitidons.  Abdomen  dull,  apex 
clubbed  and  rather  densely  haired.  Head  yellow.  Eyes  black, 
contiguous  in  front.  Antennae  bright  yellow  at  base,  flagellar 
joints  brownish.  Proboscis  almost  the  length  of  head.  Palpi 
yellow.  Legs  uniformly  pale  yellow,  tarsi  scarcely  darker  towards 
their  extremity.  Wings  almost  hyaline,  distinctly  haired  ;  veins 
exactly  as  with  Cerato'pogon  rostratus,  Wtz.  (Linn.  Entom.  VI. 
p.  31,"taf.  IV.  fig.  23b).     1J°^. 

Hah. — Sydney  (Frauenfeld).     Three  specimens  of  9. 

Qljg^ — I  have  a  large  series  of  specimens  (strange  to  say  all  are 
of  the  5)  of  a  species  which  is  generally  distributed  in  N.S.W., 
and  which  I  take  to  be  C.  rhyncliops,  Sch.  None,  however,  quite 
agree  in  the  colouring  mentioned  in  Schiner's  description  translated 
above ;  there  appear  to  be  four  varieties  amongst  the  specimens 
before  me. 

Var.  (3.  Head  black.  Thorax,  pleurae,  pectus,  scutellum,  and 
metanotum  brown,  sub-levigate.  Abdomen  brown,  darker  than 
thorax. 

Sab. — Sydney,  &c.  (Masters  and  Skuse).     Several  specimens. 

Var.  y.  Head,  thorax,  pleurae,  pectus,  scutellum,  and  meta- 
notum black,  sub-nitidous.     Abdomen  brown,  also  sub-uitidous. 

Bab. — Sydney  (Masters).     One  specimen. 

Var.  8.  Antennae  entirely  dusky  brown.  Head,  thorax,  pleurae, 
pectus,  and  metanotum  black,  levigate.  Scutellum  ocbreous  or 
ochreous-brown.     Abdomen  brown. 

Hab. — Glenbrook,  Blue  Mountains  (Masters),  Several  speci- 
mens. 

Var.  e.  Antennae  entirely  dusky  brown.  Head,  thorax,  pectus, 
scutellum,  and  metanotum  black,  levigate  or  sub-nitidous.  Abdo- 
men deep  brown. 

Hab. — Berowra,  Como,  &c.,  N.S.W.  (Masters  and  Skuse). 
Several  specimens. 


BY   FREDERICK   A.  A.  SKUSE.  297 


277.  Ceratopogon  Mastersi,  sp.n.  (PI.  xiii.,  fig.  34). 

^. — Length  of  antennae 0'035  inch       ...     0*88  miUimetre. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-065  x  0-018  ...     1-66  x  0-45 

Size  of  body 0-070x0-021  ...     1-77x0-52 

^. — Length  of  antennae 0-027  inch       ...     0*68  millimetre. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-065x0-025  ...     1-66x0-62 

Size  of  body 0-070x0-022  ...     1-77x0-55 

$  and  2- — Antenna  entirely  black  ;  $  plumes  with  a  cupreous, 
reflection.  Head,  thorax,  pleurae,  pectus  and  metanotum  black 
or  very  deep  brown,  levigate;  thorax  with  a  sparse,  short,  yellowish 
pubescence ;  scutellum  brown,  fringed  with  long  yellowish-brown 
hairs.  Halteres  yellowish  or  white,  the  stem  more  or  less 
discoloured.  Abdomen  black,  or  very  deep  brown,  rather  dull, 
clothed  with  brownish  hairs  ;  in  ^  twice  the  length  of  thorax, 
with  short,  thick  holding-forceps  ;  in  ^  short  and  robust,  lamellae 
of  ovipositor  ochreous.  Legs  ochreous-brown  with  yellow  or 
brownish-yellow  hairs.  In  fore  legs  tibia  J  longer  than  metatarsus. 
Wings  about  the  length  of  entire  body,  pellucid,  almost  hyaline,  with 
a  faint  brownish  tint  on  anterior  half,  brilliantly  iridescent,  pubes- 
cent only  aboat  tip  in  ^  ;  veins  brown ;  costal,  first  two  longitu- 
dinal veins,  middle  cross-vein  and  basal  half  of  fourth  longitudinal 
very  distinct.  Auxiliary  vein  indistinct,  terminating  in  costa  a 
little  before  tip  of  first  longitudinal  vein ;  first  longitudinal 
reaching  costa  at  a  point  J  (rather  more  in  ^)  distance  from  base 
of  second  longitudinal  to  tip  of  costa,  and  opposite  tip  of  posterior 
branch  of  fifth  longitudinal  fork  ;  marginal  cross-vein  very  short ; 
inner  marginal  cell  very  narrow ;  second  longitudinal  reaching  tip 
of  costa,  in  ^  somewhat  before,  in  Q  opposite,  tip  of  anterior 
branch  of  fifth  longitudinal  fork ;  indistinct  fork  of  third  longitu- 
dinal present  ;  fork  of  foui-th  longitudinal  pale,  with  a  short 
petiole,  anterior  branch  reaching  margin,  in  ^  at,  in  ^  a  little 
below  apex  of  wing,  posterior  branch  detached  at  its  base,  reaching 
wing-margin  mid-way   between   tips   of  anterior  branch  and  the 


298  DIPTERA   OF   AUSTRALIA, 

anterior  branch  of  fifth  longitudinal  fork  ;  the  latter  arcuated  at 
its  tip,  posterior  branch  in  $  slightly  arcuated,  in  2  straight, 
about  -J  the  length  of  anterior. 

Bab. — Knapsack  Gully,  Blue  Mountains,  N.S.W.  (Masters  and 
Skuse). 

278.  Ceratopogon  insignis,  sp.n.  (PI.  xiii.,  fig.  35). 

^. — Length  of  antennae 0*017  inch       ...     0*42  millimetre. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-037  x  0-015  ...     0-92x0-38 

Size  of  body 0-035x0-011  ...     0-88x0-27 

Black  ;  antennae  brown,  and  legs  light  umber-brown.  Head 
and  thorax  dull,  with  a  brown  pubescence.  Halteres  white. 
Abdomen  short,  robust,  dull,  rather  densely  covered  with  a  brown 
pubescence.  In  fore  legs  tibia  rather  more  than  twice  the  length 
of  metatarsus.  Wings  longer  than  the  entire  body,  hyaline, 
densely  covered  with  brownish-yellow  pubescence,  iridescent;  costal 
and  first  two  longitudinal  veins  yellowish-brown.  Auxiliary  vein 
not  distinguishable;  first  longitudinal  gradually  running  intocosta 
somewhat  before  base  of  fifth  longitudinal  fork,  and  at  a  point 
about  mid-way  between  base  of  second  longitudinal  vein  and  tip 
of  costa ;  second  longitudinal  reaching  costa  a  little  beyond  middle 
of  anterior  border,  and  opposite  tip  of  posterior  branch  of  fifth 
longitudinal  fork ;  inner  marginal  cell  extremely  narrow,  veins 
almost  confiuent ;  fork  of  fourth  longitudinal  with  a  short  petiole, 
anterior  branch  reaching  margin  at  apex  of  wing,  posterior  one 
detached  at  its  base,  almost  straight,  joining  about  mid-way 
between  tips  of  anterior  branches  of  fourth  and  fifth  forks  ; 
anterior  branch  of  latter  not  quite  twice  the  length  of  posterior, 
not  quite  reaching  margin,  slightly  arcuated,  posterior  branch 
straight. 

Hab. — Narrabeen  Lagoon,  near  Manly,  N.S.W.  (Skuse). 


b.  Ungues  with  bristly  hair  instead  of  pulvilli. 

1.  In  hind  feet  metatarsus  longer  than  second  tarsal  joint. 
*■  Second   longitudinal   vein  joining   costa    at    or    before 
middle  of  anterior  border. 


BY   FREDERICK   A.  A.  SKUSE.  299- 

279.  Ceratopogon  subnitidus,  sp.n.  (PI.  xiii.,  fig.  36). 

§. — Length  of  antennae 0*015  inch       ...     0'38  millimHre. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-042x0017   ...      1-06x0-42 

Size  of  body 0'050  x  0-015  ...     1-27x0-38 

Black,  sub-nitidous  ;  pleurse  very  deep  brown ;  legs  brown,  tarsi 
yellowish.  Thorax  with  brownish  hairs.  Halteres  brown  or 
brownish.  Abdomen  short,  robust,  clothed  with  brown  hairs  ; 
lamellte  of  ovipositor  black.  In  fore  legs  tibia  nearly  twice  the 
length  of  metatarsus.  Wings  about  length  of  entire  body, 
hyaline,  with  a  rich  brassy  reflection,  densely  covered  with  a 
brownish  pubescence ;  costal,  first  two  longitudinal  veins,  middle 
cross-vein,  and  basal  portion  of  fourth  longitudinal  brownish. 
Auxiliary  vein  indistinguishable ;  first  longitudinal  vein  joining 
costa  at  a  point  somewhat  more  than  mid-way  between  origin  of 
second  longitudinal  vein  and  tip  of  costa  ;  second  longitudinal 
reaching  costa  immediately  before  middle  of  anterior  margin,  and 
opposite  base  of  fifth  longitudinal  fork ;  inner  marginal  cell 
narrow  ;  very  indistinct  trace  of  third  longitudinal  fork  ;  fork 
of  fourth  longitudinal  pale,  with  a  short  petiole,  anterior  branch 
nearly  straight,  reaching  margin  at  apex  of  wing ;  posterior 
branch  reaching  margin  at  a  point  somewhat  nearer  tip  of 
anterior  branch  of  fifth  longitudinal  fork ;  both  branches  of 
latter  nearly  straight,  anterior  scarcely  twice  the  length  of 
posterior. 

Eah. — Berowra,  N.S.W.  (Masters). 

280.  Ceratopogon  minusculus,  sp.n.  (PI.  xiii.,  fig.  37). 

(J. — Length  of  antennae 0*015  inch       ...     0*38  millimetre. 

Expanse  of  wings 0*035  x  O'OU  ...     0*88  x  0*27 

Size  of  body 0-035x0*010  ...     0*88x0*25 

Black,  opaque ;  scutellum  and  club  of  halteres  ochreous-yellow ; 
legs  cinereous.  Thorax  glabrous.  Abdomen  about  J  longer 
than  thorax,  somewhat  brownish-black,  apparently  glabrous.     In 


300  DIPTERA    OF    AUSTRALIA, 

fore  legs  tibia  about  twice  the  length  of  metatarsus.  Wings  the 
length  of  entire  body,  hyaline,  with  a  pale,  almost  silvery,  reflec- 
tion, very  sparingly  pubescent  near  anterior  border  and  apex,  and 
a  longitudinal  line  of  extremely  short  hairs  running  mid-way 
between  principal  veins  and  along  courses  of  branches  of  rudimen- 
tary third  longitudinal  fork  ;  costal,  first  two  longitudinal  veins, 
middle  cross-vein  and  basal  portion  of  fourth  longitudinal  pale 
brownish.  Auxiliary  vein  indistinct ;  first  and  second  longitudinal 
veins  reaching  costa  considerably  before  middle  of  wing,  and 
before  base  of  fifth  longitudinal  fork ;  both  marginal  cells  obliter- 
ated by  confluence  of  veins ;  fork  of  fourth  longitudinal  very  pale^ 
invisible  at  base,  the  anterior  branch  straight,  joining  margin  imme- 
diately above  apex  of  wing,  posterior  branch  bent  a  little  posteriorly 
at  its  tip ;  fifth  longitudinal  fork  rather  short,  anterior  branch 
about  twice  the  length  of  posterior. 
Hah. — Sydney  (Skuse).     December. 

281.  Ceratopogon  nigellus,  sp.n.  (PL  xiii.,  fig.  38). 

9. — Length  of  antennae 0'017  inch        ...      042  millimetre. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-037  x  0-015   ...     0-92x0-38 

Sizeof  body 0-040x0-010    ...      1-01x0-25 

Black,  opaque;  scutellum  ochreous-yellow,  and  generally  a  very 
small  spot  of  same  colour  or  paler  at  humeri.  Halteres  white, 
base  of  club  and  stem  dusky  brown  or  black.  Abdomen  not  quite 
twice  length  of  thorax,  brownish-black,  sparingly  clothed  with 
yellowish  hairs.  Tibiae  and  tarsi  more  or  less  yellowish-brown. 
In  fore  legs  tibia  nearly  thrice  the  length  of  metatarsus.  Wings 
nearly  length  of  entire  body,  pellucid,  almost  hyaline,  with  a 
delicate  brownish  tint  and  brassy  roseous  reflections ;  costal,  first 
two  longitudinal  veins,  middle  cross-vein,  and  basal  portion  of 
fourth  longitudinal  yellowish-brown.  Auxiliary  vein  pale  and 
indistinct ;  first  longitudinal  vein  reaching  costa  almost  opposite 
but  immediately  before  base  of  fifth  longitudinal  fork ;  second 
joining  a  little  beyond,  at  a  point  in  middle  of   anterior  border ; 


I 


BY    FREDERICK   A.  A.  SKUSE.  301 

inner  marginal  cell  obliterated  by  confluence  of  the  veins;  marginal 
cell  almost  obliterated ;  indistinct  trace  of  third  longitudinal  fork, 
posterior  branch  close  and  almost  parallel  to  anterior  branch  of 
fourth  longitudinal ;  latter  fork  very  pale,  apparently  sessile,  the 
posterior  branch  detached  at  its  base,  branches  straight  at  tip, 
anterior  joining  immediately  above  apex  of  wing,  posterior  scarcely 
reaching  margin ;  anterior  branch  of  fifth  longitudinal  fork 
scarcely  twice  the  length  of  posterior. 

Hah. — Berowra,  N.S.W.  (Masters).     Two  specimens. 

■^■^  Second   longitudinal   vein  joining   costa   beyond  middle  of 
anterior  border. 

282,  Ceratopogon  10-punctatus,  sp.n.  (PI.  xiii.,  fig.  39). 

Q. — Length  of  antennae 0*021  inch         ..      0*52  millimetre. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-055  x  0-021  ...     1-39x0-52 

Size  of  body 0-065  x  0-020  ...     1-66  x  0-50 

Black,  opaque;  scutellum  brown;  legs  deep  brown;  tarsi  yellowish- 
brown.  Thorax  with  three  longitudinal  double  rows  of  brown  or 
blackish  hairs,  divergent  posteriorly.  Halteres  whitish  at  apex  of 
club.  Abdomen  short,  robust,  clothed  with  brown  hairs,  second 
to  sixth  segments  with  a  small  whitish  spot  on  each  bide,  those  on 
fifth  very  small.  In  fore  legs  tibia  J  longer  than  the  metatarsus. 
Wings  shorter  than  entire  body,  hyaline,  rather  densely  covered 
with  brownish  hairs,  with  rich  cupreous  (and  somewhat  violaceous) 
reflections ;  costal,  first  two  longitudinal  veins,  middle  cross-vein 
and  basal  portion  of  fourth  longitudinal  brown  or  brownish. 
Auxiliary  vein  pale  and  indistinct ;  first  longitudinal  reaching 
costa  almost  opposite  but  immediately  before  base  of  fifth  longi- 
tudinal fork  ;  second  longitudinal  incrassated,  reaching  costa 
somewhat  beyond  middle  of  anterior  border,  and  opposite  tip  of 
posterior  branch  of  fifth  longitudinal  fork ;  inner  marginal  cell 
obliterated  by  confluence  of  veins  ;  marginal  cell  almost  closed 
extremely  narrow ;    complete  fork,  and  portion  of  petiole  of  third 


302  DIPTERA   OP   AUSTRALIA, 

longitudinal  present,  pale  but  distinct,  its  posterior  branch  termi- 
nating at  tip  of  anterior  branch  of  fourth  longitudinal  fork;  latter 
pale,  indistinct  at  the  base,  anterior  branch  straight,  joining 
immediately  above  apex  of  wing ;  posterior  branch  arcuating 
posteriorly,  joining  wing-margin  about  mid-way  between  tips  of 
two  anterior  branches ;  distinct  wing-fold  close  and  anterior 
to  fifth  longitudinal  and  its  anterior  branch  ;  posterior  branch, 
of  fifth  longitudinal  fork  straight,  anterior  arcuated,  not  twice 
the  length  of  posterior. 

Hob. — Glenbrook,  Blue  Mountains,  N.S.W.  (Masters). 

Ohs. — Apparently  an  uncommon,  but  easily  recognised  species. 

283.  Ceratopogon  Sydneyensis,  sp.n.  (PI.  xiii.,  fig.  40). 

(J. — Length  of  antennse 0-030  inch       ...     0*76  millimetre. 

Expanse  of  wings 0*055  x  0-016   ...     1-39  x  0*40 

Size  of  body 0-055x0020  ...     1-39x0-50 

9. — Length  of  antennae 0-017  inch       ...     0-42  millimetre. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-045x0-018   ...     M3x0-45 

Size  of  body 0-055x0-020  ..       1-39x0-50 

(J  and  9. — Antennae,  head,  and  palpi  in  $  black,  in  9  brown. 
Thorax  brown,  darker  in  ^  than  $,  dull,  with  minute  pale  yellow 
pubescence ;  pleurae  and  metanotum  dark  brown ;  scutellum 
testaceous  or  ochreous-brown.  Halteres  white,  stem  brownish. 
Abdomen  short,  robust  in  9,  brown,  dull,  clothed  with  yellowish 
hairs.  Legs  light  brown,  with  brownish  hairs.  In  fore  legs 
tibia  J  longer  than  metatarsus.  Wings  about  length  of  body, 
hyaline,  densely  covered  with  brownish-yellow  pubescence,  richly 
iridescent  in  9,  weaker  in  ^  ;  veins  yellowish-brown.  Auxiliary 
vein  not  distinguishable  ;  first  longitudinal  vein  reaching  costa 
before  base  of  fifth  longitudinal  fork ;  second  longitudinal  reaching 
costa  somewhat  beyond  middle  of  anterior  border,  in  ^  just 
beyond   base    of   fifth   longitudinal    fork,   in    9    opposite    tip  of 


BY    FREDERICK    A.  A.  SKUSE.  303 

posterior  branch  of  the  latter ;  extremely  indistinct  trace  of  third 
longitudinal  fork  in  $  ;  fourth  longitudinal  fork  indistinct  at 
base,  anterior  branch  reaching  margin,  in  ^  immediately  above, 
in  9  at,  the  apex  of  the  wing,  posterior  branch  joining  mid-way 
between  tips  of  anterior  branches  of  the  two  forks  ;  fifth  fork 
somewhat  narrow,  posterior  branch  in  ^  not  quite  reaching  wing- 
margin. 

Hab. — Sydney  and  environs  (Skuse).     December  and  January. 

284.  Ceratopogon  ^ratipennis,  sp.n.  (PI.  xiii.,  figs.  41  and  42). 

(J. — Length  of  antennae 0*030  inch       ...     0*76  millimetre. 

Expanse  of  wings 0.045x0.014  ...     1-13  x  0-35 

Size  of  body 0-040  x  0-017  ...     1-01  x  0-42 

<^. — Length  of  antennae 0*015  inch       ...     0*38  millimetre. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-040x0-015  ...     1-01x0-38 

Size  of  body 0-050x0-017  ...     1*27x0-42 

(J  and  9- — Black,  opaque  ;  scutellum  ochre-yellow.  Thorax 
with  yellowish-brown  hairs.  Halteres  brown.  Abdomen  about 
J  longer  than  thorax,  clothed  with  yellowish-brown  hairs.  Legs 
light  brown,  the  femora  or  genua  sometimes  darker.  In  fore  legs 
tibia  twice  the  length  of  metatarsus.  Wings  in  ^  longer,  in  9 
shorter  than  entire  body,  pellucid  with  a  delicate  yellowish  tint, 
brassy  reflections,  not  so  densely  pubescent  in  $  ;  costal,  first  two 
longitudinal  veins,  middle  cross-vein  and  basal  portion  of  fourth 
longitudinal  pale  brownish.  Auxiliary  vein  very  pale  and  indis- 
tinct ;  second  longitudinal  vein  in  ^  terminating  in  costa 
immediately  before  base  of  fifth  longitudinal  fork,  in  ^  imme- 
diately beyond ;  the  latter  vein  in  both  sexes  joining  imme- 
diately beyond  middle  of  anterior  border ;  marginal  cell  almost, 
and  inner  marginal  entirely,  obliterated  by  the  confluence  of 
the  veins  ;  indistinct  traces  of  third  longitudinal  fork  ;  fourth 
longitudinal  fork  obliterated    at   the    base,    branches   indistinct, 


304  DIPTERA   OF   AUSTRALIA, 

the  anterior  branch  reaching  margin  a  little  above  apex  of  wing  ; 
fifth  longitudinal  indistinct. 

^rt5.— Hexham  Swamps,  near  Newcastle,  N.S.W.  (Skuse). 
Common  in  April. 

Ohs, — Somewhat  allied  to  G.  scutellahcs,  Meig. 

285.  Ceratopogon  marmoratus,  sp.n.  (PL  xiv.,  fig.  43). 

Q. — I-ength  of  antennae 0-057  inch       ...     0*68  millimetre. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-057  x  0-025  ...      144  x  0-62 

Size  of  body 0-057x0017  ...     1-44x0-42 

Brown,  sometimes  very  dark  brown.  Thorax  pruinose,  with 
four  indistinct  spots  without  that  appearance,  two  short  longitu- 
dinal lateral  ones  about  the  middle,  and  two  median  contiguous 
diamond-shaped  spots  on  the  posterior  half  ;  sparingly  covered 
with  fine  pale  yellow  hairs.  Halteres  more  or  less  ochreous- 
yellow.  Abdomen  about  twice  the  length  of  thorax,  clothed  with 
yellowish  bands.  Legs  light  brown,  tarsi,  more  or  less  yellowish. 
Femora  with  an  indistinct  yellowish  ring  just  before  tip,  dark 
brown  at  tip.  Tibiae  yellowish  at  base.  In  fore  legs  tibia  twice 
the  length  of  metatarsus.  Wings  the  length  of  entire  body, 
pellucid,  with  pale  brownish-grey  tint,  brown  between  tip  of  second 
longitudinal  vein  (from  opposite  base  of  fifth  longitudinal  fork) 
and  costa,  and  with  several  hyaline  spots  between  the  other  veins ; 
one  includes  the  middle  cross -vein,  a  larger  one  under  brown 
costal  spot  and  continuing  round  to  costa,  and  a  smaller  round 
spot  between  last  and  apex  of  wing,  two  in  fork  of  fourth 
longitudinal,  three  or  four  between  fourth  and  fifth  longitu- 
dinal veins,  one  on  posterior  margin  between  latter  fork,  and 
lastly  three  or  four  spots  between  fifth  longitudinal  and  pos- 
terior angle  ;  with  a  violaceous  reflection  (except  pale  spots)  when 
viewed  at  a  certain  obliquity ;  densely  clothed  with  yellowish 
hairs  ;  veins  pale*  brownish.  Auxiliary  vein  indistinct ;  first 
longitudinal  much    curved  at    the  marginal  cross- vein,    reaching 


BY    FREDERICK    A.  A.  SKUSE.  305 

costa  considerably  beyond  middle  of  anterior  border  and  beyond 
tip  of  posterior  branch  of  fifth  longitudinal  fork ;  second  longi- 
tudinal joining  costa  opposite  middle  anterior  branch  of  fifth 
longitudinal  fork  ',  indistinct  trace  of  third  longitudinal  fork ; 
middle  cross- vein  long,  not  very  oblique ;  anterior  branch  of  fourth 
longitudinal  nearly  straight,  reaching  margin  somewhat  below 
apex  of  wing,  posterior  branch  detached,  indistinct ;  branches  of 
fifth  longitudinal  fork  disappearing  before  the  margin. 

Hob. — Sydney  and  several  localities  in  N.S.W.  (Masters  and 
Skuse). 

Ohs. — A  very  common  insect.  Some  smaller  specimens  obtained 
by  Mr.  Masters  at  Blue  Mountains  differ  in  darker  body  and 
somewhat  in  wing-spots,  but  as  they  are  not  in  good  preservation 
I  cannot  say  if  they  belong  to  this  species. 

286.  Ceratopogon  molestus,  sp.n.  (PI.  xiv.,  fig.*  44). 

9. — Length  of  antennae 0  015  inch       ...     0*38  millimetre. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-045  x  0-020  ...     1-13x0-50 

Size  of  body 0-050x0-015  ...     1-27x0-38 

Deep  brown,  the  legs  lighter  brown.  Thorax  with  a  dull  greenish 
tinge,  sparingly  covered  with  yellow  hairs.  Halteres  more  or  less 
yellowish.  Abdomen  short,  clothed  with  yellowish  hairs.  Tarsi 
more  or  less  yellowish.  In  fore  legs  tibia  more  than  tw^ice  the 
length  of  metatarsus.  Wings  about  the  length  of  entire  body, 
pellucid,  greyish,  brownish  between  tip  of  second  longitudinal  and 
costal  from  opposite  base  of  fifth  longitudinal  fork,  and  with  several 
hyaline  spots ;  the  spots  very  much  as  in  C.  inarinoratus,  except 
that  there  are  two  immediately  above  anterior  branch  of  fourth 
longitudinal  fork,  and  the  spot  in  fifth  longitudinal  fork  does  not  or 
scarcely  touches  wing-margin  ;  brilliantly  iridescent  when  viewed 
at  a  certain  obliquity  ;  moderately  covered  with  yellow  hairs  ; 
veins  brownish-yellow.  Auxiliary  vein  indistinct  ;  first  longi- 
tudinal curved  gently  upwards  to  the  costa,  joining  considerably 
20 


306  DIPTERA    OF    AUSTRALIA, 

beyond  middle  of  anterior  border  and  somewhat  beyond  tip  of 
posterior  branch  of  fifth  longitudinal  fork ;  second  longitudinal 
reaching  costa  beyond  middle  of  anterior  branch  of  fifth  longi- 
tudinal fork;  extremely  indistinct  trace  of  third  longitudinal 
fork  ;  middle  cross-vein  long,  not  very  oblique  ;  anterior  branch  of 
fourth  longitudinal  almost  straight,  reaching  margin  at  apex  of 
wing,  posterior  branch  detached  ;  posterior  branch  of  fifth  longi- 
tudinal fork  not  quite  reaching  margin. 

JJah. —  Sydney  and  generally  in  N.S.W.  (Masters  and  Skuse) ; 
Como,  N.S.W.  (Dr.  Katz).      Common  from  December  to  April. 

Ohs, — Generally  called  "  Sand-fly,"  and  a  particularly  annoying 
insect  in  many  localities.  Some  specimens  in  spirit  received  from 
Dr.  T.  Bancroft  of  Brisbane  seem  to  belong  to  this  species,  which 
is  apparently  allied  to  the  European  C.  arcuatus,  Winn. 

B.  Wings  entirely  naked. 

287.  Ceratopogon  tigrinus,  sp.n.  (PI.  xiv.,  fig.  45). 

^. — Length  of  antennae 0*015  inch        ...     0-38  millimetre. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-040  x  0-013    ...      101x0-32 

Size  of  body 0-045  x  0-010  ...     M3x0-25 

Antennae,  head,  clypeus,  and  palpi  black.  Thorax  brown,  dull, 
with  two  longitudinal  stripes  and  three  irregular  lateral  spots  of 
ochreous ;  sparingly  covered  with  short  brown  hairs ;  pleuraej 
pectus,  and  metanotum  dark  brown;  scutellum  light  brown. 
Halteres  brown.  Abdomen  short,  robust,  dusky  brown,  clothed 
with  brown  hairs.  Legs  brown,  tips  of  femora  and  tarsi  yellowish ; 
posterior  tibiae  incrassated.  In  fore  legs  tibia  somewhat  more 
than  twice  the  length  of  metatarsus.  Wings  about  length 
of  entire  body,  hyaline,  glabrous,  with  opaline  reflections ;  veins 
distinct,  brownish.  Auxiliary  vein  terminating  in  costa  mid-way 
between  base  of  second  longitudinal  and  tip  of  first  longitudinal  ; 
latter  reaching  costa  somewhat  beyond  middle  of  anterior  border, 
and  opposite  middle  of  anterior  branch  of  fifth  longitudinal  fork ; 
marginal  cross-vein    situated    close   to  tip  of   first  longitudinal ; 


BY   FREDERICK   A.  A.  SKUSE.  307 

marginal  cell  about  J  longer  than  inner  marginal,  of  equal  width  ; 
second  longitudinal  meeting  costa  somewhat  beyond  tip  of  anterior 
branch  of  fifth  longitudinal  fork ;  slight  trace  of  portion  of 
anterior  branch  of  third  longitudinal,  appearing  almost  like  a 
wing-fold  ;  fork  of  fourth  longitudinal  with  a  short  petiole,  base 
of  fork  opposite  tip  of  posterior  branch  of  fifth  longitudinal,  the 
anterior  branch  reaching  margin  immediately  below  apex  of  wing  ; 
anterior  branch  of  fifth  longitudinal  fork  short,  arcuated. 
Hah. — Berowra,  N.S.W.  (Skuse).     January. 

288.  Ceratopogon  imperfectus,  sp.n.  (PL  xiv.,  tig.  46). 

^. — Length  of  antennae —    inch       ...       —  millimetre. 

Expanse  of  wings O'OSlx  0-011  ...     0-62  x  0-27 

Size  of  body 0-025  x  0-008  ...     0-62  x  0-20 

Antennae  lost.  Black  or  very  deep  brown,  opaque ;  legs  yel- 
lowish ;  halteres  pale  yellow.  Abdomen  short,  the  width  of  the 
thorax.  In  fore  legs  tibia  not  (?)  twice  the  length  of  metatarsus. 
Wings  the  length  of  entire  body,  naked,  cuneiformly  narrowed  at 
base,  pellucid,  with  a  delicate  brownish  tint,  and  rich  cupreous 
reflections ;  brown  between  costal  and  second  longitudinal  veins 
for  some  distance  before  their  tip ;  costal,  first  two  longitudinal 
veins,  middle  cross-vein  and  basal  half  of  fourth  longitudinal 
brownish.  Auxiliary  vein  invisible ;  first  longitudinal  reaching 
costa  at  middle  of  anterior  margin,  but  considerably  before  base  of 
fifth  longitudinal  fork;  second  longitudinal  meeting  costa  almost 
opposite  tip  of  anterior  branch  of  fifth  longitudinal  fork  ;  basal 
portion  of  fourth  longitudinal,  middle  cross-vein  and  second  longi- 
tudinal almost  in  one  straight  line  ;  no  trace  of  third  longitudinal; 
anterior  branch  of  fourth  longitudinal  entirely  missing,  posterior 
branch  extremely  pale  and  indistinct,  disappearing  close  to  margin 
a  little  below  apex  of  wing ;  fifth  longitudinal  extremely  pale  and 
indistinct,  fork  very  short,  both  branches  disappearing  much  before 
the  wing-margin,  the  posterior  branch  very  short. 

Hah. — Middle  Harbour,  near  Sydney  (Skuse).  One  specimen 
in  September. 


308  DIPTERA    OF  AUSTRALIA, 

II.    Marginal  Cross-vein  Wanting. 

289.  Ceratopogon  latipennis,  sp.n.  (PI.  xiv.,  fig.  47). 

9- — Length  of  antennae 0-027  inch       ...     0*68  millimetre. 

Expanse  of  wings.... 0-075  x  0-030  ...     1-89x0-76 

Size  of  body 0-060x0-020  ...     1-54x0-50 

Antennae,  head,  clypeus,  and  palpi  light  brown  ;  flagellar  joints 
of  antennae  more  yellowish  than  the  rest.  Thorax  and  scutellum 
pale  dull  brownish -ochreous ;  metanotum  brownish ;  thorax 
sparingly  beset  with  yellowish  hairs;  pleurae  and  pectus  pale 
brownish  or  brownish-ochreous.  Halteres  white.  Abdomen 
short,  brown,  clothed  with  yellowish  hairs.  Legs  yellow,  all 
joints  slightly  tipped  with  brown,  tibiae  also  slightly  at  the  base. 
In  fore  legs  tibia  more  than  twice  length  of  metatarsus.  Ungues 
very  long,  aculeate,  deep  brown.  Wings  very  broad,  longer  than 
entire  body,  pellucid  wdth  a  faint  brownish  tint,  with  minute 
yellowish  pubescence  chiefly  in  apical  half ;  veins  pale  brownish- 
yellow,  first  and  second  longitudinal  veins  marked  with  brown 
immediately  before  middle  cross-vein,  also  first  longitudinal  again 
mid- way  between  first  spot  and  costa ;  second  longitudinal  enor- 
mously distended  and  brown  at  tip.  Auxiliary  vein  extremely 
pale  and  indistinct  ;  first  longitudinal  reaching  costa  opposite 
base  of  fourth  longitudinal  fork  and  mid-way  between  base  and  tip 
of  second  longitudinal ;  latter  joining  costa  beyond  middle  of 
anterior  border;  indistinct  trace  of  third  longitudinal  fork; 
anterior  branch  of  fourth  longitudinal  fork  reaching  margin  at 
apex  of  wing,  posterior  detached,  or  very  indistinct  at  base,  joining 
margin  mid-way  between  tips  of  anterior  branches  of  fourth 
and  fifth  forks  ;  latter  fork  broad,  both  branches  arcuated,  the 
posterior  not  quite  reaching  the  margin. 

Hah. — Berowra,  N.S.W.  (Masters).     One  specimen. 


BY   FREDERICK    A.  A.  SKUSE.  309 


EXPLANATION  OP  PLATES. 


Plate  xi, 

Fig.    1.  Wing  of  Chironomus  ocddentalis  (  $  ). 


Fig.    2. 

5> 

„           delinifiais  ( <J ). 

Fig.    3. 

J> 

„          pulcher  (  $  ). 

Fig.    4. 

») 

,,          seorsus  (  ?  ). 

Fig.    5. 

J> 

,,           ereheus  (  ^  ). 

Fig.    6. 

>> 

^e2?peW($). 

Fig.    7. 

»J 

,,           oresiti'ojyJius  { S  )• 

Fig.    8. 

J5 

,,          oresitrophus{'^). 

Fig.    9. 

>> 

„           6revJs  (  ?  ). 

Fig.  10. 

>> 

Orthodadius  annidiventris  {$). 

Fig.  11. 

9) 

,,           numerosus  iS). 

Fig.  12. 

5J 

,,           venustuliis  {$). 

Fig.  13. 

J» 

,,           insolidus  iS)- 

Fig.  14. 

5> 

puUulus  (  ? ). 
Plate  xii. 

Fig.  15. 

Wing  of  Doloplastus  monticola  (  J  ). 

Fig.  16. 

jj 

Camptodadius  terjugus  (  ?  ). 

Fig.  17. 

»> 

,,            cra.ss«/)e?ims  (  ?  ), 

Fig,  18. 

>> 

,,            invenustulus  (  ?  ), 

Fig.  19. 

>j 

Tanytarsus  montaiius  ( (?  ). 

Fig.  20. 

j» 

,,           inextentus  {$). 

Fig.  21. 

>> 

,,          inextentus  ( $). 

Fig.  22. 

?> 

„         fuscithorax($). 

Fig.  23. 

>> 

Metriocnemus  nitidulus  (  $  ). 

Fig.  24. 

)> 

Tanypus  Mastersi  (  ?  ). 

Fig.  25. 

>> 

Isoplastus  notabilis  {$). 

Fig.  26. 

)) 

,,       formulosus{$). 

Fig.  27. 

>j 

Prodadms  paludicola  {$). 

Fig.  28. 

5> 

,,          pidi23e7inis  {  S ). 

310  DIPTERA    OF   AUSTRALIA, 


Plate  xiii. 


Fig.  29.  Wing  of  Leptoconops  sty  gins  (  $ ). 

Fig.  30.  ,,      Ceratopogon  albopunctatus  {S)' 

Fig.  31.  ,,  ,,  (Bqualis{$). 

Fig.  32.  „  „  saltivagus  [%). 

Fig.  33.  ,,  „  rhynchojysi'^). 

Fig.  34.  ,,  ,,  Mastersi{$). 

Fig.  35.  ,,  ,,  insignis{^). 

Fig.  36.  „  5,  suhnitidus  {^). 

Fig.  37.  ,,  ,,  minusculus  {$). 

Fig.  38.  „  „  nigellus  { ? ). 

Fig.  39.  ,,  ,,  lO-jmnctatus  {'^), 

Fig.  40.  „  „  Sydney ensis  ( S  )• 

Fig.  41.  ,,  ,,  ceratipennis  [S). 

Fig.  42.  „  ,,  cEratipennis  ( ? ). 


Plate  xiv. 

Fig.  43.  Wing  of  CeintojJogon  marmoratus  (  $  ). 
Fig.  44.  „  ,,  molestus  ( ? ). 

Fig.  45.  ,,  ,,  tigrimis  ( $ ). 

Fig.  46.  ,,  ,,  imperfectus  {'^). 

Fig.  47.  ,,  ))  latipennis  {^). 

Fig.  48,  Diagram  (wing  of  Ghironomus)   illustrating  the  ter- 
minology of  the  venation. 
Fig.  49.  Diagram  (wing  of  Tanypus)  illustrating  the  termin- 
ology of    the  venation. 

Plate  xiv.  his. 

Fig.  50.  Diagram  (wing  of  Procladius)  illustrating  the  terminology  of  the 

venation. 
Fig.  51.  Diagram  (wing  of  Leptoconoj^s)  illustrating  the  terminology  of  the 

venation. 
Fig.  52.  Diagram  (wing  of  Geratopogon)  illustrating  the  terminology  of  the 

venation. 
Fig.  53.  Diagram  (wing  of  Geratopogon)  illustrating  the  terminology  of  the 

venation. 


BY   FREDERICK   A.  A.  SKUSE.  311 


Veins. 


Costa  (v.  costalis).     A,  h. 

Transverse  shoulder- vein  (v.  trans,  humeralisj.     x. 

Auxiliary  (v.  auxiliaris).     a,  s. 

First  longitudinal  (v.  long.  Ima).     a,  B. 

Marginal  cross-vein  (V'  trans,  marginalis).     x  x. 

Second  longitudinal  (v.  long.  2da),     b,  C. 

Third  longitudinal  (v.  long.  3a).     b,  D. 

Middle  cross- vein  (v.  trans,  media),     x  x  x. 

Fourth  longitudinal  (v.  long.  4a).     c,  d,  e. 

Posterior  cross-vein  (v.  trans,  posterior),     x  x  x  x. 

Fifth  longitudinal  (v.  long.  5a).     c,  f,  g. 

Ohs. — Following  the  plan  adopted  by  Winnertz  in  his  treatment  of  the 
species  of  Geratopogon  (Linn.  Entom.  VI.  p.  13),  I  have  by  means  of  micro- 
metrical  measurements  divided  the  wings  in  tiie  species  of  all  the  genera 
into  one  hundred  parts,  thereby  being  enabled  to  tabulate  the  respective 
positions  of  the  tips  of  the  first,  second,  and  third  longitudinal  veins  between 
the  base  and  apex  of  the  wing.  In  the  plates  I  have  represented  all  the 
wings  on  the  same  scale  of  one  hundred  divisions,  which  will  be  found  more 
useful  than  if  the  relative  size  of  the  winces  had  been  retained. 


312  NOTES    AND    EXHIBITS. 


NOTES    AND    EXHIBITS. 


Mr.  Etheridge  exhibited  the  fossils  referred  to  in  his  paper. 

Mr.  Skuse  exhibited  specimens  of  sixty-seven  species  of  Chiron- 
omidse  described  in  his  paper  ;  a  Tineid  bred  from  a  species  of 
stag-horn  fern  growing  in  Mr.  Macleay's  garden  ;  a  young  plant 
from  Samoa  growing  like  Bryophyllum  or  one  of  the  Gesneracese 
from  the  leaf  ;  and  a  female  gall  and  Coccid,  Brachyscelis  du2^lex, 
obtained  by  Mr.  Maiden  on  Eucalyiytios  jnjjeo^itaj  at  Little  Zig-zag, 
Blue  Mountains,  with  the  apical  processes  of  the  gall  projecting 
upwards  instead  of  outwards. 

Also  an  excellent  drawing  by  Mr.  G.  V.  Hudson  of  Wellington, 
New  Zealand,  of  the  imago  and  enlarged  wing  of  a  Dipterous  fly 
which  is  phosphorescent  in  its  larval  condition.  In  1886  both 
Mr.  Meyrick  and  Mr.  Hudson  observed  these  luminous  larvae  for 
the  first  time  inhabiting  the  banks  of  a  shady  creek  in  New 
Zealand,  and  although  the  latter  gentleman  has  since  repeatedly 
tried  to  obtain  the  perfect  insect  by  breeding,  his  efforts  have  only 
just  recently  been  rewarded  in  obtaining  a  single  specimen.  As 
Baron  Osten-Sacken  suspected  (Ent.  Mon.  Mag.  XXIII.  p.  133) 
the  insect  belongs  to  the  Mycetophilidse,  but,  accepting  the  draw- 
ings as  correct,  the  fly  must  be  referred  to  a  new  genus  of  the 
section  Ceroplatinse. 

Mr.  Ogilby  exhibited  two  examples  of  the  rare  Anomalo2)S 
j)al'pehratus,  Bodd.,  sp.,  a  deep  sea  flsh  provided  with  a  luminous 
lobe  beneath  the  eye.  Bleeker  and  Kner  place  the  genus  in  the 
family  Berycidce,  but  it  is  probable  that  it  is  an  aberrant  form  of 
the  CarangidcB  as  stated  by  Giinther.  Bleeker's  generic  name, 
Heterophthalmiis  having  been  previously  used  by  Blanch ard  for  a 
genus  of  Coleopterous  insects,  must  give  place  to  Kner's  Anoma- 
lops.  Only  eight  specimens  are  known,  four  from  Amboina  and 
Manado,  one  from  Fiji,  one  from  the  Paumoto  Archipelago,  and 
our  two  from  the  New  Hebrides  whence  they  were  brought  by 
Captain  Braithwaite. 


NOTES    AND    EXHIBITS.  313 

Mr.  Froggatt  showed  a  specimen  of  Girella  tricusjndata  prepared 
to  illustrate  a  mode  of  preserving  and  exhibiting  fish  by  casting  in 
plaster  of  Paris,  lining  the  mould  with  the  skin  and  so  filling  it. 

A  portion  of  the  collections  of  seaweed  referred  to  by  the 
President  was  exhibited,  and  in  reference  to  them  Mr.  Deane 
expressed  the  hope  that  the  opportunity  of  referring  to  a  named 
collection  would  help  to  promote  among  the  members  of  the 
Society  the  study  of  this  section  of  the  Flora. 

The  President  exhibited  a  specimen  of  Valuta  magnifica 
obtained  at  a  depth  of  70  feet  below  sea-level  at  Stockton  Pit, 
Newcastle. 

The  President  pointed  out  that  the  stems  with  prominent 
ridges  of  cork,  shown  at  the  February  meeting,  probably  belong 
to  Mezoneiirum  hrachycaiyum^  Benth.,  [Fl.  Aust.  II.,  278  ;  also 
Wing's  "Southern  Science  Record,"  April,  1882,  where  Baron  v. 
Mueller  gives  some  notes  upon  this  plant  and  an  allied  species  M. 
Scortechinii].  The  flanges  and  cylindrical  projections  of  cork 
which  clothe  the  stems  of  this  climber  probably  serve  in  place  of 
hooks  or  prickles — which  in  this  species  are  rudimentary — to 
support  the  plant  among  the  branches  of  other  trees. 


WEDNESDAY,  29th  MAY,  1889. 


The  President,  Professor  Stephens,  M.A.,  F.G.S.,  in  the  Chair. 


Mr.  Walmsley  Stanley  was  present  as  a  visitor. 


The  President  announced  that  there  would  be  no  Excursion  in  June. 


DONATIONS. 


"Royal  Dublin  Society — Scientific  Transactions."  Series  ii. 
Vols.  T.  (25  Parts);  II.  (3  Parts)  ;  III.  (Parts  1-10),  (1877-85); 
"  Scientific  Proceedings."  n.s.  Vols.  I.  (3  Parts) ;  II.  (7  Parts) ; 
III.  (7  Parts)  ;  IV.  (9  Parts) ;  V.  (Parts  1  and  2),  (1877-86). 
From  the  Society. 

"  The  Australasian  Journal  of  Pharmacy."  Vol.  IV.,  Nos.  40 
and  41  (April  and  May,  1889).     From  the  Eaitor. 

"Bulletin  de  la  Societe  Royale  de  Geographic  d'Anvers." 
Tome  XIIL,  fasc.  3  (1889).     From  the  Society. 

"  Abstracts  of  Proceedings  of  the  Zoological  Society  of 
London,"  February  5th  and  19th;  March  5th  and  19th;  April 
2nd,  1889.     From  the  Society. 

"  Memoires  de  la  Societe  de  Physique  et  d'Histoire  naturelle 
de  Geneve."  Tome  XXX.,  Premiere  Partie  (1888).  From  the 
Society. 

"  Mittheilungen  aus  der  Zoologischen  Station  zu  Neapel." 
Band  VIII.,  Hefts  3  and  4  (1888).  From  the  Zoological 
Station. 


DONATIONS.  315 

"  Proceedings  of  the  Royal  Society  of  London."  Vol.  XLV,, 
Nos.  274  and  275  (1888-89).     From  the  Society. 

"Comptes  Rendus  des  Seances  de  I'Academie  des  Sciences^ 
Paris."     Tome  CVIII.,  Nos.  5-8  (1889).      From  the  Academy. 

"  The  Journal  of  Conchology."  Vol,  VI.,  No.  1  (1889).  From 
the  Conchological  Society  of  Great  Britain  and  Ireland. 

"  Archiv  fiir  Naturgeschichte."  54th  Jahrg.  Band  I.,  Heft  2 
(1888).     From  the  Editor. 

"Proceedings  of  the  United  States  National  Museum."  Vol. 
XI.  (1888),  Sheets  12-15.     From  the  Museum. 

" Zoologischer  Anzeiger."  XII.  Jahrg.,  Nos.  303-305  (1889). 
From  the  Editor. 

"  Annales  de  la  Societe  Royale  IVIalacologique  de  Belgique." 
Tome  XXII.  (1887)  ;  "  Proces-Verbaux."  (January- June,  1888). 
Fro7n  the  Society. 

"Feuille  des  Jeunes  Naturalistes."  No.  222  (April,  1889); 
"  Catalogue  de  la  Bibliotheque."  Fasc.  No.  5  (1889).  From  the 
Editor. 

Two  Pamphlets  by  M.  Adrien  Dollfus — ''  La  Station  Zoologique 
de  la  Societe  Neerlandaise  de  Zoologie ;"  "  Le  Museum  de 
Londres — (Notes  et  Impressions)."     From  the  Author. 

"  Transactions  of  the  Cambridge  Philosophical  Society."  Vol. 
XIV.,  Part  3  (1889);  "Proceedings."  Vol.  VL,  Part  5  (1888). 
From  the  Society. 

"  United  States  Geological  Survey — Geology  and  Mining 
Industry  of  Leadville,  Colorado,"  with  Atlas.  By  Samuel  F. 
Emmons.     From  the  Director. 

"  Bulletin  of  the  Essex  Institute,  Salem."  Vol.  XIX.  (1887)  ; 
"  Visitors'    Guide    to   Salem."       Published    by    Henry    P.    Ives. 

From  the  Institute. 

"  The  Journal  of  the  Cincinnati  Society  of  Natural  History." 
Vol.  XL,  Nos.  2  and  3  (1888).      From  the  Society, 


316  DONATIONS. 

"  New  York  Academy  of  Sciences — Annals."  Vol.  IV.  Nos. 
5-8  (1888);  "Transactions."  Vol.  VII.,  Nos.  3-8  (1887-88). 
From  the  Academy. 

"Acta  Societatis  Scientiarum  Fennicae."  Tomus  XV.  (1888)  ; 
"  Bidrag  till  Kannedom  af  Finlauds  JSTatur  ocli  Folk."  Haftet 
XLV.-XLVII.  (1887-88);  "  Ofversigt  af  Finska  Vetenskaps- 
Societetens  Forhandlingar."  T.  XXVIII  &  XXIX.  (1885-87); 
"  Finska  Vetenskaps-Societeten,  1838-88,  dess  Organisation  ocb 
Verksamhet,"      From  the  Society  of  Sciences  of  Finland. 

"  Journal  and  Proceedings  of  the  Royal  Society  of  New  South 
Wales."     Vol.  XXII.,  Part  2  (1888).     From  the  Society. 

'*  Siebeuter  Jahresbericht  des  Naturwissenschaftlichen  Vereins 
2U  Osnabriick  fiir  die  Jahre  1885  bis  1888."     From  the  Society. 

"The  Victorian  Naturalist."  Vol.  VI.,  Nos.  1-2  (May-June, 
1889).     From  the  Field  Naturalists'  Club  of  Victoria. 

"  The  Journal  of  the  College  of  Science,  Imperial  University, 
Japan."  Vol.  II.,  Part  5  (1889).  From  the  President  of  the 
University. 

"Natuurkundig  Tijdschrift  voor  Nederlandsch-Indie,  uitgegeven 
door  de  Konink.  Natuurk.  Vereeniging  in  N.-I."  Deel  xlviii. 
(1888).     From  the  Society. 

"Jahresbericht  des  Vereins  fiir  Naturwissenchaft  zu  Braun- 
schweig fiir  die  Vereinsjahre"  1880-81  ;  1881-82  und  1882-83  ; 
1883-84  bis  1885-86.     From  the  Society. 

"Journal  of  the  Royal  Microscopical  Society,  1889."  Part  2 
^April).     From  the  Society. 


SPECIMENS   OF  PLANTS   COLLECTED   AT   KING 
GEORGE'S    SOUND    BY    THE   REV.  R.   COLLIE,  F.L.S. 


By  The  Rev.  Dr.  Woolls,  F.L.S. 

The  specimens  collected  by  the  Rev ,  R.  Collie,  though  containing 
nothing  new,  are  nevertheless  highly  interesting.  The  Rev. 
gentleman  seems  to  have  visited  part  of  the  same  ground  which 
the  eminent  Robert  Brown  examined  in  the  early  portion  of  the 
present  century,  when  he  was  attached  as  naturalist  to  Flinders's 
expedition,  and  when  further  he  collected  some  of  the  same  species 
which  attracted  Mr.  Collie's  attention.  King  George's  Sound, 
therefore,  has  a  history  in  the  progress  of  botanical  science,  having 
as  it  were  acquired  classic  celebrity  from  the  labours  of  Brown, 
and  from  the  appropriate  names  which  he  gave  to  many  of  its 
plants.  From  the  small  collection  of  Mr.  Collie,  only  a  limited 
idea  can  be  formed  of  the  peculiarity  exhibited  by  our  South- 
western Flora  ;  but,  so  far  as  the  collection  goes,  especially  in  the 
orders  Leguminosae,  Myrtaceae,  Proteacese,  and  Epacridese,  it  tends 
to  illustrate  the  fact,  so  strikingly  enunciated  by  Sir  J.  D.  Hooker 
in  his  "  Introductory  Essay  on  the  Flora  of  Tasmania,"  that  the 
proportion  of  species  in  S.  W.  Australia  is  much  greater  than  in 
the  S.E.,  and  that  the  striking  differences  in  the  genera  and 
species  of  the  two  quarters  open  for  consideration  questions  of 
deep  significance  in  regard  to  the  creation  and  distribution  of 
species.  Though  Hooker's  work  was  published  in  1859, — that  is 
about  twenty  years  before  the  completion  of  the  Flora  Australiensis 
by  the  united  labours  of  Bentham  and  Mueller,  his  views  are  still 
found  to  be  correct,  whilst  the  probability  that  Western  Australia 
was  the  centrum  of  Australian  vegetation  is  still  further  confirmed 
by  the  opinions  of  our  eminent  Geologist  Mr.  Wilkinson,  and  the 
recent  calculations  of  Baron  Mueller  in  his  Census  of  Australian 


318  SPECIMENS  OF  PLANTS  COLLECTED  AT  KING  GEORGE's  SOUND, 

Plants.  With  regard  to  the  distributiou  of  the  latter,  it  appears 
that,  of  the  known  species  in  Australia  now  reckoned  about  9000, 
they  occur  respectively  in 

Western  Australia 3559 

South  Australia 1904 

Victoria 1904 

New  South  Wales 3260 

This  calculation  fully  bears  out  the  importance  of  the  Western 
Flora,  whilst  the  fact  remains,  in  reference  to  the  Floras  of  the 
S.W.  and  S.E.  regions,  that  the  genera  of  the  former  are  much 
larc^er  than  those  of  the  latter,  and  the  species  proportionally  more 
numerous. 

Following  is  a  list  of  the  plants  furnished  by  Mr.  Collie  : — 

EPACRIDEiE 

1.  Leucoioogon  cdterniflorus,  R.Br. 

2.  Andersonia  sprengelioides,  K.Br. 

3.  A.  micrantha^  Sond. 

Myrtace^e. 

4.  Hyj)ocalymma  strictum,  Schau. 

5.  Agonis  Jlexitosa,  Schau. 

6.  A.  theccformis,  Schau. 

7.  A.  marginata,  Schau.  (i) 

8.  Melaleuca  striata,  Labill. 

9.  Fucalyptics  marginata,  Sm. 

Proteace^. 

10.  FetrojyJiila  rigida,  R.Br. 

11.  Adenantlios  cuneata,  Labill. 

12.  Conospermibinflexiwsum,  R.Br. 

13.  Franklandia  fiicifolia,  R.Br. 


BY    THE    KEY.  DR.  WOOLLS.  319 

14.  Persoonia  longifolia,  R.Br. 

15.  Grevillea  Brownii,  Meissn, 

16.  Hakea  Irifurcata^  H.Br. 

17.  Banksia  grandis,Wi\\d.. 

18.  B.  Brovjnii,  Baxt. 

19.  B.  coccinea,  R.Br. 

LEGUMINOSiE. 

20.  Psoralea  pinnata,  W.     (Int.) 

21.  Phyllota  harhata,  Benth. 

22.  Jacksonia  sinnosa^  R.Br. 

23.  J.  horrida,  DC. 

24.  Daviesia  divaricata,  Benth. 

25.  Bossicea  Preissii,  Meissn.  (?) 

26.  Acacia  pulcheUa,  R.  Br. 

27.  A.  alata,  R.Br. 

Composite. 

28.  PithocariM  corymb ulosa,  Lindl. 

29.  Olearia  cassinice,  F.y.M. 

POLYGALE^. 

30.  C omes2oerma  confertum,  Labill. 

PiTTOSPOREiE. 

31.  Solly  a  heterophylla,  Lindl. 

32.  Billardiera  variifolia,  DC. 

RUTACE^. 

33.  Boro7iia  spathulata^  Lindl. 

Umbellifer^. 

34.  Xanthosict  rotundifolia^  R.Br.  (?) 

35.  Trachymene  eriocarpa^  Benth.  (?) 


320     SPECIMENS   OF   PLANTS    COLLECTED    AT   KING   GEORGE's   SOUND, 

HESTIACEiE. 

36.  Anarthria  scabra,  R.Br. 

37.  Lepyrodia  stricta^  R.Br,  f?) 

38.  Anarthria  prolifera^  R.Br. 

Of  the  three  Epacricls  not  one  of  them  extends  to  the  Eastern 
Coast.  The  genus  Andersonia^  containing  20  species,  is  limited 
to  W.  Australia.  Some  of  them  approach  our  Sjyrengelia, 
but  they  differ  materially  in  the  shape  of  the  corolla  and  its 
aestivation.  Leucopogon  alternifolius,  which  was  collected  by 
Brown  during  his  voyage  with  Flinders,  has  some  resemblance 
to  our  L.  am2)lexicaulis,  but  it  is  smaller  in  every  part.  It 
seems  rare,  as  Mr.  Bentham's  only  specimen  was  from  Brown's 
collection.  Of  the  118  species  oi  Leiccopogon,  23  only  occur  in 
N.  S.  Wales,  but  of  the  genus  Epacris,  none  have  been  found 
in  W.  Australia. 

The  plants  of  Myrtacese  belong  to  four  genera,  two  of 
which  are  not  represented  in  N.  S.  Wales,  viz.,  Ilypocalymma 
and  Agonis,  the  former  with  12  and  the  latter  with  11  species, 
all  in  W.  Australia.  The  Rev.  B.  Scortechini  found  a 
species  of  Agonis  on  Stradbroke  Island  (Queensland),  and  that  is 
described  by  Baron  Mueller  as  being  a  remarkable  species,  extending 
the  limits  of  the  genus  to  the  Eastern  Coast.  Melaleuca  striata  is 
strictly  a  western  species,  though  resembling  some  of  the  eastern 
ones.  Nearly  100  species  of  the  genus  are  described,  but  only  17 
extend  to  N.  S  Wales,  and  of  these  M.  acumiiiata,  M.  parviflora, 
M.  uncinata,  and  M.  leucadendron  are  common  to  W.  Australia. 
It  should  be  considered  in  studying  the  distribution  of  species, 
that  M.  leucadendron  is  widely  spread  in  the  Oriental  Archipelago 
and  Malayan  Peninsula.  Eitcalyjitus  marginata  is  the  Jarrah  of 
W.  Australia,  and  is  reckoned  among  the  forest  resources  of  the 
west  (Baron  INlueller's  Report).  Baron  Mueller  calculates  that 
of  the  150  Eucalypts  now  pretty  well  known,  80  are  found  in  W. 
Australia.  It  is  strange  that  only  E.  rostrata  and  a  few  of  the 
smaller  kinds,  designated  "  Mallee,"  are  common  to  N.  S.  Wales 
and  W.  Australia. 


BY   THE   REV.  DR.  WOOLLS.  321 

The  Legiiminosse  (with  the  exception  of  Psoralea  jnnnata,  a 
plant  introduced  from  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope,  and  found  also  near 
Sydney)  have  species  of  each  genus  in  N.  S.  Wales,  but  not  identical 
with  any  in  the  west.  Fhyllota  barbata  does  not  appear  so 
variable  as  our  P.  j)hyliGoides,  and  it  is  well  distinguished  by  its 
fringed  style.  Jacksonia  horrida  and  J.  spinosa  differ  very  much 
from  our  J.  scojKtria  (which  is  leafless  and  grows  to  be  a  small  tree), 
and  they  are  rigid  shrubs  with  angular  and  striate  branches.  In 
the  Flora  28  species  are  described,  all,  with  one  exception,  western. 
But  since  the  publication  of  that  work,  the  Baron  has  recorded 
seven  new  ones  in  his  Fragmenta,  three  of  which  occur  in  the 
eastern  part  of  Australia.  Daviesia  divaricata  is  a  leafless  plant 
with  sulcate  spinescent  branches.  Of  55  species  of  Daviesia,  only 
13  occur  in  N.  S.  Wales.  The  specimen  of  Bossicea  being  only  in 
leaf  is  doubtful,  but  in  that  genus  the  species  are  more  numerous 
in  the  west  than  in  the  east,  nor  are  any  of  them  identical.  Of 
the  large  genus  Acacia,  numbering  about  300  species,  A.  alata 
and  A.  pidchella  are  remarkable,  the  one  for  its  bifariously 
decurrent  phyllodia,  and  the  other  for  its  minute  pinnate  leaflets. 
Both  of  these  plants  were  collected  by  Brown  and  named  by  him . 
Of  the  Acacise  122  occur  in  W,  Australia,  and  less  than  100  in 
N.S.W.  Yery  few  species  are  common  to  all  the  Australian 
Colonies. 

The  Proteaceso  belong  to  eight  genera,  six  of  which  extend  to 
the  east,  but  the  species  are  different.  Petrophila  riyida  is  similar 
to  some  of  ours,  but  more  rigid  in  foliage.  Gonospev'mwm  flexuosum 
is  an  under-shrub  with  divaricate  angled  branches,  and  unlike  our 
species  in  aspect.  Persoonia  longifolia  and  Grevillea  Broiunii  are 
similar  in  character  to  some  of  the  eastern  species,  but  Hakea 
trifurcata  has  two  kinds  of  leaves  varying  very  much  in  shape. 
Of  the  three  Banksias,  B.  gra^idis  is  distinguished  by  its  large 
pinnatifid  leaves,  B.  coccinea  is  remarkable  as  being  one  of  the 
species  flgured  by  F.  Bauer,  and  B.  Broivnii,  Baxt.,  for  its  long, 
narrow  whorled  leaves.  Adenanthos  cuneata  and  Franklandia 
fucifolia  belong  to  genera  exclusively  western,  the  one  having 
cuneate  silky  leaves,  and  the  other  terete  ones  repeatedly  forked. 
21 


322  SPECIMENS  OF  PLANTS  COLLECTED  AT  KING  GEORGE's  SOUND, 

W.  Australia  is  rich  in  Proteaceae,  and  the  large  genus  Dryandra 
occurs  nowhere  else. 

Of  the  two  Composites,  Pitliocarpa  corymhulosa  is  the  only- 
species  of  the  genus,  and,  though  approaching  Humea,  differs  from 
it  in  habit  and  involucre.  It  is  a  small  plant  with  long  slender 
stems  forming  nearly  leafless  panicles  of  little  white  flowers. 
Olearia  cassinice  seems  peculiar  to  King  George's  Sound  and  Lake 
Leven,  and  belongs  to  a  series  of  plants  differing  very  little  from 
each  other.  Indeed,  when  comparing  it  with  some  of  our  Eastern 
species,  especially  0.  ramulosa,  it  is  very  difficult  to  say  whether 
they  are  all  distinct  species  or  not. 

Having  glanced  at  the  most  striking  of  Mr.  Collie's  specimens, 
it  may  not  be  out  of  place  to  make  some  general  observations  on 
our  flora  as  bearing  on  the  differences  between  the  eastern  and 
western  species  and  genera.  Mr.  Bentham's  opinion  was  that  the 
predominant  portion  of  the  Australian  flora  was  indigenous, 
although  there  appeared  to  be  a  very  remote  ordinal,  tribual,  or 
generic  connection  with  African  forms.  He  also  recognised  on 
the  one  hand,  an  ancient  connection  between  Australia  and  India, 
and  on  the  other,  a  still  more  ancient  one,  through  the  Alpine 
Flora  of  Victoria,  Tasmania  and  New  Zealand,  even  to  the 
American  Continent.  Whilst  fully  acknowledging  the  sagacity  of 
the  distinguished  Botanist  as  accounting  for  the  diversity  of  forms 
found  in  Australia,  the  difficulty  still  remains  of  accounting  for 
the  great  differences  in  the  genera  and  species  of  S.W.  and  S.E. 
Australia.  Sir  J.  D.  Hooker,  after  having  expressed  an  opinion 
that  Western  Australia  mi^jht  be  reojarded  as  the  centrum  of 
Australian  vegetation,  whence  a  migration  proceeded  Eastward 
and  led  gradually  to  the  differentiation  of  specific  forms,  suggests 
that  the  inquiry  cannot  be  pursued  satisfactorily  without  a  know- 
ledge of  the  comparative  geologic  ages  of  the  respective  regions. 
On  this  question  I  am  permitted  to  quote  a  passage  from  a 
communication  addressed  to  me  by  our  indefatigable  Geologist  Mr. 
Wilkinson  : — "  I  do  not  think  that  the  Western  Australian  Flora 
can  be  rightly  understood   until  studied  in  connection  with  the 


BY    THE    REV.  DR.  WOOLLS.  323 

distribution  of  the  Tertiary  Flora,  from  which  the  recent  one  has 
been  developed,  also  with  the  changes  in  the  physical  geography  of 
the  continent  which  have  directed  that  distribution.  Imagine  the 
luxuriant  condition  of  the  vegetation,  especially  upon  South-eastern 
Australia,  during  the  great  rainfall  period  which  immediately 
preceded  the  recent  flora,  when  the  great  Eiverina  Plains  were 
formed  by  higher  floods  than  those  occurring  at  the  present  day ; 
and  when  crocodiles  sported  in  swampy  jungles  along  the  Darling 
River  in  places  15  miles  distant  from  the  river,  and  now  dry  plains! 
In  that  period  Lake  Torrens  and  Lake  Eyre  were  probably 
connected  with  Spencer's  Gulf  and  stretched  northward  far  into 
the  continent.  Then,  in  the  previous  Miocene  times,  Australia 
stood  at  a  lower  level,  and  the  ocean  occupied  all  that  low  country 
between  Speiicer^s  Gulf  and  Western  Australia.  Then  again  in  the 
Cretacean  period,  about  two-thirds  of  Australia  onust  have  been 
under  the  ocean.  Under  these  conditions  how  did  the  plants  migrate'? 
And  with  alteration  of  the  form  of  sea  and  land,  the  ocean  currents, 
with  warm  or  cold  water,  as  the  case  might  have  been,  varied 
accordingly  and  affected  the  temperature  of  the  climate  of  the 
different  localities  ;  for  along  the  coast  7iear  Adelaide  the  rocks 
are  grooved  with  glacier  strise.  These  changes  of  temperature, 
therefore,  and  of  rainfall,  must  at  times  have  greatly  favoured  the 
growth  of  certain  plants,  and  the  diminution  or  extinction  of 
others  until  the  present  distribution  resulted."  It  would  be 
presumptuous  in  me  to  pursue  this  subject  any  further,  but  I  can 
easily  imagine  that,  at  a  period  when  Eastern  and  Western  Aus- 
tralia were  separated  by  an  intervening  sea,  the  migration  of  many 
plants  from  the  west  (a  migration  which  had  probably  commenced) 
was  rendered  impossible  ;  and  this  may  account  for  the  fact  that 
so  many  forms  of  vegetation  have  remained  isolated  from  the  rest 
of  Australia,  and  that  the  flora  of  the  S.W.  is  richer  than  that  of 
the  S.E.  Anyone  by  studying  the  census  of  plants,  as  furnished 
by  Baron  Mueller,  must  see  how,  in  some  genera  truly  Australian, 
the  species  are  all  limited  to  the  west,  and  how,  in  other  genera, 
a  few  species  only  have  found  their  way  east.  How  can  such 
things  have  happened   unless  some  great  physical  changes  have 


324     SPECIMENS   OF    PLANTS   COLLECTED    AT    KING   GEORGE's   SOUND. 

interrupted  the  ordinary  sequence  of  events  1  If,  as  enunciated 
by  Baron  Ettingshausen,  the  whole  existing  vegetation  of  the  world 
can  in  its  development  be  traced  to  a  universal  flora  of  bygone 
geologic  ages,  and  if,  as  stated  by  Mr.  Wilkinson,  the  process  of 
development  through  countless  periods  has  been  accompanied  by 
catastrophes  such  as  can  scarcely  be  imagined  in  these  days,  a 
theory  may  doubtless  be  constructed  as  satisfactory  to  the  Botanist 
as  to  the  Geologist.  However  that  may  be,  the  hand  of  infinite 
wisdom  may  be  traced  in  all  the  works  of  the  Creator,  as  tending 
to  the  gradual  development  of  His  purposes,  the  preservation  of 
species  adapted  to  different  soils  and  climates,  and  a  providential 
care  for  the  wants  of  humanity. 


BACTERIOLOGICAL    NOTES. 
By  Dr.  Oscar  Katz. 

1. — Note  on  the  Bacillus  op  Leprosy. 

Since  its  discovery  by  Hansen  and  Neisser,  about  ten  years  ago, 
the  bacillus  of  leprosy  has  been  made  the  subject  of  numerous 
researches,  with  a  view  to  its  artificial  cultivation,  and  its 
behaviour  when  experimentally  transmitted  to  man  or  animals. 

With  reference  to  the  first  point,  the  only  positive  and  unob- 
jectionable results  appear  to  have  been  obtained  by  G.  Bordoni- 
Ufi'reduzzi,*  who  cultivated  the  bacilli  in  question  from  the  marrow 
of  an  individual  who  had  died  from  leprosy.  Any  attempts  made 
by  him  to  cultivate  the  micro-organism  from  the  skin,  spleen,  liver 
and  lymphatics  of  the  dead  subject,  failed. 

Some  cultivation-experiments,  which  I  undertook  with  material 
from  living  lepers,  yielded  negative  results.  For  that  purpose,  I 
visited  on  two  occasions  the  Asylum  associated  with  the  Coast 
Hospital  at  Little  Bay,  near  Sydney,  where  at  the  time  several 
lepers  were,  with  one  exception  (native  of  Java),  all  Chinamen. 

The  material  for  experiment  was  derived  from  typical  non- 
ulcerating  tubercles  of  the  hand.  In  each  case  a  suitable  tubercle 
was  selected,  and  after  having  caused  the  man  to  wash  his  hand 
thoroughly  with  soap  and  water,  I  applied  for  some  minutes  a 

*  "  Ueber  die  Cultur  der  Leprabacillen. "  Von  Dr.  G.  Bordoni-Uffreduzzi 
ZeitschHft  fiir  Hygiene^  Britter  Band^  Erstes  Heft^  1887,  p.  178. 


326  BACTERIOLOGICAL     NOTES, 

5  p.m.  watery  solution  of  corrosive  sublimate,  whereupon  the  spot 
was  carefully  rinsed  with  a  sterile  0*6  p. c.  watery  solution  of  sodium- 
chloride.  The  tubercle  was  then  cut  open  through  its  whole  mass 
by  means  of  a  sterilised  scalpel.  The  blood  which  appeared  first 
was  rejected,  but  subsequently  samples  were  taken  from  the 
bottom  of  the  wound  by  means  of  a  platinum-loop,  and  at  once 
transferred  on  or  into  the  culture-material. 

(i)  June  6,  1887.  The  material  was  supplied  by  a  Chinaman 
who  suffered  from  characteristic  tuberous  leprosy.  Samples  of 
blood  from  a  rather  large  nodule  on  the  right  hand  were  transferred 
to  half-a-dozen  test-tubes  on  to  the  inclined  surface  of  coagulated 
human  hydrothorax  fluid,  which  had  been  obtained  from  the  Little 
Bay  Hospital  some  time  previously.  Besides,  one  tube  containing 
such  fluid  not  coagulated,  was  charged  with  some  of  the  leprosy- 
blood. 

I  will  mention  at  once  that  the  subsequent  microscopical  exam- 
ination of  cover-glass  preparations  of  this  blood  showed  only  a  very 
limited  number  of  leprosy-bacilli. 

A  corresponding  experiment  was  made  with  a  small  tubercle  on 
the  left  hand  of  the  same  leper.  Samples  of  blood  taken  from 
it  served  for  sowing  an  equal  number  of  tubes  as  before.  This 
blood,  as  was  afterwards  proved  by  the  microscopical  examination^ 
contained  an  enormous  quantity  of  leprosy-bacilli. 

On  my  return  to  Sydney,  but  not  until  the  following  day,  all 
the  tubes  were  placed  in  a  thermostat,  where  they  remained,  at  a 
temperature  of  36°  C.  to  about  34°  C,  for  about  two  months. 
During  this  time  they  were  occasionally  inspected,  but  the  result 
of  the  experiment  was  negative,  in  so  far  as  I  was  unable  to  trace 
any  multiplication  of  the  bacilli. 

(ii)  November  21,  1887.  Two  Chinamen  were  selected,  one  of 
them  being  the  same  as  above,  the  other  having  been  brought  to 
the  Asylum  since  my  last  visit  there.     In  each  case  a  typical 


BY    DR.  OSCAR    KATZ.  327 

tubercle  of  the  hand  was  picked  out  for  yielding  the  necessary- 
material  of  blood,  with  which  the  following  tubes  were  charged  : 
for  each  case,  five  containing  peptone-glycerine-agar,  solidified  at 
an  inclined  surface.  [The  composition  was — meat-broth  as  usual ; 
agar-agar  1  p.c,  peptone  1  p.c,  glycerine  6  p.c.  (in  weight),  sodium- 
chloride  0*6  p.c.  ;  reaction  slightly  alkaline.] 

On  microscopic  examination  of  each  of  the  two  descriptions  of 
blood,  leprosy-bacilli  were  seen  to  be  present  in  moderate  numbers. 

The  tubes  (fourteen  in  all)  were  placed,  in  the  evening  of  the 
same  day,  in  a  thermostat,  in  which  they  were  kept  for  a  month,  at 
a  temperature  of  about  37°C.  At  the  end  of  this  period  the  tubes 
were  still  sterile ;  the  pocket-lens  could  not  discover  any  sign  of 
growth  having  taken  place  in  them. 


As  to  the  question  whether  leprosy  is  inoculable  into  animals  or 
not,  the  opinions  still  differ.  The  possibility  of  its  contagiousness 
in  regard  to  man  is  now  proved  beyond  doubt.  It  will  be  remem- 
bered that  Father  Damien,  who  died  the  other  day,  is  said  to  have 
contracted  the  disease  while  engaged  in  his  mission  work  among 
the  lepers  at  Honolulu.  The  contagious  nature  of  the  disease  has, 
in  more  than  one  example,  been  made  manifest,  as  if  by  experiment, 
through  vaccinating  (against  small-pox)  with  lymph  derived  from 
persons  who  subsequently  exhibited  symptoms  of  leprosy. 

A  variety  of  animals,  such  as  rabbits,  guinea-pigs,  cats,  etc., 
have  been  experimented  upon,  in  order  to  ascertain  whether,  or 
under  what  conditions,  leprosy,  or  at  least  something  like  it,  can 
be  communicated  to  them.  It  seems  as  if  in  certain  animals  and 
under  certain  conditions,  leprosy-bacilli  can  be  brought  to  multiply, 
thereby  causing  changes  similar  to  what  takes  place  in  leprosy  as 
it  occurs  naturally  in  human  beings. 


328  BACTERIOLOGICAL     NOTES, 

I  can  offer  the  following  experiment.  On  the  6tli  June,  1887, 
a  number  of  sterilised  silk-threads  were  soaked  with  fresh  leprosy- 
blood,  of  the  same  origin  as  that  from  which  samples  for  cultivation 
were  derived  (see  above),  and  placed  in  sterile,  cotton-wool  stoppered 
test-tubes.  Those  which  were  steeped  in  the  blood  exceedingly 
rich  in  bacilli,  were  used,  soon  after  my  return  to  Sydney,  for 
inoculating  a  guinea-pig  and  three  house-mice.  The  guinea-pig,  a 
full-grown  specimen,  received  some  of  the  silk-threads  in  a  small 
subcutaneous  pouch  made  at  the  inner  side  of  the  left  thigh.  At 
the  point  of  inoculation  there  was  noticed,  after  some  time,  a 
small  hardened  mass,  which,  however,  disappeared  again  gradually. 
The  animal  was  not  any  further  operated  upon.  It  is  alive  up 
to  the  present  (that  is,  after  two  years),  and  never  showed  any 
symptoms  of  disease. 

The  three  mice  received  one  silk-thread  each  subcutaneously  at 
the  root  of  the  tail.  They  died  within  about  a  month,  without 
exhibiting,  at  the  post  moi'tem  examination,  anything  that  looked 
suspicious.     Leprosy-bacilli  were  not  found. 


2. — On  "  Air-gas  "  for  Bacteriological  Work 

When,  a  year  ago,  the  Intercolonial  Commission,  appointed  to 
inquire  into,  and  report  on  schemes  for  the  extermination  of 
rabbits  in  Australasia,  decided  to  erect  a  laboratory  on  a  little 
island  (Rodd  Island)  in  a  western  portion  of  Port  Jackson  (called 
Iron  Cove),  in  order  to  have  certain  infectious  diseases  tested, 
the  question  arose  as  to  how  this  laboratory  should  be  supplied 
with  gas.  Although  the  Island  is  only  a  few  hundred  yards 
from  the  mainland,  where  ordinary  coal-gas  was  already  in  use, 
it  was  considered  as  too  hazardous  to  conduct  such  gas  across  to 
the  Island,  on  account  of  the  formation  of  the  bottom  of  the  water 
at  that  place.  The  only  way,  therefore,  to  get  out  of  the  difficulty, 
was  to  manufacture  the  required  gas  on  the  Island  itself.     After 


BY    DR.  OSCAR    KATZ.  329 

some  deliberation,  I  decided  to  employ  for  this  purpose  a  Miiller's 
"  Alpha  Patent  Gas-making  Machine." 

This  apparatus  produces  gas  in  the  shape  of  a  mixture  of  atmos- 
pheric air  and  the  vapour  of  gasolene  or  petroleum  spirit  (composed 
of  carbon  and  hydrogen) ;  this  mixture  is  called  "  air-gas."  By 
means  of  weights,  atmospheric  air  is  pumped  through  a  drum  into 
a  chamber,  where  it  becomes  impregnated  or  "  carburetted  "  with 
the  vapour  of  that  very  volatile  liquid.  It  is  thus  turned  into  gas  j 
as  such  it  passes  into  a  small  gasometer  ("governor  "),  "whence  it 
supplies  automatically  what  is  required  for  the  burners,  no  matter 
how  many  are  in  use." 

The  machine  used  by  me  was  a  so-called  40-light  one,  in  other 
words,  one  able  to  yield  200  cubic  feet  of  gas  per  hour,  A  sub- 
stantial little  house,  adjoining  the  laboratory,  was  specially  built 
for  it ;  this  house  also  contained  the  store  gasolene.  Pipes  were 
conducted  all  through  the  laboratory  ;  the  gas  was  employed  both 
for  heating  and  lighting. 

My  experience  with  this  gas — I  know  it  now  for  nearly  a  year 
— -goes  to  show  that  it  is,  on  the  whole,  well  adapted  for  labora- 
tory researches  in  cases  where  coal-gas  cannot  be  easily  obtained. 
The  whole  apparatus  requires  only  little  room ;  the  processes  of 
filling  in  fresh  gasolene,  or  of  winding  up  the  weights,  take  but 
little  time.  The  knowledge  of  the  way  in  which  the  machine 
works,  and  how  it  will  give  satisfactory  results,  must,  of  course,  be 
acquired.* 

It  speaks  well,  I  think,  for  the  gas  manufactured  in  the  above- 
stated  manner,  that  by  aid  of  some  thermo-regulator,  and  a  little 

*  For  a  proper  evaporation  of  the  gasolene,  it  is  necessary  that  the  gas- 
making  machine  should  be  kept  at  not  too  low  a  temperature.  In  a  climate 
such  as  that  of  Sydney,  the  prevailing  temperatures  all  through  the  year 
are  favourable  to  the  manufacture  of  "air-gas."  In  colder  places,  in  winter 
it  will  become  necessary  to  arrange  for  special  heaters  in  the  gas  house. 


330  BACTERIOLOGICAL     NOTES. 

extra  attention,  it  can  without  risk  be  used  for  heating  thermo- 
stats. For  instance,  I  wanted  a  temperature  in  the  thermostat 
of  38°C.;  by  means  of  an  Argand  burner  supplied  with  such  gas, 
and  of  a  Reichert-Babes  thermo-regulator,  this  temperature  was 
kept  up,  within  a  few  tenths  of  a  degree,  for  weeks. 

Bunsen's  burners  can  only  discriminately  be  used  when  working 
with  this  gas,  which  is  mostly  too  rich  in  carbon  for  these  burners^ 
to  give  a  non-luminous  or  almost  non-luminous  flame.  When  the 
gas  gets  poorer,  that  is,  when  it  contains  more  atmospheric  air, 
Bunsen's  burners  can  with  advantage  be  taken  for  the  purpose  of 
heating.  Fletcher's  burners,  which  have  a  large  opening  stretched 
over  with  strong  wire-gauze  or  perforated  metal,  answer  best  for 
the  gas,  when  intended  for  heating,  say,  steam-sterilisers  or  copper- 
boxes.  For  sterilising  instruments,  platinum-wires,  glass  tubes,  etc., 
I  generally  used  a  Fletcher's  burner  of  long  cylindrical  shape  v^ith 
a  flattening-out  at  the  top,  which  was  covered  with  wire-gauze. 

I  should  add  that  the  light  of  this  gas  from  an  Argand  burner 
is  admirably  fitted  for  working  with  the  microscope. 


AN  ATTEMPT  TO  SYNCHRONISE  THE  AUSTRALIAN, 
SOUTH  AFRICAN,  AND  INDIAN  COAL  MEASURES. 

PART    L— THE    AUSTRALASIAN    AND    NEW    ZEALAND 
FORMATIONS. 

By  Professor  Stephens,  M.A.,  F.G.S. 

PREFATORY  NOTE, 

The  following  attempt  to  obtain  a  general  view  of  the  Geo- 
logical History  of  Australia  and  New  Zealand  between  the  close 
of  the  Devonian  and  the  commencement  of  the  Cretaceous 
periods,  might  not  unfairly  be  called  a  "summary  of  summaries,"^ 
or  "comparison  of  comparisons;"  since  it  accepts  the  outlines  as 
drawn  by  competent  authorities  each  for  his  particular  district, 
places  them  side  by  side,  and  endeavours  to  unite  them  by  trans- 
verse lines  of  isochronism.  The  same  attempt  has  often  been 
made  with  more  or  less  success.  But  it  is  in  the  nature  of  things 
that  our  present  conclusions  on  these  matters  can  only  be  pro- 
visional, and  will  require  modification  and  adjustment  with  every 
new  advance  in  our  knowledge. 

The  works  to  which  I  shall  refer  generally,  and  from  which  I 
shall  quote  without  further  notice,  are  the  abstracts  of  the  latest 
results  of  Geological  work  in  the  various  colonies  as  follows, 
viz.: — In  New  South  Wales,  the  Notes  by  C.  S.  Wilkinson, 
Government  Geologist,  in  the  annual  reports  of  the  Department 
of  Mines  ;  in  Yictoria,  the  Manual  of  Physical  Geography  and 
Geology  by  R.  A.  Murray,  Geological  Surveyor  for  the  Depart- 
ment of  Mines  (Government  Printing  Office,  Melbourne,  1887); 
in  Queensland,  the  Handbook  of  Queensland  Geology,  by  R.  L. 
Jack,  F.G.S.,  &c.,  Government  Geological  Surveyor;  in  Tasmania, 
a  paper  by  R.  M.  Johnston,  F.L.S.,  &c.,  in  P.R.S.T.,  1887  ', 
in  New   Zealand  from  the  Outline  of   N.Z.   Geology,  by   Sir  J. 


332       AUSTRALIAN,  SOUTH    AFRICAN,  AND    INDIAN    COAL-MEASURES, 

Hector,  1886.  I  have  also  used  the  Fossil  Flora  of  the  Coal,  &c., 
by  Tenison- Woods,  in  our  Proceedings  for  1883 ;  Fossil  Flora 
of  E.  Australia,  &c,,  by  Dr.  0.  Feistmantel,  Proc.  Roy.  Soc.  N.  S. 
Wales,  1880,  p.  103  ;  Geology  of  Tasmania,  by  Johnston,  Hobart,  , 
1888 ;  Invertebrate  Fauna  of  the  Hawkesbury,  (fee,  by  R. 
Etheridge,  jun.,  Sydney  1888 ;  Capt.  F.  W.  Hutton  on  the 
Geology  of  New  Zealand.     Q.J.G.S.,  1885,  p.  191,  &c.,  (fee* 

I  take  this  opportunity  of  expressing  my  extreme  regret  that 
in  discussing  Dr.Waagen's  paper  (Proc.  Linn,  Soc.  ser.ii.,  Vol.  III. 
p.  1 802).  I  had  omitted  to  refer  to  the  sources  from  which  it  was 
mainly  derived.  Dr.  Blanford's  Montreal  Address  (B.  A.  Report 
for  1884,  p.  691). 

In  the  discussion  of  the  true  correlations  between  the  Aus- 
tralian, South  African,  and  Indian  Coal  Measures  there  seems — 
at  least  from  my  point  of  view — to  be  betrayed  a  kind  of  in- 
definiteness  as  to  the  lines  upon  which  an  enquiry  which  is  as 
much  Geographical  as  Geological  should  be  prosecuted.  |^| 

The  problem  set  for  solution  has  now  been  shown  to  be  not  so 
much  purely  palseontological  as  dependent  on  the  reconstruction  of 
ancient  climates  by  the  revelation  of  ancient  Geographical  con- 
ditions, such  as  position,  extent  and  elevation  of  land  surfaces, 
direction  and  strength  of  marine  and  atmospheric  currents,  and 
the  alternations  of  glacial  or  interglacial  periods  caused  by  the 
varying  eccentricities  of  the  earth's  orbit,  in  combination  with 
that  rotation  of  the  axis  which  at  long  intervals  bring  the 
Northern  and  Southern  Hemispheres  each  in  its  turn  into 
Summer  or  Winter  perihelion. 

Regarding  the  princiioles  of  Dr.  Croll's  theory  as  sufficiently 
established,  though  unable  to  follow  his  developments  of  those 
principles  with  the  same  degree  of  acceptation,  I  cannot  conceive 


to 


*  I  have  purposely  refrained  from  quoting  from  any  author  not  easily 
accessible  in  this  country,  thinking  that  these  Abstracts  are  sufficient  for 
my  purpose. 


BY    PROFESSOR    STEPHENS.  333^ 

that  we  can  properly  correlate  the  phenomena  of  the  Coal  Measures 
of  India  and  Australia,  formations  accumulated  in  opposite  hemi- 
spheres, and  different  latitudes,  by  direct  comparison. 

The  more  reasonable  course  would  be,  I  think,  to  investigate  as 
fully  as  possible,  the  whole  question  in  the  Southern  Hemisphere 
before  entering  upon  its  bearings  upon  the  analogous  question  in 
the  Northern. 

But  the  opposite  course  has  been  pursued,  owing  probably  to 
the  far  more  perfect  knowledge  which  has  been  gained  of  Indian 
Geology  by  the  skilful,  energetic  and  brilliant  labours  of  the 
Geological  staff  of  that  country,  than  is  as  yet  available  for 
Australia.  New  Zealand,  indeed,  and  Victoria  have  set  an 
example  which  has  been  very  timidly  followed  by  the  other 
colonies.  Nevertheless,  in  spite  of  many  difficulties  and  distrac- 
tions the  excellent  geologists — too  few,  unfortunately,  for  the 
work — who  are  now  engaged  in  these  researches,  have  collected  a 
great  mass  of  information,  out  of  which  a  connected  history  of  this 
portion  of  the  Southern  Hemisphere  may  be  provisionally  con- 
structed ;  and  this  paper  is  a  humble  essay  in  that  direction. 

To  commence  with  New  South  Wales. 

I  think  it  may  be  convenient  to  give  a  brief  summary  of  Mr. 
Wilkinson's  report  so  far  as  concerns  the  period  in  question,  even 
though  it  be  familiar  to  all  present,  since  inquirers  away  from 
Sydney  often  want  and  find  it  difficult  to  obtain  this  kind  of 
information.  Mr.  Wilkinson  here  repeats  that  the  Lower  Car- 
boniferous beds  with  Lepidodendron,  CalamiteSj  Sigillaria,  &c., 
have  been  much  disturbed,  being  tilted  at  all  angles,  and  at  the 
Copeland  Goldfield,  like  the  corresponding  Maitai  rocks  of  N.Z., 
traversed  by  auriferous  quartz  reefs,  yielding  from  1  to  15oz. 
per  ton.  Other  beds  are  rich  in  marine  carboniferous  fossils. 
The  Upper  Carboniferous  (unconformable)  commence  with  marine 
strata  of  great  thickness,  implying  long  continued  depression, 
which  are  very  rich  in  characteristic  fossils,  succeeded  by  plant 
beds  and  coal  seams  (Greta,  Anvil  Creek,  West  Maitland),  in 
which  a    flora   which   has   been    termed    Mesozoic   is    abundant, 


334       AUSTRALIAN,  SOUTH    AFRICAN,  AND    INDIAN    COAL-MEASURES, 

displacing  entirely  the  preceding  types  of  vegetation.  These  coal 
measures  are  probably  also  represented  at  Hartley,  Joadja  Creek, 
Mt.  Kembla,  &c.  Upon  these  rest  the  Upper  Marine  Beds, 
indicating  another  period  of  depression,  and  exhibiting  a  similar 
fauna  with  the  Lower,  with  coarse  and  fine  conglomerates  con- 
taining striated  boulders  and  yielding  unmistakable  evidence  of 
Glacial  action.  (These  are  regarded  by  Mr.  T.  Oldham  of  the 
Indian  Geological  Survey  as  equivalents  of  the  Talchirs.)  Above 
these  Upper  Marine  (Carboniferous)  beds  come  the  Middle 
Coal  Measures,  worked  near  East  Maitland  and  at  Rix's  Creek, 
Singleton.  Then  about  2000  feet  of  strata  without  workable 
coal,  and  then  again  the  Upper  or  Newcastle  Coal  Measures. 
These  Middle  and  Upper  Coal  Measures  contain  Glossopteris  (8 
si)ecies),  Gangamoj^teris  angustifolia,  Phyllotheca  Australis,  Verte- 
hraria  Aitatralis,  &c.,  with  Urosthenes  Australis.  \Urosthenes  is  a 
c'enus  of  Ganoids  which  occurs  also  in  the  Carboniferous  of  Britain 
and  North  America,  and  not  later.  There  seems  therefore  to  be 
no  good  reason  for  separating  the  Newcastle  beds  from  the  rest  of 
a  series  which  is,  up  to  its  Upper  Marine  beds,  undoubtedly 
Carboniferous  in  the  British  sense.] 

It  used  to  be  assumed  that  the  Hawkesbury  formation  immedi- 
ately succeeded  the  Upper  Coal  Measures.  Mr.  Wilkinson,  how- 
ever, some  years  ago  pointed  out  that  on  the  right  of  the  Shoal- 
haven,  near  Jordan's  crossing,  the  Coal  Measures  had  been  eroded 
to  a  considerable  extent  before  the  deposition  of  the  overlying 
rocks.  I  myself  had  long  ago  observed  at  Bulli,  Mount  Victoria, 
Hassan's  Walls,  &c.,  a  series  of  red  shales  which  appeared  to 
intervene  between  the  Hawkesburys  and  the  Coal  Measures,  and 
had  also  noticed  that  a  formation  older  than  the  Hawkesbury 
cropped  out  from  under  it  upon  the  coast  near  Narrabeen.  This 
I  supposed  to  be  the  upper  portion  of  the  Coal  Measures,  and 
mentioned  it  as  such  to  Mr.  Wilkinson,  who  with  Mr.  David 
examined  the  ground,  with  the  surprising  result  that  these 
Narrabeen  beds  turned  out  to  be  a  portion  of  the  Clarence 
River  series,  yielding  as  they  do,  not  Glossopteris,  Gangamo})- 
teris    and    Vertebraria,    but    Tceniojyteris    Daintreei,    Alethopteris 


BY  PROFESSOR  STEPHENS.  335 

Aitstralis,  and  Tliinnfeldia  odordo^yteroides,  which  are  charac- 
teristic of  that  series.  And  at  the  same  time  these  heds  are 
found  to  correspond  to  the  chocolate  or  red  shales  just  men- 
tioned. (These  appear  also  about  Coal  Cliff  and  in  the  bores 
which  have  been  put  down  between  Sydney  and  Illawarra.)  In 
a  paper  read  April,  1885,  before  this  Society,  the  Rev.  J.  Milne 
Curran  maintained  that  the  Clarence  River  beds  are,  on  the  fossil 
evidence,  older  than  the  Hawkesbury,  and  that  the  Ballimore  beds 
near  Dubbo  are  the  first  in  succession  above  the  Newcastle  Coal 
Measures. 

Mr.  MacKenzie,  the  Examiner  of  Coalfields  for  New  South 
Wales,  has  quite  recently  enlarged  our  knowledge  of  these  most 
western  coalfields  by  the  discovery  of  Glossopteris,  which  is  strong 
evidence  for  even  a  more  remote  date  than  that  arrived  at  by  Mr. 
Curran, 

But  a  still  more  interesting  fact  has  been  ascertained  by  Mr. 
Wilkinson,  as  he  has  kindly  informed  me,  in  a  recent  official 
journey  through  the  Clarence  River  district.  He  finds  that  the 
Narrabeen  beds  are  at  the  base  of  the  Clarence  series,  about 
300  feet  in  thickness  (on  a  rough  estimate)  ;  that  they  contain 
coal  seams  which  may  be  of  some,  at  least,  local  value ;  and  that 
they  are  succeeded  by  the  Hawkesbury  beds,  which  are  again 
(in  the  Clarence  River  district)  overlaid  by  the  Upper  Clarence 
beds,  which  also  contain  coal  seams.  This  is  an  extremely 
important  discovery,  and  clears  up  many  difficulties. 

I  may,  I  hope,  be  pardoned  if  T  here  quote  a  few  words  from  a 
paper  on  the  Geology  of  the  Clarence  River  district,  read  before 
this  Society  in  December,  1883: — "The  road  from  Grafton  to 
Buccarumbi  runs  through  a  poor  country  of  sandstones  and  shales, 
undulating  in  the  valleys,  but  broken  by  ranges  of  mural  preci- 
pices closely  resembling  the  escarpments  common  in  the  Hawkes- 
bury sandstone.  The  false  bedding  or  oblique  stratification  so 
common  in  the  latter  series  is  equally  predominant  here,  and  the 
rock  faces  are  excavated  by  atmospheric  action  into  caves  or 
'  gibber  gunyas  '  of  exactly  the  same  character  as  those  on  the 


336       AUSTRALIAN,  SOUTH   AFRICAN,  AND   INDIAN   COAL-MEASURES, 

shores  of  Port  Jackson  or  in  the  gullies  of  the  Blue  Mountains. 
The  vegetation  is  also  so  similar  that  it  is  only  bv  a  kind  of 
effort  that  one  remembers  that  the  formation  is  not  the  same." 
I  think  this  passage  is  an  amusing  though  rather  humiliating 
illustration  of  the  manner  in  which  preconceived  ideas  may  lead 
to  the  misinterpretation  of  obvious  phenomena,  even  when  they 
have  been  correctly  observed. 

The  sequence  of  these  formations  appears  to  be  as  follows  : — 
The  Newcastle  beds  are  succeeded  by  a  blank  in  the  record, 
indicating  a  period  of  unknown  length,  during  which  the  G^ossop- 
teris  flora  was  entirely  swept  away,  not  by  any  sudden  cataclysm, 
we  may  be  su^e,  but  by  the  gradual  alteration  of  climatic  con- 
ditions. It  may  very  probably  have  been  a  period  of  depression 
corresponding  with  an  actual  glacial  period  in  higher  southern 
latitudes,  and  contemporaneous  with  the  formation  of  the  Bacchus 
Marsh  conglomerates,  of  which  more  hereafter. 

To  the  same  period  the  Esiheria  shales  of  500  feet  in  thickness, 
proved  by  Mv.  David,  may  perhaps  belong.  And  the  con- 
glomerates of  Lake  Macquarie,  Murru^'undi,  Wingelo,  (?)  &c.,  which 
rest  upon  the  greatly  denuded  coal  measures,  may  probably  form 
the  commencement  of  the  new  record. 

The  Clarence  Eiver  series  succeeds  with  its  lower  members,  as 
at  Narrabeen,  ove)  laid  somewhat  irregularly  by  the  great  fluviatile 
deposits  known  as  the  Hawkesbury  sandstone  (Sydney  sandstone 
of  Dana  and  Jukes),  which  a\e  thus  intercalated  in  the  Clarence 
River  series,  and  contain  Thinnfeldia  odontopteroides,  Alethop- 
feris  Australis,  and  Odontopteris  raicropliylla^  but  no  ToRniopleris 
Daintreei.  Large  numbers  of  Ganoid  Fishes,  and  two  or 
three  species  of  Labyrinthodonts,  Mastodonsaurus  (?)  and  Platyceps 
Wilhinsonii  (P.L.S.  N.S.W.,  1886)  have  recently  been  added 
to  the  known  fauna  of  these  beds,  and,  more  remarkable  still, 
Tremanotus  Maideni,  a  Bellerophontid  mollusc,  with  siphonal 
openings  along  the  keel,  has  been  described  by  Mr.  Etheridge 
from   Cockatoo  Island,  where  it  was   found  in  association  with 


BY    PROFESSOR    STEPHENS.  337 

the  thoracic  plate  of  Mastodonsaurus  (?)  determined  by  myself.* 
It  is  an  extraordinary  instance  of  survival,  but  is  here  especially 
interesting  as  proving  the  estuarine  character  of  at  least  this  stage 
of  the  Hawkesbury  formation  in  the  Sydney  area ;  a  view  which 
I  confess  seemed  to  me  so  inconceivable,  in  the  previous  entire 
absence  of  maiine  remains,  that  I  readily  accepted  this  fossil, 
without  examination,  as  a  freshwater  mollusc.  It  is  important  to 
remember  with  regard  to  these  Hawkesbury  Sandstones,  that  they 
also,  at  least  in  the  upper  portion,  offer  sufficient  evidence  of 
Glacial  action,  as  has  been  particularly  shewn  by  Mr.  Wilkinson, 
and  by  Mr.  David  in  a  paper  on  Glacial  action  in  Australia 
read  before  the  Geological  Society,  Q.J.G.S.,  May,  1887,  although 
it  does  not  seem  to  have  met  with  a  very  cordial  reception,  "f 

I  quote  again  from  Mr.  Wilkinson  :  "  The  surface  of  the 
Hawkesbury  Formation  was  denuded  and  worn  into  hollows  before 
the  Wianamatta  beds  were  deposited."  (See  also  Clarke,  Sedimen- 
tary Formations,  &c.,  p.  72),  ''and  the  latter  in  their  lithological 
characters  show  that  great  physical  changes  must  have  taken  place, 
for  they  consist  chiefly  of  argillaceous  shales,  which  are  in  striking 
contrast  with  the  thick  bedded  arenaceous  rocks  underlying  them. 
The  fine  sediment  which  formed  the  Wianamatta  shales  evidently 
settled  down  in  the  quiet  waters  of  a  lake."  Thbmfeldia  odon- 
topteroides,  Alethopteris  Gurrani,  Odontopteris  Knicrophylla  and 
Phyllotheca  Australis  continue  from  the  Hawkesbury,  but  Macro - 
tceniopteris  Wianainattce  and  Gleichenia  sp.,  appear  as  new  species. 
The    genus   Palceoniscus   is    common   to   both,    and    both    yield 

♦This  genus,  on  account  of  the  siphonal  openings,  has  led  to  the  removal 
of  the  family  from  the  Heteropoda  to  "  a  position  near  the  Fissurellidaa 
and  Haliotidse,  and  between  these  groups  and  the  Pleurotomariidae." 

tin  the  discussion  of  this  paper  Professor  Boyd  Dawkius  is  reported  to 
have  said  that  "  he  had  found  Olossopteris  to  the  west  along  with  Lepido- 
dendroid  plants  of  Mount  Victoria."  I  suppose  we  should  read  '^Glos^opteris 
along  with  Lepidodendroid  plants  to  the  west  of  Mount  Victoria."  There  is 
plenty  of  Glossopteris,  but  if  any  Lepidodendroid  fossil  was  found  there  it 
must  have  been  a  lower  carboniferous  or  upper  devonian  form,  possibly 
from  Mount  Lambie,  or  perhaps  as  a  transported  and  foreign  fossil  from 
the  upper  marine  (glacial)  beds. 
22 


338       AUSTRALIAN,  SOUTH    AFRICAN,  AND    INDIAN   COAL-MEASURES, 

Labyrinthodont  remains,  but  from  the  Wianamatta  Mr.  Etheridge 
(in  his  report  mentioned  above)  also  describes  two  species  of  Unio 
and  two  species  of  Unionella. 

It  seems  a  plausible  hypothesis  that  the  Upper  Clarence  Beds 
may  have  been  more  or  less  contemporary  with  the  Wianamatta 
Shales.  But,  in  any  case,  above  these  Wianamatta  or  Upper 
Clarence  beds  we  have  no  later  formation,  marine  or  fresh-water, 
on  the  eastern  side  of  the  colony, — but  on  the  right  bank  of  the 
Darling  we  find  the  Cretaceous  marine  beds  which  are  so  largely 
developed  in  Queensland,  and  which  probably  come  near  the 
marine  beds  of  Uitenhage  in  South  Africa. 

The  whole  series — as  determined  from  the  work  of  the  Rev.  W. 
B.  Clarke,  Mr.  Wilkinson,  Mr.  David,  Mr.  Etheridge  and  the  Rev. 
J.  M.  Curran,  is  as  follows : — 

Formations.  Climate 

(Supposed). 

Paroo  beds,  Marine,  Cretaceous f?) 

Break  in  the  Record  (?). 

1  /?^/  Wianamatta  Shales,  lacustrine,  700ft \  ,, 

^''\  Clarence  River  Upper  Coal-Measures,  500  ft.  (1)/  ^^"^ 

2.         Hawkesbury  Sandstone,  fluviatile,  1000  ft extreme. 

„  .^v  r  Clarence  River  Lower  Coal-Measures,  300ft.  (fj.\  .. 

\  Narrabeen  beds J 

.      f  Lake  Macquarie  Conglomerate \      , 

\  Estheria  Shales,  Flooded  Plains  (?),  640  ft J  ^^  ^^^^' 

5.        Break  in  the  Record. 

g,„ I  Ballimore  Coal-Measures j  j^ 

I  Upper  or  Newcastle  Coal-Measures J 

7.  Barren  Shales,  Floods  and  Droughts  (?;,  2000  ft.     extreme. 

8.  Middle  Coal-Measures equable. 

9.  Upper  Marine  beds extreme. 

10.  Lower  Coal-Measures equable. 

11.  Lower  Marine  beds extreme. 

12.  Break  in  the  Record  (?). 

13.  Lepidodendron  beds equable. 


BY   PROFESSOR   STEPHENS.  339 

QUEENSLAND. 

From  Mr.  Jack's  Handbook  of  the  Geology  of  Queensland, 
which  contains  also  much  of  Mr.  Dain tree's  observations,  we 
obtain  the  following  ascertained  facts: — 

The  Lower  Carboniferous  with  its  characteristic  fossils  appears 
at  Gympie.  In  the  Star  basin  also,  at  the  junction  of  the  Big 
and  Little  Star  Rivers,  tributaries  of  the  Upper  Burdekin,  we 
find  besides  Marine  Carboniferous  fossils,  Lepidodendron  atistrale, 
Knorria  inibricata,  &c.,  these  beds  being  no  doubt  identical  with 
the  Lepidodendron  beds  of  Gloucester,  Goonoo  Goonoo,  &c.,  N.S.W. 
The  same  beds  with  a  similar  but  better  preserved  flora  occur 
also  in  the  Drummond  Range,  which  forms  the  watershed  between 
the  Belyando  and  Mackenzie  Rivers,  and  is  intersected  by  the 
Central  Railway. 

Here  the  Carboniferous  Flora  ceases,  as  elsewhere,  abruptly, 
and  we  find  the  Glossopteris  beds  of  our  Uppe^-  Carboniferous 
appearing  in  the  Bowen  River  Coal  Field,  in  which  three  distinct 
series  of  sedimentary  rocks  are  presented.  At  the  base  of  this 
formation  we  find  white  and  red  sandstones  overlaid  by  the  bedded 
trappean  rocks  of  Mount  Toussaint,  Mount  Divlin  and  Mount 
Macedon.  They  are  succeeded  by  Series  ii.,  chiefly  marine,  with 
strong  evidence  of  Glacial  action,  and  Glossopte7'is,  and  are  identi- 
fied by  Mr.  Jack  with  our  Lower  Coal,  and  Lower  and  Upper  Marine 
beds.  The  Third  Series,  of  freshwater  formation,  which  is  repre- 
sented also  at  the  Oakey  Creek  (Cooktown),  Little  River  (Palmer- 
ville),  and  the  Dawson-Comet-Mackenzie  Coalfields,  with  Glossop- 
teris Browniana,  PhyUotheca  Australis^  &c.,  corresponds  to  our 
Upper  Coal  Measures. 

In  the  Burrum  Coalfield,  extending  from  the  Burnett  River  to 
Maryborough,  and  near  Rockhampton,  Glossopteris  Broioniana, 
and  Tceniopteris  Daintreei  occur  in  association,  a  fact  which  has  been 
thought  to  be  repeated  in  the  Jerusalem  Coalfield  of  Tasmania ; 
•and  Mr.  Jack  observes  that  "  it  seems  probable  we  have 
here  a  series  of  passage  beds  bridging  the  gap  between  the 
Bowen  and  Ipswich  Coalfields."    This  gap,  in  which  Glossopteris 


340       AUSTRALIAN,  SOUTH    AFRICAN,  AND    INDIAN    COAL-MEASURES, 

is  about  leaving  the  stage  and  Tmniopteris  has  already  appeared^ 
must,  one  would  suppose,  correspond  in  position  more  or  less  to 
the  hiatus  to  which  I  have  already  referred  between  the  Newcastle 
and  the  Clarence  River  series. 

The  Ipswich  or  Brisbane  River  coal  measures  correspond  with- 
out doubt  to  the  latter  (Narrabeen  and  Clarence  River),  containing 
as  they  do  Tmnioiiteris  Daintreei,  Cyclopteris  cuneata,  Tliinnfeldia 
odontopteroides^  Alethopteris  Australis,  ifec. 

But  in  Queensland  this  formation  seems  to  be  continuous  with 
the  Cretaceo-jurassic,  which  we  have  already  met  with  on  the  right 
bank  of  the  DarliDg,  but  which  is  of  vast  extent  a  little  further 
north. 

There  appears  to  be  no  break  in  the  continuity  of  the  Ipswich 
beds  with  the  great  Rolling  Downs  formation,  "  which  contains 
a  marine  fauna  (and  occasionally  freshwater)  representing  the 
migration  of  many  species  which  in  Europe  date  from  Rhsetic  to 
Cretaceous,  but  which  cannot  be  quoted  as  arguing  a  strict  con- 
temporaneity of  life."     (Jack,  l.c,  p.  67.) 

It  is  not  difficult  to  understand  the  survival  of  Triassic  forms 
in  these  regions,  since  many  such  remain  to  this  day.  But  it  is 
very  difficult  to  imagine  that  a  large  number  of  fossils  of  Cretaceous 
character  should  have  appeared  in  the  southern  hemisphere  so  far 
in  advance  of  the  northern  as  to  alter  the  character  of  a  true 
Jurassic  fauna. 

The  mode  in  which  these  fossils  chiefly  occur,  in  nodules  lying  upon 
the  general  surface  of  the  ground,  seems  to  suggest  that  a  consider- 
able erosion  of  the  softer  portion  of  the  deposits,  has  carried  away 
all  the  mass  which  once  overlaid  the  present  surface,  and  has  left 
behind  it  the  hard  and  heavy  concretions  which  had  formed  around 
the  organic  remains  of  many  periods  in  succession,  so  that  Cre 
taceous  fossils  from  the  highest  and  first  denuded  beds  are  mingled 
with  Jurassic  forms  from  the  lower  and  last  denuded.  Otherwise 
we  must  inevitably  be  drawn  to  the  conclusion  that  the  TcBniop- 
teris  flora  extended  its  duration  into  a  period  contemporaneous 
with  (at  least)  the  Lower  Cretaceous  in  the  Northern  Hemis- 
phere.    This   would    bring   the    Hawkesbury    beds    with    their 


BY    PROFESSOR    STEPHENS.  341 

Labyrintliodonts,  lVema7iotus,  &o.,  to  a  period  near  that  of  the 
Upper  Jurassic ;  a  position  not  apparently  quite  consistent  with 
the  fauna  ;  yet  it  is  not  an  inconceivable  solution  of  the  problem. 

The  succession,  as  recorded  in  Queensland,  is  therefore 

Rolling  Downs,   Marine  Lower  Cretaceous.  =  Paroo  beds, 
N.  S.  W. 

r  upper  Clarence  R. 
1-4       Upper,  Ipswich,  &c.,  Coal-  I  Hawkesbury, 

Measures  ..  ...      t  n^ 

V  Lower  Clarence. 

5.  Burrum  Coal-Measures.  Break  in  the  record. 

^  Bowen  Coal-Measures,  3rd 


6-lL 


I  Upper  and  Middle  CM. 
series     ...  ...  ...  j      ^^ 


Bowen  Marine,  glacial,  2nd 


series 


1  ] 
>      Upper  Marine  beds 


Bowen      Sandstones,      1st  ) 

)  Lower  CM.,   Lower  Marine. 
series    ...  ...  ...  j  ' 

12.        Break  in  the  record. 

{Drummond  Bans^e  beds,  &c.  )  c^^        ^   ^     ^      o 
^  '         \  Stroud  beds,  ikc. 

(Lepidodendron  nora)...  J 

The  correspondence  with  the  formations  of  New  South  Wales 
is,  as  might  be  e:i:pected,  clear  enough  in  general  outline ;  and  it 
may  be  confidently  expected  that  between  the  two  series  a  fairly 
complete  history  of  the  East  Australian  Lands  during  the 
Carboniferous  and  Mesozoic  periods  may  be  ultimately  con- 
structed. 

Victoria. 

The  Geology  of  this  Colony  has  been  pretty  well  worked  out  in 
many  especially  the  mining  districts  ;  but  the  Mesozoic  beds 
have  received  less  systematic  investigation  ; — and  it  is  with  these 
that  we  are  here  principally  concerned.  For,  with  the  exception 
of  certain  Lepidodendron  beds  upon  the  river  Avon  in  Gippsland, 
there  is  no  Carboniferous  record  whatever  in  the  country ;  and 
these  ought  very  likely  to  be  ranked  as  Devonian.  Nor  is 
there  even  any  Glossopteris  to  be  quoted,  whether  Carboniferous 
or  Mesozoic;    but  the  next  beds  the  Avon    sandstones — after  a 


342       AUSTRALIAN,  SOUTH   AFRICAN,  AND    INDIAN    COAL-MEASURES, 

very  long  interval  —  are  the  Gangamopteris  beds  of  Bacchus 
Marsh,  which  are  said  to  afford  unequivocal  evidence  of  Glacial 
action,  and  are  at  the  same  time  probably  related  in  some  way  or 
other  to  the  Newcastle  Coal  Measures  which  contain  both  Ganga- 
7)i02)teris  and  Glossopteris. 

These  Gangamopteris  sandstones  and  glacial  conglomerates  of 
Bacchus  Marsh,  resting  partly  on  strongly  folded  and  denuded 
Silurians  and  partly  on  the  older  volcanic  rocks,  have  generally 
been  regarded  as  the  equivalents  of  the  Indian  Talchirs,  which, 
as  stated  above,  are  supposed  to  be  represented  by  the  Ecca  glacial 
conglomerates  and  Glossopteris  shales  in  South  Africa  ;  and  by 
the  Upper  Marine  Beds  in  New  South  Wales.  But  Feistmantel 
with  more  reason — as  it  seems  to  me — places  the  Bacchus  JNlarsh 
beds  above  the  Upper  Coal  of  N.S.W.  (Proc.  Roy.  Soc.  N.S.W., 
Vol.  XIV.  1880,  p.  111). 

Above  these  Gangamo2:>teris  beds  of  Victoria  succeed  the  Car- 
bonaceous (so  called)  beds,  the  last,  if  not  the  first,  of  the 
Victorian  Mesozoic,  with  two  species  of  Unio^  three  of  Cycads, 
and,  more  important  for  our  purpose,  Pecopteris  {Aletltoj^teris) 
Australis,  and  Tcaniopteris  Daintreei. 

Now  these  same  ferns  of  the  Carbonaceous  rocks  of  Victoria 
occur  also  together  in  the  Clarence  River  beds,  so  that  there  cau 
be  little  doubt  of  the  correctness  of  their  identification,  which, 
indeed,  has  not  to  my  knowledge  been  questioned.  But  the 
discovery  of  the  Narrabeen  beds,  and  their  identification  with 
the  lower  beds  of  the  Clarence  River,  involving  the  claim  of  the 
latter  to  a  position  intermediate  between  the  uppermost  Glossop- 
teris beds  (i.e.,  the  Newcastle  Coal  Measures),  and  the  Hawkesbury 
sandstone  alters  the  argument  in  some  respects.  Granting,  as  we 
must,  the  correspondence  of  the  Carbonaceous  beds  with  the 
Clarence  River  series,  including  the  Hawkesbury  sandstones,  we 
must  look  for  a  quite  difierent  horizon  for  the  Bacchus  Marsh 
Glacial  beds  than  that  mentioned  above.  The  absence  of  Glossop- 
teris in  the  one  case,  as  compared  with  its  luxuriance  and  variety 
in  the  other,  has  always  presented  some  difiiculty  in  the  way  of 


BY   PROFESSOR   STEPHENS.  343 

accepting  the  identification  of  the  Bacchus  Marsh  and  Upper 
Marine  Glacial  and  Boulder  beds.  It  seems  to  me  that  the 
evidence  is  in  favour  of  Feistmantel's  correlation  of  the  Lower 
Bacchus  Marsh  beds  with  the  blank  space  above  the  Newcastle 
series,  in  which  case  the  overlying  Tceniopteris  beds  come  out 
directly  in  their  accepted  position,  equivalents  of  the  Clarence 
Biver  and  Hawkesbury  deposits.* 

The  Victorian  series  is,  therefore,  apparently  to  be  rearranged 
as  follows,  by  an  adaptation  of  the  list  given  in  Murray's  Geology 
of  Victoria,  p.  85. 

1,  2,   3. — Carbonaceous   rocks   of   the  Wannon,    Cape    Otway, 
Western  Port,  and  North  Gippsland — Coal  Measures  and 
sandstones — corresponding   to   the  Clarence    River   series 
with  the  intercalated  Hawkesbury  sandstones,  which  are 
probably   represented  by  similar  fluviatile  formations  in 
Victoria,  especially  in  the  Cape  Otway  district. 
5. — Bacchus    Marsh  conglomerates    and   sandstones  with  evi- 
dence  of  Glacial  action,  and  with  Gangamopteris,  corres- 
ponding to  some  part  of  the  great  blank  in  the  New  South 
Wales  record,  between  the  Newcastle  Coal  Measures  and 
the  Ivake  Macquarie  conglomerate. 
6-12. — No  record   of   any  part   of  the   period    which   elapsed 
between  the  close  of  the  Lepidodendron  era  in  New  South 
Wales  (Stroud,  &c.,),  and  the  uppermost  Newcastle  beds  ; 
that  is  to  say,  of  the  whole  Glossopteris  period,  together 
with    the   undefined    age   of    change   which   immediately 
preceded  it. 
13. — Lepidodendron  beds  on  the  Avon,  Gippsland,  correspond- 
ing to  those  of  New  South  Wales. 
I  should    wisli    to    draw    particular    attention    to    the    Glacial 
character  of  the  Bacchus  Marsh  conglomerates,  as  indicating  that 

*  This  was  practically  Feistmantel's  conclusion  before  the  Clarence 
River  beds  were  removed  to  their  true  position,  before  the  discovery  of 
Labyrinthodonts  in  the  Hawkesbury  sandstones,  and,  of  course,  before  Mr. 
Wilkinson's  discovery  of  the  intercalation  of  the  latter  formation  between 
the  lower  and  upper  members  of  the  Clarence  River  beds. 


344       AUSTRALIAN,  SOUTH    AFRICAN,  AND    INDIAN    COAL-MEASURES, 

the  blank  period  in  which  the  disappearance  of  the  Glossopteris 
flora  took  place  was  one  of  extreme  or  severe  climatic  conditions, 
accompanied  by  development  of  Glacial  phenomena  either  gener- 
ally or  under  local  conditions. 

Tasmania. 

In  Tasmania  we  find  no  Lepidodendron  beds,  nor  any  other 
record  of  upper  Devonian  or  lower  Carboniferous.  The  marine 
beds  of  Easlet'n  Tasmania,  with  Productus  hrachythoirus,  &c., 
and  evidence  of  Glacial  action  (Bruni  Island  and  elsewhere),  are 
classed  by  Mr.  Johnston  as  equivalents  of  our  Lower  Marine 
series,  with  which  they  sufficiently  correspond.  But  the  Mersey 
(or  Lower)  Coal  Measures,  with  GlossojMris  (.?),  Gaiigamopteris  and 
Noeggerathioijsis  spatliulata^  etc.,  seem  to  correspond  rather  with 
our  Middle  and  Upper  Coal  Measures,  than  with  the  Lower  or 
Greta  Coal,  with  which  our  author  correlates  them.  If  so, 
these  Tasmanian  "  Lower  Marine  "  beds  may  represent  the  whole 
of  our  Lower  Coal  Measures  and  "Marine"  beds;  and  the 
Mersey  Coal  Measures,  our  "Middle  and  Upper  Coal  Measures." 
But  the  Tasmanian  "  Upper  Coal  Measures "  are  plainly  the 
same  as  the  Clarence  River  and  Ipswich  beds,  in  all  of 
which  Glossopteris,  previously  so  abundant,  disappears  for  ever. 
A  doubtful  case  of  G.  linearis  and  G.  morihunda  is  indeed 
reported  from  some  of  these  Upper  Coal  Measures  in  Tasmania, 
just  as  Mr.  Jack  mentions  another  species  still  surviving  in  the 
Burrum  basin.  But  otherwise  the  fossil  flora  clearly  indicates 
this  identification,  which  extends  even  as  far  as  South  Africa, 
where  the  Stormberg  beds  contain  the  very  same  species,  as 
successors  to  the  same  species  C?)  of  Glossopteris.'^ 

*  Since  writing  the  above  I  have  received  a  note  from  my  brother,  Mr. 
Stephens,  M.A.,  F.G.S.,  of  Hobart,  mentioning  that  a  fossil  heterocercal 
Ganoid,  probably  a  species  of  Palceoniscus  though  in  imperfect  preserva- 
tion, has  just  been  discovered  in  the  Knocklofty  Sandstone,  belonging  to 
the  highest  formation  of  the  Upper  Pakeozoic  marine  beds  in  the  south  of 
the  island.  The  identification  of  this  fossil  will  be  looked  for  with  some 
interest.  Its  occurrence,  however,  is  some  evidence  in  favour  of  a  fluvia- 
tile  origin  for  this  sandstone,  which  may  possibly,  like  the  Hawkesbury 
beds,  be  ultimately  relegated  to  a  later  period  than  was  originally  thought 
probable. 


by  professor  stephens.  345 

New  Zealand. 

In  New  Zealand  the  Lower  Carboniferous  beds  have  as  yet 
yielded  no  plant  remains.  They  consist  in  the  lower  beds  of 
limestones  with  characteristic  marine  fossils,  gradually  passing 
upwards  into  unfossiliferous  fine  grained  argillaceous  slates. 
(Hector,  Outline,  &c.,  p  78.)  We  are  not  warranted,  it  seems  to 
me,  in  assuming  that  the  Lepidodendroid  Flora  of  the  Lower  Car- 
boniferous in  Australia  and  Africa  ever  had  existence  in  New 
Zealand,  although  there  must  have  been  land  surfaces,  with  some 
kind  of  flora. 

That  those  islands  were  more  or  less  directly  connected  with 
Asia  and  Austi-alia  during  some  part  of  the  Mesozoic  period  is 
extremely  probable,  if  not  absolutely  certain.  But  there  is 
nothing  to  indicate  any  earlier  connection  on  this  side,  and  we 
are  quite  certain  that  there  was  none  in  the  subsequent  ages  ; 
though  it  is  probable  enough  that  at  more  epochs  than  one  New 
Zealand  may  have  formed  an  outlying  portion  of  an  Antarctic 
continent. 

However  this  may  be,  the  next  in  sequence,  the  Oreti-Kaihiku 
series,  regarded  as  Permian  on  the  ground  of  its  Molluscan  fauna 
(though  containing  also  Saurian  remains  {Ichthyosaurus)  and 
Labyrinthodont  (?)  teeth,  and  remarkable  for  the  "  absence  of 
Spirifera,  Productus,  and  the  other  usual  Palaeozoic  elements  of  a 
Permian  fauna,"  both  of  which  facts  appear  to  indicate  a  Mesozoic 
rather  than  a  Palaeozoic  position,  (Hector,  lib.  cit.),  presents,  in 
its  lower  portion,  a  glacial  conglomerate  or  boulder  formation 
"  resembling  the  character  described  for  the  base  of  the  Gond- 
wana  series  in  India,"  and  above  this  one  species  at  least  of 
Glossopteris.  It  is  impossible  to  recognise  in  the  marine  fauna 
here  quoted  (Permian  Molluscs  and  Ichthyosaurus)  or  in  the 
(probably)  Labyrinthodont  remains,  any  resemblance  to  our 
Upper  Marine  (Carboniferous)  beds,  however  much  they  may 
appear  to  correspond  in  their  evidence  of  glacial  action. 


346       AUSTRALIAN,  SOUTH    AFRICAN,  AND    INDIAN    COAL-MEASURES, 

But  let  us  consider  the  series  which  follows.  The  Wairoa- 
Otapiri  series,  with  a  fauna  of  very  mixed  character,  com- 
bining some  surviving  Permian  forms  with  a  great  majority  of 
distinctly  Triassic  character,  and  a  few  which  are  Jurassic  in 
Europe,  has  been  on  the  whole  regarded  as  Triassic,  the  Wairoa 
beds  even  as  lower  Trias.  Yet  the  presence  of  Belemnites  otajnri- 
ensis,  which  is  near  B.  elongatus  of  the  English  Lias,  along  with 
Pleurotomaria  ornata  and  Tancredia  truncata,  which  are  '''Oolite 
forms,"  (Hector  I.e.  p.  71),  must  not  be  neglected.  In  this  forma- 
tion there  are  also  fresh  water  beds,  with  Glossoptens,  ZamiteSy 
and  Rhacophyllum.  Now,  looked  at  from  the  northern  stand- 
point, all  our  Mesozoic  and  post-Mesozoic  formations  appear  of  a 
mixed  character,  like  what  are  called  Passage  beds  in  an  area 
of  definite  formations.  And  in  the  same  manner  the  corres- 
ponding formations  in  the  northern  hemisphere  would  present 
to  the  Antarctic  geologist,  who  had  commenced  with  our 
Australasian  and  South  African  fossils  and  had  studied  these 
alone,  a  similar  confusion  and  mixture  of  heterochronous 
characters.  Yet  in  view  of  the  much  more  rapid  and  extensive 
dispersal  of  animals,  and  especially  of  marine  animals,  than  of 
plants,  and  the  great  preponderance  of  the  Holarctic  region  in 
abundance  and  variety  of  forms,  both  vegetable  and  animal,  in 
view  also  of  the  evidence  of  a  general  drift  of  these  forms  to  the 
southward,  at  least  since  the  commencement  of  Mesozoic  times, 
and  taking  into  account  the  generally  feeble  character  of  the 
return  current  or  reraigration  towards  the  Equator,  by  which 
some  types  are  creeping  north  from  the  now  sunken  Antarctic 
continent  and  its  still  extant  outliers  in  New  Zealand,  Tasmania, 
and  Eastern  Australia,  South  Africa  and  South  America,  we  may 
come  to  a  general  conclusion  that  a  large  number  of  contem- 
porary northern  types  found  fossil  in  any  southern  marine  for- 
mation indicates  a  nearly  synchronous  but  later  period  for  the 
southern  than  for  the  northern  equivalent ;  so  that  a  Southern 
Cretaceo-jurassic  Fauna  should  be  considered  as  synchronous  with, 
or  even  a  little  younger  than  the  European  Cretaceous,  and  a 
Liasso-triassic  assemblage,  on  the  same  principle,  as  Liassic;  except 


BY  PROFESSOR  STEPHENS.  347 

where  there  is  reason  to  suppose  that  the  Liassic  element  is  of 
Southern  origin,  in  which  case  we  should  accept  the  Triassic 
position. 

I  should  therefore  regard  the  Oreti-Kaihiku  as,  at  any  rate,  not 
more  ancient  than  Triassic,  and  as  properly  correlated  with  the 
Clarence  River  and  Hawkesbury  beds,  with  their  Labyrinth odont 
fossils;  and  in  the  same  way  I  suould  suppose  the  Wairoa- 
Otapiri  series  to  extend  upwards  into  the  Oolitic  period  of  the 
northern  hemisphere.  (See  Capt.  Hutton,  Geol.  N.Z.,  Q.J.G.S., 
1885.) 

It  is  true  that  in  both  of  these  series  we  find  the  record  of 
Glossojyteris,  a  fact  which  seems  to  militate  against  the  view  here 
proposed,  since  in  New  South  Wales  this  form  is  undoubtedly 
Palaeozoic,  and  perhaps  truly  Carboniferous.  But  it  appears  to  me 
that  Glossojyteris  must  have  continued  to  exist  in  New  Zealand 
long  after  its  complete  disappearance  from  New  South  Wales, 
the  region  in  which  it  had  been  present  earlier,  in  greater 
abundance,  and  with  more  numerous  species  than  in  any  other 
known  part  of  the  Southern  Hemisphere.  And  therefore, 
disregarding  Glossopteris,  and  relying  on  the  presence  of 
Saurian  and  Amphibian  remains,  and  the  absence  of  Spirifera 
and  Froductus,  I  cannot  but  think  that  the  Oreti-Kaihiku  comes 
in  above  our  upper  coal,  and  that  the  glacial  period  which  the  base 
of  this  formation  records  in  New  Zealand,  was  the  same  period 
which,  without  leaving  any  tokens  of  its  presence,  and  very 
possibly  without  any  accumulation  of  ice  at  all,  closed  our  Upper 
Carboniferous  period  by  putting  an  end  to  the  flora  characterized 
by  Glossojyteris,  Vertehraria,  &c.  If  so,  the  Clarence  River  and 
Hawkesbury  formations  may  together  form  the  equivalent  of  the 
combined  Oreti-Kaihiku  and  Wairoa-Otapiri. 

The  succeeding  formations  in  New  Zealand  are  classed  by  Sir 
James  Hector  as  Liassic,  Jurassic  and  Lower  Greensand,  and 
represent  the  Rolling  Downs  formation  and  the  XJitenhage  of  S. 
Africa.     Capt.  Hutton,  however,  regards  them  as  Lower  Jurassic 


348       AUSTRALIAN,  SOUTH    AFRICAN,  AND    INDIAN    COAL-MEASURES, 

(I.e.  p.  194).  Omitting  them  therefore  from  our  present  consider- 
ation we  shall  have  a  conjectural  list  of  parallel  formations  made 
out  as  follows  : — "^ 

NEW    ZEALAND.  NEW    SOUTH    WALES. 

Mataura     series,     No.    viii., 

Hector,  I.e.  "  Jurassic "    ...     Wianamatta. 
Macrotcenmpteris  lata  ...      M.  Wianamattce. 
Tceniopteris       Daintreei, 
Clent  Hills,  N.Z. 
Otapiri-Wairoa  (No.  x.),  "Tri- 


1.       < 


.    - Clarence  beds. 

assic 


I  Upper 


4-      (')    { 


GlossojJteris,  Labyrintho- 
donts 
Oreti  conglomerate — evidence  |  Hawkesburj    beds,    Laby- 
of  ice  ...  ...  ...  (       rinthodonts. 

Kaihiku     beds      (No.      xi.),  j  Lower       Clarence      beds, 
"Permian"  ...  ...  (       Narrabeen,  &c. 

Glossoj^teris,  Laby  rintho- 
donts. 

Conglomerates     of     Lake 
Macquarie,  &e. 
5.  Break  in  the  record. 

i  Glossopteris    beds,     New- 

6-11.     Maitai  series,  No.  xii.,  "Car-j  ,,      ri  at     j.      t 

'  '  \      castle    CM,    to    Lower 

boniferous "  ...  ...  I       tm     • 

^       Marine. 

Spirifer    bisidcatus,   S.   glaber,    Froductus   brachythcBrics, 

CyathophyUurrij  Cyathocrinus. 

12.  Break  in  tlie  record. 

13.  Te    Anau    beds    (No.    xiii.)^  i  Lepidodendron     beds      at 

"  Devonian  "  (?) .'  (       Stroud,  &c. 

If  we  endeavour  to  reconstruct  for  ourselves  the  varying  aspects 
of  the  whole  region  during  the  vast  extent  of  time  over  which  we 
have  glanced,  we  shall  see  some  such  succession  of  Physiographical 
features  as  the  following  : — 

*  See  Proc.  Roy.  Soc.  N.S.W.  Vol.  XIII.  1879,  p.  68,  for  a  provisional 
classification  by  Sir  James  Hector,  which  however,  as  was  inevitable  at 
that  time,  contains  many  misapprehensions  as  to  the  succession  on  our 
side. 


BY  PROFESSOR  STEPHENS.  349 

First, — we  behold  an  Australian  group  of  islands  extending 
from  below  the  Tropic,  and  perhaps  even  from  the  Asiatic  conti- 
nent, up  to  an  Antarctic  Archipelago  or  continent,  which  is  also 
approached  in  like  manner  by  two  other  oceanic  lands  ;  one,  a 
group  of  islands  to  the  east,  representing  the  present  New  Zealand, 
the  other,  a  great  way  further  to  the  westward,  being  the  southern 
prolongation  of  the  African  continent ;  but  we  cannot  make  out 
anything  of  the  corresponding  extremity  of  South  America. 

In  all  of  these  are  ranges  of  mountains  rising  into  the  clouds 
above  those  areas  which  are  marked  in  geological  maps  as  occu- 
pied by  the  older  crystalline  rocks,  their  summits  white  in 
many  regions  with  perennial  snows,  and  fostering  glaciers 
in  their  upper  hollows.  The  lower  hills,  where  they  are 
shaped  out  of  sedimentary  rocks,  are  full  of  the  fossils 
which  we  call  Silurian  or  perhaps  also  Devonian.  If  we 
confine  our  attention  to  the  Eastern  portion  of  the  area 
roughly  marked  out  above,  that  is  to  say,  Eastern  Australia, 
New  Zealand,  and  the  intervening  portion  of  the  Pacific,  disre- 
garding the  larger  western  part  formed  by  Western  Australia, 
the  Indian  Ocean  and  South  Africa,  but  remembering  at  the  same 
time  that  both  the  seas  mentioned  are  practically  landlocked 
towards  the  south,  we  shall  see  that  the  warm  equatorial  currents 
of  the  Pacific  which  then  as  now  flowed  southwards  along  the 
eastern  shores  of  both  the  eastern  and  the  western  islands,  and 
through  the  various  channels  which  divided  each  of  those  groups 
were  not  as  now  confronted,  split  up  and  chilled,  in  or  about  "the 
forties,"  by  a  vast  and  continuous  flood  of  cold  water  from  the 
west,  nor  by  the  influx  of  still  colder  drifts  of  iceladen  currents 
from  the  polar  seas,  but  were  defended  from  both  by  tracts  of 
land  which  at  the  present  moment  are  submerged.  The  cur- 
rents flowing  from  the  equatorial  regions  were  thus  forced  to 
return  along  the  northern  shores  of  the  Antarctic  lands, 
warming  them  as  the  Gulf  Stream  now  warms  the  coast  of 
Norway,  and  to  complete  their  circle  by  bathing  the  western 
shores  also  of  New  Zealand,  which  thus  lay  between  two  currents, 
one  much  the  warmer,  running  southwards,  the  other  cooled  but 


350       AUSTRALIAN,  SOUTH    AFRICAN,  AND    INDIAN    COAL-MEASURES, 

not  chilled,  flowing  to  the  north.  (Somewhat  similar  to  this  was 
the  system  of  circulation  in  the  Western  or  Indian  Ocean,  though 
on  a  much  larger  scale.) 

Hence  the  climates  were  warm  and  moist,  the  land  surfaces 
below  the  snow  line  were  clothed  with  luxuriant  vegetation,  and 
the  sea  swarmed  with  animal  life  of  familiar  Carboniferous  types. 
The  maritime  lowlands,  especially  in  the  eastern  portion  of  the 
Australian  group,  were  covered  with  forests  or  jungles  of  Lepido- 
dendra,  Calamites,  and  the  other  allied  forms  with  which  we  are 
so  familiar  in  the  Carboniferous  formations  of  the  Northern 
Hemisphere.  In  the  more  northerly  parts  of  the  same  group  such 
forms  were  abundant  on  both  eastern  and  western  flanks  of  the 
principal  islands ;  but  towards  the  south  they  became  more  and 
more  restricted  to  the  moister  and  warmer  east.  As  the  land 
rose  towards  the  mountains  the  vegetation  grew  less  luxuriant, 
and  began  to  consist  principally  or  at  least  most  conspicuously 
of  ferns  and  Equisetaceous  plants  of  humbler  growth  and  hardier 
habit ;  until  at  the  higher  level  the  plants  became  for  the  most 
part  reduced  to  ferns  of  creeping  or  scrambling  habit,  with 
simple  fronds  not  unlike  some  of  the  existing  Polypodiums, 
accumulating  in  thick  matted  brakes,  the  lower  beds  of  which 
were  gradually  being  consolidated  into  peat. 

Among  these,  especially  near  brooks  or  in  swamps,  were  dense 
reed-beds  of  Horsetails  or  similar  plants.  In  short,  the  flora  of 
these  high  lands  was  of  what  I  have  already  named  the  Glossop- 
teris  type ;  while  the  dense  and  rank  vegetation  of  the  shores  was 
the  Lepidodendron  flora  of  the  Northern  Hemisphere,  of  the 
Drummond  Range,  of  Tamwoith,  Stroud,  Cobar,  Gippsland, 
Grahamstown  in  S.  Africa,  and  other  places  known  and  unknown. 
It  did  not  however  extend,  so  far  as  I  can  see  at  this  distance, 
into  the  latitudes  of  Tasmania,  nor  into  the  New  Zealand  group 
to  the  eastward.  This  is  the  first  picture  in  the  geological  magic 
lantern,  the  first  of  the  epochs  under  our  consideration. 

After  a  long  interval  of  darkness  in  which  we  can  discern 
jiothing   clearly,    but   have    an    indistinct    perception    of    great 


BY  PROFESSOR  STEPHENS.  351 

variations  in  level,  vast  volcanic  disturbances,  and  consequent 
geographical  alterations,  we  again  begin  to  see  in  a  glimmering 
light  the  landscape  as  before,  but  in  a  strangely  altered  state. 
Subsidence  of  the  land  or  rising  of  the  sea  has  opened  ways  for 
the  cold  ocean  currents  from  the  west,  and  the  still  colder  water 
from  the  icy  south.  The  maritime  i-egions  that  formerly  bore 
the  exuberant  jungles  of  the  Lepidodendron  flora  are  now  below 
the  sea-level.  The  climate  in  general  is  severe  and  stormy, 
modified  of  course  by  local  conditions.  The  snow  line  has 
descended,  and  before  it  the  Glossopieris  flora  has  been  gradually 
forced  likewise,  step  by  step,  to  a  refuge  in  the  low  lands. 

Strange  as  it  may  seem,  it  is  nevertheless  certain  that  how- 
ever extreme  the  transformation  of  the  landscape  may  have 
been,  the  waters  of  the  sea  and  their  inhabitants  underwent  no 
sufficient  hardship  to  alter  their  character.  From  the  last 
preceding  marine  fossiliferous  beds  we  find  the  following  genera 
and  species  still  surviving,  viz. :  Cyathophyllura,  A7n2olexuSf 
Syringopora,  Favosites,  Strophalosia,  Chonetes,  Orthis,  Rhyn- 
chonella  pleurodon,  Atryjoa,  Spirifer,  Teltinomya,  Aviculopecten, 
Pterinea,  Dentaliutn,  Murchisonia  verneuiliana,  Pleurotomaria, 
Eioomplialus,  Loxonema,  Goniatites,  Orthoceras  (Report  l)ep. 
Mines,  pp.  57-67).  I  have  no  doubt  that  this  list  will  be  largely 
increased  by  further  identifications  in  the  older  or  Devonian  beds. 

This  is  our  third  epoch — that  of  the  Lower  Marine  beds.  In 
the  fourth — the  Lower  Coal  Measures — we  see  the  land  again 
emerging,  broad  valleys  opening  upon  well- watered  plains ;  a 
climate,  if  not  warm,  at  least  constantly  temperate,  moist,  and 
eminently  favourable  to  the  growth  of  the  Glossopteris  flora, 
which  is  now  occupying  wide  areas  with  the  peat  mosses  which 
are  to  be  the  "  Lower  Coal "  of  the  future.  On  the  drier  eleva- 
tions we  see  forests  of  Araucarias  and  other  conifers.  But  the 
snow  line  is  still  at  a  lower  level  than  in  the  Lepidodendron 
time,  and  the  glaciers,  in  consequence  of  the  abundant  pre- 
cipitation of  aqueous  vapour,  descend  even  lower  than  in  the 
colder    period    immediately    preceding.     Except    in    the    more 


352       AUSTRALIAN,  SOUTH   AFRICAN,  AND    INDIAN   COAL-MEASURES, 

northern  parts,  as  before,  the  western  shores  of  the  Australian 
islands  have  a  drier  and  colder  climate,  and  a  much  less 
abundant  growth  of  the  eastern  flora.  We  cannot  see  what  the 
vegetation  of  New  Zealand  is,  but  conjecture  it  to  be  scanty, 
developed  as  it  must  have  been  from  very  small  remnants 
of  a  scanty  indigenous  flora.  Few  forms  could  have  survived 
the  severities  which  had  destroyed  the  Australian  Lepidodendra. 
(For  even  here  in  Australia  the  destruction  of  species  must  have 
been  enormous,  and  the  number  of  survivors  very  few,  as  the 
vast  profusion  of  individuals  and  fewness  of  species  which  is  so 
marked  a  feature  in  our  Upper  and  Middle  Coal  Measures  clearly 
shows.  Yet  here  was  a  large  quasi-continental  area,  extending 
far  towards  the  north,  on  which  to  draw  for  replenishment  of  the 
recovered  land,  while  New  Zealand  does  not  seem  at  that  time  to 
have  had  any  advantage  of  the  sort.)  The  emergence  of  the  land 
has  again  barred  the  channels  of  the  old  currents  from  the  west 
and  south,  and  the  genial,  or  at  least  equable,  climate  of  the 
former  period  has  been  renewed.  Why,  then,  has  not  the  former 
vegetation  recovered  its  place  ?  The  same  plants  as  flourished 
here  in  the  reign  of  the  Lepidodendron  flora  of  Australia  are 
flourishing  still  in  jungles  as  thick  and  luxuriant  as  before,  in 
Brazil,  and  in  vast  regions  of  the  Northern  Hemisphere.  Why 
not,  therefore,  in  Australia  also  ?  The  answer  is  simple.  The 
destruction  was  so  complete  that  it  left  no  Australian  asylum  in 
which  a  remnant  might  have  been  preserved  for  the  future 
restoration  of  the  race.  The  communication  between  Australia 
and  Asia  was  also  interrupted,  so  that  re-migration  from  the 
northern  continent  was  impossible.  Besides,  the  climate  seems 
to  have  altered  in  respect  of  average  temperature.  It  seems  now 
to  be  rather  cool  than  warm,  though  exceedingly  equable  and 
favourable  to  the  growth  of  ferns. 

In  the  Upper  Marine  beds  we  observe  a  repetition  of  the 
submergence  of  land,  thereby  reopening  the  cold  water  channels, 
lowering  the  snow  line,  and  stretching  out  the  glaciers  downwards 
even  to  reach  the  sea. 


BY  PROFESSOR  STEPHENS.  553 

Another  age  of  emergence  and  amelioration  produces  the 
Middle  Coal  Measures,  followed  in  its  turn  by  the  severe  interval 
of  the  Barren  shales. 

These  oscillations,  however  interesting  as  indications  of  the 
regularity  in  these  southern  regions,  as  also  of  the  alternations  of 
climate  which  are  so  remarkably  illustrated  in  the  history  of  the 
Glacial  periods  of  the  north,  are  of  no  importance  to  us  at  this 
moment.  But  the  next  emergence  corresponding  with  the  Upper 
Coal  Measures  appears  to  deserve  more  particular  attention.  Not 
only  have  all  the  climatic  conditions  been  altered  by  the  reclosing 
of  the  cold  water  channels,  but  some  kind  of  communication  vfith 
the  northern  continent  has  been  approximately  completed.  For, 
in  the  rivers  of  this  period,  flowing  through  lands  covered  with 
the  very  same  vegetation,  and  in  all  other  respects  apparently 
just  the  same  as  the  rivers  of  the  preceding  coal-forming  epochs, 
there  suddenly  appears  a  quite  new  arrival  from  the  rivers  of  the 
north.  For  Urosthenes  is  a  Ganoid  fish  of  the  Palaeoniscus  family, 
belonging  to  a  genus  well-known  in  the  northern  Carboniferous, 
and  makes  the  first  appearance  of  a  vertebrate  in  the  Australian 
freshwaters. 

The  Ganoids  are  essentially  freshwater  fishes,  and  though  they 
are  tolerant  of  the  brackish  water  of  estuaries,  and  can  doubtless 
make  short  voyages  by  sea  from  one  river  mouth  to  another,  yet 
they  are  incapable  of  traversing  any  considerable  tract  of  salt 
water,  as  is  indeed  shown  by  the  geographical  distribution  of  the 
surviving  members  of  the  order.  It  is  a  fair  conclusion,  therefore, 
that  some  means  of  communication  had  been  at  last  opened 
between  Australia  and  Asia.  There  had  been,  so  far  as  can  be 
seen,  no  passage  of  any  organic  form  from  the  one  land  to  the 
other  since  the  period  of  the  Lepidodendron  flora,  which  must 
have  originated  in  either  the  Northern  or  Southern  Hemisphere, 
and  whose  existence  in  both  requires  the  hypothesis  of  a  line  of 
communication  on  the  Australian  as  well  as  on  the  American  side. 

It  would    be  audacious  to  argue  that  the  existence  of  such  a 
bridge  (or  stepping-stone)  between  Australia  and  Asia  indicates  a 
23 


354       AUSTRALIAN,  SOUTH    AFRICAN,  AND    INDIAN   COAL-MEASURES, 

greater  and  more  extensive  emergence  of  these  regions  than  had 
occurred  in  the  previous  coal-forming  periods.  Yet  the  two 
things  are  at  least  not  inconsistent,  and  the  hypothesis  will  help 
to  account  for  many  otherwise  inexplicable  or  difficult  points. 

Supposing  then,  since  the  supposition  is  allowable  as  such,  that 
during  this  Newcastle  period  the  western  and  eastern  groups  of 
islands  (Australia  and  New  Zealand)  were  both  at  the  same  time 
united  (by  emergence)  with  the  Antarctic  lands,  and  supposing 
also  that  the  southern  extremity  of  the  African  continent  was  in 
like  manner,  and  at  the  same  time,  prolonged  to  meet  a  northern 
extension  of  the  same,  we  should  once  again  have  two  Oceanic 
resions,  the  sea  between  Australia  and  New  Zealand  on  the  one 
side,  and  the  sea  between  Australia  and  Africa  on  the  other, 
practically  closed  against  all  cold  currents  and  continually  warmed 
in  their  higher  latitudes  by  the  equatorial  currents  generated 
within  the  tropics.  Such  conditions  would  induce  for  certain  the 
general  dispersion  along  the  maritime  districts  of  those  elements 
of  the  Australian  flora  and  fauna  which  had  been  severally 
developed  by  one  cause  or  another  in  such  a  way  as  to  qualify 
them  for  a  general  occupation  of  the  new  territories  ofiered  by 
emergence  and  for  a  contest  on  advantageous  terms  with  the 
other  competitors. 

Thus  the  Glossojyte^^is  flora  spread  into  the  Antarctic  lands, 
among  them  east  and  west  to  New  Zealand  and  South  Africa,  and 
perhaps  also  northwards  from  Australia  across  the  equator 
towards  India,  then  an  insular  tract  in  processs  of  emergence, 
occupied  in  all  probability  by  a  low  and  feeble  flora,  and  open  as 
India  has  ever  been  to  the  first  invader. 

It  is  unnecessary  to  enter  into  further  detail.  The  hypothesis 
is  sufiiciently  stated,  but  remains  as  it  began,  a  hypothesis,  in- 
volving the  assumption  that  the  evidence  of  the  existence  of 
Glossopteris,  &c.,  in  South  Africa  and  New  Zealand  does  not 
indicate  synchronism  with  the  Glossojyteris  series  of  New  South 
Wales. 

The  next  period  in  the  New  South  Wales  series  (the  blank  in 
the  record,  which  succeeds  to  the  Newcastle  Coal  Measures) 
is    again   one    of    extreme    change   in   the  flora    and    on   land. 


BY^  PROFESSOR   STEPHENS.  355 

It  was  in  all  probability  a  period  of  great  replacement  in  the 
marine  fauna  also,  no  record  of  which,  however,  is  preserved, 
except  in  the  New  Zealand  formations  ;  and  these,  though  corres- 
ponding more  or  less,  do  not  at  present  allow  of  a  precise  corre- 
lation. There  is  no  positive  evidence  on  this  side  of  any  sub- 
mergence, though  it  has  been  strongly  suspected  on  other  grounds, 
and  is  suggested  by  the  complete  and  final  disappearance  of  the 
Glossopteris  flora  from  New  South  Wales,  taken  together  with  its 
subsequent  development  elsewhere.  The  severity  of  some  portion 
of  this  period  is  indicated  by  the  Glacial  conglomerates  of  Bacchus 
Marsh  in  Victoria,  which  can  not  reasonably  be  referred  to  any 
other  epoch,  and  by  the  similar  and  probably  contemporary 
characteristics  of  th^  Ecca  conglomerates  in  South  Africa.  The 
Burrum  Coal  Measures  of  Queensland,  and  perhaps  also  the 
Estheria  shales  and  even  the  Ballimore  beds  in  New  South  Wales 
may  possibly  indicate  intervals  of  more  favourable  climatic  con- 
ditions, such  as  are  testified  to  by  unequivocal  evidence  during 
the  great  Glacial  age  of  the  north. 

It  is  impossible  at  present  to  do  more  than  guess  at  the 
(geological)  length  of  this  period,  during  some  part  of  which  I 
take  the  Bacchus  Marsh  conglomerates  to  have  been  formed. 
At  its  conclusion,  however,  and  after  these  regions  had  settled 
dow^n  again  under  a  condition  of  things  not  unlike  that  which 
had  preceded,  we  find  a  different  flora,  quite  new  to  this 
country,  occupying  the  same  ground  (more  or  less)  as  the 
lost  Glossopteris.  This,  which  I  call  the  Tceniopteris  flora,  is 
unanimously  declared  to  be,  from  the  northern  standpoint, 
Jurassic.  (If  it  is  derived  from  the  north  it  is  later,  and 
if  from  the  south,  earlier  than  its  nominal  era.)  It  is  at  any 
rate  undoubtedly  Mesozoic.  The  lowest  and  the  uppermost 
formations  of  this  period,  taken  as  a  whole,  seem  to  indicate 
emergence  or  elevation  of  the  land,  so  that  its  abundant  rivers 
swept  out  in  rapid  descent  to  the  ocean,  bearing  with  them  their 
loads  of  coarse  detritus,  and  depositing  only  in  flood-time  their 
lighter  silt  and  finer  sand  upon  the  surface  of  the  plains  through 
which  they  ran. 


356       AUSTRALIAN,  SOUTH    AFRICAN,  AND    INDIAN    COAL-MEASURES. 

But  in  the  middle  of  this  period  (taken  as  a  whole)  the 
pendulum  swung  back,  and  an  intervening  period  of  depression 
and  refrigeration  took  place.  Vast  rivers,  swift  in  their  upper 
courses,  and  carrying  with  them  into  their  lower  waters  enor- 
mous volumes  of  sand,  which  they,  with  their  diminished  fall, 
were  unable  any  longer  to  carry  through  into  the  ocean,  accumu- 
lated about  their  shifting  beds  the  enormous  masses  of  the 
Hawkesbury  sandstone  and  its  southern  equivalents. 

In  this  rock  we  have  evidence,  not  as  yet  found  in  the  Lower 
Clarence  beds,  of  the  introduction  of  many  Ganoid  fishes,  of 
Labyrinth odonts,  a,nd  of  the  existence  of  other  forms  whose  pre- 
sence seems  at  present  inexplicable.  Upon  the  hypothesis  here 
adopted  it  would  seem  probable  that  the  fish  and  amphibia  had 
really  made  their  way  into  this  region  during  the  preceding  period 
of  emergence  (period  of  the  Lower  Clarence  beds),  and  during 
the  existence  of  a  temporary  "  bridge "  between  Australia  and 
S.  E.  Asia.  In  the  same  way  one  would  account  for  the  con- 
temporary introduction  of  Labyrinthodonts  in  the  New  Zealand 
regions.  And  I  have  more  than  once  shown  that  it  is  at  least 
not  improbable  that  Ceratodus  and  Osteoglossum  (besides 
Hatteria)  managed  to  effect  their  entrance  at  the  same  time. 
After  the  Hawkesbury  interregnum,  the  restoration  of  more 
equable  climates,  owing  probably  to  yet  another  emergence  of  the 
land,  is  testified  to  by  the  Coal  Measures  of  the  Upper  Clarence 
beds,  of  Ipswich  in  Queensland,  and  of  Newtown  and  Jerusalem 
in  Tasmania. 

If  the  formations  of  this  period  do  really  graduate  upwards 
into  the  Marine  Cretaceous  beds  of  the  Kolling  Downs  series,  as 
suggested  by  Mr.  Jack  (above,  p.  340),  we  have  here  before  us  a 
complete  record  of  the  very  uneventful  history  of  this  ancient 
flora  of  Australia,  from  the  Lower  Carboniferous  of  both  hemis- 
pheres to  the  Upper  Jurassic  of  the  southern,  far  poorer  and  more 
antique  and,  as  it  were,  obsolete,  than  the  contemporary  flora  of 
the  north. 

The  breaks  in  the  record  are  but  two — one  between  the  Lepido- 
dendron  and  the  Glossopteris  flora,  the  other  between  the  latter 
and  the  Tseniopteris. 

(To  be  continued.) 


OBSERVATIONS  ON  THE  OVIPOSITION  AND  HABITS 
OF  CERTAIN  AUSTRALIAN  BATRACHIANS. 

By  J.  J.  Fletcher,  M.A.,  B.Sc. 

The  object  of  my  remarks  is  suggested  by  the  following  quota- 
tion from  a  paper  by  Dr.  Giinther  :  "  Our  knowledge  of  the 
mode  of  propagation  of  extra-European  Batrachians  is  restricted 
to  a  very  small  number  of  species ;  and  from  the  few  singular 
facts  with  which  we  have  become  acquainted,  we  may  expect  that 
most  interesting  discoveries  will  be  made  by  naturalists  who  have 
the  opportunity  of  observing  these  animals  in  their  native 
countries."  "^ 

The  late  Mr.  Krefft  at  different  times  published  three  lists  of 
Australian  Frogs,!  and  one  of  those  found  in  the  neighbourhood 
of  Sydney;!  several  of  these — as  well  as  a  paper  "  On  the  Verte- 
brated  Animals  of  the  Lower  Murray  "  &c.§ — contain  particulars 
about  the  habits  of  Australian  frogs,  and  in  one  or  two  of  them 
the  subject  of  their  breeding  is  incidentally  but  very  briefly 
touched  upon.  Dr.  Giinther  has  also  recorded  some  observa- 
tions II  on  four  species  of  Australian  frogs — three  of  which  are 
figured — which  lived  for  some  time  in  the  Zoological  Gardens, 
London ;    and   Professor   McCoy  ^   has    some  remarks  on    Hyla 

*  Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  1876  (4),  xvii,  p.  377. 

t  (1)  Cat.  of  Nat.  and  Indust.  Products  of  N.S.  W.  forwarded  to  the  Paris 
Universal  Exhib.  of  1867,  p.  107. 

(2)  Monthly  Not.  of  Fap.  and  Proc.  Roy.  Soc.  of  Tasmania,  1865,  p.  16. 

(3)  "Australian  Vertebrata."     The    Industrial  Progress   of  N.S.W.y 

being  a  Report  of  the  Intercolonial  Exhibition  of  1870,  at  Sydney, 

p.  741. 
JP.Z.S.  1863,  p.  386. 

§  Trans.  Phil.  Soc.  of  N.S.W.  1862-65,  p.  32. 
II  P.Z.S.  1863,  p.  249. 
IT  Prodromus  of  the  Zoology  of  Victoria,  Decades  v  and  vi,  pi.  42  and  63. 


358  OVIPOSITION  AND  HABITS  OF  CERTAIN  BATRACHIANS, 

aurea,  Limnodynastes  dorsalis,  and  L.  tasmaniensis  to  accom- 
pany coloured  plates  of  these  species.  These,  together  with  the 
notes  of  Messrs.  Aitken  and  Sanger  (infra  p.  361)  I  believe, 
comprise  all  but  what  relate  to  the  taxonomy  of  Australian 
Batrachians. 

The  species  of  frogs  referred  to  in  what  follows  are,  with  one 
exception,  comprised  in  the  Batrachian  fauna  of  the  neighbour- 
hood of  Sydney,  or,  as  it  would  be  better  to  say,  of  the  County  of 
Cumberland,  a  district  which,  with  an  average  rainfall  of  50 
inches,  is,  for  Australia,  one  very  favourable  to  Batrachian  life. 
Tt  is  necessary  to  point  this  out  because  Australia  presents  such 
a  wide  range  of  climate,  and  many  of  the  species  are  more  or  less 
cosmopolitan;  hence  it  may  be  that  individuals  of  the  same 
species  may  present  differences  in  habits  according  to  locality  and 
variations  in  external  conditions,  and  more  particularly  rainfall. 

Reference  to  Boulenger's  "  Catalogue  of  the  Batrachia  Salientia 
in  the  British  Museum  "  (1882)  shows  about  fifty  species  to  be 
therein  recorded  from  Australia  and  Tasmania,  while  last  year 
the  same  gentleman  described  two  additional  species ;  of  these 
New  South  Wales  may  be  credited  with  about  thirty,  and  the 
County  of  Cumberland  with  about  twenty.  This  number  suffices 
to  show  how  rich  in  Batrachians  the  neighbourhood  of  Sydney  is, 
though  owing  to  the  steadily  increasing  area  required  for  settle- 
ment, the  consequent  removal  of  sheltering  logs  and  stones,  the 
contamination  of  the  ponds  and  creeks  with  sewage,  and  the 
increasing  numbers  of  ducks,  geese,  and  small  boys,  the  collector 
of  frogs  already  has  to  lament  the  devastation  of  some  of  the  best 
collecting  grounds  in  the  neighbourhood.  Though  other  local  lists 
are  not  so  far  available,  yet  as  many  of  the  species  are  more  or 
less  cosmopolitan,  and  each  of  the  colonies  has  one  or  more 
peculiar  species,  Australians  may  well  be  astonished  at  the 
following  ridiculous  statement,  more  especially  as  it  is  made  by 
so  eminent  a  scientific  man  as  the  late  Paul  Bert :  ''  In  our 
country  the  poor  toads  are  often  cruelly  and  stupidly  destroyed. 
It  will  undoubtedly  not  a  little  astonish  you  to  hear  that  great 


BY   J.  J.  FLETCHER.  359 

numbers  of  these  useful  but  disregarded  creatures  are  sent  from 
Europe  to  Australia  to  help  to  keep  the  gardens  free  from  noxious 
and  destructive  guests,  such  as  snails,  insects,  &c."* 

Of  the  frogs  occurring  in  this  neighbourhood  then  I  have  at 
different  times  found  pairs  referable  to  about  ten  species  in  coitio, 
and  in  most  cases  have  been  able  to  identify  the  ova,  and  to 
determine  the  circumstances  under  which  oviposition  takes  place. 
The  species  referred  to  are  Liinnodynastes  tasmaniensis,  L.  dor- 
saliSj  Crinia  signifera,  Hyla  aurea,  H.  ewingii  var.  calliscelis, 
H.  i:>hyllocliToa^  H.  citropics,  ffyj?erolia  marmo7'ata,  FseudojyJiryne 
australis,  and  P.  hibronii.  With  the  exception  of  the  two 
species  of  Pseudo2yhryne  (and  perhaps,  though  I  doubt  it,  also 
Hyperolia  marmorata,  of  which  I  have  seen  the  ova,  but  only 
when  laid  under  abnormal  conditions)  these  come  under  Section 
A.  of  Group  I  of  Mr.  Boulenger's  Synoptic  Table,!  that  is 
to  say : — 

i.  *'  The  ovum  is  small  and  the  larva  leaves  it  in  a  comparatively  early 
embryonic  condition." 

A.  '*  The  ova  are  laid  in  water." 

"  Probably  the  majority  of  Batrachians  ;   all  European  forms  except 

Alytes."' 

In  regard  to  some  of  the  remaining  species,  by  noting  the  dates 
on  which  males  with  breedin;^  papillae  have  been  found,  or  young 
ones  completing  their  metamorphoses,  some  idea  of  the  breeding 
season  has  been  gained  ;  while  the  occurrence  of  recognisable  tad- 
poles in  ponds  which  one  has  been  regularly  in  the  habit  of 
visiting,  together  w^ith  a  knowledge  of  the  characters  of  such 
ponds  and  of  the  facilities  which  they  offer  to  frogs  for  depositing 
ova,  enable  one  to  form  opinions  which  will  probably  eventually 
be  found  to  approximate  to  the  truth.  Hence  from  such  incom- 
plete observations  as  I  have  been  able  to  make  I  think  that  by 
far  the  majority  of  the  remaining  species  occurring  in  the  County 
of  Cumberland  also  deposit  their  ova  in  water  in  the  ordinary 

*  "First  Year  of    Scientific   Knowledge."      By   Paul   Bert.      English 
Edition  translated  by  Madame  Bert  (1886),  p,  61. 
''Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  1886  (5),  xvii,  p.  463. 


360  OVIPOSITION  AND  HABITS  OF  CERTAIN  BATRACHIANS, 

way  without  presenting  anything  remarkable.  At  any  rate,  with 
the  exception  of  the  ova  of  the  two  species  of  Pseudophryne 
above-mentioned,  no  spawn  has  been  met  with  by  me  except  such 
as  has  the  characters  mentioned.  In  the  case  of  a  few  of  the 
rarer  species,  or  those  which  do  not  occur  very  near  Sydney,  e.g.^ 
Hyla  lato2?ahnata,  H.  lesueurii,  U.  dentata^  Hylella  bicolor,  no 
data  whatever  have  so  far  been  obtained. 

The  two  species  of  Pseudophryne  do  not  oviposit  in  water,  but 
under   stones,    &c.,    in  damp   situations.     The    tadpoles,  though 
capable  of  sustaining  without  injury  a  prolonged   postponement 
of  the  hatching — in  one  case  for  a  period  of  over  three  months, — - 
seem  unable  to  complete   their  metamorphoses   without  gaining 
access  to    water.     These   two  species    therefore  are  referable  to 
Group  II  of  Mr.  Boulenger's  Table,   and  w^ill  be  provided   for  if 
Section  A  of  it  be  subdivided  as  follows  : — 
ii.  "  The  yolk-sac  is  very  large,  and  the  young  undergoes   the  whole  or 
part   of   the   metamorphosis  within   the   egg ;  at  any  rate  the 
larva  does  not  assume  an  independent  existence   until  after  the 
loss  of  the  external  gills." 
A.  "  The  ova  are  deposited  in  damp  situations  or  on  leaves." 

(a)  The  embryo  leaves  the  egg  in  the  tadpole  stage. 

Pseudophryne  australis,  Gr.;  P.  'bihronii,Qth.Y. 

(b)  **  The  embryo  leaves  the  egg  in  the  perfect  air-breathing  form." 

"i?a;ia  opisthodon,  Blgr.;  Hy lodes  martinicensis,  D.  &  B." 

Other  Australian  frogs,  more  particularly  Myohatrachus  gouldii, 
Gr.,  (sp.)  from  West,  and  Notaden  hennettii^  Gthr.,  from  East  Aus- 
tralia, perhaps  also  Helioporus  cdhoinmctalus^  Gr.,  may  be  expected 
to  exhibit  similar  or  perhaps  even  more  interesting  modifications. 
In  his  description  of  the  first-mentioned  of  these  Dr.  Giinther  alludes 
to  the  large  size  and  the  fewness  of  the  ova.*  Notaden  is  an 
inland  form,  recorded  in  the  British  Museum  Catalogue  from 
Castlereagh  River,  also  from  Wilson's  River,  Queensland ;  but 
this  species  also  occurs  in   the   Cobar  and  Narrabri  districts,  the 

*"  The  eggs  are  ver\'  large,  half  the  size  of  a  pea,  and  there  are  only 
twenty  to  twenty-four  in  one  ovarium  ;  no  sign  of  an  embryo  is  visible 
therein,  although  the  eggs  appear  to  be  ripe  for  being  laid."  {Cat.  of  Batr. 
Sal.  in  the  Brit.  Mus.,  first  edition,  p.  54). 


I 


BY    J.  J.  FLETCHER.  361 

former  of  which  has  (for  a  period  of  six  years)  a  mean  annual  rain- 
fall of  13-66  inches,  and  45  as  the  mean  annual  number  of  rainy 
days,  as  compared  with  49-86  inches  and  153  days  respectively 
for  Sydney  (for  29  years). "^  Hence  in  such  a  locality  as  this  the  frogs 
must  sometimes  be  in  great  straits  to  get  rid  of  their  ova,  if  their 
oviposition  is  of  the  ordinary  character  ;  and  the  young  must  often 
develop  under  difficulties  unless  there  is  some  adaptation  to  cir- 
cumstances. Dr.  Giinther  (I.e.  p.  378)  also  says  :  "  The  observa- 
tion of  A.  W.  Aitken  {Trans.  New  Zeal.  Inst.  ii.  1870,  p.  87) 
that  in  tropical  parts  of  Australia  certain  frogs  form  a  hollow  ball 
of  clay,  containing  about  half  a  pint  of  clear  cold  water,  in  which 
they  sojourn  during  the  drought,  is  probably  also  indicative  of  a 
provision  to  secure  the  safety  of  the  spawn  and  young."  Further 
information  about  this  species  as  well  as  its  identification  are  desir- 
able. Mr.  E.  B.  Sanger  statesf  that  on  one  occasion  he  found  in 
pools  collected  from  rain  which  had  fallen  two  days  previously,  "the 
first  time  for  certainly  two  years,"  on  the  stony  plains  of  the 
central  Australian  desert,  a  greab  number  of  tadpoles  and  a 
young  fish ;  and  as  to  how  they  came  there  he  concludes  "  that 
the  eggs  must  have  been  buried  rather  deeply,  and  then  when  the 
moisture  reached  them  developed  rapidly."  On  this  subject  Mr. 
Aitken  also  says  (I.e.)  "  There  are  districts  often  exceeding  5,000 
square  miles  in  extent  in  the  interior  of  the  Australian  continent 
in  which  there  is  no  surface  water  for  many  months,  and  in  some 
instances  for  years  ;  yet  as  soon  as  rain  falls  in  sufficient  quantities 
to  fill  the  water-holes  they  are  swarming  with  young  frogs."  Fur- 
ther on  he  again  speaks  of  swarms  of  tadpoles  peopling  the  water- 
holes  after  rain. 

Since  1881  I  have  carefully  made  notes  of  the  dates  at,  and 
the  circumstances  under  which,  I  have  met  with  frogs  breeding; 
with  the  result  that,  taking  one  year  willi  another  for  several 
years,  e.g.  the  three  years  1884-86,  some  frog-spawn  was  met  with 
in  every  month  in  the  calendar.  Not  that  there  was  anything 
abnormal  about  these  years,  for  a  similar  result  would  be  quite 
normally  obtainable  by  regularly  collating  one's  observations  for 

*  "Rain  and  River  Observations,  1887,  p.  41." 
t  Ameiican  Naturahst,  1883,  xvii.  p.  1185. 


362  OVIPOSITION  AND  HABITS  OF  CERTAIN  BATRACHIANS, 

a  longer  or  shorter  period.  This  interesting  state  of  things — in 
correspondence  with  which  the  creeks  and  ponds,  except  of  course 
during  such  unfavourable  seasons  as  we  have  recently  had  when 
these  have  had  little  or  no  chance  of  becoming  established,  may- 
be found  more  or  less  teeming  with  tadpoles  throughout  the 
year — is  attributable  to  at  least  three  or  four  causes : — (1) 
Dependence  of   the  oviposition  on  the  rainfall,  itself  irregular; 

(2)  Seasonal  differences  in  the  breeding  times  of  different  species  ; 

(3)  The  prolongation  of  the  breeding  seasons  owing  to  the  fact  that 
all  the  females  of  a  given  species  may  be  far  from  simultaneously 
ready  to  spawn  at  a  given  time ;  and  possibly  (4)  some  species 
may  breed  normally  more  than  once  during  the  year.  The  mild 
climate  is  perhaps  also  a  factor  which  should  not  be  entirely  over- 
looked. 

The  rainfall  is  a  most  important  factor  in  regulating  the  dates 
of  oviposition,  inasmuch  as  a  heavy  downpour  of  rain  is  often 
necessary  to  release  the  frogs  from  their  aestivation,  and  in  many 
cases  to  provide  the  water-supply  in  which  the  spawn  is  to  be 
deposited.  A  heavy  downpour  of  rain  succeeding  a  period  of  dry 
weather  will  set  some  frogs  spawning  at  any  time  of  the  year  ; 
and  on  the  other  hand,  in  whatever  month  the  frogs  spawn,  as  a 
general  rule  they  do  so  as  soon  as  the  weather  clears  up  after 
rain.  In  the  case  of  the  swamp  frogs,  if,  as  in  very  favourable 
years,  the  ponds  are  full  when  the  frogs  are  ready  to  spawn,  no 
doubt  they  do  so ;  but  in  very  dry  seasons  they  are  in  the  same 
plight  as  the  less  aquatic  species. 

In  England  Rana  temporaria  spawns  with  considerable  regu- 
larity at  the  end  of  February  or  beginning  of  March,  the  spawning 
lasting  about  a  fortnight ;  while  on  the  continent  two  varieties  of 
R.  escidenta  spawn  within  a  fortnight  of  each  uther,  a  fact  which 
is  held  to  be  of  importance  as  indicating  that  they  are  distinct 
races,  and  in  maintaining  their  distinctness.*  Similar  regularity 
has  been  noted  in  the  case  of  American  frogs,  f  With  our  frogs 
there  is  much  irregularity,  and  the  ovipositing  periods,  instead  of 

*  P.Z.S.  1885,  p.  670. 
t  Packard's  *'  Zoology"  pp.  484-487, 


BY   J.  J.  FLETCHER.  365 

being  brief  and  well-marked,  are  more  or  less  prolonged  and  inter- 
mittent, a  condition  for  which  the  irregular  character  of  the 
rainfall  is  primarily  and  mainly  responsible.  Of  a  period  of  thirty 
years  the  Government  Astronomer  says  : — ''  There  is  not  much 
difference  in  the  average  amount  of  rain  falling  in  each  of  the 
first  seven  months,  but  a  marked  decrease  is  manifested  in  the 
last  five,  especially  September,  November,  and  December.  .  . 
It  is  remarkable  that  during  that  period  every  month  in  the 
calendar,  except  December,  has  been  the  maximum  for  the  year 
one  or  more  times.  .  .  .  The  evaporation  in  October, 
November,  December,  and  January  is  greater  than  in  the  other 
eight  months  of  the  year."  (Meteorology  of  N.S.W.  Industrial 
Progress  of  N.S.W.,  1871,  pp.  589,  590). 

That  is  to  say  at  the  season  of  the  year  at  which  it  would  seem 
most  natural  for  the  frogs  to  spawn,  judging  from  the  habits  of 
frogs  in  general,  the  meteorological  conditions  on  the  whole  are 
against  them,  for,  even  allowing  for  averages,  the  monthly  rainfall 
is  decreasing,  the  evaporation  is  on  the  increase,  so  that  spring- 
droughts  are  by  no  means  uncommon  ;  this  state  of  things  is 
varied  occasionally  by  a  very  heavy  rain-storm  during  this  period 
giving  the  maximum  monthly  rainfall  for  the  year,  an  event 
which  gives  the  frogs  special  opportunity. 

In  the  case  of  Rana  temjooraria,  for  example,  all  the  surviv^ing 
frogs  of  the  same  season's  hatching  are  approximately  of  the  same 
age,  while  all  the  frogs  of  different  ages  differ  in  regard  to  the 
same  by  some  multiple  of  one  year.  With  our  frogs  this  may 
obviously  not  be  the  case,  since  individuals  of  the  same  species 
hatched  during  the  same  season  may  differ  in  age  by  as  much 
as  six  months  or  more ;  so  that  it  is  reasonable  to  expect  that  the 
maturation  of  the  ova,  though  probably  occurring  at  regular 
periods,  should  not  be  simultaneous  in  all  the  females  of  a  given 
species.  Consequently  of  our  frogs  it  may  be  said  that  they 
spawn  when  they  are  ready,  or  as  nearly  as  the  conditions  of 
moisture  will  allow  ;  but  that  they  are  not  all  ready  at  the  same 
time. 


364  OVIPOSITION  AND  HABITS  OF  CERTAIN  BATRACHIANS, 

In  correspondence  with  this  one  never  sees  as  much  spawn  at 
any  one  time  as  may  be  seen  in  an  English  pond  when  the  frogs 
are  breeding.  My  most  instructive  round  in  one  of  the  suburbs 
of  Sydney  included  a  visit  to  an  old  quarry,  a  brick -yard,  a 
deserted  tan-yard,  and  three  waterholes  in  paddocks  used  for 
watering  cattle;  these  five  spots  were  frequented  during  some 
period  of  the  year  by  at  least  eleven  species  of  frogs.  If  during 
a  visit  to  these  on  the  same  afternoon  in  the  whole  of  the  ponds 
together  between  100  and  200  individual  deposits  of  spawn  co.uld 
be  counted,  I  should  consider  it  a  very  brisk  outburst  of  spawning. 
And  one  might  make  this  same  round  after  every  heavy  downpour 
of  rain  thronghout  the  year  and  iind  more  or  less  spawn  as  des- 
cribed. But  for  the  "gallons  of  jelly "  which  may  be  seen  in 
English  and  American  ponds*  when  the  frogs  are  breeding,  one 
looks  in  vain  out  here. 

There  are  also  indications  of  seasonal  differences  in  the  breeding 
periods  of  different  species,  respecting  which  fuither  details  are 
given  later  on. 

Mr.  Krefft  says  :  "  During  the  breeding  season,  however  (about 
November),  many  otherwise  nocturnal  frogs  may  be  seen  in  broad 
daylight  in  search  of  their  mates The  greater  num- 
ber of  species  have  deposited  their  ova  in  the  beginning  of  Decem- 
ber, though  I  have  reason  to  believe  that  some  species  breed  at  all 
seasons,  for  I  have  taken  Pseudoplwyne  australis  in  mid-winter 
full  of  ova,  and  have  observed  larvae  of  this  and  of  several  other 
species  in  pools  of  water  about  the  same  time.  All  the  Hylidse, 
however,  deposit  their  ova  only  once  a  year,  generally  in  Novem- 
ber and  December"  (I.e.  No.  2,  p.  19).  On  the  whole  the  breeding 
period  is  shorter  and  perhaps  better  marked  in  the  majority  of  the 
Hylidae  which  may  be  said  to  spawn  during  the  latter  half  of 
spring,  and  summer,  certainly  both  earlier  and  later  than  Mr. 
Krefft  mentions ;  Hyla  ewlngii  var.  calliscelis,  on  the  other  hand, 
is  a  remarkable  exception.  As  far  as  my  observation  goes,  Pseudo- 
•phryne  australis  may  be  fairly  said  to  spawn  during  summer,  and 

*  "  Wake  Robin,"  by  John  Burroughs,  (English  edition)  p.  181. 


BY   J.  J.  FLETCHER.  365 

P.  hibronii  during  autumn.  Whether  some  species  do  not  also 
spawn  more  than  once  in  the  year  is  very  probable,  but  it  is  a 
difficult  matter  to  decide.  If  this  is  not  the  case  with  some  of 
them  then  these  might  almost  be  said  to  "  breed  at  all  seasons." 
The  species  of  Limnodynastes,  however,  should  be  excluded,  as 
though  their  breeding  season  is  long  enough  to  give  them  the  oppor- 
tunity of  spawning  at  least  once  in  half-a-year,  yet  there  is  a  well- 
marked  though  perhaps  not  very  long  period  in  winter  (say  two 
months  or  longer  or  shorter  according  to  circumstances)  during 
which  heavy  rain  neither  sets  them  croaking  nor  breeding,  though 
in  the  interval  Crinia  signifera,  and  Hyla  ewingii  Yar. -  calUsceUs 
may  be  breeding  and  lustily  vocal. 

Characters  of  the  spaivn. — All  the  spawn  observed  by  me  has 
been  (1)  white  frothy-looking  more  or  less  circular  floating  patches, 
larger  or  smaller  according  to  the  species,  deposited  in  the  water ; 
or  (2)  small  submerged  bunches  of  ova  enclosed  in  clear  transparent 
jelly  attached  to  blades  of  grass  or  reeds,  or  twigs  of  dead  branches, 
or  (3)  numerous  separate  ova  not  laid  in  the  water  but  under 
stones,  or  debris  in  reed  or  grass  tussocks  on  the  edges  of  pools. 

The  first  section  includes  the  spawn  deposited  by  Limnodynastes 
tasmaniensis,  L.  peronii,  L.  dorsalis,  and  Hyla  aurea ;  probably 
also  that  of  H.  citropus,  H.  ccertdea,  H.  peronii,  H.  freycincti  and 
others.  The  floating  patches  when  fresh  are  more  or  less  circular 
if  free,  isolated  or  often  in  corners  or  behind  a  particularly  good 
bit  of  shelter  the  spawn  of  a  few  contiguous  spawning  couples 
accidentally  coalescent,  conspicuous  from  the  white  colour,  and 
look  very  much  like  the  froth  of  soap-suds.  If  there  is  no  wind 
they  may  continue  to  float  freely ;  otherwise  they  become  adherent 
to  the  bank,  or  anything  else  with  which  they  come  in  contact,  by 
the  sticky  and  tenacious  gelatinous  substance  enclosing  the  ova,  or 
they  may  have  become  so  from  the  first  where  laid.  Limnodynastes 
tasmaniensis  is  very  fond  of  spawning  in  ditches  close  to  the  bank 
under  overhanging  ledges.  Sometimes  the  ova  are  deposited  in 
the  middle  of  a  bunch  of  reeds  or  grass  to  which  the  patches  are 
anchored  from  the  first,  or  about  the  bases  of  tussocks ;  in  many 


^66  OVIPOSITION  AND  HABITS  OF  CERTAIN  BATRACHIANS, 

cases  the  surface  of  the  water  being  lowered  subsequently  by  evapo- 
ration or  otherwise,  such  patches  may  soon  be  left  high  and  dry 
with  little  chance  of  developing.  The  frothy  appearance  of  the 
patches  is  caused  by  the  entanglement  of  numerous  bubbles  of  air 
or  gas  in  the  glairy  envelopes  of  the  ova,  and  their  accumulation  on 
the  surface,  quite  obscuring  the  ova  which  to  the  number  of  several 
hundred  lie  below.  The  oviposition  of  the  common  European  frogs 
is  said  to  take  place  at  the  bottom  of  the  water,  the  ova  being  sub- 
sequently floated  to  the  surface  by  the  disengagement  of  gas  in  the 
substance  of  the  glairy  envelopes  (the  hatching  in  England  not  taking 
place  for  a  month).  The  frothy  appearance  of  the  spawn  of  our  frogs 
is  hardly  I  think  to  be  explained  in  this  way.  In  shallow  pools 
they  may  be  said  to  oviposit  at  the  bottom  of  the  water — and  in 
many  cases,  though  it  may  be  only  accidental,  it  seems  as  if  the  frogs 
preferred  to  oviposit  in  shallow  water  an  inch  or  two  in  depth, 
e.g.,  in  rain  pools,  or  in  a  chain  of  little  pools  along  the  course  of 
overflow  of  a.  pond,  or  in  the  water-tables  of  roads,  and  which  often 
dry  up  in  a  few  days'  time  without  the  tadpoles  having  a  chance 
of  surviving,  and  this  though  more  permanent  supplies  of  water 
may  be  close  at  hand ;  or  round  the  edges  of  large  ponds.  But 
on  the  other  hand,  whether  from  choice  or  necessity,  frogs  cer- 
tainly do  spawn  sometimes  in  deeper  water,  and  then  the  copulating 
frogs  may  be  seen  floating  at  the  surface,  or  clinging  to  the 
branches  of  partially  submerged  shrubs,  and  they  evidently  spawn 
so.  Moreover  such  frothy  patches  enclosing  the  still  segmenting  ova, 
and  sticky  enough  to  adhere  readily  to  anything  stationary  with 
which  they  may  come  in  contact,  may  be  found  floating  freely  ; 
and  by  visiting  a  pond  in  the  evening  and  then  again  in  the  early 
morning,  one  may  satisfy  oneself  as  to  some  of  its  having  been 
deposited  during  the  preceding  night,  even  if  one  cannot  get  more 
direct  evidence.  Hence  it  seems  to  me  that  the  buoyancy  of  the 
patches  is  possibly  quite  as  much  dependent  on  the  entanglement 
of  air-bubbles  due  to  oviposition  at  or  close  to  the  surface  of  the 
water,  or  perhaps  to  some  peculiarity  in  the  mode  of  oviposition, 
as  to  the  liberation  of  gases  by  decomposition  in  so  short  a  period, 
more  especially  as  in  our  mild  climate  the  tadpoles  are  hatched  by 


BY    J.  J.  FLETCHER.  367 

about  the  fourth  or  fifth  day  (longer  if  the  weather  is  very 
cool),  the  patches  in  the  meantime  spreading  out  and  becoming 
larger  but  losing  their  frothy  appearance  and  showing  signs  of 
disintegration.  The  spawn  referred  to  the  next  section  also  is 
without  the  frothy  character,  even  when  not  attached  to 
twigs  &c.  as  sometimes  accidentally  happens.  At  the  same 
time  it  must  also  be  pointed  out  that  in  all  the  cases  in  which 
L.  tasmaniensis,  and  H.  aurea  spawned  in  dishes  of  water  in 
captivity  the  spawn  was  without  the  frothy  appearance ;  but  the 
very  unnatural  conditions  of  the  surroundings  and  circumstances 
probably  will  explain  this. 

Such  spawn  may  be  found  intermittently  from  about  the  middle 
of  July  to  the  following  April  or  May,  sparingly  at  the  beginning 
and  end  of  the  season.  If  the  conditions  are  favourable  a  good 
deal  of  spawn  may  be  met  with  in  August,  and  again  towards  the 
end  of  September  or  beginning  of  October  or  thereabouts  ;  if 
however  there  is  a  spring  drought  then  vigorous  spawning  may  be 
looked  for  about  the  middle  of  January,  when  heavy  showers 
accompanying  thunderstorms  may  be  expected.  The  ova  are  small 
and  numerous,  and  so  far  as  I  have  seen  have  the  pigmented  pole 
very  dark,  dark  brown  or  blackish  or  even  black,  the  unpigmented 
portion  being  white  or  whitish,  or  slightly  tinged  with  a  dark 
wash,  about  1-1 '5mm.  in  diameter. 

The  second  section  includes  the  spawn  of  Ovinia  signifera,  Hyla 
ewingii  var.  calliscelis,  and  H.  phyllochroa  ;  probably  also  H. 
hrefftii  and  other  small  species.  This  kind  of  spawn  in  incon- 
spicuous bunches  of  1-2  inches  long  is  symmetrically  disposed 
round  grass-  or  reed-stalks  or  twigs,  so  that  the  spawn  remains 
submerged  just  below  the  surface  of  the  water,  very  much  as 
described  in  certain  American  species.  There  are  about  100 
ova  in  a  bunch,  enclosed  in  clear  jelly;  and  from  the  small 
number  of  ova,  and  the  slender  nature  of  the  supports,  one  would 
expect  them  to  have  been  deposited  by  small  frogs.  The  ova  of 
Crinia  signifera  have  the  pigmented  pole  black,  the  rest  of  the 
ovum  being  white ;  of  C.  ewingii  var.   calliscelis  orange  and  pale 


368  OVIPOSITION  AND  HABITS  OF  CERTAIN  BATRACHIANS, 

yellowish ;  and  of  R.  phyllochroa  yellow,  the  lower  pole  slightly 
tinged  with  yellow.  Exceptionally  one  may  see  this  kind  of 
spawn  floating  free,  or  attached  otherwise  than  as  described; 
but  this  is  probably  accidental  or  due  to  the  absence  of  grass- 
stalks  or  twigs.  The  spawn  of  this  section  may  be  met  with 
under  favourable  conditions  at  almost  any  time  of  the  year ;  even 
in  mid-winter. 

The  third  section  includes  the  spawn  of  Pseudophryne  australis 
and  P.  bibronii,  already  referred  to,  which  may  be  found  during 
summer  and  autumn.     (For  further  details  see  p.  376.) 

During  copulation  the  males  in  some  species  clasp  under  the 
arms,  in  others  round  the  waist ;  thus  the  embrace  is  axillary  in 
Mixophyes  fasciolatus,  H.  aurea^  H.  citropus,  H.  ewingii  var. 
calliscelis,  H.  p)hyllochroa,  and  H.  ccerulea  ;  it  is  inguinal  in  Lim- 
nodynastes  tasmaniensis,  Hyperolia  marmorata^  Grinia  signifera, 
Pseudojohryne  australis,  and  P.  bibronii.  In  a  footnote  to  his 
description  of  Limnodynastes  ornatiis  Mr.  Boulenger  says  (I.e. 
p.  262)  "that  one  of  the  females  of  this  species  has  on  the  breast 
two  cicatrices  which  are  evidently  caused  by  the  thumbs  of  the 
male  ;  this  proves  that  the  male  seizes  the  female  under  the  axillae 
and  not  round  the  waist."  In  L.  tasmaniensis,  as  I  have  had 
ample  opportunity  of  observing,  the  embrace  is  inguinal  as  stated 
above.  I  have  had  only  a  single  and  early  opportunity  of  observ- 
ing the  coitus  in  L.  dorsalis  and  L.  2^e'^onii,  when  I  was  not  suffi- 
ciently alive  to  the  desirability  of  noting  the  mode  of  embrace, 
and  I  regret  to  say  that  I  have  never  had  the  chance  since  of 
repeating  the  observation  ;  hence  I  am  unable  to  speak  with  con- 
fidence in  the  case  of  these  two  species. 

The  tadpoles  of  the  different  species  in  their  earlier  stages  offer 
few  characters  sufficient  for  their  identification — unless  perhaps  a 
study  of  those  of  the  mouth  with  its  horny  fringes  would  yield  such. 
As  the  completion  of  the  metamorphosis  approaches,  however,  the 
determination  becomes  less  difficult,  the  characters  of  the  webbing, 
or  of  the  metatarsal  tubercles,  or  of  the  disks  when  the  hind  limbs 
have  developed,  being  among  the  earliest  satisfactorily  recognisable 


BY    J.  J.  FLETCHER.  369 

characters.  The  tadpoles  of  E.  aurea  and  H.  ccerulea,  at  any 
rate  in  their  later  stages,  are  green,  in  the  case  of  the  former  the 
larval  frogs  acquiring  golden  streaks  before  leaving  the  water.  I 
have  no  definite  information  as  to  the  length  of  time  which  elapses 
under  favourable  conditions  between  the  hatching  and  the  com- 
pletion of  the  metamorphosis  in  the  case  of  any  species. 

For  some  three  months  commencing  about  May,  or  for  a  period 
longer  or  shorter,  or  commencing  or  ending  earlier  or  later, 
according  as  the  weather  is  very  mild  and  the  season  favourable 
or  otherwise,  the  frogs,  like  the  snakes  and  lizards,  resort  to  the 
shelter  of  logs  and  stones,  under  which  they  are  then  to  be  met 
with  in  a  more  or  less  sleepy  condition.  It  is  also  noticeable 
how  frequently  frogs  which  at  other  seasons  frequent  gullies  or 
swamps,  are  at  this  time  found  on  high  ground,  on  the  slopes  or 
summits  of  the  ridges,  and  long  distances  from  water.  In  this 
mild  climate  where  the  ground  is  never  frozen  the  hibernation 
does  not  seem  to  be  of  the  thorough-going  character  exhibited 
by  frogs  in  Europe  and  America,  which  are  said  to  bury  them- 
selves in  the  mud  at  the  bottom  of  pools,  lying  clustered  together 
in  a  state  of  complete  torpidity.*  Australian  frogs  may  also 
hibernate  in  this  way  (L.  dorsalis  possibly;  Mr.  Krefft  says 
also  many  individuals  of  H.  aurea)  ;  but  seeing  how  abundant  they 
are  in  the  situations  indicated  during  this  period  as  compared 
with  other  seasons  of  the  year,  it  is  evident  at  least  that 
the  habit  is  by  no  means  universal;  and  moreover  some 
species  like  Hyperolia  marmorata  one  rarely  sees  during  the  rest 
of  the  year.  Semper  in  his  "Animal  Life"  (p.  426,  Note  36) 
quotes  Forel's  view  "that  winter-sleep  does  not  depend  at  all  on 
the  diminished  temperature  in  winter,  but  rather  on  influences 
determined  by  food."  How  far  the  hibernation  of  our  frogs  is 
due   to  chill-coma,  and  how   far  to   scarcity  of  food    I    am   not 


♦Article   "Frog,"    Encyclo.   Britann.  ix,  794.     On  the  subject   of  the 
hibernation  of  American  frogs  vide  Butler  in  Report  Amer.  Assoc.  Advanc. 
of  Sc.  xxxiiL  p.  545,  and  Amer.  Nat.  1885,  p.  37. 
24 


370  OVIPOSITION  AND  HABITS  OF  CERTAIN  BATRACHIANS, 

prepared  to  say ;  but  seeing  that  some  of  the  small  frogs  actually 
breed  in  mid- winter,  one  cannot  help  wondering  whether  if  food 
were  more  abundant  during  the  cold  months,  the  period  of  hiber- 
nation would  be  as  well-marked  as  it  is.  Certainly  the  species 
differ  among  themselves  in  certain  respects.  For  example  the 
larger  species  are  silent  during  this  period,  but  as  early  about  the 
middle  of  July  if  the  weather  is  mild  Limnodynastes  tasmaniensis 
may  be  heard  and  be  found  to  be  breeding,  whereas  this  will  not 
be  the  case  with  Hyla  aurea  until  about  the  end  of  September, 
or  a  little  later,  and  later  still  for  H.  ccerulea  and  II.  peronii.  On 
the  other  hand  II.  ewingii  yslv.  calliscelis,  and  Crinia  signifera 
may  be  heard  croaking  and  even  breeding  after  rain  in  mid-winter, 
though  these  species  are  to  be  found  apparently  sheltering  under 
stones,  &c.,  like  the  others. 

That  our  frogs  sestivate  during  hot  and  very  dry  periods  there 
can  be  no  doubt ;  in  many  cases  they  must  certainly  otherwise 
perish.  During  such  times  one  hears  no  croaking  and  sees  very 
little  or  nothing  of  the  frogs  ;  while  logs  and  stones  no  longer  afford 
sufficiently  moist  shelter.  In  March  1885,  a  very  dry  month, 
after  just  sufficient  rain  to  moisten  the  ground,  hearing  croaks 
emanating  from  what  under  more  favourable  conditions  is  the  bed 
of  a  pond,  I  turned  up  the  soil  with  a  stick  and  soon  unearthed 
half  a  dozen  specimens  of  Pseudophryne  hibronii,  which  were  in 
this  manner  trying  to  survive  the  drought. 

Speaking  of  the  Batrachia  of  Victoria,  Professor  McCoy  says 
"  with  the  exception  of  the  common  green  frog  (Rayihyla  aurea) 
[they]  are  rarely  seen  or  heard, — the  true  tree-frogs  (Hyla)  in- 
habiting the  lofty  gum-trees,  and  the  Limnodynastes  tasmanicus, 
L.  dor  sails,  and  L.  affinis  burrowing  in  the  sand  during  the  day.""^ 
This  statement  will  not  apply  to  the  Batrachians  of  this  neighbour- 
hood except  perhaps  during  a  drought.  It  is  quite  true  that 
nocturnal  frogs  like  the  species  of  Limnodynastes  and  Pseudo- 
phryne are  not  seen  or  heard  in  the  day-time  except  when  breed- 

*  Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  (3)  xx,  1867,  p.  182. 


BY    J.  J.  FLETCHER.  371 

ing ;  but  besides  H.  aurea,  one  may  see  H.  freycineti^  H.  lato- 
palmata,  H.  phyllochroa,  H.  lesueurii,  H.  citropus,  and  Mixophyes 
fasciolatus  abroad  by  day,  and  H.  ccerulea  frequently  comes  into 
verandahs  and  even  indoors  in  the  summer  evenings  :  while  as  for 
hearing  the  frogs,  in  the  evenings  in  October  and  later  after  rain  in 
the  western  suburbs  of  Sydney  wherever  there  are  paddocks  and 
waterholes,  one  may  hear  the  croaking  of  individuals  belonging  to 
at  least  half-a-dozen  species  in  the  course  of  as  many  minutes  ; 
indeed  the  frogs  of  some  species  may  be  heard  at  any  time  of  year 
in  moist  weather.  L.  dorsalis  is  rarely  seen  probably  owing  to  its 
habit  of  burrowing  which  I  believe  Professor  McCoy  was  the  first 
to  point  out ;  but  L.  tasmaniensis  and  L.  peronii  are  so  commonly 
to  be  found  sheltering  under  logs  and  stones  that,  except  durino- 
periods  of  aestivation,  one  may  doubt  whether  in  this  locality  they 
habitually  burrow.  With  regard  to  the  statement  that  the  true 
Hylas  inhabit  the  lofty  gum-trees — a  similar  supposition  in  regard 
to  H.  citropus  in  the  summer  being  made  by  Mr.  Krefft — one  may 
remark  that  no  evidence  in  favour  of  it  is  adduced  in  either  case ; 
indeed  direct  evidence  would  be  very  difficult  to  obtain.  The  most 
arboreal  of  the  Hylidse  in  this  neighbourhood  may  be  found  on  the 
ground  during  the  cold  months,  and  during  the  summer  they  come 
to  the  ground  to  breed,  as  they  doubtless  do  also  to  testivate.  It  is 
quite  true  that  Hylas  may  often  be  found  sheltering  under  the  loose 
bark  on  the  trunks  of  trees,  but  there  is  no  other  evidence  forth- 
coming at  present  of  the  frogs  in  this  neighbourhood  habitually 
inhabiting  lofty  trees  unless  it  be  that  some  of  them  are  not  so 
frequently  met  with  during  part  of  the  year.  Professor  Cope 
remarks  of  our  Hylidse  "  that  in  the  latter  country  (Australia) 
with  its  usual  perverseness  they  are  terrestrial  in  their  habits. ""^ 
I  think  it  would  not  be  an  altogether  unreasonable  supposition 
that  the  addiction  to  terrestrial  habits,  which  more  particularlv 
characterises  the  species  formerly  included  in  Litoria — now  along 
with  Peloclryas  merged  in  Hyla  by  Boulenger — is  to  be  explained 
as  in  part  due  to  the  frequently  arising  necessity  of  finding  more 


Nat.  Hist.  Rev.  1865,  p.  109. 


372  OVIPOSITION  AND  HABITS  OF  CERTAIN  BATRACHIANS, 

moist  shelter  during  very  dry  periods  than  could  be  found  under 
loose  bark,  &c.,  on  trees.  On  the  other  hand,  Hijla  aurea  which 
is  pre-eminently  a  swamp  frog,  may  often  be  seen  basking  on  the 
trunks  or  branches  of  trees  which  have  fallen  into  or  across  ponds ; 
while  in  other  situations  it  is  still  more  arboreal.  In  Mr. 
Macleay's  bush-house  there  are  generally  some  of  these  frogs, 
v/hich  may  often  be  seen  perched  on  the  tree-ferns  or  plants. 
In  March,  1887,  Mr.  Masters  called  my  attention  to  a  still 
better  instance  in  which  several  of  the  frogs  were,  perched  in  the 
asparagus  plants  preying  on  the  caterpillars  and  grasshoppers  with 
which  at  this  time  of  year  the  asparagus  is  much  infested. 

MixoPHYES  FASCIOLATUS,  Gthr.,  is  not  yet  recorded  from  the 
County  of  Cumberland,  but  it  may  still  be  looked  for  on  the 
side  adjoining  Illawarra.  I  am  able  to  record  its  occurrence  at 
Springwood,  and  Mt.  Wilson,  Blue  Mts.,  whereas  it  was  previously 
known  from  Clarence  River,  and  Illawarra  N.S.W.,  and  Pine  Mt. 
Queensland.  From  the  observation  of  a  single  specimen  living  in 
captivity  Mr.  KrefFt  supposed  "  that  this  frog  is  remarkably  fond 
of  lying  buried  under  moss  in  water,  never  making  its  appearance 
before  dark."*  Where  I  have  seen  it,  it  is  a  diurnal  frog  haunting 
the  banks  of  creeks  in  deep  shady  gullies.  It  takes  readily  to 
the  water  on  being  pursued.  With  an  exception  or  two  all  my 
specimens  wei-e  met  with  in  the  open  in  this  way.  Two  males 
taken  in  December,  and  one  in  the  beginning  of  April  show  a  large 
brownish  rugosity  on  the  first  finger  of  each  hand  together  with 
a  slight  modification  on  the  inner  half  of  each  second  finger.  At 
the  end  of  December  at  Mt.  Wilson  large  dark-coloured  tadpoles 
were  very  numerous  in  the  creeks  in  the  gullies  where  the  frogs 
were  abundant ;  one  of  these  in  spirit  with  the  hind  legs  about  half 
developed  is  61  mm.  long  including  the  tail  (which  is  41  mm.),  the 
breadth  of  the  body  being  14  mm.  In  the  beginning  of  Novem- 
ber in  the  succeeding  year  the  tadpoles  were  nothing  like  so 
noticeably  numerous.  On  April  2,  1888,  on  opening  the  tin  in 
which  three  living  specimens  of  the  frogs  were  brought  down  alive 

*  Monthly  Notices  of  Paper  and  Proceedings  Roy.  Soc.  Tasm.  1S65,  p.  19. 


I 


BY    J.  J.   FLETCHER.  373 

from  Spring-wood,  one  male  was  found  to  have  seized  a  female,  the 
clasp  being  axillary ;  but  nothing  came  of  it.  Two  half-grown 
specimens  obtained  at  Mt.  Wilson  at  the  end  of  December  are  28 
and  30  mm.  from  snout  to  vent ;  a  third  specimen  from  Spring  wood 
at  the  end  of  March  is  24  mm.  These  are  probably  specimens  of 
tw^o  seasons'  growth.  On  the  whole  I  should  conclude  that  this 
species  breeds  during  the  summer  months  and  oviposits  in  water  in 
the  ordinary  manner. 

Mr.  Ivrefft  estimated  the  number  of  species  occurring  in  the 
neighbourhood  of  Sydney  as  nineteen  or  twenty,  of  which  in 
two  papers  he  enumerates  seventeen,  the  others  being  then  unde- 
termined. The  thorough  revision  of  the  whole  group  by  Mr. 
Boulenger  has  rendered  Mr.  KrelBft's  lists  obsolete,  some  of  the 
species  being  now  known  by  different  names.  It  may  be  conve- 
nient therefore  to  have  a  revised  list  of  the  species  occurring  in 
the  County  of  Cumberland,  since  out  of  Sydney  the  opportunities 
of  consulting  the  British  Museum  Catalogue  are  limited.  It 
includes  all  the  species  mentioned  in  the  last-named  work  from 
the  district  in  question. 

Of  the  following  species  I  have  myself  collected  specimens 
belonging  to  eighteen  species  within  the  limits  of  the  County  of 
Cumberland,  in  addition  to  three  others,  one  {Uyla  lesueurii)  just 
on  the  border  as  well  as  in  the  adjacent  County  of  Cook,  and 
two  others  {Mixophyes  fasciolatus,  and  Cryptotis  hrevis)  also  in  the 
latter  county.  For  the  identification  of  many  of  my  specimens, 
including  all  those  difficult  to  determine  from  mere  descriptions, 
I  am  indebted  to  Mr.  G.  A.  Boulenger  of  the  British  Museum,  to 
whose  courtesy  and  help  I  am  glad  of  this  opportunity  of  acknow- 
ledging my  indebtedness. 

CYSTIGNATHIDiE. 

1.    LiMNODYNASTES    PERONII,  D.  &  B.,  sp. 

Not  quite  so  common  as  some  of  the  others,  and  not  occurring 
sufficiently  near  me  to  be  so  conveniently  and  systematically 
observed,    I  have  seen  breeding  specimens  only  once,  in  February, 


374  OVIPOSITION  AND  HABITS  OF  CERTAIN  BATRACHIANS, 

in  deep  water  and  out  of  reach  in  a  quarry.  At  Burrawang  it  is 
tlie  common  Limnodynastes  of  the  neighbourhood,  and  I  have 
found  numbers  hibernating  under  logs  in  July,  some  of  them 
females  distended  with  ova  as  if  the  breeding  season  were  not  far 
off.  It  is  quite  common  to  find  the  very  young  frogs  with  bright 
red  or  carmine  longitudinal  stripes  on  the  back,  corresponding 
with  the  light  stripes  of  the  adult,  and  also  on  the  arms  and  legs. 
A  spirit  specimen  22  mm.  from  snout  to  vent  still  shows  them 
well. 

2.  Limnodynastes  salminii,  Steind. 

Keferstein  gives  Sydney  as  a  locality  for  this  species;  Boulenger's 
Catalogue  also  for  one  half-grown  specimen.  I  have  never  been 
able  to  find  it,  nor  are  there  specimens  of  it  from  nearer  than 
Bathurst  in  the  Macleay  Museum 

3.  Limnodynastes  tasmaniensis,  Gthr. 

One  of  our  commonest  frogs,  and  about  the  earliest  of  the 
larger  species  to  be  heard  croaking  and  to  be  found  breeding  after 
hibernation,  as  it  is  about  the  last  to  leave  off  before  this  period. 
A  female  taken  in  coitu  on  January  30th  spawned  the  following 
day  ;  she  had  a  light  vertebral  line,  the  male  had  not.  The 
tadpoles  must  be  very  common,  but  I  do  not  happen  to  have  met 
with  them  at  a  stage  of  growth  in  which  they  were  identifiable. 
As  Mr.  Krefit  observes,  the  very  young  frogs  often  show  a  dis- 
tinctly red  vertebral  line. 

4.  Limnodynastes  dorsalis,  Gr.,  sp. 

Probably  not  rare,  but  it  manages  to  keep  out  of  sight,  possibly 
owing  to  its  penchant  for  burrowing.  I  have  seen  one  pair  in 
coitu  late  in  September ;  guided  by  the  croak  I  captured  a  male 
in  November  with  well-developed  breeding  rugosities — a  pair  on 
each  hand  ;  in  February  I  found  three  dead  ones  (probably  stoned 
by  boys)  with  frothy  spawn  in  a  pond  at  Manly  ;  and  I  have  seen 
a  male  captured  in  March,  also  with  breeding  rugosities.  The 
breeding  season  is  thus  possibly  as  prolonged  as  in  L.  tasmaniensis. 


BY   J.  J.  FLETCHER.  375 

The  tadpoles  are  very  large — the  largest  occurring  in  the  neigh- 
bourhood. I  have  seen  them  in  ponds  at  least  as  late  as  June  and 
as  early  as  September.  Several  which  I  have  measured  are  from 
2J  to  nearly  3  inches  long,  the  tail  about  half  as  long  again  as  the 
body.  At  first  they  are  very  dark  in  colour,  almost  blackish,  but 
they  become  lighter  as  they  increase  in  size,  the  ground  colour 
becoming  brown  or  olive-brown  much  spotted  with  darker  spots ; 
they  have  a  single  spiraculum  on  the  left  side  of  the  body. 
Two  larval  frogs  with  the  tail  all  but  absorbed  are  about  21  mm. 
from  snout  to  vent.  Neither  the  tadpoles  nor  the  frogs  seem  to 
show  any  of  the  carmine  spots  or  stripes  so  commonly  present  at 
some  stage  in  other  species  of  the  genus.* 

5.  Crinia  georgiana,  Bibr.,  sp. 

I  have  never  met  with  this  species  which  ought  to  be  easily 
recognisable  by  its  having  the  "  loins,  front  and  hinder  side  of 
thighs  and  inner  side  of  tibia6  carmine."  Mr.  Krefft  mentions  it 
only  in  the  latest  of  the  four  papers  referred  to,  and  then  as  from 
King  George's  Sound,  not  from  Sydney.  The  latter  is  given  by 
Dr.  Giinther  (Ann.  Mag.  JV.  H.  (3)  xx,  p.  53)  and  in  the  British 
Museum  Catalogue. 

6.  Crinia  signifera,  Gir.  sp. 

One  of  our  commonest  species.  At  Burrawang  late  in  June  after 
three  days'  incessant  rain  during  which  as  many  inches  fell, 
hundreds  of  these  tiny  frogs  in  the  swamps  and  creeks  began  to 
croak.  One  much  distended  female  had  the  oviducts  crammed 
with  ova.  A  few  mornings  after  I  found  at  least  fifty  deposits 
of  similar  ova  attached  to  blades  of  grass  and  reeds  in  a  small 
pond  though  except  on  cloudy  nights  there  were  sharp  frosts  and 
the  surface  of  the  pond  was  frozen  over  in  the  mornings.  A 
fortnight  later  at   Capertee  (2700   feet)  in  equally  cold  weather 

*  In  the  young  frogs  of  L.  tasmaniensis  and  L.  peronii  as  mentioned  above ; 
in  the  adults,  probably  also  in  the  young,  of  L.  salminii  and  L.  fietcheri^ 
Big.  ;  and  in  the  young  frogs,  and,  as  I  have  also  reason  to  think,  in  the 
advanced  tadpoles  of  L.  ornatus. 


376  OVIPOSITION  AIsD  HABITS  OF  CERTAIN  BATRACHIANS, 

similar  spawn  was  noticed.     About  Sydney  I  have  met  with  it  in 
different  years  in  February,  May,  and  July, 

At  Mt.  Wilson  at  the  end  of  December  I  found  a  pair  in  coitu 
under  a  stone  near  the  water.  Possibly  this  species  breeds  more 
than  once  a  year. 

7.  Hyperolia  marmorata,  Gr.,  sp. 

Common  under  stones  in  the  cool  months.  Females  distended 
with  ova  may  be  found  in  June ;  once  early  in  June  a  day  or 
two  after  bringing  home  some  specimens  three  were  observed  in 
coitu^  a  second  male  clasping  the  first;  of  a  number  of  speci- 
mens kept  in  confinement  for  two  months  (July  and  August)  two 
on  one  occasion  in  August  were  noticed  in  coitu,  but  no  ova 
were  deposited  in  either  case.  Of  three  specimens  kept  for  some 
days  in  September  one  female  deposited  over  200  separate  ova  in 
a  dry  saucer,  but  they  did  not  develop  and  probably  had  not  been 
fertilised.  The  ova  had  the  pigmented  pole  black,  the  other 
cream-coloured. 

8.  Helioporus  albopunctatus,  Gr. 

Sydney  is  mentioned  as  a  locality  by  both  Boulenger  and 
Keferstein.  I  have  never  met  with  it,  but  have  a  very  large  old 
male  specimen  in  which  the  shagreening  of  the  skin  is  more  than 
usually  developed,  given  me  by  Mr.  A.  G.  Hamilton,  whose  son 
found  it  in  a  creek-bed  at  Hartley,  Blue  Mts. 

BUFONID^. 

9-10.  Pseudophryne  australis,  Gr.,  sp.,  and  P.  bibronii,  Gthr. 

Mr.  Boulenger  suggests  that  the  latter  may  prove  to  be  a  mere 
variety  of  the  former  ]  but  this  view  will  not  I  think  commend 
itself  to  anyone  who  is  familiar  with  the  frogs  in  their  natural 
conditions.  Not  only  is  there  the  well-marked  and  very  constant 
difference  in  colour  and  pattern,  but  the  frogs  differ  more  or  less 
in  temperament,  in  habits,  and  in  regard  to  the  breeding  season. 


BY    J,  J.  FLETCHER. 


377 


P.  australis  is  a  lively  perky  little  frog,  very  partial  to  damp 
shelves  and  cracks  in  the  Hawkesbury  sandstones  ;  and  breeds 
earlier — three  times  I  have  found  ova,  in  November,  January, 
and  this  year  as  late  as  May  11th,  but  early  in  September  I  once 
saw  a  pair  in  coitic,  though  I  do  not  know  that  spawn  was 
deposited.  P.  hibronii  on  the  other  hand  is  much  less  active, 
usually  makes  little  or  no  effort  to  escape  when  uncovered  in  its 
hiding  place,  "  shams  dead  "  when  placed  on  its  back,  and  falls  to 
the  bottom  like  a  stone  when  thrown  into  water ;  I  have  never 
found  it  except  on  the  ground  under  stones,  logs  &c.  ;  I  have 
found  the  ova  every  year  for  seven  consecutive  years,  once  in 
April  only,  thrice  in  May  only,  once  in  June  only,  and  twice  in 
both  April  and  June. 

The  two  species  agree  in  regard  to  their  oviposition  and  general 
development.  The  ova  are  laid  after  rain  in  depressions  or 
cavities,  preferably  under  stones,  but  when  these  are  wanting 
under  pieces  of  old  tin,  under  debris  brought  down  by  the  water, 
or  in  a  tussock  of  grass  or  reeds,  near  the  margins  of  ponds  or 
creeks.  That  they  have  been  deposited  where  one  finds  them  is 
obvious  from  the  circumstances  under  which  they  occur.  To 
satisfy  myself  that  the  ova  could  be  fertilised  without  being  placed 
in  water  I  collected  at  different  times  males  and  females  of  both 
species.  In  two  instances  on  reaching  home  at  least  one  couple 
were  m  cojjula^  the  embrace  being  inguinal ;  these  subsequently 
spawned  on  a  damp  rag  placed  at  the  bottom  of  a  dish,  the  ova 
as  shown  by  their  subsequent  development  being  duly  fertilised. 
Several  hundred  ova  may  sometimes  be  found  in  the  same  little 
cavity,  but  these  have  been  deposited  by  several  females.  In 
the  two  instances  above-mentioned  each  frog  laid  about  ninety 
ova ;  and  these  were  disposed  in  short  rows  or  in  masses  of  a 
dozen  or  more,  at  some  distance  apart,  showing  that  the  frogs  had 
moved  some  distance  every  now  and  then  and  probably  slightly 
after  the  deposition  of  each  ovum.  The  ova  would  seem  to  be 
fertilised  singly.  If  the  surroundings  are  moist  the  ova,  (in- 
cluding   the   gelatinous    envelope,)    are   about   as    big   as   peas, 


378  OVIPOSITION  AND  HABITS  OF  CERTAIN  BATRACHIANS, 

spherical,  3-5  mm.  in  diameter ;  if  in  contact  tbey  adhere  to  one 
another  slightly  but  are  readily  separable  with  a  feather,  and  dO' 
not  fuse  into  a  mass.  The  ova  themselves  are  twice  the  size  of 
ordinary  frog  ova. 

The  pigmented  pole  is  black,  the  other  cloudy  white.  The  seg- 
mentation is  complete,  but  on  account  of  the  considerable  amount 
of  food-yolk  very  irregular  ;  the  pigmented  pole  segments  much 
more  rapidly  than  the  other ;  and  in  some  segmenting  ova  which 
I  observed,  after  the  stage  in  which  there  were  two  vertical  and 
one  transverse  furrow  the  next  two  vertical  furrows  instead  of 
continuing  round  the  lower  pole  frequently  turned  to  one  side  and 
joined  one  of  the  original  vertical  furrows.  As  I  hope  to  give  a 
more  complete  account  of  the  development  hereafter  I  need  only 
briefly  refer  to  subsequent  events.  By  about  the  fifth  or  sixth 
days  the  embryo  is  well-folded  off  from  the  large  yolk-sac  ;  a  day 
or  two  later  the  embryo  may  be  noticed  at  tiuies  to  exhibit 
wriggling  movements,  and  about  this  time  the  two  developing 
claspers  or  suckers  begin  to  show  prominently.  But  neither  up  till 
now  or  at  any  subsequent  stage  have  I  been  able  to  see  any  trace 
of  external  gills,  and  I  believe  these  are  not  developed.  Gills  and 
tentacular  reticulations  such  as  Heron-Royer  describes*  in  Alytes 
obstetricajis,  if  present  could  hardly  be  overlooked  ;  moreover 
external  gills  are  noticeable  enough  in  the  newly  hatched  tadpoles 
of  the  species  which  oviposit  in  water ;  hence  I  am  unable  to  say 
how  respiration  is  provided  for  in  the  early  stages  unless  the  tail 
functions  as  a  respiratory  organ.  [After  a  time  a  single  spiraculum 
is  present  on  the  left  side  as  usual.  In  keeping  the  tadpoles  in 
aquaria  individuals  may  sometimes  be  found  floating  at  the  surface 
of  the  water,  the  ventral  surface  uppermost,  and  every  now  and 
then  ejecting  a  number  of  bubbles  of  gas  sometimes  from  the 
mouth  and  sometimes  from  the  anal  aperture,  while  numbers  of 
small  bubbles  may  sometimes  be  seen  in  the  spirally  coiled  intes- 
tine ;  at  other  times  the  tadpoles  appear  to  be  swallowing  air,  and 
often    accidentally    re-swallow   the    bubbles    previously   ejected. 

*  Bull.  Soc.  Zool.  de  France,  1883,  p.  423. 


BY   J.  J.  FLETCHER.  379 

These  phenomena,  may,  however,  be  pathological,  as  the  individ- 
uals sometimes  seem  sickly,  and  may  have  nothing  to  do  with 
respiration ;    but  I  have  never  seen  anything  like  it  in  tadpoles 
of  other  species.]     Development   proceeds  steadily,   the  tadpoles 
becoming   more   and    more   recognisable,  until   after   between  a 
fortnight    or  three    weeks    from    the    time    of    laying    they    are 
ready   for  hatching.       By   this   time   in    order  to   accommodate 
itself  to   the   size   of   the   chamber    in    which    it   lies   the   tad- 
pole bends  its  tail  round  to  one  side,   the  tip  reaching  to  the 
snout    or  beyond ;    from    time   to  time  the  position  is  changed 
by  bending  the  tail  the  other  way.     If  now  a  number  of  the  ova 
are  placed  in  water  some  of  the  tadpoles  will  emerge  very  shortly^ 
while  others   may  not   do  so    for   a   day  or  two.     They  emerge 
through  a  usually  more  or  less  circular  hole ;    but  I  have  never 
been  able   to  observe   the  actual   exit  thouo'h    I    have   watched 
for   it,   and  have  several    times   seea    them   with    the   tail  free, 
but  these  may  be  cases  of  misadventure.     Possibly  the  tadpole 
with    its    horny  beaks   first   weakens   a    spot    in    the    envelope 
softened  by  moisture,  and  then  deliberately  increases  the  strain, 
as   Royer   describes   in  Alytes  (I.e.  p.  428).      If  the  ova  do  not 
get   into  the  water  the  hatching  is  simply  postponed  till  they 
do,  a    proceeding   which  at   any  rate   for   a   period  of  at   least 
three    months,  provided  of  course  that  they  are   not  absolutely 
deprived  of  moisture,  seems  to  cause  little  inconvenience.     They 
can  stand  a  good  deal  of  dessication  without  damage  ;  and  anyone 
who  sees  specimens  which  have  undergone  some  drying  up  for  the 
first  time  would  hardly  believe  that  the  contained  tadpoles  are 
still  alive  ;    nevertheless  on  the  addition  of  water  the  gelatinous 
matter  again  swells  up  as  before ;  under  these  circumstances  if  the 
ova  are  left  in  the  water  the  tadpoles  seem  to  hatch  more  quickly 
than  otherwise. 

Balfour  in  his  Comparative  Embryology  (Vol.  II.  p.  115) 
mentions  the  large  yolk-sack  of  Pseudophryne  australis.  This  is 
evidently  correlated  with  the  ability  to  endure  a  postponement  of 
the  hatching.  Oviposition  takes  place  after  heavy  rain,  and  the 
next  fall  of  rain  has  to  be  depended  upon  for  the  release  of  the 


380  OVIPOSITION  AND  HABITS  OF  CERTAIN  BATRACHIANS, 

tadpoles;  but  the  intervening  period  may  be  one  of  weeks  or 
months.  On  July  29th,  1885,  I  exhibited  at  a  meeting  of  this 
Society  [vide  Proceedings  x,  p.  342]  ova  of  P.  hihronii  (not  P. 
australis  as  there  mentioned)  obtained  in  the  previous  April,  that 
is  to  say  a  period  of  between  three  and  four  months,  yet  the 
tadpoles  seemed  to  be  none  the  worse ;  after  reaching  the  con- 
dition of  readiness  for  hatching  they  increased  but  little  in  size, 
and  there  was  a  marked  difference  in  this  respect  between  tadpoles 
of  the  same  batch  allowed  to  hatch  at  different  tioies.  I  have  not 
yet  ascertained  the  limit  of  endurance,  but  it  was  certainly  not 
reached  in  the  above  case.  The  only  dii3iculty  to  be  contended 
with  is  to  keep  the  ova  sufficiently  moist  and  yet  keep  them  free 
from  attacks  of  moulds.  I  kept  them  in  the  hope  of  seeing  them 
complete  their  metamorphoses  without  gaining  access  to  water ; 
this  however  they  seem  unable  to  do.  The  tadpoles  are  very 
hardy,  strikingly  so  as  compared  with  those  of  other  species.  A 
number  of  them  may  be  hatched  out  in  a  wine-glassful  of  water 
and  left  for  a  fortnight  or  longer  without  the  water  being  changed 
or  any  food  supplied,  and  yet  they  seem  none  the  worse  for  such 
treatment  which  would  be  fatal  to  ordinary  tadpoles. 

The  above-mentioned  facts  explain  the  sudden  appearance  of 
large  numbers  of  the  tadpoles  in  pools  and  ponds  after  heavy 
rains,  which  when  previously  visited  were  dry  or  contained  no 
tadpoles,  and  when  the  intervening  interval  has  been  too  short  to 
allow  development  to  have  reached  the  stage  met  with.  I  have 
met  with  instances  of  this  kind  frequently,  but  the  tadpoles  have 
always  being  referable  to  one  or  other  of  the  species  of  Pseudo- 
phryne ;  and  I  have  seen  nothing  to  warrant  the  supposition  that 
the  tadpoles  of  other  species  by  burying  themselves  in  the  mud 
can  survive  for  any  length  of  time  if,  as  frequently  happens,  the 
ponds  dry  before  the  completion  of  the  metamorphoses ;  if  they 
could  one  would  expect  to  find  instances  of  their  sudden  re-ap- 
pearance after  rain  has  again  filled  the  ponds.  Balfour  (I.e.  p  116) 
also  says :  "  The  tadpoles  of  Toads  are  the  smallest,  Pseudo- 
phryne  australis  excelling  in  this  respect."  When  hatched  the 
tadpoles  of  both  species  are  about   10  mm.   long  of   which  the 


BY   J.  J.  FLETCHER.  381 

tail  is  7  mru.,  and  the  body  about  2  mm.  broad.  They  grow  pretty 
rapidly  when  they  are  well  fed,  until  they  are  about  25  mm.  long, 
the  body  being  about  8-10  mm.  long  and  5-6  mm.  broad.  They  are 
of  a  dark  colour,  blackish,  greyish  or  dark  brown,  becoming 
lighter,  olive  brown,  as  they  grow  older,  with  innumerable 
minute  bronzy  specks  especially  on  the  ventral  surface.  The  ova 
and  tadpoles  of  the  two  species  are  indistinguishable  as  far  as 
I  can  see  at  present,  the  larval  frogs  not  acquiring  the  colours  of 
the  adults,  but  they  probably  do  so  very  soon  after  quitting  the 
water,  as  I  have  a  young  specimen  of  P.  australis  found  early  in 
April,  about  10  mm.  long,  which  has  the  characteristic  markings. 
In  several  instances  tadpoles  hatched  from  ova  found  in  April,  and 
kept  in  an  aquarium,  completed  their  metamorphoses  in  the  Sep- 
tember following ;  but  this  is  probably  at  least  twice  as  long 
as  is  necessary  under  natural  conditions. 

HYLIDiE. 

11.  Hyla  c^rulea.  White,  sp. 

One  of  our  commonest  species,  but  I  have  never  been  able  to 
catch  the  frogs  breeding.  Two  males  taken  towards  the  end  of 
January  both  have  breeding  rugosities.  In  the  first  week  in 
March  a  number  of  tadpoles  captured  a  fortnight  previously  com- 
pleted their  metamorphosis;  three  of  the  young  frogs,  now  in 
spirit,  measuring  about  17  mm.  from  snout  to  vent,  and  two  of 
them  having  a  few  white  spots  on  the  back  and  sides.  The  pond 
from  which  these  specimens  came  was  in  the  middle  of  a  grass 
paddock,  and  was  periodically  visited  by  me  ;  and  I  have  no  doubt 
that  the  ova  were  deposited  in  water  in  the  ordinary  way.  This 
species  begins  to  be  seen  and  heard  later  even  than  H.  aurea  ;  and 
appears  to  breed  during  the  summer  months.  Mr.  A.  G.  Hamilton 
informs  me  that  at  Guntawang  in  the  Mudgee  district  early  in 
February,  on  one  occasion  in  a  tuft  of  grass  at  some  little  distance 
from  water  he  found  a  pair  in  coitu,  the  embrace  being    axillary. 

12.  Hyla  peronii,  D.  &B,,  sp. 

All  my  specimens  have  been  captured  in  the  post-holes  in  fences, 
in  which,  in  one  locality  when  not  too  dry  I  could  generally  (in  the 


382  OVIPOSITION  AND  HABITS  OF  CERTAIN  BATRACHIANS, 

■daytime)  find  at  least  one  specimen  asleep — when  tliey  are  nearly 

white from  about  October  to  April.     Early  in  December  hearing 

a  number  crocking  in  the  neighbourhood  of  a  pond,  and  guided  by 
the  croaking  I  caught  a  male  in  a  post-hole,  with  a  brown  rugosity 
on  the  first  finger  of  each  hand ;  judging  from  the  croaking  the 
others  appeared  to  be  on  the  ground  but  hidden  under  the  banks, 
and  I  suspect  they  were  preparing  to  spawn,  and  that  they  do  so 
in  the  ordinary  way.  A  large  tadpole  with  well-developed  hind 
legs  is  61  mm.  long  of  which  the  body  is  21  mm. 

1 3.  Hyla  phyllociiroa,  Gthr. 

This  species  is  common  in  shady  gullies.  During  the  summer 
months  a  few  of  these  frogs  may  generally  be  found  in  Mr. 
Macleay's  bush-house,  in  the  day-time  asleep  on  the  plants.  On 
four  different  occasions,  in  December(twice),  January,  and  February 
I  have  seen  a  pair  in  coitu  in  the  water-cask  used  by  the  gardener 
in  the  bush-house.  They  can  only  spawn  comfortably  when  the 
casks  are  quite  full ;  the  female  then  sits  on  the  bevelled  edge  of 
the  cask  looking  outwards  with,  the  hind-quarters  in  the  water. 
The  pigmented  pole  of  the  ova  and  the  young  tadpoles  themselves 
are  rather  pale  yellow,  and  this  will  help  to  distinguish  them  from 
the  darker  yellow  prevailing  in  H.  eivingii  var.  calliscelis.  In  the 
same  three  months  of  the  following  year  spawn  was  again  found  on 
three  occasions,  but  I  did  not  happen  to  find  the  frogs.  Under 
more  natural  conditions  the  spawn  is  attached  to  blades  of  grass, 
twigs,  &c.  (as  Mr.  Hamilton  has  informed  me)  ;  and  they  also 
spawn  earlier  than  the  above  dates,  as  in  October  last  in  a  gully 
near  Kiama  in  the  day-time  my  attention  was  attracted  by  croaking, 
and  on  going  to  see  I  found  a  number  of  these  frogs  having  a  sort 
of  field  day  at  the  opening  of  the  breeding  season  just  as  I  have 
noticed  several  times  in  the  case  of  H.  aurea ;  a  number  of  the 
frogs  were  in  the  water,  and  very  active,  the  males  ci-oaking 
vigorously  and  every  now  and  then  making  a  grasp  at  the  females. 
JSTo  spawn  was  visible,  but  I  was  unable  to  visit  the  spot  again. 


BY   J.  J.  FLETCHER.  383 

14.  Hyla  dentata,  Kef. 

A  rare  frog.  I  have  only  taken  two  specimens  and  these  not 
full  grown.     I  know  nothing  of  the  habits  of  this  species. 

15.  Hyla  citropus,  P.  &  L.,  sp. 

Not  common.  Mr,  Krefft  gives  Ryde  and  Hunter's  Hill  as 
localities.  I  have  not  found  it  nearer  than  Waterfall  j  also  in  the 
gullies  at  Mt.  Wilson.  In  September  last  at  Waterfall  a  pair  of 
this  species  were  found  in  coitu  on  the  damp  rocky  bed  of  the 
creek  close  to  water.  They  were  caught  without  difficulty  and 
spawned  in  a  dish  containing  water  24  hours  later,  the  male  never 
relaxing  his  hold  as  far  as  observed.  The  male  has  a  blackish 
rugosity  on  the  first  finger  of  each  hand. 

16.  Hyla  ewingii  var.  calliscelis,  Peters. 

One  of  our  commonest  frogs,  whose  shrill  notes  may  be  heard 
all  the  year  round  when  the  weather  is  not  too  dry.  This  species 
probably  breeds  pretty  nearly  throughout  the  year.  On  June 
16th,  1885,  under  a  large  stone  about  a  yard  from  the  edge  of  a 
pond  I  took  a  pair  in  coitu,  which  allowed  themselves  to  be  caught 
without  trouble  ;  the  female  spawned  on  the  evening  of  the  19th 
the  male  so  far  as  observed  not  having  relaxed  his  position  on  the 
female's  back.  The  male  is  much  smaller  than  the  female,  and 
has  a  brownish  rugosity  on  the  first  finger  of  each  hand.  The 
ova  have  the  pigmented  pole  orange.  Similar  ova  in  bunches 
attached  to  twigs,  blades  of  glass,  &c.,  I  have  found  in  from  May 
to  September,  but  some  of  it  may  have  been  laid  by  H.  krefftii. 

What  I  take  to  be  this  species  also  sometimes  (in  different 
years  I  have  noted  it  in  November,  December,  January  and 
February)  spawns  in  the  water-casks  under  similar  conditions  to 
H.  phyllochroa.  The  gardener  has  frequently  seen  them  ;  I  have 
seen  the  spawn,  but  have  always  been  too  late  to  see  the  fro^s 
themselves ;  from  his  description,  and  from  the  characters  of  the 
spawn  there  can  be  I  think  little  doubt  about  the  species.  In  the 
middle  of  November  1885  I  found  hundreds  of  advanced  tadpoles 


384  OYIPOSITION  AND  HABITS  OF  CERTAIN  BATRACHIANS, 

in  tlie  liquid  mud  of  a  pond  which  was  in  the  last  stage  of  drying 
up;  a  week  later  several  of  them  completed  their  metamorphoses 
crawling  out  of  the  water  up  the  side  of  the  jar  ;  two  of  these 
now  in  spirit  are  about  12  mm.  from  snout  to  vent. 

18.  Hyla  krefftiIj  Gthr. 

Not  very  common  about  Sydney;  have  taken  specimens  on 
Zamia  at  Randwick  early  in  March ;  also  numerous  specimens 
under  logs  at  Burrawang  in  July,  some  of  them  females  distended 
with  ova.  Hence  this  species  probably  breeds  in  spring  or  early 
summer,  but  I  have  not  yet  been  able  to  obtain  any  details  about 
the  oviposition.  On  a  Zamia  at  Randwick  when  collecting  speci- 
mens of  this  frog  with  Mr.  Masters,  pellets  of  excreta  were  noticed 
consisting  largely  of  fragments  of  the  elytra  &c.  of  beetles,  where- 
upon Mr.  Masters  pointed  out  to  me  that  two  Curculios  (Tranes 
intern/itus  and  Einzeuxis  lyterioides)  frequent  the  Zamias,  so  that 
it  seems  likely  that  the  Hylas  haunt  the  Zamias  to  feed  on  these 
beetles. 

19.  Hyla  aurea.  Less.,  sp. 

This  species  breeds  from  about  the  middle  of  spring  through  the 
summer.  In  three  successive  years  in  the  same  pond  about  the 
end  of  September  numbers  of  this  species  were  noticed  in  a  con- 
siderable state  of  excitement,  the  males  darting  at  and  seizing  the 
females ;  but  little  or  no  spawn  was  deposited.  Early  on  the 
morning  of  October  20th,  1886,  in  the  pits  in  a  disused  tan-yard  I 
found  a  number  of  couples  in  coitu,  as  well  as  a  good  deal  of 
spawn ;  the  female  of  a  couple  which  I  caught  and  took  home 
commenced  to  spawn  during  the  day  in  a  dish  of  water,  and  com- 
pleted the  operation  some  time  during  the  succeeding  night,  the 
male  never  relaxing  his  hold.  In  the  first  week  of  December  of 
this  same  year  I  also  found  breeding  couples.  I  have  noted  find- 
ing young  frogs,  which  had  just  about  completed  their  metamor- 
phosis, common  about  the  margin  of  swamps  in  December,  March 
and  April ;  and  tadpoles  at  the  beginning  of  April  in  a  pond  in 
which  there  were  also  tadpoles  of  two  other  species  of  Byla,  one 


BY   J.  J.  FLETCHER.  385 

of  them  H.  ccerulea,  examples  of  all  of  which  were  to  be  met  with  in 
which  at  least  the  hind  legs  were  well  developed.  The  larval 
frogs  of  this  species  acquire  golden  stripes  before  leaving  the  water. 
I  have  noted  as  unusually  early  seeing  two  specimens  of  JB.  aurea 
on  the  margins  of  a  pond  on  July  Slst,  and  of  hearing  and  seeing 


a  number  on  August  20th  of  the  same 


year. 


20.  Hyla  lesueurii,  D.  &  B. 

I  have  not  taken  this  species  nearer  than  Bulli  where  it  was  not 
uncommon  under  stones  in  June.  I  have  also  found  a  few  speci- 
mens in  the  gullies  at  Springwood  in  January;  from  the  conditions 
under  which  these  were  found  this  seems  to  be  a  terrestrial 
species  diurnal  in  its  habits  ;  the  chestnut  tinge  of  the  back 
harmonises  with  the  dead  leaves  and  strips  of  bark  lying  about  on 
the  ground  ;  so  that  seeing  a  good  specimen,  but  taking  my  eye  off 
for  an  instant,  it  was  some  time  before  I  could  recognise  it  again 
though  it  had  not  moved.  This  is  a  common  species  in  the 
Mudgee  district  whence  I  have  numerous  specimens  of  various 
sizes  sent  me  by  Mr.  Hamilton,  and  a  fine  example  sent  me  alive 
by  Mr.  J.  D.  Cox.  I  have  no  information  at  present  about  the 
oviposition. 

21.  Hyla  latopalmata,  Gthr.,  sp. 

Two  specimens  are  in  the  British  Museum  from  Richmond.  I 
have  found  only  a  single  specimen  which  jumped  up  in  front  of 
me  while  walking  across  a  grass  paddock  between  a  swamp  and 
the  banks  of  South  Creek  at  St.  Mary's. 

22.  Hyla  freycineti,  D.  &  B.,  sp. 

Common  about  the  swamps  near  the  coast  from  Botany  to 
Narrabeen.  Early  in  August  among  the  reeds  in  a  large  pond, 
vociferous  croaking  was  going  on,  attracting  one's  attention  even 
at  a  distance  ;  a  good  deal  of  frothy  spawn  was  visible,  but  the 
frogs  were  too  shy  and  the  pond  was  too  full  to  get  near  them. 
The  croaking  of  Limnodynastes  tasmaniensis  was  recognisable,  but 
that  of  the  majority  of  the  frogs  was  new  to  me,  and  I  suspect 
25 


386  OVIPOSITION  AND  HABITS  OF  CERTAIN  BATRACHIANS, 

them  to  have  been  H.  freycineti.  In  the  middle  of  last  April  I 
found  a  number  of  tadpoles  just  about  completing  their  metamor- 
phoses, about  35  mm.  long,  the  body  15x7  mm.  Towards  the 
end  of  March  in  the  previous  year  numbers  of  young  frogs  which 
had  only  recently  taken  to  land  were  common  about  the  edges  of 
swamps  at  Botany.  Three  males  taken  as  late  as  the  beginning 
of  April  have  a  brownish  rugosity  on  the  first  finger  of  each  hand. 
There  can  I  think  be  little  doubt  that  this  species  breeds  in  spring 
and  summer,  and  oviposits  in  water  in  the  ordinary  way.  This 
species  may  possibly  hibernate  buried  in  the  mud,  as  unless  the 
frogs  travel  some  distance  in  some  localities  there  is  a  dearth  of 
suitable  shelter. 

23.  Hyla  dimolops.  Cope. 

This  species,  mentioned  in  the  British  Museum  Catalogue  as 
from  Sydney,  I  have  never  met  with. 

24.  Hylella  bicolor,  Gr.,  sp. 

I  have  never  met  with  this  frog.  Krefft  gives  as  localities  "  30 
miles  from  Sydney,  and  Blue  Mts."  In  Professor  Parker's  third 
memoir  "  On  the  Development  of  the  Skull  of  the  Batrachia  " 
{Phil.  Trans.  1881,  p.  158)  the  locality  Dogtrap  Road,  Parramatta 
is  mentioned  for  it. 

In  regard  to  the  foregoing  list  the  following  points  may  be 
noticed  : — Limnodynastes  ornatus  occurs  in  Keferstein's  list  * 
under  the  two  names  Platyplectrum  inarmoratum  and  F. 
ornatum,  for  each  of  which  the  locality  Sydney  is  given.  In 
Steindachner's  list  f  Sydney  is  given  as  a  locality  for  Cryptotis 
hrevis.  1  have  specimens  of  the  former  from  Mudgee  collected  by 
Mr.  A.  G.  Hamilton,  and  I  have  found  examples  of  the  latter  in 
gullies  in  the  Blue  Mts.;  but  I  have  not  found  them  in  the 
County  of  Cumberland  nor  have  I  met  with  any  who  has.  These 
two,  and  a  similar  remark   possibly  applies  to  Helioporus  alho- 

•  "  Ueber  die  Batrachier  Austrahens,"  Arch.  f.  Naturgesch.  1868,  Bd.  i, 
p.  253. 
t  **  Reise  der  Novara,"  Amphibien, 


BY   J.  J.  FLETCHER.  387 

punctatus  and  Crinia  georgiana,  are  either  rarer  than  they  used 
to  be  since  resident  collectors  do  not  find  them,  or,  what  is  per- 
haps more  probable,  the  earlier  collectors  of  frogs  used  the  term 
Sydney  in  a  similar  somewhat  elastic  sense  to  that  in  which  the 
early  botanical  collectors  are  known  to  have  used  the  term  Port 
Jackson.  Dr.  Keferstein  was  indebted  to  Mr.  Krefi"t  for  some  of 
his  material ;  but  it  is  noteworthy  that  though  Krefi*t's  latest  list 
was  published  about  two  years  later  than  Keferstein's  paper,  yet 
the  former  does  not  give  Sydney  as  a  locality  for  L.  ornatus  ;  nor 
indeed  for  any  of  the  other  species  in  question,  nor  for  L.  salminii. 
If  we  except  Crinia  georgiana,  this  is  not  a  matter  of  much 
importance,  as  the  others  undoubtedly  occur  in  New  South  Wales. 
But,  as  far  as  I  can  learn,  the  British  Museum  specimens  of  Crinia 
georgiana,  which  were  acquired  by  purchase,  are  the  only  speci- 
mens recorded  from  New  South  Wales,  and  in  this  colony  from 
Sydney  only  ;  in  which  case,  and  if  the  collector  did  not  mix  his 
specimens,  it  is  remarkable  that  it  should  not  have  been  again 
found  here. 

Mr.  Krefft  frequently  refers  to  Hyla  verreauxii,  a  name  which 
does  not  occur  at  all  in  Mr.  Boulenger's  Catalogue,  but  which  he 
tells  me  in  a  letter  was  unintentionally  omitted,  and  that  it  is  pro- 
bably a  variety  of  II.  ewingii.  From  Mr.  Krefft's  remarks  about 
it  I  suspect  that  he  refers  to  the  frog  now  known  as  H.  ewingii 
var.  calliscelis. 


388  NOTES   AND    EXHIBITS. 


NOTES    AND    EXHIBITS. 


Mr.  C.  T.  Musson,  F.L.S.,  contributed  the  following  notes  : — 

(1)  "In  June,  1887,  I  shot  on  the  border  of  a  small  artificial 
dam,  on  Boolcarrol  Station,  30  miles  north  of  Narrabri,  N.S.W., 
two  specimens  of  the  Top-knot  pigeon  ( Lojoliolaimus  antarctica^ 
Sharw.),  one  of  which  on  examination  was  found  to  have  a  curious 
ball  of  earth  on  each  leg,  caked  quite  hard  and  completely  sur- 
rounding the  \e,g  just  clear  of  the  ground  when  the  bird  was 
walking.  One  of  the  legs  was  cut  off,  with  its  accompanying 
incubus,  and  is  sent  herewith  for  exhibition*;  unfortunately  the 
connection  between  the  clot  and  leg  has  become  severed.  The 
larger  ball  only  is  shown,  but  it  will  be  noticed  that  it  is  of  con- 
siderable size,  and  no  doubt  accumulated  as  the  bird  wandered  about 
on  the  muddy  margin  of  some  water-hole.  One  need  hardly  dilate 
on  the  importance  of  birds  as  seed-distributors, — a  question  which 
has  been  thoroughly  discussed  by  Darwin,  Wallace,  and  others  ; 
but  when  we  find  an  example  of  one  of  the  many  methods  of 
distribution  capable  of  demonstration,  it  is  well  to  note  the  fact. 
In  this  case  the  amount  of  earthy  matter  is  not  great  (weighing 
9  grains),  but  there  is  ample  for  the  inclusion  of  many  such  seeds 
as  are  likely  to  be  lying  about  in  places  where  pigeons  might  be  in 
the  habit  of  alighting  for  water." 

(2)  "  Whilst  collecting  on  Mount  Archer,  near  Rockhampton, 
Queensland,  during  September,  1887,  I  found  under  some  loose 
stones  in  one  of  the  numerous  gullies,  a  Coleopterous  insect,  carry- 
ing on  one  of  its  elytra  a  specimen  of  a  land-snail  (  Vitrina).  It 
does  not  require  a  very  great  stretch  of  imagination  to  consider 
that,  could  the  insect  have  taken  flight  with  this  strange  companion 
as  passenger,  it  might  have  been  the  means  by  which  distribution 
would  have  been  aided,  and  thus  a  new  colony  be  started  where 
possibly  the  species  had  been  before  unknown." 

*  The  specimen  was  duly  exhibited. 


NOTES   AND   EXHIBITS.  389 

(3)  "On  the  effects  of  eating  pigeons  which  have  fed  on  the  seeds 
of  EiLphorhia  Drummonclii,  Boissier. — During  a  residence  in  the 
north-western  district  of  New  South  Wales  (Namoi),  1887-1888, 
I  noticed  a  peculiar  effect  produced  on  human  beings,  under  the 
following  circumstances.  Whenever  our  household  partook  of 
pigeon  pie  it  invariably  followed  that  after  some  12  or  15  hours 
we  all  suffered  under  a  severe  attack  of  diarrhoea,  accompanied 
by  acute  griping  pains  in  the  bowels,  lasting  some  three  or  four 
hours  and  then  passing  away.  This  effect  had  so  constantly 
and  invariably  followed  the  presence  of  pigeon  pies  on  our 
table  that  I  naturally  connected  the  one  with  the  other,  and 
cast  about  for  an  explanation.  We  had  noticed  in  cleaning  the 
birds  that  their  crops  were  filled  with  small  rugose  seeds,  which 
only  recently  I  have  found  to  be  those  of  Eujohorhia  Driimmondii, 
Boiss.,  which  grows  in  profusion  with  us,  covering  a  considerable 
area  of  ground  in  that  portion  of  the  garden  devoted  to  grape 
vines,  the  pigeons  feeding,  regularly  on  the  Euphorbia  fruits. 
This  plant  is  stated  to  be  injurious  to  stock,  and  we  know  that 
many  members  of  the  spurge  family  possess  purgative  and 
emetic  properties,  whilst  others  are  powerful  irritants.  The 
question  then  naturally  arises  whether  some  of  these  peculiar 
properties  have  taken  effect  upon  us  in  the  indirect  manner  here 
set  forth  thus  to  bring  about  the  results  indicated?  All  the 
ingredients  of  our  last  two  pies  (the  last  one  partaken  of  out  of 
curiosity  as  a  further  test)  were  most  carefully  examined,  and  I 
have  come  to  the  conclusion  that  the  cause  of  the  mischief  is 
indirectly  attributable  to  Euphorbia  Drummondii" 

Dr.  R.  B.  Read  communicated  a  note  on  the  circumstances 
under  which  Australian  Coal  first  came  into  use  by  foreign 
steamships. 

Mr.  Fletcher  exhibited  for  Dr.  Woolls  the  plants  sent  by  the 
Rev.  R.  Collie.  Also  the  ova  and  tadpoles  of  both  Pseudophryne 
australis  and  P.  hihronii  referred  to  in  his  paper. 

Mr.  Trebeck  exhibited  a  living  specimen  of  a  snake  (  Yermicella 
annulata)  from  Annandale. 


390  NOTES   AND   EXHIBITS. 

Dr.  Katz  exhibited  the  drawings  accompanying  Bordoni- 
UfFreduzzi's  paper  on  the  cultivation  of  leprosy-bacilli  (Zeitschrift 
fiir  Hygiene,  Band  III.,  Heft  1,  1887);  also  a  pamphlet  with 
illustrations  of  the  gas-making  apparatus  mentioned  in  his  com- 
munication on  "  air-gas/'  He  also  handed  round  the  first  number 
of  the  third  volume  (1889)  of  the  *'Annales  de  I'lnstitut  Pasteur," 
in  which  the  Pasteur  Institute  is  described  and  illustrated ; 
and  the  first  two  numbers  of  the  "Microphotographic  Atlas  of 
Bacteria,"  which  is  being  brought  out  by  Dr.  C.  Fraenkel  and 
Dr.  K  Pfeiffer.  Special  attention  was  drawn  to  an  admirable 
photo  of  Ampliipleura  pellucida  (  x  1000),  in  which  the  striae  were 
plainly  seen  to  consist  of  a  system  of  minute  dots  or  nodules. 

Mr.  Rohu  sent  for  exhibition  an  Egyptian  mummy  hand. 


WEDNESDAY,    26th    JUNE,    1889. 


Mr.  Robert  Etheridge  in  the  Chair. 


Messrs.  T.  B.  Trebeck,  M.  A.,  R.  Helms,  W.  Anderson,  and  S.  A. 
Wise  were  introduced  as  visitors. 


Mr.  C.  M.  Woodford,  Sydney,  was  elected  a  Member  of  the  Society 


The  Chairman  announced  that  the  next  excursion  had  been 
arranged  for  July  27th.  Members  to  leave  Redfern  Station,  for 
Clifton,  Illawarra  line,  by  the  9-10  a.m.  train. 


DONATIONS. 

"  The  Transactions  of  the  Royal  Irish  Academy.  Vols.  XI.- 
XV. ;  XVIIL  ;  XX.-XXVIII. ;  XXIX.  (Parts  1-5),  (1810-89) ; 
"  Journal  of  Botany,"  n.s.  Vols.  VIIL,  No.  204  (December, 
1879);  IX.-XI.  (1880-82);  "Challenger  Reports— Zoology." 
Vol.  XXX. ;  ''  Encyclopaedia  Britannica."  9th  Edition,  Index ; 
"  Nouvelles  Archives  du  Museum  d'Histoire  Naturelle,  Paris." 
2nde.  Serie.  Tome  X.,  Ease.  2  (1888);  "  Zeitschrift  fiir 
wissenschaftliche  Zoologie."  XLVII.  Band,  4  Heft  (1888)  ; 
"Notes  from  the  Leyden  Museum."  Vol.  XL,  No.  1  (1889); 
"The  Origin  of  Floral  Structures  through  Insect  and  other 
Agencies."     By  the  Rev.   George  Henslow,    M.A.,  F.L.S.,  &c. ; 


392  DONATIONS. 

"  The  Morphology  of  the  Skull."  By  W.  K.  Parker,  F.R.S.,  and 
G.  T.  Bettany,  M.A.,  B.Sc.  ;  "  Berliner  Entomologische  Zeit- 
schrift — herausgegeben  von  dem  Entomologischen  Yerein  in 
Berlin."  Band  XXXIL,  Heft  2  (1888);  "Stettiner  Entomolo- 
gische Zeitung."  50  Jahrg.,  Nos.  1-3  (1889).  From  Sir  William 
Macleay^  F.L.S. 

"  Dept.  of  Mines,  Sydney — Memoirs  of  the  Geological  Survey 
of  New  South  Wales — Palaeontology,  No.  2.  Contributions  to 
the  Tertiary  Flora  of  Australia."  By  Baron  von  Ettingshausen. 
(1888);  "Melbourne  Centennial  International  Exhibition,  1888 — 
Descriptive  Catalogue  of  Exhibits  of  Metals,  Minerals,  Fossils, 
and  Timbers  in  the  N.S.W.  Mineral  Court."  From  the  Minister 
for  Mines. 

"The  Australian  Museum,  Sydney — Memoirs,  No.  2. — Lord 
Howe  Island,  its  Zoology,  Geology,  and  Physical  Characters." 
From  the  Trustees. 

"  Memoires  de  la  Societe  Zoologique  de  France  pour  I'Annee 
1888."  Tome  I.,  No.  3  ;  "  Bulletin  pour  I'Annee  1889."  Tome 
XIV.,  No.  2  (February).     From  the  Society. 

"Transactions  and  Proceedings  of  the  New  Zealand  Institute, 
1888."     Vol.  XXI.     From  the  Institute. 

"  Report  of  the  Central  Park  Menagerie,  New  York,  for  1888." 
From  the  Director. 

"  Proceedings  of  the  Royal  Society  of  London."  Vol.  XL Y., 
No.  276  (1889).     From  the  Society. 

"Feuille  des  Jeunes  Naturalistes."  No.  223  (May,  1889). 
From  the  Editor. 

"  Comptes  Rendus  des  Seances  de  I'Academie  des  Sciences, 
Paris.'*     Tome  CYIIL,  Nos.  9-12  (1889).     From  the  Academy. 


DONATIONS.  393 

"  Bulletin  of  the  American  Geographical  Society."     Vol.  XXI., 
No.  1  (1889).     From  the  Society. 

"  Proceedings  of  the  United  States  National  Museum."  Vol. 
XI.  (1888),  Sheets  16-19.     From  the  Museum. 

"  The  Journal  of  Comparative  Medicine  and  Surgery."  Vol. 
X.,  No.  2  (1889).     From  the  Editor. 

"  Sydney   Free    Public    Library — Report    from    Trustees    for 

1888-89."     From  the  Trustees. 

"  Report  of  the  Trustees  of  the  Public  Library,  Museums,  and 
National  Gallery  of  Victoria  for  1887,"  &c.     From  the  Librarian. 

"  Zoologischer  Anzeiger."  XII.  Jahrg.,  Nos.  306  and  307 
(1889).     From  the  Editor. 

"  The  Transactions  of  the  Entomological  Society  of  London  for 
the  year  1889."     Part  1.     From  the  Society. 

"Proceedings  of  the  Asiatic  Society  of  Bengal,  1888."  Nos.  ix. 
and  X.  (Nov.  and  Dec);  "Journal."  n.s.  Vols.  LVL,  Part  ii., 
No.  5  ;  LVII.,  Part  ii..  No,  4  (1887-88).     From  the  Society. 

"  Archives  Neerlandaises  des  Sciences  exactes  et  naturelles." 
Tome  XXTII.,  Liv.  2  (1889).  De  la  part  de  la  Societe  Hollandaise 
des  Sciences  a  Harlem. 

"  Bollettino  dei  Musei  di  Zoologia  ed  Anatomia  comparata 
della  R.  Universita  di  Torino."  Vol.  IV.,  Nos.  53-61  (1889),  and 
one  plate.     From  the  Museum. 

"  Calendar  of  the  University  of  Sydney  for  the  year  1889." 
From  the  University. 

"Transactions  and  Proceedings  and  Report  of  the  Royal 
Society  of  South  Australia."  Vol.  XI.  (1887-88).  From  the 
Society. 


394  DONATIONS. 

Two  pamphlets — ''  Poissons  Lune  fOrthagoriscus  molaj  cap- 
tures pendant  deux  Campagnes  de  1'  Hirondelle /'  "Le  dyna- 
mometre  a  ressorts  emboites  de  1'  Rirondelle.^'  Par  le  Prince 
Albert  de  Monaco.     From  the  Author. 

"The  Proceedings  of  the  Ptoyal  Society  of  Queensland,  1889. '^ 
Vol.  VI.,  Parts  2  and  3,     From  the  Society. 

"Abstract  of  Proceedings  of  the  Zoological  Society  of  London," 
16th  April,  and  7th  May,  1889."     From  the  Society. 

"The  Australasian  Journal  of  Pharmacy."  Vol.  IV.,  No.  42 
(June,  1889).     From  the  Editor. 

"  Geological  Survey  of  Queensland  —  Preliminary  Report  on 
the  Limestone  District,  part  of  the  Palmer  Goldfield."  By  R.  L. 
Jack,  Government  Geologist.     From  the  Director. 


PAPERS   READ. 

A  LIST  OF  THE   BIRDS  OF  THE  MUDGEE  DISTRICT, 
WITH  NOTES  ON  THEIR  HABITS,  Etc. 

By  J.  D.  Cox  AND  A.  G.  Hamilton. 


Having  observed  and  collected  the  birds  of  the  Mudgee  District 
for  many  years,  we  think  it  may  be  of  interest  to  give  a  list  of 
them,  adding  notes,  though  by  no  means  exhaustive,  on  their 
habits,  etc. 

A  preliminary  account  of  the  geography  of  the  district  is  neces- 
sary to  the  full  understanding  of  the  list,  as  otherwise  the  fact  of 
such  birds  as  Menura  su2')erha  and  Sericornis  frontalis  appearing 
in  it  would  be  inexplicable. 

The  Mudgee  District  lies  in  the  north  of  the  South  Table-land, 
extending  from  the  Dividing  Range  to  the  slope  towards  the 
plains.  It  is  separated  from  that  part  of  the  coast  district  occu- 
pied by  the  upper  valley  of  the  Hunter  River  by  the  ridge  of 
the  Blue  Mountains,  here  narrow  and  low,  the  formation  being 
Hawkesbury  sandstone.  This  situation  renders  it  easy  to  under- 
stand why  we  have  an  avi-fauna  partaking  of  the  characters  of 
both  the  plains  and  the  coast  district,  as  well  as  that  proper  to  the 
table-land.  Towards  the  north-east,  at  no  greater  distance  than 
30  miles  from  our  west  boundary,  the  plains  begin  at  Dubbo,  and 
an  arm  of  the  flat  country  runs  up  the  valley  of  the  Talbragar 
River  nearly  to  Cobbora,  50  miles  from  the  town  of  Mudgee 
(which  lies  south  of  the  centre  of  the  district).  Again,  on  the 
north-east  the  district  is  divided  from  the  Liverpool  Plains  by 
that  spur  of  the  Liverpool  Range  called  the  Warrumbungle  Moun- 
tains. Hence  we  see  why  such  birds  as  Eupodotis,  Dromaius 
(once  common  in  the  district,  but  now,  as  far  as  breeding  and 


396  A    LIST    OP    THE    BIRDS    OF    THE    MUDGEE    DISTRICT, 

constant  residence  go,  extinct),  Geronticus,  Threskiornis,  and  Grii^s 
australasianus  should  at  times  be  found  in  numbers.  Again,  the 
western  slopes  of  the  Dividing  Range  at  Cooyal,  18  miles  east 
from  Mudgee,  are  clothed  with  vegetation  resembling  that  of  the 
coast  brushes,  and  here  Menura,  Sericornis^  Ptilonorhynchus  and 
other  coast  forms  are  plentiful. 

The  district  is  bounded  on  the  east  by  that  part  of  the  Blue 
Mountains  extending  from  Cassilis  on  the  north  to  where  the 
Hunter  Range  begins  at  Mount  Coricudgy;  thence  the  south 
boundary  runs  westward  along  the  Dividing  Range  to  the  spur 
forming  the  watershed  beween  the  Meroo  River  and  the  Cudge- 
gong,  and  along  that  spur  to  the  head  of  the  Meroo.  The  east 
boundary  runs  along  that  stream  to  its  embouchure  into  the 
Cudgegong,  and  then  northward  to  Cobbora.  From  Cobbora  the 
Talbragar  River  eastward  to  the  point  of  commencement  forms 
the  northern  boundary.  The  average  length  of  the  district  is 
about  60  miles,  its  breadth  35  miles,  and  its  area  may  be  estimated 
at  about  2000  square  miles. 

From  this  it  will  be  seen  that  it  takes  in  the  valley  of  the 
Cudgegong  in  its  entirety,  and  also  includes  the  affluents  of  the 
Talbragar  on  the  left  bank,  and  those  of  the  right  bank  of  the 
Meroo.  It  includes  in  its  borders  the  peaks  of  Durambang, 
Coricudgy  (3000  feet),  and  just  leaves  out  Tayan  Peak  (4000 
feet);  and  it  also  takes  in  the  curious  basaltic  hill,  Bocoble,  which 
is  3500  feet  high.  We  have  come  to  the  conclusion  that  the 
height  of  Mudgee  itself,  1635  feet  above  the  sea,  is  a  fair  average 
for  the  district.  Mount  Frome,  a  limestone  peak  capped  with 
slaty  stone,  rises  to  a  height,  as  measured  by  one  of  us,  of  820 
feet  above  the  river  bed,  about  2455  feet  above  the  sea,  and 
Dwealdjeree  is  1640  feet  above  the  river — about  3200  feet  abso- 
lute height.  This  last  peak  is  of  igneous  origin,  and  in  the  creek 
rising  on  its  west  flank  the  vegetation  is  of  a  different  character, 
Eucalyptus  globulus^  Pittosporum  undulatum,  and  other  plants 
unknown  in  the  rest  of  the  district  occurring  there.  Here  a  few 
insects  and  birds  live  which  are  not  general  all  over  the  district. 


BY   J.  D.  COX   AND   A.  G.  HAMILTON.  397 

The  whole  district  is  well  watered  by  the  Cudgegong  and  its 
tributaries,  and  although  rugged  and  barren  in  places,  is  very  rich 
in  minerals.  The  valley  of  the  Cudgegong  is  fertile,  and  while 
the  flats  are  eminently  suitable  for  agriculture,  the  uplands  are 
unequalled  for  sheep  raising,  and  for  pastoral  purposes  generally. 
The  whole  of  the  country,  though  now  much  cleared,  was  originally 
timbered,  in  places  very  heavily,  principally  with  Eucalypts  and 
apple-trees  (Angophora  intermedia). 

In  regard  to  its  geological  features,  the  principal  formation  is 
Silurian,  and  the  Coal-Measures  extend  from  the  Dividing  Range 
to  Guntawang  and  Beaudesert,  where  shales  occur,  and  by  Talle- 
wang  and  Cobbora  (where  coal  has  been  found)  to  Dubbo.  As 
already  mentioned,  at  Cooyal  the  Hawkesbury  sandstone  composes 
the  Dividing  Range.  Near  Home  Rule  granite  occurs  and 
outcrops  of  igneous  rocks  are  seen  in  various  places.  Limestone 
also  is  found  in  a  few  spots. 

1.  Circus  assimilis,  Jcird.  dc  Selb. 

Most  commonly  met  with  in  the  spring  months  when  it  builds 
among  wheat  and  long  grass  on  the  river  flats.  Nest,  a  few  sticks 
placed  triangularly.  The  egg  is  white,  rather  rough,  and  has  a 
greenish-blue  lining  membrane. 

2.  AsTUR  NoViE-HoLLANDiiE,  Gmel 
A  rare  bird  here. 

3.  AsTUR  APPROxiMANS,  Vig.  &  Hots. 

Very  daring  birds,  attacking  pigeons  and  chickens  close  to  the 
house,  and  even  killing  such  birds  as  Dacelo  gigas. 

4.  ACCIPITER    CIRROCEPHALUS,    Vieill. 

These  birds  breed  in  the  district,  sometimes  building  a  nest  for 
themselves  or  taking  possession  of  an  old  magpie's  nest.  They  kill 
small  birds,  but  seldom  touch  Myzantha  garrula,  notwithstanding 
their  numbers.  We  have,  however,  seen  them  attack  these  birds 
when  mobbed  by  them. 


398  A   LIST    OF    THE    BIRDS    OF   THE    MUDGEE    DISTRICT, 

5.  Aquila  audax,  Lath. 

Breeds  in  the  district.  All  the  nests  we  have  seen  have  been 
m  easily  accessible  trees,  and  were  of  enormous  size,  being  evi- 
dently, as  Gould  states,  added  to  every  year.  We  have  known 
them  to  attack  a  foal,  and  full  grown  kangaroos,  two  taking  turns 
in  chasing  them.  The  wing  stretch  in  one  we  shot  was  7  feet, 
and  weight  10  lbs  ;  another  was  6  feet  11  inches.  One  of  us  saw 
a  tortoise  in  the  grip  of  a  wedge-tailed  eagle,  which  when  ap- 
proached dropped  the  animal  from  a  height. 

6.  Haliastur  sphenurus,  Vieill. 
Not  a  common  bird. 

7.  MiLVUS  AFFINIS,  Gld. 

VYe  have  known  this  bird  to  swoop  down  and  carry  away  the 
meat  off  a  dish  as  it  was  being  taken  from  the  kitchen  to  the 
house. 

8.  LOPHOICTINIA   isura,  Gld. 

We  have  shot  only  one  of  these  birds,  at  Guntawang. 

9.  Elanus  axillaris.  Lath. 

In  1880,  and  again  in  1886,  large  flocks  of  these  birds  came  to 
Guntawang  in  the  autumn.  They  frequented  the  flats  and  low 
foot  hills  covered  with  scrubby  vegetation,  living  on  lizards,  and 
"small  deer"  generally,  but  we  have  known  them  to  kill  quail : 
they  roosted  at  night  in  dead  trees  along  the  river  bank. 

10.  Falco  melanogenys,  Gld. 

Usually  comes  to  the  district  in  March  and  April. 

11.  Falco  hypoleucus,  Gld. 

A  specimen  shot  at  Springfield  by  Mr.  Garling,  one  near  Mud- 
gee  by  the  late  Mr.  H.  Thurston,  and  one  by  ourselves  at  Cullen- 
bone,  areall  we  have  seen  of  this  beautiful  falcon. 

12.  Falco  lunulatus,  Lath. 
Rather  rare. 


BY   J.  D.  COX   AND   A.  G.  HAMILTON.  399 

13.  HiERACIDEA    ORIENTALIS,  Schl. 

Rarely  visit  the  district,  but  when  they  do  are  very  numerous. 

14.  TiNNUNCULUS    CENCHROIDES,    Vig.  &  HoTS. 

Usually  nests  in  hollow  spouts  and  sometimes  in  deserted  nests. 

15.  Strix  flammea,  Z.,  suh-sp.  delicatula. 

A  specimen  shot  by  the  late  Mr.  H.  Thurston  is  in  the  reading- 
room  of  the  Mechanics'  Institute,  Mudgee.  They  are  said  to  be 
plentiful  in  the  orchard  at  Puttabucca  when  the  fruit  is  ripe. 
Probably  the  windfalls  attract  mice,  and  the  owls  follow.  We 
have  also  a  specimen  from  Coolah. 

16.  NiNOX   BOOBOOK,  Lath. 

A  very  common  bird,  breeding  in  hollow  trees.  Its  booming 
cry  is  continually  heard  in  the  spring  months. 

17.  Aegotheles  Nov^-Hollandi^,  Lath. 

We  have  shot  three  specimens  all  differing  much  in  colour  from 
Gould's  figure,  being  dull  ashy-greys  without  the  warm  tints 
shewn  in  figure  alluded  to.     Eggs  December  7th. 

18.  Pod  ARGUS  strigoides,  Lath. 

Breeds  in  spring  and  early  summer.  We  have  taken  eggs 
October  4th  to  15th  November,  and  seen  them  sitting  on  the 
unfledged  but  downy  young  on  November  15th. 

It  is  probable  that  we  have  more  night-birds  than  the  above  four 
species.  We  have  certainly  seen  Eurostopodus  guttatus,  but 
having  failed  to  shoot  it,  we  have  not  included  it  in  this  list. 

19.  CHiETURA  caudacuta.  Lath. 

A  regular  visitant.  We  have  observed  flocks  in  January, 
February,  March,  April,  July,  August,  and  December. 

20.  Cypselus  pacificus.  Lath. 

We  have  seen  this  bird  only  in  among  the  flocks  of  Choetura. 


400  A   LIST   OF   THE   BIRDS   OF   THE   MUDGEE    DISTRICT, 

21.   HiRUNDO  NEOXENA,  Gld.  ( -H.   FRONTALIS,  Q.  et  Gaim.), 

The  majority  of  individuals  are  regular  suaimer  visitants,  but 
some  remain  all  the  year  round.  They  begin  their  nests  late  in 
July ;  the  earliest  eggs  we  have  seen  were  found  on  7th  August, 
and  then  are  to  be  found  on  to  middle  of  December.  Each  pair 
rears  several  broods.  Gould  says  they  build  in  smoky  chimneys, 
but  we  have  never  found  a  nest  in  such  a  situation,  though  in 
every  other  possible  place  about  houses  we  have  observed  their 
nests.  We  have  never  seen  a  nest  in  a  tree  or  anywhere  but 
in  a  building.     They  take  their  bath  on  the  wing. 

22.  Petrochelidon  nigricans,  FmZ/.  ( =- Hylochelidon). 
Some  few  remain  all  the  year,  but  the  bulk  leave  in  May  and 

reappear  in  August.  Eggs  in  October,  if  not  earlier.  One  of  us 
has  on  several  occasions  found  morsels  of  the  shell  of  the  river 
mussel  (Gyclas)  in  the  mouth  of  shot  specimens,  for  what  purpose 
we  are  unable  to  say. 

23.  Lagenoplastes  ariel,  Gld. 

We  have  seen  this  bird  as  early  (or  late)  as  1st  June.  They 
are  plentiful  in  the  first  week  in  August.  When  they  arrive,  they 
roost  for  some  nights  in  packs  in  the  reeds  on  the  river  banks ; 
and  when  preparing  to  migrate  in  April,  they  gather  in  dense 
flocks  about  sunset  and  fly  up  and  down  the  river  for  an  hour, 
sometimes  rising  to  a  great  height  in  the  air,  and  then  coming 
down  nearly  perpendicularly,  ending  by  roosting  in  the  reeds  as 
when  arriving.  In  the  month  of  February,  1887,  they  behaved 
in  this  way  for  a  few  days,  and  then  resumed  their  ordinary  habits 
till  April  7th,  when  they  packed  and  departed.  We  have  taken 
the  eggs  from  1st  September  to  December.  Gould  says  they  club 
together  in  fives  and  sixes  to  build  a  nest,  bat  we  have  never  seen 
more  than  two  building,  although  one  of  us  has  seen  three  or  four 
feeding  the  young,  probably  themselves  young  of  an  earlier  brood 
assisting  their  parents.  When  their  nests  are  built  on  the  river 
banks,  they  hear  a  footstep  or  feel  the  vibration  at  a  great  dis- 
tance, and,  flying  out  with  distressed  cries,  encircle  the  intruder. 


BY   J.  D.  COX   AND   A.  G.  HAMILTON.  401 

Each  pair  very  jealously  guards  its  nest,  and  fights  are  common 
on  this  account.  They  build  in  angles  of  beams  supporting  loft- 
floors,  along  eaves  of  houses,  under  culverts  and  bridges,  and  on 
the  steep  clay-banks  of  the  river. 

24.  Merops  ornatus.  Lath. 

Arrive  here  on  September  25th,  and  later,  in  ones  and  twos. 
They  come  in  numbers  in  the  first  week  in  October,  and  begin 
nests  at  once.  A  sure  sign  of  the  completion  of  the  nest  is  the 
bluntness  of  the  beaks.  Eggs  may  be  taken  from  the  beginning 
of  November  till  the  latter  end  of  December.  The  main  body 
leaves  in  February,  but  we  have  seen  a  few  as  late  as  March  11th. 
They  are  very  destructive  to  bees,  like  their  European  representa- 
tive, and  when  a  pair  nest  near  a  hive  they  live  almost  entirely 
on  them.     Plunges  into  water  for  bath. 

25.  EURYSTOMUS   PACIFICUS,    Lath. 

These  birds  arrive  about  October  1st,  and  leave  in  February. 
They  nest  in  hollow  trees,  and  we  have  seen  young  birds  being 
fed  late  in  December. 

26.  Dacelo  gigas,  Bodd. 

We  have  repeatedly  seen  this  bird  plunge  in  dams  and  the 
river,  and  secure  crayfish  or  prawns. 

27.  Halcyon  sanctus,  Vig.  &  Horsf. 

They  begin  to  arrive  early  in  September,  the  nest  is  nearly 
finished  on  October  3rd,  and  we  have  taken  eggs  in  October  and 
up  to  November  20th.  We  have  seen  them  as  late  as  March 
21st.  This  bird,  too,  dashes  into  the  water  after  its  prey.  When 
skinning,  one  of  us  has  found  worms  between  the  skin  and  the 
flesh. 

28.  Halcyon  pyrrhopygius,  Gld. 

We  have  noticed  this  bird  first  on  September  8th,  and  taken 
eggs  on  November  18th.     Last  seen  on  March  21st.     They  have 
26 


402  A    LIST    OF    THE    BIRDS    OF    THE    MUDGEE    DISTRICT, 

a  penchant  for  sitting  on  the  telegraph  wires ;  otherwise  they 
rarely  perch  on  anything  but  dead  twigs  in  trees. 

29.  Halcyon  Macleayi,  Jard.  &  Selh. 

A  specimen  shot  by  Mr.  H.  Thurston  at  Holyoak  Bridge, 
Mudgee,  is  in  the  Mechanics'  Institute  in  that  town  ;  but  as  Gould 
states  it  extends  from  Moreton  Bay  to  Coburg  Peninsula,  it  must 
be  considered  as  an  accidental  visitor,  or  stray. 

30.  Alcyone  azurea,  Lath. 

The  eggs  are  laid  on  a  pile  of  shrimp  carapaces  and  small  fish 
bones,  which  smells  just  as  vilely  as  the  nest  of  its  British 
representative. 

31.  Artamus  sordidus.  Lath. 

Some  remain  all  the  year  round,  but  the  majority  come  in 
flocks,  and  then  break  up  into  pairs.  These  arrive  about  Sep- 
tember 3rd.  On  one  occasion  we  observed  about  100  going  into 
a  large  hollow  in  a  tree  to  roost,  those  for  which  there  was  no 
room  roosting  on  the  edges  outside.  Eggs  from  October  26th  to 
January  26th. 

32.  Artamus  person atus,  Gld. 

Vast  flocks  mingled  about  equally  with  the  following  species 
arrive  in  September,  and  remain  packed  for  a  considerable  time. 
Eggs  from  October  24th  to  November  18th. 

33.  Artamus  superciliosus,  Gld. 

For  many  years  this  species  and  the  last  came  here  in  great 
numbers  in  September,  dispersed  and  built  early  in  October,  and 
then  after  packing  in  latter  part  of  December  for  a  week  or  two, 
departed  in  January,  none  being  left  by  the  14th  of  that  month. 
In  1886,  however,  not  a  single  bird  came.  In  1887  a  flock  of 
A.  personatus^  and  none  of  species  under  notice,  arrived  on 
September  11th.  No  birds,  perhaps,  are  so  careless  in  their 
nidification  as  these  two  species.     We  have  taken  two  eggs  from  a 


BY    J.  D.   COX    AND    A.  G.  HAMILTON.  403 

nest  composed  of  green  clover  leaves,  quite  fresh  and  moist, 
placed  in  a  knot-hole  of  a  fallen  tree.  Eggs  October  6th  to 
November  18th.  All  three  species  are  locally  known  as  "Blue- 
larks  "  and  "  Martins." 

34.  Pardalotus  punctatus,  Temm. 

Kare  in  most  parts  of  the  district,  but  common  at  Cooyal  on 
the  Dividing  Range,  eighteen  miles  east  of  Mudgee.  Eggs 
October  12th.     Known  as  "Diamond-bird." 

35.  Pardalotus  ornatus,   Vig.  ds  Horsf.  (  =  P.  striatus,  Temm.) 
This  bird  here,  in  addition  to  its  habit  of  nesting  in  hollow 

branches  and  Fairy-martins'  nests,  also  burrows  into  banks  on 
river  sides  and  creeks,  building  a  stringy  bark  nest  about  18 
inches  from  opening  It  sometimes  takes  possession  of  the  Fairy- 
martin's  nest  by  force  of  arms.  They  nest  in  spouts  and  Martins' 
nests  in  August  and  September,  and  in  burrows  in  September. 
Eggs  taken  from  burrow  on  October  4th. 

36.  Strepera  graculina,  White. 

Although  stray  birds  may  be  observed  at  any  time,  they  first 
appear  in  force  on  the  newly  ploughed  ground  in  April.  We 
have  not  taken  eggs,  but  they  breed  in  the  highest  hills  of  the 
district.  We  have  shot  full  fledged  young  birds  on  January  21st. 
Gould  observed  them  only  in  small  families,  but  here  they  are 
seen  in  flocks  of  10  to  20,  and  at  Mt.  Wilson  one  of  us  has  often 
noticed  flocks  of  100  or  more  making  the  mountain  resound  with 
their  cries.  They  are  very  destructive  in  orchards  and  vineyards. 
Known  locally  as  "  Black  Magpies." 

37.  Strepera  cuneicaudata,  Vieill. 

Not  generally  seen  in  pairs  in  the  centre  of  the  district,  but 
common  at  Cudgegong  and  Ilford  in  the  southern  part.  They 
do  not  usually  attack  fruit  when  wild,  but  in  a  state  of  captivity 
eat  it  greedily.  Gould  attributes  the  metallic  call  of  dinky 
clink  to  S.  argiUa,  but,   if  this  is  not   a   mistake,  the  present 


J^    -^©^^ 


404  A   LIST    OF    THE    BIRDS    OF    THE    MUDGEE    DISTRICT, 

species  has  it  too.  Local  names,  "  Rain-bird "  and  "  Grey 
Magpie."  Its  call  is  supposed  to  be  a  prognostic  of  coming  wet 
weather. 

38.  Gymnorhina  tibicen,  Lath. 

A  few  nest  in  August,  and  we  have  known  them  begin  as  early 
as  July  17  th,  but  the  greater  proportion  lay  in  October,  A  nest 
was  taken  at  Springfield  composed  of  the  cut  wire  used  by  reaping 
and  binding  machines.  They  sing  as  much  in  autumn  and  winter 
as  when  nesting.  Many  do  not  breed  every  year,  as  we  have 
noticed  a  flock  of  about  20  near  the  house  always  at  Cullenbone. 
During  the  present  autumn  it  increased  to  about  70.  We  have 
known  them  attack  and  kill  old  quail,  and  they  frequently  make 
a  meal  of  young  swallows.  When  washing,  they  wade  into  the 
water  and  stand  in  it  flapping  their  wings. 

39.  Cracticus  torquatus,  Lath. 

We  have  never  known  this  bird  impale  its  prey  as  the  English 
shrike  does,  and  indeed  we  have  so  few  shrubs  with  strong  thorns 
that  it  would  find  it  difficult  in  most  places  to  do  so  ;  but  we  have 
frequently  observed  it  hanging  its  food  in  a  fork.  We  have  noted 
eggs  from  September  17th  to  middle  of  November,  but  as  we  have 
a  note  of  young  birds  just  fledged  on  September  1 4th,  it  must  lay 
much  earlier.     Known  as  "  Butcher-bird." 

40.  Cracticus  robustus.  Lath. 

This  handsome  species  is  capricious  in  its  occurrence.  For 
some  years  they  were  common  at  Springfield,  3  miles  east  of 
Guntawang  ;  these  suddenly  disappeared  and  were  seen  no  more 
there.  A  flock  of  7  lived  about  Beaudesert  for  a  few  weeks,  and 
then  left.  One  pair  has  lived  for  many  years  on  a  basaltic  point 
at  Guntawang.  It  is  a  daring  bird,  and  attacks  other  birds  even 
full  grown.  We  once  saw  one  killing  an  Artamus  sordidus,  a 
number  of  magpies,  peewits,  and  soldier-birds  looking  on  but  not 
daring  to  interfere.  In  captivity  it  is  dainty  in  its  eating,  and 
will  not  touch  raw  meat  unless  it  is  perfectly  fresh  and  moist.     It 


BY   J.  D.  COX    AND    A.  G.  HAMILTON.  405 

talks  and  whistles  well.  Its  most  characteristic  natural  call 
resembles  a  prolonged  klo-klee-klo,  the  first  on  d,  the  second  its 
higher  octave,  and  slurring  back  into  the  lower  note  on  the  third. 
It  is  a  fine,  bold,  clear  and  liquid  call,  and  worthy  of  the  storm- 
cock  himself.  Eggs  in  October.  Known  as  "  Magpie  Butcher- 
bird." 

41.  Grallina  picata,  Lath. 

We  once  found  a  pair  of  these  birds  which  had  taken  possession 
of  an  abandoned  magpie's  nest,  and  were  there  bringing  up  its 
brood.  Eggs  from  September  16th  to  November  24th.  Wades  into 
the  water  to  bathe. 

42.  Graucalus  melanops,  Lath. 

We  have  noted  both  this  bird  and  Pteropodocys  using  deserted 
nests  of  Grallina.  The  nest  is  frequently  built  on  a  dead  tree 
without  any  shade.  Eggs  October  28th  to  December  7th,  but  as  we 
have  seen  nearly  fledged  young  on  September  24,  there  can  be  no 
doubt  that  they  breed  much  earlier.     Locally  known  as  "Blue-jay." 

43.  Pteropodocys  phasianella,  Gld. 

Sometimes  rarely  seen  for  years,  at  other  times  common  all  the 
year  round,  but  usually  leaves  early  in  winter  and  returns  in 
spring.  For  this  reason  it  is  known  as  "  Spring-bird."  Eggs 
in  November  and  December,  and  we  have  noted  a  brood  of  young 
birds  leaving  the  nest  on  January  29th. 

44.  Lalage  tricolor,  Siv.  (  =  Campephaga  humeralis,  Gld.). 
These   birds  arrive  in    September  and    leave  in   January  and 

beginning  of  February.  Eggs  October  2nd  to  October  31st.  The 
male  sits  in  turn  on  the  nest,  and  we  have  repeatedly  observed 
that  when  he  had  sat  as  long  as  he  thought  proper,  he  left  the 
eggs  and,  seeking  out  his  mate,  drove  her  to  the  nest. 

45.  Pachycephala  gutturalis.  Lath. 

Although  the  females  of  this  species  are  often  seen,  the  males 
are  very  rare,  but  this  arises  from  shyness.     They  are  apparently 


406  A    LIST    OF    THE    BIRDS    OF    THE    MUDGEE    DISTRICT, 

aware  that  the  beauty  of  their  plumage  renders  them  a  desirable 
mark  for  the  stone-throwing  boy.  We  have  not  taken  the  eggs, 
nor  are  we  able  to  state  the  times  of  its  arrival  and  departure. 

46.  Pachycephala  rufiventris,  Lath. 

This  species  arrives  in  September,  and  most  of  them  leave  us  in 
March,  although  we  have  noticed  their  plaintive  call  in  the  middle 
of  May.  A  sudden  noise,  as  the  report  ot  a  gun,  will  always  start 
them  singing,  and  in  this  they  resemble  the  Coach- whip  bird,  as 
also  in  their  possessing  ventriloquial  powers.  We  have  taken 
eggs  from  November  1st  to  December  7th.  The  male  takes  a 
turn  in  sitting  on  the  eggs. 

47.  COLLYRIOCINCLA    HARMONICA,    Lath. 

Builds  in  all  manner  of  unexpected  places,  hollow  posts,  stumps, 
and  even  in  banks  where  there  is  a  hollow  on  the  edge.  For  five 
years  consecutively  a  pair  has  built  in  an  old  iron  pot  standing 
on  a  shelf  in  a  carpenter's  shop  where  work  is  frequently  going 
on,  at  Cullenbone.  On  an  occasion  we  took  a  set  of  eggs  out  of 
an  old  nest  of  Pomatostomus  tempo7'alis.  Eggs  in  September, 
October,  and  November. 

48.  Falcunculus  frontatus,  Lath. 

A  rare  bird,  but  when  seen,  many  birds  may  be  observed. 

49.  Oreoica  cristata.  Lew. 

This  bird  also  possesses  ventriloquial  powers.  Eggs  in  August 
and  September. 

50.  Rhipidura  albiscapa,  Gld. 

We  have  seen  an  unfinished  nest  as  late  as  December  15th. 
Gould  says  the  eggs  are  invariably  two,  but  one  of  us  has  seen 
three.  Locally  known  as  "  Devil-bird."  In  bathing  it  hops  into 
water  and  beats  the  water  over  itself,  and  then  goes  out,  repeating 
the  proceeding  several  times. 


BY   J.  D.  COX   AND   A.  G.  HAMILTON.  407 

51.  Sauloprocta  motacilloides,  v.  &  H. 

Often  poises  itself  over  a  calm  waterhole  with  the  fluttering 
motion  of  the  kestrel.  Eggs  from  September  2nd  to  December 
7th.     Known  as  "  Wagtail."     Sings  all  night. 

52.  Seisura  inquieta,  Lath. 

This  bird  is  rarer  than  the  former,  and  the  nest  is  generally 
found  on  the  hills,  but  on  two  occasions  in  a  Casuarina  overhang- 
ing the  river.  It  makes  the  grinding  sound,  from  which  it  derives 
its  local  name  of  "  Razor-grinder,"  both  while  on  the  wing  and 
perched.     Eggs  from  October  to  end  of  November. 

53.  Myiagra  rubecula.  Lath. 
Rare. 

54.  Myiagra  nitida,  Gld. 

Rare.     Two  nests  have  been  seen  in  Casuarinas. 

55.  MiCRiECA  FASCINANS,  Lath. 

A  very  common  species.  Eggs  October  3rd  to  December  14th. 
Locally  known  as  "  Jacky  Winter."  In  the  early  morning  when 
almost  dark  it  sings  a  low  sweet  song. 

56.  Gerygone  albigularis,  Gld. 

Sometimes  ornaments  the  outside  of  its  nest  with  the  elytra  of 
bright-coloured  beetles.  Eggs  all  through  October  and  November. 
Local  name  "  Native  Canary." 

57.  Smicrornis  brevirostris,  Gld. 
Eggs  in  November.     Common. 

58.  Petr^ca  Leggii.  Sharjoe. 
Common  all  over  the  district. 

59.  Petr^eca  Goodenovii,  Vig.  &  Horsf. 
Common  all  over  the  district. 


408  A    LIST    OF    THE    BIRDS    OF    THE    MUDGEE    DISTRICT, 

60.  PETRiECA    PHOENICEA,  Gld. 

Common  on  the  upland  flats  in  winter,  but  in  spring  it  retires 
to  the  wooded  hills  to  breed.  Eggs  taken  in  November.  All 
three  species  are  known  as  "  Robins.'' 

61.  Melanodryas  bicolor,  Vig.  &  Horsf. 

These  birds  also  retire  to  forests  to  breed  in  early  spring,  coming 
into  the  open  country  on  February  7th.  Eggs  August  10th  to 
October  4:th.  We  have  taken  a  set  of  eggs  blotched  with  brown 
on  the  usual  dull  green  ground. 

62.  EopsALTRiA  australis.  Lath. 

Eggs  October  4th  to  December  7th.  An  egg  in  the  possession 
of  one  of  us  is  of  a  very  vivid  sea-green  with  red-brown  blotches. 
Local  name  "Yellow  Robin." 

63.  Menura  superba,  Dav. 

This  bird  is  found  only  in  the  scrubs  on  the  Dividing  Range  at 
Cooyal.     They  build  there  on  ledges  of  rock.     Eggs  in  July. 

64.  Malurus  cyaneus.  Lath, 

These  birds,  like  the  wagtail  and  reedbird,  sing  at  night,  espe- 
cially in  summer  and  when  the  moon  shines.  One  of  us  has  noted 
one  flying  persistently  in  front  of  a  window,  as  if  admiring  its 
image  in  the  surface.  Eggs  from  September  2nd  to  December  7th, 
but  we  have  seen  young  birds  in  the  last  week  of  August.  Wades 
into  water  for  bath. 

65.  Hylacola  pyrrhopygia,  Vig.  &  Horsf. 

We  have  shot  only  one  of  these  birds,  at  Biraganbil,  but  on 
several  occasions  afterwards  we  noticed  a  small  flock  at  the  same 
spot. 

66.  Sericornis  frontalis,  Vig.  &  Horsf. 

So  far  as  we  know,  this  bird  only  occurs  at  Cooyal,  and  at 
Mullamuddy.  A  nearly  finished  nest  was  observed  at  the  latter 
place  on  October  24th. 


BY   J.  D,  COX    AND    A.  G.  HAMILTON.  409 

67.  ACANTHIZA  PUSILLA,  Lath. 

We  have  seen  this  bird  only  at  Cooyal. 

68.  ACANTHIZA   NANA,    VlQ.  (&  Hovsf, 

Also  shot  only  at  Cooyal. 

69.  ACANTHIZA    LINEATA,  Gld. 

Common  in  all  parts  of  the  district.  The  bronze  cuckoos  often 
lay  their  eggs  in  this  bird's  nest.  Eggs  August  1st  to  October  6th. 
Local  name  "  Tomtit." 

70.  Geobasileus  reguloides,  Yig.  &  Eorsf. 

Much  rarer  than  its  congener.     Eggs  September  14th. 

71.  Geobasileus  ohrysorrhoea,  Q.  et  Gaim. 

Eggs  in  July,  and  on  almost  all  through  the  year.  Known 
locally  as  "Tomtit."  Frequently  foster-parent  of  bronze  cuckoo. 
Wades  into  water  for  bath. 

72.  Ephthianura  albifrons,  J.  &  S. 

Eggs  September  4th  to  November  7th.  Although  Gould,  quoting 
E.  P.  Ramsay,  says  they  arrive  in  New  South  Wales  in  September 
and  October,  we  have  always  observed  a  few  all  winter,  and  it 
will  be  seen  above  that  they  breed  early  in  September. 

73.  Xerophila  leucopsis,  Gld. 

They  pack  in  large  flocks  on  the  open  uplands  in  autumn  and 
winter,  sometimes  mingled  with  Geobasileus  chrysorrhcea.  Eggs 
July  to  November.     Local  name  "  Squeaker." 

74.  Origma  rubric ata,  Lath. 

Only  seen  on  the  sandstone  at  Cooyal  and  Goodaman,  and  in 
the  brush  at  Mullamuddy.  A  deserted  nest  with  one  egg  was 
taken  at  Cooyal  in  July,  probably  the  last  season's  nest. 

75.  Chthonicola  sagittata,  Lath. 

Eggs  in  September  and  October.  Locally  known  as  "  Tit- 
lark." 


410  A    LIST    OF   THE    BIRDS   OF   THE    MUDGEE    DISTRICT, 

76.  Anthus  australis,  Vigr.  &  Horsf. 

Eggs  August  1st  to  November  20th.  Sometimes  a  set  is  met  with 
differing  from  the  ordinary  type  in  having  bold  blotches  on  the 
usual  ground  ;  they  then  resemble  the  eggs  of  Artamus  super- 
ciliosus.     Known  as  "  Ground-lark." 

77.  Cincloramphus  cruralis,  Vig.  dh  Horsf. 

A  summer  bird,  rare  here  till  1884  and  1885,  when  it  was 
extremely  common.  In  1886  few  were  seen,  but  they  remained 
all  winter,  and  we  noticed  them  singing  early  in  August.  In 
1887  they  were  rare  still,  although  there  were  more  than  in  the 
previous  year,  but  in  1888  and  1889  we  saw  none  at  all,  Eggs 
in  October  and  November.     Known  as  "  Singing-lark." 

78.  Cincloramphus    rufescens,    Vig.  <&  Horsj.    (  =  Ptenoedus 

RUFESCENS). 

The  remarks  on  the  previous  species  apply  equally  to  this. 
Eggs  August  1st  to  December  7th.  A  rare  type  of  ^gg  is  pale 
flesh  colour  with  a  cap  of  deep  chocolate.  Known  as  "  Singing- 
lark." 

79.  Calamoherpe  australis,  Gld. 

Found  on  the  river  bank  wherever  a  bed  of  reeds  or  bulrushes 
occurs.  They  arrive  here  in  August,  and  lay  from  September  25th 
to  December  16  th.  We  have  observed  them  feeding  their  young 
about  the  middle  of  March,  and  by  the  beginning  of  April  they 
are  all  gone.  They  sometimes  construct  the  nest  in  hanging 
branches  of  Casuarina  or  willow,  as  well  as  in  reeds.  They  use 
wet  and  partly  decomposed  Typha  leaves  and  water-weeds  in 
building.  Their  song  is  heard  all  through  the  night  in  summer, 
especially  on  moonlight  nights.     Known  as  "  Reed-bird." 

80.  MiRAFRA  Horspieldii,  Gld. 
Rare. 

81.  Estrilda  Bichenovii,  Vig.  (Sc  Horsf. 

First  observed  by  us  in  1886,  and  then  seen  all  through  the 
winter,  and  up  till  September  in  small  flocks  mingled  with  Estrilda 


BY   J.  D.  COX   AND   A.  G.  HAMILTON.  411 

guttata.     A  pair  took  possession  of  an  old  nest  of  these  birds  for 
some  days,  but  did  not  lay. 

82.  ESTRILDA    TEMPORALIS,    Lath. 

Common  on  hills  and  rocky  ground,  but  still  rarer  than  E. 
guttata.  We  have  not  personally  taken  eggs.  Called  "  Red- 
head." 

83.  ESTRILDA   MODESTA,  Gld. 

Seen  with  E.  guttata  on  a  few  occasions. 

84.  ESTRILDA   GUTTATA,  Shaw. 

Very  common.  They  breed  all  the  year  round.  We  have 
taken  a  set  of  eggs  from  an  old  Pomatostomus  nest,  and  have  also 
seen  them  build  in  hawks'  nests.  About  Cullenbone  they  are  very 
tame,  and  build  in  a  prickly  cactus  past  which  people  are  con- 
tinually passing  ;  and  also  in  a  rose  bush  within  a  few  feet  of  the 
kitchen  door.  They  sleep  in  the  half-built  nest.  When  washing 
they  wade  into  water.     Locally  known  as  "  Diamond  Sparrow." 

85.  ESTRILDA    CASTANOTIS,  Gld. 

We  are  not  sure  whether  this  species  was  not  introduced  by 
having  escaped  from  captivity,  but  the  birds  breed  in  the  immediate 
vicinity  of  Mudgee  in  September  and  October. 

86.  DONACICOLA    CASTANEOTHORAX,  Gld. 

Only  one  specimen  shot. 

Besides  the  above  finches,  we  once  observed  a  small  flock  of  red 
finches  feeding  on  grassland,  but  were  unable  to  shoot  for  identifi- 
cation. 

87.  CiNCLOSOMA    PUNCTATUM,  Lath. 

Not  uncommon  on  stony  hill-sides.  Eggs  taken  on  August  20th 
withlarge  young  ones  in  them. 

88.  Ptilonorhynchus  violaceus,  Vieill.{  =  P.  holosericeus, Kuhl.) 
One  or  two  shot  at  Cooyal  in  a  fruit  garden.     It  has  decided 

powers  as  a  mimic. 


412  A    LIST    OF    THE    BIRDS    OF   THE    MUDGEE    DISTRICT, 

89.  MiMETA  viRiDis,  Lath. 

A  summer  visitant,  arriving  here  on  August  1st  and  staying  to 
middle  of  May.  Its  sweet  rolling  song  is  only  heard  while  it  is 
breeding.  It  breeds  in  Casuarinas  along  the  river-bank.  It  is 
very  destructive  in  orchards,  being  especially  partial  to  cherries 
and  mulberries.     Known  as   "  Green  Thrush." 

90.  CORCORAX   MELANORHAMPHUS,    Vieill. 

We  have  taken  the  eggs  in  September.  The  young  birds  have 
brown  irides  instead  of  crimson  as  in  the  adult.  Shares  the 
name  of  "  Black  Magpie  "  with  Strepera  gracuUna,  and  that  of 
"  Dollar-bird  "  with  Eurystomus. 

91.  Struthidea  cinerea,  Gld. 

The  eggs  of  the  peewit  were  apparently  described  by  Gould  for 
those  of  this  bird.  They  are  faint  blue  with  intensely  black  specks. 
The  only  eggs  we  have  taken,  and  kept  a  note  of  date,  were  three 
belonging  to  a  family  of  four  at  Cullenbone,  but  it  breeds  also  at 
Springfield  and  Guntawang.  It  seems  to  be  a  wandering  bird. 
About  Cobbora  they  are  known  as  "  Twelve  Apostles,"  a  title 
shared  by  Pomatostomus. 

92.  CORONE   AUSTRALIS,  G7nel. 
Breeds  in  the  district. 

93.  CoRVUS  AUSTRALIS,  Vig.  (S;  Horsf. 

Breeds  in  district.     Local  native  name  is  "  Waggalin." 

94.  Pomatostomus  temporalis,  Vig.  &  Horsf. 

Very  common.  We  fancy  that  more  than  one  couple  lay  in 
the  same  nest.  On  one  occasion,  in  taking  a  nest,  one  of  us  saw 
seven  birds  fly  out,  three  eggs  being  in  the  nest.  We  have  taken 
as  many  as  eight  eggs  in  one  nest.  Dirty  white  specimens  with- 
out any  markings  are  not  uncommon,  and  the  shape  is  very 
variable.  Eggs  July  to  March  29th.  Known  by  an  immense 
variety  of  trivial  names,  the  local  native  name  being  "Kid- 
geragah."     Fond  of  taking  a  bath  in  the  dust  by  the  road-aide. 


BY   J.  D.  COX   AND   A.  G.  HAMILTON.  413 

95.  PoMATOSTOMus  suPERCiLiosus,  Viff.  (fc  Rorsf. 

Rarer  than  the  preceding  species.  Eggs  in  September  and 
October. 

96.  MeLIORNIS   NoViE-HOLLANDIiE,  Lath. 

We  have  seen  only  a  single  pair  of  these  birds. 

97.  Ptilotis  leucotis,  Lath. 

Not  uncommon  from  July  to  January,  when  the  Eucalypts  are 
flowering.  Like  all  of  the  Meliphagidae  which  we  have  observed, 
this  bird  takes  its  bath  by  dashing  into  the  water  almost  as 
rapidly  as  a  kingfisher.     We  have  not  taken  eggs  of  this  species. 

98.  Ptilotis  auricomis.  Lath. 
Kare,  but  breeds  in  the  district. 

99.  Ptilotis  penicillata,  Gld. 

Breed  in  the  Casuarina  trees  on  the  river  banks.  Eggs  from 
September  to  November.     Young  seen  on  April  28th. 

100.  Ptilotis  fusca,  Gld. 

Common  everywhere.     Eggs  September  to  November  or  later. 

101.  Ptilotis  chrysops,  Lath. 

Common.     All  five  Ptilotes  are  locally  known  as  "  Gold-eyes." 

102.  Plectorhyncha  lanceolata,  Gld. 
One  of  us  shot  a  solitary  bird. 

103.  Meliphaga  phrygia,  Lath. 

Not  common  here  till  1885  and  1886,  when  large  numbers 
were  observed  in  July  feeding  on  the  white-box  blossom  (^Euca- 
lyptus hemiphloia),  and  young  birds  not  able  to  fly  were  observed 
in  September.  One  of  us  took  two  sets  of  eggs  and  heard  of 
another  being  taken,  so  that  there  can  be  no  doubt  as  to  their 
breeding. 


414  A    LIST    OF    THE    BIRDS    OF    THE    MUDGEE    DISTRICT, 

104.  Anthoch^ra  carunculata,  Lath, 

Common  all  over  the  district,  but  most  plentiful  in  July,  when 
the  red-flowering  ironbark  (E.  sideroxyloii)  is  in  blossom,  at 
which  time  the  succeeding  species  also  is  most  abundant.  Called 
"  Wattle-bird  "  or  "  Gill-bird." 

105.  Philemon  corniculatus,  Lath. 

Eggs  taken  in  November.  Local  name  "  Leather-head,"  Native 
name  "  Quallarogong." 

106.  Philemon  citreogularis,  Gld. 

A  young  bird  shot  eating  fruit  on  February  15th,  1886,  and  a 
large  flock  observed  by  us  at  Cullenbone  on  November  12th  same 
year,  are  all  we  have  seen  of  this  species  in  the  district. 

107.  ACANTHORHYNCHUS    TENUIROSTRIS,  Lath. 

This  species  is  rave  in  all  parts  of  the  district  except  at  Cooyai 
where  it  is  extremely  common.  It  feeds  on  mistletoe  berries, 
honey,  and  small  insects,  and  is  very  commonly  noticed  in  Acacia 
discolor^  when  that  shrub  is  in  bloom. 

108.  Myzomela  nigra,  Gld. 

Two  males  were  shot  out  of  a  large  flock  feeding  on  the 
blossoms  of  Robinia  at  Springfield  in  September.  A  single  female 
was  seen  by  us  at  Guntawang  in  March,  and  one  at  Cullenbone 
on  May  1st.  The  bird  is  a  western  species,  we  believe,  and 
had  far  overlapped  its  ordinary  bounds  in  coming  here. 

109.  Entomyza  cyanotis,  Swains. 

Sometimes  this  bird  makes  a  depression  on  top  of  the  nest  of  a 
Pomatostomus  to  lay  in,  but  more  usually  it  goes  inside.  It  very 
rarely  builds  a  nest  of  its  own,  but  when  it  does,  it  is  of  the  same 
type  as  that  of  the  Leather-head.  Eggs  November  2nd.  It  is 
locally  known  as  "  Blue-head "  and  "  Green-baker,"  the  latter 
name  being  probably  a  corruption  of  Green-back  or  backer,  in 
allusion  to  its  olive-yellow  back. 


BY   J.  D.  COX    AND    A.  G.  HAMILTON.  415 

110.  Melithreptus  brevirostris,  Vig.  S  Sorsf. 

Not  known  to  breed.  Usually  but  seldom  seen,  though  some- 
times coming  in  vast  flocks. 

111.  Melithreptus  lunulatus,  Shaw. 

One  of  us  has  seen  this  bird  feeding  the  young  of  Cuculus 
pallida. 

112.  Myzantha  garrula,  Lath. 

Breeds  from  August  1st  to  January  or  even  later.  Very 
plentiful  and  very  destructive  to  fruit,  especially  grapes.  Trivial 
name   ^'  Soldier-bird,"  the  native  name  "  Kwee-kwee-gah." 

113.  Dictum  hirundinaceum,  Shaw. 

We  have  not  taken  eggs,  but  one  of  us  took  an  old  nest  in  an 
Exocarpus  tree  on  Beaudesert  hills.  Fond  of  cherries  and  straw- 
berries. 

114.  ZOSTEROPS    C^RULESCENS,  Lath. 

We  do  not  think  this  bird  breeds  in  the  district.  It  arrives  in 
the  height  of  the  grape  season,  and  causes  much  loss  by  pecking 
the  fruit. 

115.  Climacteris  scandens,  Temm. 

Common.  A  pair  builds  every  year  at  Cullenbone  under  the 
eaves,  on  top  of  a  brick  wall.  Eggs  from  September  16th  to 
December  7th.  Some  nests  taken  in  hollow  trees  were  lined  with 
opossum  fur. 

116.  Climacteris  LEUCOPHiEA,  Lath. 
Eggs  September  to  November. 

117.  Sittella  chrysoptera,  Lath. 

We  have  not  taken  eggs  of  this  species. 

118.  Cuculus  pallidus.  Lath.  (  =  Cacomantis  pallida). 

The  majority  of  individuals  arrive  in  September  and  depart 
before  the  frosts,  in  March;  but  a  few  remain  all  the  winter  as  we 


416  A    LIST    OF    THE    BIRDS    OF   THE    MUDGEE    DISTRICT, 

have  noted  them  and  heard  the  call  from  April  to  August.  The 
commonest  call  is  part  of  a  chromatic  scale  rising  from  d  to  A. 
The  eggs  are  often  found  in  the  nests  of  various  species  of  Ptilotis. 

119.  CUCULUS    FLABELLIFORMIS,    Lath.    ( =  CaCOMANTIS     FLABELLI- 

FORMIS). 

Seen  from  August  to  April. 
■» 

120.  Mesocalius  palliolatus,  Lath. 

One  specimen  is  all  we  have  shot. 

121.  Chalcites  plagosus,  Lath. 

Eggs  taken  in  nests  of  Malurus  and  Geobasileus  November  2nd 
to  December  9th.     Flocks  were  seen  as  late  as  June  16th. 

122.  Chalcites  basalts,  Eorsf. 

Eggs  taken  December  9  th  in  nest  of  Malurus. 

123.  SCYTHROPS   NOV^-HOLLANDI^,  Lath. 

One  specimen  shot  by  the  late  Mr.  H.  Thurston  at  Rylston  is 
preserved  in  the  Mechanics'  Institute,  Mudgee. 

124.  Cacatua  galerita,  Lath. 

These  are  rare  in  the  central  parts  of  the  district  where  pastoral 
pursuits  are  followed,  but  in  the  outlying  agricultural  districts 
common.  We  have  known  nests  in  white  gums  on  river  flats  at 
Gooree  and  Broombee. 

125.  Cacatua  roseicapilla,  Vieill. 

Once  not  uncommon  but  now  extinct  in  the  district. 

126.  Calyptorhynchus  Banksii,  Lath. 

127.  Calyptorhynchus  Solandri,  Temm. 
These  two  birds  are  extremely  rare. 

128.  Calyptorhynchus  funereus,  Shavx 

Common  at  Cooyal,  but  we  do  not  know  of  their  breeding.  We 
have  also  seen  them  at  Goodaman  and  at  Guntawang. 


BY    J.  D.  COX   AND    A.  G.  HAMILTON.  417 

129.  Calopsittacus  Nov^-HoLLANDiiE,  Gmel. 

Usually  a  rare  bird,  but  on  October  3rd,  1886,  numbers 
appeared ;  and  many,  apparently,  had  not  time  to  seek  hollows 
for  nesting,  and  were  seen  to  alight  on  the  ground  and  deposit 
an  ^gg.  On  the  borders  of  the  district  they  are  common. 
Eggs  from  the  nest  December  7th. 

130.  Aprosmictus  scapulattjs,  Bechst. 

These  birds  come  in  numbers  to  Cooyal  to  feed  on  the  rijDe 
mistletoe  berries  in  March  and  April,  and  stray  pairs  are  often 
seen  all  over  the  district.  We  have  no  evidence  of  their  breeding 
here, 

131.  Aprosmictus  erythroptertjs,  Gmel. 

Some  have  been  shot  at  Eurunderee  eating  peaches,  and  they 
are  known  to  breed  at  Cobbora.     Local  name  "  Bellawingf." 

132.  Platycercus  Pennantii,  Lath. 

Common  in  the  winter  months.  Breeds  at  Cooyal  in  December. 
Known  as  "  Blue  Lowry." 

133.  Platycercus  eximius,  Shaw. 

Common  all  over  the  district.  Breeds  in  November  to 
December  7th.  Like  all  the  parrots,  it  wades  into  the  water 
to  wash. 

134.  Psephotus  h^matonotus,  Gld. 

Very  common,  living  in  flocks.  Breeds  from  27th  September 
to  the  end  of  November.     Known  as  "  Ground-parrot." 

135.  Euphema  pulchella,  Shaw. 

Frequent  well  grassed  stony  hills,  feeding  on  kangaroo  grass 
{Anthistiria  ciliata).  They  breed  in  the  hills,  but  we  have 
not  taken  eggs. 

136.  Melopsittacus  undulatus,  Shaw. 

Once  very  common,  and  then  not  seen  again,  but  coming  in 
vast  flocks  for  the  last  three  or  four  years.  Breeds  in  December. 
Native  name  "  Budgherighar." 

27 


418  A    LIST    OF   THE    BIRDS    OF    THE    MUDGEE    DISTRICT, 

137.  Lathamus  discolor,  Shaw. 

Arrives  in  April  and  May  to  feed  on  the  gum-blossom. 

138.  Trichoglossus  NoviE-HoLLANDi^,  Gmel. 

Visits  the  district  to  feed  on  gum-blossom,  especially  in  spring 
when  Eucaly2)tus  sideroxylon  flowers. 

139.  Trichoglossus  concinnus,  Shaw. 

Breeds  in  the  district,  but  the  flocks  follow  the  gum-blossom. 
Known  as  "  Green-leek  "  and  "  Musk-paroquet." 

140.  Trichoglossus  pusillus,  Shaw. 

The  same  remarks  apply  to  this  species,  and  the  same  local 
names  are  applied  to  it. 

141.  Leucosarcia  picata,  Lath. 

A  few  specimens  procured  at  Cooyal. 

142.  Phaps  chalcoptera.  Lath. 

Eggs  taken  on  December  28th.     Native  name  "Wabba." 

143.  Geopelia  tranquilla,  Gld. 
Common. 

144.  Geopelia  cuneata.  Lath. 
Earer  than  the  preceding  species. 

145.  TuRNix  VARius,  Lath. 

Common.     Breeds  in  November.     One  of  its  calls  is  a  booming 
sound  not  unlike  that  of  Ninox  hoohook. 

146.  TURNIX   VELOX,  Gld. 

Rare.     We  have  taken  eggs  on  December  11th. 

147.  TuRNix  pyrrhothorax,  Gld. 
Breeds  in  December. 

148.  COTURNIX  pectoralis,  Gld. 
Common.     Breeds  here. 

149.  Synoicus  australis,  Lath. 
Breeds  here. 


BY   J.  D.  COX    AND    A.  G.  HAMILTON.  419 

150.  EXCALFATORIA    AUSTRALIS,   Gld. 

Rare.     Known  as  "  King-quail." 

151.  Dromaius   Nov^-Hollandi^,  Lath. 

Once  common,  but  since  the  settlement  of  the  district  only 
appearing  as  a  visitor,  especially  in  dry  years. 

152.  EuPODOTis  AuyTRALis,  Gray. 
A  summer  visitant. 

153.  GilDICNEMUS    GRALLARIUS,    Lath. 

Common.     Breeds  in  August. 

154.  LOBIVANELLUS    LOBATUS,  Lath. 

Common.     Breeds  in  August. 

155.  Sarciophorus  pectoralis,  Ciiv. 

These  birds  live  in  large  flocks  up  till  the  middle  of  July,  when 
they  separate  into  pairs.  They  are  very  regular  in  their  time  of 
nesting  ;  eggs  taken  from  about  the  1st  to  14th  August.  They 
pack  again  on  November  19th. 

156.  Aegialitis  nigrifrons,  Cux. 

Eggs  taken  from  October  1st  to  November  1 9th.  Young  seen 
October  30th  and  on  to  December.  They  occasionally,  as  if  for 
amusement,  take  lofty  flights,  wheeling  about  for  some  time  and 
then  descending  to  the  earth  like  stones. 


'& 


157.  Erythrogonys  cinctus,  Gld. 

These  sometimes  visit  us  during  floods  in  autumn — April  and 
May  usually,  young  birds  of  the  year  being  among  the  number. 
These  may  be  distinguished  by  their  dark  brown  instead  of  black 
heads.  On  arrival  they  are  usually  in  poor  condition,  but  after  a 
week  or  two  on  the  flooded  ploughed  lands  they  become  balls  of  fat. 

158.  Tringa  acuminata,  Horsf. 

These  arrive  in  October,  yoimg  birds  being  of  the  number. 
They  soon  become  very  fat. 


420  A    LIST    OF    THE    BIRDS    OF    THE    MUDGEE    DISTRICT, 

159.  Gallinago  australis,  Lath. 

Generally  a  few  arrive  on  September  1st,  but  the  main  body 
come  in  the  middle  of  the  month,  and  they  remain  up  to  Feb- 
ruary 1st. 

160.  RHYNCHiEA    AUSTRALIS,  Gld. 

Rarer  than  the  last  bird. 

161.  Geronticus  spinicollis,  Jameson. 

These  arrive  in  thousands  in  dry  years,  in  October  and  Novem- 
ber, many  young  birds  being  amoug  them,  their  necks  being 
clothed  with  white  feathers,  and  their  backs  brown  instead  of 
bronze.     Locally  known  as  "  Hard-times." 

162.  Threskiornis  strictipennis,  Gld. 

Another  occasional  visitor,  but  only  seen  in  pairs.  We  have 
shot  them  in  April  and  January.  Besides  these  two  Ibises,  we 
have  seen  one  specimen  of  Ibis  falcinellus,  Linn.,  shot  at  Coolah, 
but  as  that  is  a  little  beyond  the  limits  of  our  district  as  before 
described,  we  have  not  included  it  in  our  list. 

163.  Platalea  melanorhynca,  Reich. 

Occasionally  a  few  pairs  visit  us  in  January  and  February,  as 
does  the  succeeding  species. 

164.  Platalea  flavipes,  Gld. 

165.  Grus  australasianus,  Gld. 

A  visitant  observed  in  December  and  March. 

166.  Mycteria  australis,  Lath. 
A  rare  accidental  visitant. 

167.  Ardea  pacifica.  Lath. 

168.  Ardea  Nov^-Hollandi^,  Lath. 

Both  species  are  common  and  breed  in  the  district.  On  one 
occasion  one  of  us  saw  seven  young  birds  of  this  species  perched 
round  one  nest. 


BY   J.  D.  COX    AND    A.  G.  HAMILTON.  421 


169.  Herodias  alba,  Linn. 
Kare. 


170.  Nycticorax  caledonicus,  Lath. 


Breeds  with  us,  but  we  have  no  record  of  dates. 

171.  BoTAURUS  poicilopterus,  Wagl. 

A  specimen  was  shot  by  Mr.  H.  Thurston. 

172.  Ardetta  minuta,  Linn. 

We  have  seen  only  one  specimen,  shot   by  Mr.  E.   Garling  at 
Springfield. 

173.  PoRPHYRio  MELANOTUS,   Temm. 
Bare. 

174.  Gallinula  tenebrosa,  Gld. 
Very  common.     Breeds. 

175.  FULICA    AUSTRALIS,   Gld. 

Not  so  common  as  Gcdlinula.     Breeds. 

176.  Parra  gallinacea,  Temm. 
One  was  shot  by  Mr.  H.  Thurston. 

177.  Hypot^nidia  Philippensis,  Linn. 

Eggs  taken  in    hayfield    October   26th,  and   young  birds  just 
hatched  seen  on  5  th  November. 

178.  Cygnus  atratus,  Lath. 

Rare,  but  once  quite  plentiful.     Eggs    October  30th.     Young 
out  November  3rd. 

179.  Anseranas  melanoleuca,  Lath. 

We  have  seen  two  specimens  shot  at  Beaudesert ;  the  species 
also  occurs  at  Coolah. 

180.  Branta  jubata,  Lath. 
Common.     Breeds. 


422  A    LIST    OF    THE    BIRDS    OF    THE    MUDGEE    DISTRICT. 

181.  Dendrocygna  vagans,  Eyton. 
Kare. 

182.  StICTONETTA  NiEVOSA,   Gld. 

183.  Anas  superciliosus,  Gmel. 

Common,  and  breeds.  Some  well-authenticated  cases  of 
hybrids  between  this  species  and  the  domestic  duck  have 
occurred. 

184.  Anas  castanea,  Eyton. 

Common,  breeding  in  the  district,  Gould  describes  the  eye  of 
the  adult  male  as  hazel,  but  we  have  noted  it  bright  carmine. 

185.  Spatula  rhynchotis.  Lath. 
Rare,  usually  occurring  in  pairs. 

186.  Nyroca  australis,  Gld. 

One  or  two  shot  at  Beaudesert  and  at  Reedy  Creek. 

187.  BiZIURA   LOBATA,  Sliaw. 

Seen  in  small  numbers  in  the  deeper  reaches  of  the  Cudgegong 

188.  PODICEPS    ISToViE-HOLLANDI^,   Stepll.   (  =  P.  GULARIS,   Gld.). 

Common  all  over  the  district  in  river  and  creeks. 

189.  Larus  pacipicus,  Lath. 

A  large  number  of  these  birds  appeared,  with  a  few  of  the 
following  species,  on  the  river  at  Beaudesert,  and  on  dams, 
especially  a  sludge  dam,  at  Canadian  Lead  in  1885  and  1886, 
about  Christmas. 

190.  Larus  NoViE-HoLLANDi^E,  Ste2:)h. 

191.  PlOTUS    NoVyE-HoLLANDI^,   Gld. 

Rare.  In  the  stomachs  and  hock  joints  of  these  birds  we  have 
found  quantities  of  worms. 

192.  Graculus  melanoleucus,  Vieill. 
Common. 

193.  Graculus  stictocephalus,  Bj:). 
Common. 


BY   J.  D.  COX   AND    A.  G.  HAMILTON.  423 

194.  Pelecanus  conspicillatus,  Temm. 
An  occasional  visitant. 

In  addition  to  the  194  species  above  recorded,  the  English 
sparrow  has  become  naturalised  in  the  town  of  Mudgee,  and  is 
rapidly  spreading  over  the  country.  It  was  quite  unknown  until 
some  little  time  after  the  completion  of  the  railway.  A  number 
of  English  song  birds  were  procured,  and  set  at  liberty  near 
Mudgee,  but  the  only  one  which  succeeded  in  getting  a  footing 
was  the  Skylark.  We  have  been  told  that  they  are  often  heard 
singing  about  Broom  bee,  but  do  not  know  if  it  is  a  fact.  At 
Guntawang,  however,  a  pair  appeared,  and  remained  for  some 
time  apparently  looking  for  a  suitable  nesting  place,  but  after  a 
few  days  we  saw  no  more  of  them. 

Besides  these,  private  individuals  have  turned  out  Pheasants, 
Californian  Quail,  and  Partridges,  but  we  have  no  evidence  that 
they  have  spread.  Some  of  the  country  on  which  they  were  turned 
out  was  much  traversed  by  us,  but  we  saw  no  trace  of  them. 

Of  the  194  above-named  species,  17  belong  to  the  western  side, 
and  13  to  the  coast  district.  127  species  live  constantly  and 
breed  in  the  district;  15  visit  the  district  to  breed,  10  are  regular 
visitors  but  do  not  breed;  33  are  occasional  visitors;  7  are  strays, 
and  1  visits  occasionally  but  was  once  plentiful,  while  another 
once  plentiful,  is  now  extinct  in  the  district. 

Arranged  according  to  their  natural  orders  there  are  : — 

AcciPiTRES 16=    8*1  per  cent  of  the  whole. 

Passeres 100  =  51-5         „ 

scansores 23  =  11-8         „ 

COLUMB^ 4=    2-1          „ 

GALLINiE 6=     3-1  „ 

Struthiones 2=    1  „ 

Grall^ 25  =  12-9         „ 

Anseres 17=   8-8 


424 


A    LIST    OF    THE    BIRDS    OF    THE    MUDGEE    DISTRICT. 


Of  the  Passeres,  19  belong  to  the  tribe  Meliphagidae ;  while 
17  out  of  the  23  Scansores  belong  to  Psittacidse. 

A  comparison  of  the  Mudgee  birds  with  those  given  as  Cumber- 
land birds  in  Mr.  A.  J.  North's  list  (P.L.S.N.S.W.  Vol.  III.,  2nd 
Ser.,  p.  1773),  and  with  the  birds  of  New  South  Wales  and  Aus- 
tralia, as  given  in  Dr.  Ramsay's  list  (I.e.  Yol.  II.,  p.  177)  will 
perhaps  be  of  interest. 


Orders. 

Australia. 

N.  S.  Wales. 

Cumberland. 

Mudgee. 

Species. 

Per- 
centage. 

Species. 

Per- 
centage. 

Species. 

Per- 
centage, 

Species^ 

Per- 
centage. 

ACCIPITRES 

36 
393 

83 
26 
18 
4 
84 
100 

4-8 

52-5 

11-1 

3-4 

2-4 

•5 

11-2 

13-3 

33 
178 
50 
14 
11 
2 
67 
74 

7-6 

41-2 

11-6 

3-1 

2-5 

•4 

15-6 

17-2 

20 

122 

23 

11 

6 
0 

26 
30 

8-4 

51-2 

9-6 

4-6 

2-5 

0 

10-9 

12-6 

16 
100 

23 
4 
6 
2 

25 
17 

8*1 

Passeres. 

51-5 

Scansores 

COLUMB^ 

11-8 
2-1 

Galling 

31 

Struthiones 

Grall^ 

1 
12*9 

Anseres 

8-8 

Total  species 

744 

429 

238 

194 

In  making  out  the  numbers  and  percentage  of  Cumberland  birds 
from  Mr.  North's  list  we  have  included  those  he  considers  strays, 
as  we  had  done  so  also  in  the  list  of  Mudgee  birds. 


REVISIOiSr   OF   THE   GENUS  HETERONYX,  WITH 
DESCRIPTIONS  OF  NEW  SPECIES. 

By  the  Rev.  T.  Blackburn,  B.A.,  Cork.  Mem.  Linn.  Soc.  N.S.W. 


Part  III. 

The  Beteronyces  still  remaining  to  be  treated  form  the  2nd 
group  of  the  3rd  of  the  main  divisions  into  which  I  have  cut  up 
the  genus  for  the  convenience  of  this  memoir,  but  which  divisions 
it  will  be  remembered  I  do  not  set  forth  as  at  all  capable  of  being 
regarded  as  sub-genera,  being  well  aware  that  if  such  a  grouping 
were  possible  (which  it  has  not  been  to  me)  it  would  have  to 
follow  very  different  lines.  This  (my  Section  III.)  consists  of 
species  having  the  summit  of  the  labrum  overtopping  the  plane  of 
the  clypeus,  and  I  subdivide  it  into  two  groups  distinguished  by 
having  8-  and  9-jointed  antennae  respectively.  The  former  of  these 
groups  was  treated  of  in  Parts  I.  and  II.  of  my  revision,  and  I  have 
now  to  enter  upon  the  revision  of  the  2nd  group.  As  in  the  case 
of  the  former  I  again  subdivide  the  group  into  two  subgroups,  one 
having  the  claws  bifid,  the  other  having  them  appendiculate.  The 
present  Part  of  the  Revision  deals  with  the  species  having  bifid 
claws.  As  a  rule  there  is  at  most  not  much  difference  between 
the  claws  on  the  various  tarsi, — but  nevertheless  to  make  the 
characters  more  reliable  I  base  them  in  each  instance  on  the  claws 
of  the  hind  tarsi.  Strictly  speaking  the  claws  of  all  Heteronyces 
are  appendiculate  and  the  differences  among  them  are  of  degree 
only.  The  differences  consist  chiefly  in  the  extent  to  which  the 
basal  piece  of  the  claw  is  angularly  produced,  or  dentate,  at  its 
inner  apex.  In  general,  the  larger  the  basal  piece  in  proportion 
to  the  apical  the  more  pronounced  is  the  inward  projection  of  the 
former,  so  that  there  are  a  certain  number  of  species  in  which, 


426  REVISION    OF    THE    GEXUS    HETERONYX, 

this  inward  projection  being  quite  pronounced,  while  the  apical 
piece  is  very  small,  these  two  {i.e.,  the  inward  projection  or  "tooth" 
of  the  basal  piece  and  the  apical  piece)  are  not  very  different  from 
each  other  in  size  and  the  claw  has  a  bifid  appearance.  Although 
it  does  not  appear  to  me  really  accurate  to  call  this  form  of  claw 
"  bifid,"  nevertheless  as  it  has  been  so  called  by  former  describers 
I  have  thought  it  better  to  retain  the  word  in  the  Latin  diagnoses. 

I  have  also  included  in  this  subgroup  such  species  (they  are 
very  few)  as  have  the  claws  ahnorinal,  the  appendiculation  being 
extremely  minute  and  placed  close  to  the  tip  of  the  claw,  so  that 
the  apical  piece  is  only  a  quarter  or  thereabouts  of  the  size  of  the 
basal  piece.  Thus,  the  following  will  be  the  definition  of  the  hind 
claws  in  the  species  forming  this  subgroup: — ^'the  basal  piece 
ending  internally  in  a  well  defined  process  at  least  half  as  large  as 
the  apical  piece,  or  the  appendiculation  quite  minute  and  apical." 


Tabidation  of  the  species  of  Heteronyx  having  the  labrum  over- 
topping the  plane  of  the  clypeus,  th^^  antennae  9-jointed,  and  the 
claws  as  specified  above. 

A.  Hind  coxse  not,  or  scarcely,  shorter  than 
lateral  suture  of  metasternum 

B.   Anterior  tibiae  distinctly  tridentate  ex- 
ternally  

C.  Surface  of  elytra  normal 

D.  Middle  lobe  of  trilobed  outline* 
much  narrower  than  the  lateral 
lobes .- Darwini,  Blackb. 

DD.  Middle  lobe  of  trilobed  outline 
very  little  narrower  than  the 
lateral  lobes  incola,  Blackb. 

CC.  Surface  of  elytra  with  wide  feeble 

costse   

*  Vide  antea  p.  139. 


BY    THE    REV.  T.  BLACKBURN.  427 

D.  Trilobecl  outline  of  head  well 
defined  ;  middle  lobe  narrow  ; 
club  of  antennfe  black potens,  Blackb. 

DD.  Trilobed  outline  of  head  scarcely 
apparent  ;  middle  lobe  very 
wide ;  club  of  antennte   pale  aridus,  Blackb. 

BB.  Ui)permost  tooth  on  external  margin 
of  front   tibi83  reduced  to  a  mere 
'  nick  on  the  outline bidenfatus,  B'lackb. 

AA.   Hind    cox?e    decidedly     shorter    than 
lateral  suture  of  metasternum 

B.   Club  of  antennae  black  or  nearly  so..  .. 

C,  Puncturation  of  prothorax  sparse  and 
lightly  impressed 

D.  Middle  lobe  of  trilobed  outline  of 
head  from  all  points  of  view 
projecting  beyond  the  lateral 
lobes  which  are  scarcely  defined  cqyJiodioides,  Blanch. 

DD.  Middle  lobe  of  trilobed  outline 
of  head  not  appearing  to  pro- 
ject beyond  the  lateral  lobes 
which  are  well  defined incultus,  Blackb. 

CC.   Puncturation  of  prothorax  strong 

and  close   asjpericoUis,  Blackb. 

BB.  Club  of  antennse  pale  in  colour    

C.  Relation  of  labrum  to  clypeus  such 
that  the  outline  of  the  head  is  dis- 
tinctly trilobed  from  a  certain 
point  of  view 

D.  Middle  lobe  of  trilobed  outline 
appearing  rounded 


428  REVISION    OF    THE    GENUS    HETERONYX, 

E.  Appendiculation  of  claws  very 

minute  and  close  to  apex lividus,  Blackb. 

EE.  Appendiculation  of  claws  not 
particularly  minute  and 
close  to  apex 

F.   Prothorax  closely  {vide   ant. 
p.  139)  punctured 

G.  Joints    1    and    2    of    hind 

tarsi  equal subfuscus,  Macl. 

GG.  Joint    2    of    hind     tarsi 

longer  than  1 horealis,  Blackb. 

FF.  Prothorax   sparingly    punc- 
tured    sparsus,  Blackb. 

DD.  Middle  lobe  of  trilobed  outline 

appearing  sharply  triangular  acutifrons,  Blackb. 

CC.  Relation  of  labrum  to  clypeus  such 
that  the  outline  of  the  head  is 
not  distinctly  tiilobed rotundifrons,  Blackb. 

Heteronyx  potens,  sp.nov. 

Sat  brevis  ;  sat  convexus  ;  postice  vix  dilatatus  ;  minus  nitidus  ; 
obscure  ?eneo-niger ;  pilis  pallidis  parum  perspicuis  minus  crebre 
vestitus  ;  capite  (clypeo  sat  crebre  ruguloso  excepto)  prothoraceque 
sparsius  leviter  subcrasse,  elytris  (his  substriatis)  sparsim  leviter 
crasse,  pygidio  subobsolete,  punctulatis ;  labro  clypeum  anguste 
leviter  superanti ;  antennis  9-articulatis  ;  unguiculis  bifid  is  ;  coxis 
posticis  metasterno  vix  brevioribus.     [Long.  2J-3J,  lat.  lf-2  lines. 

The  "trilobed  outline"  of  the  head  is  fairly  well-marked,  the 
middle  lobe  being  about  as  long,  but  less  than  half  as  wide,  ag 
either  of  the  lateral  ones. 

The  upper  edge  of  the  turned-up  labrum  rises  slightly  above 
the  surface  of  the  clypeus ;  the  latter  is  concave  in  front  with  its 


BY   THE    REV.  T.  BLACKBURN.  429 

reflexed  margin  obsolete  in  the  middle  and  its  surface  nearly 
evenly  continuous  with  that  of  the  rest  of  the  head  ;  the  clypeal 
suture  is  marked  by  a  faint  wavy  line.  The  prothorax  is  a  little 
more  than  half  again  as  wide  as  long,  its  base  a  little  less  than 
half  again  as  wide  as  its  front  which  is  gently  concave  with 
sharp  but  little  prominent  angles ;  the  sides  are  very  gently 
arched  ;  the  hind  angles  (viewed  from  above)  appear  right  angles, 
but  not  sharply  so ;  the  base  is  bisinuate,  being  moderately  lobed 
in  the  middle ;  the  surface  is  faintly  impressed  on  the  median  line. 
This  is  one  of  the  few  species  of  Heteronyx  in  which  the  elytra 
have  some  appearance  of  being  punctulate-striate ;  on  careful 
inspection  however  it  is  seen  that  the  lightly  impressed  punctura- 
tion  (which  is  rather  small  and  close  near  the  suture  becoming 
coarse,  more  sparing  and  sub-obsolete  externally)  is  not  really 
linear  in  arrangement  but  appears  so  only  through  the  presence  of 
some  very  obscure  longitudinal  costse  on  which  the  punctures  are 
more  faint  than  on  the  general  surface ;  nevertheless  there  is  cer- 
tainly a  tendency  towards  the  kind  of  sculpture  that  prevails  in 
Scitala  and  other  genera  ;  the  lateral  fringe  is  not  continued  round 
the  apex  and  there  is  little  or  no  defined  membranous  border  ;  the 
costa  nearest  to  the  lateral  margin  (which  is  practically  non-existent 
till  close  to  the  apex)  becomes  well-defined  at  the  apex,  and  is  bent 
round  just  within  the  apex  and  reaches  across  towards  the  suture. 
The  sculpture  of  the  underside  is  very  obscure,  consisting  on  a 
minutely  coriaceous  ground  of  rather  large  scarcely  impressed 
punctures.  The  hind  coxse  are  scarcely  shorter  than  the  meta- 
sternum.  The  ventral  series  consist  of  hairs  and  are  moderately 
well-defined.  The  three  teeth  on  the  anterior  tibise  are  acute,  but 
the  uppermost  is  very  small.  The  pilosity  of  the  upper  surface 
is  much  more  conspicuous  on  the  head  and  prothorax,  where  it 
has  a  golden  tinge,  than  on  the  elytra. 

Resembles  H.  fortis  (in  Sect.  I.),  and  H.  suhmetaUicus,  but  difiers 
widely  from  either  in  important  structural  characters.  Immature 
specimens  are  more  or  less  ferruginous,  with  a  slight  metallic  tone. 
The  pilosity  is  very  deciduous.  The  black  antennae  of  this  and 
some   of  its  allies  are  characteristic.     The  produced   apex  of  the 


430  REVISION    OF    THE    GENUS    HETERONYX, 

basal  piece  of  the  hind  claws  is   slender  and   more   than   half  as 
large  as  the  entire  apical  piece. 

Apparently  common.  I  have  seen  specimens  from  N.  S.  Wales, 
Victoria,  and  S.  Australia. 

H.  APHODioiDES,  Blanch. 

The  information  regarding  this  species  supplied  by  its  place  in 
the  preceding  tabulation  added  to  that  furnished  in  the  original 
description  will  render  it  easy  of  identification.  The  insect  to 
which  I  apply  the  name  (and  to  which  Sir  W.  Macleay  also  applies 
it),  differs  from  the  description  a  little  in  the  puncturation  of  the 
prothorax  which  is  stated  by  Blanchard  to  be  '-deep,"  but  I  find 
that  the  punctures  although  rather  large  are  only  lightly  im- 
pressed. H.  aspericoUis  has  a  deeply  punctured  prothorax,  but 
also  has  the  pygidium  strongly  punctulate,  which  in  ai^hodioides 
is  said  to  be  "  scarcely  punctured."  If  H.  aphodioides  be  before 
me  at  all  it  is  certainly  I  think  the  insect  to  which  I  apply  the 
name,  and  which  differs  from  the  description  so  slightly  that  I  am 
unwilling  to  give  it  a  new  name.  It  may  be  added  that  some 
specimens  have  a  faint  metallic  tinge,  and  that  the  produced  apex 
of  the  basal  piece  of  the  hind  claws  is  very  little  smaller  than  the 
entire  apical  piece.  The  costa?  on  the  elytra  (mentioned  by 
Blanchard)  are  in  reality  only  very  slight, — resembling  those  of 
j^T.  potens  (to  which  this  species  is  clearly  allied) — but  distinguish 
it  and  some  other  species  from  nearly  all  the  genus. 

N.  S.  Wales,  apparently  common. 

H.  INCULTUS,  sp.nov. 

Brevis  ;  sat  latus  ;  postice  dilatatus  ;  minus  nitidus  ;  niger,  ore 
pedibusque  piceis ;  pilis  sat  elongatis  pallidis  vestitus ,  leviter 
punctulatus  ;  labro  clypeum  sat  anguste  sat  fortiter  superanti; 
antennis  9-articulatis ;  unguiculis  bifidis. 

[Long.  3 1,  lat.   li  lines. 


BY    THE    REV.  T.   BLACKBURN.  431 

The  part  of  the  labrum  overtopping  the  clypeus  is  narrow  and 
the  sides  of  the  clypeus  are  considerably  reflexed  so  that  the 
"trilobed  outline"  of  the  head  appears  well-defined  with  the 
middle  lobe  less  than  half  as  wide  as  the  lateral  ones  and  equal  to 
them  in  length.  The  clypeus  forms  a  nearly  even  surface  with 
the  rest  of  the  head  and  its  suture  is  very  feeble.  The  prothorax 
exactly  resembles  that  of  H.  potens,  except  in  having  the  hind 
angles  more  rounded  off'  and  its  surface  without  any  indication  of 
a  dorsal  channel  which  in  H.  2>otens  seems  to  be  invariably  indi- 
cated,— at  least  in  the  middle  of  the  disc.  In  other  respects  the 
description  of  E.  ^JOtens  may  be  read  as  applying  to  this  species 
with  the  following  exceptions  ; — the  elytra  are  considerably  more 
pilose  and  their  sculpture  though  still  lightly  impressed  is  very 
evidently  better  defined ;  the  hind  coxa?  are  considerably  shorter 
than  the  metasternum.  There  is  also  a  marked  difference  in  shape 
between  the  two  insects,  If.  incultus  being  in  every  way  a  more 
convex  species  than  //.  potens  ;  viewed  from  the  side  the  upper 
outline  of  the  elytra  appears  in  the  former  as  a  well-marked  gentle 
arch  evidently  rising  from  the  scutellum  to  aboub  the  middle  of 
its  length,  while  in  H.  potens  it  runs  backward  nearly  on  a  level 
till  it  deflects  at  the  posterior  declivity.  The  black  club  of  the 
antennee  distinguishes  this  from  the  majority  of  species  of 
Heteronyx,  In  the  hind  claws  the  produced  apex  of  the  basal 
piece  is  decidedly  stouter,  and  not  much  shorter,  than  the  entire 
apical  piece. 

Near  Adelaide  ;  Sir  W.  Macleay's  collection  possesses  a  specimen 
attributed  to  N.S.W.     I  have  seen  only  these  two  examples. 

H.  ASPERICOLLIS,  Sp.nOV. 

Elongatus ;  postice  vix  dilatatus ;  sat  nitidus ;  niger ;  pilis 
elongatis  rufis  vestitus ;  supra  crebre  rugulose  sat  crasse  punctu- 
latus ;  antennis  basi,  palpis,  tarsisque,  rufescentibus;  labro  clypeum 
late  minus  fortiter  superanti  ;  antennis  9-articulatis  ;  unguiculis 
breviter  bifidis.  [Long.  2|,  lat.  li  lines. 


432  REVISION    OF    THE    GENUS    HETERONYX, 

The  part  of  the  labrum  overtopping  the  clypeus  is  wide  and  but 
slightly  elevated,  while  the  sides  of  the  clypeus  are  well-reflexed, 
so  that  the  "  trilobed  outline "  of  the  head  appears  only 
moderately  defined,  with  the  middle  lobe  half  as  wide,  and 
scarcely  so  long,  as  the  lateral  lobes.  The  clypeus  does  not 
form  a  continuous  surface  with  the  rest  of  the  head  from  which 
it  is  separated  by  a  well-defined  sub-angulated  suture ;  its  punc- 
turation  is  finer  and  closer  than  that  of  the  rest  of  the  surface. 
The  sculpture  of  the  upper  surface  is  in  all  respects  extremely 
similar  to  that  of  H.  nigellus,  Er.,  albeit  the  puncturation  of  the 
prothorax  is  a  little  closer.  The  prothorax  is  a  little  more  than 
half  again  as  wide  as  long,  its  base  not  much  more  than  a  quarter 
again  as  wide  as  the  front  which  is  only  moderately  concave  with 
angles  little  produced  and  rather  blunt ;  the  sides  are  gently 
arched,  the  hind  angles  viewed  from  above  appear  distinct  and 
almost  rectangular  ;  the  base  is  slightly  bisinuate  and  but  feebly 
lobed  hindward.  The  lateral  fringe  of  the  elytra  is  normal,  the 
apical  membrane  of  the  same  scarcely  apparent.  The  hind  coxae 
are  much  shorter  than  the  metasternum  and  not  much  wider  than 
the  2nd  ventral  segment.  The  puncturation  of  the  under  surface 
is  large,  sparing,  and  lightly  impressed  except  on  the  sides  of  the  me- 
tasternum where  it  is  fairly  close  and  deep  ;  on  the  ventra^  segments 
it  is  very  ill-defined.  The  ventral  series  consist  of  long  testaceous 
hairs.  The  hind  femora  are  moderately  wider  than  the  interme- 
diate and  have  their  inner  apical  portion  but  little  prominent  and 
obtusely  angulate.  The  anterior  tibise  are  like  those  of  H.  pote^is. 
The  apical  piece  of  the  hind  claws  is  scarcely  a  quarter  the  size  of 
the  basal  piece  and  is  very  little  larger  than  the  produced  apex  of 
the  latter. 

Wagga  Wagga,   N.S.    Wales;    in    the    collection   of    Sir    W. 
Macleay. 

H.  ARIDUS,  sp.nov. 

Sat    elongatus ;    postice   minus   dilatatus ;    subnitidus  ;    supra 
subtilius  leviter,  crebrius    (clypeo    paullo    crassius)    punctulatus ; 


BY    THE    REV.  T.  BLACKBURN.  433 

piceo-niger,  vix  bronzeo-^micans  ;  labro  et  clypei  lateribus,  rufes- 
centibus  ;  palpis  antennis  pedibiisque  testaceis  vel  rufis ;  sutiira 
clypeali  et  protlioracis  margine  antico  pilis  erectis  fimbriatis ; 
corpore  subtus  parce  sat  longe  hirsuto ;  labro  cljpeum  late 
leviter  superanti ;  antennis  9-articnlatis  ;  unguiculis  bifidis. 

[Long.  2i,  lat,  1  line. 

The  "  trilobed  outline  "  of  the  head  is  scarcely  defined  owing  to 
the  anterior  concavity  of  the  clypeiis  being  filled  by  the  labrum 
so  that  from  the  most  favourable  point  of  view  (very  far  back)  the 
outline  appears  as  a  continuous  scarcely  bisinuate  curve,  with  the 
middle  lobe  scarcely  narrower  than  the  lateral  ones.  The  plane 
of  the  clypeus  is  quite  distinct  from  that  of  the  rest  of  the  head, 
the  clypeal  suture  being  well  marked  and  angulated.  The 
anterior  concavity  of  the  clypeus  is  very  wide  and  very  slight, 
The  prothorax  is  a  little  less  than  twice  as  wide  as  long,  its  base 
rather  less  than  half  again  as  wide  as  its  front,  which  (viewed 
from  above)  is  almost  truncate  with  scarcely  prominent  angles ; 
the  sides  are  gently  arched,  but  (viewed  from  above)  appear 
scarcely  divergent  from  base  to  middle,  there  subangulated,  thence 
obliquely  convergent ;  the  hind  angles  appear  from  above  distinct 
but  obtuse,  and  the  basal  outline  is  gently  convex  all  across.  The 
sculpture  of  the  elytra  resembles  that  in  IT.  potens,  but  the 
puncturation  is  a  little  finer,  deeper,  and  closer,  and  the  lateral 
costse  are  scarcely  existent — those  on  the  disc  also  being  even 
feebler  than  in  potens.  The  hind  coxae  are  quite  as  long  as  the 
metasternum ;  the  puncturation  of  the  latter  being  faint  but  not 
fine,  much  closer  at  the  sides  than  in  the  middle — of  the  former 
almost  obsolete  except  near  the  lateral  margins  where  it  is  very 
sparse  and  faint.  The  ventral  segments  are  scarcely  punctured 
at  all.  the  ventral  series  hardly  distinguishable  among  the  similar 
long  hairs  scattered  thinly  over  the  ventral  surface.  The  hind 
femora  are   considerably  wider  than  the  intermediate  (as  in  II. 


*  This  word  (though  not  classical)  seems  necessary,  as  "  SBneus  "  is  con- 
stantly used  to  express  "brassy." 

28 


434  REVISION    OP    THE    GENUS    HETERONYX, 

potens),  their  inner  apical  angle  scarcely  defined.  The  three 
external  teeth  of  the  anterior  tibiae  are  fairly  strong,  the  upper- 
most about  half  as  large  as  the  intermediate  one.  The  apical 
piece  of  the  hind  claws  is  about  a  quarter  the  size  of  the  basal 
and  scarcely  twice  as  large  as  the  produced  apex  of  the  latter. 
The  bifid  apex  of  the  claws  is  much  more  minute  than  in  //. 
2ootens. 

Basin  of  Lake  Eyre. 

H.    BIDENTATUS,  Sp.nOV. 

Sat  elongatus ;  postice  vix  dilatatus ;  minus  nitidus ;  fusco- 
testaceus ;  pilis  adpressis  minus  brevibus  sat  dense  vestitus ; 
capite  pygidioque  (his  pilis  erectis  plus  minus  vestitis)  sparsius 
subtilius,  prothorace  elytrisque  crebre  subtiliter,  punctulatis ; 
labro  clypeum  late  fortiter  superanti ;  antennis  9-articulatis ; 
unguiculis  bifidis.  [Long.  3,  lat.  1|-  lines. 

The  "  trilobed  outline  "  of  the  head  is  scarcely  marked,  owing 
to  the  strong  projection  of  the  labrum  and  the  almost  obsolete 
projection  of  the  sides  of  the  clypeus  ;  in  the  position  most 
favourable  for  showing  a  "trilobed  outline"  the  appearance  is 
that  of  an  almost  continuous  curve  suddenly  bulging  out  in  the 
middle — the  portion  thus  bulging  out  being  nearly  as  wide  as 
the  lateral  portions.  The  clypeus  does  not  quite  form  an  even 
surface  with  the  rest  of  the  head,  from  which  it  is  separated 
by  a  feebly  angulated  suture ;  its  front  is  scarcely  concave  and 
not  distinctly  margined.  The  prothorax  is  twice  as  wide  as  it 
is  long ;  its  base  about  half  again  as  wide  as  its  front,  which 
(viewed  from  above)  is  bisinuate,  with  feeble  angles  scarcely 
produced ;  it  is  widest  a  little  in  front  of  the  base,  its  sides  being 
strongly  arched,  its  basal  angles  scarcely  defined  from  any  point 
of  view  ;  its  base  very  feebly  convex  all  across.  The  elytra  show 
no  stria tion  beyond  a  feebly  traceable  sutural  stria  (probably 
quite  obsolete  in  some  examples),  their  transverse  wrinkling 
quite  obsolete,   their  puncturation  very  fine  and  close   (a   little 


BY    THE    REV.  T.  BLACKBURN.  435 

more  so  than  in  H.  jnceus,  Blanch.),  their  lateral  fringe  normal 
their  apical  membrane  obsolete.  The  hind  coxae  are  quite  as 
long  as  the  metasternum,  the  puncturation  of  both  these  being 
decidedly  close  and  fairly  strong  at  the  sides,  while  in  the  middle 
of  the  latter  and  about  the  antero-internal  part  of  the  former  it  is 
coarse  and  sparse.  The  ventral  segments  are  almost  Isevigate,  the 
ventral  series  being  very  conspicuous  and  consisting  of  stout  bristle- 
like hairs.  The  hind  femora  are  very  wide  (quite  double  the  inter- 
mediate), their  inner  apical  angle  obtuse  and  little  prominent. 
The  lower  two  external  teeth  of  the  front  tibisB  are  very  strong 
and  sharp — the  uppermost  is  represented  by  a  mere  nick  on  the 
outline.  The  apical  piece  of  the  hind  claws  is  evidently  less  than 
half  as  large  as  the  basal  piece  and  decidedly  larger  than  the 
produced  apex  (which  is  truncate  at  the  end)  of  the  latter. 

N.B. — The  intermediate  joints  of  the  antennae  are  so  crowded 
together,  small,  and  obscure,  that  they  are  very  difficult  to  count 
with  certainty. 

Western  Australia ;  taken  by  E.  Meyrick,  Esq. 

H.  Darwini,  sp.no v. 

Sat  elongatus  ;  convexus  ;  postice  leviter  dilatatus  ;  sat  nitidus  ; 
niger,  an  tennis  palpisque  testaceis  ;  pilis  testaceis  (et  adpressis  et 
erectis)  vestitus;  supra  subcrasse  minus  crebre  punctulatus;  labro 
clypeum  anguste  fortiter  superanti;  antennis  9-articulatis ;  ungui- 
culis  bifidis ;  coxis  posticis  metasterno  baud  brevioribus. 

[Long.  5f,  lat.  IJ  lines  (vix). 

The  head  closely  resembles  that  of  H.  nasutus,  Blackb.  The 
prothorax  is  J  again  as  wide  as  long,  its  base  scarcely  |  again  as 
wide  as  its  front  which  is  moderately  concave  with  angles  but 
little  produced  ;  the  sides  are  gently  arched ;  the  hind  angles 
viewed  from  above  appear  fairly  defined  but  obtuse  ;  the  base  is 
lightly  bisinuate,  being  moderately  lobed  in  the  middle.  The 
puncturation  of  the  upper  surface  is  not  deep  but  rather  coarse, 


436  REVISION    OF    THE    GENUS    HETERONYX, 

and  somewhat  even  but  becoming  slightly  less  coarse  and  sparse 
continuously  from  the  clypeus  hindward  ;  on  the  pygidium,  how- 
ever, it  is  decidedly  faint  and  sparse.  The  elytra  have  no  distinct 
trace  of  striation  ;  their  transverse  wrinkling  is  well  defined,  their 
lateral  fringe  normal,  their  apical  membrane  very  obscure.  The 
hind  coxae  are  not  shorter  than  the  metasternum.  The  ventral 
series  consist  of  stout  bristles  but  are  not  very  conspicuous  owing 
to  the  presence  of  numerous  fine  long  hairs  on  the  ventral  seg- 
ments, and  they  appear  to  be  very  deciduous  only  one  of  several 
specimens  before  me  having  them  in  full  complement.  The  meta- 
sternum and  hind  coxae  are  punctured  rather  coarsely  and  closely 
but  not  deeply,  the  punctures  becoming  sparser  and  coarser 
towards  the  middle  of  the  former  and  the  antero-internal  space  of 
the  latter  being  Isevigate.  The  hind  body  is  punctured  very 
similarly  to  the  metasternum.  The  hind  femora  are  very  much 
wider  than  the  intermediate,  the  apex  of  their  inner  margin  being 
strongly  but  not  sharply  dentate.  The  lower  two  teeth  on  the 
external  margin  of  the  front  tibise  are  very  strong ;  the  uppermost 
is  sharp  and  well  defined  but  less  than  half  as  large  as  the  second  j 
the  edge  of  the  tibia  from  its  base  to  the  apex  of  the  uppermost 
tooth  is  almost  a  right  line.  The  produced  apex  of  the  basal 
piece  of  the  hind  claws  is  stout  and  just  about  half  as  large  as  the 
entire  apical  piece. 

N.  Territory  of  S.  Australia  ;  taken  by  Dr.  Bovill. 

N.B. — Specimens  from  the  same  locality  in  the  collections  of 
Sir  W.  Macleay  and  the  Adelaide  University  diff'er  only  in 
being  of  a  uniform  ferruginous  colour. 

H.  INCOLA,  sp.nov. 

Sat  elongatus  ;  sat  convexus  ;  postice  leviter  dilatatus ;  sat 
nitidus  ;  ferrugineus,  antennis  testaceis  ;  pilis  fulvis  vestitus  ; 
capite  crebre,  prothorace  elytris  pygidioque  sat  sparsim,  rugulose 
leviter   punctulatis ;    labro  clypeum   late   sat  fortiter  superanti ; 


BY    THE    REV.  T.  BLACKBURN.  437 

antennis   9-articulatis  ;    iiiigaiculis  bifidis  ;    coxis    posticis    meta- 
sterno  baud  brevioribus.  [I^oiig.  3i,  lat.  2  lines  (vix). 

The  part  of  the  labrum  overtopping  the  clypeus  is  very  wide 
and  the  sides  of  the  clypeus  are  very  little  prominent  so  that  from 
the  most  favourable  point  of  view  the  "  trilobed  outline  "  of  the 
head  apj^ears  only  feebly  developed,  with  the  middle  lobe  nearly 
as  wide  as  the  lateral  ones.  The  clypeal  suture  is  scarcely  marked ; 
the  sculpture  of  the  head  close  and  coarse  but  not  deep.  The  pro- 
thorax  is  slightly  more  than  half  again  as  wide  as  long,  its  base 
not  quite  half  again  as  wide  as  its  front  which  is  moderately  con- 
cave with  angles  but  little  produced  ;  the  sides  are  gently  arched  ; 
the  hind  angles  from  every  point  of  view  appear  rounded  off;  the 
puncturation  is  sparing  (spaced  so  that  about  15  punctures  occupy 
the  length  of  the  middle  longitudinal  line)  and  by  no  means  fine, 
but  not  deep,  and  has  a  slightly  rugulose  appearance.  The  elytra 
are  squamosely,  lightly  and  rather  sparingly  punctulate,  their  trans- 
verse wrinkling  is  conspicuous,  their  lateral  fringe  normal,  their 
apical  membrane  normal.  The  hind  coxae  are  of  the  same  length 
as  the  metasternum  ;  the  ventral  series  consist  of  long  hairs. 
The  puncturation  of  the  under  surface  is  fairly  close  and  strong 
on  the  sides  of  the  metasternum  becoming  gradually  more  sparing 
hind  wards,  and  also  becoming  more  sparing  from  all  the  lateral 
parts  towards  the  middle,  but  the  hind  cox£e  have  not  a  very  well 
defined  impunctate  space  except  at  their  extreme  inner  margin. 
The  hind  femora  are  considerably  wider  than  the  intermediate, 
their  inner  margin  being  moderately  and  roundly  produced  at  the 
apex.  The  anterior  tibiae  resemble  those  of  H.  Darwi7ii.  The 
produced  apex  of  the  basal  piece  of  the  hind  claws  is  stout  and 
about  half  as  large  as  the  apical  piece. 

A  single  specimen  from  Petersburg  (S.A.) 

H.  LiViDUS,  sp.nov. 

Minus  elongatus  ;  postice  vix  dilatatus  ;  minus  nitidus  ;  lividus 
(nonnullis  exemplis  piceo-tinctis) ;   pilis  brevibus  adpressis  pallidis 


438  REVISION    OF    THE    GENUS    HETERONYX, 

vestitus  ;  capite  prothoraceque  fortiter,  elytris  minus  fortiter,  sat 
sparsius  punctulatis  ;  labro  clypeum  sat  leviter  sat  late  superanti  ; 
antennis  9-articalatis  ;  iinguiculis  breviter  bifidis. 

[Long.  2f,  lat.  14  lines  (vix). 

The  "  trilobecl  outline  "  of  the  head  appears  fairly  well  defined, 
the  middle  lobe  more  than  half  as  wide  as,  and  slightly  longer 
than,  the  lateral  lobes.  The  clypeus  does  not  form  a  continuous 
surface  with  the  rest  of  the  head  from  which  it  is  separated  by 
a  very  well  defined  feebly  angulated  suture;  it  in  widely  and  gently 
emarginated  in  front  with  a  continuous  reflexed  margin.  The 
puncturation  of  the  head  and  prothorax  is  strong  and  coarse, 
rather  close  on  the  clypeus,  less  so  hindward.  The  prothorax  is 
not  quite  twice  as  wide  as  long,  its  base  nearly  half  again  as  wide 
as  its  front  which  is  gently  concave,  with  slightly  prominent 
angles  ;  the  sides  are  very  gently  arched,  the  basal  angles  scarcely 
defined  from  any  point  of  view  ;  the  base  is  scarcely  bisinuate  or 
lobed.  The  elytra  are  punctured  much  as  the  prothorax  but 
scarcely  so  strongly,  their  transverse  wrinkling  is  scarcely  apparent, 
their  lateral  fringe  normal  but  not  at  all  strong,  their  apical  mem- 
brane fairly  defined.  The  puncturation  of  the  pygidium  (which 
is  clothed  with  long  erect  hairs)  is  very  sparing  but  rather  coarse. 
The  hind  coxae  are  considerably  shorter  than  the  metasternum  and 
longer  than  the  2nd  ventral  segment ;  these,  and  the  metasternum 
are  rather  closely  set  with  very  large  deep  punctures  which  do 
not  become  much  more  sparing  towards  the  middle  ;  the  punctu- 
ration of  the  ventral  segments  is  sparing  and  not  very  strong  on 
the  sides,  but  almost  entirely  obsolete  in  the  middle.  The  ventral 
series  consist  of  long  fine  hairs  and  are  but  little  conspicuous. 
The  hind  femora  are  much  wider  than  the  intermediate  and  their 
inner  apical  angle  is  scarcely  prominent  and  quite  rounded  off". 
The  three  external  teeth  of  the  anterior  tibiae  are  all  well  defined 
and  sharp, — the  lower  two  very  strong, — the  uppermost  scarcely 
half  as  large  as  the  2nd.  The  apical  piece  of  the  hind  claws  is 
very  minute, — much  less  than  a  quarter  the  size  of  the  basal  piece 


BY   THE    REV.  T.  BLACKBURN.  439 

and  is  stouter,  but  very  little  longer  than  the  produced  apex  of 
the  latter. 

This  species  bears  much  resemblance  to  an  Aphodius. 

N.  Territory  of  S.  Australia ;  taken  by  Dr.  Bovill. 

H.  suBFUscus,  Macl. 

Sir  W.  Macleay  has  forwarded  a  specimen  of  this  insect  to  me. 
To  the  characters  mentioned  by  him  (P.L.S.N.S.W.,  1888,  p.  916) 
it  will  be  well  to  add  the  following  ;  antennae  9-jointed,  "trilobed 
outline  "  of  head  fairly  defined  (the  middle  lobe  being  more  than 
half  as  wide  as  the  lateral  ones),  hind  coxse  decidedly  shorter  than 
metasternum  and  decidedly  longer  than  2nd  ventral  segment, 
uppermost  tooth  on  external  margin  of  front  tibise  much  less  than 
half  as  large  as  the  middle  tooth,  apical  piece  of  hind  claws  about 
half  as  large  as  the  basal  piece  and  quite  twice  as  large  as  the 
produced  apex  of  the  latter. 

H.  BOREALis,  sp.nov. 

Elongatus  ;  postice  vix  dilatatus  ;  minus  nitidus  ;  ferrugineus ; 
pilis  brevibus  adpressis  pallidis  vestitus  ;  sat  sequaliter  sat  crebre 
minus  subtiliter  punctulatus  ;  labro  clypeum  fortiter  sat  anguste 
superanti ;  antennis  9-articulatis ;  unguiculis  bifidis. 

[Long.  3^,  lat.  Ig,  lines. 

The  "trilobed  outline"  of  the  head  appears  distinct,  but  irregular, 
— owing  to  the  slight  convexity  of  the  lateral  lobes  as  compared 
with  the  middle  one  which  appears  considerably  longer  and  scarcely 
more  than  half  as  wide  as  the  former.  The  clypeus  almost  evenly 
continues  the  plane  of  the  rest  of  the  head  from  which  it  is  separ- 
ated by  a  fairly  defined  scarcely  angulated  suture  ;  its  front  is 
widely  and  feebly  concave  with  the  reflexed  margin  not  carried 
distinctly  across.  The  prothorax  is  not  much  less  than  twice  as 
wide  as  long,  its  base  about  half  again  as  wide  as  its  front  which 
is  bisinuate  with   slightly  produced  angles ;  the  sides   are  very 


440  REVISION    OF    THE    GENUS    HETERONYX, 

gently  arched,  the  basal  angles  much  rounded  off;  the  base  is 
gently  bisinuate  and  feebly  lobed  hindward  in  the  middle.  The 
transverse  wrinkling  of  the  elytra  is  very  slight,  their  lateral 
fringe  normal,  their  apical  membrane  narrow  but  distinct.  On 
the  head,  front  of  prothorax,  and  pygidium  are  a  few  long  erect 
hairs.  Owing  to  the  want  of  transverse  wrinkles  on  the  elytra 
the  sculpture  has  a  distinctive  appearance  ;  perhaps  of  the  com- 
moner species  hitherto  described  H.  testaceus,  Blackb.,  comes 
nearest  to  it  in  that  respect,  but  has  somewhat  finer  sculpture 
throughout.  The  hind  coxae  are  much  shorter  than  the  meta- 
sternum  and  very  decidedly  longer  than  the  2nd  ventral  segment ; 
they  and  the  metasternum  are  rather  sparingly  and  strongly  punc- 
tured at  the  sides, — the  former  being  impunctulate,  the  latter  finely 
punctulate,  internally.  The  puncturation  of  the  ventral  segments 
is  much  finer  than  that  of  the  sides  of  the  metasternum  but  is  con- 
tinuous all  across.  The  ventral  series  consist  of  coarse  red  hairs 
but  are  rather  inconspicuous.  The  hind  femora  are  not  much 
wider  than  the  intermediate,  their  inner  apical  angle  being  fairly 
defined  but  scarcely  prominent.  The  three  external  teeth  of  the 
anterior  tibias  are  extremely  robust  and  sharp,  the  uppermost 
being  about  half  as  large  as  the  middle  one.  The  apical  piece  of 
the  hind  claws  is  scarcely  a  quarter  the  size  of  the  basal  piece  and 
is  scarcely  so  large  as  the  produced  apex  of  the  latter.  The  basal 
joint  of  the  hind  tarsi  is  very  distinctly  shorter  than  the  second. 

The  real  allies  of  this  species  appear  to  be  among  the  group  with 
8-jointed  antennae, — H.  piger,  lateritius,  &c.,  to  some  of  which  it 
bears  much  resemblance.  From  H.  sich/uscus,  Macl.,  it  differs 
inter  alia  by  its  much  more  strongly  and  narrowly  elevated 
labrum. 

N.  Territory  of  S.  Australia ;  taken  by  Dr.  Bovill. 

H.  SPARSUS,  sp.nov. 

Sat  elongatus ;  postice  vix  dilatatus  ;  sat  nitidus ;  ferrugineus 
(exempli  typici  capite  prothoraceque  obscurioribus)  ;  pilis  brevibus 


BY    THE    REV.  T.  BLACKBURN.  4^1 

adpressis  pallidis  vestitus ;  capite  crebre  rugulose,  prothorace 
elytrisque  sparsim  fortius,  pygidio  obsolete,  punctulatis ;  labro 
clypeuin  leviter  late  superanti ;  antennis  9-articulatis  ;  unguiculis 
bifidis.  [Long.  3],  lat.  1?  lines  (vix). 

The  "  tiilobed  outline  "  of  the  head  appears  fairly  defined, — the 
middle  lobe  shorter  than,  and  considerably  more  than  half  as  wide 
as,  the  lateral  lobes.  The  clypeus  does  not  form  an  even  surface 
with  the  rest  of  the  head  from  which  it  is  separated  by  a  well- 
defined  straight  suture ;  its  front  is  rather  strongly  concave  with 
the  reflexed  margin  very  finely  continuous  in  the  middle.  The 
prothorax  is  |  again  as  wide  as  long,  its  base  about  half  again  as 
wide  as  its  front  which  is  gently  concave  with  very  feeble  angles  ; 
the  sides  are  gently  arched,  the  hind  angles  quite  rounded  off;  the 
base  is  scarcely  bisinuate  and  rather  strongly  convex  hindward  all 
across.  The  elytra  are  punctured  a  little  more  closely  than  the 
prothorax,  their  transverse  wrinkling  is  very  slight,  their  lateral 
fringe  normal,  their  apical  membrane  scarcely  distinct.  The  hind 
coxae  are  decidedly  shorter  than  the  metasternum  and  not  much 
longer  than  the  2nd  ventral  segment ;  the  metasternum  is  rather 
sparsely  and  feebly  punctured  at  the  sides,  more  sparsely  and 
strongly  towards  the  middle  ;  the  hind  coxae  are  rather  coarsely 
punctured  except  a  small  laevigate  intero-anterior  portion.  The 
ventral  segments  are  feebly  and  sparingly  punctured  at  the  sides, 
almost  Isevigate  in  the  middle.  The  ventral  series  are  fairly  con- 
spicuous, consisting  of  long  stoutish  hairs.  The  hind  femora  are 
not  much  wider  than  the  intermediate,  their  inner  apical  angle  ill- 
defined.  The  three  external  teeth  of  the  anterior  tibiae  are  well- 
defined  but  not  particularly  acute,  the  uppermost  being  less  than 
half  as  large  as  the  middle  one.  The  hind  claws  scarcely  diflfer 
from  those  of  H.  borealis.  The  basal  joint  of  the  hind  tarsi  is 
distinctly  shorter  than  the  2nd  joint. 

The  puncturation  of  this  species  is  exceptionally  sparse, — on  the 
prothorax  as  much  so  as  in  //.  AugustcB,  Blackb., — on  the  elytra 
scarcely  closer  than  on  the  prothorax. 

N.  Territory  of  S.  Australia ;  taken  by  Dr.  Bovill. 


442  REVISION    OF    THE    GENUS    HETERONYX 

H.  ACUTIFRONS,  Sp.nOV. 

Minus  elongatus;  postice  dilatatus ;  minus  nitidus  ;  testaceo- 
ferrugineus,  capite  prothoraceque  nonnihil  obscurioribus ;  elytris 
pilis  brevibus  erectis  minus  crebre  vestitis;  clypeo  crassissime  rugu- 
lose,  capite  postice  prothoraceque  sparsius  leviter  nee  rugulose, 
elytris  sat  fortiter  subrugulose,  pygidio  (hoc  setis  longis  vestito) 
sparsim  obscure,  punctulatis ;  labro  clypeum  late  triangulariter  sat 
fortiter  superanti ;  antennis  9-articulatis ;  unguiculis  bifidis. 

[Long.  2|-,  lat.  If  lines  (vix). 

The  "  trilobed  outline  "  of  head  is  very  peculiar,  the  middle  lobe 
(which  is  longer,  and  scarcely  narrower,  than  the  lateral  lobes) 
being  acutely  triangular.  The  clypeus  is  very  distinct  from  the 
rest  of  the  head,  from  which  it  is  separated  by  a  strong  angulated 
suture,  its  front  being  widely  and  rather  strongly  concave  with 
the  reflexed  margin  obsolete  in  the  middle.  The  prothorax  is 
twice  as  wide  as  long,  its  base  scarcely  half  again  as  wide  as  its 
front,  which  is  gently  concave,  with  scarcely  produced  angles  ;  the 
sides  are  strongly  rounded,  the  hind  angles  quite  rounded  off,  the 
base  gently  convex  all  across,  evenly  continuing  the  curve  of  the 
angles.  The  elytra  are  punctured  more  strongly  and  very  much 
more  closely  than  the  prothorax  ;  their  transverse  wrinkling  is 
fairly  defined,  their  lateral  fringe  normal,  their  apical  membrane 
obsolete.  The  hind  coxae  are  decidedly  shorter  than  the  metaster- 
num  and  decidedly  longer  than  the  2nd  ventral  segment:  the 
puncturation  of  the  metasternum  is  w^ell  defined,  and  rather 
strong  and  close  at  the  sides,  but  the  middle  is  almost  Isevigate ; 
the  hind  coxse  are  almost  without  puncturation.  The  ventral 
segments  are  punctured  sparingly  and  coarsely  all  across  ;  the 
ventral  series  are  scarcely  conspicuous  the  whole  ventral  surface 
being  clothed  somewhat  densely  with  fine  long  hairs.  The  hind 
femora  are  not  much  wider  than  the  intermediate,  their  inner 
apical  angle  is  but  slightly  defined.  The  three  external  teeth  of 
the  front  tibite  are  fairly  strong,  the  uppermost  being  about  half 
as  large  as  the  middle  one.     The  apical  piece  of  the  hind  claws  is 


BY    THE    REV.  T.  BLACKBURN.  443 

about  ^  the  size  of  the  basal  piece  and  nearly  twice  as  large  as  the 
produced  apex  (which  is  truncate  at  its  end)  of  the  latter.  There 
is  a  conspicuous  fuscous  spot  on  the  prothorax  near  the  lateral 
margin  on  either  side. 

This  is  an  extremely  distinct  species. 

Yorke's  Peninsula. 

N.B. — This  species  must  be  near  H.  j^ellucidus,  Burm.,  but  if 
I  am  right  in  thinking  that  I  have  both  sexes  before  me,  the 
anterior  claws  of  the  male  are  quite  different ;  also  the  anterior 
tibiae  seem  to  be  differently  toothed  ;  it  seems  unlikely  that  Dr 
Burmeister  could  have  failed  to  note  the  very  peculiar  angulation 
of  the  labrum,  or  the  spots  (apparently  quite  constant)  on  the 
prothorax.  The  description  of  the  puncturation  also  does  not 
agree  very  satisfactorily. 

H.  ROTUNDIPRONS,  Sp.nov. 

Minus  elongatus  ;  postice  dilatatus ;  sat  nitidus  ;  ferruginous, 
antennarum  clava  testacea ;  pilis  erectis  minus  crebre  vestitus ; 
clypeo  crebrius  minus  crasse,  capite  postice  prothoraceque  fortiter 
sparsim,  elytris  squamose  fortiter  minus  sparsim,  pygidio  sparsim 
subtilius,  punctulatis;  labro  clypeum  late  vix  perspicue  superanti; 
antennis  9-articulatis  ;  unguiculis  bifidis.      [Long.  4f ,  lat.  2i  lines. 

The  labrum  rises  so  slightly  above  the  clypeus  and  the  sides  of 
the  latter  are  so  feebly  reflex ed  that  (from  the  point  of  view  most 
favourable  for  observing  a  "  trilobed  outline  "  of  the  head)  the 
front  outline  appears  an  almost  even  curve,  the  convexity  of  which 
however  is  a  little  greater  in  the  middle  than  it  would  be  if  the 
curve  were  quite  even.  The  clypeus  does  not  form  an  even  surface 
with  the  rest  of  the  head, — from  which  it  is  separated  by  an 
almost  straight  suture;  its  front  is  scarcely  concave,  but  is  without 
a  reflexed  margin.  The  prothorax  is  about  f  again  as  wide  as  it 
is  long ;  its  base  about  half  again  as  wide  as  its  front,  which  is 
feebly  concave  with  angles  but  little  produced  ;  it  is  widest  a  little 
behind  the  middle  its  sides  being  rather  strongly  arched,  its  basal 


4:4:4:  REVISION    OF    THE    GENUS    HETERONYX. 

angles  well  marked  but  obtuse,  its  base  (from  a  certain  point  of 
view)  distinctly  bisinuate  and  moderately  lobed  hind  ward.  The 
elytra  have  little  or  no  indication  of  striation, — at  most  some 
semblance  of  a  sutural  stria, — their  transverse  wrinkling  is  fairly 
defined  from  some  points  of  view,  their  lateral  fringe  normal,  their 
apical  membrane  obsolete.  The  hind  coxas  are  decidedly  shorter 
than  the  metasternum  and  decidedly  longer  than  the  2nd  ventral 
segment;  the  puncturation  of  both  these  is  at  the  sides  strong  but 
not  close,  being  on  the  latter  very  sparing  towards  the  middle, 
and  the  former  having  a  small  Isevigate  antero-internal  space. 
The  ventral  segments  are  punctured  at  the  sides  rather  finely  and 
closely,  in  the  middle  more  coarsely  and  sparsely,  the  punctures 
there  tending  to  a  linear  transverse  arrangement.  The  ventral 
series  consist  of  fine  long  hairs  and  are  not  very  conspicuous. 
The  hind  femora  are  evidently  wider  than  the  intermediate,  their 
inner  apical  angle  much  rounded  and  but  little  prominent.  The 
three  external  teeth  of  the  anterior  tibise  are  thick  and  blunt,  the 
uppermost  about  half  as  large  as  the  2nd.  The  apical  piece  of 
the  hind  claws  is  nearly  half  as  large  as  the  basal  piece  and  not 
much  larger  than  the  produced  apex  of  the  latter. 

Taken  by  Mr.  T.  G.  Sloane  at  Albury,  N.S.W. 


NOTES  ON  AUSTRAIJAN  COLEOPTERA,  WITH 
DESCRIPTIONS  OF  NEW  SPECIES. 

By  the  Rev.  T.  Blackburn,  B.A.,  Cork.  Mem.  Linn.  Soc.  N.S.W. 

Part  III. 

The  following  notes  and  descriptions  embody  the  results  of  the 
study  of  various  Coleoptera  chiefly  belonging  to  my  own  collection. 

CARABID.^. 

EuTOMA  (Carenum)  sumptuosum,  Westw. 

I  have  received  from  Dr.  Bovill  a  very  remarkable  insect  taken 
in  the  N.  Territory  which  appears  to  be  probably  identical  with 
the  type  on  which  Prof.  West  wood's  brief  description  of  this 
insect  was  founded.  It  agrees  very  exactly  in  size  and  proportions 
(long.  10,  lat.  3  lines)  and  with  such  scanty  record  of  the  sculp- 
tural characters  as  the  Professor  gives,  viz., — "two  punctures  on 
the  elytra  near  the  base  and  two  others  subapical "  (these  four 
punctures  are  very  large  and  strong), — also,  "  front  tibise  exter- 
nally bidentate "  (the  teeth  are  very  long  and  acute,  and  the 
smaller  teeth  above  them  are  so  placed  as  to  be  quite  invisible 
when  the  tibia  is  looked  straight  down  upon).  These  characters 
would  be  quite  insufficient,  of  course,  for  identification  among  the 
great  number  of  Australian  Scaritidce  now  known, — but  the 
colouring  mentioned  in  the  description  is  so  peculiar  that  I  think 
it  justifies  my  identification.  Professor  Westwood  describes  it 
thus,  —  "nigrum,  igneo  colore  varium."  In  the  example  before  me 
the  head  is  black  with  the  exception  of  the  portion  behind  the 
eyes  (all  across)  and  part  of  the  space  between  the  eyes  and  the 
frontal  sulci,  which  are  bright  green.     The  prothorax  all  round  the 


446     AUSTRALIAN  COLEOPTERA,  WITH  DESCRIPTIONS  OF  NEW  SPECIES, 

margins  except  in  front  is  of  a  fiery  copper  colour  changing  inter- 
nally to  bright  green,  while  the  disc  is  occupied  by  a  large  black 
triangle,  the  front  being  its  base  and  its  apex  falling  behind  the 
middle.  The  colour  of  the  elytra  is  across  the  base  (widely) 
brilliant  golden  which  changes  gradually  backward  to  green ;  a 
large  common  purplish-black  patch  occupies  the  middle  part, — its 
front  considerably  before,  its  apex  a  little  behind,  the  centre  of 
the  suture ;  in  some  lights  a  smaller  common  subapical  patch  of 
similar  colour  is  apparent. 

The  insect  is  evidently  a  Eutoma.  The  head  across  the  eyes  is 
scarcely  narrower  than  the  prothorax  which  is  of  the  same  width 
as  the  elytra  (by  measurement;  it  looks  decidedly  wider  at  a 
casual  glance).  The  frontal  sulci  are  very  strong,  diverge  strongly 
hindward  to  the  level  of  the  back  of  the  eyes,  and  are  connected 
behind  by  a  very  strong  transverse  impression  ;  there  are  two 
supra-orbital  punctures.  The  prothorax  is  slightly  transverse  (as 
7  to  6),  its  front  truncate,  its  base  slightly  concave  ;  the  lateral 
margins  bear  three  strong  setiferous  punctures  on  either  side. 
The  basal  cluster  on  each  elytron  consists  of  five  strong  punctures  ; 
the  anterior  discal  puncture  is  about  a  fifth  the  length  of  the 
elytron  distant  from  the  base. 

DYTISCID^. 

CaNTHYDRUS    BOVILLiE,  Sp.UOV. 

Ovalis ;  convexus  ;  posterius  attenuatus  ;  nitidus  ;  niger,  capite 
anterius  prothoraceque  ad  angulos  anticos  rufo-testaceis  ',  elytris 
gutta  transversa  pone  medium  testacea,  punctis  sparsis  sat  con- 
spicuis ;  antennis  testaceis ;  pedibus  rufis,  posterioribus  magis 
obscuris.  [Long.  If,  lat.  4  line. 

This  species  must  be  very  near  C.  yuttula,  Aube  (from  Mada- 
gascar and  Mauritius),  but  difiers  apparently  in  having  the  red 
mark  on  each  elytron  in  the  form  of  a  somewhat  irregular  trans- 
verse line,  rather  than  of  a  round  spot. 

Northern  Territory  of  S.  Australia ;  taken  by  Mrs.  Bovill  and 
dedicated  to  that  lady. 


BY    THE    REV.  T.  BLACKBURN.  447 

HYDROPHILID/E. 
Philhydrus  burrundiensis,  sp.nov. 

Late  ovalis ;  minus  nitidus ;  crebre  siibfortiter  puncfculatus  ; 
subtu.s  pubescens ;  niger  vel  piceo-niger ;  antennis,  palpis,  pro- 
thoracis  et  elytrorum  lateribus,  tarsisque,  plus  minus  rufescentibus ; 
elytris  stria  suturali  perspicua  baud  instructis. 

[Long.  4,  lat.  2  lines  (vix). 

This  species  bears  much  resemblance  to  a  very  large  darkly 
coloured  example  of  P.  ynelanocephalus,  Fab.,  from  which  species 
indeed  it  scarcely  differs  in  respect  of  sculpture  except  in  having 
no  sutural  stria  on  the  elytra  ;  nor  do  I  observe  any  difference  in 
the  form  or  proportion  of  the  various  segments  and  members 
except  that  the  maxillary  palpi  are  very  much  longer,  equalling 
in  length  the  head  and  prothorax  together.  The  apical  joint  of 
the  palpi  is  perfectly  concolorous  with  the  other  joints.  The 
insect,  as  a  Avhole,  is  wider  than  P.  inelanocej^halus  in  proportion 
to  its  length. 

Burrundie,  N.  Territory  of  S.  Australia ;  taken  by  Dr.  Bovill. 

Berosus   auriceps,  sp.nov. 

Oblongo-ovatus  ;  convexus  ;  supra  testaceus ;  capite  (postice 
longitudinaliter  carinato)  aureo  vel  aureo-seneo,  prothorace  maculis 
dorsalibus  2  elongatis  fere  connexis  et  elytrorum  striis  (iis  mar- 
ginem  lateralem  versus  exceptis)  maculisque  vix  perspicuis  non- 
nullis,  nigricantibus  ;  subtus  fuscus  (capite  nigro  excepto) ;  palpis, 
antennis,  pedibusque,  pallide  fusco-testaceis  ;  capite  crebre  subru- 
gulose,  prothorace  sparsius  sat  leviter  (linea  longitudinali  media 
laevigata  excepta),  punctulatis  ;  elytris  apice  acuminatis,  sat 
fortiter  striatis  ;  striis  subtilius  punctulatis ;  interstitiis  planis, 
eodem  modo  quo  strise  punctulatis.  [Long.  2,  lat,  4  lines. 

The  specimen  (female)  on  which  the  above  description  is  founded 
is  conspicuous  by  its  pale  elytra  being  streaked  with  fine  black 
striae  (the  external  three  striae,  however,  being  black  only  on  a 


448     AUSTRALIAN  COLEOPTERA,  WITH  DESCRIPTIOXS  OF  NEW  SPECIES, 

short  space  about  the  middle  of  their  length)  and  punctured  with 
blackish  punctures,  and  being  otherwise  almost  without  markings, 
— although  when  carefully  looked  at  some  indication  of  a  fuscous 
spot  can  be  seen  on  each  of  them  near  the  suture  before  and  close 
behind  its  middle  and  near  the  middle  of  the  external  margin  ;  it 
is  also  characterised  by  having  the  thinly  dispersed  punctures  on 
the  interstices  between  the  striae  of  about  the  same  size  as  those 
in  the  striae.  The  5th  ventral  segment  is  excised  as  though  a 
segment  of  a  circle  greater  than  a  semicircle  had  been  cut  out,  so 
that  the  apices  of  the  margin  of  the  excision  point  partly  towards 
each  other  and  not  directly  hindward  ;  the  margin  of  the  excision 
is  however  flattened  (or  even  a  little  convex)  in  front, — this  being 
especially  conspicuous  if  the  segment  be  viewed  obliquely  from 
behind, — from  which  point  of  view  the  excision  looks  almost 
square.  There  is  a  fairly  large  6th  segment  visible  which  is 
terminated  by  two  filaments. 

The  closely  punctured  head  separates  this  species  from  all  I 
have  previously  described  of  the  genus,  except  diqjlojntnctatus, 
discolor  and  Flindersi  ;  the  combination  of  a  sparsely  punctured 
prothorax  and  wholly  testaceous  palpi  will  distinguish  it  from  all 
the  latter.  From  some  of  M.  Fairemaire's  species  (as  also  from 
B.  Australice,  Muls.)  its  elytra  not  bispinose  at  the  apex  are  a 
sufficient  distinction.  From  the  rest  (except  sticticus  which  has 
the  head  almost  impunctulate  in  front)  it  differs  in  having  the 
apex  of  the  elytra  pointed,  — not  obtuse.  If  this  latter  distinction 
be  (as  I  think  it  is)  founded  on  a  variable  character, — it  also 
differs  from  the  three  species  concerned  as  follows, — from  B.  ovi- 
jyennis  in  being  more  elongate^  with  the  prothorax  not  "  densely 
punctured,"  and  from  B.  aj^proximans  and  stigmaticoUis  in  its 
more  sparsely  punctured  prothorax  and  apparently  in  the  greater 
comparative  width  of  the  same  ;  M.  Fairemaire  distinguishes  both 
those  species  from  the  European  B.  affinis  by  their  prothorax 
being  "  notably  narrower  than  the  elytra,"  whereas  in  the  present 
species  there  is  less  difference  than  in  B.  affinis  between  the  width 
of  the  prothorax  and  of  the  elytra.  I  observe  that  the  eyes  are  a 
little  more  strongly  granulated  than  in  B.  affinis. 


BY    THE    REV.  T.   BLACKBURN.  449 

N.  Territory  of  S.  Australia ;  taken  by  Dr.  Bovill. 

N.B. — A  specimen  (also  female  and  with  identical  sexual  charac- 
ters) from  the  same  locality  is  smaller  (long.  If  lines)  and  differs 
in  characters  which  would  certainly  seem  specific, — but  I  think 
the  identity  of  sexual  characters  so  important  that  without  knowing 
the  males  I  shall  regard  it  as  a  variety.  It  has  scarcely  any  trace 
of  markings  on  the  prothorax  and  has  that  segment  and  the  elytra 
decidedly  more  coarsely,  and  indeed  quite  differently,  sculptured, 
— the  former  having  evidently  closer  (though  by  no  means  close) 
puncturation,  and  the  latter  being  less  pointed  at  the  apex,  with 
the  stride  quite  coarsely  punctulate  and  the  interstices  not  quite 
flat  and  scarcely  punctured  at  all. 

LAGRIID^. 

Lagria  tincta,  sp.nov. 

Oblonga,  postice  minus  dilatata ;  supra  crebre  crasse  sat 
jequaliter  punctulata  ;  pilis  longis  sparsius  vestita  ;  rufa,  piceo- 
umbrata.  [Long.  3|,  lat.  If  lines. 

The  under  surface  is  red,  with  the  sides  of  the  metasternum 
and  some  blotchy  marks  on  the  ventral  segments  (chiefly  down 
the  middle)  piceous.  On  the  upper  surface  the  sides  of  the 
prothorax  and  the  inner  half  of  each  elytron  are  obscurely  piceous, 
the  piceous  portion  of  the  latter  interrupted  about  its  middle  by 
an  ill-defined  round  spot  of  a  brighter  red  colour  than  any  other 
part  of  the  elytra.  The  antennae  are  not  much  longer  than  the 
head  and  prothorax  together  and  are  very  stout,  the  joints  (except 
the  last)  red  with  their  apex  black  :  the  3rd  joint  is  distinctly  but 
not  much  longer  than  wide,  the  4th  scarcely  so ;  joints  5-10  as 
wide  as  long,  joint  11  about  equal  to  the  preceding  three  together. 
The  femora  (except  at  their  extreme  base)  are  nearly  black.  The 
long  erect  hairs  (with  which  the  upper  surface  is  rather  densely 
clothed)  are  partly  pallid  and  partly  dark,  rather  confusedly 
mingled  together.  The  punctures  on  the  underside  are  lightly 
impressed  and  neither  close  nor  large.  The  prothorax  is  nearly 
29 


450     AUSTRALIAN  COLEOPTERA,  WITH  DESCRIPTIONS  OF  NEW  SPECIES, 

as  long  as  wide  and  has  gently  arched  sides,  its  greatest  width 
being  just  in  front  of  the  middle. 

Compared  with  L.  grandis,  GylL,  this  species  is  considerably 
smaller  and  very  much  less  dilated  behind  ;  its  antennee  are  much 
shorter  and  stouter ;  its  prothorax  and  head  are  a  little  more 
coarsely  and  rugulosely  punctured,  and  the  same  coarse  rugulose 
sculpture  extends  over  its  elytra ;  the  apical  joint  of  the  palpi  is 
less  strongly  securiform ;  the  tarsi  are  more  slender,  with  the 
penultimate  joint  not  so  much  wider  than  the  preceding  joints,  the 
ventral  segments  are  much  more  strongly  punctulate,  and  the 
eyes  are  more  prominent  and  more  strongly  granulated. 

A  specimen  in  the  South  Australian  Museum  which  I  believe 
to  be  L.  cyaneay  Macl.,  has  a  shorter  prothorax  and  less  rugulose 
puncturation,  besides  being  very  differently  coloured.  From  the 
brief  description  of  L.  affinis,  Boisd.,  that  species  would  appear  to 
have  the  prothorax  and  elytra  dissimilarly  punctured,  and  the 
expression  "geniculis  nigris"  would  seem  to  differentiate  it  from 
the  present  insect.  The  three  species  described  by  Sir  VV. 
Macleay  from  Cairns  all  differ  widely  in  colour  and  other 
characters.     L.  tomentosa  Fab.,  also  is  very  different. 

N.  Territory  ;  taken  by  Dr.  Bovill. 

LONGICORNES. 

Tryphocharia. 

I  have  to  acknowledge  and  correct  an  unfortunate  error  in  my 
notes  on  this  genus  published  in  the  Proceedings  (2),  Vol.  III. 
part  4,  pp.  1456-63.  At  the  time  I  was  unable  to  refer  readily 
to  the  description  of  T.  hamata,  Newm.,  and  accepted  without 
verification  the  assertion  in  Mr.  Masters'  "  Catalogue  of  Aus- 
tralian Coleoptera  "  that  that  species  and  T.  long/ijjennis,  Hope, 
are  identical.  I  have  since  had  reason  to  conclude  that  this  is 
not  the  case — indeed,  judging  by  Hope's  description,  his  insect  is 
as  unlike  hamata  as  could  well  be.     The  result  of  this  oversight 


BY   THE    REV.  T.  BLACKBURN.  451 

on  my  part  was  that  I  described  as  being  probably  hannata  an 
insect  which  can  only  be  said  to  be  prohahly  longipennis,  and,  still 
worse,  described  the  true  hamata  as  new  under  the  name  uncinata. 
If  those  who  possess  last  year's  Vol.  of  the  Proceedings  will  run 
their  pen  through  the  heading  "  T.  hamata  "  on  page  1458,  and 
substitute  that  name  for  "T.  uncinata,  sp.nov."  on  p.  1461  the 
mistake  will  be  corrected. 

Uracanthus  acutus,  sp.nov. 

Obscure  ferruginous,  nonnullis  exemplis  antennis  basi  pedibusque 
plus  minus  infuscatis ;  parum  nitidus ;  dense  breviter  (elytrorum 
parte  antica  subglabra  excepta)  pubescens;  prothorace  vix  evidenter 
transversim  strigato,  crebre  subtilius  subrugulose  punctulato; 
elytris  apice  spinuloso-productis,  obscure  costatis;  antice  crebrius 
subtilius  punctulatis,  punctis  postice  gradatim  etiam  crebrioribus 
subtilioribus  ;  parte  apicali  coriacea.  [Long.  7f ,  lafc.  1|^  lines. 

Yery  distinct  from  all  others  yet  described  of  the  genus.  The 
elytra, — each  drawn  out  to  a  point, — the  peculiar  sculpture  of  the 
same,  and  the  very  feeble  transverse  strigosity  of  the  prothorax 
are  strongly  characteristic. 

From  Mr.  T.   G.  Sloane ;  Victoria. 

Khinophthalmus   modestus,  sp.nov. 

Elongatus ;  gracillimus  ;  sat  parallelus  ',  obscure  fuscus,  elytris 
paullo  pallidioribus ;  dense  breviter  sat  pallide  pubescens  ;  rostro 
quam  R.  nasuti  breviori  magis  parallelo  ;  prothorace  haud  trans- 
versim strigoso.  [T-iong.  6,  lat.  f  line  (vix). 

Very  much  smaller  than  E.  nasutus,  Newm.,  and  with  the 
rostrum  evidently  shorter,  and  very  parallel.  From  R.  margini- 
pennis,  Fairm.,  it  would  seem  to  differ  by  the  absence  of  elytral 
vittae;  from  M.  striicolUs,  Fairm.,  by  the  prothorax  not  transversely 
strigose ;  and  from  all  three  by  the  extremely  parallel  form.  The 
anterior  margin  of  the  eye  is  distinctly  nearer  to  the  apex  of  the 


452     AUSTRALIAN  COLEOPTERA,  WITH  DESCRIPTIONS  OF  NEW  SPECIES, 

snout  than  to  the  front  of  the  prothorax.  The  eyes  are  very 
similar  to  those  of  R.  nasutus, — they  are  almost  contiguous  in  the 
male  on  the  upper  surface  (more  nearly  than  on  the  underside) 
while  in  the  female  they  are  almost  equally  approximate  both 
above  and  below.  In  the  male  the  fifth  ventral  segment  is 
densely  clothed  with  long  pilosity  at  and  about  the  apex,  while  the 
apical  segment  in  the  female  is  evenly  pubescent  and  simply  fringed 
behind  with  longer  hairs. 

Melbourne  ;  taken  by  Mr,  T.  G.  Sloane. 

Macrones  debilis,  sp.no v. 

Angustissimus ,  ferruginous,  elytris  plus  minus  pallidioribus, 
abdomine  plus  minus  infuscato,  tarsis  posticis  baud  pallidioribus  ; 
prothorace  brevi,  lateribus  rotundatim  nee  f oi'titer  gibbosis  ;  elytris 
costatis.  [Long.  6,  lat.  5  line. 

In  some  specimens  the  head,  prothorax,  legs,  and  even  antennae 
from  certain  points  of  view  appear  purplish-red, — especially  the 
dilated  part  of  the  femora  and  of  the  basal  joint  of  the  antennae. 
Of  previously  described  species  this  seems  to  be  nearest  to 
M.  acicularis,  Pasc,  from  which  it  diff"ers  by  its  unicolorous  red 
head,  the  absence  of  whitish-yellow  colouring  from  its  antennae 
and  hind  tarsi,  and  the  comparatively  greater  width  and  less 
length  of  its  prothorax.  3f.  capita  and  exilis,  inter  cdia,  are  much 
larger  and  ha\e  the  prothorax  much  more  strongly  bulging  out  on 
either  side  in  front  of  the  posterior  constriction.  M.  ru/us  (which 
I  have  not  seen)  is  described  as  being  more  than  twice  as  large 
with  the  thorax  spined  on  either  side.  M.  subclavatus,  inter  alia, 
has  blue-black  elytra.  In  the  present  species  the  disc  of  each 
elytron  bears  two  longitudinal  costse  between  the  costate  suture 
and  margin. 

Victoria. 

Oroderes  uniformis,  sp.nov. 

Elongatus ;  fortiter  rugulose  punctulatus ;  cyaneus  ;  antennis 
apicem  versus,  elytris  (basi  excepta),  femoribus  basi,  tibiis  tarsisque, 


BY    THE    REV.  T.   BLACKBURN.  453 

obscure  £ieneo-feiTugineis ;    prothorace  quam  latiori   sat   longiori. 

[Long.  5  J,  lat.  f^  line  (vix). 

As  in  0.  humeralis,  Saund.,  the  head,  the  prothorax,  the  basal 
five  or  six  joints  of  the  antennae,  and  the  legs,  are  clothed  with 
long  hairs.  The  front  part  of  the  elytra  also  is  hairy.  The  extreme 
apex  of  the  antennae  is  obscurely  yellow.  Rather  more  than  the 
basal  I  of  the  elytra  is  bright  blue,  whence  this  colour  gradually 
fades  into  dull  ferruginous  with  a  slight  metallic  tone. 

Western  Australia  ;  taken  by  E.  Meyrick,  Esq. 


Amphirhoe  sloanei,  sp.nov. 

Picea  ;  capite,  antennarum  basi,  prothorace  antice,  elytris  basin 
versus,  pedibusque  (femorum  clava  excepta),  rufis  ;  abdomine 
nonnullis  exemplis  rufescenti;  elytris  intus  subtilius,  extus  fortius, 
crebre  rugulose  punctulatis;  his  apice  biapiculatis  vittis  2,  interna 
elongata,  externa  perbrevi,  flavo-eburatis  ;  prothorace  quam  latiori 
longiori;  tarsorum  anticorum  articulo  basali  elongato  subparallelo. 

[Long.  6-7,  lat.  li-l|  lines. 

This  species  appears  to  be  mixed  in  collections  with  A .  decora, 
Newm.,  to  which  it  bears  much  resemblance,  and  from  which  it 
differs  as  follows  : — it  is  a  more  slender  insect,  with  the  ferruginous 
parts  much  brighter, — the  head  especially  (which  in  decora  is 
piceous  behind)  being  unicolorous  and  of  quite  an  orange  ferru- 
ginous tone ;  the  prothorax  is  more  elongate  and  less  swollen  on 
the  sides  (in  decora  by  measurement  it  is  scarcely  longer  than  its 
greatest  width,  in  this  species  decidedly  so)  ;  the  inner  extremity 
of  the  apical  truncation  of  the  elytra  is  obsoletely,  the  outer 
distinctly,  spinose ;  the  basal  joint  of  the  anterior  tarsi  in  both 
sexes  is  much  longer  than  wide  and  is  almost  parallel-sided,  whereas 
the  same  joint  in  decora  is  of  a  triangular  shape  and  is  scarcely 
longer  than  its  width  across  the  apex. 

My  specimens  of  decora  were  taken  near  Port  Lincoln, — and 
they  are  evidently  identical  with  the  species  figured  by  Lacordaire 


454     AUSTRALIAN  COLEOPTERA,  WITH  DESCRIPTIONS  OF  NEW  SPECIES, 

as  A.  decora,  The  original  type  is  from  Tasmania.  My  examples 
of  A.  Sloanei  were  taken  by  Mr.  T.  G.  Sloane  in  Gippsland, 
Victoria. 

Phalota  obscura,  sp.nov. 

Fusco-brunnea,  elytris  (nonnullis  exemplis  basin  versus  solum), 
antennis,  tibiis,  tarsisque,  paullo  dilutioribus ;  pilis  longis  erectis 
sparsius  vestita ;  prothorace  transversim  rugato ;  elytris  crebre 
sat  fortiter  subrugulose  punctulatis.         [Long.  3,  lat.  |-  line  (vix). 

The  prothorax  is  almost  twice  as  long  as  its  greatest  breadth. 
The  elytra  are  rounded  behind,  and  scarcely  flattened  dorsally. 
This  species  is  coloured  very  difierently  from  the  two  previously 
described.  I  have  seen  a  good  many  specimens  which  scarcely 
vary  except  in  the  elytra  having  their  whole  surface  or  only  the 
basal  part  of  a  paler  hue  than  the  head  and  prothorax.  It  differs 
from  its  congeners  also,  it  would  seem,  in  having  a  wide  channel 
(much  abbreviated  at  both  ends)  down  the  prothorax  and  also  in 
having  the  prothorax  very  distinctly  transversely  wrinkled;  mixed 
up  with,  and  much  obscured  by,  this  transverse  wrinkling  there 
is  close  rather  fine  and  rugulose  puncturation. 

Port  Lincoln;  also  sent  to  me  from  Victoria  by  Mr.  T.  G.  Sloane. 

Lychrosis. 

Having  lately  acquired  specimens  appertaining  to  this  genus 
from  several  parts  of  Northern  Australia  I  have  been  compelled 
to  regard  the  examples  from  the  N.  Territory  of  S.  Australia 
(mentioned  in  the  "Proceedings"  for  1888,  p.  1469)  as  distinct 
from  P.  luctuosus,  Pasc,  to  which  I  attributed  them.  The 
pattern  on  the  elytra  in  all  the  species  I  have  seen  varies  to  such 
an  extent  that  I  fear  little  reliance  can  be  placed  on  it  for  dis- 
tinguishing species.  The  specimens  from  the  N.  Territory,  how- 
ever, have  much  longer  antennae  than  L.  luctuosus  (they  slightly 
exceed  the  length  of  the  body  in  both  sexes).  Whether  they  are 
Z.  afflictus,  Pasc,  I  cannot  make  up  my  mind,  as  the  description 


BY    THE    REV.  T.  BLACKBURN.  455 

of  that  insect  does  not  mention  the  length  of  the  antennae  ;  if 
they  are  identical  with  it  the  description  must  have  been  founded 
on  a  much  darker  example  than  any  I  have  seen,  but  in  some 
respects  {e.g.,  the  greater  size  and  the  colouring  of  the  antennae) 
they  seem  to  correspond  very  well.  The  specimen  coming  nearest 
to  actual  identity  with  Mr.  Pascoe's  fig.  of  L.  luctuosus  was  sent  to 
me  from  ;N"orthern  Queensland  by  Mr.  T.  G.  Sloane,  but  it  was 
accompanied  by  another  so  extremely  different  in  markings  that 
I  cannot  satisfy  myself  absolutely  of  the  two  not  being  specifically 
distinct.  I  think  the  genus  requires  to  be  studied  by  some  one 
resident  in  tropical  Australia,  who  could  be  certain  which  speci- 
mens were  taken  actually  in  company. 


Ill^na,  Er. 

There  appears  to  be  little  doubt  that  Neissa,  Pasc,  is  identical 
with  this  genus.  Mr.  Pascoe  distinguishes  his  genus  on  the  ground 
of  its  having  the  prothorax  "  abruptly  spined "  at  the  sides, 
whereas  Erichson  calls  that  of  Illcena  only  "  slightly  nodose  at 
the  sides."  Erichson,  however,  though  using  this  expression  in 
characterising  the  genus,  yet  in  describing  the  species  varies  it 
somewhat,  saying  that  the  sides  of  the  prothorax  are  "  furnished 
with  a  small  tubercle/'  which  certainly  brings  the  character  of 
Neissa  too  near  it  to  justify  generic  distinction.  Mr.  Pascoe's 
S.  Australian  species  are  very  likely  to  be  distinct  from  Erichson's 
Tasmanian  /.  exilis,  although  no  very  good  distinctive  character 
is  mentioned  for  the  smaller  one.  I  possess  examples  (from  Port 
Lincoln)  of  an  insect  that  is  probably  identical  with  Illmna 
(Neissa)  inconspicua,  Pasc.  ;  and  also  a  single  example  (from 
Western  Australia)  of  the  following  apparently  new  species. 

Ill^na  meyricki,  sp.nov. 

Sat   angusta ;  fusco-picea,    ore,    antennis,    pedibus,  elytrisque, 
dilutioribus ;    his  piceo-notatis  ;    corpore  supra  obscure  sat  crasse 


456     AUSTRALIAN  COLEOPTERA,  WITH  DESCRIPTIONS  OF  NEW  SPECIES, 

nec    crebre    (capite   prothoraceque   nihilominus   paiillo  crebrins) 
punctulatis  ;  antennaram  articulo  tertio  prime  manifeste  longiori. 

[Long.  14,  lat.  f  lines. 

Compared  with  the  S.  Australian  insect  which  I  take  to  be  /. 
(Neissa)  inconspicua,  Pasc,  this  species  is  evidently  of  a  narrower 
and  more  parallel  form,  and  has  the  3rd  and  4:th  antennal  joints 
longer  in  comparison  with  the  scape.  The  example  before  me  is 
somewhat  abraded,  but  I  should  judge  that  a  fresh  specimen 
would  be  marked  and  coloured  very  similarly  to  Mr.  Pascoe's 
insect.  Unfortunately  in  the  description  of  /.  exilis,  Er.,  the  3rd 
joint  of  the  antennae  is  not  compared  in  length  with  the  scape,  but 
Erichson's  species  is  said  to  be  "  black,"  with  certain  parts 
"  reddish  pitchy;"  and  as  the  insect  I  am  describing  has  no  black 
coloration  whatever,  and  the  two  are  found  in  very  widely 
separated  localities,  it  is  not  at  all  likely  that  they  are  identical. 
Tn  all  the  specimens  I  have  seen  of  this  genus  the  surface  of  the 
prothorax  is  a  little  uneven  ;  in  /.  inconspicua  the  unevenness  is 
very  ill-defined,  but  seems  to  consist  of  one  or  more  obscure  trans- 
verse wheals  and  a  slightly  more  apparent  longitudinal  carina 
which  is  best  defined  in  front ;  in  the  present  insect  the  uneven- 
ness of  the  prothoracic  surface  is  not  quite  so  ill-defined,  and  when 
carefully  examined  is  found  to  consist  of  two  rather  obscure  round 
swellings  placed  one  on  either  side  of  the  middle  line  not  far 
behind  the  front,  and  of  a  longitudinal  keel  which  is  scarcely 
evident  except  in  its  hinder  half. 

A  perfectly  fresh  specimen  of  the  species  that  I  regard  as  /. 
inconspicua  has  the  elytra  marked  as  follows: — The  darker  portion 
being  regarded  as  the  ground  colour  a  dull  silvery  stripe  commences 
below  each  shoulder  (where  it  is  narrow)  and  runs  (increasing  in 
width  all  the  way)  in  a  slight  curve  to  the  suture, — which  its  front 
edge  meets  at  a  distance  from  the  base  of  a  quarter,  and  its  hind 
edge  of  two-thirds,  the  length  of  the  suture.  From  the  hinder 
point  where  this  stripe  touches  the  suture  another  stripe  similarly 
coloured  (narrow  at  the  suture  and  widening  externally)  runs 
across  obliquely  to  a  point  a  little  before  the  apex  of  the  lateral 


BY    THE    REV.  T.  BLACKBURN.  457 

margin  ;  the  vspace  occupied  by  these  stripes  is  slightly  depressed. 
The  basal  crest  is  placed  longitudinally  on  each  elytron.  The 
lighter  part  of  the  elytra  being  regarded  as  the  ground  colour,  there 
appear, — a  common  somewhat  quadrate,  dark  basal  spot, — a  sub- 
tiiangular  dark  spot  on  each  elytron  having  its  base  on  the  lateral 
margin  and  its  apex  (which  is  truncated  and  forms  an  obscure 
longitudinal  carina) near  the  suture, — and  a  common,  subtriangular, 
apical,  dark  spot.  These  markings  are  more  obscure  as  specimens 
are  less  fresh,  but  in  all  I  have  seen  of  the  genus  I  can  discern 
traces  of  them.  In  the  specimen  on  which  I  found  /.  Meyricki 
they  are  extremely  obscure. 

Western  Australia;    collected  by  E.  Meyrick,  Esq. 
PHYTOPHAGA. 

DiAPHANOPS. 

Dr.  Chapuis  in  Vol.  X.  of  the  "  Genera  des  Coleopteres  "  men- 
tions the  existence  in  collections  of  several  forms  closely  allied  to  D 
Wester?nanni,  Boh.,  some  of  which  he  thinks  may  be  distinct  species. 
I  have  recently  examined  the  specimens  appertaining  to  this  genus 
in  my  own  collection  and  in  that  of  the  South  Australian  Museum, 
all  from  Western  Australia,  and  find  among  them  three  forms  that 
certainly  appear  to  be  specifically  distinct  i7iter  se.  I  am  doubtful 
whether  any  one  of  them  is  D.  Westermmmi,  but  one  is  suflB.ciently 
near  to  be  disqualified  from  being  regarded  as  certainly  distinct. 
The  points  in  which  it  differs  from  the  description  of  Rhynchostornis 
curculionides,  Lac,  (which  Dr.  Chapuis  asserts  to  be  identical  with 
D.  Westermanni)  are  as  follows, — the  prothorax  is  less  elongate 
and  more  coarsely  punctured  than  the  description  would  lead  one 
to  expect.  The  length  of  the  prothorax  is  said  to  be  ^  greater 
than  the  width.  I  cannot  help  thinking  that  this  statement  is 
founded  on  a  mistaken  observation,  for  although  the  prothorax  on 
casual  view  appears  very  elongate  I  find  that  careful  measurement 
shows  the  widest  part  of  the  prothorax  in  all  the  examples  I  have 
seen  of  the  genus  to  measure  at  most  very  slightly  less  than  the 


458     AUSTRALIAN  COLEOPTERA,  WITH  DESCRIPTIONS  OF  NEW  SPECIES^ 

length.  The  surface  of  the  prothorax  is  said  to  be  "  covered  with 
fine  rugosities  hardly  distinct  under  a  lens  ";  although  this  appears 
to  be  the  case  in  a  fresh  specimen  owing  to  the  presence  of  pubes- 
cence I  find  that  the  removal  of  the  pubescence  exposes  a  surface 
very  distinctly,  although  finely,  rugulose-punctulate. 

DiAPHANOPS  Meyricki^  sp.nov. 

Oblongus,  postice  angustatus ;  rufo-brunneus,  pilis  densis  (supra 
pallide  briinneis,  subtus  albidis)  tectus  ;  palpis  nigris ;  prothorace 
quam  basi  latiori  quinta  parte  longiori ;  elytris  utrinque  oblique 
impressis  ;  antennis  corporis  dimidio  sat  brevioribus. 

[Long.  5f,  lat.  2  lines. 

The  entire  insect  (except  the  palpi)  is  of  a  uniform  pale  reddish 
brown  colour  densely  clothed  with  silky  pubescence  on  every  part 
except  the  antennae,  which  however  are  quite  concolorous  with  the 
general  surface.  The  pubescence  is  of  the  ground  colour  on  the 
upper  surface  except  the  scutellum,  which  together  with  the  under- 
side is  silvery  white.  The  whole  upper  and  under  surface  is  finely 
and  very  closely  punctulate,  but  the  sculpture  is  entirely  hidden 
beneath  the  pubescence.  The  sides  of  the  prothorax  are  gently 
concave  from  the  base  to  beyond  the  middle  where  the  segment  is 
nearly  as  wide  as  at  the  base  and  whence  they  converge  slightly  to 
the  apex;  a  longitudinal  median  carina  is  feebly  indicated  on  the 
hinder  half  of  the  dorsal  surface.  The  elytra  across  the  base  are 
twice  as  wide  as  the  base  of  the  prothorax  and  are  evenly  and 
rather  strongly  narrowed  to  their  apex  ;  the  oblique  impression  on 
either  side  is  quite  distinct  but  not  sharply  limited,  commencing 
near  the  lateral  margin  a  little  behind  the  shoulder  and  terminating 
about  the  middle  of  the  disc  half-way  ,to  the  apex  ;  the  elytra  are 
obliquely  truncate  behind.  The  antennae  are  of  the  length  of  the 
prothorax  and  head  (including  the  rostrum)  together.  Inter  alia 
the  shorter  antennae,  of  a  unicolorous  bright  pale  brown,  appear  to 
distinguish  the  species  from  D.  Westermanni. 

Three  specimens,  quite  identical  inter  se,  were  sent  to  me  from 
Western  Australia  by  E.  Meyrick,  Esq. 


BY    THE   REV.  T.  BLACKBURN.  459 

DiAPHANOPS    PARALLELUS,  Sp.nOV. 

Oblongus,  sat  parallelus ;  brunneo-niger,  pilis  densis  (supra 
griseo-brunneis  subtus  albidis)  tectus  ;  palpis  nigris  ;  antennarum 
articulis  basi,  tibiisque,  rufis ;  prothorace  quam  basi  latiori  vix 
longiori ;  elytris  lateraliter  baud  oblique  impressis ;  antennis 
corporis  dimidio  sat  brevioribus.  [Long.  4,  lat,  1|-  lines. 

The  pubescence  does  not  differ  much  in  colour  from  that  of 
D.  Meyrickij — but  that  of  the  upper  surface  (in  the  example 
before  me)  wants  the  bright,  silky  tinge  that  is  displayed  on  the 
latter  species.  The  pro  thorax  is  of  similar  form,  but  is  scarcely 
longer  than  its  width  at  the  base,  where  moreover  the  width  is 
scarcely  greater  than  at  the  dilatation  near  the  front.  The  elytra 
differ  from  those  of  D.  Meyricki  in  being  almost  parallel  nearly  to 
the  apex,  in  their  greater  convexity,  their  more  rounded  apices  and 
in  their  more  even  surface.  The  antennae  are  equal  in  length  to 
f  the  length  of  the  whole  body.  It  should  be  noted  that  the  tibiae 
are  somewhat  infuscate  near  their  apex. 

The  parallel  form,  smaller  size,  and  differently  coloured  antennse 
will  distinguish  this  species  from  D.  Meyricki.  From  the  older 
species  the  shortness  of  the  antennae  will  distinguish  it, — as  in  that 
insect  M.  Lacordaire  says  that  they  are  half  as  long  as  the  whole 
body,  which  I  find  to  be  their  length  in  the  specimens  that  I  attri- 
bute to  it ;  I   should  judge    from    the  description  too   that   D. 

Westermanni  is  a  less  convex  insect  than  this  and  has  a  more 
elongate    prothorax.     If  I  am  right  in  my  determination  of  D. 

Westermanni  it  differs  from  the  present  species  also  in  being  much 
less  parallel. 

A  single  specimen  was  taken  in  Western  Australia  by  E.  Mey- 
rick,  Esq. 

Lema  bifasciata.  Fab. 

I  have  received  from  Dr.  Bovill  a  single  specimen  (taken  in  the 
Northern  Territory)  which  agrees  very  well  with  Olivier's  brief 


460     AUSTRALIAN  COLEOPTERA,  WITH  DESCRIPTIONS  OF  NEW  SPECIES, 

description  of  this  insect  except  in  having  the  hinder  part  of  the 
under  surface  of  a  dark  piceous  colour.  Notwithstanding  this 
colour  discrepancy  I  think  it  is  probably  conspecific  with  the  insect 
described  by  Fabricius, — the  exact  habitat  of  which  has  not,  so 
far  as  I  know,  been  previously  recorded. 

Crioceris  recenSj  sp.nov. 

Oblongo-parallela  ;  piceo-nigra ;  elytris  basi  sat  late,  ad  latera 
antice  anguste,  rufescentibus ;  capite  insequali  fortius  crebrius 
punctulato,  antice  sat  producto,  sparsim  argenteo-pubescenti ; 
an  tennis  crassis,  articulo  5°  ceteris  longiore ;  prothorace  trans 
raedium  sparsius  minus  subtiliter  punctulato,  antice  posticeque 
Isevigato,  pone  medium  transversim  impresso,  quam  longiori  paullo 
]atiori,  basi  quam  antice  latiori,  ad  latera  coarctato ;  scutello 
angusto  elongato ;  elytris  postice  vix  dilatatis,  vix  striatis,  antice 
sparsim  sat  crasse  seriatim  punctulatis,  punctis  post  medium  vix 
distinctis ;  corpore  subtus  medio  obscure  rufescenti,  sparsim 
argenteo-pubescenti.  [I^ong.  4^,  lat.  2  lines. 

Allied  to  C.  fuscomaculata,  Clk.,  but  larger  and  entirely  different 
in  colour  and  markings,  &c,,  &c.  The  uniform  dark  pitchy  colour 
of  the  antennae  and  legs  (only  the  extreme  base  of  the  former 
and  the  tarsi  of  the  latter  being  obscurely  reddish  in  the  example 
before  me)  will  suffice  to  distinguish  this  species  from  all  its 
Australian  congeners. 

N.  Territory  of  S.  Australia  (Dr.  Bovill). 

Terillus. 

The  following  species  is  very  different  in  facies  and  in  several 
of  its  characters  from  typical  members  of  this  genus  and  I  feel 
much  hesitation  in  associating  it  with  them.  It  would  appear 
however  to  bear  a  good  deal  of  resemblance  to  T.  j^erplexus,  Baly, 
— so  that  I  think  I  shall  not  be  far  wrong  in  connecting  it  with 
that  insect.  Dr.  Chapuis'  tabulation  of  Eumolpidce  (Gen.  Col.  X.) 
would  refer  it  to  Terillus. 


BY    THE    REV.  T.  BLACKBURN.  461 

Terillus  suturalis,  sp.nov. 

Sat  elongatus  ;  subparallelus ;  ferrugineus,  mandibulis  apice, 
scutellum,  suturaque,  piceis  vel  nigris ;  pilis  sat  longis  pallidly 
gracilibus  (supra  nonnullis  robustis  squamiformibus  intermixtis, — 
his  sublineatim  dispositis)  sat  crebre  vestitus ;  supra  sat  sequaliter 
crassius  subragulose,  subtus  multo  subtilius,  punctulatus ;  pro- 
thorace  quam  longiori  fere  duplo  latiori,  antice  minus  angustato, 
lateribus  rotundatis.  Maris  tarsorum  anteriorum  4  articulo  1°  sat 
fortiter  dilatato,  segmento  ventrali  5°  postice  late  arcuatim 
emarginato. 

Western  Australia ;  taken  by  E.  Meyrick,  Esq. 

CuDNELLiA,  gen.nov. 

Corpus  ovale,  supra  glabrum,  subtus  pilis  erectis  minus  con- 
spicuis  vestitum.  Caput  verticale  usque  ad  oculos  thoraci 
insertum.  Oculi  fortiter  granulati,  subrotundati,  sat  prominentes. 
Antennae  corporis  dimidio  paullo  longiores,  apicem  versus  minus 
incrassatse.  Prothorax  ad  latera  valde  declivis,  antice  fortiter 
productus,  lateribus  integris.  Scutellum  parvum,  trans versum. 
Elytra  ovalia,  coagmentata,  abdomen  arete  amplectentia.  Pro- 
sternum  inter  coxas  minus  latum,  postice  truncatum  minus 
dilatatum,  episternis  antice  baud  convexis.  Femora  inermia, 
medio  dilatata.  Tibiae  validse,  simplices,  apice  externo  dente 
dilatato.  Tarsi  robusti,  articulo  3°  profunde  bilobo,  posticorum 
articulo  primo  sequentibus  2  conjunctis  paullo  breviori.  Ungui- 
culi  appendiculati,  divaricati.  Metasternum  prosterni  dimidio 
vix  longius. 

I  am  in  considerable  doubt  as  to  the  affinity  of  this  insect.  It 
bears  much  resemblance  to  the  species  which  Dr.  Chapuis  groups 
together  under  the  name  "  Clidonotites" — indeed  I  found  it  in 
company  with  a  Strumatophyma.  But  these  are  ChrysomelideSj 
and  the  present  insect  having  the  3rd  joint  of  its  tarsi  deeply  and 
narrowly  bilobed  should  stand  through  that  character  among  the 


462    AUSTRALIAN  COLEOPTERA,  WITH  DESCRIPTIONS  OF  NEW  SPECIES, 

EuTTiolpides,  with  which  tribe  it  agrees  also  in  the  form  of  the 
anterior  coxae  and  prosternal  episterna.  I  am,  however,  unable 
to  assign  it  with  confidence  to  any  of  Dr.  Chapuis'  groups  of 
Eumoljndes.  By  the  tabulation  of  these  groups  in  the  Gen,  Col. 
X.  p.  229,  it  would  be  assigned  to  the  Ipliimeites^  but  it  does  not 
seem  to  resemble  any  of  those  genera  satisfactorily.  Its  elytra 
soldered  together,  and  closely  embracing  the  hind  body  (so  that  a 
considerable  portion  of  their  lateral  part  is  visible  only  from 
beneath),  its  very  short  metasternum,  and  prosternal  episterna 
not  or  scarcely  convex  in  front,  are  sufficient,  taken  together,  to 
distinguish  it  from  all  its  allies.  Its  habits  appear  to  resemble 
those  of  Pachnephorus  and  Colaspidea,  but  I  cannot  find  sufficient 
reason  to  treat  it  as  really  allied  to  those  genera.  The  name  of 
the  genus  is  derived  from  the  native  Australian  name  of  the 
district  in  which  I  found  the  insect. 

Port  Lincoln  ;  under  atones. 

CUDNELLIA    MYSTICA,  Sp.nOV. 

-^nea;  labro,  palporuui  antennarumque  basi,  capite  subtus, 
pedisbusque  (his  plus  minus  infuscatis),  rufo-testaceis ;  capite 
crebre  fortiter,  prothorace  duplo  (subtiliter  et  minus  subtiliter), 
scutello  vix  perspicue,  elytris  profunde  crasse  sublineatim  minus 
crebre,  punctulatis;  his  postice  substriatis,  interstitiis  subcostatis  ; 
corpore  subtus  crebre  fortiter  punctulato. 

[Long.  If,  lat.  1  line  (vix). 

The  basal  joint  of  the  antennae  is  moderately  large  and  stout;  it 
together  with  the  2nd  joint  (which  is  about  half  its  size)  is  testa- 
ceous ;  joints  3-6  are  of  a  pitchy  colour,  somewhat  slender,  not 
difiering  much  inter  se  in  length  (joint  5  however  slightly  longest) 
and  about  as  long  as  joint  2  ;  the  remaining  joints  are  nearly 
black,  7-10  a  little  longer  than  5  and  somewhat  dilated  being  of  an 
elongate  triangular  form,  11  of  similar  size  but  oval  in  shape.  The 
claws  are  thick  and  swollen  in  appearance  with  the  basal  piece 
angulate  beneath.     The  sides  of  the  prothorax  are  very  strongly 


BY   THE    REV.  T.  BLACKBURN.  463 

rounded,  its  puiicturation  sparse  on  the  disc  but  becoming  close 
and  coarser  towards  the  sides.  The  antennae  are  thinly  clothed 
with  long  fine  hairs. 

Port  Lincoln  ;  under  stones. 

N.B. — Some  smaller  specimens  (long,  li  lines,  vix),  with 
puncturation  slightly  coarser  throughout,  and  antennae  and  palpi 
scarcely  infuscate  towards  the  apex  are  probably  to  be  regarded  as 
a  mere  variation, — or  possibly  pertain  to  the  other  sex. 

Rhinobgltjs,   gen.nov. 

Corpus  oblongum  ;  supra  glabrum  ;  subtus  pilis  adpressis  parce 
vestitum.  Caput  verticale,  usque  ad  oculos  thoraci  insertum, 
antice  sat  cylindricum  subrostriforme.  Oculi  sat  magni,  rotun- 
dati,  sat  convexi,  minus  fortiter  granulati.  Antennae  corporis 
dimidio  pauUo  longiores,  medio  graciles,  apicem  versus  minus 
incrassatae.  Prothorax  sat  convexus,  antice  medio  fortiter  pro- 
minens,  lateribus  integris.  Scutellum  transversum,  sat  parvum. 
Presternum  inter  coxas  sat  latum,  postice  truncatum  dilatatum, 
episternis  antice  baud  convexis.  Femora  inermia,  medio  minus 
dilatata.  Tibiae  simplices,  modice  robustae,  apice  externo  minus 
dentate.  Tarsi  S3.t  robusti  (posticis  manifeste  longioribus  graci- 
lioribus),  articulo  3°  profunde  bilobo,  posticorum  articulo  primo 
secundo  vix  longiori.  Unguiculi  appendiculati,  divaricati.  Labrum 
magnum.     Mandibula  porrecta. 

This  appears  to  be  an  extremely  anomalous  genus  and  I  am 
quite  unable  to  specify  any  other  as  being  its  near  ally.  I  do  not, 
however,  observe  any  character  suggesting  a  doubt  of  its  belonging 
to  the  Eu7nolpid(E  (of  which  it  has  quite  the  facies)  except  that 
its  antennae  are  not  quite  so  widely  separated  at  the  base  as  is 
usual  in  the  family.  But  I  believe  this  to  be  merely  an  accidental 
discrepancy  connected  with  the  very  peculiar  form  of  the  head. 
This  organ  is  produced  into  a  short  wide  thick  beak,  with  parallel 
sides,  extending  forward  beyond  the  base  of  the  antennae  slightly 


464     AUSTRALIAN   COLEOPTERA,  WITH  DESCRIPTIONS  OF  NEW  SPECIES, 

further  than  the  length  of  the  basal  joint  of  the  antennae.  This 
clypeus  is  not  separated  by  any  conspicuous  suture  from  the  rest 
of  the  head.  The  labrum  is  scarcely  shorter  than  the  clypeus. 
From  the  antennae  forward  the  head  is  somewhat  declivous, — so 
that  (the  entire  head  being  placed  vertically)  the  front  outline  of 
the  same  as  viewed  from  the  side  seems  to  bend  back  slightly 
towards  the  prosternum,  somewhat  after  the  manner  of  Rhinaria 
in  the  Curcidionidca.  The  mode  of  insertion  of  the  antennae  is  a 
little  suggestive  of  Haltica,  but  the  hind  femora  are  not  at  all 
stouter  than  the  intermediate  ones,  nor  are  channelled  beneath  for 
the  reception  of  their  tibiae.  There  is  an  evident  interval  between 
the  front  of  the  eye  and  the  level  of  the  insertion  of  the  antennae 
which  moreover  is  distinctly  nearer  to  the  middle  longitudinal 
line  of  the  head  than  is  the  inner  margin  of  the  eye,  but  this  is 
accompanied  by  a  narrowing  of  the  head  itself. 

In  Dr.  Chapuis'  tabulation  of  groups  of  Eumolpidm  this  genus 
would  fall  in  the  Iphimeites,  and  I  think  it  is  perhaps  more  allied 
to  Terillus  than  to  any  other  previously  described  genus. 

Rhinobolus  nitidus,  sp.nov. 

Nitidus ;  niger ;  capite  viridi-micante,  prothorace  elytrisque 
angusteviridi-marginatis;  labro,  mandibulis,  antennis  (his  articulo 
ultimo  apice  nigro),  pedibusque,  testaceis  ;  capite  la3vigato  (spatio 
inter  oculos  crebrius  fortius  punctulato  excepto)  ;  prothoracis  disco 
sparsim  subtilius  lateribus  fortius  paullo  crebrius,  elytris  profunde 
sparsius  sublineatim,  punctulatis.  [Long.  I5,  lat.  \  lines. 

Of  the  antennae  joint  1  is  moderately  long  and  stout, — 2  half  as 
long  and  equally  stout, — 3-6  slender  and  moderately  long  (5  the 
longest  of  them), — 7-11  feebly  incrassated  (7  and  11  the  longest 
of  them,  each  about  as  long  as  the  basal  joint).  The  pro  thorax 
is  strongly  transverse  with  very  strongly  rounded  sides  ;  it  is  but 
little  narrower  in  front  than  at  the  base.  The  aws  are  moder- 
ately stout,  their  basal  piece  feebly  dentate. 

Yorke's  Peninsula  ;  on  foliage  of  Eucalyptus 


BY    THE    REV.   T.   BLACKBURN.  465 


Agetinus  iEQUALis,  Blackb. 

A  small  series  of  this  insect  recently  sent  from  the  Northern 
Territory  by  Dr.  Bovill  displays  a  considerable  variety  in  colour 
and  size, — some  specimens  being  much  smaller  (long.  I5  lines) 
than  the  type,  and  there  being  green  and  blue  as  well  as  copper 
coloured  specimens  among  them.  I  do  not  think  however  that  they 
represent  more  than  one  species. 

TOMYRIS    RASA,  Sp.nOV. 

Oblonga;  nitida;  supra  igneo-cuprea,  clypeo  antice  laete  viridi  mar- 
ginato  ;  subtus  seneo-viridis,  prosterno  et  abdomine  postice  cupreo- 
micantibus ;  ore,  palpis,  an  tennis  (articulo  ultimo  apice  nigro 
excepto),  pedibusque,  flavis ;  corpore  supra  sat  sequaliter  confer- 
tissime  subtiliter  subaspere  punctulato,  brevissime  confertitn  aureo- 
pubescenti  ;  sternis  subcrasse,  abdomine  subtiliter,  crebre  punctu- 
latis,  sat  crebre  albido-pubescentibus  ;  oculis  fortiter  convexis ; 
elytris  postice  sat  abrupte  declivibus.  [Long.  2|,  lat.  1 1  lines. 

The  antennse  are  about  f  the  whole  length  of  the  body.  The 
clypeus  is  bidentate  in  front.  The  surface  of  the  head  is  very 
gently  convex.  The  pro  thorax  is  not  much  less  than  twice  as 
wide  as  long  ;  its  front  margin  is  not  much  narrower  than  its  base 
and  the  sides  are  rather  evenly  but  not  very  strongly  rounded  ; 
viewed  from  above,  however,  the  front  appears  much  narrower 
than  the  base,  and  the  sides  appear  very  strongly  rounded,  with 
their  greatest  divergence  very  near  the  base.  The  elytra  are  not 
more  than  ^  again  as  wide  as  the  prothorax  and  are  about  double 
the  length  of  the  head  and  prothorax  together.  The  sculpture  of 
the  upper  surface  is  conspicuously  asperate  though  fine,  and  is  so 
close  that  the  surface  might  almost  be  called  coriaceous  rather 
than  punctulate. 

This  species  is  much  larger  than  those   previously   described 
except  T.  pulchella,  Chap.,  from  which  it  differs  in  colour  and  in 
30 


466     AUSTRALIAN  COLEOPTERA,  WITH  DESCRIPTIONS  OF  NEW  SPECIES, 

the  uniform  asperate  punctiiration  of  its  upper  surface,  the  elytra 
in  T.  indchella  being  very  finely  striolate.  The  shortness  and 
comparative  coarseness  of  the  pubescence  in  this  species  suggests 
the  idea  of  a  hairy  surface  that  has  been  closely  shaved.  In  some 
lights  the  prothorax  shows  a  very  faint  dorsal  impressed  channel. 

Port  Lincoln  ;  also  on  Yorke's  Peninsula. 


TOMYRIS    NEGLIGENS,  sp.nOV. 

Oblonga  ;  minus  nitida ;  cupreo-senea  j  clypeo  antice  laete  viridi 
marginato  ;  subtus  viridis ;  ore,  palpis,  antennis  (articulo  ultimo 
apice  vix  inf uscato)  pedibusque,  flavis ;  corpore  supra  sat  tequaliter 
confertissime  subtiliter  aspere  punctulato,  brevissime  confertim 
aureo-pubescenti ;  sternis  abdomineque  dense  albo-pubescentibus  ; 
oculis  minus  fortiter  convexis;  elytris  postice  haud  abrupte  decliv- 
ibus.  [Long.  2?,  lat.  \\  lines. 

Very  closely  allied  to  the  preceding.  The  upper  surface  (under 
the  pubescence)  is  much  less  shining  and  much  less  vividly  coloured, 
and  its  puncturation  (especially  on  the  elytra)  is  markedly  more 
asperate  in  character.  The  apex  of  the  last  antennal  joint  is 
hardly  infuscate.  The  eyes  are  very  much  less  prominent.  The 
prothorax  (viewed  from  above)  appears  to  be  less  rounded  on  the 
sides  and  less  narrowed  in  front ;  the  true  margin  (which  is 
invisible  from  above  owing  to  the  sides  being  strongly  declivous) 
is  seen  when  viewed  from  the  side  to  be  very  little  different  from 
that  of  T.  rasa  in  curvature,  but  to  have  its  angles  with  both  the 
front  margin  and  base  much  better  defined  ;  the  hind  angle  is 
here  almost  a  right  angle,  but  in  T.  rasa  is  quite  rounded  off. 
The  elytra  are  less  abruptly  declivous  behind.  The  humeral  calli 
are  of  a  green  colour.  The  5th  ventral  segment  in  the  male  bears 
a  large  transversely  quadrate  excavation  divided  into  two  parts  by 
an  obscure  carina  which  runs  down  its  middle.  The  basal  joint 
•of  the  anterior  tarsi  in  the  same  sex  is  scarcely  dilated. 

Yorke's  Peninsula ;  unique  in  my  collection. 


BY    THE    REV.   T.  BLACKBURN.  467 

N.B. — I  have  before  me  three  specimens, — from  another  locality 
on  Yorke's  Peninsula, — which  differ  from  the  above  in  being 
smaller  (long.  2i  lines)  and  differently  coloured,  the  colour  vary- 
ing from  deep  copper  to  a  dull  green,  but  they  are  all  clothed  with 
pubescence  similar  to  that  of  T.  negligens ;  the  antennae  seem  a 
little  shorter  than  in  that  species,  but  as  I  do  not  observe  any  well- 
defined  structural  distinction  it  will  be  better  to  regard  them  as 
merely  vars. 

TOMYRIS    OBSCURA,  sp.nov. 

Oblonga  ;  minus  nitida ;  nigra ;  antennarum  articulis  (ultimis 
2  exceptis)  basi  obscure  ferrugineis ;  corpore  supra  crebre  sub- 
fortiter  aspere  punctulato,  brevissime  sparsius  albido-pubescenti, 
subtus  sparsim  punctulato  sparsim  albido-pubescenti  ;  oculis  for- 
titer  convexis  ;  elytris  postice  sat  abrupte  declivibus. 

[Long.  2g,  lat.  I5  lines. 

This  species  differs  from  all  others  known  to  me  of  the  genus 
by  its  uniform  black  colour,  varied  only  by  a  brassy  green  front 
of  the  clypeus,  by  very  short  white  pubescence  which  is  neither 
very  close  nor  conspicuous,  and  by  the  ferruginous  colour  of  parts 
of  the  antennae.  It  is  also  notable  for  having  its  puncturation 
decidedly  more  rugulose  on  the  elytra  than  on  other  parts,  these 
organs  presenting  a  slight  appearance  of  striation  on  the  disc  and 
being  strongly  punctulate-striate,  with  elevated  interstices,  in  the 
hinder  half  of  the  portion  near  the  lateral  margin,  and  their 
pubescence  tending  to  run  a  little  in  longitudinal  lines.  The 
prosternum  is  evidently  wider  between  the  anterior  coxae  than  in 
T.  rasa  and  most  of  its  congeners.  If  this  species  be  compared 
with  T.  rasa  it  will  be  seen  that  the  eyes  are  slightly  less  promi- 
nent, that  the  prothorax  is  less  convex  and  less  rounded  on  the 
sides  and  that  the  elytra  are  much  rougher  in  appearance  with 
indications  of  striation  which  is  entirely  absent  in  T.  rasa.  The 
two  or  three  joints  of  the  antennae  preceding  the  last  are  some- 
what compressed,  and  dilated  from  the  base  to  the  apex. 

Port  Lincoln. 


468     AUSTRALIAN  COLEOPTERA,  WITH  DESCRIPTIONS  OF  NEW  SPECIES^ 
TOMYRIS    L^TA,  Sp.nov. 

Oblonga  ;  sat  angusta  ;  subnitida  ;  laete  viridis,  abdomine  ciipreo 
vel  aureo-micante,  labro,  mandibulis,  palpis,  antennis  (articulo 
ultimo  apice  obscure  excepto),  pedibusque,  flavis ;  corpore  supra 
sat  sequaliter  confertissime  subtiliter  aspere  punctulato,  brevissime 
confertim  aureo-pubescenti,  subtus  sat  fortiter  minus  crebre  punc- 
tulato, sat  dense  albo-pubescenti ;  oculis  fortiter  convexis  ;  elytris 
postice  minus  abrupte  declivibus.      [Long.  \\-2%  lat.  5  (vix)-l  line. 

Apart  from  colour,  very  like  T.  rasa  but  a  narrower  species,  its 
elytra  more  closely  finely  and  rugulosely  punctulate,  and  its  meso- 
sternum  very  evidently  narrower  between  the  intermediate  coxae. 
From  T.  ohscura  it  difiers  widely  in  colour,  in  sculpture,  in  the 
narrowness  of  the  prosternum  between  the  anterior  coxae,  &c. 
From  T.  viridula,  Er.,  which  it  resembles  in  colour,  it  differs  in 
the  very  fine  and  close  sculpture  of  the  prothorax,  &c.  [The  sexual 
characters  are  described  under  T.  imjoressicollis.'] 

Forke's  Peninsula. 


TOMYRIS    GRACILIS,  Sp.UOV. 

Anguste  oblonga ;  sat  nitida ;  aureo-pubescens ;  viridis,  abdomine 
cupreo-micante,  labro,  mandibulis,  palpis,  antennis  (articulo  ultimo 
apice  nigro  excepto),  pedibusque,  flavis  ;  capite  prothoraceque 
fortiter  rugulose  sat  crebre,  elytris  confertim  aspere  minus  fortiter, 
punctulatis ;  corpore  subtus  antice  confertim,  postice  sparsius, 
punctulato  ;  oculis  sat  fortiter  convexis  ;  elytris  postice  minus 
abrupte  declivibus  ;  prothorace  trans versim  impresso  ;  antennis 
corpore  longioribus,  articulo  4°  3°  tertia  parte  longiori. 

[Long,  1?  (vix),  lat.  5  line. 

The  puncturation  of  the  head  and  prothorax, — very  much  coarser 
and  stronger  than  of  the  elytra, — will  distinguish  this  species  from 
most  of  its  congeners,  and  the  inequality  inter  se  of  the  3rd  and 


BY    THE    REV.  T.  BLACKBURN.  469 

4th  joints  of  the  antennse  is  also  a  strong  character.  The  antennte 
are  decidedly,  though  not  much,,  longer  than  the  whole  body.  The 
transverse  impression  across  the  disc  of  the  pro  thorax  is  well- 
defined  and  strong.  In  the  male  the  whole  middle  part  of  the  4th 
and  -Sth  ventral  segments  is  occupied  by  a  large  deep  excavation 
very  like  that  in  T.  impressicollis  but  without  the  erect  lateral 
processes.     The  basal  joint  of  the  front  tarsi  is  very  little  dilated. 

This  species  must  be  near  T.  viridula,  Er.,  (from  Tasmania),  but 
as  the  author  of  that  species  expressly  states  that  the  3rd  and  4th 
joints  of  the  antennae  are  equal  I  must  regard  the  two  as  distinct. 
Tasmania  and  S.  W.  Australia  have  so  few  species  in  common 
that  I  have  no  doubt  other  differences  would  appear  if  my  example 
could  be  compared  with  Erichson's  type. 

Port  Lincoln. 

N.  B. — A  female  (also  from  Port  Lincoln)  which  I  attribute 
doubtfully  to  this  species  is  a  wider  insect,  with  antennae  scarcely 
differing  from  those  of  the  male ;  its  colour  is  coppery-aeneous  with 


greenish  reflections. 


TOMYRIS    IMPRESSICOLLIS,  Sp.nOV. 

Oblonga ;  sat  angusta ;  sat  nitida  ;  viridis  vel  seneo-viridis,  ab- 
domine  aureo-micante,  labro,  mandibulis,  palpis,  antennis  (articulo 
ultimo  apice  obscuro  excepto),  pedibusque,  flavis  ;  corpore  supra 
confertissime  subtiliter  aspere  (elytris  minus  aspere)  punctulato, 
brevissime  confertim  aureo-pubescenti,  subtus  sat  leviter  minus 
crebre  punctulato,  minus  dense  albo-pubescenti ;  oculis  fortiter 
convexis ;  elytris  postice  minus  abrupte  declivibus ;  prothorace 
transversim  late  impresso.  [Long.  2^,  lat.  1  line  (vix). 

Yery  close  to  T.  Iceta,  but  seems  to  be  distinct.  It  differs  from 
it  as  follows ; — a  more  or  less  elongate  shining  elevated  slender 
line  runs  down  the  middle  of  the  clypeus  ;  the  colour  is  dull  or 
brassy  green   rather  than  a  bright  clear   green,  and  the  general 


470     AUSTRALIAN  COLEOPTERA,  WITH  DESCRIPTIONS  OF  NEW  SPECIES, 

surface  is  decidedly  more  nitid ;  the  puncfcuration  of  tiie  el}'tra  is 
feebler,  less  asperate,  and  not  so  close,  while  that  of  the  rest  of  the 
body  is  similar  to  that  of  T.  IcBta.  The  prothorax  has  a  very 
distinct,  though  not  sharply  defined,  wide  depression  crossing  the 
middle  of  the  disc.  On  the  underside  the  ventral  segments  are  of 
a  golden  coppery  colour.  The  sexual  characters  in  the  ventral 
segments,  too,  are  difi"erent.  One  sex  (apparently  the  female)  in 
all  the  species  of  Tomyris  that  I  have  examined  has  the  apex  of 
the  5th  segment  widely  and  gently  emarginate  with  its  apical 
border  a  little  thickened  and  reflexed.  (This  structure  varies  to 
some  extent  with  the  species  but  not  in  a  manner  that  seems 
available  for  description).  In  the  other  sex  of  this  species  the 
4th  and  5th  segments  are  occupied  by  a  large  deep  common  fovea 
of  almost  circular  form,  on  either  side  of  which  near  its  apex  are 
two  stout  blunt  erect  spines  placed  close  together.  In  T.  Iceta  the  4th 
segment  of  the  male  does  not  present  any  peculiarity,  but  the  5th 
segment  is  of  remarkable  structure  difficult  to  describe,  appearing 
different  in  different  lights.  As  far  as  I  can  ascertain  a  large  square 
excavation  occupies  its  middle  part,  but  some  parts  stand  up  in 
this  excavation  to  the  level  of  the  general  surface,  and  these  in 
some  lights  (when  regarded  obliquely)  apjDear  almost  to  fill  up  the 
excavation  so  as  to  give  the  appearance  of  the  surface  of  the  seg- 
ment being  cut  up  by  a  deep  irregular  channel.  In  this  species 
also  the  basal  joint  of  the  anterior  tarsi  is  very  strongly  dilated  in 
the  male,  while  in  T.  Iceta  it  is  only  slightly  dilated. 
Port  Lincohi. 

Tomyris  longicornis,  sp.nov. 

Oblonga ;  sat  angusta ;  minus  nitida  ;  seneo-cuprea ;  clypeo 
antice,  elytris  latera  versus,  capite  subtus,  coxis,  metasteinoque, 
Isete  viridibus  ;  labro,  mandibulis,  palpis,  antennis  (articulo  ultiuio 
apice  obscure  excepto),  pedibusque,  flavis ;  corpore  supra  confer- 
tissime  subtiliter  aspere  punctulato,  sat  breviter  sat  confertim 
argenteo-pubescenti,  subtus  antice  sat  confertim  postice  sat  sparsim 
leviter  punctulato,  sat  dense  albo-pubescenti ;  oculis  sat  fortiter 
convexis ;  elytris  postice  minus  abrupte  declivibus  ;    prothorace 


BY   THE    REV.  T.   BLACKBURN.  471 

transversim  late  impresso ;  antennis  gracilibus   corpore  vix  bre- 
vioribus,  articulo  3°  4°  manifeste  breviori.         [Long.  2,  lat.  |  line. 

A  narrower  and  more  slender  insect  than  the  precedinsf,  and 
differently  coloured,  with  longer  and  more  slender  antennae,  the 
pubescence  on  the  elytra  showing  a  decided  tendency  to  run  in 
rows  ;  the  prothorax  is  narrower,  being  not  more  than  half  again 
as  wide  as  long.     I  have  not  seen  a  male  of  this  species. 

Port  Lincoln. 

TOMYRIS    ^NEA,  Sp.nOV. 

Oblonga  ;  sat  brevis  ;  sat  nitida  ;  senea  vix  cupreo-micans  ; 
capite  plus  minus  viridi ;  labro,  palpis,  mandibulis,  antennis  (arti- 
culo ultimo  apice  obscuro),  pedibusque,  flavis ;  corpore  supra 
subtiliter  vix  confertim  sat  aspere  punctulato,  setis  brevibus 
argenteis  suberectis  minus  confertim  vestito,  subtus  sternis  crebre 
sat  fortiter,  abdomine  sparsius  subtilius  punctulato,  obscure 
argenteo-pubescenti  ;  oculis  sat  fortiter  convexis  ;  elytris  postice 
minus  abrupte  declivibus  ;  prothorace  transversim  late  impresso  ; 
antennis  corpore  brevioribus,  articulis  6-10  paullo  compressis 
elongato-subconicis,  3°  et  4°  inter  se  sequalibus  ;  capite  inter  oculos 
longitudinaliter  carinato.  [Long,  li,  lat.  ?  line. 

The  front  part  of  the  disc  of  the  prothorax  is  much  less  closely 
punctulate  than  the  other  parts  of  the  same, — a  very  distinctive 
character.  This  species  is  very  distinct  from  all  previously  described 
on  account  of  its  .  less  crowded  puncturation  and  (especially) 
the  structure  of  its  antennae,  which  are  stouter  than  in  any 
of  the  preceding  and  have  each  of  the  five  joints  preceding  the  last 
slightly  compressed  and  very  gently  dilated  from  the  base  to  the 
apex  so  that  the  apical  portion  of  the  antennae  appears  to  be 
slightly  serrate.  This  antennal  character  might  possibly  justify 
generic  separation, — but  as  still  more  decided  antennal  modifi- 
cations appear  in  the  species  next  to  be  described  I  think  its 
value  of  less  importance  than  it  appears  at  the  first  glance.  The 
insect  possesses  all  the  essential  characters  of  Tomyi'is, — proster- 
num  evenly  concave  in  front,  claws  appendiculate  with  the  basal 


472     AUSTRALIAN  COLEOPTERA,  WITH  DESCRIPTIONS  OP  NEW  SPECIES, 

piece  very  broad,  posterior  4  tibise  emarginate   externally  before 
the  apex,  body  pubescent,  apical  joint  of  antennae  appendiculate. 

In  the  male  the  5th  ventral  segment  is  of  very  complicated 
structure  and  presents  diflferent  appearances  from  different  points 
of  view ;  when  looked  at  from  vertically  above  it  there  is  seen  to 
be  a  rather  small  somewhat  semicircular  excavation  occupying 
the  whole  length  of  its  middle  part,  with  a  narrow  longitudinal 
shining  keel  running  down  the  middle  of  the  excavation.  This  is 
not  unlike  the  structure  of  the  corresponding  part  in  T.  negligens^ 
but  in  that  insect  the  excavation  occupies  a  larger  area  and  is 
differently  shaped,  and  the  central  keel  is  much  wider  and  feebler. 
The  basal  joint  of  the  anterior  tarsi  in  the  male  is  not  much 
dilated.  A  female,  which  I  believe  appertains  to  this  species,  is 
somewhat  larger  than  the  male  (long.  1|  lines)  and  has  the  head 
unicolorous  with  the  rest  of  the  body,  and  antennae  not  much 
longer  than  half  the  whole  insect. 

Port  Lincoln. 

TOMYRIS   ANTENNATA,  sp.nov. 

Breviter  oblonga  ;  sat  nitida  ;  supra  capillis  argenteis  erectis 
minus  sparsim  vestita;  nigro-senea,  capite  antice  plus  minus  viridi; 
labro,  mandibulis  (his,  nonnullis  exemplis,  apice  infuscatis),  palpis, 
antennis  (articulis  ultimis  apice  nigricantibus  exceptis),  tibiis  (bis 
plus  minus  infuscatis),  tarsisque,  brunneo-testaceis  ;  capite  pro- 
thoraceque  (illo  inter  oculos  carina  nitida  instructo)  sat  confertim, 
elytris  sparsius,  fortius  punctulatis ;  corpore  subtus  pedibusque 
sat  longe  sat  dense  albo-vestitis  :  prosterno  confertissime,  meta- 
sterno  sat  confertim  (medio  sparsim),  abdomine  femoribusque  sat 
sparsim,  punctulatis;  oculis  sat  fortiter  convexis;  elytris  postice 
sat  abrupte  declivibus ;  prothorace  vix  transversim  impresso ; 
antennis  corporis  dimidio  parum  longioribus,  articulis  6-10  sat 
fortiter  compressis    elongato-conicis,   3°  et  4°  inter  se  sequalibus. 

[Long.  1|,  lat.  -^-Q  line. 

The  structure  of  the  antennae  of  this  insect  (the  subapical  joints 
of  which  are  verj  little  longer  than  their  greatest  width  and  give 


Bi    THE    REV.  T.  BLACKBURN.  473 

the  apical  part  of  the  antennae  a  distinctly  serrated  outline  inter- 
nally), and  their  comparative  shortness,  distinguish  it  at  once 
from  all  the  above  and  from  all  previously  described  species  of 
Tomyris.  T.  cenea,  however,  makes  a  manifest  approximation  in 
this  respect  and  T.  ohscura  shows  indications  in  the  same  direction. 
I  have  seen  only  one  sex  (apparently  female)  of  this  species. 

Port  Lincoln. 

Tomyris  difficilis,  sp.nov. 

Oblonga  ;  minus  nitida  ;  asnea,  vix  cupreo-micans  ;  labro, 
mandibulis,  palpis,  antennis  (articulis  ultimis  apice  nigricantibus 
exceptis),  pedibusque,  flavis  ;  coipore  supra  sat  sequaliter  confer- 
tissime  subtiliter  aspere  punctulato,  breviter  sat  confertim  argenteo- 
pubescenti,  subtus  antice  confertim  aspere  (postice  sparsius  vix 
aspere)  punctulato,  minus  dense  pubescenti ;  oculis  sat  fortiter 
convexis  ;  elytris  postice  minus  abrupte  declivibus  ;  prothorace 
transversim  impresso ;  antennis  corpore  sat  brevioribus,  articulis 
6-10  paullo  compressis  elongato-subconicis,  3°  et  4°  inter  se 
sequalibus.  [Long.  1§  (vix)^  lat.  %  lines. 

The  antennaB  are  shorter,  and  have  joints  6-10  much  more 
evidently  compressed  and  dilated,  than  those  of  T.  mnea ;  com- 
pared with  those  of  T.  antennata  they  are  somewhat  longer  with 
less  dilated  joints.  The  puncturation  of  the  upper  surface  dis- 
tinguishes the  present  insect  from  both  those  just  named,  being 
very  similar  to  the  puncturation  of  some  of  the  larger  species  of 
the  genus, — especially  T.  Iceta  and  negligens.  My  two  examples 
are  both  females. 

Port  Lincoln. 

Tomyris  (?)  paradoxa,  sp.nov. 

Late  ovata;  glabra;  sat  nitida;  subtus  picea,  vix  seneo-micans ; 
supra  seneo-cuprea ;  labro  (hoc  exempiis  nonnullis  infuscato),  anten- 
nis (his  apicem  versus  obscuris),  palpis,  pedibusque  rufo-testaceis  ; 
capite  verticali,  prothoraci  profunde  insertum,  crebre  minus  subti- 
liter (clypeo  laevigato  excepto)  punctulato;  oculis  magnis minus  pro- 


474     AUSTRALIAN  COLEOPTERA,  WITH  DESCRIPTIONS  OF  NEW  SPECIES, 

minentibus,  vix  sinuatis;  prothorace  fortiter  transverse,  valde  con- 
vexo,  coriaceo,  subtiliter  minus  crebre  punctulato,  antice  in  medio 
sat  fortiter  producto,  margine  laterali  leviter  arcuata ;  elytris 
quam  conjunctim  latioribus  parum  longioribus,  prope  suturam  sub- 
tilius — inde  latera  versus  gradatim  fortius — punctulatis,  inter  haec 
puncta  subtiliter  minus  sparsim  punctulatis,  pone  humeros  vix 
transversim  strigosis,  intra  marginem  lateralem  profunde  sulcatis 
latitudine  majori  mox  pone  basin  posita  ;  scutello  sat  magno,  quin- 
quangulo,  crebre  subtiliter  punctulato  ;  femoribus  medio  dilatatis, 
anticis  medio  dente  minuto  acuto  instructis  ;  tibiis  intermediis 
leviter,  posticis  vix  perspicue,  emarginatis  ;  prosterno  antice  con- 
cavo,  margine  reflexo,  inter  coxas  sat  lato,  fortiter  elevato- 
dilatato  pone ;  abdominis  segmentis  2-4  gradatim  brevioribus  ; 
corpore  subtus  subtilius  sat  sparsim  (prosterno  crassius  crebre 
excepto)  punctulato.  [Long.  2  (vix),  lat.  1|  lines. 

This  and  the  next  species  cannot  be  regarded  as  genuine  mem- 
bers of  Tomyris  ;  the  glabrous  body  and  different  anterior  margin 
of  the  presternum  would  suffice  to  justify  their  separation, — but  I 
think  they  are  certainly  allied  to  Tomyris  and  1  am  unwilling  to 
give  them  a  new  generic  name  because  they  appear  in  many 
characters  to  agree  so  well  with  Cleptor,  Lef.,  (placed  by  its  author 
in  the  Edusitoi)  that  I  cannot  resist  a  doubt  whether  M.  Lefevre 
may  not  have  overlooked  the  slight  external  emargination  of  the 
4  hinder  tibiee  and  the  peculiar  anterior  margin  of  the  prosternum, 
and  have  founded  his  genus  on  a  species  congeneric  with  that  now 
before  me.  This  insect  undoubtedly  seems  intermediate  between 
Tomyris  and  Edusia.  Its  tibiae, — although  their  external  emar- 
gination is  very  feeble, — are  those  of  Tomyris.  The  prosternum 
does  not  agree  with  that  of  either  genus ;  it  resembles  Tomyris 
rather  than  Edusia  in  having  no  part  of  its  front  margin  con- 
vex in  a  forward  direction,  but  the  whole  of  that  margin  is  bent 
U]ywards  (forming  an  increased  receptacle  for  the  head).  The 
anterior  coxae  are  separated  about  as  widely  as  in  Tomyris  ohscura, 
the  hind  portion  of  the  prosternum  from  the  point  where  it  begins 
to  dilate  hind  ward   bring  abruptly   on  a  higher   plane    than    the 


BY   THE    REV.  T    BLACKBURN.  475 

antei'ior  portion.  The  general  facies  is  much  like  Chrysomela  but 
the  penultimate  joint  of  the  tarsi  deeply  bilobed  is  that  of  a 
Eumolpid.  The  antennse  are  a  little  more  than  half  as  long  as 
the  whole  body  ;  joint  1  moderately  elongate,  piriform  ;  2  rather 
more  than  half  1  ;  3  more  slender  and  slightly  longer  than  2  ;  4-6 
equal  to  each  other  and  scarcely  longer  than  3  ;  7-11  all  lightly 
dilated. 

Port  Lincoln. 

TOMYRISC?)    MINOR,  Sp.nOV. 

Late  ovata  ;  glabra  ;  sat  nitida  ;  subtus  piceo-viridis,  latera 
versus  la^tius  viridis  ;  supra  cuprea,  capite  viridi,  prothorace  an- 
tice  aureo-viridi ;  labro,  palpis,  antennis,  pedibusque  testaceis ; 
capite  (clypeo  excepto)  crebrius  sat  fortiter,  prothorace  subtilius 
minus  crebre,  elytris  ut  T.  paradoxce  sed  fortius,  punctulatis ; 
scutello  sublgevi.  [l^ong.  1|,  lat.  1  line  (vix). 

This  small  species  scarcely  differs  from  the  preceding  in  its 
structural  characters  ;  the  external  emargination  of  the  interme- 
diate and  hind  tarsi  is  a  little  stronger,  the  front  margin  of  the 
prosternum  is  not  so  distinctly  turned  up  and  the  apical  5  joints 
of  the  antennse  are  decidedly  more  dilated, — though  in  all  of  them 
the  length  decidedly  exceeds  the  greatest  width.  The  colour,  the 
small  size  and  the  stronger  puncturation  readily  distinguish  it. 

Port  Lincoln ;  also  on  Yorke's  Peninsula. 

Besides  the  preceding  species  T  have  in  my  collection  an  unique 
example  of  a  Tomj^ris  from  Yorke's  Peninsula,  and  another  from 
Port  Lincoln,  but  as  they  are  both  females  it  will  probably  be 
better  to  pass  them  by  for  the  present. 

The  following  tabulation  will  show  clearly  I  hope  the  distinctive 
characters  of  the  species  described  above. 

A.  Prosternum  normal 


B.  Antennae  with  each  of  the  apical  joints  more 
than  twice  as  long  as  its  greatest  width. . . . 


476    AUSTRALIAN  COLEOPTERA,  WITH  DESCRIPTIONS  OF  NEW  SPECIES, 

C.  Legs  testaceous 

D.   Prothorax  with  a  wide  shallow  impres- 
sion across  the  middle 

E.   Antennae  long  and  slender ;  joints  6-9 
sub-cylindric  and  not  dilated 

F.  Puncturation  of  prothorax    almost 
uniform  with  that  of  elytra 

G.   Elytra  coppery  with  lateral  mar- 
gins green longicornis. 

G  G.  Elytra  entirely  green  mipressicollis . 

FF.  Puncturation  of  prothorax  (espec- 
ially in  front)  much  coarser  than 
of  elytra gracilis. 

EE.  Antennse  with  joints  6-10  evidently 
compressed  and  elongate-trian- 
gular   cenea. 

DD.  Prothorax  not   impressed   across    the 
middle 

E.  Eyes  at  least  normally  prominent 

F.  Mesosternum   wide  between  inter- 
mediate coxae rasa. 

FF.  Mesosternum  narrow  loita. 

EE.  Eyes  exceptionally  slightly  promi- 
nent   negligens. 

CC.  Legs  black  or  nearly  so obscura. 

BB.  Antennae  with  some  of  the  joints  not,  or 
scarcely,  twice  as  long  as  their  greatest 
width 

C.  Clothed  with  erect  (and  not  particularly 

short)  hair antennata. 


BY    THE    REV.  T.  BLACKBURN.  477 

CC.  Clothed  with  close  short  pubescence difficilis. 

AA.   Prosternum  abnormal 

B.  Head  coppery paradoxa 

BB.  Head  bright  green minor. 

Edusoides,  gen.nov. 

Corpus  oblongum,  plus  minus  sat  longe  pubescens.  Caput 
subverticale  usque  ad  oculos  thoraci  insertum,  oculis  subintegris. 
Antennae  corporis  dimidio  subbreviores,  articulis  5  ultimis  monili- 
formibus.  Prothorax  fortiter  transversus,  lateribus  integris. 
Scutellum  sat  transversum,  quinquangulum.  Elytra  haud  costata. 
Prosternum  sat  latum  postice  dilatatum  truncatum,  episternis 
autice  vix  perspicue  convexis.  Femora  inermia,  medio  sat  fortiter 
dilatata.  Tibiae  validse,  breves,  simplices,  apice  externe  fortiter 
dentatae.  Tarsi  robusti  (maris '  posticorum  4  articulo  primo  valde 
dilatato).     Unguiculi  appendiculati,  divaricati. 

The  following  species  cannot  be  referred  to  any  hitherto  charac- 
terised genus  known  to  me  ;  I  am  therefore  compelled  to  find  a 
new  name  for  it.  Although  its  facies  is  decidedly  suggestive  of 
Edusia,  its  place  in  Dr.  Chapuis'  classification  would  be  difficult 
to  assign,  as  the  front  margin  of  the  prosternal  episterna  is  so 
slightly  convex  and  its  inner  angle  so  very  slightly  marked  that  I 
question  whether  the  insect  could  be  placed  in  the  Edusites;  the 
hinder  tibise  are  not  emarginate  externally,  the  claws  are  appen- 
diculate  and  the  sides  of  the  prothorax  are  entire. 

Edusoides  pulcher,  sp.nov. 

(J. — Oblongus;  minus  nitidus  ;  supra  alutacius ;  viridis,  aureo- 
micans  ;  labro,  palpis,  antennis  (his  apicem  versus  infuscatis), 
pedibusque,  testaceis ;  capite  confuse  minus  subtiliter,  prothorace 
sparsius  subtilius,  elytris  obscure  crassius,  punctulatis  ;  subtus  sat 
nitidus,  aureo-viridis^  longe  minus  crebre  pubescens,  metasterno 


478     AUSTRALIAN  COLEOPTERA,  WITH  DESCRIPTIONS  OF  NEW  SPECIES, 

fortiter  transversim  rngato  ;  abdomine  transversim  acervatim 
punctulato,  segmento  ultimo  late  fortiter  emarginato ;  tarsorum 
anticorum  4  articulo  basali  fortiter  dilatato. 

[Long.  11  (vix),  lat.  ?  line. 

The  joints  of  the  antennae  are  all  more  or  less  bead-like, — the 
basal  joint  the  largest,  the  second  about  a  half  smaller,  the  next 
four  all  smaller  still  but  not  differing  much  inter  se,  the  apical 
five  joints  almost  equal  inter  se  and  each  a  little  smaller  than  the 
basal  joint, — the  11th,  however,  a  little  longer  (though  not  stouter) 
than  the  preceding.  The  legs  are  very  stout,  all  the  femora  being 
strongly  dilated  in  the  middle,  the  tibiae  widening  considerably 
to  near  the  apex  and  then  abruptly  dilating  at  the  extreme  apex 
externally  in  a  very  strong  and  very  sharp  tooth.  The  basal  joint 
of  the  four  anterior  tarsi  is  very  large  being  about  as  wide  as  long 
and  about  as  wide  as  the  dilated  apex  of  the  tibia.  The  claws  are 
appendiculate,  the  basal  piece  of  the  claw  being  produced  in  a 
sharp  tooth  internally.  The  elytra  have  some  obscure  transverse 
wrinkles  behind  the  shoulder,  and  are  feebly  striate  near  the  apex 
with  feebly  convex  interstices. 

Sent  to  me  from  Western  Australia  by  E.  Meyrick,  Esq. 

N.B. — The  specimens  of  the  preceding  sent  by  Mr.  Meyrick  were 
accompanied  by  some  females  evidently  congeneric,  but  I  do  not 
think  certainly  conspecific.  They  are  larger  and  broader  [long. 
1-|,  lat.  1  line  (vix)],  of  a  dark  seneous  colour,  with  the  antennae 
more  slender,  the  joints  of  the  same  (especially  joints  3-7)  less 
bead-like,  the  pubescence  much  longer  and  more  conspicuous  on 
the  underside  and  invading  the  sides  of  the  upper  surface,  the 
external  tooth  on  the  tibiae  even  longer,  and  of  course  the  basal 
joint  of  the  posterior  four  tarsi  not  dilated,  nor  the  apex  of  the 
5th  ventral  segment  strongly  emarginate.  The  convexity  of  the 
front  of  the  prosternal  episterna  appears  to  be  a  trifle  more 
pronounced  in  these  females  than  in  the  male  described  above. 


BY    THE    REV.  T.   BLACKBURN.  479 


Chalcomela  illudens,  Baly. 

The  habitat  of  this  species  is  given  by  its  author  as  "?  Adelaide." 
I  have  seen  no  insect  agreeing  with  the  description  in  the  numerous 
South  Australian  collections  that  have  come  under  my  notice, — 
but  examples  have  been  sent  to  me,  taken  near  Brisbane  by  Mr. 
Bailey,  which  answer  to  the  description  very  fairly.  The  descrip- 
tion of  the  purple  markings  on  the  elytra  corresponds  a  little 
doubtfully  with  the  markings  of  the  examples  in  question,  but 
those  markings  are  so  ill-defined  and  in  some  lights  agree  so  fairly 
well  that  I  think  my  identification  is  correct. 

Strumatophyma  undulatipennis,  Clk. 

I  have  met  with  an  insect  near  P.  Lincoln  which  agrees  very 
well  with  Mr.  Clark's  description,  and  differs  from  S.  verrucosa  as 
undidatipennis  is  said  to  do, — except  in  the  absence  of  the  reddish 
colour  attributed  to  the  sterna  and  antennae  of  the  latter  species. 
This  discrepancy  may  arise  from  Mr.  Clark's  having  described  a 
somewhat  immature  specimen.  *S'.  undulatipennis  was  described 
on  a  unique  example  from  W.  Australia. 

ChALCOLAMPRA   ADELAIDE,  Sp.nOV. 

Brevis ;  ovalis ;  nitida ;  nigro-senea ;  ore,  antennis,  palpis, 
pedibusque  testaceis  ;  prothorace  duplo-punctato  ;  elytris  striato- 
punctulatis,  interstitiis  subtiliter  punctulatis. 

[Long.  2,  lat.  li  lines  (vix). 

Not  unlike  the  European  Prasocuris  aucta,  Fab.,  in  shape,  but  a 
little  more  attenuated  and  prolonged  behind.  The  entire  upper  sur- 
face is  finely,  evenly  and  closely  punctulate, — the  coarser  sculpture 
being  superadded  to  this  system  of  fine  even  puncturation.  The 
head  is  in  some  examples  more  or  less  red;  the  clypeus  is  separated 
from  the  front  by  a  strong  arched  impression.  The  prothorax  at 
the  base  is  nearly  twice  as  wide  as  it  is  long,  the  base  being   a 


480     AUSTRALIAN  COLEOPTERA,  WITH  DESCRIPTIONS  OF  NEW  SPECIES^ 

little  less  than  half  again  as  wide  as  the  front  which  is  gently 
concave,  with  obtuse  angles ;  the  sides  are  nearly  straight  from 
the  base  to  beyond  the  middle,  and  then  arcuately  convergent  ; 
the  base  is  gently  bisinuate,  widely  roundly  and  rather  strongly 
lobed  in  the  middle,  and  very  exactly  applied  to  the  elytra ;  the 
hind  angles  are  well-defined ;  the  coarser  puncturation  is  in  the 
middle  sparing,  and  not  much  coar&er  than  that  of  the  general 
surface,  but  is  larger  and  closer  towards  the  margins.  The  elytra 
are  very  distinctly  punctulate-striate  quite  to  the  apex,  the  inter- 
stices being  almost  perfectly  flat.  The  claws  are  not  far  from 
being  simple,  the  basal  tooth  being  ill-defined,  feeble,  wide  and 
very  obtuse.  The  3rd  joint  of  the  antennae  is  considerably  longer 
than  the  4th. 

This  insect  must  be  near  the  Tasmanian  C.  pacifica,  Er.,  and 
luteicornis,  Er.,  from  both  of  which  (apart  from  colour  differences) 
it  differs  in  having  the  sculpture  of  the  elytra  not  obsolete  near 
the  apex  ;  from  C.  acervata,  Germ.,  it  differs  in  colour,  shape  and 
sculpture  as  well  as  size. 

Not  rare  near  Adelaide  ;  generally  found  (like  most  of  its  con- 
geners) under  bark. 

Chalcolampra  hursti,  sp.nov. 

Robusta ;  nigro-senea ;  sat  nitida ;  capite  (nonnullis  exemplis), 
ore,  palpis,  antennis,  pedibusque  piceo-rufis  (his,  plurimis  exemplis, 
obscurioribus)  ;  prothorace  duplo-punctulato ;  elytris  sat  fortiter 
punctulato-striatis ;  interstitiis  late  leviter  insequaliter  convexis, 
laevigatis.  [Long.  3-3i,  lat.  If  lines. 

The  antennse  are  decidedly  less  than  half  as  long  as  the  whole 
insect,  and  slender,  their  3rd  joint  much  longer  than  the  4th  which 
is  equal  to  the  5th.  The  prothorax  is  considerably  more  than  half 
again  as  wide  as  long,  its  base  about  half  again  as  wide  as  its 
front  which  is  rather  strongly  concave  ;  the  sides  are  contracted 
in  a  gentle  curve  from  base  to  apex ;  the  surface  is  covered  with 
very  fine  lightly  impressed  and  by  no  means  close  puncturation, 


BY    THE    REV.  T.   BLACKBURN.  481 

and  also  bears  a  system  of  coarser  (but  not  very  coarse)  punctura- 
tion  which  is  rather  evenly  distributed  (except  on  the  hinder  part 
of  the  disc  where  it  fails),  and  is  not  much  coarser  on  the  sides 
than  elsewhere.  The  elytral  sculpture  is  scarcely  enfeebled  towards 
the  apex.  The  interstices  are  for  the  most  part  very  evidently 
convex  but  in  an  irregular  fashion  some  parts  of  the  same  inter- 
stice being  more  convex  then  others^  and  the  convexity  being  here 
and  there  extended  laterally  so  as  almost  to  interrupt  the  stria- 
tion ;  all  these  irregularities  however  are  feeble  and  not  at  all 
sharply  defined,  but  they  give  the  elytra  a  somewhat  blotchy 
appearance.  Compared  with  C.  repens^  Germ.,  this  species  (apart 
from  colour  differences)  has  the  antennae  much  more  slender,  the 
joints  of  the  same  differently  proportioned  inter  se,  the  prothorax 
less  transverse  and  differently  punctured,  the  elytral  interstices  less 
evenly  convex,  &c.,  &c.,;  compared  with  C.  acervata,  Germ.,  (which 
is  supposed  to  be  identical  with  mnea,  Boisd.)  it  presents  similar 
antennal  differences,  its  prothorax  differs  by  the  concavity  of  its 
front  margin,  the  much  greater  closeness  and  evenness  of  its 
coarser  system  of  puncturation,  &c.,  &c.,  and  the  elytra  by  the  con- 
vexity of  their  interstices.  Two  species  have  been  previously 
recorded  from  Queensland, —  C.  marynorata,  Baly,  which  has 
yellowish  elytra  sprinkled  with  piceous  patches, — and  C.  rufipes, 
Jac,  which  has  the  prothorax  very  sparingly  punctulate,  besides 
colour  differences. 

Taken  near  Brisbane  by  Mr.  Hurst ;  several  specimens. 

N.B. — Specimens  taken  in  the  Adelaide  district,  also  on  Yorke's 
Peninsula  and  near  P.  Lincoln,  appear  conspecific  with  this, 
although  the  brassy  tinge  of  colour  on  their  upper  surface  is  more 
decided  and  they  seem  te  be  a  little  more  convex  longitudinally, — 
the  elytra  viewed  from  the  side  presenting  an  upper  outline  which 
forms  a  more  decided  curve;  in  some  of  these  examples,  more- 
over, the  elytra  are  more  or  less  opaque  and  finely  coriaceous, — 

the  latter  character  being  possibly  sexual. 
31 


482    AUSTRALIAN  COLEOPTERA,  WITH  DESCRIPTIONS  OF  NEW  SPECIES. 

Chalcolampra  distinguenda,  sp.nov. 

Minus  convexa ;  nitida ;  senea ;  antennis  pedibusque  nigro- 
piceis,  abdomine  apice  rufescenti  ;  prothorace  acervatim  crassissime 
punctulato ;  elytris  seriatim  punctulatis ;  punctis  in  seriebus  sat 
subtilibus,  sparsim  positis,  apicem  versus  obsoletis  ;  antennis 
robustis,  articulis  3°  4°-que  inter  se  sequalibus. 

[Long.  3f ,  lat.  1^  lines  (vix). 

The  only  other  previously  described  species  resembling  this  in 
having  dark  coloured  legs  and  antennae  (the  latter  being  stout) 
and  elytra  devoid  of  markings  are  acervata,  Germ.,  repens,  Germ., 
and  (perhaps)  pacifica,  Er.  Of  these  the  last-named  is  a  very 
much  smaller  insect ;  acervata  is  decidedly  smaller  and  repens 
considerably  larger.  C.  distinguenda  differs  moreover  from  all 
three  inter  alia  in  having  elytra  quite  devoid  of  striae,  the  punc- 
tures being  simply  inserted  in  rows  on  an  even  surface.  The 
interstices  between  the  rows  are  quite  laevigate. 

Victoria  j  unique  in  the  S.  Australian  Museum. 


NOTE  ON  THE  ORIGIN  OF  "KEROSENE  SHALE." 
By  T.  W.  Edgeworth  David,  B.A.,  F.G.S. 

(Plate  XVIII.) 

Introduction. — The  so-called  kerosene  shale  of  New  South 
Wales  has  been  more  appropriately  termed  Torbanite  by  the 
late  Rev.  W.  B.  Clarke.* 

Professor  Liversidge  has  also  adopted  the  same  name  for  it, 
remarking  that  the  oil  which  it  contains  is  probably  not  kerosene, 
and  that  the  fracture  in  most  cases  is  conchoidal  and  not  shaly,  the 
only  exception  to  the  latter  rule  being  the  small  patch  of  oil  shale 
formerly  worked  at  America  Creek,  near  Wollongong.f 

The  first  mention  of  the  discovery  of  kerosene  shale,  according 
to  LiversiJge  (loc.  cit.J,  is  that  made  by  P.  Cunningham,  Sur- 
geon, R.N.,  in  a  book  entitled,  "  Two  Years  in  New  South  Wales," 
published  in  London  in  1827,  where  he  describes  its  occurrence 
near  Bathurst.  Since  that  date  kerosene  shale  has  been  proved  to 
exist  in  many  localities  in  this  colony,  of  which  the  most  im- 
portant are  the  following : — Colley  Creek,  near  Murrurundi  and 
Greta  in  the  Northern  Coal-field,  and  in  the  same  field  in  the 
Greta  Coal  Measures,  at  Homeville,  near  Stony  Creek,  West 
Maitland,  it  is  represented  by  a  seam  of  cannel  coal ;  Hartley, 
Blackheath,  Katoomba,  Mt.  Victoria,  Mt.  York,  Burragorang, 
Wallerawang,  Capertee,  Bathgate  in  the  Western  Coal-field ; 
Joadja  Creek  in  the  South-western  Coal-field,  and  Mount  Kembla, 
Ameiica  Creek  near  Wollongong,  and  the  head  of  the  Clyde 
River  in  the  Southern  Coal-field. 

*  Remarks  on  the  Sedimentary  Formations  of  New  South  Wales,  Sydney, 
1878,  p.  66. 

tMinerals  of  New  South  Wales,  &c.,  by  A.  Liversidge,  M.A.,  F.R.S., 
London.     Trubner  &  Co.,  1888,  pp.  145-153. 


484  NOTE    ON    THE    ORIGIN    OF    "KEROSENE    SHALE," 

The  kerosene  shale  at  each  of  these  localities  is  believed  by 
Mr.  C.  S.  Wilkinson,  F.G.S.,  the  Director  of  the  Geological 
Survey,  to  occur  in  the  Lower  Productive  Coal  Measures,  other- 
wise known  as  the  Greta  Series,  of  Permo-Carboniferous  age,  and 
this  fact  first  recognised  by  Mr.  Wilkinson  may  prove  a  valuable 
help  in  the  correlation  of  the  different  Coal-fields  of  New  South 
Wales. 

Occurrence. — Kerosene  shale  is  developed  in  isolated  patches  for 
the  most  part  near  the  edge  of  the  basin  of  the  Lower  Productive 
Coal  Measures  of  New  South  Wales.  In  certain  coal  seams  it  is 
associated  with  the  coal,  and  occasionally  passes  rather  suddenly 
into  ordinary  bituminous  coal,  Mr.  C.  S.  Wilkinson  having  observed 
one  instance  where  the  transition  occurred  in  the  space  of  three 
feet. 

The  change  from  kerosene  shale  into  bituuiinous  coal  can  be 
traced  vertically  in  the  seam  as  well  as  horizontally.  Mr.  W.  A. 
Dixon,  F.I.C.,  F.C.S.,  in  a  paper  read  before  Section  B.  of  the 
Australasian  Association*,  calls  attention  to  the  fact  that  at  Joadja 
there  are  three  distinct  layers  in  the  kerosene  shale  seam,  a  lower 
layer  of  splint  coal,  a  middle  layer  of  kerosene  shale,  and  an  upper 
layer  of  good  bituminous  coal,  and  remarks  (loc,  cit.),  "  It  is  evident 
that  the  differences  in  the  three  layers  in  this  seam  cannot  be 
ascribed' to  any  other  causes  than  an  originally  radical  difference 
in  the  vegetation  forming  them." 

In  other  cases,  however,  these  lenticular  patches  become  stony 
near  the  margins,  and  pass  into  a  very  fine-grained  black  carbon- 
aceous clay  shale,  having  a  splintery  conchoidal  fracture.  These 
patches  vary  in  extent  from  a  few  square  feet  to  perhaps  over  a 
square  mile,  and  in  thickness  from  a  few  inches  to  five  feet.  The 
kerosene  shale,  though  at  first  sight  it  appears  to  be  massive,  is  in 
reality  minutely  laminated,  as  may  be  observed  if  the  weathered 
outcrops  of  the  deposit  be  examined.  The  laminae  occasionally 
show  imprints  of  Glossopteris  and    Vertebraria.     The  former  are 

*  Proceedings  of  Australasian  Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Science. 
First  Session,  1888,  p.  127. 


BY    T.  W.  EDGEWORTH    DAVID.  485 

found  to  conform  to  the  planes  of  lamination,  whereas  the  latter, 
as  I  am  informed  by  Mr.  C.  S.  Wilkinson,  are  almost  invariably 
found  at  Joadja  to  lie  with  their  longest  axes  at  right  angles  to 
the  planes  of  bedding,  so  that  they  must  have  been  growing  in  an 
erect  position  at  the  time  that  the  kerosene  shale  was  being  formed. 
Professor  Liversidge  also  mentions  this  fact  {loc.  cit.  p.  146).  Mr. 
AVilkinson  also  informed  me  that  the  substance  of  the  Vertebraria 
in  these  shales  is  usually  found  to  be  converted  into  jet. 

Where  of  an  inferior  clayey  character  the  shale  contains  great 
numbers  of  spherical  bodies  sprinkled  through  it,  about  the  size 
of  a  small  pin's  head,  and  about  l-50th  to  l-40th  of  an  inch  in 
diameter.  In  places  these  pin-head  bodies  are  represented  by 
hollows  of  about  the  same  size,  or  a  trifle  smaller,  partly  filled 
with  a  brown  resinous-looking  powder.  This  has  been  observed 
by  the  author  at  Iron  Creek,  near  Mittagong,  and  also  in  the 
core  from  the  recently  completed  bore  at  Woodford,  in  the  Blue 
Mountains. 

At  the  Homeville  colliery,  at  Stony  Creek,  near  West  Mait- 
land,  a  band  of  fire-clay  occurs  in  association  with  the  main  seam 
of  cannel  coal,  which  here  represents  the  kerosene  shale ;  and  this 
fire-clay  contains  spherical  bodies  about  l-40th  of  an  inch  in 
diameter  in  such  abundance  as  to  constitute  about  :jth  of  the 
whole  rock.  They  consist  of  earthy  ochreous  limonite,  and 
become  magnetic  on  being  heated  to  bright  redness  in  the  blow- 
pipe flame.  Microscopic  sections,  however,  prepared  at  the 
Department  of  Mines,  and  exhibited  by  kind  permission  of  the 
Minister  for  Mines,  show  that  these  bodies,  which  at  first  sight 
might  be  supposed  to  be  minute  concretions,  are  probably  minute 
fossils.  Their  spherical  shape  suggests  that  they  may  belong  to 
sporangia,  or  seeds,  or  possibly  large  spores.  They  appear  to 
consist  of  three  parts — an  amorphous  nucleus,  surrounded  by  a 
thick  zone  having  more  or  less  of  a  fibrous  radial  structure, 
which  last  is  encased  in  a  narrow  opaque  ring  which  forms  the 
outer  envelope  of  these  bodies.  Were  they  concretions  there 
would  probably  be  less  uniformity  in  their  size,  and  they  would 


486  NOTE    ON    THE    ORIGIN    OF    "  KEROSENE    SHALE,' 

be  not  so  much  indented,  as  they  are,  into  the  fossil  leaves  with 
which  they  are  associated, 

Mr.  W.  A.  Dixon  {loc  cit.  p.  133)  requotes  a  statement  of  his 
from  Professor  Liversidge's  "  Minerals  of  New  South  Wales " 
with  regard  to  a  coal  from  Mittagong,  which  the  author  knows 
to  be  intimately  associated  with  the  kerosene  shale,  to  the  effect 
that  "the  bright  lines  of  fracture  were  marked  by  numerous  lens- 
shaped  cavities  00 "5  to  0*10  inch  in  greater  diameter,  generally 
filled  with  a  brownish  pulverulent  carbonaceous  matter.  These 
were  apparently  the  impressions  and  remains  of  seeds,  and  they 
showed  traces  of  a  dense  cortical  layer."  Mr.  C.  S.  Wilkinson 
informs  the  author  that  he  has  observed  numbers  of  similar 
sporangia  or  seeds  associated  with,  he  thinks,  the  Lower  Lithgow 
seam  at  Bowenfels.  Microscopic  sections  of  the  kerosene  shale 
itself  show  that  it  consists  largely  of  numerous  flat,  elongated,  and 
round  or  oval  particles,  some  of  which  at  any  rate  may  be  referred 
to  spores,  spore-cases,  or  seeds. 

Fossil  wood  is  conspicuously  absent  from  the  Lower  Coal- 
Measures  in  which  the  kerosene  shale  occurs.  A  few  fragments, 
however,  are  occasionally  met  with  near  Maitland  in  the  Ravens. 
field  Sandstone  of  the  Lower  Marine  Series,  which  underlies,  and 
in  some  of  the  beds  of  the  Upper  Marine  Series,  which  overly  the 
Lower  Coal  Measures.  There  is  no  evidence,  however,  of  the 
existence  of  large  roots  or  stools  of  trees  in  the  underclays  of  the 
kerosene  shale  or  cannel  coal,  such  roots  as  do  exist  being  some- 
what minute. 

The  following  is  a  section  by  Mr.  J.  Mackenzie,  F.G.S.,  of  the 
kerosene  shale  seam  at  Joadja,  near  Mittagong,  in  this  colony*  : — 
(RooJ)  Conglomerate.  Ft.  In. 

Bituminous  Coal 0     8 

Boghead  Mineral 1     0 

Indurated  Clay     0     1 

Boghead  Mineral 1     0 

Coal  and  Shale  (hole  in  this)   1     6 

*  Mineral  Products  of  New  South  Wales,  &c.,  and  Description  of  the 
Seams  of  Coal  Worked  in  New  South  Wales,  by  John  Mackenzie,  F.G.S., 
1887  edition,  p.  176. 


BY   T.  W.  EDGEWORTH    DAVID.  487 

With  this  it  may  be  of  interest  to  compare  a  descending  section 
of  the  Torbanehill  seam  in  Scotland  by  Thomas  Stuart  Traill,  M.D., 
F.R.S.E.^ 

1.  "A  thick  roof  of  sandstone. 

2.  Faeks,  a  crumbling  shale  =  4  inches  in  thickness. 

3.  Cement,  a  mixture  of  shale  and  poor  ironstone  =  3  inches. 

4.  Bituinenite,  which  in  this  pit  at  the  face  =>  1  foot  4  inches  in 

thickness  (elsewhere  1  foot  11  inches,  T.W.E.D.). 

5.  Fine  ironstone  from  2  inches  to  \  inch. 

6.  Bituminous  shale  often  containing  tabular  masses  of  good  iron- 

stone —  2  inches. 

7.  An  inferior  coal  =  7  inches.    These  four  last-mentioned  beds  are 

all  raised  with  the  Bitumenite,  and  together  measure  2  feet 

3  inches  in  thickness. 

8.  Coal  much  mixed  with  shale,  here  called ybit/  coal,  about  2  feet 

4  inches. 

9.  Fireclay." 

The  "  Bitumenite  "  above  is  a  synonym  proposed  by  Dr.  Traill 
for  Torbanite. 

On  p.  10  (loG.  cit.)  he  states  that  large  Stigmarice  occur  in  the  Tor- 
banite, one  as  thick  as  a  human  body,  and  also  that  no  real  organic 
structure  was  visible  in  the  Torbanite,  but  numerous  globules  of  a 
pale  yellowish  matter.  In  the  same  publication,  p.  176,  Dr. 
John  Hughes  Bennett,  M.D.,  F.R.S.E.,  describes  minute  trans- 
parent bodies  in  the  Torbanehill  Mineral  having  a  radiate  crystal- 
line appearance,  and  being  from  sJo^-h  to  4000th  of  an  inch  in  diameter. 
He  states  (loc.  cit.  p.  181)  that  these  yellow  masses  in  the  Torbane- 
hill Mineral  are  a  "  bitumenoid  or  resinoid  substance,  imbedded  in 
earthy  matter ;"  and  also  that  "  We  could  nowhere  discover  in 
them  any  trace  of  cell  wall  or  contents.  ,  .  .  Numbers  of 
them  present  no  envelope  or  definite  boundary." 

*  Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  Edinburgh,  xxi.  Part  1,  p.  8. 


488 


NOTE    ON    THE    ORIGIN    OF    "  KEROSENE    SHALE, 


Chemical  Composition — Mr.  W.  A.  Dixon  in  his  above  quoted 
papers,  page  135,  gives  the  following  as  an  analysis  of  the  best 
Joadja  shale  : — 

Carbon 75-32 

Hydrogen 1 2"  05 

Oxygen 5'49 

Nitrogen    0-28 

Sulphur  0-31 

Ash 6-55 

On  the  preceding  page  of  the  same  paper,  Mr.  Dixon  says,  "  It 
has  been  suggested  by  some  one  that  the  shales  are  the  products 
of  resinous  spores  of  some  plant.  From  the  persistent  fatty  pro- 
ducts of  distillation,  I  think  resin  must  be  abandoned,  as  resins 
pass  more  to  aromatics.  It  appears  to  me  more  probable  that 
shale  comes  from  some  oil  or  wax  producing  plant,  more  likely 
the  latter,  in  view  of  the  considerable  yield  of  solid  paraffin."  On 
p.  137  of  the  same  paper,  Mr.  Dixon  states  that  "the  organic 
matter  of  the  shale  is  evidently  a  very  stable  body.  It  is  almost 
absolutely  insoluble  in  naphtha,  carbon  bisulphide  and  similar 
menstruse." 

Professor  Liversidge  states  (loc.  cit.,  p-  145J — "The  Hartley 
and  Murrurundi  shales  are  but  slightly  soluble,  if  at  all,  in  alcohol, 
ether,  carbon  disulphide,  petroleum  or  caustic  potash,  even  when 
boiled ;  but  they  gelatinise  with  boiling  sulphuric  acid,  and  evolve 
a  sulphurous  acid  odour;  with  nitric  acid  they  yield  a  yellow 
solution." 

On  p.  148  (loc.  citj,  the  same  authority  gives  the  following 
analysis  by  himself  of  kerosene  shale  from  Joadja  Creek,  and, 
amongst  analyses  of  other  similar  minerals  for  comparison,  one  by 
How  of  the  Torbanite,  from  Torbane  Hill  : — 


Locality. 

Moisture. 

Volatile 
Hydro- 
carbons. 

Fixed 
Carbon. 

Ash. 

Sulphur 

Specific 
Gravity. 

12.  Joadja  Creek,  N.S.W 

25.  Torbanite,  Torbane  Hill... 

004 

82123 
71-17 

7-160 
7-65 

10-340 
21-18 

0  337 

1-229 
1-170 

by  t.  w.  edge  worth  david.  489 

Previous  Theories  about    its  Origin. 

(1)  Drift  Tinnher  Theory. — With  reference  to  the  origin  of 
kerosene  shale,  the  late  Rev.  W.  B.  Clarke"^  states  that  "it  has 
unquestionably  resulted  from  the  local  deposition  of  some  resinous 
wood,  and  passes  generally  into  ordinary  coal,  many  portions  of 
the  same  bed  in  the  Illawarra  mines  exhibiting  the  unmistakable 
features  of  the  latter  and  the  impress  of  fronds  of  Glossopteris  as 
plainly  as  they  are  shown  on  ordinary  coal  shale."  On  the  follow- 
ing page  Mr.  Clarke  states,  "  presuming  that  the  origin  above 
suggested  is  correct,  viz.,  the  occasional  occurrence  in  the 
ancient  deposits  of  trees  of  a  peculiar  resinous  constitution,  there 
is  no  anomaly  in  finding  in  one  spot  a  mere  patch  amidst  a  coal 
seam  (as  is  the  case  at  Anvil  Creek  on  the  Hunter  River),  or 
thick-bedded  masses  of  greater  area  as  in  the  coal  seams  of  Mount 
York,  or  of  American  Creek  in  the  Illawarra,  depending  on  the 
original  amount  of  drift  timber."  This  theory  is  the  one  at 
present  most  generally  accepted. 

(2)  Distillation  Theory. — The  late  Examiner  of  Coalfields,  Mr. 
Wm.  Keene,  F.G.S.,  was  of  opinion  that  kerosene  shale  owed  its 
origin  to  a  natural  distillation  of  the  hydrocarbons  from  bitu- 
minous seams  through  the  heat  of  igneous  rocks  intruded  into 
the  coal-measures  subsequent  to  the  formation  of  the  coal-seams. 
He  considered,  therefore,  that  igneous  rocks  of  later  date  than 
the  coal-measures  formed  everywhere  a  necessary  accompaniment 
to  kerosene  shale. 

(3)  Oil-spring  Theory. — The  late  Professor  Denton,  when  in 
Sydney  a  few  years  ago,  suggested  that  kerosene  shale  was  due 
to  local  outbreaks  of  oil-springs,  which  may  have  overflowed  at 
the  surface  and  saturated  the  peaty  material  in  the  coal-swamps 
for  a  considerable  radius  around  the  scene  of  the  outbreak.  This 
explanation,  however,  simply  puts  the  difficulty  back  a  stage,  but 

*  Sedimentary  Formations  of  New  South  Wales,  Sydney,  i878,  p.  66. 


490  NOTE    ON    THE    ORIGIN    OF    "  KEROSENE    SHALE," 

does  not  remove  it,  as  the  obvious  question  at  once  suggests  itself, 
What  caused  the  oil-wells?  and  of  this  no  satisfactory  account 
can  be  given. 

It  might  be  argued  that  such  oil-wells  might  have  had  an  origin 
similiar  to  those  of  Trinidad,  which  are  associated  with  the 
famous  Asphaltum  Lake  of  La  Brea.  At  Trinidad,  however,  the 
oil  and  asphaltum  is  considered  by  Messrs.  S.  P.  Wall  and  J.  G. 
Sawkins,  F.G.S.,"^  to  have  originated  from  the  alteration  in  situ 
of  ligneous  deposits,  together  with,  perhaps,  a  slight  admixture  of 
animal  material,  especially  shells.  They  consider  the  Asphaltum 
Lake  of  La  Brea,  which  has  a  superficial  area  of  99J  acres,  and 
is  estimated  to  contain  about  3,168,000  tons  of  bitumen  (the 
average  depth  being  supposed  to  be  20  feet)>  to  have  resulted 
simply  from  a  segregation  and  concentration  of  the  bitumen  in 
local  depressions  in  the  asphaltic  sands  and  shales. 

The  same  authors  state  {loc.  cit.  p.  144)  : — "The  conversion 
from  the  ligneous  into  the  bitumineous  structure  may  be  seen  in 
any  stage,  from  the  first  deposit  (usually  parallel  with  the  fibres) 
to  the  total  obliteration  of  organic  texture,  when  nothing  but  the 
external  form  of  the  wood  reoiains."  They  conclude  that  asphaltum 
has  been  formed  from  vegetable  material  by  direct  conversion  at 
the  ordinary  temperature.  The  same  stratum  may  be  lignitic  at 
one  point,  and  asphaltic  at  another,  the  difference  being  attributed 
to  the  different  chemical  reactions  which  have  taken  place,  the 
tendency  being  for  lignite  to  be  formed,  where  the  deposit  is  of  a 
pure  carbonaceous  nature,  and  asphaltum,  where  a  large  propor- 
tion of  earthy  matter  exists.  The  first  stage  in  the  process  of  con- 
version of  woody  matter  into  asphaltum  consists  in  the  formation 
of  asphaltic  oil ;  this  oil  rises  in  springs  from  comparatively  shallow 
depths.  The  residue  after  the  separation  of  this  oil  is  usually  the 
ordinary  asphalt. 

*  "  Memoirs  of  the  Geological  Survey  of  the  West  Indies."  Part  I. 
"  Report  on  the  Geology  of  Trinidad."  By  S.  P.  Wall  and  J.  G.  Sawkins, 
F.G.S.,  1860,  pp.  143-147. 


BY   T.  W.  EDGEWORTH    DAVID.  491 

Yegetahle  Secretion  Theory. — This  theory  was  advanced  by  Mr. 
W.  A.  Dixon  in  his  paper  already  quoted  (pp.  135  and  136),  and 
the  similarity  in  the  chemical  composition  of  some  waxes  of  living 
plants  to  that  of  kerosene  shale,  as  Mr.  Dixon  points  out,  lends 
some  weight  to  this  argument. 

It  may  be  not  out  of  place  here  to  mention  that  Mr.  Hamlet, 
F.C.S.,  the  Government  Analyst,  stated  at  the  last  meeting  of  the 
Royal  Society  that  the  fact  had  lately  come  under  his  notice  that 
a  considerable  quantity  of  oil  had  lately  been  observed  to  be 
floating  on  the  surface  of  the  reservoir  at  the  waterworks  at  West 
Maitland.  This  oil,  in  Mr.  Hamlet's  opinion,  was  produced  by  a 
small  aquatic  plant,  Spirogyra  or  ProtococGus,  but  he  was  not  pre- 
pared to  say  whether  the  oil  was  secreted  by  the  plant,  or  whether 
it  was  connected  with  fructification.  He  was  inclined  to  the 
former  opinion. 

Coorongite  Theory. — The  author  is  informed  by  Mr.  C.  S. 
Wilkinson  that  he  believes  that  it  has  been  suggested  that 
kerosene  shale  may  have  had  an  origin  similar  to  that  of  the 
Coorongite  found  at  Coorong,  in  South  Australia.  The  author, 
however,  has  been  unable  to  find  any  reference  to  such  suggestion. 

Coorongite  is  described  by  W.  T.  Thiselton  Dyer,  B.Sc, 
F.L.S.,"^  as  "a  peculiar  indiarubber-like  material,  .  .  .  the 
history  and  origin  of  which  seem  likely  to  become  matters  of  as 
great  controversy  as  the  true  nature  of  the  Torbane  Hill  Mineral. 
In  appearance  it  consists  of  sheet-like  masses  somewhat  less  than 
an  inch  in  thickness,  and  with  more  or  less  scattered  sand-grains 
adhering  to  their  surface.  It  occurs  at  a  place  called  Coorong, 
whence  it  is  brought  to  Adelaide.  The  country  in  the  neighbour- 
hood is  described  as  consisting  of  limestone  ridges  and  scrub 
without  grass.  The  Coorongite,  as  it  has  been  named,  is  con- 
fined to  a  depressed  portion  of  the  district,  the  bottom  of  which 
is  sandy  and  grass-covered  ;  it  occurs  on  the  banks  forming  the 


*  "  On   a   Substance    known  as   Australian   Caoutchouc."    Journal    of 
Botany,  1872,  pp.  103,  104. 


492  NOTE    ON   THE    ORIGIN    OF    "  KEROSENE    SHALE," 

margins  of  the  depression,  and  also  on  the  sides  of  island-like 
elevations  which  are  scattered  about  it."  On  page  104  {loc.  cit.) 
he  states,  "  Another  writer  in  the  Register  (May  8th,  1866) 
describes  thin  sections  as  'exhibiting  under  the  microscope, 
especially  if  moistened  with  a  solution  of  caustic  potash  or 
benzole,  a  granular  and  cellular  structure  with  entangled  fibres 
resembling  the  fibres  of  decayed  fungi.'  Mr.  Berkeley  has 
also,  as  he  informs  me,  been  struck  with  this  pseudo-cellular 
structure.  Mr.  Archer,  the  Secretary  of  the  Dublin  Micro- 
scopical Club,  to  whom  I  submitted  a  fragment  for  examina- 
tion, gives,  I  think,  the  true  explanation  of  this  appearance. 
He  writes  to  me  in  a  recent  letter  to  the  following  effect : — 
*  I  think  the  substance  in  question  is  certainly  organic — some 
kind  of  gum  with  accidental  things  imbedded,  such  as  bits 
of  vegetable  tissue,  some  confervoid  or  fungal  threads,  and  the 
like.  Once  I  saw  a  Cymhella  in  the  material,  but  I  never  could 
find  the  same  place  again.  The  matrix  appears  to  possess  a 
certain  amount  of  quasi  cellular  appearance  by  reason  of  streaks 
running  here  and  there  in  a  quasi  reticulated  manner.  Of  course, 
in  the  act  of  making  the  section,  the  knife  leaves  a  number  of 
superficial  streaks  which  one  must  throw  overboard.'  The  struc- 
ture of  the  matrix  noticed  above  may  doubtless  be  attributed 
to  a  physical  fibrillation  due  to  the  mere  shrinking  and  hardening 
of  the  substance.  That  it  must  have  been  in  a  soft,  if  not  fluid 
state,  is  evident  from  the  miscellaneous  collection  of  crypto- 
gamic  reliquice  which  different  microscopists  have  detected  in  it. 
Their  miscellaneous  character  is  a  sufiicient  proof  that  their 
presence  is  adventitious.  As  to  the  origin  of  the  substance, 
opinions  are  the  most  discordant  possible.  The  suggestion  which 
occurred  to  Mr.  Berkeley  that  it  is  the  residue  of  some  crypto- 
gamic  plant,  is,  at  first  sight,  very  plausible.  One  can  imagine 
such  a  residue  being  formed  by  Bromicolla  aleutica,  which  forms 
in  the  Aleutian  Isles  a  layer  two  feet  thick  of  a  Nostoc-like  sub- 
stance, covered  with  a  gramineous  vegetation.  One  can  imagine 
it  also  to  result  from  the  drying  up  of  a  lake  covered  with 
Hoomo7iema    fluitanSj     the    '  vegetable  turtle-fat,'    described   by 


BY    T.  W.  EDGEWORTH    DAVID.  493 

Dr.  Seeman  as  a  jelly-like  mass  several  feet  thick,  with  a  tall 
species  of  sedge  growing  in  it.  The  following  analysis  made  by 
Dr.  Bernays  discountenances,  however,  this  theory  entirely. 

He  found  : 

Moisture  -4682 

Carbon 64-7300 

Hydrogen 11-6300 

Ash 1-7900 

Oxygen  and  unestimated  matters....  20-3768 

Any  residue  left  by  a  Cryptogam  (assuming,  of  course,  that  no 
extensive  change  of  composition  had  taken  place  in  it,  except  the 
loss  of  watei)  would  contain  about  50  per  cent,  oxygen,  or  far  more 
than  the  ivhoh  of  the  unestimated  matter  put  down  above ;  it 
would  also  contain  much  less  hydrogen.  It  may,  therefore,  be 
safely  concluded  that  no  cryptogamic  growth  could  have  produced 
a  substance  which  is  practically  a  hydro-carbon  and  not  a  carbo- 
hydrate." 

Professor  Thiselton  Dyer  concludes  that  coorongite  may  be 
the  oozing  or  secretion  of  some  plant  like  the  grass-tree  f  Xan- 
thorrhcEa)  or  it  may  have  been  formed  from  petroleoid  springs. 
The  diatoms  found  in  the  coorongite  are  all  freshwater  species,  as 
the  author  is  informed  by  Mr.  J.  J.  Fletcher,  M.A.,  B.Sc,  to 
whom  he  is  indebted  for  the  above  reference  to  Professor  Thiselton 
Dyer's  paper,  and  also  for  the  following  reference  to  a  description 
of  the  diatoms  associated  with  coorongite."^ 

Mr.  R.  Etheridge,  jun.,  has  also  kindly  supplied  the  author  with 
the  following  references  to  coorongite.  f 

*  Quarterly  Journal  of  Microscopical  Science.  Vol.  XIII.  New  Series, 
p.  211.  "  The  diatoms  in  the  Australian  Caoutchouc,  &c,"  by  the  Rev.  E. 
O'Meara. 

t  Coorongit,  a  New  Australian  Mineral  Product.  Baird's  Annual  Record 
of  Science  and  Industry  for  1872,  p.  134. 

Coorongit.  Das  Australische  Kautschuk  Coorongit.  Der  Naturforscher, 
1872,  V.  No.  23,  p.  186. 


494  NOTE    ON   THE    ORIGIN    OF    "  KEROSENE    SHALE," 

The  author  has  been  unable  to  ^et  access  to  the  two  last-men- 
tioned works,  but  these  references  may  perhaps  be  of  use  to  others. 

The  many  points  of  resemblance  between  coorongite  and  kero- 
sene shale  may  serve  as  an  excuse  for  the  author  having  intro- 
duced so  lengthy  a  quotation  as  to  its  nature  and  probable  origin. 
So  long,  however,  as  these  remain  a  mystery,  their  exact  bearing, 
if  any,  on  the  origin  of  kerosene  shale,  must  remain  in  abeyance. 

Arguments  against  Drift  Timber  Theory. — (1)  Had  kerosene 
shale  been  formed  from  rafts  of  resinous  trees,  which  became 
macerated  at  the  spots  where  we  now  find  kerosene  shale,  it  is 
unlikely  that  the  maceration  should  in  every  case  have  been  so 
thorough  and  complete  as  not  to  leave  a  vestige  of  woody  struc- 
ture behind.  At  Trinidad,  for  instance,  as  already  related,  the 
wood  in  the  asphaltic  deposits  exhibits  every  gradation  of  change 
from  the  ligneous  into  the  bitumenous  state,  so  that  if  the  w^hole 
deposit  were  buried  under  thick  sediments  for  a  long  geological 
period  until  it  became  completely  fossilized,  and  were  afterwards 
re-exposed  by  denudation,  there  would  be  ample  proof  of  the 
formation  of  bitumen  from  woody  matter  in  the  fragments  of  the 
undecomposed  and  partially  decomposed  woody  material  in  the 
rocks  associated  with  the  bitumen,  and  the  latter  would  also  con- 
tain pseudomorphs  in  bitumen  after  the  original  individual  frag- 
ments of  wood.  In  the  case,  however,  of  the  kerosene  shale 
seams  of  this  colony  fragments  of  fossil  wood  are  rarely  found  in 
the  strata  immediately  associated  with  the  kerosene  shale  seams. 

(2)  It  is  difficult  to  understand  how  Glossopteris  leaves  could 
have  become  so  delicately  interleaved  with  the  laminae  of  the 
kerosene  shale,  or  the  Vertebraria  stems  have  maintained  their 
erect  position  in  the  kerosene  shale,  supposing  it  to  have  originated 
from  a  mass  of  drift  wood.  Such  leaves  would  in  the  case  sup- 
posed have  been  chiefly  restricted  to  the  top  of  the  mass,  and 
would  not  have  been  evenly  distributed  through  it,  as  they  are 
now  found. 

(3)  The  resins  in  such  trees,  during  such  supposed  maceration, 
would   be   liable  to  separate  out  in  places  into    small   irregular 


BY    T.   W.   EDGEWORTH    DAVID.  495 

patches  and  lumps,  like  the  retinite  in  the  altered  brown  coal  of 
Invercargill  and  Kawa  Kawa,  Bay  of  Islands,  New  Zealand,  but 
such  do  not  as  a  rule  occur  in  the  shale. 

(4)  Drift  timber  would  be  sure  to  carry  fragments  of  rock  or 
lumps  of  earth  entangled  in  its  roots,  and  these  would  be  liable 
to  be  imbedded  in  the  shale,  during  the  process  of  maceration,  but 
this  is  not  found  to  be  the  case. 

(5)  The  results  of  the  decomposition  of  resinous  trees  would 
probably  be  to  produce  some  true  resin,  but  from  the  reports  above 
quoted  of  Mr.  Dixon  and  Professor  Liversidge,  kerosene  shale  is 
not  appreciably  soluble  in  alcohol,  ether,  or  bisulphide  of  carbon, 
and  it  certainly  would  have  been  partly  soluble  had  it  contained 
resin  in  large  proportion. 

Arguments  against  Theory  of  Distillation  hy  Intrusive  Igneous 
Rocks. — (1)  In  some  cases,  as  at  Greta,  kerosene  shale  has  been 
found  far  removed  from  intrusive  igneous  rocks. 

(2)  At  Joadja,  if  the  shale  had  resulted  from  distillation,  the 
seam  would  have  had  a  tolerably  uniform  composition,  instead  of 
being  separated  into  three  distinct  layers. 

(3)  Oil  would  be  found  in  the  crevices  and  interstices  of  the 
rock  wherever  it  is  at  all  porous.     But  this  has  not  been  observed. 

Arguments  against  Oil-spriytg  Theory. — These  would  be  the 
same  as  those  already  advanced  against  drift-timher  theory^  with 
the  exception  of  (4)  and  (5),  and  with  the  additional  objection 
that  there  would  be  no  apparent  source  for  the  oil-springs. 

Arguments  against  Vegetable  Secretion  Theory. — No  valid  argu- 
ments have  occurred  to  the  author  against  this  theory,  with  the 
exception  that  it  does  not  fully  account  for  the  very  lenticular 
character  of  the  shale,  nor  from  its  development  being  chiefly 
confined  to  the  edge  of  the  coal  basin.  It  appears,  however,  by 
far  the  best  of  the  theories  already  advanced,  and  may  be  the 
correct  one,  though  the  author  thinks  that  there  is  more  evidence 
in  favour  of  his  own  theory. 


496  NOTE    ON    THE    ORIGIN    OF    "  KEROSENE    SHALE," 

Arguments  for  and  against  Coorongite  Theory. — The  origin  of 
Coorongite  being  not  yet  understood,  it  is  useless  to  speculate  as 
to  a  possible  similar  origin  for  the  kerosene  shale,  though  the 
latter  certainly  possesses  some  striking  points  of  resemblance  to 
the  former,  especially  if  allowance  be  made  for  the  elimination 
of  oxygen,  which  would  take  place  in  Coorongite  were  that 
mineral  subjected  to  such  prolonged  conditions  of  heat  and 
pressure  as  the  kerosene  shale  has  undergone. 

Suggested  Theory  oj  Kerosene  Shale  having  been  formed  from 
Si^orangia,  Si^ores,  Pollen,  or  Seeds.  —The  minute  lamination  of 
kerosene  shale,  and  the  uniform  distribution  throughout  it  of  the 
minute  resinous-like  particles,  taken  in  conjunction  with  the  fact 
that  fossil  leaves  are  regularly  interlaminated  with  the  shale, 
especially  where  it  is  at  all  inferior,  lead  the  author  to  infer  that 
the  finely  divided  state  of  the  kerosene  shale  was  of  primary  and 
not  of  secondary  origin.  If  the  resinous-like  particles  were 
originally  in  a  finely  divided  state,  the  most  natural  assumption 
is  that  they  were  spores,  sporangia,  pollen,  or  seeds.  A  micro- 
scopic examination  of  the  clay  shales  associated  with  the  cannel 
seam  at  Homeville  shows  them  to  contain  abundant  spherical 
bodies,  about  1-30 th  of  an  inch  in  diameter,  which  are  probably 
sporangia.  Somewhat  similar  bodies  are  observable  in  inferior 
portions  of  the  kerosene  shale,  and  possibly  even  in  purer 
varieties.  It  is  possible,  therefore,  that  the  oily  character  of 
these  shales  may  be  chiefly  due  to  the  local  accumulations  of 
showers  of  minute  spores  or  sporangia  or  seeds,  with  a  certain 
admixture  of  peaty  material  from  the  swampy  ground  in  which 
the  coal  was  found. 

What  was  the  nature  of  the  plants  which  supplied  these  small 
spherical  bodies  is  at  present  unknown.  Probably  they  did  not 
belong  to  the  genus  Glossopteris,  for  had  they  been  derived  from 
a  plant  so  universally  distributed  as  this  is  throughout  the  Lower 
Goal  Measures,  kerosene  shale  would  probably  be  less  restricted  in 
its  occurrence  than  we  now  find  it.  Perhaps  these  minute  bodies 
were  derived  from  plants  which  grew  on  the  hills  which  fringed 


BY    T.  W.   EDGEWORTH    DAVID.  497 

the  coal  basin.  This  supposition  would,  if  correct,  explain  the 
fact  that  kerosene  shale  is  chiefly  restricted  to  the  edges  of  the 
coal  basin.  \Vind  blowing  ofi*  the  hills  would  be  apt  to  carry  with  it 
spores  from  cryptoganiic  plants,  and  deposit  thero  over  the  swampy 
flats  of  the  coal  basin,  much  in  the  same  way  that  the  pollen  from 
the  catkins  of  the  fir  is  blown  over  the  pine  forests  and  lakes  of 
Scotland,  Scandinavia,  and  Canada,  as  described  by  Dr.  John 
Davy."^  Such  deposits,  even  at  the  present  day,  frequently  attain 
a  thickness  of  half  an  inch.  Where  the  pollen  shower  falls  on 
earth  it  soon  becomes  mixed  with  the  decayed  vegetation  and 
earthy  imparities,  but  where  it  falls  on  the  surface  of  lakes  it 
floats  for  a  while,  then  becomes  water-logged  and  sinks  to  the 
bottom,  where  it  would  form  a  thin  layer  of  inflammable  material. 
If  little  or  no  muddy  sediment  were  received  into  the  lake,  such 
an  accumulation  might  go  on  from  year  to  year  until  it  had 
acquired  a  considerable  thickness,  and  such  light  material  as  leaves 
of  trees  and  needles  of  the  fir  would  be  liable  to  become  interbedded 
with  this  deposit.  Such  a  deposit,  however,  would  not  be  uniformly 
]mre,  as  every  shower  of  rain  would  be  sure  to  wash  in  a  little 
sediment  round  the  margin  of  the  lake,  and  so  render  the  pollen 
sheet  clayey  along  such  areas  of  sedimentation.  Somewhat 
analogous  to  these  pollen  showers  is  the  spore  dust  from  tree-ferns, 
which  is  described  by  R.  M.  Johnstonf  as  so  filling  the  air  at 
certain  seasons  in  the  fern-tree  gullies  of  Tasmania,  as  to  afi"ect 
travellers  with  fits  of  sneezing  while  passing  through  such  belts  of 
spore-laden  atmosphere. 

Phenomena  somewhat  analogous  to  those  of  the  pollen  and 
spore  showers  would  be  likely  to  have  obtained  on  a  grander 
scale  during  the  Permo-Carboniferous  Period  in  Australia.  Here 
and  there  around  the  margins  of  the  low-lying  swampy  flats  in 
which  the  coal  was  being  found  there  would  be  likely  to  be 
shallow  lakes  devoid  of  vegetation,  so  that  although  the  supposed 

*  Proc.  Eoy.  Soc.  Edinburgh,  Vol.  IV.  p.  157  (1859).  The  author  is  in- 
debted to  Professor  A.  H.  Green's  Geology,  Part  I.  p.  184  (1882)  for  this 
reference. 

t  Geology  of  Tasmania,  by  R.  M.  Johnston,  F.L.S.,  &c.,  1888,  p.  138. 
32 


498  NOTE    ON    THE    ORIGIN    OF    "  KEROSENE    SHALE," 

spore  showers  would  fall  with  tolerable  uniformity  over  the  edges 
of  the  plains  of  the  Greta  coal-basin,  only  such  portions  of  the 
showers  as  fell  on  the  surface  of  the  lakes  would  be  fairly  free 
from  admixture  with  vegetation,  and  so  would  form,  when  they 
sank  water-logged  to  the  bottom,  a  tolerably  pure  inflammable 
deposit,  with,  of  course,  a  certain  amount  of  peaty  material 
intermixed.  Every  one  of  the  minute  laminae  of  the  kerosene 
shale  may  therefore  represent  a  spore  shower,  or  a  season 
of  spore  showers,  so  that  it  may  have  taken  many  hundreds  of 
years  to  have  admitted  of  the  formation  of  a  seam  of  kerosene 
shale  five  feet  thick,  as  at  Hartley.  It  is  possible,  however,  that 
these  lamin?e  may  be  simply  due  to  superincumbent  pressure, 
irrespective  of  individual  spore  showers,  and  they  may  therefore 
have  no  special  chronological  value.  Subsequent  to  these  sap- 
posed  local  accumulations  of  pure  spore  deposits  in  the  shallow- 
lakes  of  the  Greta  coalfield,  there  is  evidence  of  sedimentation 
having  set  in  again,  which,  before  the  close  of  the  Permo- 
Carboniferous  Period,  buried  the  Greta  coalfield  in  places  under 
at  least  6000  feet  of  strata.  The  great  pressure  and  considerable 
heat  consequent  on  the  Greta  coalfield  being  loaded  with  such  a 
thickness  of  sediments  would  tend  to  efiace  the  original  sporaceous 
character  of  the  lacustrine  spore  beds,  especially  in  those  areas 
where  the  deposit  was  so  fine  that  the  individual  spores  were  in 
close  contact  with  one  another ;  but  where  they  were  much  inter- 
mixed with  muddy  sediment,  the  isolation  of  the  individual 
spores  would  prevent  their  being  agglutinated,  so  that  it  is  chiefly 
to  these  impure  varieties  of  kerosene  shale  that  observation  may 
be  most  advantageously  directed  with  a  view  to  seek  further 
information  as  to  the  origin  of  the  purer  varieties. 

Possibly  the  minute  spherical  bodies  observed  by  the  author 
in  association  with  kerosene  shale  may  be  the  spore  cases  of 
Ehizocarps  allied  to  Salvinia  of  the  present  day,  and  so  abundant 
in  the  bituminous  Huron  Shales  of  Ohio. 

The  origin  of  the  kerosene  shale  of  New  South  Wales  from 
seeds  or  spores  is  stated  by  Mr.  Dixon,  in  his  paper  above  quoted, 
to  have  been  advanced  before  by  some  one,  but  up  to  the  present 


BY    T.   W.  EDGEWORTH    DAVID.  490 

the  author  has  not  met  with  any  reference  to  such  a  hypothesis. 
Mr.  Dixon  states,  as  an  objection  to  the  "  Seed-and-spore-Theory," 
that  kerosene  shale  is  not  of  a  resinous  composition.  If,  how- 
ever, the  kerosene  shale  of  New  South  Wales  be  analogous  to  the 
Tasmanite  of  the  Mersey  River  Coal-field  in  Tasmania,  which  is 
of  approximately  the  same  geological  age,  it  may  be  composed  of 
sporangia  or  spores  without  '^eing  of  resinous  composition,  avS 
Mr.  E.  T.  Newton,  F.G.S.,  in  describing  the  Tasmanite,  or  White 
Coal  of  Tasmania  says"^  that  the  apparent  resinous  particles  which 
microscopic  examination  proves  to  be  sporangia,  are  in  reality  not 
resinous,  as  they  are  insoluble  in  alcohol,  ether,  or  bisulphide  of 
carbon.  This  objection  is  therefore  partly  if  not  wholly  answered 
by  the  results  of  Mr.  E.  T.  Newton's  experiments. 

If,  therefore,  kerosene  shale  is  formed  chiefly  of  sporangia,  it 
has  analogues  in  this  Tasmanite,  and  in  the  well-known  "  Better- 
Bed  "  Coal  Seam  near  Bradford,  England,  which  latter,  as 
described  by  Professor  Huxley,!  is  chiefly  made  up  of  spore  cases 
and  spores. 

Further  light  may  be  thrown  upon  the  origin  of  kerosene  shale 
by  careful  microscopic  research,  a  means  of  study,  which  up  to  the 
present  has  never  been  systematically  applied  to  the  oil  shales  and 
coals  of  this  colony. 

The  above  theory  is  advanced  by  the  author  in  a  tentative 
manner,  open  to  subsequent  correction,  and  is  chiefly  based  on  his 
recent  observation  of  the  frequent  association  of  abundant  small 
spherical  bodies  like  sporangia  or  seeds  with  the  kerosene  shales 
and  cannel  coals  of  this  colony. 

The  author  is  indebted  specially  to  Mr.  John  Waterhouse,  M.  A., 
of  West  Maitland,  for  kindly  procuring  him  the  specimens  of 
sporangia  (?)  fireclay  and  cannel  coal  exhibited  this  evening,  to 
Messrs.  C.  S.  Wilkinson,  R.  Etheridge,  Jun.,  and  J.  J.  Fletcher, 
for  many  useful  references  and  suggestions,  and  to  Mr.  P.  T. 
Hammond  of  the  Mines  Department,  for  drawing  the  accom- 
panying plate. 

*Geol.  Magazine,  1875,  Dec.  11,  Vol.  II.,  p.  339. 
t  Critiques  and  Addresses,  pp.  94-97,  1873. 


500  note  on  the  origin  of 

Appendix. 

Since  reading  the  above  paper,  with  the  exception  of  one  or 
two  references  which  have  been  subsequently  added,  the  author 
has  succeeded  in  preparing  a  good  microscopic  section  of  the 
kerosene  shale  from  Joadja  Creek.  Examined  under  the  micro- 
scope by  transmitted  light,  the  small  spherical  resinous-like 
bodies,  of  which  the  shale  is  chiefly  composed,  are  seen  to  possess 
a  decided  organic  structure,  which  appears  to  resemble  that  of 
the  minute  "  pin-head  "  bodies  of  the  carbonaceous  clay  shales  at 
Hill  Top,  near  Mittagong,  and  at  Woodford  in  the  Blue  Moun- 
tains, but  differs  somewhat  from  that  of  the  objects  figured  in 
the  accompanying  plate.  Numerous  aggregations  of  minute 
spindle-shaped  or  club-shaped  bodies  are  seen  to  occur  in  each 
globule,  and  recall  the  appearance  of  zoospores  in  some  forms  of 
Algse.  It  is  just  possible,  therefore,  that  hereafter  it  may  be 
found  that  these  spherical  bodies  are  to  be  referred  to  some 
variety  of  fresh- water  Alga,  which,  like  the  Volvocinece,  consist 
of  single  gelatinous  globules  enclosing  zoospores.  In  this  case 
the  lenticular  deposits  of  kerosene  shale  would  have  their  ana- 
logues in  the  deposits  of  "vegetable  turtle  fat"  already  referred 
to,  and  to  accumulations  of  infusorial  earth,  and  perhaps  to  the 
sheets  of  Coorongite,  if  the  latter  be  of  cryptogamic  origin.  At 
all  events,  in  the  present  state  of  our  knowledge,  it  may  be 
asserted  that  kerosene  shale  was  probably  formed  in  lakeS;  and 
that  it  was  formed  from  minute  plant  bod'es,  probably  either 
sporangia  or  algae.  Mr.  R.  Etheridge,  junr,,  has  kindly  promised 
to  assist  the  author  in  investigating  this  question,  and  the  author 
hopes  that  Mr.  Etheridge  and  he  will  soon  be  able  to  communi- 
cate to  the  Society  a  joint  paper  on  this  subject. 


EXPLANATION   OF    PLATE. 

The  circular  bodies  are  pseudomorphs  in  limonite  after  sporocarps  (?),  and 
occur  in  yellowish-brown  fireclay  associated  with  the  Fireclay  Seam, 
which  overlies  the  Cannel  Coal  Seam  at  the  Homeville  Colliery,  near 
West  Maitland.  These  sporocarps  (?)  average  about  one-fortieth  of  an 
inch  in  diameter. 


STUDIES  IN  AUSTRALIAN  ENTOxMOLOGY. 

No.  L— REVIEW  OF   THE   GENUS    SARTICUS  (CARABIDzE). 

By  Thomas   G.  Sloane. 

Sarticus. 
Sarticus,  Motschulsky,  Bull.  Mosc.  1865,  pt.  iv.,  p.  265. 

This  genus  among  the  Feronides  was  founded  in  1865  by  M. 
Victor  Motschulsky.  The  same  year  and  previously  to  Motschul- 
sky's  paper,  Baron  de  Chaudoir*  and  Count  de  Castelnauf  described 
species  belonging  to  Sarticus  under  the  heading  of  Steropus 
(Stei'oiyi  australici,  Chaud.).  In  1874,  when  reviewing  de  Castle- 
nau's  species,  J  de  Chaudoir  adopted  Motschulsky 's  name  Sarticus 
for  his  Steropi  australici. 

I  find  that  Motschulsky 's  definition  of  Sartictts  cannot  be  taken 
without  modification  ;  the  following  are  its  characters  as  I  would 
define  them. 

Head  rather  small,  the  facial  impressions  faint. 

Protlwrax  rounded  on  the  sides  ;  the  basal  angles  rounded  oflf ; 
the  lateral  margins  reflexed,  more  widely  so  towards  the  base  ; 
the  median  line  impressed,  ending  behind  in  a  punctiform  impres- 
sion ;  a  single  deep  and  wide  impression  on  each  side  near  the 
basal  angles,  touching  the  lateral  margin  at  its  posterior  extremity  ; 
the  marginal  punctures  ac  the  base  small  and  placed  on  the  edge 
of  the  lateral  margins  ;  a  narrow  entire  border  along  the  anterior 
margin. 

Elytra  wider  than  the  prothorax,  usually  convex,  striate,  with 
an  abbreviated  subscutellar  stria  between  the  suture  and  the  first 
stria. 

Abdomen  with  basal  segment  punctate. 

*  Bull.  Mosc.  1865,  iii.  p.  97. 

t  Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  Victoria,  VIII. 

J  Ann.  Mus.  Genov.  1874,  VI, 


502  STUDIES    IN    AUSTllALIAN    ENTOMOLOGY, 

Antennca  light,  filiform  ;  3rd  joint  almost  one-half  longer  than 
4th,  apical  joint  long,  narrow,  pointed. 

Apterous. 

Other  features  in  common  with  other  divisions  of  the  Feronides, 

Its  position  seems  to  be  between  Gyphosoina,  Hope,"^  and 
JVotonomus,  Chaud.  From  Cyphosoma  it  may  be  readily  dis- 
tinguished by  the  presence  of  an  abbreviated  subscutellar  stria, 
and  by  the  segments  of  the  abdomen  not  having  a  transverse  line 
across  them.  It  is  more  difficult  to  point  out  decidedly  distinctive 
characters  between  Sarticus  and  Notonomus ;  the  following  seem 
the  most  noticeable  :  (a)  the  narrow  border  along  the  anterior 
margin  of  the  pro  thorax,  which  is  entire  in  Sarticus,  does  not 
reach  the  middle  of  the  margin  in  Notonomus  ;  (b)  the  posterior 
marginal  punctures  of  the  prothorax  difier  somewhat  in  their 
position — in  Sarticus  these  are  always  placed  on  the  edge  of  the 
margin,  aud  a  little  more  forward  than  in  Notonomus ;  (c)  the 
basal  segment  of  the  abdomen  is  always  punctate  in  Sarticus,  but 
not  so  in  Notonomus. 

The  following  is  a  tabular  view  of  all   the   species   of  Sarticus 
I  have  seen ;  those  unknown  to  me,  viz.,  S.  iriditinctus,  Chaud., 
and  S.  quadrisulcatus,  Chaud.,  I  have  omitted. f 
I.   Dorsal  strise  of  elytra  not  punctate. 

Elytra  convex *S'.  aubei,  Ca stein. 

Elytra  depressed *S'.  Macleayi,  sp.nov. 

II.  Dor.sal  striae  of  elytra  punctate. 
A  Mesosternal  and  metasternal 
episterna  not  punctate. 

*  The  genus  Cyphosoma  was  founded  by  Hope  (Ann.  and  Mag.  Nat. 
Hist.  1842,  IX.  p.  426)  for  an  insect  from  Port  Essingtou,  which  he  named 
Cyphosoma  unicolor.  Chaudoir  has  determined  (Bull.  Mosc.  1878.  LIII. 
pt.  iii.  p.  35)  Cyphosoma,  Hope,  to  be  the  same  as  Cratogaster,  Blanch. 
Hope's  name,  which  seems  to  have  been  lost  sight  of,  must  therefere  be 
adopted. 

f  Fero'iia  lesiteuri,  Casteln.,  Trans.  Roy.  See  Victoria,  p.  210,  is  in- 
cluded in  Sarticus  in  Masters'  Catalogue,  the  authority  being  de  Chaudoir 
(Ami.  Mils.  Genov.  1874,  p.  596).  It  is  unknown  to  me,  but  from  de 
Chaudoir's  description  it  is  evidently  not  a  Sarticus,  nor  do  I  think  he 
intended  that  it  should  be  placed  in  that  genus. 


BY   THOMAS    G.  SLOANE.  503 

a  Elytra  with  humeral   ele- 
vation    S.  saphyreomarginatus,  Casteln. 

aa  Elytra  with   no    humeral 
elevation. 
Elytra  convex,   with  7th 

stria  obliterate S.  discopunctatus,  Chaud. 

Elytra      hardly      convex, 

with   7th  stria  distinct  S.  obesulus,  Chaud. 
B  Mesosternal  andmetasternal 
episterna  punctate. 
b  Form  and  size  normal. 
c  Elytra     with     interstices 
flat  (strisB  shallow  and 
finely  punctate). 
Prothorax  perceptibly  nar- 
rowed behind S.  civilis,  Germ . 

Prothorax  not  perceptibly 

narrowed  behind aS'.  Bockhamptonensis,  Casteln. 

CO  Elytra  with  interstices 
convex  (always  convex 
in  ^,  sometimes  hardly 
so  in  5). 
Elytra  depressed,  striae 
deep  and  strongly  punc- 
tate   aS'.  habitans,  sp.nov. 

Ely  tra  convex,  striae  strong 

and  finely  punctate S.  monarensis,  sp.nov. 

bb  Form  graceful,  size  small. 

Elytra  fiat,  broad,  widely 
margined ;  prothorax 
transverse S.  cycloderus,  Chaud. 

Elytra  narrow,  finely  mar- 
gined; prothorax  almost 
as  long  as  wide aS'.  ischnus,  Chaud. 


504  STUDIES    IN    AUSTRALIAN    ENTOMOLOGY, 

Sarticus  AUBEL 

PterosticJius  aubei,  Casteln.,  Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  Victoria,  VIII., 
p.  215 ;  Sarticus  aiohei,  Chaud.,   Ann.  Mus.   Genov.  VI.  p.   595. 

In  February  1888,  I  found  a  species  of  Sarticus  at  Bathurst 
after  heavy  rains ;  it  seemed  very  common,  great  numbers  being 
crushed  on  the  pavements  of  the  town  by  persons  walking  in  the 
evening.  I  feel  sure  that  this  is  Sarticus  aubei,  Casteln.  De 
Castelnau's  diagnosis  of  this  species  is  quite  useless,  and  as  it  has 
not  been  described  before  in  an  Australian  publication,  I  append 
the  following  description. 

Black,  nitid;  the  striae  not  punctate.  Prothorax  transverse 
(4  mm,  X  5  mra.),  rounded  on  the  sides  and  angles  ;  lateral  margins 
reflexed,  more  widely  so  at  the  posterior  angles  ;  median  line 
lightly  marked,  not  reaching  either  margin,  ending  behind  in  a 
deep  foveolet ;  the  disc  crossed  by  faint  transverse  striolse.  Elytra 
oval  (11  mm.  X  6  mm.),  rather  convex,  deeply  striate;  the  sides 
abrupt,  parallel,  narrowing  slightly  towards  the  base  ;  the  lateral 
margins  reflexed,  sinuate  towards  the  apex,  rounded  and  joining 
the  basal  border  at  the  shoulders  ;  the  striae  smooth  ;  the  dorsal 
interstices  convex,  equal,  reaching  to  both  base  and  apex,  3rd 
with  three  distinct  punctures,  7th  not  elevated  at  the  base,  8th 
and  9th  flat,  8th  wider  than  9th;  7th  stria  shallow,  punctulate, 
8th  shallow,  its  course  interrupted  by  the  large  punctures  of  the 
9th  interstice,  these  wide  apart  in  the  middle  but  close  and  undu- 
lating towards  the  apex  ;  abbreviated  stria  of  moderate  length. 
Segments  of  the  abdomen  with  a  foveiform  impression  on  each 
side,  these  more  transverse  and  punctate  on  the  three  last  seg- 
ments. Prosternum  smooth  without  a  margin.  Metasternal 
episterna  impunctate.      Tarsi  of  hinder  legs  distinctly  sulcated. 

It  probably  has  rather  a  wide  range  in  eastern  New  South  Wales. 

Sarticus  Macleayi,  sp.no v. 

Niger,  nitidissimus;  capite  Isevi;  prothorace  planiusculo,  canali- 
culato,  antice  truncato,  postice  leviter  emarginato,  ad  angulos 
posticos  utrinque  impresso,  lateribus  rotundatis  marginatis  ;  elytris 


BY    THOMAS    G.   SLOANE.  505 

ovalibus,  subplanatis,  profunde  striatis  (sti'iis  in  fundo  suh  lente 
cremdatis)  ;  abdominis  segmentis  tiibus  ultimis  utrinque  foveolatis 
punctulatisque  ;  episternis  posticis  haud  punctulatis. 

Long.  15,  lat.  5  mm. 

Very  shining  black.  Head  rather  small,  smooth  ;  eyes  promi- 
nent ;  post-clypeal  suture  distinct ;  clypeus  with  a  well-marked 
punctiform  impression  on  each  side  ;  the  impressions  on  each  side 
behind  the  clypeus  short  and  shallow.  Prothorax  almost  as  long 
as  wide  (3J  mm.  x  4  mm.),  truncate  in  front,  wider  at  the  anterior 
angles  than  at  the  posterior,  lightly  rounded  on  the  sides  ;  the 
lateral  margins  narrowly  reflexed  in  front,  widely  so  at  the  pos- 
terior angles  ;  median  line  lightly  marked,  not  reaching  either 
margin,  ending  in  front  in  a  faint  transverse  iuipression,  and 
behind  in  a  deep  foveolet  \  disc  closely  covered  with  minute 
transverse  striolse.  Elytra  oval  (8  mm.  x  5  mm.),  flat,  deeply 
striate ;  sides  abrupt,  parallel,  narrowing  slightly  towards  the 
base ;  lateral  margins  rather  wide,  reflexed,  rounded  off  and 
joining  the  basil  border  at  the  shoulders,  sinuate  towards  the 
apex;  the  dorsal  interstices  equal,  rather  convex,  extending  in 
full  depth  to  both  base  and  apex,  3rd  with  three  distinct  punc- 
tures, 7th  not  elevated  at  the  shoulders,  8th  and  9th  flat,  and  of 
about  equal  width  ;  7th  stria  shallow  and  finely  punctulate  ;  8th 
shallow,  interrupted  by  large  punctures,  these  more  widely  placed 
in  front,  behind  more  closely  set  and  elongate  ;  abbreviated  stria 
short,  oblique.  Three  last  segments  of  the  abdomen  with  a  broad 
shallow  transverse  impression  on  each  side,  these  impressions 
punctate.  Prosternum  without  a  margin.  Metasternal  episterna 
impunctate. 

This  species  is  allied  to  *S'.  auhei,  but  is  altogether  a  flatter  and 
smaller  insect. 

A  single  male  specimen  taken  June,  1888. 

Hah. — Coonabarabran,  N.S.  W. 

Sarticus  saphyreomarginatus. 
Feronia  (Steropus)  saphyreo^narginata,  Casteln.,  Trans.  Eoy.  Soc. 
Victoria,   1865,  VIII.  p.  222  ;    Feronia  (Steropus)  cyaneocincta^ 


506  STUDIES    IN   AUSTRALIAN    ENTOMOLOGY, 

Chaud.,  Bull.  Mosc.  1865,  iii.,  p.  97  ;  Feronia  ( Pterostichus ) 
azureo7narginata,  Casteln.,  I.e.  1865,  VIII.  p.  215. 

This  species  is  easily  distinguished  from  all  others  by  the 
elevation  of  the  7th  interstice  of  the  elytra  at  the  shoulders,  and 
by  the  6th  stria  bending  in  and  joining  the  5th  near  the  base  and 
just  behind  the  humeral  carina.  These  characters  are  peculiar  to 
this  species,  and  are  in  themselves  sufficient  to  determine  it.  The 
striae  of  the  elytra  are  deep  and  strongly  punctate  ;  the  prothorax 
and  elytra  have  a  bluish  margin,  the  shades  of  blue  being 
variable.  The  female  is  broader,  and  has  the  elytra  duller  than 
the  male. 

Length  16-20  ;  breadth  6-8  mm. 

A  common  and  widely-spread  species.  I  have  it  from  Mel- 
bourne, Victoria ;  and  from  Mulwala,  Condobolin,  and  the 
Warialda  district  in  N.  S.  Wales.     It  also  occurs  in  Queensland. 

I  am  led  to  consider  Flerostichus  azureomarginatus,  Casteln. , 
as  a  synonym  partly  by  de  Chaudoir's  remark^  that  "it  is  a 
Sarticus,  and  appears  to  me,  apart  from  a  little  greater  size,  not 
to  differ  from  Fer.  saphyreo^narginata ;"  and  partly  because  I 
have  a  specimen  from  Condobolin,  on  the  Lachlan,  which  agrees 
very  well  with  de  Castelnau's  description. 

Sarticus  discopunctatus. 

Feronia  (Sterojous)  discopunctata,  Chaud.,  Bull.  Mosc.  1865, 
iii.  p.  97 ;  Feronia  (Sterojms)  geronari,  Casteln.,  Trans.  Roy. 
Soc.  Victoria,  1865,  VIII.  p.  222  ;  Feronia  (Sterojms)  honvou- 
loiri,  Casteln.,  I.e.  p.  223  ;  Sarticus  ovicoUis,  Motsch.,  Bull.  Mosc. 
1865,  iv.  p.  266. 

A.  distinct  species,  and  easily  distinguished  by  its  oval  and 
convex  elytra,  with  roughly  punctate  striae ;  the  7th  stria  is 
obliterated  (though  usually  perceptible)  ;  this  gives  the  sides  a 
smooth  and  glossy  appearance  ;  the  lateral  margins  are  broad  and 


Ann.  Mus.  Civ.  Genov.  1874,  VI.,  p.  595. 


BY   THOMAS    G.  SLOANE.  50T 

distinct,  and  not  sinuate   towards  the  apex ;  the  elytra  are  more 
broadly  rounded  behind  than  in  other  species. 

Length  15-18;  breadth  6^-8  mm. 
_  Ilab.— South  Australia  ;  Mulwala,  N.S.W. 

Sarticus  obesulus. 

Feronia  (Steropus)  obesula,  Chaud.,  Bull.  Mosc.  1865,  iii. 
p.  99  ;  Sarticus  orbicoUis,  Motsch.,  Bull.  Mosc.  1865,  iv.  p.  266  ; 
Feronia  (^Steropus)  saphyripennis^  Casteln.,  Trans.  Boy.  Soc.  Vic- 
toria, 1865,  VIII.  p.  223  ;  Feronia  (Steroptcs)  esmeraldip)ennis^ 
Castln.  I.e.  ;  Feronia  (Ster opus)  olivieri,  Castln.,  I.e. 

The  broad  prothorax  with  rounded  sides,  and  the  wide  and  not 
very  convex  elytra  are  the  conspicuous  features  of  this  species. 
The  strise  of  the  elytra  are  deep  and  strongly  punctate  (more 
especially  so  in  the  male)  on  the  anterior  part  of  the  elytra ; 
towards  the  apex,  and  on  the  sides  the  strise  are  shallower  and  the 
punctures  fine.  On  the  posterior  part  the  elytra  are  flushed  with 
jDurpl",  particularly  towards  the  sides.  Its  affinity  is  to  iS,  civilis 
from  which  it  differs,  inter  alia,  in  its  thorax  being  wider  behind, 
and  in  its  elytra  having  deeper  and  more  strongly  punctate  striae. 

Length  15-17  ;  breadth  5-6  J  mm. 

Rab. — Melbourne,  Princetown  (mouth  of  Gellibrand  Riv^er), 
Victoria. 

Sarticus  civilis. 

Pterostichus  civilis,  Germ.,  Linn.  Ent.  1848,  III.  p.  167 ; 
Feronia  {Steropus)  civilis,  Chaud.,  Bull.  Mosc.  1865,  iii.  p.  99. 

This  species  may  be  distinguished  from  .S'.  obesula,  which  is 
nearly  allied  to  it,  by  the  absence  of  any  bluish  tint  on  the  elytra, 
and  by  its  more  elongate  shape ;  by  the  striae  of  the  elytra  being 
shallower  and  much  more  finely  punctate;  and  by  the  shape  of  the 
prothorax,  which  is  not  so  transverse,  and  is  narrower  behind  than 
in  front ;  the  lateral  margins  of  the  elytra  are  narrower  and  more 
sinuate  behind.  From  S.  habitans,  another  allied  species,  which  a 
description  might  not  differentiate  much,  though  they  are  quite 
distinct,    it  differs,    inter  alia,   in  its    prothorax   being    narrowed 


508  STUDIES    IN    AUSTRALIAN    ENTOMOLOGY, 

behind,  in  the  8th  interstice  being  broader  than  the  9th,  and  in 
the  8th  stria  not  being  thickly  set  with  punctures. 

Length  1J:-15  ;  breadth  5  mm. 

Hah. — South  Australia. 

I  have  only  had  the  opportunity  of  examining  three  specimens 
of  S.  civilis  ;  of  these  two  had  the  mesosternal  espisterna  distinctly 
punctate,  while  the  metasternal  espisterna  in  none  of  them  pre- 
sented more  than  two  punctures;  judging  from  the  latter  feature 
alone  it  would  almost  be  better  placed  with  group  I.  of  my  table. 

Sarticus  rockhamptonensis. 

Feronia  (^Steropus)  rockhamptonensis^  Casteln.,  Trans.  Roy.  Soc. 
Victoria,  1865,  VIII.  p.  223. 

This  species  has  been  united  with  S.  ohesulus  by  de  Chaudoir,"^ 
but  I  have  a  female  specimen  from  the  Rockhampton  district 
which  appears  to  me  distinct  from  S.  ohesulus,  while  it  agrees 
with  de  Castelnau's  description  of  S.  rockhamptonensis. 

In  general  appearance  like  S.  obesula,  but  differing  from  it  in 
having  the  prothorax  less  transverse ;  in  the  elytra  of  the  female 
being  duller,  with  the  strife  shallow  and  very  finely  punctate,  and 
with  the  interstices  flat ;  in  all  the  segments  of  the  abdomen 
being  closely  and  rather  roughly  punctate  ;  and  in  the  meso- 
sternal and  metasternal  episterna  being  punctate. 

Length  16  ;  breadth  6  mm. 

Hah. — Rockhampton  district,  Queensland,  a  single  female 
specimen  in  my  collection. 

Sarticus  habitans,  sp.nov. 

Niger,  nitidus ;  prothorace  antice  posticeque  truncate,  cana- 
liculato,  ad  angulos  posticos  utrinque  impresso ;  lateribus  rotun- 
datis  marginatis ;  elytris  ovatis,  tenue  marginatis,  fortiter 
striate  -  punctulatis,  interstitiis  convexis,  3°  tribus  punctis 
impresso,  lateribus  subparallelis  ;  abdominis  segmentis  ad  latera 
subtiliter  punctulatis. 

Long.  13-15  mm. ;  lat.  4J-5J  mm. 

*  Ann.  Mus.  Civ.  Genov.  VI.  p.  595. 


BY   THOMAS    G.  SLOANE.  509" 

Black,  nitid  (elytra  not  opaque  in  the  female).  Head  not 
offering  any  distinctive  features.  Prothorax  rather  broad  and 
flat  (3  mm.  x  4  mm.)  ;  truncate  in  front  and  behind  ;  the  sides 
rounded  ;  lateral  margins  wide  at  the  posterior  angles  ;  median 
line  distinct,  not  reaching  either  margin,  ending  behind  in  a 
punctiform  impression.  Elytra  very  little  wider  than  the  pro- 
thorax  (7J  mm.  X  4J  mm.),  sub-convex  ;  the  disc  flatter  in  the 
male  than  in  the  female;  the  sides  sub-parallel,  with  the  lateral 
margins  narrow  and  sinuate  behind  ;  striae  deep,  thickly  set  with 
rather  strong  punctures,  especially  towards  the  sides  (in  the 
female  shallower  and  less  strongly  punctate  than  in  the  male)  ; 
8  th  thickly  and  closely  punctate,  thus  obscuring  the  punctures 
of  the  9th  interstice  ;  interstices  convex,  equal  in  fiont,  but  the 
2nd,  4th,  and  6th  narrowed  towards  the  apex  ;  3rd  with  three 
impressed  punctures,  8th  not  wider  than  9th.  Segments  of  the 
abdomen  thickly  and  finely  punctate  towards  the  sides.  Meso- 
sternal  and  metasternal  episterna  punctate. 

A  common  species  in  many  parts  of  N.  S.  Wales.  I  have  it  from 
Mulwala,  Goulburn,  (at  both  places  it  is  common)  and  Blayney. 
A  single  specimen  which  I  have  from  Glen  Innes,  seems  a 
lighter  insect,  with  the  prothorax  more  rounded,  and  the  elytra 
more  convex  and  less  strongly  punctate  ;  it  is  possibly  a  distinct 
species  though  1  am  unable  to  regard  it  as  more  than  a  variety. 

Sarticus  moxarensis,  sp.nov. 

Niger,  nitidus,  elytris  obscure  viridescentibus  ;  capite  parvulo, 
oculis  vix  prominulis  ;  prothorace  Isevi,  antice  posticeque  truncate, 
marginato,  canaliculato,  ad  angulos  posticos  utrinque  impress©, 
lateribus  parum  rotundatis;  elytris  ovalibus,  subconvexis  punc- 
tulato-striatis,  interstitiis  vix  convexis  3°  punctis  tribus  extus 
notato  j  abdominis  segmentis  ad  latera  subtilissime  punctulatis. 

Long.  12-13;  lat.  4-5  mm. 

Black,  nitid,  the  elytra  having  a  greenish  tinge  (in  the  female 
the  elytra  are  more  opaque  than  in  the  male).     Head  smooth,  not 


510  STUDIES    IN    AUSTRALIAN    ENTOMOLOGY, 

large  ;  eyes  not  very  prominent ;  clypeus  lightly  impressed  on  each 
side  ;  the  post-clypeal  suture  not  distinct.  Prothorax  subquadrate 
(3mmx3Jmm.),  sides  rounded;  the  lateral  margins  narrow  in 
front,  wider  and  upturned  at  the  posterior  angles ;  median  line 
light,  short,  not  reaching  either  margin,  ending  behind  in  a  punc- 
tiform  impression.  Elytra  oval  (7  mm.  x  4 J  mm.),  rather  convex, 
striate ;  the  striae  thickly  and  finely  punctate,  extending  in  full 
depth  to  base  and  apex ;  the  interstices  equal,  slightly  convex  in 
the  male,  but  not  so  in  the  female,  3rd  with  three  punctures 
placed  almost  in  the  3rd  stria,  the  punctures  of  the  9th  placed 
along  the  8th  stria — more  widely  in  front,  closer,  yet  not  con- 
fluent behind ;  abbreviated  stria  short  and  slightly  oblique ;  the 
sides  somewhat  abrupt,  with  the  lateral  margins  rather  wide, 
narrowly  reflexed,  and  rounded  off  at  the  shoulders  to  the  basal 
border.  Segments  of  the  abdomen  smooth,  with  very  fi.ne  punc- 
tures— visible  under  a  lens — towards  the  sides.  Prosternum 
without  a  margin.     JVletasternal  episterna  strongly  punctate. 

This  species  has  probably  a  wide  distribution  in  the  Australian 
Alps.  There  are  specimens  in  the  Australian  Museum  from 
Bombala  and  the  Monaro  district  of  N.S.W.  The  specimens  on 
which  the  description  above  is  founded  are  a  pair  in  my  collection 
from  Porpunkah,  near  Mount  Buffalo,  Victoria. 

Sarticus  cycloderus. 

Feronia  {Sterojms)  cyclodera,  Chaud.,  Bull.  Mosc.  1865,  iii. 
p.  100 ;  Feronia  (^Stero2)us)  Waterhousei,  Casteln.,  Trans.  Roy. 
Soc.  Victoria,  VIII.  p.  224 ;  Feronia  (^Steropus)  Mastersi, 
Casteln.,  I.e. ;  Feronia  (Stei^opus)  Blagravi,  Casteln.,  I.e. 

Size  small.  Black,  nitid,  the  elytra  and  under  parts  having  a 
piceous  tinge.  Head  small,  lightly  impressed  on  each  side  in 
front.  Prothorax  rather  convex  (2^  mm.  x  3  mm.),  rounded  on 
the  sides,  a  little  narrowed  behind,  the  margins  wide  behind  ; 
median  line  light,  not  terminating  towards  the  base  in  the  usual 
foveolet,  but  almost  reaching  the  margin.     Elytra  oval  (6  ram.  x 


BY    THOMAS    G.  SLOANE.  511 

3Jmm.),  a  little  wider  than  the  prothorax,  rather  flat,  the  sides 
sloping  gently  from  the  6th  stria ;  striee  shallow,  finely  punc- 
tate, the  abbreviated  stria  longer  and  less  oblique  than  usual  in 
the  genus ;  interstices  equal,  not  convex,  9th  punctate  as  usual. 
Segments  of  the  abdomen  smooth.  Metasternal  episterna  with  a 
few  line  punctures. 

Long.  10,  lat.  3|  mm. 

Hah. — South  Australia. 

I  have  six  specimens,  all  of  which  T  believe  to  be  females  j  the 
anterior  tarsi  are  as  in  tlie  females  of  all  other  species  of  Sarticus 
I  have  seen,  not  being  dilatate,  but  I  cannot  discern  more  than 
one  setigerous  puncture  on  each  side  of  the  anus  in  any  of  my 
specimens  ;  in  every  other  species  I  know  the  female  has  two 
anal  punctures  on  each  side. 

The  synonymy  given  above  is  on  the  authority  of  de  Chaudoir."^ 

Sarticus  ischnus. 

Feronia  {Sferopus)  eleyantala,  Casteln.,  Trans.  E-oy.  Soc.  Vic- 
toria, 1867,  VIIL  p.  224. 

The  name  Feronia  (Sai^ticus)  ischna  was  proposed  by  de  Chaudoir 
(Bull.  Mosc.  1878,  LTII.  p.  68)  for  Feronia  {Ster opus)  elegantula, 
Casteln.,  de  Castelnau's  name  having  been  previously  used  in  the 
genus  Feronia. 

This  species  is  allied  to  S.  cydoderus,  Chaud.,  but  is  of  much 
more  elougate  form,  and  has  the  prothorax  hardly  transverse. 
The  following  is  de  Castelnau's  original  description:  "Length, 
4  lines;  very  much  like  Waterhousei  [cydoderus,  Chaud.],  but  of 
a  still  more  slender  and  elegant  form ;  thorax  much  narrower 
behind ;  elytra  more  elongated  and  oval ;  three  punctiform  im- 
pressions on  the  interval  between  the  second  and  third  striae." 

To  this  I  would  add  the  following  measurements  taken  from 
specimens  in  the  Australian  Museum,  Sydney. 

Length  8  mm.  ;  breadth  2|  mm.  Prothorax,  length  2  mm.  ; 
breadth  2 J  mm.     Elytra,  length  5  mm.  ;  breadth  2 J  mm. 

Hah. — King  George's  Sound. 

*  Ann.  Mus.  Civ.  Genov.  VI.  p.  595. 


512  STUDIES    IN    AUSTRALIAN    ENTOMOLOGY. 

Sarticus   IRIDITINCTUS. 

Feronia  [Steropus)  iriditincta,  Chaiid.,  Bull.  Mosc.  1865,  iii. 
p.  100. 

This  species  is  unknown  to  me  ]  the  following  is  de  Chaudoir's 
description. 

"  Prsecedentis  [aS.  cycloderus]  summa  affinitis,  differre  tamen 
videtur  thorace  longiore  et  angustiore  lateribus  minus  rotundato, 
postice  haud  angustato,  ovoideo,  antice  emarginato,  basi  sub- 
truncato,  margine  posterius  minus  dilatato,  elytrorum  striis  multo 
obsoletius  punctatis,  interstitio  tertio  punctis  duobus  tantum 
impressis,  et  imprimis  colore  to  bins  fere  corporis  valde  irideo. 

Long.  8  J  mm. 

Hah. — Swan  Eiver." 

Sarticus  quadrisulcatus. 

Feronia  (Sarticus)  quadrisulcata,  Chaud.,  Bull.  Mosc.  1878, 
iii.  p.  67. 

A  remarkable  species  unknown  to  me.  The  following  are  its 
chief  characteristics  taken  from  de  Chaudoir's  lengthy  description. 

It  is  distinguished  from  all  the  species  of  this  subgenus,  and 
from  the  majority  of  the  species  included  in  Feronia,  with  the 
exception  of  Oribazics,  by  the  sculpture  of  the  elytra  which  have 
only  4  deep  sulci.  Eacies  of  S.  saphyreomarginatus.  Elytra 
not  wider  than  the  thorax,  smooth  and  rather  convex,  striae  deep 
but  narrower  and  less  punctate  [than  in  S.  saphyreomarginatus], 
2nd,  3rd,  6th,  and  7th  totally  obliterated  so  that  the  interstice 
which  separates  the  2nd  from  the  4th  has  the  width  of  2  inter- 
stices, while  there  is  only  1  between  the  5th  and  8th  striae.  Of  an 
iridescent  black,  very  shiny,  and  as  if  varnished,  prothorax  and 
elytra  of  an  iridescent  bronze  with  the  lateral  channel  of  the 
prothorax,  the  wide  external  interstice  of  the  elytra  as  well  as  the 
9th  interstice  and  the  lateral  groove  of  a  coppery  green,  the  lateral 
margins  and  the  epipleurse  are  black  like  the  under  surface. 

Length  19  mm.  ;  breadth  6  J  mm. 

Hah. —  Port  Denison. 


EXPERIMENTAL  RESEARCHES  WITH  THE  MICROBES 
OF  CHICKEN-CHOLERA. 

By  Dr.  Oscar  Katz. 


Introduction. 

It  will  be  remembered  that  Pasteur  recommended,  as  a  means 
for  rabbit-extermination  on  a  large  scale,  the  disease  commonly 
known  under  the  name  of  cliolera  des  poioles,  chicken-  or  fowl- 
cholera.  The  Royal  Intercolonial  Commission,  appointed  in  April 
last  year  by  the  Australasian  Governments  to  inquire  into, 
and  report  upon,  the  schemes  submitted  for  the  extermination  of 
rabbits  in  Australasia — a  prize  of  £25,000  being  offered  for  a 
successful  remedy  by  the  New  South  Wales  Government — at  once 
took  the  necessary  steps  to  make  itself  acquainted  with  Pasteur's 
proposal.  Being,  however,  dissatisfied  with  the  information  already 
to  hand  about  the  merits  of  this  particular  disease,  or  rather  the 
microbes  of  this  disease,  as  rabbit-exterminators,  and  considering 
the  results  of  the  experiments  performed  in  France  by  Pasteur  or 
under  his  direction,  and  of  those  by  his  delegates  in  Sydney,  as 
unsatisfactory,  it  decided  to  have  experiments  of  its  own  carried 
out. 

As  chief  expert  officer  to  the  Commission,  I  was  entrusted  with 
this  work.  A  laboratory — intended  also  for  the  investigation  of 
any  other  scheme  that  might  be  worthy  of  consideration — was  built 
on  an  hitherto  unoccupied  islet,  called  Rodd  Island,  in  Iron  Cove 
(Leichhardt  Bay),  a  western  portion  of  Port  Jackson.  The  little 
island,  of  solid  sandstone,  and  covered  here  and  there  with  scrub, 
was  well  adapted  for  the  object  in  view.  Its  plateau  was  mostly 
formed  of  loose  sandy  soil.  The  laboratory,  a  substantial  building 
33 


514    EXPERIMENTAL  RESEARCHES  WITH  CHICKEN-CHOLERA  MICROBES, 

of  corrugated  galvanised  iron,  the  space  between  the  sheets  of  the 
walls  being  filled  up  with  sawdust  in  addition  to  a  lining  of  felt, 
contained  four  rooms,  and  was  fitted  out  with  what  appeared 
necessary.  Gas  was  produced  on  the  Island  itself,  out  of  gasolene, 
through  a  Miiller's  "  Alpha  Gas  Making  Machine,"  ordinary  coal- 
gas  across  the  water  not  being  obtainable."^  Water-pipes  were 
laid  on,  the  water  supplied  being  rain-water  collected  in  iron 
tanks.  On  one  free  side  of  the  laboratory,  under  the  verandah, 
arrangements  were  made  for  accommodating  a  large  number  of 
rabbits. 

In  the  centre  was  erected  a  large  enclosure,  covered  in  all  over 
with  fly-proof  wire-gauze  in  connection  with  wide-meshed  wire- 
netting.  This  enclosure  measured  100  feet  (about  30 J  metres)  in 
length,  and  80  feet  (  24|  metres)  in  width ;  it  was  slightly  cut  ofi 
at  the  corners.  Most  of  the  surface-area  consisted  of  loose  soil, 
in  which  artificial  burrows  could  easily  be  dug  (as  will  be  seen 
later  on)  ;  a  small  portion  only  being  taken  up  by  rocks  (f^and- 
stone),  which  were  partly  on  a  level  with  the  soil-surface,  partly 
more  or  less  projecting.  There  were  a  few  small  trees  (gums, 
geebung)  preserved  in  this  enclosed  place. 

Adjoining  one  of  the  shorter  sides  of  this  main  enclosure,  was 
a  large  shed  covered  all  round  with  corrugated  iron,  and  having  a 
brick-basement ;  at  the  rear  of  this  shed  was  a  number  of  pens 
and  stalls. 

In  one  corner  of  the  Island,  towards  the  water-edge,  was  an 
aviary,  15  feet  (about  i^  metres)  square.  One,  the  southern, 
half  of  it  was  covered  at  top  and  sides  with  sheets  of  galvanised 
iron  ;  the  other,  northern  half,  only  with  wide-meshed  netting  and 
fly-proof  wire-gauze.  The  greater  portion  of  the  aviary  was 
accessible  to  the  sun  for  nearly  all  day. 

A  dwelling-house,  with  belongings,  completed  the  collection  of 
buildings  on  Rodd  Island. 

*  See  my  communication  "On  'Air-gas'  for  Bacteriological  Work  ;" 
these  Proceedings,  Vol.  IV.  (2nd  Ser.),  p.  328. 


BY    DR.  OSCAR    KATZ.  516 

The  following  pages  contain  an  account  of  my  researches  with 
regard  to  the  microbes  of  chicken-cholera.  These  researches,  as 
far  as  they  were  carried  out  before  April  last,  were  made  the 
subject  of  five  Progress  Reports  laid  before  the  Commission  from 
time  to  time,  and  printed  in  the  Volume  of  Proceedings  of  that 
Commission.  1  think  that  sufficient  interest  attaches  to  the  sub- 
ject to  be  dealt  with  in  a  scientific  journal.  For  this  purpose  the 
whole  avciilable  material,  including  that  which  was  obtained  since 
April  last,  has  been  worked  up  and  grouped  in  an  appropriate 
manner. 

To  Messrs.  F.  Dillon  Bell  and  J.  P.  Meagher,  w^ho  in  succession 
were  Assistants  on  Rodd  Island,  I  am  indebted  for  the  services 
rendered  by  them  in  regard  to  the  various  experiments. 

General  Remarks. 

The  microbes  with  which  all  the  experiments  recorded  in  the 
following  pages  were  carried  out,  were  descended  from  those  which 
were  brought  to  Sydney  from  Paris  by  Pasteur's  representatives. 
When,  August  4th,  1888,  the  latter  concluded  their  experiments 
of  demonstration,  which  were  begun  about  a  month  previously 
(July  7th),  and  to  which  attention  has  already  been  directed  in 
the  introduction  (a  special  report  on  that  demonstration  may 
be  found  in  the  Volume  of  Proceedings  of  the  Royal  Com- 
mission), I  took,  with  M.  Loir's  permission,  some  blood  from  the 
heart  of  a  rabbit  which  had  died  after  feeding  on  virulent  broth- 
culture  of  the  chicken-cholera  microbes.  Pure  cultures  were 
obtained  from  a  *'  colony  "  on  nutrient  gelatine  (after  Esmarch's 
roll-method)  from  the  blood  of  a  rabbit,  which  had  been  inoculated 
with  broth-culture  in  second  generation,  derived  originally  from  the 
above-mentioned  sample  of  blood. 

In  ray  experiments,  partly  such  material  was  used  as  originated 
from  that  "  colony,"  and  was  cultivated  from  tube  to  tube  ;  partly 
cultures  prepared  directly  from  the  heart-blood  of  rabbits  newly 
dead  from  virulent  "  chicken-cholera,"  and  not  otherwise  diseased. 
Such  blooJ,  as  a  rule,  only  contains  the  microbes  under  considera- 
tion. 


516    EXPERIMENTAL  RESEARCHES  WITH  CHICKEN-CHOLERA  MICROBES, 

As  liquid  medium  for  the  cultivation  of  these  microbes  I  em- 
ployed rabbit-flesh  infusion,  in  the  following  briefly  termed  rabbit- 
broth,  or  simply  broth.  Stated  in  a  few  words,  this  liquid  was  pre- 
pared by  allowing  finely  minced  flesh  of  well-nourished,  thoroughly 
healthy,  wild  rabbits  to  stand  with  double  the  quantity  (in 
weight)  of  distilled  water,  in  a  cool  place,  for  twenty-four  hours, 
stirring  up  from  time  to  time,  filtering  and  pressiug  through 
cheese-cloth,  steaming,  filtering  again,  neutralising  with  20  p.c. 
watery  solution  of  anhydrous  carbonate  of  soda,  or  rather  pro- 
ducing a  slightly  alkaline  reaction,  steaming  and  filtering  again, 
and  ultimately  filling  into  different-sized,  cotton-wool-plugged, 
sterilised  test-tubes,  which  with  their  contents  were  thereupon 
discontinuously  sterilised. 

In  such  plain  rabbit-broth,  without  any  additional  ingredients, 
the  chicken-cholera  bacteria  grow  very  luxuriantly  at  a  suitable 
temperature  ;  they  grow  in  that  medium  with  pretty  much  the 
same  vigour  as  in  rabbit-broth  to  which  1  p.c.  dry  peptone  and 
0'5  p.c.  sodium  chloride  are  added.  Broth  of  the  latter  description 
I  employed,  besides  the  former,  in  connection  with  certain  experi- 
ments {re  Immunisation,  p.  526). 

Of  nutrient  solid  soils  I  mostly  used  a  6  p.c.  rabbit-broth-pep- 
tone-gelatine, which  was  prepared  in  the  usual  way,  with  the 
difi"erence  that  infusion  of  rabbit-flesh  instead  of  beef -infusion  was 
taken.  On  such  a  rabbit -broth -gelatine,  the  chicken-cholera 
microbes  flourish  excellently  ;  fully  developed  stick-cultures  always 
showed  a  substantial,  expanded,  superficial  layer,  of  a  whitish 
colour  and  sticky  structure.  The  colour  of  the  growth  along  the 
stick-canal,  at  first  also  whitish,  changed  into  yellowish  or  yellowish- 
brown  in  old  cultures  ;  the  same  applied  to  isolated  colonies  in  the 
gelatine. 

In  nutrient  agar-agar — in  the  preparation  of  which  beef- 
infusion  was  used — I  saw  the  superficial  growth  (in  stick- 
cultures)  assume  the  shape  of  a  thin  film  extending  nearly 
over  the  whole  surface,  while  the  stick  began  to  show  by  and 
by  a  darker  coloration  than  the  slightly  yellow  agar. 


BY    DR.  OSCAR    KATZ.  517 

The  usual  nutrient  gelatine  (containing  beef-infusion),  as  well 
as  such  gelatine  with  2  p.c.  grape  sugar,  or  nutrient  gelatine  con- 
taining 2-7  p.c.  sodium  chloride,  were  occasionally  taken  into  use. 

In  order  to  avoid  repetitions,  I  will  mention  here  that  all  the 
rabbits,  upon  which  the  microbes  were  tried  from  different  points 
of  view,  were  wild  rabbits,  if  not  specially  noted  to  the  contrary. 
These  wild  rabbits  were  ordered  by  the  Kabbit  Branch,  Lands 
Department,  Sydney,  from  near  Hay,  in  New  South  Wales,  about 
420  miles  from  Sydney  ;  they  were  mostly  caught  and  sent  to 
Rodd  Island  in  a  large  number  of  consignments  from  Carrathool, 
near  Hay.     A  few  of  the  wild  rabbits  used  came  from  Tasmania. 

I  ascertained  the  weight  of  six  full-grown,  perfectly  healthy  wild 
rabbits  from  Carrathool;  the  average  weight  was  1522  grammes 
(3  lbs.  5f  oz.).^ 


Effect  of  Chicken-cholera  Microbes  on  Rabbits. 

It  has  been  made  known  by  Pasteur  and  others  that  rabbits 
manifest  a  great  susceptibility  towards  the  microbes  of  chicken- 
cholera,  let  the  latter  be  applied  as  subcutaneous  or  cutaneous 
inoculation,  through  the  alimentary  canal,  by  way  of  injection 
into  the  peritoneal  cavity,  or  of  inhalation  into  the  lungs.  It  has 
also  been  shown  that  the  mucous  surface  of  the  uterus,  after  par- 
turition, can  form  a  means  of  entrance  for   the  microbes,   when 

*  In  the  Paper  the  terms  cubic  centimetre,  gramme,  centimetre,  milli- 
metre, centigrade  (°Cels.),  are  often  used.  J  give  their  English  equivalents 
as  follows  : — • 

One  (1)  cubic  centimetre  (ccm.)=: sixteen  (16)  minims  (drops  in  general). 
28  "3495  grammes  (g. )  =  1  ounce. 
1-7718         „  =ldram. 

2'539977  centimetres  (cm.) 


25-39977  miUimetres  (mm.)  '  ~^  ^^^^' 

n°  Cels.     ^ 9/5  jj  +  32°  p^hr.  ;  [  -h  20°  C.  =  (9/5  x  20)  +  32°  F.  =  68°  F.] 
(Centigr.) 


518    EXPERIMENTAL  RESEARCHES  WITH  CHICKEN-CHOLERA  MICROBES, 

other  micro-organisms,  highly  pathogenic  for  rabbits,  e.g.^  anthrax 
bacilli,  are  powerless."^ 

Pasteur  states  that  the  action  of  chicken-cholera  microbes  is 
much  more  pronounced  in  the  case  of  rabbits,  than  in  that  of 
fowls.f  My  observations  in  this  direction — my  material  for 
experiments  was  derived  from  rabbits  dead  from  "  chicken- 
cholera " — are  thus  far  in  accordance  with  Pasteur's  statement. 

With  regard  to  the  effect  of  subcutaneous  application  of  the 
microbes  on  rabbits,  I  can  assert  that  the  result  which  I  obtained 
with  material  of  U7idoubted  full  virulence  (blood  ;  artificial  cul- 
ture) on  wild  rabbits  (also  one  tame  one),  which  had  not  been  pre- 
viously treated  in  any  way — I  estimate  the  number  of  wild  rabbits 
used  in  that  way  at  about  one  hundred  and  fifty — was  always  a 
positive  one.  All  of  them  succumbed  to  a  disease  which  owed  its 
origin  to  the  chicken-cholera  microbes.  The  time  which  it  took 
from  inoculation  to  death  diflered  according  to  the  degree  of  con- 
'centration  of  the  virulent  object  introduced,  and  according  to  the 
individuality  of  the  rabbits.  Generally  speaking,  the  microbes 
thus  administered  kill  speedily.  Instances  hereof  may  be  found  in 
sufficient  numbers  later.  The  shortest  time  actuall}'-  observed  in 
a  full-grown  healthy  specimen  (^),  inoculated  between  the  shoulder- 
blades  with  4^  ccm.  (I  minim)  of  heart-blood  from  a  rabbit  newly 
dead  from  "  chicken-cholera,"  was  about  8J  hours  ;  at  another 
time,  in  the  case  of  a  half-grown  rabbit  inoculated  at  the  belly  with 
a  small  quantity  of  fresh  broth-culture  of  the  fourth  genera- 
tion, it  was  less  than  7f  hours.  The  longest  space  of  time  was 
observed  in  a  full-grown,  but  apparently  young  doe,  namely 
about  forty-eight  hours.  This  rabbit  had  been  inoculated  (at  the 
belly)  with  ^  ccm.  of  virulent  rabbit-blood  (see  Table  III., 
Rabbit  No.   34 ;  also  p.  552). 

*J.  Straus  et  D.  Sanchez-Toledo,  •' Recherches  microbiologiques  sur 
I'ut^rus  apres  la  parturition  physiologique."  Annates  de  VInstitut  Pasteur, 
Tome  II.,  No.  8,  1888,  p  433. 

t  Sur  la  destruction  des  lapins  en  Australie  et  dans  la  Nouvelle-Z^lande. 
Annales  de  VInstitut  Pasteur.  Tome  II.,  No.   1,  1888,  pp.  5-6. 


BY    DR,  OSCAR    KATZ.  619 

My  experience  as  to  the  effect  which  it  has  on  fresh  wild 
rabbits,  when  they  are  given  to  eat  food  contaminated  with  virulent 
chicken-cholera  bacteria — this  kind  of  treatment  having  naturally 
come  largely  and  repeatedly  into  operation,  as  may  be  seen  from 
tlie  various  experiments  described  in  the  following — may  thus  be 
summarised. 

Small  quantities  of  freshly  prepared  broth-cultures  (1  ccm.- 
3  ccm.)  of  the  microbes  of  chicken-cholera,  or  of  blood  derived 
from  animals  dead  from  the  disease,  added  to  food  (green  stuff,  as 
cabbage-  or  barley-leaves  ;  dry  food,  as  bran)  and  consumed  by 
fresh  wild  rabbits,  caused  the  death  of  the  animals  with  few 
exceptions.  The  time  which,  in  this  mode  of  infection,  lay  between 
feeding  and  death,  fluctuated  in  the  majority  of  instances  between 
18  and  25  hours;  in  others,  more  time  elapsed  until  death  fol- 
lowed ;  one  full-grown  robust  rabbit,  fed  on  bran  with  1  ccm.  of 
virulent  broth-culture,  held  out  for  about  3|^  days  before  it  died 
(from   "  chicken-cholera"). 

On  the  other  hand,  it  was  now  and  then,  but  comparatively 
seldom,  observed  that  fresh  wild  rabbits  (also  one  tame  one),  which 
had  partaken  of  food  contaminated  with  as  much  as  1  ccm.  -2  ccm. 
of  fresh  broth-culture,  did  not  at  all  succumb  subsequently,  and 
if  so,  not  to  "chicken-cholera." 

In  about  half  the  number  of  instances  I  am  inclined  to  ascribe 
the  reason  for  these  failures  to  the  circumstance  that  the  respective 
rabbits,  although  having  been  somewhat  starved  before,  waited  for 
hoars  before  eating  of  the  food  (green  leaves),  and  that,  in  conse- 
quence, the  infectious  matter  on  it  was  exposed  to  the  drying  effects 
of  a  summer  temperature,  disastrous  to  the  microbes.  In  this  way, 
it  may  be  urged,  the  virulence  might  have  been  lost  altogether,  or 
if  a  certain  portion  of  active  material  was  preserved,  it  was  perhaps 
not  sufficient  to  infect  by  way  of  the  digestive  organs. 

Such  an  explanation,  however,  cannot  be  adduced  in  favour  of 
four  other  cases  (three  wild  rabbits  fed  on  1  ccm.  of  broth-cul- 
ture ;  one  tame  rabbit  fed  on  about  l^^ccm.)  ;  nor  can  it  be  main- 
tained that  in  those  cases  the  quality  of  the  material  employed  was 


520    EXPERIMENTAL  RESEARCHES  WITH  CHICKEN-CHOLERA  MICROBES, 

to  be  blamed  for  the  negative  issue,  because  other  rabbits  treated 
under  exactly  the  same  conditions  promptly  perished.  Be  that 
as  it  may.  That  such  rabbits  as  resisted  in  the  first  instance,  were 
not,  or  had  not  become  protected  against  the  disease — except  the 
tame  rabbit  mentioned,  the  history  of  which  is  given  on  pp.  522- 
525 — was  proved  by  their  succumbing  to  it  when  they  were  in  a 
satisfactory  manner  fed,  in  the  second  instance,  on  2  ccra.  of  broth- 
culture,  some  time  afterwards  (one  rabbit,  however,  died  more  than 
2J  days  after  the  first  feeding,  from  some  indifi'erent  cause,  and 
another  was  lost  sight  of,  before  the  ultimate  proof  of  its  sus- 
ceptibility or  otherwise  could  be  given). 

It  has  already  been  pointed  out  that  the  disease  set  up  by  the 
chicken-cholera  microbes  in  rabbits,  both  by  inoculation  and 
feeding,  mostly  takes  a  rapid  course.  Although  the  term  ''chicken- 
cholera"  for  the  disease  caused  by  the  microbes  in  rabbits,  is  in- 
appropriate, I  have  made  use  of  it  for  the  sake  of  brevity  and  a 
better  understanding. 

The  incubation  occupies  most  of  the  time,  the  symptoms,  or  the 
actual  disease  being  only  of  short  duration.  Death  occurs  under 
clonic  cramps,  and  dyspnoea.  Observations  about  the  body- 
temperature  during  the  disease,  and  some  data  regarding  the 
breathing  at  the  end  of  it,  will  be  found  in  connection  with  experi- 
ments on  the  transmission  of  the  disease  from  rabbit  to  rabbit 
(see  pp.  554,  555,  Table  III.). 

At  the  post-mortem  examination  one  finds  the  following  notice- 
able features  : — The  heart  is  filled  with  blood.  The  lungs  are  dis- 
coloured ;  they  are  very  voluminous  owing  to  an  emphysematic 
oedema  involving  their  entire  substance  (on  cutting  through  with 
a  pair  of  forceps,  or  a  scalpel,  a  crepitant  sound  is  heard,  and 
froth  left  on  the  blades  of  the  instruments).  Their  surface  pre- 
sented a  shining,  mottled  or  tesselated  appearance,  due  to  ecchy- 
moses  or  haemorrhages  in  the  lungs. 

Pleura  and  peritoneum  were  mostly  inflamed.  The  pleural, 
pericardial,  and  peritoneal  cavities  filled,  as  a  rule,  with  serous 
exudations. 


BY    DR.  OSCAR    KATZ.  521 

The  spleen  did  not  present  any  characteristic  appearance. 

The  intestines  were  more  or  less  hyperaemic,  but  of  all  the  dozens 
of  cases  examined — rabbits  fed  as  well  as  inoculated — I  have 
only  once  met  with  a  severe  inflammation  of  the  small  intestine, 
the  contents  of  which  consisted  of  blood-stained  liquid  slimy  masses. 
This  was  in  the  case  of  a  vigorous,  full-grown  rabbit,  fed  at  noon, 
February  19th,  1889,  on  cabbage-leaves  and  2  ccm.  of  fresh  broth- 
culture,  and  found  dead  at  7  a.m.  next  day."^ 

The  rectum,  or  lowest  portion  of  the  large  intestine,  showed 
nearly  always  normal-looking  faecal  masses,  balled  as  usual ;  it 
was  only  rarely  that  its  contents  were  not  in  the  shape  of  isolated, 
well-formed  "  spheroids,"  but  in  that  of  soft,  more  or  less  coherent, 
greenish  material. 

Very  frequently  the  rabbits,  soon  after  death,  had  the  nostrils 
covered  with  froth,  which  was  stained  with  blood  once.  On  the 
other  hand,  when  the  dead  rabbits  were  kept  for  some  time,  in 
warm  weather,  undisturbed,  in  an  open,  place,  a  blood-stained 
discharge  from  the  nostrils  was  noticed  repeatedly. 

In  conclusion,  I  may  add  that  in  the  cases  of  inoculation,  the 
seat  of  inoculation  showed,  as  a  rule,  a  slightly  hj»morrhagic  and 
gelatinous  oedema.  (One  remarkable  exception  is  that  of  a  rabbit 
already  mentioned  above,  as  living  two  days  after  inoculation  (see 
also  p.  552)  ;  other  noticeable  excei)tions  are  given  by  rabbits  pre- 
viously treated  (see  pp.  523-525,  529,  530). 

The  absence,  as  a  rule,  of  hsemorrhagic  exudations  into  the  in- 
testinal canal,  and,  as  a  standard,  of  diarrhoea  proper,  in  rabbits 
treated  with  chicken-cholera  bacteria,  either  by  means  of  feeding 
or  of  inoculation,  forms  a  fundamental  difference  from    what  we 

*  Haemorrhage  of  a  different  character  took  place  in  a  pregnant  doe, 
which  formed  one  of  two  fresh  rabbits  placed  in  a  wire-bottomed  hutch  with 
one  which  had  been  given  2^  ccm.  of  virulent  broth-culture  (conf.  p.  534). 
The  doe,  which  was  to  all  appearances  in  the  end  of  the  first,  or  the  beginning 
of  the  second  week  of  gestation,  died  from  "chicken-cholera"  by  "contact," 
in  less  than  64  hours  after  being  put  in  the  hutch.  Part  of  the  fcetuses 
were  found  to  have  been  aborted  under  severe  hcemoi^rhage. 


522    EXPERIMENTAL  RESEARCHES  WITH  CHICKEN-CHOLERA  MICROBES, 

are  accustomed  to  find  in  poultry  affected  with  chicken-cholera. 
"  Chicken-cholera  "  of  rabbits  has  the  character  of  a  pure,  most 
acute  septicaemia,  and  is  not  a  septicaemia  in  combination  with 
"  typhoid,"  as  in  poultry.  In  the  judgment  of  the  results  obtained 
from  certain  experiments,  we  shall  have  to  take  this  fact  into 
consideration.! 

History  of  Experiments  on  a  Tame  Rabbit. 
1888. 
(a)  August  16th,  11.30  a.m. 

A  tame  rabbit  (^f ,  full-grown,  long-haired  albino,  of  the  Angora  type  ; 
not  treated  so  far  with  '-chicken-cholera"  or  anything  similar)  was  fedy 
together  with  another  tame,  long-haired  black  i^abbit  (in  one  box),  on 
cabbage-leaves  infected  with  3  ccm.  of  a  virulent  broth-culture  of  the 
chicken-cholera  microbes.  Both  began  to  eat  at  once  and  had  quickly 
finished  eating  the  portion. 

Results  : 

The  black  specimen  was  found  dead  (from  "  chicken  cholera ")  at 
8.45  p.m.,  August  18th  (again  mentioned  under  "Experiments  on 
Hares,"  p.  569). 

1 1  regret  not  to  have  had  at  my  disposal  active  cultures  of  the  microbes 
of  Koch's  rabbitsepticsemia.  Dr.  Fischer,  of  Sydney,  handed  me  on  the 
7th  July,  1888,  Agar-Agar-cultures  of  these  microbes,  which  he  had  brought 
from  Koch's  Laboratory  when  in  BerUn  some  time  before.  On  examination, 
however,  they  were  found  to  have  lost  their  vitality. 

I  should  have  liked  to  study  such  bacteria  side  by  side  with  the;  bacteria 
of  chicken-cholera.  The  difiference,  so  far  made  out  between  the  two,  is 
one  of  degree  rather  than  of  kind. 

In  the  blood  of  the  rabbits  (as  well  as  in  other  animals  which  in  my 
experiments  died  of  chicken-cholera,  see  below)  the  bacteria,  in  properly 
stained  cover-glass  preparations,  appeared  in  the  shape  of  the  well-known 
rods  which  showed  only  the  ends  deeply  coloured,  while  a  middle  portion 
presented  itself  as  a  colourless  spot,  with  delicate^  coloured  lines 
laterally. 

In  liver-blood  of  rabbits  dead  of  "chicken-cholera,"  I  repeatedly  observed 
that  among  the  large  numbers  of  typical  microbes,  there  occurred,  here  and 
there,  rather  anomalous  forms,  which  had  about  the  same  outlines,  and 
behaved  towards  methylene-blue  in  the  same  way  as  those  typical  forms, 
but  which  were  very  considerably  larger.  Their  length  was  up  to  0'004 
mm,  (cover-glass  preparations),  their  width  about  a  third  of  length. 


BY    DR.   OSCAR    KATZ. 


523 


The  other  white  specimen  was  still  alive,  August  20th;  meanwhile  it 
behaved  in  quite  a  normal  manner, 
(b)  August  20th,  9.30  a.m. 

It  was  given  cabbage-leaves  with  3  ccm.  of  virulent  broth-culture  of  the 
microbes  of  the  third  generation.    It  began  to  eat  at  once,  and  had  soon 
finished. 
Result : 

It  was  still  alive,  August  25th,  not  showing  any  symptoms  of  illness 
all  the  time.  Two  control-rabbits  (wild),  of  which  one  (full-grown) 
received  the  same  quantity  of  virulent  material  as  the  tame  one, 
namely  3 ccm.,  and  the  other  (half -grown)  only  half  as  much,  namely 
1 1  ccm.,  were  both  found  dead  at  8  a.m. ,  August  21st.  P.M.  in  each 
case.  Positive. 
Cc)  August  25th,  10  30  a.m. 

It  was  given  4|  ccm.  of  an  active  broth-culture  of  the  microbe  of  the 
third  generation,  along  with  cabbage-leaves.     It  was  not  slow  in  doing 
away  with  the  portion  of  infected  food  given. 
Result  : 

It  remained  unaffected  by  this  treatment,  whereas  a  vigorous  wild 
Tasmanian  rabbit,  taken  as  control,  was  observed  to  die  at  8.30  a.m., 
August  26th,  or  about  22  hours  after  feeding.  The  cause  of  death, 
"  chicken-cholera." 

(d)  September  1st,  4  p.m. 

It  was  inoculated,  subcutaneously  at  the  left  side  of  the  belly,  with 
^  ccm.  (2  minims)  of  a  virulent  broth-culture  of  the  microbes,  obtained 
directly  from  the  blood  of  a  rabbit  which  died  after  feeding  with  those 
microbes.  It  outlived  this  operation,  whereas  a  control  rabbit  (wild) 
was  found  dead  (from  the  disease)  at  8  a.m.,  September  2nd.  At  the 
seat  of  inoculation,  however,  in  the  case  of  the  tame  rabbit,  was  formed 
a  large  abscess,  at  first  closed,  but  beginning  to  open  five  days  after 
inoculation,  thereby  discharging  a  sticky,  yellowish,  inodorous  pus.  (A 
platinum -loop  full  of  the  latter  was  inoculated  into  a  wild  rabbit,  at 
12.45  p.m.,  September  10th.  This  animal  was  found  dead  at  7.30  a.m., 
September  13th,  having  perished  from  causes  independent  of  "chicken- 
cholera"). 

The  abscess  healed  slowly  ;  the  healing  process  was  completed  in  the 
beginning  of  October. 

(e)  October  10th,  noon. 

The  rabbit  received  injected,  on  a  corresponding  spot  on  the  right  side 
of  the  belly,  ^  ccm.  (2  minims)  of  fresh  heart-blood  from  a  rabbit  out 
of  those  recorded  in  Table  III.,  Series  X.,  No.  19).  As  control- 
animals  may  be  taken,  on  the  one  hand,  the  two  rabbits  from  Series  Xl.y 


524    EXPERIMENTAL  RESEARCHES  WITH  CHICKEN-CHOLERA  MICROBES 

Table  III.,  which  died  in  14h.  21rn.,  and  between  7h.  29m.  and 
9h.  29m.,  after  inoculation,  respectively,  (quantity  for  inoculation  only 
l-40th  ccm.)  ;  on  the  other  hand,  the  fowl  and  pigeon  from  Series  III., 
Table  IV.,  which  died  between  20h.  15m.  and  21  h.  40m.,  and  be- 
tween 14h.  Ion),  and  20h.,  after  inoculation,  respectively,  (quantity  for 
inociilation  only  l-40thccm.).  The  tame  rabbit  did  not  become 
seriously  indisposed.  It  reacted  again  through  the  formation  of  an 
abscess  at  the  point  of  injection,  and  a  higher  body-temperature  for 
some  time  after  the  operation. 
Remarks  on  Body  Temperature,  &c.  : — 

October  10th — At  time  of  inoculation  (noon)  ...     40*4°  C. 

,,  ,,  5.55  p.m.      ...     4r0° 

10.15  p.m.      ...     41-2° 
October  11th—  11  a.m.      ...     40-47° 

3.30  p.m.     ...     40-2° 
10.10  p.m.      ...     40-86° 
On  the  morning  of  this  day  this  rabbit's  appetite  was  not  so 
keen  as  usual.     The  seat  of  inoculation  inflamed. 
October  12th—  at  3.15  p.m.     ...     40-6° 

October.l3th—  1.15  p.m.     ...     4005° 

October  18th — A  distinct  closed  abscess,  elastic  to  the  touch,  pink 
at  surface,  and  of  pear-shape. 

October  1 9th — Abscess  still  closed,  measuring  30  mm.  in  length 
(from  apex  to  base),  23  mm.  across  the  widest  part,  raised  about 
12  mm.  above  the  level  of  the  adjoining  portions  of  the  skin  of 
the  belly. 

October  22nd — Abscess  still  closed,  but  apparently  smaller. 

October  26th — Abscess  apparently  discharging  pus  through  a  small 
hole.  By  pressing,  pus  of  a  thick,  tenacious,  and  inodorous 
nature  was  obtained.  The  microscopical  examination  of  samples 
of  this  pus  (cover-glass  preparations  coloured  with  methylene- 
blue  solution)  did  not  disclose  any  chicken-cholera  bacteria. 

November — Traces  of  abscess  disappearing. 
1889. 
(f)  May  9th,  12.45  p.m. 

The  tame  rabbit  (which,  I  may  mention  here,  was  from  the  first  to  the 
last  treatment,  and  afterwards,  kept  in  a  large  enclosed  place)  was  again 
treated,  after  an  interval  of  seven  months.  This  time  I  injected  l-24thccm. 
(§  minim)  of  fresh  heart-blood  (from  a  rabbit  dead  of  "  chicken-cholera  " 
after  inoculation)  under  the  skin  at  the  back,  between  the  shoulder- 
blades.      Another  vigorous  wild    rabbit    was  subjected  to    the  same 


BY    DR.   OSCAR    KATZ.  525 

treatment.  The  latter  was  found  dead  at  9.50  p.m.,  same  day,  it 
having  died  between  9  p.m.  and  that  time  (i.e.,  between  8  and  9 
hours  after  inoculation).  (Result  of  P.M.  examination^  "chicken- 
cholera.") 

The  tame  rabbit  appeared  somewhat  indisposed  on  the  evening  of  the 
same  day,  and  on  the  morning  of  the  following  day.  After  that  time 
it  behaved  as  lively  as  usual,  ready  to  eat  any  food  given  to  it.  But 
this  time  again  an  abscess  developed  itself  at  the  place  of  inoculation, 
without  having,  however,  any  fatal  effects  on  its  bearer.  The  abscess 
discharging  again  copious  quantities  of  pus,  had  almost  completely 
healed  up  in  the  middle  of  June  ;  on  the  other  hand,  under  the  skin  to  the 
left  of  the  seat  of  the  abscess,  a  hard,  freely  movable  nodule  of  about 
nutmeg-  shape  and  -size  was  noticed.  When  seen,  June  29th,  the  wound 
had  completely  healed  up  and  the  nodule  disappeared. 


Other  Experiments  on  Rahhits  regarding  Immunisation. 

It  is  known  that  Pasteur  succeeded  in  conferring  immunity 
against  infection  by  virulent  chicken-cholera  bacteria,  on  fowls 
which  had  previously  been  inoculated  with  liquids  obtained  by 
filtering  virulent  broth-cultures  of  those  bacteria  through  a 
Pasteur-Chamberland  filter.  The  bacteria  being  thus  eliminated, 
the  efiect  produced  by  the  filtrate  must  be  ascribed  to  soluble 
substances  resulting  from  the  growth  of  the  bacteria  in  the  culture- 


fluid. 

The  results  of  a  few  similar  experiments  on  rabbits  are  published 
by  Prof.  P.  Foa  and  Dr.  A.  Bonome,  in  Turin.*  By  repeated 
injections  of  filtered  broth-cultures  of  the  chicken-cholera  microbes 
into  a  rabbit,  and  subsequently  of  active  culture,  the  death  of  the 
animal  from  chicken-cholera  occurred  at  a  considerably  later  date 
than  that  of  a  control-rabbit.  By  injecting  successively  larger 
doses  of  filtrate,  and  more  frequently,  a  rabbit  was  rendered 
altogether  insusceptible  to  a  subsequent  inoculation  with  such 
active  microbes  as  were  able  to  kill  a  fresh  rabbit  after  a  certain 
time. 

*  Ueber  Schutzimpfungen.  Zeitschrift  fur  Hygiene,  Band  V.,  Heft  3, 
1889,  p.  423. 


526    EXPERIMENTAL  RESEARCHES  WITH  CHICKEN-CHOLERA  MICROBES, 

In  the  following  I  record  a  number  of  experiments  which  were 
undertaken  with  a  view  to  ascertaining,  whether  it  was  possible 
to  protect  rabbits  from  the  effects  of  virulent  chicken-cholera 
bacteria,  by  administering  to  them  such  liquids  in  which  the  viru- 
lent microbes  had  propagated,  but  were  afterwards  killed  by- 
moderate  heat.  A  preliminary^  experiment  had  shown  me  that, 
by  immersing  ordinary  thin-glassed  test-tubes  containing  fresh 
broth-cultures  of  the  microbes,  in  water  kept  at  60°C.  (140°F.), 
samples  of  the  contents  derived  after  15,  30,  45,  60  minutes,  were 
proved  to  be  completely  sterile  in  each  case.  Such  sterilised  cul- 
tures I  employed  of  two  kinds.  The  one  description  of  culture- 
liquid  was  plain  rabbit-broth,  of  slightly  alkaline  reaction ;  the 
other  rabbit-broth,  to  which  had  been  added  1  p.c.  pe])tone  and 
0-5  p.c.  salt ;  reaction  the  same.  The  cultures  to  be  sterilised  were 
left  in  the  water-bath  of  the  above  temperature  for  30  minutes. 

I  selected  ten  full-grown,  well-conditioned  wild  rabbits,  having 
been  kept  on  the  Island  among  others,  which  served  me  for 
control-experiments,  for  about  three  months.  They  had  so  far  not 
been  experimented  upon,  except  that  they  had  for  some  time  pre- 
viously been  in  an  enclosure  separated,  by  means  of  a  double 
fence  of  rabbit-netting  with  fully  a  yard  of  space  between, 
from  another  portion  of  the  same  enclosure  in  which  wild  rabbits 
v/ere  allowed  to  die  of  ^'chicken-cholera,"  and  the  dead  bodies  not 
removed  until  some  time  afterwards.  This  was,  as  may  be  seen 
later  on,  for  the  sake  of  testing  the  value  of  the  disease  with 
regard  to  its  possible  spread  from  infected  to  healthy  rabbits  under 
certain  conditions. 

The  ten  rabbits  were  placed  separately  in  clean,  spacious,  shel- 
tered hutches.  I  first  intended  to  administer  the  different  quanti- 
ties of  sterilised  cultures  directly  per  os  ;  on  finding,  however, 
(by  trial  on  an  indifferent  rabbit)  this  procedure  not  safe  enough, 
I  gave  them  to  the  rabbits  in  a  small  portion  of  bran,  of  which 
they  were  very  fond.  Bran  was  also  used  in  these  experiments 
when  virulent  broth-cultures  were  fed.  To  induce  the  rabbits,  the 
control-rabbits  included,  to  eat  the  portions  given  to  them  at  once, 


BY    DR.   OSCAR    KATZ.  527 

they  did  no  receive  any  food,  except  water,  on  the  morning  of  the 
day  when  (soon  after  noon)  they  were  to  eat  the  si)ecially  prepared 
food  (conf.  Footnote,  p.  533).     The  result  was  quite  satisfactory. 

In  order  to  avoid  repetitions,  I  will  mention  here  that  all  the 
bioth-caltures,  both  those  to  be  sterilised  and  those  to  be  used  in 
their  active  state — in  the  latter  case  plain  rabbit-broth  only  was 
the  nourishing  mediura — had  been  obtained  from  fresh  heart- 
blood  of  rabbits,  inoculated  for  that  purpose  with  virulent  broth- 
culture  of  the  microbes.  Such  blood  was  tranferred  in  small 
quantities  by  means  of  a  platinum-loop  into  the  culture-tubes 
which  had  been  warmed  before  in  the  water-bath,  so  that  the 
broth  contained  in  them  showed  already  a  temperature  of  some 
thirty  degrees  Centigr.  They  were  then  placed  in  a  thermostat, 
where  they  remained  for  about  24  hours  at  a  temperature  close  on 
37-7°C.,  roughly  speaking,  between  37-5°C.  and  38°C.  They  were 
then  used  immediately  afterwards. 

The  plan  of  feeding  the  ten  rabbits  on  sterilised  cultures  was  as 
follows  : — Two  of  them  were  to  receive  three  successively  inci-eased 
portions  at  certain  intervals,  the  next  two  one  more  than  the  first, 
the  third  one  more  than  the  second,  and  so  on. 


Section  I. 
1889. 

Two  rabbits  were  fed  thi-ee  times  on  steadily  increased  quantities  of 
sterilised  culture  in  peptonised  broth  (for  one)  and  plain  broth  (for  the 
other),  as  follows  : — 2ccin.,  April  16th;  4ccm.,  April  17th;  6 com.,  April 
19th. 

On  April  21st,  at  about  1  p.m.,  up  to  which  time  the  two  rabbits 
appeared  perfectly  normal,  they,  as  well  as  a  vigorous  control-rabbit,  were 
given  each  1  ccm.  of  active  broth-culture  in  some  bran.  The  control- 
rabbit  died  between  6.30  a.m.  and  7.45  a.m.,  April  23rd,  of  "chicken- 
cholera."  One  of  the  principal  rabbits,  namely  that  previously  fed  on 
sterilised  peptonised  broth-culture,  was  seen  to  die  at  about  7  a.m.,  April 
24th,  of  typical  "chicken-cholera,"  as  the  subsequent  examination  proved. 


528    EXPERIMENTAL  RESEARCHES  WITH  CHICKEN-CHOLERA  MICROBES, 

The  other  rabbit  which  had  been  treated  previously  with  sterilised  plain 
broth-culture,  being  still  alive  April  27th,  was  given  on  that  day,  2  ccm. 
of  active  broth -culture.* 

It  was  still  lively  May  4th,  when  it  was  again  fed,  at  about  1  p.m.,  this 
time  on  3  ccm,  of  virulent  culture.  While  another  fresh,  very  robust 
rabbit,  fed  on  2 ccm.  only,  succumbed  at  3  p.m.,  May  5th,  to  the 
disease,   the  former  survived. 

On  May  10th,  at  about  2  p.m.,  it  received  4  ccm.  of  active  broth- 
culture  ;  the  same  quantity  was  given  to  a  control-animal  which,  however, 
had  not  finished  eating  it  until  4  p.m.  same  day.  The  latter  died  between 
2.15  p.m.  and  2.35  p.m.,  May  11th,  of  "chicken-cholera;"  the  principal 
rabbit  survived. 

On  May  15th,  at  about  2  p.m.,  this  rabbit,  and  a  control-rabbit,  were  fed 
on  6 ccm.  of  virulent  broth-culture.  The  latter  perished  of  "chicken- 
cholera"  at  12.40  p.m..  May  16th,  i.e.,  about  22|  hours  afterwards. 
Neither  did  the  former  withstand  this  time;  it  died  at  10.50  p.m.,  May 
16th,  i.e.,  about  33  hours  afterwards.  On  post-mortem  examination,  the 
carcass  was  found  to  be  very  stiff  as  usual ;  typical  bacteria  in  preparations 
of  the  blood ;  but,  with  the  exception  of  a  plearitis  and  a  slight  emphysema 
of  the  right  lung,  the  organs  looked  normal.  (Weight  of  the  rabbit,  1490 
grammes). 

Section  II. 
1889. 

Two  rabbits  were  fed  four  successive  times  on  the  following  quantities 
of  sterilised  culture  in  peptonised  broth  and  plain  broth,  respectively  : 
2  ccm.,  April  l6th  ;  4  ccm.,  April  17th;  6  ccm.,  April  19th;  lOccm., 
April  21st. 

On  April  23rd,  at  1.15  p.m.,  they,  as  well  as  a  control-rabbit,  M'ere  given 
1  ccm.  of  active  broth-culture.  The  latter  died  at  2.30  p.m.,  April  24th,  of 
"  chicken-cholera  ;"  of  the  two  former,  one  previously  treated  with 
sterilised  plain  broth-culture  died  about  a  quarter  of  an  hour  later,  also  of 
' '  chicken-cholera. " 

The  other  rabbit  being  still  alive  April  30th — it  never  exhibited  any 
suspicious  symptoms— was  fed  again  on  that  date,  at  2  p.m.,  on  2 ccm. 
of  virulent  broth-culture.  It  was  found  dead  at  6.30  a.m.,  May  2nd, 
whereas  another  fresh  rabbit  fed  at  the  same  time,  along  with  others,  on 
only  1  ccm.  of  the  same  culture,  was  found  dead  at  about  7  a.m.,  May  1st. 
Both  succumbed  to  typical  "  chicken-cholera." 

*  As  will  be  seen  further  below,  the  two  rabbits  of  Section  IV.  and  a  control-rabbit  were 
fed,  the  same  da5%  on  1  ccm.  of  the  same  culture  for  each  rabbit.  Althoug-h  this  control- 
rabbit  survived  this  time,  and  only  one  of  the  former  died  of  the  disease  22  hours  after 
being  fed,  the  virulence  of  the  employed  culture  cannot  be  doubted. 


BY    DR.  OSCAR    KATZ.  52& 

Section  III. 
1889. 

Two  rabbits  were  led.  jive  successive  times  on  sterilised  cultures  either  in 
peptonised,  or  in  plain  broth,  as  follows  :  2ccm.,  April  16th  ;  4ccm.,  April 
17th  ;  6ccm.,  April  19th  ;  lOccm.,  April  21st  ;  15ccm.,  April  23rd. 

On  April  25th,  at  1.15  p.m.,  these  two  rabbits,  as  well  as  a  control- 
rabbit,  were  given  1  ccm.  each  of  virulent  broth-culture.  One  of  the  two 
first  mentioned,  namely  that  previously  fed  on  sterilised  peptonised 
cultures,  died  between  1  p.m.  and  2  p.m.,  April  26th;  the  control-rabbit 
succumbed  considerably  later,  it  being  found  dead  at  6.40  a.m.,  29th 
April,  i.e.,  roughly  speakings  after  3i  days.  The  cause  of  death  each 
time  was  typical  "chicken-cholera." 

The  rabbit  previously  treated  with  sterilised  plain  broth-culture,  being 
still  alive  on  April  30th,  was  fed  at  about  2  p.m.  that  day,  on  2  ccm.  of 
active  broth-culture.  It  survived  again,  without  ofifering  any  sign  of  a 
change  in  its  behaviour,  while  a  control-rabbit,  fed  on  1  ccm.  only,  along 
with  others  on  the  same  date  (see  Section  V.,  mentioned  also  in  Section  II.), 
was  found  dead  (from  "chicken-cholera")  at  about  7  a.m..  May  1st. 

On  May  4th,  at  1  p.m.,  the  above  rabbit  was  given  3  ccm.  of  active 
broth-culture.  A  very  robust  control-animal  which  received  2  ccm.  of  the 
same  culture  (as  also  did  two  other  rabbits  treated  before),  died  at  3  p.m.. 
May  5th,  of  typical  "chicken-cholera."  The  principal  rabbit  remained 
alive  and  well. 

On  May  10th,  at  about  2  p.m.,  4  ccm.  of  virulent  broth-culture  were 
given  to  it.  It  survived  again  without,  apparently,  the  least  inconvenience. 
A  control-rabbit,  as  already  mentioned  in  connection  with  the  rabbit  under 
Section  I.,  of  the  same  date,  succumbed  abou.t  24  hours  afterwards. 

On  May  15th,  at  about  2  p.m.,  the  rabbit  received  6  ccm.  of  active  broth- 
culture.  It  withstood  also  this  time,  without  showing  any  abnormal 
symptoms.  A  control-rabbit,  as  already  mentioned  under  Section  I.,  died 
about  22^  hours  after  feeding. 

On  May  21st,  six  days  after  the  last  feeding  on  6  ccm.  of  culture,  the 
rabbit  was  inoculated  with  a  small  quantity  of  heart-blood,  derived  from  a 
rabbit  which  had  perished  about  6  hours  since,  of  typical  "chicken-cholera" 
consequent  on  inoculation  with  virulent  broth-culture.  The  quantity,  namely 
l-48th  ccm.  (^  minim)  was  injected  by  means  of  a  pointed  glass-tube,  under 
the  skin  at  a  spot  on  the  belly.  Another  fresh  rabbit,  of  the  same  sex  {$) 
and  about  the  same  size,  served  for  control-inoculation.  This  control-rabbit 
died  at  1.10  a.m..  May  22nd,  or  13  hours  afterwards;  the  autopsy  as  well  as 
the  result  of  the  microscopical  examination  of  cover-glass  preparations  of 
blood,  secured  the  diagnosis — "chicken-cholera." 
34 


530    EXPEKIMENTAL  RESEARCHES  WITH  CHICKEN-CHOLERA  MICROBES, 

The  principal  rabbit  remained  alive  for  good,  but  exhibited  the  following 
symptoms  : — At  the  place  of  inoculation  there  was  formed  a  rather  large 
abscess  which  began  to  discharge  pus  for  some  time,  and  through  which  a 
necrotised  portion  of  muscle  and  skin  was  eliminated,  similar  to  the  process 
which  may  be  observed  in  fowls.  The  rabbit,  which  had  always  a  good 
appetite,  became  somewhat  thinner ;  when  seen  again  on  June  15th,  it  was 
as  well- conditioned  as  before  the  experiment ;  the  wound  was  then  not 
quite  healed  up.     When  seen  on  June  29th,  the  healing  was  perfect. 

Section  IV. 
1889. 

Two  rabbits  were  fed  six  successive  times  on  sterilised  cultures  in  pepto- 
nised  broth  or  in  plain  broth,  respectively,  namely  :  the  first  five  times 
exactly  as  under  Section  ///.,  and  on  the  same  dates ;  the  sixth  time  on 
22  ccm.,  April  25th. 

On  April  27th,  at  1  p.m.,  each  of  them,  and  a  control-rabbit,  were  given 
1  ccm.  of  virulent  broth -culture.  The  rabbit  previously  fed  on  sterilised 
peptonised  cultures,  died  from  typical  "  chicken-cholera''  at  11  am.,  April 
28th,  that  is  22  hours  after  feeding.  The  other  rabbit,  as  well  as  the 
control-animal,  did  not  succumb  this  time. 

On  May  4th,  at  about  1  p.m.,  both  received  2  ccm.  of  active  broth-culture 
each.  A  control-rabbit  died  at  3  p.m..  May  5th  (the  same  already  mentioned 
under  Sections  I.  and  ///.,  May  4th) ;  the  rabbit  previously  treated  with 
sterilised  plain  broth-cultures  perished  between  8.45  a.m.  and  9.30  a.m., 
May  6th,  that  is  about  44  hours  after  feeding,  whereas  the  original  control- 
rabbit  was  found  dead  at  about  6.30  a.m.,  May  7th,  it  having  died  between 
9  p.m.,  May  6th,  and  that  time. 

Section  V. 
1889. 

Two  rabbits  were  fed  seven  successive  times,  of  which  the  first  six  were 
as  in  Series  IV.,  and  the  seventh  time  was  on  April  27th,  when  45  ccm.  of 
sterilised  culture,  either  peptonised  or  plain,  were  given. 

On  April  30th,  at  2  p.m.,  each  of  them,  as  well  as  a  control-rabbit, 
received  1  ccm.  of  virulent  culture.  The  last-mentioned  rabbit  was  found 
dead  at  about  7  a.m.,  May  1st  (as  already  notified  under  Sections  II.  and 
///. ).  The  rabbit  formerly  treated  with  sterilised  peptonised  cultures  died 
between  10  a.m.  and  11.15  a.m..  May  3rd,  or  somewhat  less  than  3  days  after 
feeding;  cause  of  death,  typical  "chicken-cholera."  The  other  rabbit, 
treated  with  sterilised  plain  broth-culture,  did  not  become  atfected. 

On  May  4th,  at  about  1  p.m.,  it  was  fed  on  2 ccm.  of  active  culture.  It 
died  at  4.30  p.m..  May  5th.     At  the  post-mortem  examination  everything 


BY    DR.   OSCAR    KATZ.  531 

was  found  as  in  ordinary  rabbits  dead  from  the  disease.  A  control-rabbit 
died  1-^  hours  before,  at  3  p.m.,  that  day  (as  already  mentioned  under 
Sections  L,  III.  and  IV.). 

According  to  the  results  thus  obtained  in  the  foregoing  experi- 
ments, which  are  not  numerous  and  not  varied  enough  to  admit 
of  any  definite  conclusions  to  be  drawn,  the  possibility  of  the  pro- 
tective power,  on  rabbits,  of  sterilised  broth-cultures  introduced 
successively  into  the  digestive  canal,  against  a  subsequent  infec- 
tion by  active  cultures,  can  hardly  be  denied.  We  see  that  a 
subsequent  feeding  on  Iccm.  of  virulent  culture  had  in  several 
cases  not  the  slightest  effect  on  previously  treated  rabbits,  while 
control-rabbits  succumbed,  with  one  exception  (1  ccm.).  Continued 
feedings  up  to  6  ccm.  (two  cases)  of  active  material  caused  the 
death  of  all  rabbits  except  one,  out  of  Section  III.  This  rabbit 
survived  even  inoculation,  of  which  another  fresh  rabbit  perished 
quickly.* 

Cultures  in  peptonised  rabbit-broth,  and  sterilised,  proved  them- 
selves, against  my  expectation,  inferior  to  such  made  in  plain 
rabbit-broth,  as  regards  their  protective  influence  on  rabbits. 

Is  "  Chicken-cholera  "  a  Contagious  Disease  among  Rabbits? 

The  question  as  to  whether,  or  to  what  degree,  rabbits  suffering 
or  dead  from  "  chicken-cholera,"  are  able  to  communicate  the  fatal 
disease  to  other  healthy  rabbits  with  which  they  are  associated, 
was  one  that  engaged  my  attention  for  a  considerable  time. 

Experiments  hy  Pasteur  and  his  Representatives. 

Pasteur  states  that  fresh  rabbits  placed  with  others  which  have 
])artaken  of  food  contaminated  by  virulent  chicken-cholera  microbes, 
die  in  large  numbers.! 

*  If  possible,  and  unless  the  rabbit  should  die  from  some  cause  or  other, 
I  intend  to  try  another  inoculation  several  months  after  the  first. 

t  Sur  la  destruction  des  lapins  en  Australie  et  dans  la  Nouvelle-Z^lande 
Annales  de  VInstitut  Pasteur,  2me  ann^e,  1888,  p.  6. 


532    EXPERIMENTAL  RESEARCHES  WITH  CHICKEN-CHOLERA  MICROBES, 

Five  tame  rabbits,  in  one  box,  were  fed  on  infected  food,  and  6  hours 
later  three  fresh  ones  (not  contaminated)  were  introduced  into  the  same 
box.  Apart  from  the  five  former,  one  of  the  three  latter  succumbed  to 
"chicken-cholera."  * 

In  another  experiment,  four  tame  rabbits  received  microbe-contaminated 
food,  and  7  hours  later  when  all  the  food  had  disappeared  since  several 
hours,  four  new  rabbits  were  penned  up  in  the  same  box  with  the  four  first 
ones.  The  carcasses  of  these  four  infected  rabbits,  which  died  within  23 
hours,  were  left  in  the  box.  All  the  four  additional  rabbits  were  dead  from 
"chicken-cholera"  within  six  days  from  the  beginning  of  the  experiment.t 

An  experiment  on  a  large  scalej  made  by  Loir,  at  Pasteur's  instigation, 
on  Mme.  Pommery's  Estate,  at  Reims,  on  the  rabbits  in  an  enclosure  of 
eight  hectares  (about  twenty  acres),  resulted  in  killing  off  the  whole 
number  of  rabbits  there,  which  were  estimated  at  more  than  a  thousand. 
According  to  the  evidence  given  before  the  Rabbit  Commission  in  Sydney 
by  Pasteur's  representatives^  it  was  considered  as  probable  that  the  mor- 
tality among  those  rabbits  was  partly  due  to  the  transmission  of  the 
"chicken-cholera"  virus  from  rabbit  to  rabbit.  In  my  opinion,  this  whole- 
sale mortality  can  satisfactorily  be  explained  without  taking  to  "con- 
tagion." 

Lastly,  I  adduce  the  experiment  of  demonstration  performed  by  Pasteur's 
delegates  at  Rodd  Island  (Sydney).  Five  wild  rabbits,  fed  in  one  cage  on 
cabbage-leaves  sprinkled  with  5  com.  of  a  virulent  broth-culture,  were  soon 
afterwards  placed  among  twenty  fresh  rabbits  (also  wild)  in  a  four-sided 
wooden  enclosure  of  only  one  square  metre  area  (about  3'  3j"  square),  in  a 
stable-stall.  The  observation  extended  to  a  period  of  ten  days.  Within 
this  period  eleven  rabbits  in  all  died,  among  these,  three  (specially  marked/ 
of  the  Jive  which  had  been  given  infected  food,  while  one  of  the  latter 
survived.  The  fate  of  the  ffth  of  the  originally  infected  rabbits  could  not 
be  ascertained,  because,  inadvertently,  it  had  not  been  marked .  Accordingly, 
either  seven  or  eight  of  the  twenty  uninfected  rabbits  died.  All  the  dead 
rabbits  were  left  in  the  enclosure  until  the  demonstration  was  concluded, 
with  the  exception  of  three  not  marked  ones  which  were  removed  during  the 
experiment  for  examination  (among  these,  one  infected  one  might  or  might 
not  have  been,  to  judge  from  what  has  been  stated  above).  In  consequence 
of  this  examination,  the  diagnosis  "chicken-cholera"  could  be  given  in  each 
case.  In  order  to  fully  decide  whether  the  other  unmarked  rabbits  (five) 
also  perished  of  "chicken-cholera"  or  not,  a  post-morttm  examination 
■would  have  been  necessary  ;  this,  however,  was  not  made. 

*  loc.  cit.,  pp.  4,  5. 

t  loc.  cit.,  p.  5. 
X  loc.  cit.,  pp.  7,  8. 


I 


BY    DR.   OSCAR    KATZ.  533 

Own  Exjjeriments. 

In  my  official  reports  full  details  (with  illustrations)  are  fur- 
nished about  the  experiments  undertaken  by  me  with  a  view  to 
obtaining  what  information  was  considered  by  the  Commission 
as  worth  having.  Here  it  may  suffice  to  give  a  resume  of  their 
arrangements  and  their  results. 

Generally  speaking,  such  experiments  were  conducted  : — 

A.  On  infected  and  uninfected  rabbits  mixed  together 

I.  In  wooden  hutches,  either  with  wooden  bottoms  or 
wire-netting  bottoms. 
II,   In  enclosures  containing  artificial  burrows. 

B.  On  intact  rabbits  placed 

III.   In  boxes  or  hutches,  in  which  rabbits  had  died  from 

"  chicken-cholera." 

Ad  I. 

(a)  On  September  3rd,  1888,  ten  full-grown  rabbits  were  fed,*  in 
separate  cages,  on  cabbage-leaves  to  which  was  added  a  small  quan- 
tity of  virulent  broth-culture  of  the  chicken-cholera  microbes. f  This 
quantity  was  2|  ccm.  each  for  eight  of  the  ten,  1  ccm.  each  for  the  two 
remaining  ones.ij:  Soon  afterwards,  when  all  the  food  had  disappeared 
except  in  one  cage,  where  only  about  half  was  eaten,  the  ten  rabbits 
were  placed,  in  the  proportion  of  one  to  two,  with  tiventy  uninfected 
rabbits,  of  which  six  were  only  half-grown,  in  eight  hutches,  as 
follows  -.—six  hutches  (measuring  in  the  clear  inside  23"  x  18"  x  18"  in 

*  Whenever,  during-  the  course  of  my  experiments,  rabbits  were  to  be  fed  on  "  chicken- 
cholera"-contaminated  food,  I  adopted  the  precaution  of  starving  them  to  some  blight 
extent  beforehand,  in  order  to  induce  them  to  eat  the  infected  meal  given  to  them  more 
readily.  In  spite  of  this  arrangement  it  sometimes  happened  that  the  one  rabbit  or 
another  was  slow  in  touching  the  food,  or  finishing  it  up.  Wild  rabbits,  when  suddenly 
penned  up  in  hutches,  are  naturally  very  shy  and  suspicious  at  first. 

t  In  order  to  be  sure  on  this  and  all  other  occasions,  when  green  leaves  were  used,  that 
the  infective  material  adhered  firmly  to  the  food,  and  that  the  danger  of  the  broth 
becoming  detached  or  perhaps  lost,  while  the  rabbits  were  eating,  be  avoided  as  much 
as  possible,  each  portion  was  prepared  on  a  soup-plate,  where  the  culture,  which  was 
sprinkled  out  of  a  fine-pointed  measured  glass-tube,  was  placed  between  leaves  or  portions 
of  such,  and  these  repeatedly  pressed  down,  and  turned  by  aid  of  flat  wooden  sticks. 

J  The  history  of  the  culture  employed  is  as  follows  :— Colony  from  virulent  blood  of  a 
rabbit  (fed  on  culture),  10/vm.  1888  =  1.  generation  ;  stick-culture  in  6  p.c.  rabbit-broth- 
gelatine,   14/vin.  =  IL    generation;    stick-culture,  18/vm,  =  III.  generation;   rabbit-broth 
culture,  1/ IX = IV;  generatiou.    The  latter,  when  used  September  3rd,  had  been  since  in 
thermostat  at  33-35°  C.  for  two  days. 


534    EXPERIMENTAL  RESEARCHES  WITH  CHICKEN-CHOLERA  MICROBES, 

depth,  height  and  width,  respectively  ;  three  were  wooden-bottomed, 
three  wire-netting  bottomed,  the  latter  resting  on  sandy  soil)  were 
stocked  with  three  rabbits  each  ;  two  hutches  (3'  3g"  square,  2'  high  ; 
one  wooden-bottomed,  the  other  wire-netting  bottomed,  placed  as 
before  §)  were  stocked  with  six  rabbits  each  ;  here,  as  well  as  there, 
always  in  the  number  of  one  infected  to  two  uninfected  specimens. 
The  experiment  lasted  seven  days.  Eight  of  the  ten  infected  rabbits 
promptly  died  from  "chicken-cholera,"  as  proved  by  the  post-mortem 
examination— they  were  removed  from  their  hutches  soon  after  death — 
and  by  control-rabbits.  All  these  had  been  fed  on  2|  ccm.  of  culture. 
Of  the  remaining  two,  however,  which  had  received  only  1  ccm. 
culture,  one  died  (after  more  than  2^  days)  from  some  indifferent 
cause,  and  the  other  survived  this  time,  while  a  control-rabbit  [I  ccm.) 
succumbed  to  the  disease.  Of  the  twenty  originally  uninfected  rabbits, 
four  contracted  "  chicken-cholera,"  and  died  in  consequence,  in  the 
smaller  hutches,  namely— t?iJO  in  one  with  bottom  of  rabbit-netting  ; 
one  each  in  a  wooden-bottomed  and  wire-netting  bottomed  hutch.  I 
need  hardly  say  that  these  four  rabbits,  which  perished  in  from  about 
two  days  and  a  half  to  four  days  seven  hours  after  the  beginning  of  the 
experiment,  had  been  together  with  rabbits  which,  after  feeding  on 
2|  ccm.  culture,  quickly  succumbed,  as  mentioned  above. 

I  have  also  to  record  the  death  of  t^m  other  (including  five  half- 
grown)  rabbits  oub  of  the  original  twenty,  within  the  seven  days,  but 
I  was  unable  to  trace,  as  cause,  "chicken-cholera." 

(b)  On  September  lOth,  1888,  two  rabl-its  were  fed  on  green  barley  and 
virulent  culture  (derived  directly  from  the  blood  of  one  of  the  rabbits 
dead  from  "  chicken-cholera"  by  "contact,"  in  one  of  the  hutches  of 
the  preceding  experiment).  One  of  them  received  1  ccm.;  the  other, 
which  was  the  surviving  one  from  the  former  experiment  after  feeding 
of  1  ccm.,  was  given  2  ccm.  this  time.  They  were  p'aced  in  two  of  the 
smaller  hutches  (see  above),  one  having  a  bottom  of  wood,  the  other 
one  of  rabbit-proof  netting  (as  before),  with  one  full-grown  and  one 
half -grown  rabbit  for  each.  The  two  infected  rabbits  died  speedily 
from  "  chicken-cholera  "  (they  were  removed  from  their  hutches  soon 
after  death)  ;  of  the  four  uninfected  rabbits,  the  two  half-grown  and 
one  full-grown  died  within  the  first  three  days  ;  the  result  of  post- 
mortem examination  was  each  time  negative  as  regards  "  chicken- 
cholera."  The  other  full-grown  specimen  was  still  alive  after  seven 
days. 

§  All  the  eight  hutches  were  placed  in  the  large  wire-gauze  enclosure  on  the  Island.  Six 
of  theua  (the  small-sized)  were  so  placed  as  to  prevent  the  sun  completelj'  from  shining 
into  them ;  the  inside  of  the  two  larger  ones  was  only  to  a  slight  extent  accessible  to 
the  sun. 


BY    DR.   OSCAR    KATZ. 


535 


o 

-4J 

So 

dio 
co05 
d 

So 

p.  CO 

r— 1 

d 

: 

di'i 

So 

^2 

Is 

CO 

d 

a 

S^,^     p,o^      Sg,^ 

^-   ^-   ^s 

d 

S2 

ra  .-I'M 

s        s        d 

^^    ^^    g2 
IT-       t-^       t^ 

la-  5^ 

CO            ^-^ 
t-        1 

J3 
CO 

p-H 

I— 1 

pd 

2 

p— 1 

2      ioi 

d 

s 
d 

S 

do 
d 

s^ 

1— 1                      Tfl    -H 

^          d 

2  2,.     2  2. 

£          S 
d,Q        cLo 

o  2  1  o  2 

P^^        o  ■  • 

a 
1  o 

d,o         S  0 

s     Is-       . 

g3 

".  0 

h 

2o 

a 

c3  0 

2  "^ 

1%, 

CD 

it 

i 

4 

CO 

.jd 

00 

-t-3 

o 

1— 1 

536    EXPERIMENTAL  RESEARCHES  WITH  CHICKEN-CHOLERA  MICROBES, 

The  result  of  these  experiments  is  somewhat  marred  by  the 
great  mortality  among  the  rabbits  under  observation,  independent 
of  "  chicken-cholera."  Nevertheless  it  shows  that,  similar  to 
those  obtained  by  Pasteur  and  his  representatives,  the  possibility 
of  a  transmission  of  the  disease  from  rabbit  to  rabbit,  under 
conditions  such  as  are  described,  is  out  of  question. 

Ad  11. 

(a)  On  August  28th,  1888,  eight  full-grown  rabbits  (also  two  others  for 
immediate  control)  were  fed  on  cabbage-leaves  sprinkled  with  2|  ccm. 
of  active  broth-culture  *  for  each.  They  were  thereupon  placed  with 
sixtee7i  uninfected  rabbits  (among  which  five  half-grown)  in  special 
enclosures  containing  an  artificial  burrow  each.  These  artificial  bur- 
rows were  constructed  in  the  loose  sandy  soil  which  covers  the  surface 
of  the  large  wire-netting  and  wire-gauze  enclosure,  and  fenced  in, 
at  some  distance,  by  rabbit-netting.  They  consisted  in  winding 
and  branching  trenches,  as  nearly  as  possible  five  inches  deep  and 
four  and  a  half  inches  wide,  covered  with  boards  and  soil  so  that 
they  could  easily  be  uncovered  and  inspected.  They  were  provided 
with  one  entrance.  + 

Three  rabbits  (one  infected,  two  uninfected)  were  turned  into  each 
of  three  small  burrow-enclosures  containing  about  13'  6",  16',  16 '6"  of 
burrow,  respectively ;  into  another,  with  about  58  running  feet  of 
burrow,  six  rabbits  (two  infected,  four  uninfected)  were  let  go  ;  the 
last  enclosure,  in  which  were  about  70  running  feet  of  burrow,  was 
stocked  with  7iine  rabbits  (three  infected,  six  uninfected).  Within 
twenty-five  minutes  all  twenty-four  rabbits  had  found  their  way 
inside  the  burrows  in  their  respective  enclosures. 

The  eight  infected  rabbits  (as  well  as  the  two  others  also  fed  on  the 
same  quantity  of  contaminated  food)  promptly  died  from  "chicken- 
cholera,"  six  outside,  tivo  inside  the  burrows.  Their  carcasses  were 
left  untouched  on  the  spot,  where  found,  for  three  full  days. 

Of  the  sixteen  uninfected  rabbits  which,  unless  they  died  before, 
were  to  be  left  in  the  enclosures  for  seven  days  from  the  beginning,  six 
in  all  (namely  four  full-grown,  and  two  half -grown)  died  within  this 
time.  But  not  in  one  instance  could  the  cause  from  which  they  died 
be  identified  as  "chicken-cholera." 

*  The  history  of  this  culture  is  as  follows  :— Colony  from  virulent  blood  of  a  rabbit  fed  on 
culture,  10/ VIII. '88:^1.  generation  ;  gelatine-stick-culture,  14/viii.  — II.  generation ;  broth- 
culture,  23/viii.  =  III.  generation;  broth-culture,  26/vni.  =  IV.  generation.  The  latter 
remained,  before  use,  in  a  thermostat  at  35-37°  C.  for  two  days. 

t  They  were  constructed  after  data  given  by  Mr.  A.  N.  Pearson,  of  Melbourne,  a  member 
of  the  Royal  Commission. 


BY    DR.  OSCAR    KATZ. 


537 


eg 


o 


a 


-q  o 


13  J5 

;3  00 


>» 

!h 

Ol 

-^  -: 

+^    E! 

^   r^H 

O    c3 

&0^ 

^ 

C3  j3 

'TS 

^.^ 

■g    « 

c6 

<B 

!^    >i 

fl 

fs  s? 

CC 

'^'TD 

TS 

&J0— ■ 

«^ 

a 

^% 

6 

.J5   c 

.sp-s 

^^ 

S  &o„,- 

rt;;^  2 

^  «^ 

.^  §^ 

=tSi 

a 

o3 

-^i^  a 

o 

^  =3  IS 

niJ 

•  ^  o 

i=^ 

riling 
wers 
ning 

o  o  m 

'r' 

^'x  <o 

PQ 

4=  .a 

fclO  <U 


o    & 

CCl-t-ilM 

CO  CO 

lO  CO 

i-H    1— ( 

1— 1  1 — 1 

a 

g 

d. 

CiH 

o 

^ 

o 

•— ' 

o 


fin 
o 
CO 
o 


a 


O 


o   a  o 

lO  O        CD  lO 


O  O 


d. 

«5 


a 


o   o 

'-iW'-W 

o 

cowo 

CO  o 

1—1  1— 1 

a 

d 

f= 

lO 

(2- 

ZD 

»o 

a 

c4 


o   o 


o 


o    o 

CO  lO 


'C    o 

JSb 

C6      rj 


CO  lo 


■^  o 


M 


O) 


•T3    O 

C3      r^ 


0 

coMG 

a 

00 


03     f^ 


'd    o 
3aj 


538    EXPERIMENTAL  RESEARCHES  WITH  CHICKEN-CHOLERA  MICROBES, 

(b)  In  this  experiment  the  whole  of  the  large  enclosure,  already  referred 
to,  was  utilised.  This  enclosure,  which  measured  100  feet  by  80  feet, 
contained  artificial  burrows,  in  all  about  185  running  feet. 

On  November  7th,  1888,  one  hundred  rabbits,  mostly  full-grown  and 
only  a  few  half  or  not  quite  full-grown,  were  let  loose  in  that  enclosed 
place.  The  rabbits  were,  as  the  result  later  on  showed,  mostly  in  a 
poor  condition.  Shortly  afterwards,  ten  rabbits  which  had  been  fed  on 
cabbage -leaves  sprinkled  with  2  ccm.  of  active  broth-culture  for  each 
rabbit,  were  placed  with  the  former  in  the  same  enclosure.  On 
November  14th,  another  batch  of  similarly  infected  rabbits,  this  time 
six,  among  which  three  Tasmanian  ones,  were  introduced.  Lastly,  on 
November  22nd,  a  third  batch  of  six  infected  rabbits,*  also  fed  on 
2  ccm.  culture,t  were  let  loose  in  the  same  enclosure.  On  November 
29th  the  period  of  observation  terminated. 

Infected  Babbits. — Of  the  tiventy-tioo  infected  rabbits  thus  turned 
loose  among  other  uninfected  ones,  ticenty-one  succumbed,  while  the 
twenty-second  survived.  (It  died,  however,  December  3rd,  P.M. 
negative.)  Of  the  twenty-one,  three  were  removed  from  the  enclosure 
shortly  after  they  were  found  dead,  and  examined  (one,  each,  of  the 
first,  second,  and  third  batch).  The  result  of  the  examination  was  in 
the  first  ca.se  positive  (rabbit  found  dead  inside  burrowj,  in  the  second 
and  third,  nec/ative.  The  other  rabbits,  eighteen  in  number,  were  not 
taken  out  of  the  enclosure  until  the  conclusion  of  the  experiment, 
November  29th.  Twelve  of  these  eighteen  died  outside,  six  inside  the 
burrows,  t  The  proof  of  those  eighteen  having  died  from  "  chicken- 
cholera  "  was  furnished  partly  by  control-experiments  on  other 
rabbits,  partly  by  the  appearance  of  the  carcasses — which  showed  rigor 
mortis  exceedingly  well-marked,  in  contrast  to  other  rabbits  which 
perished  from  some  indiflferent  causes  (except,  of  course,  any  septi- 
caemia similar  in  effect  to  chicken-cholera) — partly  by  the  charac- 
teristic symptoms  which  some  of  the  rabbits  under  consideration  were 
observed  to  exhibit  when  dying,  or  some  time  before  death.  Lastly, 
the  diagnosis  was  made  sure  by  the  positive  results  of  the  direct 
microscopical  examination  of  cover-glass  preparations  of  blood  derived§ 

*  The  consignment  of  rabbits,  of  which  these  six  formed  part,  had  been  received  on  the 
Island  only  the  previous  day. 

t  The  cultures  used  in  this  experiment  were  derived  directly  from  blood  of  rabbits 
dead  from  "chicken-cholera,"  and  incubated  at  39-40°C  for  24  hours  before  being  used. 

X  The  burrows,  of  course,  were  opened  and  examined  from  time  to  time. 

§  This  was  done  each  time  by  means  of  a  clean  sterilised  glass-tube,  which  had  been 
drawn  out  in  the  flame  into  a  fine  end  of  some  length.  By  pushing  this  fine  end  through 
a  suitable  spot  at  either  the  right  or  the  left  side  of  the  thorax,  from  which  spot  the  hair 


BY    DR.   OSCAR    KATZ.  539 

from  a  certain  number  (eight)  which  were  picked  out  at  random  each 
time,  and  of  the  full  post-mortem  examination  of  one  which  was  found 
dead  inside  burrow  at  the  conclusion  of  the  experiment. 

Uninfected  Rabbits. — Of  the  hundred  uninfected  rabbits  placed  in  the 
enclosure,  November  7th,  five  died  quickly  up  to  the  morning  of 
November  8th,  and  were  at  once  replaced  by  fresh  ones.  Thence  to 
November  14th,  when  the  second  batch  of  six  infected  rabbits  were 
let  loose,  not  less  tha.nJi/'ty-two  had  died. 

From  November  15th  to  November  22nd,  when  the  third  lot  of  six 
infected  rabbits  were  let  loose,  seventeen  had  died. 

From  November  23rd  to  November  29th  (conclusion  of  the  experi- 
ment), ten  had  died. 

Thus  it  will  be  seen  that  not  less  than  seventy-nine  out  of  the 
hundred  died,  partly  inside,  partly  outside  the  burrows.  One  rabbit 
managed  to  escape,  somehow  or  other,  into  the  adjoining  shed,  about 
a  week  after  the  beginning  of  the  experiment.  It  was  used  otherwise. 
So  that  not  more  than  twenty  of  the  uninfected  rabbits  were  left  over 
ultimately. 

The  carcasses  of  the  seventy-nine  rabbits  did  not  in  the  least  indicate 
that  "  chicken-cholera  "  was  the  cause  of  their  death ;  nor  did  the 
symptoms  which  a  number  of  rabbits  were  seen  to  show  shortly  before 
death,  correspond  with  those  characteristic  in  "  chicken-cholera."  The 
carcasses  were  all  removed  from  the  enclosure  as  soon  as  it  was 
possible,  and  submitted  to  a  careful  examination.  But  not  in  one 
instance  could  the  cause  of  death  be  diai^nosed  as  "  chicken-cholera." 
On  the  contrary,  I  had  little  doubt  that  the  huge  mortality  en- 
countered in  this  experiment  among  the  hundred  rabbits  arose  from 
the  effects  of  the  starvation  which  they  had  to  undergo,  to  a  certain 
extent,  before  they  were  sent  to  the  Island  from  the  then  dry  country 
round  Hay,  New  South  Wales.  I  should  add  that  before  and  after 
the  above  experiment,  a  similar  mortality  was  noticed  among  rabbits 
kept  in  stock,  and  that  every  attendance  as  regards  feeding,  sheltering, 
or  the  like,  was  given  to  the  rabbits  on  the  Island  on  all  occasions. 

(An  appended  table  of  temperatures  and  notes  on  weather  prevailing 
during  the  term  of  the  above  experiment  may  be  found  at  the  end. ) 


had  been  removed  previously,  a  sample  of  liver-substance  was  derived.  The  opening  thus 
made  into  the  body  closed  up  again  after  the  tube  had  been  taken  out,  and  in  this  way  the 
body  was  not  perceptibly  disturbed. 


540    EXPERIMENTAL  RESEARCHES  WITH  CHICKEN-CHOLERA  MICROBES, 

(c)  The  foregoing  experiment  being  unsatisfactory  in  its  results,  on  account 
of  the  high  mortality  among  the  rabbits  from  causes  other  than 
"chicken-cholera,"  the  Commission  decided  for  another  large  experi- 
ment. 

For  this  purpose,  the  main  enclosure  on  the  Island  (see  above)  was 
divided  into  two  nearly  equal  portions  by  means  of  a  double  fence  of 
rabbit-netting,  with  a  clear  space  of  one  yard  (about  92  cm.)  between. 
The  one  division,  which  may  be  called  the  disease-division,  contained 
about  136  running  feet  of  artificial  burrow ;  these  burrows  were  old  ones, 
formerly  used,  but  here  and  there  altered.  In  the  other  division, 
henceforth  called  the  control-division,  there  was  a  total  of  about  95 
feet  of  artificial  burrow  ;  there  were  two  of  such  burrows,  one  old  one, 
somewhat  changed,  and  another  fresh  made. 

The  arrangement  was,  to  turn  into  each  of  these  divisions  ^y^i!?/  healthy 
rabbits,  not  fed  on  the  chicken-cholera  microbes ;  to  add  to  the  fifty  in 
the  disease-division  three  batches  of  five  rabbits  for  each,  which  had 
been  fed  on  fresh  cabbage -leaves  sprinkled  with  2  ccm.  of  a  virulent 
broth-culture  of  the  microbe  of  chicken-cholera  for  each  rabbit.  The 
first  batch  was  to  be  turned  in  at  once,  the  second  after  a  week,  and 
the  third  after  a  fortnight  ;  the  experiment  was  to  be  completed  after 
three  weeks  from  the  outset. 

The  experiment  was  begun  on  February  12th,  1889,  and  concluded 
March  5th,  according  to  programme. 

Although  the  whole  enclosure  had  been  used  from  November  7th  to 
the  29th,  1 888,  for  the  carrying  out  of  the  experiment  mentioned  under 
(b),  p.  538, 1  did  not  think  it  necessary  to  specially  disinfect  it,  in  view 
of  the  new  experiment.  From  the  end  of  November,  after  the  former 
experiment,  some  twenty  rabbits  were  left  there  till  the  24th  January, 
without  anyone  dying  from  "  chicken- cholera."  During  the  interval, 
sunshine  and  wind  could  act  on,  and  must  have  proved  disastrous  to, 
any  chicken-cholera  microbes  that  might  have  been  deposited  there. 
Then  again,  one  portion  of  the  enclosure  was,  in  the  fresh  experiment, 
reserved  as  control-division,  stocked  with  a  considerable  number  of 
rabbits  ;  of  these,  I  may  just  as  well  state  beforehand,  not  a  single  one 
perished  from  "  chicken-cholera." 

The  result  of  the  experiment  which  was  carried  out  as  said  above,* 
was  as  follows  : — 

*  Throughout  this  experiment  I  employed  broth-cultures  which  had  been  obtained 
directlj  from  fresh  heart-blood  of  rabbits,  inoculated  for  that  purpose  with  "chicken- 
cholera."  The  tubes  containing- the  microbe-infected  broth  were  placed  in  a  thermostat 
kept  at  about  38°  C,  where  they  remained  for  about  24  hours  before  being  used.  A  tem- 
perature of  that  degree  appears  to  answer  for  the  growth  of  the  microbes  better  than  any 
other. 


BY    DR.  OSCAR    KATZ.  541 


Disease-Division. 


The  Jifteen  rabbits  (all  full-grown,  well-conditioned  specimens)  which 
after  being  fed  on  2ccni.  of  virulent  broth-culture  for  each,  on  cabbage- 
leaves,  were  let  go  in  the  disease-division— ^ve  on  February  12th,  Jive 
on  February  19th,  Jive  on  February  26th, — died  promptly  without 
exception ;  the  majority  of  them  must  have  died  in  less  than  20  hours. 
Nine  of  the  Jifteen  died  outside,  Jive  inside  the  burrows,  *  and  one  half 
outside  and  half  inside.  Among  the  nine  first  mentioned  is  included 
one,  which  lay  dead  in  a  hollow  covered  over  by  a  stone,  and  which 
was  easily  accessible. 

With  one  exception,  the  carcasses  of  the  rabbits  remained  on  the 
spot  where  they  were  found  lying,  until  the  end  of  the  experiment, 
without  any  microscopical  examination  of  their  blood  being  made. 
The  exception  referred  to  is  a  rabbit  which,  forming  one  of  the  last 
batch  of  five  rabbits  placed  in  the  division,  February  26th,  was  found 
dead  the  following  day^  outside  burrows.  It  was,  on  examination, 
found  to  be  much  bruised  on  the  left  side  of  chest  and  belly,  an  occur- 
rence which  must  have  accelerated  its  death,  as  putrefaction  of  the 
organs  had  already  set  in  when  the  examination  took  place,  soon  after 
the  rabbit  was  found  dead.  However,  the  heart-blood  clearly  showed 
the  presence  of  numerous  bacteria  of  "  chicken-cholera. "  An  unusually 
vigorous  buck,  inoculated  with  a  small  quantity  of  such  blood,  suc- 
cumbed to  "  chicken-cholera"  somewhat  less  than  twelve  hours  after- 
wards. On  the  following  morning,  the  intact  carcass  of  one  of  the 
control-rabbits  (see  below)  which  had  died  the  previous  evening,  was 
put  in  the  place  of  the  one  removed  from  the  enclosure. 

The  Jifteen  rahhits  lying  scattered  in  the  disease-division  undoubtedly 
perished  from  "chicken-cholera."  On  the  one  hand, /owr^eew  control- 
rabbits,  which  speedily  died  without  a  single  exception,  died  from 
"  chicken-cholera,"  as  unmistakably  shown  by  the  results  of  careful 
examinations.  On  the  other  hand,  the  appearance  of  the  carcasses,  and 
the  symptoms  which  some  of  the  rabbits  were  observed  to  exhibit 
when  dying,  corresponded  with  what  occurs  in  "  chicken- cholera " 
rabbits. 

Of  the  Jifty  uninfected  {i.e.,  intact)  rabbits,  let  loose  in  the  disease- 
division  at  the  beginning  of  the  experiment,  four  died  from   "  chicken- 


The  burrows  were,  of  course,  opened  from  time  to  time  ;  in  all  nine  times. 


542    EXPERIMENTAL  RESEARCHES  WITH  CHICKEN-CHOLERA  MICROBES, 

cholera,"  all  inside  burrows,  whereas    thirty-two  perished   from  causes 
which  had  nothing  in  common  with  that  disease.* 

The  way  in  which  these  thirty-six  rabbits,  which  died  out  of  the 
fifty,  were  examined,  in  order  to  see  whether  chicken-cholera  bacteria 
had  found  their  way  into  them  or  not,  was  not  the  same  each  time. 

Twenty-two  were  at  once  subjected  to  a  full  examination  ;  for  that 
purpose  they  were  taken  out  of  the  enclosure  soon  after  their  death. 
Besides  noting  the  condition  of  the  organs,  a  microscopical  examination 
of  blood  was  made.  In  sixteen  cases  liver-blood,  in  two  cases  liver- 
and  heart-blood,  in  two  cases  heart-blood  only  was  examined  ;  in  the 
latter  two  instances  the  liver  being  unsuitable.  From  two  rabbits 
found  dead  inside  a  burrow,  February  28th,  and  being  in  an  advanced 
state  of  decomposition,  a  sample  each  of  coagulated  heart  blood  was 
inoculated  into  a  medium-sized  rabbit.  Of  the  twenty-two  rabbits 
thus  examined,  only  one  (found  inside  burrow,  February  16th)  was 
proved  to  have  taken  "chicken-cholera,"  while  in  the  others  neither 
the  autopsy,  nor  the  microscopical  examination  of  blood,  warranted  the 
same  verdict. 

From  the  remaining  fourteen  dead  rabbits,  while  they  were  lying 
about,  some  liver-substance  was  taken  (in  the  manner  described 
previouslv),  of  which  cover-glass  preparations  were  made  for  micro- 
scopical examination.  Three  times  a  positive  result  was  obtained* 
inasmuch  as  the  typical  bacteria  of  chicken-cholera,  and  only  these, 
were  present  in  large  numbers.  The  three  respective  rabbits,  which 
also  by  their  outward  appearance  indicated  death  from  "chicken- 
cholera,"  were  left,  where  they  died,  until  the  close  of  the  experiment. 
A  subsequent  post-mortem  examination  (including  microscopic  exami- 
nation of  blood,  seven  times)  of  the  eleven  remaining  rabbits,  in  sampJes 
of  liver  of  which  the  microbes  of  chicken-cholera  had  not  been  found, 
confirmed  the  negative  result  arrived  at  previously. 

To  return  once  more  to  the  four  originally  uninfected  rabbits  which 
subsequently  succumbed  to  "  chicken-cholera,"  I  am  confident  that 
the  germs  of  this  disease  could  not  have  been  supplied  to  those  four 
but  by  intentionally  infected  rabbits  placed  in  the  disease-division. 
Not  only  was  the  greatest  care  taken  in  eliminating  any  possibility 
of  carrying   infectious   material   among   the  rabbits,   through  food  or 

*  Of  these  thirtj'-two  died  ;— within  the  first  week  (12th-19th  Februarj'),  four  ;  within  the 
second  (up  to  the  26th  February),  nineteen,  of  which  six  found  dead  on  one  daj'  (February 
23rd),  and  nine  on  another  (February  20th);  within  the  third  (last)  week  (up  to  5th 
March),  nine. 


BY    DR.   OSCAR    KATZ.  543 

through  the  necessary  inspections,  but  also,  as  stated,  a  control- 
experiment  on  fifty  rabbits  in  an  adjacent  enclosure  was  made,  M'ith 
the  result  that  not  a  single  death  from  "  chicken -cholera  "  occurred 
there. 

Two  of  these /o?<r  rabbits  were  found  dead  (inside  burrows  ;  carcasses 
still  well  preserved)  on  the  16th  February  {i.e.,  somewhat  loss  than 
four  days  after  the  first  batch  of  five  infected  rabbits  was  turned 
loose) ;  the  third  was  found  dead  (inside  burrow  ;  carcass  still  fresh) 
two  days  afterwards,  on  the  18th  ;  the  fourth  (inside  burrow  ;  carcass 
still  pretty  fresh)  on  the  23rd  {i.e.,  somewhat  less  than  four  days  after 
the  second  lot  of  five  infected  rabbits  was  let  loose).  The  probability, 
therefore,  is  that  all  four  rabbits  became  infected  after  the  death  of 
specially  infected  rabbits  placed  with  them.  The  answer  to  the 
question,  in  what  particular  way  this  infection  took  place,  is  open  to 
conjecture.  Considering  that  the  evacuations  of  normal  rabbits,  dead 
of  "chicken-cholera"  after  either  feeding  or  inoculation,  do  not,  as  a  rule, 
exhibit  anything  abnormal  in  their  appearance  ;  considering,  ajso,  that 
within  the  short  time  which  it  took,  in  the  case  of  the  fifteen  rabbits, 
from  the  time  of  infection  until  death,  faeces  originating  from  the 
infected  meals  could  hardly  have  been  excreted  ;  and  lastly,  in  view  of 
the  negative  results  of  a  few  direct  experiments  made  by  me  (see  pp. 
546-548),  it  is  far  from  being  proved  that  the  excrements  (or  the  urine)  of 
the  rabbits  which  died  in  the  disease-division  from  "chicken-cholera  " 
were  or  must  have  been  the  vehicles  of  infection.  On  the  other  hand, 
it  was  frequently  noticed  that  from  the  nostrils  of  carcasses  of 
infected  rabbits  lying  undisturbed,  several  days  after  the  death  of  the 
animals,  a  blood-stained  liquid  exuded.  Here  and  there  it  was  noticed 
that  the  maggots  of  a  small  fly,  and  the  latter  itself,  also  ants,  were 
at  work  about  the  carcasses.  All  that  may  have  yielded  the  means 
for  transmitting  the  virus. 

Control-  Division, 

The  number  of  fifty  intact  rabbits  to  be  placed  in  this  division  at 
the  begiiming  of  the  experiment,  was  at  that  date  short  of  twelve  ;  two 
died  in  the  enclosure  a  few  hours  after  being  put  there.  When,  two 
days  afterwards,  a  fresh  supply  of  rabbits  came  to  hand,  fourteen  of 
them  were  turned  in,  in  order  to  make  up  for  the  number  missing. 

At  the  conclusion  of  the  experiment  only  twenty-one  live  rabbits  were 
left  over,    twenty-nine   having  died,  partly  inside,  partly  outside   the 


544    EXPERIMENTAL  RESEARCHES  WITH  CHICKEN-CHOLERA  MICROBES, 

burrows,  *  during  the  time.    In  every  instance  it  was  proved  that  death 
was  not  owing  to  "  chicken-cholera." 

This  unfortunate  mortality  in  both  the  one  and  the  other 
division,  from  causes  different  from  "chicken-cholera,"  was,  in 
my  opinion,  favoured  to  a  large  extent  by  the  extremely  oppressive 
atmosphere  and  the  excessive  heat  experienced  now  and  then 
during  the  course  of  the  experiment.!  In  the  appended  Table  II. 
may  be  seen  records  of  temperature  and  general  remarks  on  the 
weather  for  that  period.  In  quite  a  number  of  rabbits  the  liver 
and  the  intestines  were  diseased,  such  an  appearance  resembling 
that  noticed  in  wild  rabbits  which  were  partly  starved,  or  were 
feeding  on  unsuitable  food.  In  other  rabbits,  again,  the  lungs  were 
pneumonic.  So  that,  after  all,  it  is  to  be  regretted  that  in  this 
second  large  experiment,  the  rabbits  used  were  not  all  of  them  in 
a  healthy  condition  either. 

Ad  III. 

In  five  single  experiments  fresh  rabbits  were  placed  in  boxes  or  hutches  in 

which  rabbits  had  died  from  "chicken-cholera" ;  these  rabbits,  however, 
.  were  removed  shortly  after  being  found  dead.     The  result  was  in  each 

instance  a  negative  one,  inasmuch  as  a  transmission  of  the  disease,  in 

those  cases^  was  not  observed. 

1888. 
(a)  August  29th,  9.30  a.m. 

A  rabbit  was  placed  in  a  box,  X  in  which  two  rabbits,  inoculated  with 
a  portion  of  virulent  broth-culture,  were  found  dead,  one  at  7.45  p.m., 
August  28th,  the  other  at  7  a.m.,  August  29th.     In  the   box  there 


*The  burrows  in  the  control-division  were  alwaj'S  opened  on  the  same  daj'S,  on  which  those 
in  the  disease-division  were  examined. 

t  Most  of  them  (twenty-three)  died  within  eleven  days  from  the  beginning 
of  the  experiment ;  of  these,  six  were  dead  on  one  day  (Feb.  14th),  and  nine 
on  another  day  (Feb.  23rd). 

X  The  boxes  or  hutches  alluded  to  in  these  experiments,  were  placed  in  the  large  en- 
closure on  the  Island  in  such  a  way  that  their  insides  were  almost  completely  sheltered 
from  the  rays  of  the  sun.  For  temperatures  [and  weather  during  the  experiments  noted 
here,  see  p.  537. 


BY    DR.  OSCAR    KATZ.  645 

was  a  cousiderable  quantity  of  normal-looking  fseces,  and  a  large 
portion  of  the  food  given  to  the  two  inoculated  rabbits  on  the  evening 
of  August  28th. 

Result  : 

The  rabbit  was  still  alive,  September  6th,  when  it  was  removed  from 
its  box. 

(b)  August  29th,  9.30  a.m. 

A  half-grown  rabbit  was  placed  in  a  hutch  in  which  a  rabbit,  fed  the 
day  before  on  cabbage-leaves  with  2|ccm.  of  virulent  broth -culture, 
was  found  dead  (from  "chicken-cholera")  at  7a.m.,  August  29th. 
The  hutch  contained  a  small  quantity  of  normal-looking  faeces  ;  part 
of  the  bottom  was  damp  with  urine.  The  portion  of  food  left  over 
from  feeding  after  the  infected  food  had  disappeared,  was  removed 
from  the  hutch. 

Result : 

The  rabbit  was  found   dead   at  7   a.m.,   September  3rd.      P.M,, 
Negative. 

(c)  August  30th,  10.15  a.m. 

A  half -grown  rabbit  was  placed  in  a  hutch,  in  which  a  rabbit  fed, 
August  28th,  upon  cabbage-leaves  with  2^  ccm.  of  virulent  broth- 
culture,  was  found  dead  (from  "chicken-cholera")  at  9p.m.,  August 
29th.  In  the  hutch  there  was  a  considerable  quantity  of  normal- 
looking  droppings  ;  part  of  the  bottom  was  damp  with  urine.  The 
rabbit  which  occupied  the  hutch  before,  had  eaten  up  all  the  infected 
food  given  to  it,  August  28th  ;  but  some  of  other  (uninfected)  food 
given  later  on,  was  still  in  the  hutch,  and  not  touched  when  the  fresh 
rabbit  was  placed  in  it. 

Result  : 

The  rabbit  was  found  dead  at  7.15  a.m.,  September  6th.     P.M., 
Negative. 

(d)  September  4th,  2.50  p.m. 

A  rabbit,  not  quite  full-grown,  was  placed  in  a  hutch  in  which  a  rabbit, 
fed  the  day  before  on  cabbage-leaves  with  1  ccm.  of  virulent  broth- 
culture,  was  found  dead  (from  "chicken-cholera")  at  2.40  p.m., 
September  4th.  With  regard  to  amount  and  appearance  of  excrement 
and  food  in  the  hutch,  about  the  same  state  was  noticed  as  in  the 
foregoing  experiment. 

Result  : 

The  rabbit  was  found  dead  at  9.15  a.m.,   September  9th.     P.M., 
Negative. 
35 


546    EXPERIMENTAL  RESEARCHES  WITH  CHICKEN-CHOLERA  MICROBES, 

(e)  September  4th,  2.50  p.m. 

A  young  rabbit  was  placed  in  a  hutch  in  which  a  rabbit,  fed  the  day 
before  upon  cabbage-leaves  with  2^  ccm.  of  virulent  broth -culture,  was 
found  dead  (from  '^' chicken-cholera  ")  at  2,40  p.m.,  September  4th. 
Amount  and  appearance  of  evacuations  and  food  in  the  hutch,  as 
before. 

Result  : 

The  rabbit  was  found  dead  at  9.15  a.m.,  September  9th,  P.M., 
Negative. 

Some  direct  experiments  were  made  with  faecal  matter,  or  con- 
tents of  the  caecum  (the  first  and  most  voluminous  portion  of  the 
large  intestines)  from  rabbits  which  succumbed  to  typical  "chicken- 
cholera"  consequent  on  feeding.  They  showed  that  such  material 
(in  rectum  and  in  caecum)  contained  enough  active  bacteria  to 
cause  rabbits  to  perish  from  undoubted  "chicken-cholera"  when 
they  were  inoculated  with  small  portions  of  that  material.  On 
the  other  hand,  feeding  on  considerably  larger  quantities  along  with 
green  stuff  proved  altogether  inefficacious.  The  experiments  may 
be  described  as  follows  : — 

1888. 
<1)  Contents  of  lowest  portion  of  rectum  of  a  rabbit  which,  having  died 
from  "  chicken-cholera  "  (feeding  on  virulent  m.aterial)  in  one  of  the 
burrows  (mentioned),  was  not  removed  therefrom  after  about  four 
days.  As  an  exception,  the  rectum  contained  very  soft  coherent  green 
faeces.  These  were  derived  for  examination  by  means  of  a  sterilised, 
blunt  glass-tube  carefully  introduced  into  the  anus. 

{a)  Inoculation. 

September  2nd,  11.35  a.m. 

A  rabbit  was  inoculated,  subcutaneously  at  the  belly,  with  a  medium- 
sized  platinum-loop  fall  of  such  material.  It  was  observed  to  die 
at  10.50  a.m.,  September  3rd,  i.e.,  23|  hours  afterwards.  The 
symptoms  of  the  animal  when  dying,  and  the  subsequent  autopsy, 
together  with  microscopical  examination  of  the  blood,  clearly  proved 
the  diagnosis — "chicken-cholera." 

(b)  Feeding. 

September  3rd,  8.15  p.m. 
A   half-grown   rabbit  which  had   not   been   fed  since  9  a.m.  of  the 
same  day,  was  given  a  few  cabbage-leaves  smeared  over  with  nearly 


BY    DR.  OSCAR    KATZ.  547 

1  gramme  of  the  fascal  matter,  kept  moist  since  the  preceding  day 
under  a  bell-jar.  The  rabbit,  when  seen  at  10  p.m.,  had  eaten  all 
the  food.  It,  however,  did  not  show  anything  abnormal  afterwards. 
It  remained  intact  from  this  treatment. 

(2)  Contents  of  csecum  from  a  young  rabbit,  dead  from  "  chicken-cholera  " 
(feeding  on  virulent  material).  The  caecum  was  laid  open  at  one 
spot  by  means  of  a  hot  scalpel,  and  the  matter  cautiously  collected  in 
a  sterile  test-tube. 

October  15th,  about  11  a.m. 

Two  half-grown  rabbits  which  had  not  received  any  food  in  the 
morning,  were  given,  together  in  one  hutch,  cabbage-leaves  to  which 
were  attached  5ccm.  of  a  mixture  consisting  half  of  the  above 
material  and  half  of  a  0"6  per  cent,  sterile  salt-solution.  They  had 
eaten  all  but  a  few  small  pieces  of  leaves  at  12.30  p.m.,  and  had 
quite  finished  eating  when  seen  at  2  p.m. 

Results : 

One  was  observed  to  be  dying  at  8.10  p.m.,  October  16th.     As  it 
was  paralysed  and  evidently  in  pain,  it  was  then  killed. 
The  other  was  found  dead  at  9.15  p.m.,  October  18th. 
In  both  instances  the  post-mortem  examination   yielded  a  nega- 
tive result  with  regard  to  "  chicken-cholera." 

(3)  Contents  of  cfecum  from  a  robust  full-grown  rabbit  shortly  after  its 
death  from  "  chicken-cholera "  (feeding  on  virulent  microbes). 
Material  derived  as  before. 

1889. 

(a)  Inoculation. 

May  6th. — One  full-grown  healthy  rabbit  inoculated  (as  before)  at  4.45 
p.m.  with  a  medium-sized  platinum-loop  full  of  such  material  from 
caecum.  It  died  at  7.25  p.m..  May  7th,  under  characteristic 
symptoms.  The  subsequent  post-mortem  examination  secured  the 
diagnosis — "  chicken-cholera." 

(b)  Feeding. 

May  6th.  — One  full-grown  healthy  rabbit  was  given,  shortly  after  the 
above  time,  some  bran  with  which  were  mixed  2  grammes  of  the 
matter  of  the  caecum-contents,  diluted  with  some  0"6  per  cent,  sterile 
salt-solution. 

The  rabbit,  being  still  lively  on  May  20th,  was  taken  from  its 
hutch  and  turned  loose  in  an  enclosure  with  others.     According  to 


548    EXPERIMENTAL  RESEARCHES  WITH  CHICKEN-CHOLERA  MICROBES, 

the  caretaker  on  Rodd  Island,  it   was   found  dead  there,  June  6th. 

It  had  been  burnt  when  I  visited  the  Island.  His  description  of  the 

condition  of   the   carcass  did   not   lend   any  support  to  its  having 
succumbed  to  "  chicken-cholera." 

Besides,  the  result  of  another  experiment  showed  that  urine, 
taken  from  a  rabbit  newly  dead  in  consequence  of  inoculation 
with  virulent  culture,  had  no  effect  on  fresh  rabbits  which  were 
inoculated  with  it. 

1888. 
September  11th,  1.30  p.m. 
Two  rabbits  received  subcutaneously  about  iccm.  (2  minims)  of 
such  urine.  The  bladder  of  the  rabbit  from  which  the  latter  was 
obtained  was  much  distended.  The  deep  amber-yellow  urine, 
which  contained  much  firm  matter  (urates),  was  derived  by  means 
of  sucking  a  small  portion  into  a  sterile  glass-tube,  through  a  little 
hole  made  by  a  hot  glass  rod  into  the  lifted  and  stretched  vertex 
of  the  bladder. 

Results  : 

One  rabbit  was  found  dead  at  7.30  a.m.,  September  13th.     P.M., 
Negative. 

The  other  remained  alive. 


Transmission  op  the  Virus  op  Chicken-cholera  through 
Rabbits  in  Successive  Generations. 

It  being  from  a  theoretical  as  well  as  from  a  practical  point  of 
view — in  case  the  microbes  of  chicken-cholera  were  to  be  employed 
as  a  means  for  the  destruction  of  rabbits  in  Australasia — a  matter 
of  some  importance  to  know  whether  these  microbes,  by  passing 
through  the  bodies  of  rabbits  in  a  number  of  continuous  genera- 
tions, become  altered  in  their  degree  of  virulence  or  not,  it  was 
decided  that  such  an  experiment,  with  a  view  to  obtaining  the 
required  information,  should  be  made,  extending  to  the  number  of 
twenty  successive  transmissions  from  rabbit  to  rabbit. 

Let  us  suppose  the  virus  under  consideration  is  endowed  with 
the  faculty  of  becoming   more  virulent,  or,   in  other  words,   of 


BY    DR.  OSCAR    KATZ.  549 

attaining  a  greater  poisoning  strength  in  its  action  on  rabbits, 
by  means  of  such  successive  transmissions,  the  consequence  will 
naturally  be  that,  under  the  same  conditions,  the  period  of  incuba- 
tion and  actual  disease,  or  the  whole  period  from  infection  to  death, 
becomes  shorter,  until  a  certain  stationary  point  is  reached ;  this 
period  must,  on  the  other  hand,  provided  the  conditions  be  the 
same,  become  longer,  or  infection  with  subsequent  death  may  not 
follow  at  all,  if  there  should  be  any  decrease  or  attenuation  of  the 
virulence  of  the  microbe.  Should  the  latter  preserve  its  degree  of 
virulence  uniformly  from  the  first  rabbit  to  the  last,  it  stands  to 
reason  that  the  above  period  will  remain  about  the  same  through- 
out, provided  again  the  conditions  be  the  same. 

The  experiment  was  carried  out  in  the  following  manner  : — A 
healthy  pigeon  was  inoculated,  October  3rd,  with  a  small  quantity 
of  the  surface-growth  of  a  virulent  stick-culture  of  the  microbe  of 
chicken-cholera  (fourth  generation,  32  days  old).  Not  long  after 
the  death  of  this  pigeon,  which  died  of  typical  chicken-cholera 
within  about  twenty  hours,  two  rabbits  were  inoculated,  each 
with  five  platinum-loops  full,  equal  to  -j^  ccm.,  of  heart-blood  from 
this  pigeon.  The  blood  of  the  first  rabbit  that  died,  or  that  was 
found  dead,  furnished  the  material  for  inoculation,  in  like  manner, 
into  two  further  rabbits ;  with  the  blood  again  of  the  first  of 
these  dead,  two  other  rabbits  were  inoculated,  and  so  on  till  the 
number  of  forty  rabbits,  or  twenty  generations,  were  arrived  at, 
when  the  experiment  was  concluded. 

Before  directing  attention  to  the  table  of  results  of  the  experi- 
ments given  below  (Table  III.,  at  the  end),  I  wish  to  state  the 
following: — The  rabbits  used  were,  if  not  specially  noted  to  the 
contrary,  full-grown  animals  of  normal  appearance.  If  at  the 
2?ost-7nortem  examinations  anything  abnormal  was  found,  it  will 
be  remarked  in  that  table.  The  rabbits  for  this  experiment  were 
taken  irrespectively  of  the  sex.  From  practical  reasons  it  was  not 
possible  to  employ  either  males  or  females  from  the  beginning  to 
the  end. 


550    EXPERIMENTAL  RESEARCHES  WITH  CHICKEN-CHOLERA  MICROBES, 

Immediately  after  the  inoculations,  the  rabbits  were  placed  in 
spacious  clean  hutches,  separately,  and  food  was  given  to  them  as 
usual.  They  were  also,  all  of  them,  sheltered  from  rain  and  sun 
in  like  manner. 

The  blood  used  for  the  inoculations  was  in  each  case  derived 
from  the  right  atrium  of  the  heart,  near  the  vence  cavce.  The 
quantity  of  blood  derived  was  pretty  uniformly  the  same  each 
time,  viz.,  ^  ccm.  {vide  above). 

The  time  of  inoculation  of  each  new  series  lay  within  about 
tivo  hours  from  the  moment  the  first  of  the  preceding  series  died. 
In  cases  where  such  rabbits  were  found  dead,  instead  of  being 
observed  to  die,  the  body-temperature  then  taken  yielded  a 
cue  as  to  the  approximate  time  when  death  occurred. 

The  seat  of  inoculation  was  always  a  corresponding  area  on  the 
left  side  of  the  belly.  After  having  shorn  this  area,  a  small  fold 
of  the  skin,  where  there  was  no  blood-vessel  running,  was  cut 
across  by  means  of  a  small  pair  of  scissors.  The  wound  thus 
produced  was  made  the  entrance  into  a  small  subcutaneous 
pouch,  where  the  inoculation-material  was  easily  and  safely 
deposited    by  means   of  the  platinum-loop. 

The  quantity  of  bacteria  thus  inoculated  into  the  different 
rabbits  was,  comparatively  speaking,  a  limited  one.  The  direct 
microscopical  examination  of  uniformly  obtained  and  stained 
samples  of  heart-blood  of  all  the  rabbits  shortly  after  their  death, 
succeeded  in  showing  only  moderate  numbers  of  individual  bacteria. 

In  four  cases  I  have  tried  to  determine  approximately  the  number 
administered,  namely,  in  Inoculation  Series  x.,  xv.,  xix.,  and  xx., 
Nos.  19,  29,  37,  and  39,  Table  III.  About  10  ccm.  of  6  per  cent,  rabbit- 
broth-peptone-gelatine  in  a  test-tube  were  liquefied,  so  as  to  have  a 
temperature  of  between  30°  and  40^0.,  mixed  with  one  platinum- 
loop  full  (one-fifth  of  the  quantity  for  inoculation)  of  the  heart-blood, 
and  made  to  solidify,  by  means  of  iced  water,  in  a  homogeneous 
layer  along  the  inner  walls  of  the  test-tubes  (Esmarch's  method). 
After  having  been  in  a  thermostat  at  a  suitable  temperature  for  three 
or  four  days,  the  coating  of  gelatine  in  the  tubes  presented  innumer- 


BY   DR.  OSCAR   KATZ.  551 

able,  as  it  seemed,  whitish  points  of  growth,  or  colonies,  the  number 
of  which,  however,  could  without  difficulty  be  calculated  by  counting 
the  number  of  colonies  at,  usually,  ten  different  spots  each  of  the 
area  of  one-sixteenth  of  a  square  cm.  area,  cut  out  of  a  piece  of  black 
paper.  The  total  number  of  colonies  which  were  calculated  as  being 
contained  in  the  four  tubes,  amounted  to  67623,  71887,  65367, 
48593,  i.e.,  in  the  mean,  63368.  This  figure  multiplied  by  five 
yields  316840,  and,  if  we  are  permitted  to  make  use  of  this  average 
number,  we  may  well  say  that  the  quantity  of  microbes  transmitted 
into  the  rabbits  along  with  blood,  was  not  very  far  ofi"  this  number. 
We  are,  however,  well  justified  in  taking  it  somewhat  higher,  from 
the  fact  that  a  portion  of  the  bacteria  in  the  blood  are  occurring  in 
twos,  which  will  not  be  easily  separated  by  mixing  with  gelatine,  in 
which  they  will  give  rise  to  but  one  colony. 

This  relative  scarcity  of  the  micro-organisms  of  chicken-cholera 
in  the  heart-blood  of  rabbits,  newly  dead.,  stood  in  a  sharp  contrast 
to  the  relative  abundance  of  these  microbes  in  samples  of  the  same 
blood,  taken  from  rabbits  which  had  been  left  where  they  died 
untouched,  (say)  for  twelve,  twenty-four,  thirty-six,  or  7nore  hours. 
In  each  case,  where  such  a  comparison  was  made  —  for  that 
purpose  one  portion  of  the  rabbits,  as  used  for  the  inoculations, 
were  examined  soon  after  their  death,  and  the  other  corresponding 
portion  at  some  time  after  their  death ;  but  also  on  other  occa- 
sions, when  I  had  an  opportunity  of  thus  comparing, — I  could  not 
fail  to  be  struck  with  the  disparity  of  the  heart-blood  alluded  to. 

On  the  other  hand,  it  was  repeatedly  noticed  that  the  capillary- 
blood  derived  from  cut  surfaces  of  the  liver,  soon  after  the  death 
of  the  rabbits,  contained  incomparably  more  numerous  bacteria 
than  the  heart-blood  derived  from  the  same  subject,  and  at  the 
same  time. 

I  must  add  that  all  the  samples  for  microscopical  examination 
were  derived  in  like  quantities,  and  spread  and  stained  on  cover, 
glasses  in  like  fashion.  From  this  it  is  evident  that  in  rabbits 
dead  of  "  chicken-cholera,"  at  the  time  of  death  or  shortly  after  it, 
the  blood  of  the  heart  and  main  vessels  carries  only  a  relatively 
small  number  of  the  bacteria,  and  that  their  relatively  plentiful 


552    EXPERIMENTAL  RESEARCHES  WITH  CHICKEN-CHOLERA  MICROBES, 

occurrence  there,  some  such  time  after  death  as  noted  above,  can 
only  be  declared  by  their  having  multiplied  there  after  the  death 
of  their  hosts. 

The  table,  the  arrangement  of  which  will,  I  think,  be  easily 
understood,  contains  the  results  of  this  experiment.  I  may  at 
once  remark  that,  for  the  sake  of  convenience,  those  rabbits  which 
as  having  died  first  were  used  for  the  successive  inoculations  of 
the  different  series  (column  one),  are  designated  uniformly  by  the 
first  (odd)  number  (column  two)  of  each  series.  (See  Table  III., 
at  the  end.) 

In  looking  over  the  figures  in  this  table,  we  cannot  help  arriving 
at  the  conclusion  that  by  transmitting  the  virus  of  chicken-cholera 
from  rabbit  to  rabbit,  to  the  extent  of  twenty  generations,  neither 
an  increase,  nor  a  decrease  in  its  virulence  is  attained — that,  rather, 
its  virulence  does  not  exhibit  any  striking  differences  throughout 
the  whole  series.  It  is  true  that  in  four  cases  out  of  the  forty,  the 
figures  regarding  time  of  death  are  a  little  lower  than  usual  (Nos. 
1,  21,  29,  33),  that  in  three  other  cases  they  are  somewhat  higher 
(Nos.  4,  14,  28),  and  that  in  one  case  (No.  34)  the  figure  is  very 
high.  But  these  exceptions  may  be  declared  from  certain  indi- 
vidual properties  of  the  rabbits  employed.  It  was,  as  a  matter  of 
fact,  not  possible  to  take  exclusively  only  such  rabbits  as  were 
like  one  another  in  every  respect  (age,  size,  weight,  sex,  and  health). 

That  the  rabbit  No.  34,  Series  xvii. — a  light-grey  female,  with 
a  white  streak  running  longitudinally  from  the  back  of  the 
head  over  the  middle  of  the  head  down  to  the  underside  of  the 
neck  (mammary  glands  fully  developed,  containing  milk) — did 
not  succumb  until  two  days  after  inoculation,  which  had  been 
performed  in  the  usual  manner,  is  very  remarkable.  Seeing  it  out- 
live the  first  day,  I  thought  of  having  hit  upon  another  example 
of  immunity  in  rabbits.  The  post-mortem  examination  later 
on  left  no  doubt  as  to  its  having  died  of  "chicken-cholera.'' 
I  may,  however,  mention  that  the  seat  of  inoculation  differed 
from  that  in  all  rabbits  inoculated,  in  so  far  as  there 
was    a    yellowish-white    membraneous    formation    adhering    to 


BY    DR.  OSCAR    KATZ.  553 

tlie  under  surface  of  the  cutis,  of  about  the  size  of  a  sixpence. 
This  appearance  was  not  unlike  that  which  is  noticed  at  the  seat 
of  inoculation  with  the  virus  of  chicken-cholera  in  the  case  of 
fowls  and  pigeons ;  but  while  the  substance  of  the  yellowish  sub- 
cutaneous masses  forming  after  inoculation  in  fowls  and  pigeons 
are  found  to  be  crowded  with  chicken-cholera  bacteria,  in  the 
corresponding  case  of  the  rabbit  these  bacteria  were  exceedingly 
scarce. 

Tests  of  Virulence  tvith  regard  to  Fowls  and  Pigeons. 

The  next  table  (IV.),  at  the  end,  contains  the  results  of 
inoculations  into  fowls  and  pigeons,  with  heart-blood  from 
the  first-mentioned  rabbits  as  used  in  the  Inoculation  Series 
v.,  X.,  XV.,  XX.,  of  Table  III.  In  reference  to  the  first  case 
which  I  denoted  as  inoculated  from  Inoculation  Series  i.,  I 
must  state  that,  as  the  date  (16th  October)  implies,  that  par- 
ticular rabbit  was  not  exactly  the  first  dead  of  the  first 
generation  as  followed  directly  by  the  others  ;  this  experiment 
was  added  later  on,  when,  on  14th  October,  a  pigeon  was 
inoculated  with  a  small  quantity  of  the  surface-growth  of  a 
gelatine  stick-culture  of  the  microbe  (fifth  generation,  17  days 
old),  and  after  the  death  of  the  pigeon,  which  died  between  14  h. 
15  m.  and  17  h.  5  m.,  a  rabbit  was  inoculated  (15th  October)  in 
pretty  much  the  same  way  as  the  two  of  the  first  series  in  Table 
III.  From  this  rabbit,  which  died  between  12h.  30  m.  and  15h. 
45  m.,  the  fowl  and  pigeon  of  Series  i.  of  the  following  table  were 
inoculated.  Therefore,  I  call  Series  No.  i.  simply  inoculated  from 
Inoculation  Series  i.  The  conditions  under  which  the  five  series 
were  inoculated,  were,  on  the  whole,  corresponding  to  those  stated 
for  the  rabbits  (Table  III.)  ;  the  seat  of  inoculation  was  an  area 
under  the  skin  which  covers  the  pectoral  muscle.    (See  Table  lY.) 

As  evidenced  by  the  data  obtained  and  put  together  in  this 
table,  the  virulence  of  the  microbes  of  chicken-cholera  neither 
increases  nor  decreases,  perceptibly,  in  fowls  and  pigeons  inocu- 
lated with  virus  descending  from  rabbits  of  the  first,  fifth,  tenth, 
fifteenth,  or  twentieth   Inoculation  Series.     The  hours  which  it 


554    EXPERIMENTAL  RESEARCHES  WITH  CHICKEN-CHOLERA  MICROBES, 

required  to  kill  either  fowls  or  pigeons,  did  not  show  any  consider- 
able difference  in  either  the  one  or  the  other  case,  so  that  we  may- 
say  here,  as  we  did  before,  that  the  degree  of  virulence  was  at  the 
end  of  the  experiment  practically  the  same  as  at  the  beginning. 

Notes  on  the  Body  Temperatures  of  Rabbits  inoculated  ivith  the 
Mic7'obes  of  Chicken-cholera. 

In  connection  with  the  experiment  conducted  with  a  view  to 
determining  the  degree  of  virulence  of  the  bacteria  of  chicken- 
cholera,  when  made  to  pass  though  the  bodies  of  rabbits  in  twenty 
generations  of  two  rabbits  for  each,  1  have  been  able  to  make  a 
series  of  observations  regarding  the  body-temperatures  of  such 
rabbits.* 

In  a  number  of  cases  the  temperature  was  taken,  at  intervals, 
from  the  time  of  inoculation  (immediately  before  it)  until  death 
(immediately  after  it)  ;  in  several  instances  only  up  to  some  time 
before  death. 

These  observations  are  put  together  in  Table  V.,  at  the  end. 

From  the  data  given  in  this  table  we  may  reasonably  conclude 
that— 

1.  As  a  priori  intelligible,  the  septicaemia  which  is  the  result 
of  transmitting  virulent  chicken-cholera  bacteria  into  rabbits, 
is  associated  with  a  gradual  increase  in  the  body-tempera- 
ture, which  in  its  maximum  was  found  to  difler  from  the 
initial  temperature  by  2*5°  C.  in  one  case  (No.  8),  by 
1-95°  C.  in  another  (No.  2),  by  1-9°  C.  in  a  third  (No.  7), 
by  1*8°  C.  in  two  others  (Nos.  10  and  16),  while  in  the 
remaining  cases  the  difference  was  less. 

2.  This  maximum,  as  a  rule,  is  noticed  some  little  time  before 
death. 

The  difference  between  the  initial  body-temperatures  (taken 
immediately  before  inoculation)  and  the  final  body-tempera- 
tures (taken  immediately   after  death)  may   also   be  seen,  in  the 

*  The  observations  were  made  by  means  of  an  ordinary  clinical  ther- 
mometer which,  after  having  been  oiled  with  ol.  amygd.  dulc,  was  intro- 
duced into  the  anus  to  the  length  of  between  six  and  seven  centimetres. 


BY    DR.  OSCAR    KATZ.  555 


majority  o£  cases,  as  noted  in  the  aforementioned  table.     Apart 
from  these,  I  can  offer  several   examples  where  only  initial  and 
final  temperatures   were    taken.      All   the    examples    that   may 
thus  be  utilised,  number  nineteen.     The  following  are  the  figures 
as  compared  with  one  another  in  the  different  instances  :- 
40^0  -39-6    :  39-2  -39-67  :    39-6_40-6    :  39-3-41-0 
38-9  -39-6    :  S9-1  -40-2     :    39-2-39-15  :  39-4-400 
39.05-39-4.5  :  38-8.5-40-0    :    39-1-40-9    :  39-8-39-6 
39-8  -41-25  :  39-0  -39-9     :    38-8-3965  :  39-9-41-7 
39.8  _40-2     :  39-6  —41-2     :    40-0—38-4    : 
In  fifteen  cases,  then,  out  of  nineteen,  the  body-temperature  was 
found  to  be  higher  at  the  end  than  at  the  beginning.     Taking  the 
mean  out  of  each  of  these  two  series  of  fifteen  observations   we 
arrive  at  the  figures  39-3-40-355;  the  difference  is  thus  1-055  C. 
In  four  cases  out  of  the  above  nineteen  the  final  temperature  was 
lower  than  the  beginning.     Taking,  again,  the  mean  out  of  each  of 
the  two  series  of  four  observations,  we  obtain  the  figures  39-75- 
39-19   that  is  a  difference  of  056°  C.  in  favourof  the  final  tempera- 


ture 


From  this,  therefore,  we  may  deduce  that,  as  a  rule,  the  final 
body-temperature  is  higher  than  the  initial  by  about  V  C.  on  the 


averagje. 


I  nmy  add  the  initial  temperatures  of  eleven  more  cases,  withoat 
any  corresponding  final  temperatures.  They  were  39-9,  39-85,  40-2, 
40  0,  39-45,  39-3,  40-1,  39-4,  38-7,  39-0,  39-6.  The  final  tempera- 
ture in  one  case,  without  any  initial  temperature  taken,  was  41-J5. 

Although  the  temperatures  which  the  air  showed  during  the  course  of  the 
experiments  recorded  above  (Table  III),  may  be  regarded  as  havmg  only  a 
secondary  meaning  in  the  judgment  of  the  results  obtained   it  is  ]ust  a 
well  to  gL  a  number  of  figures  as  they  were  noted,  f     They  show  here  and 
there  marked  differences  (see  next  page)  :—  . 

*Note  on  the  Respiration.-The  breathing,  shortly  before  death   is  very 
much  accelerated.     In  one  instance,  two  minutes  before   the  death  of    h 
rabbit,  I  have  found  it  to  be  forty-six  to  I  minute  ;  in  another  mstance,  ten 
minutes  before  death,  forty-four  to  i  minute. 

t  These  fibres  are  also  put  do.^n  in  connection  with  ';f^^'^ ''f^^'^^l''''^^^^^ 
quantity  of  bacteria  in  the  blood  of  rabbits,  some  time  after  their  death  of    chicken-cholera, 

vide  above. 


556    EXPERIMENTAL  RESEARCHES  WITH  CHICKEN-CHOLERA  MICROBES, 


So 

00 

is 

, 

1>* 

is 

C5 

C5 

s 

co;* 

"rjH           1    CD 

s 

0 

d 

s 

1—1   l-H 

d 

—H 

So 

3 

So 

Tl5 

GO 

10 

00 

CO 

s 

^§0 

■  r^ 
06 

So 

CO 

1. 

06 

I— 1 

S 

k 

cc 

k 

CO 

1*2 

d 

Sc 
CO 

2,25. 

0 

CO 

2. 

0^ 

16 

k 

CO 

So      s, 

-*■            i    CO 

d 

CO 

'3. 

Tin' 

• 

s 

0 

S 

0 

■  s 

c4 

Be 

1— 1 

d 

c4 

co' 

a 

I— t 

So 

l-H 

00 

d 

c4 

B 
c4 

S.o 

06 

i-H 

0 

CO 

1 

+3 

r 

1 

rd 
■+3 

CO 

:5 
00 

:5 

C5 

0 

f-H 

i 

i 

^ 
0 

i 

BY    DR.  OSCAR    KATZ. 


557 


Experiments  on  Indigenous  Birds, 

In  the  appended  Table  Yl,—(a,  b,  c,  d)  are  put  together, 
seriatim,  the  results  of  experiments  with  the  microbes  of  chicken- 
cholera  on  a  number  of  indigenous  birds.     These  consisted  of  : — 

(1)  Two  wekas,  or  Maori-  or  wood-hens  (Ocydromus  australis, 
Sparrm).     Habitat :  South  Island  of  N.Z. 

(2)  Two  magpies  (Gymnorhina  tibicen,  Lath.).  Hab.  :  Q., 
N.S.W.,  v.,  S.A. 

(3)  Two  laughing-jackasses  (Dacelo  gigas,  Bodd.).  Eab. :  Q., 
KS.W.,  V. 

(4)  Two  butcher-birds  (Cracticus  torquatus,  Lath.).  Hab.  :  Q., 
N.S.W.,  v.,  S.A. 

(5)  One  blue-jay  (Graucalus  melanojys,  Lath.).  Hab.  :  Austral, 
(and  New  Guinea). 

(6)  Two  gallahs,  or  rose-breasted  cockatoos  {Cacatua  roseicapilla, 
Yieill.).     Hab.  :  Austral. 

(7)  Two  wonga-pigeons  (Leucosarcia  picata,  Lath.).  Hab. :  Q., 
KS.W.,  Y. 

(8)  One  bronze- wing  pigeon  (Fhajys  chalcoptera.  Lath.).  Hab.  : 
Austral. 

(9)  Two  common  Bwa.mTp-c[VLa.i\(SynoicusaustraUs, Ij^th.).  Hab.: 

Austral.  "^^ 

[See  Table  YI.  (a),  (b),  (c),  (d),  at  the  end.] 

(10)  Six  crows  (Corone  australis,  Gould).  Hab.  :  Austral. 
(See  p.  560.) 


«  All  the  specimens  of  birds  mentioned  under  1—9,  were  obtained,  in 
an  apparently  good  condition,  from  a  dealer  at  the  Sydney  markets,  on  the 
8th  October.  On  the  Island  they  were  kept  in  spacious,  airy  boxes,  so  as  to 
be  protected  from  any  injurious  effects  of  the  weather.  When  they  were 
to  be  experimented  upon  (in  case  of  feeding  only),  they  were  slightly 
starved  beforehand,  and  their  boxes  emptied  of  all  except  water. 
During  the  course  of  the  experiments  they  were  regularly  fed,  as  usual. 


558    EXPERIMENTAL  RESEARCHES  WITH  CHICKEN-CHOLERA  MICROBES, 

From  the  results  so  far  obtained  we  see  that  the  virus  of 
chicken-cholera,  derived,  as  it  was,  in  the  shape  of  blood  from  rabbits 
which  died  in  consequence  of  infection  by  that  virus,  proved,  when 
caused  to  gain  entrance  into  the  digestive  organs  in  the  noted  quan- 
tities, fatal  to  the  magpies,  butcher-birds,  and  blue-jay  (which  are 
principally  animal  feeders),  to  the  wonga-  and  bronze-wing  pigeons, 
to  the  gallahs  and  quail  (which  are  all  of  them  vegetable  feeders). 
One  of  the  wonga-pigeons,  however,  and  one  of  the  quail,  did  not 
succumb  until  after  having  been  fed  a  second  time  on  somewhat 
larger  portions  of  the  virus  than  before.  One  of  the  gallahs, 
although  surviving  two  experiments  by  feeding,  perished  quickly 
in  consequence  of  inoculation,  thus  manifesting  its  ready  suscepti- 
bility to  inoculated  chicken-cholera. 

Of  two  laughing-jackasses  (true  animal-feeders),  one  died  after 
the  first  experiment  (feeding),  but  not  of  chicken-cholera,  as  shown 
by  the  result  of  the  post-mortem  examination.  The  other  sur- 
vived feeding  on  virulent  material  for  two  successive  times ;  but 
when  inoculated  later  on,  it  succumbed,  we  are  entitled  to  say,  to 
this  disease,  in  so  far  as  evidenced  by  the  occurrence  of  numerous 
bacteria  of  chicken-cholera  in  the  blood,  by  their  successful  culti- 
vation, and  inoculation  into  a  healthy  rabbit,  which  died  as  usual. 
The  appearance  of  the  organs  was  less  characteristic  than  is 
usually  the  case  with  birds  dead  of  the  disease. 

Two  wekas  (animal-feeders),  of  which  one  was  once  fed  and 
twice  inoculated,  the  other  twice  fed  and  once  inoculated,  remained 
alive.  Whether  their  insusceptibility  arose  from  the  fact  of  their 
having  been  possibly  treated  preventively  at  first,  or  whether — 
what  seems  to  me  to  be  not  at  all  impossible — birds  of  this 
description  are  naturally  immune  against  chicken-cholera  in  any 
shape  of  application,  can  only  be  decided  by  further  experiments. 

Nearly  five  and  a  half  months  later,  the  two  wekas  (rooster 
and  hen)  were  subjected  to  a  last  inoculation,  this  time  of  a  con- 
siderably larger  quantity  of  virulent  blood  from  a  "chicken-cholera'' 
rabbit  [see  Table  YI.  {d)\     The  result  was   that  the  weka-hen 


BY    DR.   OSCAR    KATZ.  559 

remained  alive  for  good,  whereas  therooster  was  founddead  42  hours 
after  inoculation  (having  died  in  less  time  than  that).  The  inocu- 
lation, in  this  instance,  had  not  run  off  smoothly;  instead  of  apply- 
ing, as  intended,  the  same  quantity  as  that  injected  into  the  hen 
(in  each  case  under  the  skin  of  the  right  side  of  the  breast),  only 
about  half  of  that  penetrated  under  the  skin :  the  animal  may  have 
become  too  much  injured  at  the  place  of  inoculation,  in  consequence 
of  the  manipulation.  At  the  2^ost-mortem  examination,  the  seat  of 
inoculation  and  neighbouring  portions  were  in  a  state  of  haemor- 
rhagic  infiltration.  The  organs  presented  everywhere  indications 
of  general  sepsis.  The  blood,  of  black  crlour,  showed  in  cover-glass 
preparations  a  moderate  number  of  bacilli  which,  although  being 
larger  than  the  chicken-cholera  bacteria  usually  are,  resembled 
them.  There  were  also  bacilli  of  a  different  form.  In  order  to 
arrive  at  a  certainty  whether  the  former  were  true  chicken  cholera 
bacteria,  and  active,  I  inoculated  a  medium-sized  fresh  rabbit  with 
heart-blood  of  the  weka-rooster.  The  rabbit  was  found  dead 
20  hours  afterwards,  it  having  died  between  lOf  hours  and  that 
time.  The  finding  of  the  examination  was  :  death  from  typical 
"  chicken-cholera."  Notwithstanding  this  occurrence  of  virulent 
bacteria  in  the  heart-blood  of  the  weka-rooster — they  were  also 
observed  in  the  spleen — it  is  very  doubtful  whether  this  case  is  to 
be  placed  under  the  heading  of  a  true  infection  by  those  microbes. 
To  judge  from  the  'post-mortem  appearances,  I  think,  the  presence 
of  these  microbes  in  the  vascular  system  might  be  explained  with- 
out adopting  the  view  of  an  infection,  properly  speaking. 

That  with  regard  to  all  the  representatives  of  indigenous  birds 
which,  experimented  upon,  died,  the  cause  of  death  must  be 
regarded  as  due  to  chicken-cholera,  as  briefly  noted  in  the  quoted 
table  by  ^^  P.M.,  Positive  ^^  (with  the  exception  of  one  laughing- 
jackass,  where  the  post-7}iorte7n  was  negative,  and  very  likely  of 
the  weka)  was,  1  think,  conclusively  demonstrated  by  the  presence, 
usually  in  immense  numbers,  of  the  typical  bacteria  in  the  blood ; 
by  cultivation  of  such  material  in  suitable  media,  when  they  gave 
rise  to  typical  cultures  ;  and  by  the  positive  results  of  occasional 


560    EXPERIMENTAL  RESEARCHES  WITH  CHICKEN-CHOLERA  MICROBES, 

inoculations  of  blood  into  normal  rabbits.  Besides,  the  appearance 
of  the  organs  was  nearly  always  such  as  bearing  a  close  resemblance 
to  that  in  the  case  of  fowls  and  pigeons  which  succumb  to  the 
disease. 

Certain  results  obtained  in  the  foregoing  experiments,  would 
seem  to  lead  to  the  belief  that  indigenous  birds,  as  exemplified  by 
a  few  instances,  may  not  always  necessarily  become  affected  or 
killed  by  taking  up,  along  with  food,  certain  small  or  minute 
quantities  of  the  microbes  derived,  we  had  better  add,  directly 
from  the  bodies  of  rabbits  newly  dead  of  "  chicken-cholera.'*'  On 
the  other  hand,  inoculation  with  the  virus  taken  from  the  same 
source,  may  be  looked  upon  as  a  far  more  dangerous,  although 
naturally  more  rarely  occurring,  mode  of  infection  for  such  birds. 
Further  below  I  shall  mention  a  corresponding  case  in  common 
pigeons. 

(10.)  Indigenous  Crows. 

At  my  request,  Mr.  Taylor,  of  the  Rabbit  Branch,  Lands 
Department,  Sydney,  caused  a  number  of  indigenous  crows  to 
be  caught  near  Hay,  New  South  Wales,  and  to  be  forwarded  to 
me.  On  the  8th  and  10th  November,  1888,  I  received  them, 
eight  in  all,  of  which,  however,  two  died  soon  after  arrival.  The 
remaining  six  appeared  in  good  health,  although  at  first  they  were 
a  little  sluggish.  They  belonged  to  the  species  Corone  australis, 
Gould  ;  found  all  over  Australia,  including  Tasmania.  I  am  told 
that  there  is  very  little  difference  between  the  two  species  of 
crows  described  from  Australia  ;  one  is  the  above-mentioned,  and 
the  other  is  Corvus  corondides,  Yig.  and  Horsf.,  which  is  said  not 
to  occur  in  Tasmania. 

I  enumerate  the  experiments  upon  the  six  crows  in  chrono- 
logical order  : — 

1888. 
(i)  November  13th,  11  a.m. 

Two  of  the  crows,  kept  in  one  box  with  plenty  of  space  in  it,  were 
inoculated  (under  the  skin  over  the  pectoral  muscle  on  one  side)  with 
fresh  virulent  liver-blood  taken  from  a  rabbit  which  died  of  "  chicken- 
cholera  "  on  inoculation. 


BY    DR.  OSCAR    KATZ.  561 

One  received  l-16th  ccm.  =  1  minim  1    ^^  ^^^^  ^^^^^ 

The  o<^er  received  1 -32nd  ccm.  =  J  minim   J 

Results : 

November  15th. — The  one  which  had  been  inoculated  with  1  minim 
of  blood,  was  found  dead  at  7.30  a.m.  P.M.,  Positive.  (Appearance 
of  the  organs  resembling  to  some  extent  that  of  the  organs  of  poultry- 
dead  of  chicken-cholera.  Immense  numbers  of  typical  bacteria  in 
the  blood.) 

December  1st. — The  other  which   had   received   only   5   minim    of 
blood,  was   still   alive  on  this  date,  when  it   was  used  otherwise,  as 
will  be  seen  below, 
(ii)  November  13th,  12.35  p.m. 

Four  crows  which  were  accommodated  in  a  commodious  specially- 
fitted  stall  in  the  shed,  and  which  had  not  been  treated  so  far,  were 
fed  on  the  livers  of  two  rabbits  which  had  succumbed  to  '^  chicken- 
cholera  "  on  feeding. 

Annotations  : 

(1)  The  crows,  although  not  being  fed  on  the  morning  of  that  day, 
were  very  slow  in  eating  the  pieces  of  liver  placed  in  their  stall  on 
a  soup-plate. 

(2)  The  feeding  had,  from  want  of  rabbits  at  the  time,  to  be  dis- 
continued until  later  (vide  below). 

Result : 

December  1st. — The  four  crows  were  still  alive, 
(iii)  December  1st  to  7th. 

In  the  stall  which  contained  the  above  four  crows,  and  into  which  was 
turned  the  one  which  had  been  inoculated  previously  with  |  minim  of 
virulent  blood,  were  placed,  for  seven  consecutive  days,  in  the  mornings, 
the  carcasses,  each  time,  of  two  rabbits  which  died  of  "chicken- 
cholera  "  on  inoculation  (in  connection  with  the  desiccation  experi- 
ments (,p.  572). 

Annotations : 

(1)  The  dead  rabbits  {fourteen  in  all),  before  being  given  to  the 
crows,  had  been  deprived  of  their  entrails  (with  the  exception  of  liver, 
kidneys,  heart,  and  lungs),  and  as  there  were  more  on  hand  than 
were  required  at  the  time,  they  were  kept  in  a  cool  place,  so  that  the 
carcasses  were  still  fresh  when  placed  in  the  crows'  stall,  with  the 
exception  of  one  (out  of  the  last  feeding)  in  which  putrefaction  had 
already  set  in. 

(2)  During  the  above-mentioned  period  the  crows  did  not  receive 
any  other  food.     Water,  of  course,  was  always  provided. 

36 


562    EXPERIMENTAL  RESEARCHES  WITH  CHICKEN-CHOLERA  MICROBSE, 

Results  : 

December  4th.— Owe  found  dead  at  9.30  a.m.  (alive  at  8.15  a.m.). 
P.M.,  Positive.  (Carcass  stiff;  blood  coagulated,  and  of  a  tarry- 
appearance  ;  hypersemia  of  intestines  ;  contents  of  small  intestine 
consisting  of  slimy,  yellowish  masses,  stained  here  and  there  with 
extravasated  blood  ;  spleen  apparently  enlarged,  cherry  -  brown. 
Immense  numbers  of  bacteria  of  chicken-cholera  in  the  blood.  A 
healthy  rabbit  inoculated  with  a  small  quantity  of  such  blood, 
succumbed  promptly.  Cultures  derived  from  blood  of  this  rabbit 
were  further  tested,  so  that  with  regard  to  this  crow  there  cannot  be 
any  doubt  as  to  the  cause  of  its  death). 
December  9th.  — One  found  dead  at  8.30  a.m.  P.M.,  Positive. 
The  three  remaining  crows,  among  them  the  previously  inoculated 
one,  were  still  alive  on 

(iv)  December  14th,  when,  at  noon,  they  were  inoculated  with  fresh  virulent 
blood  derived  from  the  liver  of  a  rabbit  that  died  of  "chicken- 
cholera  "  on  inoculation.  Of  these  three  crows,  two,  of  which  one  had 
been  inoculated  before,  received  1  minim  each  of  the  blood  ;  the  third 
^  minim. 

Jtesults  : 

All  three  crows  remained  alive  and  well,  thus  showing  that  they 
were  altogether  refractory  to  this  treatment. 

1889. 
,(v)  April  8th,  about  noon. 

After  a  lapse  of  nearly  four  months,  the  three  crows  were  inoculated 
again,  at  the  above  time,  with  liver-blood  from  a  rabbit  recently  dead 
from  "chicken-cholera";  each  crow  received  the  rather  large  dose  of 
^  ccm.  (4  minims)  of  such  blood  injected  under  the  skin  of  the  left  side 
of  the  thorax. 

In  the  evening  of  the  same  day,  and  at  noon  of  the  following  day, 
they  were  seen  to  have  eaten  only  portion  of  the  meat  given  to  them. 

Pesults  : 

One  crow  which  some  time  ago  had  lost  one  of  its  feet  through 
injury,  died  between  3  p.m.  and  3.15  p.m.,  April  9th;  27  hours 
after  inoculation.  The  carcass  was  found  resting  on  a  perch,  and  its 
head  leaning  against  the  wall. 

A  second  crow  which  looked  dull,  and  ruffled  in  plumage,  in  the 
evening  of  April  9th,  was  found  dead  at  6.25  a.m.,  April  10th  ;  it 
was  lying  on  tlie  floor  of  the  stall. 


BY    DR.   OSCAR    KATZ.  563 

The  third  crow  whrch  also  was  ill  since  the  previous  evening,  was 
found  dead  at  7.30  p.m.,  April  10th  ;  lying  on  the  floor  ;  it  must 
have  died  between  5.50  p.m.  and  that  time. 

(A  vigorous  full-grown  rabbit,  also  inoculated  with  |  ccm.  of  that 
liver-blood,  as  control,  was  found  dead  at  7  a.m.,  April  9th.  It 
must  have  died  soon  after  10  p.m.,  the  previous  night.) 
The  examination  of  the  carcasses  of  the  three  crows,  of  which  the 
last  two  were  in  a  very  good  condition,  resulted  in  showing 
that  they  all  had  succumbed  to  chicken-cholera.  The  carcasses 
were  very  stiff.  At  and  round  the  seat  of  inoculation  there  was, 
in  the  case  of  the  last  two  crows,  a  tough,  yellowish- white  forma- 
tion, resembling  in  appearance  what  is  known  in  fowls  or  pigeons 
similarly  treated.  Spleen  conspicuously  enlarged,  cherry-brown, 
and  soft.  Intestines  hyperaemic  ;  hsemorrhagic  exudations  in  the 
duodenum  of  the  crow  which  died  first.  Blood  mostly  coagulated, 
blackish  ;  in  it  innumerable  numbers  of  the  typical  bacteria  of 
chicken-cholera. 

To  judge  from  the  outcome  of  these  experiments  we  may  say, 
generally,  that  the  microbes  of  chicken-cholera  are  only  under 
certain  conditions  fatal  to  crows.  Small  doses  of  the  virus,  it 
appears,  are  not  efficacious  enough  to  become  fatal ;  on  the  other 
hand,  repeated  feedings  on  larger  quantities  of  virulent  material 
are  more  dangerous,  while  inoculations  with  larger  quantities  of 
such  caused  death  (from  chicken-cholera)  each  time.  The  pre- 
vious treatment  of  the  crows  mentioned  under  iii  and  iv,  may 
have  had  something  to  do  with  the  surviving  of  the  greater  por- 
tion (iii),  or  of  all  of  them  (iv).  These  treatments  combined, 
were,  however,  unable  to  protect — if  there  was  any  protection  at 
all — the  three  crows,  when  they  were  subjected  to  a  severer  test, 
about  four  months  later. 


How  far  there  is  danger  for  all  the  useful  indigenous  birds  to 
take  up  the  disease  (chicken-cholera),  should  the  latter  be  intro- 
duced into  the  country  for  the  sake  of  rabbit-destruction,  cannot 
be  precisely  defined  from  the  results  of  the  above  experiments.  That 
such  a  danger,  however  slight  it  may  be,  does  exist,  if  the  disease 
was  intentionally  spread  and  reared  in  the  open,  cannot  be  denied 
by  the  unprejudiced  mind  \  and  that,  even  admitting  that  in  the 


56-±    EXPERIMENTAL  RESEARCHES  WITH  CHICKEN-CHOLERA  MICROBES, 

first  instance  only  a  minute  fraction  of  wild  birds  may  be  carried 
off  by  the  disease — an  occurrence  which  in  itself  would  be  of  little 
importance — these  few  birds,  travelling  as  they  may,  perhaps, 
after  having  become  infected,  may  transmit  the  germs  hither  and 
thither,  ready  to  be  taken  up  again  by  susceptible  birds  of  the  same 
or  some  other  description. 

Experiments  on  Common  Fowls  and  Pigeons. 
(a). 

Feeding  and  Inoculatio7i. 

On  page  553  and  Table  IV.  (at  the  end),  I  have  already  recorded 
certain  inoculation-experiments  with  reference  to  common  fowls 
and  pigeons.  This  was  in  association  with  the  experiments  on. 
the  behaviour  of  chicken-cholera  bacteria  when  removed  from 
rabbit    to    rabbit  through   twenty  generations. 

'  Table  YII.  (at  the  end),  {a,  6,  c,  d,  e),   contains  an   account  of 
the  arrangement  and  the  results  of  other  experiments. 

From  it  will  be  seen  that  one  fowl  (hen)  proved  insusceptible  to 
taking  chicken-cholera  by  feeding  on  a  small  portion  of  virulent 
material  from  a  dead  rabbit,  while  after  a  second  feeding  on  a 
considerably  larger  portion  it  died,  unfortunately,  soon  afterwards, 
from  some  cause  different  from  chicken-cholera.  (The  result  of 
the  j^ost-niortem  examination  is  denoted  as  negative  in  the  table). 
Another  fowl  (heavy  rooster)  was  fed  three  consecutive  times  on 
successively  larger  portions  of  virulent  material  (taken  from 
rabbits)  without  the  least  harm  to  its  health.  Later  on  it  was 
inoculated  with  a  small  quantity  of  active  microbes,  but  it 
remained  alive.  [Necrotised  tissue  was  thrown  out  where  the  seat 
of  inoculation  was,  corresponding  to  what  takes  place  in  fowls 
which  are  treated  preventively  with  attenuated  virus  of  chicken- 
cholera  (Pasteur)]. 

The  immunity  of  the  rooster,  in  this  instance,  was  possibly  due 
to  the  animal  having  undergone  three  previous  and  successive 
feeding  experiments,  which  might  have  had  a  protective  influence. 


BY    DR.  OSCAR    KATZ.  565 

Nearly  five  months  and  a-half  later,  the  rooster,  which  was  then 
very  robust,  received  subcutaneously  (breast)  a  much  larger  quan- 
tity of  virulent  rabbit-blood  [see  Table  VII.  (at  the  end)  (e)]. 
This  time  the  rooster  did  not  resist;  it  died,  under  the  typical 
chicken-cholera  symptoms,  27  hours  after  inoculation,  after  a 
short  illness.  The  post-7norte7)i  examination  revealed  an  example 
of  severe  chicken -cholera.  The  duodenum  was  filled  with  almost 
one  mass  of  blood. 

Two  pigeons  which  were  repeatedly  fed  (the  one  twice,  the 
other  three  times)  on  food  contaminated  with  active  microbes, 
succumbed  promptly  to  the  effects  of  inoculation  later  on,  thus 
showing  that  they  had  not  been  rendered  immune  by  the  previous 
treatments.  However,  in  the  judgment  of  these  results,  it  should 
be  borne  in  mind  that,  as  the  pigeons  were  too  slow  in  eating 
(see  Table  VII.),  the  preceding  treatments  (feeding)  cannot  be 
regarded  as  exact.  (The  results  of  the  post-mortem  examinations 
are  simply  denoted  as  positive  in  the  table.) 

(b). 

Experiment  with  a  view  to  ascertaining  the  effect  of  exposing 
poultry  to  rabbits  which  are  dying  from  "  chicken-cholera " 
(after  feeding),  and  the  carcasses  of  which  are  allowed  to 
remain  with  the  former  for  some  time. 

For  this  purpose  the  Aviary  on  the  Island,  shortly  described  in 
the  Introduction,  was  utilised.  At  the  beginning  of  the  experi- 
ment, November  9th,  1888,  it  contained  nine  fowls,  (of  which 
three  had  been  there  for  some  time,  as  left  over  from  a  former 
consignment  of  twelve,  and  six  had  been  received  from  the  Sydney 
Markets  the  day  before,  November  8th),  and  twelve  pigeons,  also 
obtained  from  the  Markets  on  the  latter  date.  Neither  the  fowls 
nor  the  pigeons  had  so  far  been  experimented  upon  in  any  way. 
.  The  experiment,  as  already  mentioned,  was  begun  November 
9th,  and  lasted  five  weeks,  up  to  December  14th. 

Within  this  period  rabbits  were  introduced,  at  intervals,  in  all 
three  times. 


566    EXPERIMENTAL  RESEARCHES  WITH  CHICKEN-CHOLERA  MICROBES, 

1888. 
(i)  November  9th,  10  a.m. 

Two  rabbits,  one  quite  full-grown,  the  other  nearly  full-grown,  were 
given  cabbage-leaves  sprinkled  with  3  ccm.  of  an  active  broth-culture 
for  each  rabbit.     When  seen  at  12.15  p.m.,  they  had  finished  their 
portions  of  infected  food. 
At  12.30  p.m.  they  were  let  go  in  the  aviary. 

Results  : 

One  observed  to  die  at  10  a.m.,  November  10th  ;  the  other  about  two 
hours  later,  at  12.7  p.m.,  both  under  "  chicken-cholera  "  symptoms. 
Their  carcasses  also  showed  the  typical  stiffness.  A  control-  rabbit 
which  was  found  dead  at  7.30  a.m.,  November  10th,  was,  on  examina- 
tion, proved  to  have  succumbed  to  "  chicken-cholera." 

(ii)  November  22nd,  11  a.m. 

Three  full-grown  rabbits,  having  besides  others  arrived  on  the  Island  on 
the  previous  day,  were  given  cabbage-leaves  with  2  ccm.  of  a  fresh 
broth-culture  for  each  rabbit  (at  the  same  time  six  other  rabbits  were 
similarly  fed,  see  p.  538).  The  three  rabbits  which  were  very  slow  in 
eating,  although  they  had  been  left  without  food  for  some  time,  were 
placed  in  the  aviary  at  7  p.m. 

Results : 

One  rabbit  found  dead  at  7  a.m.,  November  23rd.  As  check  for  its 
having  died  from  "  chicken- cholera  "  may  be  taken  a  rabbit  which, 
being  among  the  six  mentioned  (turned  into  the  main  enclosure),  was 
also  found  dead  at  7  a.m.,  November  23rd  ;  a  sample  of  liver  derived 
from  this  rabbit,  contained  the  typical  chicken-cholera  bacteria. 
The  tioo  other  rabbits  being  still  alive,  November  27th,  were  taken 
out  of  the  aviary  that  day. 

(iii)  November  23th,  11  a.m. 

Three  full-grown  rabbits  were  given  green  barley-leaves  sprinkled  with 
2  ccm.  of  a  fresh  broth-culture  for  each  rabbit.     Two  of  them  were 
seen  to  have  eaten  their  portions  of  infected  food  at  noon,  the  third  at 
1  p.m.     At  3.15  p.m.  they  were  transferred  to  the  aviary. 
Results  : 

One  found  dead  at  7-30  a.m.,  November  29th. 

Another  found  dead  at  6  p.m.,  December  1st  ;  seen  alive  an  hour 
before. 

In  these  two  cases  a  sample  of  liver  was  derived,  as  described 
pp.  538,  539.  The  microscopical  examination  yielded  large  numbers  of 
typical  bacteria. 

The  third  being  still  alive,  December  14th,  was  removed  from  the 
aviary. 
Thus  five  rabbits  died  in  the   aviary  from  "  chicken-cholera," 
two  November  10th,   one  November   23rd,   two  November    29th 


BY    DR.  OSCAR    KATZ.  567 

and    December   1st,  respectively.     The  carcasses  remained  there 
until  December  14th  (see  above). 

Now,  with  regard  to  the  poultry,  penned  up  in  the  same  aviary, 
I  have  to  state  that  within  the  five  weeks  there  died  :  six  pigeons 
and  hvo  fowls.  However,  early  on  Nov.  10th,  i.e.,  very  soon  after 
the  beginning  of  the  experiment,  two  pigeons  which  were  ailing 
before,  were  found  dead.  Leaving  these  two  out  altogether,  the 
mortality,  and  the  result  of  j^ost-mortem  examination,  is  as  fol- 
lows : — 

November  13th — One  hen  found  dead  at  7.30  a.m.     P.M.,  Negative. 
November  17th — One  pigeon  found  dead.     P.M.,  Negative. 
November  29th — One  rooster  found  dead  at  7.30  a.m.    P.M.,  Negative. 
December    7th — One  pigeon  found  dead  at  8  a.m.     P.M.,  Negative. 
December  11th — One  pigeon  found  dead  at  8.30  a.m.     P.M.,  Negative. 
December  14th — One  pigeon  found  dead  at  8  a.m.     P.M.,  Positive. 

(Characteristic  appearance  of  organs  :  immense  numbers  of  chicken- 
cholera  bacteria  in  blood.  Rabbit  inoculated  with  small  quantity  of 
this  blood  perished  from  "chicken-cholera"  in  less  than  10  hours  after 
inoculation). 

Thus,  it  was  only  once,  namely  in  the  case  of  the  last  pigeon, 
that  the  disease  was  communicated.'^  This  result  appears  to 
rabbits  dying  and  dead  from  "  chicken-cholera,"  is  not  great  under 
indicate  that  the  danger  to  poultry  which  are  associated  with 
those  conditions. 

It  must  be  mentioned  that  during  the  term  of  the  experiment 
both  fowls  and  pigeons  were  observed  to  peck  freely  at  the  dead 
rabbits  lying  about.  When  the  latter  were  removed  ultimately, 
the  three  rabbits  which  had  died  first,  presented  only  fragments 
scattered  in  difi'erent  directions.     The  two  which  died  last,  were 

*  After  December  14th,  another  death  occurred  in  the  aviary,  namely 
that  of  a  hen  which  was  found  dead  at  7  a.m.,  December  15th.  The  result 
of  the  P.M.  examination,  and  the  successful  inoculation  of  some  heart- 
blood  of  this  hen  into  a  healthy  rabbit,  was  undoubted  proof  of  death  being 
due  to  chicken-cholera.  It  cannot,  however,  be  decided  whether  this  hen 
died  in  consequence  of  infection  from  the  dead  rabbits  which  were  in  the 
aviary  up  to  December  14th,  or  of  infection  from  the  droppings  of  the 
pigeon  which,  having  been  found  dead  on  the  last-mentioned  date,  was 
shown  to  have  succumbed  to  chicken-cholera. 


568    EXPERIMENTAL  RESEARCHES  WITH  CHICKEN-CHOLERA  MICROBES, 

not  dismembered,  but  they  were  pecked  open,  and  their  flesh  and 
entrails  mostly  missing. 

Experiments   on  Hares. 

Below  are  recorded  a  few  experiments  with  the  chicken-cholera 
microbes  on  hares. "^  It  will  be  seen  that  these  rodents  (which 
were  employed  in  full-grown  specimens)  are  as  easily  amenable  to 
"  chicken-cholera  "  as  rabbits. 

1888. 
(i)  August  11th,  3.30  p.m. 

A  hare  was  inoculated  with  five  small  platinum-loops  full  (about 
l-40th  ccm.)  of  virulent  blood  from  a  rabbit  that  had  died  after  inocu- 
lation with  a  small  quantity  of  a  virulent  broth-culture  of  the  microbe. 
Control  : — A  control-rabbit  (full-grown)  was  found  dead  at  9  a.m., 
August  12th.  P.M.,  Positive. 
Result  : 

The  hare  was  found  dead  at  9  a.m.,  August  12th.     P.M.,  Positive. 
(ii)  August  11th,  4  p.m. 

A  hare  was  fed  upon  a  few  cabbage-leaves  infected,  by  means  of  a 
platinum-loop,  with  about  j  ccm.  of  blood  from  the  same  infected  rabbit 
from  which  blood  was  taken  for  the  inoculation  of  a  hare  this  date  [vide 
(i)  above].  It  was  not  until  10  p.m.  {i.e.,  six  hours  after  the  infected 
food  had  been  placed  in  the  box)  that  the  hare  was  observed  to  have 
eaten  all  the  infected  food  given  to  it. 

Control : — A  control-rabbit  which  had  finished  eating  its  portion  of 
infected  food  shortly  after  the  food  was  placed  in  its  box,  was  found 
dead  at  8.30  p.m.,  August  12th,  having  died  between  5.30  p.m.  and 
that  time  {i.e.,  between  25|  and  2S|  hours  after  being  fed).  P.M., 
Positive. 
Residt : 

The  hare  was  still  alive  at  11.30  a.m.,  August  16th  {i.e.,  about  8  days 
after  the  feeding  referred  to  above). 
(iii)  August  16th,  11.30  a.m. 

(a)  The  same  hare  was  fed  upon  cabbage-leaves  infected  with  1|  ccm. 
of  a  virulent  broth-cultare  of  the  microbe. 

•  The  hares  used  here  were  among  five  robust  specimens  received  from 
the  country,  through  Mr.  H.  C.  Taylor,  Rabbit  Branch,  Lands  Depart- 
ment, Sydney. 


BY    DR.  OSCAR    KATZ.  569 

{b)  Another  hare  (which  had  survived  from  inoculation  with  some 
dried  blood  taken  by  Dr.  Bancroft,  of  Brisbane,  Q. ,  from  a  hare  that 
had  died  in  captivity)  was/ec?  upon  cabbage-leaves  infected  with  1^  ccm. 
of  the  same  culture. 

Control  : 
(a)  Of  tivo  control-rabbits  (large  vigorous  animals  ;  both  tame'f)^  fed 
together  in  the  same  box  upon  food  infected  with  3  ccm.  of  the  same 
culture,  07ie  (a  long-haired  black  specimen)  was  found  dead  at  8.45 
p.m.,  August  18th  (i.e.,  about  57  hours  after  being  fed).  P.M., 
Positive. 

The  othe7'  (a  long-haired  albino)  was  still  alive  on  August  20th.  (For 
further  treatment  of  this  particular  rabbit  vide  pp.  523-525.) 

(6)  A  control -rabbit  (a  tame  long-haired  albino)  inoculated  with  a 
small  quantity  of  the  same  culture,  was  found  dead  at  8  a.m., 
August  17th. 

Results : 

Both  hares  were  found  dead  at  8  a.m.,  August  17th.     P.M.  (in  each 
case),  Positive. 


Feeding  op  Guinea-pigs  on  Chicken-cholera  Microbes. 

About  guinea-pigs  it  is  said  that,  when  inoculated  with  such 
microbes,  they  generally  react  by  the  formation,  at  the  seat  of 
inoculation,  of  closed  abscesses  which,  as  a  rule,  pass  away  again 
without  being  followed  by  a  general  infection  and,  as  consequence, 
by  the  death  of  the  animals.  I  have  not  made  any  inoculation- 
experiments,  but,  on  the  other  hand,  tried  the  effects  of  virulent 
microbes   introduced   into    guinea-pigs    through   the    alimentary 

canal. 

On  May  10th,  1889,  at  2.30  p.m.,  12  ccm.  of  a  virulent  broth-culture  of  the 
microbes — obtained  from  virulent  heart-blood  of  a  rabbit,  and  incubated 
for  24  hours  at  37  75-37  ■9°C. — were  uniformly  sprinkled  on,  and  made 
to  adhere  to,  fresh  cabbage-leaves  which  were  placed  in  a  large  box 


t  Several  tame  rabbits  (Angora)  were  sent  to  the  Island  in  June,  1888,  by  Professor 
Watson,  of  Adelaide,  S.A.  Most  of  those  which  were  not  used  for  chicken-cholera  experi- 
meats,  exhibited  "scab  "  later  on,  with  which,  I  believe,  they,  or  at  least  a  portion,  had 
been  infected  by  Professor  Watson. 


570    EXPERIMENTAL  RESEARCHES  WITH  CHICKEN-CHOLERA  MICROBES, 

containing  five  well-nourished  guinea-pigs,  namely  :  three  young  ones^ 
about  i-year  old  ;  one  (doe)  not  quite  full-grown,  about  J-year  old  ,  one 
(doe)  quite  full-grown.  They  all  had  been  kept  hungry  for  a  while. 
At  the  same  time,  or  rather  a  little  before,  a  fresh  rabbit  was  given 
4  com.  of  the  same  broth-culture  ;  this  rabbit  which  served  in  particular 
as  control  to  two  previously-treated  rabbits,  died  about  24  hours  after 
feeding  (see  pp.  528,529). 
Results : 

One  guinea-pig,  the  ^-year  old  doe,  died  at  10.45  a.m.,  May  12th,  the 
symptoms  shortly  before  death  being  similar  to  those  noticeable  in 
''  chicken-cholera  "  rabbits. 

Another,  the  full-grown  doe,  died  at  3  30  p.m.,  May  12th,  in  pretty 
much  the  same  way  as  the  preceding  one. 

The  three  i-year  old  guinea-pigs  remained  alive,  somewhat  to  my  sur- 
prise. They  were  watched  for  weeks  afterwards,  but  were  never  seen 
to  show  any  signs  of  illness.  It  should  be  mentioned  that  they  were 
observed  eating  the  infected  food  just  as  well  as  the  two  others 
which  subsequently  died,  and  that  they  must  have  partaken  of  it 
in  proportion. 

At  the  post-mortem  examination  of  the  two  guinea-pigs,  it  was  first 
noticed  that  rigor  mortis  was  very  well  marked.  On  removing  the 
skin  at  the  belly,  the  veins  were  seen  to  be  gorged  with  blood. 
There  was  a  severe  peritonitis  and  pleuritis,  especially  in  the  old 
guinea-pig.  Heart  distended  with  blood,  which  was  of  a  blackish 
colour.  Lungs  very  voluminous,  reddish-white,  here  and  there 
intersected  with  darker  spots ;  on  section  frothy,  crepitating. 
Spleen  enlarged,  of  apparently  usual  colour.  Stomach  filled  with 
food.  Intestinal  canal  very  strongly  hypersemic  ;  in  one  case  (full- 
grown  female)  the  small  intestine  at  different  places  containing 
blood-stained  liquid  masses  ;  in  the  other  (younger  female)  the 
whole  of  the  small  intestine  .showing  externally  a  dark  cherry-red 
colour,  and  on  being  cut  open,  showing  the  contents  consisting  of 
liquid  material  very  rich  in  blood.  Something  similar  to  such  a 
degree  of  extravasation  of  blood  into  the  intestines,  I  have  occasion- 
ally met  with  in  birds  dead  from  chicken-cholera.  The  rectum 
contained  solid,  although  soft,  greenish  ffeces. 

Cover-glass  preparations  of  blood  from  heart  and  liver  showed 
moderate  numbers  of  "  chicken-cholera  "  bacteria  ;  these  were,  on 
the  other  hand,  exceedingly  abundant  in  sap  from  cut-surfaces 
of  the  lungs. 

A  stick-culture,  derived  from  heart-blood,  in  ordinary  nutrient 
gelatine,  was  in  its  appearance  exactly  like  others  obtained  from 
blood  of  rabbits  or  birds  which  died  from  "  chicken-cholera." 


BY    DR.  OSCAR    KATZ.  571 


Experiments  on  Ferrets.* 

In  the  following  is  given  the  enumeration  of  experiments 
with  chicken-cholera  microbes  on  ferrets.  Certain  carnivorous 
animals,  as  dogs  and  cats,  are  already  sufficiently  known  to  be 
insusceptible  to  these  microbes,  and  from  the  results  obtained  with 
regard  to  ferrets,  it  may  reasonably  be  inferred  that  the  latter  are 
equally  inaccessible  to  them. 

1888. 
(a)  Inoculation. 

(i)  With  culture. 

September  10th,  11.30  a.m. 
Ttwo  ferrets  (one  male,  one  female)  were  inoculated  with  |  com.  of 
a  virulent  broth-culture  of  the  microbe  of  chicken-cholera,  obtained 
directly  from  blood  of  a  rabbit  that  had  died  of  "  chicken-cholera." 

Control : — A   control-rabbit  was  found  dead  at  7.50  p.m.  the  same  day 
[i.e.,  about  8^  hours  after  being  inoculated).     P.M.,  Positive. 

Results : 

On  being  fed,  at  9  a.m.  on  the  11th  September,  the  two  ferrets 
appeared  dull  and  feverish.  Both  drank  water  freely  before  touch- 
ing the  meat  or  porridge  and  milk  given  to  them,  and  when  they 
took  up  the  pieces  of  meat,  did  not  tear  at  them  ravenously,  as  was 
their  wont  before.  So  they  remained  for  some  time.  The  seat  of 
inoculation  showed  some  special  reaction,  which  in  one  (the  female) 
subsided  gradually,  while  the  condition  of  the  other  (male)  became 
worse  and  worse,  till  it  succumbed  on  the  18th  September. 

P.M.— Extensive  gangrene  round  the  seat  of  inoculation;  organs 
abnormal ;  absence  of  any  micro-organisms  in  preparations  from 
heart-blood  and  spleen. 


*  The  ferrets  referred  to  in  these  experiments  were  sent  to  the  Rabbit 
Commission  by  the  Government  of  New  Zealand,  and  were  received  at  Rodd 
Island  on  the  31st  August.  Ferrets  are  here  and  there  in  the  Australasian 
Colonies  employed  for  the  destruction  of  rabbits. 


572    EXPERIMENTAL  RESEARCHES  WITH  CHICKEN-CHOLERA  MICROBES 


A  rabbit  inoculated  with  a  small  quantity  of  heart-blood  from  this 

ferret,    died    during    the  night   in  consequence   of    some    injuries 

accidentally  received  in  its  hutch, 
(il)  With  Uood. 
September  11th,  12.50  p,m. 

Two  fresh  ferrets  (one  male,  one  female)  were  inoculated  each  with 

five  platinum-loops  full  (about  l-50th  ccm.)  of  heart-blood  from  a 

rabbit  that  had  died  of  "  chicken-cholera  "  (inoculation). 
Control: — A  control -rabbit  was   found   dead  at  7.30  a.m.  on  the  12th 

September.    P.M.,  Positive. 
Results  : 

The  seat  of  inoculation  did  not  show  any   special  reaction.     The 

two  ferrets   appeared   somewhat  sluggish  at  first,    but  very  soon 

afterwards  behaved  as  before. 
(h)  Feeding, 
(i)  September  12th. 

Three  fresh  ferrets  (one  male,  two  females)  were  fed  together  upon 

30  grammes  (about  1'07  oz.)  of  virulent  liver  taken  from  a  rabbit 

newly  dead  of  '*  chicken-cholera  "  (inoculation). 
Results : 

The  ferrets  did  not  appear  to  show  any  reaction  whatever. 
(ii)  September  18th. 

Two  fresh  ferrets  (one  male,    one  female)   were  fed  together  upon 

45  grammes  (about  1*6  oz.)  of  virulent  liver  from  a  rabbit  newly 

dead  of  "chicken-cholera  "  (inoculation). 
Results  : 

The  ferrets  did  not  show  any  signs  of  illness.     They  remained  alive, 

like  the  former. 

Effect  of  Desiccation. 

In  accordance  with  a  desire  expressed  by  the  Rabbit  Commis- 
sion at  one  of  its  meetings,  I  have  carried  out  some  experiments 
with  a  view  to  testing  the  influence  of  desiccation  on  the  microbes 
of  chicken- cholera. 

It  should  be  mentioned  here  that,  as  more  than  one  observer 
tells  us,  the  virus  of  chicken-cholera  becomes  innocuous  by  drying 
up,  and  that  this  peculiarity  in  the  life-history  of  those  microbes 
furnishes  an  easy  and  practical  means  of  getting  rid  of  them, 
wherever  they  are  deposited  in  poultry-yards.     The  bacteria  of 


BY    DR.  OSCAR    KATZ.  573 

chicken-cholera  are  not  known  to  form  spores  or  seeds  (as,  for 
instance,  the  anthrax-bacilli  do),  by  means  of  which  they  are  able 
to  live  under  adverse  circumstances. 

I  have  to  record  three  series  of  experiments. 

The  general  plan  of  procedure  was  as  follows : — A  number  of 
silk-threads — of  the  kind  used  in  surgery — of  1  centimetre  in 
length  and  |^  to  |  millimetre  in  thickness,  were  placed  in  a  sterile 
cotton- wool-plugged  test-tube,  and  after  having  been  thoroughly 
moistened  with  distilled  water,  were  exposed  in  the  steam-steriliser 
to  steam  of  100°0.  (212°  Fahr.)  for  two  hours.  The  moisture 
remaining  in  the  silk-threads  and  in  the  tube,  was  got  rid  of  by 
placing  the  latter  in  a  copper-box  heated  up  to  100 — 105°  C. 
(212 — 221°  Fahr.)  as  long  as  required. 

The  virulent  material  to  be  tested  for  its  resistance  to  desicca- 
tion consisted,  on  the  one  hand,  of  blood  taken  from  the  liver  of 
rabbits  which  died  on  inoculation,  on  the  other  hand,  of  fresh 
broth-cultures  derived  directly  from  blood  of  rabbits  newly  dead 
of  "  chicken-cholera  "  on  inoculation. 

The  silk-threads  referred  to  above  were  impregnated  with  either 
blood  or  culture. 

In  case  they  were  to  be  impregnated  with  blood,  they  were 
placed  on  cut-surfaces  of  the  liver,  where  they  remained  until  they 
were  completely  soaked.  The  livers  of  all  the  rabbits  used  were, 
I  may  mention,  not  otherwise  diseased. 

In  case  the  threads  were  to  be  charged  with  broth-culture,  a 
small  quantity  of  the  latter  was  placed,  by  means  of  a  sterile 
pipette,  in  a  sterile  watch-glass,  where  they  remained  for  some 
time. 

The  silk-threads,  thus  treated  either  with  blood  or  culture,  were 
then  transferred  to  different  places  where  they  could  dry  up,  as 
will  be  seen  from  what  follows  below.  Within  certain  intervals  a 
silk-thread  of  both  the  one  and  the  other  description  was  inocu- 
lated into  a  rabbit  each,  whereby  the  virulence  or  non-virulence  of 
the  administered   material  was  to  be   ascertained.     The  threads 


574    EXPERIMENTAL  RESEARCHES  WITH  CHICKEN-CHOLERA  MICROBES, 

were,  in  each  case  deposited  in  small  pouches  produced  under  the 
skin  of  the  rabbits  on  the  left  side  of  the  belly. 

I  think  it  necessary  to  say  that  every  detail  of  the  experiments 
was  managed  under  due  precautions. 


1888.  Series  I. 

Silk-threads  saturated,  November  28th,  11  a.m.,  with  fresh  liver-blood 
(containing  large  numbers  of  bacteria),  and  others  saturated  with  fresh 
broth-culture  of  the  microbes  (this  culture  had  been  in  the  thermostat  for 
a  day  at  39-39|°  C,  and  for  another  day  in  the  room  at  a  temperature  up 
to  25°  C),  were  placed  on  a  piece  of  sterilised  brass-wire-gauze  in  a  desic- 
cator over  chloride  of  calcium.  This  desiccator  was  placed,  immediately 
after  the  threads  were  put  in,  in  the  cupboard  of  a  room  where  the 
temperature  kept  pretty  even. 

The  virulence  of  the  material  employed  (blood  and  broth-culture)  was 
controlled  by  means  of  inoculation  of  a  silk -thread  impregnated  with  either 
blood  or  culture  into  a  rabbit  each.  Both  rabbits  died  promptly  of 
*'  chicken-cholera,"  ten  and  twelve  hours,  respectively,  after  inoculation. 

Silk- threads  were  taken  out  of  the  desiccator  and  inoculated  into  rabbits 
after  2,  4,  6,  8,  10,  12,  24,  36,  48,  72,  96,  120,  144  hours  from  the  beginning 
of  the  experiment. 

Within  this  period  of  six  days,  from  November  20th  to  December  5th, 
the  temperature  near  where  the  desiccator  stood,  fluctuated  between  21|°  C. 
and  18°  C. 

Details  about  temperatures  are  given  in  the  following  table  : — 


Date. 

Temperatures. 

November  29th... 

Between    11a.m.    and    11p.m.: 

Highest, 

2H°  C. 

Lowest,    21°  C. 

}> 

30th... 

Between    11a.m.    and    11p.m.: 
Lowest,    19°  C. 

Highest, 

20°    C. 

December  1st 

Between    11a.m.    and    10  p.m.: 

Highest, 

isr  c. 

Lowest,    18°  C. 

5  J 

2nd 

Between    10a.m.    and     5  p.m.: 
Lowest,    18°  C. 

Highest, 

i9r  c. 

>> 

3rd 

Between    10  a.m.    and    10  p.m.: 
Lowest,    18^°  C. 

Highest, 

20°    C. 

JJ 

4th 

Between     9  a.m.    and     9  p.m.: 
Lowest,  19^  C. 

Highest, 

21|°C. 

>» 

5th 

At   11  a.m.:     21f^  C. 

BY    DR.  OSCAR    KATZ.  575 

The  result  was  that  the  blood  which  was  under  the  influence  of 
desiccation  for  three  days  at  the  above  temperatures,  was  still  able 
to  infect  a  rabbit,  and  cause  it  to  perish  of  "  chicken-cholera " 
{about  twenty-one  hours  after  inoculation),  whereas  after  four, 
five,  and  six  days  from  the  beginning,  the  desiccated  blood  had  lost 
its  virulence. 

On  the  other  hand,  the  desiccated  broth-culture  preserved  its 
virulence  so  far  that  after  two  days  from  the  beginning  it  was 
still  able  to  kill  a  rabbit  (about  twenty-seven  hours  after  inocula- 
tion), whereas  it  was  not  any  longer  efficacious  when  inoculated 
after  three,  four,  five,  and  six  day  s'  desiccation. 

Series  II.. 

Silk-threads  saturated,  December  7th,  10  a.m.,  with  fresh  liver-bipod 
{containing  large  numbers  of  bacteria),  and  others  saturated  with  fresh 
broth-culture  (having  been  for  twenty-four  hours  in  the  thermostat  at 
40°  C. — 37°  C),  were  placed  on  a  thin  layer  of  sterilised  sandy  soil  (dry)  at 
the  bottom  of  a  shallow  basket  made  of  fine  brass-wire-netting.  (The 
bottom  of  this  basket  had  been  bent  up  a  little  where  the  sandy  soil  was  put 
on).  The  basket  was  then  immediately  after  placed  on  a  piece  of  wood,  at 
a  distance  of  about  2|  feet  from  the  ground,  in  the  main  enclosure,  at  a 
spot  which  was  shaded  off  by  means  of  a  wooden  post  and  of  boards,  so  as 
to  leave  the  spot  only  at  the  south  side  free  and  accessible.  The  basket 
was  sheltered  from  rain  by  putting  coverings  over  the  top  of  the  boards 
mentioned. 

The  virulence  of  the  original  material  (blood  and  broth -culture)  was 
tested  by  inoculating  rabbits,  one  with  silk-thread  charged  with  blood,  and 
the  other  with  silk-thread  containing  broth-culture.  Both  rabbits  died  of 
•'  chicken-cholera,"  10  and  21  hours,  respectively,  after  inoculation. 

The  effect  of  the  drying-up  of  the  silk-threads  was  ascertained  by 
inoculating  rabbits  after  4,  8,  12,  24,  48,  72,  96,  120  hours  from  the 
beginning.  Within  this  period,  from  December  7th,  10.15  a.m.,  to 
December  12th,  10.15  a.m.,  the  thermometer  in  the  shaded  place  regis- 
tered temperatures  of  between  20|?  C.  (lowest)  and  29|°  C.  (highest). 


576    EXPERIMENTAL  RESEARCHES  WITH  CHICKEN-CHOLERA  MICROBES, 


BY    DR.  OSCAR    KATZ.  577 

The  result  was  this  : — 

The  blood  thus  exposed  to  desiccation  preserved  its  virulence 
when  inoculated  after  four,  eight,  and  twelve  hours ;  when  inocu- 
lated after  twenty-four  hours  and  more  from  the  beginning,  it  had 
est  its  efficacy  on  rabbits. 

The  desiccated  broth-culture  proved  virulent  only  when  inocu- 
lated four  hours  after  the  beginning  of  the  experiment.  The 
rabbit  succumbed  to  "  chicken-cholera "  twenty-six  hours  after 
inoculation.  Subsequent  inoculations,  eight,  twelve,  and  more 
hours  after  the  beginning,  were  attended  with  negative  results. 

Series  III. 

Silk-threads  saturated,  December  7th,  10  a.m.,  with  virulent  material 
( blood  and  broth-culture)  derived  from  the  same  sources  as  the  material 
used  in  Series  II.,  were  placed  on  sterilised  dry  sandy  soil,  which  in  a  thin 
layer  covered  the  bottom  of  a  small  shallow  wire-gauze  basket,  similar  to 
that  in  Series  II. 

Annotation :  Control  of  virulence  as  in  Series  II. 
At  10.10  a.m.,  same  day,  this  basket  was  placed  on  some  available  spot 
on  the  Island  ;  this  spot  was  accessible  to  the  sun's  rays  all  day  long.  The 
bottom  of  the  wire-basket  was  placed  flat  on  the  perfectly  dry  sandy 
surface  of  that  spot.  This  latter  was  also  accessible  to  the  wind  or  breeze 
prevailing  during  the  experiment. 

The  silk-threads  remained  there  from  10.10  a.m.  to  6.1.0  p.m.,  i.e.,  for 
eight  hours.  Within  this  period  rabbits  were  inoculated  1,  2,  4,  6,  and  8 
hours  from  the  time  the  silk-threads  were  exposed. 

A  thermometer  was  laid  on  the  soil  near  where  the  basket  with  the  silk- 
threads  stood.  Details  about  the  temperatures  at  the  surface  of  the  soil, 
during  the  course  of  the  experiment,  are  given  in  the  accompanying  table. 

December  7th: — 

10.15  a.m.,  45^    C;  10.45  a.m.,  50°  C— Sunshine   for  about  ten 

minutes. 
11.15  a.m.,  47°    C. — Sunshine  for  about  ten  minutes  since  last 

observation. 
11.45  a.m.,  42|*^  C. — Few  minutes  sunshine. 

12      noon,  35°    C.  —Cloudy  for  about  twelve  of  last  fifteen  minutes. 
37 


678    EXPERIMENTAL  RESEARCHES  WITH  CHICKEN-CHOLERA  MICROBES, 

12.15  p.m.,  38*^    C. — About  five  minutes  sunshine. 
12.45  p.m.,  SQ'^    C  — About  five  minutes  sunshine. 

1,10  p.m.,  391*^  C, — A  few  minutes  sunshine. 

1.45  p.m.,  42 j°  C. — About  fifteen  minutes  sunshine. 

2.15  p.m.,  38^°  C  — About  twenty  minutes  sunshine. 

2.45  p.m.,  36|°  C. — Two  or  three  minutes  sunshine. 

3.15  p.m.,  SS^''  C— A  little  sunshine. 

3.45  p.m.,  33J°  C— Very  cloudy. 

4.15  p.m.,  29^^  C— Very  cloudy. 

4.45  p.m.,  30 J°  C. — Sunshine  for  about  twenty  minutes. 

P*    ■'  ■      [  Sun  completely  obscured. 

5.45  p.m.,  26°    C—  ) 

From  this  table  there  may  be  seen  that  the  sun  was  often  prevented  from 
making  his  appearance,  by  clouds  passing  by.  The  day  was  free  from  rain, 
the  air  was  dry,  and  a  southerly  breeze  was  blowing  during  the  time  of  the 
experiment. 

The  result  was  :  the  blood  exposed  to  desiccation  in  this  manaor 
proved  infectious  after  one,  two,  six,  and  eight  hours'  exposure 
(when  the  experiment  was  terminated).  The  rabbits  inoculated 
succumbed  to  "  chicken-cholera "  in^  respectively,  twenty-one, 
twenty,  between  thirty  and  forty,  and  twenty-eight  hours  after 
inoculation.  But  strange  to  say,  the  silk-thread  inoculated  after 
four  hours'  exposure  proved  ineflicacious  in  so  far  as  the  rabbit 
was  still  alive,  December  17th,  ten  days  after  inoculation.  ]t 
died  at  about  5.30  p.m.,  December  18th.  Post-mortem  exami- 
nation negative  with  regard  to  "  chicken-cholera." 

On  the  other  hand,  the  silk-threads  steeped  in  broth-culture, 
exposed  in  exactly  the  same  *  way,  soon  lost  their  efiScacy.  It  was 
only  the  first  time,  after  one  hour's  exposure  of  the  silk-threads, 
that  the  inoculation  of  such  a  thread  proved  fatal  to  a  rabbit.  It 
died  of  undoubted  '^  chicken-cholera "  between  fifty-nine  and 
sixty-nine  hours  after  inoculation.  In  all  the  remaining  cases,  two 
and  more  hours  after  the  beginning  of  the  experiment,  the  rabbits 
did  not  become  infected. 


BY    DR.  OSCAR    KATZ.  579 

From  the  results  thus  obtained  we  learn  again  that  desiccation 
in  general  is  fatal  to  the  microbes  of  chicken-cholera.  The  higher 
the  temperature  during  the  process  of  desiccation,  the  less  time  is 
required  to  destroy  their  virulence. 

Desiccation  of  virulent  blood  lying  on,  or  impregnating  small 
objects  such  as  the  silk-threads  usedj  caused  the  virus  to  die  off 
less  quickly  than  is  the  case  with  virulent  broth-cultures  exposed 
to  desiccation  under  the  same  circumstances.  The  reason  for  this 
probably  is  that  the  superficial  portions  of  the  blood  drying  up, 
are  able  to  protect  the  deeper  portions  for  a  longer  time  than  is 
the  case  with  broth-cultures  attached  to,  or  saturating  small 
objects,  where,  by  virtue  of  the  composition  of  the  broth,  less 
protection  can  be  afforded  to  the  deeper  portions  by  the  superficial 
ones. 

The  fact  that  a  virulent  broth-culture  of  the  microbes  of  chicken- 
cholera  very  soon  ceases  to  be  eflScacious  when  exposed,  in  a  thin 
layer,  to  desiccation  at  summer  temperatures  such  as  they  exist 
here,  must,  in  my  opinion,  to  a  large  extent  account  for  the  sur- 
viving, now  and  then,  of  wild  rabbits,  which  during  summer 
nionths  were  ajiven  (in  shaded  hutches)  cabbage-  or  barley-leaves 
sprinkled  with  small  portions  of  such  a  culture,  but  which  were 
very  slow  in  beginning  to  eat  the  infected  food,  or  in  finishing  it 
«p,  so  that  meanwhile  the  liquid  spread  on  it  was  enabled  to  dry  up. 

Effect   of  Putrefaction. 

It  is  ascertained  that  the  bacteria  of  chicken-cholera,  when  kept 
together  with  other  micro-organisms,  as  in  contaminated  cultures, 
are  sometimes  able  to  retain  their  vitality,  and  power  of  infecting, 
for  a  considerable  time,  up  to  three  months.* 

For  my  own  part,  I  have  tested  how  long  chicken-cholera 
bacteria  would  remain  active  in  rabbit-blood   which,  containing 


*Kitt,   Wert   und   Unwert    der    Schutzimpfungen   gegen  Tierseuchen 
Berlin,  1886,  p.  55. 


580    EXPERIMENTAL  RESEARCHES  WITH  CHICKEN-CHOLERA  MICROBES, 

the  organisms  in  their  full  virulence,  was  allowed  to  putrefy  at  a 
moderate  temperature.  From  the  obtained  results  it  follows 
that  in  putrefying  or  putrid  blood  of  the  above  kind,  they  may  be 
found  still  efficacious  after  weeks. 

1888. 
At  the  examination,  on  the  2nd  September,  of  a  rabbit  about  four 
days  after  its  death  from  "  chicken-cholera,"  in  one  of  the  burrows  in 
the  large  enclosure  on  the  Island,  the  coagulated  blood  of  the  right 
ventricle  of  the  heart  was  removed  and  placed  in  a  small  clean,  not 
sterilised,  glass-flask  which  was  stoppered  and  put  aside  in  the 
laboratory.  On  microscopical  examination  on  the  date  mentioned, 
only  the  microbes  of  chicken-cholera  were  present. 

(i)  September  3rd,  11.30  a.m. 

A  half-grown  rabbit,  inoculated  with  a  small  platinum-loop  full  of  this 
blood  (not  yet  putrid),  was  found  dead  at  7  a.m.  on  the  3rd  September. 
P.M.,  Positive. 

(ii)  September  10th,  5  p.m. 

A  rabbit,  inoculated  with  about  the]  same  quantity  of  the  blood  (now 
putrid),  was  found  dead  at  8.25  a.m.  on  the  11th  September,  having 
died  between  7. 15  a.m.  and  that  time  {i.e.,  between  14^  and  15|  hours 
after  being  inoculated).     P.M.,  Positive. 

(iii)  September  17th,  2.10  p.m. 

A  rabbit,  inoculated  with  about  the  same  quantity  of  the  blood 
(putrid),  was  found  dead  at  7.40  a.m.  on  the  18th  September.  P.M., 
Positive. 

(iv)  September  20th,  10.40  a.m. 

A  rabbit,  inocidated  with  about  the  same  quantity  of  the  blood  (putrid), 
was  found  dead  at  5  p.m.  on  the  22nd  September,  having  died 
between  1.50  p.m.  and  that  time  {i.e.,  between  51  and  54  hours  after 
inoculation).     P.M.,  Positive. 

(v)  September  24th,  11.10  a.m. 

A  rabbit,  inoculated  with  about  the  same  quantity  of  blood,  remained 
alive  after  this  treatment. 


BY    DR.  OSCAR    KATZ.  581 


APPENDIX  I. 

Note  on  the  Transition   of  Pathogenic  Bacteria  from  the 

MOTHER    TO    THE    FCETUS. 

Several  pathogenic  micro-organisms,  especially  those  which  cause 
lesions  of  the  vascular  system  (haemorrhages,  thromboses)  in  the 
different  organs  [e.g.  Bacillus  anthracis ;  Streptococcus  septicus 
(Flugge)],  are  known  to  be  able  to  pass  from  the  mother  to  the 
foetus.  Fraenkel's  pneumococcus  is  also  capable  of  so  doing ;  in 
tuberculosis  a  passage  of  the  bacillus  through  the  placenta  appears 
to  exist,  but  rarely  occurs,  it  is  said.  In  typhoid  fever  the  possi- 
bility of  a  transmission  of  the  bacillus  of  this  disease  from  the 
mother  to  the  child  has  lately  been  established  (J.  C.  Eberth)."^ 

With  regard  to  chicken-cholera,  Marchiafava  and  Celli  found 
the  bacteria  of  this  disease  in  the  foetus  of  a  guinea-pig  which  had 
been  successfully  infected  with  those  microbes. 

On  pp.  569,  570,  I  have  given  notice  of  an  experiment  on 
guinea-pigs,  which  were  fed  on  cabbage-leaves  sprinkled  with 
virulent  chicken-cholera  microbes.  One  of  two  guinea-pigs  which 
subsequently  died  from  "  chicken-cholera,"  namely  a  full-grown 
doe,  had  in  the  right  uterus  a  foetus  measuring  53  mm.  in  a 
straight  line  from  the  vertex  of  the  head  to  the  root  of  the  tail. 
I  will  repeat  here  that  the  haemorrhage  in  the  small  intestine  of 
the  mother  animal  was  less  considerable  and  less  marked  than 
in  the  case  of  the  other  younger  doe  which   also  died. 

Samples  of  heart-blood  and  of  liver-substance  were  carefully 
derived  from  the  above  foetus,  and  cover-glass  preparations  made. 
These  were  fixed,  stained,  and  examined  with  homogeneous  ira- 

*  Centralhlatt  fur  Bakteriologie  und  Parasitenkunde.  Rand  V.,  No.  19, 
1889,  pp.  643,  644.  See  also  E.  Malvoz,  Le  passage  des  micro-organisms 
au  foetus.  Revue  critique.  Annates  de  I'Institut  Pasteur.  Tome  III.,  No.  4, 
1889,  pp.  188-193. 


582    EXPERIMENTAL  RESEARCHES  WITH  CHICKEN-CHOLERA  MICROBES, 

mersion  objective,  as  usual,  but  there  was  neither  a  sign  of  chicken- 
cholera  bacteria  nor  of  any  others.  By  that,  however,  it  cannot 
be  asserted  that  the  blood  of  the  foetus  must  have  been  absolutely 
free  from  such  bacteria,  because  culture-experiments,  which  would 
have  been  decisive,  were  not  carried  out. 

In  rabbits  also,  the  results  obtained  from  a  few  similar  micro- 
scopical examinations  were  negative.  Examined  were  (1)  heart- 
blood  of  two  out  of  seven  fully-developed  foetuses  which  had  been 
dropped  by  a  doe  dead  from  inoculated  "  chicken-cholera."  In 
this  case,  however,  the  young  ones  might  have  been  born  soon  after 
the  inoculation  of  the  mother-rabbit  took  place.  (2)  liver-sub- 
stance of  two  of  several  foetuses  contained  in  the  uterus  of  a  doe 
dead  after  inoculation  ;  this  doe  was  in  the  beginning  of  gestation. 
(3)  liver-substance  of  one  of  a  few  foetuses  taken  from  the  uterus 
of  a  doe  dead  after  inoculation  ;  this  doe  was  in  about  the  end  of 
the  second  week  of  gestation. 

These  negative  findings,  I  confess,  cannot  claim  an  absolute 
value  from  want,  again,  of  any  culture-experiments  in  gelatine 
being  carried  out  with  samples  of  the  foetal  organs  ;  vet  they  are 
quite  in  agreement  with  the  fact  that  "  chicken-cholera  "  in  rabbits, 
at  least  in  those  with  which  I  had  to  do,  presented  itself  as  a 
rapidly  killing  septicaemia,  in  which,  if  we  except  the  lungs,  any 
visible  lesions  of  the  blood-vessels  are  rarely  found. 

APPENDIX  II. 

Remarks  on  Gamaleia's  article  "  A  Contribution  to  the 
Etiology  of  Chicken-cholera,  with  Notes  on  the 
Question  of  Protective  Vaccination."* 

In  this  article  Garaaleia  states  as  tlie  result  of  direct  experiments, 
which  he  describes,  that  microbes  of  chicken-cholera  constantly 

*  Zur  Aetiologie  der  Hilhnercholera.  Nebst  einigen  Bemerkungen  iiber 
die  Schutzimpfungsfrage.  Von  Dr.  N.  Gamaleia,  Vicedirector  der  bakterio- 
logischen  Station  in  Odessa,  Centralhlatt  fiir  Bakteriologie  und  Parasiten- 
kunde.     Band  IV.,  1888,  pp.  161-168. 


BY    DR.  OSCAR    KATZ.  583 

inhabit  the  normal  intestinal  canal  of  pigeons,  perhaps  also  of 
other  birds,  similarly  as  the  septic  vibrio  (the  bacillus  of  malignant 
oedema)  is  always  present  in  mammals.  In  such  state  the  microbes 
are  not  virulent  enough  to  do  any  harm  to  their  host,  or  to  other 
poultry  into  which  they  are  inoculated  ;  they  are,  however,  able 
to  cause  disease  and  death  in  the  case  of  very  susceptible,  though 
healthy,  animals,  namely  rabbits  and  "  Ziesel  "  (also  rodents,  Genus 
Spermophilus).  Transmitted  through  the  body  of  a  rabbit  or  a 
"  Ziesel,"  they  attain  such  a  strength  that  they  are  aV)le  to  kill 
pigeons  and  fowls ;  on  the  other  hand,  fowls  can  be  rendered 
immune  against  deadly  infection  by  chicken-cholera  bacteria,  by 
means  of  the  inoculation  of  certain  doses  of  the  above  virus  (passed 
through  rabbits,  e.g.,  from  the  intestines  of  healthy  pigeons). 
With  regard  to  the  important  question  :  under  what  conditions 
the  originally  harmless  bacteria  exhibit  their  dreaded  epidemic 
virulence,  Gamaleia  favours  the  view  of  the  "  removal  from  the 
intestinal  canal  of  all  mesoderm-phagocytes  which  must  be  engaged 
in  the  digesting  of  large  quantities  of  the  introduced  saprophytes." 
He  proposes  to  strike  out  the  altogether  inappropriate  designation 
"  bacteria  of  chicken-cholera,"  and  to  substitute  the  more  scientific 
name  "  bird-septicsemia."  The  name  for  the  concerning  microbes 
shall  be  coccobacillus  avicidus,  which  must  be  assigned  to  the 
entosaprophytes  which  are  also  facultative  parasites. 

After  having  taken  information  of  Gamaleia's  interesting  paper 
I  wished  to  know  whether  I  should  succeed  in  proving'  the  occur- 
rence of  attenuated  forms  of  the  bacteria  of  chicken-cholera  in 
normal  pigeons,  on  Australian  soil.  The  tests  were  made  on  wild 
rabbits  which  throughout  were  known  to  me  as  highly  accessible 
to  virulent  "chicken-cholera."  The  results,  however,  did  so  far 
not  confirm  Gamaleia's  statement ;  they  were  all  negative,  as 
shown  by  the  following  list  of  experiments.  At  the  end  is  mentioned 
the  examination  of  a  chick,  with  the  same  result. 


584    EXPERIMENTAL  RESEARCHES  WITH  CHICKEN-CHOLERA  MICROBES 

1888. 

(1)  September  27th,  3.50  p.m. 

A  healthy  pigeon*  was  killed  by  chloroform-narcosis.  The  contents 
of  the  small  and  large  intestines,  and  part  of  the  contents  of  the 
stomach  (the  latter  containing  green  food)  were  taken  under  anti- 
septic precautions,  placed  together  in  a  test-tube,  and  mixed  and 
shaken  with  about  10  ccm.  of  sterile  distinctly  alkaline  rabbit-broth. 
This  tube  was  for  a  while  put  in  a  water-bath  at  37"^  C. 

Of  this  mixture,  1  ccm.  was  injected  subcutaneously  into  each  of  two 
rabbits  by  means  of  a  sterilised  pointed  glass-tube. 

Besults  : 

(a)  One  rabbit  was  found  dead   at  6  p.m.,  September  28th.     P.M , 
Negative. 

A  healthy  pigeon,  inoculated  at  10.30  a.m.,  September  29th,  with 
a  platinum-loop  full  of  heart-blood  from  this  rabbit,  remained 
alive  and  well.  A  half-grown  rabbit,  inoculated  at  10.45  a.m., 
same  date,  with  one  platinum-loop  full,  and  a  full-grown  rabbit, 
inoculated  at  11.30  a.m.,  same  day,  with  five  platinum-loops  full 
of  heart-blood  of  the  same  rabbit,  were  both  alive  at  4  p.m., 
October  8th,  when  they  were  removed  from  their  hutch. 

(b)  The  other  was  still  alive  at  4  p.m.,  October  8th,  when  it  was 
turned  loose  among  others. 

(2)  October  3rd,  10.40  a.m. 

A  healthy  pigeon  was  killed  by  chloroform-narcosis.  The  contents  of 
the  intestines  were  collected  under  antiseptic  pi-ecautions,  mixed  and 
shaken  with  sterile  rabbit-broth  (as  above)  in  a  test-tube,  and  warmed 
as  before. 

Of  this  mixture  injections  were  made  (analogously  to  the  first  experi- 
ment) into  two  rabbits.     At  11.10  a.m., 
A  half -grown  rabbit  received  |  ccm.  of  the  mixture, 
A  full-grown  rabbit  received  1  ccm.  of  the  mixture. 

Results  : 

Both  of  these  rabbits  were  alive  at  9  a.m.,  October  11th,  when  they 
were  removed  from  their  hutch. 

*  All  the  pig-eons  mentioned  here  were  among  a  consignment  of  twelve  purchased  at  the 
Sydney  Markets. 


BY    DR.  OSCAR    KATZ.  585 

(3)  November  23rd,  5  p.m. 

One  of  two  pigeons,  taken  out  of  a  consignment  of  twelve  obtained  from 
the  Sydney  markets,  on  8th  November — the  remaining  ten  were  with 
two  others  placed  in  an  aviary,  where  they  were  used  for  another 
experiment — was  killed  by  chloroform-narcosis.  The  contents  of  the 
intestines,  including  a  portion  of  the  contents  of  the  stomach,  were 
derived  under  proper  precautions,  and  thoroughly  mixed  and  shaken 
■with  about  10  ccm.  of  sterile  distinctly  alkaline  rabbit-broth  in  a  test- 
tube. 

(a)  Of  this  mixture,  1  ccm.  each  was  injected  into  a  full-grown  and  a  half- 
grown  rabbit  soon  afterwards. 

Results : 

The  half-grown  rabbit  observed  lying  dead  at  7.30  a.m.,  November 
29th.  P.M.,  Negative  (both  as  regards  appearance  of  organs  and 
microscopical  examination  of  liver-blood). 

The  full-grown  rabbit  being  still  alive  at  10  a.m.,  December  2nd,  was 
removed  from  its  hutch. 

(6)  The  above  mixture  was,  after  the  2  ccm.  had  been  taken  out,  put  into 
a  thermostat  where  it  remained  for  about  24  hours  at  about  39*  C. 

November  24th,  5.30  p.m. 
A  full-grown  rabbit  received  J  ccm.  =4  minims, 
A  half-grown  rabbit  received  J  ccm.  =2  minims 

of  the  culture  obtained  from  the  mixture. 
Results  : 

The  full-grown  rabbit   died  at   11.30  a.m.,  November  30th.    P.M., 

Negative. 

The  half-grown  rabbit  observed  to  die  at  7.30  a.m.,  November  25th. 

P.M.,  Negative. 

{4b)  December  11th,  noon. 

The  remaining  of  the  two  pigeons  was  killed  by  chloroform-narcosis. 
About  half  the  contents  of  the  intestines,  including  part  of  the  con- 
tents of  the  stomach,  were  transferred  to  a  spacious  test-tube  contain- 
ing about  15  ccm.  of  sterile  rabbit-broth  which  was  of  a  distinctly 
alkaline  reaction. 

The  mixture  after  being  well-shaken  showed  still  a  slightly  alkaline 
reaction.  The  tube  was  at  once  placed  in  the  thermostat  at  38"^  C.  to 
SSf  C,  for  about  twenty-four  hours. 


586    EXPERIMENTAL  RESEARCHES  WITH  CHICKEN-CHOLERA  MICROBES^ 

December  12th,  1  p.m — Of  the  culture  obtained  (showing  now  a  slightly- 
acid  reaction),  a  very  vigorous  full-grown  doe  received  i^subcutaneously) 
1  ccm.  ;  a  rabbit  not  quite  full-grown,  J  ccm. 

Results : 

Both  rabbits  were  alive  for  a  considerable  time. 

They  both  died  in  succession,  the   following  month  (January,  1889), 

but  not  from  "  chicken-cholera,"  or  anything  similar. 

(5)  September  14th,  11.30  a.m. 

A  half -grown  rabbit  was  inoculated  with  a  portion  of  the  contents  of  the 
intestines  of  a  young  chick  sent  to  me  the  previous  day  (dead)  from 
Burwood,  near  Sydney.  (The  mortality  amongst  chickens  there  had 
been  very  great  that  year,  according|to  information.)  The  rabbit  died 
between  11  a.m.  and  12.30  p.m.,  September  15th^  but  on  examination 
it  was  found  that  the  cause  of  death  could  not  have  been  an  infec- 
tion by  chicken-cholera  microbes,  t  Another  half -grown  rabbit  was 
inoculated,  at  the  above  date,  with  heart-blood  from  the  same  chick  ; 
it  also  died  about  a  day  afterwards,  the  result  of  the  autopsy  likewise 
excluding  "chicken-cholera.")* 


*  In  connection  with  the  above  subject  it  may  not  be  uninteresting  to  mention  that  up 
to  the  present,  chicken-cholera,  so  devastating-  and  dreaded  a  dii-ease  in  other  countries,  has 
not  been  proved  to  exist  in  Australasia.  I  mean,  of  course,  the  typical  disease  with  its 
well-characterised  microbes,  and  not  other  disorders  met  with  in  poultry,  where,  misled  by 
certain  suspicious  sj'mptoms,  one  may  think  of  the  true  cholera  (poultrj'-typhoid).  The 
Rabbit  Commission  received  specimens  of  dead  fowls  or  blood  from  such,  mostly  from  New 
South  Wales,  twice  from  Victoria,  and  once  from  New  Zealand,  in  all  nine  cases.  They 
were  examined  by  me  ;  inoculations  were  made  into  fowls  (six  times),  mice  (once),  rabbits 
(once),  besides  mostly  examining  microscopicallj^  the  blood,  or  obtaining  in  nutrient 
gelatine  colonies  of  the  bacteria  present  in  the  suspicious  specimens.  However,  the  results 
showed  that  bacteria  of  chicken-cholera  w-ere  not  there.  It  is  to  be  regretted  that  at  the 
time  of  these  examinations,  rabbits  which  are  susceptible  to  attenuated  "  chicken-cholera  " 
(according  to  Gamale'ia^,  were  not  at  my  disposal,  except  in  one  case  [(5)  above].  Fur- 
ther researches  in  this  direction  may  ultimately  lead  to  positive  results. 


BY    DR.  OSCAR    KA.TZ. 


587 


^ 

» 

^ 

^ 

s 

<o 

-t3 

^ 

^ 

o 

A 

o 

^ 

o 

^ 

!S 

^ 

s 

o;5 


S^ 


o  ^ 

'-'  o 

s-  s- 

<s  ^ 

•nJ  o 

§  P. 

^  (D 

rrf  O 


fl     CO 


--- 

1    • :  6 

i  1^  S 

l^gs 

fl 

§ 

S-i 

-S^ 

a 
o 

■t^i  § 

o 

2  si- 


O  -s 

O    !=• 


•5;^^ 


O    N    O) 
rj     CD    s^ 


^     I 


^3 


-^    O 
&D  O 

I- 


H 


1 

o 

C13 

d 

&, 
?) 

rr 

Si 

'o 

© 

t; 

Oj  C3    ® 

S  0^    C3 

=  ■§5 

&q  S  o 


..  m  <a 

c^    O  "^ 


o 


Gi  O 


I— I  (N 


O   rH 


^  OS 
(N   r-l 


'<s\U   H  ^ 


Ol  i-H 


CO  -^ 


Ttl    r-l 


<^ 


588    EXPERIMENTAL  RESEARCHES  WITH  CHICKEN-CHOLERA  MICROBES, 


o  a 
2 '5 


^1 


tj    o 


W 


^  £  =  12 

t^^   QJ   o   eS 
O   M   i^   ^'^ 
^    &p       CD   " 

2  J  N  ^  ri; 

=«    c3    (U    fl    03 

OJ  O^    Si    t^ 
^  CJ 

-i^  ,_  ^   ;q   t^ 
-^        fl^     . 

s^  2  o  .&p  S 
o 


H  s 


Sk 


>  -- : 


.2  fl 

o    fl 


Oi  i-H 


s; 


H05 
O   -H 


CO  ^ 


05  CI 


CO  ^ 


CC  O 


c^?5 


i-IIM 
Oi    .-1 


rHlCQWlTi* 
rt    O 


OiO 
—  (N 


.^1 


.r^ 

r^ 

■^ 

:  a 

c 

a 

:  tf 

s 

3 

0 

•   bJO 

&0 

ton 

:  0) 

O) 

<u 

•t3 

"^3 

•n 

.^    C        .i 

fl      .i: 

a 

<H-)        <^ 

i:^     < 

^ 

:  a 

:  rs 
.  o 


:  a   I 

:  a 

•  o 

•  S-i 


.a  a 


<t:2 


i2    I 


BY    DR.  OSCAR    KATZ. 


589 


i 
S 

c  ^ 

|i 

S  2i 

7  a.m. :  calm,  sky  overcast.    Bright,  with  N.E.  wind, 
morning  and  afternoon.     Calm  night. 

o 
o 
a 

u 

03 

"eS 
-^ 

11 

03    !h 
S-i    QJ 

Bright— N.E.   breeze  —  morning   and  afternoon. 
Night  calm,  sky  overcast. 

7  a.m.:  calm.     8  a.m.:  extraordinarily  muggy  and 
misty   till   5.30  p.m.,  when  strong  S.  wind  till 
7.30  p.m.     Night  calm,  sky  overcast. 

a 

fi 

S    S3 

^S 

02 -^ 

§^ 

I 

•s  =^ 

Calm  and  dull  all  morning.      Bright  with  N.E, 
breeze,  afternoon.     Night  calm,  sky  overcast. 

Morning :  bright;  N.E.  breeze.   Afternoon  dull  and 
calm.    N  ight :  sky  overcast ;  rain,  9-30  to  10  p.m. 

7  a.m.  :  calm  and  dull.    Later  :  light  N.E.  breeze. 
4  p  m.  :  gloomy  ;  S.  and  S.W.  winds.     7  p.m.  to 
10. 30  p.m.  :  showery. 

s 

o 

ft 

d 

i 

^i 

m 
:g  6b 

S  > 
ft 

00  T— 1 

Ti 

c^  ca 

ff 

CO  ^ 

fi 

g^i' 

SS5 

HCOMW 
QO  1— ( 

2S 

55  S5 

S^  (M 

22  S5 

is5 

CO  -* 

^55 

cc  CO 

i"^ 

coS 

KW 
S^g 

§?< 

S^g5 

i^ 

55  c^ 

^§5 

w|cq 
C5  Ci 

2g 

?,g 

C5   r-H 

2g5 

ccWHTf 
C^  (M 
(M  (M 

CO  CO 

:^ 

:  S3 

■  2 

S-I     g 

< 

o 

< 

1 

03 

a 

Air 

Underground 

Id 

2 

C 

< 

1 
03 

< 

$3 

2 

03 

s 

0 

t 

^ 

3 

03 

s 

< 

o 

& 

03 

g 

Air 

Underground 

-a 

s 

03 
> 

■d 
a 

^6 

?3 

J3 

1- 

1 
1 

i 

1 

+3 

t3 

A 

590    EXPERIMENTAL  RESEARCHES  WITH  CHICKEN-CHOLERA  MICROBES, 


>>2 


o 

d 

A 

.. 

^ 

d 

^ 

f= 

S 

o 

0) 

o 

r^ 

2 

Ti 

a 

rt 

aj 

:3 

W) 

o 

r-i 

^ 

fl 

d 

s 

o 

^ 

>j 

^ 

g 

•7-! 

a> 

a 

©  ^ 


|2 

BQ  o  a 
o  a  a> 

^  ^  a 
■*"  a-q 

OJ   ©   o 

'^   P-l  <4-l 

3       o 


©  o  ^ 

5  a  bo 

g^  a 

p<^  a 


+3 

2  += 

i^-. 

m 
a 

% 

ki 

bL£| 

0 
0 
a 

>> 

S 
5 

evenin 
1.     9  p. 
thout  ri 

^ 

V 

< 

1 

'S 

•  a 

'^  g 

§1'^ 

!>» 

g 

^ 

4^  .S 

1— 1    u 

% 

aj 

'd' 

.2  ^ 

I— 1    0^ 

^ 

• 

5 

c 
o 

1 

a 

o    . 

a    -  a 
^i'a 

0^ 
'0     . 

•5^ 

1^ 

a  02 

"a  2 

^ 

bX)-r|     . 

0  a 

".  a 

CO    g 

i^ 

^ 

^^   ^ 

4J 

e  &  c« 

^   g^ 

N 

1 

.^ 

>,..-^ 

-5 1>.  Si 

oi  N 

-^  2 

O 

C 
^ 

a.m.  :  dull,  ci 
breeze,  dull, 
breeze,  thund^ 

0 

o 

II 

< 

a.m.:  int 
calm.     3 
p.m.  :  ca 

Morning: 
Afternoo 
breeze,  c^ 

■•GO 

31 

a 

^ 

t- 

t^ 

S 

o    • 

H-i< 

--iN-clCO 

.H|?)            ,.*S 

nM        HtI- 

«!•# 

KWcoMcchif 

CO  S 

^^^ 

gl§^^ 

<M  CO  TjH 

C^  CO  Tt^ 

<N  (N  tJH 

^  (N  CO 

So. 

(M  (M  (M 

(N  (N  (N 

(N  (N  (M 

(M  (M(N 

<N  (N  (N 

s 

ccwHc<J 

«!^       KW 

-w«h* 

„!^«l-i<H^ 

Hrr-W 

Hci'-W-H 

g^g^S 

■Tt<  riH  CO 

COtH  Tj< 

coTh  -# 

(M  CO  -* 

(N  CO  rf^ 

(N  S^  (M 

(M  (N  (M 

GO  (N  (M 

(M  (N  (M 

(M  (N  <N 

s 

-I'^n-HM 

-clC-aCllCO 

-ICSrHlO) 

Hc^Hi'H^ 

cqW-I^-W 

-»3 

00  (N  CO 

05  CC  Tj* 

CO  TtH   CO 

CO  -H  tJh 

Tt*  CJTh 

^  r^Tt< 

-^ 

< 

si 

(N  CC  (N 

(M  CC  (N 

(N  CO  (M 

(M  CO(M 

C^C^(N 

C^(MCM 

t 

CO 

ro 

S 

H?J 

-I'.-M 

HM-^IC 

MH- 

--I'i-vW 

£ 

0:^0 

-^  ooco 

CO  GO  CO 

10  CM  rj^ 

a>  GO  Tji 

1 
1 

(M  CO(N 

COCO(N 

(N  COC^ 

OlCOtN 

(N  CO  (N 

-IIM— IM 

H^H^ 

-w 

.Ml-9.-fN 

Oi    -H    0 

^  <M  <M 

CO  Tt  CO 
(M  (N  (N 

CO  ■*  CO 

CO  10  "* 

^ 

d 

->  (M  (N 

(M  (N  (N 

CI  (N  (M 

(N(N(N 

„ 

'o'^ 

■5^ 

'c-^ 

•q'^ 

"o'^ 

O'^ 

m 
111 

02  a 

w  a 

02  a 

03  a 

Ttl     c 

M  a 

OS 

0  S° 

0   bO 

-o  0 

0)    fcO 

©  to 

0  0 

O     !^ 

a   s-c 

0       ^H 

0    sT^ 

0    fcT 

r|l 

rf    cu 

§  © 

c3   0 

c3    <a 

eS    CD 

cs  a> 

.b'^S  a 

.^I'a 

^ 

^ 

^ 

^ 

A 

^* 

+3 

+3 

+3 

43 

(N 

cc 

-^ 

10 

CO 

r- 

— ( 

f-H 

r— 1 

r— 1 

1  i 

a 

0) 

Cm 

1 

1 

BY    DR.   OSCAR    KATZ. 


591 


H 

H 

i 

S 

i 

43 

J3 

:2i  i 

W 

.^ 

4^    iJO 

is 

0) 

.^ 

and  evening  :  ' 
ight :  calm,  clei 

1^ 

^  ■ 

1 

1 

43 

K 

o  ^ 

Si 

a 

si 

02 

..    0) 

o 

il 

!2;  °° 

43  -^ 

>> 
1 

1^ 

a.m. 
breez 

^1 

c3 

< 

C3  13 

5«" 

1^ 

^ 

!>• 

!>> 

<5l 

t^ 

r-lKMHrJI 

rti(MHW_|C-, 

rHl-rQ^I^ 

c^l-H         Wl-H 

«M 

-hM 

rH|Th-ll^-HW( 

XW         03I-* 

?5S5^ 

O    -H    CO 

^  -H  CO 

C^l  CO  '^ 

CM  CM  Tj^ 

CM  CM  -* 

UO  tJ^  O 

^   CO  Tt< 

(N  (N  (M 

C<J  (M  (M 

CM  CM  CM 

(M(N(M 

CM  CM  CM 

C^C^CJI 

ca  CM  CM 

Hloq 

wMH^^-lN 

"l-#-H|Th 

HW 

-H|N  — |(N  Cf)|^ 

nW            rHH( 

rtlfq^CMH^ 

'HW 

rt<  lO  O 

O   -H   CO 

rH   -H   CO 

^^^ 

CO  CO  Tt^ 

CM  CO  Tt< 

<X)  t^iO 

CM  CO  lO 

<N(NC^ 

(N  CM  (M 

<N  C<J  CM 

CM  C^  CM 

<N  CM  CM 

CM  CM  CM 

CM  CM  C4 

r^lT^H^ 

^1-H       -ie» 

-101  ^ICM 

H?i  «lm 

"i«  . 

r-<]-i< 

^1^ 

OO  JO 

r-.    Tt    Ttl 

•N  CO  CO 

t^Tt<   -f 

^c^c5 

t-O  Tt< 

CI  O  lO 

lO  CM  IC 

CO  CO  iM 

(M  (N  (N 

(N  (M  (N 

CM  CO  CM 

CM  coca 

CO  '^  ca 

CM  CO  CM 

cci-H 

mi-H-i«-H|oi 

rti* 

rH|^ 

rH|05              -«« 

-hW 

MWHoi'^lf' 

CO  "*  (N 

(N  ^  tJh 

^  CO  CO 

UO  CO  CO 

-^    — 1    Ti^ 

CM  -<*  CO 

Oi  Oi  ■* 

-<*  -^  -"^l 

<M  C^  (N 

(N  (N  (M 

CM  CM  CM 

CO  -^  CM 

<M  CM  CM 

CM  CO  CM 

ca  ^^ 

rt  ICQ          H^i 

HOI 

X|-fw|jq 

w|cq«W 

Hc<l 

-H|<NHW-.|M 

Hrf           -IN 

^  coco 

(M  'M  rt* 

oopco 

Ci  ^  CO 

(M  Tt^  CO 

GMCN  Tt< 

CM  COCO 

CM  CO  rJH 

Cq  (M  (N 

C^  <N  (N 

— (  CM  CM 

-H  (M  (N 

CM  CM  CM 

CM  CM(N 

ca  ca  CM 

CM  CM  CM 

•©'TIS 

"o^ 

'c'^ 

"c  "^ 

•  'o  "tj 

•S-d 

©■^ 

'o'd 

M    rt 

M  a 

w  a 

M    5- 

••     M     fl 

M     fl 

M     rj 

w    fl 

■Si 

o  o 

•si 

'^t 

i-si 

^i 

^2 

©    i)C 

<v   ac 

D    £)D 

O    tdD 

•  ©  oc 

<n  tio 

(H  ao 

0)   to 

a   I- 

■^  5r! 

o    t. 

•.    o    t^ 

O     ?-i 

o  s7 

o  !-r 

§    © 

CS    o 

c3    O 

rf     03 

:  cs  0) 

cS    <V 

a    CD 

eg    <U 

Air. 

Surf 
Und 

<£0 

<^0 

^ 

-d 

rd 

4i 

'd 

^ 

rd 

rd 

-*i 

-tj 

-fj 

M 

u 

43 

4^ 

GO 

05 

o 

r-l 

CM 

CO 

'^t 

^ 

(M 

CM 

CM 

CM 

CM 

>-> 

i 

^ 

^ 

^ 

^ 

El< 

1 

592    EXPERIMENTAL  RESEARCHES  WITH  CHICKEN-CHOLERA  MICROBES, 


1^ 

^^1 

Is   > 

Ifs^ 

^3 

.a 

1 

§1 
ill 

11 

i? 

2  ^ 

^.  o 

^ 

H 

^^- 

dw  ^ 

^*S 

^ 

L'  d 

-g 

s  2 

Is  2 

a 

s 

% 

s|4 

1I§ 

a 

^s 

§s 

> 

M 

1 

§ 

A! 

1-:)  a 

ci 

» s 

si 

.  o 

•• 

1^1 

it! 

a.  fl     . 
>    «3    fi 

•1 

So 
Z  CO 

1l 

>  o 
o  -^ 

St 

11 

1 

ill 

U& 

72 

«5^| 

gg 

F 

a*" 
8  . 

o^g 

Mi ". 

>> 

.2  S_2 

..^-^ 

.b 

..   4^ 

..  ^ 

-'3 

^i1 

.  ^ 

.^ 

Ml 

1^1 

ci  'o 

1^ 

a.sp 

t- 

c^ 

!>• 

t>. 

!>• 

o    • 

H|«!.:WH,ii 

H0»HT5 

^IM             rHlN 

-ie»-^lrH 

HMHM 

rtlNHM 

^iTjiHCHeoM 

So. 

a 

r^  -^  lO 

I>.CD  CD 

Oi  ^\o 

05  05  CO 

CO  i-H  CO 

P-(   rH   ^ 

COCOTfH 

CO  (N  (N 

(N  (M(M 

^coco 

^   r^CO 

(N  CO  CO 

CO  (M  CO 

coco  (M 

wiiq 

rHWHN 

i-H|CT-i|e^ 

^r^ 

i-W 

Hri'rHH'HN 

rHljq 

lOiO  UO 

Oi  O)  CO 

§  ca  c5 

O    -H    CO 

CO  CO  Tt- 

COCOrJH 

T*H  CO  ko 

(N  (>) 

(M  CO  (M 

CO  CO  ca 

CO  CO  C-J 

CO  CO  CO 

G-1  CO  CO 

s 

^-hr 

•tHW 

-H^o, 

«|-i<-.|C»MM 

i-i|*0]|M-I?q 

rtIN 

-InHn 

.^ 

t^CO  lO 

00  t^O 

r-^^  lO 

^  CO  CO 

-*  CO  CO 

t^CO   Tf 

CO  ■*  JO 

OO^IO 

<3 

■(i 

CO 

s 

(M  CC  (N 

CC  CO  CO 

CO  CO  CO 

CO  CO  CO 

C^J  CO  CO 

CO  CO  CO 

CO  CO  CO 

c-j  coca 

S 

H<M 

-If) 

hItH        CCW 

ccw       wicq 

MMwiCQ 

«W            r^I^ 

HrhMW 

miTiH       HM 

u 

OOlOTjl 

CO  CO  lO 

CO  t^Tt* 

^   Tt<   CO 

^  rrs  CO 

iC  CO  CO 

t-CO   T}< 

oo  Th 

1 

c3 

(N  CO<N 

CO  CO  CO 

(M  CO  CO 

CO  CO  CO 

CO  CO  CO 

CO  CO  CO 

CO  coca 

<N  '^JH  CO 

s 

HW-IO) 

rtM-iir^-l-i 

CChti-'IN 

«w 

KW 

r-ll-* 

HMC*C-i|M 

^ 

H 

r-7(>5   Ti< 

CO   Tt^  V 

o  ^  ■* 

O  O  CO 

Oi  <z>  a-i 

^  --^  CO 

o  CO  CO 

CO  CO  Tt< 

(M  <N  (N 

CO  CO  CO 

CO  CO  CO 

^(NCl 

^coco 

CO  C^  CO 

CO  (M  CO 

<N  iMCO 

r— 1 

_ 

"o'^ 

'o'^ 

"o'^ 

O'^ 

■  "oTi    1 

*o'^ 

•s-^ 

'c'^ 

_r"  73 

M     S 

m  a 

M    C3 

w    fl 

£»     fl 

w  a 

M     fl 

05     fl 

?°5 

o  2 

o§ 

oS 

^  2 

oi 

oi 

o§ 

o  2 

o  So 

o  bo 

©    tJO 

CD    ^ 

©    &0 

O)   bO 

<D    £>D 

O    tlO 

o    ^ 

o   u 

o  s- 

O    S-c 

O     l^ 

o  s^ 

o   s- 

O    S-i 

ill 

cS    Q 

ei    H) 

eS    O 

cS   aj 

c3    ID 

rf  a> 

ci  a> 

d   <u 

^n=i 

4^-3 

43n-i 

'^  T5 

^-73 

=*-"^ 

■UB 

^cct^ 

.b  a  fl 

-1^ 

:S 

-»i 

'd 

r3 

. 

^ 

o 

l>- 

OD 

«} 

fl 

-^3 

-4-3 

(M 

CO 

CO 

'"' 

CO 

CO 

TfH 

uo 

1  i 

>> 

^ 

o 

Q     S 

^ 

o 

„     1 

„ 

i^ 

cS 

s 

Ph        1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

TABLE  III. 

Table  showing  Results  of  the  Inoculation  1 


— 

ofrbb". 

Time 

romi„cc„,.t,„„to 

i 

— 

Time  from  death 
preceding  Series 

""•""'■ 

. 

When 

When  found  dead. 

From 
time  ot 

'S' 

, 

chfckencholoni,  ( 

Oot.'    «h 

lli'aiS: 

B.M. 

n.„. 

n.M. 

liriS" 

33-46 

„ 

1  u 

preceding  Series.  I 

Oct.    4lli 

10.10  pirn'. 

15 

s|:K= 

18.20 

"^r 

{ ^ } 

"             { 

oc':  SE 

2.15  p.m. 

1:5° 

'in.5ot:S 

?6M :: ":« 

IT 

!    I  ! 

••             { 

Set':  et£ 

sSi": 

'I 

Oct. 

eU,    6.60  p.m 

l?:l5 

~r 

1  .?  } 

..             { 

Set    Z 

IJ'i;:S; 

1:?6 

Oct: 

E    9.5°  S 

llf 

~vi~ 

1  IJ  } 

■•             I 

ot  ™ 

m4o'.'.m: 

i:lJ 

S  ?&1S^:S 

\lf 

v„ 

1  \l  } 

•■             { 

^  s 

llso  n'.m'. 

1.? 

Sol:  l«£:  8.55  ?.S 

w'.Sb 

vin 

{  is  li      ■■      { 

Ocl.    8th 

4.57  p.m. 

i.f 

?^: 

^:  ^:l?::. 

16.22 

13.S      „    13.6S 

,x 

{     ie     1 

••             { 

S  §1S 

8.22  a:S: 

1:?? 

Oct: 

aiS!;:S 

\ii 

fSrLS^wToil'Sxik'^"'^''^'^'-  ^"-^  ^"  ^'° 

X 

1     ^     } 

..             { 

S  S£ 

Sl-2 

"? 

oft.\ 

lS:i?:S::r„ 

11:S  ::  1!:S 

371 

X, 

{  S  } 

J 

Oct.  10th 

i'o°:34.°S: 

1:55 

8?'t:! 

lS:i?:Si::S 

14.21 

380 

xn 

1  g  } 

{ 

SISE 

^:f?:S; 

1:?2 

oct:l 

SS:  rSp.S 

1°6.3     :;    "6.28 

39'8 

x,n 

{ i } 

{ 

Oct.  11th 

"iIsS: 

1:S 

Oct.  1 

th,  11,43  p.m 

13.35 

14,42   „    14.49 

38-6 

XIV 

{  S   I 

Oct.  12th 

SfoS: 

'm 

ol 

Im]  lillZ 

lo."  ;;  5i:34 

40-45 

-  l{  S  } 

{ 

?^^ 

?:5Sr,;S; 

1:1, 

8ct 

S:  IT.Z 

10.17 

12.37    „    13.22 

No.  29.-A  doe  which  had  dropped  seven  fullydoveloped  youns,  some  of 
which  were  found  aUve  the  next  morning. 

XVI     {      g      ) 

8S;  I™ 

IflZ. 

llo 

Sol 

aiSK 

16.41 

16.40    „    16.38 

No.  31.-A  doe  in  the  beginning  of  gestation. 

xvn,  {    «     } 

oil:  uu 

\i°lZ. 

Lit 

SSt. 

ft  ":65  5  m 

45:20 :;  48:35 

37-4 

No.  34.-A  doe,  about  which  soniething  toore  on  page  618. 

xviii  j     g     1 

■•             { 

^.  IJll- 

\'2a'pZ. 

1:^' 

Oct. 

a^sr 

13.10 

11.20  „  11.45 

41-7 

-    {    ^^     } 

{ 

8cE:  Is* 

1:32  S. 

1:" 

"ot[ 

a  ^:Si;:S 

14.5, 

16.33    „    17,13 

No.  8S.-A  doe  in  about  the  end  ot  the  second  week  of  gestation. 

-  .{  S  } 

1 

Oct.  15th 

tSlZ. 

1.0 

8^[p:  ?:lo::m 

13.42 

35-6 

Table  showing  results  of  inoculation  of  fowls  and  pigeons  with  the  yirus  of  chicken-cholera,  taken  from  certain  cases  oat  of  the 
Inoculation  Series  of  Rabbits  (Table  III). 


pig°'on. 

Snttfoo'dTf 

Inoculation. 

Whcnsesntodij^orwhm 

Time  from  inoculation  to  death 

— • 

«i?Sr 

When 

Wlien  found  dead. 
Between 

Remarks. 

From 

■( 

Fowl 
Pigeon 

Inoculation 
Series  I. 

Oct.  leth,  2.40  a.m. 
2.50  a.m. 

H.  M. 

65 

Oct.  16th,  11-30  p.m. 
„        ■9.20p'.m. 

20.60 

17.2|5  and  18.30 

•Body  when  found  was  cold.    Fowl  must  have  died  between  12  h. 
30m.  and  15h.  45m.  att«r  moculation. 

II  j 

p-'on 

Series  V. 

Oct.  7th,  11      a.m. 
10.52  a.m. 

1.60 
1.42 

Oct.    8th.  7.35  a.m. 

14  30    „    20.35 
14..38    „    20.43 

III  1 

Fowl 
Pigeon 

Inoculation 
Scries  X. 

Oct  10th,    10.46  a.m. 
10.50a.m. 

1.35t 
1.40 

Oct.  nth,  8.25  a.m. 

20.15 
14.15 

„    21.40 
„    20.0 

t  Temperature  when  found  dead  371''  C. 

This  fowl  had  laid  au  egg  hetween  7  a.m.  and  8.25  a.m.,  which  ap- 
peared perfectly  normal  as  regards  both  the  exterior  and  interior. 
On  microscopical  examination  of  the  yolk,  micro-organisms  could 

IV     j 

Fowl 
Pigeon 

Inoculation 
Series  XV. 

Oct.  13th,  8.25  a.m. 
8.33  a.m. 

2.28 
2.36 

Oct.  14th,  8.30  a.m. 
„  13th,  11.10  p.m. 

si 

„    24.5 
„    14.37 

V  1 

Fowl 
Pigeon 

Inoculation 
Series  XX. 

Oct.  16th.  10.  5  a.m. 
10.10  a.m. 

3  .Ot 
3  .5 

Oct.  17th,   5.45  a.m. 
5.45  a.m. 

17.201   „    19.40 
17.15i   „    19.35 

ITemperature  when  found  dead  SS-O"  C. 

TABLE    V. 

Table  sliowing  Body  Temperatures  of  certain  of  the  Rabbits  used  in  the  Inoculation  Serie: 


■" 

?rsf 

Temperatures  (Centiurrule). 

1 

rtrin. 

ii 

Hours  atterlnociil.«(.n. 

Remarks. 

1 

1 

2 

2» 

3 

^ 

H 

' 

6i 

« 

H 

' 

71 

^ 

8,|. 

»i 

10 

101 

" 

llj 

12 

12! 

13 

. 

14 

14, 

,6 

■h 

39.8 

39-9 

40-2 

40-7 

1 

t 

39-9 

39  4 

4C7 

40-7 

40-0 

1 

40.96 

t  Between  12h.  25iii.  and  18h.  6m.  after 

^|4 

39.S6 

39'7 

400 

40-0 

J4--S 

41-0 

'SaSoV""-"''"''-'""'-''"'""- 

».2 

«■, 

39-66 

1 

40-1 

1 

|40-4 

40-26 

t  Between  15b.  40m.  and  17h.  45m.  after 

IV     1    7 

MO 

40-35 1            1 

40-6 

1 

41.4    1 

41-47 

39-6,  1 

-^JT 

39'2 

38-3    1               _ 

39-1 

|39-. 

39.26 

I4.-6 

39.87t 

38-9 

39-07 

39-3 

1 

30-0 

39-4 

1 

40'26 

40-8 

39  6t  1 

39-1 

39-6 

39-8 

1 

40-06 

40-2 

1 

41-0 

41-6 

40-2t 

3S-85 

39-2 

39-4    1 

39-6 

|40-4 

40.Ot 

301 

39-2 

3«| 

39-7 

|39-9 

1  40.45 

40-5 

40-9t 

" 

39-3 

38-45 

40-7 

1 

1 

^'tody-temtemmrfwaa^'c!'  °° 

1! 

.. 

"- 

398 

39-26 

|38-7    1 

38-7 

1 

39-6 

1 

39-6 

39.6t 

18 

mi 

I' 

39-8 

39-4 

1            |39-6 

1 

39-4 

1 

41-4    1 

- 

41-27 

41-26t 

■■ 

.1 

40-6 

40-46 

38-9 

40-86 

My-teSiperature  wis  3S-6'»C.    (Died 
between  14h.  4-2m.  and  14h,  49m,  alter 

IS 

XV, 

T 

38-7 

39-3 

39-15 

39-3    1            j 

39-1 

1 

10 

,_xvm 

3«.9 

S9-« 

40-06 

1 

40-4 

n~ 

41-2~ 

1            1 

71^ 



~ 

— 

1 



^ 

5 

39-8 

39-4 

39-8 

39-2 

1 

30-6 

1            I 

40-2t 

1 

« 

390 

38-8 

39-7 

40-2    1            j 

I 

ii 

«^ 



^^ 

3.-1 

1 

39-5    j 

38-4.              , 

'Zd^ySpSrw^'SeS?.'"™ 

TABLE  VI.  (a). 
Showing  results  of  experiments  (by  feeding)  on  indij 


"""lerfm'g™"' 

I„,ec.ea.o„aa,p^edinea«.o^e. 

— 

N.me,o.birde. 

DcBcriptiou. 

QuiiDtity. 

~ 

Two  Wekas 

(in  one  cage). 

1888. 
Oct.  12th,  11.5  a.m. 

Liver    and    heart-blood    from    rabbit 
No.  22  of  Inoculation  Series  XI., 
Table  HL 

lOg. 

Both  were  still  alive  on  October  19th 

They  ate  aU  the  food  at 
once. 

Two  Magpies 
(in  one  cage). 

„       11.10  a.m. 

ditto          ditto          ditto 

lOg. 

One  was  found  dead  at  6.35  a.m.  on  October  13th  (i.e.,  between  18h.  50m. 

and  19h.  25m,  after  being  fed).     P.M.,  Positwe. 
Tlie  other  was  found  dead  at  1  p.m.  on  the  same  day  {i.e.,  between  26h. 

25n,.  and  2oh.  SOm.  after  being  fed).     P.M.,  Positive.' 

They  ate  aU  the  food  at 

Tavo  Laughing  Jack- 
(in  one  cage). 

„       11.15  a.m. 

ditto          ditto          ditto 

log. 

One  was  found  dead  at  3.5  p.m.  on  October  17th  {i.e.,  between  I22h.  45m. 

and  124h.  50m.  after  being  fed).     P.M.,  Negative. 
The  other  was  stiU  aUve  on  October  19th. 

They  had eatenall  the  food 
in  five  minutes. 

Two  Butcher-birds 

and  one  Blue  Jay. 

(in  one  cage). 

„       11.20  a.m. 

ditto          ditto          ditto 

lOg. 

One  Butcher-bird  was  found  dead  at  6  a.m.  on  October  13th  (i.e.,  between 
lOh.  30m.  and  18h.  40m.  after  being  fed).     P.M.,  Positive. 

The  other  Butcher-bird  was  found  dead  at  9.20  a.m.  on  the  same  day  (i.e., 
between  21h.  10m.  and  22h.  after  being  fed).     P.M.,  Positive. 

The  Blue  Jay  was  found  dead  at  2. 10  p.m.  on  the  same  day  (i.e.,  between 
26h.  SOm.  and  26h.  50m.  after  being  fed).    P.M.,  Positive. 

Theyhadeatenallthefood 
inaquarterofanhour. 

TwoGallahB 

(in  one  cage). 

„       noon 

ditto          ditto          ditto 
(mixed  with  0-6  p.c.  salt-solution  and 

tion  and 
maize). 

One  was  found  dead  at  7.30  a.m.  on  October  14th  (i.e.,  between  37h.  and 

43h .  30m.  after  being  fed).     P.M.,  Positive. 
The  other  was  still  alive  on  October  19th. 

They  had  eaten  about  half 
in  2J  hours,  and  in  5 
hours  had  eaten  all. 

Two  Wonga   Pigeons 
and  one  Bronze-wing 

(in  one  cage). 

,       12.20  p.m. 

ditto          ditto          ditto 

He. 
<L\ct 

One  Wonga  Pigeon  was  found  dead  at  12,48  a.m.   on  October  14th  {i.e., 
between  33h.  36m.  and  36h.  28m.  after  being  fed).     P.M.,  Positive. 

The  Bronze-wing  Pigeon  was  found  dead  at  12.30  p.m.  on  October  13th  {i.e., 
between  23h.  10m.  and  24h.  10m.  after  being  fed).     P.M.,  Positive. 

The  other  Wonga  Pigeon  was  still  alive  on  Oetobfr  19th. 

They  had  eaten  about  haU 
in  2  bouts,  and  in  4| 
hours  had  eaten  all. 

Two  Quail     

(in  one  cage). 

„       12.25  p.m. 

ditto          ditto          ditto 
bread-crumbs). 

above). 

One  was  found  dead  at  6  a.m.  on  October  13th  {i.e.,   between  9h.  SOm. 

and  17h.  35m,  after  being  fed).     P.M.,  Positive. 
The  other  was  still  alive  on  October  19th. 

Tbe^yhad  eaten  anman 

Showing  results  of  further  experiments  (by  feeding  and  i 


TABLE  VI.  (h). 
ulation)  on  the  indigenous  ] 


ing  from  the  experin 


......... 

Dale  and  time  of 

Kat.eo,t_. 

^"3'^' 

Results. 

— 

Two  Wekas  (kept,  after 
treatment,      m      one 
cage). 

Oct.  19th,    9.4Sa.m 

One  was     inoculated    with    liver-blood 
from    rabbit     No.     34,      Inoculation 
Series  xvll..  Table  III. 

The  other  was  fed  upon  liver  from  the 

1-20&., 

Both  were  still  alive  on  October  29th. 

The  one  which  was  fed  (separately 
from  tlie  inoculated  one),  ate  all 
at  once. 

One  Laughing  Jackass 

10.20  a.m 

Fed  on  the  same  material 

74g. 

Was  still  aUve  on  October  29th. 

In  half-an-hour  it  had  eaten  aU 
except  a  small  piece,  and  in  .SJ 

One  Wonga  Pigeon     ... 

10.40  a.m. 

Ditto    ditto    ditto    (mixed    with    06 
P.O.   salt-solution  and  mashed  up  with 
crushed  maize). 

si? 

between  69h.  20m.  and  68h.  35m.  after,being  fed). 
P.M.,  Positive. 

It  had  eaten  all  in  half-an-hour. 

OneGallah        

10.50  a.m. 

Ditto    ditto    ditto         

(as  before). 

Was  still  alive  on  October  29th. 

In  an  hour  it  had  eaten  more  than 
haU,   and  in  3J  hours  it  had 

OneQuaU         

„        10.55  a.m. 

Ditto    ditto    ditto    (a  similar  mixture 
mashed  up  with  bread-crumbs). 

(cf.  alove). 

between  25h.  6m.  and  25b.  30m.  after  being  fed). 
P.M.,  Positive. 

In  an  hour  it  had  eaten  nearly  all. 
and  in  2  hours  had  finished  all. 

Controls :  («).  Two  half  grown  rabbits,  in  one  hutch,  were  fed  upon  cabbage-leaves  infected  with  U  g.  of  the  same  material  as  above  (infusion  in  0-6  p.c.  salt-aolution)  for  the  two. 
One  died  between  22h.  46m.  and  24h.  40m.  after  being  fed.    P.M.,  Positive.     The  other  died  between  94h.  25m,  and  9Sh.  3.3m.  after  being  fed.     P.Jf.,  Negative, 
{b).  Ahalf-ETOwn  rabbit,  inoculated  with  one  platinum  loopfull  (about  l-200thccm.)  of  the  liver-blood  (as  used  above),  died  between  13h.  20m.  and  21h.  35m.  after  being 
fed.    P.M.,  Positive. 


Showing  results  of  further  ( 


TABLE  VI.  (c). 
,  (by  inoculatiou)  on  tlie  indigenous  Birds  i 


ving  from  the  experiments,  as  detailed  in  Table  VI.  (6). 


».™co,Bi,d.. 

"to^lSr-' 

Inoculation  (by  w»y  ol  injection)  with 

' 

Rcna,.. 

Two    Wekas     (in    one 

cage). 

Oct.  29th,  10.45  a.m 
„        10.50  a.m. 

l-16th  com.   (1  minim)  of  heart-blood  from  a 
rabbit  dead  between  9h.  5m.  and  17h.  15m. 
alter   inoculation    with    a    virulent    broth- 
culture  of  the  microbe  of  chicken-cholera, 
ditto               ditto               ditto 

Both    remained    alive.         For     further    treatment 
see  Table  VI.  (rf). 

One  Uughing  Jackass 

10.40  a.m. 

ditto              ditto              ditto 

It  was  found  dead  at   2.5  p.m.   on  November  Ist 
{i.e.,   between   71h.    20m.  and    75h.   25m.    after 
inoculation).     P.M.,  Positive. 

A  half.grown  r.Ujbit.  inuculated  with  a 
good  platinum  h.opfull  of  heart-blood 
Irom   this    jack.iss,  Jicd  between   Uh. 
15m.  and  12h.  3om.  after  inoculation. 
P.M.,  Positive. 

OneGallah       

11.5    a.m. 

ditto              ditto              ditto 

It  was  found  dead  at   7.15  a.m.  on  October  30th 
(i.e.,    between  lib.    40m.    and   20h.   10m.    after 
inoculation).     P.M.,  Positive. 

Control:  A  full-grown  rabbit   inoculated  with  a  like  quantity  of  the  same  material,  died  between  ] 


.  and  19h.  40m.  after  i 


BY    DR.  OSCAR    KATZ. 


593 


B 
o 


o 

•  I-H 


38 


i 

It  was  not  to  be  decided,  which 
one  had  been  once  fed  and  twice 
inoculated  before,  and  which  one 
had  been    twice   fed   and  once 
inoculated. 

A  full-grown,  vigorous  rabbit  was 
inoculated,    as   control,    with  ^ 
ccm.   of    the   liver-blood    men- 
tioned.    It  was  found  dead  at 
7  a.m.,  next  morning ;  it  must 
have  died  soon  after   10  p.m., 
the  previous  day.     P.M.,  Posi- 
tive. 

Results. 

The  Weka-hen  remained  alive  for 
good,  being,  however,  indisposed 
for  the  first  few  days  after  the 
treatment.     From  the  place  of 
inoculation     necrotised    tissue 
was  ejected  in  due  time. 

The  Weka-rooster,  after  conspicu- 
ous illness,  was  found  dead  at 
6.25  a.m.,   April  10th.      P.M., 

Negative  '^ 

5 
'^ 

s 

.8 

o 

1 

e 
1 

\  ccm.  (4   minims)  of   liver-blood 
from  a  rabbit  newly  dead  from 
"chicken-cholera"   on  inocula- 
tion    .     .     .     one  Weka  (hen). 

About  half  that  quantity.  .  .  . 
Other  Weka  (rooster). 

[Inoculation  of  the  material, 
which  was  to  have  been  as 
much  as  in  the  previous  case, 
being  only  partly  successful]. 

Date  and 

time  of 

inoculation, 



1889. 

April  8th, 
about 
noon. 

is 

Two 

Wekas 
(in  one 
pen). 

594    EXPERIMENTAL  RESEARCHES  WITH  CHICKEN-CHOLERA  MICROBES, 


> 


CS 

CQ 

^ 

O 

Ph 

fcfi 

rt 

s 

o 

'T3 

0) 

03 

c^ 

s 

EH 

g 

•s 

S 

H 

c 

1-:] 

.M 

w 

N 

< 

c 

H 

*^ 

-1^ 

;^ 

o 

o 

i 

o 

1 

Is 

1 

1— 1 

.s 
s 

h 

o  o 

1^ 

-^  CO 

1— 1 

The  exact  time  after  which  this  pigeon 
had  eaten,  or  nearly  eaten  the  food, 
was    not   specially    noted.     It    was, 
however,  observed  to  be  very  slow 
in  proceeding  to  eat. 

d 

i 

1 

it 

III 

6 

d 

d 

d 
ft 

d 

d 
ft 

1 

2^ 

1 

^  ff  a 
Ejoo.2 

PQ 

o 

ill 

d^l'^ 

ft 

d 

d 

ft 

.s  bn 

11 
1^ 

'"  -fci  d 

O  T-H 

1- 

o 

o 

Fowl  or  pigeon. 

if 

o 

1 

d 

d 

BY    DR.  OSCAR    KATZ. 


595 


■^ 

% 

g 

s 

' — " 

H 

g 

Z 

?s 

C4 

1 

« 

w 

h-H 

p-l 

>-H 

><! 

> 

W 

K 

o 

hJ 

^ 

M 

^ 

< 

w 

fH 

C/J 

.id 
S 

c 
o 

1 

4) 

1 

_6 

d 
P 

1 

2 

11 

li 

1— 1 

t 

O 

.2  fl 

0) 

O 

cS  lO 

^  n 

1 
1 

si 

rt    ©  ^ — 

02 

3^  2 

si 
CO 

i 

i 

oj'rt-S  2 

1 

1 
O 

i 

til 

6 

6 
Q 

^  fl  § 

6 
d 

o 

11 
1? 

1^ 

-  2 

O 

2 

is 

.2 

"^  CO 

^^ 

O  p— 1 

O 

s" 
o 

1 

i! 

6    S3 

i 

Ah 

596    ICXPERIMENTAL  RESEARCHES  WITH  CHTCKEN-CHOLERA  MICROBES, 


ta 

a 

-N 

•1-1 

'^. 

n3 

S 

^ 

"j;^ 

H 

g 

•A 

C^ 

H 

^, 

1— 1 
> 

X 

^, 

Pi 

H-1 

(^ 

PQ 

s 

Ei 

b 

rrt  -P     W)  i 

1 

•73 

.2^ 

§ 

1" 

i 

§ 

s 

^^ 

53 

M 

C   =0   S   5:^   « 
Q)    tj    P    <u    o 

-f=> 

^   :3  ^£  -*^ 

IS 

SiS^-^ 

-2 

C3 

->3 

i 

1— ( 

ci  -(^ 

(N    c3 

.    O 

-^    f-i 

O  -M  ^^ 

"5 

o  ^^ 

d 

S 

O)     S^  -^ 

(^ 

t>    1!    5> 

.^  C4_    ^ 

c3    t,    CI 

C 

I 

o 

1—1 

tb^  o  S  § 

S's' 

ri 

^: 

§ 

c 
.2 

-^3      (U 

6  ^§-1 

O  ,: 

."S    cS  -^ 

A 

^§1 

o 

c^  3     <U 

OJ  •  j3 

Q 

^  §3 

.2^^ 

^^^ 

d-^§'^ 

^ 

ft 

a> 

l« 

::D  c3 

■i^. 

11 

2^ 

«^ 

-+io 

4J  ^H 

H  o 

O  p^ 

O   ^H 

O 

o 

c 

_^ 

o 

Q) 

$4 

T— 1 

(M 

1 

^1 
1^ 

6 

6 

o 

gs 

§& 

? 

o 

&D 

o 

fe 

N 

S 

*f2 

BY    DR.  OSCAR    KATZ. 


597 


a 

Y 

?S 

f4 

1— 1 

^ 

l-H 

> 

X 

H 

W 

H^ 

H 

M 

H 

w 

M 

g 

a> 

P5 

? 

ji 

:Si 

^w 

o  O 

w  O 

M   O 

i 

rc:  — 

a 

s 

■i^  ^ 

1 

^-2 

H 

o 

2 

OS 

r-" 

1 

r^ 

Su3 

S^ 

c3^ 

s  _■ 

-2 

fc< 

isi 

s^'-- 

.c 

Z^^.s 

3 

*3 

■":  73  -^ 

*-'«:£ 

§ 

3 

c3   =o 

:K 

03 

^ 

^s^ 

^ 

t^^ 

o'!^'*^ 

oj 

6    ■'^ 

^  S«=i 

> 

^^< 

|< 

1 « . 

.s 

^11 

|il 

1 

^ 

^ 

Sja"g  fl 

1 

pl^     QJ     W 

1 

>;  1-1-5  ^ 

5 

:?|3 

"^ 

O   ci   >   « 

^^ 

|p=*o 

1 

^O^O 

•ss§a 

"a 

o 

nil 

m 

d 

d 

? 

--^■ZB 

■1^ 

■1             -W   ^H 

c3 

a^=t3  s   . 

a 

5^S^o 

'"' 

S         LO    Sh^ 

S    dr-H^    y 

d 

d 

rH 

« 

fi 

1^1 

5  =s 

d 

jil 

go 

§§. 

^§ 

a=| 

"o  --I 

■§s 

O 

o 

o 

;»  • 

(N 

°i 

il 

d 

d 

li 

1^ 

1- 

r 

u. 

s 

K 

o 


^  5 


•43 -g^ 


.III 

1.1.1 

1 

|i| 
III 

S 

1 

1 

? 

1 

i 

r 

8 

Jccm.    (4  minims)  of   liver-blood    from  a 
rabbit  recently  dead  from  "  chicken-cho- 
lera "  after  inoculation  with  virulent  g-ela- 
tine-stick  culture  of  the  11th  generation. 

id 

i{i 

< 

"5 

h 

598  NOTES   AND    EXHIBITS. 


NOTES     AND      EXHIBITS, 


Mr.  A.  Sidney  Olliff  exhibited,  on  behalf  of  Mr.  C.  S.  Wilkinson, 
a  community  of  Wasps  (Polistes  sp.)  from  Drake,  near  Tenterfield, 
recently  obtained  by  that  gentleman. 

Mr.  Olliff  also  showed  a  selection  of  insects  from  a  large  and 
interesting  series  from  Mt.  Kosciusko,  recently  obtained  on  behalf 
of  the  Trustees  of  the  Australian  Museum  by  Mr.  Helms,  Al- 
though the  collection  contains  many  new  forms,  particularly 
among  the  Coleoptera  and  Hymenoptera,  no  peculiar  mountain 
forms  which  so  often  characterise  the  faunas  of  high  altitudes 
were  found ;  but  he  thought  there  were  two  noteworthy  points 
with  regard  to  the  collection,  namely,  the  occurrence  of  certain 
distinctly  Tasmanian  types  among  the  Orthoptera  and  Coleoptera, 
and  the  general  similarity  of  the  fauna  to  that  of  the  higher 
elevations  of  the  Coast  Range. 

Mr.  Skuse  exhibited  a  large  collection  of  Diptera  (numbering 
about  650  specimens)  also  obtained  by  Mr.  Helms  under  circum- 
stances similar  to  those  just  mentioned.  It  contains  several  new 
and  remarkable  forms,  among  which  a  new  genus  of  Tipulidce  longi- 
palpi  with  pectinate  antennse  is  one  of  the  most  interesting.  The 
excellent  state  of  preservation  of  so  large  a  number  of  minute 
specimens  and  the  skill  displayed  in  mounting  them  alike  testify 
to  the  ability  and  industry  of  the  collector. 

Mr.  Helms  offered  some  remarks  upon  some  of  the  more 
striking  forms  in  the  collections  referred  to,  more  particularly  the 
wingless  grass-hoppers  :  and  he  also  alluded  to  his  discovery  of 
Peripatus  at  altitudes  up  to  5700  feet. 

Mr.  Rohu  exhibited  a  collection  of  mounted  specimens  of 
English  plants,  and  signified  his  intention  of  presenting  the  col- 
lection to  the  Society's  herbarium. 

Mr.  David  exhibited  sections  and  specimens  of  the  kerosene 
shale  and  fire-clay  referred  to  in  his  paper. 

Dr.  Katz  exhibited  drawings,  and  a  collection  of  pure  cultures 
of  the  microbes  of  chicken-cholera. 


P.LS.  N.S.W.(2':'^Ser.).Voi..lV. 


PL. XI, 


F.A  A   Skuse  del. 


Baron  &  Gatv^ard  lilh . 


PL.  XII. 


F.A.A.SkasBdel 


Baron  &  Gatwsrd  lith. 


P.L.S.  NSWi2"'*Sen).VoL.IV. 


?I.XITI. 


F.A.A.Skuse.def. 


Baron  &  Qatward  lil^ . 


P.L.SN:SW(2"^Ser.).VoL.IV. 


PLXIY 


B  C 


D      E 


FA  A.Skuse  del 


Baron  di  Gst^drd  lifii 


PL.S.N  S-WjE^-^SerlVoUV 
A 


F  A.A  5kuse,del. 


Baron  hi  Oaf  war  3  lith. 


RL.S.    N.S.W.  (2"^  Sen.)  Vol.  IV. 


PL.  XV. 


(l.2.)CYPR/^A   VENUSTA    Sow.Var.     (3.4)CYPR/^A  VITELLUS   Lmn.Var. 


J  M.  Kennedu    del.  et  lith. 


o.T.LeiihsC  Print 


P.LS.N.SW.(2"^5er).V0LlV. 


PL.lOa. 


R.Graff  de/. 


ALDRCVANDA  VESICULCrA   Lmne. 


Bo'-onR-  Gsfward lith. 


P.LS.NSW.(2"dSer).VoLlV. 


PL.XVll. 


mm^ 


Xi 


4 


in 


-<;■: 


\ 


l# 


(^£^^^- 


§ 


Baron  &  Ga/'t^arc/  c/eL  et  /ith. 


P.L.S.N.S.W(2':^Ser.).Vot.lV. 


PL.XV111. 


(x  22:) 


^         S    ^    V' 


i'"..\ 


'■^^  .\ 


-^\ 


P  T  Hammond  del.  SPORANGlAf?)  inlii-eclay.  Baron  &  Gs^wsrd  l,th. 


WEDNESDAY,  31st  JULY,  1889. 


Dr.  James  C.  Cox,  Vice-President,  in  the  Chair, 


Mr.  Beid  and  Mr.  R.  Helms  were  introduced  as  visitors. 


The  Chairman  announced — 

(i)  That  the  next  Excursion  had  been  arranged  for  August 
24th,  to  leave  Redfern  Station,  for  Como,  Illawarra  line, 
by  the  9.10  a.m.  train. 

(ii)  That  the  next  Meeting  of  the  Australasian  Association 
forthe  Advancementof  Science  would  be  held  in  Melbourne, 
commencing  on  7th  January,  1890. 


DONATIONS. 

"L'Academie   Royale  de   Copenhague. — Bulletin  pour   1888." 
No.  3  ',  "  1889."    No.  1.     From  the  Academij. 

"  Monatliche    Mittheilungen    des    naturwissenschaftl.  Vereins 
des    Reg.-Bez.    Frankfurt."      Jahrg.     VI.,    Nos.     7-9     (October- 
December,    1888);     "  Societatum    Litterae."      Jahrg.     II.,    Nos. 
9  and  10  (September  and  October,    1888).     From  the  Society. 
39 


600  DONATIONS. 

"The  Journal  of  Conchology."  Vol.  VI.,  No.  2  (1889). 
From  the  Conchological  Society  of  Great  Britain  and  Ireland. 

"The  Canadian  Record  of  Science."  Vol.  III.,  No.  6  (1889). 
From  the  Natural  History  Society  of  Montreal. 

"Bulletin  of  the  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology  at  Harvard 
College,  Cambridge,  U.S.A."  Vol.  XVI.,  No.  4;  XVII.,  No.  3 
(1889).     From  the  Curator. 

"  Abhandlungen  herausgegeben  von  der  Senckenbergischen 
Naturforschenden  Gesellschaft,  Frankfurt  a.  M."  XIV.  Band, 
Hefts  2  and  3  (1886) ;  "Bericht,  1886."     From  the  Society. 

" Zoologischer  Anzeiger."  XII.  Jahrg.,  Nos.  308  and  309 
(1889).     From  the  Editor. 

"  The  Quarterly  Journal  of  the  Geological  Society  of  London." 
Vol.  XLV.,  Part  2  (No.  178),  1889.     From  the  Society. 

"  Proceedings  of  the  Zoological  Society  of  London  for  the  year 
1888."  Part  IV.;  "Abstract  of  Proceedings,"  21st  May  and 
4th  June,  1889.     From  the  Society. 

"Feuille  des  Jeunes  Naturalistes."  No.  224  (June,  1889) 
From  the  Editor. 

"  Comptes  Rendus  des  Seances  de  FAcademie  des  Sciences, 
Paris."     Tome  CVIIL,  Nos.  13-18  (1889).     From  the  Academy. 

"The  Victorian  Naturalist."  Vol.  VL,  No.  3  (July,  1889). 
From  the  Field  Naturalists'  Club  of  Victoria. 

"  Proceedings  of  the  Royal  Society  of  Victoria."  New  Series 
Vol.  I.  (1889).     From  the  Society. 

"  Records  of  the  Geological  Survey  of  India."  Vol.  XXII., 
Part  2  (1889).     From  the  Director. 


I 


DONATIONS.  601 

"  Catalogue  of  the  Lower  Silurian  Fossils,  Cincinnati  Group." 
By  U.  P.  James  (1st  and  2ncl  Editions)  ;  also  23  Pamphlets  on 
various  subjects.     From  Professor  J.  F.  James. 

"  Tijdschrift  voor  Entomologie,  uitgegeven  door  de  Neder- 
landsche  Entomologische  Yereeniging."  Deel  XXXI.  (1887-88). 
From  the  Society. 

"The  Proceedings  of  the  Royal  Society  of  Queensland,  1889." 
Vol.  VL,  Part  4.     FT07n  the  Society. 

"  Report  of  Trustees  of  the  Australian  Museum  for  the  year 
1888."     From  the  Trustees. 

"Bulletin  de  la  Societe  Zoologique  de  France  pour  I'Annee 
1889."     Tome  XIV.,  No.  4,  (April).     From  the  Society. 

"  Bulletin  de  la  Societe  Imperiale  des  Naturalistes  de  Moscou.'' 
Annee  1888,  No.  4.     From  the  Society. 

"  British  Museum. — Catalogue  of  Marsupialia  and  Monotre- 
mata."  By  0.  Thomas  (1888);  "Catalogue  of  Fossil  Cephalo- 
poda. Part  i."  By  A.  H.  Foord,  F.G.S.  (1888);  "Catalogue  of 
Fossil  Fishes.  Part  i."  By  A.  S.  Woodward,  F.G.S.,  &c.  (1889) ; 
"  Catalogue  of  Chelonians,  &c."  New  Edition.  By  G.  A. 
Boulenger    (1889).     From  the  Trustees. 

Pamphlet  entitled  "  Sur  les  Courants  Superficiels  de  I'Atlan- 
tique  Nord."  Par  S.  A.  le  Prince  Albert  de  Monaco.  From  the 
Author. 

"  Memoires  et  Publications  de  la  Societe  des  Sciences  des  Arts 
^t  des  Lettres  du  Hainaut."  5me  Serie.  Tome  I.  (1889).  From 
the  Society. 

"Journal  of  the  Royal  Microscopical  Society,  London,  1889." 
Part  3.     Frotn  the  Society. 


602  DONATIONS 

"  Reichenbachia. — Orchids  Described  and  Illustrated  by  F. 
Sander,  &c."  Vol.  I.  (12  parts);  II.  (parts  1-5),  [1888-89];  "A 
History  of  British  Fossil  Reptiles."  (4  vols).  By  Sir  Richard 
Owen,  K.C.B.,  F.R.S.,  &c.    From  Sir  William  Macleay,  F.L.S.,  &c. 

"The  G old-Fields  of  Victoria. — Reports  of  the  Mining  Regis- 
trars for  the  quarter  ended  31st  March,  1889."  Fro^n  the  Secre- 
tary for  Mines  J  Melbourne. 

Pamphlet  entitled  "  On  the  Occurrence  of  Tellurium  in  Kew 
South  Wales  Ores."  By  J.  C.  H.  Mingaye,  F.C.S.  From  tht 
Author. 

Eight  Pamphlets  on  various  Biological  Subjects.  By  Professor 
Ralph  Tate,  F.G.S.,  &c.     From  the  Author. 

"  The  Australasian  Journal  of  Pharmacy."  Vol.  IV.,  No.  43, 
(July,  1889).     From  the  Editor. 


PAPERS    READ. 


DESCRIPTION  OF  A  NEW  SPECIES  OF  lODIS,  WITH 
REMARKS  ON  PIELUS  IMPERIALIS,  Olliff. 

By  Thomas  P.  Lucas,  M.R.C.S,,  L.S.A.,  Lond.,  L.R.C.P.,  Edin. 

The  past  season  in  Brisbane  Las  been  most  unfavourable  for 
the  appearance  of  Lepidoptera.  Many  of  the  new  species  of 
lodis  I  found  last  year  have  not  turned  up  at  all,  and  all  have 
been  rare.  I  have  found  /.  leucomerata  here  for  the  first  time. 
I  obtained  one  worn  specimen  of  a  new  species  early  in  the  year, 
but  must  wait  for  describing  until  I  obtain  better  specimens. 
But  last  April  Mr.  Illidge  was  fortunate  enough  to  discover  a 
novel  and  most  interesting  species  on  a  small  tree  growing  in 
his  garden,  which  he  had  transplanted  from  the  bush.  With  a 
lantern  light  he  discovered  the  imago  flying  rapidly  around  the 
tree,  and  afterwards  Mrs.  Illidge  found  the  pupa  cases  in  very 
light  cocoons  among  the  leaves,  evidently  showing  that  the  larvas 
had  fed  there,  and  that  the  moths  were  there  to  deposit  their 
eggs.  I  have  great  pleasure  in  naming  the  species  after  its 
discoverer. 

loDis  Illidgei,  sp.nov. 

(J9*  25-30 mm.  Face  brown-red,  fillet  yellow-green,  crown  green 
with  a  very  fine  white  line  posteriorly.  Palpi  greenish-white. 
Antennae  yellow-green,  pectinations  of  ^  short,  white-green. 
Thorax  pea-green,  dorsum  posteriorly  yellow-green,  undersurface 
white.  Abdomen  pea-green,  dorsum  yellow-green,  lateral  surface 
posteriorly  and  undersurface  white.  Legs  white,  upper  surface  of 
anterior  coxae  and  tibise  brownish- white.  Forewings,  costa  nearly 
straight,  rounded  towards  apex,  hindmargin  obliquely  rounded, 
pea-green ;  costal  line  and  hindmarginal  line  yellow-green :  cilia 


604  DESCRIPTION   OF   A   NEW    SPECIES   OF   lODIS. 

greenish  -  white.  Hind  wings  as  forewings,  hindmarginal  line 
yellow-green ;  hindmargin  slightly  angled  at  vein  4  :  cilia 
greenish- white.      Undersurface    of   wings    greenish-white. 

The  light  pea-green  colour,  absence  of  markings,  and  the 
yellow-green  borders  of  wings  readily  distinguish  this  species. 
It  comes  near  to  TJrolitha  hipiinctiferay  Walk.,  but  appears  to 
be  a  true  lodis. 

PostscrijJt. — Since  writing  the  above,  I  find  that  the  tree  on 
which  these  caterpillars  feed  is  Duboisia  myojwroides.  Dr. 
Thomas  L.  Bancroft  found  the  exuvia  of  a  caterpillar,  probably  a 
larger  species,  among  a  quantity  of  collected  leaves.  It  contained 
the  active  poison  principle  duboisin.  Caterpillar  elongated,  flat- 
tened, green  with  lighter  green  and  darker  green  linear  stripes 
laterally. 


In  the  Proceedings  of  this  Society  for  1887,  (p.  1016, 
pi.  XXXIX.),  Mr.  Olliff  described  and  figured  a  moth  of  the 
genus  Pielus  belonging  to  Mr.  Prince.  I  happened  to  be  present 
at  the  meeting  at  which  the  specimen  was  exhibited,  and  stated 
that  I  possessed  three  specimens  from  the  Gippsland  District. 
I  had  sent  an  example  to  Mr.  Meyrick,  who  afterwards  re- 
turned it  named  P.  hyalinatus.  On  referring  to  Schafler's 
LejndopL  Exot.  Nov.  Ser.  i,  fig.  50,  I  find  an  almost  exact 
coloured  copy  of  PI.  xxxix.  of  P.L.S.  N.S.W.,  and  the  insect 
named  P.  hycdinatus.  Walker  also  described  it  under  the  name 
P.  hyalifiatus,  and  referred  to  Schaflfer;  hence  Mr.  OllifF's  name 
P.  impericdis  must  give  way  to  P.  hyalinatus. 

I  have  a  specimen  I  take  to  be  the  ^.  It  is  75  mm.,  and  is 
marked  similarly  to  the  larger  ones,  bat  the  two  apical  spots 
alone  of  the  oblique  row  of  spots  parallel  with  the  hindmargin  of 
the  forewings  are  silvered. 


THE    EXAMINATION    OF    KINOS    AS    AN    AID 
IN    THE    DIAGNOSIS    OF    EUCALYPTS. 

PART  I.— THE  RUBY  GROUP. 

By  J.  H.  Maiden,  F.L.S.,  F.C.S. 

The  astringent  exudations  so  common  on  species  of  Eucalyptus 
are  termed  Kinos.  The  author  is  not  aware  that  these  substances 
have  hitherto  been  taken  cognisance  of  in  the  elucidation  of  species, 
and  he  proposes  to  give  a  brief  account  of  his  experiments  in  this 
direction.  The  genus  Eucalyptus  is  such  an  abnormally  difficult 
one,  that  any  method  of  showing  the  affinities  of  its  species  must 
be  welcome. 

The  author  has  already  shown  (Pharm.  Journ.  [3],  XX.  p.  221) 
that  Eucalyptus  Kinos  may  readily  be  grouped  into  three  great 
classes,  according  to  their  behaviour  with  water  and  with  spirit. 
Briefly,  he  divided  them  into  (1)  The  Buby  Group,  which  consists 
of  ruby-coloured  Kinos,  the  members  of  which  are  soluble  either 
in  cold  water  or  in  cold  spirit ;  (2)  The  Gummy  Group,  whose 
members  are  soluble  in  cold  water,  but  very  imperfectly  in  spirit, 
owing  to  the  gum  they  contain ;  (3)  The  Turbid  Group,  whose 
members  are  soluble  in  hot  water  or  in  hot  alcohol,  but  the  solu- 
tions become  turbid  on  cooling ;  all  the  members  of  this  group 
contain  catechin. 

The  author,  however,  wishes  to  make  it  quite  clear  that  these 
Groups  only  refer  to  Kinos  which  he  has  actually  examined,  since 
he  does  not  presume  that  the  Kinos  he  has  never  seen  fall  into 
either  one  of  them,  whatever  his  opinion  may  be  in  regard  to  some 
of  those  yet  undescribed.  It  is  very  possible  that  fresh  groups 
and  sub-groups  showing  affinities  of  Kinos  may  yet  require  to  be 
erected,  but  the  material  at  his  disposal  at  present  does  not  justify 
him  in  making  other  than  the  three  broad  groups  already  alluded  to. 


606        ON    KINGS    AS    AN   AID    IN    THE    DIAGNOSIS    OP    EUCALYPTS, 

Bentham  (following  Mueller,  Fragm.  ii.),  in  the  Flora  Aus- 
traliensis,  classified  the  Eucalypts  according  to  the  shape  of  their 
anthers.  The  Renantherse,  those  .  with  kidney-shaped  anthers, 
comprise  the  following  species  found  in  New  South  Wales  : — 

E.  stellulata,  Sieb. 

F.  ijaiicijiora,  Sieb. 
F.  regnans,  F.v.M. 

E.  amygdalina,  Labill. 

E.  obliqua,  L'  Herit. 

E  stricta,  Sieb. 

E.  macrorrhyncha,  F.v.M. 

E.  capitellata,  Sm. 

E.  eugenioides,  Sieb, 

E.  2nperita,  Sm. 

E.  jnhdaris,  Sm. 

E.  triantha,  Link  (Syn.  E.  acmenioides,  Schau.) 

E.  haemastoma,  Sm. 

E.  Sieheriana,  F.v.M.  (Syn.  E.  virgata,  Sieb.) 

E.  onicroGorys,  F.v.M. 

With  the  exception  of  that  of  E.  triantha,  the  author  has 
examined  the  Kinos  of  all  the  above  species,  including  those  of 
innumerable  individuals  belonging  to  species  found  in  the  Counties 
of  Cumberland,  Camden  and  Cook.  It  is  rather  remarkable  to 
find  that,  with  one  exception  (E.  microcorysj,  the  whole  of  the 
Kinos  in  the  Renantherae  belong  to  the  Ruby  Group.  The  author 
also  has  arrived  at  some  unexpected  results  in  connection  with  the 
other  two  groups,  but  he  does  not  propose  to  deal  with  those  in 
the  present  paper. 

E.  microcorys  has  quite  an  anomalous  Kino,  that  is  to  say,  it  can 
readily  be  distinguished  from  all  others  Unlike  the  Ruby  Kinos 
it  is  very  friable  (capable  of  being  crushed  to  a  fine  powder  between 
the  fingers,  which  no  "  ruby  "  Kino  ever  is),  and  looks  like  a 
parcel  of  uncut  garnets.  It  forms  an  orange-brown  powder,  and 
belongs  to  the  Turbid  Group.  At  present  it  may  be  compared  to 
"  the  exception  which  proves  the  rule."     It  is,  however,  worthy  of 


BY    J.  H.  MAIDEN.  607 

note  that  E.  microcorys  is  not  placed  by  Bentham  in  the  Renan- 
therse,  but  in  a  group  called  by  him  Heterostemones,  in  which  he 
includes  an  additional  member  .of  Baron  Mueller's  Renantherse, 
the  other  members  falling  in  the  Baron's  Porantherse. 

The  author  has  proved  by  experiments  on  many  samples  that 
a  Kino  of  one  species,  no  matter  what  its  variety,  and  under 
whatever  circumstances  of  climate,  soil,  &c.,  it  may  grow, 
invariably  belongs  to  one  group.*  For  example,  all  the  Kinos 
of  perhaps  twelve  specimens  of  eight  varieties  of  E.  amygdalina 
Kino  which  have  passed  through  his  hands  belong  to  the  Ruby 
group,  and  not  one  to  either  the  Gummy  or  the  Turbid  group. 
The  composition  of  all  Kinos  appears  to  be  constant  to  that 
extent.  Since  this  discovery  dawned  upon  the  writer,  he  has 
had  many  opportunities  of  verifying  its  truth  ;  in  some  notable 
instances  where  Kino  has  been  forwarded  to  him,  he  has  been 
able  to  call  the  naming  of  the  species  in  question,  and  by 
assigning  the  group  to  which  it  belongs  has  thrown  light  upon 
its  position,  and  has  caused  the  evidence  on  which  a  species- 
name  had  been  given  to  be  re-opened,  with  the  result,  in  each 
case,  of  alteration.  He  therefore  does  not  hesitate  to  strongly 
recommend  that  in  sending  specimens  of  little  known  or  variable 
Eucalypts  to  be  named,  the  Kino,  wherever  procurable,  should 
always  form  portion  of  the  material  for  the  botanist  to  work 
upon. 

The  author  offers  his  chemical  system  of  grouping  Eucalypts 
merely    as   a    supplement   to,  or   a   check    upon,    the    anthereal 

*  In  the  amplified  anthereal  grouping  of  Bentham,  the  following  species 
are  placed  by  him  in  more  than  one  series  or  sub-series  : — 

E.  virgata  ( SieberianaJ . 

E.  bicolor  flargiflorens ) . 

E.  stricta. 

E.  albens  (hemiphloiaj. 

E.  siderophloia. 

E.  gomphoceiihala. 
At  the  same  time,  it  is  but  fair  to  point  out  that  in  Baron  Mueller's 
anthereal  classification  no  Eucalypt  appears  in   more  than  one  group,  of 
which,  however,  there  are  but  three  for  the  whole  genus . 


608         ON    KINOS    AS    AN    AID    IN    THE    DIAGNOSIS    OF    EUCALYPTS, 

system.  Often  Kino  cannot  be  found  on  a  certain  tree;  on  the 
other  hand,  the  uncertain  period  of  flowering  of  many  species 
often  precludes  any  examination  of  anthers.  And  when  anthers 
are  obtained,  only  those  who  have  frequently  examined  the 
flowers  of  this  genus  know  how  difficult  and  uncertain  it  is  to 
assign  the  species  yielding  them  to  its  proper  anthereal  group. 
When  once  the  Kino  is  obtained,  how^ever,  an  ordinary  child  of 
seven  would  be  able  accurately  to  place  it  in  its  proper  group. 

The  specimens  of  Kino  now,  and  to  be,  described  are  the 
property  of  the  Committee  of  Management  of  the  Technological 
Museum,  in  which  collection  will  be  found  many  specimens 
collected  by  Mr.  Bauerlen  on  behalf  of  the  Committee,  over 
forty  specimens  collected  by  the  author,  together  with  a  few 
of  miscellaneous  origin,  the  whole  forming  a  series  probably 
not  to  be  equalled  anywhere. 

It  will  be  seen  from  the  descriptions  now  given  how  similar 
are  all  the  Kinos  of  this  Ruby  group.  Time  seems  to  alter  them 
all  similarly  ;  and  the  author  believes  that  Kinos  of  all  these 
species,  provided  the  same  period  has  elapsed  since  exudation, 
and  they  have  been  exposed  to  similar  climatic  influences,  tend 
to  have  precisely  the  same  appearance  and  composition.  He  has 
given  a  few  notes  on  the  appearance  of  those  of  different  species 
partly  with  a  view  to  bring  out  the  relationship  between  physical 
appearance  and  chemical  composition,  and  partly  with  the  view 
to  furnish  the  fullest  particulars  in  regard  to  these  little-known 
substances.  It  must  be  borne  in  mind  that  the  dates  given  are 
either  those  of  collection  or  of  receipt,  and  not  of  exudation,  so 
that  they  do  not,  in  many  cases,  give  a  precise  idea  of  their 
comparative  ages.  But  appearance  and  composition  of  the  Kinos 
give,  he  believes,  an  infallible  clue  to  their  ages.  With  not  much 
diffidence  he  hazards  the  belief  that  when  a  series  of  Kinos  just 
exuded  shall  have  been  collected,  and  thus  their  ages  known  at 
the  time  of  different  experiments,  it  will  be  found  that  the  per- 
centages of  tannic  acid,  for  instance,  will  be  in  inverse  ratio  to 
their  ages. 


BY    J.  H.  MAIDEN.  609 

Eucalyptus  amygdalina,  LahilL,  B.Fl.  iii.  202  (Syn.  E.  fissilis, 
F.v.M. ;  E.  radiata,  Sieb.  ;  and    other  synonyms). 

This  Eucalypt  has  more  than  a  score  of  vernacular  names,  but 
in  regard  to  this  species,  as  in  others,  only  those  vernacular  names 
have  been  used  which  are  actually  employed  to  describe  the  tree 
in  the  locality  given. 

Found  in  Tasmania,  Victoria,  N.  S.  Wales. 

1.  E.  amygdalina  var.  radiata.  "  Ribbon  Gum."  Nelligen, 
Clyde  River,  N.S.W.  Collected  21st  and  22nd  September, 
1886.     Height,   100-120  ft. ;    diam.,   2  ft.    6  in. 

A  clear  port- wine  coloured  Kino,  which  is  fairly  friable,  yielding 
a  sparkling  powder.  It  is  not  readily  obtainable  in  large  pieces. 
It  dissolves  readily  in  cold  water,  forming  a  clear,  medium  ruby 
liquid,  but  the  residue  contains  more  woody  matter  than  the 
Bombala  sample,  and  less  phlobaphene.  Colour  of  residue  Vandyke 
brown. 

(Note. — Colours  are  taken  from  damp  residues.  The  colours  of 
aqueous  solutions  were  taken  from  J  gram,  of  powdered  Kino  in 
100  cc.  of  water,  which  stood  for  three  days,  and  the  colour  esti- 
mated by  placing  the  liquid  in  a  bottle  2  inches  in  diameter.) 

Kino-tannic  acid,  62*95  per  cent.;  insoluble  phlobaphenes,  6'46 
per  cent.;  soluble  in  cold  water,  92*54  per  cent.* 

2.  E.  amygdalina,  var.  "  Peppermint."  Bombala,  N.S.W. 
Collected  14th  Feb.,  1887.  Height,  60-80  ft. ;  diam.,  3  ft.  Phy- 
sical description  same  as  No.  1. 

In  cold  water  it  forms  a  solution  of  a  pale  ruby  colour.  The 
insoluble  phlobaphene  is  very  dark,  almost  black.  Colour  of 
residue    purplish-brown. 

*  The  remainder  of  these  Kinos  consists  for  the  most  part  of  hygroscopic 
moisture  (average  20  per  cent. ),  together  with  small  percentages  of  sugar, 
resin,  &c.  I  have  made  complete  analyses  of  them,  but  the  descriptions  of 
the  raw  products  themselves,  and  an  account  of  the  botanical  questions 
involved  in  the  elucidation  of  them,  can  alone  properly  be  brought  before 
this  Society. 


610         ON    KINGS    AS    AN   AID    IN    THE    DIAGNOSIS    OF    EUCALYPTS, 

Kino-tannic  acid,  62-58  per  cent.;  insoluble  phlobaphenes,  6-58 
per  cent. ;  soluble  in  cold  water,  92*62  per  cent. 

3.  E.  amygdalina,  var.  "  Peppermint."  (This  and  the  pre- 
ceding tree  are  very  different  in  appearance.)  Little  River,  near 
Braidwood,  KS.W.  Collected  Uth  November,  1886.  Height, 
60-80  ft. ;  diam.,  1-2  ft.  Physical  description  same  as  "  Ribbon 
Gum." 

To  cold  ^yater  it  yields  a  perfectly  clear  pale  ruby  solution, 
with  insoluble  phlobaphene  of  the  same  colour.  Residue  con- 
tains a  few  particles  of  ligneous  matter.  Colour  of  residue 
Vandyke  brown. 

Kino-tannic  acid,  62*4  per  cent.;  insoluble  phlobaphenes,  5-5 
per  cent.;  soluble  in  cold  water,  93*4  per  cent. 

Following  is  the  description  of  a  sample  of  E.  amygdalina 
Kino  examined  by  Dr.  Wiesner  (Pharm.  Journ.  [3]  ii.  102) : — 
"  Easily  soluble  in  water,  solution  neutral,  onion-red,  turbid  *  on 
cooling.  Black  particles,  and  only  in  very  thin  fragments, 
zircon-red  in  transmitted  light,  fatty  lustre,  very  tough,  rich  in 
fibrous  bark." 

4.  This  sample  had  been  collected  for  an  indefinite  period  when 
received  on  29th  December,  1887.     No  particulars  are  available. 

This  and  the  following  Kino,  received  from  the  Sydney  Botanic 
Gardens,  are  very  similar  in  outward  appearance,  and  the  same 
description  will  apply  to  both.  They  have  obviously  been 
collected  for  a  very  considerable  period,  are  bright  and  black, 
and  look  very  much  like  little  pieces  of  jet.  Although  of  a 
horny  nature,  it  is  not  very  difficult  to  reduce  them  to  a  coarse 
black  sparkling  powder,  as  they  are  rather  brittle,  but  it  is  very 
difficult  to  rub  them  down  into  an  impalpable  powder,  which  is 
dull,  and  in  colour  purplish-brown  with  a  predominance  of  red, 
and  inclining  to  Venetian  red. 

*  There  is  some  mistake  here  ;  his  labels  have  probably  got  mixed.  I 
have  examined  scores  of  Kinos  of  this  species.  The  same  remarks  also  apply 
to  E.  pilularis,  infi^a,  a  common  Sydney  species. 


BY    J.  H.  MAIDEN.  611 

Cold  water  acts  with  extreme  slowness  upon  this  Kino,  and  a 
dark  ruby  liquid  is  the  result,  with  nearly  black  insoluble  phlo- 
baphenes.  The  soluble  phlobaphenes  possess  very  powerful 
colouring  properties. 

Kino-tannic  acid,  35-78  per  cent.;  insoluble  phlobaphenes,  35'8 
per  cent,;  soluble  in  cold  water,  55-4  per  cent. 

5.  Sample  sent  as  E.  fissilis.  For  physical  description  see 
previous  specimen  (No.  4).  Cold  water  yields  a  dark  ruby  solu- 
tion inclining  to  orange.  The  Kino  dissolves  slowly,  leaving  a 
residue  of  phlobaphene  almost  entirely  of  a  rich  red-brown 
colour,  with  but  a  very  small  proportion  of  black. 

Kino-tannic  acid,  30*59  per  cent.;  insoluble  phlobaphenes,  40*9 
per  cent.;  soluble  in  cold  water,  50-1  per  cent. 

Following  is  Dr.  Wiesner's  description  of  a  sample  of  E.  fissilis 
Kino  examined  by  him  : — "  Reddish  solution,  neutral,  remaining 
clear  on  cooling,  trace  of  gum-resin.  Tough  drops,  blackish  red, 
zircon-red,  translucent,  fatty  lustre  on  fracture." 

6.  E.  mnygdalina,  var.  No  local  name.  Appears  to  be  scarce. 
Has  a  bark  something  like  "Mahogany"  (E.  rohusta).  Cambe- 
warra,  N.S.W.,  30th  May,  1888.     Height,  60-80  ft.  ;  diam.,  2-3  ft. 

The  greater  portion  of  the  small  sample  obtained  has  evidently 
remained  long  on  the  trees.  A  few  freshly  exuded  drops  are  of 
a  clear  reddish-brown  colour ;  the  remainder  is  so  opaque  that  its 
colour  by  transmitted  light  can  scarcely  be  determined,  though  at 
the  edges  of  some  pieces  a  reddish-brown  colour  is  observed. 
The  general  colour  by  reflected  light  is  Vandyke  brown,  and  the 
Kino  cuts  like  horn. 

Cold  water  forms  a  pale  orange-brown  solution.  It  is,  however, 
all  but  insoluble.  Alcohol  (B.P.  strength  of  tincture)  yields  a 
pale  brown  liquid,  and  a  granular  almost  black  residue  of  phloba- 
phenes. 


612         ON    KINGS    AS    AN    AID    IN    THE    DIAGNOSIS    OF    EUCALYPTS, 

This  sample  is  chosen  as  an  example  of  the  effect  of  age  on  a 
ruby  Kino.  The  tendency  to  insolubility  has  proceeded  to  an 
even  greater  extent  in  the  case  of  the  specimen  which  follows 
(No.  7). 

Kino-tannic  acid,  12-4  per  cent.  ;  insoluble  phlobaphenes,  60-5 
per  cent. ;  soluble  in  cold  water,  24*2  per  cent. 

7.  E.  amygdalina,  var.  "Messmate."  Nowra,  August,  1888. 
Height,   100-150  ft. ;  diam.,  2-6  ft. 

This  sample  has  also  been  chosen  to  illustrate  the  effect  of 
extreme  age  on  a  ruby  Kino.  It  has  been  obtained  from  the 
interior  of  the  wood,  and  incrusts  or  is  attached  to  the  chamois- 
leather  fungus  ( Xylostroma  giganteum,  Fries).  It  bears  a 
remarkable  resemblance  to  vulcanite,  but  it  is  scarcely  of  a 
pure  black,  being  of  a  uniform  Vandyke  brown.  Its  fracture  is 
conchoidal,  and  of  an  "egg-shell  black."  It  is  about  as  hard  as 
vulcanite,  and  its  powder  (difficult  to  obtain  on  account  of  the 
toughness  of  the  material)  is  of  a  burnt-umber  colour.  It  yields 
practically  nothing  to  boiling  water,  alcohol  or  ether,  and  consists 
almost  entirely  of  phlobaphenes. 

8.  E.  mnygdalma,  var.  (near  E.  regnans,  F.v.M.).  "  Cut-tail," 
"Bastard  Black -butt."  Tingiringi  Mountain,  Delegate,  N.S.W., 
2nd  March,  1889.     Height,  200-300  ft. ;  diam.,  3-6  ft. 

A  fresh  Kino  which  appears  in  no  way  to  differ  from  that  of 
fresh  normal  E.  amygdalina. 

Eucalyptus  eugenioides,  Sieh.     Made  a  variety  of  E.  inperita 
in  B.  Fl.  iii.  208. 

Found  in  Victoria  and   N.  S.  Wales. 

9.  "Broad-leaved  Stringybark."  Bangley  Creek,  Cambewarra, 
15th  March,  1888.  Obtained  from  various  trees  from  60-80  ft. 
high,  and  1-2  ft.  in  diam.       Kino  very  scarce. 

This  has  been  quite  freshly  exuded,  and  is  for  the  most  part  of 
a  pale  ruby  colour,  although  particles  of  it  are  of  deeper  tint.     It 


BY    J.  H.  MAIDEN.  613 

is  transparent  and  bright-looking,  and  easily  powdered.  Frag- 
ments of  the  very  fibrous  bark  are  usually  attached  to  the 
pieces. 

In  cold  water  it  forms  a  clear  solution  of  a  pale  ruby  colour. 
Eesidue    Vandyke    brown. 

Kino-tannic  acid,  65*48  per  cent.  ;  insoluble  phlobaphenes, 
3*6    per   cent.;    soluble  in    cold   water,    96'0  per  cent. 

10.  "  Broad-leaved  Stringybark."  Bangiey  Creek,  Cambe- 
warra,  29th  March,  1888.     Height,  40-60  ft.  ;  diam.,  1-2  ft. 

This  specimen  was  obtained  in  the  same  neighbourhood  as  the 
preceding  one,  but  it  is  Vjy  no  means  so  fresh-looking,  having 
obviously  remained  on  the  trees  for  a  much  longer  time. 

Cold  water  yields  a  medium  ruby  liquid.  Colour  of  residue 
Vandyke    brown. 

Kino-tannic  acid,  59'37  per  cent.;  insoluble  phlobaphenes,  7*5 
per  cent.;  soluble  in  cold  water,  91-6  per  cent. 

11.  '"Stringybark."  Between  the  Valley  and  Springwood, 
Blue  Mountains,  KS.W.,  3rd  April,  1888.  Height,  60  ft.  ; 
diam.,  1  ft. 

Kino  of  this  species  is  difficult  to  collect,  like  that  of  other 
stringybarks,  as  it  becomes  firmly  cemented  to  the  fibrous  bark. 
It  is  something  like  E.  ohliqua  Kino,  but  perhaps  more  similar 
in  appearance  to  that  of  E.  inperitci  from  the  same  locality.  It 
is  intermediate  in  toughness  between  the  two  Kinos.  Colour  of 
powder  purplish-brown. 

Cold  water  forms  a  medium  ruby  liquid,  inclining  to  reddish- 
brown.     Residue  dark  brown. 

Kino-tannic  acid,  64-26  per  cent.  ;  insoluble  phlobaphenes, 
2-5    per   cent.;    soluble   in    cold    water,    97*0  per  cent. 

12.  "Stringybark."  Barney's  Wharf,  Shoalhaven,  "NT.S.W., 
August,  1888.  Height,  60-80  ft. ;  diam.,  2-3  ft.  Freshly  exuded  ; 
of  a  rich  ruby  colour.     Yields  a  pale  ruby  liquid  to  cold  water. 

Kino-tannic  acid,  65*46  per  cent.;  insoluble  phlobaphenes, 
2*9  per  cent.;  soluble  in  cold  water,  96*4  per  cent. 


614        ON    KINGS    AS    AN   AID    IN    THE    DIAGNOSIS    OF    EUCALYPTS, 

Eucalyptus  h^emastoma,  Smith,  B.Fl.  iii.  212. 

Found  in  Tasmania,  Victoria,  N.  S.  Wales  and  Queensland. 

The  specific  gravity  of  a  sample  of  Queensland  Kino  from  this 
species  is  about  1*378,  and  the  percentage  of  tannin  64*51, 
according  to  Mr.  Staiger. 

13.  Rough  or  Small-leaved"  Stringybark."  Lyttelton  (Colombo), 
Candelo,  KS.W.,  24th  December,  1886.  Height,  40-60  ft.  ;  diam., 
2  ft. 

When  freshly  exuded  this  Kino  is  of  a  clear  light  ruby  colour, 
becoming  more  or  less  opaque  and  of  a  Vandyke  brown  colour, 
like  other  ruby  Kinos,  if  it  remains  sufficiently  long  on  the  trees. 
It  is  clean  to  handle,  powders  fairly  readily,  forming  a  light 
purplish-brown  powder.  In  cold  water  it  forms  medium  ruby- 
coloured  liquid.      Colour  of  residue  Vandyke  brown. 

Kino-tannic  acid,  57*35  per  cent.  ;  insoluble  phlobaphenes,  11*4 
per  cent. ;  soluble  in  cold  water,  88*0  per  cent. 

14.  Keceived  from  Mr.  F.  M.  Bailey,  Government  Botanist  of 
Queensland,  28th  February,  1888,  but  no  particulars  are  available. 
It  is  in  rather  larger  and  more  rounded  pieces  than  the  sample 
from  Colombo,  and  has  evidently  been  collected  for  a  longer 
period  than  the  former.  It  is  bright-looking,  and  of  such  a  deep 
garnet  colour  as  to  be  almost  opaque. 

To  cold  water  it  yields  a  solution  of  a  medium  ruby  colour  with 
a  little  brown  in  it.     Besidue  Vandyke  brown. 

Kino-tannic  acid,  59*92  percent.  ;  insoluble  phlobaphenes  11-76 
percent.  ;  soluble  in  cold  water,  87*8  percent. 

Eucalyptus  macrorrhyncha,  F.v.M.,  B.Fl.  iii.  207. 
Found  in  Victoria  and  N.  S.  Wales. 

15.  "Stringybark."  Amboyne,  Delegate,  N.S.W.,  25th  May, 
1887.     Height,  80-120  ft. ;  diam.,  2-4  ft. 

Of  a  rich  ruby  colour.  This  particular  sample  is  rather  friable, 
and  for  this  reason  appears  of  a  dull  colour,  unless  it  has  been  very 
little  handled.  It  reminds  one  somewhat  of  some  specimens  of 
seed-lac. 


BY    J.   H,  MAIDEN.  615 

To  cold  water  it  yields  a  medium  ruby-coloured  solution.  The 
residue  contains  particles  of  fibrous  bark,  together  with  phloba- 
phene  of  a  dark  ruby  colour.     Residue  Vandyke  brown, 

Kino-tannic  acid,  64-4  per  cent.  ;  insoluble  phlobaphenes,  5*52 
per  cent.  ;  soluble  in  cold  water,  93*78  percent. 

Eucalyptus  obliqua,  L^Herit.,  B.Fl.  iii.   204  (Syn.  E.  gigantea^ 
Hook.  f.  ;  and  other  synonyms.) 
Found  in  South  Australia,  Victoria,  Tasmania,  and  N.  S.  Wales. 

Following  are  the  results  of  Dr.  Wiesner's  examination  of  two 
Kinos  of  this  species  : — 

"^.  gigantea.  Little  soluble  in  water;  solution  brownish, 
neutral,  no  turbidity,  rich  in  gum-resin.  Tough,  drop-like  pieces, 
of  a  zircon  red. 

"  E.  obliqua.  Taken  as  identical  with  E.  gigantea.  Completely 
soluble  in  water,  with  deep  red  colour,  neutral,  no  turbidity,  free 
from  gum-resin.     Looks  like  Kino. 

"  E.  gigantea.  Add  to  solution  first  HCl  and  then  NH4  HO, 
yellowish-red  ppt,  which  on  exposure  to  the  air  becomes  of  rusty 
red. 

"  E.  obliqua.     Dark  violet  ppt  under  the  same  circumstances." 

The  first  sample  was  evidently  much  older  than  the  second. 

16.  "  Stringybark."  (Botanic  Gardens,  Sydney,  received  29th 
December,   1887.) 

Another  Kino  which  must  have  been  collected  for  a  very  long 
period.  It  looks  perfectly  black  by  reflected  light,  and  has  much 
the  appearance  of  jet.  It  is  fairly  brittle,  but  rather  difficult  to 
reduce  to  an  impalpable  powder,  which  is  rich  Vandyke  brown  in 
colour. 

Cold  water  yields  a  clear  dark  reddish-brown  solution.  The 
phlobaphene  residue  is  very  abundant,  and  almost  a  perfect  model 
of  the  original  Kino. 

Kino-tannic  acid,  21*4  per  cent.  ;  insoluble  phi oba])heneR,  48'52 
per  cent. ;  soluble  in  cold  water,  38*9  per  cent. 
40 


616        ON    KINGS    AS    AN    AID    IN    THE    DIAGNOSIS    OF    EUCALYPTS, 

Eucalyptus  pauciflora,  Sieh.  (Syn.  E.  coriacea,  A.  Cunn., 
the  species  name  in  B.Fl.  iii.  201,  and  a  more  correct  one 
than  Sieber's.) 

17.  "Cabbage  Gum."  Monga,  near  Braidwood,  1st  and  2nd 
October,  1886.  Height,  60-80  ft.  ;  diam.,  1-2  ft.  A  free  yielder 
of  Kino  in  this  district. 

This  Kino  is  rather  tenacious,  adhering  to  pestle  and  mortar, 
and  yielding  a  dull  orange-tinted  powder.  It  dissolves  readily 
and  almost  entirely  in  cold  water,  forming  a  medium  ruby  liquid, 
with  a  garnet  residue. 

Kino-tannic  acid,  55-37  per  cent.;  insoluble  phlobaphenes,  8-6 
per  cent.;  soluble  in  cold  water,  91*8  per  cent. 

Eucalyptus  pilularis,  Smith,  B.Fl.  iii.  208. 
Found  in  Victoria,  N.  S.  Wales,  and  Queensland. 

Following  are  Dr.  Wiesner's  remarks  on  a  sample  of  this 
Kino  : — 

"  Readily  soluble  in  water,  red  solution,  faintly  acid,  turbid  * 
on  cooling,  traces  of  gum-resin.  Pieces  opaque,  earthy,  or  with 
slight  fatty  lustre,  dark  reddish-brown." 

18.  "Blackbutt."  Eastwood,  near  Sydney,  28th  April,  1888. 
Height,  50  ft.;  diam.,  1  ft. 

In  outward  appearance  this  Kino  so  closely  resembles  the 
sample  E.  jnperita  (Valley),  as  to  be  scarcely  distinguished 
from  it. 

Cold  water  dissolves  it  readily,  forming  a  quite  clear  liquid. 
Like  very  new  Kinos  it  has  a  purplish  rose  tint.  Colour  of 
residue  Vandyke  brown. 

Kino-tannic  acid,  65.52  per  cent.;  insoluble  phlobaphenes,  2-8 
per  cent.;  soluble  in  cold  water,  96-4  per  cent. 

■*  There  is  some  mistake  here. 


BY   J.  H.  MAIDEN.  617 

Eucalyptus  piperita,  Smithy  B.Fl.  iii.  207. 
Found  in  Victoria  and  N.  S.  Wales. 

Dr.  Wiesner  says  of  a  sample  : — 

"  Easily  soluble  in  water ;  solution  yellowish-red,  neutral,  free 
from  gum-resin.  No  turbidity  on  cooling.  Dense  pieces  of 
zircon-red,  translucent." 

19.  E.  piperita,  var.  "Messmate,"  or  "Narrow  or  Almond- 
leaved  Stringybark."  Brooman,  Clyde  River,  N.S.W.,  14th 
September,  1886.     Height,  100-120  ft.;  diam.,  2-3  ft. 

One  of  the  clear  ruby  or  garnet  Kinos.  Some  of  it  is  in  rather 
large  pieces,  and  is  rather  hard  and  tough.  It  has  a  very  bright 
fracture. 

Cold  water  dissolves  it  to  a  medium  ruby-coloured  liquid,  leaving 
a  residue  consisting  chiefly  of  phlobaphenes.  Colour  of  residue 
dark  purplish-brown. 

Kino-tannic  acid,  59*78  per  cent. ;  insoluble  phlobaphenes,  8*7 
per  cent. ;  soluble  in  cold  water,  90-84  per  cent. 

20.  "Stringybark."  The  Valley,  near  Springwood,  N.S.W., 
4th  April,  1888.     Height,  80  ft.  ;  diam.,  4  ft. 

The  description  given  of  the  Brooman  sample  (No.  18)  applies 
here  exactly.  The  only  perceptible  difference  is  that  the  specimens 
from  the  Valley  are  a  little  lighter  in  colour  because  fresher.  It 
is  very  tough  to  povVder,  and  can  be  cut  in  pieces  with  a  knife. 

Except  that  it  is  rather  more  easy  of  solution,  to  be  accounted 
for  by  its  more  recent  collection,  this  sample  behaves  exactly  like 
the  Brooman  sample  when  in  cold  water.  Colour  of  residue 
Vandyke  brown. 

Kino-tannic  acid,  62*91  per  cent.  ;  insoluble  phlobaphenes,  5*1 
per  cent. ;  soluble  in  cold  water,  94*1  per  cent. 

21.  "Peppermint,"  "Messmate."  Barney's  Wharf,  Shoalhaven 
N.S.W.,  August,  1888.       Height,  60-80  ft. ;  diam.,  2-3  ft. 


618        ON    KINGS    AS    AN   AID    IN   THE    DIAGNOSIS    OF    EUCALYPTS. 

A  rather  handsome  Kino.  Freshly  exuded,  of  a  pale  ruby 
colour  ]  a  portion  of  it  is  in  very  thin  fragments,  and  shows  a 
colour  like  orange  lac.  Much  of  it  has  been  allowed  to  flow  into 
a  vessel  and  therefore  is  nearly  pure. 

Cold  water  yields  a  very  pale  ruby  solution  with  a  tint  of  rose. 
Colour  of  residue  brown. 

Kino-tannic  acid,  67-52  per  cent.  ;  insoluble  phlobaphenes^  4  0 
per  cent. ;  soluble  in  cold  water,  95*4  per  cent. 

Eucalyptus    Sieberiana,   F.v.M.     (Syn.  E.   virgata,    Sieb.,    the 

species  name  in  B.Fl.  iii.  202). 

Found  in  S.  Australia,  Tasmania,  Victoria,  and  N.  S.  AVales. 

22.  "  Mountain  Ash."  I  have  obtained  a  sample  of  Kino  from 
this  species  (Mt.  Victoria,  N.S.W.,  March,  1889),  which  is  an 
ordinary  ruby  Kino,  both  in  appearance  and  chemical  deport- 
ment. 

23.  "  Mountain  Ash,"  "  Black  Ash."  A  second  sample  of 
Kino  of  this  species  is  from  Tantawanglo  Mountain,  near 
Candelo,  N.S.W.,  and  is  from  a  tree  60-80  ft.;  diam.,  2-6  ft.  It 
was  collected  12th  July,  1889.  It  has  exuded  for  a  much  longer 
time  than  the  preceding  sample.  Neither  has  been  quantita- 
tively analysed. 

Eucalyptus  stellulata,  Sieh.,  B.Fl.  iii.  200. 
Found  in  Victoria  and  N.  S.  Wales. 

24.  "Sally  or  Black  Gum."  Bombala,  KS.W.,  17th  Feb., 
1887.     Height,  30-50  ft.;  diam.,  2  ft. 

A  ruby  Kino  similar  to  most  of  the  others  in  general  appear- 
ance. 

It  yields  a  medium  ruby  liquid,  with  some  phlobaphene  residue 
and  a  few  particles  of  woody  matter.  Colour  of  residue  purplish- 
brown 

Kino-tannic  acid,  61*97  per  cent.;  insoluble  phlobaphenes,  7.2 
per  cent.;  soluble  in  cold  water,  9242  per  cent. 


ON  RHOPALOOERA  FROM  MT.  KOSCIUSKO,  NEW 
SOUTH  WALES. 

By  a.  Sidney  Olliff,  F.E.S. 
Assistant  Zoologist,  Australian  Museum. 

Our  knowledge  of  the  Rhopalocera  o£  Mt.  Kosciusko,  the 
highest  point  of  Australia,  has  hitherto  been  confined  to  the  four 
species  obtained  by  Mr.  E.  Meyrick  in  January,  1885,  and 
recorded  by  him  in  September  of  the  same  year  in  an  account 
of  his  journey,  which,  he  tells  us,  was  chiefly  made  in  the 
interests  of  Entomology,  and  more  especially  in  search  of  micro- 
lepidoptera.*  Of  the  four  species  obtained  by  Mr.  Meyrick  two 
proved  to  be  undescribed ;  the  others  were  widely-distributed 
and  abundant  species. 

To  this  meagre  list  I  am  now  able  to  add  fifteen  species,  three 
of  which  are  new,  from  material  collected  by  Mr.  R.  Helms 
during  an  excursion  which  he  made  on  behalf  of  the  Australian 
Museum  in  March  and  April  of  the  present  year.  As  far  as 
Entomology  is  concerned  this  expedition  was  most  successful,  in 
spite  of  the  fact  that  the  collecting  season  was  almost  over,  and 
Mr.  Helms  is  to  be  congratulated  upon  the  results  of  his  under- 
taking. Like  Mr.  Meyrick,  I  was  in  hopes  that  some  form  of 
Satyridse  allied  to  Erehia  would  be  found  on  Mt.  Kosciusko,  and 
I  asked  Mr.  Helms,  who  is  familiar  with  those  found  in  the 
mountains  of  New  Zealand,  to  do  his  utmost  to  ascertain  if  such 
a  form  exists,  but  his  efforts  met  with  no  success. 

L  Pyrameis  cardui,  Linn.,  var.  Kershawi,  McCoy. 
Moonbar   (3-3,500  feet),   Mt.  Kosciusko  (5,000  feet) ;  several 
very  darkly  coloured  specimens. 

2.  Pyrameis  itea,  Fabr. 

Moonbar  (3-3,500  feet),  Mt.  Kosciusko  (4,000  feet). 

*  An  Ascent  of  Mount  Kosciusko.  Ent.  Mo.  Mag.  xxii.  pp.  78-82 
(1885), 


620         ON    RHOPALOCERA    FROM    MT.  KOSCIUSKO,  N.  S.  WALES, 

3.  JuNONiA  VELLIDA,  Fabr. 
Moonbar  (3-3,500  feet),  Mt.  Kosciusko  (5-6,000  feet). 

4.  Xenica  achanta,  Don. 
Moonbar  (3-3,500  feet). 

5.  Xenica  Klugii,  Guer. 
Moonbar  (3-3,500  feet),  Mt.  Kosciusko  (5,000  feet). 

6.  Xenica  lathoniella,  Westw. 
Moonbar    (3-3,500  feet),    Jindabyne    (3,000  feet),    near   Mt. 
Kosciusko,  in  March  ;  common. 

Perhaps  a  trifle  darker  than  the  typical  form,  but  scarcely 
distinguishable  from  specimens  obtained  at  Warra,  on  the  Liver- 
pool Plains. 

7.  Xenica  orichora,  Meyr. 

Mt  Kosciusko  (5-6,000  feet),  in  March  ;  abundant.  Expanse, 
(J  32-35  mm. ;  9  34-39  mm. 

It  is  a  singular  fact  that  amongst  some  150  or  160  specimens 
of  the  form  which  I  conclude  is  the  X.  orichora  only  two  indi- 
viduals— a  male  and  a  female — are  to  be  found  which  agree 
satisfactorily  with  Mr.  Meyrick's  description  (Ent.  Mo.  Mag. 
1885,  p.  82),  inasmuch  as  the  hind  wing  is  provided  with  an 
incurved  ochreous-whitish  marking  extending  from  vein  six  along 
the  inner  margin  of  the  ocellus  to  above  the  anal  angle.  In  the 
two  exceptions  alluded  to  this  marking  is  split  up  into  five  spots, 
thus  answering  to  the  "  inwards-curved  row  of  five  ochreous- 
whitish  silvery-tinged  indistinct  pale  ochreous  spots  in  a  curved 
low  between  ocelli,"  whose  presence  is  alluded  to  by  Meyrick. 
In  all  other  respects  the  fine  series  before  me  answers  to  the 
description  of  X.  orichora.  I  am  inclined  to  think  from  the  fact 
that  this  form,  and  this  form  only,  is  abundant  on  the  higher 
slopes  of  Mt.  Kosciusko,  that  it  is  only  a  mountain  race  of 
X.  lathoniella ;  but  as  the  points  in  which  it  differs  from  the 
typical  form  (chiefly  its  darker  colouring  and  its  greater  pro- 
fusion  of  markings)   appear  to  be  constant,  I  think  it  may   be 


BY    A.  SIDNEY    OLLIFF.  621 

allowed  the  distinction  of  a  name.     In  one  or  two  specimens  I 
have  examined  the  ocellus  of  the  forewing  is  duplicated. 

8.  Xenica  corre^,  sp.n. 

Wings  above  fuscous,  with  orange-fulvous  markings,  somewhat 
like  those  of  X.  lathoniella,  but  smaller  and  more  irregular,  and 
with  similarly  placed  ocelli.  Forewing  with  two  large  slightly 
oblique  transverse  spots  within  the  cell,  one  about  the  middle,  the 
other  before  the  extremity,  a  similar  and  larger  spot  below  the 
cell  in  the  middle,  a  series  of  irregular  spots  (usually  four) 
beyond  cell,  at  §  from  base,  extending  from  costa  to  inner 
margin,  of  which  the  first  is  longitudinal,  and  the  third 
broadly  transverse ;  a  conspicuous  white-centred  apical  ocellus 
and  a  minute  supplementary  ocellus  situated  within  an  elongate 
marking,  behind  which  is  a  small  spot ;  a  hind-marginal  series  of 
small  spots.  Hindwing  with  three  small  spots  near  base,  an 
irregular  series  of  spots  extending  from  beyond  costa  to  above 
anal  angle,  three  spots  extending  upwards  from  anal  ocellus,  and 
a  distinct  hind-marginal  series.  Forewing  beneath  dull  orange- 
fulvous,  the  fuscous  markings  almost  obsolete,  except  near  the 
costa ;  a  series  of  whitish  hind-marginal  spots.  Hindwing  fuscous, 
with  a  black  white-centred  ocellus,  surrounded  by  an  ochreous 
ring  near  costa  beyond  middle,  and  a  similar  one  above  anal 
angle ;  four  ochreous  spots  near  base,  first  just  beneath  costa  near 
base,  second  beneath  first,  third  beyond  second  towards  extremity 
of  cell,  fourth  below  second ;  an  outwardly  curved  silvery  band 
from  middle  of  costa  to  above  anal  angle,  interrupted  at  vein  5  and 
sometimes  at  vein  6  ;  three  rather  large  indistinct  ochreous  spots 
between  ocelli ;  a  hind-marginal  series  of  elongate  silvery  spots, 
from  which  the  dark  hind-margin  is  divided  first  by  a  fuscous  and 
then  by  an  ochreous  line.     Expanse,  $  33-37  mm  ;  9  36-40  mm. 

X.  FULVA,  var.nov.  Underside  dull  orange-fulvous,  marked 
with  fuscous,  the  white  and  silvery  markings  of  the  typical  form 
entirely  absent,  their  size  and  position  being  indicated  by  indistinct 
fulvous  markings  ;  ocelli  smaller  and  less  conspicuous. 


22  ON    EHOPALOCERA    FROM    MT.  KOSCIUSKO,  N.  S.  AvALES, 

Mt.  Kosciusko  (5-6,000  feet)  in  March ;  a  considerable  number 
were  taken  flying  over  a  low-growing  shrub,  Correa  laiurenciayia, 
Hk.,  upon  which  Mr.  Helms  is  convinced,  and  I  think  with 
reason,  the  larva  of  the  butterfly  will  be  found  to  feed. 

This  somewhat  variable  species  is  often  without  the  minute 
extra  white-centred  ocellus  in  front  of  the  ordinary  ocellus  of  the 
forewing,  and  occasionally  the  band  on  the  underside  of  the  hind- 
wing,  which  usually  extends  continuously  from  the  costa  to  above 
the  anal  angle,  is  broken  and  slightly  separated  at  vein  five.  It  is 
evident  that  it  is  allied  to  X.  orichora  ;  but  the  veins  at  the  base 
of  the  hindwings  are  not  marked  with  ochreous-whitish  streaks 
as  they  are  said  to  be  in  that  species,  nor  is  the  inner  margin 
ochreous-whitish.  Tn  these  two  points  it  also  difi'ers  from  X. 
Jathoniella,  and  what  is  more  it  does  not  agree  with  either  in 
having  the  spots  at  the  base  of  the  hindwings  fulvous,  or  in  the 
general  disposition  of  the  markings,  particularly  of  those  on  the 
upperside  of  the  forewings. 

9.  Heteronympha  philerope,  Boisd. 

Moonbar  (3-3,500  feet),  Mt.  Kosciusko  (5,000  feet). 

Apparently  this  species  has  a  wide  range;  it  is  found  in  North- 
West  Australia,  and  throughout  the  Southern  colonies,  and 
recently  I  have  seen  specimens  from  Lord  Howe  Island. 

10.  Heteronympha  merope,  Fabr. 
Jindabyne  (3,000  feet). 

11.  Heteronympha  cordage,  Hiibn. 
Moonbar  (3-3,500  feet). 

12.  Zeritis   discifera,  Herr.-Sch. 
Moonbar  (3-3,500  feet). 

13.  Lampides  alsulus,  Herr.-Sch. 

Jindabyne  (3,000  feet),  Moonbar  (3-3,500  feet),  Mt.  Kosciusko 
(5,000  feet). 

The  specimens  from  the  higher  elevations  are  exceedingly  small. 


BY    A.  SIDNEY    OLLIFF.  623 

14.  Lampides  agricola,  Westw. 
Mt.  Kosciusko  (5,500  feet). 

15.  Ialmenus  evagoras,  Don. 
Jindabyne  (3,000  feet). 

16.  Belenois  teutonia,  Fabr. 
Mt.  Kosciusko  (5,500  feet). 

17.  Telesto  drachmophora,  Meyr. 
Moonbar  (3-3, 500  feet) ;  abundant. 

A  lino  series  of  this  species,  which  also  occurs  in  Tasmania 
where  it  was  captured  both  by  Mr.  G.  Barnard  and  myself,  was 
obtained  by  Mr.  Helms.  The  silvery-white  spots  composing  the 
discal  band  on  the  hindwings  vary  in  size  to  a  slight  extent,  but 
otherwise  their  peculiar  markings  appear  to  be  fairly  constant. 

18.  Hesperilla  munionga,  sp.n.* 

Thorax  and  abdomen  dark  fuscous  brown,  segmental  margins 
of  the  latter  whitish-ochreous.  Head  dark  brown,  spotted  with 
ochreous ;  beneath  whitish  ;  palpi  black,  whitish  beneath,  except 
at  the  tips  ;  antennae  black,  spotted  with  yellow  beneath.  Fore- 
wing  dark  fuscous,  some  fulvous  hairs  near  base,  a  whitish-ochre- 
ous oblique  spot  at  end  of  cell,  and  three  similar  but  smaller  spots 
beyond  middle,  the  first  near  costa  at  |  from  base,  divided  into 
three  parts  by  fuscous  veins,  the  second  behind  first  on  disc,  the 
third  small,  behind  second,  near  inner  margin  f  from  base,  the 
three  together  forming  an  oblique  series  nearly  parallel  to  the 
hind-margin.  Hindwing  dark  fuscous,  with  an  oblique  transverse 
orange  coloured  band.  Cilia  of  both  wings  whitish-ochreous, 
barred  with  fuscous.  Forewing  beneath  fuscous,  marked  as  above, 
except  that  the  spot  near  costa  is  absorbed  in  a  large  ochreous 
apical  marking  which  extends  from  costa  at  f  from  base  to  just 
before  middle  of  hind-margin  ;  within  this  marking  are  three  sub- 
apical,  and  a  hind-marginal  series  of  four  small  fuscous  spots. 
Hindwing  beneath  ochreous,  sometimes  orange  yellow,  a  dark 
fuscous  spot  at  base,  and  three  transverse  series  of  elongate 
fuscous  spots,  the  first  before  the  middle,  the  second  just  behind 
*  Munyong  is  the  native  name  of  Mt.  Kosciusko 


624         ON    RHOPALOCERA   FROM    MT.  KOSCIUSKO,  N.  S.  WALES. 

the  middle,  the  other  hind-marginal.  Expanse,  ^  29-30  mm  ;  9 
33-35  mm. 

Moonbar  (3-3,500  feet),  Mt.  Kosciusko  (5,000  feet) ;  taken 
sparingly  in  March. 

Allied  to  Hesjyerilla  ornata,  Leach,  but  the  underside  of  the 
hindwings  is  very  different,  being  more  profusely  marked  with 
fuscous  spots  and  quite  differently  coloured. 

19.    HeSPERILLA   MONTICOLiE,  Sp.n. 

(J.  Head,  thorax,  and  abdomen  dark  fuscous ;  palpi  whitish, 
tipped  with  fuscous  ;  antennae  black,  annulated  with  whitish, 
beneath  ochreous.  Forewing  dark  fuscous,  with  three  white 
spots,  the  first  near  costa  at  about  |  from  the  base,  divided 
into  three  parts  by  fuscous  veins,  the  second  just  beyond 
middle  at  end  of  cell,  the  third  at  lower  angle  of  cell, 
divided  into  two  parts  by  fuscous  vein.  Hindwing  with  white 
spot  on  disc  near  middle,  divided  by  fuscous  vein.  Cilia  of  both 
wings  ochreous-white,  barred  with  fuscous.  Beneath  both  wings 
greyish  fuscous,  inclining  to  ochreous.  Forewing  with  ochreous 
hairs  near  base,  marked  as  above,  whitish  from  apical  angle  to 
middle  of  hind-margin.  Hindwing  with  broad  longitudinal  bars 
of  whitish ;  one  in  the  middle  extending  from  base  to  hind- 
margin  conspicuous,  interrupted  before  extremity  of  cell  where 
there  is  a  fuscous  spot,  and  again  about  midway  between  cell 
and  hind-margin  ;  an  indistinct  white  bar  near  costa  ;  a  third 
near  inner  margin ;  both  interrupted  by  an  indistinct  fuscous 
spot  at  about  §  from  base.     Expanse  24-25  mm. 

Moonbar  (3-3,500  feet),  in  March  ;  rare. 

In  the  male,  which  is  the  only  sex  known  to  me,  there  is  a 
conspicuous  black  sexual  bar.  The  species  is  somewhat  like 
Hesperilla  (Cyclojndes)  cynone,  Hew.,"^  in  the  disposition  of  its 
markings,  but  it  is  abundantly  distinct,  and  as  it  does  not  appear 
to  agree  with  any  of  the  species  described  by  Plotz,  Mabille,  and 
other  writers  who  have  recently  turned  their  attention  to  the 
Hesperiidse,  I  conclude  it  has  not  hitherto  been  characterised. 


Exot.  Butt.  V.  p.  115,  pi.  60,  fig.  17  (1876). 


NOTE  ON  THE  FRUCTIFICATION  OF  PHLEBOPTERIS 
.  ALETHOPTEROIDES,  ETHERIDGE,  Fil.,  FROM  THE 
LOWER  MESOZOIC  BEDS  OF  QUEENSLAND. 

By  R.  Etheridge,  Junr.,  &c. 

In  the  "  Proceedings  ''  of  this  Society  for  last  year  '*'  I  gave  a 
description  of  a  fern  from  the  Lower  Mesozoic  beds  of  the 
Darling  Downs,  to  which  the  above  name  was  given,  but  up  to 
that  time  no  trace  of  the  fructification  had  been  observed.  On 
looking  over  some  miscellaneous  fossils  in  the  collection  of  the 
Mining  and  Geological  Museum,  Department  of  Mines,  I  found 
a  few  additional  examples  of  this  species,  one  of  which  shows 
the  fructification  distinctly. 


In  the  genus  Phleho^jteris  the  sori  are  borne  at  the  ends  of 
certain  of  the  nervules,  which  do  not  reach  the  margin  of  the 
pinnules,  but  are  arrested  half-way.f  This  is  exceedingly  well 
shown  in  Brongniart's  figure  of  P .  i^olypodioides ',X  and  although 
these  smaller  nervules  cannot  be  distinguished  in  the  present 
specimen,  from  its  condition  of  preservation,  the  position  of  the 
sori  is  similar  to  that  given  in  the  figure  quoted. 

*  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.  S.  Wales,  1888,  iii.  (2),  p.  1306,  t.  38,  f.  1  and  2, 

t  Schimper,  Traite  Pal.  V^g.  I.  p.  624. 

X  Hist.  Veg.  Foss.  t.  83,  f.  1  and  la. 


626       ON  THE  FRUCTIFICATION  OF  PHLEBOPTERIS  ALETHOPTEROIDES. 

In  general  appearance  the  fructification  of  our  fossil  greatly 
resembles  that  of  P.  crenifolia,  Phillips,  *  but  in  its  minute 
structure  is  much  like  that  of  P.  Schouvii,  Brong.  f  In  its 
present  state  it  possesses  a  stellate  appearance,  and  occupies  a 
very  considerable  portion  of  the  surface  of  the  pinnule.  It  would 
seem  that  the  indusium  had  in  each  case  burst,  leaving  the 
interiors  of  the  sori  exposed,  in  which  case  the  sporangia  are 
represented  by  the  small  radiating  sub-divisions. 

The  fossil  is  from  the  same  locality  as  former  specimens,  viz.. 
Darling  Downs,  near  Toowoomba. 

*  Geol.  Yorkshire,  2nd  Edit.  t.  8,  f.  11. 
+  Brongniart,  loc.  cit.  t.  132,  f.  4a. 


NOTE  ON  THE  BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  LORD  HOWE 
ISLAND. 

By  R.  Etheridge,  June.,  &c. 

Pal-<eontologist  to  the  Australian  Museum,  and  Geological 

Survey  of  N.  S.  Wales. 

In  a  work  on  Lord  Howe  Island,"^  recently  published  by  the 
Trustees  of  the  Australian  Museum,  I  called  attention  to  the 
general  Bibliography  of  the  island,  and  regretted  my  inability  to 
refer  to  a  report  by  a  Dr.  Foulis,  who  was  said  to  have  passed 
three  years  there  as  a  resident.  I  further  stated  that  Mr. 
Surveyor  H.  F.  White's  report,  who  surveyed  Lord  Howe  Island 
in  1835,  "did  not  seem  to  have  been  published."  I  am  now 
indebted  to  the  kindness  of  Prof.  W.  J.  Stephens,  M.A.,  in 
calling  my  attention  to  the  ''Votes  and  Proceedings  of  the 
Legislative  Council  of  New  South  Wales"!  for  1853,  in  which 
Dr.  Foulis's  account  appears,  and  also  a  short  one  by  Mr.  White. 
They  form  a  part  of  the  papers  relating  to  a  "  Proposed  New 
Penal  Settlement,"  the  formation  of  which  was  contemplated  by 
the  authorities  at  that  time.  These  old  papers,  however,  reveal 
much  more  than  the  above  even,  for  accompanying  them  are 
reports  by  Captain  H.  M.  Denham,  R.N.,  of  H.M.S.  "Herald," 
and  that  accomplished  naturalist,  Dr.  J.  Denis  Macdonald,  who 
acted  as  surgeon  to  Captain  Denham's  South  Pacific  Exploring 
Expedition.  It  may  not  be  without  interest  to  briefly  recapitu- 
late some  of  the  more  important  facts  detailed  by  these  observers. 

*  Lord  Howe  Island :  its  Zoology,  Geology,  and  Physical  Characters. 
Mem.  Australian  Mus.,  1889,  No.  2.     (8vo.     Sydney,  1889.) 

t  Votes  and  Proceedings  of  the  Legislative  Council,  1853,  268,  A. 
(2  vols.  fcap.     Sydney,  1853.) 


•628       NOTE    ON    THE    BIBLIOGRAPHY    OF    LORD    HOWE    ISLAND, 

The  report  of  Mr.  Surveyor  H.  J.  White, "^  entitled  ''  Report 
on  Lord  Howe  Island,"  is  dated  1835,  and  is  a  very  brief  one. 
It  gives  the  area  of  the  island  at  3,230  acres,  of  which  1,000  are 
"  sufficiently  level,  although  too  sandy  for  cultivation,"  as  against 
3,220  acres  and  2,000  acres,  respectively,  given  by  the  Govern- 
ment Botanist,  Mr.  Charles  Moore. f  He  further  mentions  the 
small  lagoon  in  the  centre  of  the  island  shown  on  his  chart,  but 
of  which  we  could  find  no  trace  during  our  visit.  The  population 
at  the  time  of  Mr.  White's  survey  consisted  of  four  men,  three 
New  Zealand  women,  and  two  children. 

The  report  of  Dr.  John  Foulis,  dated  September  1st,  1851,  and 
sixteen  years  after  White's,  is  a  "  Statement  of  Circumstances  in 
reference  to  Lord  Howe's  Island,  situated  off  the  coast  of  New 
South  Wales,  between  the  Heads  of  Port  Jackson  and  Norfolk 
Island."  Dr.  Foulis's  residence  extended  to  three  years.  He 
describes  the  island  as  thirty-five  miles  in  circumference,  the 
coral  reef  two  miles  from  the  shore  and  ten  miles  in  length  !  As 
a  matter  of  fact,  the  reef  is  but  one  mile  from  the  western  coast, 
and  is  between  three  and  four  miles  long,  extending  across 
the  bay  formed  between  Phillip  Point  and  the  western  foot  of 
Mount  Ledgebird.  Amongst  other  zoological  notes  five  kinds  of 
fish  are  recorded,  and  it  is  stated  that  whales  are  "  in  the  habit 
of  breeding  near  the  reef  at  certain  seasons  ;"  a  large  blue  pigeon 
and  parrots  are  also  mentioned,  thus  supporting  the  statement  of 
the  late  Mr.  E.  S.  Hill  as  to  the  presence  of  these  birds  on  Lord 
Howe  Island,  and  confirmed  by  the  evidence  our  party  gathered 
on  the  same  subject.  In  connection  with  the  geology.  Dr.  Foulis 
mentions  one  or  two  interesting  facts,  such  as  the  "  bones  of 
turtle  and  sea  shells"  occurring  in  the  "soft  sandstone  hills  and 
cliffs  "  forming  the  lower  ground.  He  also  noticed  extensive  and 
deep  beds  of  clay  scattered  over  the  island,  one  of  these,  in  a 
well-sinking,  being  as  much  as  fourteen  feet  thick.     The  turtle 

*  Not  H.  F.  White,  as  generally  stated, 
t  Lord  Howe  Island,  &c.     By  Edward  S.  Hill,  1870  (8vo.  Sydney,  1870) 
p.  14. 


BY    R.  ETHERIDGE,  JUN.  629 

bones  are  evidently  those  of  the  extinct  genus  Meiolania,  and  the 
extent  of  the  clay  beds  is  quite  borne  out  by  the  investigations 
made  by  the  writer  on  the  spot."^  On  the  chart  accompanying 
this  report  Mutton-bird  Island  is  called  Inaccessible  Island,  a 
very  appropriate  name,  and  which,  as  a  matter  of  precedence, 
would  appear  to  be  its  proper  designation.  Sixteen  people  were 
resident  on  Lord  Howe  Island  at  this  time. 

Dr.  Foulis's  report  is  followed  by  a  brief  one  by  Captain  H.  M. 
Denham,  dated  1853 — "  Remarks  on  Lord  Howe  Island."  He 
places  the  "Madeira  of  the  Pacific"  in  31°  31'  S.  Lat.,  and  159°  5" 
E.  Long.,  which  only  differs  from  the  careful  observations  of  Mr. 
W.  J.  Conder,  the  Superintendent  of  the  Trigonometrical  Survey 
in  1882,  by  2'  S.  Lat.,  the  latter  observer  giving  its  position  as 
31°  33'  S.  Lat.  The  sixteen  inhabitants  mentioned  by  Dr.  Foulis 
formed  the  families  of  Andrews,  Mosely,  and  Wright,  "  who 
dropped  into  sole  occupancy  in  1843,  from  having  been  in  the 
service  of  a  'Captain  Poole.'  " 

We  now  come  to  the  interesting  paper  by  Dr.  Macdonald — 
"  Remarks  on  the  Natural  History  and  Capabilities  of  Lord  Howe 
Island." 

I  much  regret  that  this  did  not  come  under  my  observation  at  the 
time  I  wrote  the  account  of  our  operations  at  the  island,  as  it  would 
have  given  me  great  pleasure  to  have  made  copious  extracts  from 
it.  Dr.  Macdonald  describes  the  geology  somewhat  fully,  and 
his  observations  are,  I  am  glad  to  say,  quite  in  keeping  with  those 
made  by  myself.  He  noticed  the  two  chief  rock  masses  of  the 
island,  the  volcanic  series  in  horizontal  layers,  intersected  by 
dykes  ;  and  the  coarse  later  sandstone.  These  he  traced  out  with 
commendable  accuracy,  noticed  the  occurrence  of  grey  pummice 
on  all  low  lands,  and  also  the  unconformity  existing  between  the 
two  divisions  of  the  Coral  sand-rock,  described  by  myself,  f  In 
mentioning  the  lagoon  within  the  coral-reef.  Dr.  Macdonald  states 
that  in  September  during  low  tides  it  became  dry,  and  that  it  was 

*  Mem.  Australian  Mus.  1889,  No.  2,  pp,  114  and  120. 
tMem.  Australian  Mus.,  1889,  No.  2,  p.  118. 


630        NOTE    ON    THE    BIBLIOGRAPHY    OF    LORD    HOWE    ISLAND, 

possible  to  walk  across  to  Rabbit  Island.  He  also  refers  to  the 
fact  that  the  inland  or  fresh-water  lagoon  had  disappeared,  a  fact 
also  in  accord  with  our  observations.  In  his  ornithological  notes 
he  speaks  of  two  kinds  of  Mutton  Bird,  one  brown  or  black,  the 
other  white  and  a  winter  visitant.  The  former  would  be  either 
Puffinus  hrevicaudus^  Brandt,  or  P.  sphenurus,  Gould,  but  the 
identity  of  the  latter  is  puzzling.  The  writer  also  records  a 
visit  of  swallow^s,  and  a  flight  of  wild  duck  during  his  visit  to 
Lord  Howe  Island.  One  very  interesting  fact  recorded  by 
Dr.  Macdonald  is  the  occurrence  of  the  Cape  Pigeon,  Daj^tioji 
capensis*  around  Ball's  Pyramid,  because  we  observed  this 
species  about  Lat.  32°  S.,  when  proceeding  to  the  island  in  the 
s.s.  "  Taupo." 

Under  the  head  of  reptiles,  Dr.  Macdonald  recorded  two 
lizards,  and  a  "  small  dark  coloured  land  snake,"  but  non-venomous. 
Now,  if  there  is  no  mistake  here,  this  statement  is  of  importance, 
because  from  all  accounts.  Ophidians  are  supposed  to  be  non- 
existent there,  and  our  researches  certainly  did  not  reveal  any 
trace  of  this  order. 

The  remaining  classes  of  the  animal  kingdom  are  touched  upon 
by  the  author,  who  mentions  the  occurrence  of  the  Pearly  Nau- 
tilus (N'aiUihis  poQujnlhis,  Linn.),  and  a  small  Pentacrinus, 
neither  of  which  came  under  our  observation.  This  very  inter- 
esting report  concludes  with  a  short  account  of  the  botany  and 
general  capabilities  of  Lord  Howe  Island. 

If  I  am  not  very  much  mistaken,  a  French  translation  of  the 
foregoing  has  appeared,  for  my  colleague,  Mr.  Whitelegge,  on 
looking  up  other  matters  in  the  Royal  Society's  Catalogue  of 
Scientific  Papers,  found  under  Dr.  Macdonald's  name  the 
following  title  :  "  Note  sur  la  Topographie  et  I'Histoire  naturelle 
de  Tile  de  Lord  Howe,"  published  in  a  French  nav^al  medical 
journal,!  which,  I  regret  to  say,  is  not  procurable  here.  Not- 
withstanding the  discrepancy  in  the  date,  this  and  the  official 
report  are  probably  one  and  the  same. 

*  T evmed  Procellai'ia  capensis,  by  Macdonald. 
+  Archives  de  M6d.  Navale,  1872,  xvii.  p.  241. 


BY    R.   ETHERIDGE,  JUN.  631 

When  speculating  on  the  geological  history  of  Lord  Howe 
Island,*  I  referred  to  the  1000  feet  submerged  bank  which 
extends  north-westerly  from  New  Zealand  to  Lord  Howe,  and 
quoted  Mr.  A.  R.  Wallace's  view  on  the  subject.  I  should  also 
have  added  that  those  interested  in  the  possible  oscillations  of 
old  land  surfaces  in  the  South  Pacific  from  Australia  eastward, 
and  since  Jurassic  times,  cannot  do  better  than  consult  the  highly 
interesting  and  instructive  addresses  of  Prof.  F.  W.  Hutton  "  On 
the  Origin  of  the  Fauna  and  Flora  of  New  Zealand."!  In  these 
papers  a  very  exhaustive  account  is  given  of  the  possible  exten- 
sion of  land  around  New  Zealand  in  former  times  towards  New 
Guinea  by  New  Caledonia  and  Fiji,  reaching  even  to  South 
America  ;  besides  a  lucid  exposition  on  the  origin  of  the  present 
fauna  and  flora  of  New  Zealand. 

In  conclusion,  I  may  remark  that  the  deposit  at  Lord  Howe 
Island  I  have  called  the  "  Coral  sand-rock, ":|:  appears  to  be  very 
much  akin  to  the  "  beach  sand-rock "  described  by  Dr.  H.  B. 
Guppy,§  as  found  at  the  margins  of  coral  islets  around  the 
Solomon  Group,  and  its  formation  seems  to  have  given  rise  to 
much  speculation  in  his  mind,  as  it  did  in  mine,  when  at  Lord 
Howe  Island. 


Addendum,  20th  August,  1889. 

The  original  chart  of  Lord  Howe  Island,  believed  by  us  to  be 

unpublished,  and  of  which  we  were  supplied  with  a  tracing  by 

the  Deputy  Surveyor-General,  I  find  was  published  in  Governor 

Phillip's  "  Voyage  to  Botany  Bay  "  (4to,  London,  1790,  p.  183). 

*  Loc.  cit.  p.  122. 
t  No.  I.  Presidential  Address  to  the  Philosophical  Institute  of  Canter- 
bury, 1st  November,  1883 ;    No.  II.  Annual   Address    to    the  same,  6th 
November,  1834.     (See  N.  Z.  Journ.  Science,  ii.  p.  1). 
X  Loc.  cit.  p.  115. 
§  The  Solomon  Islands  :  Their  Geology,  &c.,  1887,  p.  84. 


41 


632  NOTES    AND    EXHIBITS. 


NOTES    AND    EXHIBITS. 

Dr.  Ramsay  sent  for  exhibition  (1)  numerous  specimens  of  Peri- 
patus  collected  by  Mr.  Helms,  on  behalf  of  the  Australian 
Museum,  at  high  altitudes  on  Mount  Kosciusko,  N.S.  W. :  (2)  three 
species  of  the  smaller  white  Cockatoos,  Cacatua  sanguinea, 
Gould,  C.  gymno2ns,  Sclater,  and  C.  n.sp.,  the  latter  being 
about  the  size  of  C.  sanguinea,  but  with  no  rose  or  yellowish  tints 
on  the  crest  which  is  altogether  white,  the  lores  with  a  small  spot 
rose-salmon,  and  the  bare  space  round  the  eye  comparatively  as 
large  as  that  in  C.  gymnopis,  the  bare  space  above  the  eye 
narrower;  Ilab.,  Lower  Darling  River:  and  (3)  the  skin  of  a  small 
species  of  Phalanger  i^Pseudochiriis)  of  a  jet  black  colour,  the  belly 
and  tip  of  the  tail  white  ;  this  new  species  belongs  to  the  same  sec- 
tion as  P.  cookii  and  P.  lanuginosa  (vel  P.  j9ere^riw?ts)  ;  Hah., 
Bellenden  Ker,  Queensland,  collected  by  Messrs.  Cairn  and 
Grant  for  the   Australian  Museum. 

Mr.  Ogilby  exhibited  a  living  specimen  of  a  lizard  belonging 
to  the  curious  genus  Phrynosoma,  the  ^'Horned  Toads  "  of  the 
Western  United  States  and  Mexico.  The  present  exhibit  was 
obtained  in  a  mine  at  Denver,  Col.,  by  Mr.  Sydney  Cohen,  and 
by  him  presented  to  the  Museum.  He  also  exhibited  a  lizard  of 
the  genus  Calotes,  which  he  believes  to  be  C.  cristatellus,  and 
which  came  from  N.  W.  New  Guinea,  where  it  was  collected  by 
Capt.  Strachan,  who  presented  it  to  the  Museum,  through  the 
medium  of  the  Nat.  Hist.  Association ;  he  remarked  that  so  far  as 
he  can  ascertain  this  is  the  first  record  of  the  occurrence  of  the 
genus  in  New  Guinea.  Mr.  Ogilby  also  exhibited  the  jaws  of  a 
species  of  Myliohatis  which  he  is  unable  to  determine,  the  large 
central  teeth  in  the  lower  jaw  being  sub-arcuate  instead  of  recti- 
lineal as  in  the  other  known  species  ;  the  jaws  were  sent  to  the 
Museum  for  identification  from  the  Bermagui  River  by  Mr. 
George  Emmanuel. 


NOTES    AND    EXHIBITS.  633 

Mr.  William  Neill,  of  the  City  Bank,  sent  for  exhibition  85 
small  fishes  {Galaxias  sp.)  forwarded  to  him  from  London. 
They  were  a  sample  of  a  quantity  weighing  224  lbs  taken  out 
of  25  bales  of  wool  shorn  on  the  late  Hon.  E,  Flood's  "  Midgeon  " 
Station,  N.S.W.,  and  subsequently  sent  to  England.  The  fishes 
were  pumped  up  from  Lake  Midgeon  in  the  water  used  for  wool- 
washing,  and  became  entangled  in  the  wool. 


'•»' 


Mr.  Whitelegge  exhibited  the  following  species  of  Hydroid 
Zoophytes  from  Maroubra  Bay  obtained  among  and  attached  to 
seaweed  washed  ashore  during  the  gale  last  May  : — Sertularia 
hidens,  Bale,  Diphasia  subcarinata,  Busk,  Thuiaria  sinuosa,  Bale, 
T.  suharticulata,  Coughtrey,  Aglaophenia  sinuosa^  Bale,  and  Hali- 
cornaria  ftcrcata^  Bale,  all  additions  to  the  fauna  of  IST.  S.  Wales. 
He  also  exhibited  five  species  of  Polyzoa,  two  of  which  have  not 
hitherto  been  recorded  from  this  part  of  our  coasts^  viz.,  Ascop)odaria 
fruticosa,  Hincks,  Cryptozoon  Wilsoni,  Dendy,  Amathia  hicornis, 
Tenison- Woods,  A.  Wilsoni,  Kirkpatrick,  and  A.  convoluta,  Lamx. 
A  very  beautiful  specimen  of  the  genus  Isis  was  also  shown  from 
the  same  locality, 

Mr.  Maiden  exhibited  some  enormous  leaves  (laminae  up  to 
nearly  17  inches)  of  a  Southern  Eucalypt,  obtained  from  Bom- 
bala,  locally  known  as  white  gum  and  giant  gum,  and  doubtfully 
referred  to  as  E.  goniocalyx.  It  is  interesting  to  mention  that 
the  trunk  of  one  of  these  trees  was  measured  by  the  tape,  3  feet 
above  the  ground,  and  found  to  be  50  feet  in  circumference. 

Dr.  Cox  exhibited  a  fine  specimen  of  a  sea  snake  (Pelamis 
hicolor),  from  Botany  Bay  ;  a  living  specimen  of  a  river-limpet 
(Ancylus),  obtained  on  Vallisneria,  at  Port  Hacking,  which  he 
proposed  to  call  A.  Smithi  ;  and  drawings  of  a  new  variety  of 
Cyprcea,  from  Western  Australia. 


634  NOTES    AND    EXHIBITS. 

Mr.  Thomas  offered  some  remarks   on  the   supposed  origin  of 
kerosene-shale  from  sporangia. 

The  Rev.  J.  Milne  Curran,  of  Bathurst,  sent  for  exhibition 
specimens  of  a  fossil  fern  {Tceniopferis)  associated  with  fossil 
fishes  on  the  same  slab  of  shale,  from  the  Ballimore  Coal  Series, 
30  miles  IS'.E.  of  Dubbo  ;  and  read  the  following  "Note  on  some 
Fossil  Fish  associated  with  Tmnioj^teris  from  the  Ballimore 
Series: — In  March,  1884,  I  contributed  a  paper  to  the  .Society 
'On  some  Fossil  Plants  from  Dubbo,'  in  which,  after  enumerating 
the  fossil  plants  then  known,  I  remarked  that  'there  are  some 
forms  which  we  should  expect  which  are  not  as  yet  recorded  from 
Dubbo,  notably  Tceniopteris'  (P.L.S.KS. W.,  1884,  p.  254).  I  have 
now  the  pleasure  of  submitting  a  specimen  of  Tcenioj^teris,  with 
the  added  interest  of  its  being  associated  with  fossil  fish.  In 
order  to  understand  the  import  of  the  discovery  of  TceniopteiHs,  1 
may  state  that,  as  pointed  out  in  my  paper  on  the  Geology  of 
Dubbo,  there  are  two  very  distinct  formations  at  Dubbo,  namely, 
the  Dubbo  Sandstones  (Hawkesbury)  and  the  Ballimore  Coal 
Basin  (I.e.,  1885,  p.  175).  The  Ballimore  Series  is  newer 
than  the  Newcastle,  and  older  than  the  Clarence  River  beds. 
The  specimen  exhibited  comes  from  the  Ballimore  beds,  and  is 
remarkable  as  the  first  specimen  of  Tceniojyteris  found  there,  and 
the  first  fish-remains  discovered.  Tcejiiopteris,  as  is  well  known, 
is  never  found  at  Newcastle  or  associated  with  palaeozoic  plants. 
As  to  the  fossil  fish,  I  am  not  competent  to  say  more  than  that 
they  seem  clearly  homocercal,  and  appear  to  belong  to  the  Lepto- 
lepidce" 

Mr.   Etheridge  remarked  that  a  quantity  of  similar  material 
had  been  obtained  by  the  Mines  Department. 


WEDNESDAY,  28th  AUGUST,  1889. 


The  President,  Professor  Stephens,  M.A.,  F.G.S.,  in  the  Chair. 


Mr.  Hyam  was  elected  a  Member  of  the  Society. 


The  President  announced  that  the  next  Excursion  had  been 
arranged  for  September  28th,  to  leave  Circular  Quay  by  the 
10.30  a.m.  steamer  for  Manly. 


DONATIONS. 

"  Entomologisk  Tidskrift."  Vols.  I.-III.,  VL,  X.  (Haft  1) 
(1880-89).     From  the  Entomological  Society  of  Stockholm. 

"  Royal  Society  of  Queensland. — Report  of  Annual  Meeting 
held  12th  July,  1889."     From  the  Society. 

"  Comptes  Rendus  des  Seances  de  I'Academie  des  Sciences, 
Paris."     Tome  CYIIL,  Nos.  19-24  (1889).     From  the  Academy, 

"  Abhandlungen  herausgegeben  vom  naturwissenschaftlichen 
Vereine  zu  Bremen."     X.  Bd.,  3  Heft  (1889).     From  the  Society, 

"Catalogue  of  Books  added  to  the  Radcliffe  Library,  Oxford 
University  Museum,  during  the  year  1888;"  "List  of  Donations 
during  1888."     From  the  Library. 

"  Zoologischer  Anzeiger."  XII.  Jahrg.,  Nos.  310  and  311 
(1889),     From  the  Editor. 

"  Annali  del  Museo  Civico  di  Storia  Naturale  di  Genova.''  Serie 
2^,  Vols.  III.-VI.  (1886-88).     From  the  Museum. 

"  Abstracts  of  Proceedings  of  the  Royal  Society  of  Tasmania.' ' 
April  16th,  May  14th,  June  1 1th,  July  9th,  1889.  From  the  Society, 


636  DOXATIONS. 

"Department  of  Mines,  Sydney. — Records  of  the  Geological 
Survey  of  New  South  Wales."  Yol.  I.,  Part  2  (1889).  From 
the  Minister  for  Mines. 

"Feuille  des  Jeunes  Naturalistes."  No.  225  (July,  1889). 
From  the  Editor. 

"  The  Transactions  of  the  Entomological  Society  of  London  for 
the  year  1889."     Part  11.     From  the  Society. 

"  Report  on  the  Taranganba  Gold  Mine,  Queensland,"  and  "  On 
some  Salient  Points  in  the  Geology  of  Queensland."  By  Robert 
L.  Jack,  Government  Geologist,     From  the  Author. 

"  South  Australia. — Report  on  the  Progress  and  Condition  of 
the  Botanic  Garden  during  the  year  1888."  By  R.  Schomburgk, 
Ph.D.,  Director.     From  the  Director. 

"  Bulletin  de  la  Societe  Royale  de  Geographic  d'Anvers." 
T.  VIII.  (Fascs.  3  and  4) ;  IX.  (Fasc.  3) ;  X.  (Fascs.  1,  2  and  6) ; 
XL  (Fascs.  1-3)  ;  XIII.  (Fasc.  2)  (1884-88) ;  "Memoires."  Tome 
II.  (1883).     From  the  Society. 

"  Annalen  des  k.k.  Naturhistorischen  Hofmuseums,  Wien." 
Band  III.,  No.  2  (1888).     From  the  Museum. 

"  Nova  Acta  der  Ksl.  Leop  .-Carol.  Deutschen  Akademie  der 
Naturforscher."  Band  LIL,  No.  5;  LIIL  (Nos.  1-3),  (1888- 
89) ;  "Leopoldina."     Heft  xxiv.  (1888).     From  the  Academy. 

"  Prodromus  of  the  Zoology  of  Victoria."  Decade  XYIII.  By 
F.  McCoy,  C.M.G.,  F.R.S.  From  the  Premier  of  Victoria  through 
the  Librarian,  Public  Library,  Melbourne. 

"  Bulletin  de  la  Societe  Zoologique  de  France  pour  I'Annee 
1889."     Tome  XIV.,  No.  5  (May).     From  the  Society. 

"The  Victorian  Naturalist."  Vol.  VI.,  No.  4  (August,  1889). 
From  the  Field  Naturalists^  Club  of  Victoria. 

"Bulletin  de  la  Societe  Imperiale  des  Naturalistes  de  Moscou." 
Annee  1889,  No.  1.     From  the  Society. 

"Proceedings  of  the  Zoological  Society  of  London,  1889,  Part  i.;" 
"Abstract  of  Proceedings  18th  June,  1889."     From  the  Society. 


DONATIONS.  637 

"  Bulletin  of  the  American  Geographical  Society."    Vol.  XXI., 

No.  2  (1889).     From  the  Society. 

"  The  Journal  of  the  Bombay  Natural  History  Society."  Yol. 
lY.,  No.  1  (1889).     From  the  Society, 

"  Proceedings  of  the  Royal  Physical  Society,  Edinburgh." 
Yol.  IX.,  Part  3  (1887-88.)     From  the  Society. 

"  Proceedings  of  the  United  States  National  Museum."  Yol. 
XI.  (1888),  Sheets  20-27,  plates  33-40.     From  the  Museum. 

"  Bulletin  of  the  American  Museum  of  Natural  History." 
Yol.  II.,  No.  3  (two  Sheets).     From  the  Museum. 

"  The  American  Naturalist."  Yol.  XXIII.,  No.  267  (March, 
1889).     From  the  Editors. 

"  The  Journal  of  Comparative  Medicine  and  Surgery."  YoL 
X.,  No.  3  (1889).     From  the  Editor. 

"  Bulletin  of  the  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology  at  Harvard 
College,  Cambridge,  U.S.A."  Yol.  XYI.,  No.  5  (1889).  From 
the  Curator. 

"  The  Journal  of  the  College  of  Science,  Imperial  University, 
Japan."  Yol.  III.,  Parts  1  and  2  (1889).  From  the  President  of 
the  University. 

"  The  Australasian  Journal  of  Pharmacy."  Yol.  lY.,  No.  44 
(August,  1889).     From  the  Editor. 

"  Second,  Third  and  Fourth  Annual  Reports  of  the  Bureau  of 
Ethnology,  Washington,  (1880-83)."  By  J.  W.  Powell,  Director. 
From  the  Director. 

"United  States  Geological  Survey.— Bulletin."  Nos.  40-47 
(1887-88);  "Mineral  Resources  of  the  United  States,  1887." 
From  the  Director. 

"  The  Journal  of  the  Cincinnati  Society  of  Natural  History." 
Vols.  lY.,  Y.  (No.  1),  YIII.  (No.  3),  XL  (No.  4)  (1881-89). 
From,  the  Society. 

"Proceedings  of  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  of  Phila- 
delphia, 1888."     Parts  2  and  3.     From  the  Academy. 


638  DONATIONS. 

"  Proceedings  of  the  American  Philosophical  Society."  Vol. 
XXV.,  No.  128  (1888).     From  the  Society. 

"  Johns  Hopkins  ITniversity,  Baltimore. — Studies  from  the 
Biological  Laboratory."  Vol.  IV.,  Nos.  3  and  4  (1888)  ;  ''Uni- 
versity Circulars."  Vols.  VII.,  Nos.  65-67;  VIII.,  No.  68  (1888). 
From  the  University. 

"The  Bulletin  of  Denison  University."  Vol.  IV.  (1888). 
From  the  University. 

"  Proceedings  of  the  Boston  Society  of  Natural  History."  Vol. 
XXIIl.,  Parts  3  and  4  (1886-88),     From  the  Society. 

"  Menioires  de  FAcademie  Imperiale  des  Sciences  de  St.  Peters- 
bourg."  vii«.  Serie.  Tome  XXXVI.,  Nos.  3-11  (1888)  ;  ''  Bul- 
letin."    Tome  XXXII.,  Nos.  3  and  4  (1888).    From  the  Academy. 

"  Verhandlungen  der  k.k.  Zoologisch-botanischen  Gesellschaft 
in  Wien."  XXXVIII.  Band,  3  &  4  Heft  (1888).  From  the 
Society. 

"  Jahreshef te  des  Vereins  fiir  vaterlandische  Naturkunde  in 
Wiirttemberg."     Jahrg.  XLV.  (1889).     From  the  Society. 

"The  Chemist  and  Druggist."  Vol.  XXXIV.,  Nos.  464  and 
470  (1889).     From  the  Editor. 


SPINIFEX  RESIN. 
By  J.  H.  Maiden,  F.L.S.,  F.C.S. 

Last  year  Sir  William  Macleay  was  kind  enough  to  give  me 
"  a  sample  of  gum  used  by  the  blacks  for  cementing  the  heads  of 
spears,"*  and  prepared  from  Spinifex  roots,"  which  had  been  collected 
by  Mr.  Walter  Froggatt  in  the  Napier  Range  (locally  called 
Barrier  Range),  100  miles  inland  from  Derby,  North-west  Aus- 
tralia. 

I  was  dubious  as  to  it  being  the  product  of  a  "  Spinifex,"  never 
having  heard  of  a  grass  yielding  a  resin,  but  Mr.  Froggatt  is 
emphatic  that  he  is  not  mistaken,  nor  is  so  experienced  a  collector 
likely  to  be.  The  Spinifex  is  probably  Triodia  irritans,  R.Br., 
but  further  information  on  the  subject,  giving  the  mode  of  prepara- 
tion of  the  resin  would  be  very  acceptable.  Mr.  Froggatt  states 
that  it  is  obtained  from  the  roots,  and  local  Europeans  and  abori- 
ginals all  make  similar  statements  as  to  its  origin. 

It  is  in  a  cake  about  4  inches  in  diameter,  and  \\  inch  in 
thickness.  The  smell  is  something  like  beeswax,  but  at  the  same 
time  it  has  an  exceedingly  disagreeable  and  persistent  odour 
which  is  not  easily  described.  It  reminds  one  of  the  smell  of  the 
fabric  known  as  corduroy.  It  is  of  especial  interest  because  it  is 
of  aboriginal  preparation.  Its  colour  is  that  of  a  dirty  dark 
bronze-green,  or  almost  of  a  slaty  colour  with  a  little  green  in  it. 
To  the  naked  eye  it  looks  very  like  finely  chopped  hay  or  grass- 
seed  cemented  into  a  compact  mass.  It  is  exceedingly  tough,  a 
sharp  blow  with  a  hammer  on  a  cold  chisel  being  necessary  to 
fracture  it. 

*"  The  heads  of  spears  from  Western  Australia  in  my  collection  are  coated 
with  a  hard  gum,  forming  a  ridge  on  one  side,  in  which  pieces  of  glass  are 
impacted."  Brough  Smyth's  Aborigines  oj  Victoria,  d-c,  i.,  336.  Mr. 
Froggatt  informs  me  that  Spinifex  resin  is  put  to  such  a  purpose  in  the 
locality  from  which  he  obtained  it. 


640  SPINIFEX    RESIN, 

Petroleum  spirit  extracts  3-2  per  cent,  of  a  transparent,  colour- 
less fixed  oil  or  fat,  which  possesses  a  little  of  the  disagreeable 
odour  of  the  original  substance.  The  solvent  extracts  no  resin. 
As  the  substance  has  been  made  up  into  cakes  by  the  blacks,  and 
is  to  that  extent  not  an  absolutely  natural  product,  it  may  be  that 
the  fat,  or  a  portion  of  it,  has  been  introduced. 

The  substance  was  then  digested  in  alcohol,  which  extracts  a 
transparent,  hard,  golden-yellow  resin  possessing  some  odour,  and 
which  appears  to  be  an  interesting  substance.  The  amount  of 
this  resin  is  67'3  per  cent.,  and  it  darkens  on  keeping. 

Water  digested  on  the  residue  dissolves  out  6-9  per  cent,  of 
colouring  matter  and  salts.  It  contains  no  arabin.  The  remainder, 
23 •!  per  cent.,  consists  of  dirt  and  particles  of  chopped  grass. 
This  also  is  quite  free  from  gummy  matter. 

Summary  :  — 

Fat,  soluble  in  petroleum  spirit... 3*1 

Eesin,  soluble  in  alcohol 67 "3 

Extractive  and  salts,  soluble  in  water 6-9 

Accidental  impurity 23*1 

100-4 

A  second  sample,  treated  with  alcohol  direct,  yielded  70*8  per 
cent,  to  that  solvent. 


PIELUS  HYALINATUS  AND  P.  IMPERIALIS. 

By  a.  Sidney  Olliff,  F.E.S. 

At  the  last  meeting  of  this  Society  {vide  p.  604)  Mr.  T.  P.  Lucas- 
stated  that  the  Hepialid  described  and  figured  by  Mr.  Prince  and 
myself  in  these  Proceedings'^  under  the  name  Pielus  imperialis  is 
identical  with  the  Pielus  hyaliiiatus,  a  species  which  was  figured 
by  Herrich-Schaffer  in  1853,  but  not  described  until  1855  when 
"Walker  included  a  diagnosis  of  it  in  the  British  Museum  Cata- 
logue.! Apparently  this  opinion  is  based  on  a  comparison  of  a 
specimen  from  Gippsland,  identified  for  Mr.  Lucas  as  P.  hyalinatus 
by  my  friend  Mr.  Meyrick,  and  the  plates  mentioned  above. 
When  Mr.  Prince  and  I  drew  up  the  description  of  P.  imj^erialis 
we  referred  to  Walker's  description,  and  with  that  description  our 
moth  does  not  agree,  but  we  had  no  opportunity  of  consulting  the 
figure  of  Herrich-SchaSer  as  the  book  in  which  it  was  published 
is  not  at  present  contained  in  any  Sydney  library.  Recently,  how- 
ever, 1  have  seen  a  tracing  of  this  figure  and  I  find  that  it  certainly 
is  not  identical  with  that  published  in  our  Proceedings.  In  the 
first  place  it  appears  from  the  tracing  that  Herrich-Schaffer's  figure 
represents  a  moth  only  about  two-thirds  of  the  size  of  the  one 
figured  by  us,  and  that  the  silver  markings  on  the  forewings  diflfer 
from  those  of  P.  imjyerialis  both  in  size,  number,  and  position  ; 
moreover,  the  labyrinthic  markings  on  the  forewings  are  not 
indicated,  and  the  bright  red  margin  beyond  the  purple  base  of 
the  hindwings  is  much  more  clearly  defined.  I  think,  therefore, 
that  the  form  P,  imperialis  may  be  regarded  as  specifically  dis- 
tinct from,  although  closely  allied  to,  P.  hyalinatus ;  but  it  is 
only  right  to  add  that  this  is  not  the  opinion  of  Mr.  Meyrick. 


*  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.S.W.  (2),  II.,  p.  1015,  pi.  39  (1887). 
t  Cat.  Lep.  Het.  B.M.,  p.  1576. 


642  PIELUS    HYALINATUS    AND    P.   IMPERIALIS. 

That  energetic  worker  at  our  lepidoptera  informs  me  by  letter 
that  he  considers  P.  imperialis  to  be  a  variety  of  P.  hyalinatus^ 
brighter  and  more  finely  coloured,  and  adds  that  the  variation  in 
the  genus  Pielus  is  in  part  geographical.  Whether  it  will  be  the 
best  course  to  regard  the  P.  imperialis  as  a  geographical  variety 
or  as  a  species  can  only  be  decided  after  an  examination  of  a  large 
number  of  specimens,  and  perhaps  after  all  it  is  not  a  matter  of 
much  importance. 

In  view  of  the  interest  which  Mr.  Lucas  evidently  takes  in 
this  particular  group  of  moths,  it  is  remarkable  that  he  has 
not  made  himself  acquainted  with  the  sexual  characters  of  the 
various  species.  Had  he  read  the  generic  characters  of  Pielus  as 
defined  by  Walker,  Scott,  and  others,  he  would  not  have  described 
a  brick  red  moth  with  silver  markings  as  the  female  of  P.  hyalin- 
atus.  It  is  well  known  that  in  the  group  of  Pielus  to  which  that 
species  belongs  the  males  have  unipectinate  antennae,  and  the 
forewings  provided  with  clearly  defined  white  or  silver  markings  ; 
whereas  the  females  have  antennae  which  to  the  naked  eye  appear 
moniliform,  and  forewings  which  are  not  provided  with  these 
distinctive  markings. 

Herrich-Schafier's  figure  and  that  of  P.  imperialis  represent 
males,  and  Mr.  Lucas's  specimens  evidently  belong  to  the  same 
sex. 


NEW    SPECIES    OF    LAMPYRID.E,    INCLUDING    A 
NOTICE  OF  THE  MT.  WILSON  FIRE-FLY. 

By  a.  Sidney  Ollifp,  F.E.S. 
Assistant  Zoologist,  Australian  Museum. 

The  insects  commonly  known  as  fire-flies  in  Australia  belong 
to  the  family  Lampyridae,  and  as  I  am  not  aware  that  any 
luminous  species  of  Coleoptera  belonging  to  other  families  have 
yet  been  discovered  here,  I  believe  to  that  family  exclusively. 
Some  authors  who  have  treated  of  light-giving  insects — as,  for 
instance,  the  late  Andrew  Murray — confine  the  name  fire-fly  to 
the  luminous  Elateridse  or  Click-beetles,  and  use  the  term  glow- 
worm for  the  Lampyridse ;  but  as  this  is  opposed  to  the  practice 
of  a  large  number  of  entomologists,  and  to  the  every-day  habit  of 
those  who  live  in  the  localities  where  the  insects  are  found,  I  do 
not  propose  to  adopt  the  terms  in  this  sense,  especially  as  it 
appears  to  me  a  better  course  to  apply  the  name  fire- fly  to  winged 
forms  of  whatever  family,  and  to  confine  the  name  glow-worm 
to  those,  whether  larvae  or  wingless  females,  which  are  found  on 
the  ground.  The  cause  of  the  phosphorescence  or  luminosity 
which  gives  these  insects  their  names  was  long  wrapt  in  mystery, 
and  many  were  the  speculations  indulged  in  by  the  older  natura- 
lists as  to  its  use  and  origin.  Nearly  all  recent  writers,  however, 
have  agreed  that  the  light  which  they  emit  is  a  means  of  attract- 
ing the  sexes  to  each  other ;  whence  the  oft-quoted  lines  applied 
by  the  poet  Montgomery  to  the  female  glow-worm,  which  is  said 

"  To  captivate  her  favourite  fly, 

And  tempt  the  rover  through  the  dark." 

From  the  labours  of  de  Bellesme  *  and  Wielowiejski,  f  with 
regard  to  the  cause  of   the    luminosity,   it  appears  to  be  fairly 

*  Comp.  Rend,,  xc,  p.  318  ;  also  Ann.   Mag.   Nat.  Hist.  (5),  v.,  p.  345 
(1880). 
t  Z.  Wiss.  Zool.  XXX vii.  p.  354,  (1882). 


644  NEW    SPECIES    OF    LAMPYRIDiE, 

established  that  the  light  is  produced  by  the  slow  oxidation  or 
combustion  of  a  substance  supposed  to  be  phosphoretted  hydrogen, 
which  is  formed  under  the  influence  of  the  nervous  system,  and 
that  the  seat  of  light  is  the  parenchymatous  cells  of  the  super- 
ficial layer  of  the  light-organs,  and  not  in  the  terminations  of  the 
tracheae  which  thickly  traverse  them.  These  conclusions  are 
borne  out  by  the  experiments  of  Emery, "^  who  states  that  when 
the  luminosity  is  only  at  half  its  full  power  the  combustion  is 
exclusively  confined  to  these  cells.  It  is  only  necessary  to  allude 
to  the  power  possessed  by  these  insects  of  extinguishing  their 
light  at  will,!  a  power  which  they  can  only  exercise  for  a  short 
period,  probably  just  so  long  as  the  air  can  be  shut  away  from  the 
abdominal  light-organs  ;  but  I  should  like  to  add  a  few  remarks 
concerning  the  external  appearance  of  the  light  of  the  species 
here  called  Aty2:)hella  lychnus,  which  I  had  an  opportunity  of 
observing  in  the  garden  of  Mr.  E.  C.  Merewether  when  visiting 
Mt.  Wilson  in  January  last.  At  that  time  the  insects  were  to  be 
found  in  fair  numbers  on  dark  still  evenings,  and  a  beautiful 
sight  they  made,  moving  in  lazy  flight  between  the  tree-ferns, 
their  light  alternately  glowing  and  disappearing  as  they 
approached.  This  alternate  emission  and  cessation  of  the 
phosphorescence  appears  to  be  characteristic  of  many  species  of 
Eastern  fire-flies,  and  is  supposed  by  von  Siebold  to  coincide  with 
the  movements  of  inspiration  and  expiration.  I  observed  that 
the  gleams  of  light,  both  in  flight  and  when  the  insect  was  at 
rest,  lasted  from  about  one-third  to  about  two-thirds  of  a  second, 
and  that  the  intervals  of  darkness  were  of  slightly  longer  dura- 
tion;  the  light  began  as  a  feeble  yellow  glow,  and  gradually 
increased  in  intensity  until  it  burst  into  a  brilliant  reddish- 
yellow  flame.     As  I  have  said,  the  fire-flies  were  common  during 

*  Bull.  Soc.  Ent.  Ital.,  xviii.,  p.  351  (1885)  ;  also  J.  R.  Micr.  Soc.  (2)  vi. 
p.  234  (1886). 

+  The  idea  that  the  "  source  of  light  "  is  withdrawn  from  the  external 
wall  of  the  luminous  parts  during  the  interval  of  darkness,  and  pressed 
against  it  during  the  period  of  light,  put  forward  by  Gorham  (Tr.  Ent. 
8oc.  Lond.,  1880,  p.  66),  is,  of  course,  a  mere  assumption,  and  is  opposed  to 
the  structure  of  the  light-organs. 


BY    A.  SIDNEY    OLLIFF.  645 

my  visit  to  Mt.  Wilson,  and  I  saw  a  considerable  number  of 
males  flying  together  on  more  than  one  occasion,  but  I  never 
saw  the  simultaneous  cessation  of  light  alluded  to  by  many 
observers  who  have  watched  similar  insect-swarms  in  South 
America  and  in  the  East. 

The  female  of  Aty2yhella  is  unfortunately  unknown.  It  is, 
therefore,  impossible  at  present  to  definitely  decide  upon  the 
systematic  position  which  the  Mt.  Wilson  fire-fly  should  occupy. 
There  are,  as  everybody  knows,  two  groups  of  Lampy ridge  which 
have  the  head  hidden  beneath  the  prothorax,  one  with  the  elytra 
(wing-covers)  and  wings  present  in  both  sexes,  the  other  with  the 
elytra  absent  or  rudimentary  and  the  wings  wanting  in  the 
female.  In  structure  the  male  of  Atyphella  approaches  certain 
forms  which  belong  to  the  latter  of  these  groups,  but  from  this 
fact  we  have  no  right  to  assume  that  the  female  is  apterous, 
although  it  is  probable  that  this  is  the  case.  It  would  be  most 
interesting  to  know  the  truth,  and  also  to  learn  if  the  female  is 
luminous  like  the  male.  Who  is  there  to  settle  these  questions  ^ 
It  may  be  that  the  females  are  winged,  and  remain  quietly 
concealed  in  the  grass,  or  beneath  the  leaves  of  the  surrounding 
foliage,  whilst  the  males  indulge  in  flight,  like  the  European 
species  Luciola  lusitanica,  Char.,  alluded  to  by  Dr.  Sharp, "^  but 
I  do  not  think  this  likely. 

A.  Head  coin2?letely  hidden  beneath  iwothorax  (Lampyrin^). 
Atyphella,  gen.  nov. 

Elongate,  sub-parallel.  Head  completely  hidden  by  the  pro- 
thorax,  excavated  between  the  eyes  which  are  moderately  large 
and  prominent.  Antennae  11-jointed  moderately  robust,  a  little 
shorter  than  the  prothorax,  very  slightly  compressed,  and  some- 
what narrowed  at  both  extremities ;  the  basal  joint  elongate, 
decidedly  narrowed  at  the  base,  2nd  joint  about  half  as  long  as 
the  1st,  3rd  longer  and  narrower  than  2nd,  joints  4-10  gradually 

*  Ent.  Mo.  Mag.,  xvii.,  p.  69  (1880). 


646  NEW    SPECIES    OF    LAMPYRID^, 

decreasing  in  length  towards  the  extremity,  and  each  slightly 
produced  internally  at  the  apex,  terminal  joint  rather  small, 
rounded  anteriorly.  Prothorax  transverse,  rounded  in  front, 
anterior  margin  strongly  reflexed,  the  sides  reflexed,  sub- 
diaphanous  ;  the  posterior  margin  reflexed,  bisinuate.  Scutellum 
elongate,  rounded  behind.  Elytra  elongate,  rounded  behind,  each 
with  four  moderately  elevated  costse ;  the  margins  strongly 
reflexed ;  the  suture  raised.  Abdomen  flattened,  the  posterior 
angles  of  the  segments  acute  ;  beneath  the  whole  of  the  last  two 
segments  are  luminous,  the  terminal  one  gently  bisinuate  at  the 
posterior  margin  and  slightly  produced  in  the  middle ;  on  each 
side,  beyond  the  sinuations,  the  segment  is  feebly  emarginate. 
Pygidium  rounded  behind.  Legs  moderately  long;  tarsi  with  the 
4th  joint  strongly  bilobed. 

I  have  convinced  myself  by  a  careful  examination  of  the 
genitalia,  under  a  lens  of  suitable  power,  that  all  the  specimens 
to  which  I  have  been  able  to  refer  belong  to  the  one  sex,  and  that 
the  male.  Under  these  circumstances  it  is  not  possible  to  decide 
the  exact  position  of  the  genus  with  any  degree  of  certainty,  but 
I  have  little  doubt  of  its  near  affinity  to  Diajohanes  and  Pyrocoelia, 
both  divisions  which  have  been  made  at  the  expense  of  the  old 
genus  Lam2yyris.  The  three  Australian  species  I  here  propose  to 
distinguish  under  the  name  Atyjyhella,  are  not  characterized  by  any 
single  point  of  structure  (except  perhaps  the  comparative  length 
and  form  of  the  antennal  joints)  separating  them  from  the  many 
divisions  of  the  Lampyridse,  but  they  present  certain  features 
which  in  combination  seem  to  preclude  their  finding  a  place  in  any 
of  the  existing  groups.  None  of  the  joints  of  the  antennae  are 
strongly  serrate,  as  joints  3-10  are  said  to  be  in  Pyrocoelia. 

I  may  add  that  Pyrocoelia  hicolor,  Fabr.,"^  described  from 
"Nova  Cambria,"  and  said  also  to  occur  in  Java,  is  unknown  to 

*  This  species  is  omitted  in  Masters'  Catalogue  of  Australian  Coleoptera, 
apparently  by  an  oversight,  as  it  is  included  in  that  of  Gemminger  and 
von  Harold.     The  synonymy  is    as    io\\o\^'&:—Lampyris  hicolor,   Fabr., 


BY    A.  SIDNEY    OLLIFF.  647 

me.  Were  it  not  that  more  than  one  writer  since  the  time  of 
Fabricius  has  recorded  its  occurrence  in  Australia,  I  should  have 
thought  there  was  some  error  in  regard  to  the  locality.  It  may  be 
worth  mentioning,  as  showing  how  easily  an  important  omission 
in  a  description  may  escape  the  attention  of  systematic  writers, 
that  although  Lampyris  hicolor  was  redescribed  by  Boisduval  in 
1835,  and  its  identity  determined  by  Motschulsky  (who  referred 
it  to  the  genus  Cratomorphus\  Gorham  (who  included  it  in  his 
genus  Pyrocoelia),  and  E.  Olivier,  its  measurement  has  nowhere 
been  recorded  ;  on  this  point  the  only  information  we  have  is 
contained  in  the  original  description  of  Fabricius,  who  says 
"  Magna  in  hoc  genere  (Lamj^^ris).'' 

).n. 

(J  Elongate,  pale  fuscous,  dusky  testaceous  at  the  sides,  clothed 
with  fine  yellowish  pubescence ;  prothorax  coarsely  and  closely 
punctured,  feebly  bisinuate  in  front,  and  somewhat  produced  in 
the  middle  ;  each  elytron  with  four  conspicuous  testaceous  pos- 
teriorly abbreviated  costse. 

Head  excavated  between  the  eyes ;  this  excavation  rugulose- 
punctate  behind  and  at  the  sides,  shining  in  the  middle.  Antennae 
fuscous,  moderately  robust,  3rd  joint  elongate,  decidedly  narrowed 
at  the  base.  Palpi  testaceous.  Prothorax  broadly  transverse, 
somewhat  narrowed  in  front,  moderately  convex,  fuscous,  with 
the  sides  broadly  testaceous,  coarsely  and  closely  rugulose- 
punctate  ;  the  anterior  margin  and  sides  strongly  reflexed,  the 
former  gently  bisinuate,  and  produced  to  an  obtuse  point  in  the 
middle  ;  posterior  margin  strongly  bisinuate,  moderately  strongly 
reflexed.  Scutellum  testaceous,  finely  and  closely  punctured. 
Elytra  about  four  times  as  long  as  the  prothorax,  closely  and 
moderately  strongly  rugulose-punctate,  the  suture  and  the  narrow 

Syst.    El.,  IL,  p.    100  (1801);    Boisd.  Voy.  AstroL,   II.,  p.    129  (1835); 
Cratomorphus  hicolor,   Mots.,  Etud.  Ent.  p.  34  (1853)  ;  Pyrocoelia  hicolor^ 
Gorh.,  Trans.  Ent.  Soc.  Lond.  1880,  p.  91;  E.  Oliv.,  Notes  Leyd.  Mus., 
VIII.,  p.  199  (1886). 
42 


648  NEW   SPECIES    OF    LAMPYRID^E, 

up-turned  lateral  margins  testaceous,  each  with  four  slightly- 
raised  costae  which  are  abbreviated  before  the  apex  ;  interstices 
broad;  the  1st  and  2nd  costae  united,  or  with  a  tendency  to  unite, 
posteriorly.  Underside  piceous,  except  the  prosternum,  meso- 
sternum,  and  the  sides  of  the  metasternum,  which  are  dusky- 
testaceous,  and  the  last  two  abdominal  segments  and  the  genitalia, 
which  are  yellowish-white.  Legs  with  the  femora  dusky  tes- 
taceous ;  the  tibiae  and  tarsi  pale  fuscous.      Length  6J-7  J  mm. 

Mt.  Wilson,  Blue  Mountains,  N.  S.  Wales  (3,478  feet),  in 
January ;  and  at  Sydney,  Kiama,  &c. 

^  Unknown, 

I  think  it  probable  that  this  particular  fire-fly,  or  one  of  its 
allies,  is  the  "  New  Holland  Species,"  which  Carus,*  as  long  ago 
as  1824,  stated,  on  the  authority  of  Long,  to  be  possessed  of  a 
light  which  varies  in  intensity  in  "  rhythmical  vibrations." 

A  single  Lampyrid  larva  found  by  me  at  Mt.  Wilson  in 
January,  under  some  decaying  wood  is  probably  the  young  of 
A.  lychnus.  When  it  was  captured  it  was  in  a  very  torpid  state 
and  showed  no  sign  of  luminosity,  but  I  am  assured  by  Mr.  J.  D. 
Cox,  a  careful  observer  who  has  passed  many  summers  at  Mt. 
Wilson,  that  a  larva  which  he  has  found  on  several  occasions  and 
always  regarded  as  the  larva  of  the  fire-fly,  is  faintly  but  distinctly 
phosphorescent,  the  light  being  continuous  and  not  intermittent 
like  that  of  the  perfect  insect.  A  comparison  of  my  specimen 
(which  is  briefly  described  below)  with  those  obtained  by  Mr.  Cox 
has  convinced  me  of  their  identity,  so  to  say  the  least  the  evidence 
is  strongly  in  favour  of  the  assumption  that  these  larvae  are  the 
early  stage  of  A.  lychnus.  It  will  be  for  future  observers  to  deter- 
mine if  this  is  really  the  case  by  rearing  the  mature  insect  from 
these  luminous  larvae. 

Larva  of  A.  lychnus  f?) :  Elongate,  flattened,  much  narrowed 
both  in  front  and  behind,  piceous,  somewhat  shining ;  the  Lst 
thoracic  and  the  last  three  abdominal  segments  rusty  brown  ;  the 

*  Oken's  Isis,  II.,  p.  245. 


BY    A.  SIDNEY    OLLIFF.  649 

intervening  segments  with  two  rows  of  inconspicuous  reddish 
testaceous  markings,  one  on  each  side  of  the  middle  ;  all  segments 
(except  the  last)  lobed  at  the  sides  and  provided  with  a  rather 
strongly  impressed  median  channel,  the  edges  of  which  are  slightly 
raised  ;  the  margins  very  fineJy  serrate. 

Head  completely  hidden  beneath  the  prothorax,  corneous,  nar- 
rowed and  truncate  in  front ;  a  large  prominent  ocellus  on  each 
side.  Antennae  rather  long,  somewhat  flattened,  robust,  placed  at 
the  sides  of  the  head,  4-jointed,  the  1st  joint  long,  2nd  much 
shorter,  slightly  narrowed  at  the  base,  3rd  about  twice  as  long  as 
the  2nd,  obliquely  truncate  at  the  extremity,  4th  very  minute, 
inserted  in  a  groove  at  apex  of  3rd  near  the  internal  angle. 
Mandibles  prominent,  falciform,  and  simple.  Maxillse  elongate. 
Maxillary  palpi  short,  robust,  composed  of  three  joints  which 
gradually  decrease  in  width  towards  the  apex.  Labial  palpi  2- 
jointed,  minute.  Near  the  base  of  each  maxillary  palpus  is  a 
minute  apparently  2-jointed  appendage.*  First  thoracic  segment 
at  the  base  about  one-third  broader  than  long,  greatly  narrowed  in 
front;  the  anterior  margin  arched,  strongly  re  flexed,  slightly  emar- 
ginate  in  the  middle ;  the  sides  strongly  reflexed,  slightly  sinuate 
on  each  side  just  behind  the  anterior  angles,  which  are  not  very 
prominent ;  2nd  and  3rd  thoracic  segments  short,  about  three 
times  as  broad  as  long,  the  sides  reflexed,  the  angles  rounded. 
Abdominal  segments  gradually  narrowed  to  the  apex,  1-7  like  the 
segments  of  the  thorax,  8fch  emargi^ate  behind,  9th  much 
narrower  than  the  preceding,  truncate.  Beneath  exceedingly 
finely  granulate,  the  1st  to  7th  abdominal  segments  provided  on 
each  side  with  a  deeply  impressed  line,  dividing  the  outer  plate- 
like portions  from  the  middle  of  the  segments.  Stigmata  nine 
pairs,  two  pairs  placed  on  tubercles  upon  the  meso-  and  meta- 
thoracic  segments  respectively,  and  seven  upon  tubercles  within 
the  plate-like  divisions  on  the  first  seven  segments  of  the  abdomen. 
Legs  rather  short ;    claws  simple.     Length  9^  mm. 

*  As  I  have  no  specimen  for  dissection  I  am  not  able  to  describe  the 
mouth-structure  as  accurately  as  I  could  wish. 


650  NEW   SPECIES    OF    LAMPYRID^, 

This  larva  bears  some  resemblance  to  that  of  PJioturis  congrua, 
Chevr.,  described  at  considerable  length  by  Chapuis  (Hist.  Met. 
Col.  Exot.  p.  35,  pi.  3,  fig.  3,  1861),  but  the  head  is  completely 
hidden  when  viewed  from  above,  and  the  segments  of  the  thorax 
(except  the  first)  and  body  are  more  strongly  lobed  externally 
The  three  terminal  segments  of  the  latter  are  testaceous  in 
colour,  and  probably  it  is  from  these  that  the  phosphorescent 
light  alluded  to  above  will  be  found  to  proceed. 

Atyphella  scintillans,  sp.n. 

(J  Elongate,  dark  fuscous,  sparingly  clothed  with  fine  yellowish 
pubescence,  prothorax  coarsely  and  rather  closely  punctured,  very 
feebly  bisinuate  in  front,  scarcely  at  all  produced  in  the  middle, 
with  a  median  line  on  the  disc ;  each  elytron  with  four  posteriorly 
abbreviated  costse. 

Head  very  strongly  excavated  between  the  eyes ;  the  excavation 
shining,  finely  punctured  at  the  sides,  with  an  obscure  median 
ridge.  Antennae  like  those  of  A.  lychnus,  except  that  the 
terminal  joint  is  a  little  larger.  ■  Prothorax  moderately  convex, 
fuscous,  with  the  sides  broadly  testaceous,  strongly  and  closely 
rugulose-punctate,  with  a  distinct  median  line  which  is  efiaced 
both  in  front  and  behind ;  the  anterior  margin  and  sides 
moderately  strongly  reflexed,  the  former  very  feebly  bisinuate, 
and  slightly  produced  in  the  middle ;  posterior  margin  strongly 
bisinuate,  moderately  strongly  reflexed.  Scutellum  testaceous, 
finely  and  closely  punctured.  Elytra  very  closely  and  moderately 
strongly  rugulose-punctate,  each  with  four  costae  which  are 
efiaced  posteriorly  before  reaching  the  apex,  the  interstices 
broad.  Underside  piceous,  except  the  prosternum,  mesosternum, 
and  the  sides  of  the  metasternum  which  are  dusky  testaceous, 
and  the  genitalia  and  last  two  abdominal  segments,  which  are 
yellowish  white.  Legs  reddish  testaceous,  tibiae  darker, 
Length  7J-8Jmm. 

Upper  Hunter  Kiver,  and  Newcastle,  New  South  Wales. 

Q  Unknown. 


BY   A.  SIDNEY    OLLIFF.  651 

The  ample  and  regularly  rounded  prothorax  with  its  distinct 
median  impression,  and  the  deeply  excavated  head,  are  characters 
which  combined  with  the  form  of  the  elytral  costae  and  its  different 
colour,  will  at  once  distinguish  this  insect  fi-om  the  preceding 
species. 

Atyphella  flammans,  sp.n. 

J  Elongate-ovate,  fuscous,  clothed  with  very  fine  yellowish 
pubescence ;  prothorax  pale  testaceous,  coarsely  and  closely  punc- 
tured, with  a  large  discal  black  marking  very  feebly  bisinuate 
in  front ;  elytra  with  the  margins  broadly  testaceous,  each  with 
four  posteriorly  abbreviated  costa?,  the  1st  and  2nd  conspicuously 
testaceous,  the  3rd  faintly  testaceous,  the  4th  within  the  testa- 
ceous margin. 

Head  strongly  excavated  between  the  eyes,  with  a  feeble  eleva- 
tion in  front ;  the  excavation  shining,  very  finely  rugulose- 
punctate  at  the  sides.  Antennae  fuscous,  like  those  of  A.  lychnus, 
but  with  joints  4-10  proportionately  longer.  Palpi  fuscous. 
Prothorax  broadly  transverse,  rather  strongly  convex,  with  a 
large  central  black  marking  which  is  attenuated  to  a  point  behind  ; 
the  anterior  margin  and  the  sides  strongly  reflexed,  the  former 
very  feeble  bisinuate  and  slightly  produced  in  the  middle.  Scu- 
tellum  pale  testaceous,  closely  and  rather  finely  punctured.  Elytra 
closely  and  moderately  strongly  rugulose-punctate,  the  suture 
testaceous  and  distinctly  raised,  the  1st  and  2nd  costse  strongly 
elevated,  reaching  to  just  before  the  apex,  the  3rd  feebly  elevated, 
effaced  near  the  base,  and  abbreviated  at  about  f  of  the  length  of 
the  elytra,  the  4th  costa  rather  feebly  elevated,  extending  as  far 
as  the  1st  and  2nd,  the  interstices  broad.  Underside  dark 
piceous ;  the  prosternum,  mesosternum,  and  the  sides  of  the 
metasternum  dusky  testaceous ;  the  last  two  abdominal  segments 
and  the  genitalia  yellowish  white.  Legs  fuscous ;  femora  reddish 
testaceous.     Length  9-10  mm. 

Cloncurry,  Queensland. 

5  Unknown. 

This  species  is  conspicuous  by  the  striped  appearance  of  its 
elytra,  and  the  black  patch  on  its  prothorsix. 


652  NEW   SPECIES    OF    LAMPYRIDiE, 

B.  Head  received  into,  but  not  hidden  by  prothorax  (LuciOLiNiE). 
LuciOLA  PUDiCA,  sp.n. 

Dark  reddish  fuscous,  finely  pubescent;  head  black;  prothorax, 
scutellum,  sterna,  and  legs  (except  the  tibiae  and  tarsi)  reddish 
testaceous  ;  abdomen  bright  yellow. 

Head  deeply  excavated  between  the  eyes ;  the  excavation  finely 
punctured,  shining.  Antennae  rather  long,  pubescent,  the  first 
two  joints  black,  the  others  dark  fuscous.  Prothorax  transverse, 
nearly  quadrangular,  finely  and  moderately  closely  punctured  ; 
feebly  bisinuate  both  in  front  and  behind ;  the  anterior  margin  and 
the  sides  strongly,  and  the  posterior  margin  moderately  strongly 
reflexed,  the  former  impressed  on  each  side  behind  the  upturned 
portion ;  an  uninter^'upted  median  line,  and  an  indistinct  impres- 
sion on  each  side  just  behind  the  middle.  Scutellum  finely  punc- 
tured. Elytra  finely  rugulose-punctate,  the  pubescence  short 
and  fine,  closer  than  that  of  the  prothorax,  the  suture  slightly 
elevated,  no  distinct  costse,  a  faint  indication  of  one  near  the 
base.  Underside  clear  reddish  testaceous ;  abdominal  segments 
yellow,  the  apical  one  produced  to  a  point  in  the  middle,  slightly 
sinuate  on  each  side.  Legs  pale  reddish  testaceous  ;  tibiae  darker, 
inclining  to  fuscous  especially  externally  ;  tarsi  fuscous.  Length 
6J-8  mm. 

Bowen,  Queensland  ;  New  South  Wales  (A.M.). 

I  have  examined  six  or  eight  specimens,  all  of  which  I  believe 
to  be  males  on  account  of  the  pointed  form  of  the  last  abdominal 
segment ;  the  species  is  evidently  an  ally  of  Luciola  antennata, 
E.  Oliv.,*  and  L.  austrahs,  Fabr.,  but  it  is  much  smaller  than 
the  measurement  indicated  by  Boisduval  beside  his  very  indifferent 
figure  of  the  latter. 

Two  other  species  of  the  genus  Luciola  are  known  to  me — the 
L.  JlavicoUis,  Macl.,  and  what  I  regard  as  the  L.  dejeani,  Gem., 
(ajncalis,  Boisd.),  but  as  the  single  line  of  description  submitted 

*  Ann.  Mus.  Genov.  xxii.  p.  365,  pi.  5,  fig.  8  (1885). 


BY   A.  SIDNEY    OLLIFP.  653 

as  the  diagnosis  of  L.  apicalis  by  its  founder  is  quite  inadequate 
for  the  determination  of  a  species  in  this  or  any  other  group,  I 
am  in  some  doubt  as  to  the  correctness  of  my  conclusion.  The 
only  specimen  I  have  seen  was  obtained  during  Sir  T.  L.  Mitchell's 
Victoria  River  Expedition,  but  in  what  locality  I  have  no  know- 
ledge. It  is  luteous,  measures  9  mm.  in  length,  and  is  unusually 
robust,  the  elytra  being  nearly  4  mm.  in  width  at  their  middle  ; 
the  head  is  black,  the  elytra  (which  have  faint  indications  of 
four  costse)  pitchy  at  the  apex  ;  beneath  the  last  two  segments 
are  yellowish-white  (apical  one  rounded  behind,  very  slightly 
produced  in  the  middle),  the  preceding  segment  margined  with 
piceous  posteriorly  ;  tarsi  and  tips  of  the  tibiae  fuscous. 

L.  Jiavicollis  has  well  marked  sexual  characters  which  may  be 
defined  as  follows  : — 

(J  Abdomen  with  penultimate  segment  and  a  semicircular 
basal  spot  on  apical  segment  luminous ;  the  apical  segment 
deeply  emarginate  on  each  side,  very  strongly  produced  between 
the  emarginations,  the  produced  portion  with  nearly  parallel 
sides,  the  apex  feebly  emarginate.     Eyes  very  large. 

5  Abdomen  with  penultimate  segment  luminous,  apical  seg- 
ment feebly  emarginate  in  the  middle ;  small  supplementary 
segment  rounded  behind,  complete.     Eyes  moderately  large. 

By  the  light  of  additional  material  which  I  have  seen  from 
Rockhampton  and  Port  Curtis,  Queensland,  I  am  in  a  position  to 
affirm  that  the  suture  in  this  species,  like  the  sides,  is  luteous  to 
within  a  short  distance  of  the  apex. 

I  am  informed  by  those  who  are  acquainted  with  the  haunts 
of  L,  fiavicollis  that  its  light  is  intermittent. 


654  NOTES   AND    EXHIBITS. 


NOTES   AND    EXHIBITS, 

Mr.  Skuse  exhibited  specimens,  both  pupae  and  flies,  of  a  new- 
species  of  Cecidoinyia,  together  with  the  galls  formed  by  the 
insects  upon  the  branches  of  Acacia  longifolia.  The  galls  are 
cylindrical,  from  12  to  18  mm.  long,  and  occur  in  closely  packed 
bunches  of  from  two  to  twenty  or  thirty  tubes.  When  found  at 
the  beginning  of  August,  each  tube  contained  a  full-grown  pupa 
inclosed  in  a  white  cocoon  at  the  bottom  of  the  tube. 

Also,  specimens  of  a  minute  Hymenopterous  insect  belonging 
to  the  genus  Platygaster,  some  small  beetles  belonging  to  the 
Mycetophagidse,  and  a  small  moth,  all  likewise  bred  from  the 
above-mentioned  galls. 

Mr.  Whitelegge  exhibited  flowering  specimens  of  Sjorengelia 
ponceletia,  F.v.M.,  one  of  the  rarer  Epacrids  in  the  neighbourhood 
of  Sydney,  but  occurring  abundantly  at  one  particular  spot  in 
the  middle  of  a   swamp  at  Waterloo. 

Mr.  T.  G.  Sloane  exhibited  his  collection  of  beetles  belonging  to 
the  Carenides,  comprising  65  species. 

Mr.  Froggatt  exhibited  a  lump  of  the  Spinifex  resin  as  prepared 
by  the  aborigines  of  N.  W.  Australia,  treated  of  in  Mr.  Maiden's 
paper. 

Mr.  A.  Sidney  Olliff  exhibited  the  Fire-flies  described  in  his 
paper.  He  also  showed  a  finely  coloured  male  specimen  of  Pielus 
imperialism  O.  &  P.,  caught  early  in  July  on  a  lamp  post  at  the 
North  Shore,  Sydney,  by  Mr.  M.  V.  Miller. 

Dr.  Read  showed  a  specimen  of  the  Frigate  or  Boatswain  Bird 
in  its  first  plumage,  from  Lord  Howe  Island. 


V 

WEDNESDAY,  25th  SEPTEMBER,  1889. 


The  President,  Professor  Stephens,  M.A.,  F.G.S.,  in  the  Chair. 


Mr.  G.  W.  Froggatt,  Dr.  Schewiakoff,  and  Dr.  Lauterbach  were 
present  as  visitors. 


The  President  announced  that  there  would  be  no  Excursion 
during  the  ensuing  month. 


DONATIONS. 

"  Zoologischer  Anzeiger."  XII.  Jahrg.,  Nos.  312  and  313 
(1889).     From  the  Editor. 

"Verhandlungen  des  naturhistorischenVereinesderpreussischen 
Rheinlande,  &c."  Folge  5,  Jahrg.  VI.,  Erste  Halfte  (1889).  Frmi 
the  Society. 

*'  Archives  Neerlandaises  des  Sciences  exactes  et  naturelles." 
Tome  XXIII.,  Livs.  3-4  (1889).  De  la  part  de  la  Societe  ffol- 
landaise  des  Sciences  a  Harlem. 

"  Abhandlungen  aus  dem  Gebiete  der  Naturwissenschaften 
herausgegeben  vom  naturwissenschaftlichen  Verein  in  Hamburg." 
Band  I.-VI. ;  VII.,  Part  1  (1846-80).     From  the  Society 


656  DONATIONS. 

"Feuille  des  Jeimes  Naturalistes."  No.  226  (August,  1889). 
From  the  Editor. 

"  Bollettino  dei  Musei  di  Zoologia  ed  Anatomia  comparata  della 
R.  TJniversita  di  Torino."  Vol.  lY.,  Nos.  62-66  (1889).  From 
the  Museum. 

*'  Crustacea  Neerlandica. — Part  iii.  Isopoda  ;"  "  Isopodes  Ter- 
restres  recueillis  aux  A9ores  en  1887-89,"  et  "  Liste  Supple- 
mentaire."  Also,  three  other  Pamphlets.  Par  Adrien  DoUfus. 
From  the  Author. 

A  Pamphlet  entitled  "  Sur  un  appareil  nouveau  pour  le 
Recherche  des  Organismes  pelagiques  a  des  profundeurs  deter- 
minees."     Par  le  Prince  Albert  de  Monaco,     From  the  Author. 

"  Victoria. — Report  of  Royal  Commission  to  inquire  into  and 
report  upon  the  Sanitary  Condition  of  Melbourne."  Two  parts 
(1889).     From  the  Commission. 

"  Memoria  del  Directorio  del  Banco  Agricola — Comercial  del 
Rio  de  la  Plata,  &c."  From  the  Consul  of  the  Argentine  Republic, 
Sydney. 

"  Results  of  Rain,  River,  and  Evaporation  Observations  made 
in  N.S.W.  during  1888;"  Four  Pamphlets  from  the  "Journal 
and  Proceedings  of  the  Royal  Society  of  N.S.W."  for  1888  and 
1889.  By  H.  C.  Russell,  B.A.,  F.R.S.,  &c.  From  the  Govem- 
Tf)%ent  Astronomer. 

"Johns  Hopkins  University  Circulars."  Vol.  VIII.,  No.  74 
(1889).     From  the  University. 

"The  American  Naturalist."  Vol.  XXIII.,  No.  268  (April, 
1889).     From  the  Editors. 

"Royal  Dublin  Society. — Scientific  Transactions."  Series  ii., 
Vol.  IV.,  Nos.  2-5  (1889);  "Scientific  Proceedings."  n.s.  Vol. 
VL,  Parts  3-6  (1888-89).     From  the  Society. 


DONATIONS.  657 

'  New  South  "Wales ;  Royal  Commission — Conservation  of 
Water,  Diagrams  and  Plans  to  accompany  the  Third  and  Final 
Report  of  the  Commissioners."     From  the  Secretary  for  Mines. 

"  Proceedings  and  Transactions  of  the  Queensland  Branch  of 
the  Royal  Geographical  Society  of  Australasia."  4th  Session 
(1888-89),  Vol.  IV.     From  the  Society. 

"  The  Quarterly  Journal  of  the  Geological  Society  of  London." 
Vol.  XLV.,  Part  3  (No.  179),  1889.     From  the  Society. 

A  Pamphlet  entitled  "Musical  Sand."  By  Cecil  Carus-Wilson, 
F.G.S.,  &c.     From  A.  Sidney  Olliff,  Esq.,  F.E.S. 

"The  Australasian  Journal  of  Pharmacy."  Vol.  IV.,  No.  45 
(Sept.,  1889).     From  the  Editor. 

"Victoria. — Annual  Report  of  the  Secretary  for  Mines,  1888." 
From  the  Secretary  for  Mines. 

"  Comptes  Rendus  des  Seances  de  I'Academie  des  Sciences, 
Paris."  Tome  CVIII.,  No.  25;  CIX.,  Nos.  1-3  (1889).  From 
the  Academy. 

"The  Victorian  Naturalist."  Vol.  VI.,  No.  5  (September, 
1889).     From  the  Field  Naturalists'  Club  of  Victoria. 

"  Journal  of  the  Linnean  Society  of  London. — Botany."  Vols. 
XXIIL  (Nos.  156-157);  XXIV.  (Nos.  163-164);  XXV.  (Nos. 
165-170);  XXVL  (No.  173),  1888-89;  "Zoology."  Vols.  XX. 
(Nos.  119-121);  XXL  (No.  132);  XXIL  (No.  140),  1888-89; 
"General  Index  to  the  first  twenty  Volumes  of  the  Journal 
(Botany);"  "List  of  Members,  Session  1888-89."  From  the 
Society. 

"  Catalogue  of  the  Fossil  Reptilia  and  Amphibia  in  the  British 
Museum  (Nat.  Hist.)."  Part  II.  (1889).  By  R.  Lydekker,  B.A., 
F.G.S.,  &c.     From  the  Trustees. 


658      DESCRIPTIONS  OF  TWO  NEW  SPECIES  OF  AUSTRALIAN  MOLLUSCA, 
PAPERS  READ. 

DESCRIPTIONS    OF   TWO   NEW   SPECIES   OF 
AUSTRALIAN    MOLLUSCA. 

By  James  C.  Cox,  M.D.,  F.L.S. 

Ancylus  Smithi,  sp.nov. 
(PL  XIX.,  figs.  1-3). 

Shell  ovate,  broadest  in  front,  pale  horny  yellowish-green 
colour,  translucent,  limpet-shaped;  striated  concentrically  from 
apex  to  circumference  with  curved  lines  of  growth,  the  apex 
being  the  centre  of  the  rays ;  striated  longitudinally  with  strise 
radiating  from  the  apex  in  rather  coarse  ridges,  which  are  for 
the  most  part  rather  widely  separated,  but  are  irregular  in  dis. 
tance  from  each  other,  and  if  anything  interrupted  in  their 
direct  course,  and  are  not  quite  straight.  The  lines  are  un- 
doubtedly slightly  waved.  These  can  only  be  seen  with  a 
moderately  high  power.  These  strise  can  be  seen  through  the 
shell  when  the  animal  is  removed. 

The  apex  is  bluntly  rounded,  inclined  to  the  right,  and  the 
shell  declines  from  it  less  abruptly  in  front  than  it  does  behind 
and  at  the  sides,  where  it  gradually  tapers  off,  and  is  situated  3^ 
millimetres  from  the  anterior  margin.  The  shell,  looked  at  from 
the  inside,  shows  the  muscular  impression,  which  is  rather  large 
and  granular. 

When  the  animal  is  in  the  shell  a  brownish  colour  is  seen 
opposite  the  muscular  impression. 

Dimensions  of  full-grown  shell — length  5  ;  breadth  (at  anterior 
end)  3,  (at  posterior  end)  2 ;  height  1 J  millimetres. 

The  living  specimens  of  this  Ancylus  or  River  Limpet  now 
described,  and  which  were  exhibited  at  the  last  meeting  of  the 
Society,  were  obtained  by  me  from  the  Port  Hacking  River, 
National  Park,  about  twenty  miles  south  of  Sydney,  quite  unex- 
pectedly, and  they  have  bred  and  multiplied  themselves  to  a  very 
arge  number. 


BY    DR.  JAMES    C.  COX.  659 

About  nine  months  ago  I  lifted  from  the  bed  of  the  river,  at 
its  head,  specimens  of  Vallisneria  and  other  aquatic  plants,  to  the 
roots  of  which  I  found  wire  worms  {Gordius  sp.)  adhering  in 
great  numbers.  Being  anxious  to  observe  the  habits  of  life  of 
these  worms,  I  placed  the  plants  in  a  fish  globe  by  themselves 
and  covered  their  roots  with  earth.  A  few  weeks  afterwards  I 
was  surprised  to  observe  in  the  globe  the  presence  of  several 
specimens  of  Ancylus  in  a  living  state,  and  I  had  them  carefully 
cared  for.  The  result  has  been  that  there  are  now  in  the  globe 
at  least  forty  specimens.  As  a  rule  they  reside  at  the  bottom  of 
the  globe,  or  as  high  up  in  it  as  the  earth  covering  the  roots  of 
the  plants  reaches,  but  a  few  are  seen  moving  about  a  few  inches 
higher  up  adhering  to  the  glass. 

A  species  of  this  genus  has  been  described  by  Prof.  Tate  from 
North  Australia  and  the  Hiver  Torrens,  Adelaide,  as  Ancylus 
Australicus  (Trans,  and  Proc.  Roy.  Soc.  South  Australia,  Vol.  III. 
1880,  p.  102). 

The  genus  Ancylus  proper  has  its  summit  apex  turned  to  the 
left.  There  are  six  sub-genera  recognised  under  the  genus — 
Ancylastrum,  AcroloxuSy  Cimiingia,  Haldemania,  Lanx^  and 
Brondelia,  but  the  only  one  I  can  recognise  with  a  dextral  apex 
is  Ancylastrum. 

As  the  shell  which  I  now  describe  is  undoubtedly  dextral,  I 
conclude  that  it  belongs  to  this  sub-genus. 

CYPRiEA  Irvinean^,  sp.nov. 
(PI.  XIX.,  figs.  7-9). 
Shell   umbilicated,    oblong-ovate ;  pale   cream-coloured,  irregu- 
larly  sparsely   spotted   with    minute    pale    yellowish-red  spots ; 
these   spots   have   as   a  rule   a   transverse  elongated  form  very 
similar  to  Cyi^rcea  Coffea,  Sowb.  ;  subfasciate  by  depth  of  colour 
on  the  dorsal   aspect,  and    crossed  transversely   by  subangulate 
ridges  which  divide  the  dorsum   into  about   six  unequal  parts. 
The  dorsal  surface  is   well  elevated,  the  sides  being  steep ;  the 
right  margin  is  crenately  grooved  from  end  to  end,  the  left  well 
grooved  or   sulcated   in  front  and  only  slightly  posteriorly,  the 


660      DESCRIPTIONS  OF  TWO  NEW  SPECIES  OF  AUSTRALIAN  MOLLUSCA. 

intermediate  portion  of  the  side  being  quite  free  from  sulcation. 
The  margin  of  the  right  side  of  the  shell  is  blunt,  well-defined, 
and  everted,  separating  the  dorsal  and  ventral  surfaces,  and  runs 
forwards  and  backwards,  joining  the  everted  extremities.  The 
teeth  of  the  orifice,  from  16  to  18  in  number,  are  white,  sharp, 
and  prominent,  but  not  coarse  on  the  right  side,  and  only  extend 
about  half-way  across  the  right  callous  base ;  on  the  left  the 
teeth,  about  15  in  number,  are  small  and  fine,  scarcely  extending 
at  all  across  the  left  side  of  the  base,  but  are  seen  as  callosities 
dipping  into  the  internal  stoma. 

The  channel  is  well  everted.  There  are  no  decided  colour- 
markings  on  each  side  of  it  in  front,  merely  a  light  brown 
•coloration  blotch,  and  a  similar  faint  coloration  blotch  is 
noticeable  on  the  sides  of  the  posterior  ends.  There  is  a  faint 
freckling  of  coloration  along  the  everted  edges  of  the  sides 
within  the  sulcation  of  the  margin  ;  the  rim  margin  is  inclined  to 
be  tuberculously  elevated.  The  interior  of  the  shell  is  of  a  very 
pale  flesh  tint. 

Length  25,  breadth  14  millimetres. 

B^ab. — North-west  coast  of  Australia. 

Cyprcea  stolida,  Linn.,  with  its  variety  C.  hrevidentata^  Sowb., 
and  C.  Coffea^  with  which  this  species  would  group,  are  found  at 
the  same  locality,  but  it  has  such  distinct  difierences  as  to  justify 
its  being  made  a  new  species. 

I  have  named  this  shell  after  Mrs.  J.  F.  Irvine,  an  enthusiastic 
conchological  collector,  who  obtained  it  at  Cape  Naturaliste,  in 
Western  Australia,  along  with  many  other  valuable  species  new 
to  science  

EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE. 

Figs.      1-3. — Ancylus  Smithi,  Cox  (  x  6). 
Fig.  4. — C(xliaxis  australis,  Forbes  ;  the  animal. 

Fig.  5. — Cceliaxis  australis,  Forbes";  animal  and  shell  (enlarged). 

Fig.  6. — Cceliaxis  australis,  Forbes  ;  section. 

Figs.      7-9. — Gyproia  Irvineance,  Cox. 
Figs.  10-11. — Helix  Rowe-insulce,  Cox. 
Xote. — Figures  4-6,  and  10-11  refer  to  species  to  be  treated  of  in  a  fiiture 
paper. 


REVISION  OF  THE  GENUS  HETERONYX,  WITH 
DESCRIPTIONS  OF  NEW  SPECIES. 

By  the  Rev.  T.  Blackburn,  B.A.,  Cork.  Mem.  Linn.  Soc.  N.S.  W. 


Part  IY. 

The  present  memoir  carries  on  my  revision  of  Heteronyx  to  the 
end  of  the  genns.  In  order  to  make  this  portion  (Part  IV.)  of 
the  work  as  far  as  possible  complete  in  itself  in  respect  of  the 
species  it  deals  with,  I  must  remind  the  members  of  the  Linnean 
Society  that  for  the  purpose  of  my  work  I  have  proposed  to  divide 
Heteronyx  into  3  main  divisions  (or  "  Sections "),  the  1st  con- 
taining those  species  in  which  the  labrum  is  altogether  below  the 
plane  of  the  clypeus  and  invisible  from  above  (as  in  most  Melolon- 
thidce)  ;  the  3rd  containing  those  species  in  which  the  labrum  is 
dilated  and  directed  upwards  in  such  manner  that  its  summit  rises 
above  the  plane  of  the  clypeus  ;  and  the  2nd  containing  species  in 
which  the  relation  of  labrum  and  clypeus  is  intermediate  between 
those  indicated  above.  I  have  now  to  deal  with  the  last  part  of 
the  3rd  Section.  I  subdivided  it  into  groups  of  species  having 
8-jointed  antennae  (already  dealt  with),  and  those  having  9-jointed 
antennae.  The  latter  of  these  groups  I  have  subdivided  according 
as  the  claws  are  bifid  (already  dealt  with)  or  appendiculate.  The 
present  memoir  deals  with  those  species  whose  claws  are  of  the 
last-named  form. 

In  the  course  of  a  few  months  I  hope  to  be  able  to  offer  to  the 
Society  an  appendix  treating  of  a  number  of  species  that  have 
come  into  my  hands  during  the  issue  of  this  "  Revision"  but  too 
late  to  be  included  in  the  sections  to  which  they  belong,  and  also 
discussing  those  species  previously  described  by  other  authors 
which  I  have  failed  to  identify. 


662  REVISION    OF   THE   GENUS   HETERONYX, 

Tabulation  of  species  of  Section  III.,  Group  II.,  Sub-group  II. 
(i.e.,  having  the  labrum  overtopping  the  plane  of  the  clypeus,  the 
antennae  9-jointed,  and  the  claws  appendiculate). 

A.  Head  and  prothorax  densely  clothed 
with  long  erect  hairs 

B.  Elytra  at  most  feebly  costate,  the 
intervals  appearing  like  obscure 
striae 

C.  Puncturation  of  head  behind  not 
fine  and  sparing  in  contrast  to 
that  of  clypeus , 

D.  Puncturation  of  prothorax  fine  and 
close,  almost  confluent 

E.  Club  of  antennae  black  or  pitchy. 

F.  Hind  angles  of  prothorax  from 
some  points  of  view  quite  dis- 
tinct   jubatus,  Blackb. 

FF.  Hind  angles  of  prothorax  quite 

rounded  off,  non-existent fallax,  Blackb. 

EE.  Club  of  antennae  testaceous fraternus,  Blackb. 

DD.  Puncturation  of  prothorax  coarse 

and  sparse hirtuosus,  Blackb. 

CC.  Puncturation  of  head  behind  fine 
and  sparse  in  contrast  to  that  of 
clypeus *dimidiatus,  Er. 

BB.  Elytra  deeply  striate *striatipennis,  Blanch. 

A  A.  Head  and  prothorax  not  densely 
clothed  with  long  erect  hairs 


*  The  characters  of  these  species  are  derived  from  the  published  descrip- 
tions, types  not  having  been  examined  by  the  author  of  the  present  memoir. 


BY    THE    REV.  T.  BLACKBURN.  663 

B. "^Suture  between  the  metasternum  and 
its  episterna  very  evidently  (say  by 
at  least  J  of  its  length)  longer  than 
the  distance  from  the  hind  apex  of 
that  suture  to  the  hind  margin  of 
the  hind  coxae 

C.  Puncturation  of  prothorax  and  elytra 
somewhat  even, — or  that  of  the 
former  coarser  and  l'>ss  close 

D.  Apical  piece  of  hind  claws  consider- 
ably shorter  than  the  basal  piece. 

E.  Hind  claws  normal  in  length  (^.e., 
at  most  little  more  than  half  as 
long  as  the  rest  of  the  claw  j  oint. 

F.  Puncturation  of  prothorax  not 
conspicuously  coarser  and 
stronger  than  of  elytra 

G.  Puncturation  of  elytra  fine  and 
squamose  (colour  ferruginous). 

H.  Posterior  angles  of  prothorax 

quite  rounded  ofi" vacuus,  Blackb. 

HH.  Posterior  angles  of  prothorax 
(from  a  certain  point  of 
view)  appearing  sharp  and 
hind  ward  directed simius,  Blackb. 

GG.  Puncturation  of  elytra  coarse 
and  not  squamose  (colour 
dark  ferruginous) rusticuSj  Blackb. 

GGG.  Puncturation  of  elytra  coarse 

and  squamose  (colour  black)  nigrinus,  Blackb. 


*  The  following  species  seems  to  oscillate  between  this  and  "^BB," — 
luhricus,  Blackb. 
43 


664  REVISION    OF    THE    GENUS    HETERONYX, 

FF.  Punctu  ration  of  protliorax  con- 
spicuously coarser  and  stronger 
than  of  elytra oscillator,  Blackb, 

EE.  Hind  claws  long  (much  more  than 
half  as  long  as  the  rest  of  the 
claw  joint) rapax,  Blackb. 

DD.  Apical  piece  of  hind  claws  little, 
or  not,  shorter  than  basal  piece. 

E.  Hind  angles  of   pro  thorax    quite 

rounded  off luhricus,  Blackb. 

EE.  Hind  angles  of  prothorax  (at 
least  from  some  point  of  view) 
well  developed 

F.   Prothorax   with  middle   lobe  of 

base  scarcely  indicated monfanus,  Blackb. 

FF.  Prothorax  with   middle  lobe  of 

base  well  defined concolor,  Macl. 

CC.  Puncturation  of  prothorax  (at  any 
rate  in  front)  much  closer  and 
finer  than  of  elytra 

D.  Puncturation  of  prothorax  much 
closer  and  finer  anteriorly  than 
behind Eothei,  Blackb. 

DD.  Puncturation  of  prothorax  close, 

fine,  and  even  throughout puncticollis,  Blackb. 

BB.  Suture  between  the  metasternum 
and  its  episterna  little,  or  not, 
longer  than  the  distance  from  the 
hind  apex  of  that  suture  to  the 
hind  margin  of  the  hind  coxae 

C.  Puncturation,  at  least  of  prothorax 
and  elytra,    close,  fine,  and  even 


BY    THE    REV.  T.  BLACKBURN.  665 

Cmore  or  less  after  the  manner  of 
that  of  H.  piceus,  horridtis,  nor- 
malis,  &c.) 

D.*Elytra  without  rows  of  setiferous 
granules, — at  most  a  few  such 
granules  close  to  the  base 

E.  Inner  apex  of  each  elytron  not 
bearing  a  conspicuous  tuft  of 
setse 

F.  Trilobed  appearance  of  outline  of 
head  quite  defined 

G.  Basal  joint  of  hind  tarsi  shorter 
than  the  2nd  joint 

H.  Middle  lobe  of  "  trilobed  out- 
line "  of  head  appears  nar- 
rower than  the  lateral  lobes. 

I.  Puncturation  of  elytra  very 
fine  and  close  (evidently 
more  so  than  in  H.  j^iceus, 
horridus  and  norinalis) 

J.  Species  at  least  5  lines  long, 
— not  of  a  distinctively 
"orange"  colour 

K.  Elytra  much  wider  behind 
the  middle  than  at  the 
middle  agrestis,  Burm. 

KK.  Elytra  scarcely  if  at  all 
wider  behind  the  middle 
than  at  the  middle sccdpttcs,  Blackb. 

J  J.  Species  about  4  lines  long, 

— colour  bright  orange...  doctus,  Blackb. 


* 


Vide  note  on  H.  rhinastvs  (p.  689). 


666  REVISION    OF    THE    GENUS    HETERONYX, 

II.  Puncturation  of  elytra  less 
fine  and  close  (resembling 
that  of  H.  jnceus,  horridus 

and  noTTnalis) rhinastus,  Blackb. 

HH.  Middle  lobe  of  "trilobed  out- 
line" of  head  appears  wider 
than  the  lateral  lobes laminatus,  Blackb. 

GG.  Basal  joint  of  hind  tarsi  not 

shorterthanthe  second  joint,  suhferriigineus,  Burm. 

FF.  Trilobed  appearance  of  outline 
of  head  not  from  any  point 

of  view  defined peregrinus,  Blackb. 

EE.  Inner  apex  of  each  elytron  bear- 
ing a  conspicuous  tuft  of  setae,  elongatus,  Blanch. 
DD.  Elytra    with    rows   of   setiferous 
granules,  especially  a  row  along 

the  suture ^^its^itZosws,  Blackb. 

CO.  Puncturation  of  prothorax  and 
elytra  very  evidently  less  close, 
fine,  and  even  than  in  the  group 

"C" 

D.  Trilobed  outline  of  head  with  the 

middle  lobe  evidently  more  than 

half  as  wide  as  the  lateral  lobes. 

E.  General  colour  more  or  less  uniform, 

— some  shade  of  ferruginous  or 

testaceous 

F.  Apical  membrane  of  elytra  not 

extraordinarily  developed 

G.  Hind  coxse  on  the  external  mar- 
gin much  shorter  than  the 
distance  from  their  hind  mar- 
gin to  the  hind  margin  of  the 


3rd  ventral  segment. 


BY   THE    REV.  T.  BLACKBURN.  667 

H.  Apical  part  of  suture  of  elytra 
on  either  side  keel-like, — the 
apex  itself  prominent  or  sub- 
spiniform  longuhcs,  Blackb. 

HH.  Suture  of  elytra  very  slightly 
convex, — at  apex  not  at 
all  produced  or  subspini- 
f  orm 

I.  Colour  of  elytra  dull  brownish 

yellow  without  any  ferru- 
ginous tone Jlavus,  Blackb. 

II.  Colour  of  elytra  of  a  decidedly 

ferruginous  tone angustus,  Blackb 

GC  Hind  coxse  on  external  margin 
scarcely  if  at  all  shorter  than 
the  distance  from  their  hind 
margin  to  the  hind  margin 
of  the  3rd  ventral  segment. 

H.  Basal  joint  of  hind  tarsi  evi- 
dently longer  than  the  2nd 
joint  sGutatus,  Macl. 

HH.   Basal  joint  of  hind  tarsi  not 

longer  than  the  2nd  joint.  coUaris,  Blackb. 
FF.  Apical  membrane  of  elytra  ex- 
traordinarily developed posticalis^  Blackb. 

EE.  General    colour  not  uniform, — 

partly  black  or  pitchy 

F.  Upper   surface    with    a    velvety 

appearance,  and  pruinose iridiventris,  Blackb. 

FF.  Upper     surface     glabrous     (or 

nearly  so)  and  nitid marginatus,  Blackb. 

DD.   Trilobed  outline  of  head  very  well 
developed,  with  the  middle  not 


668  REVISION    OF    THE    GENUS    HETERONYX, 

more  than  half  as  wide  as  the 
lateral  lobes 

E.  Prothorax  feebly  (at  most)  lobed 
hindward •  •  • . . , 

F.  Prothorax  considerably  narrowed 
in  front ;  elytra  set  with  numer- 
ous long  erect  hairs  among  the 
adpressed  pubescence vagans,  Blackb. 

FF.  Prothorax  very  little  narrowed 
in  front ;  elytra  not  set  with 
numerous  long  erect  hairs  ...  mimus,  Blackb. 

EE.  Prothorax  very  strongly  lobed 
hindward,  —  not  much  less 
strongly  than  in  H.  lobatus, 
Blackb castaneus,  M.Sicl. 


H.    DIMIDIATUS,  Er. 

I  do  not  think  that  I  have  seen  an  example  of  this  insect, 
which  is  said  to  occur  in  Tasmania,  and  is  probably  limited  to 
that  island.  The  following  five  species  are  all  closely  allied  to  it 
in  having  the  anterior  half  or  thereabouts  of  the  upper  surface 
clothed  with  long  erect  hairs,  the  head  and  prothorax  ordinarily 
black  or  pitchy  and  the  elytra  usually  ferruginous  with  more  or 
less  dark  colouring  in  front,  and  the  elevation  of  the  labrum 
above  the  clypeus  usually  very  slight.  The  greater  part  of  Erich- 
son's  description  would  apply  to  nearly  all  the  species  known  to 
me  of  this  group,  but  it  mentions  one  character  which  seems  to 
difierentiate  dhnidiatus  strongly,  viz.,  "fronte  parce  subtiliter 
punctata,"  as  contrasted  with  "clypeo  punctato-rugoso."  No 
species  that  I  have  seen  in  the  group  shows  any  indication  of  this 
sculpture.  As  Erichson  gives  no  exact  description  of  the  claws 
or  of  the  relative  length  of  the  hind  coxae  and  metasternum  it  is 
of  course  not  certain  that  H.  dimidiatus  would  fall  in  this  group 


BY    THE    REV.  T.   BLACKBURN.  669 

(according  to  my  arrangement)  but  it  is  hardly  likely  to  differ  in 
these  respects  from  species  evidently  allied  to  it  and  themselves 
having  these  parts  very  uniform.  It  may  be  added  that  Erichson 
does  not  indicate  the  number  of  joints  in  the  antennae  of  H. 
dimidiatus  except  by  implication  in  calling  it  a  Silopa^ — and  he  has 
certainly  included  some  species  with  8-jointed  antennae  under  the 
name,  although  in  the  generic  diagnosis  he  calls  the  antennae 
9-jointed. 

H.  JUBATUS,  sp.nov. 

Minus  elongatus  ;  postice  vix  dilatatus  ;  minus  nitidus  ;  pilis 
(antice  longis  erectis,  postice  brevioribus  adpressis),  sat  dense 
vestitus  j  piceo-niger;  palpis,  elytris  (basi  minus  late  picea  excepta), 
tarsisque,  ruf o-f errugineis ;  abdomine  tibiisque  plus  minus  rufes- 
centibus  ;  capite  crebre  rugulose  (clypeo  parum  subtilius  crebrius), 
prothorace  elytrisque  crebre  subtilius,  pygidio  leviter  obscure, 
punctulatis  ;  labro  clypeum  vix  superanti ;  antennis  9-articulatis  ; 
unguiculis  appendiculatis ;  unguiculorum  posticorum  parte  basali 
apicali  parum  longiori ;  coxis  posticis  metasterno  manifesto,  nee 
multo,  brevioribus  ;  elytris  substriatis,  interstitiis  obsolete  con- 
vexis.  [I^oiig-  3,  lat.  1^  lines. 

Var.  A.  Pedibus  plus  minus  testaceis,  colore  obscuro  in  ely- 
trorum  sutura  et  marginibus  lateralibus  plus  minus  producto. 

Var.  B.  Elytris  antice  hand  obscurioribus. 

Yar.  C.  Capite  (palpis  rufis  exceptis)  corporeque  subtus  antice, 
solis  piceis. 

The  "trilobed"  appearance  of  the  front  outline  of  the  head  is 
not  well  defined  from  any  point  of  view  as  it  is  in  itself  very 
feeble,  and  viewed  from  the  most  favourable  point  is  much  con- 
cealed by  the  long  erect  hairs  of  the  surface  ;  its  appearance  from 
the  most  favorable  point  of  view  is  that  of  a  feeble  bisinuate  line 
bulging  out  feebly  and  very  narrowly  in  the  middle.  The  clypeus 
is  strongly  reflexed  at  the  sides,  very  distinctly  margined  across 
the  front,  feebly  concave  in  front,  its  sides  scarcely  angulated 
immediately  in  front  of  the  eyes,  its  sculpture  scarcely  so  coarse  as 


670  REVISION    OF   THE   GENUS    HETERONYX, 

that  of  the  rest  of  the  head,  which  does  not  form  an  evenly  con- 
tinuous plane  with  it  and  is  separated  from  it  by  a  strongly 
impressed  suture  angulated  in  the  middle  and  wavy  towards  the 
sides.  The  prothorax  is  half  again  as  wide  as  long,  its  base  half 
again  as  wide  as  its  front  which  is  sub-bisinuate  with  sharp  feebly 
produced  angles ;  its  sides  are  feebly  arched,  and  most  divergent 
immediately  in  front  of  the  base,  its  hind  angles  very  feeble  but 
appearing  from  a  certain  point  of  view  not  quite  rounded  o&,  its 
base  feebly  bisinuate  but  strongly  lobed  hindward  all  across,  and 
still  more  in  the  middle  (somewhat  as  in  H.  gracilipes,  mihi).  The 
elytra  are  very  feebly  and  widely  but  somewhat  uniformly  costate 
(somewhat  as  in  H.  potens,  mihi),  their  lateral  fringe  being 
normal  and  their  apical  membrane  obsolete.  The  hind  coxae  are 
much  nearer  the  length  of  the  metasternum  (than  which  they  are 
not  much  shorter)  than  of  the  2nd  ventral  segment.  The  meta- 
sternum is  punctured  somewhat  closely  and  evenly  but  not  at  all 
coarsely,  and  is  clothed  with  very  long  hairs  ;  the  hind  coxse  are 
punctured  unevenly  (in  parts  very  coarsely)  and  have  an  irregular 
antero-internal  space  smooth.  The  ventral  segments  are  punc- 
tured somewhat  coarsely  at  the  sides,  but  neither  closely  nor  deeply, 
the  puncturation  becoming  more  or  less  obsolete  in  the  middle, 
where  however  some  more  or  less  conspicuous  longitudinal  impres- 
sions or  scratches  may  be  noticed  on  some  of  the  segments.  The 
ventral  series  are  but  little  conspicuous.  The  hind  femora  are  not 
much  wider  than  the  intermediate,  their  inner  apical  angle  feeble 
but  quite  distinct.  The  lower  two  teeth  on  the  anterior  tibiae  are 
strong  and  sharp,  the  uppermost  being  less  than  half  as  large  as 
the  2nd,  the  tibial  outline  straight  from  its  base  to  the  apex  of 
the  uppermost  tooth.  The  hind  claws  (including  the  apical  piece) 
are  somewhat  strongly  compressed,  their  basal  piece  not  much 
longer  than  the  apical  and  having  its  inner  apex  but  little  pro- 
duced. The  whole  undersurface  is  minutely  coriaceous  and  there- 
fore sub-opaque.  The  2nd  joint  of  the  hind  tarsi  is  half  again  as 
long  as  the  1st.  Not  closely  resembling  any  of  the  preceding 
species,  but  perhaps  nearest  to  H.  potens  and  its  allies.  The 
puncturation  of  the  upper  surface  is  not  unlike  that  of  H.  x>iceus, 


BY   THE    REV.  T.   BLACKBURN.  671 

Blanch.     The  punctures  on  the  prothorax  are  spaced  so  that  more 
than  20  averagely  separated  would  range  down  the  middle  line. 

It  is  not  impossible  that  this  is  //.  striatipennis,  Blanch.,  (from 
Tasmania),  but  the  expression  "  elytris  profunde  striatis  "  of  that 
author  would  be  so  outrageously  exaggerated  if  applied  to  this 
species  that  in  the  absence  of  Tasmanian  examples  I  think  it 
more  likely  that  the  two  are  distinct. 

Apparently  occurring,  not  rarely,  all  over  Southern  Australia  ; 
I  have  not  seen  examples  from  Western  Australia,  Queensland, 
or  Tasmania. 

H.  HiRTUOSUs,  sp.nov. 

Minus  elongatus  ',  postice  leviter  dilatatus  ;  sat  nitidus ;  pilis 
fulvis  antice  longis  curvatis  erectis,  postice  minus  longis  depressis, 
sat  dense  vestitus ;  piceo-niger ;  antennis,  palpis,  pedibus,  eljtris, 
et  abdominis  apice,  plus  minus  rufis ;  capite  obscure  crassissime 
vix  fortiter,  prothorace  profunde  sat  crebre,  elytris  squamose  sat 
crasse  fortius  nee  crebre,  pygidio  fortius  crebrius,  punctulatis  ; 
labro  clypeum  vix  superanti ;  antennis  9-articulatis  ;  unguiculis 
appendiculatis ;  unguiculorum  posticorum  parte  basali  apicali  vix 
longiori ;  coxis  posticis  metasterno  manifesto  nee  multo  brevior- 
ibus ;  elytris  vix  striatis.  [I^oi^g*  2f ,  lat.  I5  lines. 

Var.  A.  Prothorace,  pedibus  totis,  et  abdomine  toto,  ferrugineis. 

Var.  B.  Elytris  antice,  et  abdomine  toto,  piceis.  (Long.  3] 
lines). 

Yar.  C.  Elytris  totis  (macula  ferruginea  obscura  latera  versus 
excepta),  et  abdomine  toto,  piceis.     (Long.  3  lines). 

The  detailed  description  of  H.  juhatus  is  applicable  to  this 
species  with  the  following  exceptions ; — the  clypeal  suture  is  less 
strongly  angulated  in  the  middle, — the  prothorax  is  somewhat  less 
than  half  again  as  wide  as  long  and  has  more  strongly  rounded 
sides  which  reach  their  greatest  divergence  further  from  the  base, 
the  base  moreover  being  less  lobed  hindward, — the  elytra  have  no 
(or  scarcely  any)  indication  of  striae, — the  hind  coxae  are  slightly 


672  REVISION    OF    THE    GENUS    HETKRONYX, 

shorter  in  proportion  to  the  metasternuin  and  2nd  ventral  seg- 
ment,— the  undersurface  is  not  coriaceous  and  is  therefore  more 
nitid, — the  puncturation  of  the  metasternum  is  stronger  and  of 
the  hind  coxse  less  coarse, — the  ventral  segments  are  much  more 
strongly  punctured  (especially  in  the  middle).  The  hind  tarsi  are 
short  as  compared  with  those  of  the  preceding  and  following 
species. 

It  will  be  seen  by  the  Latin  diagnosis  that  the  whole  upper 
surface  is  very  much  more  strongly  punctured  than  in  H.  jubatus. 
The  punctures  on  the  prothorax  are  spaced  so  that  about  16  or  17 
averagely  separated  would  range  down  the  middle  line. 

Also  distributed  widely  in  Southern  Australia,  but  appears  to 
be  less  common  than  H.  jubatus. 

H.   FALL  AX,  Sp.nOV. 

Minus  elongatus  ;  postice  leviter  dilatatus ;  sat  nitidus  ;  pilis 
antice  longis  erectis,  postice  suberectis  sat  brevibus,  vestitus  ; 
piceo-niger ;  palpis,  tibiis,  tarsis,  et  elytris  (parte  antica  excepta), 
ferrugineis ;  capite  prothoraceque  leviter  sat  crebre  minus  subti- 
liter,  elytris  (his  obscure  striatis)  squamose  sat  crebre  subrugulose, 
pygidio  sparsim  subtilius,  punctulatis ;  labro  clypeum  vix  super- 
anti ;  antennis  9-articulatis ;  unguiculis  appendiculatis  ;  ungui- 
culorum  posticorum  parte  basali  apicali  vix  longiori ;  coxis  posticis 
metasterno  manifesto  nee  multo  brevioribus.   [Long.  2%  lat.  1^^  lines. 

Very  like  //.  jubatus,  the  detailed  description  of  which  will 
apply  to  this  species  subject  to  the  following  remarks  :  the  trilobed 
appearance  of  the  front  outline  of  the  head  is  quite  obsolete  from 
all  points  of  view;  owing  to  the  very  slight  elevation  of  the  labrum 
above  the  clypeus  (it  does  not  rise  at  all  above  the  reflexed  7nargi7i 
of  the  front  of  the  latter)  it  is  quite  invisible  unless  inspected  from 
a  point  whence  the  view  is  so  little  oblique  that  the  apparent  con- 
tinuity of  the  outline  of  the  labrum  and  clypeus  is  lost ;  there  is 
no  defined  difference  in  sculpture  between  the  clypeus  and  the  rest 
of  the  head;  the  hind   angles  of    the   prothorax  are  completely 


BY    THE    REV.  T.   BLACKBURN.  673 

rounded  off  so  that  the  sides  become  the  base  without  any  indica- 
tion whatever  from  any  point  of  view  of  any  exact  point  where 
they  do  so  ;  the  base  of  the  prothorax  is  not  bisinuate  and  is 
evenly  and  strongly  lobed  hind  ward  all  across;  the  puncturation  of 
the  head  and  prothorax  is  scarcely  coarser  but  a  little  less  strongly 
impressed  than  in  H.  juhatus ;  the  hind  coxae  are  less  coarsely 
punctured  ;  the  ventral  series  are  probably  more  conspicuous  (in 
the  example  before  me  they  are  rubbed  off  and  I  judge  only  from 
the  punctures  that  have  borne  them). 

This  is  the  insect  which  Sir  William  Macleay  regards  as  H. 
dimidiatus,  Er.,  but  the  puncturation  of  the  head  is  not  consistent 
with  that  determination  ;  moreover  Erichson  says  of  the  prothorax 
"  angulis  posterioribus  obtusis,"  whereas  in  this  species  there  are 
no  angles  at  all. 

N.  S.  Wales. 

H.    FRATERNUS,  Sp.nOV. 

Minus  elongatus;  postice  vix  dilatatus;  minus  nitidus;  pilis  (an- 
tice  longis  erectis,  postice  brevioribus  adpressis)  sat  dense  vestitus; 
piceo-niger  ;  palpis,  antennis,  tarsi s,  elytrisque,  rufo-testaceis ; 
capite  8equaliter  rugulose  sat  crebre,  prothorace  et  elytris  confertim 
subtiliter,  pygidio  obscure,  punctulatis  ;  labro  clypeum  late  sat 
fortiter  superanti ;  antennis  9-articulatis  ;  unguiculis  appendicu- 
latis,  unguiculorum  posticorum  parte  basali  apicali  parum  longiori; 
coxis  posticis  metasterno  haud  brevioribus. 

[Long.  2f,  lat.  1§  lines. 

So  closely  allied  to  H.  juhatus  that  the  detailed  description  of 
that  species  may  be  taken  as  referring  to  the  present  one  with  the 
following  qualifications  ; — the  labrum  is  more  prominent,  and  the 
sides  of  the  clypeus  are  less  reflexed  and  less  produced  forward  so 
that  in  the  "trilobed  outline"  of  the  head  there  is  a  very  slight 
concavity  between  the  lobes,  and  the  appearance  is  rather  that  of 
a  continuous  curve  much  more  strongly  convex  in  the  middle  than 
at  the  sides,  this  more  strongly  convex  piece  (the  middle  lobe) 
being  much  more  than  half  as  wide  as  the  lateral  lobes.  The 
puncturation  of  the  upper  surface  is  much  finer  and  closer  than  in 


674  REVISION    OF    THE    GENUS    HETERONYX, 

H.  juhatus,  being  indeed  as  fine  and  close  as  it  well  could  be, — 
almost  more  so  than  in  H.  j^'^^stulosus,  the  elytra  have  scarcely  a 
trace  of  striae,  the  hind  coxse  are  distinctly  longer  than  the  meta- 
sternum,  the  hind  femora  are  wider  with  their  inner  apical  angle 
less  marked,  the  longitudinal  impressions  on  the  ventral  segments 
are  wanting,  and  the  undersurface  is  more  shining. 

A  single  example  was  taken  near  Port  Lincoln  by  Mr  J. 
Anderson. 

H.  VACUUS,  sp.nov. 

Minus  elongatus  ;  postice  leviter  dilatatus ;  subnitidus ;  ferru- 
gineus  ;  pilis  aureis  adpressis  minus  crebre  vestitus  ;  clypeo  crebre 
fortiter  rugulose,  capite  postice  paullo  sparsius  crassius  (huic  et 
illo  pube  densiori  suberecta),  prothorace  subtiliter  minus  crebre, 
elytris  subtiliter  squamose,  pygidio  obscure  (nonnullis  exemplis 
fortius)  punctulatis  ;  labro  clypeum  late  minus  fortiter  superanti; 
antennis  9-articulatis  ;  unguiculis  appendiculatis,  unguiculorum 
posticorum  parte  basali  apicali  sat  longiori ;  coxis  posticis  meta- 
sterno  sat  brevioribus.  [Long.  3§,  lat.  1^  lines  (vix). 

The  "  trilobed  "  appearance  of  the  head  is  not  from  any  point  of 
view  very  well  defined  owing  to  the  slight  convexity  of  the  upper 
outline  of  the  labrum,  and  the  feeble  emargination  of  the  clypeus 
(which,  however,  is  margined  all  across) ;  hence  the  middle  lobe 
appears  much  more  than  half  as  wide  as  the  lateral  ones,  and  all 
appear  but  little  prominent.  The  clypeus  is  fairly  distinct  from 
the  rest  of  the  head,  with  a  feebly  arched  suture  and  puncturation 
evidently  closer  and  less  coarse.  The  prothorax  is  slightly  more 
than  half  again  as  wide  as  long,  the  base  slightly  more  than  half 
again  as  wide  as  the  front  which  is  only  moderately  concave,  with 
angles  sharp  Vjut  not  very  prominent  ;  the  sides  are  strongly 
rounded,  the  hind  angles  quite  rounded  off,  the  base  only  feebly 
bisinuate  but  rather  strongly  lobed  hind  ward.  The  elytra  are 
punctured  somewhat  as  in  H.  2^uncti2)ennis  and  MulwaleiiRis,  but 
decidedly  less  closely  than  in  either  ;  their  puncturation  is  very 
much  closer,  finer,  and  more  squamose  than  in  H.  aphodioides  ; 
their  lateral   fringe   is  normal,    their  apical  membrane    distinct. 


BY    THE    REV.  T.    BLACKBURN.  675 

The  hind  cox^e  are  a  little  longer  than  the  2nd  ventral  segment 
and  are  punctured  sparingly  and  strongly  but  with  a  defined 
antero-internal  space  Isevigate,  their  postero-external  angle  rounded 
off.  The  metasternum  is  punctured  externally  rather  closely  but 
less  strongly,  in  the  middle  more  strongly  and  less  closely.  The 
puncturation  of  the  ventral  segments  is  well  defined  but  not  close, 
especially  in  the  middle ;  the  ventral  series  consist  of  fine  hairs 
and  are  obscure.  The  hind  femora  are  not  much  wider  than  the 
intermediate,  their  inner  apical  angle  feebly  defined.  The  three 
external  teeth  of  the  front  tibise  are  sharp  and  well  defined,  the 
uppermost  hardly  half  as  large  as  the  middle  one,  the  tibial  out- 
line from  its  base  to  the  apex  of  the  uppermost  tooth  being  straight. 
The  basal  piece  of  the  hind  claws  is  sharply  but  very  minutely 
toothed  at  its  apex,  and  is  a  good  deal  longer  than  the  apical  piece. 
The  pygidium  in  the  type  is  rather  roughly  punctured  and  feebly 
carinate  down  the  hind  part  of  the  middle  ;  in  other  examples  this 
sculpture  seems  much  enfeebled. 

Princetown  (Victoria) ;  taken  by  Mr.  T.  G.  Sloane. 

H.  siMius,  sp.nov. 

Minus  elongatus ;  postice  leviter  dilatatus ;  sat  nitidus  ;  ferru- 
gineus,  antennis  testaceis  ;  pilis  fulvis  sat  brevibus  adpressis  spar- 
sim  vestitus;  capite  crebre  sat  crasse,  prothorace  postice  sat  (antice 
magis  etiam)  crebre  subtiliter,  elytris  crebre  minus  subtiliter 
squamose,  pygidio  (hoc  exempli  typici  longitudinaliter  carinato) 
fortius  sparsira,  punctulatis  ;  labro  clypeum  late  leviter  superanti ; 
antennis  9-articulatis ;  unguiculis  appendiculatis,  unguiculorum 
posticorum  parte  basali  apicali  multo  longiori  ;  coxis  posticis 
metasterno  sat  brevioribus.  [Long.  3±,  lat.  2  lines. 

The  "  trilobed"  appearance  of  the  head  is  scarcely  defined  ;  the 
front  face  of  the  labrum  is  more  strongly  concave  than  in  most 
species  of  the  genus,  owing  to  which,  when  the  front  outline  of  the 
head  is  viewed  from  the  point  most  favourable  for  observing  a 
"trilobed"  appearance,  the  outline  of  the  middle  lobe  appears 
truncate  (or  almost  concave) ;  besides  which  the  lateral  lobes  are 


676  REVISION    OF    THE    GENUS    HETERONYX, 

SO  feebly  reflexed  that  the  distmction  of  one  lobe  from  another  is 
almost  lost.  In  most  other  respects  very  like  H.  vacuus,  but  with 
the  following  distinctions ; — the  front  angles  of  the  pro  thorax  are 
less  advanced,  and  the  hind  angles  are  from  some  points  of  view 
sharply  rectangular  or  subacute  (in  vacuus  they  appear  quite 
rounded  off  from  all  points  of  view),  the  base  is  strongly  bisinuate, 
the  surface  is  a  little  more  closely  punctulate,  and  the  puncturation 
of  the  elytra  is  deeper  and  more  conspicuous. 

N.  S.  Wales ;  in  the  collection  of  Sir  William  Macleay. 

H.  RusTicus,  sp.nov. 

Minus  elongatus  ;  postice  leviter  dilatatus  ;  subnitidus ;  ferru- 
gineo-piceus,  antennis  palpisque  testaceis ;  pilis  aureis  vestitus 
(his  exemplo  typico  plerisque  evulsis) ;  capite  crasse  rugulose, 
prothorace  elytrisque  subsequa  liter  fortius  nee  crebre,  pygidio 
insequaliter,  punctulatis ;  clypeo  labrum  late  leviter  superanti  ; 
antennis  9-articulatis ;  unguiculis  appendiculatis,  unguiculorum 
posticorum  parte  basali  apicali  parum  longiori,  apice  subfortiter 
producta  ;  coxis  posticis  metasterno  paullo  brevioribus. 

[Long.  3 J,  lat.  2  lines  (vix). 

The  description  of  the  head  in  the  detailed  description  of  H. 
vacuus  may  be  taken  as  applying  to  this  insect  also.  The  pro- 
thorax  is  nearly  twice  as  wide  as  long,  its  base  not  quite  half 
again  as  wide  as  its  front  which  is  only  very  feebly  concave,  with 
very  small  angles ;  the  sides  are  gently  arched,  the  hind  angles 
scarcely  distinct  from  any  point  of  view,  the  base  rather  distinctly 
bilobed.  The  puncturation  of  the  elytra  scarcely  differs  from  that 
of  the  prothorax  except  in  being  a  little  closer;  there  is  scarcely  a 
trace  even  of  a  sutural  stria  or  of  any  transverse  wrinkling  ;  the 
lateral  fringe  is  normal,  the  apical  membrane  distinct.  The 
description  of  the  underside  in  //.  vacuus  may  be  applied  to  this 
species  except  that  the  metasternum  is  exceptionally  short,  (being 
not  much  longer  than  the  hind  coxae,  and  suggesting  a  doubt 
whether  this  species  might  not  find  its  place  better  among 
species  having  the   hind   coxse   elongated),  and   that    the   ventral 


BY    THE    REV.  T.  BLACKBURN.  677 

series  are  well  defined,  consisting  of  stout  fulvous  hairs.  The  hind 
femora  are  a  good  deal  wider  than  the  intermediate,  their  inner 
apical  angle  being  scarcely  distinct.  The  three  external  teeth  of 
the  front  tibise  are  strong  but  rather  blunt,  the  uppermost  small, 
the  tibial  outline  from  its  base  to  the  apex  of  the  uppermost  tooth 
is  straight.  The  apical  piece  of  the  hind  claws  is  not  very  much 
shorter  than  the  basal  which  is  distinctly  produced  at  the  apex, 
but  its  produced  apex  is  much  smaller  than  half  the  apical  piece. 

Apart  from  colour  this  species  bears  much  resemblance  to  H. 
sjKtrsus  (from  the  same  locality)  but  it  is  a  more  robust,  larger 
insect,  with  the  puncturation  (especially  on  the  prothorax)  larger, 
shallower,  and  less  sparing,  and  the  produced  apex  of  the  basal 
piece  of  the  hind  claws  much  smaller. 

N.  Territory  of  S.  Australia  ;  taken  by  Dr.  Bovill. 

H.  NiGRiNUS,  sp.nov. 

Minus  elongatus  ;  postice  vix  dilatatus  ;  sat  nitidus  ;  niger, 
antennis  palpisque  testaceis,  pedibus  plus  minus  piceis ;  pilis 
albidis  brevibus  minus  dense  vestitus  ;  clypeo  crasse  rugulose, 
capite  postice  crasse  minus  crebre,  prothorace  paullo  minus  crasse 
sub-crebre,  elytris  crassius  squamose,  pygidio  obsolete  (hoc  longin- 
aliter  carinato  nonnullis  exemplis  rufescenti)  punctulatis ;  labro 
clypeum  late  minus  fortiter  superanti ;  antennis  9-articulatis ; 
uuguiculis  appendiculatis  ;  unguiculorum  posticorum  parte  basali 
apicali  sat  longiori ;  coxis  posticis  metasterno  sat  brevioribus. 

[Long.  3  (vix),  lat.  If  lines. 

The  structure  and  sculpture  of  the  head  do  not  differ  in  any- 
noticeable  manner  from  those  of  the  preceding  two  species.  The 
detailed  description  of  the  prothorax  of  H.  vacuus  will  apply  to 
this  species,  but  the  puncturation  is  very  evidently  coarser.  The 
elytra  are  punctured  slightly  more  coarsely  and  closely  than  the 
prothorax,  with  a  somewhat  squamose  appearance  and  a  good  deal 
of  transverse  wrinkling,  — especially  towards  the  sides  ;  they  have 
no  defined  striation ;  their  lateral  fringe  is  normal  and  their  apical 
membrane  narrow  but  distinct.     The  hind  coxae  and  metasternum 


678  REVISION    OF    THE    GENUS    HETERONYX, 

do  not  differ  perceptibly  from  those  of  H.  vacuus^  except  in  the 
former  (together  with  the  ventral  segments)  being  very  finely 
coriaceous  and  therefore  less  nitid.  The  ventral  segments  bear  at 
the  sides  well  defined  but  not  close  punctu ration,  their  middle 
part  being  almost  without  defined  punctures  but  more  strongly 
coriaceous.  The  description  of  the  legs  of  H.  vacuus  may  be 
applied  to  this  insect. 

Apart  from  colour  differences  H.  nigrinus  resembles  H.  vacuus, 
but  is  on  the  upper  surface  very  much  more  coarsely  punctulate, 
and  on  the  underside  coriaceous  and  much  less  nitid. 

A  larger  specimen  (long.  3|  lines)  does  not  seem  to  differ  except 
in  respect  of  size. 

Neighbourhood  of  Adelaide. 

H.  OSCILLATOR,  sp.nov. 

Minus  elongatus;  postice  vix  dilatatus;  minus  nitidus;  obscure 
ferrugineus,  antennis  palpisque  testaceis ;  pilis  fulvis  elongatis 
adpressis  (hie  illic  in  capite  nounullis  erectis)  vestitus  ;  capite 
crasse  rugulose  nee  crebre,  prothorace  fortiter  sat  crebre,  elytris 
subtilius  squamose  crebre,  pygidio  (hoc  subtiliter  coriaceo)  sparsim 
obsolete,  punctulatis;  labro  clypeum  late  minus  fortiter  superanti; 
antennis  9-articulatis ;  unguiculis  appendiculatis  ;  unguiculorum 
posticorum  parte  basali  apicali  multo  longiori ;  coxis  posticis 
metasterno  sat  brevioribus.  [Long.  3,  lat.  IJ  lines. 

This  species  is  extremely  close  to  H.  nigrinus  and  the  whole  of 
the  detailed  description  (above)  of  that  species  may  be  applied  to 
it,  so  far  as  is  consistent  with  the  Latin  diagnosis.  The  following 
are  the  principal  differences  between  the  two  :  in  oscillator  the 
clypeal  suture  is  less  distinct,  the  prothorax  is  more  strongly  and 
closely  punctured,  the  elytra  are  very  much  more  closely,  finely, 
and  squamosely  punctured  (their  puncturation  resembling  that  in 
H.  jjunctipennis  and  Mulwalensis,  without  being  quite  so  fine  and 
close  as  in  those  species)  and  the  basal  piece  of  the  hind  claws  is 
larger  in  proportion  to  the  apical  piece  with  its  apex  less  decidedly 


BY    THE    REV.  T.  BLACKBURN.  679 

produced  into  a  sharp  tooth.     The  example  before  me,  moreover, 
is  less  nitid  than  H.  nigrinus  and  of  a  different  colour. 
N.  Territory  of  S.  Australia ;  taken  by  Dr.  Bovill. 

H.  RAP  AX,  sp.nov. 

Minus  elongatus ;  postice  dilatatus  ;  subnitidus  ;  ferrugineus, 
antennis  palpisque  testaceis  ;  pilis  sparsis  fulvis  adpressis  parum 
perspicue  vestitus  ;  clypeo  crebre  rugulose,  capite  postice  prothorace 
elytris  (his  transversim  rugatis,  longitudinaliter  vix  perspicue  cos- 
tatis)  et  pygidio  multo  minus  crebre,  fortius  punctulatis ;  labro 
clypeum  sat  fortiter  sat  anguste  superanti ;  antennis  9-articulatis  ; 
unguiculis  elongatis  appendiculatis,  unguiculorum  posticorum 
parte  basali  apicali  multo  longiori ;  coxis  posticis  metasterno  sat 
brevioribus.  [Long.  4|,  lat.  2J  lines. 

The  trilobed  appearance  of  the  outline  of  the  head  is  fairly 
well  defined,  the  middle  lobe  being  about  as  long,  and  rather  more 
than  half  as  wide,  as  the  lateral  ones, — none  of  them  however 
being  very  prominent.  The  clypeus  is  roundly  and  moderately 
concave  across  the  front  and  finely  margined  all  across, — its  sur- 
face coarsely  and  closely  but  not  deeply  rugulose,  punctulate, — its 
suture  feebly  angulated  in  the  middle,  and  carinated  except  in  the 
middle  part  (if  this  be  a  constant  character  it  is  highly  distinctive), 
its  plane  scarcely  distinct  from  that  of  the  rest  of  the  head  which 
IS  punctured  (like  the  prothorax)  smoothly,  rather  closely  and  not 
deeply.  The  prothorax  is  very  nearly  twice  as  wide  as  long,  its 
base  not  quite  half  again  as  wide  as  its  front  which  is  somewhat 
deeply  concave  with  angles  well  produced  but  not  very  sharp  ;  the 
sides  are  gently  arched,  the  base  strongly  bisinuate  but  not  much 
lobed  hind  ward  in  the  middle,  the  hind  angles  rounded.  The 
elytra  are  punctured  a  little  more  closely  and  coarsely  than  the 
prothorax  and  somewhat  squamosely,  their  transverse  wrinkling  is 
rather  conspicuous,  their  sculpture  becomes  evidently  finer  and 
feebler  towards  the  apex,  their  lateral  fringe  is  normal,  their  apical 
membrane  scarcely  indicated.  The  hind  coxae  are  considerably 
shorter  than  the  metasternum  and  much  longer  than  the  2nd 
44 


680  REVISION    OF    THE    GENUS    HETERONYX, 

ventral  segment,  their  postero-external  corner  sharply  rectangular, 
they  and  the  metasternum  being  punctured  rather  closely  and  not 
very  strongly  on  the  sides, — much  more  sparingly  and  strongly 
towards  the  middle,  the  former  with  a  distinct  smooth  antero- 
internal  space.  The  ventral  segments  are  punctured  a  little  more 
finely  than,  and  about  as  closely  as,  the  sides  of  the  metasternum 
but  their  sculpture  is  a  little  feebler  and  less  close  in  the  middle  ; 
the  ventral  series  consist  of  fine  hairs  but  are  fairly  conspicuous. 
The  hind  femora  are  not  much  wider  than  the  intermediate,  their 
inner  apical  angle  feebly  defined.  The  three  external  teeth  of  the 
anterior  tibise  are  wide  and  sharp  but  not  very  long,  the  upper- 
most being  less  than  half  as  large  as  the  intermediate,  the  tibial 
outline  from  its  base  to  the  apex  of  the  uppermost  tooth  being 
straight.  The  hind  claws  are  exceptionally  long,  the  basal  piece 
being  quite  twice  as  long  as  the  apical  and  having  its  apex  pro- 
duced in  a  distinct  process,  which  however  is  less  than  half  as 
large  as  the  apical  piece.  The  basal  joint  of  the  hind  tarsi  is  not 
much  more  than  half  as  long  as  the  2nd  joint. 
Victoria  (?)  ;  taken  by  Mr.  T.  G.  Sloane. 

H.  LUBRicus,  sp.nov. 

Sat  •  elongatus  ;  postice  vix  dilatatus  ;  nitidus  ;  ferruginous, 
antennis  testaceis  ;  pilis  fulvis  (exemplo  typico  forsitan  abraso 
sparsissime)  vestitus ;  clypeo  crasse  subcrebre,  capite  postice  pro- 
thorace  pygidioque  subtilius  sparsim,  elytris  (his  trans versim  per- 
spicue  rugatis)  fortius  sat  crebre,  punctulatis ;  labro  clypeum  sat 
fortiter  late  superanti;  antennis  9-articulatis ;  unguiculis  elongatis 
appendiculatis,  unguiculorum  posticorum  parte  basali  apicali  parum 
longiori ;  coxis  posticis  metasterno  sat  brevioribus. 

[Long.   3^,  lat,  Ig  lines. 

The  trilobed  appearance  of  the  outline  of  the  head  is  very  feebly 
defined  owing  to  the  slight  convexity  of  the  upper  edge  of  the 
Jabrum  which  makes  the  latter  appear  (unless  viewed  from  very 
far  back)  as  a  wide  truncate  projection  from  the  front ;  viewed 
from  very  far  back  {i.e.  very  obliquely,  almost  along  the  surface  of 


BY   THE    REV.  T.  BLACKBURN.  681 

the  head)  the  middle  lobe  appears  slightly  longer,  and  scarcely 
narrower  than  the  lateral  lobes.  The  clypeus  is  scarcely  emar- 
ginate  and  scarcely  margined  across  the  front,  its  plane  scarcely 
distinct  from  that  of  the  rest  of  the  head,  its  suture  very  tine  and 
inconspicuous,  its  sides  diverging  from  the  front  quite  to  the  eyes. 
The  prothorax  is  about  three  quarters  again  as  wide  as  long,  its 
base  not  much  more  than  a  quarter  again  as  w^ide  as  its  front 
which  is  very  slightly  emarginate,  and  slightly  advanced  in  the 
middle,  with  very  feeble  angles ;  the  sides  are  rather  strongly 
rounded,  the  base  not  bisinuate  but  rather  strongly  convex  hind- 
ward  all  across,  the  hind  angles  quite  rounded  off  so  that  the  exact 
limits  of  the  base  are  not  indicated.  The  elytra  have  a  fairly 
defined  sutural  stria  and  obscure  traces  of  several  other  stride 
(probably  quite  obsolete  in  some  examples) ;  their  transverse 
wrinkling  is  fairly  conspicuous,  their  lateral  fringe  normal,  their 
apical  membrane  obsolete.  The  hind  coxse  are  a  little  shorter  than 
the  metasternum,  but  distinctly  nearer  its  length  than  that  of  the 
2nd  ventral  segment ;  they  and  the  metasternum  are  punctured 
somewhat  coarsely  but  neither  closely  nor  deeply  on  the  sides,  the 
former  being  quite  and  the  latter  nearly  Isevigate  towards  the 
middle  line  of  the  body.  The  ventral  segments  are  very  sparsely 
punctured, — finely  in  the  middle,  less  so  at  the  sides ;  the  ventral 
series  consist  of  moderately  stout  hairs.  The  hind  femora  are 
moderately  wider  than  the  intermediate,  their  inner  apical  angle 
rounded  and  feeble.  The  lower  two  teeth  of  the  anterior  tibiae 
are  strong  and  sharp,  the  uppermost  very  small  (very  much  less 
than  half  as  large  as  the  intermediate),  the  tibial  outlinejfrom  its 
base  to  the  apex  of  the  uppermost  tooth  being  straight.  The  hind 
claws  are  long,  the  basal  piece  very  little  longer  than  the  apical, 
and  sharp  but  scarcely  produced  at  its  inner  apex. 
Port  Lincoln. 

H.    MONTANUS,  Sp.nOV. 

Minus  elongatus  ;  postice  leviter  dilatatus  ;  sat  nitidus  ;  ferru- 
gineus,  antennis  testaceis  ;  pilis  fulvis  sat  brevibus  adpressis 
sparsim  vestitus  ;  clypeo  crebre  crasse   rugulose,    capite   postice 


682  REVISION    OF    THE    GENUS    HETERONYX, 

fortiter  sat  sparsim,  prothorace  minus  fortiter  subcrebre,  elytris 
fortius  subcrebre,  pygidio  minus  fortiter  minus  crebre,  punctulatis  ; 
labro  clypeum  late  sat  fortiter  superanti ;  antennis  9-articulatis  ; 
unguiculis  sat  elongatis  appendiculatis,  unguiculorum  posticorum 
parte  basali  apicali  parum  longiori,  fortiter  compressa ;  coxis 
posticis  metasterno  sat  brevioribus  ;  prothorace  canaliculato. 

[Long.  4,  lat.  2  lines. 

The  "  trilobed  "  appearance  of  the  head  is  fairly  well  defined, 
the  middle  lobe  as  long,  and  nearly  as  wide,  as  the  lateral  lobes. 
The  clypeas  is  only  feebly  emarginate  and  is  finely  margined  all 
across,  its  plane  not  continuous  with  that  of  the  rest  of  the  head, 
its  suture  well  marked  and  widely  angulated.  The  prothorax  is  | 
again  as  wide  as  long,  its  base  |-  again  as  wide  as  its  front  which 
is  somewhat  deeply  concave  with  well  produced  sharp  angles  ;  the 
sides  are  nearly  straight ;  the  base  is  distinctly  bisinuate  with  the 
middle  scarcely  lobed  hindward ;  the  hind  angles  are  from  some 
points  of  view  almost  sharply  rectangular.  The  elytra  have  no 
trace  of  strise,  their  transverse  wrinkling  is  little  noticeable,  their 
lateral  fringe  normal,  their  apical  membrane  distinct.  The  hind 
coxae  are  about  intermediate  in  length  between  the  metasternum 
and  2nd  ventral  segment ;  they,  the  metasternum,  and  the  ventral 
segments  are  punctured  somewhat  strongly  and  closely  at  the 
sides  and  more  sparsely  towards  the  middle,  the  hind  coxse  having 
a  well-defined  Isevigate  antero-internal  space.  The  ventral  series 
consist  of  fine  hairs  and  are  very  inconspicuous.  The  hind  femora 
are  not  very  much  wider  than  the  intermediate,  their  inner  apical 
angle  being  scarcely  defined.  The  external  teeth  of  the  front 
tibiae  are  as  in  R.  luhricus  except  that  the  uppermost  is  not  quite 
so  small  in  proportion  to  the  others.  The  strongly  compressed 
basal  piece  of  the  hind  claws  is  a  conspicuous  character. 

Blue  Mountains,  N.S.W. ;  sent  by  Mr.  T.  G.  Sloane. 

H.  CONCOLOR,  Macl. 

I  have  before  me  two  examples  of  an  insect  sent  to  me  under 
this  name  by  Mr.  T.  G.  Sloane,  who  states  that  they  were  taken 


BY    THE    REV.  T.  BLACKBURN.  683 

in  Queensland.  They  appear  to  tally  very  well  with  the  brief 
description  given  by  Sir  W.  Macleay  (Trans.  Ent.  Soc.  N.S.W., 
11.  p.  196)  except  in  being  somewhat  larger  (long.  3^,  lat.  15- 
lines).  Unfortunately  they  have  both  lost  their  hind  claws,  but 
from  an  inspection  of  the  other  claws  I  have  little  doubt  that  the 
hind  ones  are  appendiculate  with  the  basal  piece  strongly  com- 
pressed and  not  much  longer  than  the  apical  piece. 

The  species  is  extremely  close  to  H.  montanus  but  differs  from 
it  as  follows  : — it  is  smaller,  its  colour  is  paler,  the  puncturation 
is  evidently  finer  and  closer  throughout,  the  trilobed  appearance 
of  the  front  outline  of  the  head  is  very  feeble  owing  to  the  slight 
reflexion  of  the  sides  of  the  clypeus,the  prothorax  is  decidedly  more 
transverse  (nearly  twice  as  wide  as  long)  with  its  base  scarcely 
half  again  as  wide  as  its  front  (the  former  being  widely  and  very 
distinctly  convex  hind  ward,  or  lobed,  in  the  middle). 

H.   RoTHEi,  sp.nov. 

Minus  elongatus ;  postice  leviter  dilatatus  ;  sat  nitidus ;  ferru- 
gineus,  antennis  testaceis  ;  pilis  erectis  minus  brevibus  sparsim 
vestitus;  capite  antice  crebre  rugulose  postice  paullo  sparsius  vix 
rugulose,  prothorace  antice  subtiliter  crebre  postice  crassius  minus 
crebre,  elytris  sparsius  fortiter  sat  squamose,  pygidio  fortius 
subcrebre,  punctulatis;  labro  clypeum  fortiter  minus  late  super- 
antij  antennis  9-articulatis ;  unguiculis  appendiculatis,  unguicu- 
lorum  posticorum  parte  basali  apicali  sat  longiori,  sat  fortiter 
compressa  ;    coxis  posticis  metasterno  sat  brevioribus. 

[Long.  3f,  lat.  1|  lines. 

The  "trilobed"  appearance  of  the  front  of  the  head  is  excep- 
tionally well  defined,  the  middle  lobe  appearing  as  long  and  a 
little  more  than  half  as  wide  as  the  lateral  lobes.  The  clypeus  is 
gently  concave  across  the  front,  with  a  fine  continuous  margin,  its 
plane  not  continuous  with  that  of  the  rest  of  the  head,  its  suture 
very  feebly  and  widely  angulated,  its  sides  converging  hindward 
abruptly  and  strongly  close  in  front  of  the  eyes,  so  that  their 
outline  is  there  angulated.     The  prothorax  is  J  again  as  wide  as 


684  REVISION    OF    THE    GENUS    HETERONYX, 

long,  its  base  a  little  less  than  half  again  as  wide  as  its  front 
which  is  widely  and  not  very  strongly  concave,  with  sharp  moder- 
ately prominent  angles ;  the  sides  are  gently  arched  ;  the  base  is 
gently  bisinuate  and  strongly  lobed  hindward ;  the  hind  angles 
are  exceptionally  well  defined.  The  elytra  have  little  or  no  trace 
of  striation ;  their  transverse  wrinkling  is  ill  defined,  their  lateral 
fringe  normal,  their  apical  membrane  obsolete.  The  description 
of  the  underside  and  legs  of  R.  montanus,  Blackb.,  may  be  read 
as  applying  to  this  species,  with  the  following  exceptions  : — the 
Isevigate  space  on  the  hind  coxEe  is  unusually  large,  the  punctura- 
tion  of  the  ventral  segments  is  feeble  at  the  sides  and  obsolete  in 
the  middle,  the  inner  apical  angle  of  the  hind  femora  though  much 
rounded  is  distinctly  prominent,  the  apical  piece  of  the  hind  claws 
is  smaller  and  the  uppermost  tooth  on  the  anterior  tibiaj  is  very 
much  larger  in  proportion  to  the  others,  being  much  more  than 
half  as  large  as  the  intermediate  one;  a  very  distinct  species;  the 
puncturation  of  the  front  of  the  prothorax  much  finer  and  closer 
than  on  any  oth^r  part  of  the  surface  together  with  the  exceptionally 
large  uppermost  tooth  on  the  front  tibiee  will  characterize  it 
strongly  among  its  allies.  The  elytra!  sculpture  is  of  a  decidedly 
coarse  type  resembling  more  or  less  that  of  H.  nigellus,  auricomus, 
piger,  &c.,  &c. 

Sedan,  S.A. ;  taken  by  Mr.  Rothe. 

H.    PUNCTicoLLis,  sp.nov. 

Minus  elongatus  ;  postice  sat  dilatatus ;  sat  nitidus ;  ferruginous, 
antennis  testaceis  ;  pilis  minutis  adpressis  obscure  sparsim  vesti- 
tus  j  capite  crebre  rugulose,  prothorace  crebre  subtiliter,  elytris 
multo  fortius  sparsius,  pygidio  subtilius  valde  sparsim,  punctulatis ; 
labro  clypeum  fortius  nee  late  superanti ;  antennis  9-articulatis  ; 
unguiculis  appendiculatis,  unguiculorum  posticorum  parte  basali 
apicali  sat  longiori  apice  breviter  producta  ;  coxis  posticis  meta- 
sterno  sat  brevioribus.  [I^ong.  3^,  lat.  2-1-  lines. 

The  "trilobed"  appearance  of  the  head  is  almost  as  in  the 
preceding  species,  but  the  lobes  do  not  appear  quite  so  prominent. 


BY    THE    REV.  T.  BLACKBURN.  685 

The  clypeus  is  nearly  on  a  continuous  plane  with  the  rest  of  the 
head  from  which  it  is  separated  by  a  well  marked  angulated 
suture,  its  outline  angulated  just  in  front  of  the  eyes.  The  pro- 
thorax  is  not  quite  J  again  as  wide  as  long  and  slightly  more  than 
half  again  as  wide  as  its  front  which  is  widely  and  gently  concave, 
very  slightly  bisinuate,  and  has  sharp  but  little  prominent  front 
angles  ;  its  sides  are  somewhat  strongly  rounded  immediately 
behind  the  middle,  its  hind  angles  exceptionally  well  defined  and 
almost  rectangular;  its  base  is  scarcely  bisinuate,  but  somewhat 
strongly  convex  hindward  in  outline  ;  in  both  the  examples  before 
me  there  is  a  small  distinct  round  impression  of  a  dark  colour  on 
either  side  near  the  lateral  margin  a  little  behind  the  middle. 
The  elytra  are  almost  or  quite  without  trace  of  striation  ;  their 
transverse  wrinkling  is  feeble,  their  lateral  fringe  normal,  their 
apical  membrane  scarcely  visible.  The  hind  coxae  are  not  much 
longer  than  the  second  ventral  segment ;  they  and  the  metaster- 
num  are  punctured  rather  closely  but  not  very  strongly, — the 
puncturation  being  somewhat  even  over  the  whole  surface.  The 
puncturation  of  the  ventral  segments  is  feeble  and  lightly  im- 
pressed (especially  in  the  middle)  but  not  fine  ;  the  ventral  series 
consist  of  long  hairs  and  are  fairly  conspicuous.  The  hind  femora 
are  moderately  wider  than  the  intermediate,  their  whole  under- 
surface  {i.e.,  the  surface  not  in  contact  with  the  body)  being  very 
evenly  though  not  closely  punctulate,  and  their  inner  apical  angle 
moderately  defined  though  very  blunt.  The  front  tibiae  are 
toothed  like  those  of  H.  luhricus,  but  with  the  uppermost  tooth 
even  more  minute  still  in  proportion  to  the  others. 

This  is  another  very  distinct  species,  exceptionally  broad  be- 
hind,— with  the  relative  puncturation  of  the  prothorax  and  elytra, 
and  the  even  puncturation  of  the  undersurface  (including  the 
hind  femora)  most  unusual  among  its  congeners. 

Victoria ;  taken  by  Mr.  T.  G.  Sloane. 

H.  PUSTULOSUS,  sp.nov. 

Minus  elongatus;  postice  leviter  dilatatus  ;  minus  nitidus  ;  pilis 
brevibus  adpressis    vestitus ;    setis  longis   erectis    (in   tuberculis 


686  REVISION    OF    THE    GENUS    HETERONYX, 

parvis  positis)  in  prothorace  elytrisque  sparsim  instmctus  ;  obscure 
ferrugineus,  palpis  antennisque  testaceis  ;  confertim  subtLliter 
(clypeo  sat  rugulose  pygidio  a  basi  gradatim  minus  crebre)  punctu- 
latus  ;  labro  clypeum  sat  fortiter  sat  late  superanti ;  antennis  9- 
articulatis  ;  unguiculis  appendiculatis  :  unguiculorum  posticorum 
parte  basali  apicali  baud  longiori ;  coxis  posticis  metasterno  baud 
brevioribus.  [I-ong.  6-74,  lat.  3f-4  lines. 

Yar.  Corpore  toto  (antennis  palpisque  testaceis  exceptis)  piceo 
vel  piceo-nigro. 

The  "  trilobed  outline  ''  of  the  front  of  the  head  is  well  defined, 
the  middle  lobe  slightly  longer  than,  and  decidedly  more  than  half 
as  wide  as,   the  lateral  lobes.     The   clypeus   is   rather  strongly 
reflexed  at  the  sides,  not  margined  across  the  front,  moderately 
concave  in  front,  its  sides  slightly   convergent  hindward  imme- 
diately in  front  of  the  eyes  but  not  at  all  angulated,  its  sculpture 
a  little  more  coarse  and  rugulose  than  that  of  the  rest  of  the  head 
which  does  not  form  a  continuous  surface  with  it,  and  is  separated 
from  it  by  a  somewhat  wavy  suture.     The  prothorax  is  not  quite 
I  again  as  wide  as  long,  its  base  rather  more  than  half  again  as 
wide  as  its  front  which  is  moderately  concave,  with  front  angles 
sharp  but  not  very  much  produced  ;  its  sides  are  gently  arched, 
and  most  divergent  close  to  the  base ;  the  hind  angles  are  (from 
some  points  of  view)  not  quite  non-existent  but  they   are  much 
rounded  ;  its  base  is  decidedly  bisinuate,  and   narrowly  but  not 
strongly  lobed  hindward  in  the  middle.      The  elytra  are  very 
obsoletely  costate,  the  lateral  fringe  normal,  their  apical  membrane 
distinct,  their  transverse  wrinkling  fine  and  minute  but  distinct, 
their  puncturation  a  little  finer  and  closer  than  in  H.  normalis. 
The  hind  coxse  are  very  fully  as  long  as  the  metasternum ;  both  are 
lio-htly,  closely  and  rather  evenly  squamose-punctulate,  the  former 
with  a  very  small  antero-internal  Isevigate  space,  the  latter  with 
numerous  scattered  granules.     The  ventral  segments  are  punctured 
like  the  hind  coxse  but  less  closely, — the  middle  part  more  finely 
than  the  sides.     The  ventral  series  are  very  conspicuous  and  con- 
sist of  stout  bristles.     The  hind  femora  are  very  much  wider  than 
the  inter  mediate,  their  inner  apical  angle  obtuse  but  fairly  defined. 


BY   THE    REV.  T.  BLACKBURN.  687 

The  lower  two  teeth  on  the  front  tibiae  are  strong  but  not  sharp, 
the  uppermost  much  less  than  half  as  large  as  the  2nd,  the  tibial 
outline  straight  from  its  base  to  the  apex  of  the  uppermost  tooth. 
The  hind  claws  are  strongly  compressed,  their  basal  piece  not 
longer  than  the  apical  and  having  its  inner  apex  sharply  produced 
in  a  tooth.  The  erect  setre  on  the  upper  surface  are  placed  (each 
on  a  small  tubercle)  along  the  front  margin  of  the  prothorax,  a 
very  small  number  on  the  sides  of  the  disc  of  the  same^  and  in 
TOWS  down  some  of  the  obsolete  costse  of  the  elytra, — especially 
the  1st,  3rd,  and  10th. 

Very  like  H.  normalis,  Blackb.,  but  at  once  distinguished  by 
9-jointed  antennae,  tuberculated  surface,  slightly  feebler  punctura- 
tion,  &c.,  &c. 

Apparently  common  in  S.  Australia.  Mr.  McDougall  of 
Moonta  states  that  he  has  seen  it  "  swarming  round  tea-tree."  I 
have  seen  examples  from  Port  Lincoln,  Yorke's  Peninsula, 
Adelaide,  Bordertown,  Kangaroo  Island. 

H.  ELONGATUS,  Blanch. 

This  insect  is  so  close  to  the  preceding  that  it  will  be  sufficient 
to  state  in  what  respects  the  above  description  must  be  modified 
to  make  it  apply  to  the  present  species.  The  form  is  more  elongate, 
and  less  dilated  behind  (long.  6f,  lat.  3  J^  lines);  there  are  no  rows  of 
setiferous  tubercles  running  down  the  elytra ;  the  clypeus  is  over- 
topped considerably  less  widely  by  the  labrum  so  that  the  middle 
lobe  of  the  "  trilobed  outline  "  appears  to  be  not  more  than  half 
as  wide  as  the  lateral  lobes  ;  the  clypeus  and  rest  of  the  head  more 
nearly  form  a  continuous  even  surface,  and  the  sutural  margin  of 
each  elytron  ends  in  a  dense  cluster  of  strong  spine-like  bristles. 
A  few  long  setae  are  to  be  found  on  the  elytra  close  to  the  base. 

[It  should  be  noted  that  I  have  examined  only  a  single  specimen 
(9)  of  this  species,  which  was  taken  by  Sir  William  Macleay  in  N. 
S.  Wales,  and  sent  to  me  by  him  as  H.  elongatiis^  Blanch.  It  agrees 
very  well  with  Blanchard's  description.     It  is  possible  that  the 


688  REVISION    OF    THE   GENUS    HETERONYX, 

clusters  of  bristles  at  the  apex  of  the  elytra  may  not  be  found  in 
the  male, — but  I  think  unlikely.  There  Is  no  trace  of  anything 
of  the  kind  in  either  sex  of  the  allied  species]. 

H.  AGRESTis,  Burm. 

So  excessively  close  to  H.  elongatus,  Blanch.,  that  I  am  unable 
to  specify  any  tangible  distinction  except  the  absence  in  this 
species  of  the  cluster  of  bristles  at  the  apex  of  each  elytron  ;  the 
relation  of  the  labrum  and  clypeus, — the  portion  of  the  former 
overtopping  the  latter  being  here  quite  as  wide  as,  and  even  more 
prominent  than,  in  H.  picshdosios  ;  and  the  general  form, — R. 
agrestis  being  (not  less  elongate  but)  more  dilated  behind  the 
middle  of  the  elytra. 

W.  Australia.  I  possess  an  example  from  Port  Darwin  which 
I  hesitate  to  distinguish  from  H.  agrestis,  though  it  is  decidedly 
less  dilated  behind  than  any  Western  Australian  specimen  that  I 
have  seen.  It  differs  from  H.  SGalj)tus  in  the  much  wider  middle 
lobe  of  the  "  trilobed  outline  "  of  the  head. 

H.  RHINASTUS,    sp.nOV. 

Sat  elongatus ;  postice  vix  dilatatus ;  minus  nitidus ;  piceo- 
niger,  antennis  palpisque  testaceis,  pedibus  obscure  rufo-piceis  ; 
pilis  brevibus  adpressis  albidis  minus  crebre  vestitus  ',  pilis  longis 
erectis  (praeter  series  marginales)  trans  prothoracis  elytrorumque 
marginem  anticam  instructus ;  confertim  sat  subtiliter  (clypeo 
subrugulose)  punctulatus ;  labro  clypeum  anguste  fortiter  super- 
anti ;  antennis  9-articulatis ;  unguiculis  appendiculatis,  unguicu- 
lorum  posticorum  parte  basali  apicali  haud  longiori ;  coxis 
posticis  metasterno  vix  brevioribus.  [Long.  Sg,  lat.  2g  lines. 

Extremely  like  the  darkly  coloured  examples  of  H.  j^ustulosus 
in  general  appearance,  but  seems  to  be  invariably  smaller.  From 
that  species  and  all  the  preceding  species  that  follow  it,  ff.  rhin- 
astus  differs  in  the  relation  and  structure  of  the  labrum  and 
clypeus,  owing  to  which  the  "  trilobed  outline  "  of  the  head  is 
exceptionally   well   defined, — the    middle    lobe    appearing   very 


BY   THE    REV.  T.  BLACKBURN.  689 

decidedly  longer  than,  and  not  at  all  more  than  half  as  wide  as, 
the  lateral  lobes.  The  longitudinal  series  of  setiferous  granules 
on  the  elytra,  so  marked  a  cliaracter  in  H,  inhstulosiis^  are  quite 
wanting  here,  and  the  general  form  is  less  robust,  scarcely  dilated 
behind,  legs  more  slender,  external  teeth  of  the  front  tibiae  a  little 
sharper,  prothorax  narrower  in  front,  puncturation  less  fine  and 
close. 

A  dark  red  specimen  in  my  collection  (locality  uncertain)  seems 
to  be  this  species,  but  it  is  too  much  broken  for  certain  identifica- 
tion.    I  suspect  most  of  the  species  of  this  group  vary  in  colour. 

S.  Australia ;  Adelaide  district,  Kangaroo  Island,  &c. 

N.B. — Among  a  large  number  of  specimens  of  this  insect 
examined  by  me  I  have  found  one  example  belonging  to  Sir 
William  Macleay  which  has  some  feeble  indications  of  pustules 
down  the  elytra  close  to  the  suture.  I  have  not  seen  any 
example  of  II.  pustulosus  in  which  the  pustules  are  not  quite 
well  defined  there  and  in  other  rows  on  the  elytra.  The  two 
species  are  very  distinct  by  several  other  characters,  and  I  think 
the  example  of  rhinastus  bearing  the  pustules  must  be  regarded  as 
quite  abnormal. 

H.  SCALPTUS,  sp.nov. 

Sat  elongatus  ;  postice  vix  dilatatus ;  minus  nitidus  ;  testaceus, 
capite  prothoraceque  rufescentibus  j  pilis  brevibus  adpressis 
albidis  minus  crebre  vestitus ;  pilis  longis  erectis  (praster  series 
marginales)  trans  prothoracis  elytrorumque  marginem  anticam 
instructus  ;  confertim  subtiliter  (clypeo  subrugulose)  punctulatus  ] 
elytris  (certo  adspectu)  subtiliter  confertim  rugatis  vix  punctu- 
latis  ;  labro  clypeum  anguste  fortiter  superanti ;  antennis  9-arti- 
culatis  ;  unguiculis  appendiculatis,  unguiculorumposticorum  parte 
basali  apicali  haud  longiori ;  coxis  posticis  metasterno  vix  bre- 
vioribus.  [Long.  5^,  lat.  2|-  lines. 

Nearest  to  H.  rhinastus^  I  think,  but  differing  widely  by  the 
much   closer  puncturation   of  the    elytra   which    do   not   appear 


690  REVISION    OP    THE    GENUS    HETERONYX, 

distinctly  "  punctured  "  so  much  as  "  closely  wrinkled  transver- 
sely ;"  the  prothorax  is  a  little  more  strongly  transverse  than 
in  rhinastus,  the  tarsi  are  shorter  and  more  slender,  and  the 
colour  of  the  unique  example  before  me  is  entirely  different ;  in 
other  respects  I  do  not  observe  any  noteworthy  distinction  between 
the  two.  The  narrowly  and  very  strongly  elevated  labrum  together 
with  the  absence  of  rows  of  setiferous  granules  and  of  an  apical 
pencil  of  seise  from  the  elytra  will  distinguish  it  from  H.  2>ustulosus 
and  elongatus,  while  the  exceptionally  well  defined  "  trilobed  " 
appearance  of  the  outline  of  the  head,  with  the  middle  lobe 
prominent,  and  not  more  than  half  as  wide  as  the  lateral  lobes,  will 
prevent  the  confusion  with  it  of  any  other  of  its  allies.  The  basal 
joint  of  the  hind  tarsi  is  decidedly  shorter  than  the  2nd. 
Mulwala,  N.S.W.  j  taken  by  Mr.  T.  G.  Sloane. 

H.  LAMINATUS,    Sp.nOV. 

Minus  elongatus  ;  postice  leviter  dilatatus ;  minus  nitidus  ; 
brunneo-testaceus,  tibiis  tarsisqne  sub-inf  uscatis ;  supra  crebre 
subtilius  sat  sequaliter  (pygidio  minus  crebre  excepto)  punctu- 
latus ;  pilis  brevibus  adpressis  crebrius  vestitus ;  labro  clypeum 
latissime  sat  fortiter  superanti ;  antennis  9-articulatis  ;  unguiculis 
appendiculatis ;  unguiculorum  posticorum  parte  basali  apical- 
paullo  longiori,  apice  vix  dentata ;  coxis  posticis  metasterno  hand 
brevioribus.  [Long.  3f,  lat.  2  lines  (vix). 

Almost,  if  not  quite,  unique  in  the  genus  by  the  great  develop- 
ment of  the  labrum  which  causes  the  middle  lobe  of  the  "trii 
lobed  outline  "  of  the  head  to  appear  decidedly  wider,  and  much 
longer  than  the  lateral  lobes.  Its  place  is  evidently  near  If.  2^us- 
tulosus,  from  which  (apart  from  size,  the  relation  of  labrum  and 
clypeus  to  each  other,  and  the  absence  of  setiferous  pustules),  it 
differs  as  follows  :  the  clypeus  is  less  emarginate  in  front,  and 
more  nearly  on  an  even  plane  with  the  rest  of  the  head ;  the 
clypeal  suture  is  distinctly  carinate  ;  the  prothorax  is  more  than 
J  again  as  wide  as  long  and  is  more  rounded  laterally  with  ante- 
rior angles  less  produced  and  base  scarcely  at  all  lobed  hindward 


BY    THE    REV.  T.  BLACKBURN.  691 

in  the  middle  ;  the  elytra  show  no  traces  of  costse  ;  the  hind  coxse 
are  scarcely  so  long ;  the  metasternum  is  not  granulate ;  the 
Isevigate  space  on  the  hind  cox£e  is  much  larger,  the  puncturation 
of  the  under  surface  is  less  close  throughout ;  the  lower  two  teeth 
on  the  front  tibiae  are  extremely  sharp  ;  the  basal  joint  of  the 
hind  tarsi  is  but  little  shorter  than  the  2nd,  and  the  hind  claws 
are  feeble  with  the  apical  piece  shorter  and  the  basal  piece 
scarcely  produced  in  a  tooth  at  its  apex. 
Sedan,  S.A.  ;  taken  by  Mr.  B.  S.  Rothe. 

H.    SUBFERRUGINEUS,   Bumi. 

I  feel  some  hesitation  in  this  identification  on  account  of  the 
following  discrepancies: — Dr.  Burmeister  says  t\\?it  suhferrugineiis 
is  " aureopuhescens,''^  and  speaks  of  the  lateral  fringe  of  the  pro- 
thorax  as  much  shorter  than  that  of  the  elytra,  neither  of  which 
characters  do  I  notice  in  the  specimens  before  me.  The  pubes- 
cence is  very  silky  as  it  should  be,  but  is  whitish  and  pruinose 
rather  than  golden,  and  the  lateral  fringe  is  very  uniform.  In  all 
other  respects,  however,  (including  several  notable  characters)  the 
agreement  is  so  satisfactory  that  I  think  it  better  to  use  the  name. 
The  colour  of  the  insect  decidedly  has  an  orange  or  golden  tone 
quite  unusual  in  the  genus,  but  it  belongs  to  the  derm,  not  the 
pubescence.  The  following  description  will  furnish  some  particu- 
lars not  mentioned  by  Dr.  Burmeister. 

Yery  strongly  convex  (more  so  than  is  usual  in  the  genus),  also 
unusually  elongate  and  at  its  widest  very  little  behind  the  middle 
of  the  elytra;  the  colour  a  pale  orange  or  golden  brown,  the 
head,  prothorax  and  legs  more  reddish  in  some  examples.  The 
surface  is  thinly  clothed  with  short  adpressed  whitish-grey  hairs, 
and  in  some  lights  has  a  distinctly  pruinose  appearance.  The 
"trilobed  outline"  of  the  head  is  fairly  defined, — the  middle  lobe 
being,  however,  very  evidently  longer,  and  scarcely  narrower,  than 
the  lateral  lobes.  The  front  of  the  clypeus  very  feebly  concave  ; 
its  surface  forms  an  almost  perfectly  even  plane  with  that  of  the 
rest  of  the  head  from  which  it  is  separated  by  an  obscure  suture 


A  R  V 


692  REVISION    OF   THE    GENUS    HETERONYX, 

scarcely  angulated  in  the  middle.  The  prothorax  is  all  but  twice 
as  wide  as  long,  the  Avidest  part  (the  base  is  quite  undefined,  owing 
to  the  hind  angles  being  completely  rounded  off)  is  not  quite  half 
again  as  wide  as  the  front  which  is  feebly  concave  with  angles 
neither  much  produced  nor  particularly  acute;  the  sides  are 
strongly  rounded,  widest  immediately  behind  the  middle  ;  the  base 
is  feebly  trisinuate,  the  middle  hardly  perceptibly  lobed  hindward. 
The  elytra  bear  some  faint  suggestions  of  striae  ;  their  transverse 
wrinkling  is  not  noticeable,  their  lateral  fringe  is  normal,  their 
apical  membrane  obscure.  The  whole  upper  surface  appears  to 
be  of  a  velvety  texture  which  with  the  pubescence  entirely  conceals 
the  sculpture, — but  in  an  abraded  example  it  is  seen  that  the 
puncturation  of  the  prothorax,  elytra  and  pygidium  is  faint,  fine 
and  close,  and  that  of  the  head  stronger  but  scarcely  closer  (the 
clypeus,  however,  being  closely,  but  by  no  means  coarsely,  rugu- 
lose).  The  underside  is  very  like  that  of  H.  ^nistulosus,  but  the 
following  differences  should  be  noted:  the  entire  surface  has  a 
slight  silky  lustre  (most  conspicuous  on  the  hind  coxag), — the 
metasternum  is  not  granulated, — the  puncturation  of  all  parts  is 
a  little  finer  and  less  close, — the  ventral  series  consist  of  long, 
stout,  yellow  hairs,  and  seem  more  conspicuous  in  an  example  of 
equal  freshness.  The  hind  femora  are  not  so  much  wider  than  the 
intermediate  as  in  H.  pustulosus,  the  apical  piece  of  the  hind 
claws  is  shorter  in  proportion  to  the  basal,  and  the  uppermost 
tooth  of  the  front  tibiae  is  considerably  smaller  in  proportion  to 
the  lower  teeth.  The  tarsi  also  are  longer  and  more  slender,  the 
2nd  joint  of  the  hind  tarsi  scarcely  as  long  as  the  basal  joint. 
The  antennae  are  9-jointed.  [Long.  3|-5,  lat.  lf-2f  lines. 

W.  Australia. 

H.  DOCTUS,  sp.nov. 

Sat  elongatus  ;  postice  leviter  dilatatus  ;  minus  nitidus  ;  rufo 
ferrugineus  fere  aurantiacus ;  pilis  minus  brevibus  adpressis  albidis 
subtilius  vestitus ;  corpore  vix  perspicue  (nisi  sub  lente  forti) 
punctulato;  labro  clypeum  sat  fortiter  sat  late  superanti;  antennis 
9-articulatis ;  unguiculis  appendiculatis;  unguiculorum  posticorum 


BY   THE    REV.  T.  BLACKBURN.  693 

parte  basali  apicali  vix  longiori ;    coxis  posticis  metasterno  hand 
brevioribus.  [Long.  4-4f ,  lat.  2  (vix)-2^  lines. 

This  species  is  so  closely  allied  to  the  preceding  that  it  will  be 
sufficient  to  mention  the  differences.  The  middle  lobe  of  the 
"trilobed  outline"  does  not  appear  much  more  than  half  as  wide 
as  the  lateral  lobes,  and  is  strongly  convex  in  outline.  The  pro- 
thorax  is  evidently  less  than  twice  as  wide  as  long  (by  measure- 
ment about  -i  again  as  wide  as  long),  the  basal  piece  of  the  hind 
claws  is  shorter  in  proportion  to  the  apical  piece,  and  the  2nd 
joint  of  the  hind  tarsi  is  very  distinctly  longer  than  the  basal 
joint. 

S.  Australia  ;  apparently  rare, — I  have  seen  only  two  examples. 

H.    PEREGRINUS,  Sp.nOV. 

Sat  elongatus  ;  postice  leviter  dilatatus  ;  minus  nitidus ;  ferru- 
gineus,  antennis  palpisque  testaceis  ;  pilis  minus  brevibus  adpres- 
sis  sat  dense  vestitus;  subtiliter  crebre  (clypeo  subtiliter  ruguloso) 
punctulatus ;  labro  clypeum  (hoc  antice  fere  truncato)  late  sat 
fortiter  superanti ;  antennis  9-articulatis  ;  unguiculis  appendicu- 
latis ;  unguiculorum  posticorum  parte  basali  apicali  sat  longiori ; 
coxis  posticis  metasterno  hand  brevioribus. 

[Long.  3|,  lat.  1|  lines. 

Owing  to  the  very  slight  concavity  of  the  front  of  the  clypeus 
and  the  width  of  the  erect  part  of  the  labrum,  the  front  outline 
of  the  head  does  not  appear  distinctly  trilobed  from  any  point  of 
view,  but  from  the  most  favourable  point  it  appears  as  a  feebly 
bisinuate  curve  the  middle  part  of  which  is  suddenly  much  more 
convex  than  the  lateral  portions,  this  middle  part  (which  repre- 
sents the  middle  lobe  of  the  "trilobed  outline")  being  not  much 
narrower  than  the  lateral  portions.  The  plane  of  the  clypeus  is 
evenly  continuous  with  that  of  the  rest  of  the  head,  the  clypeal 
suture  being  faint  and  nearly  straight.  The  prothorax  is  almost 
I  again  as  wide  as  long,  its  base  being  only  about  a  quarter  again 


694  REVISION    OF    THE    GENUS    HETERONYX, 

as  wide  as  its  front,  which  is  feebly  concave  with  angles  sharp  but 
feebly  produced  ;  its  sides  are  gently  arched  and  most  divergent 
scarcely  behind  the  middle,  its  hind  angles  quite  rounded  off  (from 
all  points  of  view) ;  its  base  is  gently  bisinuate  and  very  feebly 
and  widely  lobed  hind  ward  in  the  middle.  The  elytra  have  feeble 
indications  of  several  striae  (especially  a  sutural  one),  their  trans- 
verse wrinkling  is  not  apparent ;  their  lateral  fringe  is  normal, 
their  apical  membrane  distinct.  The  underside  and  legs  scarcely 
differ  from  the  same  in  H.  2^ustulosus  except  as  follows : — the 
metasternum  is  not  granulate,  the  teeth  on  the  front  tibiae  are 
sharper,  and  the  basal  piece  of  the  hind  claws  is  longer  in  pro- 
portion to  the  apical  piece. 

This  species  differs  little  in  puncturation  from  H.  j^ustulosus, 
elongafics,  and  agrestis,  but  it  has  a  little  of  the  velvety  texture 
and  pruinose  aspect  of  the  insect  I  take  to  be  H.  suhferrugineus. 
Apart  from  size  it  differs  from  them  all  in  the  structure  of  the 
head ;  from  H.  proxiina,  Burm.,  (another  nearly  allied  species)  it 
differs  inter  alia  by  its  much  smaller  size,  and  distinct  apical 
membrane  of  the  elytra;  it  also  resembles  H.  bidentatus,  Black b., 
differing  inter  alia  in  the  structure  of  the  claws  and  the  very 
evidently  finer  and  closer  puncturation  of  the  elytra. 

W.  Australia ;  sent  by  E.  Meyrick,  Esq. 


H.  VAGANS,  sp.nov. 

Minus  elongatus  ;  postice  leviter  dilatatus ;  subnitidus  j  ferru- 
gineus,  antennis  palpisque  dilutioribus  ;  pilis  brevibus  adpressis  et 
longis  erectis  minus  dense  vestitus ;  capite  (clypeo  magis  crebre 
excepto)  prothoraceque  sat  crasse  minus  crebre,  elytris  squamose 
sat  crasse  sat  crebre,  pygidio  (hoc  opaco  coriaceo)  obscure,  punctu- 
latis  ;  labro  clypeum  fortiter  peranguste  superanti ;  antennis  9- 
articulatis ;  unguiculis  appendiculatis,  unguiculorum  posticorum 
parte  basali  apicali  sat  longiori ;  coxis  posticis  metasterno  vix 
brevioribus.  [Long.  4f ,  lat.  2f  lines. 


BY    THE    REV.   T.   BLACKBURN.  695 

The  "  trilobed  outline  "  of  the  front  of  the  head  is  exceptionally 
well  defined,  the  middle  lobe  appearing  to  be  slightly  longer  than, 
and  about  a  quarter  of  the  width  of,  the  lateral  lobes.  The  clypeus 
is  well  rellexed  at  the  sides,  arcuately  and  somewhat  strongly 
emarginate  in  front,  and  margined  all  across,  its  sides  convergent 
hindward  at  their  extreme  base,  its  sculpture  a  little  closer  but  not 
coarser  than  that  of  the  rest  of  the  head  with  which  it  does  not 
form  a  continuous  surface,  the  suture  being  well  marked,  angulated 
in  the  middle  and  sinuous  on  either  side.  Theprothorax  is  nearly 
f  again  as  wide  as  long,  its  base  about  half  again  as  wide  as  its 
front  margin  which  is  strongly  emarginate,  with  sharp  well  pro- 
duced angles  (from  some  points  of  view  it  has  a  bisinuate  appear- 
ance) ;  its  sides  are  slightly  arched  being  almost  at  their  widest  at 
the  base ;  its  hind  angles  are  seen  to  be  much  rounded  off  when 
the  true  margin  is  examined,  but  from  some  points  of  view  they 
appear  sharp  and  slightly  produced  hindward ;  the  punctures  of 
the  surface  are  rather  coarse  and  spaced  so  that  about  16  of 
average  distance  would  lie  longitudinally  down  the  middle  line  ; 
the  base  is  distinctly  bisinuate.  the  middle  lobe  moderate.  The 
transverse  wrinkling  of  the  elytra  is  moderately  conspicuous  from 
some  points  of  view,  their  lateral  fringe  normal,  their  apical  mem- 
brane narrow  but  distinct.  The  hind  coxae  are  scarcely  shorter 
than  the  metasternum,  both  being  rather  deeply  punctured,  some- 
what finely  and  closely  at  the  sides  but  more  coarsely  and  spar- 
ingly towards  the  middle,  the  former  having  a  well  defined  Isevigate 
antero-internal  space  near  which  its  puncturation  is  very  coarse 
indeed.  The  puncturation  of  the  ventral  segments  resembles  that 
of  the  metasternum  but  does  not  become  so  coarse  in  the  middle. 
The  ventral  series  consist  of  stout  short  bristles.  The  hind  femora 
are  moderately  wider  than  the  intermediate,  their  surface  being 
much  punctured  and  their  inner  apical  angle  but  little  defined. 
The  lower  two  teeth  on  the  front  tibias  are  long  and  robust  but 
not  very  sharp,  the  uppermost  well  defined  but  less  than  half  as 
large  as  the  2nd.  The  2nd  joint  of  the  hind  tarsi  is  exceptionally 
long  as  compared  with  the  basal  one ;  the  hind  claws  are  robust, 

45 


696  REVISION    OF    THE    C4ENUS    HETERONYX, 

the  basal  piece  much  longer  than  the  apical  and  having  its  inner 
apex  produced  in  a  short  sharp  tooth. 

Widely  distributed  ;  I  have  seen  specimens  from  Queensland, 
N.S.W.,  Victoria,  and  S.  Australia,  among  which  I  find  no  varia- 
tion likely  to  indicate  specific  distinction.  The  colour  is  in  some 
examples  more  or  less  pitchy.  H.  ijuhescens^  ISIacL,  is  probably 
identical,  but  the  name  is  pre-occupied  by  Erichson  for  a  Tasman- 
ian  species  which  would  fall  in  my  Section  I. 

H.  MiMUS,  sp.nov. 

Sat  elongatus  ;  postice  vix  dilatatus  ;  subnitidus  ;  ferrugineus, 
antennis  palpisque  testaceis ;  pilis  brevibus  adpressis  sat  dense 
vestitus  ;  capite  prothoraceque  sat  crasse  minus  crebre,  elytris 
squamose  sat  crasse  sat  crebre,  pygidio  sparsius  minus  crasse, 
punctulatis;  labro  clypeum  fortiter  peranguste  superanti;  antennis 
9-articulatis ;  unguiculis  appendiculatis,  unguiculorum  posticorum 
parte  basali  apicali  sat  longiori ;  coxis  posticis  metasterno  vix 
brevioribus.  [Long.  4^,  lat.  %  lines  (vix). 

Very  near  R.  vagans,  from  which  it  differs  in  being  a  little  more 
elongate,  and  less  dilated  behind  the  middle, — in  the  considerably 
more  quadrate  prothorax  which  is  nearly  I  again  as  wide  as  long 
and  is  not  more  than  \  again  as  wide  at  the  base  as  in  front  and 
has  its  hind  angles  more  rounded  off, — in  the  absence  of  erect 
hairs  on  the  upper  surface  mixed  among  the  general  pubescence, — 
in  the  greater  uniformity  of  sculpture  on  the  head, — and  in  the 
much  more  distinct  puncturation  of  the  pygidium. 

W.  Australia ;  sent  to  me  by  E.  Meyrick,  Esq. 


H.  FLAVUS,  sp.nov. 

Sat  elongatus  ;  postice  leviter  dilatatus  ;  minus  nitidus ;  flavo- 
brunneus,  capite  prothoraceque  sub-rufescentibus ;  pilis  minus 
brevibus    vix   depressis  sat   sparsim     vestitus;    subtilius    minus 


BY    THE    REV.  T.  BLACKBURN.  697 

sparsim  (clypeo  crasse  rugulose)  punctulatus ;  labro  clypeum  late 
sat  fortiter  superanti ;  antennis  9-articulatis  ;  imguiculis  appen- 
cliculatis,  fortiter  compressis,  unguiciilorum  posticorum  parte 
basali  apicali  paullo  longiori  ;  coxis  posticis  metasterno  paullo 
brevioribus.  [Long.  3f,  lat.  1-i  lines. 

The  outline  of  the  front  of  the  head  is  at  most  very  feebly 
"  trilobecl "  from  any  point  of  view,  owing  to  the  width  and 
prominence  of  the  labrum,  on  account  of  which  the  lobes  are 
feebly  distinguished  one  from  another,  the  middle  lobe  however 
projecting  further  forward  than,  and  appearing  fully  as  wide  as, 
the  lateral  ones.  The  labrum  is  well  raised  above  the  clypeus, 
which  is  exceptionally  declivous  in  its  front  part,  is  feebly  con- 
cave in  front,  is  margined  all  across,  and  forms  an  almost  even 
plane  with  the  rest  of  the  head,  from  which  it  is  separated  by  a 
somewhat  sinuous  suture.  The  prothorax  is  a  little  more  than 
half  again  as  wide  as  long,  its  base  scarcely  a  third  again  as  wide 
as  its  front,  which  is  slightly  emarginate,  with  feeble  rounded 
angles  ;  its  sides  are  moderately  rounded,  being  at  their  greatest 
divergence  in  the  middle ;  its  hind  angles  viewed  from  above 
appear  very  little  marked  and  not  at  all  directed  hind  ward,  but 
not  quite  rounded  off ;  its  basal  outline  is  scarcely  bisinuate,  but 
rather  strongly  convex  hindward  all  across  ;  its  surface  is  not 
closely  punctured,  but  nevertheless  (owing  to  the  fineness  of  the 
punctures)  about  20  at  average  distance  apart  would  run  down 
the  middle  line,  which  shows  some  faint  indication  of  a  longi- 
tudinal channel.  The  elytra  are  punctured  almost  as  the  ])ro- 
thorax  ;  they  bear  scarcely  a  trace  of  striation  (except  the  sutural 
stria),  their  transverse  wrinkling  is  fine  and  feeble,  their  lateral 
fringe  normal,  their  apical  membrane  distinct  but  very  narrow. 
The  hind  coxae  are  distinctly  (but  not  much)  shorter  than  the 
metasternum,  both  being  punctured  rather  coarsely  (especially 
the  former)  but  not  very  deeply,  rather  closely  at  the  sides  and 
much  more  finely  towards  the  middle,  the  former  having  an 
ill-defined  laevigate  antero-internal  space.  The  puncturation  of 
the  ventral  segments  is  fine,  squamose,  and  somewhat  even,  but 


698  REVISION    OF    THE    GENUS    HETERONYX, 

not  at  all  close  ;  the  ventral  series  consist  of  stout  hairs  springing 
from  small  granules  and  are  very  conspicuous.  The  hind  femora 
are  moderately  wider  than  the  intermediate,  and  have  their  inner 
apical  angle  scarcely  marked.  The  lower  two  teeth  of  the  anterior 
tibiae  are  robust  and  sharp,  the  uppermost  is  all  but  obsolete,  its 
place  being  indicated  by  a  mere  nick  on  the  tibial  outline.  The 
inner  apex  of  the  basal  piece  of  the  hind  claws  is  feebly  produced 
in  a  kind  of  tooth. 

This  species  is  undoubtedly  allied  in  many  respects  to  the 
H.  vacuus  group,  from  which  its  hind  coxas  (considerably  longer 
on  the  external  margin  in  proportion  to  the  length  of  the  meta- 
sternum)  will  at  once  distinguish  it.  I  think  it  is  a  somewhat 
isolated  form.  Its  pale  yellowish-brown  colour  is  peculiar  and 
apparently  constant. 

Mulwala,  N.S.  W. ;  taken  by  Mr.  T.  G.  Sloane. 

H.  LONGULUS,  sp.nov. 

Elongatus  ;  postice  vix  dilatatus  ;  subnitidus  ;  flavo-ferrugineus, 
pilis  brevibus  adpressis  minus  sparsim  vestitus ;  clypeo  crasse 
rugulose,  capite  prothoraceque  subtiliter  sat  crebre,  elytris  pygi- 
dioque  minus  subtiliter  minus  crebre,  punctulatis  ;  labro  clypeum 
late  sat  fortiter  saperanti ;  antennis  9-articulatis  ;  unguiculis 
appendiculatis ;  unguiculorum  posticorum  parte  basali  apicali 
parum  longiori ;  coxis  posticis  metasterno  vix  brevioribus. 

[Long.  3-4,  lat.  U- 14  lines. 

Apart  from  colour  and  puncturation  this  species  bears  so  much 
resemblance  to  H.  suhferrugineus  and  doctus  that  the  description 
of  the  former  of  these  species  may  be  taken  to  apply  to  the  pre- 
sent one  subject  to  the  following  remarks  : — the  colour  is  ferru- 
ginous (a  little  more  yellowish  than  is  common  in  the  genus,  but 
not  at  all  "orange  "  in  tone),  and  there  is  no  velvety  pruinose 
or  iridescent  appearance  whatever  ;  the  elytra  are  a  little  more 
dilated  behind   the  middle;  the    convexity   of  the   body   is  not 


BY    THE    REV.  T.   BLACKBURN.  699 

noticeably  greater  than  is  usual  in  the  genus ;  the  middle  lobe  of 
the  "  trilobed  outline "  of  the  head  is  scarcely  so  much  longer 
than  the  lateral  lobes ;  the  front  of  the  clypeus  is  evidently  decli- 
vous ;  the  prothorax  is  not  so  transverse  being  not  quite  three 
quarters  again  as  wide  as  long,  the  base  being  gently  but  almost 
evenly  and  continuously  convex  hindward,  the  middle  however  pre- 
senting on  careful  inspection  a  very  slight  sinuation  or  concavity  ; 
the  elytra  are  evidently  wrinkled  transversely ;  the  under  surface 
is  nitid  and  moderately  strongly  but  not  closely  punctured  (much 
more  coarsely  and  sparsely  than  in  the  species  of  the  jmstidosus 
type),  the  hind  coxaB  having  a  small  but  distinct  antero-internal 
laevigate  space.  The  ventral  series  consist  of  hairs  and  are  not 
very  conspicuous.  The  entire  puncturation  of  the  upper  surface 
is  very  manifestly  stronger,  coarser,  and  less  close ;  that  of  the  elytra 
being  coarser  than,  and  that  of  the  prothorax  very  similar  to,  the 
same  in  H.  flavus.  The  present  species  also  resembles  H.  flavus, 
but  it  is  more  nitid  and  of  a  decidedly  ferruginous  tone  of  colour, 
with  the  clypeus  wide  in  front  as  well  as  with  the  elytra  differ- 
ently punctured  as  just  noted.  The  elytra  have  the  suture  some- 
what elevated,  and  becoming  keel-like  near  the  apex,  the  ajjex 
itself  being  prominent,  almost  spiniform. 

S.A. ;  I  have  seen  it  only  from  the  Adelaide  district. 


H.  ANGUSTUS,  sp.nov. 

H.  longulo  valde  affinis ;  differt  prothorace  ad  latera  minus 
rotundato,  lateribus  basin  versus  minus  convergentibus,  augulis 
posticis  (superne  visis)  sat  minus  rotundatis  ;  elytris  minus  fortiter 
punctulatis,  sutura  minus  convexa  apicem  versus  hand  carinata, 
apice  suturali  nullo  modo  spiniformi.  [Long.  4  J,  lat.  2  lines. 

So  extremely  close  to  //.  longidus  that  it  would  be  useless  to 
repeat  the  Latin  diagnosis  in  fidl,  but  I  am  convinced  that  it  repre- 
sents a  distinct  species.  I  do  not  observe  any  differences  beyond 
those  mentioned  above  except  that  the  two  examples  before  me 
are  a  trifle  larger  than  any  B.  longidus  I  have  seen,  and  of  a  some- 


700  REVISION    OF    THE    GENUS    HETERONYX, 

what  paler  colour,  and  that  the  middle  of  the  base  of  the  pro- 
thorax  is  quite  evenly  convex  hind  ward.  The  difference  in  the  form 
of  the  suture  of  the  elytra  near,  and  at,  the  apex  renders  the  two 
quite  easy  to  distinguish.  The  ventral  series  of  hairs  seem  a  little 
more  conspicuous  than  in  H.  longulus.  Compared  with  H.  flavus 
the  size  is  very  evidently  greater  and  the  elytra  are  evidently 
longer  and  less  dilated  hind  ward,  with  puncturation  less  close  and 
fine ;  their  colour  also  has  a  ferruginous  reddish  tone  that  is 
entirely  wanting  in  those  of  H.  flavus  of  which  I  have  seen  many 
examples  but  no  varieties  in  this  respect. 

S.  Australia  ;  Victor  Harbour  and  Kangaroo  Island. 


H.  POSTiCALis,   sp.nov. 

Sat  elongatus,  postice  vix  dilatatus  ;  subnitidus ;  ferrugineus, 
antennis  palpisque  testaceis  ;  pilis  brevibus  adpressis  minus  spar- 
sim  vestitus  ;  clypeo  crasse  rugulose,  capite  prothorace  pygidioque 
crebrius  minus  foi'titer,  elytris  crebrius  squamose  minus  fortiter, 
punctulatis ;  labro  clypeum  minus  late  minus  fortiter  superanti ; 
antennis  9-articulatis  ;  unguiculis  appendiculatis  :  unguiculorum 
posticorum  parte  basali  apioali  pauUo  longiori ;  coxis  posticis 
metasterno  vix  brevioribus  ;  elytrorum  membrana  apicali  valde 
producta.  [Long.  3f,  lat.  It  lines. 

The  "trilobed"  appearance  of  the  head  is  feeble,  all  the  lobes 
being  little  developed,  the  middle  lobe  as  long  and  little  more  than 
half  as  wide,  as  the  lateral  lobes.  The  clypeus  is  rather  strongly 
concave  in  front,  and  is  margined  all  across  ;  it  almost  forms  an 
evenly  continuous  surface  with  the  rest  of  the  head,  from  which 
it  is  separated  by  a  feeble  suture.  The  prothorax  is  half  again  as 
wide  as  long,  its  base  not  quite  half  again  as  wide  as  its  front 
which  is  rather  strongly  emarginate,  with  sharp  well -produced 
angles ;  its  sides  are  gently  arched,  and  have  their  greatest 
divergence  a  little  behind  the  middle  ;  the  hind  angles  viewed 
from  above  do  not  appear  so  entirely  rounded  off  as  they  are  seen 


BY    THE    REV.   T.   BLACKBURN.  701 

to  be  in  reality  when  inspected  from  the  side  ;  the  base  is  scarcely 
bisinuate  but  is  rather  decidedly  lobed  hind  ward  ;  the  punctiir- 
ation  is  spaced  so  tliat  scarcely  20  punctures  of  average  distance 
could  be  placed  in  a  line  down  the  middle.  The  elytra  are 
punctured  not  very  differently  from  the  prothorax  but  squamosely 
aiid  a  trifle  more  coarsely,  whence  the  puncturation  appears  a 
little  closer ;  they  bear  scarcely  a  trace  of  striation  except  the 
sutural  stride ;  the  transverse  wrinkling  is  somewhat  conspicuous 
from  some  points  of  view  and  their  lateral  fringe  is  normal ;  the 
apical  membrane  is  verv  strongly  developed  projecting  hindward 
from  the  apex  of  the  elytra  in  a  wide  riband-like  band  which  is 
widest  at  the  suture  where  it  projects  almost  as  far  as  the  length 
of  one  of  the  hind  claws.  The  hind  coxae  are  decidedly  (but  not 
much)  shorter  than  the  metasternum,  both  being  punctured  some- 
what coarsely,  rather  closely  at  the  sides  and  much  more  sparingly 
towards  the  middle,  the  former  having  a  small  well-defined  \sevi- 
gate  antero-internal  space.  The  puncturation  of  the  ventral  seg- 
ments is  lightly  impressed  and  sparse,  but  fairly  even  ;  the  ventral 
series  consist  of  fine  hairs  and  are  very  inconspicuous.  The  hind 
femora  are  not  much  wider  than  the  intermediate,  their  inner 
apical  angle  being  feeble.  The  teeth  of  the  anterior  tibiae  are 
robust  and  sharp,  the  uppermost  less  than  half  as  large  as  the 
second.  The  inner  apex  of  the  basal  piece  of  the  hind  claws  is 
scarcely  produced  in  a  tooth. 

The  exceptional  development  of  the  apical  membrane  of  the 
elytra  is  quite  invariable  in  the  moderately  numerous  series 
before  me. 

S.  Australia  ;  in  the  Adelaide  district ;  on  Eucalyptus  leaves. 

H.  coLLARis,  sp.nov. 

Sat  elongatus  ;  postice  vix  dilatatus  ;  subnitidus;  obscure  ferru- 
gineus,  antennis  palpisque  testaceis  ;  pilis  adpressis  minus  brevibus 
minus  sparsim  vestitus  ;  capite  (clypeo  crasse  rugulose  excepto) 
sparsius  fortius,  prothorace  crebrius  minus   fortiter,  elytris  crebre 


702  EEVISION    OF    THE    GENUS    HETEROXYX, 

subtilius,  pygidio  leviter  sparsim,  punctulatis ;  antennis  9-arti- 
ciilatis ;  labro  clypeum  late  sat  fortiter  superanti  ;  unguiculis 
appendiculatis ;  unguiculorum  posticorura  parte  basali  apicali  sat 
longiori ;  coxis  posticis  metasterno  hand  brevioribus. 

[Long.  2f,  lat.  Ig  lines. 

The  outline  of  the  head  does  not  from  any  point  of  view  present 
a  distinctly  "  trilobed  "  appearance  ;  as  in  H.  loeregrinus^  from 
the  most  favourable  point  it  appears  as  a  continuous  curve  the 
convexity  of  which  is  much  stronger  in  the  middle  than  at  the 
sides.  There  are  some  long  erect  hairs  on  the  head  and  the  front 
of  the  prothorax.  The  clypeus  is  almost  truncate  in  front,  its 
surface  evenly  continuous  with  that  of  the  rest  of  the  head  from 
which  it  is  separated  by  a  well  marked  angulated  suture.  The 
prothorax  is  nearly  f  again  as  wide  as  long,  its  base  (which  is 
wider  than  the  base  of  the  elytra)  less  than  J  again  as  wide  as  the 
front,  which  is  somewhat  bisinuate  with  moderately  sharp  but  not 
strongly  produced  angles  \  its  sides  are  gently  rounded  ;  its  hind 
angles  fairly  marked  from  some  points  of  view  though  not  at  all 
sharp  nor  directed  hindward  ;  its  base  is  rather  narrowly,  but 
not  strongly,  lobed  in  the  middle,  the  puncturation  is  spaced 
so  that  about  20  punctures  of  average  distance  apart  could  be 
placed  in  a  line  down  the  middle.  The  elytra  have  a  fairly  distinct 
sutural  stria  but  scarcely  any  indication  of  other  strise ;  their 
transverse  wrinkling  is  somewhat  conspicuous,  their  lateral  fringe 
normal,  their  apical  membrane  scarcely  distinct.  The  hind  coxae 
are  a  trifle  longer  than  the  metasternum,  both  being  strongly 
punctured  even  in  the  middle,  but  not  very  closely,  the  former 
having  a  scarcely  defined  Isevigate  antero-internal  space.  The 
puncturation  of  the  ventral  segments  is  sparse  and  feeble ;  the 
ventral  series  consist  of  stout  hairs  and  are  conspicuous.  The 
hind  coxae  are  a  good  deal  wider  than  the  intermediate,  their 
inner  apical  angle  being  fairly  well  defined.     The  teeth  of  the 


BY    THE    REV.  T.  BLACKBURN.  703 

anterior  tibiae  are  robust  but  not  very  sharp,  the  uppermost  less 
than  half  as  large  as  the  intermediate.  The  inner  apex  of  the 
basal  piece  of  the  hind  claws  is  produced  in  a  well  defined  sharp 
tooth  which  however  is  much  less  than  half  as  large  as  the  apical 
piece. 

Adelaide. 

H.    MARGINATUS,  Sp.nOV. 

Sat  elongatus ;  postice  leviter  dilatatus  ;  sat  nitidus  ;  rufus, 
an  tennis  palpisque  testaceis,  elytris  abdomineque  olivaceo-piceis 
(hoc  apice  rufo,  illis  latera  versus  rufescentibus)  prothorace  piceo- 
umbrato  ;  subglaber  (fimbriis  usitatis  exceptis)  ;  capite  (clypeo 
crasse  rugulose  excepto)  fortius  sparsissime,  prothorace  fortius  sat 
sparsim,  elytris  fortiter  sat  sparsim,  pygidio  (hoc  pilis  nonnullis 
vestito)  leviter  sat  crasse,  punctulatis  ;  antennis  9-articulatis  ; 
labro  clypeum  vix  superanti ;  unguiculis  appendiculatis  ;  unguicu- 
lorum  posticorum  parte  basali  apicali  parum  longiori  ;  coxis 
posticis  metasterno  hand  brevioribus.  [I^^ng.  3i,  lat.  1?  lines. 

The  labrum  does  not  rise  above  the  general  plane  of  the  clypeus 
but  (owing  to  the  strong  anterior  declivity  of  the  latter)  it  over- 
tops the/ro?2^  of  the  same ;  it  is  one  of  a  few  species  that  seem  to 
hover  a  little  doubtfully  between  my  "  main  sections"  II.  and  III., 
of  the  genus,  but  I  place  it  in  Section  III.  because  from  a  certain 
point  of  view  the  "  trilobed  outline "  of  the  head  appears  fairly 
well  defined,  having  the  lobes  equal  inter  se  in  length  and  breadth  ; 
in  other  respects  the  structure  of  the  head  resembles  that  of 
H.  coUaris.  The  prothorax  is  scarcely  more  than  half  again  as 
wide  as  long,  the  base  being  about  J  again  as  wide  as  the  front 
which  is  bisinuate,  with  blunt  scarcely  produced  angles;  the 
sides  are  moderately  rounded,  the  hind  angles  (from  all  points 
of  view)  though  obtuse  yet  quite  well  defined  and  scarcely 
at   all   rounded    off ;   the   base   is   gently   bisinuate    and   feebly 


704  REVISION    OF    THE    GENUS    HETERONYX, 

lobed  hind  ward  in  the  middle;  the  puncturation  is  spaced  so 
that  about  17  or  18  punctures  of  average  distance  apart  could 
be  placed  in  a  line  down  the  middle.  The  elytra  resemble 
those  of  H.  collaris  (except  in  their  much  coarser  puncturation, 
their  scarcely  appearing  transversely  wrinkled  from  any  point 
of  view,  and  the  apical  membrane  being  better  developed). 
The  puncturation  and  structure  of  the  legs  and  underside 
scarcely  seem  to  differ  from  that  of  collaris  except  as  follows  : — 
the  hind  coxae  are  scarcely  so  long,  the  general  puncturation  is 
more  enfeebled  towards  the  middle  of  the  body,  the  inner  apical 
angle  of  the  hind  femora  is  less  marked,  the  uppermost  tooth  on 
the  front  tibia  is  feebler,  and  the  basal  piece  of  the  claws  is  con- 
siderably less  produced  in  a  tooth. 

In  some  respects  must  be  near  //.  rufomarginatus,  Blanch.,  but 
I  cannot  regard  it  as  that  insect  because  inter  alia  it  differs  from 
the  description  as  follows : — it  is  much  smaller  (H.  rufomarginatus 
should  be  4J-5  lines),  and  not  pubescent  (I  do  not  think  the 
example  before  me  is  abraded),  and  its  prothorax  is  distinctly 
narrower  (not  "  wider  ")  than  the  elytra. 

Endeavour  Ptiver  ;  in  the  collection  of  Sir  W.  Macleay. 

H.  IRIDIVENTRIS,   Sp.nOV. 

Minus  elongatus  ;  postice  baud  dilatatus  ;  minus  nitidus  ;  niger, 
subtus  plus  minus  iridescens ;  antennis  palpisque  testaceis ; 
elytris  rubidis ;  pedibus  rufo-testaceis ;  supra  (fimbriis  solitis 
exceptis)  fere  glaber ;  subtus  sparsim  pilosus ;  obsolete  sat 
sparsim  (clypeo  crebre  rugulose  excepto)  punctulatus ;  labro 
clypeum  sat  leviter  sat  late  superanti ;  antennis  9-articulatis ; 
unguiculis  appendiculatis  ;  unguiculorum  posticorum  parte  basali 
apicali  sat  longiori,  apice  breviter  acute  dentata ;  coxis  posticis 
metasterno  vix  bre\4oribus.  [Long.  3|,  lat.  \\  lines. 


BY    THE    REV.  T.  BLACKBURN.  705 

Var.  A.  Elytris  pedibusque  obscurioribus. 

Var.  B.   (?immat.)  Subtus  cum  capite  plus  minus  rufescens. 

The  "  trilobed  outline  "  of  the  front  of  the  head  is  fairly  well- 
defined — the  middle  lobe  appearing  about  as  long,  and  about  half 
as  wide,  as  the  lateral  lobe.  The  labrum  rises  only  moderately 
above  the  surface  of  the  clypeus,  the  front  of  which  is  feebly 
emarginate  and  scarcely  margined  continuously ;  the  surface  of 
the  clypeus  is  scarcely  distinct  from  that  of  the  rest  of  the  head, 
even  the  suture  being  feeble  ;  the  sides  of  the  clypeus  are  almost 
parallel  immediately  in  front  of  the  eyes  and  then  become  con- 
vergent forward ;  there  are  a  few  long  erect  hairs  on  the  head . 
The  prothorax  is  nearly  half  again  as  wide  as  long,  its  base  nearly 
half  again  as  wide  as  its  front,  which  is  moderately  emarginate, 
with  sharp  somewhat  produced  angles ;  its  sides  are  strongly 
rounded,  their  greatest  divergence  being  behind  the  middle ;  its 
hind  angles  are  completely  rounded  off;  its  basal  outline  is 
scarcely  bisinuate  but  is  rather  strongly  convex  hindward  all 
across ;  its  puncturation  is  not  unlike  that  of  the  same  part  in 
H.Jlavus,  but  seems  a  little  less  close  and  more  lightly  impressed. 
The  elytra  have  scarcely  a  trace  of  even  a  sutural  stria  ;  their 
puncturation  differs  little  from  that  of  the  prothorax,  but  is 
coarser  and  less  close ;  they  are  almost  devoid  of  transverse 
wrinkling ;  the  lateral  fringe  is  normal,  the  apical  membrane 
obsolete.  The  hind  coxae  are  scarcely,  if  at  all,  shorter  than  the 
metasternum.  The  whole  undersurface  is  punctured  somewhat 
evenly,  faintly  and  sparingly,  the  punctures  on  the  metathorax 
being  somewhat  squamose-granulate.  The  ventral  series  are 
well-defined,  consisting  of  stout  pale  hairs.  The  hind  femora  are 
much  wider  than  the  intermediate,  their  inner  apical  angle  being- 
very  feeble.  The  lower  two  teeth  of  the  anterior  tibiae  are  robust 
and  very  sharp  ;  the  uppermost,  though  sharp  and  well-defined,  is 


706  REVISION    OF    THE    GENUS    HETERONYX. 

quite  small  (much  less  than  half  as  large  as  the  intermediate). 
The  hind  claws  are  long  and  slender,  their  basal  piece  consider- 
ably longer  than  the  apical,  and  having  a  well-defined  tooth  at 
its  inner  apex — which,  however,  is  very  much  less  than  half  the 
size  of  the  apical  piece  of  the  claw. 

An  extremely  distinct  species,  conspicuous  for  its  velvety 
appearance — strongly  pruinose  in  some  lights — the  iridescence  of 
its  undersurface,  and  its  faint  rather  large  puncturation,  a  tout 
ensemble  reminding  one  of  Liparetrus  discijyennis,  Guer.,  and  its 
allies.  The  deep  crimson-copper  colour  of  the  elytra  in  ordinary 
specimens  is  also  remarkable,  some  indication  of  that  tinge  per- 
sisting in  even  the  darkest  specimens  I  have  seen. 

Port  Lincoln,  also  Yorke's  Peninsula ;  a  specimen  belonging 
to  Sir  W.  Macleay  is  said  to  be  from  King  George's  Sound. 


NOTES    ON    AUSTRALIAN    COLEOPTERA,   WITH 
DESCRIPTIONS  OF  NEW  SPECIES. 

By  the  Rev.  T.  Blackburn,  B.A.,  Core.  Mem.  Linn.  Soc.  N.S.  W. 


Part  IV. 

The  following  notes  and  descriptions  of  new  genera  and  species 
are  directly  or  indirectly  the  outcome  of  examining  a  small  collec- 
tion of  Carahidce  together  with  a  few  Longicornes  sent  to  me  by 
Mr.  W.  D.  Randall  from  Barrow's  Creek  in  Southern  tropical 
Australia,  and — from  collections  recently  received  from  Central 
Australia  (Mr.  Wild)  and  the  Northern  Territory  (Dr.  and  Mrs. 
Bovill) — such  species  as  are  connected  with  those  Mr.  Randall  sent. 
I  deeply  regret  to  mention  that  Dr.  and  Mrs.  Bovill  have  now 
left  Australia  and  so  put  an  end  to  their  valuable  and  highly 
intelligent  explorations. 

LEBIIDES. 

Phlceocarabus. 

I  have  several  species  in  my  collection  which  appear  to  belong 
to  this  genus.  The  characters  given  by  Sir  William  Macleay  in 
the  "Insects  of  Gayndah"  (Trans.  Ent.  Soc.  N.S.W.  II.  p.  85) 
distinguish  it  satisfactorily  from  all  other  Australian  genera  of 
Lehiidce  yet  described,  and  the  species  before  me  present  all  the 
characters  specified  very  satisfactorily.  In  all  of  them  the  head 
is  rather  strongly  dilated  laterally  behind  the  eyes  (as  in  Xantlio- 
phcea)  which  causes  the  part  of  the  head  immediately  in  front  of 
the  neck  to  be  wider  than  in  some  allied  forms.  No  doubt  this  is 
what  Sir  W.  Macleay  refers  to  when  he  says  "head  suddenly 
narrowed  behind  the  eyes  into  a  distinct  neck."  The  claws  are 
simple. 


708  NOTES  ON  AUSTRALIAN  COLEOPTERA, 

[While  this  memoir  has  been  in  the  printer's  hands  I  have 
received  from  Mr.  T.  G.  Sloane,  of  Sydney,  the  information  that 
having  (in  compliance  with  my  request)  compared  the  following 
species  with  Fhlceocarahus  Master  si,  MacL,  he  thinks  they  are 
generically  distinct.  I  do  not  doubt  the  correctness  of  Mr.  Sloane's 
opinion,  and  am  very  glad  to  have  received  it  in  time  to  insert 
this  note  in  the  present  memoir.  Nevertheless,  since  these  species 
undoubtedly  present  the  characters  attributed  to  Phlceocarabus  in 
the  published  diagnosis  of  the  genus,  I  think  I  do  right  in  calling 
them  by  the  name,  and  leaving  them  to  bear  it  until  the  genus  is 
re-characterized.  I  may  say  that  Mr.  Sloane  draws  attention  to 
the  much  smaller  size  of  the  2nd  joint  of  the  antennae,  and  the 
wider  and  more  Xantho2:)hcea-\ike  head  in  Phlosocarahus.^ 

Phlceocarabus   unimaculatus,  sp.nov. 

Sat  elongatus ;  sat  depressus ;  minus  nitidus  ;  testaceus,  capite 
prothoraceque  plus  minus  rufescentibus,  elytris  macula  magna 
communi  nigra  antrorsum  in  sutura  producta  ornatis ;  capite  pro- 
thorace  longiori,  subtiliter  sat  sparsim  punctulato ;  prothorace 
capite  vix  latiori,  quam  longiori  vix  latiori,  basi  quam  antice 
paullo  angustiori,  caoaliculato,  transversim  subtilissime  strigoso, 
latitudine  majori  paullo  ante  medium  posit  a,  angulis  (anticis  sub- 
rotundatis)  posticis  distinctis  obtusis,  lateribus  sat  rotundatis 
pone  medium  vix  sinuatis ;  elytris  sat  fortiter  striatis,  apice 
singulatim  late  rotundatis,  interstitiis  subconvexis,  striis  latera 
versus  obsoletis.  [Long.  2|,  lat.  1  line. 

Yar.  Elytris  juxta  scutellum  utrinque  macula  parva  fusca 
ornatis. 

The  spot  on  the  elytra  is  diamond-shaped,  but  when  closely 
examined  its  outline  is  seen  to  consist  of  about  16  distinct  lines, 
so  that  it  is  really  a  16-sided  figure;  it  extends  laterally  two- 
thirds  (or  in  some  examples  half)  across  each  elytron ;  its  hind 
point  is  about  \  of  the  length  of  the  suture  from  the  apex  of  the 
same  and  is  produced  (gradually  narrowing)   forward  to  a  point 


BY    THE    REV.  T.   BLACKBURN.  '  709 

not  much  behind  the  scutellum.     The  width  across  the  prothorax 
is  scarcely  half  as  great  as  across  the  elytra. 

S.  Australia  ;  Adelaide  ;  also  near  Port  Augusta. 

Phlcegcarabus  umbratus,  sp.nov. 

Minus  elongatus  ;  minus  depressus  ;  minus  nitidus  ;  testaceus, 
capite  antice  (et  abdomine  maculatim)  infuscatis,  elytris  pone 
medium  fascia  lata  angulata  fusca  (latera  haud  attingenti)  ornatis; 
capite  pr*othorace  longiori,  subtilissime  vix  manifeste  punctulato  ; 
prothorace  capite  paullo  latiori,  quam  longiori  quarta  parte  latiori, 
basi  quam  antice  sat  angustiori,  canaliculato,  transversim  subti- 
lissime strigoso,  latitudine  majori  paullo  ante  medium  posita, 
angulis  (anticis  rotundatis)  posticis  distinctis  obtusis,  lateribus  sat 
rotundatis  pone  medium  sinuatis;  elytris  minus  fortiter  striatis, 
apice  conjunctim  rotuudato-truneatis,  striis  latera  versus  obsoletis, 
interstitiis  planis.  [Long.  '2^-31,  lat.  1-1^  lines. 

The  lateral  extension  of  the  fascia  on  the  elytra  is  somewhat 
greater  than  of  the  spot  on  the  elytra  of  F.  unimaculatus,  its  front 
margin  is  angulated  on  the  suture  (which  it  crosses  slightly  in 
front  of  the  middle)  and  also  on  each  side  of  the  same  ;  it  is  not 
extended  up  the  suture  farther  forward  than  it  is  at  the  lateral 
angulations ;  its  hind  margin  is  angulated  on  the  suture  and  also 
at  two  or  three  points  on  either  side,  the  sutural  angulation 
extending  furthest  back  (in  some  examples  nearly  to  the  apex) 
the  lateral  angulations  being  successively  less  prolonged  hind- 
ward  ;  in  some  examples  fine  fuscous  lines  run  out  hindward  at 
intervals  along  the  hind  margin  of  the  fascia. 

A  distinctly  wider  and  less  depressed  species  than  the  preceding, 
the  prothorax  distinctly  transverse  and  distinctly  more  than  half 
as  wide  as  the  elytra  with  front  angles  evidently  less  produced 
forward  and  the  width  at  the  base  evidently  less  in  proportion 
to  the  width  of  the  front ;  the  pattern  on  the  elytra  very  different 
and  the  interstices  of  the  same  much  flatter. 

Near  Adelaide;  usually  in  flood  refuse. 


710       '     NOTES  ON  AUSTRALIAN  COLEOPTERA, 

Phlceocarabus  Crudelis,  Newm.  sp. 

C?  Dromius  crudelis,  Newm.). 

The  insect  to  which  I  have  applied  this  name  is  probably  identical 
with  that  on  which  the  brief  description  of  Dromius  crudelis^ 
Newm.,  was  founded.  That  description  deals  only  with  colour  and 
markings, — and  those  only  in  very  general  terms.  If  I  should 
prove  to  be  wrong  in  this  identification  there  will  be  no  harm  done 
as  in  that  case  the  probability  is  that  Newman's  insect  is  not  a 
Phlceocarabus,  and  then  both  names  can  stand. 

The  species  before  me  will  be  thus  characterized : — 
Sat  elongatus  ;  sat  depressus;  minus  nitidus  ;  testaceus ;  capite 
supra,  elytrorum  macula  (forma  complicata)  magna,  et  sternis 
abdomineque  latera  versus  (hoc  apice  quoque),  nigris ;  capite 
prothorace  longiori,  confertim  subtiliter  rugato  ;  prothorace  capite 
vix  latiori,  quam  longiori  vix  quarta  parte  latiori,  basi  quam  antice 
sat  angustiori,  canaliculato,  transversim  subtilissime  strigoso,  lati- 
tudine  majori  paullo  ante  medium  posita,  angulis  (anticis  rotundatis) 
posticis  distinctis  obtusis,  lateribus  sat  rotundatis  pone  medium 
sinuatis  ;  elytris  sat  fortiter  striatis,  apice  singulatim  late  rotun- 
datis, interstitiis  subconvexis.  Long.  3-3|,  lat.  1-1^  (vix)  lines. 
The  black  patch  on  the  elytra  occupies  the  greater  part  of  the 
surface ;  the  hinder  portion  resembles  the  dark  fascia  of  P.  um- 
hratus  but  is  extended  nearly  to  the  lateral  margins  ;  the  middle 
of  the  anterior  edge,  however,  of  that  fascia  is  continued  widely 
forward  and  then  again  dilates  into  a  large  quadrate  patch  almost 
or  quite  touching  the  base.  It  should  be  noted  that  the  prothorax 
is  reddish  testaceous,  the  other  pale  parts  yellowish. 
Apparently  common  in  various  parts  of  S.  Australia ;  it  occurs 
also  in  Western  Australia. 

EcTROMA,  gen.nov. 

In  the  Berliner  Ent.  Zeit.  1873,  p.  54,  note,  the  Baron  de 
Chaudoir  stated  that  Cymindis  inquinata,  Er.,   Dromius  trideois, 


BY    THE    REV.  T.   BLACKBURN.  711 

Newm.,  and  Lehia  henefica^  Newm.,  and  civica,  Newm.,  require 
the  foundation  of  a  new  genus  near  Sa7'othrocrepis.  De 
Chaudoir's  lamented  death  rendered  abortive  the  intention  he 
appears  to  have  entertained  of  dealing  further  with  the  subject 
at  a  later  date,  and  I  cannot  find  that  any  other  author  has  dealt 
with  it ;  I  therefore  propose  for  this  genus  the  name  Eciroma. 
The  species  from  King's  Sound  described  by  Sir  William  Macleay 
under  the  name  Sarothrocrepis  probably  belong  to  this  new  genus, 
which  difiers  from  Sarothrocrepis  by  the  intermediate  tarsi  in  the 
male  not  dilated  nor  bearing  (except  on  the  apical  joint)  a  dense 
clothing  of  hairs  beneath,  by  the  shorter  labrum,  the  apical 
joint  of  the  labial  palpi  not  "compressed,  dilated  and  truncate 
at  the  apex,"  and  the  ligula  longer  as  compared  with  its  para- 
glossse.  Like  Sarothrocrepis,  its  mentum  has  a  long  median 
tooth  (which  however  is  more  pointed),  the  4th  joint  of  the  tarsi 
is  bilobed,  the  claws  are  pectinate,  and  in  the  male  the  apical 
ventral  segment  has  the  apical  margin  nicked  in  the  middle. 
The  genus  is  extremely  near  Lehia,  but  difiers  in  the  well-defined 
tooth  of  its  mentum.  From  Eulehia,  Macl.,  it  difiers  by  the 
less  strongly  dilated  4th  joint  of  the  tarsi,  and  from  Lachnoderma, 
Macl.,  by  the  non-securiform  apical  joint  of  the  labial  palpi. 

Sarothrocrepis  suavis,  sp.nov. 

Sat  brevis;  glabra;  nitida;  pallide  testacea,  elytris  postice  plaga 
magna  communi  nigra  ornatis  ;  capite  prothoraci  longitudine  sat 
sequali,  subtiliter  coriaceo ;  prothorace  capite  dimidia  parte 
latiori,  quam  longiori  plus  dimidia  parte  latiori,  basi  quam  antice 
vix  tertia  parte  latiori,  subtiliter  canaliculato,  supra  obscure 
transversim  strigoso,  latitudine  majore  mox  ante  medium  posita, 
angulis  anticis  rotundatis,  posticis  rotundato-obtusis,  lateribus 
leviter  rotundatis  pone  medium  sinuatis,  sat  late  deplanatis ; 
elytris  sat  fortiter  striatis,  apice  oblique  sinuato-truncatis,  inter- 
stitiis  leviter  convexis.  [Long.  2|,  lat.  \\  lines. 

Maris  palporum  labialium  articulo  ultimo  sat  fortiter  dilatato- 
compresso,  haud  securiformi,  apice  truncato;  segmento  ventrali 
apicali   medio   fortiter    subtriangulariter    emarginato ;    tarsorum 

46 


712  NOTES  ON  AUSTRALIAN  COLEOPTERA, 

ariticorum  articulis  basalibus  4  clilatatis  subtus  sat  dense  squa- 
mosis,  intermediorum  vix  dilatatorum  articulo  primo  apice  3que 
sequentibus  subtus  squaraosis. 

The  black  spot  on  the  elytra  is  sharply  defined  and  very  con- 
spicuous ;  it  touches  the  apex  in  a  point  on  the  suture,  thence  its 
outline  runs  in  a  sinuate  curve  forward  and  outward  on  either 
side  nearly  to  the  lateral  margin  at  a  point  considerably  behind 
its  middle,  whence  it  turns  towards  the  suture  parallel  to  the 
base  of  the  elytra  to  about  the  5th  stria,  thence  it  runs  up  the 
elytron  (but  obliquely  towards  the  suture)  to  a  point  not  very 
much  behind  the  middle  of  the  same,  and  almost  on  the  4th 
stria  where  it  makes  a  round  turn  and  runs  obliquely  down  the 
elytron  to  the  suture.  The  prothorax,  compared  with  that  of 
S.  posticalis,  Guer.,  is  more  transverse  and  less  narrowed  in  front 
and  has  the  hind  angles  more  rounded  off.  The  black  spot  on 
the  elytra  somewhat  resembles  in  form  that  on  the  elytra  of 
S.  corticalis,  but  is  of  less  zigzag  outline,  extends  much  less 
forward,  and  is  very  much  more  sharply  defined  and  conspicuous. 
Port  Lincoln,  S.A.;  also  near  Adelaide. 

COPTODERIDES. 
Philophlceus  eucalypti,  Germ. 
This  species  is  unsatisfactorily  treated  by  de  Chaudoir  in  his 
*'Mem.surlesCoptoderides,"  1869.  The  description  of  it  is  limited  to 
the  statement  that  it  is  very  close  to  intermedius,  Chaud.,  and  differs 
from  the  latter  in  a  few  specified  characters  among  which  the 
piliferous  punctures  of  the  prothorax  are  not  included.  In  inter- 
medius they  are  said  to  be  only  two  on  each  side.  In  describing 
P.  ohtusus  the  author  states  that  "  as  in  Eiicalypti  "  there  are 
only  2  piliferous  punctures  on  either  side,  but  a  little  further  on 
we  are  informed  that  P.  planus^  Newm.,  has  4  piliferous  punctures 
on  either  side  "  placed  as  in  Eucalypti.^''  As  it  is  quite  impossible  to 
make  anything  of  de  Chaudoir's  remarks  on  this  species,  and  as 
there  can  be  little  doubt  that  a  well  known  species  occurring 
commonly  in  many  parts  of  S.  Australia  is  that  which  Germar  had 
before  him,  I  subjoin  a  description  of  this  latter,  which  I  am 


BY    THE    REV.  T.  BLACKBURN.  713 

quite  satisfied  is  the  true  Euccdypti;  it  is  probably  the  species 
that  de  Chaudoir  calls  by  the  name. 

Pubescens  ;  sat  parallelus  ;  testaceus  vel  rufo-testaceus  ;  elytris 
(marginibuslateralibus  et  vitta  discoidali  postice  gradatim  attenuata 
testaceis  exceptis)  nigro-piceis,  abdominis  apice  infuscato  ;  pro- 
thorace  utrinque  punctis  setigeris  5  instructis,  angulis  posticis  vix 
distinctis  ;  elytris  modice  (ut  F.  australis)  punctulatis  substriatis, 
interstitiis  leviter  convexis.  [Long.  4^-5^,  lat.  2-2^  lines. 

Maris  tarsorum  intermediorum  articulis  1°  (apice)  et  2°  subtus 
spongiosis. 

Apart  from  the  sexual  characters  this  species  is  excessively  close 
to  P.  australis,  Bej.,  from  which  it  differs  as  follows  : — its  average 
size  is  distinctly  smaller ;  its  prothorax  is  very  evidently  shorter 
(being  slightly  more  than  J  again  as  wide  as  its  length  down  the 
middle)  and  is  a  little  more  emarginate  in  front ;  the  yellow 
lateral  margin  of  the  elytra  is  wider  (especially  a  little  behind  the 
base  where  it  is  more  than  half  as  wide  as  the  interval  between  it 
and  the  juxta-sutural  yellow  vitta)  and  the  juxta-sutural  vitta  is 
shorter  (scarcely  reaching  into  the  apical  5  of  the  elytron),  with 
its  hinder  part  gradually  and  strongly  narrowed.  The  punctura- 
tion  scarcely  differs  from  that  of  C.  australis,  Dej.  The  suture  is 
narrowly  rufo-testaceous,  this  colour  being  a  little  dilated  imme- 
diately behind  the  scutellum. 

Of  the  previously  described  species  of  Philophlceus  having  the 
3rd  joint  of  the  intermediate  tarsi  not  spongiose  below  and  the 
elytra  with  markings  of  the  same  type  as  those  of  P.  australis, 
only  two  others  have  4  or  5  setigerous  points  on  the  border  of 
the  prothorax  and  these  {puherulus,  Chaud.,  and  quadripennis, 
Chaud.),  have  the  puncturation  finer  and  denser  than  in  P.  aus- 
tralis, while  the  former  has  the  juxta-sutural  yellow  elytral  vitta 
not  at  all  narrowed  ("  nullement  amincie  ")  hindward,  and  the 
latter  inter  alia  has  the  prothorax  less  strongly  emarginate  in  front 
than  that  of  P.  australis,  I  have  seen  a  fairly  long  series  of 
both  sexes  and  find  scarcely  any  variation. 

S.  Australia  ;  I  have  not  seen  specimens  from  further  East  than 
ITorke's  Peninsula. 


714  NOTES  ON  AUSTRALIAN  COLEOPTERA, 

Philophlceus  fuscipennis,  Germ. 

This  name  should  drop  out  of  the  Catalogue,  as  the  description 
is  certainly  insufficient  for  positive  identification,  and  it  refers 
almost  certainly  to  one  of  the  insects  described  by  the  Baron  de 
Chaudoir  in  1869  ;  the  Baron  thought  it  to  be  probably  his  imma- 
culatus  or x>lcinus.  It  appears  to  me  more  likely  to  be  his  unicolor, 
but  as  there  seems  to  be  no  probability  of  arriving  at  any  cer- 
tainty on  the  point  it  would  be  better  to  treat  the  name  as  though 
it  were  non-existent. 

Philophlceus  planus,  Chaud. 

My  collection  contains  a  good  many  specimens  which  appear  to 
appertain  to  this  species.  Unfortunately  the  description  does  not 
give  any  account  of  the  colour  of  the  prothorax.  In  my  examples 
this  segment  is  unicolorous  with  the  elytra,  having  like  them,  a 
pale  border.  De  Chaudoir  also  omits  mentioning  the  colour  of 
the  elytra,  merely  remarking  that  they  are  devoid  of  pattern.  My 
examples  have  brown  elytra  with  a  pale  border.  According  to  the 
description  this  species  is  distinguished  from  unicolor  inter  cdia 
by  its  smaller  size,  but  my  largest  examples  are  not  smaller  than 
the  smallest  measurements  given  for  unicolor.  The  shortness  of 
the  elytra  in  proportion  to  their  breadth,  the  evidently  greater 
concavity  of  the  front  outline  of  the  prothorax,  and  the  greater 
contraction  of  this  segment  behind  making  the  hind  angles  less 
marked  appear  however  to  be  good  characters,  but  (as  de  Chaudoir 
says)  the  two  species  are  certainly  very  close  to  each  other.  I 
find  that  the  number  of  piliferous  punctures  on  the  sides  of  the 
prothorax  varies  from  4  to  6. 

Philophlceus  opaciceps,  sp.novx 

Pubescens ;  minus  parallelus ;  testaceus  vel  rufo-testaceus ; 
elytris  (marginibus  lateralibus  exceptis)  et  abdominis  marginibus 
lateralibus,  infuscatis  ;  capite  subtiliter  coriaceo  et  sparsius  sub- 
til ius  leviter  punctulato ;  prothorace  transverse  subcordato,  antice 


BY    THE    REV.  T.   BLACKBURN.  715 

fortiter  emarginato,  angulis  posticis  distiuctis  subrotundatis,  basi 
bisinuata  media  parte  late  leviter  lobata  ;  elytris  creberrime  sub- 
tilissime  punctulatis.  [Long.  3|-4|,  lat  l|-2  lines. 

Maris  tarsis  intermediis  simplicibus. 
.  This  species  seems  intermediate  between  Philojohoeus  and  Agono- 
cheila, — the  latter  of  which  Baron  de  Chaudoir  himself  stated  to 
be  in  strictness  a  mere  subsection  of  PhilojMoeus.  Its  tarsi  are 
of  Agonocheila  ;  in  other  respects  it  is  a  PhiloiMoeus.  It  differs 
from  all  its  described  allies  in  its  head  being  subopaque 
through  minute  coriaceousness,  and  also  sparingly  sprinkled  with 
faintly  impressed  punctures.  The  prothorax  is  extremely  like  that 
of  P.  unicolor,  Chaud.,  but  is  slightly  less  transverse,  with  the 
front  margin  much  more  strongly  concave  and  the  hind  angles  a 
little  less  defined.  The  punctu ration  of  the  elytra  is  much  finer 
and  closer  than  in  any  other  of  the  species  of  Philophlceus  having 
elytra  without  discal  markings.  From  planus  and  unicolor  it 
differs  by  its  less  parallel  form.  Its  superficial  resemblance  to  P. 
immaculatus,  Chaud.,  is  most  extraordinary ;  but  it  differs  from  it 
in  the  sculpture  of  the  head  and  elytra,  in  the  less  transverse  pro- 
thorax  (which  is  more  strongly  emarginate  in  front),  and  in  the 
sexual  characters  of  the  male.  The  sides  of  the  prothorax  bear 
two  or  three  setse  in  front  of  the  middle,  one  close  to  the  middle, 
and  one  at  the  basal  angle. 

S.  Australia;  under  bark  of  Eucalyptus  at  Moonta,  Port 
Augusta,  and  Port  Lincoln. 

Agonocheila  cribripennis,  Chaud. 

I  possess  specimens  agreeing  perfectly  in  respect  of  colour  and 
markings  with  the  description  of  this  insect,  but  which  are  cer- 
tainly only  varieties  of  A.  kotosa,  Newm.  Baron  de  Chaudoir 
says  that  crihriioennis  differs  from  lutosa  in  the  puncturation  of 
the  elytra  (which  these  examples  do  not,  at  any  rate  not  in  any 
invariable  manner)  as  well  as  in  colour  and  markings,  and 
implies  that  there  are  some  other  distinctions  {e.g.,  in  the  erect 
hairs  of  the  prothorax),  so  it  is  quite  possible  that  cribripennis  is 


716  NOTES  ON  AUSTRALIAN  COLEOPTERA, 

a  good  species,  closely  resembling  in  colour  and  markings  some 
varieties  of  lutosa.  My  collection  contains  several  specimens 
intermediate  in  markings  between  those  referred  to  above  and 
typical  lutosa,  and  some  in  which  the  dark  markings  are  still 
more  reduced  till  they  consist  of  a  mere  infuscation  of  the  front 
of  the  suture  and  a  faint  shading  near  the  lateral  margin.  The 
species  is  common  in  South  Australia. 

SCARITIDES. 
Platythorax  (Carenum)  transversicollis,  Chaud. 

Sat  nitidus ;  laevis ;  niger,  elytris  violaceo-marginatis  ;  capite 
lato,  brevi,  supra  oculos  unipunctato ;  sulcis  f rontalibus  profundis 
sat  parallelis,  antice  fortiter  divergentibus,  postice  quatenus  oculi 
productis  ;  prothorace  quam  longiori  fere  duplo  latiori,  antice  quam 
postice  vix  latiori,  leviter  canaliculate,  angulis  anticis  productis, 
posticis  bene  determinatis  nihilominus  rotundatis,  basi  bisinuata 
in  medio  nullo  modo  concava ;  elytris  prothoraci  latitudine 
aequalibus,  sat  late  reflexo-marginatis,  antice  truncatis,  suturam 
versus  conjunctim  late  leviter  concavis,  tibiis  anticis  externe 
tridentatis.  [Long.  9,  lat.  3i  lines. 

The  prothorax  is  scarcely  less  (as  8  to  4J)  than  twice  as  wide 
as  its  length  down  the  middle.  The  basal  lobe  (which  is  wide  and 
well-defined,  though  not  much  produced  hindward)  has  its  hind 
outline  evenly  convex  all  across — not  at  all  concave  or  emarginate 
in  the  middle.  The  elytra  are  separately  convex  transversely — 
so  that  if  their  upper  outline  be  viewed,  looking  from  the  head 
across  the  prothorax,  it  appears  to  be  widely  and  feebly  but 
evidently  concave  in  the  middle.  [It  is  quite  possible  that  this 
may  be  caused  merely  by  slight  immaturity.]  The  row  of  punc- 
tures on  the  declivous  front  margin  of  the  elytra  contains  3  on 
each  side  placed  close  together  on  the  external  half  of  the  base, 
and  a  row  of  punctures  runs  just  within  the  lateral  margin,  but 
the  discoidal  punctures  of  the  elytra  are  entirely  wanting.  On  the 
anterior  tibiae  the  teeth  resemble  those  of  Calliscapterus  cam- 
2)estris,  Macl.     The  inferior  ridge  reaches  the  tarsus. 


BY    THE    KEV.  T.  BLACKBURN.  717 

The  absence  of  discoidal  elytral  punctures  approximates  this 
species  to  Carenum  ineditutn,  Mach,  and  some  others  which 
have  only  two  teeth  on  the  external  margin  of  the  front  tibise. 
Its  nearest  ally,  however,  appears  to  be  C.  Macleayi,  Blackb., 
from  which  it  differs  (independently  of  colour)  by  the  longer 
frontal  sulci  of  its  head  ;  its  wider  prothorax,  the  hind  angles  of 
which  are  less  rounded  off — the  base  being  a  gently  bisinuate 
line  as  long  as,  and  (along  its  whole  length)  parallel  to,  the  front 
margin  ;  and  its  elytra  narrower  anteriorly. 

McDonnell  Ranges,  Central  Australia;  taken  by  Mr.  A.  S. 
Wild. 

N.B. — The  above  species  appears  to  be  identical  with  Carenum 
traoisversicolle,  Chaud.,  but  as  its  author  has  not  described  that 
species,  having  done  little  more  than  mention  some  of  its  differ- 
ences from  its  allies,  I  think  it  is  well  to  furnish  a  formal 
description. 

Clivina  Bovill^,  sp.no v. 

Minus  angusta;  minus  parallela;  minus  convexa;  subtuspicea; 
supra  obscure  ferruginea,  maculatim  vix  distincte  infuscata,  an- 
tennis  palpis  pedibusque  testaceo-brunneis ;  prothorace  postice 
quam  antice  fere  tertia  parte  latiori,  basi  utrinque  lineatim  im- 
press©, quam  longiori  vix  latiori  ;  elytris  fortiter  striatis,  striis  sat 
fortiter  punctulatis,  stria  4^  basi  extrorsum  contorta ;  clypeo  ad 
latera  rotundato  vix  producto ;  tibiis  anticis  externe  dentibus  4 
instructis,  dente  summo  parvo,  2°  sat  magno,  3°  majore  etiam, 
apicali  ceteros  longitudine  superanti.     [Long.  3^,  lat.  |  lines  (vix). 

This  species  may  be  placed  in  the  "  section "  of  M.  Patzeys' 
"  Revision  Gen.  des  Clivinides "  in  which  the  author  places  C. 
Australasice,  C.  vagans,  tfec.  The  clypeus  is  only  very  gently 
concave  in  front,  those  parts  which  M.  Putzeys  calls  its  "  wings  " 
being  scarcely  defined  but  being  fairly  distinct  from  what  he  calls 
the  "  large  wings  "  of  the  head.  The  structure  of  these  parts  is 
not  unlike  the  same  in  C.  melanojyyga,  Putz.,  but  the  front  of  the 
clypeus  is  even  less  concave.  The  portion  of  the  head  behind  the 
clypeus  is  vaguely  impressed  down  the  middle,  and  its  front  part 


718  NOTES  ON  AUSTRALIAN  COLEOPTERA, 

is  comparatively  strongly  punctured.  The  interstices  of  the  elytra 
are  rather  strongly  convex,  somewhat  more  so  than  in  C.  melano- 
])yga,  the  striae  being  not  quite  so  distinctly  punctured  as  in  that 
species.  The  external  teeth  of  the  anterior  tibiae  are  considerably 
longer  and  more  slender  than  in  C.  melanoiDyga,  the  4th  {i.e.,  the 
uppermost)  though  small  and  blunt  being  quite  well  defined.  The 
apical  spine  on  the  inner  margin  of  the  same  tibise  is  much  larger 
in  the  male  than  in  the  female.  The  flanks  of  the  prosternum  are 
oqaque  on  a  sharply  limited  space  (owing  to  the  presence  of  close 
longitudinal  strigosity),  the  opaque  space  also  bearing  some  trans- 
verse strigse  which  are  much  more  continuous  and  deeply  impressed 
than  the  longitudinal  ones.  This  sculpture  is  exceptionally  strongly 
developed, — much  more  so  e.g.  than  in  C.  melanoinjga. 
N.  Territory  of  S.  Australia ;  taken  by  Mrs.  Bovill. 

Clivina  iEQUALis,  sp.nov. 

Sat  angusta ;  sat  parallela;  sat  convexa  ;  picea  ;  antennis, 
palpis,  elytris,  pedibusque,  plus  minus  ferrugineis ;  prothorace 
postice  quam  antice  vix  latiori,  basi  utrinque  haud  lineatim 
impresso,  quam  longiori  paullo  latiori ;  elytris  fortiter  striatis, 
striis  sat  fortiter  punctulatis,  stria  4^  basi  extrorsum  contorta ; 
clypeo  ad  latera  rotundato  vix  producto  \  tibiis  anticis  externe 
dentibus  4  instructis,  dente  summo  parvo,  2°  sat  magno,  3* 
majore  etiam,  apicali  ceteros  longitudine   superanti. 

[Long.  2i,  lat.  %  line. 

Resembles  the  preceding,  but  differs  as  follows  : — it  is  a  little 
more  elongate,  parallel  and  convex ;  the  head  and  prothorax  are 
of  a  darker  colour ;  the  clypeus  is  flatter  and  still  less  distinct 
from  its  "  wings  ;"  the  part  which  M.  Putzeys  calls  the  "  anterior 
elevation "  being  not  distinctly  raised,  and  having  no  transverse 
furrow  behind  it ;  the  head  is  wider  and  less  shining  ;  the  pro- 
thorax  is  slightly  wider  in  proportion  to  its  length,  being  by 
measurement  slightly  transverse  (to  the  eye  it  appears  scarcely  so), 
it  is  scarcely  at  all  narrowed  forward,  the  sides  are  strongly 
wrinkled   transversely    except    near    the  front,    the   longitudinal 


BY    THE    REV.  T.  BLACKBURN.  719 

linear  impression  near  the  base  on  either  side  is  entirely  wanting, 
the  central  longitudinal  channel  is  much  stronger ;  the  striae  of 
the  elytra  are  much  more  conspicuously  punctulate  except  near 
the  apex,  the  external  teeth  on  the  anterior  tibiae  are  even 
longer ;  the  tarsi  (especially  the  hind  ones)  are  much  more 
slender. 

N.  Territory  of  S.  Australia ;  taken  by  Mrs.  Bovill. 

Clivina  dorsalis,  sp.nov. 

Sat  angusta ;  sat  parallela  ;  minus  convexa ;  picea ;  antennis, 
palpis,  mandibulis  (apice  excepto),  clypei  lateribus,  elytris  latera 
versus,  pedibusque,  testaceis ;  prothorace  postice  quam  antice  vix 
latiori,  basin  versus  utrinque  lineatim  longitudinaliter  fortiter 
impresso,  qnam  longiori  vix  latiori,  sat  fortiter  punctulato;  elytris 
fortiter  striatis,  striis  sat  distincte  punctulatis,  stria  4*  basi  haud 
extrorsum  contorta ;  clypeo  ad  latera  breviter  acute  dentato  ; 
tibiis  anticis  externe  dentibus  3  (dente  4°  obsoleto)  instructis. 

[Long.  2-2 1,  lat.  f-i  line. 

The  pallid  colouring  on  the  elytra  is  very  variable,  in  some 
instances  being  almost  obsolete,  in  others  (perhaps  immature) 
occupying  the  whole  surface  ;  in  average  specimens  the  elytra 
bear  3  stripes  of  about  equal  width,  the  middle  one  common  and 
piceous,  the  lateral  ones  pallid. 

Apparently  near  G.  suturcdis,  Putz.,  but  differing  from  it  in  the 
prothorax  being  (by  measurement)  not  at  all  longer  than  wide, 
and  in  the  4th  stria  not  being  deflected  outwards  at  the  base 
to  meet  the  8th  stria  which,  however,  meets  the  5th  stria,  as  in 
C.  melanopyga. 

Port  Lincoln  ;  also  near  Adelaide. 

Clivina  boops,  sp.nov. 

Minus  angusta ;  parallela  ;  convexa ;  nigra ;  antennis,  palpis, 
mandibulis  (apice  excepto),  clypei  lateribus,  pedibusque,  rufis ; 
capite  lato  ;  prothorace  postice  quam  antice  haud  latiori,  basi 
utrinque  nullo  modo  (nonnullis  exemplis  obsoletissime)  lineatim 


720  NOTES  ON  AUSTRALIAN  COLEOPTERA, 

longitudinaliter  impresso,  quam  longiori  fere  quarta  parte  latiori, 
sat  fortiter  rugate  latera  versus  sat  fortiter  punctulato;  elytris 
sat  fortiter  striatis,  striis  sat  fortiter  punctulatis  omnibus  antice 
liberis, — plurimis  postice  obsoletis,  interstitiis  minus  convexis  ; 
clypeo  utrinque  rotundatim  minime  ultra  alam  producto ;  tibiis 
anticis  externe  dentibus  4  (ut  C.  cequalis)  instructis  ;  menti  dente 
medio  sat  acuto  sat  elongate.  [Long.  85,  lat.  |  line. 

Var.  C?  immat.)  Corpore  toto  testaceo. 

The  distinguishing  features  of  this  species  are : — tooth  of  mentum 
somewhat  pointed  and  not  much  shorter  than  the  lateral  lobes  of 
the  same ;  wide  head  (evidently  across  the  eyes,  which  are  little 
convex,  more  than  three-quarters  the  width  of  the  prothorax) ; 
clypeus  roundly  prominent  on  either  side  and  slightly  more  pro- 
minent than  the  lateral  wings  which  are  clearly  distinct  from  it  ; 
vertex  strongly  punctulate  on  a  space  of  variable  size, — body  of 
even  width  from  the  front  of  the  prothorax  to  near  apex  of  elytra  ; 
prothorax  by  measurement  nearly  a  quarter  (to  the  eye  scarcely) 
wider  than  long  and  having  its  surface  strongly  wrinkled  trans- 
versely and  punctured  towards  the  sides,  without  any  longitudinal 
line  impressed  on  either  side  near  the  base,  no  two  elytral  striae 
distinctly  connnected  in  front,  &c.,  &g. 

Port  Lincoln  ;  also  near  Adelaide. 

Clivina  Adelaide,  sp.nov. 

Sat  angusta ;  parallela ;  minus  convexa ;  nigra  ;  antennis,  pal- 
pis,  mandibulis  (apice  excepto),  clypei  lateribus,  pedibusque,  plus 
minus  rufescentibus  ;  prothorace  postice  quam  antice  vix  latiori, 
postice  utrinque  lineatim  longitudinaliter  impresso,  sat  laevi,  longi- 
tudine  latitudini  Eequali ;  elytris  sat  fortiter  striatis,  striis  punctu- 
latis, stria  4^  basi  extrorsum  contorta,  interstitiis  minus  convexis  ; 
clypeo  utrinque  obsoleto  minime  ultra  alam  producto;  tibiis  anticis 
externe  dentibus  4  (ut  G.  cequalis)  instructis. 

[Long.  3 1,  lat.  |  line. 

Yar.  (^  immat.)  Minor,  corpore  toto  testaceo. 


BY    THE    REV.  T.  BLACKBURN.  721 

E-esembles  C.  hoojys  but  is  much  more  elongate  with  the  pro- 
thorax  very  much  narrower,  4th  stria  of  elytra  curved  outward  at 
the  base  to  join  the  8th. 

Adelaide  district. 

Clivina  tuberculifrons,  sp.no v. 

Sat  angusta ;  minus  parallela  ;  minus  convexa ;  ferruginea  ^ 
capite  inter  oculos  bituberculata ;  prothorace  postice  quam  antice 
fere  tertia  parte  latiori,  postice  utrinque  lineatim  longitudinaliter 
impresso,  sparsim  obscure  rugato,  longitudine  latitudini  sequali  • 
elytris  sat  fortiter  striatis,  striis  punctulatis,  stria  4*basi  extrorsum 
contorta,  interstitiis  vix  convexis  ;  clypeo  utrinque  vix  ultra 
alam  producto ;  tibiis  anticis  externe  dentibus  4  (ut  G.  cequalis) 
instructis.  [I^ong.  2.  lat.  J  line. 

Distinguished  from  all  the  previously  described  Australian  species 
of  Clivina  by  the  protuberance  on  either  side  of  the  frontal  impres. 
sion,  and  from  nearly  all  by  its  diminutive  size. 

Clivina  Wildi,  sp.nov. 

Minus  angusta;  minus  parallela;  satdepressa;  picea,  prothorace 
rufescenti,  antennis,  palpis,  pedibusque,  testaceis  ;  prothorace  pos- 
tice quam  antice  quarta  parte  latiori;  basi  utrinque  leviter  lineatim 
longitudinaliter  impresso,  quam  longiori  vix  latiori ;  elytris  fortiter 
striatis,  striis  fortiter  punctulatis,  stria  4^  basi  extrorsum  hand 
contorta,  interstitiis  convexis  ;  clypeo  utrinque  ultra  alam  produc- 
to ;  tibiis  anticis  externe  dentibus  3  (dente  4°  obsoleto)  instructis. 

[Long.  21,  lat.  I  line  (vix). 

The  5  th  (not  4th)  stria  connecting  on  the  base  of  the  elytra  with 
the  external  stria,  together  with  the  small  size  of  the  insect,  and 
the  uppermost  tooth  of  the  anterior  tibiae  scarcely  indicated  will 
distinguish  this  from  the  previously  described  species. 

McDonnell  Ranges,  Central  Australia;  taken  by  Mr.  A.  S.  Wild,, 
an  intrepid  explorer  to  whom  I  have  much  pleasure  in  dedicating 
this  interesting  little  species. 


722  NOTES  ON  AUSTRALIAN  COLEOPTERA, 

Clivina  debilis,  sp.nov. 

Sat  angusta  ;  sat  parallela ;  minus  depressa ;  nigra  ;  antennis, 
palpis,  mandibulis  (apice  excepto),  clypei  lateribus  et  pedibus, 
testaceis  ;  prothorace  postice  quam  antice  vix  latiori,  postice 
utrinque  lineatim  longitudinaliter  impresso,  sat  Isevi,  longitudine 
latitudini  aequali ;  elytris  sat  fortiter  striatis,  striis  fortiter  punc- 
tulatis  postice  subobsoletis,  stria  4^  basi  baud  extrorsum  contorta ; 
interstitiis  sat  planis ;  clypeo  utrinque  baud  ultra  alam  (hac  vix 
distincta)  producto  ;  tibiis  anticis  externe  dentibus  3  (dente  4° 
obsoleto)  instructis.  Long.  2],  lat.  f  line  (vix). 

Var.  C?)  Minor  (long.  2  lines),  dilutior,  paullo  minus  convexa. 

The  5th  (not  the  4th)  stria  connecting  at  the  base  with  the  8th 
distinguishes  this  species  from  most  of  its  congeners ;  from  the 
rest  it  may  be  separated  by  the  front  outline  of  the  clypeus  not 
projecting  on  either  side  beyond  the  "wings,"  the  prothorax 
having  a  distinct  longitudinal  impressed  line  on  either  side  near 
the  base,  and  the  uppermost  (4th)  tooth  of  the  anterior  tibiae  being 
scarcely  indicated. 

Port  Lincoln.     The  var.  1  occurs  near  Adelaide. 

CRATOCERIDES. 

Phorticosomus  Randalli,  sp.nov. 

Piceo-brunneus ;  nitidus ;  antennis,  labro,  palpis,  pedibusque, 
ruf escentibus  ;  prothorace  obsolete  canaliculato,  antice  subtrun  - 
cato,  postice  quam  antice  baud  angustiori,  angulis  posticis 
rotundatis ;  elytris  sat  fortiter  striatis,  striis  latera  versus 
gradatim  obsoletescentibus.  [Long.  6,  lat.  2|  lines. 

Closely  allied  to  P.  felix,  Schaum,  and  F.  brunneus,  Blackb. 
From  the  former  it  differs  in  the  colour  of  the  antennae,  in  the 
prothorax  almost  truncate  in  front,  with  hind  angles  quite 
rounded  off,  and  a  distinct  flattened  transverse  space  in  front  of 
the  base  (as  in  P.  brunneus)  and  in  the  elytral  striae  becoming 
quite  feeble  towards  the  lateral  margins.     From  P.  brunneus  it 


BY    THE    REV.  T.  BLACKBURN.  723 

differs  by  its  considerably  larger  size,  prothorax  not  narrowed 
behind  and  having  the  hind  angles  rounded  off,  and  by  the  en- 
feebling of  the  lateral  stride  on  the  elytra.  All  the  other 
previously  described  species  are  either  very  much  larger  or  very 
much  smaller,  except  P.  Nuytsii,  Cast.,  from  Western  Australia, 
which  is  described  as  a  black  insect  with  the  prothorax  almost 
rectangular  behind. 

N.  Territory  of  S.  Australia ;  taken  at   Barrow's  Creek  by  Mr. 
"VV.  D.  Randall,  to  whom  I  have  dedicated  it. 

TRIGONOTOMIBES. 

Abacetus. 

It  seems  at  least  doubtful  whether  the  Australian  species  attri- 
buted to  Abacetus  and  to  Drimostoma  are  generically  distinct 
inter  se.  Baron  deChaudoir  (Bull.  Mosc.  1870,  p.  375),  expresses 
the  opinion  that  D.  vicina,  Cast.,  may  be  even  specifically  iden- 
tical with  his  (de  Chaudoir's)  A.  australis,  but  makes  no  comment 
on  Castelnau's  other  species.  Another  of  the  insects  referred 
(though  in  this  case  doubtfully)  to  Drimostoma  by  Castelnau 
(D.  ?  tasmanica)  is  asserted  by  Bates  (Cist.  Ent.  II.  321)  to  be 
an  OoiDterus,  a  genus  which  Lacordaire  associates  with  Cnemacan- 
thus.  Of  the  remaining  four  of  Castelnau's  Drimostoma^  one 
(Thouzeti)  is  said  to  be  very  like  vicina  from  which  it  is  perhaps 
safe  to  infer  that  de  Chaudoir  would  have  called  it  an  Abacetus. 
The  rest  are  from  the  mountains  of  Victoria ;  D.  australis  may 
be  almost  anything, — if  it  be  congeneric  with  D.  vicina  it  would 
necessitate  a  new  name  for  Abacetus  australis,  Chaud.  ;  D.  mon- 
tana  from  the  description  {e.g.  "  thorax  not  marginated  laterally") 
cannot  have  anything  to  do  with  Drimostoma,  and  the  same 
remark  would  probably  apply  to  D.  alpestris,  which  is  said  to  be 
very  like  D.  montana,  but  the  description  is  so  worthless  that 
unless  the  type  can  he  referred  to  its  identification  is  hopeless. 

According  to  de  Chaudoir  Drimostorna  and  Abacetus  resemble 
each  other  very  closely  in  facies, — but  that  learned  writer  men- 
tions as  the  main  distinction  between  them  that  in  the  former  the 


724  NOTES  ON  AUSTRALIAN  COLEOPTERA, 

lobes  of  the  mentum  are  pointed  at  the  apex,  while  in  the  latter 
the  lobes  of  the  mentum  are  rounded  at  the  apex.  Both  genera 
were  founded  by  Dejean  for  African  species,  some  American  insects 
having  been  doubtfully  attributed  afterwards  to  Drhnostoma  and 
some  from  the  European  coasts  of  the  Mediterranean  having  been 
attributed  to  Ahacetus.  M.  de  Chaudoir  expresses  doubt  as  to 
Drimostoma  being  found  in  Australia  (Ann.  Soc.  Ent,  Belg. 
V0I.XY.). 

I  have  in  my  collection  a  single  example  each  of  two  species 
from  the  Northern  Territory  of  S.  Australia  which  appear  to  be 
congeneric  with  Ahacetus  australis,  Chaud.,  but  as  the  description 
of  that  insect  merely  states  the  colour  and  then  points  out  the 
specific  differences  between  it  and  R.  flavipes,  Thoms.,  (from 
Gaboon),  giving  no  account  of  the  structural  characters,  I  think  I 
shall  do  well  to  enumerate  some  of  the  characters  of  the  present 
insects  to  prevent  any  inconvenient  results  in  case  I  should  prove  to 
be  wrong  in  supposing  them  congeneric  with  de  Chaudoir's  species. 

They  both  belong  to  the  group  which  Lacordaire  calls  "  Trigo- 
notomides  "  having  the  mentum  (which  drops  very  abruptly  below 
the  plane  of  the  submentum  and  is  separated  from  it  by  a  strong 
carina)  narrowed  forwards,  with  its  front  margin  only  sinuated. 
The  submentum  is  of  peculiar  structure,  the  middle  part  being  a 
flattened  plate  bearing  three  strong  longitudinal  carinas  pointed  in 
front,  on  either  side  of  which  it  (the  submentum)  becomes  some- 
what declivous  and  is  limited  by  a  curved  keel ;  the  lateral  por- 
tions of  the  mentum  have  a  crimped  appearance.  I  have  not  been 
able  to  examine  the  mentum  satisfactorily  except  with  a  compound 
microscope,  but  probably  if  a  specimen  could  be  spared  for  the 
palpi  to  be  removed  it  might  be  done  with  a  Coddington  lens.  Of 
the  maxillary  palpi  the  2nd  and  4th  joints  are  subequal,  the  3rd 
being  shorter ;  the  2nd  is  depressed  and  dilated,  the  3rd  is 
gradually  dilated  from  the  base  to  the  apex  and  the  4th  is  nar- 
rowed from  the  base  to  the  apex,  these  palpi  thus  not  differing 
very  much  from  those  of  Simodontus  except  in  the  second  joint 
being  considerably  more  dilated.     Of  the  labial  palpi  the  2nd  joint 


BY    THE    REV.  T.  BLACKBURN.  725 

is  slightly  longer  than  the  3rd  of  the  maxillary  and  is  slightly 
dilated  from  the  base  outwards,  while  the  third  joint  is  scarcely 
shorter  than  the  2nd  and  is  slightly  thickened  for  a  little  distance 
from  the  base  and  then  attenuated  towards  the  apex,  the  labial 
palpi  thus  scarcely  differing  from  those  of  Simodontus,  The 
prosternum  has  a  wide  shallow  sulcus  down  the  middle  from  a 
little  behind  the  front  nearly  to  the  apex  ;  it  protrudes  a  little 
behind  the  front  coxse,  the  protruding  part  being  carinate  round 
its  free  margin  and  bearing  two  strong  fovese  on  its  surface.  The 
intermediate  ventral  segments  bear  a  large  setigerous  puncture  on 
either  side  of  the  middle  line,  and  are  not  furrowed  transversely. 
The  apical  ventral  segment  in  the  female  bearR  4  setigerous  punc- 
tures along  the  hind  margin, — in  the  male  only  2  punctures  which 
however  are  very  large  ones.  In  the  male  the  anterior  tarsi  are 
but  little  dilated  and  the  basal  ventral  segment  is  concave  down 
the  front  part  of  the  middle  line.  [It  must  be  remembered  that 
the  male  and  female  appertain  to  very  widely  distinct  species]. 
The  very  much  lower  plane  of  the  mentum  as  compared  with  that 
of  the  submentum  as  well  as  the  shape  of  the  former  in  front, 
separate  these  two  species  widely  from  all  the  small  Australian 
Feronides  known  to  me.  The  episterna  of  the  metathorax  carry 
a  well  defined  sulcus  immediately  within  their  margin  all  round 
so  that  their  edge  appears  finely  ribbed.  I  cannot  discover  any 
suture  separating  off  from  the  episternum  an  apical  piece  (the 
epimeron) ;  at  the  apical  end  of  the  episternum,  however,  the 
marginal  sulcus  is  much  further  within  the  border  than  else- 
where, and  I  take  the  portion  beyond  it  to  be  the  epimeron. 
The  episternum  (including  this  piece)  is  not  much  less  than 
twice  as  long  as  its  width  in  front  which  slightly  exceeds 
the  width  of  the  widest  part  of  the  elytral  epipleurse.  The 
mandibles  are  nearly  straight  to  near  the  apex  where  they  are 
incurved  and  sharply  pointed.  The  labrum  is  transverse,  trun- 
cate in  front.  The  head  bears  a  strong  transverse  sulcus  a  little 
behind  the  labrum ;  the  two  ends  of  the  sulcus  turn  at  an  angle 
and  run  backward  on  the  head,  diverging  in  a  curve  to  the  eye  ',  a 
large  deep  impression  on  either  side  is  bounded  externally  by  these 


726  NOTES  ON  AUSTRALIAN  COLEOPTERA, 

curved  lateral  sulci.  The  antennae  when  set  back  reach  consider- 
ably beyond  the  base  of  the  prothorax  ;  they  are  moderately  stout, 
the  2nd  joint  short,  the  rest  subequal.  The  lateral  gutter  of  the 
prothorax  immediately  within  the  turned  up  edge  is  wider  and 
stronger  than  in  most  of  the  small  Feronides  (e.g.  Simodontus) 
and  is  continued  within  the  basal  angle  and  a  short  distance  along 
the  base,  and  then  turns  and  runs  forward  on  the  prothorax, 
forming  an  extremely  strong  sulcus.  The  3rd  interstice  of  the 
elytra  bears  a  single  puncture  at  about  the  middle  of  its  length 
In  one  of  my  examples  the  3rd  interstice  has  another  puncture 
near  the  front  on  one  elytron  only.  There  is  no  trace  of  an 
abbreviated  scutellar  stria. 

The  facies  is  not  unlike  that  of  Loxandrus. 

Abacetus  simplex,  sp.nov. 

^.  Niger,  subiridescens  ;  antennis,  palpis,  pedibusque,  rufescen- 
tibus  ;  prothorace  quam  longiori  tertia  parte  latiori,  antice  quam 
postice  sat  latiori,  medio  longitudinaliter  fortiter  sulcato,  antice 
leviter  emarginato,  angulis  anticis  distinctis  parum  productis, 
lateribus  sat  fortiter  rotundatis  pone  medium  leviter  sinuatis, 
angulis  posticis  acute  rectis  subdentatis,  sulco  laterali  sat  lato, 
sulco  utrinque  basali  sat  elongato  ;  elytris  fortiter  striatis,  striis 
Igevibus,  interstitiis  minus  convexis.  [Long.  3,  lat.  1  line. 

N.  Territory  of  S.  Australia  ;  taken  by  Dr.  Bovill. 

As  I  have  not  a  type  of  A.flavijoes,  Thorns.,  I  cannot  form  a 
very  clear  notion  of  A.  australis,  Chaud.,  but  this  species  seems  to 
differ  from  it,  inter  alia,  in  being  iridescent  and  having  antennae 
of  a  uniform  red  colour.  It  is  larger  than  any  of  the  species  of 
Abacetus  that  have  been  described  by  Sir  W.  Macleay,  those  nearest 
it  in  size,  moreover,  having  the  striae  of  the  elytra  punctured. 
Drimostoma  Tliouzeti  and  vicina^  Cast.,  have  dark  antennse,  with 
only  the  base  pale. 

Abacetus   crenulatus,  sp.nov. 

(J.  Niger  ;  antennis,  palpis,  pedibusque  rufescentibus ;  prothor- 
ace quam  longiori  plus  tertia  parte  latiori,  antice  quam   postice 


BY    THE    REV.  T.  BLACKBURN.  727 

parum  latiori,  medio  longitudinaliter  profunde  sulcato,  antice 
parum  emarginato,  angulis  anticis  obtusis,  lateribus  fortiter  rotun- 
datis  mox  ante  basin  sinnatis,  angulis  posticis  rainutis  subdenti- 
formibus,  sulco  laterali  lato  profundo,  sulco  utrinque  basali  minus 
elongate  ;  elytris  profunde  striatis,  striis  fortiter  crenulatis,  inter- 
stitiis  fortiter  convexis.  [Long.  2h,  lat.  1  line  (vix). 

Differs  from  A.  simplex  by  its  shorter  and  wider  prothorax.  of 
which  the  sulcus  within  the  lateral  margin  is  much  stronger,  and 
by  its  still  more  deeply  striate  elytra,  the  striae  of  the  same  being 
crenulate  internally,  and  the  interstices  very  much  more  convex ; 
the  legs  (especially  the  hind  femora)  are  of  a  darker  colour.  From 
A.  australis,  Chaud.,  and  D.  Thouzeti  and  vicina,  Cast.,  it  differs 
by  its  unicolorous  antennae  and  smaller  size.  Of  Sir  W.  Macleay's 
species  only  A,  ater  and  A.  angustior  are  described  as  not  having 
the  elytral  striae  simple ;  from  the  former  of  these  it  differs  by  its 
elytra  much  wider  than  the  prothorax,  and  from  the  latter  by  its 
prothorax  not  "  longer  than  the  width."  The  median  sulcus  of 
the  prothorax  (as  in  A.  simplex)  is  abbreviated  at  both  ends. 

N.  Territory  of  S.  Australia ;  taken  by  Dr.  Bovill. 
Abacetus  a.  Macleayi,  sp.no v. 
A.  flavipes,  Macl.,  (nom.   prseocc.) 
The  above  change  in  nomenclature  seems  to  be  required. 

FERONIDES. 

Prosopogmus. 

Masters'  Catalogue  attributes  10  Australian  species  to  this 
genus  (or  sub-genus),  of  which  at  most  3 — Boisduvali,  Cast., 
Reichei,  Cast.,  (these  two  probably  not  specifically  distinct  inter 
se),  and  harjyaloides,  Chaud., — seem  to  be  entitled  to  their  place. 
The  error  has  probably  arisen  from  the  fact  that  de  Chaudoir 
(Ann.  Mus.  Gen.  1874,  p.  594)  has  most  unaccountably  placed 
47 


728  NOTES  ON  AUSTRALIAN  COLEOPTERA, 

under  the  heading  "  Prosopogmus  "  a  list  of  all  the  Feronides  of 
Castelnau  of  which  he  has  ascertained  the  types  to  be  lost,  and 
Mr.  Masters  has  included  these  in  the  genus  Prosopogmus. 

PCECILUS. 

There  appears  to  me  to  be  no  satisfactory  evidence  of  the 
occurrence  of  any  true  P melius  in  Australia,  as  no  author  in 
calling  any  Australian  species  by  the  name  has  mentioned  as 
present  that  distinctive  character  of  Poecilus — the  basal  joint  of 
the  antennee  carinated.  P.  Kingi,  W.  S.  Macleay,  could  not  be 
identified  without  reference  to  the  type.  The  descriptions  of 
P.  Icevis,  Macl.,  and  sulcatulus,  Macl.,  do  not  read  like  those  of 
Poecili,  and  that  of  P.  semiplicatus,  Cast.,  is  quite  useless. 
P.  chlcunioides,  Macl.,  is  stated  by  its  author  to  resemble  P. 
resp)lendens^  Cast.,  which  is  a  Chlcenioideus. 

Rhytisternus  Bovilli,  sp.nov. 

Minus  depressus  ;  piceus,  plus  minus  rafescens ;  prothorace 
quam  longiori  fere  tertia  parte  latiori,  postice  utrinque  bistriato ; 
striis  in  excavatione  vix  manifesta  positis,  lateribus  postice  vix 
sinuatis,  angulis  posticis  obtusis  baud  dentatis ;  elytris  striis  5* 
6%  et  7*  plus  minus  obsoletis  ;  tarsis  posticis  extus  vix  perspicue 
sulcatis.  [Long.  6-6 1,  lat.  2^  lines. 

Average  specimens  of  this  insect  are  of  a  shining  pitchy  red 
colour,  but  I  have  before  me  a  single  example  the  colour  of  which 
is  almost  uniformly  pitchy  black.  The  antennae  and  legs  are  fairly 
robust,  resembling  those  of  P.  liopleura,  Chaud.,  (and  therefore 
very  difierent  from  those  of  P.  sulcatipies ,  Blackb.).  The  frontal 
sulci  diverge  strongly  behind  as  in  sulcatip)es  (in  liopleura  they  are 
nearly  parallel).  The  prothorax  is  scarcely  so  wide  in  front  as  at 
the  base  (in  lioioleura  the  base  is  slightly  narrower  than  the  front, 
in  sulcatipes  the  base  and  front  are  equal) ;  it  is  nearly  a  third 
again  as  wide  as  its  length  down  the  middle  being  slightly  more 
transverse  than  in  liopleui'a  and  sulcatipes  ;   the  sides  are  a  little 


BY    THE    REV.  T.  BLACKBURN.  •  729 

less  strongly  rounded  than  in  liopUura,  and  behind  the  middle  are 
scarcely  sinuated  (in  liopleura  they  are  decidedly  sinuate,  in  sul- 
ccUijjes  not  at  all) ;  the  hind  angles  are  obtuse  but  not  far  from 
rectangular,  without  the  slightest  indication  of  a  tooth  directed  out- 
ward (in  sidcatlpes  they  are  much  more  obtuse,  making  an  angle 
of  about  60°,  in  liopleura  they  are  distinctly  dentate  and  directed 
outward) ;  the  2  longitudinal  sulci  at  the  base  on  either  side  are 
better  defined  and  more  distinct  from  each  other  than  in  either 
liopleura  or  sulcatipes,  the  space  separating  them  being  almost  on 
the  same  plane  as  the  general  surface  of  the  prothorax.  The 
striae  of  the  elytra  are  almost  as  in  sulcatij^es  being  more  strongly 
impressed  than  in  liopleura^  but  the  shoulders  resemble  those  of 
liopleura  being  less  produced  forward  than  in  sulcatipes. 

I  do  not  think  that  this  insect  is  identical  with  any  of  those 
previously  described,  though  it  is  difficult  to  be  sure  owing  to  the 
deplorably  inferior  quality  of  the  descriptions  of  most  of  them. 
Here  is  an  example  : — if  it  is  desired  to  ascertain  whether  a  given 
specimen  is  R.  cyatliodera,  Chaud.,  one  turns  to  the  description, 
so-called,  of  that  insect  and  finds  no  actual  description,  but  only  a 
few  notes  on  its  diflferences  from  other  species,  commencing  (I 
translate  the  Latin)  "  differs  from  Icevilatera  in  its  much  wider 
and  shorter  prothorax,  &c.,  &c.,^'  but  no  positive  statement  of 
characters.  Thus  referred  back  again  to  Icevilatera  one  turns  up 
that  species  and  reads  again  no  positive  description,  but  "differs 
from  liopleura  in  its  narrower  prothorax,  not  narrowed  behind, 
&c.,  &c."  This  reminds  one  of  "the  House  that  Jack  built,"  the 
prothorax  of  cyathodera  being  thus  described  as  "wider  and  shorter 
than  that  of  Icevilatera  which  is  narrower  than  that  of  liopleura'^^ 
and  from  this  tangle  it  would  require  a  clearer  mind  than  mine  to 
evolve  the  prothorax  of  R.  cyatliodera.  In  this  confusion  I  fear  at 
the  risk  of  being  prolix  that  I  must  conclude  by  giving  my  reasons 
for  not  identifying  R.  Bovilli  with  any  previously  described 
species.  From  liopleura  sucid  sidcatipes  I  have  already  distinguished 
it ;  Icevilatera  is  said  to  have  the  5th  stria  on  the  elytra  "omnino 
ohliterata"  and  the  external  basal  sulcus  of  the  prothorax  less 
defined  that  in  liopleura;    cyathodercL  is  said  to  be  an  iridescent 


730  NOTES  ON  AUSTRALIAN  COLEOPTERA, 

insect  with  the  external  basal  sulcus  of  the  [U'othorax  almost 
obliterated,  and  its  size  is  much  larger ;  in  j^uella  the  prothorax  is 
said  to  be  cordate  ;  in  misera,  Chaud.,  the  prothorax  is  said  to  be 
longer  than  in  Impleura  with  the  external  basal  sulcus  "  obsole- 
tior,"  and  it  is  implied  that  the  hind  angles  are  dentate ;  angustu- 
lus,  Macl.,  seems  from  the  measurements  and  name  to  be  a  much 
narrower  species  (though  I  regard  its  identity  as  j^ossiblej ;.  lim- 
batus,  Macl.,  appears  to  be  much  smaller  and  very  differently 
coloured. 

N.  Territory  of  S.  Australia  ;  taken  by  Dr.  Bovill. 

Rhytisternus   limbatus,  Macl. 

Last  year  I  met  with  a  single  example  of  a  Rhytisernus,  in  the 
neighbourhood  of  Lake  Eyre,  which  agrees  so  well  with  the 
description  of  this  remarkable  insect  that  I  can  hardly  doubt  its 
identity,  although  the  type  was  found  at  King's  Sound,  in  N.W. 
tropical  Australia.  The  only  discrepancy  I  notice  is  in  the  colour  of 
the  antennae  which  is  described  as  "piceous,"  whereas  the  antennae 
in  my  specimen  are  of  a  brownish  testaceous  colour.  The  pro- 
thorax scarcely  differs  in  any  respect  from  that  of  the  preceding 
species  (^i2.  Bovilli,  Blackb.)  except  in  having  the  two  basal  furrows 
near  the  external  margin  on  either  side  placed  in  a  common 
impression  as  in  R.  liopleura  ;  the  circular  form  (from  some  points 
of  view)  of  the  outer  of  these  (referred  to  by  Sir  W.  Macleay) 
seems  to  be  characteristic  of  the  species.  The  elytra  compared 
with  those  of  R.  lio2)leura  are  more  strongly  striated  and  have 
the  humeral  angles  sharper, — more  dentiform, — but  not  the 
shoulders  more  produced. 

Leptopodus,  Chaud. 

This  genus — proposed  by  the  Baron  de  Chaudoir  for  Ptero- 
stichus  holomelanus,  Germ., — has  not  been  characterised  so  far  as 
I  can  ascertain.  The  following  characters  will,  however,  suffice 
to  distinguish  it  from  other  Feronice  : — Basal  joint  of  antennae 
not  carinate,  3rd    interstice    of  elytra  tripunctate,  metathoracic 


BY    THE    REV.  T.  BLACKBURN.  731 

episterna  (including  the  apical  piece  divided  off  by  a  fine  suture) 
considerably  longer  than  its  front  margin  is  wide,  the  front  margin 
being  considerably  wider  than  the  elytral  epipleurse,  and  no  fur- 
row running  within  the  lateral  margin ;  intermediate  ventral 
segments  transversely  sulcate  as  in  Simodontus,  each  ventral 
segment  bearing  two  conspicuous  setigerous  punctures  placed  one 
on  either  side  of  (and  near  to)  the  middle,  the  apical  segment  of 
the  female  with  an  additional  setigerous  puncture  on  either  side 
near  the  margin,  prosternum  produced  widely  and  strongly 
behind  the  front  coxse,  the  free  outline  of  the  produced  part 
edged  with  a  carina,  the  tarsi  externally  sulcate,  the  anterior 
tarsi  with  the  basal  3  joints  in  the  male  strongly  dilated  and 
furnished  beneath  each  with  two  rows  (meeting  at  the  base  and 
strongly  diverging  forward  to  enclose  the  base  of  the  rows 
belonging  to  the  next  joint)  of  very  conspicuous  white  scale- 
like papillae,  mentum  with  a  wide  strongly  declivous  median 
tooth,  the  front  of  which  is  arcuately  concave  in  the  middle  and 
prominent  at  the  ends. 

I  am  unable  to  find  any  structural  characters  to  distinguish 
this  genus  from  Simodontus  except  the  strong  declivity  of  the 
median  tooth  of  the  mentum  and  the  strongly  sulcate  tarsi.  The 
vestiture  of  the  anterior  tarsi  in  the  male  does  not  seem  to  differ 
noticeably. 

LOXANDRUS. 

I  doubt  whether  the  Australian  species  attributed  to  this  genus 
are  really  congeneric  with  the  American  species  for  which  the 
name  was  established,  as  the  mouth  organs  do  not  appear  to  me 
to  tally  satisfactorily  with  the  description,  but  as  I  have  not  a 
type  of  any  of  the  American  species  for  comparison  I  shall  not 
venture  to  propose  a  new  name.  I  have  before  me  examples 
from  various  parts  of  S.  Australia,  and  some  from  the  Northern 
Territory,  which  do  not  seem  to  be  specifically  different  inter  se, 
although  they  vary  somewhat  in  size  (long.  3|-4  J  lines),  and  in  some 
the  elytral  interstices  appear  slightly  more  convex  than  in  others. 
I  should  say  that  Poecilus  iridescens,  Cast.,  is  most  probably  this 


732  NOTES  ON  AUSTRALIAN  COLEOPTERA, 

species.  A  very  notable  character  of  the  insect  before  me  is  the 
presence  of  strong  puncturation  on  the  metathoracic  episterna 
and  on  the  sides  of  the  metathorax  and  venti'al  segments,  such 
puncturation  being  coarse  and  not  close  in  front,  and  becoming 
gradually  finer  and  closer  hindward.  There  seem  to  be  no  good 
characters  mentioned  to  distinguish  from  it  Pcecihis  interioris, 
Cast.,  F.  subiridescejis,  Macl.,  and  perhaps  even  P.  atronite^is, 
Macl. ;  this  latter  having  "  only  a  trace  of  iridescence  on  the 
elytra,"  is  quite  possibly  distinct.  Pterostichus  Icevigatus,  Macl., 
also  must  be  very  near  it. 

SiMODONTUS. 

I  have  lately  been  trying  to  identify  the  insects  on  which  some 
of  the  earlier  descriptions  of  the  smaller  species  of  Feronia  (in 
the  wide  sense)  were  made,  and  have  found  that  it  is  simply 
impossible  to  arrive  at  any  assurance  by  other  means  than  a  com- 
parison with  types  that  are  certainly  not  in  Australia,  and  many 
of  which  are  almost  certainly  non-existent.  Most  of  the  smaller 
species  of  this  group  appertain  to  the  genus  (or  sub-geuus) 
Simodontus,  Chaud.,  which  is  characterised  in  terms  that  are 
quite  unintelligible,  viz.,  "  Elytra  ad  striam  tertiam  tripunctata. 
Caetera  ut  in  OrtJiomo,  thoracis  angulis  posticis  rotundioribus." 
On  referring  to  the  description  of  Orthomus  (as  quoted  by  Dr. 
Schaum  in  the  ''  Insecten  Deutschlands  ; '  I  have  not  the  original, 
which  appeared  in  the  Bull.  Mosc.  1838)  one  finds  no  distinct 
assertion  as  to  the  puncturation  of  the  elytra,  but  a  statement  of 
the  characters  which  distinguish  Orthomus  from  Foecilus  and 
Adelosia  (species  of  both  these  having  the  3rd  interstice  tripunc- 
tate),  which  does  not  mention  any  difference  in  respect  of  these 
punctures.  In  the  absence  of  a  reliable  type  of  Orthomus  I  should 
be  at  a  loss  even  to  attribute  any  Australian  insect  confidently  to 
Simodontus  were  it  not  that  the  Baron  de  Chaudoir  has  given  a 
further  clue  in  describing  the  sjyecies  he  has  attributed  to  the 
genus. 

The  Baron  de  Chaudoir  appears  to  regard  Argutor  australis, 
Dej.,  as  the  type  of   Simodo7itus,   unfortunately  a  species  quite 


BY   THE    REV.  T.    BLACKBURN.  733 

hopeless  to  identify  with  absolute  certainty — at  least  in  Australia. 
Dejean's  description  consists  of  18  words,  followed  by  a  com- 
parison of  its  subject  with  F.  harhara  (a  species  occurring  on  the 
eastern  shores  of  the  Mediterranean  Sea) ;  de  Chaudoir  (with 
exceptional  facilities  for  comparison  of  types)  is  doubtful  as  to 
the  insect  it  is  founded  on. 

Next  comes  Simodontus  ceneipennis,  Chaud.,  which  is  fairly 
well  described ;  but  a  note  at  the  end  of  the  description  says  that 
"it  is  perhaps  the  Feronia  australis,  Dej." 

In  1865  M.  Motachonlsky  described  what  is  no  doubt  a  Simo- 
dontus under  the  name  (Argutor  ?)  antipodicm.  [I  have  not  seen 
the  description.] 

In  1868  the  Count  de  Castlenau  described  as  Feronia  inedita 
an  insect  which  is  probably  either  a  Simodontus  or  a  Leptopodus 
from  the  Pine  Mountains  of  Queensland.  De  Chaudoir  in  liis 
memoir  on  the  Castelnau  collection  makes  no  reference  to  it,  from 
which  it  is  to  be  inferred  that  the  type  has  perished.  But  the 
description  is,  I  think,  sufficient  to  enable  its  identification  on  a 
specimen  taken  in  the  locality  cited  if  such  should  turn  up,  when 
a  more  scientific  description  may  be  furnished. 

At  the  same  time  the  Count  described  as  species  of  Harpalus 
two  insects  {Fortnumi  and  hrunneus)  which  in  his  report  on 
Count  Castelnau'sj  collection  de  Chaudoir  asserts  to  belong  to 
Simodontus.'^ 

Three  years  later  Sir  William  Mackay,  in  the  "  Insects  of 
Gayndah,"  described  as  Argutor  three  species  {foveipennis,  nitidi- 
pennis,  and  oodiformis)  which  de  Chaudoir  says  are  Simodontus  ; 
of  these  fuller  descriptions  are  desirable  pointing  out  their  dis- 
tinctions from  others  of  the  genus. 

*  I  accidentally  overlooked  this  note  of  de  Chaudoir  when  in  the  Trans. 
Roy.  Soc.  S.A.  x.  p.  190,  I  expressed  a  doubt  as  to  whether  H.  Fortnumi 
appertained  to  the  Har2)alidce,  but  suggested  that  if  of  the  sub-family  at 
all  it  might  be  a  form  of  H.  Deyrollei.  Mr.  Masters  also  has  evidently 
committed  the  same  oversight  in  placing  the  two  in  Harpalus,  in  his 
"  Catalogue  of  the  described  Cokoptera  of  Australia." 


734  NOTES  ON  AUSTRALIAN  COLEOPTERA, 

In  1873  de  Chaudoir  described  6  new  species  of  Simodontus, 
but  in  a  manner  quite  useless  to  Australian  students.  Without 
plainly  saying  so  he  seems  to  assume  that  the  doubt  he  previously 
expressed  as  to  the  specific  distinctness  of  his  S.  ceneii^ennis  and 
Dejean's  F.  australis  was  unfounded.  Of  these  6  species  conwajws 
is  merely  compared  in  brief  terms  with  australis,  orthomoides 
with  0.  berytensis  (a  Syrian  insect),  transfiiga  with  orthomoides^ 
<fec.,  &c.  The  Baron  subsequently  (Ann.  Mus.  Gen.  1874) 
expressed  the  opinion  that  three  of  them  (he  did  not  specify 
which)  were  identical  with  Sir  W.  Macleay's  three  species  of 
Argutor  from  Gayndah. 

Finally,  in  1888  Sir  William  Macleay  described  S.  occidentalis 
from  King's  Sound 

I  hardly  see  any  satisfactory  way  out  of  this  labyrinth,  but  I 
think  any  way  is  better  than  remaining  in  it,  until  some  one  is 
able  to  examine  the  types  and  report  on  them,  which  will  pro- 
bably be  at  the  Greek  Kalends.  E-ather  than  acquiesce  in  the 
theory  that  Australians  are  to  consider  themselves  barred  from 
giving  names  to  the  fauna  of  their  country  by  the  bad  descrip- 
tions of  foreign  students,  I  offer  to  the  Linnean  Society,  at  the 
risk  of  eventually  proving  to  have  increased  the  synonymy  of 
some  species,  descriptions  of  three  Simodonti  known  to  me, 
attributing  to  existing  names  two  which  appear  to  me  likely  to 
be  entitled  to  them,  and  giving  a  new  name  to  one  which  there 
is  not  evidence  for  considering  as  already  satisfactorily  named. 
The  species  with  which  I  have  to  deal  are  all  from  Southern 
Australia — one  from  Mulwala  in  the  south  of  N.S.W.  being  the 
most  northern  in  its  habitat ;  I  shall  therefore  assume  that  I 
have  none  of  Sir  W.  Macleay's  species  before  me,  which  are  all 
from  the  north,  but  unfortunately  insufficiently  described — the  im- 
portant character  of  the  width  of  the  prothorax  at  the  front  as 
compared  with  its  width  at  the  base  (for  example)  not  being 
alluded  to,  except  in  the  case  of  one  of  them. 

SiMODONTUS  (Harpalus)  FoRTNUiii,  Cast. 
Latus  ;  sat  brevis  ;    nitidus  ;  supra  piceus  ;  subtus  cum  palpis, 
antennis,  pedibusque  rufescens  vel  rufo-testaceus ;  prothorace  quam 


BY    THE    REV.  T.  BLACKBURN.  735 

longiori  dimidia  parte  latiori,  postice  quam  antice  vix  latiori, 
margine  antico  parum  concavo,  lateribiis  sat  sequaliter  rotundatis, 
angulis  posticis  rotundato-obtusis,  basi  media  leviter  rotundatim 
emarginata,  striola  basali  externa  vix  distincta;  elytris  basi  externa 
nullo  modo  dentatis,  subtiliter  striatis,  interstitiis  planis,  interstitio 
3°  tripunctulato.  [Long.  3?,  lat.  li  lines. 

The  only  species  known  to  me  (of  the  genus)  which  has  the 
length  of  the  elytra  down  the  suture  not  at  all  greater  (by  measure- 
ment) than  twice  their  width  across  the  base.  The  prothorax 
scarcely  (by  measurement  the  base  is  5  again  as  wide  as  the  front) 
narrower  across  the  front  than  across  the  base  is  also  a  good 
character,  nor  have  I  seen  any  other  species  having  the  prothorax 
as  much  as  half  again  as  wide  as  long.  There  is  a  very  distinct 
transverse  strip  marked  more  or  less  distinctly  with  longitudinal 
scratches,  and  abruptly  depressed  below  the  general  plane  of  the 
surface,  running  along  the  base  of  the  prothorax  from  one  to  the 
other  of  the  inner  longitudinal  fovese.  The  external  basal  fovea 
on  either  side  close  to  the  hind  angle  of  the  prothorax  is  very 
feeble  and  from  some  points  of  view  seems  to  be  quite  non-existent. 
The  large  setigerous  puncture  near  the  hind  angle  of  the  prothorax 
is  (as  usual  in  the  genus)  very  distinct  and  well  within  the  angle. 
The  concavity  of  outline  on  the  base  of  the  prothorax  is  very 
clearly  confined  to  the  middle  part  of  the  base.  The  abbreviated 
stria  close  to  the  scutellum  is  exceptionally  short.  The  transverse 
undulations  on  the  prothorax  mentioned  by  Castelnau  are  variable 
in  intensity  but  never  very  noticeable  without  close  examination. 
The  episterna  of  the  metathorax  are  wider  than  in  the  allied 
species. 

Extremely  abundant  in  S.  Australia.  I  have  not  seen  it  further 
west  than  Yorke's  Peninsula. 

N.B. — I  think  there  is  scarcely  any  doubt  that  this  insect  is 
identical  with  S.  curtulus,  Chaud.,  and  also  with  S.  (Harpalus) 
brunneus,  Cast.  It  seems  to  differ  from  S.  fovei2)en7iis,  Macl.,  and 
S.  nitidipennis,  Macl.,  by  its  short  scutellar  stria,  from  aS'.  oodiformis 
by  the  feebler  striation  of  its  elytra,  and  from  most  of  the  other 


736  NOTES  ON  AUSTRALIAN  COLEOPTERA, 

described  species  by  its  prothorax  not  narrowed  anteriorly.  The 
description  of  *S'.  hrunneus  is  quite  useless,  giving  no  information 
whether  the  protborax  is  narrowed  anteriorly  and  dismissing  all 
the  sculpture  of  the  prothorax  with  the  brief  expression  "impres- 
sions moderately  strong," — but  as  it  fits  S.  FortiiuTni^evj  well  as 
far  as  it  goes  and  is  founded  on  specimens  from  Adelaide  I  feel  no 
doubt  of  its  identity. 

SiMODONTUS    AUSTRALIS,  Dej. 

My  collection  contains  a  single  example  taken  at  Port  Lincoln 
which  agrees  very  well  with  Dejean's  description  of  this  species. 
Unfortunately  the  description  is  so  short  that  it  is  easy  to  suppose 
there  may  be  other  species  that  will  fit  it  equally  well,  and  as  no 
more  precise  indication  is  given  of  the  locality  of  the  type  than 
"  Xew  Holland  "  there  is  nothing  but  the  description  to  guide  one 
in  selecting  an  insect  to  bear  the  name.  However,  I  claim  the 
name  for  this  S.  Australian  species  by  adding  to  Dejean's  diagnosis 
such  particulars  as  will  unmistakably  associate  the  species  in 
question  with  the  name,  feeling  sure  that  nothing  could  cZissociate 
the  two  unless  it  might  be  a  reference  to  the  original  type.  If 
that  can  be  made  and  my  present  memoir  should  provoke  someone 
to  make  it  and  set  me  right,  I  shall  be  very  glad. 

Minus  latus ;  minus  brevis ;  supra  piceo-niger ;  subtus  cum 
palpis  antennis  tibiis  tarsisque  rufescens,  femoribus  picescentibus  ; 
prothorace  quam  longiori  tertia  parte  latiori,  postice  quam  antice 
tertia  parte  latiori,  margine  antico  sat  concavo,  lateribus  leviter 
sat  sequaliter  rotundatis,  angulis  anticis  prominulis,  posticis  rotun- 
dato-obtusis,  basi  rotundatim  emarginata,  striola  basali  externa 
obliterata  ;  elytris  basi  externa  nullo  modo  deutatis,  sat  fortiter 
striatis,  interstitiis  externis  postice  angustis  convexis,  interstitio 
'^  tripunctulato.  [Long.  3?,  lat.  Ig  lines  (vix). 

Compared  with  S.  Fortnumi  this  insect  is  very  evidently  longer, 
narrower,  and  more  parallel ;  the  head  is  smaller  in  proportion  to 
the  other  parts  ;  the  prothorax  is  longer  and  flatter,  more  concave 
in  front,  with  the  front  angles  more  prominent  and  less  obtuse, 


BY    THE    REV.  T.  BLACKBURN.  737 

and  the  dorsal  channel  continued  to  the  base,  it  is  more  narrowed 
towards  the  front  ;  the  inner  longitudinal  impression  on  either 
side  at  the  base  is  longer  and  more  sharply  defined  and  the  outer  one 
quite  or  almost  obliterated ;  the  concavity  of  the  basal  outline  is 
much  wider,  the  sides  of  the  base,  moreover,  not  being  at  all 
directed  obliquely  hindward  as  well  as  inward  from  the  basal  angles 
(as  they  are  in  Fortnumi) ;  the  elytra  have  much  stronger  striation 
and  the  lateral  interstices  become  near  the  apex  linear  convex 
ridges ;  the  abbreviated  stria  near  the  scutellum  is  much  longer 
than  in  S.  Fortnumi,  reaching  almost  to  the  sutural  stria.  The- 
elytra  a  little  behind  the  middle  are  slightly  wider  than  at  the  base. 
Port  Lincoln. 

SlMODONTUS    MURRAYE»SIS,  sp.nOV. 

Angustus ;  piceus ;  capite  prothoraceque  obscure  rufis  (huic 
nonnullis  exemplis  marginibus  rufo-testaceis),  antennis  pal  pis  pedi- 
busque  rufis ;  prothorace  quam  longiori  tertia  parte  latiori,  postice 
quam  antice  fere  tertia  parte  latiori,  margine  antico  sat  concavo^ 
lateribus  leviter  arcuatis,  latitudine  majori  ante  medium  posita,. 
angulis  anticis  prominulis  posticis  fere  rectis,  basi  late  rotundatim 
emarginata,  striola  basali  externa  distincta ;  elytris  basi  externa 
minute  dentatis,  sat  fortiter  striatis,  interstitiis  externis  postice 
sat  angustis  subconvexis,  interstitio  3°  tripunctulato. 

[Long.  3^,  lat.  1}^  lines. 

This  species  differs  from  S.  Fortnumi,  Cast.,  in  most  respects  in 
which  S.  australis  differs  from  it ;  instead  however  of  the  external 
longitudinal  impression  at  the  base  of  the  prothorax  being  obli- 
terated or  nearly  so  that  impression  is  much  better  defined  than 
in  S.  Fortnumi,  and  the  concavity  of  outline  of  the  base  of  the 
prothorax  is  almost  evenly  continuous  from  one  hind  angle  to  the 
other  ;  the  striation  of  the  elytra  moreover  is  not  much  stronger 
than  in  Fortnumi,  but  the  lateral  interstices  are  narrower  and 
somewhat  convex  near  the  apex  (less  so  however  than  in  S.  aus- 
tralis), while  the  elytra  instead  of  being  somewhat  dilated  behind 
the  middle  are  at  their  widest  very  little  behind  the  front  whence 
they  narrow  continuously   (though  very  slightly  and  gradually). 


738  NOTES  ON  AUSTRALIAN  COLEOPTERA, 

hind  ward.  From  S.  australis  this  species  may  be  known  by  its 
still  narrower  and  more  parallel  form,  the  well  defined  outer 
impression  on  either  side  at  the  base  of  the  prothorax,  the  con- 
tinuous concavity  of  outline  all  across  the  base  of  the  pro  thorax, 
the  somewhat  finer  striation  of  the  elytra  the  outer  interstices  of 
which  are  less  narrow  and  convex  behind,  &c.,  &c.  From  both  it 
differs  in  the  distinct  though  very  minute  tooth-like  prominence  of 
the  external  apex  of  the  basal  keel-like  line  of  the  elytra,  and  its 
much  more  nitid  surface. 

Mulwala,  N.S.W. ;  taken  by  Mr.  T.  G.  Sloane  in  refuse  from  a 
flood  in  the  Murray. 

N.B. — It  is  possible  that  this  may  be  identical  with  S.  elonga- 
tus,  Chaud.  That  species  however  is  described  as  having  an  iride- 
scent reflection,  and  in  any  case  I  do  not  think  its  name  can  stand 
as  it  has  been  given  by  the  Baron  de  Chaudoir  himself  to  two 
species  in  other  sections  of  Feronia. 

MiCROFERONiA,  gen.nov. 

(J.  Mentum  breve,  antice  minus  fortiter  emarginato,  dente 
medio  bifido  instructo.  Palporum  articulus  ultimus  ovalis,  apice 
sat  acuminatus  ;  metathoracis  episternum  (parte  apicali  pone 
suturam  distinctam  inclusa)  quam  latius  fere  dimidia  parte  longius? 
intra  margines  anteriorem  interioremque  sulcatum,  margine  an- 
teriori  quam  elytrorum  epipleura  paullo  latiori ;  segmenta  ventralia 
baud  transversim  sulcata,  segmento  apicali  punctis  setigeris 
(antice,  prope  medium  utrinque,  postice  4  ad  marginem  apicalem, 
positis)  instructo,  segmentis  3  praecedentibus  puncto  setigero  ut- 
rinque prope  medium  instructis ;  antennae  sat  robustse,  articulo  1  ° 
sat  elongato,  ceteris  brevioribus,  2°  submonilif ormi ;  labrum  trans- 
versum,  antice  leviter  emarginatum,  utrinque  tumidum ;  oculi  sat 
magni,  prominuli,  sat  grosse  granulati ;  elytrorum  interstitium 
tertium  uuipunctatum ;  tarsorum  anticorum  articuli  basales  3 
sat  fortiter  dilatati. 

Q.  Latet. 


BY    THE    REV.  T.  BLACKBURN.  739 

It  should  be  noted  that  in  this  genus  (as  in  many  others  of  the 
Feronides)  the  bifid  tooth  of  the  mentum  does  not  project  forward 
as  an  uninterrupted  continuation,  but  is  a  separate  piece  divided 
from  the  mentum  by  a  perfectly  distinct  suture  and  is  strongly 
declivous.  This  structure  may  readily  be  observed  with  an 
ordinarily  strong  lens  in  many  of  the  larger  Feronides  (Priono- 
phor'HS,  Notonomus,  Sarticits,  &c.).  In  Rhytisternus,  Simodon- 
tios,  and  others,  the  tooth  of  the  mentum  is  more  a  continuation 
of  the  general  plane  of  the  surfa.ce.  In  small  species  where  the 
tooth  of  the  mentum  is  strongly  declivous  it  is  extremely  difficult 
to  see.  In  the  present  insect,  although  it  is  quite  distinct  under 
a  compound  microscope,  I  cannot  obtain  a  satisfactory  sight  of  it 
with  a  Coddington  lens. 

The  labrum,  too,  is  very  peculiar,  the  lateral  portion  on  either 
side  being  strongly  tumid,  so  that  the  middle  portion  appears  to 
be  a  sulcus.  Another  noteworthy  character  consists  in  the  two 
large  strong  punctures  placed  in  the  front  part  of  the  apical 
ventral  segment, — one  on  either  side  of,  and  close  to,  the  middle 
line.  The  palpi,  too,  having  their  apical  joint  unusually  long  and 
dilated,  are  peculiar.  The  basal  3  joints  of  the  antennge  are 
glabrous,  the  4th  belonging  to  the  pubescent  series. 

The  small  insect  for  which  I  propose  this  name  has  the  facies  of 
Loxandrus.  It  also  somewhat  resembles  Notoiohilus  (Anisodacty- 
lidce),  from  which  the  glabrous  3rd  joint  of  the  antennae  will  at 
once  distinguish  it. 

MiCROFERONIA    ADELAIDE,  Sp.nOV. 

Ovalis ;  sat  convexa ;  nitida ;  piceo-nigra,  supra  iridescens ; 
labro,  mandibulis,  antennis  (his  apicem  versus  vix  infuscatis), 
palpis,  pedibus,  et  elytrorum  sutiira  margineque  laterali,  testaceis ; 
prothorace  leviter  transverso,  antice  quam  postice  paullo  angusti- 
ori,  canaliculato,  latitudine  majori  ante  medium  posita,  margine 
antico  subtruncato,  lateribus  leviter  rotundatis  postice  hand  sinua- 
tis,   angulis    posticis  subrotundatis,    sulco   longitudinali   elongate 


740  NOTES  ON  AUSTRALIAN  COLEOPTERA, 

utrinque  ad  basin  posito ;    elytris  fortius  striatis,  striis  Isevibus, 
interstitiis  planis,  stria  abbreviata  scutellari  foveiformi,  basali. 

[Long  2  (vix),  lat.  |  line. 
Near  Adelaide  ;  a  single  example. 


ANCHOMENIDES. 

Lestignathus  minor,  sp.nov. 

Sat  elongatus  ;  sat  robustus  ;  niger  vix  viridi-seneus ;  antennis 
(articulis  basalibus  3  plus  minus  piceis  exceptis),  palpis,  tarsisque 
rufescentibus ;  pedibus  piceis  ;  capite  sat  angusto,  oculis  magnis 
prominulis  ;  prothorace  qiiam  longiori  diraidia  fere  parte  latiori, 
antice  quam  postice  sat  angustiori,  pone  marginem  anticum  bre- 
viter  profunde  transversim  impresso,  sat  fortiter  canaliculato, 
lateribus  ab  angulis  anticis  (his  obtuse  productis)  ad  basin  gra- 
datim  magis  fortiter  explanatis,  angulis  posticis  rotundatis  ;  elytris 
quam  prothorax  vix  duplo  latioribus,  fortiter  striatis,  striis  Isevibus, 
interstitiis  (prsesertim  postice)  convexis.        [Long.  5,  lat.  2i  lines. 

This  species  has  something  of  the  facies  of  Agonum. 

Port  Lincoln ;  a  single  example  vi^as  found  running  in  the 
sunshine  on  sandhills  behind  the  beach. 

Platynus  marginellus,  Er. 

I  have  in  my  collection  a  series  of  specimens  from  various 
localities  which  tally  perfectly  M^ith  Erichson's  description,  but  if 
I  am  right  in  my  identification  (of  which  I  feel  no  doubt)  that 
description  omits  a  very  distinctive  character, — viz.,  that  the  c5rd 
stria  on  the  elytra  is  conspicuously  deepened  from  near  its  base  to 
about  the  middle,  the  5th  stria  also  presenting  a  similar  structure 
less  conspicuously  near  the  apex.  Specimens  from  Western  Australia 
appear  to  be  a  little  more  robust  in  build,  with  slightly  stouter  an- 
tennse,  these  latter  and  thelegs  being  of  a  paler  colour  thanin  average 
examples  taken  near  Adelaide,  but  there  seems  no  reason  to  con- 
sider them  as  specifically  distinct.     I  suspect  that  Anchomenus 


BY    THE    REV.   T.   BLACKBURN.  741 

nigro-ceneus,  Newm.,  is  the  same  insect.  The  only  noteworthy 
differences  between  the  two  descriptions  are  that  Newman  does 
not  mention  the  reddish  pitchy  colour  of  the  extreme  margin  of 
the  elytra  (which  is  scarcely  noticeable  in  some  examples  before 
me)  and  that  he  calls  the  stride  of  the  elytra  "  haud  puncta," 
while  Erichson  says  "  btriis  omnium  subtilissime  punctulatis." 

Platynus  Murrayensis,  sp.nov. 

Elongatus  ;  parallelus  ;  testaceo-brunneus,  pedibus  dilutioribus  ; 
prothorace  capite  parum  latiori,  quam  longiori  vix  latiori,  subti- 
liter  canaliculato,  basi  margini  antico  latitudine  tequali,  lateribus 
leviter  arcuatis,  latitudine  majori  mox  ante  medium  posita,  angulis, 
posticis  obtusis ;  elytris  subtiliter  striatis,  striis  vix  perspicue 
punctulatis,  stria  3^  ante  medium  manifeste  profundiori. 

[Long.  4?,  lat.  Ig  lines. 

The  width  of  the  prothorax  scarcely  exceeds  that  of  the  head 
across  the  eyes  ;  the  elytra  are  unusually  narrow  in  proportion  to 
the  prothorax  (as  14  to  9)  ;  the  prothorax  is  scarcely  ^  wider  than 
long.  This  species  bears  some  superficial  resemblance  to  the 
European  Ancliomenus  livens,  GylL,  but  is  considerably  narrower 
and  more  elongate.  It  is  at  once  distinguished  from  P.  mar- 
ginellus,  Er.,  by  its  much  more  elongate  form  and  prothorax 
scarcely  wider  than  long,  as  well  as  by  its  colour,  and  the  less 
noticeable  deepening  of  the  3rd  stria  of  the  elytra. 

Murray  Bridge,  S.A.  ;  on  swampy  ground. 

HYDROPHILID.E. 

Hydrobiomorpha  Helena,  sp.nov. 

Sat  convexa  ;  sat  late  ovalis  ;  nitida ;  subtus  dense  breviter 
pubescens,  piceo-rufa  ;  supra  crebre  minus  subtiliter  punctulata, 
olivaceo -nigra ;  elytris  vittis  6  viridibus  notatis  ;  labri  et  clypei 
parte  anteriori,  palpis  (apice  sum  mo  nigro  excepto),  an  tennis 
(articulis    ultimis    3    piceis   exceptis)  et   pedibus,  rufo-testaceis ; 


742  NOTES  ON  AUSTRALIAN  COLEOPTERA, 

prothoracis  angulis  posticis  vix  rufescentibus ;  capite  prothorace 
et  elytris  punctis  majoribus  seriatim  (ut  H.  Te^yperi  dispositis) 
instructis,  his  capillos  subtiles  ferentibus  ;  mesosterni  carina  antice 
baud  abrupte  declivi.  [Long.  6-7,  lat.  3-3J  lines. 

Maris  palporum  maxillarium  articulo  3°  valde  dilatato. 

Of  the  elytral  stripes  (which  are  of  a  dull  pale  green  colour)  the 
first  is  close  to  the  suture,  the  next  4  coincide  with  the  rows  of 
larger  punctures,  the  last  is  very  near  to  the  lateral  margin. 
Apart  from  colour  this  species  differs  from  Tei^ijeri  as  follows, — it 
is  a  broader  insect  with  less  parallel  sides,  the  surface  is  a  little 
more  conspicuously  punctulate,  the  hind  angles  of  the  prothorax 
are  less  rounded  off,  the  penultimate  joint  of  the  maxillary  palpi 
in  the  male  is  very  much  more  strongly  dilated,  and  the  meso- 
sternal  carina  is  much  less  abruptly  declivous  in  front.  This 
latter  character,  inter  alia,  will  distinguish  the  species  from  H. 
Bovilli. 

I  observe  in  the  three  species  of  this  genus  a  character  that  had 
escaped  my  attention  when  I  described  the  generic  characters ; — 
the  mesosternal  keel  is  nicked  by  a  little  emargination  close  to  its 
anterior  declivity,  and  this  makes  the  extreme  front  appear  as  a 
small  conical  tubercle. 

I  have  dedicated  this  insect  to  Mrs.  Bovill,  who  has  recently 
given  me  three  specimens  of  it  from  the  N.  Territory  of  S. 
Australia,  and  whose  explorations  in  that  interesting  region  have 
brought  to  light  not  a  few  new  species. 

LONGICORNES. 

MiCROTRAGUS    ASSIMILIS,  sp.nOV. 

Dense  pallide  sqamulosus,  palpis  testaceis,  mandibulis  nigris  ; 
prothorace  (spinis  lateralibus  exclusis)  quam  latiori  paullo  longiori, 
antice  quam  postice  vix  angustiori,  supra  fortiter  depresso,  ut- 
rinque  spina  robusta  conica  instructo,  supra  leviter  (ad  latera 
crassissime)  punctulato,  lateribus  leviter  arcuatis ;  scutello  valde 


BY    THE    REV.  T.  BLACKBURN.  743 

transverse,  transversim  concavo  ;  elytris  prothorace  (spinis  laterali- 
bus  inclusis)  sat  latioribus,  carinis  2  (discoidali  Integra,  externa 
serrata)  instructis,illaanticespinam  robustam  extrorsuni  inclinatam 
formanti,  parte  climidia  discoidali  antica  sparsim  subtiliter  (postica 
vix.  perspicue)  punctulata,  parte  declivi  laterali  antice  granulata 
postice  sparsim  subtiliter  punctulata,  apice  singulatim  oblique 
truncato  explanato.  [Long.  11,  lat.  4  lines. 

The  entire  surface,  including  the  underside,  antennae  and  legs  is 
covered  with  even,  very  close,  adpressed  scale-like  pubescence  of 
a  pale  drab  colour,  slightly  darker  on  the  sides  of  the  prothorax, 
and  is  devoid  of  erect  hairs  save  a  few  fine  and  inconspicuous  ones 
on  the  prothorax  and  antennae ;  the  large  coarse  punctures  on  the 
declivous  sides  of  the  prothorax,  however,  each  contain  a  small 
granule  not  rising  above  the  surface  and  concolorous  with  it ;  the 
granules  on  the  front  part  of  the  sides  of  the  elytra  are  black  and 
shining.  A  broad  space  down  the  middle  of  the  prothorax  is 
devoid  of  punctures.  The  spine  at  the  base  of  each  discoidal 
carina  is  very  little  raised  above  the  surface,  its  projection  being 
almost  wholly  lateral.  The  discoidal  caringe  are  pitted  on  their 
sides  posteriorly  with  a  few  large  punctures  which  give  them  a 
serrated  appearance  when  viewed  from  above,  but  their  upper 
outline  viewed  from  the  side  is  seen  to  be  almost  entire,  a  little 
waviness  being  noticeable  in  the  hinder  part.  The  apex  of  each 
elytron  is  explanate  and  obliquely  truncate,  the  external  end  of 
the  truncation  joining  the  lateral  margin  in  a  somewhat  angular 
manner. 

Allied  to  M.  WaterJiousei,  Pasc,  and  M.  Mormon,  Pasc.  It 
differs,  inter  alia,  from  the  former  by  the  absence  of  hairs  from 
the  body,  and  by  the  discoidal  carina  not  being  a  row  of  tubercles, 
— from  the  latter  by  the  absence  of  hairs  and  by  the  differently 
formed  apex  of  the  elytra. 

Fowler's  Bay. 

MiCROTRAGUS    ALBIDUS,  Sp.nov. 

Dense   squamosus,  squamis   fuscis    griseis    et    albidis    confuse 
intermixtis,    palpis   testaceis,    mandibulis   nigris ;   setulis    erectis 
48 


744  NOTES  ON  AUSTRALIAN  COLEOPTERA, 

brevibus  nigris  (nisi  sub  lente  vix  perspicuis)  sparsim  vestitus ; 
capite  pedibusque  certo  adspectu  totis  albis  ;  prothoracis  spinis 
lateralibus  et  disco  antice,  utrinque  albis ;  antennis  fuscis, 
articulis  singulis  basi  albis ;  prothorace  (spinis  lateralibus  ex- 
clusis)  quam  longiori  parum  latiori,  antice  quam  post  ice  paullo 
angustiori,  supra  parum  depresso,  utrinque  spina  brevi  conica 
instructo,  supra  fortiter  subcrebre  (ad  latera  crassissime)  punctu- 
lato,  lateribus  leviter  arcuatis;  scutello  baud  transverso,  apice 
subacuminato :  elytris  prothorace  (spinis  lateralibus  inclusis)  vix 
latioribus  carinis  2  serratis  instructis,  carina  discoidali  antice 
procossum  magnum  obtusum  suberectum  formanti ;  parte  dimidia 
discoidali  antica  subtiliter  sat  crebre  (postica  vix  perspicue) 
punctulata  ;  partibus  tertiis  anticis  2  declivibus  lateralibus,  sat 
crebre  granulatis;  apice  singulatim  suboblique  truncato  vix 
explanato.  [I^oi^g-  l^j  l^t  3 J  lines  (vix). 

Differs  from  M.  WaterJwusei,  Pasc,  inter  alia  hy  the  longitudinal 
line  on  the  head  running  very  conspicuously  the  whole  length  from 
the  clypeus  to  far  behind  the  level  of  the  eyes,  by  the  length  of  the 
scutellum  equal  to  the  width  of  the  same,  by  the  truncate  apices 
of  the  elytra,  by  the  shape  of  the  elytral  carin89 — which  are 
continuous,  though  their  outline  (from  any  point  of  view)  appears 
serrated — by  the  form  of   the  process  at  the  base  of  the  inner 

carina,  which  closely  resembles  the  pommel  of  a  lady's  saddle — 

being  compressed,  with  a  roundly  truncate  apex. 

Differs  from  M.  Mormon,  Pasc,  and  from  M.  assimilis  in  many 

respects,  and  especially  in  the  totally  different  scutellum. 

When  closely  examined  this  species  appears  to  be  rather  closely 

sprinkled   all  over  with    minute    snowy- white   spots,    such   spots 

consisting  of   single  white   scales   interspersed  with  the    darker 

ones. 

W.  Australia ;  sent  to  me  by  Mr.  T.  G.  Sloane. 

MiCROTRAGUS    MACULATUS,    Sp.nOV. 

Dense  pubescens  ;  pube  in  corpore  subtus  in  capite  in  antennis 
in  pedibus  et  in  prothoracis  elytrorumque  lateribus  grisea,  in  pro 


BY    THE    REV.  T.  BLACKBURN.  745 

tliorace  supra  et  in  elytrorum  maculis  nonnullis  nigra,  in  pro- 
thoracis  maculis  nonnullis  et  in  elytrorum  partibus  discoidalibus 
(maculis  nigris  exceptis)  fulva ;  protliorace  (spinis  lateralibus 
exclusis)  quam  latiori  paullo  longiori,  antice  quam  postice  baud 
angustiori,  supra  sat  convexo,  utrinque  spina  magna  robusta 
conica  instructo,  rugulose  crassissime  punctulato,  lateribus  minus 
fortiter  arcuatis ;  scutello  parvo  elongato-triangulari ;  elytris  pro- 
thorace  (spinis  lateralibus  inclusis)  vix  latioribus,  supra  sat  leviter 
(latera  versus  grosse)  sparsim  punctulatis,  carinis  2  simplicibus 
instructis  (exteriori  antice  obsoleta,  altera  antice  spinam  robustam 
obtusam  suberectam  formanti),  apice  minute  divaricatis ;  corpora 
toto,  antennis,  pedibusque,  setis  plus  minus  squamiformibus  (alteris 
albidis  alteris  nigris)  vestitis.  [Long.  7|^,  lat.  2^  lines. 

The  antennae  (by  measurement)  are  slightly  more  than  |  the 
length  of  the  whole  insect.  The  spots  of  fulvous  pubescence  on 
the  prothorax  are  not  very  conspicuous, — one  occupies  the  centre 
of  the  disc,  another  (smaller)  is  on  either  side  a  little  in  front  of 
the  middle.  TJie  black  spots  on  the  elytra  are  extremely  conspi- 
cuous and  are  arranged  as  follows  ; —  about  9  small  spots  down 
each  side  of  the  suture  (the  last  3  or  4  more  or  less  confluent  on 
each  row), — the  basal  tubercle  and  about  4  spots  (the  2nd  and  3rd 
largest)  on  the  discoidal  carina, — a  very  large  spot  of  irregular 
form  extending  from  near  the  lateral  margin  to  near  the  discoidal 
carina  and  longitudinally  from  the  apex  of  the  basal  I  of  the 
elytron  to  the  middle, — two  or  three  spots  on  the  defined  part  of 
the  external  carina ;  all  the  punctures  on  the  elytra  also  more  or 
less  black. 

Near  M.  Arachne,  Pasc,  and  sticticus,  Pasc.  From  the  former 
it  differs  inter  alia  in  colour  (e  g.  head  pale  grey  instead  of  dark 
brown),  also  in  having  the  external  elytral  carina  scarcely  traceable 
except  in  its  hinder  half  instead  of  "  entire  and  well  marked  ;"  from 
the  latter  in  having  the  pubescence  of  the  black  spots  (apart  from 
colour)  quite  similar  to  that  of  the  rest  of  the  surface  instead  of 
"  composed  of  stiff  erect  hairs  *  *  *  raised  above  the  sur- 
rounding pubescence."     The  discoidal  carina  is  bent  round  towards 


746  NOTES  ON  AUSTRALIAN  COLEOPTERA. 

the  suture  at  its  apex,  but  does  not  reach   the  latter.     Probably 
the  black  spots  are  subject  to  more  or  less  variety. 

Barrow's  Creek,  N.  Territory  of  S.  Australia  ;  taken  by  Mr. 
W.  D.  Randall. 

Athemistus  bituberculatus,  Pasc. 

I  have  before  me  specimens — one  at  least  of  them  from  Gipps- 
land,  Vict.,  (taken  by  Mr.  T.  G.  Sloane) — which  agree  with  the 
description  of  this  species  in  every  respect  except  the  punctura- 
tion  of  the  head,  which  in  all  of  them  is  very  distinct  though 
sparse  and  rather  fine.  Mr.  Pascoe  says,  "  head  almost  impunc- 
tate  except  on  the  vertex."  I  can  hardly  think  the  insect  distinct 
from  that  Mr.  Pascoe  described. 


MOLLUSCA  TRAWLED  OFF  MERIMBULA,  NEW 
SOUTH  WALES. 

By  J.  Brazier,  F.L.S.,  &c. 

The  Australian  Museum  received  last  month  from  Mr.  F.  W. 
Smithers,  Inspector  of  N.S.W.  Fisheries,  a  small  collection  of 
shells  trawled  by  him  off  Merimbula  in  17  fathoms.  The  only 
species  of  special  interest  is  the  Crassatella  Kingicola,  Lamk., 
now  for  the  first  time  recorded  from  the  New  South  Wales 
coast. 

Other  things  might  have  been  obtained  if  some  practical 
scientists  had  been  sent  on  behalf  of  the  Museum  to  look  after  what 
came  to  the  surface,  instead  of  its  being  discarded  and  thrown  back 
into  the  sea  as  rubbish,  as  is  very  often  done  by  those  who  do  not 
know  what  they  are  doing.  Appended  is  a  list  of  the  species 
obtained. 

1.  Cassis  pyrum,  Lamk. 

Cassis  pyrum,  Lamarck,  A.nim.  s.  Yert.  Vol.  VII.  part  1, 
p.  226  ;  Kiener,  Coq.  Viv.  p.  39,  pi.  13,  fig.  25,  pi.  15,  fig.  30 ; 
Reeve,  Conch.  Icon.  Vol.  V.  pi.  11,  fig.  29  b;  Conch.  Cab.  2nd 
ed.  Kuster,  p.  29,  pi.  47,  figs.  5-6. 

The  only  specimen  measures  2J  inches  long,  and  was  the  home 
of  an  hermit  crab,  Clihanarius  strigimamcs,  White. 

2.  Myochama  anomioides,  Stutchbury. 

Myochama  anomioides,  Stutchbury,  Zool.  Journal,  Vol.  V.  p.  97, 
Tab.   Supp.  42,  figs.  1,  2,   3,  4  ^  Myochama  anomioides,  Hancock, 


748       MOLLUSCA  TRAWLED  OFF  MERIMBULA,  N.S.W., 

Ann.  Mag.  Nat  Hist.  Vol.  XI.  p.  287,  pi.  11.  (Animal),  1853  ; 
Myochama  anomioides,  Woodward,  Manual,  pi.  23,  fig.  13  ;  Myo- 
chama  anomioides,  Keeve,  Conch.  Icon.  Vol.  XII.  pi.  1,  fig.  4c, 
1860;  Myochama  KeiJinlliana,  A.  Adams,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  p.  90, 
pi.  15,  fig.  1,  1852;  Myochama  Stutchhuryi,  A.  Adams,  Proc. 
Zool.  Soc.  p.  90,  pi.  15,  fig.  4,  1852  ;  Myochama  Kei:)pelliana, 
Peeve,  Conch.  Icon.  Vol.  XII.  pi.  1,  fig.  2,  1860;  Myochama 
anomioides,  Chenu,  Manuel  Conch.  Part  2,  p.  52,  fig.  219  ;  Myo- 
cham,a  Stutchhuryi,  Chenu,  fig.  218 ;  Myochama  Ke2'}pelliana, 
Chenu,  fig.  220,  1862  ;  Myochama  anomioides,  Fisher,  Manuel  de 
Conch,  p.  1159,  pi.  23,  f.  13. 

One  living  specimen  attached  to  the  posterior  end  of  Crassatella 
Kingicola,  Lamk.  The  so-called  Myochama  transversa,  A.  Adams, 
and  Myochama  tabida.  Reeve,  are  merely  local  varieties  of  M. 
anomioides,  Stutchbury,  found  in  and  around  Moreton  Bay  and 
Port  Curtis,  Queensland.  Myochama  anomioides  and  varieties 
I  have  found  on  Venus  (Antigona)  lamellaris,  Schumacher  ;  Circe 
scripta,  Linne  ;  Circe  rivularis.  Born  ;  Chione  rohorata,  Hanley  ; 
Trigonia  Lamar  cki,  Gray  ;  Pectunculus  Gray  anus,  Dunker ;  Pec- 
ticnculus  holoserica.  Reeve  ;  Corbula  Smithiana,  Brazier ;  Mitra 
solida,  Reeve  ;  Cardita  amahilis,  Deshayes  ;  Crassatella  Cumingi, 
A.  Ad. ;  in  Port  Jackson  and  Moreton  Bay. 

3.  Venus  (Chione)  roborata,  Hanley. 

Venus  rohorata,  Hanley,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  p.  161,  1844,  Recent 
Shells,  App.  p.  361,  pi.  16,  f.  25 ;  Reeve,  Conch.  Icon.  Vol.  XIV. 
pi.  23,  fig.  183  ;  Sowerby,  Thes.  Conch.  Vol.   II.  p.  723,  pi.  157 
fig.  117-118. 

The  single  example  is  not  of  that  ivory-white  colour  like  the 
type  from  Tasmania,  but  of  a  chocolate-brown,  and  thinner  with 
the  ribs  very  slightly  reflected. 


BY    J.  BRAZIER.  749 

4.  Venus  (Timoclea)  gallinula,  Lamarck. 

Venus  gallinula,  Lamk.  Anim.  s.  Vert.  Vol.  V.  p.  592,  No.  25  ; 
Sowerby,  Tlies.  Conch.  Vol.  II.  p.  730,  pi.  162,  fig.  225-226. 

One  single  specimen  obtained  ornamented  with  three  dark 
brown  rays  on  each  valve,  concentrically  fimbriately  ribbed,  finely 
radiately  ridged  on  the  posterior  side  ;  interior  of  the  valves  dark 
violet. 

5.  Cytherea  (Callista)  rutila,  Sowerby. 

Cytherea  rutila^  Sowerby,  Thes.  Conch.  Vol.  II.  p.  743,  pi.  163  ; 
Dione  rutila,  Reeve,  Conch.  Icon.  Vol.  XIV.  pi.  5,  fig.  18  ;  Dione 
rujtila^  Deshayes,  Catalogue  Conch,  of  British  Mus.  p.  58. 

One  specimen  was  obtained.  The  brown  rays  are  not  inter- 
rupted as  is  generally  the  case  with  this  species  when  fresh  from 
the  sea.  It  is  one  of  the  most  handsome  species  found  on  the 
coast,  being  entirely  of  a  splendid  bright  pink  with  the  brown 
rays  and  zones  showing  out  in  bold  relief ;  after  a  few  days  they 
begin  to  fade,  and  the  bright  pink  only  shows  round  the  margins. 

6.  Crassatella  Kingicola,  Lamarck. 

Crassatella  Kingicola,  Lamarck,  Anim.  s.  Vert.  Vol.  V.  p.  481, 
No.  1  ;  Crassatella  Kingicola,  Reeve,  Conch.  Icon.  Vol.  I.  pi.  1, 
fig  5. 

Two  specimens  obtained  diff'er  very  much;  one  is  ovately 
orbicular,  slightly  depressed,  the  umbones  strongly  plaited,  of  a 
rose  tinge -colour  ;  anterior  side  rounded,  posterior  side  rather  long 
angulated  :  the  second  one  partakes  of  the  character  of  Crassatella 
castanea,  Reeve,  the  anterior  side  rounded  ;  posterior  angular  and 
abrupt.  I  believe  that  seven  of  the  so-called  species  of  Crassatella 
from  Australia  are  one  and  the  same  species,  and  are  not  even  to 
be  called  varieties,  viz.  : — Crassatella  Kingicola,  Lamarck  ;  G. 
donacina,  Lamarck ;  C.  castanea.  Reeve  j  C.  decipiens,  Reeve  ; 
C.  err  ones.  Reeve;  C.  pulchra,  Reeve;  and  C.  Cumingi,  A.  Adams. 


750  MOLLUSCA   TRAWLED   OFF   MERIMBULA,  N.S.W. 

During  the  S.E.  gale  of  May  this  year,  Mr.  E.  Richards  found 
washed  up  on  the  beach  two  miles  north  of  Ballina,  Richmond 
River,  two  specimens  of  a  Crassatella  which  are  evidently  the 
young  of  Reeves'  C.  pulchra  =  C.  Kingicola,  Lamarck. 


7.  Pectunculus  Grayanus,  Dunker. 

Pectunculus    OrayanuSjDuviker,  Proc.   Zool.  Soc.  p.  357,  1856. 

Sixteen  specimens  were  obtained.  A  thick  orbicular  shell, 
mostly  white  with  angular  streaks  and  flames  of  chestnut-brown 
colour;  it  is  a  very  variable  species  a  number  of  specimens 
having  a  fringe  of  velvety  epidermis  round   the  margins. 


I 


ON  THE  FURTHER  STRUCTURE  OF  CONULARIA 

I  NORN  ATA,  DANA,  AND  HYO  LITRES  LANGEOLATUS, 

MORRIS,  sp.,  (=THECA  LANCEOLATA,  MORRIS). 

By  R.  Etheridge,  Junr. 

Palaeontologist  to  the  Australian  Museum  and  Geological 
Survey  of  N.S.W. 

1.  Conularia  inornata. 
(Plate  XX.,  fig.  1). 

Conularia  inornata  was  originally  described  *'  by  Prof.  J.  D. 
Dana  from  a  fragmentary  specimen  obtained  during  the  visit  of 
the  United  States  Exploring  Expedition  under  Commodore 
Wilkes,  U.S.N.,  to  these  shores.  A  few  years  ago  more  perfect 
examples,  upwards  of  one  foot  in  length,  were  described  f  by 
the  late  Prof.  L.  G.  de  Koninck,  in  the  collection  of  the  late 
Rev.  W.  B.  Clarke,  F.R.S.  So  far,  however,  the  structure  of 
the  proximal  end  of  the  shell  is  unknown. 

In  1873  the  writer  had  the  good  fortune  to  figure  the  most 
perfect  example  of  Conularia  yet  discovered,  J  from  the  Car- 
boniferous Limestone  of  the  East  of  Scotland,  in  which  the  sides 
of  the  shell  were  inflected  inwards,  on  all  four  sides,  at  a  regular 
and  similar  angle,  and  to  a  like  extent,  each  flap  separated  as  it 
were  by  a  deep  groove  from  its  neighbour,  and  the  whole  leaving 


*  U.S.  Exploring  Expedition,   1838-1842,  under  Charles  Wilkes,  U.S.N. 
Vol.  X.  Geology,  by  J.  D.  Dana,  1849,  p.  709. 
t  Foss.  Pal.  Nouv.  Galles  du  Sud,  Pt.  3,  1873,  p.  314,  t.  22,  f.  14. 
X  Geol.  Mag.  1873,  X.  p.  295. 


752  ON    CONULARIA   AND    HYOLITHES, 

a  quadrangular  aperture  at  the  summit  of  the  proximal  end.  A 
forecast  of  this  structure  had  been  previously  figured  *  by  James 
Sowerby,  the  summit  of  whose  specimen  had  the  edges  of  the 
broader  or  truncated  end  of  the  cone  turned  inwards  ;  but  this 
seems  to  have  been  regarded  by  Sowerby  and  subsequent  writers, 
to  judge  from  the  manner  in  which  it  has  been  overlooked ^ 
merely  as  a  lateral  crushing  and  displacement  of  the  test.  Two 
of  the  Upper  Silurian  ConularicB  f  figured  by  the  late  M. 
Barrande  likewise  show  traces  of  this  peculiarity,  viz.,  C.  j^Hcosa, 
Barr.,   and  C.  anomala^   Barr. 

Mr.  J.  Waterhouse,  M.A.,  Inspector  of  Schools,  Dungog,  lately 
forwarded  to  the  Mining  and  Geological  Museum,  Department  of 
Mines,  some  calcareous  spherical  nodules  of  grey  micaceous  very 
hard  mudstone,  which  he  had  obtained  from  a  sandy  shale  in  the 
sinking  of  the  East  Maitland  Coal  Co.'s  shaft  near  Farley,  in  the 
Upper  Marine  Series,  at  a  depth  from  the  surface  of  about  sixty  feet. 
These  nodules  proved  to  be  very  fossiliferous,  containing  in  some 
instances  a  number  of  Conularia  inornata,  almost  invariably 
associated  with  fossil  wood.  None  of  the  Comdarice  are  absolutely 
perfect,  but  several  are  of  great  interest  from  the  fact  that  the 
sides  of  the  cone  at  the  broader  or  proximal  end  are  bent  inwards, 
foreshadowing  the  structure  of  the  Scotch  specimen  previously 
referred  to. 

In  some  the  evidences  of  crushing  by  the  surrounding  matrix 
are  apparent  by  the  displacement  and  distortion  of  the  transverse 
ornamenting  ridges,  but  in  other  cases  the  bending  inwards  is  so 
gradual,  and  the  regularity  of  the  other  features  so  maintained, 
that  a  closure  of  the  proximal  end  may,  I  think,  fairly  be  antici- 
pated in  Conularia  inornata.  Although  there  are  too  many 
traces  of  pressure  to  warrant  us  in  wholly  ascribing  this  appear- 
ance to  natural  form,  the  attention  of  collectors  should  be  drawn 
to  it  from  the  large  size  assumed,  and  important  position  occupied, 


*  Mineral  Conchology,  iii.  p.  107,  t.  260,  f.  4. 
t  Syst.  Sil.  Centre  Bohenie,  1867,  iii.  t.  6,  f.  1,  and  t.  8,  f.  15. 


BY    R.  ETHERIDGE,  JUNE.  753 

by  Conularia  in  the  marine  beds  of  the  N.  S.  Wales  Permo- 
Carboniferoiis  System.  Many  points  in  the  life  history  of  Conu- 
laria yet  remain  to  be  solved,  such  as  its  proper  place  in  the 
zoological  scale,  perfect  condition  of  the  shell,  and  other  details. 
The  constant  association  of  wood  with  the  mollusc  in  these 
nodules  is,  to  say  the  least  of  it,  peculiar. 

2,  Hyolithes  lanceolatus. 

(Plate  XX.,  figs.  2-7). 

One  of  the  few  known  Carboniferous  species  of  J.  D.  C. 
Sowerby's  genus  Theca  was  described  by  the  late  Prof.  John 
Morris  in  Strzelecki's  work  ^*  as  Theca  lanceolata,  from  Illawarra, 
and  it  also  happens  that  this  was  likewise  the  first  enunciation 
of  the  genus.  It  was  pointed  otit,  however,  by  the  late  M. 
Barrande  f  that  Eichwald's  genus  Hyolithes^  proposed  for  similar 
supposed  lanceolate-shaped  shells,  was  published  five  years  before 
the  appearance  of  Strzelecki's  work.  This  is  unfortunate,  as 
Sowerby  and  Morris's  genus  had  become  well-known  and  estab- 
lished amongst  geologists ;  but  as  the  strict  law  of  priority  necessi- 
tates the  adoption  of  Eichwald's  name,  our  Australian  fossil 
must  in  future  be  known  as  Hyolithes  lanceolatus,  Morris,  sp. 
This  is  much  to  be  regretted,  for  Morris's  description  is  far  more 
comprehensive  and  fuller  than  Eichwald's. 

The  Mining  and  Geological  Museum  is  again  indebted  to  Mr. 
John  Waterhouse  for  some  excellently  preserved  specimens  of 
this  shell  with  the  operculum  in  situ.  The  first  observer  to  make 
known  the  presence  of  an  operculum  in  Theca,  so  far  as  I  am 
aware,  was  the  late  Mr.  J.  W.  Salter,  |  but  this  part  of  the 
economy  was  afterwards  copiously  illustrated  by  Barrande. 
Salter  remarked  that  the  shell  described  by  him  as  Theca  opercu- 
lata,   had  "  constantly  associated    with    it,  and  often  in  juxta- 

*  Phys.  Descrip.  N.  S.  Wales,  &c.,  1845,  p.  289,  t.  18,  f.  8. 

+  Loc  cit.  p.  55. 

t  Mem.  Geol.  Survey  Gt.  Britain,  iii.  2nd  Edit.  1881,  p.  558. 


"754  ON    COiNULARIA   AND    HYOLITHES, 

position,  a  shelly  plate  which  would  just  fib  the  aperture."  In 
thus  possessing  an  operculum  Hyolithes  departs  from  the  structure 
of  the  straight  or  slightly  curved  Pteropods,  in  which  opercula 
are  rare,  and  approaches  the  spirally-rolled  forms,  many  of  which 
are  furnished  with  one,  and  it  therefore  occupies  a  very  marked 
position  in  the  Thecosoinate  division  of  the  Pteropoda.  For  this 
Theca-li^e,  shell  with  an  operculum  Salter  adopted  the  sub-generic 
name  of  Cleidotheca. 

The  description  of  Hyolithes  lanceolatus  by  Morris  is  as 
follows  : — "  Shell  elongate,  gradually  tapering  ;  section  obtusely 
trigonal ;  surface  marked  with  numerous  transverse  striae,  which 
become  arched  as  they  pass  over  the  posterior  (^)  portion  of  the 
shell." 

The  general  form  of  the  shell  in  Hyolithes  is  elongately  pyram- 
idal, usually  curved,  but  occasionally  straight.  The  curvature 
occurs  in  one  of  two  directions — either  in  the  plane  of  the  broader 
faces  or  laterally.  The  transverse  section  is  triangular — either 
rectilinear  or  curvilinear.  The  faces  of  the  pyramid  are  usually 
plain,  but  at  times  marked  by  longitudinal  ridges.  The  aperture 
is  generally  oblique  to  the  longer  axis,  and  in  some  a  segment  of  a 
circle,  often  semicircular.  The  sides,  or  lesser  faces,  are  acute  or 
rounded  ;  whilst  the  summit  of  the  shell  is  always  acute,  and  in 
some  species,  according  to  Barrande,  septate. 

Hyolithes  lanceolatus  conforms  generally  to  the  generic  charac- 
ters. In  its  specific  features  it  may  be  said  to  be  elongately 
pyramidal  and  much  compressed.  It  is  but  little  arched  longi- 
tudinally, in  fact  the  shell  is  almost  in  one  plane ;  transversely 
it  is  equally  little  arched,  the  section  being  slightly  trigonal  or 
unequally  oval,  the  lateral  faces  being  obtusely  rounded.  The 
perfect  apex  of  the  shell  has  not  come  under  my  notice,  nor  have 
I  seen  any  trace  of  septation.  The  test  is  highly  ornate,  being 
covered  with  obtuse  concentric  rugae  parallel  to  the  sectional 
outline,  separated  by  very  shallow  interspaces  of  about  their  own 
width  apart,  both  being  again  traversed  by  delicate  continuous 
striae   following  the    same  direction.     The  whole   of    this    trans- 


BY    R.   ETHERIDGE,  JUNR.  755 

versely  arranged  ornament  is  broken  up  into  a  festoon-like 
appearance  by  delicate  longitudinal,  inequidistant  grooves.  The 
former  is  directed  convexly  upwards  towards  the  aperture  on  the 
chief  face  of  the  shell,  sigmoidally  curved  on  the  sides  and 
horizontal  on  the  lesser  of  the  principal  faces. 

The  most  interesting  point,  however,  is  the  operculum.  This 
organ  in  HyoUthes  consists  of  two  essential  parts, — a  chief  semi- 
conical  portion,  the  semicircular  base  of  which  is  applied  to  the 
margin  of  the  larger  face ;  and  a  smaller  portion  separated  from 
the  former  by  two  rather  deep  grooves  radiating  from  an  umbo, 
and  always  inclined  more  or  less  at  an  angle  to  the  major  portion. 
The  operculum  of  H.  lanceolatus,  of  which  we  possess  an  excellent 
example  separated  from  the  shell,  and  another  attached  in  situ, 
is  ornamented  in  a  similar  manner  to  the  shell,  but  the  festoon 
shaped  striae  become  concentric  in  the  strict  sense  of  the  word, 
and  are  uninterrupted  by  regular  radiating  grooves,  although 
from  the  umbo  to  the  convex  margin  of  the  larger  half  proceed 
two  or  three  indefinite  radiating  wrinkles.  On  the  surface  of  the 
smaller  concave  portion  of  the  operculum  are  two  additional 
diverging  grooves  from  the  umbo,  separating  off,  with  the 
assistance  of  those  formerly  mentioned,  two  elongately  triangular 
spaces.  The  concentric  lines  on  the  smaller  portion  are  much 
coarser  than  on  the  conical  or  convex  half.  On  the  whole  this 
operculum  has  much  the  appearance  of  some  Chiton  plates. 

The  specimens  are  taken  to  be  HyoUthes  lanceolatus,  although 
the  transverse  section  of  the  shell  is  not  so  trigonal  as  that  repre- 
sented in  Morris's  figure  ;  neither  have  I  seen  any  trace  on  the 
internal  cast  of  the  obtuse  ridges  described  by  that  author.  The 
largest  measures  nearly  one  and  a-half  inches  in  length,  somewhat 
less  than  the  type,  and  the  operculum  is  five-sixteenths  of  an  inch 
in  its  longest  diameter. 

The  present  examples  were  obtained  by  Mr.  Waterhouse  at  the 
new  shaft  of  the  Maitland  Coal  Company,  between  the  West 
Maitland  and  Farley  Railway  Stations  on  the  Northern  line  ; 
and  at  Silkstone,  near  Tumbleby,  in  very  hard  but  similar 
nodules  to  the  ConularicB,  and  from  a  like  horizon. 


756  ON    CONULAPJA   AND    HYOLITHES. 

This  species  is  an  important  one  from  the  fact  that  it  is  one  of 
the  few  Carboniferous  forms  of  its  genus.  According  to  Bar- 
rande,'^  Hyolithes  does  not  occur  in  the  Carboniferous,  but  jumps 
from  the  Devonian,  to  which  he  referred  the  present  species,  to  the 
Permian.  The  latter  formation  contains  one  species,  described 
by  Dr.  H.  B.  Geinitz,  but  it  is  needless  to  observe  that  there  are 
no  orounds  for  placing  H.  lanceolatus  in  the  Devonian.  Prof. 
K.  Zittel,  on  the  contrary,  mentions  f  one  Carboniferous  species, 
which  is  probably  the  present  form. 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE. 

j'ig.  1. — Gonularia  inornata,  Dana.  Portion  of  a  large  specimen  with  the 
sides  of  the  shell  at  the  upper  or  proximal  end  inwardly  bent 
towards  the  centre.     (Nat.  size.) 

Fig.  2.  — Hyolithes  lanceolatus,  Morris,  sp.  An  almost  complete  shell 
viewed  from  the  convex  face.     (  x  2.) 

Fig.  3. — Side  view  of  the  same  specimen.     (  x  2.) 

W\g.  4. — Portion  of  the  external  sculpture  of  the  same,  highly  magnified. 

Fig.  5. — Another  example,  partially  decorticated,  with  the  operculum 
in  situ.     (  X  2.) 

Fig.  6.— An  isolated  operculum  seen  from  above.     (x2.) 
Fig.  7.— External  sculpture  of  the  same,  highly  magnified. 


*  Loc  cit.  p.  73. 
t  Handbuch  der  Palaeontologie,  1885,  1  Abth.  ii.  Bd.  p.  316. 


DIPTERA    OF    AUSTRALIA. 
By  Frederick  A.  A.  Skuse. 

Part  VIL— THE  TIPULID^  BREVIPALPT. 

(Plates  xxi-xxiv.) 

The  Tipulidse  or  Crane-flies  constitute  a  very  extensive  family, 
■usually  characterized  by  the  great  length  and  fragility  of  their 
legs,  the  absence  of  ocelli,  a  peculiar  structure  of  the  ovipositor, 
elongated  basal  cells  to  the  wings,  and  the  presence  of  a  discal  cell  • 
but  always  to  be  distinguished  from  every  other  family  in  the 
division  by  the  Y-shaped  transverse  suture  on  the  thorax. 

This  family  is  classified  under  two  main  divisions,  the  TiPULiDiE 
BREVIPALPI  and  LONGIPALPI,  and  two  very  small  intermediate 
groups.  In  the  first  division  the  terminal  joint  of  the  palpi  is 
little  if  anything  longer  than  the  two  preceding  joints,  whilst  in 
the  second  it  is  much  longer  and  flagelliform.  This  peculiarity 
of  the  last  joint  of  the  palpi  is  in  each  division  supported  by 
numerous  important  subsidiary  characters,  a  detailed  account  of 
which  may  be  found  in  the  works  of  Barcn  Osten-Sacken. 

No  Australian  representatives  of  the  two  small  intermediate 
groups,  Cylindrotomina  and  Ptychopterina,  have  yet  been 
found ;  the  Tipulid^e  longipalpi  are  however  well  represented, 
and  will  form  the  subject  of  a  future  paper. 

The  present  instalment  can  be  only  a  preliminary  contribution 
to  the  knowledge  of  the  Australian  species  of  TiPULiDiE  brevi- 
PALPi ;  indeed,  as  can  be  readily  seen,  the  bulk  of  the  species 
hereafter  treated  of  are  known  simply  as  being  denizens  of  Sydney, 
the  Blue  Mountains,  and  the  few  other  adjacent  localities  which 
have  received  anything  approaching  special  collecting.     Beyond 


758  DIPTERA    OF    AUSTRALIA, 

New  South  Wales  the  country  has  not  been  searched  for  Tipulidse  ; 
only  incidental  or  conspicuous  specimens  have  been  obtained  by 
collectors  whose  pursuits  were  more  particularly  otherwise  directed. 
There  is  most  probably  a  wealth  of  material  yet  to  be  gathered, 
but  unfortunately  the  investigators  are  limited. 

The  number  of  species  referable  to  this  division  of  the  Tipul- 
idee,  with  which  Australia  has  hitherto  been  credited,  altogether 
does  not  exceed  twenty-three.  From  this  total  four  names  must 
be  sunk  as  synonyms,  whilst  a  fifth,  Gynoplistia  constans,  Saund., 
of  Walker's  list,  seems  to  be  that  of  an  undescribed  insect ;  the 
number  being  thus  reduced  to  eighteen.  This,  however,  must  be 
supplemented  by  the  names  of  three  characterized  species,  viz.  : — 
(1)  Gynoplistia  annulata,  Westw.,  erroneously  described  as  a 
native  of  North  America,  (2)  Libnotes  strigivena,  Walk.,  originally 
found  in  New  Guinea,  and  (3)  Conosia  irrorata,  Wied.,  from  Java, 
now  recorded  from  Australia  for  the  first  time.  To  the  final  total 
of  twenty-one  species  known  to  occur  in  this  country,  descri]:)tions 
of  about  eighty  new  ones  are  added  in  the  following  pages. 

It  has  been  found  necessary  to  introduce  five  new  genera ;  one 
each  in  the  sections  Limnobina  and  Limnobina  anomala,  and 
three  in  Eriopterina.  Though  feeling  very  reluctant  to  propose 
new  genera  there  seems  to  be  no  alternative  in  each  case  where  it 
has  been  done.  Besides  these  fresh  genera,  the  genus  Geranomyia 
has  been  split  up  into  three  sub-genera  for  the  reception  of  species 
found  to  possess  two-,  three-,  and  four-jointed  palpi  respectively  ; 
also,  a  sub-genus  of  Rliyijliolopliiis  is  characterized.  The  entirety 
of  the  species  are  distributed  as  follows  : — Limnobina  [genera 
Dicranomyia  14,  Thrypticomyia  (gen.nov.)  1,  Geranomyia  4, 
Limnohia  1,  Trochohola  1,  and  Libnotesl];  Limnobina  anomala 
[Ehamphidia  4,  Ori^narga  2,  Leiponeura  (gen.nov.)  2,  and  Teu- 
cliolabis  1]  ;  ^movT^'E.nmK^Rhypholophus  2,  Molophilus  16,  Tasio- 
cera  (gen.nov.)  2,  Erioptera  1,  Trimicra  2,  Gnophomyia  1,  Gonio- 
myia  1,  Rhahdomastix  (gen.nov.)  1,  Lechria  (gen.nov.)  1,  Tren- 
tepohlia  1,  and  Conosia  1]  ;  Limnophilina  [Limnophila  16,  Gynop- 
listia 18,  and  Cerozodia  IJ ;  and  lastly  Amalopina  [genus  Ama- 


BY    FREDERICK    A.  A.  SKUSE.  759 

lopis  2],  It  is  interesting  to  note  in  all  sections  the  occurrence  of 
genera  common  to  North  America  and  Europe  ;  and  from  this  we 
are  led  to  surmise  that  very  probably  many  other  generic  forms 
prevalent  in  these  two  continents  also  have  Australian  exponents. 

Six  Australian  species  have  been  characterized  by  former 
authors,  chiefly  by  Walker,  under  the  generic  title  Limnohia,  but 
not  one  of  these  is  a  Limnohia  ;  two  belong  to  Trimicra^  one  to 
Gnophomyia,  two  probably  to  Limnoj^hila,  and  one  to  Amalopis. 
The  species  of  Gnoj)homyia  above  referred  to  is  Limnohia 
fascipennis,  Thorn.,  described  from  a  female  example  ;  Baron 
O.-Sacken  subsequently  described  the  male  of  the  same  species 
under  its  correct  generic  name,  but  as  G.  cordialis  (Studies  11.^ 
p.  199,  1887). 

Section  I.  LIMNOBINA.^ 

*'  One  submarginal  cell ;  four  posterior  cells.  Normal  number 
of  antennal  joints  fourteen  (sometimes  apparently  fifteen).  Eyes 
glabrous.  Tibia?  without  spurs  at  the  tip.  Ungues  with  more  or 
less  distinct  teeth  on  the  underside.  Empodia  indistinct  or  none." 
(Osten-Sacken). 

A  very  natural  group,  including  less  than  a  dozen  genera,  four 
at  least  of  which,  Dicranomyia,  Geranomyia^  Limnohia  and 
Trochohola  are  cosmopolitan.  No  species  of  Limnobina  have  yet 
been  described  from  Australia ;  a  fair  number  are  now  charac- 
terized for  the  first  time,  amounting  altogether  to  about  one- 
fourth  of  the  Tipulidse  brevipalpi  herein  enumerated,  a  proportion 
which  obtains  also  in  the  North  American  and  European  faunas. 


*  For  further  important  particulars  about  the  sections  and  genera,  it  is 
necessary  that  the  student  should  consult  the  full  descriptions  by  Baron 
O.-Sacken  extant  in  his  Monograph  of  the  N.  American  Tipulidse  brevi- 
palpi, also  the  subsequent  observations  in  his  "  Studies  on  Tipulidse,"  parts 
I  and II.,  published  in  the  Berhner  Entom.  Zeits.,  1886  and  1887  ;  without 
which  an  adequate  knowledge  of  the  groups  cannot  be  expected,  but 
liability  to  serious  blunder  certainly  the  consequence. 
49 


760  DIPTERA    OF    AUSTRALIA. 

Genus  1.  Dicranomyia,  Stephens. 

Dicranomyia,  Stepli.,  Cat.  Brit.  Ins.  1829;  Osten-Sacken,  Mon. 
Dipt.  N.  Amer.  lY.  p.  53,  1869,  pi.  i,  figs.  1,  2,  3  (wings),  and 
pi.  III.  figs.  2,  3,  5  (genitalia) ;  Studies  II.,  p.  172,  1887. 

"  One  submarginal  cell ;  four  posterior  cells  ;  discal  cell  present 
or  absent ;  marginal  cross-vein  at  the  tip  of  the  first  longitudinal 
vein ;  tip  of  the  auxiliary  vein  generally  opposite  or  before  the 
origin  of  the  second  longitudinal  vein,  seldom  beyond  it.  An- 
tennae 14-jointed,  joints  sub-globular,  elliptical,  or  short  sub- 
cylindrical.  Proboscis  not  longer  than  the  head.  Feet  slender, 
tibiae  without  spurs  at  the  tip ;  empodia  indistinct  or  none. 
The  forceps  of  the  male  consists  of  two  movable,  soft,  fleshy, 
subreniform  lobes  and  a  horny  style  under  them."  (Osten-Sacken). 

This  genus  seems  to  be  almost  as  numerously  represented  in 
Australia  as  it  does  in  N.  America  and  Europe.  A  few  species 
have  been  described  from  New  Zealand,  one  from  Java,  and  one 
or  two  from  South  Africa.  Dicranomyia  also  occurs  in  a  fossil 
state  in  amber. 

In  all  the  specimens  of  Australian  Dicranomyice,  examined  by 
me,  the  discal  cell  is  closed.  The  auxiliary  vein  usually  terminates 
close  to  the  origin  of  second  longitudinal  vein,  but  in  D,  obscicri- 
pennis  and  annulijyes  considerably  beyond  it ;  the  position  of  the 
sub-costal  cross-vein  varies.  In  D.  incisuralis  the  sub-costal 
cross- vein  connects  the  auxiliary  vein  with  thecosta.  The  first  lon- 
gitudinal vein  is  sometimes  arcuated  near  its  tip,  thus  causing  an 
expansion  of  the  sub-costal  cell ;  this  occurs  in  D.  j^unctijyejinis, 
and  in  a  less  degree  in  one  or  two  other  species.  The  first  lon- 
gitudinal vein  is  continued  somewhat  beyond  the  marginal  cross- 
vein  and  joined  to  the  costa  by  a  supernumerary  cross-vein  in  D. 
saxatilis.  In  D.  Helmsi,  marina,  remota,  ohscurij^ennis,  auri- 
pennis,  zonata,  and  incisuralis  the  first  longitudinal  vein  ai-cuates 
into  the  second  and  appears  joined  to  the  costa  by  a  cross-vein.  The 
praefurca  is  more  or  less  arcuated,  sometimes  angularly  bent  near 
its  origin  with  a  small  stump  of  a  vein;  and  it  varies  in  length  from 
once  to  four  times  the  length  of  the  distance  between  origin  of  third 


BY    FREDERICK    A.  A.  SKUSE,  761 

longitudinal  vein  and  small  cross-vein  ;  in  most  species  it  is  short. 
Discal  cell  more  or  less  square,  usually  longer  than  wide  ;  in  D. 
punctipennis  about  four  times  longer  than  wide.  The  great  cross- 
vein  usually  close  to  or  at  the  inner  end  of  the  discal  cell,  but  in. 
D.  remota  a  distance  more  than  its  length  before  it. 

290.    DlCRANOMYIA  PUNCTIPENNIS,  Sp.n.  (PL  XXL,  fig.   1). 

9. — Length  of  antenniTe 0*050  inch      .,.   1-27  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-340  x  0-090...   8-62  x  2-27 

Size  of  body 0-280  x  0-040...  7-10  x  1-01 

Head,  including  rostrum,  palpi  and  antennae,  brownish-black, 
the  head  pruinose  with  greyish  ;  rostrum  rather  prominent. 
Thorax  dull  dusky  brown,  pruinose  with  greyish,  with  three 
umber-brown  stripes,  the  lateral  ones  extending  posteriorly 
beyond  the  suture;  mesosternum  dusky  brown,  pruinose  with 
greyish.  Halteres  pallid,  the  club  somewhat  infuscated.  Abdo- 
men dark  brown,  ovipositor  ferruginous-brown.  Legs  brown ; 
coxae  ochraceous ;  femora  more  or  less  ochraceous  for  their  basal 
half,  those  of  the  fore  legs  often  entirely  brown.  Wings  almost 
hyaline,  stigma  pale ;  origin  and  tip  of  all  veins  (except  tips  of 
third  longitudinal  vein  and  anterior  branch  of  fourth  longitudinal 
vein),  and  all  cross-veins,  slightly  clouded  with  dark  brown ; 
seventh  longitudinal  vein  somewhat  bisinuated,  with  a  very  small 
brown  spot  on  each  curve  above.  Auxiliary  vein  reaching  the 
costa  beyond  the  origin  of  the  prsefurca,  sometimes  a  distance 
equal  to  the  length  of  marginal  cross-vein  ;  sub-costal  cross-vein  a 
little  before  origin  of  prsefurca  ;  first  longitudinal  vein  suddenly 
strongly  arcuated  before  its  tip,  the  marginal  cross- vein  at  the 
middle  of  this  bend,  and  situated  from  the  tip  a  distance  usually 
rather  greater  than  its  length  ;  the  latter  consequently  shortened 
and  straight ;  prsefurca  and  that  portion  of  third  longitudinal  vein 
before  small  cross-vein  almost  in  straight  line,  both  distances 
equal  or  the  first  a  little  longer ;  small  cross- vein  very  short ; 
discal  cell  closed,  about  four  times  longer  than  broad,  the  great 
cross-vein  a  little  before,  at,  or  somewhat  beyond  its  inner  end. 


762  DIPTERA    OF    AUSTRALIA, 

Eah. — Sydney,  Berowra,  Knapsack  Gully,  Blue  Mountains,  and 
Waterloo  Swamps,  near  Sydney ;  July  to  September  (Masters 
and  Skuse). 

Ohs.  1. — I  have  before  me  only  thirteen  specimens  of  this  rather 
remarkable  species.  The  alar-venation  is  quite  unlike  any  other 
species  known  to  me,  but  somewhat  resembles  that  of  D.  longi- 
pennis,  Schum  (Dipt.  N.  Amer.  IV.  pi.  1,  f.  1).  The  wings,  how- 
ever, are  of  the  usual  shape. 

Obs.  2. — In  four  specimens  recently  obtained  at  Woronora  the 
vein-cloudings  are  almost  entirely  absent. 

291.    DlCRANOMYIA    SAXATILIS,  Sp.n.   (PI.  XXI.,  fig.  2). 

9. — Length  of  antennae 0-050  inch        ...      1-27  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-320  x  0-085   ...     8-12x2-14 

Size  of  body , 0-260x0-040    ..     6-62x1-01 

Head  brown,  sericeous  with  yellowish.  Rostrum,  palpi  and 
antennas  deep  brown  ;  the  former  shorter  than  head  ;  joints  of 
antennae  globose,  separated  by  very  short  pedicels  ;  terminal  joint 
ovate.  Thorax  brown,  sericeous  with  yellowish,  with  two  small 
brown  spots  below  the  humeri,  and  two  short  parallel  longitudinal 
lines  having  their  base  on  the  transverse  suture  ;  pleurae  some- 
what sericeous  with  yellowish  ;  scutellum  and  metathorax  dark 
brown.  Halteres  pale  ochreous-yellow,  slightly  infuscated. 
Abdomen  dark  brown,  sparingly  clothed  with  a  light  pubescence ; 
ovipositor  and  anal  segment  ochraceous,  the  lower  valve  deep 
brown  at  base.  Legs  ochraceous-brown,  all  the  joints  dark  brown 
at  the  tips  ;  tarsi  infuscated.  Wings  with  greyish  or  brownish 
cloudings,  particularly  along  the  veins  ;  four  sub-hyaline  spots  in 
the  first  basal  cell,  the  third  extending  to  and  filling  the  basal 
half  of  inner  marginal  cell ;  a  more  or  less  indistinct  sub-hyaline 
spot  at  the  base  of  each  cell  ending  at  apex  of  wing ;  one  in  discal 
cell ;  a  small  rounded  one  beyond  tip  of  seventh  longitudinal  vein  ; 
and  lastly  another  small  rounded  one  at  the  anal  angle ;  stigma 
scarcely  darker  than  the  pale   cloudings ;  veins  yellowish-brown. 


BY    FREDERICK    A.  A.  SKUSE.  763 

Auxiliary  vein  reaching  costa  a  short  distance  beyond  origin  of 
second  longitudinal  vein ;  sub-costal  cross-vein  situated  immedi- 
ately before  the  origin ;  first  longitudinal  vein  continued  some- 
what beyond  the  marginal  cross-vein,  joined  to  costa  by  a  super- 
numerary cross-vein  exactly  in  line  with  and  half  the  length  of 
the  marginal  cross-vein  ;  praefurca  arcuated  near  its  base,  not  quite 
twice  the  length  of  distance  between  origin  of  third  longitudinal 
vein  and  small  cross-vein  ;  discal  cell  closed,  the  great  cross-vein 
a  short  distance  before  its  inner  end. 

Hah. — Near  Coogee  Bay,  Sydney  (Skuse).     A  single  specimen. 

Ohs. — The  peculiar  wing-cloudings,  thoracic  markings,  and 
character  of  the  first  longitudinal  vein  make  this  species  easily 
distinguished. 

292.  DiCRANOMYiA  Helmsi,  sp.n. 

(J. — Length  of  antennae 0-050  inch        ...      1-27  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0'300  x  0-080  ...     7'62  x -2-02 

Size  of  body 0-240  x  0-04:0   ...     6-09x1-01 

9' — Length  of  antennae 0-055  inch       ...      1-39  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-350  x  0*090   ...     8-87x2-27 

Sizeof  body 0-290x0-040  ...     7-35x1-01 

Head  brown,  sericeous  with  yellowish ;  rostrum,  palpi  and 
antennae  black ;  rostrum  in  ^  rather  shorter  than,  in  ^  as  long 
as,  the  head.  Thorax  brown,  sericeous  with  yellowish  (shining 
when  denuded  of  the  bloom),  the  sericeous  dust  thickest  at  the 
sides,  thus  leaving  a  brownish  median  stripe ;  pleurae,  pectus,  scu- 
tellum  and  metathorax  sericeous  with  grey.  Halteres  pale,  club 
infuscated.  Abdomen  dark  brown,  with  the  appearance  of  a 
yellowish  or  yellowish-grey  bloom,  sparingly  clothed  with  yellowish 
pubescence ;  ^  forceps  inconspicuous,  dark  brown ;  ^  ovipositor 
brownish-ochraceous.  Legs  blackish-brown,  base  of  femora  and 
the  trochanters  somewhat  testaceous.  Wings  sub-hyaline,  the 
veins  almost  imperceptibly  clouded  with  pale  greyish ;  stigma 
rather  long,    pale,    indistinct ;  veins  cinereous.     Auxiliary   vein 


764  DIPTERA    OF    AUSTRALIA, 

reaching  costa  a  short  distance  before  origin  of  second  longi- 
tudinal vein  ;  sub-costal  cross-vein  situated  before  tip  of  auxiliary- 
vein  a  distance  rather  shorter  than  the  length  of  great  cross-vein ; 
first  longitudinal  vein  pale  towards  its  tip,  abruptly  arcuating 
into  second  longitudinal  at  posterior  end  of  stigma,  joined  to  costa 
by  a  short  pale  cross-vein  ;  prsefurca  very  angularly  bent  near  its 
base,  Avith  a  short  stump  of  a  vein,  and  not  twice  the  length  of 
distance  between  the  origin  of  third  longitudinal  vein  and  small 
cross-vein,  in  9  only  J  longer  than  it ;  discal  cell  closed,  the 
great  cross-vein  at  its  inner  end. 

Hab.— Mount  Kosciusko,  N.S.W.,  5000  feet;  March  (Helms). 
Two  sj^ecimens  in  Coll.  Australian  Museum. 

Ohs. — I  have  named  this  species  after  its  discoverer,  Mr.  R. 
Helms,  a  most  enth^siastic  and  skilful  collector,  engaged  by  the 
Trustees  of  the  Australian  Museum. 


293.    DlCRANOMYIA    OBSCURA,  Sp.n. 


(J. — Length  of  antenna 0-030  inch 

Expanse  of  wings   0-270  x  0-0G5 

Size  of  body 0-180x0-030 

9. — Length  of  antennae......  0-045  inch 

Expanse  of  wings   0-280x0-070 

Size  of  body 0-240  x  0-035 


0-76  millimetre. 
6-85  X  1-66 
4-56x0-76 

1-13  millimetres. 
7-10x1-77 
6-09  X  0-88 


Head  brown,  with  a  yellowish-grey  ])loom  ;  rostrum,  palpi  and 
antemife  black.  Thorax  greyish-brown,  dull,  with  three  brov>^n 
stripes  ;  intermediate  stripe  broad,  extending  from  collare  to  trans- 
verse suture ;  lateral  ones  apparently  not  extending  beyond  the 
suture  ;  plearse  with  a  somewhat  yellowish-grey  bloom.  Halteres 
yellowish,  the  club  usually  infuscated.  Abdomen  more  or  less 
dusky  brown  ;  $  forceps  and  9  ovipositor  obscure  testaceous. 
Legs  brown,  the  basal  portion  of  femora  ochreous  or  greyish- 
tawny  ;  tip  of  tibiae,  and  the  tarsal  joints,  infuscated.  Wings 
pellucid  with  a  pale   greyish  tint,   the  stigma,   cloudings  on  the 


BY    FREDERICK    A.  A.  SKUSE.  765 


cross-veins,  inner  end  of  suTj-marginal  cells  and  origin  of  prsefurca, 
darker  greyish  ;  origin  of  praefurca  together  with  a  small  portion 
of  first  longitudinal  vein  and  the  tip  of  auxiliary  vein  often 
stained  with  deep  brown  ;  veins  mostly  sooty  brown,  the  costa 
and  first  longitudinal  vein  obscure  testaceous.  Auxiliary  vein 
reaching  costa  a  little  beyond  origin  of  prsefurca  ;  sub-costal  cross- 
vein  near  its  tip  ;  sub-costal  cell  uually  very  slightly  wider  at  tip 
of  first  longitudinal  vein  on  account  of  a  slight  arcuation  of 
latter  ;  marginal  cross- vein  a  little  before  tip  of  first  longitudinal 
vein ;  prsefurca  a  little  arcuated  at  base,  about  twice  the  length 
of  distance  between  origin  of  third  longitudinal  vein  and  small 
cross-vein  ;  discal  cell  closed,  twice  as  long  as  broad ;  the  great 
cross- vein  situated  more  or  less  before  its  inner  end. 

Hah. — Sydney  and  Knapsack  Gully,  Blue  Mountains  ;  July  to 
September  (Masters  and  Skuse). 

Ohs. — I  have  five  male  and  eleven  female  specimens  before  me 
for  comparison  ;  in  one  male  specimen  the  wing-spots  are  entirely 
absent.  This  species  at  first  sight  closely  resembles  D.  puncti- 
pennis. 

294.    DlCRANOMYIA    MARINA,     Sp.n.   (PI.  XXI.,  fig.   3). 

^. — Length  of  antennae 0-030  inch       ...     0-76  millimetre. 

Expanse  of  wings 0*250  x  0-060  ...     6-34  x  154 

Size  of  body 0-180  x  0-030  ...     4-56  x  0-76 

9- — Length  of  antennae 0-035  inch       ...     0*88  millimetre. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-250  x  0-060  ...     6-34  x  1-54 

Size  of  body 0-210  x  0*030  ...     5-33x0-76 

Head  brownish,  the  eyes  approximate  above  ;  rostrum,  palpi 
and  antennae  brownish ;  rostrum  a  little  longer  than  the  head. 
Thorax  pale  dull  ochreous-yellow ;  with  three  light  greyish-brown 
stripes  ;  posterior  portion,  withscutellum  and  metathorax  having  a 
hoary  bloom.  Halteres  pale  ochreous  or  whitish.  Abdomen  dull 
brown  or  brownish  ;  ^  forceps  (PI.  xxiv.,  fig.  43)  and  ^  ovipositor 
ochreous  or  brownish-ochreous  ;  valves  of  the  latter  straight.  Legs 


766  DIPTERA    OF    AUSTRALIA, 

greyish  or  greyish-oclireous.  Wings  with  a  slightly  milky  tint,  or 
exhibiting  somewhat  the  appearance  of  ground  glass;  viewed  at  a 
certain  obliquity  the  veins  of  anterior  margin  seem  indistinctly 
lighter  at  intervals ;  veins  greyish ;  stigma  indistinct.  Auxiliary  vein 
reaching  costa  a  little  beyond  origin  of  second  longitudinal  vein  ; 
subcostal  cross-vein  near  its  tip ;  first  longitudinal  vein  arcuated 
into  the  second,  joined  to  costa  by  cross- vein  ;  prsefurca  at  least 
twice  the  lengch  of  distance  between  origin  of  third  longitudinal 
vein  and  small  cross-vein  ;  discal  cell  closed,  the  great  cross-vein 
situated  at  or  somewhat  before  its  inner  end. 

Eab. — Manly,  near  Sydney  ;  March  (Skuse). 

Obs. — This  insect  was  found  very  numerously  on  wet  rocks  and 
seaweed  which  are  visited  by  the  ocean  spray  at  low  tide  and 
entirely  covered  by  the  water  at  high  tide. 

295.    DlCRANOMYIA    REMOTA,  Sp.n.  (PI.  XXI.,  fig.    4). 

9. —  Length  of  antennee 0*050  inch        ...      1*27  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-280  x  0-060  ...     7-10  x  1-54 

Size  of  body.... 0-260x0-030  ...     6-62x0-76 

Head,  including  rostrum,  palpi  and  antennae  black  ;  the  tip  of 
first  joint  of  scapus,  the  entire  second,  and  first  two  or  three  flagellar 
joints  ochreous.  Rostrum  as  long  as  the  head.  Thorax  fulvous, 
levigate,  with  a  brown  median  stripe  ;  posterior  portion,  scutellum 
and  metanotum  pruinose,  and  except  scutellum  brownish  ;  pleurse 
pale  fulvous.  Halteres  pale,  the  club  infuscated.  Abdomen 
brown,  somewhat  tinged  with  fulvous  at  the  base  and  on  the 
venter  ;  ovipositor  ferruginous.  Legs  light  ochreous-brown  ; 
coxoe  and  basal  portion  of  femora  pale  fulvous.  Wings  pellucid, 
clouded  with  brownish-grey  and  pale  brown;  the  costal,  sub-costal, 
both  marginal  cells  and  the  sub-marginal  cell  almost  entirely  filled 
with  pale  brown  ;  along  the  prsefurca  anteriorly,  the  stigma,  and 
base  of  sub-marginal  cell  almost  colourless  ;  origin  of  second  and 
third  longitudinal  veins,  and  bases  of  the  branches  of  the  fourth 


BY    FKEDERICK    A.  A.  SKUSE.  767 

longitudinal  and  all  the  cross-veins  clouded  with  pale  brown ; 
posterior  portion  of  wings  faintly  clouded  with  brownish-grey. 
Auxiliary  vein  reaching  costa  a  little  before  origin  of  second 
longitudinal  vein ;  sub-costal  cross-vein  situated  before  tip  of 
auxiliary  vein  a  distance  equal  to  half  the  length  of  stigma  ;  mar- 
ginal cross-vein  extremely  indistinct,  appearing  as  continuation  of 
first  longitudinal  vein;  prsefurca  angulated,  not  quite  twice  the 
length  of  distance  between  origin  of  third  longitudinal  vein  and 
small  cross-vein ;  discal  cell  closed,  the  great  cross-vein  situated 
before  the  inner  end  a  distance  greater  than  its  length. 

ffab. — Middle  Harbour,  near  Sydney ;  September  (Skuse). 

Obs. — I  have  taken  but  one  specimen  of  this  species. 

296.    DlCRANOMYIA    DORSALIS,  Sp.n. 

(J. — Length  of  antennae 0-050  inch       ...      1-27  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-280  x  0-070   ...     7-10x1-77 

Size  of  body 0-210x0-030  ...     5-33x0-76 

9.— Length  of  antennae 0-045  inch       ...      1*13  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-280x0-070  ...     7*10x1-77 

Size  of  body 0-250x0-030  ...     6-34x0-76 

Head  and  rostrum  brown  or  yellowish-brown ;  palpi  and 
antennae  dark  brown  or  black  ;  rostrum  shorter  than  the  head. 
Collare  brown.  Thorax  fulvous  or  brownish-ochreous,  somewhat 
shining,  with  three  confluent  brown  or  deep  brown  stripes,  the 
lateral  ones  extending  backwards  beyond  the  suture ;  scutellum, 
metathorax  and  sternum  brown  or  deep  brown.  Halteres  infus- 
cated,  the  base  of  the  stem  ochreous.  Abdomen  dark  brown  ',  ^ 
forceps  ochreous,  testaceous  or  brownish  ;  9  ovipositor  short,  pale 
at  the  base,  the  valves  brown.  Coxae  fulvous  or  ochreous. 
Remaining  joints  brown ;  femora  usually  paler  at  the  tip  ;  tibiae 
and  tarsi  inf uscated.  Wings  hyaline  or  nearly  so ;  veins  brown  : 
stigma  brownish-grey.     Auxiliary  vein  reaching  costa  opposite  or 


768  DIPTERA    OF    AUSTRALIA, 

a  little  beyond  origin  of  second  longitudinal  vein  ;  sub-costal 
cross-vein  situated  before  its  tip  a  distance  nearly  equal  to  length 
of  stigma ;  marginal  cross-vein  pale,  situated  at  distal  end  of 
stigma  and  tip  of  first  longitudinal  vein ;  prsefurca  arcuated,  about 
one-third  longer  than  distance  between  origin  of  third  longitudinal 
vein  and  small  cross-vein  ;  discal  cell  closed,  the  great  cross-vein 
at  its  inner  end. 

Eah. — Generally  distributed  in  N.S.W.    (Masters  and  Skuse). 

Ohs. — In  drawing  up  the  above  description  I  have  a  large  series 
of  (nearly  one  hundred)  specimens  for  comparison.  Not  a  single 
specimen  has  the  discal  cell  open. 

297.    DlCRANOMYIA    OBSCURIPENNIS,  sp.n. 

$. — Length  of  an cennse 0-065  inch        ...      1-66  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-250  x  0-065   ...     6-34  x  1-66 

Size  of  body 0-220  x  0-035  ...     5-58x0-88 

Head  including  rostrum,  palpi  and  antennae  black ;  face 
somewhat  ochraceous-brown.  Joints  of  antennae  with  very 
short  pedicels,  becoming  slender  and  elongated  towards  apex. 
Thorax  brown,  sub-levigate  ;  lateral  callosity  of  metanotum  and 
two  hind  pairs  of  coxae  ochre-yellow.  Halteres  black,  ochre- 
yellow  at  base  of  stem.  Abdomen  dark  brown,  the  ventral 
segments  bordered  with  ochre-yellow  posteriorly ;  ninth  seg- 
ment ochre-yellow ;  forceps  dark  brown ;  fleshy  lobes  rather 
small,  the  rostriform  appendage  with  two  long  erect  bristles. 
Legs  black.  Wings  pellucid,  with  a  blackish  tint ;  veins  and 
stigma  dusky.  Auxiliary  vein  extending  beyond  the  origin  of 
second  longitudinal  vein  half  the  distance  to  marginal  cross-vein ; 
sub-costal  cross-vein  near  its  tip  ^"^  first  longitudinal  vein  arcuating 
into  the  second  longitudinal  vein,  and  connected  by  the  cross-vein 
to  the  costa ;  marginal  cross-vein  and  tip  of  second  longitudinal 

*It  is  diflScult  to  tell  which  is  the  cross- vein  and  which  the  tip  of  the 
auxiliary  vein. 


BY    FREDERICK    A.  A.  SKUSE.  769 

cutting  middle  of  stigma ;  prsefurca  a  little  arcuated  at  base, 
about  three  times  the  length  of  distance  from  origin  of  third 
longitudinal  vein  to  small  cross- vein  ;  sub-marginal  cell  abont  5 
longer  than  the  first  posterior;  discal  cell  closed,  the  great 
cross- vein  close  to  its  inner  end. 

Hah. — Elizabeth  Bay,  near  Sydney  (Skuse),     August. 

Ohs. — -I  have  obtained  only  a  single  specimen. 

298.    DlCRANOMYIA   AURIPENNIS,  Sp.n. 

^. — Length  of  antennae 0*050  inch       ...      1*27  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-250  x  0-060   ...     6-34  x  1-54 

Size  of  body 0-210  x  0-030  ...     5-33  x  0-76 

Head,  including  rostrum,  palpi,  and  antennse  black.  Rostrum 
as  long  as  the  head.  Thorax  fulvous  or  brownish-fulvous,  levi- 
gate ;  pleurae  lighter  fulvous.  Halteres  with  a  slightly  infuscated 
club.  Abdomen  ochreous-brown,  levigate,  sparingly  clothed  with 
short  yellow  hairs  ;  forceps  brownish-yellow  or  somewhat  fulvous. 
Legs  brown  ;  coxae  and  basal  portion  of  femora  fulvous  or  brown- 
ish-yellow. Wings  pellucid,  with  a  yellowish  tint,  rather  darker 
along  anterior  border  between  first  longitudinal  vein  and  costa,  on 
anterior  half  between  second  longitudinal  vein  and  costa,  and 
extending  downwards  to  the  tip  of  the  latter ;  brilliant  margari- 
taceous  reflections ;  stigma  scarcely  distinguishable.  Auxiliary 
vein  reaching  the  costa  a  little  before  or  opposite  the  origin  of  the 
praefurca  ;  sub-costal  cross- vein  pale,  situated  before  the  tip  of 
auxiliary  vein  a  distance  equal  to  rather  more  than  §  the  length 
of  the  praefurca  ;  marginal  cross-vein  indistinct,  close  to  the  tip  of 
first  longitudinal  vein;  the  latter  appearing  as  if  incurved  towards 
second  longitudinal  and  joined  by  cross-vein  to  costa  ;  praefurca 
about  J  longer  than  the  distance  between  origin  of  third  longitu- 
dinal vein  and  small  cross-vein ;  discal  cell  closed,  the  great  cross- 
vein  before  its  inner  end. 

Bah. — Mossman's  Bay,  near  Sydney  (Skuse) ;  Blue  Mountains, 
N.S.W.  (Masters).     September. 


770  DIPTERA    OF    AUSTRALIA, 

Obs. — Two  specimens  were  found  at  Mossman's  Bay  in  a 
cave  facing  the  sea,  only  a  single  specimen  at  the  Blue 
Mountains.  The  tinted  and  beautifully  iridescent  wings  make 
this  species  easily  recognised.     It  is  evidently  uncommon. 

299.    DlCRANOMYIA  ZONATA,  Sp.n. 

(J. — Length  of  antennae  .....      —      inch       ...       —  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-220  x  0-055   ...     5-58  x  1-39 

Size  of  body 0-210x0-030  ...     5-33x0.76 

Antennae  wanting.  Head,  including  rostrum  and  palpi,  deep 
brown  or  black,  the  front  hoary.  Rostrum  prominent,  shorter 
than  head.  Thorax  light  brown,  the  humeri  and  posterior  half 
of  metanotum  ochreous-yellow  ;  a  deep  brown  stripe  laterally  from 
collare  to  base  of  halteres,  bordered  beneath  (including  coxse) 
with  pale  ochre-yellow  ;  the  mesosternum  deep  brown.  Halteres 
deep  brown,  base  of  stem  pale  ochre-yellow.  Abdomen  deep 
brown,  all  segments  bordered  posteriorly  with  yellow  equally 
distinctly  abo\e  and  beneath;  levigate,  with  yellowish  hairs; 
forceps  deep  brown.  Legs,  including  trochanters,  deep  dusky 
brown.  Wings  pellucid,  faintly  tinged  with  brownish-grey; 
stigma  elliptical,  deep  fuscous ;  veins  deep  fuscous  ;  apex  of  wing 
and  cross-veins  a  little  infuscated.  Auxiliary  vein  extending  a 
short  distance  beyond  origin  of  second  longitudinal  vein  ;  sub- 
costal cross-vein  near  its  tip  ;  first  longitudinal  vein  ending  in 
second  longitudinal,  connected  by  an  indistinct  cross-vein  to  costa 
scarcely  beyond  middle  of  stigma;  preefurca  moderately  long, 
almost  rectangularly  bent  near  its  origin,  with  a  stump  of  a  vein 
at  the  angle  ;  sub-marginal  cell  about  \  longer  than  first  posterior 
cell ;  discal  cell  closed,  the  great  cross-vein  close  to  its  inner  end. 

Hah. — Blue  Mountains,  N.S.W.  (Skuse).     One  specimen. 

300.    DlCRANOMYIA    INCISURALIS,  Sp.n. 

9. — Length  of  antennae 0-040  inch        ...      1-01  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0  210  x  0-050  ...     5-33  x  1-27 

Sizeofbody 0  200x0-025  ...     5-08x0-62 


BY    FREDERICK    A.  A.  SKUSE.  771 

Head   brown,  prninose  with   yellowish.      Rostrum,   palpi   and 
antennae  black.     Thorax  ochreous  with  three  brown  stripes,  lateral 
ones  extending  posteriorly  beyond   the    suture;    pleurae  with  a 
brown  stripe  from  beneath  the  humeri  to  the  base  of  the  halteres; 
prosternum  with  an  oblong  brown  spot  between  the  fore  coxae  ; 
mesosternum  with  two  oblong  brown  spots  between  the  intermedi- 
ate coxa3;    scutellum  and  metanotum  brown  or  brownish.     Hal- 
teres ochreous,  the  club  infuscated.     Abdomen  browu  ;    incisions 
between    the   superior   segments    ochreous-yellow,    widened    into 
roundish  patches  on  the  venter ;    ovipositor  brownish-ferruginous, 
lower  valves  deep  brown  or  black   at  the  base,  ochreous-yellow 
before  their  insertion.      Legs   brown ;    coxae  ochreous ;    femora 
pale  at  base  and  somewhat  darker  at  apex.     Wings  pellucid  with 
a  pale  brownish  tint,  the  origin  and  tip  of  second  longitudinal 
vein,  origin  of  third  longitudinal  and    the  cross-veins  somewhat 
clouded  with   brownish  ;    stigma  roundish,  brown,  very  distinct. 
Auxiliary  vein  reaching  the  costa  a  little  beyond  the  origin  of 
second  longitudinal  vein,  appearing  as  if  incurved  towards  first 
longitudinal  vein  and  connected  before  its  tip  by  the  cross-vein  to 
costa  ;    first  longitudinal  vein  arcuated  into  the  second  longitu- 
dinal vein  through  the  middle  of  stigma,  and  joined  to  costa  by 
cross-vein  ;  prgefurca,  also  third  longitudinal  vein,  angularly  bent 
near  the  base  (remaining  portion  almost  straight),  with  a  small 
stump  of  a  vein  at  the  angle  (these  small  stumps  are  exhibited  in 
all  three  specimens   before  me) ;    prsefurca  varying  from   2^  to 
nearly  4  times  the  length  of   distance  between  origin  of   third 
longitudinal  vein  and  small  cross- vein ;  discal  cell  closed,  the  great 
cross-vein  before  or  at  its  inner  end. 

Hah. — Wheeney  Creek,  Hawkesbury   Dist.   (Skuse)  ;    Sydney 
and  Berowra  (Masters).     January. 

Ohs. — A  single  specimen  was  taken  in  each  of  the  above-named 
localities.     Closely  allied  to  D.  zonata,  but  certainly  distinct. 


772  DIPTERA    OF    AUSTRALIA, 

301.    DlCRANOMYIA    VIRIDIVEXTRIS,  Sp.n. 

^. — Length  of  antennae 0-040  inch        ...      TOl  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-250  x  0-050   ...     6-34x1-27 

Sizeof  body 0-180x0-025   ...     4-56x0-62 

^. — Length  of  antennae 0-037  inch        ...     0-92  millimetre. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-250x0-050   ...     6-34x1-27 

Sizeof  body 0-195x0-030  ...     4-93x0-76 

Head  yellowish  to  brownish ;  rostrum  shorter  than  the  head, 
yellowish  to  brownish  ;  palpi  and  antennge  brown  ;  the  first  joint 
of  scapus  sometimes  ochreous.  Thorax  pale  greenish-yellow,  some- 
times darker  (in  one  specimen  even  reddish-brown),  shining,  with 
indistinct  traces  of  an  intermediate  stripe.  Halteres  pale  green, 
the  club  very  slightly  darker.  Abdomen  green;  ^  forceps  usually 
concolorous  with  rest  of  abdomen ;  ^  ovipositor  short,  ochreous- 
brown.  Legs  yellowish  or  greenish -yellow ;  tibise  and  tarsi 
greyish.  Wings  hyaline ;  veins  brownish  ;  stigma  greyish,  some- 
times indistinct.  Auxiliary  vein  reaching  costa  opposite  or 
somewhat  before  origin  of  second  longitudinal  vein ;  sub-costal 
cross-vein  situated  more  than  half  the  length  of  stigma  distant  from 
its  tip  ;  marginal  cross  vein  at  tip  of  first  longitudinal  vein  ;  prae- 
furca  arcuated,  only  a  little  longer  than  distance  between  origin 
of  third  longitudinal  vein  and  small  cross-vein  ;  discal  cell  closed, 
the  great  cross-vein  at  or  somewhat  beyond  its  inner  end. 

Hab. — Middle  Harbour,  near  Sydney  (Skuse).  Three  speci- 
mens. 

Obs. — Three  specimens  captured  by  me  at  Knapsack  Gully, 
Blue  Mountains,  appear  to  belong  to  this  species,  but  they  are 
too  shrivelled  to  satisfactorily  examine. 

302.    DlCRANOMYIA    CDNEATA,  sp.n.       (PI.  XXI.,  fig,   5). 

(J.— Length  of  antennae 0-035  inch       ...     0*88  millimetre. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-200x0-045   ...     5-08x1-13 

Sizeof  body 0-140x0-016   ...     3-55x0-40 


BY    FREDERICK    A.  A.   SKUSE.  773 

Front,  antennae,  and  palpi  brown;  rostrum  yellowish;  terminal 
joint  of  antennae  with  a  slender  cylindrical  prolongation.  Thorax 
pale  brownish-ochreous,  sub-nitidous ;  pleurae  paler  ochreous,  with 
an  almost  imperceptible  greenish  tint.  Halteres  long  (TOl  mm.), 
slender,  infuscated,  pale  at  the  base  of  stem.  Abdomen  olive- 
brown,  the  forceps  very  little  paler.  Legs  dusky  brown,  the 
coxae  and  extreme  base  of  femora  pale  greenish-ochreous.  Wings 
narrow,  lanceolate,  almost  hyaline,  with  a  slight  greyish  tint; 
stigma  almost  invisible  ;  veins  brown.  Auxiliary  vein  reaching 
costa  a  little  beyond  origin  of  second  longitudinal  vein  ;  sub-costal 
cross-vein  situated  before  the  tip  of  auxiliary  vein  a  distance 
equal  to  rather  more  than  half  the  length  of  praefurca  ;  marginal 
cross-vein  situated  at  tip  of  first  longitudinal  vein  ;  praefurca 
about  2i  times  the  length  of  distance  between  origin  of  third 
longitudinal  vein  and  small  cross-vein ;  discal  cell  closed,  the 
great  cross- vein  at  or  before  its  inner  end. 

Hah. — Blue  Mountains  N.S.W.  (Skuse).     One  specimen. 

Obs. — The  wings  are  considerably  broader  at  the  apex  than 
those  of  D.  longipennis,  Schum  ;  the  basal  portion  is  similar.  The 
above-described  appears  closely  allied  to  I),  halterata,  O.S. 
(Dipt.  N.  Amer.  IV.  p=  71). 

303.    DlCRANOJIYIA    ANNULIPES,  Sp.n. 

(J. — Length  of  antennae 0'040  inch       ...      1-01  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-210  x  0-055  ...     5-33  x  1-39 

Size  of  body 0-140  x  0-025  ...     3-55  x  0-62 

Head,  including  rostrum,  palpi  and  antenna3,  deep  brown, 
almost  black.  Thorax  dull  brown,  somewhat  sericeous  on  posterior 
portion,  and  also  on  scutellum  and  melanotum  ;  pleurae  dull  brown. 
Halteres  fulvous.  Abdomen  ochreous-brown,  the  segments  bor- 
dered at  the  sides  with  brown,  tolerably  well  clothed  with  yellow 
hairs  ;  forceps  bright  fulvous.  Legs  pale  ochreous-brown  ;  femora 
with  a  darker  ring  before  apex,  slightly  paler  a  little  before  and 
after  the  ring ;    tibiae  and  all  tarsal  joints  tipped  with  deep  brown 


774  DIPTERA    OP    AUSTRALIA, 

or  black.     "Wings  pellucid,  with  a  slightly  greyish  tint,  and  rather 

indistinctly  clouded  with  brownish  ;    two  very  pale  spots  in  first 

basal  cell,  one  mid-way  between  humeral  cross-vein  and  origin  of 

prsefurca,  the  other   immediately   beneath    origin   of   praefurca ; 

bases  and  tips  of  all  the  veins,  and  the  cross- veins,  more  or  less 

distinctly  clouded  ;    stigma  elliptical,  pale  brownish  ;    veins  dark 

brown,  the  costa  more  fulvous.     Auxiliary  vein  reaching  the  costa 

beyond  the  origin  of  second  longitudinal  vein  a  distance  about 

equal   to  length  of  stigma ;    sub-costal  cross-vein  about  midway 

between  origin  of  second  longitudinal  vein  and  tip  of  auxiliary 

vein  ;  marginal  cross- vein  close  to  tip  of  second  longitudinal  vein ; 

prsefurca  about  twice  the  length  of  the  distance  between  origin  of 

third  longitudinal  vein  and  small  cross-vein ;  discal  cell  closed,  the 

great  cross-vein  a  little  before  its  inner  end. 

Hah. — Hexham    Swamps,    near    Newcastle,    N.  S.  W.  ;     April 

(Skuse). 

Genus  2.  Thrypticomyia,  gen.  nov. 

One  sub-marginal  cell ;  four  posterior  cells  ;  discal  cell  present ; 
marginal  cross-vein  before  tip  of  first  longitudinal  vein ;  tip  of 
auxiliary  vein  opposite  origin  of  second  longitudinal  vein ; 
prsefurca  as  long  as  sub-marginal  cell ;  a  supernumerary  cross-vein 
between  the  costa  and  the  auxiliary  vein.  Wings  lanceolate,  very 
narrow  towards  the  base.  Antennae  14:-joined,  joints  sub-cylin- 
drical ;  joints  pedicelled  ;  each  joint  with  a  moderately  long  stiff 
hair  above  (PL  xxiv,  fig.  45).  Proboscis  very  short.  Feet  slender  ; 
tibiae  without  spurs;  ungues  extremely  minute  with  a  tooth  near  the 
base ;  empodia  wanting.  Forceps  of  male  similar  to  those  of  Bicran- 
omyia  (PI.  xxiv,  fig.  44);  two  fleshy  lobes  with  a  horny  style  under 
them. 

This  genus  though  undoubtedly  very  closely  allied  to  Dicran- 
omyia  may  be  readily  distinguished  by  the  structure  of  the 
antennae,  the  cuneiformly  narrowed  base  of  the  wings  which  has 
not  the  slightest  indication  of  an  anal  angle,  by  the  greater  length 
of  the  first  longitudinal  vein  and  position  of  the  marginal  cross- 
vein,  and  lastly  by  the  presence  of  a  supernumerary  sub-costal 
cross-vein. 


BY    FREDERICK   A.  A.  SKUSE.  775 

304.  Thrypticomyia  aureipennis,  sp.n.  (PI.  xxi.,  fig.  6). 

(^. — Length  of  antennae 0'050  inch     ...   1-27  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-190  x  0-040...   4-81  x  1-01 

Size  of  body 0-165x0-020...  4-18x0-50 

Head  and  antennae  brown ;  rostrum  and  palpi  ochreous  or 
brownish.  Thorax  short  and  arcuated,  light  ochreous-brown, 
somewhat  darker  in  the  mesonotum  ;  sub-levigate.  Halteres  long, 
slender,  inf  uscated,  pale  at  the  base  of  stem.  Abdomen  including 
forceps  brown.  Legs  very  slender.  Coxae  and  extreme  base  of 
femora  ochreous  ;  remaining  joints  brown,  the  tip  of  first  tarsal 
joint  and  whole  of  last  four  joints  white.  Wings  sub-hyaline, 
with  extremely  brilliant,  chiefly  golden,  reflections ;  veins  and 
stigma  brown.  Auxiliary  vein  reaching  costa  opposite  origin  of 
second  longitudinal  vein  ;  sub-costal  cross-vein  a  short  distance 
(the  length  of  marginal  cross-vein)  from  its  tip  ;  supernumerary 
cross-vein  situated  about  opposite  inner  end  of  first  posterior  cell ; 
first  longitudinal  vein  disappearing  before  end  of  stigma,  the 
latter  enveloping  this  vein  from  opposite  inner  end  of  sub-marginal 
cell ;  marginal  cross-vein  situated  before  tip  of  first  longitudinal 
vein  a  distance  at  least  equal  to  its  length  ;  praefurca  slightly 
arcuated  at  its  origin  ;  discal  cell  usually  longer  than  broad, 
sometimes  nearly  square ;  its  inner  end  usually  somewhat  before 
inner  end  of  first  posterior  cell,  and  its  anterior  angle  sometimes 
with  a  small  stump  of  a  vein  ;  great  cross-vein  situated  about  its 
middle. 

Hob. — Sydney ;  six  specimens  (Masters). 

Ohs. — This  insect  has  a  very  delicate  aerial  appearance. 

Genus  3.  Geranomyia,  Haliday. 

Geranomyia,  Hal.,  Entom.  Mag.  I.  p.  154,  1833;  Curtis,  Brit. 

Entom.    XII.   p.  573,  1835  ;  Limnohiorrhynchus,   Westw.,  Ann. 

Soc.  Ent.  Fr.  1835,  p.  684;  Trans.  Ent.  Soc.  Lond.  1881,  p.  375; 

Ajyorosa,  Macquart,    Dipt.   Exot.  I.,  p.   62,   1838;  Loew,  Linn. 

50 


776  DIPTERA    OF    AUSTRALIA, 

Entom.  V.  p.  394,  tab,  ii.  f.  9-12,  1851  ;  Geranomyia,  Hal,  Ins. 
Brit.  iii.  p.  310,  1856;  Plettusa,  Pliilippi,  V.  z.-b.  G.  Wien, 
p.  597,  t.  XXIII.  f.  1,  1865  ;  Geranomyia,  O.-Sacken,  Mon.  Dipt. 
N.  Amer.  lY.  p.  78,  1869  ;  Wulp,  v.d..  Dipt.  Neerl.  p.  396, 
t.  XII.,  f.  5-6,  1877  ;  O.-Sacken,  Studies,  II.  p.  173,  1887. 

"  One  sub-marginal  cell ;  four  posterior  cells ;  a  discal  cell. 
Antenna3  14-jointed,  sub-moniliform ;  joints  not  pedicelled. 
E/Ostrum  and  proboscis  prolonged,  longer  than  the  head  and 
thorax  taken  together  ]  the  short  palpi  inserted  about  their 
middle.  Feet  slender  ;  tibiae  without  spurs  at  the  tip  ;  empodia 
indistinct  or  none  ;  ungues  with  teeth  on  the  under  side.  The 
forceps  of  the  male  like  that  of  Dicranomyia,  and  consists  of  two 
fleshy,  movable  lobes,  with  horny  appendages  and  a  horny  style 
under  them."  (Osten-Sacken). 

Four  species  which  I  refer  to  this  genus  differ  in  the  number  of 
joints  to  the  palpi ;  one  species  has  only  biarticulate  palpi,  two 
have  them  3-jointed,  whilst  another  has  them  4-jointed.  These 
differences  compel  me  to  suggest  the  institution  of  three  sub- 
generic  groups ;  in  other  respects  these  insects  do  not  more  than 
specifically  differ  from  hitherto  described  Geranomyice.  There 
has  always  seemed  some  doubt  about  the  number  of  joints  to  the 
palpi.  Haliday  first  of  all  believed  them  to  consist  of  but  one 
minute  joint.  Baron  Osten-Sacken  takes  them  to  be  biarticulate 
on  the  authority  of  Curtis ;  but  the  latter  author  himself  queries 
the  statement  in  his  generic  diagnosis.  Having  not  a  specimen 
of  any  described  species  it  is  impossible  for  me  to  more  than 
surmise  that  upon  careful  examination  the  known  examples,  of 
which  the  majority  prevail  on  the  American  continent,  will  be 
found  to  differ  in  the  number  of  joints  comprised  in  the  palpi. 
The  type  of  the  genus,  G.  unicolo7\  Hal.,  probably  has,  but 
possibly  may  not  have,  only  biarticulate  palpi ;  and  Curtis  errs 
when  he  states  that  they  are  "  attached  to  tJie  anterior  angles  of 
the  mentum."  They  are  in  reality  attached  to  the  sides  of  the 
labium  below  the  point  where  the  latter  divides.  The  labium 
with  the  palpi  can  be  drawn  away  from  the  other  organs  upon 
careful  dissection. 


BY    FREDERICK   A.  A.  SKUSE.  777 

Rostrum  the  length  of  the  thorax  only  in  G.  lutulenta  and 
annulata;  as  long  as  the  thorax  and  head  taken  together  in  G.  iiicta 
and/?<sca.  Antennae  rather  short,  joints  elliptical,  sessile;  sub- 
cylindrical  in  G.  fusca.  The  basal  joint  of  the  palpi  is  always 
long  and  slender,  about  twice  the  length  of  the  second  joint 
(PI.  XXIV.,  figs.  46-48). 

Venation  similar  to  that  of  Dicranomyia.  Auxiliary  vein  in 
G.  ^J^c^«  reaching  costa  nearly  opposite  but  somewhat  beyond 
origin  of  prsefurca,  in  the  other  species  reaching  considerably 
beyond.  Sub-costal  cross-vein  always  close  to  the  tip  of  the 
auxiliary  vein.  The  second  longitudinal  vein  is  rather  angularly 
bent  near  its  origin  in  the  four  species  known  to  me,  in  G.  picta 
and  annulata  Avith  even  a  short  stump  of  a  vein  at  the  angles. 
The  sub-marginal  cell  is  much  longer  than  the  first  posterior  cell. 
The  discal  cell  is  open  in  one  specimen  of  G.  lutulenta,  and 
coalesces  with  the  third  posterior  cell.  In  G.  picta  the  great 
cross-vein  is  situated  considerably  before  the  inner  end  of  discal 
cell. 

In  the  male  forceps  the  rostriform  appendage  of  the  fleshy  lobes 
bears  two  short  stifi"  bristles ;  in  G.  fusca  this  is  situated  much 
lower  down  the  lobe  than  usual.  The  falciform  appendages  are 
long  and  curved.  The  anal  style  is  large  in  G.  picta  (PI.  xxiv., 
fig.  49),  but  small  and  hammer-shaped  m  fusca  (PI.  xxiv.,  fig.  50). 
These  difi'erences   however  may  be  only  of  specific  importance. 

Until  further  species  have  been  studied  it  is  impossible  to  fully 
define  the  three  following  sub-genera ;  other  characters  may  be 
ultimately  found  to  be  constantly  associated  with  the  differences 
in  the  palpi. 

1.  Sub-genus  Geranomyia.  Palpi  two-jointed.  Proposed  for 
the  single  species  G.  picta  (PI.  xxiv.,  fig.  46). 

2.  Sub-genus  Triphana.  Palpi  three-jointed.  Proposed  for 
the  reception  of  t>vo  species,  G.  lutulenta  and  annulata  (PI.  xxiv. 
fig.  47). 


778  DIPTERA    OF    AUSTRALIA, 

3.  Sub-genus  Tetrajyhana.  Palpi  four-jointed.  One  species, 
G.fusca  (PI.  XXIV.,  fig.  48). 

305.  Geranomyia  (Geranomyia)  picta,  sp.n. 

^. — Length  of  antennas  0"060  inch        ...  1"54  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0*220  x  0-050  ...  5-58  x  1-27 

Size  of  body 0'240  x  0-030  ...  6-09x0-76 

^. — Length  of  antennae 0-050  inch       ...  1-27  millimetres, 

Expanse  of  wings 0-240  x  0-050  ...  6-09x1-27 

Size  of  body 0-210x0-030  ...  5-33x0-76 

Head,  including  proboscis,  palpi  and  antennae  black;  front 
with  a  greyish  bloom.  Palpi  two-jointed.  Collare  brown^ 
Thorax  fulvous-brown,  with  a  greyish  bloom,  traversed  by 
three  brown  longitudinal  stripes ;  the  intermediate  stripe 
extending  to  posterior  border  of  metanotum,  Hal  teres  with 
infuscated  club.  Abdomen  brown,  ochreous  or  fulvous-brown 
on  the  venter  ;  genitalia  fulvous  or  brownish- ochreous.  Coxae 
fulvous  ;  femora  testaceous,  darker  at  the  tip  ;  tibiae  and  tarsi 
obscure  testaceous,  the  terminal  joint  of  latter  infuscated. 
Wings  pellucid,  with  a  slight  tint  ;  the  stigma  and  two 
spots  on  the  distal  half  of  anterior  border  brown;  a  small 
squarish  spot  at  origin  of  praefurca,  and  a  longish  one  on  the 
costa  beginning  a  short  distance  beyond  stigma,  and  terminating 
at  tip  of  third  longitudinal  vein  ;  the  cross-veins,  inner  ends  of 
sub-marginal  and  sub-costal  cells  and  fifth  longitudinal  vein 
clouded.  Auxiliary  vein  reaching  costa  a  little  beyond  origin  of 
second  longitudinal  vein ;  praefurca  angularly  bent  near  its  origin, 
generally  with  a  small  stump  of  a  vein  ;  marginal  cross-vein  and 
tip  of  first  longitudinal  vein  pale,  the  latter  arcuated  into  second 
longitudinal ;  sub-marginal  cell  nearly  one- third  longer  than  the 
first  posterior ;  discal  cell  closed  ;  the  great  cross-vein  situated 
much  before  its  inner  end,  and  usually  opposite  inner  end  of  first 
sub-marginal  cell. 


BY    FREDERICK    A.  A.  SKUSE.  779 

Jlab. — Knapsack  Gully,  Blue  Mts.  ;  North  Waratah,  near 
Newcastle,  and  Middle  Harbour,  near  Sydney;  six  specimens 
(Skuse). 

306.  Geranomyia  (Triphana)  lutulenta,  sp.n. 

9. — Length  of  antennae 0-070  inch       ...     1-77  millimetres. 

Exp^anse  of  wings 0-350  x  0-090  ...     8-89x2-27 

Sizeof  body 0-280x0-040  ...     7-lOxl-Ol 

Brown.  Head  including  rostrum,  palpi  and  antennae  black  ; 
front  with  a  greyish  bloom.  Palpi  three-jointed.  Thorax  levigate, 
more  or  less  ochreous  or  ochreous- brown  at  humeri;  pleurae  with 
greyish  bloom.  Halteres  infuscated,  the  base  of  stem  ochreous- 
yellow.  Ovipositor  obscure  testaceous.  Coxae  and  femora  testa- 
ceous, the  latter  brown  at  the  tip  ;  tibiae  and  tarsi  obscure  testaceous 
or  brownish,  all  the  joints  tipped  with  brown  ;  except  the  last  three 
tarsal  joints  entirely  blackish.  Wings  with  a  slightly  greyish  tint, 
with  small  indistinct  greyish  cloudings;  stigma  same  tint  as  clouds  ; 
first  and  fifth  longitudinal  veins  marked  with  brown  near  the  base 
of  wing ;  a  squarish  greyish  cloud  at  origin  of  second  longitudinal 
vein  reaching  costa  anteriorly  and  fourth  longitudinal  vein  poste- 
riorly ;  a  small  cloud  enveloping  tip  of  auxiliary  vein  and  neigh- 
bouring portion  of  the  first  longitudinal  vein ;  a  roundish  cloud 
at  base  of  sub-marginal  cell,  enveloping  extremity  of  prsefurca,  and 
coalescing  with  stigma  ;  cross-veins  and  both  ends  of  discal  cell  also 
clouded  ;  veins  brown,  the  costa  and  first  and  fifth  longitudinal 
veins  yellowish,  but  the  first  longitudinal  brown  where  enveloped  by 
cloudings.  Auxiliary  vein  reaching  costa  opposite  middle  of 
praefurca;  sub-costal  cross-vein  a  short  distance  from  its  tip; 
prgsfurca  angulated  near  its  origin ;  discal  cell  closed,  or  opened 
posteriorly ;  the  great  cross-vein  at  or  before  its  inner  end. 

^«6.— Mount  Kosciusko,  N.S.W.,  5000  ft. ;  March  (Helms). 

Two  S2?ecimens  in  Coll.  Australian  Museum. 

Obs. — This  is  the  only  species  in  which  1  have  observed  the 
discal  cell  open  among  all  the  Australian  Limnobina  examined  by 


me. 


780  DIPTERA   OF   AUSTRALIA, 

307.  Geranomyia  (Triphana)  annulata,  sp.n. 

(J. — Length  of  antennae 0-050  inch        ...      1 '27  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 9-280  x  0-065  ...     7-10x1-66 

Size  of  body 0-250x0-030  ...     6-34x0-76 

Head,  including  proboscis,  palpi  and  antennae  dusky  brown. 
Palpi  three-jointed.  Thorax  fulvous-brown,  shining,  with  three 
brown  stripes ;  the  intermediate  stripe  terminating  before  the 
suture;  metathorax  with  hoary  bloom;  collare  and  pleurae  brown. 
Hal  teres  with  infuscated  club.  Abdomen  brown;  the  forceps  paler. 
Legs  testaceous ;  fore  femora  with  a  brown  ring  at  the  tip,  the  inter- 
mediate and  hind  pairs  with  a  narrow  ring  before  the  tip ;  ter- 
minal joints  of  tarsi  somewhat  infuscated.  Wings  almost  hyaline; 
stigma  and  two  spots  brownish  ;  the  spots  small,  cloud-like  ;  one 
at  origin  of  second  longitudinal  vein,  and  the  other  enveloping  tip 
of  auxiliary  vein,  the  sub-costal  cross- vein  and  portion  of  first  longi- 
tudinal ;  inner  end  of  sub-marginal  cell  and  veins  indistinctly 
clouded.  Auxiliary  vein  reaching  costa  nearer  opposite  inner  end 
of  sub-marginal  cell  than  to  origin  of  second  longitudinal  vein,  and 
opposite  tip  of  sixth  longitudinal  vein ;  sub-costal  cross-vein  close 
to  its  tip ;  praefurca  angularly  bent  near  its  origin,  with  a  short 
stump  of  a  vein ;  tip  of  first  longitudinal  and  marginal  cross- 
vein  pale,  the  former  apparently  very  abruptly  arcuated  into 
second  longitudinal  vein  ;  sub-marginal  cell  nearly  one-fifth  longer 
than  first  posterior  cell ;  discal  cell  closed  ;  the  great  cross-vein 
situated  before  its  inner  end  a  distance  less  than  its  length,  and 
opposite  inner  end  of  sub-marginal  cell. 

Hah. —  Berowra,  N.S.W. ;  a  single  specimen  (Skuse). 

308.  Geranomyia  (Tetraphana)  fusca,  sp.n. 

(J.— Length  of  antennae 0-070  inch       ...     1-77  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-310  x  0-080  ...     7-87  x  2-02 

Size  of  body 0-250  x  0-040  ...     6-34  x  1-01 


BY    FREDERICK    A.  A.  SKUSE.  781 

9. — Length  of  antennae 0-065  inch         ..     1*66  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0'320  x  0-080  ...     8'12  x  2-02 

Size  of  body 0-290  x  0-040  ...     7-35  x  1-01 

.  Dark  brown.  Head,  including  proboscis,  palpi  and  antennre 
sometimes  black.  Palpi  four-jointed.  Thorax  light  brown  at 
the  humeri ;  an  intermediate  brown  stripe  visible  anteriorly. 
Halteres  brown,  somewhat  ochreous  at  the  base  of  stem.  Abdomen 
blackish-brown  ;  $  forceps  concolorous  with  rest  of  body  ;  9  ovi- 
positor rather  short,  straight,  the  valves  obscure  testaceous.  Legs 
entirely  brown.  Wings  with  a  slight  greyish  tint,  with  very  pale 
greyish-brown  clouds ;  the  stigma  slightly  darker ;  a  squarish 
cloud  at  origin  of  second  longitudinal  vein,  reaching  costa  ante- 
riorly and  fourth  longitudinal  posteriorly  ;  a  cloud  between  stigma 
and  lower  extremity  of  great  cross-vein ;  and  another  at  distal 
end  of  discal  cell ;  the  costa  at  end  of  marginal  and  sub-marginal 
cells  somewhat  clouded ;  veins  dark  brown.  Auxiliary  vein 
reaching  costa  more  or  less  opposite  middle  of  prsefurca  ;  sub-costal 
cross-vein  near  its  tip ;  tip  of  first  longitudinal  and  the  marginal 
cross-vein  pale ;  prsefurca  much  angulated  near  its  orgin ;  great 
cross-vein  at  inner  end  of  discal  cell. 

JIah. — Lawson,  Blue  Mountains,  N.S.W.  (Masters).      January. 

Genus  4.  Limnobia,  Meigen. 

Limnobia,  Meig.,  Syst.  Beschr.  L  p.  116,  1818;  Limonia,  Meig., 
111.  Mag.  II.  p.  262,  1803  ;  Limnohia  and  Glochina,  Meig.,  Syst. 
Beschr.  YI.  pp.  275-280,  1830  ;  IdioiMra,  Limnophila,  and  Lim- 
nohia, Macquart,  S.a  B.  I.  pp.  94,  95,  100,  1834  ;  Walker,  Ins. 
Brit.  III.  p.  280,  1856  ;  Zetterstedt,  F.  Lapp.  1840,  Dipt.  Scand. 
X.  1851 ;  Limnohia  (in  its  restricted  sense),  Stephens,  Cat.  Brit. 
Ins.  1829  ;  O.-Sacken,  Mon.  Dipt.  K  Amer.  IV.  p.  84,  1869  ; 
Studies,  IL  p.  177,  1887. 

"  One  submarginal  cell;  four  posterior  cells;  a  discal  cell.  The 
marginal  cross- vein  is  sometimes  at  the  tip  of  the  first  longitudinal 


782  DIPTERA    OF   AUSTRALIA, 

vein,  but  often  at  some  distance  anterior  to  this  tip,  crossing  the 
stigma;  the  tip  of  the  auxiliary  vein  is  usually  far  beyond  the 
origin  of  the  prsefurca.  Antennae  14-  (often  apparently  15-) 
jointed.  Feet  comparatively  strong  ;  tibiae  without  spurs  at  the 
tip;  empodia  indistinct  or  none;  ungues  with  several  teeth  on  the 
under  side,  giving  them  a  pectinate  appearance.  The  forceps  of 
the  male  consists  of  two  horny,  movable  hooks,  and  a  horny  style 
under  them."     (Osten-Sacken). 

The  species  hereafter  described  seems  to  differ  from  typical 
LimnohicB  in  having  the  general  appearance  of  a  Dicranomyia, 
being  of  moderate  size,  dull-coloured,  etc. ;  also,  the  ungues  do  not 
exhibit  a  pectinate  appearance,  showing  only  indistinctly  two 
minute  teeth  near  the  base.  It  is  all  the  more  remarkable  that 
this  species  should  be  so  Dicranomyia-\\k.Q,  as  it  belongs  to  the 
section  having  the  cross-vein  close  to  the  tip  of  the  first  longitu- 
dinal vein,  this  latter  character  being  always  associated  with  the 
typical  highly  coloured  Limnohice,'^  whilst  in  antennae,  structure  of 
male  forceps,  and  length  of  auxiliary  vein  it  is  a  true  Limnohia. 

309.  Ldinobia  bidentata,  sp.n. 

(J. — Length  of  antennae 0-070  inch       ...     1-77  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-300  x  0-080  ...     7-62  x  2-02 

Size  of  body 0-310x0-040...     7-87x1-01 

$. — Length  of  antennae 0*070  inch       ...      1*77  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-320x0-085    ..     8-12  x  2-U 

Size  of  body 0-310x0-042  ...     7-87x1-06 

Head,  including  rostrum,  palpi  and  antennae  black  ;  rostrum 
short;  first  joint  of  scapus  twice  the  length  of  the  second. 
Thorax  dark  fuscous-brown,  sometimes  almost  black  with  a  greyish 
bloom  ;  pleurae  and  humeri  sometimes  slightly  tinged  with  testa- 
ceous.     Halteres  testaceous,  the  club    almost   black.     Abdomen 

*  Though  also  a  character  of  the  Dicranomyice. 


BY    FREDERICK    A.  A.  SKUSE.  783 

deep  brown  or  black,  sparingly  clothed  with  very  short  yellowish 
hairs  ;  ^  forceps  (PI.  xxiv.,  fig.  51)  concolorous  with  rest  of  body ; 
^  ovipositor  rather  slender,  slightly  curved,  the  valves  reddish- 
brown.  Legs  obscure  testaceous;  femora  with  a  broad  ring  of  brown 
at  tip;  tibiae  and  first  two  tarsal  joints  slightly  tipped  with,  and  three 
last  joints  entirely,  brown  or  black.  Wings  pellucid,  with  brownish 
tint ;  veins  dark  fuscous-brown,  the  prsefurca  and  cross- veins 
clouded  with  brownish  ;  costal  cell,  and  distal  half  of  marginal  cell, 
also  brownish  ;  stigma  small,  round,  dark  fuscous,  enveloping  the 
tip  of  first  longitudinal  and  marginal  cross-vein.  Auxiliary  vein 
reaching  costa  opposite  inner  end  of  sub-marginal  cell ;  sub-costal 
cross-vein  close  to  its  tip  ;  first  longitudinal  vein  abruptly  arcuated 
into  the  second,  joined  to  the  costa  by  the  cross-vein  ;  the  latter 
rather  indistinct  and  pale;  prsefurca  arcuated,  sometimes  with 
a  small  stump  of  a  vein,  about  one-third  longer  than  distance  from 
origin  of  third  longitudinal  vein  to  small  cross-vein ;  great  cross- 
vein  situated  more  or  less  before  middle  of  discal  cell ;  sixth 
longitudinal  vein  straight  or  nearly  so  ;  seventh  a  little  arcuated 
at  the  tip. 

Hab. — Gosford,  Woronora  and  Manly,  near  Sydney  (Skuse) ; 
Blue  Mts.  (Masters).     January  to  March,     Eighteen  specimens. 

Genus  5.  Trochobola,  Osten-Sacken. 

Biscobola,  O.-Sack.,  Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Philad.  p.  226,  1865; 
Trochobola,  O.-Sack.,  Mon.  Dipt.  N.  Amer.  IV.  p.  97,  1868; 
Studies,  11.  p.  178,  1887. 

"  One  sub-marginal  cell  ;  four  posterior  cells ;  a  discal  cell ; 
the  tip  of  the  auxiliary  vein  is  far  beyond  the  origin  of  the  second 
longitudinal  vein;  the  marginal  cross-vein  is  some  distance 
anterior  to  the  tip  of  the  first  longitudinal  vein ;  a  supernumerary 
cross-vein  connects  the  sixth  and  seventh  longitudinal  veins. 
Antennae  14-iointed.  Feet  slender;  tibiae  without  spurs  at  the 
tip  ;  empodia  indistinct ;  ungues  with  teeth  on  the  under  side." 
(Osten-Sacken). 


784  DIPTERA    OF    AUSTRALIA, 

Three  species  belonging  to  this  genus  have  been  described,  two 
occurring  in  Europe  and  one  in  North  America  ;  and  according  to 
Baron  Osten-Sacken  the  genus  also  occurs  in  New  Zealand.  All 
known  species  exhibit  a  wonderful  similarity  and  are  difficult  to 
separate ;  the  wings  are  marked  with  numerous  ocellate  spots 
which  vary  little  more  in  the  different  species  than  they  do  in 
individuals. 

Prof.  Mik  (Verh.  z.-b.  Ges.  in  Wien,  XXVIIT.  p.  617,  1879) 
discusses  the  described  species,  and  establishes  the  distinction 
between  the  two  European  species  by  the  structure  of  the  male 
forceps  and  character  of  the  wing- markings. 

The  species  now  described  from  Australia  seems  more  closely 
related  to  T.  ccasarea^  O.-Sack.,  than  to  annulata.  Linn.  They  agree 
very  well  in  the  picturing  of  the  wings,  except  that  T.  australis 
has  not  the  marmorated  second  basal  cell  so  characteristic  of 
Gcesarea.  The  auxiliary  vein  (judging  by  Prof.  Mik's  figures)  is 
not  so  long,  the  second  longitudinal  vein  is  more  arcuated,  and 
the  third  longitudinal  vein  more  strongly  converges  towards  the 
fourth.  On  the  other  hand,  the  structure  of  the  holding  forceps 
is  more  like  that  of  T.  annulata,  possessing  the  rostriform  ap- 
pendage; it  differs,  however,  in  having  the  upper  margin  of  the 
anal  segment  emarginate,  and  not  dentate  as  in  both  European 
species. 

310.  Trochobola  australis,  sp.n.  (PI.  xxi.,  fig.  7). 

J. — Length  of  antennae 0*070  inch        ...      1*77  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-340  x  0*080   ...     862  x  2*02 

Size  of  body 0*250  x  0*030   ...   6*34x0*76 

Head,  including  rostrum,  palpi  and  antennae,  black.  Collare 
ochreous-yellow.  Thorax  ochreous-yellow,  almost  covered  with 
three  broad  brown  stripes,  levigate ;  pleuree  and  metathorax  dark 
brown;  scutellum  deeply  bordered  with  brown.  Halteres  brown, 
the  club  and  base  of  stem  pale.  Abdomen  brown  or  brownish- 
ochreous  (greenish-yellow  while  living),  the  first  segment  ochreous 


BY    FREDERICK    A.  A.  SKUSE.  785 

yellow ;  genitals  concolorous  with  rest  of  abdomen  ;  fleshy  lobes  of 
(J  forceps  (PL  xxiv.,  fig.  52),  with  a  short  rostriform  appendage, 
the  upper  margin  of  horny  plate  between  bases  of  basal  pieces  with 
a  shallow  emargination  (not  dentate  as  in  T.  annulata  and  ccesarea). 
Legs  testaceous  ;  femora  with  a  brown  or  black  ring  before  the  tip, 
preceded  and  followed  by  ochreous-yellow;  tip  of  tibise  and  terminal 
joints  of  tarsi  brown  or  black.  Wings  broad,  with  a  pale  yellowish 
tint,  with  brown  (blackish  while  fresh)  ocellate  cloudings;  the 
greater  portion  of  second  basal  cell,  and  a  transverse  recurved  band 
across  the  middle  of  wing,  clear  of  markings  (except  that  there  is  the 
pupil  of  an  incomplete  ocellus  at  tip  of  sixth  longitudinal  vein) ;  an 
almost  complete  ocellus,  broken  at  the  costa,  has  its  pupil  at  the 
origin  of  second  longitudinal  vein  ;  another  almost  complete  one  has 
the  supernumerary  cross-vein  for  its  centre ;  the  distal  half  of  the 
wing  is  covered  with  more  or  less  confluent  ocelli,  the  centre  spots 
of  the  most  distinct  being  at  sub-costal  cross-vein^  small  cross- 
vein,  basal  half  of  great  cross-vein  and  the  cross-vein  closing  discal 
cell ;  a  brown  spot  on  the  costa  near  base  of  wing  encloses  a  pale 
spot  at  or  somewhat  beyond  the  humeral  cross- vein  ;  and  another 
enveloping  tip  of  first  longitudinal  and  marginal  cross-vein  has  a 
pale  spot  just  before  the  tip  of  the  former.  Auxiliary  vein  reaching 
costa  a  short  distance  before  inner  end  of  sub-marginal  cell ;  sub- 
costal cross-vein  a  short  distance  before  its  tip  ;  first  longitudinal 
vein  arcuated  towards  its  tip,  forming  a  considerable  expansion  of 
the  sub-costal  cell ;  third  longitudinal  vein  considerably  converging 
towards  the  fourth  at  its  tip. 

Mab. — Sydney  and  Como,  N.S.W.  (Skuse) ;  Waverley,  near 
Sydney  ;  October  (Froggatt).     Three  male  specimens. 

Obs. — Baron  O.-Sacken  remarks  that  he  knows  at  least  three 
easily  distinguishable  species  from  S.  E.  Australia  and  New  Zea- 
land ;  the  above-described  is  unfortunately  the  only  one  I  have 
been  able  to  find,  and  that  only  rarely. 

Genus  6.  Libnotes,  "VVestwood. 

Libnotes,  Westw.,  Trans.  Ent.  Soc.  Lond.  1876,  p.  505,  pi.  III. 
fig.  6  b.  j  O.-Sacken,  Studies  II.,  p.  179,  1887. 


786  DIPTERA    OF   AUSTRALIA, 

One  submarginal  cell ;  four  posterior  cells  ;  a  discal  cell ;  cells 
at  distal  half  of  wing  of  remarkable  length  and  curvature ; 
prsefurca  extremely  short.  Marginal  cross-vein  at  or  near  the  tip 
of  the  first  longitudinal  vein  ;  the  tip  of  the  auxiliary  vein  far 
beyond  the  origin  of  the  prgefurca.  Antennae  14-jointed,  the 
terminal  joint  with  a  slender  elongation.  Legs  long,  slender  ; 
tibiae  without  spurs  at  the  tip  ;  empodia  wanting  ;  ungues  dentate. 
Male  forceps  of  similar  structure  to  those  of  Limnohia. 

311.  LiBNOTES  STRiGivENA,  Walker  (PL  xxi.,  fig.  8). 

Limnobia  strigivena,  Walk.,  Journ.  Linn.  Soc.  Lond,  Vol.  V., 
1861,  p.  229 ;  Lihnotes  strigivena,  O.-Sacken,  Studies  IL,  1887, 
p.  183. 

$. — Length  of  antennae 0  080  inch         ..     2*02  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-600  x  0-09o   ...  15*24  x  2-39 

Sizeof  body    0-350  x  0-055  ...    8-89x1-39 

9. — Length  of  antennae 0.080  inch        ...     2-02  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings..  .  ...  0-500x0-095   ...  12-70x2-39 

Sizeof  body.  .., 0-350x0-055  ...     8-89x1-39 

Pale  ochreous-yellow.  Antennae  and  palpi  somewhat  tinged 
with  brownish  ;  flagellar  joints  elliptical.  Thorax,  with  the  meso- 
notum,  and  lateral  border  to  origin  of  wings,  brown  ;  more  or  less 
distinct  traces  of  a  double  median  stripe ;  a  brownish  triangular 
spot  on  each  side  above  the  origin  of  the  wings  ;  a  small  spot 
about  equal  in  size  to  the  last  on  the  pleurae  ;  metanotum  with  a 
narrow  lateral  border  of  brown,  which  is  continued  as  a  brown 
line  down  the  sides  of  the  abdominal  segments*  ;  second  segment 
with  a  median  brownish  marking  ;  9  ovipositor  short,  little  curved, 
ochraceous-brown.  Eore  cox£e  bordered  with  brown  anteriorly  ; 
femora  with  a  more  or  less  distinct  brown  ring  a  little  before  the 

*  The  lateral  line  and  thoracic  markings  are  occa  sionally  very  indistinct, 
whilst  in  old  specimens  the  sides  of  the  segments  of  the  abdomen  sometimes 
overlap,  and  thus  entirely  conceal  the  line. 


BY    FREDERICK    A.  A.  SKUSE.  787 

apex  ;  tibise  and  first  two  tarsal  joints  at  tip,  and  last  three  joints 
entirely,  brown  or  blackish.  Wings  almost  hyaline,  somewhat 
opaline;  veins  pale  ochreous  (imparting  a  somewhat  whitish 
appearance  to  the  wings),  marked  with  numerous  small  longitudinal 
brown  sj^ots,  the  two  most  distinct  on  the  first  longitudinal  vein 
at  origin  of  second  longitudinal  and  tip  of  auxiliary  vein  ;  distal 
end  of  stigma,  with  tip  of  first  longitudinal  vein,  slightly  infus- 
cated.  Auxiliary  vein  joining  costa  almost  opposite  tip  of  fifth 
longitudinal  vein  ;  sub-costal  cross-vein  at  its  tip  ;  marginal  cross- 
vein  close  to  tip  of  first  longitudinal  vein ;  inner  end  of  second 
posterior  cell  much  arcuated  or  rectangular,  situated  much  before 
that  of  the  third,  with  slight  trace  of  a  small  stump  of  a  vein  at 
its  angle  ;  discal  cell  long  and  narrow,  the  great  cross-vein  at  about 
one-third  its  length. 

Hah. — Barron  and  Mulgrave  Rivers,  N.  Queensland  (Froggatt) ; 
also  Fiji  Islands.     Five  specimens. 

Obs. — I  believe  this  insect  to  be  the  same  as  L.  strigivena, 
described  by  Walker,  from  Dorey,  New  Guinea.  In  arriving  at 
this  conclusion  I  have  been  greatly  assisted  by  the  additional  notes 
on  the  venation  of  the  wings  in  the  table  given  by  Baron  O.-Sacken, 
(Studies,  II.  p.  183).  A  single  specimen  in  the  Macleay  Museum 
labelled  "Fiji,"  is  undoubtedly  identical  with  the  above.  Some 
very  large  specimens,  also  from  the  same  locality,  may  possibly 
belong  to  a  different  species,  but  the  venation  and  markings  are 
very  similar. 

Section  III.  LIMNOBINA  ANOMALA. 

"  One  sub-marginal  cell ;  normal  number  of  the  antennal  joints 
sixteen."     (Osten-Sacken). 

An  artificial  group,  proposed  by  Baron  Osten-Sacken,  to  include 
certain  genera,  the  structural  relation  of  which,  one  to  another,  is 
in  many  instances  obscure,  if  not  distant.  The  normal  number 
of  joints  of  the  antennae  is  sixteen,  as  in  the  Eriopterina  and 
LiMNOPHiLiNA ;  but  the  tibiae  are  spurless  and  the  wings  possess 


788  DIPTERA    OF    AUSTRALIA, 

only  a  single  sub-marginal  cell,  both  characters  of  the  Limnobina. 
Again,  unlike  the  latter  some  of  these  genera  exhibit  distinct 
empodia,  whilst,  on  the  other  hand,  some  do  not  have  them.  In 
short,  although  these  genera  appear,  and  probably  are,  arbitrarily 
grouped  together,  they  certainly  cannot  be  admitted  elsewhere  ;  but 
in  the  present  state  of  our  knowledge  the  section  is  at  least  a 
convenient  one. 

Genus  7.  Rhamphidia,  Meigen. 

Leptorliina,  Stephens,  Catal.  etc.  1829  ;  Megarhina,  St.  Fargeau, 
Encycl.  Meth.  Ins.  X.,  p.  585,  1825  ;  Helius,  St.  Fargeau.  I.e. 
Index,  p.  831  ;  Rhamjyhidia,  Meig.,  Syst.  Beschr.  YI.  p.  281, 
1830  ;  Macquart,  S.  a  B.  Dipt.  I.  p.  93,  1834  ;  Walker,  Ins.  Brit. 
III.  p.  308,  1856;  Schiner,  F.  A.,  1864;  Osten-Sacken,  Mon. 
Dipt.  N.  Amer.  IV.  p.  103,  1869  ;  Studies  II.  p.  183,  1887. 

"  One  sub-marginal  cell ;  four  posterior  cells  ;  a  discal  cell  ;  no 
marginal  cross-vein.  The  tip  of  the  auxiliary  vein  is  at  some 
distance  beyond  the  origin  of  the  second  vein ;  the  sub-costal 
cross-vein  is  close  at  this  tip.  Rostrum  elongated,  but  shorter 
than  the  thorax  ;  last  joint  of  the  palpi  elongated.  Antennae 
16-jointec).  Tibiee  without  spurs  at  the  tip;  empodia  indistinct ; 
ungues  smooth.  The  forcejDS  of  the  male  very  like  that  of 
Ele2)hantomyia"     (Osten-Sacken). 

The  rostrum  is  much  longer  than  the  head  in  three  out  of  the 
four  species  known  to  me  ;  in  R.  niveitarsis  only  a  little  longer. 

Only  a  few  species  of  this  genus  are  known,  all,  I  believe, 
American  and  European.  Four  fossil  species  are  stated  by  Loew 
to  occur  in  Prussian  amber  (Bernst.  und  Bernstein  fauna,  1850, 
p.  37). 

312.  Rhamphidia  communis,  sp.n.  (PI.  xxi.,  fig.  9). 

(J. — Length  of  antennae 0*070  inch        ...      1*77  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-380x0-090   ...     9-64x2-27 

Size  of  body 0-340x0-050  ...     8-62x1-27 

■9. —  Length  of  antennae 0-060  inch        ...      1-54  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-380x0-090  ...     9-64x2-27 

Size  of  body 0-340x0-050  ...     8-62x1-27 


BY    FREDERICK   A.  A.  SKUSE.  789 

Head,  including  rostrum,  palpi  and  antennae,  black  ;  the  rostrum 
2J-3  times  the  length  of  head.  Thorax  dark  brown  or  fuscous, 
levigate,  with  four  fulvous  brown  stripes ;  intermediate  pair 
beginning  at  anterior  border,  coalescing  at  or  a  little  before  trans- 
verse suture  and  continuing  to  the  scutellum  ;  lateral  ones  broader, 
starting  below  the  humeral  pits,  reaching  a  short  distance  beyond 
the  suture,  and  opposite  origin  of  wings  ;  pectus,  scutellum  and 
posterior  portion  of  metanotum  sometimes  more  or  less  fulvous. 
Halteres  yellow.  Abdomen  dark  brown  or  fuscous,  the  segments 
bordered  posteriorly  with  yellowish;  genitalia  brownish  or  yellowish- 
brown.  Legs  brown ;  femora  becoming  deep  brown  before  tip  ; 
the  tip  of  femora  and  extreme  base  of  tibiae  yellow.  Wings 
pellucid,  with  a  pale  brownish  tint ;  veins,  especially  those  en- 
closing discal  cell,  and  the  origin  of  prsef  urea,  slightly  clouded  with 
brownish ;  yellow  between  costal  and  first  longitudinal  veins ; 
veins  and  stigma  dark  fuscous  ;  the  later  oblong.  Auxiliary  vein 
reaching  costa  a  little  before  or  opposite  inner  end  of  sub-marginal 
cell;  sub-costal  cross- vein  at  its  tip,  sometimes  apparently  obsolete  ; 
praef  urea  nearly  straight ;  small  cross-vein  about  half  the  length  of 
the  inner  end  of  the  second  posterior  cell ;  discal  cell  longer  than 
broad,  the  great  cross-vein  at  or  a  little  beyond  its  inner  end. 

Mab. — Generally  distributed  in  N.S.W. ;  September  to  April 
(Masters  and  Skuse). 

Obs. — I  have  a  series  of  about  forty  specimens  for  comparison. 
In  some  examples  the  light  brown  stripes  on  the  thorax  are  very 
distinct,  whilst  in  others  the  thorax  is  of  a  uniform  dark  brown 
with  very  faint  or  no  traces  of  stripes. 

313.  Rhamphidia  fulvithorax,  sp.n. 

(J. — Length  of  antennae 0*050  inch        ...      1*27  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-260  x  0-060  ...     6-62  x  1*54 

Size  of  body 0-240x0-030  ...     6-09x0-76 

Head  greyish-brown;  rostrum  about  the  length  of  thorax, 
testaceous ;   palpi   testaceous ;    antennae    dark    brown.      Thorax 


790  DIPTERA    OF    AUSTRALIA, 

fulvous  or  brownish-fulvous,  levigate,  without  stripes ;  pectus  and 
metathorax  somewhat  lighter.  Halteres  pale  ochreous-yellow. 
Abdomen  including  genitalia  brownish-fulvous,  slightly  infuscated. 
Legs  light  testaceous  or  brownish-ochreous,  the  femora  pale  at  the 
tips  preceded  by  a  ring  of  brownish.  Wings  hyaline  or  almost 
so,  slightly  yellowish  between  first  longitudinal  vein  and  costa  ; 
veins  testaceous-brown;  stigma  rather  long,  not  very  distinct, 
greyish.  Auxiliary  vein  reaching  costa  at  a  point  almost  opposite 
inner  end  of  sub-marginal  cell ;  sub-costal  cross-vein  at  its  tip, 
appearing  between  it  and  first  longitudinal  vein  ;  prsefurca  slightly 
arcuated  at  base ;  small  cross-vein  equal  in  length  to  inner  end  of 
second  posterior  cell ;  great  cross-vein  a  little  beyond  inner  end  of 
discal  cell. 

Hah. — Narrabeen  Lagoon,  near  Manly,  N.S.W.  (Skuse).  One 
specimen  in  January. 

314.  Rhamphidia  venusta,  sp.n. 

(J. — Length  of  antennae 0*045  inch         ...    1-13  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-290  x  0-060    ...   7-35x1-54 

Size  of  body 0.250x0-035    ...   6  34x0-88 

9- — Length  of  antennae 0-045  inch         ...    1-13  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings    0-290x0-060    ...   7-35x1-54 

Size  of  body 0.210x0-035    ...  5-33x0-88 

Head,  including  rostrum,  palpi,  and  antennae  deep  brown  or 
blackish  ;  the  rostrum  about  twice  the  length  of  head.  Thorax 
pruinose  with  pinkish-  and  yellowish-grey,  with  four  deep  brown 
velvety  stripes,  the  intermediate  pair  beginning  below^  the  anterior 
margin  and  stopping  before  the  transverse  suture,  the  lateral  ones 
broader,  beginning  below  the  humeri,  reaching  the  scutellum  and 
jutting  triangularly  opposite  the  origin  of  the  wings ;  collare 
deep  brown ;  mesonotum  bordered  by  a  deep  brown  broad  line, 
usually  sending  back  three  small  tooth-like  oflfshoots,  one  at  each 
humerus  and  a  middle  one  (which  sometimes  meets  the  anterior 
extremity  of  the   median  longitudinal  stripes) ;  pleurae   with   a 


BY    FREDERICK    A.  A.  SKUSE.  791 

dark  brown  stripe  ;  pectus  and  metanotum  usually  dark  brown. 

Halteres  pale  yellow.  Abdomen  dark  fuscous-brown  ;  ^  ovipositor 

ochraceous.     Coxpe  and  femora  yellowish-brown,  sometimes  darker  ; 

base  of  coxre,  the  trochanters,  and  a  broad  ring  at  tip  of  femora, 

dark  brown  ;    tibije    and     tarsi    greyish-brownish,    more    or    less 

ihfuscated.    Wings  somewhat  tinged  ;  all  the  veins  slightly  clouded 

with  greyish ;  a  more  or  less  distinct  cloud  at  base  of  pr^efurca, 

sometimes  another  connecting  stigma  with  discal  cell,   and  less 

frequently  a  third  at  inner  end  of  discal  cell ;  stigma  dark  fuscous  ; 

veins  cinereous,  the  costal  and  first  longitudinal  veins  yellowish. 

Auxiliary  veins  reaching  costa  at  a  point  a  little  before  inner  end 

of  sub-marginal  cell  ;  sulvcostal  cross-vein  at  its  tip,  connecting  it 

with   first  longitudinal   vein  ;  pr?efurca  angularly   bent  near  its 

origin,  sometimes  with  a  small  tooth  of  a  vein  at  the  angle ;  small 

cross-vein  shorter  than  inner  end  of  second  posterior  cell ;  inner 

end  of  discal  cell  considerably  larger  than  outer  end,  opposite  tip 

of  sixth  longitudinal  vein,  and  forming  an  angle  much  less  than  a 

right  angle ;  great  cross-vein  situated  a  little  beyond  inner  end  of 

discal  cell. 

Hab. — Knapsack  Gully,  Blue  Mountains  ;  Clifton  ;  and  Middle 
Harbour,  near  Sydney  (Skuse).     Four  specimens. 

Obs. — In  one  sjjecimen  (in  one  wing  only)  a  supernumerary 
cross-vein  exists  in  the  first  basal  cell,  joining  the  second  longi- 
tudinal vein  near  its  origin. 

315.  Rhamphidia  niveitarsis,  sp.n. 

9. — Length  of  antennae 0-04:7  inch        ...      1-18  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings, 0-270  x  0-057   ...     6-85x1-44 

Size  of  body 0-270x0-003  ...     6-85x0-76 

Head  greyish-brown  ;  rostrum  a  little  longer  than  the  head,  basal 
portion  ochreous,  the  tip  brown  ;  palpi  brown  ;  antennae  brown,  the 
first  joint  of  scapus  usually  ochreous.  Collare  tinged  with  brown. 
Thorax  ochreous-brown  (darker  on  mesonotum^,  somewhat  shining; 
pleurae  ochreous,  more  or  less  hoary.  Halteres  infuscated,  the 
51 


792  DIPTERA    OF    AUSTRALIA, 

base  of  stem  pale  ochreous.  Abdomen  brown  ;  venter  more  or 
less  ochreous ;  ovipositor  rather  long,  slightly  curved,  brown. 
Coxse  ochreous ;  trochanters  very  slightly  tinged  with  blackish  at 
tip;  femora  brown,  white  at  tip;  tibiae  brown  with  a  slight  ring  at 
base,  and  a  third  of  their  length  at  distal  end,  white  ;  tarsi  entirely 
white.  Wings  hyaline,  with  brilliant  purplish  and  golden  re- 
flections ;  veins  brown  ;  stigma  pale,  slightly  tinted  with  brownish. 
Auxiliary  vein  reaching  costa  opposite  or  somewhat  beyond  inner 
end  of  first  posterior  cell ;  sub-costal  cross-vein  near  its  tip,  con- 
necting it  with  the  first  longitudinal  vein  ;  preefurca  short,  slightly 
arcuated  at  its  base  ;  petiole  of  sub-marginal  cell  rather  more  than 
half  the  length  of  prsefurca ;  small  cross-vein  nearly  as  long  as 
the  great  cross-vein  ;  third  posterior  cell  more  than  three  times 
broader  at  the  tip  than  at  its  inner  end,  principally  owing  to  the 
divergence  of  the  posterior  branch  of  the  fourth  vein ;  great 
cross-vein  situated  about  middle  of  discal  cell,  the  latter  slightly 
angulated  at  that  point. 

Hah.  — Knapsack  Gully,  Blue  Mountains, and  Woronora,  N.S.W. 
(Masters  and  Skuse).     Six  specimens. 

Genus  8.   Orimarga,  O.-Sacken. 

Z^mno6^a,  Zetterstedt,  Dipt.  Scand.  X.  p.  389,  1851;  Orimarga, 
O.-Sack.,  Mon.  Dipt.  K  Amer.  IV.  p.  120,  tab.  i.  f.  9,  1869; 
JVinguis,  Wallengren,  Entom.  Tidskr.  Stockh.  1881  (on  authority 
of  Mik) ;  Orimarga,  O.-Sack.,  Studies  II.  p.  186,  1887. 

"  One  sub- marginal  cell ;  four  posterior  cells ;  discal  cell  open, 
coalescent  with  the  second  posterior  cell ;  great  cross- vein  about 
the  middle  of  the  wing,  and  hence,  the  fourth  posterior  cell 
very  long.  Tibiae  without  spurs  at  the  tip  ;  empodia  distinct. 
Antennae  16-jointed.  Basal  pieces  of  the  male  forceps  elongated, 
slender,  with  horny,  slender,  claw-shaped  appendages  nt  the  tip  ; 
upper  valves  of  the  ovipositor  small,  slender,  pointed."  (Osten- 
Sacken). 

The  following  described  are,  as  far  as  I  can  ascertain,  the  first 
species  of  this  genus  discovered  out  of  Europe.  A  Itogether  only 
a  few  examples  seem  to  be  known. 


BY    FREDERICK    A.  A.  SKUSE.  793 

316.  Orimarga  australis,  sp.n.  (PI.  xxi.,  fig.  10). 

(J. — Length  of  antenna3 0-042  inch        ...     1'06  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-250  x  0-042   ...     6-34  x  1-06 

Size  of  body 0-210x0-020   ...     5-33x0-50 

9. — Length  of  antennae 0-042  inch        ...      1-06  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0*270  x  0-045   ...     6-85x1-13 

Sizeof  body 0-210x0-020  ...     5-33  x  050 

Head,  rostrum,  palpi  and  antenna3  light  reddish-brown ;  head 
hoary  in  a  certain  light ;  rostrum  rather  longer  than  the  head. 
Thorax  brownish-ochreous,  hoary.  Halteres  pale.  Abdomen 
brownish-ochreous  to  light  reddish-brown  ;  genitalia  ferruginous. 
Legs  uniformly  pale  yellowish -grey,  apparently  glabrous.  Wings 
narrow,  microscopically  granulose,  with  a  somewhat  whitish 
appearance,  non-iridescent ;  veins ,  like  the  membrane,  colourless  ; 
stigma  not  visible.  Auxiliary  vein  reac  hing  costa  opposite  |  the 
length  of  prsef urea ;  sub-costal  cross-vein  a  little  before  tip  of 
auxiliary  vein ;  first  longitudinal  vein  reaching  costa  at  a  point 
opposite  tip  of  posterior  branch  of  fourth  longitudinal,  and  at  | 
the  distance  from  tip  of  auxiliary  vein  to  apex  of  wing ;  second 
longitudinal  originating  at  about  middle  of  the  length  of  wing, 
angularly  bent  near  its  origin,  then  running  almost  straight ; 
prsefurca  §  the  length  of  sub-marginal  cell ;  marginal  cross-vein 
opposite  small  cross- vein,  and  at  a  point  J  the  distance  from  inner 
end  of  sub-marginal  cell  to  tip  of  first  longitudinal  vein ;  veins 
inclosing  first  posterior  cell  almost  parallel,  slightly  convergent 
towards  their  tips ;  inner  end  of  second  posterior  cell  a  little 
before  small  cross- vein ;  great  cross- vein  a  little  oblique,  situated 
at  a  point  mid-way  between  origin  of  second  longitudinal  vein  and 
inner  end  of  submarginal  cell ;  sixth  longitudinal  vein  converging 
towards  fifth  longitudinal  vein  at  the  tip. 

Hah. — Middle  Harbour,  near  Sydney  (Skuse).   Three  specimens. 

Ohs. — The  alar  venation  of  this  species  chiefly  differs  from  that 
of  0.  alpina,  Zett.,  figured  by  Baron  O.-Sacken  (Mon.  Dipt.  K 


794  DIPTERA    OF    AUSTKALIA, 

Amer.  lY.  pi.  i.  f.  9),  in  Laving  the  marginal  cross-vein  more 
remote  from  the  tip  of  first  longitudinal  vein,  and  the  great  cross- 
vein  not  quite  so  near  the  middle  of  the  wing. 

317.  Orimarga  inornata,  sp.n. 

^. — Length  of  antennae 0-040  inch         ...    1-01  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0'200  x  0-040   ...  5-08x1-01 

Size  of  body 0-190x0-020    ...   4-81x0-50 

Head,  including  rostrum,  palpi  and  antennae,  black;  head  hoary; 
rostrum  about  the  length  of  the  head.  Thorax  black,  hoary.  Hal- 
teres  pale  yellowish,  the  club  somewhat  infuscated.  Abdomen 
deep  fuscous-brown,  somewhat  shining  ;  ovipositor  ochreous-brown. 
Legs  yellowish-brown ;  tarsi  darker.  Wings  narrow,  micro- 
scopically granulose,  with  a  somewhat  whitish  appearance,  weakly 
iridescent ;  veins  pale ;  stigma  not  visible.  Auxiliary  vein  reaching 
costa  opposite  a  point  somewhat  before  J  the  length  of  prgefurca  ; 
sub-costal  cross-vein  at  tip  of  auxiliary  vein ;  first  longitudinal 
vein  reaching  costa  opposite  a  point  somewhat  before  tip  of 
posterior  branch  of  fourth  longitudinal,  and  at  §  the  distance  from 
tip  of  auxiliary  vein  to  apex  of  wing  ;  second  longitudinal  vein 
originating  at  about  middle  of  the  length  of  wing ;  prgefurca 
moderately  arcuated  near  its  origin,  nearly  |  the  length  of  sub- 
marginal  cell  ;  marginal  cross-vein  in  advance  of  small  cross-vein 
a  distance  equal  to  its  length,  and  at  a  point  mid-way  between 
inner  end  of  sub-marginal  cell  and  tip  of  first  longitudinal  vein  ; 
marginal  and  small  cross-veins  equal  in  length ;  veins  inclosing 
first  posterior  cell  considerably  convergent  towards  their  tips ; 
inner  end  of  second  posterior  cell  a  little  before  small  cross-vein  • 
great  cross-vein  a  little  oblique,  situated  about  mid-way  between 
origin  of  second  longitudinal  vein  and  inner  end  of  sub-marginal 
cell ;  sixth  longitudinal  vein  converging  towards  fifth  longitudinal 
at  the  tip. 

Hah. — Clifton,  Illawarra  District  (Skuse).  One  specimen  in 
December. 


BY    FREDERICK    A.  A.  SKUSE.  795 

Ohs. — The  great  cross- vein  is  situated  in  very  much  the  same 
position  as  in  0.  australis  ;  the  marginal  cross-vein  as  in  0.  alinna^ 
Zett.  In  one  wing  there  is  a  supernumerary  cross- vein  near  the 
base  of  the  second  posterior  cell,  thus  inclosing  a  small  square  cell. 

Genus  9.  Leiponeura,  gen.  no  v. 

One  sub-marginal  cell  ;  four  posterior  cells ;  discal  cell  sub- 
triangular  ;  710  marginal  cross-vein  ;  tip  of  auxiliary  vein  before 
or  beyond  the  origin  o  f  second  longitudinal  vein  ;  the  sub-costal 
cross- vein  at  or  a  little  before  the  tip  of  the  auxiliary  vein ;  third 
longitudinal  vein  considerably  arcuated,  joining  margin  close  to 
tip  of  anterior  branch  of  fourth  longitudinal.  Antennae  16-jointed, 
short.  Tibise  without  spurs  at  the  tip  ;  empodia  distinct ;  ungues 
smooth. 

Rostrum  short,  about  half  the  length  of  the  head.  Palpi  short, 
the  first  and  last  joints  of  equal  length,  and  about  equal  to  the  second 
and  third  taken  together  (PI.  xxiv.,  fig.  53,  palpi  of  L.  brevivena). 
Antennae  short,  if  bent  back  would  not  reach  the  root  of  the 
wings  ;  joints  of  thescapus  of  equal  length,  sub-cylindrical ;  joints 
of  the  flagellum  elongate,  with  a  minute  pubescence  and  beset  with 
short  hairs  :  in  L.  brevivena  the  first  two  or  three  flagellar  joints 
are  sub-globose  (PI.  xxiv.,  fig.  54).  Eyes  glabrous;  front  rather 
narrow.  Coll  are  short.  The  thorax  with  distinct  shining  humeral 
pits ;  transverse  suture  distinct.  Upper  valves  of  the  ovipositor 
rather  long,  slender,  pointed,  curved  upwards  towards  the  extremity. 
Legs  moderately  long,  slender,  the  femora  incrassated  at  the  tip ; 
ungues  very  small,  smooth.  Wings  rather  long  and  narrow,  wdth 
a  semi-diaphanous  appearance,  and  a  weak  iridescence  ;  the  pubes- 
cence on  their  surface  extremely  microscopic,  as  in  Antocha* 
Anal  angle  of  wings  inconspicuous.  Veins  with  a  minute 
pubescence.  Stigma  long,  indistinct.  The  tip  of  the  auxiliary 
vein  reaches  beyond  the  origin  of  the  second  longitudinal  vein  in 
L.    gracilis,    a    distance    about   twice   the    length    of    the   great 

*  I  could  discover  only  minute  dots  with  a  \  in.  objective. 


796  DIPTERA    OF    AUSTRALIA, 

cross-vein,  but  in  L.  hrevivena  it  joins  the  costa  about  a  similar 
distance  before  the  origin  ;  this  is  on  account  of  the  difference  in 
the  length  and  character  of  the  prgefurca,  which  in  the  first- 
named  species  originates  at  an  acute  angle  about  the  middle  of  the 
length  of  the  wing,  but  in  a  rounded  angle  considerably  beyond 
the  middle  in  hrevivena.  Marginal  cross-vein  wanting.  Second 
longitudinal  vein  gently  bending  upwards  to  the  margin  ;  third 
longitudinal  vein  arcuated  downwards,  reaching  the  margin  close 
to  the  tip  of  the  anterior  branch  of  the  fourth  longitudinal;  so 
that  the  sub-marginal  cell  is  enormously  widened,  and  the  first 
posterior  cell  extremely  narrowed,  at  the  wing-margin. 

The  sub-marginal  cell  is  very  little  longer  than  the  first  posterior ; 
the  small  or  anterior  cross- vein  is  arcuated  and  unusually  long, 
being  quite  the  length  of  the  great  cross-vein  ;  consequently  the 
inner  end  of  the  discal  cell  is  very  short,  which  causes  the  cell  to 
be  almost  triangular  ;  great  cross- vein  at,  or  a  little  before,  the 
inner  end  of  the  discal  cell ;  fifth  and  sixth  longitudinal  veins 
nearly  straight ;  the  seventh  very  slightly  arcuated. 

This  genus  appears  to  be  somewhat  related  to  Antocha,  O.-Sack., 
on  the  one  hand,  and  Artarha,  O.-Sack.,  on  the  other;  to  the 
former  in  wanting  the  cross-vein,  to  the  latter  by  the  extremely 
microscopic  pubescence  of  the  wings,  but  in  other  particulars  it 
seems  to  entirely  diifer.  TJnfoi'tunately,  not  having  a  single  male 
specimen,  I  cannot  describe  the  holding-forceps.  Both  the  following 
described  have  their  pleurse  conspicuously  striped  with  yellow  and 
brown. 

318.  Leiponeura  gracilis,  sp.n.  (PI.  xxi.,  fig.  11). 

9. — Length  of  antennae 0-047  inch         ...      1-18  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-240  x  0-050   ...     6-09x1-27 

Size  of  body 0-210x0-025   ...     5-33x0-62 

Head,  including  rostrum,  palpi  and  antennae,  black,  the  front 
with  a  hoary  bloom ;  sometimes  the  face  and  rostrum  yellow. 
Thorax  brown,  opaque,   with  two  small  yellow  spots  behind  the 


BY    FREDERICK    A.  A.  SKUSE.  79  ( 

suture  in  the  middle,  and  one  on  each  side  above  the  origin  of  the 
wings ;  bordered  laterally  and  in  front  by  a  narrow  yellow  stripe, 
followed  on  the  pleurae  by  three  longitudinal  stripes,  brown  and 
yellow  alternately  ;  scutellum  yellow,  somewhat  tinged  with  brown 
anteriorly ;  metanotum  deep  brown.  Halteres  yellow.  Abdomen 
brown,  sometimes  deep  brown  ;  venter  and  ovipositor  usually  pale 
ochreous-yellow.  Legs  light  umber-brown,  the  terminal  tarsal 
joints  blackish.  Wings  slightly  tinged  with  brownish-grey  or 
very  pale  brownish  ;  veins  light  umber-brown  ;  stigma  colourless 
or  just  perceptibly  brownish,  elongate,  narrow,  stretching  almost 
the  entire  length  of  the  ultimate  section  of  the  second  longitudinal 
Auxiliary  vein  reaching  costa  considerably  beyond  origin  of  second 
longitudinal,  usually  a  distance  equal  to  about  twice  the  length  of 
great  cross-vein ;  sub-costal  cross- vein  a  little  before  the  tip  of 
auxiliary  vein,  sometimes  even  a  distance  equal  to  length  of  great 
cross-vein  ;  pr^efurca  equal  in  length  to  the  continuation  of  the  vein, 
originating  at  an  acute  angle  ;  discal  cell  about  half  the  length 
of  second  posterior  cell ;  great  cross-vein  situated  somewhat  before 
its  inner  end. 

^«6.— Knapsack     Gully,    Blue     Mts.,    and     Sydney,    N.S.W. 
(Masters  and  Skuse.)     Five  specimens  in  September. 


319.  Leiponeura  brevivena,  sp.n. 

9. — Length  of  antennae 0*037  inch         ...     0*90  millimetre. 

Expanse  of  wings 0*180  x  0-045   ...      4*56  x  M3 

Size  of  body 0-150x0.020   ...     3-81x0-50 

Head,  including  rostrum,  palpi  and  antennae  dark  brown  or 
black,  the  joints  of  the  scapus  ochraceous  or  light  ferruginous. 
Thorax  similarly  coloured  to  that  of  L.  gracilis ;  the  first  lateral 
yellow  stripe,  however,  is  much  broader  in  this  species,  and 
the  following  brown  one  a  mere  line ;  and  the  yellow  spots  in 
front  of  the  scutellum  are  indistinct.  Halteres  pale.  Abdomen 
brown,    each    segment    very    slightly    bordered    posteriorly    with 


798  DIPTERA    OF    AUSTRALIA, 

yellow  ;  venter  and  ovipositor  ocliraceous-yellow.  Legs  pale 
brownish-ocbreous.  Wings  with  a  delicate  brownish  tint,  the 
stigma  and  extremity  of  first  sub-marginal  cell  tinted  somewhat 
darker  ;  veins  light  brown  ;  stigma  not  twice  the  length  of  great 
cross-vein.  Auxiliary  vein  reaching  costa  before  origin  of  second 
longitudinal  vein  a  distance  equal  to  the  length  of  great  cross- 
vein  ;  sub-costal  vein  at  tip  of  auxiliary  vein  ;  praefurca  much 
arcuated  near  its  base,  originating  considerably  beyond  the  middle 
of  the  wing,  shorter  than  the  rest  of  the  vein ;  discal  cell  nearly 
as  long  as  the  second  posterior  cell,  its  inner  end  almost  an  angle ; 
great  cross-vein  situated  a  little  before  the  inner  end. 

Hah. — Beiowra,  N.S.W.  (Skuse).     Two  specimens  in  August. 

Genus  10.  Teucholabis,  Osten-Sacken. 

Teucholahis,  O.-Sack.,  Proc.  Ac.  Nat.  Soc.  Philad.  p.  223,  1859  ; 
Mon.  Dipt.  N.  Amer.  IV.  p.  129,  pi.  i.  fig.  12  (wing),  pi.  iii.  fig. 
9  (genitalia),  1869  ;  Studies,  11.  188,  1887. 

"  One  sub-marginal  cell ;  four  posterior  cells ;  a  discal  cell ; 
first  longitudinal  vein  very  short,  its  tip  being  but  little  beyond 
the  middle  of  the  length  of  the  wing,  nearly  opposite  or  not  much 
beyond  the  inner  end  of  the  sub-marginal  cell.  Wings  very 
hyaline,  stigma  rounded.  Antennae  16-jointed.  Rostrum  cylin- 
drical, distinctly  prolonged,  although  shorter  than  the  head, 
Collare  prolongpA  in  a  narrow  linear  neck.  Feet  rather  stout, 
hairy  ;  tibise  without  spurs  at  the  tip  ;  empodia  distinct,  but  small. 
Genitals  of  the  male  hairy  on  the  outside  ;  forceps  with  large, 
horny  appendages  and  an  anal  style."     (Osten-Sacken). 

This  genus  also  occurs  in  I^lorth  and  South  America,  Southern 
Asia  and  New  Guinea  ;  only  a  small  number  of  species  are  known. 

320.  Teucholabis  meridiana,  sp.n. 

(J. — Length  of  antenn    O'Ooo  inch        ...      1.39  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-240  x  0-090   ...     6-09  x  2-27 

Size  of  body 0-230  x  0035   ...     5-84x088 


BY    FREDERICK    A.  A.  SKUSE.  799 

Head  dark  brown,  hoary  on  the  front.  Rostrum  about  the 
length  of  the  head,  ochraceous  ;  palpi  and  antennse  dark  brown, 
the  basal  joints  of  the  latter  tinged  with  ochraceous,  the  flagellar 
joints  gradually  diminishing  in  size,  large  and  globose  at  the  base, 
becoming  slender  and  oblong  towards  the  tip.  Thorax  brownish- 
ochraceous,  shining,  with  three  deep  brown  or  black  stripes ; 
intermediate  one  beginning  at  collare  ;  lateral  ones  much  broadened 
anteriorly,  completely  interrupted  at  transverse  suture,  with  a 
yellow  spot  at  their  posteriorly  extremity  above  the  origin  of  the 
wings ;  scutellum  yellow  ;  metanotum  deep  brown,  bordered  with 
yellow  at  the  sides ;  pleurae  ochraceous-yellow,  with  a  dark  brown 
stripe  from  humeri  to  pectus.  Halteres  yellow.  Abdomen  brown, 
anterior  half  of  the  segments  brovvnish-ochraceous  ;  forceps  brown. 
Coxae  and  femora  ochraceous,  the  latter  brown  at  the  tip ;  tibise 
and  tarsi  brown.  Wings  almost  hyaline,  the  cross-veins  and  apical 
margin  of  wing  slightly  infuscated  with  brownish,  and  the  costal 
and  sub-costal  cells  tinted  with  yellowish ;  costal,  auxiliary  and 
first  longitudinal  veins  ochraceous,  the  rest  brown  ;  stigma  rather 
small,  brown.  The  venation  exactly  like  that  of  T.  complexa, 
O.-Sack.,  (Mon.  Dipt.  N.  Amer.  lY.  pi.  I.  fig.  12),  except  that  the 
sub-costal  cell  is  a  little  expanded  near  the  stigma,  the  third  longi- 
tudinal vein  and  anterior  branch  of  the  fourth  longitudinal  run 
almost  straight  to  the  margin,  the  sixth  longitudinal  vein  is  a  little 
sinuated  at  the  tip,  and  that  of  the  seventh  considerably  arcuated. 
Great  cross-vein  situated  beyond  small  cross-vein,  and  about  oppo- 
site tip  of  first  longitudinal  vein. 

Hab. — Victoria.     Type-sjjecimen  in  Coll.  Australian  Museum. 

Obs. — Very  closely  related  to  Teucholabis  comi^lexa,  O.-Sack., 
from  North  America. 

Section  III.    ERIOPTERINA. 

"  Two  sub-marginal  cells  ;  four  (very  seldom  five)  posterior  cells  ; 
discal  cell  sometimes  closed,  but  very  often  open.  Normal  number 
of  the  antennal  joints  sixteen.  Eyes  glabrous.  Tibim  ivitJiout 
spurs  at  the  tip  ;  empodia  distinct ;  ungues  smooth  on  the  under 
side."     (Osten-Sacken.) 


800  DIPTERA    OF    AUSTRALIA, 

Rather  more  than  a  dozen  genera,  chiefly  American  and 
European,  are  referred  to  this  section  ;  a  few  of  them  doubtfully. 
Some  of  them,  as  remarked  by  Baron  Osten-Sacken,  seem  to 
exhibit  the  aspect  of  the  Limnophilina.  Conosia  is  one  of  these 
puzzling  genera.  Outside  of  America  and  Europe  very  little  has 
been  done  amongst  the  Eriopterina.  Dr.  E.  Bergroth  has  recently 
described  about  half  a  dozen  species  from  South  Africa,  for  one 
species  of  which  he  erects  the  new  genus  Podoneura  ;  only  three 
species  have  hitherto  been  recorded  from  Australia,  two  belonging 
to  the  genus  Trimicra,  and  one  to  Gno2)homyia. 

Genus  11.  Rhypholophus,  Kolenati. 

EJiypJwlojjhits,  Kolenati,  Wiener  Entom.  Mon.  p.  393,  1863  ; 
O.-Sacken,  Mon.  Dipt.  N.  Amer.  IV.  p.  139,  pi.  i.  figs.  14  and  15, 
1869  ;  Studies,  II.  p.  192,  1887. 

"  Two  sub-marginal  cells  ;  four  posterior  cells ;  discal  cell  present 
or  absent.  Wings  pubescent  on  the  ivhole  surface.  The  second 
longitudinal  vein  originates  at  a  more  or  less  acute  angle,  before 
the  middle  of  the  anterior  margin ;  the  sub-costal  cross-vein  is  a 
considerable  distance  (two  or  three  lengths  of  the  great  cross-vein) 
anterior  to  the  tip  of  the  auxiliary  vein.  Antennae  16-jointed. 
Tibise  without  spurs  at  the  tip  ;  ungues  smooth  on  the  underside ; 
empodia  distinct."     (Osten-Sacken.) 

Sub-genus,  Amphineurus,  sub-gen.  nov. 

No  discal  cell.  Posterior  branch  of  fourth  longitudinal  vein 
forked  ;  base  of  the  fork  (third  posterior  cell)  situated  at  or  a 
little  before  base  of  second  posterior  cell ;  the  second  and  third 
posterior  cells  running  almost  to  a  point  at  the  base.  Second 
longitudinal  vein  arcuated  or  angulated  at  its  origin,  sometimes 
with  even  a  short  stump  of  a  vein ;  the  sub-costal  cross-vein 
situated  only  a  short  distance  beyond  this  origin. 

In  the  main  characters  these  insects  appear  to  agree  with 
Rhypholophus,  but  the  peculiar  modification  of  the  second  and 
third  posterior  cells,    constant   in  both  species,   is    a    distinctive 


BY    FREDERICK    A.  A.  SKUSE.  801 

characteristic,  evidently  of  more  importance  than  the  mere 
absence  of  a  discal  cell  under  ordinary  circumstances.  They  also 
apparently  differ  from  the  typical  species  of  Rhy2oholoi)hus  in 
having  the  second  longitudinal  vein  arcuated  or  even  angulated  at 
the  base.  It  is  unfortunate  that  all  the  specimens  before  me  are 
females,  as  an  examination  of  the  male  forceps  would  be  interesting. 

The  hind  femora  are  at  least  one-third  longer  than  the  inter- 
mediate pair,  and  distinctly  wider  than  in  either  this  or  the  fore 
pair.  The  third  longitudinal  vein,  beyond  the  small  cross-vein,  is 
perfectly  straight,  and  noticeably  thicker  than  the  other  veins 
terminating  at  the  apex  of  the  wing.     (PI.  xxi.,  fig.  12). 

321.  Rhypholophus  (Amphineurus)  umbraticus,  sp.n. 

9- — Length  of  antennae 0*050  inch       ...      1-27  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-260  x  O'OSO   ...     6-62  x  2-02 

Size  of  body 0-200  x  0-035   ...     5-08x0-88 

Head  dark  brown,  clothed  with  golden-yellow  hairs ;  palpi, 
rostrum,  and  antennae  brown,  the  first  few  joints  of  antennae 
and  last  joint  of  palpi  more  or  less  ochreous.  Thorax  deep 
fuscous-brown,  opaque,  spai-ingly  sprinkled  with  short  hairs ; 
lateral  margin  from  humeri  to  base  of  wings  tinged  with  ochreous  ; 
scutellum  paler  fuscous,  or  even  ochreous-brown.  Halteres  ochre- 
ous with  fuscous  stem,  the  base  more  or  less  ochreous.  Abdomen 
deep  brown,  clothed  with  yellow  hairs ;  pectus  and  ovipositor 
ochreous-yellow  or  brownish-ochreous.  Legs  ochreous-brown  to 
fuscous^  terminal  tarsal  joints  infuscated.  Coxse  usually  ochreous 
or  brownish-ochreous.  Wings  pellucid  (when  denuded)  tinged 
with  brownish-yellow  anteriorly  and  along  the  fifth  longitudinal 
vein ;  densely  covered  with  brown  hairs^  which  appear  darker 
(being  thicker)  at  the  tips  of  the  auxiliary  and  first  longitudinal 
veins  and  about  the  great  cross-vein ;  veins  pale  brownish- 
ochreous.  Auxiliary  vein  strong  and  distinct,  reaching  costa 
beyond  marginal  cross-vein  a  distance  equal  to  the  length  of  latter; 
sub-costal   cross-vein  situated   a  short  distance  beyond  origin  of 


802  DIPTERA   OF    AUSTRALIA, 

second  longitudinal  vein ;  first  longitudinal  pale  at  its  tip  ;  sub- 
costal cell  very  slightly  expanded  at  tip  of  first  longitudinal  vein ; 
petiole  of  first  sub-marginal  cell  about  twice  the  length  of  distance 
between  origin  of  third  longitudinal  vein  and  suiall  cross-vein ; 
praefurca  angularly  bent  near  its  origin,  with  a  small  stump  of  a 
vein ;  base  of  fork  of  posterior  branch  of  fourth  longitudinal  vein 
situated  a  little  before  inner  end  of  second  posterior  cell ;  great 
cross-vein  joining  fourth  longitudinal  vein  a  little  before  inner 
end  of  third  posterior  cell. 

Hah. — Lawson,  Blue  Mountains,  N.S.W.  ;  January  (Masters). 

322.   Rhyphglopkus  (Amphineurus)  maculosus,  sp.n. 

9. — Length   of  antennae 0-040  inch       ...    1-01   millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-220x0-050  ...    5-58x1-27 

Sizeof  body 0-180x0-020   ...    4-56x0-50 

Greyish-brown.  Head  somewhat  sooty-brown,  with  short  yellow 
hairs,  palpi,  rostrum,  and  antennae  brown  ;  joints  of  flagellum 
sub-elliptic,  with  short  hairs.  Thorax  opaque ;  pleurae  with  two 
longitudinal  narrow  stripes  of  brown,  the  first  from  base  of  fore 
coxae  to  base  of  halteres,  the  second  above  base  of  intermediate 
and  hind  coxae.  Halteres  slightly  yellowish  at  the  base.  Abdomen 
somewhat  shining,  clothed  with  short  yellow  hairs,  the  segments 
slightly  ochreous  laterally ;  ovipositor  ochreous-brown,  the  upper 
valves  curved.  Coxae  and  base  of  femora  ochreous  or  greyish- 
ochreous  ;  genua  pale.  Wings  with  a  greyish  tint ;  clothed  with 
small  alternate  patches  of  pale  yellow  and  blackish  pubescence, 
giving  the  wing  a  somewhat  indistinct  spotted  appearance ;  veins 
ochreous-yellow,  the  costal,  and  first,  third,  and  fifth  longitudinal 
veins  most  distinctly  so.  Auxiliary  veins  reaching  costa  at  a  point 
opposite  marginal  cross-vein ;  sub-costal  cross-vein  indistinct, 
situated  a  short  distance  beyond  origin  of  second  longitudinal  vein  ; 
first  longitudinal  vein  pale  to  its  tip  ;  marginal  cross-vein  at  or  a 
little  beyond  base  of  first  sub-marginal  cell  ;  praefurca  arcuated  at 
its  origin ;  petiole  of  first  sub-marginal  cell  very  short,  as  long  or 


BY   FREDERICK    A.  A.  SKUSE.  803 

a  little  longer  than  distance  between  origin  of  third  longitudinal 
vein  and  small  cross-vein  ;  base  of  third  posterior  cell  situated 
very  slightly  before  that  of  second  posterior ;  great  cross-veins 
joining  fourth  longitudinal  vein  a  short  distance  before  inner  end 
of  third  posterior  cell. 

Hab.—Monnt  Kosciusko,  N.S.W.,  at  5000  ft.  ;  March  (Helms). 

Ooie  specimen  in  Coll.  Australian  Museum. 

Genus  12.  Molophilus,  Curtis. 

Molojyhilus,  Curtis,  Brit.  Ent.  X.  p.  444,  1833  ;  O.-Sacken,  Mon. 
Dipt.  N.  Amer.  lY.  p.  153,  pi.  I.  fig.  19,  1869;  Studies,  II.  p. 
192,  1887. 

"Two  submarginal  cells ;  four  posterior  cells ;  discal  cell  open. 
Wings  pubescent  along  the  veins  only.  Second  longitudinal  vein 
usually  originates  at  a  very  acute  angle,  some  distance  before  the 
middle  of  the  anterior  margin  ;  subcostal  cross-vein  is  at  a  con- 
siderable distance  from  the  tip  of  the  auxiliary  vein  ;  the  prcefurca 
ends  in  the  first  submarginal  cell,  which  is  longer  than  the  second  ; 
the  inner  end  of  the  discal  cell  (or  rather,  as  it  is  always  open,  of 
the  second  posterior  cell),  as  well  as  the  great  cross-vein,  not  in 
one  line  with  the  small  cross-vein,  but  much  nearer  to  the  root  of 
the  wing.  Antennae  16-jointed.  Tibiae  without  spurs  at  the  tip  ; 
ungues  smooth  on  the  under  side  ;  em  podia  distinct."  (Osten- 
Sacken.) 

I  quite  agree  with  Baron  Osten-Sacken  that  this  is  a  distinct 
genus.  To  the  American,  European,  and  New  Zealand  species 
already  recorded,  I  now  add  fourteen  species  from  Australia.  It 
appears  to  be  one  of  our  best  represented  genera,  both  as  regards 
species  and  individuals.     Some  species  are  very  numerous. 

The  venation  seems  to  be  very  much  the  same  in  all  the  follow- 
ing species,  not  exhibiting  any  noticeable  specific  characters  ;  the 
hairy  clothing  of  the  veins,  however,  differs  in  length  and  density. 
Molophilus  longicornis  is  remarkable  in  possessing  very  long 
antennse. 


804  DIPTERA    OF    AUSTRALIA, 

The  tibiae  of  the  males  in  some,  if  not  the  majority,  of  species 
exhibit  a  sexual  character  which  does  not  appear  to  have  been 
noted,  or  recorded,  by  previous  authors.  This  is  an  annular 
swelling  or  nodosity,  hardly  perceptible  in  some  instances  but  often 
prominent  and  dark-coloured,  situated  close  to  the  base  of  the  fore 
tibiae.  It  would  seem  that  North  American  species  do  not  have 
this,  since  Baron  Osten-Sacken  does  not  allude  to  it  in  his  mono- 
graph and  being  present  it  could  scarcely  have  escaped  his  notice. 

323.  MoLOPHiLUS  RUFicoLLis,  sp.n. 

^. — Length  of  antennas 0 '070"^  inch      ...      1.77  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-220  x  0-065   ...     5-58x1-66 

Size  of  body 0-170x0-035   ...     4-31x0-88 

(^. — Length  of  antennae  ....   0-070  inch        ...      1*77  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-220x0-065   ...     5-58x1-66 

Size  of  body 0-180x0-035   ...     4-56x0-88 

Head,  including  rostrum,  palpi,  and  antennae  dark  brown ; 
flagellar  joints  sub-cylindrical,  somewhat  fusiform,  densely  and 
uniformly  verticillate- pilose ;  collare  with  long  golden  hairs. 
Thorax  reddish-brown,  levigate,  with  two  longitudinal  rows  of 
brown  hairs  ;  humeri  with  an  ochreous  spot  ;  a  patch  of  long 
yellow  hairs  behind  the  origin  of  wings.  Hal  teres  light  fulvous- 
brown  with  golden  pubescence.  Abdomen  dusky  brown,  clothed 
with  golden-yellow  pubescence  ;  male  forceps  reddish-brown ; 
ovipositor  short,  curved,  ochreous,  or  brownish-ochreous.  Coxae 
reddish-brown.  Remaining  joints  dusky  brown  ;  the  femora  with 
a  yellow  ring  a  little  before  their  tip  (broader  on  the  hind  pair)  ; 
.  hind  femora  stout.  Wings  sub-hyaline  (when  denuded) ;  some- 
what clouded  in  the  vicinity  of  bases  of  sub-marginal  cells  ;  the 
veins  brownish,  with  dense   long   hairs,  covering   the  cells  ;  the 

*  The  stated  length  of  the  antennae  in  this  and  some  of  the  following  small 
insects  is  only  approximate,  owing  to  their  being  sometimes  very  difl&cult 
to  measure. 


BY    FREDERICK    A.   A.   SKUSE.  805 

hairs  dusky  brown,  with  a  dull  somewhat  cupreous  reflection ; 
more  dense  and  forming  a  transverse  somewhat  indistinct  clouding 
between  tip  of  auxiliary  vein  and  base  of  first  posterior  cell,  also 
on  great  cross- vein  and  basal  portion  of  posterior  branch  of  fourth 
longitudinal  vein. 

■  Hah.  —  Lawson,  Blue  Mountains,  N.S.W.  (Masters).  Six 
specimens  in  January. 

324.    MOLOPHILUS    FEMORATUS,  Sp.n. 

9. — Length  of  antennae 0*050  inch       ...      1-27  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0.180x0-050   ..       4-56  x  1-27 

Size  of  body 0-125x0023   ...     3-16x0-58 

Head,  including  rostrum  and  palpi,  dark  brown,  densely  covered 
with  brown  hairs  ;  antennse  more  ochreous-brown,  with  long,  dense, 
brown  verticils  ;  flagellar  joints  almost  fusiform.  Thorax  greyish- 
brown,  levigate  ;  humeri  slightly  tinged  with  ochreous ;  pleurae 
and  metathorax  reddish-brown.  Halteres  greyish-brown,  the  base 
of  stem  ochreous.  Abdomen  dark,  somewhat  reddish-brown, 
clothed  with  tolerably  long,  yellowish  hairs ;  ovipositor  short, 
curved,  brownish-ochreous.  Coxae  testaceous  or  brownish-ochreous. 
Kemaining  joints  dark  brown  ;  all  the  femora  with  a  broad  ring 
of  fulvous  much  (twice  its  length)  before  their  tips ;  the  hind 
femora  very  stout.  Wings  sub-hyaline  (when  denuded) ;  veins 
pale,  densely  beset  with  long  brownish  hairs  ;  the  latter  rather 
more  dense  and  forming  an  indistinct  narrow  transverse  clouding 
from  tip  of  auxiliary  vein  to  base  of  first  posterior  cell. 

Hab. — Lawson,  Blue  Mountains,  N.S.W.  (Masters).     January. 

Ohs. — I  have  only  a  single  specimen  before  me. 

325.  MoLOPHiLUS  Helmsi,  sp.n. 

$. — Length  of  antennae —       inch       ...      —  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-250x0065   ...   6  34x1-66 

Size  of  body  0-180x0-037   ...  4-56x0-90 


806  DIPTERA    OF    AUSTRALIA, 


^. — Length  of  antennae. ...,. .   0  060  inch        ...   1'54  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-270  x  0-070   ...    6-85  x  1-77 

Sizeof  body 0-185x0-040  ...    4-68x1-01 

Dusky  brown.  Head,  including  rostrum,  palpi,  and  antennae 
black  or  deep  brown  ;  joints  of  the  flagellum  fusiform,  with  some 
long  verticillate  hairs.  Thorax  levigate,  with  two  longitudinal 
rows  of  golden  hairs ;  humeri  tinged  with  ochreous-yellow. 
Halteres  with  a  dense  pale  yellowish  sericeous  pubescence,  the 
base  of  stem  brown.  Abdomen  clothed  with  golden-yellow  hairs  ; 
male  forceps  black ;  ovipositor  ochreous,  the  lower  valve  brown. 
Legs  entirely  dusky  or  sooty  brown.  Wings  sub-hyaline,  the  veins 
yellowish,  with  dense  long  hairs  covering  the  cells  ;  the  hairs 
chiefly  dusky  brown,  with  some  golden  patches  ;  an  elongate  patch 
of  golden  hairs  on  costa  immediately  beyond  the  tip  of  auxiliary 
vein;  that  portion  of  first  longitudinal  vein  before  the  costal 
patch,  the  third  longitudinal  vein  except  at  its  base  and  towards 
its  extremity,  portions  of  veins  in  the  middle  of  the  wing,  and 
fifth,  sixth  and  seventh  longitudinal  veins,  with  golden  hairs  ; 
marginal  cilia  dusky  brown  variegated  with  golden. 

ffab.—Momit  Kosciusko,  N.S.W.,  at  5000  ft.  ;  March  (Helms). 

Two  sjyecimens  in  Coll.  Australian  Museum. 

326.    MOLOPHILUS    NOTATIPENNIS,  Sp.n. 

9. — Length  of  antennse 0-050  inch       .,..     1-27  millimetres 

Expanse  of  wings 0-220  x  0-050   ...     5-58  x  1-27 

Sizeof  body 0-140x0-025   ...     3-55x0-62 

Head,  including  rostrum,  palpi,  and  antennse,  dark  brown ; 
flagellar  joints  subcylindrical,  rather  larger  towards  their  base, 
verticillate-pilose.  Thorax  reddish-brown,  levigate,  with  two 
sparse  longitudinal  rows  of  brown  hairs  ;  humeri,  base  of  wings 
and  centre  of  transverse  suture  ochre-yellow.  Halteres  pale  yellow, 
with  a  sericeous  pubescence.  Abdomen  dusky  or  deep  umber- 
brown,  clothed  with  yellow  hairs  ;  ovipositor  brownish-ochreous. 


BY    FREDERICK   A.  A.  SKUSE.  807 

valves  very  short.  Coxae  ochreous.  Remaining  joints  dusky 
brown,  the  knees  pale  yellow  or  whitish.  Wings  sub-hyaline 
(when  denuded)  ;  the  veins  pale  brownish,  with  dense  long  hairs 
covering  the  cells ;  hairs  brown,  more  dense  and  forming  five 
blackish  clouds  as  follows  : — first  at  the  bases  of  the  submar- 
ginal  cells,  second  at  the  basal  portion  of  posterior  branch  of  fourth 
longitudinal  fork,  another  at  the  middle  of  third  longitudinal  vein, 
another  near  base  of  fourth  and  fifth  longitudinal  veins,  and  the 
last  beyond  middle  of  seventh  longitudinal  vein. 

Hah. — Gosford,   N.S.W.   (Skuse).     One  specimen  in   August, 
Taken  flying  about  a  tree-trunk. 

327.   MoLOPHiLUS  Froggatti,  sp.n. 

9. — Length  of  antennae 0-090  inch        ...     2  27  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-290  x  0-080   ...     7-35x2-02 

Sizeof  body 0-320x0-045  ...     8-12xM3 

Head  brown,  pruinose  with  greyish ;  front  with  short  black 
hairs  ;  occiput  with  long  golden-yellow  hairs,  rostrum,  palpi,  and 
antennae  black,  the  two  basal  joints  of  the  latter  brown ;  flagellar 
joints  sub-cylindrical.  Thorax  light  greyish-brown,  dull,  with 
three  darker  though  indistinct  brown  stripes ;  intermediate  stripe 
double  ;  humeral  pits  and  suture  deep  shining  brown ;  pleurae 
with  a  hoary  bloom.  Halteres  pale  ochreous-yellow.  Abdomen 
brown,  somewhat  greyish,  tolerably  shining,  clothed  with  brown 
hairs  ;  venter  ochreous-yellow  ;  ovipositor  rather  long,  curved, 
ferruginous.  Legs  obscure  testaceous,  densely  clothed  with  hairs 
which  exhibit  a  yellow  reflection  when  viewed  at  a  certain 
obliquity ;  tibiae  black  at  tip ;  apical  half  of  first  and  whole  of 
remaining  joints  of  tarsi  black.  Wings  with  a  light  greyish- 
brown  tint ;  veins  yellowish-brown,  densely  and  uniformly  beset 
with  long  brown  hairs.  Second  sub-marginal  cell  longer  than  the 
first  posterior ;  inner  end  of  third  posterior  cell  opposite  that  of 
first  sub-marginal  cell ;  great  cross-vein  long  and  very  oblique, 
52 


808  DIPTERA    OF    AUSTRALIA, 

joining  close  to  base  of  posterior  branch  of  fourth  longitudinal  vein. 

B^ah. — Waverley,  near  Sydney  ;  in  October  (Froggatt). 

Ohs. — I  have  seen  only  one  specimen  of  this  very  distinct  and 
comparatively  large  example  of  the  genus. 

328.    MOLOPHILUS    MONTIVAGUS,  Sp.n. 

9. — Length  of  antennae 0- 04 5  inch       ...     1-13  millimetres- 
Expanse  of  wings 0-220  X  0-065   ...     5-58x1-66 

Size  of  body 0.180x0-035  ...     4-56x0-88 

Head  greyish -brown,  with  a  minute  yellowish  pubescence  ; 
rostrum,  palpi  and  antennae  black  or  dark  brown  ;  flagellar  joints 
elliptical,  with  short  verticils.  Collare  ochreous.  Thorax  light 
ochreous-brown,  almost  covered  by  a  very  broad  brownish  median 
stripe  ;  the  whole  pruinose  with  greyish  ;  humeri  slightly  ochreous 
yellow  ;  pleurae  dusky  brown.  Halteres  very  pale  yellow,  with  a 
sericeous  pubescence.  Abdomen  dusky  brown,  opaque,  clothed 
with  yellow  hairs,  the  segments  with  an  indistinct  narrow  border 
of  dull  ochreous-brown  posteriorly ;  ovipositor  testaceous.  Coxae 
dull  testaceous.  Kemainder  of  joints  uniformly  dusky  brown. 
Wings  sub-hyaline ;  veins  ochreous-yellow,  sparingly  beset  with 
short  grey  hairs,  imparting  to  the  wings  a  light  greyish  appearance. 

ZTaft.— Jindabyne,  N.S.W.,  3000  ft.,  March  (Helms).  One 
specimen  in    Coll.    Australian    Museum. 

329.  MoLOPHiLUS  GRACILIS,  sp.n. 

(J. — Length  of  antennae 0-070  inch       ...      1-77  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-220  x  0-055  ...     5-58  x  1-39 

Size  of  body 0-160  x  0  030  ...     4-06  x  0-76 

9. — Length  of  antennae 0.055  inch       ...     1-39  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-220  x  0-055  ...     5-58  x  1-39 

Sizeofbody ,....  0-180x0-030  ,..     4-56  x  0-76 


BY   FREDERICK    A.  A.  SKUSE.  809 

Head  greyish  or  greyish-ochreous,  the  anterior  portion  of  the  front 
sometimes  yellow  ;  rostrum  and  palpi  black  or  deep  brown;  antennae 
brown,  the  basal  joints  ochreous ;  flagellar  joints  fusiform,  with 
greyish  verticils,  longer  in  male.  Collare  yellow.  Thorax  greyish- 
ochreous  or  light  greyish-brown,  with  a  greyish  bloom,  sometimes 
with  indistinct  trace  of  a  double  median  longitudinal  stripe  ;  humeri 
and  a  narrow  lateral  line  to  origin  of  wings  yellow  ;  metathorax  and 
pleur£e  brown  to  dark  brown ;  scutellum  ochreous,  brownish  or 
testaceous.  Halteres  yellow,  sericeous.  Abdomen  brown  or  dusky 
brown,  clothed  with  yellow  hairs;  forceps  testaceous-brown,  the 
horny  appendages  black  ;  ovipositor  long  and  straight,  ochreous  or 
testaceous.  Legs  testaceous  or  light  ochreous-brown,  with  a 
greyish  reflection;  tibiae  and  tarsi  more  or  less  distinctly  infuscated; 
the  tibiae  of  the  fore  legs  in  the  male  with  a  black  slightly  swollen 
ring  just  beyond  base.  Wings  sub-hyaline;  veins  yellowish  or 
brownish,  with  long  brownish  hairs  which  impart  a  greyish 
appearance  to  the  wings  ;  a  small  indistinct  clouding  at  the  great 
cross-vein  and  base  of  posterior  branch  of  fourth  longitudinal 
fork,  also  a  second  smaller  one  often  observable  at  marginal  cross- 
vein. 

Hab. — Apparently  generally  distributed  in  N.S.W.  (Masters 
and  Skuse).     Almost  throughout  the  year. 

330.  MoLOPiiiLUS  ANNULiPES,  sp.n. 

(J. — Length  of  antennae 0-055  inch        ...      1*39  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-180x0-050   ...     4-56  x  1-27 

Size  of  body 0-150x0025   ...     3-81x0-62 

9. — Length  of  antennae 0'055  inch        ...      1*39  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-190x0-050   ...     4-81x1-27 

Size  of  body 0-150x0025   ...     3-81x0-62 

Fulvous-yellow  or  more  ochreous.  Rostrum  and  palpi  dark 
brown;  antennae  brownish;  basal  joints  usually  ochreous;  flagellar 
joints  fusiform.     Thorax  somewhat  hoary  laterally  in  a  certain 


810  DIPTERA    OF    AUSTRALIA, 

light,  traversed  by  two  sparse  longitudinal  vows  of  brown  hairs  ; 
an  ill-defined  brownish  stripe  in  the  pleurae  from  neck  to  base  of 
wings  (not  visible  in  some  specimens) ;  pleurae,  metathorax  and 
abdomen  light  reddish-brown  in  some  specimens  ;  horny  append- 
ages of  male  forceps  black  ;  ovipositor  of  female  concolorous  with 
rest  of  body.  Halteres  yellow.  Legs  yellow,  sericeous.  Femora 
with  two  brownish  or  black  rings  (generally  darker  in  the 
male)  on  apical  half  ;  the  tibiae  of  the  fore  legs  in  the  male 
with  a  black  slightly  swollen  ring  just  beyond  the  base  ;  tips  of 
tibiae  and  of  tarsal  joints  a  little  infuscated.  Wings  pellucid, 
with  a  yellow  tint ;  veins  yellow  with  long  yellow  hairs  ;  a  peculiar, 
very  small,  cuneate  black  marking  between  the  auxiliary  and  first 
longitudinal  veins  immediately  beyond  the  humeral  cross- vein. 

Hah. — Sydney,  Blue  Mountains,  and  Hogan's  Brush  near 
Gosford,  N.S.W. ;  August  to  January  (Masters  and  Skuse). 

Ohs. — Thirteen  specimens  for  comparison. 

331.    MOLOPHILUS    FLAVONOTATUS,  Sp.n. 

(J. — Length  of  antennae 0'070  inch       ...      1-77  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings  0-180  x  0-047   ...     4-56  xM8 

Size  of  body 0-120x0-025   ...     3-04x0-62 

Head  brown,  tinged  with  yellow,  with  white  pubescence  ; 
rostrum  and  palpi  black ;  antennae  greyish,  the  basal  joints 
ochreous  ;  flagellar  joints  fusiform,  with  white  verticils,  Collare 
sulphur-yellow,  somewhat  tinged  with  brownish.  Thorax  rich 
brown,  the  humeral  region  and  lateral  borders  sulphur-yellow ;  a 
spot  on  each  side  above  the  origin  of  wings,  the  scutellum,  lateral 
borders  of  metanotum  and  origin  of  wings  brownish-testaceous  or 
ochreous.  Halteres  pale  with  sericeous  white  pubescence.  Abdo- 
men somewhat  ochreous-brown,  clothed  with  white  hairs  ;  forceps 
brownish-testaceous,  the  tips  of  the  horny  appendages  black. 
Coxae  brownish-testaceous  or  ochreous.  Remaining  joints  greyish, 
their  tips  a  little  infuscated ;  tibiae  of  the  fore  legs  with  a  slightly 


BY   FREDERICK    A.  A.  SKUSE.  811 

swollen  scarcely  infuscated  ring  near  the  base.  Wings  almost 
hyaline ;  veins  and  hairs  pale,  the  latter  not  dense  but  tolerably 
long  ;  a  small  and  rather  indistinct  linear  brown  marking  between 
the  auxiliary  and  first  longitudinal  veins,  immediately  beyond  the 
humeral  cross-vein. 
■  Hah. — Sydney,  September  (Skuse). 

332.    MOLOPHILUS    TUANSLUCENS,  Sp.n. 

$. — Length  of  antennae 0*050  inch        ...     1*27  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-150  x  0-047   ...     3-81  x  M8 

Size  of  body 0-115x0-020   ...     2-92x0-50 

9. — Length  of  antennae 0*047  inch        ...      1*18  millimetres 

Expanse  of  wings 0*150  x  0*047   ...     3*81  x  1*18 

Size  of  body 0*120x0020   ...     3*04x0*50 

Entirely  pale  yellow  or  ochreous  ;  the  rostrum,  palpi  and  two 
basal  joints  of  antemiEe  sometimes  brown  or  brownish  ;  flagellar 
joints  fusiform,  with  pale  verticils.  Body  and  legs  distinctly 
haired  in  ^  ;  horny  appendages  of  male  forceps  black ;  ovipositor 
rather  short,  curved,  concolorous  with  rest  of  body.  Wings 
hyaline  or  nearly  so,  with  delicate  opaline  iridescence ;  veins  pale, 
beset  with  long,  very  pale  yellow,  hairs. 

Hah. — Lawson,  Blue  Mts.  (Masters)  ;  Gosford  and  Hogan's 
Brush,  Narrara  Creek,  N.S.W.  ;  August  to  January  (Skuse). 

333.  MoLOPHiLUS  CANUS,  sp.n. 

$. — Length  of  antennae 0*050  inch       ...      1*27  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0*190  x  0-042   ...     4-81  x  1*06 

Size  of  body 0*150x0*025   ...     3*81x0-62 

Head  light  brown,  hoary,  with  white  hairs  ;  rostrum  and  palpi 
dark  brown,  antennae  brown,  the  basal  joints  more  or  less  ochreous ; 
flagellar  joints  fusiform,  with  white  verticils.  Thorax  light  greyish- 
brown,  dull,  with  a  very  small  transverse  brown  spot  on  each  side 


812  DIPTERA    OF    AUSTRALIA, 

behind  the  humeri ;  pleurae  somewhat  hoary  ;  a  small  tuft  of  white 
hairs  behind  the  origin  of  the  wings  ;  origin  of  wings  ochreous- 
yellow.  Halteres  yellow.  Abdomen  brown,  clothed  with  white 
hairs  ;  forceps  brownish-ochreous,  the  tips  of  horny  appendages 
black.  Coxae  ochreous.  Remaining  joints  greyish,  with  a  brownish 
tinge,  somewhat  sericeous,  slightly  infuscated  towards  their  tips  ; 
tibiae  of  the  fore  legs  with  an  indistinct  slightly  swollen  infuscated 
ring  near  their  base.  Wings  almost  hyaline  ;  veins  pale  yellowish, 
rather  sparingly  beset  with  long  pale  hairs,  imparting  a  pale  greyish 
appearance  to  the  wings. 

Hah. — Sydney  (Skuse).     August  and  September. 

334.  MoLOPHiLUS  PULCHRiPES,  sp.n. 

^. — Length  of   antennae 0*060  inch       ...   1-54  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-160  x  0-050   ...   4-06x1.27 

Size  of  body 0-130x0-020  ...  3-30x0-50 

Head  browu,  bordered  above  the  eyes  with  yellow  ;  rostrum, 
palpi  and  antennae  brown  ;  basal  joints  of  antennae  yellowish ; 
flagellar  joints  fusiform  ;  coll  are  yellow  or  yellowish.  Thorax 
brown,  dull,  with  two  longitudinal  rows  of  short  brown  hairs  ; 
humeri,  lateral  line  to  origin  of  wings,  transverse  suture,  a  small 
spot  above  the  origin  of  wings,  scutellum,  and  lateral  borders  of 
metanotum  yellow  or  yellowish.  Halteres  yellow.  Abdomen 
brown,  clothed  with  yellow  hairs ;  forceps  brown,  rather  lighter 
than  abdominal  segments,  the  horny  appendages  black.  Legs 
yellowish-brown  ;  femora  tipped  with  brown  preceded  by  a  broader 
ring  of  golden-yellow  ;  genua  yellow  ;  tibiae  and  joints  of  tarsi 
slightly  infuscated  at  the  tips  ;  tibiae  of  fore  legs  with  a  slightly 
swollen  brown  ring  near  the  base.  Wings  almost  hyaline ;  veins 
pale-yellowish,  moderately  clothed  with  brownish  hair,  imparting 
a  greyish  appearance  to  the  wings  ;  the  hairs  more  dense,  longer 
and  perhaps  darker,  forming  an  oblique  clouding,  from  tip  of 
auxiliary  vein  to  great  cross-vein. 

Hah. — Sydney  (Skuse).    September. 


BY    FREDERICK   A.  A.  SKUSE.  813 

335.    MOLOPHILUS    PERVAGATUS,  Sp.n. 

(J. — Length  of  antennae 0*050  inch       ...      1-27  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-150  x  0-042   ...      3-81  x  1-06 

Size  of  body 0-120x0-020  ...     3-04x0-50 

9. —Length  of  antennae 0-042  inch       ...      1-06  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0  150x0-042   ...     3-81  x  1-06 

Size  of  body 0-135x0-020  ...     3-42x0  50 

Head  brown,  sometimes  bordered  with  yellow  or  yellowish  ; 
rostrum  and  palpi  brown;  antennae  brown;  the  first  basal  joint 
yellow;  flagellar  joints  fusiform  or  sub -cylindrical,  CoUare 
yellowish.  Thorax  light  brown,  with  an  ochreous  or  sometimes  a 
reddish  tendency,  dull,  with  two  longitudinal  rows  of  brown 
hairs ;  humeri  and  lateral  line  to  origin  of  wings  ochreous-yellow^ ; 
pleurae  and  metathorax  dark  brown ;  origin  of  wings  yellowish. 
Halteres  yellow.  Abdomen  dark  brown,  clothed  with  yellow 
hairs ;  male  forceps  and  female  ovipositor  testaceous-brown.  Legs 
ochreous,  brownish-yellow  or  sometimes  yellowish-grey,  with  a 
sericeous,  almost  golden-yellow  reflection  ;  femora  with  a  brown 
ring  at  the  tip  ;  fore  tibiae  of  male  with  slightly  swollen  brown 
ring  near  the  base.  Wings  hyaline  or  almost  so;  veins  pale 
yellowish,  clothed  with  long  brownish  hairs,  imparting  a  grey 
appearance  to  the  wings  ;  the  hairs,  more  dense,  longer,  rather 
darker,  and  forming  a  more  or  less  distinct  oblique  clouding 
between  the  tip  of  auxiliary  vein  and  great  cross-vein,  as  in  M. 
pulchrijyes. 

Hah. — Generally  distributed  in  N.S.W.  (Masters  and  Skuse). 
Almost  throughout  the  year. 

Ohs. — This  is  probably  the  most  common  of  our  species. 

336.  MoLOPHiLus  LUCiDiPENNis,  sp.n. 

$. — Length  of  antennae 0-033  inch       ...     0*84  millimetre 

Expanse  of  wings 0-150  x  0-042   ...     3-81  x  1-06 

Size  of  body 0-120x0-020  ...     3-04x0  50 


814  DIPTERA    OF    AUSTRALIA, 

$. — Length  of  antennae 0'042  inch       ...      1*06  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-150  x  0-042   ...     3-81x1-06 

Size  of  body 0-135  x  0-020   ...     3-42x0-50 

Brown.  Thorax  dull,  with  two  longitudinal  rows  of  brownish 
hairs.  Halteres  testaceous  or  brownish-ochreous.  Abdomen 
clothed  wdth  golden-yellow  hairs;  anal  forceps  and  female  ovi- 
positor testaceous  or  dull  ochreous-brown.  Legs  light  brown, 
testaceous  or  brownish-ochreous  ;  tarsi  somewhat  infuscated  with 
greyish  ;  the  tibiae  of  fore  legs  in  male  with  an  indistinctly  swollen 
brownish  ring  near  their  base.  Wings  hyaline ;  veins  very  pale 
yellowish,  beset  with  long  brownish-yellow  hairs,  imparting  a 
uniform  light  greyish  appearance  to  the  wings. 

Hah. — Lawson,  Blue  Mountains,  N.S.W.  (Masters).    January. 

337.  MoLOPHiLus  LONGicoRNis,  sp.n. 

$. — Length  of  antennse 0-120  inch       ...     3*04  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0.170  x  0-040   ...     4-31  x  1-01 

Size  of  body 0-115x0-020   ...     2-92x0-50 

9. — Length  of  antennse 0-065  inch       ...     1*66  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-170x0-040   ...     4-31x1-01 

Size  of  body 0-130x0-020   ...     3-30x0-50 

Head,  brownish,  more  or  less  tinged  with  yellow ;  rostrum  and 
palpi  brown  ;  antennae  brown  (the  basal  joints  in  male  yellow),  in 
the  male  the  length  of  body,  in  female  about  half  the  length  ; 
flagellar  joints  cylindrical,  with  short  pedicels;  with  long  verticils  in 
male.  Thorax  light,  somewhat  reddish-brown,  levigate,  with  a 
more  or  less  distinct  median  ochreous-yellow  stripe  extending  from 
collare  to  posterior  border  of  metanotum  ;  the  anterior  portion  of 
stripe,  and  also  that  traversing  the  metanotum,  narrow,  the  rest  as 
broad  as  scutellum  ;  sternum  and  coxae  ochreous-yellow.  Halteres 
brown,  the  extreme  base  of  stem  yellowish.  Abdomen  brown, 
clothed  with  yellow  or  brownish  hairs  ;  genitalia  brownish-ochreous 


BY    FREDERICK    A.  A.  SKUSE.  815 

or  testaceous.  Legs  ochreous-yellow  ;  the  terminal  joints  of  tarsi 
almost  imperceptibly  infuscated.  Wings  almost  hyaline  (when 
denuded) ;  veins  brownish,  densely  beset  with  long  brown  hairs. 

Bab.— Berowra,  N.S.W.  (Masters)  ;  Knapsack  Gully,  Blue 
Mountains,  N.S.W.  (Skuse).    August. 

Obs. — One  specimen  only  was  captured  in  each  locality.  The 
specimens  appear  undoubtedly  the  two  sexes  of  the  same  species. 

Genus  13.  Tasiocera,  gen.nov. 

Two  sub-marginal  cells  ;  four  posterior  cells ;  discal  cell  present 
or  absent.  Wings  very  cuneiformly  narrowed  towards  the  base, 
pubescent  along  the  veins  07ily.  Second  longitudinal  vein  originates 
at  an  acute  angle  some  distance  before  the  middle  of  the  anterior 
margin  ;  sub-costal  cross-vein  very  indistinct  or  none ;  prcefurca 
ends  in  the  second  sub-marginal  cell,  which  is  longer  than  the  first  ; 
inner  end  of  discal  cell,  and  great  cross-vein,  not  in  one  line  with 
the  small  cross- vein  but  much  nearer  to  root  of  the  wing  (as  in 
Molophilus).  Seventh  longitudinal  vein  very  short.  Antennae 
16-jointed,  about  twice  the  length  of  the  entire  body.  Tibiae  without 
spurs  at  the  tip  ;  ungues  smooth  on  the  under  side ;  empodia 
distinct.  Male  forceps  very  hairy  at  the  apex  of  the  fleshy  lobe, 
terminated  with  horny  appendages,  toothed  at  the  extremity 
(PI.  XXIV.,  fig.  55). 

The  rostrum  and  palpi  short.  The  antennae  with  one  or  more 
very  long  cylindrical  joints  at  the  base  of  flagellum,  the  remainder 
becoming  more  flasked-shaped,  the  terminal  joint  very  small,  more 
or  less  ovate  ;  adorned  with  long  verticillate  hairs.  The  two  joints 
of  the  scapus  are  small,  globose,  or  more  cupuliform,  equal  in  size. 
In  T.  gracilicornis  (PL  xxiv.,  fig.  56)  the  flagellar  joints  more 
quickly  begin  to  appear  flask-shaped,  only  the  first  joint  being 
cylindrical ;  on  this  account  the  antennae  are  shorter  than  those  of 
T.  tenuicornis.  The  first  cylindrical  joints  and  the  basal  portions 
of  all  the  following  joints  are  about  equal  in  width  ;  if  anything, 
the  flask-shaped  joints  are  slightly  broader  at  their  widest  part 


816  DIPTERA    OF    AUSTRALIA, 

than  the  thickness  of  the  cylindrical  ones.  The  verticils  are  not 
stiff,  but  appear  slightly  crimpled.  Legs  long  and  very  slender 
(in  T.  gracilicornis  two  and  a-half  times  the  length  of  the  wings) ; 
the  intermediate  pair  very  little  shorter  than  the  other  pairs. 

Wings  narrow,  very  cuneiformly  so  towards  their  base,  fringed 
with  long  cilia  on  the  posterior  border ;  the  hairs  on  the  veins  long 
enough  to  reach  from  vein  to  vein,  causing  the  wings  to  appear 
very  hairy.  Auxiliaiy  vein  very  short  in  T.  te7iuiGornis,  extending 
only  to  opposite  the  middle  of  the  praefurca ;  while  in  T.  gracili- 
co7'nis  it  reaches  beyond  the  marginal  cross-vein  ;  in  both  cases  it 
seems  to  eventually  amalgamate  with  and  form  a  thickening  of 
the  costa.  The  sub-costal  cross-vein  seems  entirely  wanting ;  I 
could  not  detect  it  in  wings  denuded  of  hair  and  mounted  in  balsam. 
The  discal  cell  when  open  coalesces  with  the  third  posterior  cell, 
that  is,  the  anterior  branch  of  the  fourth  longitudinal  vein  is 
forked.  The  first  bifurcation  of  the  fourth  longitudinal  vein 
begins  considerably  before  the  small  cross-vein,  as  in  Molophilus. 
Second  sub-marginal  and  first  posterior  cells  about  equal  in  length, 
their  bases  situated  about  as  much  before  the  inner  end  of  first 
sub-marginal  as  that  of  the  discal  (or  third  posterior)  cell  is  before 
theirs.  The  seventh  longitudinal  vein  is  straight  and  short,  and 
runs  close  to  the  margin;  in  T.  tenuicornis  it  so  short  that  it 
ceases  opposite  the  origin  of  the  fourth  longitudinal  vein. 

This  genus  seems  intermediate  hetyveen  Molophilus  BXi&Einojytera, 
but  differs  from  both  especially  by  the  antennae.  I  have  not  seen 
any  female  examples,  which  may  possible  possess  short  antennae. 

338.  Tasiocera  tenuicornis,  sp.n.  (PI.  xxi.,  fig.  13). 

(J. — Length  of  antennae 0*210  inch       ...     5*33  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings O'UO  x  0-033   ...     3-55  x  0-84 

Size  of  body 0-110  x  0-016   ...     2-79x0-40 

Head,  including  palpi,  rostrum  and  antennae  brown  ;  palpi  and 
joints  of  scapus  sometimes  pale  brown,  or  greyish-ochreous ;  first 
four  flagellar  joints  cylindrical,  the  first  very  long  and  twice  the 


BY    FREDERICK    A.  A.  SKUSE.  817 


length  of  the  fourth  ;  fifth  to  ninth  joints  rather  rapidly  diminishing 
in  length  and  becoming  more  flask-shaped,  terminal  joint  very 
small,  shortly-ovate  ;  all  flagellar  joints  with  long,  fine,  verticillate 
hairs,  which  in  the  flask-shaped  joints  are  confined  to  their  broad 
basal  portion.  Thorax  brown,  almost  opaque  ;  pleurae,  scutellum 
and  metanotum  sometimes  lighter  brown  or  greyish-testaceous. 
Halteres  light  brownish-grey.  Abdomen  brown,  clothed  with 
brown  hairs ;  genitalia  testaceous,  densely  haired,  Legs  sooty- 
brown,  with  a  greyish-brown  reflection  in  a  certain  light,  the  coxae 
and  base  of  femora  greyish-testaceous  or  pale  brown.  Wings 
hyaline,  the  hairs  along  the  veins  long,  brown ;  veins  pale ;  cilia 
along  the  posterior  margin  very  long.  Auxiliary  vein  short, 
terminating  in  costa  opposite  middle  of  praefurca ;  marginal  cross- 
vein  pale,  situated  near  base  of  first  sub-marginal  cell ;  base  of 
latter  situated  beyond  that  of  second  sub-marginal  a  distance  rather 
greater  than  length  of  great  cross-vein ;  anterior  branch  of  fourth 
longitudinal  vein  originating  before  inner  end  of  first  posterior 
cell  a  distance  equal  to  once  and  a-half  to  twice  the  length  of 
great  cross  vein ;  discal  cell  present  (it  is  apparently  the  posterior 
branch  which  is  forked,  about  the  middle  of  its  length) ;  great 
cross-vein  before,  at,  or  beyond  inner  end  of  discal  cell ;  sixth 
longitudinal  vein  a  little  arcuated  at  tip  ;  seventh  longitudinal 
vein  very  short,  reaching  posterior  margin  opposite  origin  of  fourth 
longitudinal  vein. 

Hah. — Sydney  and  Woronora,  N.S.W.  (Masters  and  Skuse). 
Six  specimens. 

339.  Tasiocera  gracilicornis,  sp.n. 

$. — Length  of  antennae 0*165  inch        ...     4*18  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-150  x  0-035   ...     3-81x0-88 

Sizeof  body 0-100x0-016   ...     2-54x0-40 

Head,  including  palpi,  rostrum  and.  antennae,  brown,  the  basaP 
joints  of  latter,  also  paipi  and  rostrum,  sometimes  more  ochreous  y 
first  flagellar  joint  cylindrical^,  slightly  narrowed  at  the  apex,  very 


818  DIPTERA    OF   AUSTRALIA 

long,  nearly  three  times  the  length  of  the  second  joint ;  following 
joints  rapidly  diminishing  in  length  and  becoming  more  perfectly 
flask-shaped,  the  terminal  joints  very  small,  ovate  ;  all  the  flagellar 
joints  with  long  fi.ne  verticillate  hairs  except  on  their  narrowed 
anterior  portion  (PI.  xxiv.,  fig.  56).  Thorax  brown,  very  slightly 
shining ;  pleurae  and  pectus  sometimes  paler.  Halteres  light 
brownish-grey,  the  base  of  stem  ochreous.  Abdomen  dusky  brown, 
clothed  with  brown  hairs ;  genitalia  testaceous-brown  or  darker, 
densely  haired.  Legs  longer  than  in  P.  tenuicornis,  sooty  brown, 
greyish-brown  when  viewed  in  a  certain  light ;  the  coxae  and 
extreme  base  of  femora  pale  brown.  Wings  hyaline,  the  hairs  along 
the  veins  long  and  brown;  veins  pale;  cilia  along  the  posterior 
margin  very  long.  Auxiliary  vein  reaching  the  costa  a  short 
distance  beyond  marginal  cross- vein  ;  the  latter  near  base  of  first 
sub-marginal  cell ;  base  of  first  sub-marginal  cell  obtuse,  situated 
beyond  that  of  the  second  sub-marginal  a  distance  almost  equal 
to  length  of  great  cross-vein  ;  anterior  branch  of  fourth  longi- 
tudinal vein  originating  before  the  inner  end  of  first  posterior  cell 
a  distance  equal  to  about  twice  the  length  of  great  cross-vein, 
forked  considerably  before  its  middle ;  discal  cell  usually  open,"^ 
coalescent  with  the  third  posterior  cell ;  great  cross-vein  opposite 
or  a  little  beyond  base  of  third  posterior  cell ;  sixth  longitudinal 
vein  arcuated  at  the  tip  ;  seventh  straight,  terminating  in  posterior 
margin  opposite  origin  of  praefurca. 

Hah. — Sydney  and  Berowra,  N.S.W.  Five  specimens  (Masters 
and  Skuse). 

Ohs. — Readily  distinguished  from  the  last  by  the  character  of 
the  antennal  joints. 

Genus  14.  Erioptera,  Meigen, 

Erioptera,  Meig,,  111.  Mag.  II.  p.  262,  1803;  Syst.  Beschr.  I. 
p.  108,  1818  ;  Macquart,  S.  a  B.  I.  p.  109,  1834;  Zetterstedt,  F. 
Lapp.   1840;  Dipt.   Scand.   X.,    1851;  Walker,    Ins.   Brit.   III., 

*  I  have  found  it  closed  in  only  one  specimen. 


BY   FREDERICK    A.  A.  SKUSE.  819 

p.  273,  1856  ;  Schiner,  R  A.  Dipt.  II.,  1864  ;  O.-Sacken,  Proc. 
Acad.  Nat.  Sc.  Philad.  p.  225,  1859  ;  Mon.  Dipt.  N.  Amer.  lY. 
p.  146,  1869;  Studies,  II.  p.  193,  1887. 

*'  Two  sub-marginal  cells  ;  four  posterior  cells ;  discal  cell  present 
.or  absent.  Wings  pubescent  along  the  veins  only.  The  second 
longitudinal  vein  usually  originates  at  a  very  acute  angle,  some 
distance  before  the  middle  of  the  anterior  margin  ;  the  sub-costal 
cross-vein  is  at  a  considerable  distance  (two  or  three  lengths  of 
the  great  cross- vein,  or  more)  from  the  tip  of  the  auxiliary  vein  ; 
the  prsef  urea  ends  in  the  second  sub-marginal  cell,  which  is  longer 
than  the  first.  Antennae  16-jointed.  Tibise  without  spurs  at  the 
tip ;  ungues  smooth  on  the  underside  \  empodia  distinct."  (Osten- 
Sacken). 

Sub-genus  Erioptera,  O.-Sacken. 

A.  The  '^  praef  urea  ends  in  the  second  sub-marginal  cell,  which  is 
longer  than  the  first ;  the  inner  end  of  the  discal  cell  (or,  when  it 
is  open^  of  the  cell  with  which  it  coalesces)  is  on  the  same  line 
with  the  small  cross-vein. 

1.  The  ijosterior  branch  of  the  fourth  longitudinal  vein  is  forked 

(in  other  words,  when  the  discal  cell  is  open,  it  coalesces 

with  the  second  posterior  cell ;  when  it  is  closed,  the  inner 

end  of  the  third  posterior  cell  is  nearer  the  basis  of  the 

wing  than  the  inner  end  of  the  second). 

a.  The  seventh  longitudinal   vein    is   arcuated    (converging 

towards  the  sixth)  in  such  a  manner,  that  the  auxiliary 

cell  is  broader  in  the  middle  than  near  the  margin  of  the 

wing."     (Osten-Sacken). 

340.  Erioptera  ochracea,  sp.n. 

(J. — Length  of  antennae    ...   0'030  inch        ...     0.76  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-170  x  0-042   ...     4-31  x  1-06 

Size  of  body   0-135x0-020  ...     3-42x0-50 


620  DIPTERA    OF    AUSTRALIA, 

^. — Length  of  antennse 0  037  inch        ...     0*90  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings  0-170  x  0-042   ...     4-31x1-06 

Size  of  body 0-145x0-020  ...     3.66x0-50 

Dull  brownish  ochre-yellow.  Palpi  and  antennae  sometimes 
brownish.  Thorax  opaque,  sometimes  with  a  very  indistinct 
narrow  median  brownish  stripe ;  two  lateral  longitudinal  rows  of 
short  brown  hairs.  Halteres  with  a  somewhat  infuscated  club. 
Abdomen  dull,  clothed  with  yellow  hairs  :  superior  segments  more 
or  less  tinged  with  brown,  with  a  narrow  pale  border  posteriorly. 
Terminal  joints  of  tarsi  somewhat  infuscated.  Wings  hyaline, 
microscopically  granulose  ;  veins  ochreous-brown,  the  pubescence 
very  short.  Auxiliary  veins  reaching  costa  at  a  point  a  little 
before  marginal  cross- vein;  discal  cell  open. 

Hah. — Generally  distributed  in  N.S.W.  (Masters  and  Skuse). 
Almost  throughout  the  year. 

Ohs. — The  above -described  answers  in  every  particular  to  the 
characters  of  the  sub-genus  Erioi^tera  as  defined  by  Baron  Osten- 
Sacken.     It  is  the  only  Australian  example  as  yet  known  to  me. 

Genus  15.  Trimicra,  O.-Sacken. 

Trimicra,  O.-Sacken,  Proc.  Ac.  Nat.  Sc.  Philad.  1861,  p.  290 ; 
Mon.  Dipt.  N.  Amer.  lY.  p.  165,  pi.  II.  fig.  i,  1869  ;  Studies,  II. 
p.  195,  1887. 

"  Two  sub-marginal  cells  ;  four  posterior  cells  ;  a  discal  cell ; 
the  second  longitudinal  vein  originates  at  a  more  or  less  acute 
angle  before  the  middle  of  the  length  of  the  wing  and  a  con- 
siderable distance  (more  than  the  breadth  of  the  wing)  before 
the  tip  of  the  auxiliary  vein ;  the  sub-costal  cross- vein  is  at  a 
considerable  distance  (three  lengths  of  the  great  cross-vein,  or 
more)  from  the  tip  of  the  auxiliary  vein ;  seventh  longitudinal 
vein  straight.  Wings  and  their  veins  glabrous.  Antennae  16- 
jointed  ;  three  last  joints  of  the  flag ellum  abruptly  smalle7\  Tibiae 
without  spurs  at  tip ;  ungues  small,  smooth  on  the  underside, 
inserted  under  a  projection  of  the  last  tarsal  joint ;  empodia  small, 


BY    FREDERICK    A.  A.  SKUSE.  821 

but  distinct.  Forceps  of  the  male  with  large,  incrassated  basal 
pieces,  and  a  double  claw-shaped  horny  appendage  fastened  to 
them  on  each  side ;  ovipositor  with  flattened,  curved,  pointed 
upper  valves  and  short  lower  ones."   (Osten-Sacken). 

341.  Trimicra  hirtipes,  Walker. 

Limnohia  Jm'tipes  {^),  Wlk.,  List  Dipt.  Brit.  Mus.  I.  p.  50, 
1848;  Trimicra  Sydney ensis  (9),  Schiner,  "  Novara  "  Exp.  Dipt, 
p.  43,  1868  ;  Trimicra  hirtipes^  O.-Sacken,  Mon.  Dipt.  N.  Amer. 
IV.  p.  167,  1869. 

^. — Length  of  antennae 0*085  inch       ...      2-14  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-300  x  0-090  ...     7-62x2-27 

Size  of  body 0-250x0-050  ...     6-34x1-27 

9. — Length  of  antennae 0-060  inch       ...      1*54  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-300x0-090  ...     7-62x2-27 

Size  of  body 0-260x0-050  ...     6-62x1-27 

Head  covered  with  a  greyish  or  yellowish-grey  bloom,  traversed 
on  the  front  by  black  median  line  ;  rostrum,  palpi  and  antennae 
brown  or  black,  basal  joints  of  latter  testaceous  or  brownish- 
ochreous.  Thorax  covered  with  a  yellowish-grey  bloom,  with 
three  brown  or  blackish  stripes ;  intermediate  one  somewhat 
shining  anteriorly,  interrupted  immediately  before  suture,  but 
extending  beyond  it  posteriorly  ;  lateral  ones  short,  not  so  distinct, 
but  also  extending  beyond  suture  ;  humeral  pits  and  suture  black ; 
humeri  yellowish  ;  pleurae  more  or  less  ochreous,  hoary,  with  two 
brown  or  blackish  stripes,  one  from  base  of  fore  coxae  to  root  of 
halteres,  the  other  above  the  intermediate  and  hind  coxae  ;  scutellum 
ochreous,  tinged  with  brown  ]  metanotum  sooty  brown,  hoary. 
Halteres  infuscated,  the  stem  more  or  less  yellowish.  Abdomen 
deep  fuscous  brown  or  black,  shining,  with  yellowish  hairs  (more 
dense  in  $) ;  lateral  and  posterior  borders  of  segments  with  a 
narrow  margin  of  ochreous  or  brownish-ochreous  ;  genitalia 
brownish-ochreous.     Legs  testaceous  j  in  ^  densely  clothed  with 


822  DIPTERA    OF    AUSTRALIA, 

long,  semi-erect  blackish  hairs  ;  in  9  with  inconspicuous  decumbent 
hairs  ;  femora  with  a  broad  ring  of  brown  or  blackish  immediately 
before  tip  ;  tibiae  brown  or  blackish  at  tip  ;  tarsi  deep  brown  or 
black.  Wings  slightly  tinged  with  brownish  ;  veins  brown  or 
blackish  ;  tip  of  first  longitudinal  vein,  the  marginal  cross-vein, 
prsefurca,  bases  of  sub-marginal  cells,  and  fifth  longitudinal  vein 
often  distinctly  infuscated  ;  stigma  pale  brownish.  Auxiliary  vein 
reaching  costa  before,  opposite,  or  beyond  marginal  cross- vein ; 
marginal  cross-vein  a  little  beyond  inner  end  of  first  sub-marginal 
cell ;  discal  cell  often  with  a  short  stump  of  a  vein  from  lower 
basal  angle  of  second  posterior  cell ;  great  cross- vein  situated  a 
little  before  inner  end  of  discal  cell. 

Hah. — Swan  River,  W.  Australia  (Walker)  ;  Adelaide  S. 
Australia  (J.  G.  O.  Tepper),  Coll.  S.  Aust.  Muaeum',  Sydney,  &c., 
N.S.W.  (Masters  and  Skuse).  Extremely  abundant  during 
August,  September,  and  October. 

Ohs. — Schiner's  T.  Sydneyensis  is  certainly  the  female  of 
Walker's  species.  Some  specimens  before  me  are  larger  than  the 
above  measurements,  others  are  less  than  two-thirds  the  size.  I 
can  see  very  little  other  variation  apart  from  sexual  differences.. 
More  than  one  hundred  specimens  before  me  for  comparison. 

342.  Trimicra  microcephala,  Thomson, 

Limnohia  microcejohala,  Thomson,  "Eugenia"  Exp.  Dipt.  p.  446, 
1868. 

(J. — Length  of  antennae 0 '05 5  inch        ...     1-39  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-250  x  0-060   ...     6-34x1-54 

Sizeof  body 0-180x0025   ...     4-56x0-62 

9, — Length  of  antennae 0-050  inch        ...      1-27  millimetres. 

■       Expanse  of  wings 0-250x0-060  ...     6-34x1-54 

Sizeof  body 0-220x0-025  ...     5-58x0-62 

Remarkably  like  the  preceding  in  colouring  and  markings,  but 
smaller.     Legs  of  both  sexes  inconspicuously  clothed  with  short 


BY    FREDERICK   A.  A.  SKUSE.  823 

hairs ;  obscure  testaceous  ;  femora  gradually  darkening  into  deep 
brown  or  blackish  towards  the  tip  ;  extreme  tip  of  tibiae  and  the 
tarsi  deep  brown  or  blackish.  Wings  sub-hyaline,  very  slightly 
tinged  ;  veins  brown  or  blackish ;  cross-veins  sometimes  scarcely 
perceptibly  infuscated  ;  stigma  pale  brownish.  The  discal  cell 
in  certain  specimens  shows  a  tendency  to  open  posteriorly  ;  the 
anterior  branch  of  fourth  longitudinal  vein  in  some  instances 
originating  with  a  short  arcuation,  and  the  discal  cell  closed  with 
a  pale  cross-vein. 

Hah. — Sydney;  abundant  during  August,  September  and 
October  (Masters  and  Skuse). 

Ohs. — Thomson's  species,  which  is  certainly  not  a  Limiiohia  on 
account  of  its  16-jointed  antennae,  nor  a  Limnophila  because  of 
its  spurless  tibiae,  seems  undoubtedly  to  be  identical  with  the 
smaller  of  our  two  common  Sydney  Trimicrm. 

Genus  16.  Gnophomyia,  O.-Sacken. 

Gnopliomyia,  O.  Sack.,  Proc.  Acad.  N.  Sc.  Philad.  p.  223,  1859  ; 
Mon.  Dipt.  N.  Amer.  IV.  p.  172,  t.  2.  f.  5  (wing),  t.  4.  figs.  19 
and  19a  (forceps  and  ovipositor),  1869  ;  Studies  II.   p.  198,  1887. 

"  Two  sub-marginal  cells  ;  four  posterior  cells ;  a  discal  cell  . 
the  second  longitudinal  vein  originates  somewhat  before  the  middle 
of  the  anterior  margin,  a  considerable  distance  anterior  to  the  tip 
of  the  auxiliary  vein ;  praefurca  very  slightly  arcuated  at  the 
basis,  nearly  straight;  sub-costal  cross-vein  at  a  small  or  moderate 
distance  (hardly  exceeding  the  length  of  the  great  cross-vein) 
from  the  tip  of  the  auxiliary  vein;  seventh  longitudinal  vein 
nearly  straight.  Wings  glabrous.  Antennae  16-jointed.  Tibiae 
without  spurs  at  the  tip  ;  tarsi  with  distinct  empodia.  The  forceps 
of  the  male  consists  of  two  comparatively  short  basal  pieces,  and 
a  pair  of  claw-shaped  horny  appendages  ;  a  second  pair  of  horny 
appendages,  below  the  first,  is  shorter  and  stouter."  (Osten- 
Sacken). 

53 


824  DIPTERA    OF    AUSTRALIA, 

343.  Gnophomyia  fascipennis,  Thomson.     (PI.  xxi.,  fig.  14). 
2  wing). 

Limnohia  fasci2:)ennis  (<^),  Thorns.,  "Eugenia"  Exp.  Dipt.  p.  447, 
1868;  Gnoj^homyia  cordialis  {^),  O.-Sacken,  Studies  on  Tipulidse, 
II.  p.  199,  1887. 

^. — Length  of  antennae 0*065  inch        ...      1*66  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-230  x  0-060  ...     5-84x1-54 

Size  of  body 0-240x0-040   ..       6-09x1-01 

^. — Length  of  antennae 0*065  inch       ...      1*66  millimetres 

Expanse  of  wings 0-230x0-060   ...      5-84x1-54 

Size  of  body 0-280x0-040  ...     7-10x1-01 

(J  and  ^. — Head  black  above,  yellowish  beneath ;  rostrum 
somewhat  prolonged,  in  ^  yellow  or  reddish-yellow,  in  ^  reddish- 
brown  or  even  black  ;  palpi  brown  or  black  ;  antennae  brown  or 
black  in  ^,  first  joint  of  scapus  at  apex  and  basal  half  of  second 
usually  tinged  with  reddish-yellow  or  brownish,  in  Q  both  joints, 
except  tip  of  second,  yellow  or  reddish -yellow,  the  first  joint  often 
brownish  above.  Thorax  reddish-yellow  or  yellowish-ferruginous, 
nitidous  ;  a  deep  black  spot  on  the  mesonotum,  usually  larger  and 
more  pyriform  in  ^,  generally  squarish  in  ^  ;  two  lateral  deep 
black  stripes  from  below  humeri  to  scutellum  (rarely  confluent 
anteriorly  with  the  first  spot),  emitting  a  short  branch  in  front  of 
root  of  wings ;  metanotum  with  a  large  black  truncate-cord  if  orm 
spot  (in  one  (J  specimen  the  spot  is  absent,  whilst  in  a  9  the 
metathorax  is  entirely  deep  brown,  or  black).  Halteres  yellowish, 
with  infuscated  club.  Abdomen  in  ^  (including  genitalia)  red- 
dish-yellow or  yellowish-ferruginous,  in  9  superior  segments  deep 
and  shining  bluish  or  violaceous-black  ;  the  venter  and  ovipositor  as 
in  (J.  Legs  pale  brownish-  or  reddish-yellow,  tips  of  femora  and 
tibiae  usually  brownish ;  tarsi  more  or  less  deeply  infuscated. 
Wings  in  ^  with  a  brownish  tint,  usually  with  two,  often  with 
three  and  sometimes   without  sub-hyaline   spots,   the   first  very 


I 


BY    FREJJERICK    A.  A.  SKUSE.  825 

small  before  origin  of  second  longitudinal  vein,  second  larger,  ill- 
defined,  preceding  the  cross-veins,  third  a  narrow  shortened 
cross-band  from  tip  of  second  longitudinal  vein ;  in  ^  fuscous,  with 
a  distinct  spot  and  two  fasciae  situated  as  in  ^J,  the  latter 
stretching  almost  across  the  wing,  anal  angle  more  or  less  sub- 
hyaline  ;  stigma  not  noticeable ;  veins  dark.  .  Auxiliary  vein 
reaching  costa  about  midway  between  origin  of  second  longitu- 
dinal and  marginal  cross-vein ;  sub-costal  cross-vein  situated 
before  its  tip  a  distance  J  longer  than  great  cross-vein ;  prsef urea 
straight,  very  slightly  arcuated  at  base ;  marginal  cross-vein  at 
or  a  little  beyond  inner  end  of  sub-marginal  cell,  sometimes  not 
far  from  tip  of  first  longitudinal ;  petiole  of  first  sub-marginal 
cell  about  length  of  distance  between  tip  of  prsefurca  and  small 
cross-vein ;  cross- vein  closing  inner  end  of  discal  cell  usually 
almost  obliterated  ;  great  cross-vein  situated  more  or  less  beyond 
inner  end  of  discal  cell. 

Hah. — Australia  (Lotz.,  1834,  Vienna  Mus.)  ;  Sydney  (Eugenia 
Exp.)  ;  several  localities  in  N.S.W.  (Masters  and  Skuse).  Sep- 
tember to  January.  Twenty-five  male  and  twelve  female  speci- 
mens are  before  me. 

Ohs — I  had  already  referred  Thomson's  species  to  Gnophomyia 
when  I  discovered  that  Baron  O.-Sacken  had  described  the  (J  as 
another  species  under  this  generic  title.  The  Baron  also  describes 
in  the  same  paper  (^Studies  II.  p.  199),  a  species  of  Gnophomyia 
from  Amazon  River  which  he  calls y«sci/?enms,  but  this  name  being 
pre-occupied  I  would  suggest  that  Osten-Sackeni  be  substituted 
in  honour  of  the  describer. 


Genus  17.  -Gonomyia,  Megerle. 

Gonomyia,  Meg.,  in  litt.,  Meigen,  Syst.  Beschr.  I.  p.  146,  1818; 
Taphrosiaj  Rondani,  Prodr.  I.  1856  ;  Gonomyia^  O.-Sacken,  Proc. 
Acad.  Nat.  Sc.  Philad.  III.  p,  229,  1859  ;  Goniomyia  (amended 
name),  O.-Sack.,  Mon.  Dipt.  N.  Amer.   IV.   p.  176,  pi.  ii.  figs.  2 


826  DIPTERA   OF   AUSTRALIA, 

and  4  (wings),  pi.  iv.  fig.    17  (genitalia),    1869;    Gonomyia^  O.- 
Sack.,  Studies,  II.  p.  200,  1887. 

"  One  or  two  sub-marginal  cells ;  the  first,  when  present,  very 
short,  suh -triangular,  owing  to  the  shortness  and  the  oblique 
direction  of  the  anterior  branch  of  the  second  longitudinal  vein ; 
no  marginal  cross-vein  ;  four  posterior  cells  ;  discal  cell  open  or 
closed  ;  when  open  it  is  coalescent  with  the  third  posterior  cell  ;* 
wings  glabrous.  Antennae  16-jointed,  rather  short.  Feet  long, 
slender ;  tibite  without  spurs  at  the  tip ;  tarsi  with  distinct 
empodia.  Forceps  of  the  male  with  several  branches  and  linear 
appendages.  Ovipositor  of  the  female  slender,  arcuated,"  (Osten- 
Sacken). 

I  cannot  do  otherwise  than  place  the  following  species  in  this 
genus,  though  it  seems  to  deviate  in  certain  particulars  from  the 
normal  type  of  Gonomyia ;  chiefly  in  the  great  length  of  the 
auxiliary  vein,  the  structure  of  the  discal  cell  and  situation  of  the 
great  cross- vein  (which  reminds  one  of  Gnojyhomyia),  and  lastly 
in  the  uniform  dull  dark  colouring  of  the  body  and  legs,  instead 
of  the  usually  yellow  colour.  I  regret  that  I  have  not  seen  a  male 
specimen,  in  order  to  compare  the  structure  of  the  forceps.  This 
species  cannot  be  well  included  in  any  of  the  five  sections  of  the 
genus  which  have  been  recently  defined  by  Baron  O.-Sacken 
(Studies,  II.  pp.  201-202). 

344.  Gonomyia  LEUCOPHiEA,  sp.n. 

9. — Length  of  antennae 0*047  inch       ...     1-18 millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0*320  x  0-070   ...      8-12xl-77 

Size  of  body   0*260  x  0*030  ...     6*62x0*76 


*  "With  merely  individual  exceptions,  according  to  Baron  0.  -Sacken.  But 
in  the  species  now  described,  it  is  unmistakably  the  posterior  branch  of  the 
fourth  vein  which  is  forked,  so  that  in  specimens  with  the  discal  cell  open, 
the  latter  would  be  coalescent  with  the  second  posterior  cell. 


BY    FREDERICK    A.  A.  SKUSE.  827 

Cinereous,  opaque.     Rostrum,  palpi  and  antennae  black  ;  joints 
of  flagellum  elliptical,  with   very  short  hairs.     Thorax  with  two 
longitudinal  rows  of  very  short  yellowish  hairs.     Halteres  with 
an  ochreous  stem  and  dusky  brown  club.     Abdomen  very  sparingly 
pubescent ;  ovipositor  shining  brown,  the  lower  valves  ochraceous. 
Coxae  pale  greyish-ochreous,  the  fore  pair  more  cinereous.     Re- 
mainder of  joints  sooty  brown,  their  pubescence  with  a  greyish 
reflection ;  base    of    femora   slightly    testaceous-brown.      Ungues 
smooth;  empodia    distinct.       Wings    slightly    greyish,     greyish- 
ochreous  at  their  origin  ;  stigma  very  pale  brownish-grey ;  veins 
sooty-brown.     Auxiliary  vein    very   long,    reaching   costa   some 
distance   beyond    inner   end    of    second    sub-marginal    cell    and 
opposite  the  tip  of  fifth  longitudinal  vein ;  sub-costal  cross-vein 
situated  a  short  distance  before  its  tip,  equal  to  the  length  of 
great  cross- vein  ;  prsef  urea  strongly  arcuated  at  its  origin  ;  petiole 
of  first  sub-marginal  cell  forming  an  obtuse  angle  with  prajfurca  at 
the  small  cross-vein,  about  equal  in  length  to  posterior  branch  of 
its  fork  ;  the  distance  between  the  tip  of  the  first  longitudinal  and 
that  of  the  anterior  branch  of  the  second  longitudinal  equal  to 
the  distance  between  both  tips  of  the  latter  fork  ;  inner  end  of 
second  sub-marginal  cell  pointed  (there  is  a  distinct  incrassation  at 
this    point)    opposite    inner   end    of    first    posterior   cell ;    third 
longitudinal  vein  almost  straight,  slightly  thicker  than  the  neigh- 
bouring veins  ;  discal  cell  elongated,  its  arcuated  inner  end  situated 
considerably  before  the  inner  end  of  first  posterior  cell,  the  cross- vein 
closing  its  outer  end  situated  opposite  a  point  mid-way  between 
the  tip  of  the   posterior  branch    of  fourth  longitudinal   and   tip 
of  fifth  longitudinal ;  the  posterior  hranch  of  fourth  longitudinal 
vein  forked^  the  branch  originating  at  a  gentle  arcuation  opposite 
tip    of  fifth   longitudinal   vein ;   great   cross-vein    some   distance 
beyond  inner  end  of  discal  cell. 

Hah. — Sydney  ;  September  (Skuse). 

Ohs. — Described  from  a  single  specimen. 


828  DIPTERA    OF    AUSTRALIA, 

Genus  18.  RhabdomastiX;  gen.nov. 

Two  submarginal  cells,  the  first  half  the  length  of  the  second ; 
four  posterior  cells  ;  no  marginal  cross-vein  ;  prsefurca  long, 
originating  at  an  acute  angle  before  the  middle  of  the  wing ; 
discal  cell  small;  wings  glabrous.  Antennae  16-jointed,  very  long, 
Miform,  nearly  twice  the  length  of  the  entire  body.  Legs  long, 
slender,  tibiae  without  spurs  at  the  tip  ;  ungues  small,  smooth  ; 
empodia  indistinct.  Male  forceps  with  an  outer,  straight,  slender, 
horny  appendage,  microscopically  serrated  on  the  outer  side,  and  an 
inner  short,  soft,  elliptical  one  ;  also  two  long,  slender,  somewhat 
hooked,  internal  appendages  (PI.  xxiv.,  tig.  57). 

Rostrum  and  palpi  short  ;  antennae  very  long  ;  joints  of  the 
scapus  equal  in  size,  very  small,  globose  ;  flagellar  joints  long, 
slender,  cylindrical,  evenly  but  not  densely  pilose,  somewhat 
decreasing  in  length  ;  last  joint  apparently  terminated  by  a  minute 
nipple-shaped  projection.  Front  broad,  convex  ;  eyes  glabrous, 
small,  round,  considerably  separated  on  the  under  side.  Collare 
short ;  suture  of  thorax  very  distinct.  Hal  teres  long,  slender. 
Legs  densely  clothed  with  a  minute  pubescence.  Wings  very 
cuneiformly  narrowed  towards  the  base,  with  only  a  slight  indica- 
tion of  an  anal  angle  ;  glabrous,  appearing  as  if  covered  with 
microscopic  dots  under  a  high  power ;  veins  glabrous,  or  almost 
so;  stigma  wanting.  The  tip  of  the  auxiliary  vein  is  some  dis- 
tance beyond  the  origin  of  the  second  longitudinal  vein  ;  the  sub- 
costal cross-vein  wanting  or  only  extremely  indistinctly  present  at 
the  tip  of  auxiliary  vein  ;  preefurca  originating  in  a  rather  acute 
angle  considerably  before  the  middle  of  the  wing;  first  longitudinal 
vein  joining  costa  opposite  distal  end  of  discal  cell ;  the  anterior 
branch  of  the  second  longitudinal  vein  is  short,  shorter  than  the 
great  cross- vein ;  petiole  about  one  half  the  length  of  first  sub-mar- 
ginal cell ;  marginal  cross-vein  entirely  wanting  ;  inner  ends  of 
second  sub-marginal,  first  posterior  and  discal  cells  in  one  line ; 
small  or  anterior  cross-vein  as  long  or  somewhat  longer  than  the 
great  cross-vein,  almost  as  long  as  the  discal  cell ;  discal  cell  small. 


BY    FREDERICK    A.  A.  SKUSE.  829 

hexagonal,  longer  than  wide ;  the  great  cross-vein  situated  at  or 
beyond  the  middle  of  its  length ;  fifth,  sixth  and  seventh  longitu- 
dinal veins  gently  arcuated  ;  the  last  short,  scarcely  reaching  to 
one-tbird  the  length  of  the  wing. 


345.  Rhabdomastix  Osten-Sackeni,  sp.n.     (PI.  xxii.,  fig.  15). 

^.— Length  of  antennae 0*250  inch       ...      6*34  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-180  x  0-040  ...     4-56x1-01 

Size  of  body 0-145x0-020  ...     3-66x0-50 

Front  dull  brown  ;  rostrum  brownish  or  ochreous-brown  ;  palpi 
and  antennae  brown,  the  latter  nearly  twice  the  length  of  the  body. 
Thorax  dull  brown,  the  scutellum  sometimes  more  ochreous-brown. 
Halteres  long  and  slender,  brownish.  Abdomen  brown,  clothed 
with  short  brownish  hairs ;  forceps  brownish-ochreous.  Legs 
brown  or  ochreous-brown,  with  a  light  sericeous  reflection  in  a 
certain  light  ;  the  tarsi  white.  Wings  pellucid,  almost  hyaline, 
glabrous,  granulate  on  account  of  being  covered  with  microscopic 
dots  which  represent  rudimentary  pubescence  ;  margaritaceous 
reflections  ;  veins  greyish-brown.  Auxiliary  vein  reaching  costa 
at  a  point  not  quite  half  the  distance  from  origin  of  second  longi- 
tudinal vein  to  inner  end  of  second  sub-marginal  cell ;  preefurca 
almost  imperceptibly  bent  at  its  origin,  almost  straight,  nearly 
equal  in  length  to  the  remainder  of  the  second  longitudinal ;  the 
third  longitudinal  and  following  veins  at  apex  of  wing  all  gently 
arcuated  posteriorly. 


Hah. — Berowra,  N.S.W.  Three  specimens  in  August  (Masters 
and  Skuse). 

Obs. — I  have  named  this  species  in  honour  of  Baron  Osten- 
Sacken,  who  has  so  greatly  advanced  Dipterology  ;  especially  by 
his  unsurpassed  knowledge  of,  and  excellent  publications,  onTipu- 
lidse. 


830  DIPTERA   OF    AUSTRALIA, 


Genus  19.  Lechria,  gen.nov. 

Two  sub-marginal  cells,  the  first  very  short,  sub-triangular ; 
four  posterior  cells  ;  no  marginal  cross-vein^  but  inner  marginal 
cell  closed  by  first  longitudinal  vein,  which  ends  at  inner  end  of  first 
sub-marginal  cell ;  small  cross-vein  situated  some  distance  before 
inner  end  of  second  sub-marginal  cell ;  prsefurca  originating  beyond 
the  middle  of  the  wing  ;  discal  cell  closed,  elongated,  its  inner  half 
cuneate,  and  its  inner  end  situated  before  origin  of  prcefitrca  ; 
wings  glabrous.  Antennae  16-jointed,  short.  Feet  long,  slender  ; 
tibiae  with  spurs ;  ungues  small,  smooth ;  empodia  indistinct. 
Male  forceps  with  two  horny  appendages  ;  an  outer  linear  one,  and 
a  longer  somewhat  hooked  inner  appendage  ;  also  five  long,  horny, 
needle-like  processes  of  the  internal  apparatus    (PI.  xxiv.,  fig.  58). 

Rostrum  nearly  half  the  length  of  the  head ;  palpi  of  moderate 
length,  the  first  joint  apparently  slightly  the  longest,  the  last  three 
rather  thicker,  equal.  The  antennae  little  longer  (if  any)  than  the 
head ;  joints  of  scapus  somewhat  thick,  sub-cylindrical,  the  first 
rather  longer  than  the  second  ;  flagellar  joints  sub-cylindrical, 
with  very  short  hairs.  Eyes  contiguous  above,  and  almost  so  on 
the  under  side.  Collare  inconspicuous.  Legs  clothed  with  only  a 
microscopic  pubescence.  Wings  very  cuneiform ly  narrowed 
towards  the  base,  with  only  a  slight  anal  angle  ;  appearing  covered 
with  microscopic  dots  only  under  a  high  power  ;  the  veins  at  apical 
end  of  wings  densely  beset  with  minute  hairs ;  stigma  narrow, 
elongate,  enveloping  terminal  portion  of  first  longitudinal  vein. 
The  tip  of  auxiliary  vein  is  opposite  the  end  of  praefurca  and  the 
small  cross-vein  ;  the  sub-costal  cross-vein  at  its  tip  ;  praefurca  very 
short,  originating  at  an  angle;  the  first  longitudinal  gently 
arcuated  into  the  second  longitudinal,  joining  at  the  base  of  its 
fork  ;  the  first  sub-marginal  cell  is  very  short ;  the  anterior  branch 
of  the  second  longitudinal  fork  about  half  the  length  of  the 
posterior,  the  latter  converges  towards  the  tip  of  the  third  longi- 
tudinal, and  is  equal  in  length  to  the  petiole  ;  second  sub-marginal 
cell  also  with  a  short  petiole  ;  the  small  cross-vein  situated  a  little 


BY    FREDERICK    A.  A.  SKUSE.  831 

beyond  middle  of  discal  cell ;  the  latter  closed,  elongated,  its  inner 
half  cuneiform] y  narrowed,  and  its  inner  end  a  little  before  the 
origin  of  prsefurca ;  the  great  cross- vein  a  short  distance  beyond 
inner  end  of  discal  cell ;  fourth  longitudinal  vein  originating 
in  fifth  longitudinal  at  a  little  before  one  third  the  length  of 
the  wing,  joined  at  its  base  to  first  longitudinal  by  a  short  cross- 
vein  ;  fifth,  sixth  and  seventh  longitudinal  veins  straight. 

The  most  striking  peculiarities  in  the  venation  are,  the  course  of 
the  first  longitudinal  which  terminates  in  the  second,  the  absence 
of  the  marginal  cross- vein,  the  first  and  second  sub-marginal  cells 
being  both  petiolate,  the  position  of  the  small  cross- vein,  and  lastly 
the  shape  and  position  of  the  discal  cell. 

This  genus  seems  undoubtedly  related  to  Gonomyia. 

346.  Lechria  singularis,  sp.n.  (PI.  xxii.,  fig.  16). 

^. — Length  of  antennae 0*040  inch        ...      1- 01  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-210  x  0-057    ...     5-33x1-44 

Size  of  body 0-180x0-033   ...     4.56x0-84 

Head  blackish  or  sooty  brown.  Rostrum,  palpi  and  antennae 
dark  brown.  Thorax  brown,  opaque,  with  a  yellowish-grey  bloom 
in  a  certain  light.  Halteres  yellow,  with  slightly  infuscated  club. 
Abdomen  brown,  the  venter  more  ochreous;  forceps  yellow.  Legs 
dull  ochre-yellow,  the  tips  of  the  femora  and  the  last  three  joints 
of  tarsi  infuscated.  Wings  hyaline,  appearing  covered  with  micro- 
scopic dots  only  under  a  high  power;  stigma  long,  narrow,  brownish; 
veins  brown.  The  venation  as  described  in  the  particulars  of 
generic  characters. 

Hah. — Wheeny  Creek,  Hawkesbury  District.  One  specimen 
in  January  (Skuse). 

Genus  20.  Trentepohlia,  Bigot. 

Trentepohlia,  Bigot,  Ann.  Soc.  Ent.  Fr.  (3rd  ser.)  II.,  p.  473, 
1854;  Mongoina,  Westwood,  Trans.  Ent.  Soc.  Lond.  1881,  p.  364, 


832  DIPTERA    OF   AUSTRALIA, 

pi.  XVII.,  fig.  1;  O.-Sacken,  Berl.  Ent.  Zeits.  XXVL,  p.  89,  1882; 
Studies,  II.,  p.  203,  1887;  Trentepohlia,  Bergroth,  Ent.  Tidsk. 
1888,  p.  136,  fig.  3  (wing). 

Two  sub-marginal  cells;  the  first  very  short ;  second  in  immediate 
contact  with  the  discal  cell,  consequently  the  small  cross-vein  is 
wanting  ;  marginal  cross-vein  situated  before  the  inner  end  of  the 
first  sub-marginal  cell ;  discal  cell  open  or  closed  ;  three  or  four 
posterior  cells  ;  anal  cell  closed ;  auxiliary  vein  reaching  costa 
usually  a  very  short  distance  before  the  tip  of  the  first  longitudinal 
vein.  Antennae  16-jointed.  Tibiae  without  spurs ;  tarsi  without 
empodia. 

I  do  not  know  sufficient  about  the  species  having  only  three 
posterior  cells  to  criticise  the  above  synonymy,  but  accept  them  as 
congeneric  with  those  possessing  four,  on  the  authority  of  Dr. 
Bergroth.  Baron  Osten-Sacken  has  more  than  once  suggested  the 
relationship  of  Lirnnobia  Trentepohli,  Wied.,  and  Cylindrotoma 
alhitarsis,  Dolesch.,  with  Westwood's  Mongoma,  but  the  descrip- 
tions appear  too  incomplete  to  satisfactorily  decide.  In  the  above 
diagnosis  I  have  combined  the  principal  characters  of  the  two 
sections. 

In  the  species  now  described  the  tips  of  the  auxiliary  and  first 
longitudinal  veins  join  the  costa  at  rather  widely  separate  points 
(which  also  seems  to  be  the  case  with  T.  exornata^  Bergr.),  thus 
differing  from  T.  fragillima,  Westw.,  and  T.  tenera  and  ^penm^es, 
O.-Sack.,  in  which  they  terminate  close  together.  (PI.  xxiv.,  fig. 
59,  forceps). 

Two  specimens  in  the  Macleay  collection,  from  Fiji  Islands,  are 
possibly  distinct  from  T.  australasice,  but  at  any  rate  belong  to  a 
closely  allied  species.  The  auxiliary  and  first  longitudinal  veins 
are  separated  as  in  the  Australian  example;  the  prsefurca  is  rather 
more  than  twice  the  length  of  the  distance  between  the  origin  of 
the  third  longitudinal  vein  and  the  inner  end  of  the  discal  cell  ; 


BY    FREDERICK    A.  A.  SKUSE.  833 

the  cross-vein  closing  the  discal  cell  is  situated,  in  one  specimen  at, 
in  the  other  somewhat  before,  the  base  of  the  anterior  fork.  All 
have  the  base  of  the  third  posterior  cell  before  that  of  the  second 
posterior  cell.  The  Fijian  form  has  considerably  longer  legs 
(.42  mm.)  ;  the  white  on  the  knees  extends  equally  (2  mm.)  on  the 
femora  and  tibiae  ;  the  apical  third  of  the  tibiae  is  white  ;  and  the 
extreme  base  and  rather  more  than  the  apical  half  of  the  metatarsus, 
with  the  remainder  of  the  tarsal  joints,  white  ;  also,  the  wings  are 
longer  than  in  T.  australasiw. 

Tabulation  of  hitherto  described  species."^ 

A.  Posterior  branch  of  the  fourth  longitudinal  vein  forked.  Four 

posterior  cells.     Discal  cell  closed. 

a.  Tips  of  the    auxiliary    and    first    longitudinal   veins    in 

close  proximity.     Tarsi  entirely  white. 

*  Intermediate  tibiae  with  a  short  fringe  of  white  hair  on  each 
side  at  the  apex. 
pennipes,  O.-Sack.     Studies  II.,  p.  204.     Borneo. 

** Intermediate  tibiae  simple.     Tibiae  entirely  white. 

tenera,    O.-Sack.,    Berl.    Ent.    Zeits.,    XXYI.,    p.    89. 
Phillippine  Is. 

Tibiae  fuscous,  white  at  the  base  and  apex. 

fragillima,  Westw.,  Trans.  E.  Soc.  Lond.  1881,  p.  364. 
Africa. 

b.  Tips  of  the  auxiliary    vein  and  first  longitudinal  veins 

considerably  remote.     Tarsi  brown  towards  the  base. 
australasice,  sp.n. 

B.  Posterior  branch  of    the  fourth  longitudinal   vein   simple. 

Three  posterior  cells. 
a.  Discal  cell  open.     Tarsi  fuscous. 

*  Based  upon  that  of  Dr.  Bergroth  (Ent.  Tidsk.,  1888,  p.  136). 


834:  DIPTERA    OF    AUSTRALIA, 

*  Abdomen  yellow,  brownish-black  at  apex.     Wings  fuscous 
at  apex. 

Trentepolilij  Wied.,  I.  p.  551.     Sumatra. 

**  Abdomen  entirely  fuscous-black.     Wings  with  the  apex 
and  a  middle  transverse  fascia  of  fuscous. 
exornata,  Bergr.  Ent.  Tidsk.,  1881,  p.  135.     Africa, 
b.  Discal  cell  closed.     Tarsi  white. 

albitarsis,  Dolesch.,  II.,  Bijdr.,  p.  15.     Java. 

347.  Trentepohlia  Australasia,  sp.n.  (PI.  xxii.,  fig.  17). 

(J. — Length  of  antennae —  inches    ...        — millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-250  x  0-055   ...     6-34  x  1-39 

Size  of  body 0-220  x  0-030  ...     5*58  x  0'76 

In  the  single  specimen  before  me  the  head  is  wanting,  and  the 
thorax  has  been  almost  entirely  destroyed  by  the  pin.  Thorax 
apparently  ochreous.  Hal  teres  ochreous.  Abdomen  umber-brown, 
the  first  two  or  three  segments  ochreous  beneath.  Legs  about 
35  mm.  in  length.  Coxae  ochreous.  Femora  and  tibiae  brown ; 
the  femora  white  at  apex  (about  1  mm.),  and  the  tibiae  very 
slightly  white  at  base  and  considerably  tipped  (about  3  mm.)  at 
apex.  Tarsi  yellowish,  the  basal  half  of  the  metatarsus  deepening 
into  brown.  Wings  sub-hyaline,  tinted  with  brownish  between 
the  auxiliary  and  first  longitudinal  veins  for  the  whole  of  their 
length  ;  beautiful  violaceous  and  cupreous  reflections ;  veins  dark 
brown.  Auxiliary  veins  reaching  costa  opposite  anterior  extremity 
of  marginal  cross-vein,  and  separated  a  distance  equal  to  the  length 
of  the  latter  from  tip  of  first  longitudinal  vein ;  sub-costal  cross-vein 
situated  some  distance  before  tip  of  auxiliary  vein,  and  opposite 
posterior  extremity  of  great  cross-vein  ;  first  longitudinal  vein 
extending  beyond  marginal  cross-vein  a  distance  equal  to  the 
length  of  latter ;  second  longitudinal  originating  at  J  the  length 
of  wing ;  prsefurca  a  little  longer  than  distance  between  origin  of 


BY    FREDERICK    A.  A.  SKUSE.  835 

third  longitudinal  vein  and  inner  end   of  discal  cell;  great  cross- 
vein  situated  a  little  before  inner  end  of  discal  cell. 

Hah. — Barron  River,  Northern  Queensland  (Froggatt).  A 
single  damaged  specimen. 

Genus  21.  Conosia,  v.d.  Wulp. 

Conosia,  v.d.  Wulp,  Tijds.  v.  Entom.  XXIII.,  p.  159,  pi.  x., 
figs.  5-7.,  1880;  O.-Sacken,  Studies,  IL,  p.  206,  1887. 

Two  sub-marginal  cells ;  five  posterior  cells ;  a  discal  cell ; 
auxiliary  vein  very  long  ;  sub-costal  cross-vein  situated  before  its 
tip  a  distance  about  equal  to  length  of  great  cross-vein  ;  marginal 
cross-vein  joining  the  first  sub-marginal  cell  near  its  inner  end  ; 
small  C7'0ss-vein  sititated  at  or  beyond  the  distal  end  of  the  discal 
cell.  Palpi  short,  one-jointed.  Antennae  12-jointed.  Tibiae 
without  spurs ;  empodia  distinct;  ungues  long,  smooth. 

The  palpi  clearly  consist  of  only  one  joint  (PI.  xxiv.,  fig.  60, 
mouth  parts)  though  Van  der  Wulp  states  that  there  are  four,  and 
figures  them.  Rostrum  extremely  short.  Antennae  short,  about 
one-third  longer  than  the  head  ;  first  joint  thick,  cylindrical, 
about  one-third  the  length  of  entire  antennae  ;  second  globose,  as 
wide  as  the  first ;  third  somewhat  narrower,  ovate ;  fourth  and 
following  joints  small;  the  fourth  globose,  the  rest  gradually 
becoming  more  elongate  until  the  terminal  one  is  almost  linear  and 
about  twice  the  length  of  the  next  preceding  joint ;  verticillate- 
pilose  (PI.  XXIV.,  fig.  61).  Van  der  Wulp  says  "antennae  14-arti- 
culatse,"  but  I  think  that  the  slender  terminal  joints  have  deceived 
him.  The  head  is  flattened,  somewhat  longer  than  broad ;  front 
broad,  with  an  impressed  line  on  each  side  ;  eyes  round.  Thorax 
gibbose,  rather  long,  strongly  projecting  over  the  hinder  portion  of 
the  head  ;  a  distinct  small  pit  on  each  side  behind  the  humeri ;  scu- 
tellum  rather  large,  almost  the  width  of  the  thorax  ;  metathorax 
somewhat  steep.    Abdomen  long,  slender,  cylindrical ;  male  forceps 


836  DIPTERA    OF    AUSTRALIA, 

Limnophila-\ike,  consisting  of  two  sub-cylindrical  basal  pieces, 
with  a  horny  claw-like  appendage  at  apex,  underneath  which  is  a 
soft,  somewhat  pointed  appendage  (PL  xxiv.,  fig.  62).  Legs  some- 
what stout ;  the  fore  femora  abruptly  attenuated  for  their  basal 
third.  Wings  shorter  than  the  abdomen,  tolerably  broad,  and  a 
little  dilated  about  the  middle  of  the  anterior  margin.  The  veins 
above  the  third  longitudinal  have  their  tips  slightly  arcuated 
anteriorly,  those  below  it  have  them  arcuated  posteriorly.  Between 
the  costa  and  auxiliary  veins,  beyond  the  origin  of  the  pra^furca, 
there  is  usually  a  variable  quantity  of  venous  reticulation,  appar- 
ently originating  in  the  costa,  and  sometimes  actually  forming 
distinct  cross- veins.  In  all  the  specimens  before  me  the  auxiliary 
vein  reaches  the  costa  beyond  the  marginal  cross-vein,  the  dis- 
tance being  somewhat  variable  ;  however,  according  to  Van  der 
Wulp's  figure,  the  auxiliary  vein  in  his  specimen  joins  the  costa 
some  distance  before  the  marginal  cross- vein. 

The  first  longitudinal  vein  ends  in  the  costa  near  the  posterior 
end  of  the  stigma,  and  opposite  a  point  a  little  beyond  the  distal 
end  of  the  discal  cell ;  according  to  Van  der  Wulp's  figure  it 
should  join  considerably  before  this,  and  opposite  the  origin  of  the 
third  longitudinal  vein.  The  marginal  cross-vein  is  very  oblique 
and  has  its  posterior  end  generally  opposite  the  tip  of  the  auxiliary 
vein  or  thereabouts.  The  pr^efurca  is  a  little  shorter  than  the 
first  sub-marginal  cell,  rather  straight,  but  a  little  arcuated  near 
its  origin.  The  first  sub-marginal  cell  commences  a  little  before 
the  second.  The  most  remarkable  character  in  the  venation  is 
that  the  small  cross-vein  is  situated  at  the  distal  end  of  the  discal 
cell,  a  position  it  is  unknown  to  occupy  in  the  wing  of  any  other 
member  of  the  family  ;  on  account  of  the  position  of  the  cross-vein 
the  first  posterior  cell  is  unusually  short ;  its  inner  end  is  more  or 
less  beyond  the  distal  end  of  the  discal  cell.  The  discal  cell  is  almost 
triangular,  a  little  angular  at  the  joining  of  the  great  cross-vein. 
The  great  cross-vein  is  situated  a  short  distance  beyond  the  inner 


BY    FREDERICK    A.  A.  SKUSE.  837 

end  of  the  discal  cell,  and  is  sometimes  somewhat  sinuous.     Seventh 
longitudinal  vein  bisinuated  towards  its  tip. 

348.  CoNOSiA  IRRORATA,  Wiedemann. 

Limnohia  irrorata,  Wied.,  Auss.  Zweifl.  I.,  p.  .574,  1828  ;  Lim 
nojyhila  Crux,  Doleschall,   Nat.   Tijds.    N.    Ind.    XIV.,    p.    388, 
pi.  IV.,  f.   3,    1856   (]) ;    Gonosia  irrorata,  v.  d.   Wulp,  Tijds.  v. 
Entora.  XXITL,  p.   161,  pi.  x.,  figs.  5-7,    1880;    Osten-Sacken, 
Studies  II.,  p.  206,  1887. 

(J. — Length  of  antennae 0*057  inch       ...       1*44  millimetres. 

Expanseof  wings 0-350  x  0-090  ...       8-89x2-27 

Size  of  body 0-500x0-042...     12-70x1-06 

9. — Length  of  antennae 0-060  inch       ...       1-54  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-420x0-100    ..      10-66x2-54 

Size  of  body 0-610  x  0'042  ...     15-49  x  1-06 

Greyish-ochreous,  dull ;  the  pubescence  on  the  thorax  and  abdo 
men  usually  centred  in  minute  brownish  dots.  Thorax  with  a 
more  or  less  distinct  brownish  line,  usually  uninterrupted  from 
coUare  to  posterior  border  of  metanotum,  Club  of  halteres  brownish. 
Abdomen  more  or  less  tinged  with  brownish,  particularly  the 
terminal  segments  ;  clothed  with  yellowish  hairs  ;  ^  forceps  con- 
colorous  with  rest  of  body  ;  ^  ovipositor  slightly  curved  upwards  ; 
upper  valves  shining  testaceous,  lower  ones  black.  Coxae  and 
femora  usually  pale  ochreous-yellow  ;  last  one  or  two  tarsal  joints 
brown.  Wings  irregularly  spotted  with  clouds  of  brown  in  the 
costal  (over  the  venous  reticulation)  and  marginal  cells  ',  a  rather 
prominent  pointed  streak  of  brown  directed  downwards  to  and 
enveloping  the  basal  portion  of  third  longitudinal  vein ;  also  origin 
of  praefurca,  basal  half  of  great  cross-vein  and  (often)  tip  of  seventh 
longitudinal  vein  clouded  with  brown ;  the    veins   ochreous,    all 


838  DIPTERA   OP   AUSTRALIA, 

numerously  spotted  with  brown  ;  stigma  brown,  rather  paler  than 
the  markings. 

Hah. — Sydney  and  other  localities  in  N.S.W.,  May  to  October. 
(Masters  and  Skuse) ;  Brisbane,  Queensland,  (Mr.  H.  Tryon) ; 
usually  found  among  grass. 

Ohs. — Two  specimens  in  the  Macleay  collection  labelled  Nepaul 
and  Fiji  respectively,  do  not  seem  to  exhibit  any  characters  which 
would  lead  one  to  separate  them  from  this  species.  The  same 
remarkable  species  it  appears  also  occurs  in  Borneo,  Ceylon,  China 
and  the  Arabian  Desert. 

Section  IV.     Limnophilina. 

"Two  sub-marginal  cells  ;  usually  five,  seldom  four  posterior 
cells  j  discal  cell  generally  present ;  sub-costal  cross-vein  posterior 
to  the  origin  of  the  second  longitudinal  vein,  usually  closely 
approximated  to  the  tip  of  the  auxiliary  vein  (considerably  distant 
from  it  in  Trichocera  only).  Eyes  glabrous  (pubescent  in  Tricho- 
cera).  Normal  number  of  antennal  joints  sixteen.  Tibise  with 
spurs  at  the  tip  ;  empodia  distinct ;  ungues  smooth."  (Osten- 
Sacken). 

The  Section  Limnophilina  includes  about  a  dozen  recognized 
genera.  The  genera  Gynojylistia  and  Gerozodia,  peculiar  to  the 
Australian  region,  possess  remarkable  characters  and  are  closely 
allied ;  the  former  seems  numerous,  but  only  two  species  of 
Cerozodia  have  been  described.  Ctedonia,  Phil.,  from  Chili,  to 
which  Gynoplistia  fusca^  Jaen.,  is  referred,  is,  according  to 
Baron  Osten-Sacken,  closely  allied  to  Gerozodia.  Except  Limno- 
phila,  the  other  genera  contain  but  few  known  species. 

Genus  22.  Limnophila,  Macquart. 

Limnophila^  Macq.,  S.  a  B.  Dipt.  I.  p.  95,  1834  ;  Limnomya^ 
Rondani,  Prod,  etc.,  IV.  Corrigenda,  1861  ;  Limnophila,  0-Sacken, 
Mon.  Dipt.  N.  Amer.  IV.  pp.  196-202,  pi.  2,  f.  6-10  (wings) ; 
pi.  4,  f.  23-27  (genitalia),  1869;  Studies,  II.  p.  209,  1887. 


BY    FREDERICK    A.  A.  SKUSE.  839 

"  Two  sub-aiarginal  cells ;  usually  five,  seldom  four  posterior 
cells ;  discal  cell  closed ;  sub-costal  cross-vein  posterior  to  the 
origin  of  the  second  longitudinal  vein,  usually  closely  approximated 
to  the  tip  of  the  auxiliary  vein.  Wings  glabrous.  Eyes  glabrous. 
Antennse  16-jointed.  Tibioi  with  spurs  at  the  tip;  empodia 
distinct  ;  ungues  smooth."     (Osten-Sacken.) 

The  genus  is  of  universal  distribution  ;  its  numerous  species  are 
remarkable  for  their  discordant  characters,  some  of  which  at  first 
sight  seem  of  too  much  importance  to  be  merely  specific,  being  in 
many  cases  common  to  a  natural  group  of  two,  three,  or  more 
species,  yet  doubtfully  of  generic  value  ;  the  entire  assemblage  of 
groups  and  isolated  species  being  bound  together  by  a  tie  which 
renders  dismemberment  difiicult  and  unsatisfactory.  Though  the 
species  are  classified  under  two  sections, — those  with  four,  and 
those  with  five  posterior  cells  to  the  wings, — this  division  is  clearly 
far  less  natural  than  it  is  convenient ;  for  some  species  in  one 
section  are  found  to  be  certainly  more  related  to  those  in  the  other 
than  they  are  to  the  species  with  which  they  are  associated.  It 
also  seems  impossible  to  attach  more  than  specific  importance  to 
the  length  of  the  antennae,  which  varies  tremendously  even  in 
closely  allied  species.  Baron  Osten-Sacken  considers  that  "  the 
most  reliable  characters  to  guide  us  are  those  taken  from  the 
structure  of  the  male  forceps  ;  but  in  order  to  be  available,  they 
must  be  supported  by  characters  supplied  by  other  parts  of  the 
organization."  Working  on  this  rule,  he  found  it  only  possible  to 
provisionally  admit  a  few  sub-generic  divisions  which  await  better 
definition,  and  to  point  out  some  groups  of  species  which  appear 
allied. 

One  species  now  described,  L.  aureola,  approaches,  but  does  not 
entirely  correspond  with,  Baron  Osten-Sacken's  L.  recondita  and 
imhecilla  group ;  and  another,  L.  rostrifera  clearly  belongs  to  his 
L.  luteipennis  group  ;  all  the  other  species  appear  only  to  add  to 
the  perplexity  of  forms  already  known,  though  a  few  certainly 
couple  together  in  groups.  We  must  await  further  discoveries 
before  this  genus  can  be  understood,  or  a  satisfactory  classification 
54 


840  DIPTERA    OF    AUSTRALIA, 

of  the  species  effected.     Some  species  ranst  be  left  in  abeyance  on 
account  of  the  male  sex  being  at  present  unknown. 


I.  Five  posterior  cells. 

319.    LiMNOPHILA    LEUCOPH^ATA,  sp.n.       (PL  XXIL,  fig.   18). 

^. — Length  of  antennae  0*120  inch       ...      3-04  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-400  x  0-090   ...   10-16x2-27 

Size  of  body 0-440x0-050   ...   lM7xl-27 


Head  brown,  with  a  yellowish-grey  bloom ;  front  with  a  slightly 
darker  median  line ;  rostrum  and  palpi  dark  brown  or  blackish ; 
antennae  brown,  the  two  basal  joints  more  or  less  ochreous  ; 
flagellar  joints  sub-cylindrical,  slender,  the  first  five  or  six 
becoming  larger  beneath  at  the  apex ;  with  short  bristly 
verticils.  Thorax  brown,  opaque,  pruinose  with  greyish,  with 
three  more  or  less  distinct  narrow  stripes  ;  intermediate  one 
terminating  midway  between  collare  and  suture,  and  lateral  ones 
reaching  the  suture ;  an  almost  crescent-shaped  marking  behind 
the  humeral  pits,  stretching  from  below  extremity  of  lateral 
stripes  almost  to  suture;  pleur?e  with  a  pale  greenish-ochreous, 
ochreous,  or  even  sordid*  testaceous  stripe  from  collare  to  scu- 
tellum  (nicluding  origin  of  the  wings),  followed  by  a  deep  brown 
or  black  stripe  which  terminates  at  metanotum  ;  the  remainder 
brown  or  brownish ;  scutellum  more  or  less  tinged  with  yellowish 
or  testaceous.  Halteres  infuscated,  the  base  of  stem  ochreous. 
Abdomen  deep  brown,  levigate  ;  ovipositor  long,  slightly  curved, 
the  valves  tinged  with  testaceous.  Coxae  whitish  to  reddish- 
ochreous.  Femora  sordid  or  greyish-yellow,  deepening  into  black 
before  the  tip,  the  tip  white  ;  tibiae  black  or  deep  brown,  with  a 
moderately  broad  ring  of  white  at  base,  and  slightly  tipped  with 
white ;  tarsi  white,  except  that  in  the  fore  legs  the  metatarsal 
joint  is  brown  (just  beyond  the  base)  for  half  its  length.  Wings 
tinged  with  pale  brownish  for  three-fourths  of  their  length,  the 
anterior  margin  brown  to  stigma,  and  the  veins  at  apex  with 


BY    FREDERICK    A.  A.  SKUSE.  841 

several  small  brown  clouds  ;  the  clear  spaces  in  the  wings  almost 
whitish ;  a  squarish  space  a  little  before  origin  of  prsefurca, 
followed  by  another  of  uncertain  shape  about  middle  of  prsefurca ; 
the  fourth  and  fifth  longitudinal  veins  are  more  or  less  distinctly 
clouded  at  intervals  with  brown  or  brownish  ;  a  rather  prominent 
brown  spot  at  tip  of  anterior  branch  of  second  longitudinal  vein  ; 
veins  and  stigma  brown.  Auxiliary  vein  reaching  costa  oppo- 
site the  middle  of  petiole  of  first  sub-marginal  cell  ;  the  sub-costal 
cross- vein  opposite  inner  end  of  second  sub-marginal  cell ;  sub- 
costal cell  a  little  expanded  just  before  the  tip  of  first  longitudinal 
vein  ;  prtefurca  moderately  long,  straight  except  at  the  base ; 
petiole  of  first  sub-marginal  cell  usually  about  one-third  the  length 
of  the  praefurca ;  marginal  cross-vein  a  little  nearer  inner  end  of 
first  sub-marginal  cell  than  to  tip  of  first  longitudinal  vein ; 
branches  of  second  longitudinal,  particularly  the  posterior  one, 
arcuated  ;  second  sub-marginal  cell  longer  than  the  first  posterior 
cell  by  a  distance  equal  to  length  of  great  cross- vein ;  second 
posterior  cell  about  half  the  length  of  the  first  posterior  cell; 
great  cross-vein  at  inner  end  of  discal  cell ;  tips  of  fork  of  pos- 
terior branch  of  fourth  longitudinal  considerably,  and  tips  of  fifth 
and  sixth  longitudinal  vein  slightly  arcuated  ;  seventh  longitu- 
dinal vein  conspicuously  sinuated. 

Hab. — Neutral  Bay  and  Middle  Harbour,  near  Sydney  (Skuse). 
On  wet  rocks  near  waterfalls  in  May  and  November. 

350.    LiMNOPHILA    OBSCURIPENNIS,   Sp.n.       (PI.    XXIL,  fig.   19). 

(J. — Length  of  antennae 0-080  inch       ...     2-02  millimetres. 


Expanse  of  wings  0-340  x  0-075 

Sizeof  body 0-260x0-040 

9. — Length  of  antennae 0-080  inch 

Expanse  of  wings 0-340x0-075 

Sizeof  body 0-320x0-040 


8-62x1-89 
6-62x1-01 

2-02  millimetres. 

8-62x1-89 

8-12x1-01 


842  DIPTERA    OF   AUSTRALIA, 

Head  brown,  with  a  yellowish -grey  bloom  ;  rostrum,  palpi  and 
antennae  dark  brown  ;  first  flagellar  and  apex  of  second  basal  joint 
usually  ochreous-yellow ;  flagellar  joints  becoming  very  slender 
and  cylindrical  towards  tip,  the  first  flagellar  joints  elliptical ; 
short  bristly  verticils.  Thorax  brown,  with  fourpale^  ochreous  or 
greyish,  narrow  stripes  ;  two  intermediate  ones  stopping  just  before 
the  suture  ;  the  lateral  ones  extending  opposite  the  origin  of  the 
wings.  Halteres  brown.  Abdomen  brown  ;  ^  forceps  brown,  of 
ordinary  structure  ;  9  ovipositor  long,  a  little  curved,  testaceous  or 
ochreous.  Legs  light  ochreous,  densely  clothed  with  tolerably  long 
hairs  ;  tibiae  and  tarsi  brownish  at  the  tips.  Wings  almost  com- 
pletely tinged  with  brownish ;  the  extreme  apex  clear  whitish, 
usually  from  tip  of  anterior  branch  of  second  longitudinal  to  tip 
of  anterior  branch  of  fourth  longitudinal  vein  ;  also  usually  a  small 
whitish  clear  space  at  each  end  of  stigma;  stigma  and  veins  brown. 
Auxiliary  vein  reaching  costa  about  opposite  inner  end  of  second 
sub-marginal  cell ;  sub-costal  cross-vein  a  short  distance  before  its 
tip  ;  sub-costal  cell  a  little  expanded  just  before  tip  of  first  longi- 
tudinal vein  ;  prsefurca  moderately  long,  almost  straight  (quite 
straight  and  originating  at  a  very  acute  angle  in  some  specimens) ; 
petiole  of  first  sub-marginal  cell  as  long  or  longer  than  great 
cross- vein  ;  marginal  cross- vein  pale,  situated  mid- way  between 
inner  end  of  first  sub-marginal  cell  and  tip  of  first  longitudinal 
vein  ;  branches  of  second  longitudinal,  especially  the  posterior, 
arcuated ;  second  sub-marginal  cell  slightly  shorter  than  first 
posterior  cell ;  second  posterior  cell  short,  less  than  half  the  length 
of  first  posterior ;  discal  cell  rather  elongate,  its  inner  end  situated 
before  that  of  the  first  posterior  cell  a  distance  nearly  equal  to 
length  of  great  cross- vein ;  inner  end  of  fourth  posterior  cell 
before  that  of  third  posterior  a  distance  about  equal  to  length  of 
great  cross- vein  ;  great  cross-vein  beyond  inner  end  of  discal  cell ; 
seventh  longitudinal  vein  sinuated. 

Hab. — Sydney,  Berrowa  and  Knapsack  Gully,  Blue  Mountains, 
N.S.W.  (Skuse).     April  and  August. 


BY   FREDERICK    A.  A.  SKUSE.  843 

351.    LiMNOPHILA    DISPOSITA,  Sp.ll. 

9.  —  Length  of  antennae C045  inch       ...     1-13  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0290  x  0080     ..     7-35  x  2-02 

Size  of  body 0-280  x  0-040  ...     7-10x1-01 

Head  and  antennae  ochreous-brown  ;  rostrum  and  palpi  dark 
brown.  Thorax  ochreous-brown,  dull,  infuscated  anteriorly,  with 
indistinct  traces  of  longitudinal  stripes  ;  pleurae  and  metanotum 
pruinose  with  yellowish.  Hal  teres  yellow.  Abdomen  ochreous- 
brown,  somewhat  darker  than  thorax,  a  little  shining,  clothed 
with  short  yellow  hairs  ;  ovipositor  tolerably  long,  slightly  curved, 
tinged  with  testaceous.  Legs  yellowish -tawny  or  ochreous ; 
femora  with  a  brown  ring  just  before  tip ;  tibiae  and  first  three 
tarsal  joints  infuscated  at  tip  ;  last  two  tarsal  joints  entirely 
infuscated.  Wings  pellucid,  with  a  yellowish  or  pale  brownish 
tint ;  veins  brown ;  stigma  hardly  perceptible.  Auxiliary  vein 
reaching  costa  opposite  or  short  distance  beyond  inner  end  of 
second  sub-marginal  cell  ;  sub-costal  cross-vein  situated  before 
tip  a  distance  about  equal  to  length  of  great  cross- vein ;  praefurca 
short,  considerably  arcuated  at  base  ;  petiole  of  first  sub-marginal 
cell  about  half  the  length  of  praefurca  ;  marginal  cross-vein  about 
midway  between  inner  end  of  first  sub-marginal  cell  and  tip  of 
first  longitudinal  vein ;  branches  of  second  longitudinal  vein 
divergent  but  little  arcuated  ;  inner  ends  of  second  sub-marginal, 
first  posterior  and  discal  cells  in  one  line ;  second  posterior  cell 
very  small,  not  half  the  length  of  the  third  posterior ;  discal  cell 
oblong  ;  great  cross-vein  situated  about  the  middle  of  its  length ; 
seventh  longitudinal  vein  curved  at  its  tip. 

Hah. — Sydney  (Masters  and  Skuse).  Two  specimens  during 
September. 

352.    LiMNOPHILA   AUREOLA,  sp.n.  (PI.  XXII.  fig.  20). 

(J. — Length  of  antennae 0*055  inch       ...     1-39  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-180x0-057...     4*56x1-44 

Size  of  body 0-120x0-030  ...     3-04  x  0-76 


844  DIPTERA    OF    AUSTRALIA, 

Q. — Length  of  antennae 0 '05 5  inch        ...      1*39  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0*240  x  0-065  ...     6-09  x  1-66 

Size  of  body 0-130  x  0-030  ...     3-30x0-76 

Head,  including  rostrum,  palpi,  and  antennse  light  fulvous-yellow 
to  brownish  ;  flagellar  joints  slender,  cylindrical,  with  spare  bristly 
verticils.  Thorax  pale  fulvous,  somewhat  shining,  with  two  longi- 
tudinal rows  of  yellow  hairs.  Halteres  yellow.  Abdomen  brown 
or  brownish,  more  or  less  tinged  with  ochreousor  fulvous  ;  clothed 
with  yellow  hairs ;  ^  forceps  of  ordinary  type,  concolorous  with 
rest  of  body  ;  ^  ovipositor  nearly  straight,  ochre-yellow.  Legs 
yellow,  densely  clothed  with  tolerably  long  yellow  hairs  ;  tibial 
spurs  small.  Wings  pellucid,  with  a  faint  yellowish  tint ;  veins 
yellowish  ;  stigma  indistinct ;  the  origin  of  the  prsefurca  with  a 
small,  but  distinct,  brownish  cloud  ;  cross- veins  and  tips  of  all  the 
veins  just  perceptibly  clouded.  Auxiliary  vein  shorter  than  usual, 
reaching  costa  beyond  origin  of  second  longitudinal  vein  a  distance 
equal  to  about  length  of  great  cross- vein ;  sub-costal  cross- vein  a 
little  beyond  origin  of  the  latter ;  prsefurca  moderately  lono-, 
angularly  bent  at  its  origin,  with  a  short  stump  of  a  vein,  the  rest 
straight  ;  petiole  of  first  sub-marginal  cell  somewhat  more  than 
one- third  the  length  of  prsefurca  ;  marginal  cross-vein  situated  at 
inner  end  of  first  sub-marginal  cell,  and  only  a  little  before  tip  of 
first  longitudinal  vein  ;  second  sub-marginal  cell  somewhat  longer 
than  first  posterior  ;  inner  end  of  latter  in  line  with  that  of  discal 
cell ;  second  posterior  cell  short,  less  than  half  the  length  of  third 
posterior ;  discal  cell  oblong ;  great  cross- vein  situated  at  the 
middle  of  its  length  ;  seventh  longitudinal  vein  a  little  curved  at 
its  tip. 

Hab. — Lawson,  Blue  Mountains  (Masters).  Two  specimens  in 
January. 

Ql)S. — This  species  seems  to  approach  the  L.  recondita  and  L. 
imhecilla  group  of  Baron  Osten-Sacken  ;  but  the  auxiliary  vein  is 
shorter  and  the  base  of  the  second  longitudinal  differs  in  being 
strongly  angulated. 


BY    FREDERICK    A.  A.  SKUSE.  845 

353.    LlMNOPHILA    OCELLATA,  Sp.n.   (PI.  XXII.   fig.   21). 

(J. — Length  of  antemuie 0.040  incli        ...      1-01  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-210x0  047  ...     5-33  x  M8 

Size  of  body 0-150  x  0-020  ...     3-81  x  0-50 

9. — Length  of  antennae 0*040  inch        ...      1-01  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-250  x  0'060  ...     6-34  x  1-54 

Size  of  body 0-210  x  0-030  ...     5-33  x  0-76 

Head  brown,  with  a  yellowish-grey  or  brownish  bloom  ;  rostrum 
ochreous-brown  or  brownish  ;  palpi  and  antennae  black  ;  flagellar 
joints  cylindrical,  the  first  two  or  three  more  elliptical.  Thorax 
covered  with  a  yellowish-grey  or  brown  bloom,  with  three  brown 
stripes ;  intermediate  stripe  extending  from  collare  to  suture, 
marked  with  two  small  approximate  shining  dots  at  one  third  of 
its  length  from  anterior  extremity  ;  lateral  stripes  short  ;  humeral 
pits  prominent,  in  a  line  with  intermediate  dots  ;  pleurae,  scutellum 
and  metathorax  with  a  greyish  bloom.  Halteres  pale  yellow. 
Abdomen  dark  brown  or  blackish  ;  ^  forceps  dull  ochreous  or 
pale  greyish-brown,  the  terminal  appendages  black,  single,  trun- 
cate, with  a  minute  hook  at  the  outer  angle  ;  9  ovipositor  long, 
slender,  very  little  curved,  tinged  with  ochreous  towards  extremity. 
Coxae  greyish-ochreous.  Remaining  joints  brown  to  black.  Wings 
with  a  slightly  greyish  tint,  marked  with  brownish  (more  inky 
when  fresh),  chiefly  coalescent  ocellate,  spots;  an  incomplete  ocellus 
has  the  origin  of  prsefurca  for  its  centre,  and  is  coalescent  with 
another  more  or  less  complete  ocellus  reaching  to  the  posterior 
margin;  others  are  more  or  less  distinct,  centred  round  the  cross- 
veins,  and  generally  coalescent;  an  ocellus  at  distal  end  of  discal  cell 
often  distinct  and  very  perfect ;  leaving  two  sub-hyaline  trans- 
verse bands,  the  first  opposite  middle,  the  second  opposite  tip,  of 
auxiliary  vein.  Auxiliary  vein  rather  short,  reaching  costa  opposite 
middle  of  praefurca  ;  sub-costal  cross-vein  situate  beyond  origin  of 
praefurca  a  distance  equal  to  length  of  great  cross-vein ;  praefurca 


846  DIPTERA    OP    AUSTRALIA, 

Lent  at  an  obtuse  angle  near  its  base,  sometimes  with  a  short 
stumj^  of  a  vein,  the  rest  straight,  twice  (or  more)  the  length  of 
petiole  of  first  sub-marginal  cell  ;  marginal  cross-vein  usually 
indistinguishable,  situated  at  or  before  inner  end  of  first  sub-mar- 
ginal cell,  and  a  little  before  tip  of  first  longitudinal  vein  ;  inner 
ends  of  second  sub-marginal  and  first  posterior  cells  in  one  line  ; 
small  cross-vein  arcuated  ;  second  posterior  cell  usually  less  than 
half  the  length  of  the  third  posterior  ;  discal  cell  elongate,  as  long 
or  longer  than  third  posterior  cell  ;  great  cross- vein  situated  beyond 
its  inner  end  ;  seventh  longitudinal  a  little  arcuated  at  its  tip. 

Hah. — Sydney  and  Berowra,  N.S.  W.  (Skuse).  April  and  June  ; 
also  taken  in  cojndd  during  September. 

Obs. — Ten  specimens  for  comparison.  The  second  posterior 
cell  varies  in  size,  even  in  the  wings  of  a  single  specimen ;  it  is 
entirely  absent  in  one  wing  of  a  female  specimen  before  me.  The 
position  of  the  dots  on  the  intermediate  thoracic  stripe  differs  from 
that  of  L.  Iutei2?en7iis,  contempta  and  inornata,  O.-Sack.,  where 
they  are  situated  at  the  anterior  extremity,  close  to  the  collare. 

354.    LiMNOPHILA    ROSTRIFERA,  Sp.n. 

9. — Length  of  antennae 0-085  inch        ...      2-14  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-410  x  0-090   ...   10-4lx2-27 

Sizeof  body 0-460x0-050   ...    11-67x1-27 

Head  narrowed  posteriorly,  greyish-brown  ;  collare  prolonged, 
greyish-brown  ;  rostrum  the  length  of  the  head,  greyish-brown  ; 
palpi  dark  brown;  antennae  brown,  the  first  joint  of  scapus 
greyish-brown  ;  flagellar  joints  fusiform.  Thorax  with  a  greyish 
bloom,  opaque,  with  three  broad  brown  stripes  ;  intermediate  stripe 
apparently  double,  with  two  small  shining  black  dots  at  its 
anterior  extremity  ;  lateral  ones  extending  beyond  the  suture, 
more  or  less  coalescent  with  base  of  intermediate  stripe ;  humeral 
pits  prominent ;  pleurae  and  metathorax  more  or  less  hoary. 
Halteres  ochreous,  with  infuscated  club.  Abdomen  brown, 
superior    segments    bordered      laterally     and     posteriorly    with 


BY    FREDERICK    A.  A.  SKUSE.  847 

ochreoiis ;  venter  ochreous,  or  ochreous-brown  ;  ovipositor  long, 
slender,  slightly  curved,  ochreous  or  testaceous.  Coxse  ochreous 
or  brownish-oclireous,  somewhat  hoary.  Femora  testaceous, 
darkening  into  brown  at  the  tips ;  tibiae  and  tarsi  brown. 
Wings  pellucid,  with  a  very  slight  brownish  tint ;  the  costal  (ex- 
cept at  base)  and  sub-costal  cells,  origin  of  prsefurca,  inner  ends 
sub-marginal  and  all  the  posterior  cells  clouded  with  brown ;  also 
margins  round  apex  of  wing  clouded  with  brown  ;  stigma  elongate, 
brown  ;  veins  brown.  Auxiliary  vein  reaching  first  longitudinal 
vein  opposite  or  somewhat  before  inner  end  of  second  sub-marginal 
cell,  connected  near  the  tip  by  cross-vein  to  costa  ;  prsef  urea  of 
moderate  length,  arcuated  at  base  ;  petiole  of  first  sub-marginal 
cell  equal  in  length  to  posterior  branch  of  second  longitudinal 
vein  ;  the  latter  arcuated  at  its  base,  the  remainder  a  little  bent ; 
marginal  cross-vein  situated  beyond  the  middle  of  petiole  of  first 
sub-marginal  cell,  and  a  distance  equal  to  its  length  from  tip  of 
first  longitudinal  vein ;  inner  end  of  second  sub-marginal  cell 
rounded,  situated  a  little  before  that  of  first  posterior  cell ;  small 
cross- vein  a  little  arcuated,  in  line  with  inner  end  of  discal  cell  ; 
the  latter  at  least  as  long  as  third  posterior  cell ;  second  posterior 
cell  less  than  half  the  length  of  third  posterior  ;  great  cross- vein 
situated  a  short  distance  beyond  inner  end  of  discal  cell  ',  seventh 
longitudinal  vein  arcuated  at  its  tip. 

Hah. — Sydney  1  (Masters).     Three  specimens. 

Ohs. — This  species  approaches  O.-Sacken's  L.  luteiiyennis  group 
by  the  structure  of  the  head,  prolongation  of  collare,  double  dots 
on  anterior  extremity  of  intermediate  thoracic  stripe,  &c.,  but  the 
second  sub-marginal  cell  is  shorter,  the  posterior  branch  of  the 
second  longitudinal  vein  is  only  a  little  arcuated,  and  the  rostrum 
is  as  long  as  the  head. 

355.   LiMNOPHILA   IMITATRIX,  sp.n.  (PI.  XXII.  fig.   22). 

$. — Length  of  antennae 0-060  inch        ...      1-54  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-380  x  0*080  ...     9-64  x  2-02 

Size  of  body 0-350x0-040  ...     8-87x1-01 


848  DIPTERA    OF    AUSTRALIA, 

Q, Length  of  antennae 0*060  inch       ...     1-54  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-410  x  0-090  ...     10-41  x  2-27 

Size  of  body 0-400  x  0-040  ...     10-16  x  I'Ol 

Head  with  a  grey  or  yellowish-grey  bloom  ;  rostrum,  palpi  and 
antennae  black  or  dark  brown  ;  flagellar  joints  elliptical  with  very 
short  verticils.  Thorax  covered  with  a  grey  or  yellowish-grey 
bloom,  traversed  by  three  brown  stripes ;  intermediate  stripe 
terminating  immediately  before  the  suture  ;  lateral  ones  shorter, 
narrow,  reaching  beyond  suture ;  humeral  pits  black,  shining ; 
pleurse,  scutellum  and  metathorax  blackish-brown  with  a  greyish 
bloom.  Halteres  fulvous-yellow.  Abdomen  uniformly  blackish - 
brown,  clothed  with  short  light  hairs  ;  ^  forceps  of  ordinary  type, 
concolorous  with  abdomen ;  9  ovipositor  long,  almost  straight, 
reddish-brown.  Coxse  and  base  of  femora  fulvous  ;  remainder  of 
joints  usually  uniformly  dusky  or  blackish-brown,  sometimes  darker 
at  the  tips.  Wings  pellucid  with  a  very  pale  brown  tint,  yellowish 
at  the  base  ;  costal  cell  and  inner  ends  of  sub-marginal,  discal  and 
posterior  cells,  origin  of  prgefurca,  great-cross  vein  and  tips  of  all 
the  veins  more  or  less  distinctly  clouded  with  brownish  ;  veins 
dark  brown  ;  stigma  pale.  Auxiliary  vein  reaching  first  longitu. 
dinal  vein  opposite  inner  end  of  first  sub-marginal  cell,  connected 
a  short  distance  from  its  tip  by  a  cross-vein  to  costa  ;  prsefurca 
moderately  long,  arcuated  at  base  or  angulated  (sometimes  with  a 
short  stump  of  a  vein),  otherwise  straight ;  petiole  of  first  sub- 
marginal  cell  very  short,  only  about  length  of  marginal  cross- vein  ; 
inner  end  of  first  sub-marginal  cell  somewhat  rounded  ;  marginal 
cross-vein  very  pale  and  difiicult  to  distinguish,  cutting  the  middle 
of  stigma,  and  situated  scarcely  nearer  to  tip  of  first  longitudinal 
vein  than  to  inner  end  of  first  sub-marginal  cell ;  inner  end  of 
second  sub-marginal  cell  rectangular  ;  first  posterior  cell  as  long 
or  very  slightly  longer  than  second  sub-marginal  ;  small  cross- 
vein  curved  ;  discal  cell  usually  a  little  wider  at  its  distal  end,  its 
inuer  end  somewhat  before  that  of  first  posterior  cell ;  second 
posterior   cell    half  the    length    of    third ;    great    cross- vein    at 


BY    FREDERICK    A.  A.  SKUSE.  849 

middle  of  discal  cell ;  seventh  longitudinal  vein  a  little  arcuated 
at  the  tip. 

Hab.— Mount  Kosciusko,  N.S.W.,  5-6000  ft.  (Helms).  March; 
nine  specimens  in  Coll.  Australian  Museum. 

Ohs. — Very  like  L.  rostrifera  in  size,  colour  of  legs,  and  vein- 
cloudings  but  in  all  other  respects  a  very  different  insect. 

356.    LiMNOPHILA    ANTIQUA,   Sp.n.       (PI.   XXII.,  fig.  23). 

^.—Length  of  antennae 0-140  inch        ...      3-55  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-380  x  0-090  ...     9-64x2-27 

Size  of  body 0-320x0-040  ...     8-12x1-01 

9.— Length  of  antenna? 0-130  inch        ...      3-30  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-400x0*090  ...     10-16x2-27 

Sizeofbody 0-380x0040    .       9-64x1-01 

Head  more  or  less  slaty-grey,  tinged  with  ochreous  ;  rostrum 
and  palpi  black  ;  antennae  ochreous,  the  two  basal  joints  sometimes 
brown  or  brownish  (in  one  specimen  blackish)  ;  flagellar  joints 
long,  cylindrical,  ringed  with  brown  at  the  base,  densely  and 
uniformly  covered  with  short  hairs  interspersed  with  some 
longish  bristles.  Thorax  very  gibbose,  projecting  over  the  head, 
ochreous  or  greyish-ochreous  (sometimes  light  brownish),  opaque, 
with  a  prominent  brown  band  round  mesonotum,  across  pleurae,  to 
base  of  abdomen  ;  two  longitudinal  rows  of  brown  hairs  ;  pro- 
sternum  with  a  narrow  longitudinal  brown  stripe  ;  metanotum 
long.  Hal  teres  very  long  and  slender,  ochreous,  the  club  more  or 
less  infuscated.  Abdomen  ochreous-brown  or  brownish  ;  $  forceps 
brown  or  brownish,  terminating  with  two  beak-like  movable 
appendages,  densely  covered  with  minute  hairs,  the  outer  one 
slightly  hooked  at  the  tip  (pi.  xxiv.,  fig.  63)  ;  9  ovipositor  slightly 
curved,  tinged  with  reddish-brown.  Legs  yellow,  or  brownish- 
yellow.  Wings  with  a  pale  brownish  tint,  entirely  covered  with 
numerous   brownish    dots    or    small    spots    in    all  the   cells;   a 


850  DIPTERA    OF    AUSTRALIA, 

somewhat,  though  not  conspicuously,  lai-ger  spot  at  the  tip  of  most 
of  the  veins  and  at  origin  of  prsef  urea  ;  and  a  still  larger,  pro- 
minent, more  or  less  wedge-shaped  marking,  based  on  the  costa  at 
tip  of  auxiliary  vein  and  terminating  at  small  cross-vein ;  veins 
brown  or  brownish  ;  stigma  elongate,  pale.  Auxiliary  vein  joining 
costa  or  first  longitudinal*  vein  a  short  distance  beyond  inner  end 
of  first  sub-marginal  cell ;  sub-costal  cross-vein  near  its  tip ; 
prsefurca  moderately  long,  arcuated,  or  even  angulated,  at  its 
origin ;  petiole  of  first  sub-marginal  cell  short,  about  equal  in 
length  to  great  cross- vein  ;  branches  of  second  longitudinal  vein 
and  the  third  longitudinal  arcuated  downwards ;  second  sub- 
marginal  and  first  posterior  cells  equal  in  length ;  small  cross- 
vein  somewhat  arcuated ;  marginal  cross-vein  usually  pale,  situated 
a  short  distance  from  tip  of  first  longitudinal  vein  ;  second  posterior 
cell  about  two- thirds  the  length  of  third  posterior  ;  discal  cell  some- 
what wider  at  its  distal  end,  not  long,  its  inner  end  situated  a  little 
before  that  of  first  posterior  cell ;  great  cross-vein  at  the  middle 
or  nearer  the  distal  end  ;  all  the  veins  terminating  on  posterior 
margin  slightly  arcuated  at  the  tip;  seventh  longitudinal  vein 
distinctly  arcuated  at  its  tip. 

Hah. — Sydney  and  Blue  Mountains,  N.S.W.  (Masters  and 
Skuse).     Six  specimens.     October. 

Ohs. — This  and  the  following  species,  L.  interventa^  are  closely 
allied,  and  I  have  also  a  damaged  specimen  of  another  undescribed 
species  with  marbled  wings  which  is  nearly  related.  L.  antiqua 
and  interventa  agree  in  the  structure  and  markings  of  the  antennae, 
head  and  thorax,  etc.,  differing  principally  in  the  venation  and 
markings  of  the  wings.     In  L.  interventa  the  veins  only  are  spotted. 

357.    LiMNOPHILA    INTERVENTA,  Sp.n.       (PI.  XXII.,  fig.  24). 

9- — Length  of  antennae.......  0*140  inch       ...     3*55  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-450  x  0-095 ...     11-42  x  2'39 

Size  of  body 0-400  x  0-040...     10-16  x  1-01 

*  It  is  impossible  to  decide  which  is  the  tip  of  the  auxiliary  vein  and 
which  the  sub-costal  cross-vein. 


BY    FREDERICK    A.   A.  SKUSE.  851 

Structure  and  colouring  of  antennae,  thorax,  and  balteres 
entirely  resembling  L.  antiqua ;  except  that  the  thoracic  brown 
band  is  obliterate  on  the  mesonotum  ;  and  the  abdomen  ochreous, 
mottled  with  brownish.  Wings  pellucid,  with  a  very  pale  brownish 
or  yellowish  tint ;  veins  brownish,  the  costal,  auxiliary  and  first 
longitudinal  veins  ochreous  ;  the  bases  and  ti[)s  of  all  veins,  eacli 
end  of  the  cross- veins,  and  inner  ends  of  cells,  with  a  very  small 
brownish  spot,  imparting  an  indistinctly  spotted  appearance  to 
the  wings ;  praef urea  clouded  for  a  short  distance  at  its  origin  ; 
veins  and  stigma  pale.  Auxiliary  vein  reaching  costa  some 
distance  beyond  the  inner  end  of  first  sub-marginal  cell;  sub- 
costal cross-vein  situated  near  its  tip ;  praefurca  rather 
shorter  than  in  L.  antiqua  (consequently  the  cells  at  apex 
of  wing  longer)  obtusely  angulated  at  its  origin ;  petiole  of 
first  sub-marginal  cell  half  the  length  of  prsefurca  ;  branches  of 
second  longitudinal  vein  and  the  third  longitudinal  vein  arcuated 
and  running  parallel  as  in  L.  aiitiqua  ;  marginal  cross- vein  distinct, 
situated  considerably  before  the  tip  of  first  longitudinal  vein  ; 
inner  end  of  second  sub-marginal  cell  a  short  distance  before  that 
of  first  posterior  cell  and  opposite  that  of  discal  cell ;  small  cross- 
vein  short,  straight ;  second  posterior  cell  about  two-thirds  the 
length  of  third  posterior  cell ;  discal  cell  elongate,  twice  the 
length  of  that  of  L.  antiqua,  the  cross-vein  closing  its  distal  end 
being  almost  opposite  the  tip  of  fifth  longitudinal  vein ;  inner  end 
of  third  posterior  cell  nearly  opposite  the  middle  of  discal  cell ; 
great  cross-vein  opposite  middle  of  discal  cell ;  all  the  veins  ter- 
minating in  posterior  margin  a  little  arcuated  at  the  tip. 

Hah. — Northern  Queensland  (?).     A  single  specimen. 

358.    LiMNOPHILA    INORDINATA,  Sp.U.       (PI.  XXII.,  fig.   25). 

(J. — Length  of  antennae 0-045  inch       ...     1*13  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-350  x  0-080  ...     8-87x2-02 

Sizeof  body 0-250x0-035   ...     6-34x0-88 

Head    greyish-brown ;  rostrum,    palpi,    and    antennae    brown  ; 
flagellar  joints    elliptical,    with    very    short    verticils.       Thorax 


a52  DIPTERA    OF    AUSTRALIA, 

covered  with  a  yellowish-grey  bloom,  with  three  brown  stripes  ; 
intermediate  stripe  broad,  terminating  at  suture ;  lateral  ones 
narrow,  stopping  at  a  brown  spot  opposite  origin  of  wings ; 
pleurae  brown.  Halteres  pale.  Abdomen  blackish-brown; 
forceps  (apparently)  of  ordinary  type,  concolorous  with  rest  of 
body.  Legs  brown,  the  tips  of  femora  and  tibiae  infuscated. 
Wings  with  a  somewhat  greyish  tint ;  veins  brownish,  the  bases 
and  tips  of  veins,  the  cross-veins,  and  inner  ends  of  cells  very  indis- 
tinctly infuscated;  stigma  very  faintly  infuscated.  Auxiliary 
vein  joining  first  longitudinal  vein  a  little  beyond  inner  end  of 
second  sub-marginal  cell,  joined  to  costa  by  a  cross- vein  exactly 
opposite  the  inner  of  that  cell ;  prEef  urea  moderately  long,  angu- 
lated  near  its  origin,  with  a  short  stump  of  a  vein ;  petiole  of  first 
sub-marginal  cell  less  than  one-fourth  the  length  of  praefurca  ; 
inner  end  of  first  sub-marginal  cell  rather  acute,  somewhat 
obliterate  ;  marginal  cross-vein  very  indistinct,  cutting  middle  of 
stigma,  and  situated  midway  between  inner  end  of  first  sub- 
marginal  cell  and  tip  of  first  longitudinal  vein;  second  sub-marginal 
and  first  posterior  cells  of  about  equal  length  ;  small  cross-vein 
curved ;  second  posterior  cell  half  the  length  of  third  ;  the  latter 
shorter  than  fourth  posterior  cell  ;*  discal  cell  elongate,  the 
great  cross-vein  opposite  the  middle  of  its  length ;  fifth  and 
seventh  longitudinal  veins  a  little  arcuated  at  the  tip. 

Skh. — Waterloo  Swamps,  near  Sydney  (Skuse).  One  specimen 
in  June. 

Obs. — There  are  some  rather  weak  pieces  of  adventitious  vein 
in  the  wings  ;  in  one  wing  a  long  curved  piece  originates  from  the 
fourth  longitudinal  vein  opposite  middle  of  praefurca ;  in  both,  an 
irregular  very  oblique  piece  forms  a  cross-vein  across  the  middle 
of  second  basal  cell ;  also  in  one  wing  there  is  a  small  stump  of  a 
vein  near  the  tip  of  the  seventh  longitudinal  vein. 


The  posterior  branch  of  fourth  loDgitudinal  vein  being  forked. 


BY    FREDERICK    A.  A.  SKUSE.  853 

II.    POUR    POSTERIOR   CELLS. 

359.  LiMNOPHiLA  METALLiCA,  Schiuer. 

Limnoi^hila  metallica^  Schiner,  "Novara  "  Exp.  Dipt.  p.  41,  1868. 

(J. — Length  of  antennce — inch       ...        — millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings- 0400  x  0-090  ...      10-16  x  2-27 

Size  of  body 0-370x0-070  ...       9-39x1-77 

Chalybeous  blue.  Head  deep  black,  covered  with  black  pubes- 
cence, the  anterior  portion  of  the  front  distinctly  gibbose  ;  rostrum, 
palpi  and  antennae  blackish  or  dark  brown  ;  rostrum  short ;  palpi 
prominent  ;  antennae  setaceous  (portion  lost),  rather  densely 
clothed  with  semi-decumbent  hairs  ;  first  basal  joint  rather  short 
and  cylindrical,  the  second  small,  globose,  not  half  the  length  of 
first ;  flagellar  joints  sessile,  the  first  flagellar  joint  longer  and 
thicker  than  the  following  ones,  sub-spatulate.  Collare  black, 
inconspicuous.  Thorax  not  such  a  brilliant  metallic  blue  as  the  abdo- 
men, but  more  blackish ;  pleuise  and  pectus  sooty-black  or  dark 
brown.  Halteres  blackish  or  dark  brown.  Abdomen  clothed  with 
minute  blackish  hairs  ;  forceps  short,  black.  Legs  blackish,  or 
deep  brown.  Wings  entirely  infuscated  with  a  blackish  or  brown 
tint ;  veins  dark  ;  stigma  imperceptible.  Auxiliary  vein  termin- 
ating a  little  beyond  inner  end  of  second  sub-marginal  cell ;  sub- 
costal cross-vein  at  its  tip  ;  pr^efurca  nearly  straight,  originating 
before  the  middle  of  the  wing ;  petiole  of  first  sub-marginal  cell 
half  the  length  of  jipper  branch  of  second  longitudinal  vein  ;  mar- 
ginal cross-vein  situated  nearer  inner  end  of  first  sub-marginal  cell 
than  to  tip  of  first  longitudinal ;  second  sub-marginal  cell  longer 
than  the  first  posterior  ;  small  cross-vein  straight ;  discal  cell  a 
little  longer  than  broad,  the  great  cross-vein  somewhat  beyond  its 
inner  end  ;  ultimate  section  of  fifth  longitudinal  vein  only  equal 
to  length  of  great  cross  vein,  being  abruptly  turned  to  posterior 
margin. 

Hah. — Sydney  (Masters).     One  specimen. 


854  DIPTERA    OF    AUSTRALIA, 

Ohs. — This  species  is  remarkable  for  its  metallic  blue  colour,  dark 
wings,  and  broad,  closely  applied  head.  The  antennae  it  seems 
would  scarcely  reach  the  origin  of  the  wings,  the  first  seven  joints 
measuring  only  1-66  mm.  There  does  not  appear  to  be  anything 
peculiar  about  the  $  forceps,  which  are,  however,  difficult  to  examine 
in  a  dried  specimen. 

360.    LiMNOPHILA    LUCTUOSA,  Sp.n.       (PL   XXII,,  fig.  26). 

^. — Length  of  antennE© 0*035  inch        ...      0*88  millimetre. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-250  x  0060  ...     6-34  x  1-54 

Sizeof  body 0-250  x  0-030  ...     6-34x0-76 

Head  covered  with  a  yellowish-grey  bloom  (shining  black  when 
rubbed) ;  rostrum,  palpi,  and  antennae  black ;  flagellar  joints 
globose  to  elliptical,  with  very  short,  sparse  verticils.  Thorax 
covered  with  a  yellowish-grey  bloom,  with  three  brownish  stripes ; 
the  intermediate  one  disappearing  before  reaching  the  suture  ; 
lateral  ones  very  short,  reaching  suture  ;  pleurae,  scutellum,  and 
metanotum  with  a  hoary  bloom  (the  ground  colour  deep  brown). 
Halteres  yellow.  Abdomen  brown,  sparingly  clothed  with  short 
yellowish  hairs  ;  ovipositor  brownish-ochreous  or  fulvous.  Coxae 
and  femora  fulvous,  the  latter  brown  at  the  tip  ;  tibiae  hrownish, 
infuscated  at  the  tip  ;  tarsi  infuscated.  Wings  with  a  scarcely 
perceptible  brownish  tint  ;  veins  brownish  ;  stigma  brownish- 
grey.  Auxiliary  vein  reaching  costa  opposite  or  before  inner 
end  of  second  sub-marginal  cell ;  sub-costal  cross-vein  a  little 
before  its  tip;  praefurca  rather  short,  arcuated  at  its  origin;  petiole 
of  first  sub-marginal  cell  one-third  to  half  the  length  of  praefurca, 
and  about  half  the  length  of  anterior  branch  of  second  longitudinal 
vein  ;  marginal  cross-vein  cutting  stigma,  and  situated  beyond 
inner  end  of  first  sub-marginal  cell  a  distance  about  equal  to  its 
length,  and  more  than  twice  that  from  tip  of  first  longitudinal 
vein  ;  inner  ends  of  second  sub-marginal  and  first  posterior  cells  in 
one  line  ;  small  cross-vein  a  little  arcuated  ;  discal  cell  elongated, 
the  great  cross-vein  more  or  less  beyond  its  inner  end. 


BY    FREDERICK    A.  A.  SKUSE.  855 

ffab.—Gos(ov(\,  N.S.W.,  and  Middle  Harbour,  Sydney  (Skuse) ; 
Mount  Kosciusko,  N.S.W.,  5000  ft.  (Helms),  one  S2)ecime7(,  in 
Coll.  Australian  Mitseum. 

Ohs. — I  have  taken  only  two  specimens  of  this  species. 

361.    LiMNOPHILA    LEVIDENSIS;    Sp.n.      (PI.    XXII.,  fig.  27). 

$. — Length  of  antennae 0-030  inch       ...     0 -7 6  millimetre. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-220  x  0-045  ...     5-58  xM3 

Size  of  body  0-180x0-025  ...     4-56x0-62 

9. — Length  of  antennae 0-035  inch        ...     0*88  millimetre. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-250  x  0-060  ..,     6-34  x  1-54 

Size  of  body 0-190  x  0-030  ...     4-81  x  0-76 

Head  black,  with  a  grey  bloom  ;  rostrum,  palpi  and  antennae 
black  ;  basal  joints  of  latter  brown  ;  flagellar  joints  sub-cylindrical, 
with  very  short  verticils.  Thorax  greyish-ochreous  or  light 
brownish,  mesonotum  brownish  in  the  9,  levigate  ;  transverse 
suture  brown  in  the  middle.  Halteres  pale,  the  club  infuscated. 
Abdomen  olive-brown,  the  venter  paler ;  genitalia  ochreous  ;  ^ 
forceps  of  ordinary  type,  terminal  appendages  black ;  9  ovipositor 
long,  slender,  slightly  arcuated.  Coxse  ochreous  or  pale  brownish. 
Femora  deep  olive-brown  ;  tibiae  and  tarsi  black.  Wings  with  a 
greyish  tint ;  veins  dark ;  stigma  greyish.  Auxiliary  vein  terminating 
opposite  or  a  little  before  inner  end  of  second  sub-marginal  cell ; 
sub-costal  cross-vein  considerably  before  its  tip,  that  is,  a  distance 
at  least  equal  to  great  cross- vein ;  prsef urea  tolerably  long,  nearly 
straight ;  first  sub-marginal  cell  as  long  as  prsefurca,  with  a  short 
petiole  ;  marginal  cross-vein  indistinct,  cutting  stigma  much  nearer 
tip  of  first  longitudinal  vein  than  to  inner  end  of  first  sub-marginal 
cell ;  inner  ends  of  second  sub-marginal  and  first  posterior  cells  in 
one  line  ;  small  cross-vein  scarcely  arcuated  ;  discal  cell  elongated, 
the  great  cross-vein  situated  considerably  beyond  its  inner  end  ; 
fifth,  sixth  and  seventh  longitudinal  veins  more  or  less  arcuated 
towards  the  tip. 
55 


856  DIPTERA    OF    AUSTRALIA, 

Hob. — Mossman's  Bay,  near  Sydney  (Skuse).  A  pair  in  copula 
in  August. 

Ohs. — Readily  distinguished  from  L.  luctuosa  by  tlie  lighter 
thorax  destitute  of  stripes,  dark  legs,  greyish-tinted  wings,  dark 
veins,  and  length  of  praefurca  and  first  sub-marginal  cell. 


362.  LiMNOPHiLA  Lawsonensis,  sp.n.     (PL  xxii.,  fig.  28). 

(J. — Length  of  antennae  ....     0-640  inch        ...    16*25  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-260  x  0-065  ...     6-62  x  1-66 

Size  of  body 0-210x0-035  ...     5-33x0-88 

9. — Length  of  antennae 0-080  inch        ..       2-02  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-270x0-065  ...     6-85x1-66 

Size  of  body ,...   0-270x0-035  ...     6-85x0-88 

Head  brown,  with  a  somewhat  yellowish-grey  bloom  ;  rostrum, 
palpi  and  antennae  brown ;  ^  antennae  more  than  three  times  the 
length  of  entire  body,  setaceous,  densely  clothed  with  very  short 
almost  erect  pubescence  ;  the  incisions  between  the  first  few 
flagellar  joints  yellowish,  the  rest  not  distinguishable  ;  ^  antennae 
short,  exactly  reaching  origin  of  wings  if  bent  back ;  the  second 
basal  joint  reddish-fulvous,  and  the  first  seven  or  eight  flagellar 
joints  reddish-yellowish  at  the  tip  ;  first  flagellar  joint  one-third 
longer  and  distinctly  thicker  than  the  second  ;  remaining  joints 
gradually  decreasing  in  length,  those  towards  the  tip  sub-elliptical. 
Thorax  brown,  levigate,  marked  with  several  short  stripes  of 
greyish  or  yellowish-grey  bloom  ;  pleurae  slightly  hoary  ;  scutellar 
pits  distinct,  blackish.  Halteres  ochreous-yellow,  the  stem  very 
slightly  inf  uscated.  Abdomen  brown,  clothed  with  yelloAvish  hairs ; 
genitalia  reddish-testaceous  ;  ^  forceps  with  two  pairs  of  short 
movable  appendages;  the  outer  one  sub-clavate,  serrate  on  the  out- 
side towards  and  at  the  tip  ;  inner  one  arcuate  (PI.  xxiv.,  fig.  64)  • 
5  ovipositor  long,  almost  straight.  Coxae,  femora  and  tibiae 
testaceous  to  brownish-ochreous  3  the  femora  with  a  broad  ring  of 


BY    FREDERICK    A.  A.  SKUSE.  857 

black  near  the  tip,  preceded  and  followed  (at  the  tip)  by  a  narrow 
ring  of  golden-yellow  ;  tibise  infuscated  at  the  base  and  tip  (the 
extreme  base  golden-yellow) ;  tarsi  brown  or  brownish,  the  meta- 
tarsal joints  more  or  less  testaceous.     Wings  sub-hyaline,  spotted 
with  brown,  more  completely  so  in   9   than  ^  ;  basal  cells  in  ^ 
almost  entirely  clouded;  in  ^  only  at  the  ends  and  two  roundish 
spots,    one  at  pmefurca,    the    other    larger,    beneath,   in    second 
basal  cell ;  an  oblong  spot  in  anal   cell  filling   space    before  the 
middle ;    similar  clouds  on  margin  in  anal  angle,  and   mid-way 
between  the  tips  of  sixth  and  seventh  longitudinal  veins  ;  the 
remaining  clouds  more  or  less  round,  situated  close  to  the  tips  of 
all  the  veins,  and  on  the  cross-veins,  those  on  the  latter  confluent 
(PI.  XXII.,  fig.  28,  2  wing);  veins  brown;  stigma  not  noticeable. 
Auxiliary  vein  reaching  costa  some  distance  before  inner  end  of 
second  sub-marginal  cell ;  sub-costal  cross-vein  a  little  before  its 
tip  ;   praefarca  of  moderate  length,    arcuated   close  to  its  base  ; 
petiole  of  first  sub-marginal  cell  about  (more  or  less)  twice  the 
length  of  anterior  branch  of  second  longitudinal  vein  ;  the  latter 
branch  obliquely  situated,   very    slightly    sinuose,  joining   costa 
a  little  beyond  the  tip  of  first  longitudinal  vein ;  posterior  branch 
of  second   longitudinal  vein  slightly  arcuated  anteriorly,  rather 
longer  than  petiole  of  first  sub-marginal  cell ;  marginal  cross-vein 
wanting ;  inner  end  of  second  sub-marginal  cell  situated  consider- 
ably before  that  of   first  posterior   cell ;  small  cross-vein  short  ; 
third  posterior  cell  considerably  longer  than  the  second  posterior  ; 
discal  cell  elongate,  the  great  cross-vein  situated  at  its  inner  end  ; 
fifth,  sixth  and  seventh  veins  arcuated  at  the  tip,  the  seventh  the 
most  noticeably. 

Eab. — Lawson,  Blue  Mountains,  N.S.W.  (Masters).  Two 
specimens  in  January. 

Obs.  1 . — A  9  specimen  obtained  by  Mr.  A.  G.  Hamilton  at  Mount 
Kembla,  Illawarra  District,  appears  to  belong  to  this  species;  it  is 
however  considerably  damaged.  The  anterior  branch  of  second 
longitudinal  vein  differs  in  being  almost  vertical,  joining  the  costa 


858  DIPTERA    OF    AUSTRALIA, 

immediately  beyond   the  tip  of  the  first  longitudinal  vein,  and 
looking  like  a  cross- vein. 

Ohs.  2. — This  and  the  following  species,  L.  australasice,  form  a 
natural  group,  and  might  be  considered  at  least  a  distinct  sub- 
genus. The  antennae  are  long  in  the  male,  short  in  the  female  ; 
in  L.  Lawsonensis  the  male  antennae  being  more  than  three  times 
the  length  of  the  entire  body.  The  head  is  broad  ;  collare  incon- 
spicuous. Male  forceps  (PI.  xxiv.  fig.  64)  with  a  serrate,  clavate, 
outer  appendage,  and  an  inner  arcuated  one.  Femora  ringed  before 
the  apex.  Wings  numerously  spotted  with  brown.  Auxiliary 
vein  stopping  considerably  before  the  inner  end  of  the  second 
sub-marginal  cell ;  marginal  cross-vein  entirely  wanting ;  first 
sub-marginal  cell  short,  with  a  long  petiole  ;  the  anterior  branch 
of  the  second  longitudinal  vein  joining  the  costa  not  far  beyond 
the  tip  of  the  first  longitudinal  vein ;  second  sub-marginal  cell 
longer  than  first  posterior  ;  third  posterior  cell  longer  than  second; 
great  cross-vein  usually  at  inner  end  of  discal  cell. 

363.    LiMNOPHILA   AUSTRALASIA,  sp.n.  (PI.  XXIII.  fig.  29). 


(J. — Length  of  antennae 0*190  inch 

Expanse  of  wings 0*260  x  0*065 

Size  of  body 0*220x0*035 

^. — Length  of  antennae 0*070  inch 

Expanse  of  wings 0.290x0*090 

Size  of  body ,  0*250x0*035 


4*81  millimetres. 
6*62x1*66 

5*58x0-88 

1*77  millimHres. 
7*35  X  2*27 
6*34x0*88 


Head  brown,  with  a  yellowish-grey  bloom  ;  rostrum,  palpi  and 
antennae  brown,  the  first  few  joints  of  latter  usually  more  or  less 
testaceous ;  $  antennae  not  quite  the  length  of  entire  body,  set- 
aceous, densely  clothed  with  tolerably  long,  almost  erect  pubescence; 
flagellar  joints  gradually  decreasing  in  length,  the  incisions  between 
the  first  seven  or  eight  ochreous  ;  ^  antenn£e  short,  scarcely 
reaching  origin  of  wings  if  bent  back  ;  flagellar  joints  sub-elliptical, 


BY    FREDERICK    A.  A.  SKUSE.  859 

the  first  cylindrical,  about  the  length  of  second  and  third  taken 
together.  Thorax  covered  with  yellowish-grey  bloom,  with  brown 
stripes  and  spots"*;  two  more  or  less  distinct,  somewhat  irregular, 
intermediate  stripes  terminating  at  transverse  suture ;  two  lateral 
ones  from  below  humeri  to  above  origin  of  wings  ;  a  roundish  spot 
on  each  side  at  the  back  of  mesothorax ;  a  deep  brown  stripe  on 
lateral  border  from  collare  to  origin  of  wings ;  pleurae  covered 
with  a  greyish  or  yellowish-grey  bloom,  with  a  short  brown  stripe 
midway  between  origin  of  wings  and  fore  coxse ;  scutellum  and 
metathorax  more  or  less  covered  with  greyish  bloom,  the  scutellar 
pits  distinct,  brown.  Halteres  ochreous-yellow,  the  club  usually 
slightly  infuscated.  Abdomen  brown  ;  the  posterior  margins  of 
segments  and  venter  more  or  less  ochreous  ;  genitalia  reddish- 
testaceous,  similar  in  structure  to  L.  Lawsonensis.  Legs  ochreous 
or  dull  testaceous  ;  the  joints  ringed  as  in  L.  Lawsonensis.  Wings 
sub-hyaline,  in  both  sexes  spotted  exactly  as  in  the  $  of  L.  Lawson- 
ensis ]  venation  very  similar  to  that  of  last  species,  except  that  the 
anterior  branch  of  second  longitudinal  vein  in  all  cases  joins  the 
costa  beyond  the  tip  of  first  longitudinal  vein  a  distance  at  least 
equal  to  its  length. 

Hah. — Woronora,  and  Knapsack  Gully,  Blue  Mountains,  N.S.W., 
5  (?>  7  9  specimens  (Masters  and  Skuse) ;  King  George's  Sound, 
Western  Australia  (Masters),  two  9  specimens  in  Coll.  Australian 


Ohs. — Easily  distinguished  from  L.  Lawsonensis  by  the  shorter 
male  antennae,  which  are  less  than  the  length  of  the  body  in  this 
species. 

364.  LiMNOPHiLA  viCARiA,  Walker. 

Limnohia  vicaria,  Walk.,  Ent.  Mag.  II.  p.  469,  1835. 

Like  Li77i.  geniculata  (Meigen,  Syst.  Beschr.  II.  pi.  2,  fig.  15, 
wing). 

*  The  pattern  in  the  thorax  seems  only  a  modification  of  that  in  L. 
Lawsonensis. 


860  DIPTERA    OF    AUSTRALIA, 

"  9. — Fuscaj  obscura  ;  caput  fulvo-fusciim,  angustum  ;  oculi 
obscure  fusci ;  antennae  fuscse,  capite  paullo  longiores ;  thorax 
subtus  et  postice  fulvus;  abdomen  obscure  fuscum,  longum,  gracile  ; 
femora  fere  omnia  tibiae  que  basi  et  apice  pallide  f usca  ;  tarsi  apice 
et  ungues  nigri ;  alae  subhyalinae,  iridescentes ;  costa  f usca,  basi 
pallid ior,  maculis  plurimis  subhyalinis  ;  subcostam  maculae  4 
majores  sub  fuscse;  squamulas  et  nervi  fusca  ;  nervi  omnes  longi- 
tudinales  punctis  fuscis  ornati ;  nervulus  transversus  discoidalis 
fusco  limbatus  ;  halteres  pallide  fulvi,  apice  fusci."  Corp.  long.  7 
lin. ;  alar.  10  lin. 

Sah. — New  Holland. 

365.  LiMNOPHiLA  BASALTS,  Walker. 

Limnohia  basalts,  Walk.,  Ins.  Saund,  Dipt.  p.  434,  1856, 

(Div.  E.  Meig,  Syst.  Beschr.  11.  p.  125,  pi.  6,  fig.  2). 

"Nigra,  nitens ;  alae  nigricantes,  venis  nigris," 

"^. — Black,  shilling.  Oviduct  short,  nearly  cylindrical.  Wings 
blackish  ;  veins  and  halteres  black.  Length  of  the  body  5  lines  ; 
of  the  wings  10  lines." 

Hab. — Van  Diemen's  Land. 

Genus  23.  Gynoplistia,  Westwood. 

Gynojylistia,  Westw.,  Lond.  and  Edinb.  Phil.  Mag.  VI.  p.  280, 
1835;  Gynoiolistes  [nee  Anojylistes^  Westw.,  Zool.  Journ.,  V.,  p. 
447  (No.  20,  1835)  ;  Gynoplistia,  Macquart,  S.  a  B.  11.  Suppl.  p. 
649,  1835;  Dipt.  Exot.  L  p.  43,  1838;  Variegata,  Bigot,  Ann. 
Soc.  Ent.  Fr.  1854,  p.  456  ;  Cloyiiophora,  Schiner,  Wien.  Ent. 
Monatschr.  1866  ;  "Novara"  Exp.  Dipt.  p.  40,  1868  ;  Ccenarthria, 
Thomson,  "Eugenia"  Exp.  Dipt.  p.  445,  pi.  ix.  f.  1,  1868 ;  Gyno- 
2)listia,  O.-Sack.,  Mon.  Dipt.  N.  Araer.  lY.  App.  II.  p.  331,  1869; 
Westw.,  Trans.  Ent.  Soc.  Lond.  1881,  p.  369.  pi.  xviii.  figs.  5-6-7  ; 
O.-Sack.,  Studies,  II.  p.  210,  1887. 


BY    FREDERICK    A.  A.  SKUSE.  861 

Two  sub-marginal  cells  ;  five  (rarely  only  four"^)  posterior  cells ; 
discal  cell  closed ;  auxiliary  vein  reaching  costa  more  or  less 
opposite  inner  end  of  second  sub-marginal  cell ;  sub-costal  cross- 
vein  near  its  tip  ;  first  longitudinal  vein  reaching  costa  about 
opposite  middle  of  anterior  branch  of  second  longitudinal  vein ; 
first  sub-marginal  cell  with  a  short  petiole  ;  seventh  longitudinal 
vein  distinctly  sinuated.  Wings  glabrous.  Eyes  glabrous. 
Antennae  16-  to  20-jointed,  usually  most  of  the  flagellar  joints 
unipectinate  in  both  sexes.  Tibiae  spurred ;  empodia  distinct ; 
ungues  smooth.  The  forceps  of  the  male  Liimiophila-like ; 
usually  with  only  one  horny  claw-shaped  appendage. 

Rostrum  short,  with  large  suctorial  labella.  Head  wider  than  long ; 
eyes  round,  slightly  emarginate  at  base  of  antennie ;  front  broad  ; 
palpi  tolerably  long,  joints  about  equal  or  the  first  shortest.  The 
antennpo  usually  short,  shorter  in  ^  than  in  ^,  seldom  reaching 
beyond  the  root  of  the  wings  if  bent  backwards,  reaching  beyond 
only  in  G.  vilis  (^^)  ;  the  number  of  joints  varies  from  16  to  20  in 
both  sexes,  the  number  being  somewhat  variable  in  individuals  of 
the  same  species  ;  in  ^  the  first  10  to  15,  and  in  ^  the  first  8  to  12, 
flagellar  joints  unipectinate,  the  branches  shorter  in  ^  than  in  g 
(in  G.  jucunda^  O.-Sack.,  from  Celebes,  only  the  first  6  flagellar 
joints  are  branched  in  both  sexes)  ;  the  branches  are  on  the  inner 
side  of  the  antennae,  except  the  two  first  which  are  directed  out- 
wards, only  in  G.  vilis  are  the  three  first  directed  outwards. 
Baron  Osten-Sacken  (Studies  IT.  p.  210),  says  "the  three  first 
branches  in  all  the  species  are  inserted  sideways,  and  hence  are 
pointing  in  a  direction  difi'erent  from  that  of  the  others,"  but  I 
find  that  the  third  branch,  in  all  but  G.  vilis,  is  inserted  scarcely 
more  sideways  than  the  following  ones  ;  in  the  last-named  species, 
the  fourth  branch  is  situated  similarly  to  the  third  in  the  remaining 
species.  Macquart's  figures  of  the  antennae  of  G.  vilis  (Dipt.  Exot. 
4th  Suppl.  pi.  i.  fig.  2)  and  of  G.  hella  {yariegata,  Macq.)  correctly 
show  the  difierence  between   them.     The  terminal  joints  of  the 

*  Only  four  posterior  cells  in  Gyn.  jucunda,  O.-Sack.,  from  Celebes  (Ann. 
del  Mus.  Civ.  di  St.  Nat.  di  Gen.  XVI.  1881,  p.  405). 


862  DIPTERA    OP    AUSTRALIA, 

flagellum  are  subject  to  slight  modifications  ;  the  last  two,  three  or 
four  branches  on  the  flagellum  diminish  in  length,  the  last  one  or 
two  sometimes  a  mere  tooth  or  very  rudimentary  ;  the  terminal 
simple  joints  vary  from  2  to  7,  generally  mote  in  the  9  than  in 
the  (J,  the  last  of  all  is  usually  cylindrical  and  longer  than  the  rest. 
Westwood's  division  of  the  species  into  two  sections  based  upon  the 
number  of  branched  flagellar  joints  is  useless,  and  was  evidently 
the  result  of  the  examination  of  a  very  limited  number  of  speci- 
mens. His  first  section  contains  two  species,  G.  vilis  and  cyanea, 
the  ^  antennaB  of  which  have  the  first  15  flagellar  joints 
branched,  in  the  second  section  the  first  12  only.  But  some 
species  of  G.  vilis  have  only  the  first  14,  whilst  some  of  G.  hella 
have  the  first  15  branched.  However  the  ^  antennae  of  G.  vilis 
(possibly  also  of  G.  cyanea)  certainly  difier  from  those  of  all  others 
in  the  direction  of  the  first  three  branches ;  the  (J  forceps  also 
exhibits  a  considerable  diff'erence. 

The  thorax  is  large ;  collare  moderately  developed.  Legs 
tolerably  strong,  more  particularly  the  hind  pair  ;  tibiae  spurred  ; 
empodia  distinct ;  ungues  smooth.  Abdomen  broader  in  9  than, 
the  (J  ;  the  last  two  or  three  segments  in  ^  usually  somewhat 
broader  than  the  preceding,  the  forceps  usually  narrowed;  the 
abdomen  in  ^  of  G.  vilis  and  G.  Jiavi2)ennis  is  comparatively 
longer  and  more  cylindrical  than  in  the  other  species  j  the  second 
to  fifth  or  sixth  segments  are  narrowed  in  G.  melanopyga  and  G. 
himaculata  ;  base  of  abdomen  only  slightly  narrower  in  G.  hella  and 
G.  viridis.  The  male  forceps  (PI.  xxiv.,  figs.  65-70)  consists  of 
a  pair  of  short,  fleshy,  basal  pieces  armed  usually  with  a  single 
claw  shaped  horny  appendage  ;  in  G.  melanopyga  this  appendage 
difi"ers  from  the  others  in  being  more  blunt  and  tridentate  at  the 
extremity  \  whilst  the  forceps  of  G.  vilis  departs  considerably  from 
the  common  type  in  being  armed  with  three  claw-shaped  append- 
ages, one  of  which  is  a  fixture  and  another  minutely  bidentate  at 
the  end  The  visible  appendages  of  the  internal  apparatus  are 
variable.  I  have  seen  what  I  take  to  be  the  membranous  opercule 
mentioned  by  Macquart  (Dipt.  Exot.  I.  p.  43)  in  only  one  species, 


BY    FREDERICK    A.  A.  SKUSE.  863 

G.  hella ;  it  is  also  present  in  G.  annidata^  according  to  Baron 
Osten-Sacken.  The  9  ovipositor  is  broad  at  the  base,  the  upper 
valves  long,  carved,  and  the  lower  ones  shorter  and  straight. 

The  venation  is  not  subject  to  very  great  variation.  The 
auxiliary  vein  joins  the  costa  more  or  less  opposite  the  inner  end 
of  the  second  sub-marginal  cell,  rarely  opposite  that  of  first  sub- 
marginal  ;  the  sub-costal  cross-vein  is  close  by  its  tip.  The  first 
longitudinal  vein  joins  the  costa  usually  a  little  beyond  the  middle 
of  the  anterior  branch  of  second  longitudinal  vein  ;  the  marginal 
cross-vein  situated  about  its  length  distant  from  the  tip  of  the  first 
longitudinal  vein  is  usually  opposite  the  middle  of  the  anterior 
branch  of  the  second.  The  prsefurca  is  moderately  long,  more  or 
less  arcuated  at  its  base.  Second  sub-marginal  cell  slightly  longer 
than  the  first,  the  petiole  of  the  latter  more  or  less  the  length  of 
marginal  cross-vein  ;  the  anterior  branch  of  second  longitudinal 
vein  arcuated  at  its  base,  then  curved  gently  upwards,  and  about 
twice  the  length  of  posterior  branch  which  is  gently  curved  down- 
wards. Inner  ends  of  second  sub-marginal  and  discal  cells  usually 
opposite  one  another  ;  the  small  cross-vein  a  short  distance  beyond  ; 
in  G.flavipennis  the  small  cross-vein  is  extremely  small  or  entirely 
obsolete  so  that  the  inner  ends  of  the  second  sub-marginal  and 
discal  cells  form  almost  a  right  angle  with  one  another.  There 
are  five  posterior  cells  in  all  but  one  species,  G.  jucunda,  O.-Sacken. 
The  second  posterior  cell  in  the  former  case,  varies  from  one-half 
to  two-thirds  the  length  of  the  third  posterior;  the  third  and 
fourth  posterior  cells  of  equal  length  or  the  latter  somewhat  longer. 
Discal  cell  closed,  usually  not  more  than  twice  longer  than  broad  ; 
the  great  cross-vein  usually  about  opposite  its  middle,  but  near 
its  inner  end  in  G.  flavipennis.  Sixth  longitudinal  vein  slightly 
and  seventh  distinctly  sinuated.  The  wings  (PI.  xxiii.,  figs.  30- 
42)  more  or  less  completely  banded  transversely  with  brown ; 
except  for  stigma  they  are  immaculate  in  G.  flavipennis, 

Schiner's  Gloniophora  and  Thomson's  Cmnarthria  are  Gynoplistice; 
the  difi^erence  in  the  antennse  being  only  of  specific  importance. 
The  species  which  seem  to  diff'er  most  from  the  rest  are  G.  vilis, 
Walk.,  and  the  extra- Australian  G,  jucunda^  O.-Sack. 


864  DIPTERA    OF    AUSTRALIA, 

The  GynopUstice  frequent  flowers;  their  young  stages  are 
unknown. 

366.  Gynoplistia  vilis,  Walker.     (PL  xxiii.,  fig.  30). 

Ctenophora  vilis,  Walk.,  Ent.  Mag.  II.  p.  469,  1835  ;  Gyno- 
plistia vilis,  Westwood,  Lond.  and  Edin.  Phil.  Mag.  YI.  p.  280, 
1835  ;  G.  nervosa,  Westw.,  Zool.  Journ.  Y.  No.  20,  p.  447,  p]. 
xxii.  figs.  10-11  ;  G.  flavitarsis.  Macquart,  Dipt.  Exot.  4th  Suppl. 
p.  12,  t.  1,  fig.  2,  1850;  G.  vilis,  Westw.,  Trans.  Ent.  Soc.  1881, 
p.  369,  pi.  xviii.  f.  6. 

^. — Length  of  antennae 0*180  inch        ...      4*56  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-410x0-100   ...      10-41  x  2-54 

Size  of  body 0-500  x  0-060  ...      12-70  x  1.54 

^. — Length  of  antennae 0-090  inch        ...      2-27  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-410x0-100  ...     10-41x2-54 

Size  of  body 0-520  x  0-060  ...     13-20  x  1-54 

Head  with  a  greyish  or  yellowish-grey  bloom  ;  rostrum,  palpi 
and  antennae  black  or  deep  brown,  the  first  joint  of  palpi  and  first 
five  (sometimes  only  the  two  basal)  joints  of  antennae  testaceous  ; 
the  antennae  18-  or  19-jointed  in  both  sexes  ;  in  ^  the  first  14  or 
15  flagellar  joints  rather  elongate  with  a  long  branch,  last  two  or 
three  branches  becoming  shorter ;  the  remaining  two  or  three 
joints  sub-cylindrical ;  in  9  the  first  11  or  12  flagellar  joints  with 
very  short  sub-equal  branches,  the  last  two  or  three  branches 
usually  very  short,  terminal  joint  elongate,  cylindrical ;  in  both 
sexes  the  first  three  branches  directed  outwards.  Thorax  with  a 
greyish  or  yellowish-grey  bloom  (the  ground-colour  deep  brown  or 
black),  with  more  or  less  distinct  traces  of  three  brown  or  brownish 
longitudinal  stripes  meeting  in  front  of  suture  ;  a  lateral  brown 
stripe  from  anterior  margin  to  origin  of  wings  ;  pleurae  with  a 
grey  bloom.  Halteres  ochreous-yellow  with  infuscated  club. 
Abdomen  brown,  sometimes  deep  brown  ;  the  second  to  fourth 
segments  more  or  less   deeply   bordered   anteriorly,   and  all  the 


BY    FREDERICK    A.  A.  SKUSE.  865 

segments  slightly  laterally,  with  ochreous  ;  sometimes  the  fifth 
segment,  or  even  also  the  third  and  fourth,  entirely  ochreous  or 
brownish-ochreous ;  venter  brownish-ochreous  or  brownish,  some- 
times the  last  segment  entirely  dark  brown  ;  ^  forceps  ochreous- 
brown  or  light  brown,  armed  with  two  outer  movable,  and  one 
inner  fixed,  claw-like  appendages  (PI,  xxiv.,  fig.  65)  ;  ovipositor 
ochreous-brown,  more  or  less  reddish,  upper  valves  elongated, 
slightly  curved,  lower  valves  shorter.  Coxee  fulvous  or  light 
brown,  covered  with  a  grey  bloom.  Femora  somewhat  obscure 
fulvous  or  testaceous,  with  a  broad  black  ring  at  apex  ;  genua  pale  ; 
tibiae  obscure  fulvous  or  testaceous  at  basal  half,  gradually  darkening 
into  black  towards  apex  ;  tarsi  black,  in  the  hind  feet  the  meta- 
tarsal joints  ochreous-yellow,  with  a  black  ring  at  the  apex.*  Wings 
with  a  brownish  tint,  with  two  dark  brown  spots  ;  first  spot  small, 
squarish,  at  origin  of  second  longitudinal  vein,  the  second  running 
obliquely  from  costa  (at  stigma,  which  it  envelopes)  to  small  cross- 
vein  or  the  inner  end  of  discal  cell  ;  veins  dark  brown.  Auxiliary 
vein  reaching  costa  opposite  or  beyond  inner  end  of  second  sub- 
marginal  cell ;  sub-costal  cross-vein  a  little  before  its  tip,  obliquely 
situated  ;  marginal  cross-vein  indistinct  (owing  to  stigma)  situated 
a  distance  equal  to  twice  its  length  from  tip  of  first  longitudinal ; 
tip  of  first  longitudinal  vein  opposite  middle  of  anterior  branch  of 
second  longitudinal  ;  preefurca  a  little  arcuated  at  its  base,  straight, 
tolerably  long  ;  petiole  of  first  sub-marginal  cell  short,  about  half 
the  length  of  stigma;  anterior  branch  of  second  longitudinal  almost 
straight,  reaching  costa  nearly  mid-way  between  tip  of  first  longi- 
tudinal and  that  of  posterior  branch  of  second  longitudinal  ;  the 
latter  branch  slightly  arcuated  posteriorly  towards  its  tip  ;  second 
posterior  cell  two-thirds  the  length  of  third  posterior ;  discal  cell 
longer  than  wide,  the  great  cross-vein  at  or  rather  beyond  its 
middle  ;  seventh  longitudinal  vein  sinuated. 

Ilab. — Tasmania   (Macquart)  ;  Sydney  and  other  localities  in 
N.S.W.  (Masters  and  Skuse).     Three  ^  and  three  9  specimens. 


*  Macqimrt  says  "les  deux  premiers  articles  des  post^rieurs  d'un  jaune 
pale." 


866  DIPTERA    OP    AUSTRALIA, 

367.  Gynoplistia  cyanea,  Westwood.     (PI.  xxiii.,  fig.  31). 

Gynoplistia  cyanea,  Westw.,  Lond,  and  Edin.  Phil.  Mag.  VI.  p. 
280,  1835  ;  Macquart,  S.  a  B.  II.  Suppl.  p.  649;  Westw.,  Trans. 
Ent.  Soc.  III.  p.  370,  1881. 

Q. — Length  of  antennae 0*125  inch       ...     3-16  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-430  x  0-120  ...     10-92x3-04 

Size  of  body 0-500x0-075    ..     12-70x1-89 

Head  black,  with  a  reflection  which  is  almost  imperceptibly 
bluish.  Rostrum,  palpi  and  antennae  brown;  the  latter  2-  +  17- 
jointed ;  flagellar  joints  1-8  with  a  short  obtuse  branch,  the 
branches  gradually  diminishing  in  length,  that  on  the  eighth 
flagellar  joint  very  short ;  the  next  joint  with  a  very  small  projec- 
tion on  inner  side ;  remaining  eight  joints  elliptical,  gradually 
becoming  narrower.  Collare  dark  brown.  Thorax  black,  some- 
what shining  ;  pleurae  and  coxse  pruinose ;  scutellum  and  meta- 
notum  dark  brown,  nearly  black.  Halteres  brown,  stem  lighter. 
Abdomen  deep  violaceous,  the  first  two  or  three  segments  with  a 
brownish  tinge,  shining  ;  ovipositor  brown.  Trochanters,  femora 
and  tibiae  obscure  testaceous-brown,  fuscous  at  the  apex ;  tarsi 
fuscous.  Wings  with  a  brownish  tint,  and  all  the  veins  clouded ; 
tinted  with  testaceous-brown  between  first  longitudinal  vein  and 
costa  (except  at  extreme  base) ;  and  having  two  fuscous  sub-costal 
spots  ;  a  small  one  at  base  of  second  longitudinal  vein,  and  a 
larger  one  from  inner  end  of  stigma  to  inner  end  of  discal  cell ; 
veins  and  stigma  fuscous.  Auxiliary  vein  reaching  costa 
slightly  before  inner  end  of  second  sub-marginal  cell ;  sub-costal 
cross-vein  situated  immediately  before  tip ;  marginal  cross-vein 
.scarcely  discernible,  situated  a  little  before  tip  of  first  longitudinal 
vein  ;  petiole  of  first  sub-marginal  cell  extremely  short ;  posterior 
branch  of  second  longitudinal  vein  arcuated  upwards  at  the  tip  ; 
second  posterior  cell  f  the  length  of  third  posterior  cell ;  small 
cross-vein  less  than  half  the  length  of  basal  portion  of  third 
longitudinal  vein  ;  great  cross- vein  situated  immediately  before 
middle  of  discal  cell. 


BY    FREDERICK    A.  A.  SKUSE.  867 

Hab. — New  Holland  (Westwood)  ;  Tasmania  (Masters). 

Ohs. — I  have  no  doubt  that  the  above-described  is  the  <^  oi  G. 
cyanea,  Westw.  Westwood  states  that  this  species  appears  to  be 
very  closely  allied  to  Limnophila  metallica,  Sch.,  but  the  latter  is 
a  yery  different  insect  as  can  be  seen  both  from  Dr.  Schiner's  and 
my  description.  It  would  be  interesting  to  know  if  the  male  has 
the  three  first  branches  of  the  flagellar  joints  directed  outwards ; 
Westwood  places  this  species  in  the  same  section  with  G.  vilis. 

368.  Gynoplistia  obscurivexa,  sp.n.     (PL  xxiii.,  fig.  32). 

9. — Length  of  antennae 0.090  inch        ...      2*27  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-380  x  O'lOO   ...     9-64  x  2-54 

Size  of  body....  0-460  x  0-060  ...   11.70x1-54 

Head  black,  somewhat  shining,  densely  clothed  with  black 
hairs;  rostrum,  palpi,  and  antennae  black,  the  latter  19-jointed  ; 
first  9  flagellar  joints  with  a  short  branch,  the  first  and  last  one 
or  two  shorter ;  tenth  flagellar  joint  sometimes  with  a  slight 
projection  on  inner  side  ;  remaining  seven  joints  sub-elliptical, 
the  terminal  one  more  elongate.  CoUare  dark  brown.  Thorax 
black,  shining;  pleurjB  and  coxse  with  a  greyish  bloom.  Halteres 
brown  or  black.  Abdomen  shining  violaceous,  incisions  of  the 
first  two  or  three  segments  sometimes  tinged  with,  or  even  the 
second  to  fifth  segments  entirely  reddish-fulvous ;  ovipositor 
entirely  reddish-fulvous,  the  valves  slender,  slightly  arcuated. 
Legs  black,  the  femora  reddish -fulvous,  with  a  broad  ring  of  black 
(more  than  l  the  length  of  femora)  at  apex.  Wings  yellowish 
at  base,  with  three  brownish  spots,  the  apex  of  wing  and  all 
the  veins  infuscated  with  paler  brownish ;  first  spot  filling  basal 
ends  of  basal  cells,  the  second  oblong,  enveloping  basal  half  of 
prsefurca  and  not  quite  reaching  posteriorly  to  fourth  longitudinal, 
third  cloud  irregularly  roundish,  extending  from  costa  (at  stigma) 
to  inner  end  of  discal  cell ;  costal  cell  brown  ;  apex  of  wing 
clouded  from  inner  end  of  second  posterior  cell ;  veins  dark  brown. 


868  DIPTERA    OF    AUSTRALIA, 

Auxiliary  vein  reaching  costa  opposite  inner  end  of  second  sub- 
marginal  cell ;  sub-costal  cross-vein  near  its  tip ;  marginal  cross- 
vein  rather  indistinct,  about  its  length  distant  from  tip  of  first 
longitudinal  vein  ;  praefurca  moderately  long,  arcuated  at  its 
origin ;  petiole  of  first  sub-marginal  cell  very  short ;  anterior 
branch  of  second  longitudinal  vein  usually  slightly  sinuose,  about 
half  the  length  of  posterior  branch,  reaching  costa  beyond  tip  of 
first  longitudinal  a  distance  about  half  the  length  of  stigma ; 
posterior  branch  arcuated  slightly  upwards  at  the  extreme  tip  ; 
second  posterior  cell  more  than  half  the  length  of  third  posterior  ; 
discal  cell  longer  than  wide,  the  great  cross-vein  opposite  its 
middle  ;  seventh  longitudinal  vein  sinuated. 


Hah. — New  South  Wales  (Masters).     Three  specimens 

Ohs. — Closely  allied 
the  wing-markings,  etc 


QJ)s. — Closely  allied  to   G.  cyanea,  but  easily  distinguished  by 
p  ■win.o--i-na7'kine's.  etc. 


369.  Gynoplistia  bella,  Walker.     (PI.  xxiii.,  fig.  33). 

Ctenophora  bella,  Walk.,  Ent.  Mag.  II.,  p.  470,  1835  ;  Gy7io- 
2)listia  hella^  Westwood,  Lond.  and  Edin.  Phil.  Mag.  VL  p.  280, 
1835;  G.  variegata,  Westw.,  Zool.  Journ.  V.  No.  20,  448,  pi. 
XXII.,  figs.  12,  13;  Macquart,  Dipt.  Exot.  I.  p.  44,  t.  iii.  f.  la, 
1838  ;  SuppL  i.  p.  10,  1846,  t.  i.  f .  5  ;  Variegata  gyninoplistioides, 
Bigot,  Ann.  Soc.  Ent.  Fr.  1884,  p.  456.  Gynoplistia  elegans, 
Walk.,  Ins.  Saund.  i.  Dipt.  p.  447,  1856  ;  G.  variegata  Schiner, 
"Novara"  Exp.  Dipt.  1868,  p.  39;  G.  bella,  Westw.,  Trans.  Ent 
Soc.  Lond.  1881,  p.  370. 

(J. — Length  of  antennae 0*120  inch        ...      3*04  millimetres 

Expanse  of  wings 0-330  x  0-090  ...     8-37x2-27 

Size  of  body 0-360  x  0-060  ...     9-14  x  1-54 

Q. — Length  of  antennae 0110  inch       ...      2'79  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-440x0-120...   11-17x3-04 

Sizeofbody 0-440x0-090...   11-17x2-27 


BY    FREDERICK    A.  A.  SKUSE.  869 

Head    black,    somewhat,  shining,    clothed    with     black    hairs; 
rostrum,  palpi,  and  antennae  black,  the  two   basal  joints  of  the 
latter  sometimes  fulvous  ;  ^  antennae  18-  or  19-jointed,  the  first  13 
or  14  flagellar  joints'^  with  long  branches,  decreasing  in  length  from 
eighth  or  ninth  joint,  the  fourteenth,  when  present,  a  mere  tooth  ; 
last  three  or   four    joints    elongate-elliptical,    the    terminal    one 
usually  elongate-cylindrical ;  ^  17-  or  18 -jointed,  the  first  9  or  10 
flagellar  joints  with  short    branches,  decreasing  in  length  from 
sixth  or  seventh  joint,  the  tenth,  when  present,  very  rudimentary  ; 
last    five  or  six  joints  more  or  less  elliptical,  the  terminal  one 
usually  elongate  ;  in  both  sexes  the   first  two  branches  directed 
outwards.     Thorax  deep  black,  slightly  shining,  with  three  longi- 
tudinal narrow  stripes   of  greyish-yellow    bloom    or    microscopic 
pubescence  (visible  only    at  a    certain   obliquity)  from  anterior 
border  to  transverse  suture,  also  two  large  distinct  sub-triangular 
yellow  spots  of  similar  character  to  stripes  immediately  below  the 
humeri ;    pleurae   and    coxse   with    a    grey,    almost  hoary,  bloom. 
Halteres  black.  Abdomen  reddish-fulvous,  the  first  and  last  two  or 
three  segments  deep  black  :  genitalia    reddish-fulvous  ;  ^  forceps 
(PI.    XXIV.,    fig.    66)    armed   with    a    single,    somewhat  hooked, 
appendage;  ^  ovipositor  rather  long,  slightly  curved.      Coxse  and 
tarsi  deep  black ;  femora  fulvous  or  reddish-fulvous,  with  a  broad 
ring  of  black  at  the  apex ;  tibiae  black,  the  basal  half  (except  a 
ring  of  black  at  base),  more  or  less  fulvous  or  reddish-fulvous. 
Wings    slightly  tinted  with    yellov/ish,   the  basal  portions  more 
fulvous    (but    black    at    the   origin),    with    three    blackish    (in 
fresh    specimens)    or  dark   brown    equidistant,  irregular   fasciae, 
and  the   costal  cell  and  apex  (from  inner    end    of  second    pos- 
terior cell)  clouded  with  a   somewhat  lighter  blackish  or  brown, 
the  posterior  margin  slightly  clouded  with  greyish  ;  the  first  fascia 
not  nearer   base    of   wing    than   humeral    cross-vein,   sometimes 
interrupted  in  the  axillary  cell  and  at  posterior  margin,  connected 
to  next  fascia  by  a  vitta  filling  the  intervening  portion  of  anal 

*Sometimes  the  fifteenth  flagellar  joint  also  has  a  very  rudimentary  tooth 
of  a  branch. 


870  DIPTERA    OF   AUSTRALIA, 

cell  ;  second  fascia  of  about  equal  width  to  first,  from  origin 
of  second  longitudinal  to  tip  of  seventh  longitudinal,  subject  to 
more  or  less  complete  interruptions  in  both  the  basal  cells  and  at 
posterior  margin,  and  connected  to  third  fascia  by  a  vitta  moreor  less 
completely  filling  upper  half  of  intervening  portion  of  second  basal 
cell ;  third  fascia  a  little  broader  than  the  others,  extending  from 
costa,  at  stigma,  across  discal  cell,  to  lower  extremity  of  great 
cross-vein  ;  the  centre  of  discal  cell  usually  clear.  Auxiliary  vein 
reaching  costa  opposite  or  somewhat  beyond  inner  end  of  second 
sub-marginal  cell  (sometimes  opposite  inner  end  of  first  sub-mar- 
ginal) ;  sub-costal  cross-vein  near  its  tip  ;  marginal  cross- vein 
indistinct,  about  twice  its  length  distant  from  tip  of  first  longi- 
tudinal and  joining  anterior  branch  of  second  longitudinal  vein  at 
the  middle  ;  praefurca  nearly  straight,  moderately  long,  arcuated 
or  even  angulated  at  its  origin  ;  petiole  of  first  sub-marginal  cell 
very  short,  sometimes  less  than  length  of  marginal  cross-vein ; 
anterior  branch  of  second  longitudinal  vein  considerably  arcuated 
at  its  base,  about  half  the  length  of  posterior  branch,  reaching 
costa  beyond  tip  of  first  longitudinal  a  distance  equal  to  about 
half  the  length  of  stigma ;  posterior  branch  arcuated  slightly 
upwards  at  the  extreme  tip ;  second  posterior  cell  somewhat  more 
than  half  the  length  of  third  posterior  ;  discal  cell  longer  than 
wide,  the  great  cross-vein  opposite  its  middle ;  sixth  longitudinal 
vein  slightly  and  seventh  distinctly  sinuated. 

Hab. — Apparently  generally  distributed  in  Australia,    Common. 

Var.  /3. — Two  $  specimens  have  the  apex  of  wings  only  slightly 
infuscated  ;  the  forceps  and  last  two  abdominal  segments  black  ; 
and  the  tibise  brown  with  the  base  and  apical  half  black. 

Hah. — Tasmania  (Masters). 

Var.  y, — A  9  specimen  has  only  the  first  and  last  abdominal 
segments  black,  and  black  tibise. 

Hah.—  King  George's  Sound,  Western  Australia  (Masters). 

Var.  d. — A  (J  specimen  has  the  forceps  and  next  preceding 
segment  black,  and  the  hind  tibise  brown  at  base  and  apex. 


BY    FREDERICK    A.  A.  SKUSE.  87 1 

Hah. — King  George's  Sound  (Masters). 

Obs. — I  have  found  this  species  most  abundant  about  Sydney 
from  August  to  November.  There  are  more  than  one  hundred 
specimens  before  me  for  comparison. 

370.  Gynoplistia  Westwoodi,  sp.n.     (PI.  xxiii.  fig.  34). 

^. — Length  of  antennae 0*135  inch        ...      3*42  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-520  x  O'UO  ...   13-20  x  3-35 

Size  of  body 0-500x0-090  ...   12-70x2-27 

Head  black,  somewhat  shining,  with  black  hairs ;  rostrum, 
palpi,  and  antennae  black,  the  first  basal  joint  of  latter  sometimes 
brownish;  the  antennae  18-  or  19-jointed,  the  first  10  or  11 
flagellar  joints  with  short  branches,  decreasing  in  length  from 
seventh  or  eighth  joint,  the  eleventh,  when  present,  a  mere  tooth  ; 
fi.rst  two  branches  directed  outwards  ;  last  six  joints  more  or  less 
elliptical,  the  terminal  one  usually  elongate.  Thorax  black, 
shining ;  pleurae  and  coxae  with  a  greyish  or  greyish-yellow 
bloom,  the  latter  covering  a  brownish-fulvous  spot  mid-way 
between  origin  of  wings  and  collare.  Halteres  brownish,  with  a 
black  club.  Abdomen  reddish-fulvous,  the  first  segment  and  last 
three  violaceous-black,  also  violaceous-black  spots  laterally  on  the 
third  to  fifth  segments  ;  ovipositor  entirely  reddish-fulvous,  the 
valves  long,  slightly  curved.  Coxae  and  tarsi  black  ;  femora  and 
tibiae  fulvous  or  reddish-fulvous,  with  a  ring  of  black  at  the  apex 
(that  on  the  former  the  broader).  Wings  with  a  slightly  yellowish 
tint,  the  basal  portion  fulvous,  with  three  brown  equidistant 
spots  or  abbreviate  fasciae,  also  the  costal  cell  tinted  with  yellow 
or  very  pale  brownish,  and  the  apex  of  wing  (from  inner  end  of 
second  posterior  cell)  ;  fourth  (except  anterior  branches)  to 
seventh  longitudinal  vein,  and  both  ends  of  discal  cell  and  great 
cross-vein,  more  or  less  infuscated  with  brownish ;  generally  dis- 
tinct cloud-streaks  about  middle  of  sixth  and  seventh  longitudinal 
veins  ;  first  wing-spot  filling  basal  portions  of  the  two  basal  cells, 
second  squarish,  filling  portion  of  first  basal  cell  at  origin  of 
56 


872  DIPTERA    OF    AUSTRALIA, 

second  longitudinal,  third  the  largest,  irregularly  rounded, 
extending  from  costa  (at  stigma)  to  inner  end  of  discal  cell. 
Auxiliary  vein  opposite  or  somewhat  beyond  inner  end  of  second 
sub-marginal  cell,  sub-costal  cross-vein  near  its  tip ;  marginal 
cross-vein  indistinct,  about  its  length  distant  from  tip  of  first 
longitudinal  vein  and  opposite  middle  of  anterior  branch  of  second 
longitudinal  vein ;  prsefurca  arcuated  at  the  base,  moderately 
long ;  petiole  of  first  sub-marginal  cell  very  short,  rather  longer 
than  marginal  cross- vein  ;  anterior  branch  of  second  longitudinal 
vein  arcuated  at  the  base,  somewhat  sinuated^  usually  less  than 
half  the  length  of  posterior  branch,  joining  costa  beyond  tip  of 
first  longitudinal  a  distance  about  equal  to  length  of  great  cross- 
vein  ;  posterior  branch  slightly  arcuated  upwards  at  extreme  tip  ; 
second  posterior  cell  more  than  half  the  length  of  third  ;  discal 
cell  longer  than  wide,  the  great  cross-vein  situated  before  its 
middle;  sixth  longitudinal  vein  slightly  and  seventh  distinctly 
sinuated. 

Sab. — New  South  Wales  (Masters  and  Skuse).  Five 
specimens. 

Ohs. — This  species  is  undoubtedly  distinct  from  G.  bella,  to 
which  however  it  is  nearly  related.  At  first  glance  it  can  easily 
be  distinguished  from  G.  hella  by  its  larger  size,  less  distinctly 
marked  wings,  and  fulvous  tibiae.     The  male  is  unknown  to  me. 

371.  Gynoplistia  Howensis,  sp.n.     (PI.  xxiii.  fig.  35). 

^. — Length  of  antennae 0*090  inch       ..       2*27  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0'350  x  0-090  ...     8-87  x  1-27 

Size  of  body 0-400  x  0-050  ...   10-16x1-27 

Head  very  deep  metallic  blue ;  rostrum,  palpi  and  antennaB 
black,  the  base  of  rostrum  and  first  two  or  three  antenna!  joints 
testaceous-yellow;  antennae  16-jointed,  the  first  7  flagellar  joints 
with  short  sub-equal  branches,  the  following  two  with  rudi- 
mentary ones ;  first  two    branches  directed   outwards ;  last  five 


BY    FREDERICK    A.  A.  SKUSE.  873 

joints  sub-elliptical,  the  terminal  one  elongate,  twice  the  length  of 
the  penultimate  joint.  Thorax  testaceous  or  light  yellowish- 
brown,  somewhat  shining ;  pleurae  with  a  grey  bloom.  Halteres 
ochreous,  the  club  black.  Abdomen  deep  violaceous-black,  with 
the  first  two  segments  testaceous  ;  ovipositor  entirely  ochreous  or 
light  testaceous,  the  valves  slender,  slightly  curved.  Coxae  and 
femora  testaceous,  the  latter  with  a  black  ring  at  apex  ;  genua 
pale ;  tibiae  and  tarsi  black.  Wings  with  a  very  pale  yellowish 
tint,  more  yellow  at  the  base,  with  a  spot  and  two  fasciae  of  brown 
(all  equidistant),  also  costal  cell  and  apex  of  wing  (from  inner  end 
of  second  posterior  cell)  clouded  with  brown  ;  the  spot  filling  bases 
of  the  basal  cells  ;  first  fascia  extending  from  origin  of  second 
longitudinal  to  tip  of  seventh  longitudinal  vein,  interrupted  only 
in  the  second  basal  cell ;  second  fascia  entire,  extending  from  costa, 
at  stigma,  to  posterior  margin  at  fifth  longitudinal  vein ;  veins 
dark  brown.  Auxiliary  vein  reaching  costa  opposite  inner  end  of 
first  sub-marginal  cell ;  sub-costal  cross-vein  opposite  inner  end  of 
second  sub-marginal  cell;  first  longitudinal  vein  terminating  in  costa 
about  mid-may  between  tips  of  auxiliary  vein  and  anterior  branch 
of  second  longitudinal ;  marginal  cross-vein  indistinct,  short, 
about  twice  its  length  distant  from  tip  of  first  longitudinal,  and 
opposite  the  middle  of  anterior  branch  of  second  longitudinal  vein  ; 
praefurca  angulated  at  its  origin,  of  moderate  length ;  petiole  of 
first  sub-marginal  cell  very  short ;  anterior  branch  of  second  lon- 
gitudinal vein  angulated  at  its  base,  sinuated,  about  half  the 
length  of  posterior  branch ;  second  posterior  cell  half  the  length 
of  the  third  posterior ;  discal  cell  somewhat  longer  than  wide,  the 
great  cross- vein  at  its  inner  end ;  sixth  longitudinal  vein  slightly 
and  seventh  distinctly  sinuated. 

Hah. — Lord  Howe  Island.     One  specimen. 

Obs. — The  specimen  from  which  this  species  is  described  was, 
amongst  other  Diptera,  etc.,  when  collected,  unfortunately  placed 
in  spirit  instead  of  being  pinned  at  once,  hence  it  has  greatly 
suffered  in  appearance  and  probably  some  of  the  colours  have 
been  altered. 


874  DIPTERA    OF   AUSTRALIA, 

372.  Gynoplistia  melanopyga,  Schiner.     (PL  xxiii.  fig.  36). 

Gynoplistia  inelanopyga  (^J),  Sch.,  Dipt.  'No vara'  Exp.  Zool. 
Theil,  Bd.ii.  p.  39,  1868. 

$. — Length  of  antennae 0-120  inch       ...      3*04  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-350  x  0-090  ...        8-87  x  2-27 

Size  of  body 0-420x0-060  ...     10-66x1-54 

Head  shining  black,  with  black  hairs  ;  rostrum,  palpi  and 
antennae  black  ;  the  latter  19-  or  20-jointed  ;  the  first  12  or  13 
flagellar  joints  with  long  branches,  decreasing  in  length  from  the 
ninth  or  tenth  joint,  the  thirteenth,  when  present,  a  mere  rudi- 
mentary tooth ;  last  five  joints  sub-elliptical,  the  terminal  one 
usually  more  elongate  ;  the  first  two  branches  directed  outwards. 
Thorax  black,  shining  ;  pleurae  and  coxae  with  a  grey  or  yellowish- 
grey  bloom.  Halteres  brown  with  a  black  club.  Abdomen 
reddish-fulvous  ;  the  first  segment  and  last  two  or  three,  including 
forceps,  violaceous-black  (the  apex  of  basal  pieces  of  latter  slightly 
reddish-brown) ;  forceps  armed  with  a  single,  somewhat  thick, 
slightly  bent  appendage,  tridentate  at  the  extremity,  and  some 
peculiar  appendages  of  the  internal  apparatus  (PI.  xxiv.,  fig.  67). 
Coxae,  tibiae  and  tarsi  black,  except  that  the  hind  tibiae  are 
brownish-fulvous,  with  a  slight  black  ring  at  base  and  a  broad 
one  at  apex,  sometimes  also  the  fore  and  intermediate  pair ; 
femora  reddish-fulvous,  with  a  ring  of  black  at  apex.  Wings 
with  a  pale  brownish  tint,  fulvous  at  base,  the  apex,  costal  cell 
and  the  posterior  veins  slightly  inf  uscated ;  three  brown  spots  ; 
first  spot  filling  bases  of  basal  cells ;  second  squarish,  usually 
slightly  smaller  than  the  first,  situated  at  origin  of  second  longi- 
tudinal vein ;  third  larger,  somewhat  roundish,  extending  from 
costa,  at  stigma,  to  inner  end  of  discal  cell.  Auxiliary  vein 
reaching  costa  almost  opposite  inner  end  of  first  sub-marginal  cell ; 
sub-costal  cross-vein  near  its  tip  ;  first  longitudinal  reaching  costa 
at  a  point  more  than  midway  between  tips  of  auxiliary  vein  and 
anterior  branch  of  second  longitudinal  vein ;  marginal  cross-vein 


BY    FREDERICK    A.  A.  SKUSE.  875 

rather  more  than  its  length  distant  from  tip  of  first  longitudinal 
and  at  middle  of  anterior  branch  of  second  longitudinal  vein  ; 
prsefurca  moderately  long,  nearly  straight,  slightly  arcuated  at  its 
extreme  base;  petiole  of  first  sub-marginal  cell  very  short;  anterior 
branch  of  second  longitudinal  vein  arcuated  at  its  base,  very  slightly 
sinuose,  about  half  the  length  of  posterior  branch  ;  the  latter 
arcuated  upwards  at  its  extreme  tip  ;  second  posterior  cell  more 
than  half  the  length  of  third  posterior  ;  discal  cell  longer  than 
,  wide,  the  great  cross-vein  situated  at  middle  of  its  length ;  sixth 
longitudinal  vein  very  slightly,  and  seventh  distinctly  sinuated. 

Hah. — Sydney  ("Novara"  Exp.);  ten  specimens  (Masters  and 
Skuse). 

373.  Gynoplistia  punctipennis,  Westwood. 

Gynoplistia  punctipennis,  Westw.,  Ann.  Soc.  Ent.  Fr.  IV. 
p.  682,  1835;  Trans.  Ent.  Soc.  III.  p.  371,  1881. 

^. — "  Capite  et  thorace  cinereis  ;  hujus  dorso  fusco,  angulis 
humeralibus  utrinque  puncto  nigricanti ;  abdomine  foem.  obscure 
fusco,  elongato,  stylo  rufescenti ;  alls  limpidis,  costa  tenui,  macu- 
lisque  nonnullis  parvis  (ad  conjunctionem  venarum  transversarum) 
alteraque  stigmaticali  majori  fuscis ;  pedibus  longioribus  sub- 
testaceis  ;  femoribus  tibiisque  ad  apicem  fuscis,  tarsorum  articulis 
2-4  albidis ;  antennis  foem.  fuscis,  basi  pallidioribus,  IGl-arti- 
culatis,  articulis  3-8  interne  acute  productis,  vix  ramosis.  Long. 
Corp.  7  lin.  Exp.  alar.  12  lin. 

Hah. — Nova  Hollandia.     In  Mus,  Hopeiano  Oxonise." 

374.  Gynoplistia  bimaculata,  sp.n.     (PI.  xxiii.,  fig.  37). 

(J. — Length  of  antennae 0*150  inch        ...     3*81  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-360  x  O'lOO  ...     9-16  x  2-54 

Size  of  body 0-380x0-060  ...     9-64x1-54 

Head  black,  somewhat  shining,  with  black  hairs  ;  rostrum, 
palpi,  and  antennae  black,  the  latter  20-jointed;  first  12  flagellar 


876  DIPTERA   OP   AUSTRALIA, 

joints  with  long  branches,  the  last  three  or  four  branches  a  little 
decreasing  in  length ;  first  two  branches  directed  outwards ;  the 
last  six  joints  elliptical,  the  terminal  one  narrow,  elongate, 
cylindrical.  Thorax  black,  shining,  with  yellowish  hairs  ;  pleurpe 
with  greyish  or  yellowish-grey  bloom.  Halteres  brown  with 
black  club.  Abdomen  reddish -brown  (or  mahogany  colour)  with 
a  slightly  cupreous  appearance,  densely  clothed  with  yellowish 
pubescence,  the  first  segment  deep  violaceous-black ;  forceps 
(PL  XXIV.,  fig.  68)  concolorous  with  rest  of  abdomen,  armed  with' 
a  single  claw-shaped  appendage.  Coxae  black,  with  a  hoary  bloom. 
Femora  fulvous  or  reddish-fulvous,  with  a  broad  ring  of  deep  brown 
or  black  at  the  apex ;  tibiae  obscure  testaceous,  deep  brown  at 
extreme  base  and  (more  so)  at  the  tip ;  tarsi  deep  brown.  Wings 
with  a  pale  brownish  tint  owing  principally  to  cloudings  on 
nearly  all  the  veins  ;  marked  with  two  brown  spots  ;  costal  cell 
and  apex  of  wing  pale  brownish ;  first  brown  spot  squarish, 
situated  at  origin  of  second  longitudinal  vein,  the  second  larger, 
extending  from  costa,  at  stigma,  to  inner  end  of  discal  cell ;  veins 
dark  brown.  Auxiliary  vein  reaching  costa  opposite  inner  end 
of  second  sub-marginal  cell ;  sub-costal  cross- vein  near  its  tip  ; 
marginal  cross-vein  situated  rather  more  than  its  length  distant 
from  the  tip  of  first  longitudinal  vein,  and  opposite  middle  of 
anterior  branch  of  second  longitudinal  vein  ;  praefurca  moderately 
long,  obtusely  arcuated  at  its  origin  ;  petiole  of  first  sub-marginal 
cell  short,  anterior  branch  of  second  longitudinal  vein  arcuated 
at  its  base,  and  gently  bending  upwards  to  the  costa,  about  half 
the  length  of  posterior  branch  ;  the  latter  bending  gently  down- 
wards, arcuated  upwards  at  its  extreme  tip  ;  second  posterior  cell 
about  two-thirds  the  length  of  third  posterior  ;  discal  cell  longer 
than  wide,  the  great  cross-vein  at  or  beyond  its  middle  ;  sixth 
longitudinal  vein  slightly  and  seventh  distinctly  sinuated. 

Hah. — Berrima,  N.S.W.     Three  specimens. 


BY    FREDERICK    A.  A.  SKUSE.  877 

375.  Gynoplistia  flavipennis,  sp.n.     (PI.  xxiii.,  tig.  38). 

^ — Length  of  antennae 0*130  inch       ..       3*30  millimHres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-350x0090...     8'87  x  2-27 

Size  of  body 0-440  x  0-060  ...   11-17x1-54 

9. — Length  of  antennae 0-120  inch       ...      3-04  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-420x0-100  ...   10-66x2-54 

Sizeof  body  0-440x0  060...   11-17x1-54 

Head  shining,  black,  slightly  violaceous,  with  short  brownish 
hairs  ;  rostrum,  palpi,  and  antennae  brown  or  blackish,  the  rostrum 
and  first  two  or  three  antennal  joints  more  or  less  brownish-ochre- 
ous  or  even  dull  testaceous-yellow  ;  ^  antennae  19-  or  20-jointed, 
the  first  13  flagellar  joints  with  long  branches,  the  last  four  or  five 
branches  decreasing  in  length  ;  last  four  or  five  joints  more  or  less 
elliptical ;  in  ^  18-jointed,  the  first  10  flagellar  joints  with  short 
branches,  the  tenth  a  mere  tooth  ;  remaining  six  joints  more  or 
less  elliptical,  the  terminal  one  elongate;  in  both  sexes  the  first  two 
branches  directed  outwards.  Collare  deep  brown.  Thorax  black, 
levigate,  with  yellowish  hairs ;  scutellum  brown ;  metanotum 
violaceous-black  ;  pleurae  with  a  hoary  bloom.  Halteres  brownish- 
ochreous.  Abdomen  testaceous  to  light  reddish-brown,  shining, 
the  first  segment  and  genital  organs  deep  violaceous-black,  the 
9  ovipositor  sometimes  more  brown ;  ^  forceps  smaller  than  in 
G.  bimaculata,  and  the  terminal  claw-shaped  appendages  more 
slender  and  more  hooked  (PI.  xxiv.,  fig.  69);  9  ovipositor  slightly 
curved.  Coxse  black,  with  hoary  bloom  ;  trochanters  fulvous ; 
femora  fulvous,  ringed  (broadly  in  hind  pair)  with  brown  at  the 
apex ;  tibiae  obscure  testaceous  or  yellowish-brown,  infuscated  at 
the  apex ;  tarsi  brown.  Wings  pellucid,  with  a  pale  yellow  tint, 
the  origin  of  praefurca  and  inner  ends  of  sub-marginal  cell  some- 
times indistinctly  infuscated  ;  stigma  distinct,  rather  elongated, 
brownish  ;  veins  dark  brown.  Auxiliary  vein  reaching  costa  oppo- 
site middle  of  petiole  of  first  sub-marginal  cell ;  sub-costal  cross- 
vein  near  its  tip  ;  marginal  cross- vein  situated  rather  more  than 


878  DIPTERA    OP   AUSTRALIA, 

its  length  distant  from  tip  of  first  longitudinal  vein  and  consider- 
ably before  middle  of  anterior  branch  of  second  longitudinal  vein  ; 
prsefurca  moderately  long,  obtusely  arcuated  or  angulated  at  its 
origin  ;  petiole  of  first  sub-marginal  cell  short,  usually  longer  than 
marginal  cross-vein ;  anterior  branch  of  second  longitudinal  vein 
almost  angulated  at  its  base,  and  bending  gently  upwards  to 
costa ;  small  cross-vein  extremely  short  or  obsolete,  so  that  the 
discalcellis  in  contact  with  second  sub-marginal,  and  forms  rather 
more  than  a  right  angle ;  discal  cell  nearly  twice  as  long  as  wide, 
the  great  cross-vein  near  its  inner  end  ;  sixth  longitudinal  vein 
slightly  and  seventh  distinctly  sinuated. 

Hah. — Upper  Hunter,  N.S.W.  (Masters).     Seven  specimens. 

Obs. — Easily  distinguished  from  all  other  species  by  its  spotless 
wings.  A  very  distinct  species,  evidently  most  allied  to  the 
last,  G.  himaculata. 

376.  Gynoplistia  viridis,  Westwood.     (PI.  xxiii.  fig.  39). 

Gynoplistia  viridis^  Westw.,  Lond.  and  Edin.  Phil.  Mag. 
1835  (?);  Macquart,  Dipt.  Exot.  I.  p.  44,  pi.  3,  f.  1,  1838; 
Ccenarthria viridis,  Thomson,  Dipt.  'Eugenia'  Exp.  p.  446,  pi.  9, 
f.  1,  1868. 

$. — Length  of  antennae. 0*100  inch        ...     2  54  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-250  x  0-070   ...     6-34x1-77 

Size  of  body 0-270x0-050   ...     6-85x1-27 

Head  aeneous-green,  nitidous.  Rostrum,  palpi,  and  antennae 
brown,  the  latter  16-jointed  ;  joints  of  scapus  sometimes  obscure 
testaceous;  first  10  flagellar  joints  with  a  simple  branch,  the  last 
three  branches  diminishing  in  length ;  eleventh  usually  with  a 
slight  projection,  sometimes  also  twelfth,  more  rarely  the  eleventh 
with  even  a  short  branch  ;  first  two  branches  directed  outwards ; 
terminal  joints  elliptical,  about  equal  in  length.  Thorax  aeneous- 
green,  slightly  chalybeous  anteriorly,  nitidous ;  pleurae  griseo- 
pruinose.    Halteres  fulvous-yellow.    Abdomen  reddish-ochraceous, 


BY    FREDERICK    A.  A.  SKUSE.  879 

the  first  and  last  three  segments  (including  genitalia)  violaceous- 
black,  cupreous ;  sub-nitidous,  sub-glabrous  (PL  xxiv.  fig.  70, 
forceps).  CoxjB  griseo-pruinose.  Femora  and  tibiae  fulvous,  with 
a  short  ring  of  obscure  fuscous  at  apex  ;  tarsi  obscure  fuscous  ; 
metatarsal  joint  usually  brownish  towards  base.  Wings  pellucid, 
somewhat  yellowish,  especially  at  base,  more  or  less  tinted  with 
very  pale  brownish  on  basal  half ;  with  one  indistinct  and  two 
distinct  fuscous  spots ;  first  filling  inner  ends  of  the  basal  cells, 
second,  a  small  squarish  spot  at  origin  of  second  longitudinal  vein; 
the  third  larger,  extending  from  costa  to  inner  end  of  discal  cell ; 
fifth  longitudinal  vein  inf  uscated  ;  veins  and  stigma  fuscous.  Aux- 
iliary vein  appearing  to  either  reach  costa  or  first  longitudinal  vein 
slightly  before  inner  end  of  second  sub-marginal  cell ;  sub-costal 
cross-vein  blurred,  situated  immediately  before  tip  ;  marginal 
cross-vein  indistinct  or  scarcely  visible,  short,  situated  a  little 
before  tip  of  first  longitudinal  vein  ;  anterior  branch  of  second 
longitudinal  vein  angulated  near  its  base ;  prcefurca  rather  angu- 
lated  at  its  origin ;  petiole  of  first  sub-marginal  cell  short ; 
second  sub-marginal  cell  very  little  longer  than  first  posterior 
cell ;  second  posterior  cell  not  half  the  length  of  third  posterior 
cell ;  small  cross-vein  not  half  the  length  of  basal  portion  of  third 
longitudinal  vein;  great  cross- vein  joining  at  or  immediately  before 
middle  of  discal  cell. 

Hob. — Sydney  (Eugenia  Exp.) ;  Sydney  and  Tasmania  (Mas- 
ters).    Four  specimens. 

Var.  /3.  Abdomen  with  first  two  and  last  four  abdominal 
segments  violaceous-black.  Legs  entirely  obscure  fuscous,  except 
rather  more  than  basal  half  of  femora  fulvous.  Basal  half  of 
wing  not  so  distinctly  tinted  with  pale  brownish  ;  the  two  costal 
spots  more  distinct,  and  with  a  third  oblong  paler  one  filling 
basal  portion  of  the  two  basal  cells.  In  other  respects  exactly 
like  the  above. 

Hah. — Blue  Mountains,  N.S.W.  (Masters).     One  specimen. 

Ohs.  1.  Macquart  attaches  Westwood's  name  to  the  above,  but 
this  latter  author  does  not  even  refer  to  this  species  in  his  sum- 


880  DIPTERA    OF    AUSTRALIA, 

mary  of  Exotic  Tipulidse  (Trans.  Ent.  Soc.  Load.  1881,  p.  363). 
I  have  not  seen  Westwood's  original  description;  there  may  be  some 
mistake.  However,  from  careful  comparison  of  specimens  with 
Macquart's  and  Thomson's  descriptions,  I  cannot  help  concluding 
that  both  refer  to  the  same  species.  Thomson  himself  notices 
the  great  resemblance  of  his  species  to  G.  viridis^  Westw.,  with 
which  he  compares  it, 

Ohs.  2.  The  above-described  is  undoubtedly  C cenarthria  viridis, 
Thorns.  The  species  has  no  claims  to  be  separated  from 
Gynoplistia. 

Ohs.  3.  Macquart  gives  the  description  of  the  9  of  G.  viridis, 
Westw.,  which  corresponds  with  an  old  damaged  specimen  of  this 
sex  before  me,  obtained  by  Mr.  Masters  in  Tasmania.  The  lateral 
borders  of  the  segments  are  dark  coppery,  and  the  ovipositor  is 
fulvous.     The  male  does  not  differ  from  Sydney  specimens. 

B.   Tibice  with  a  pale  ring. 

377.  Gynoplistia  annulata,  Westwood.    (PL  xxiii.  fig.  40). 

G.  annulata,  Westw.,  Lond.  and  Edin.  Phil.  Mag.  VI.  p.  280, 
1835  ;  Macquart,  S.  a  B.  II.  Suppl.  p.  650;  Westw.,  Trans.  Ent. 
Soc.  III.  p.  371,  1881,  pi.  xviii.  fig.  7;  O.-Sacken,  Mon.  Dipt. 
N.  Amer.  IV.  p.  329,  1869  ;  Studies,  II.,  p.  211,  1887. 

9. — Length  of  antennae 0*110  inch        ...     2-79  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0  420x0-140  ...   10-66  x  3-55 

Size  of  body - 0-420x0-085   ...   10  66x2-14 

Head  black.  Rostrum,  palpi,  and  antennae  dark  brown,  the 
latter  17-jointed;  flagellar  joints  1-9  with  a  short  obtuse  branch, 
gradually  becoming  longer  to  the  fifth  or  sixth  joint,  from  thence 
diminishing  in  length ;  tenth  joint  with  a  small  projection  on  the 
inner  side  ;  first  two  branches  directed  almost  outwards  ;  terminal 
joint  elongate,  more  than  twice  the  length  of  the  one  next  before 
it,  appearing  as  if  made   up   of  three  compressed  joints.     Entire 


BY    FREDERICK    A.  A.  SKUSE.  881 

thorax,  coxae,  and  trochanters  fulvous,  opaque.  Halteres  black. 
Abdomen  black,  densely  covered  (sparingly  on  venter  and  first 
superior  segment)  with  very  pale  yellowish  sericeous  hairs  ; 
ovipositor  brown.  Legs  brown ;  tibise  ringed  with  white  in  the 
middle,  the  ring  on  the  fore  pair  narrow  and  somewhat  blurred  ; 
tarsi  with  the  first  joint  fulvous  at  the  base.  Wings  fuscous  ; 
veins  brown ;  stigma  slightly  darker  than  wing-membrane. 
Auxiliary  vein  joining  first  longitudinal  vein  opposite  inner  end 
of  second  sub-marginal  cell;  marginal  cross-vein  situated  about  mid- 
way between  tip  of  auxiliary  vein  and  tip  of  first  longitudinal ; 
inner  end  of  first  sub-marginal  cell  immediately  beyond  inner  end 
of  second  sub-marginal  ;  small  cross-vein  nearly  half  the  length  of 
basal  portion  of  third  longitudinal  vein ;  second  posterior  cell 
rather  more  than  half  the  length  of  third  posterior ;  great  cross- 
vein  joining  at  middle  of  discal  cell. 

Hah. — Near  Sydney,  N.S.W.  (Masters).     A  single  specimen. 

Ohs. — Westwood  described  the  above  as  a  N.  American  insect, 
and  Baron  Osten-Sacken  (Mon.  Dipt.  N".  Amer.  I.  p.  13,  1862), 
doubted  the  probability  that  the  locality  given  was  the  correct  one. 
The  describer  points  out  that  "  the  label  attached  to  the  type 
specimen  in  the  Oxford  Museum  is  in  the  hand  writing  of  Mr. 
Hope,  and  is  clearly  written  N.A."  Since  the  insect  has  only 
been  found  in  Australia  we  must  conclude  that  Hope  meant  N. 
Australia  and  not  N.  America  by  the  letters  on  the  label. 


378.  Gynoplistia   Macquarti,  sp.  n. 

Gynojolistia  Macquarti  n.nov,  for  G.  cyanea  (prceoc.)  Macquart, 
Dipt.  Exot.  4th  Suppl.  p.  13,  1850. 

"2' — Cyanea  nitida.  Pedibus  nigris  ;  femoi^ibus  hasi  rufis  ; 
tibiis  posticis  anmdo  albo.    Alis  fusco-maculatis.^^ 

Body  of  a  blackish  violet-blue,  shining,  with  slight  green 
reflections.  Rostrum,  proboscis,  palpi  and  antennae  black. 
Pleurae   with  a   white   down.      Abdomen    with   tawny    oviduct. 


882  DIPTERA    OF    AUSTRALIA, 

Femora  with  anterior  half  tawny  ;  the  yellowish-white  ring  of  the 
posterior  tibiae  situated  a  little  beyond  the  middle.  Halteres 
tawny.  Wings  clear,  with  two  spots  and  extremity  brown ;  the 
spots  to  exterior  margin,  the  first  at  base  of  mai-ginal  vein,  not 
extending  beyond  the  externo-median ;  the  second  at  base  of  sub- 
marginal  vein,  extending  to  the  discoidal  cell ;  the  cross-veins 
slightly  bordered  with  brown ;  the  venation  as  in  G.  variegata 
(G.  hella,  Walk.).     Long.  5x1. 

Hah. — Tasmania. 

Obs. — I  am  compelled  to  re-name  this  species,  cyanea  having 
been  used  by  Westwood  for  another  species  in  1835.  The  above 
(judging  by  descriptions  only)  seems  to  much  resemble  G.  ajncalisj 
Walk.,  from  the  same  locality. 

379.  Gynoplistia   viridithorax,  sp.n.     (PI.  xxiii.,  fig.  41). 

9 . — Length  of  antennae 0-100  inch       ...     2-54  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-380  x  O'llO  ...     9-64  x  2-79 

Size  of  body 0-440  x  0-070  ...   11-17x1-77 

Head  deep  metallic  shining  green  ;  sparsely  clothed  with  short 
hairs;  rostrum,  palpi  and  antennae  black;  the  latter  17-jointed  ; 
first  8  flagellar  joints  with  short  branches,  first  two  directed  not 
quite  outwards,  the  last  one  a  mere  tooth  ;  next  six  joints  elliptical ; 
the  terminal  joint  elongate.  Thorax  deep  metallic  shining  green, 
with  slight  bluish  reflections  ;  pleurae  with  an  oblique  hoary  stripe, 
directed  to  intermediate  coxae;  scutellum  tinged  with  brown.  Hal- 
teres testaceous-brown.  Abdomen  rather  dark  reddish-fulvous, 
shining,  almost  cupreous  ;  the  flrst  two  segments  entirely,  and  the 
following  five  more  or  less  distinctly  bordered  laterally  with  viola- 
ceous-blue ;  ovipositor  concolorous  with  abdomen,  the  valves  long, 
slightly  curved.  Coxse  black,  hoary  ;  trochanters  brown  ;  femora 
fulvous  or  testaceous,  more  or  less  brownish  at  apex  ;  tibiaa  brown, 
paler  at  base,  and  becoming  black  towards  apex,  with  a  whitish  or 
pale  yellowish  ring  just  beyond  middle  ;  tarsi  black.  Wings  sub- 
hyaline,  with  a  very  pale  yellowish   tint,  and  two  brown  spots  ; 


BY    FREDERICK    A.  A.  SKUSE.  883 

first  spot  small,  square,  at  origin  of  second  longitudinal  vein,  the 
second  an  abbreviated  irregular  fascia,  extending  from  costa, 
between  tips  of  auxiliary  and  first  longitudinal  veins  (where  it  is 
broadest),  to  lower  end  of  a  small  cross-vein  ;  veins  black  or 
deep  brown  ;  the  veins  closing  each  end  of  discal  cell  and  the  great 
cross-vein  slightly  infuscated.  Auxiliary  vein  reaching  costa 
beyond  inner  end  of  second  sub-marginal  cell ;  sub-costal  cross- 
vein  near  its  tip  ;  marginal  cross-vein  almost  invisible,  situated 
about  twice  its  length  distant  from  tip  of  first  longitudinal  vein, 
and  opposite  one-third  the  length  of  anterior  branch  of  second 
longitudinal ;  prsefurca  obtusely  angulated  at  its  origin,  the 
remainder  straight ;  petiole  of  first  sub-marginal  cell  short,  as  long 
as  great  cross-vein  ;  anterior  branch  of  second  longitudinal  vein  a 
little  arcuated  at  its  base,  gently  curved  upwards,  half  the  length 
of  posterior  branch ;  the  latter  almost  straight,  slightly  arcuated 
upwards  at  its  extreme  tip ;  second  posterior  cell  two-thirds  the 
length  of  the  third  posterior ;  discal  cell  longer  than  wide^  the 
great  cross- vein  about  opposite  its  middle  ',  sixth  longitudinal  vein 
slightly  and  seventh  considerably  sinuated. 

ZTaS.— Moonbar,  Monaro,  N.S.W.,  3-3500  feet  (Helms).  March  ; 

one  specwien  in  Coll.  Australian  Museum. 

380.  Gynoplistia  apicalis,  Walker. 

Gynoplistia  a2ncaMs,  Saund.  MSS.  In  Ins.  Saund.  by  Walker, 
Vol.  I.  Dipt.  p.  447,  1856. 

"^  and  9. — Nigro-cyanea ;  antennce  et  pedes  nigra;  pectus 
albidum ;  abdomen  apice  luteum ;  femora  hasi  lutea ;  tibice 
posticcB  albo  fasciatce;  alee  limpidce,  fasciis  fitscis,  venis  nigris 
basi  luteis ;   halter es  testacei.^^ 

"  Blackish  blue.  Antennae  and  legs  black.  Pectus  whitish. 
Abdomen  luteous  at  the  tip.  Femora  luteous  towards  the  base  ; 
hind  tibiae  with  a  white  band.  Wings  limpid,  with  three  dark 
brown  spots  along  the  costa,  and  with  two  paler  brown  spots  in 


884  DIPTERA    OF    AUSTRALIA, 

the  disk;  tips  brown  ;  veins  black,  luteous  at  the  base.  Halteres 
testaceous.  Length  of  the  body,  4-4^  lines;  of  the  wings, 
10  lines. 

"  Van  Diemen's  Land." 

38 L  Gynoplistia  fumipennis.  Walker. 

Gynoplistia  fumipennis,  Saund.  MSS.  In  Ins.  Saund.  by 
Walker,  Vol.  I.  Dipt.  p.  448,  1856. 

"  Q.  Atra ;  pectus  canescens ;  femora  hasi  testacea  ;  tibice 
posticce  fascia  subapicali  alba;  alee   nigricantes." 

"  Deep  black.  Pectus  somewhat  hoary.  Femora  testaceous 
towards  the  base ;  hind  tibiae  with  a  white  band  towards  the  tip. 
Wings  blackish  ;  veins  black.  Length  of  the  body,  5  lines ;  of 
the  wings,  9  lines." 

"  Van  Diemen's  Land." 

382.  Gynoplistia  chalybeia,  sp.n.     (PI.  xxiii.,  fig.  42). 

(J. — Length  of  antennae 0-075  inch        .  .     1'89  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-210  x  0-055  ...     5-33  x  1-39 

Size  of  body 0-210x0-040    ..     5-33x1-01 

Head  deep  metallic  shining  blue,  clothed  at  the  back  with  black 
hairs;  rostrum,  palpi  and  antennae  black;  the  latter  16-jointed; 
first  10  flagellar  joints  with  tolerably  long  branches;  first  two 
branches  directed  outwards ;  the  last  three  decreasing  in  length  ; 
next  three  simple  joints  sub-elliptical ;  the  terminal  joint  cylin- 
drical. Thorax  deep  metallic  shining  blue ;  pleurae  with  a  hoary 
bloom.  Halteres  light  fulvous.  Abdomen  deep  shining  violaceous- 
blue  ;  forceps  black.  Legs  black ;  femora  fulvous  for  less  than  the 
basal  half  ;  hind  tibiae  with  a  broad  whitish  ring  just  beyond  the 
middle.  Wings  hyaline,  with  three  spots ;  the  costal  cell  and 
apex  of  wing  clouded  with  brown,  also  a  small  faint  greyish 
clouding  in  anal  angle,  another  larger  between  tip  of  seventh  longi- 
tudinal and  the  fifth  longitudinal  vein,  and  a  third  filling  basal 


BY    FREDERICK    A.  A.  SKUSE.  885 

half  of  fifth  posterior  cell  and  extending  along  the  cross-veins  ;  the 
first  brown  spot  filling  basal  portion  of  the  two  basal  cells,  second 
about  equal  to  last,  at  origin  of  second  longitudinal  vein  ;  the 
third  the  largest,  roundish,  extending  from  costa,  at  stigma,  to 
discal  cell ;  veins  deep  brown  or  black.  Auxiliary  vein  reaching 
costa  about  opposite  inner  end  of  second  sub-marginal  cell ;  sub- 
costal cross-vein  close  to  its  tip ;  marginal  cross-vein  indistinct, 
about  its  length  distant  from  tip  of  first  longitudinal  vein  and 
opposite  middle  of  anterior  branch  of  second  longitudinal;  prsefurca 
obtusely  angulated  at  its  origin,  running  in  one  straight  line  with 
the  petiole  and  posterior  branch  of  second  sub-marginal  cell ;  the 
latter  petiole  very  short,  equal  to  marginal  cross-vein ;  anterior 
branch  of  second  longitudinal  angulated  at  its  origin,  about  half 
the  length  of  posterior  branch  and  almost  as  long  as  prsefurca  ; 
posterior  branch  slightly  arcuated  upwards  at  its  extreme  tip ; 
second  posterior  cell  rather  shorter  than  the  third ;  discal  cell 
rather  longer  than  wide,  the  great  cross-vein  somewhat  before  its 
inner  end  ;  sixth  longitudinal  vei^  slightly  and  seventh  distinctly 
arcuated. 

Hab.— Mount  Kosciusko,  N.S.W.,  5000  ft.  (Helms).  March; 
one  specimen  in  Coll.  Australian  Museum. 

Obs. — Difiers  from  G.  Macquarti  and  G,  apicalis  principally  in 
being  only  half  the  size,  and  the  abdomen  not  being  fulvous  at  the 
extremity  ;  apparently  most  like  G.  apicalis  as  regards  wing-spots. 

Genus  24.  Cerozodia,  Westwood. 

Oerozodia,  Westw.,  Lond.  and  Edin.  Phil.  Mag.  VI.  p.  281, 
1835 ;  Ozocera,  Westw.,  Zool.  Journ.  V.  p.  449,  pi.  xxii.  f.  5, 
antennae  (nee  Ozodicera,  Macq.)  ;  Cerozodia,  Westw.  Trans.  Ent. 
Soc.  Lond.  1881,  p.  379;  Osten-Sacken,  Studies  II.  p.  211,  1887. 

"  Limnobice  affinis.  Alarum  vense  ut  in  Gynoplistia  nervosa  * 
(tig.  10)    depositse.     Anteunse,   thorace   longiores    32-articulat8e ; 

*  Gynoplistia  vilis,  Walk, 


886  DIPTERA    OF    AUSTRALIA, 

articulis  3tio  ad  31mum  ramulum  longissimum  gracilem  pilosura 
e  basi  emittentibus  (fig.  5) ;  oculi  maris  maximi  interne  lunati, 
subtus  fere  conniventes.  Palpi  perbreves  3-articulati,  articiilo  • 
Imo  minuto,  2do  majore  subovato,  3tio  paullo  majori,  spatub'- 
formi.  Thorax  ovato-rotundatus.  Abdomen  maris  longum 
cylindricum,  unguibus  duobus  terminatum"  (Westwood). 

"  Rostrum  not  longer  than  the  head  ;  palpi  rather  long  (West- 
wood  says  :  palpi  perbreves  1) ;  as  far  as  I  can  see,  the  last  joint 
is  not  longer  than  the  others.  Thorax  small  compared  to  the 
length  of  the  abdomen  ;  the  latter  narrow,  of  equal  breadth,  very 
slightly  broader  at  the  forceps  ;  the  forceps  seem  to  have  the  same 
structure  as  in  Gynoplistia. .  Legs  comparatively  stout ;  tibiae 
with  spurs ;  empodia  present.  Wings :  venation  like  that  of 
Gynoplistia^  with  the  exception  in  the  course  of  the  auxiliary 
vein  (which  ends  in  the  first  vein)  ;  first  sub-marginal  cell  rather 
long,  its  proximal  end  but  little  distant  from  proximal  end  of  the 
second  sub-marginal ;  the  second  posterior  with  a  long  petiole  ; 
the  great  cross-vein  near  the  middle  of  the  discal  cell "  (Osten- 
Sacken). 

Ohs. — This  form  is  quite  unknown  to  me.  Baron  Osten-Sacken 
has  seen  the  two  original  specimens  from  which  the  above  was 
drawn,  enumerates  additional  characters  of  the  genus,  and  more- 
over describes  another  species  (Studies  II.  p.  213)  from  New 
Zealand.  In  a  (J  specimen  of  the  latter  in  the  possession  of 
Baron  Osten-Sacken  the  antennae  are  39-jointed,  whilst  in 
another  of  the  same  sex  in  the  Berlin  Museum  the  antennae  are 
36-jointed.  Towards  the  tip  of  the  antennae  the  branches  and 
joints  both  seem  to  be  liable  to  modifications  similar  to  those 
observed  amongst  the  closely  allied  Gynojylistice. 

383.  Cerozodia  interrupta,  Westwood, 

Cerozodia  interrupta^  Westw.,  Lond.  and  Edin.  Phil.  Mag.  VI. 
p.  281,  1835;  Zool.  Journ.  V.  p.  449,  pi.  xxii.  fig.  5,  antenna, 
1835  ;  Trans.  Ent.  Soc.  Lond.  1881,  p.  379,  pi.  xix.  f.  13  ;  Osten- 
Sacken,  Studies  II.  p.  213,  1887. 


BY    FREDERICK    A.  A.  SKUSE.  887 

"  Pallida,     ochracea,    thorace    sub-obscuriore ;    ociilis    nigris  ; 
antennarum  ramulis  pallicle  fuscis ;  alls  pallidis  venis  sub-f uscis, 
'  linea  gracili  interriipta  cinerea  per  areolam  elongatam  sub-costalem 
ciirrente  "  ("  this  means  the  first  basal  cell,"  Osten-Sacken). 

Hah. — Swan  River,  Western  Australia.     Hopean  Mus.  Oxford. 

Ohs. — Length  21  mm. ;  the  number  of  antennal  joints  is  32 
(Osten-Sacken). 

Section  V.     ANISOMERINA. 

"  Two  sub-marginal  cells  (only  one  in  Cladolipes)  ;  three,  four, 
or  five  posterior  cells  ;  discal  cell  closed  or  open  ;  sub-costal  cross- 
vein  near  the  tip  of  the  auxiliary  vein,  posterior  to  the  origin  of 
the  second  vein.  Eyes  glabrous.  The  normal  number  of  the 
antennal  joints  is  six  in  the  male  and  not  more  than  ten  in  the 
female.  Tibiae  with  spurs  at  the  tip  ;  empodia  distinct ;  ungues 
generally  smooth."     (Osten-Sacken.) 

Obs. — This  section  embraces  only  four  genera,  Anisomera,  Meig., 
Cladolipes^  Loew,  FeniJwptera,  Schiner,  Eriocera.,  Macq.  ;  the 
first  three  occur  in  Europe  and  N.  America,  and  the  last  one  pre- 
dominates in  tropical  America,  Asia,  and  Africa.  No  Australian 
examples  have  yet  been  recorded. 

Section  VI.     AMALOPINA. 

"Two  sub-marginal  cells;  four  or  five  posterior  cells;  discal 
cell  closed  or  open ;  sub-costal  cross-vein  far  reinoved  from  the  tip 
of  the  auxiliary  vein  and  anterior  to  the  origin  of  the  second  longi- 
tudinal vein.  Tibiae  with  spurs  at  the  tip  ;  empodia  distinct. 
Eyes  pubescent ;  front  usually  with  a  more  or  less  distinct  gibbo- 
sity. Normal  number  of  antennal  joints  sixteeii  or  thirteen.^^ 
(Osten-Sacken). 

Six  genera  belong  here.     Four  of  these  are  common  to  Europe 
and  America,  and  two  are  known  only  in  N.  America  ;  and  besides 
the  European  and  American  representatives  of  this  section,  the 
57 


888  DIPTERA   OF   AUSTRALIA, 

two  species  of  Amalopis  hereafter  described  are  the  only  examples 
that  have  been  recorded  from  any  other  country.  The  genera  fall 
into  three  groups,  distinguished  by  the  number  of  antennal  joints 
supported  by  peculiarities  of  alar-venation. 

Genus  25.  Amalopis,  Haliday. 

Amalojns,  Hal.,  in  Ins.  Brit.  Dipt.  p.  xv.  1856 ;  Bophrosia 
(ex  parte),  Rondani,  Prod.  I.  p.  183,  1856;  Crunobia^  Kolenati, 
Wien.  Ent.  Mon.  IV.  p.  391,  1860;  {%)  Nasittrna,  Wallengren, 
Ent.  Tidskr.  Stockh.  pp.  179  and  191,  1881  ;  Amalopis,  O.-'^'Siokew, 
Mon.  Dipt.  N.  Amer.  lY.  p.  260,  pi.  2,  f.  15  (wing),  pi.  4,  f.  30 
(genitalia),  1869;  Studies,  II.  p.  224,  1887. 

"  Two  sub-marginal  cells ;  five  posterior  cells ;  discal  cell 
generally  present,  sometimes  wanting  ;  the  sub-costal  cross-vein  is 
more  or  less  anterior  to  the  origin  of  the  second  longitudinal  vein  ; 
the  second  sub-marginal  cell  is  never  longer  (usually  distinctly 
shorter)  than  the  first  posterior  cell ;  the  tip  of  the  wing  is  rounded 
in  both  sexes  (not  sinuate  posteriorly  as  in  Pedicia).  Tibiae  with 
spurs  at  the  tip ;  empodia  distinct ;  ungues  smooth.  Eyes 
pubescent ;  front  with  a  gibbosity  behind  the  antennae  ;  the  lattei- 
16-jointed,  short  (not  reaching  much  behind  the  collare  when  bent 
backwards).  Male  forceps  more  or  less  club-shaped,  with  stout, 
bran.ched  horny  appendages."     (Osten-Sacken.) 

Ohs. — The  length  of  the  fourth  posterior  cell  and  position  of  the 
great  cross-vein  in  A.  nigritarsis  seem  peculiar  ;  also  the  prsefurca 
is  unusually  short. 

384.  Amalopis    nigritarsis,  sp.n. 

^. — Length  of  antennae 0-050  inch       ...   1*27  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-380  x  0-090  ...  9-64  x  2-27 

Size  of  body 0-320x0-040  ...  8-12x1-01 

9. — Length  of  antennae  0-050  inch       ...   1-27  millimetres. 

Expanse  of  wings 0-500x0-120   ...12-70x3-04 

Size  of  body 0-440x0-060  ...  11-17x1-54 


BY    FREDERICK   A.  A.  SKUSE.  90^ 

Head  greyish-brown  ;  rostrum  palpi,  and  antennae  brown  or 
blackish,  the  two  basal  joints  of  latter  sometimes  ochreous ;  first 
flagellar  joint  somewhat  elongate,  the  rest  globose  to  elliptical  ; 
extremely  short  verticils.  Collare  ochreous,  tinged  with  brown. 
Thorax  ochreous,  dull,  with  three  broad  black  stripes  ;  interme- 
diate stripe  reaching  suture  ;  posterior  portion  of  thorax,  with 
scutellum  and  metanotum,  with  a  greyish  bloom,  usually  somewhat 
infuscated  with  brownish ;  pleurae  somewhat  tinged  with  brown, 
and  having  a  greyish  bloom.  Hal  teres  ochreous,  the  club  infus- 
cated. Abdomen  dusky  dull  brown,  sparingly  sprinkled  with 
yellowish  pubescence,  sometimes  the  margins  of  segments  tinged 
with  reddish-ochreous  ;  venter  also  more  or  less  tinged  with  same  ; 
genitalia  ochreous  or  reddish-ochreous  ;  ^  forceps  apparently  some- 
thing like  those  of  A.  inconstans  (Mon.  Dipt.  N.  Amer.  PI.  iv. 
fig.  30),  but  there  is  a  distinct  anal  style,  and  the  pair  of 
small  horny  appendages  (h)  seem  to  be  wanting;  9  ovipositor 
rather  short,  somewhat  curved,  the  upper  and  lower  valves 
about  equal  in  length.  Coxae,  femora  and  tibiae  fulvous  ;  the 
latter  two  with  a  black  ring  at  the  apex,  the  tibiae  also  slightly 
infuscated,  sometimes  entirely  brownish ;  tarsi  black.  Wings 
slightly  tinted  with  yellowish  or  pale  brownish,  fulvous  at  the 
the  base  ;  pale  greyish  clouds  (sometimes  scarcely  perceptible)  at 
origin  of  praefurca,  bases  of  sub-marginal  cells  and  on  the  cross- 
veins  j  stigma  elongate,  pale  brownish  ;  veins  brown  or  blackish, 
the  auxiliary  vein  somewhat  fulvous.  Auxiliary  vein  reaching 
costa  opposite  the  tip  of  fifth  longitudinal  vein  ;  sub-costal  cross- 
vein  situated  before  origin  of  praefurca  a  distance  equal  to  more 
than  twice  the  length  of  great  cross- vein ;  marginal  cross-vein  its 
length  distant  from  tip  of  first  longitudinal  vein  ;  praefurca  short, 
originating  considerably  beyond  the  middle  of  the  wing,  more  or 
less  arcuated,  usually  a  little  more  than  half  the  length  of  anterior 
branch  of  second  longitudinal ;  second  sub-marginal  cell  a  little 
shorter  than  the  first  (in  one  instance  both  of  equal  length,  their 
inner  ends  and  small  cross- vein  meeting  at  one  point) ;  small 
cross-vein  joining  petiole  of  secDud  sub-marginal  cell  at  varying 
points ;  discal  cell  elongate,  as  long  or  longer  than  third  basal 


890  DIPTERA    OF    AUSTRALIA, 

cell,  usually  closed,  sometimes  opened  posteriorly ;  great  cross- 
vein  joining  exactly  at  inner  end  of  fourth  posterior  cell  which  is 
close  up  to  inner  end  of  discal  cell ;  sixth  and  seventh  longitudinal 
veins  almost  straight. 

Hah. — Sydney  (Masters  &  Skuse);  Mount  Kosciusko  (4-5000ft.), 
N.S.W.  (Helms)  ;  one  S2)ecimen  in  Coll.  Australian  Museum. 
September  to  March. 

Ohs. — Apparently  distinct  from  -4.  congrua,  Walk.  Six  specimens 
only  before  me. 

385.  Amalopis  congrua,  Walker. 

Limnohia  congrua,  Walk.,  List  Dipt.  Brit.  Mus.  I.  p.  42,  1848  ; 
Amalojns  congrua,  O.-Sacken,  Mon.  Dipt.  N.  Amer.  IV.  p.  264, 
1869. 

"  Fulva,  tlwrace  fusco  ti^ivittato,  abdomine  fusco  fasciato, 
antennis  fuscis,  pedibus  fulvisy  coxis  femoribusque  basi  2^(^^^i(^is, 
alis  subfulvis. 

''  Body  tawny ;  eyes  bronze  colour ;  feelers  and  palpi  brown, 
the  former  yellow  at  the  base  ;  chest  with  three  brown  stripes, 
the  middle  one  broad  and  long ;  hind  borders  of  the  segments  of 
the  abdomen  brown,  and  this  colour  occupies  the  whole  of  the 
segments  towards  the  tip,  except  the  last,  which,  with  its  append- 
ages, is  bright  tawny ;  legs  dull  tawny ;  hips  and  base  of  the 
thighs  pale  tawny ;  wings  with  a  very  slight  tawny  tinge ;  veins 
brown  ;  poisers  whitish-yellow,  their  knobs  darker.  Length  of 
of  the  body,  4  lines ;  of  the  wings,  9  lines. 

Hob. — Swan  River,  W.  Australia. 

Obs. — Unknown  to  me. 


BY   FREDERICK   A.  A.  SKUSE. 


891 


EXPLANATION    OF    PLATES. 


Plate  xxi. 

Fig.     1. 

Wing 

of  Dicranomyia  punctipennis  (  ?  ). 

Fig.     2. 

,, 

„           saxatilis  (  ?  ). 

Fig.     3. 

>> 

, ,            marina. 

Fig.     4. 

j> 

„           remota  (  ?  ). 

Fig.     5. 

,, 

,,           cuneata{S). 

Fig.     6. 

,, 

Thrypticomyia  aureipennis  (  $  ) 

Fig.     7. 

>» 

Trochohola  australis  ( J  ). 

Fig.     8. 

>» 

Libnotes  strigivena. 

Fig.     9. 

>5 

Rhamphidia  communis. 

Fig.  10. 

JJ 

Orimarga  australis. 

Fig.   11. 

JJ 

Leiponeura  gracilis. 

Fig.  12. 

J> 

Hhypholophus  ( Amphineurus)  umhraticus  (  ?  ). 

Fig.  13. 

>> 

Tasiocera  tenuicornis  (  ^  ),  the  veins  denuded 
of  hairs. 

Fig.  14. 

)) 

Gnojyhomyia  fascipennis  (  ?  ) 
Plate  xxii. 

Fig.  15. 

Wing 

of  Rhabdomastix  Osten-Sackeni  ( $  ). 

Fig.  16. 

j> 

Lechria  singularis  ( <?  ). 

Fig.  17. 

5» 

Trentepohlia  australasice  {$). 

Fig.  18. 

95 

Limnop>hila  leucophceata  (  $  ) . 

Fig.  19. 

>> 

,,          ohscurip>ennis. 

Fig.  20. 

}} 

,,          aureola  {S)- 

Fig.  21. 

99 

,,          ocellata  (  ?  ). 

Fig.  22. 

J» 

,,          imitatrix. 

Fig.  23. 

)} 

„          antiqua. 

Fig.  24. 

)9 

, ,         interventa  (  ?  ) 

Fig.  25. 

99 

,,          inordinata  {$). 

Fig.  26. 

99 

,,          luctuosa{%) 

Fig.  27. 

91 

,,          levidensis  {S)- 

Fig.  28. 

99 

,,          Lawsonensis  (  $  ). 
Plate  xxiii. 

Fig.  29. 

Wing 

of  Limnophila  australasioi. 

Fig.  30. 

,, 

Gynoplistia  vilis. 

Fig.  31. 

99 

„          cyaneai^). 

Fig.  32. 

99 

,,          ohscurivena{^). 

Fig.  33. 

99 

hella. 

Fig.  34. 

„          Westwoodi  (  ?  ). 

892  DIPTERA   OF    AUSTRALIA. 

Plate  xxiii. — continued: — 


Fig.  35. 

Wing  of 

Gynoplistia  Howe^isis  (  ?  ). 

Fig.  36. 

j» 

melanopyga  ($). 

Fig.  37. 

»j 

bimaculata  (<J). 

Fig.  38. 

,, 

fiavipennis. 

Fig.  39. 

»> 

viridis  ( $ ). 

Fig.  40. 

>5 

anmdata  (  ? ). 

Fig.  41. 

J» 

virkUthorax  (  $ ). 

Fig.  42. 

J> 

chalybeia  ( $ ). 

Plate 

XXIV. 

'  Fig.  43.  Male  forceps  of  Dicranamyia  marina. 
Fig.  44.  ,,  Thi-ypticomyia  aureipennis. 

Fig.  45.  Portion  of  antennae  of  Thrypticomyia  aureipennis  ( <?  ). 
Fig.  46.  Labium  and  palpi  of  Geranomyia  picta. 
Fig.  47.  ,,  ,,  Zutttienfa  and  awnwZata. 

Fig.  48.  „  ,,  fusca. 

Fig.  49.  Male  forceps  of  Geranomyia  picta. 
Fig.  50.  „  „         fusca. 

Fig.  51.  ,,  Limnobia  bidentata. 

Fig.  52.  , ,  Trochobola  australia. 

Fig.  53.  Palpus  of  Leiponeura  brevivena. 
Fig.  54.   Antenna  of  Leiponeura  brevivena. 
Fig.  55.  One- half  of  a  male  forceps  of  Tasiocera  gradlicomis. 
Fig.  56.  Antenna  of  Tasiocera  gracilicornis. 
Fig.  57.  Male  forceps  of  Rhabdomastix  Osten-Sackeni. 
Fig.  58.  ,,  Lechria  singularis. 

Fig.  59.  ,,  Trentepohlia  australasice. 

Fig.  60.  Mouth-parts  of  Conosia  irrorata  ;  aa,  palpi. 
Fig.  61.  Antenna  of  Conosia  irrorata. 
Fig.  62.  One  half  of  male  forceps  of  Conosia  irrorata. 
Fig.  63.  Male  forceps  of  Limnophila  antigua. 
Fig.  64.  ,,  ,,  australasice. 

Fig.  65.  One-half  of  male  forceps  of  Gynoplistia  vilis 
Fig.  66.  Male  forceps  of  Gynoplistia  bella. 
Fig.  67.  „  .,  melanopyga. 

Fig.  68.  ,,  ,,  bimacidata. 

Fig.  69.  „  „         fiavipennis. 

Fig.  70.  „  ),  viridis. 

Qbs. — For  full  terminology  of  venation,  male  forceps,  etc.,  see  Mon,  Dipt. 
N.  Amer.,  IV.,  1869,  pp.  26-35,  by  Baron  O.-Sacken. 

Note. — All  the  figures  drawn  to  the  same  scale,  irrespective  of  their 
natural  size. 


I 


THE   OSTEOLOGY   AND   MYOLOGY    OF   THE   DEATH 
ADDER  (ACANTHOPHIS  ANTARCTICA). 

By  W.  J.  McKay,  B.Sc. 

(Plates  xxv.-xxvii). 

The  observations  contained  in  this  paper  were  made  in  the 
Biological  Laboratory  of  the  Sydney  University,  through  the 
kindness  of  Dr.  Has  well,  whom  I  have  to  thank  for  having 
suggested  the  subject,  and  for  aiding  me  by  his  advice.  I  have 
likewise  to  thank  Mr.  James  Wilson,  M.B.,  also  of  the  University, 
for  his  assistance  regarding  the  homology  of  certain  of  the  muscles. 
Lastly  I  am  much  indebted  to  the  Trustees  of  the  Australian 
Museum,  and  to  Mr.  Douglas  Ogilby  for  supplying  me  with  many 
specimens. 

My  first  object  in  studying  the  Death  Adder  was  to  ascertain 
if  there  were  any  grounds  for  considering  it  to  be  a  viper.  On 
referring  to  the  literature  on  the  bones  and  muscles  of  the  Ophidia, 
I  saw  that  there  was  ample  room  for  a  paper  on  both,  for  while 
the  bones  of  the  head  have  been  examined  by  many  observers, 
none  so  far  as  I  could  ascertain  had  described  them  with  reference 
to  the  exact  position  of  the  muscular  attachments. 

With  regard  to  the  muscles  of  the  head  and  body,  I  found  that 
there  had  been  few  observers ;  and  that  almost  no  work  had  been 
done  as  regards  morphology.  I  therefore  determined  to  apply  the 
ideas  put  forward  by  Humphry  in  his  admirable  papers  on 
Morphology,  and  endeavour  to  throw  some  light  on  the  homology 
of  the  various  muscles. 

Of  the  observers  who  have  written  on  the  muscles  of  the  snake 
D' Alton  appears  to  me  to  be  the  most  accurate.     The  latest  work  is 


894   THE  OSTEOLOGY  AND  MYOLOGY  OF  THE  DEATH  ADDER, 

by  HofFaiann,  whose  descriptions  are  however  only  paraphrases  of 
the  fuller  ones  given  by  D'Alton.  Cuvier,  Home,  Huebner, 
Meckel,  Duges,  Duvernoy,  Owen,  R.  Jones,  Teutleben,  have  all 
contributed  something;  Duvernoy  particularly  has  given  an 
admirable  description  of  the  muscles  of  the  head  in  many  snakes. 

I  have  endeavoured  in  the  case  of  each  muscle  to  find  its  homo- 
logue,  and  where  I  am  doubtful  I  have  retained  the  name  by 
w'hich  the  muscle  is  usually  known.  I  have  discarded  the  use  of 
compound  descriptive  titles  where  possible  ;  for  I  consider  that 
while  they  may  convey  a  notion  of  the  position  of  the  muscle, 
they  are  of  little  use  if  they  do  not  at  the  same  time  throw  light 
upon  the  homology  of  the  part. 

I  have  dissected  several  snakes  for  comparison,  among  them 
being  Pseudechis  i^orphyriacus,  Diemenia  sujjerciliosa,  Morelia 
S2?ilotes,  Daboia  Russelli  (.?).*  In  addition  to  these,  several  lizards, 
Hinulia,  Grammatophoraj  (fee,  and  I  made  a  special  dissection  of 
a  specimen  of  Hydrosaurus  varius.  For  some  points  in  connection 
with  the  muscles  of  the  head,  I  dissected  a  few  birds,  while  in 
addition  to  these  I  was  constantly  engaged  in  dissecting  the  human 
body.  Lastly  I  have  dealt  with  the  vertebrae  and  their  various 
movements,  and  have  devoted  considerable  time  to  the  study  of 
the  mechanism  of  the  jaws. 

Osteology. — Bones  of  the  Skull. 

Os  Parietale. 

Os  Parietale^  D'Alton,  Cuvier,  Gegenbaur,  Hallmann,  Harting, 
Hoffmann,  Huxley,  Meckel,  Joh.  Miiller,  Owen,  Parker,  Parker, 
and  Bettany,  Rathke,  Stannius,  Wiedersheim. 

The  parietal  consists  of  a  horizontal  and  two  lateral  vertical 
plates.  The  horizontal  plate  is  an  irregular  octagon  broader  anteri- 
orly than  posteriorly.  It  consists  of  the  two  moieties  of  the 
parietal  that  have  coalesced  alon^  the  mid-line,  but  there  is  no  sign 
of  a  suture  remaining.    The  anterior  border  is  concave  and  bevelled 

*  I  am  in  some  doubt  if  the  snake  dissected  was  a  Daboia  ;  it  was  certainly 
a  viper. 


BY    W.  J.  McKAY.  895 

from  before  backwards  and  downwards  for  articulation  with  the 
frontals.  The  antero-lateral  border  is  concave  and  smooth,  the 
superior  portion  of  the  postorbital  articulating  with  it.  The  middle 
lateral  border  is  rounded  and  smooth,  the  masseter  gliding  over  it. 
The  postero-lateral  border  runs  backwards  and  inwards.  It  has  a 
small  tubercle  dividing  it  into  an  anterior  third  and  a  posterior  two- 
thirds.  The  parieto-pterygoid  muscle  arises  in  part  from  the  ante- 
rior third,  while  the  anterior  temporal  arises  from  the  posterior 
two-thirds.  The  anterior  extremity  of  the  squamosal  abuts  against 
the  tubercle.  The  posterior  border  is  the  smaller,  and  is  formed 
like  the  anterior  of  the  right  and  left  moieties  of  the  parietal.  It 
is  serrated  for  articulation  with'the  supraoccipital. 

The  superior  surface  of  the  parietal  taken  as  a  whole  is  convex. 
It  may  be  divided  for  convenience  of  description  into  three  trian- 
gles, a  median  and  two  lateral. 

The  median  triangle  has  its  base  at  the  anterior  border,  and  its 
apex  in  the  mid-line  on  the  posterior  border.  This  triangle  is  subcu- 
taneous and  concave  anteriorly.  A  dark  line  is  seen  in  the  mid-line, 
indicating  where  the  two  halves  have  coalesced.  In  Python  a 
prominent  crest  may  be  seen.  The  greater  development  of  the 
crest  being,  as  in  the  Carnivora,  for  the  attachment  of  the  powerful 
muscles  of  the  mandible,  the  muscles  being  much  more  powerful 
in  these  snakes  which  have  to  rely  on  strength,  and  not  on  their 
poison,  for  self-defence,  and  for  obtaining  their  prey. 

On  either  side  of  the  median  triangle  lies  a  lateral  one.  The 
base  of  each  lateral  triangle  is  irregular,  and  consists  of  an  antero- 
and  middle-  lateral  side.  The  apex  is  the  posterior  border.  The 
lateral  triangles  present  a  series  of  concave  and  convex  surfaces. 
From  the  inner  portion  of  the  triangle  the  masseter  arises,  from  the 
outer  portion  the  anterior  temporal,  and  part  of  the  parieto- 
pterygoid. 

Where  the  middle  lateral  joins  the  postero-lateral  border  a 
well  marked  prominence  of  bone  is  developed,  and  from  this  and  a 
portion  of  the  superior  surface  the  parieto-mandibular  muscle 
arises. 


-•  i»  ^  I:;  R  A  R  Y;  ^ 


896   THE  OSTEOLOGY  AND  MYOLOGY  OF  THE  DEATH  ADDER, 

The  inferior  surface  presents  four  concavities,  an  anterior 
pair  for  the  cerebral  hemispheres,  and  a  posterior  pair  for  the  optic 
lobes.  Posteriorly  the  surface  is  much  bevelled  from  behind, 
downwards  and  forwards,  so  as  to  rest  on  the  supraoccipital  and 
epiotic  bones. 

The  lateral  'plates  of  the  parietal  run  downwards  and  inwards  ; 
both  plates  begin  above  at  about  the  junction  of  the  anterior  with 
the  antero-lateral  edge,  and  run  back  as  far  as  the  tubercle  on  the 
postero-lateral  edge. 

The  external  surface  presents  anteriorly  a  deep  concavity  which 
contains  the  lachrymal  gland  and  a  part  of  the  orbit ;  and  poste- 
riorly another  concavity  from  the  upper  part  of  which  the  parieto- 
palatine  muscle  arises,  and  from  the  lower  portion  the  spheno- 
vomerine.  A  well  marked  ridge  separates  these  concavities,  and 
to  this  is  attached  the  fascia  covering  in  the  lachrymal  gland.  The 
ridge  if  followed  up  is  seen  to  end  in  the  prominent  projection 
above,  and  to  this  is  attached  a  band  of  fascia  covering  the  poison 
gland.  The  internal  surface  of  the  lateral  plate  is  concave  for  the 
optic  lobes.  The  anterior  border  is  irregular,  with  splints  of  bone 
for  articulation  with  the  frontal  and  orbitosphenoid.  A  semi- 
circular excavation  represents  the  posterior  portion  of  the  optic 
foramen.  The  posterior  border  is  triangular  in  outline  ;  it  is 
rough  for  articulation  with  the  prootic. 

The  inferior  border  is  bevelled  from  above  downwards  and  out- 
wards, for  articulation  with  the  basisphenoid.  The  parietal  arti- 
culates with  the  f rentals,  postorbitals,  squamosals,  prootics,  epiotics, 
supraoccipital,  basisphenoids,  and  orbitosphenoids. 

The  parietal  differs  from  the  bone  of  Fytlion  in  not  having 
a  median  ridge  ;  it  differs  from  all  the  forms  examined  in  having 
the  well  marked  lateral  process. 

Os  Frontale. 
Os  Frontale^  all  authors. 

The  frontal  bones  are  not  anchylosed  to  one  another.  Each 
presents  a  horizontal  and  a  lateral  plate.     The  horizontal  plate  is 


BY   W.  J.  McKAY.  897 

quadrilateral,  the  antero-posterior  being  larger  than  the  lateral 
axis.  The  anterior  border  runs  from  within  outwards  and  back- 
wards. Where  the  internal  two- thirds  joins  the  external  third,  a 
peculiar  process  of  bone  projects  which  fits  into  a  niche  in  the 
premaxilla,  which  will  be  more  particularly  described  later  on. 
The  external  third  is  concave,  and  forms  portion  of  the  supraorbital 
ridge.  The  posterior  border  is  convex  and  articulates  with  the 
parietal ;  it  has,  however,  no  connection  with  the  postorbital  as  in 
Pyflion.  This  border  is  bevelled  from  before  downwards  and 
backwards,  and  fits  in  between  the  under  portion  of  the  anterior 
edge  of  the  temporal  and  of  the  anterior  edge  of  the  lateral  plate  ; 
thus  a  firm  schindylesis  is  formed.  The  internal  edge  joins  its 
fellow  of  the  opposite  side  in  the  mid-line,  a  distinct  frontal  suture 
marking  the  junction.  Anteriorly  a  plate  of  bone  projects  down- 
wards vertically  and  meets  the  lateral  plate  in  the  mid-line.  Thus 
by  the  two  sides  joining,  a  vertical  septum  of  bone  is  formed, 
which  separates  portion  of  the  cerebral  hemispheres.  The  superior 
surface  is  quadrilateral,  convex  and  subcutaneous.  The  lateral 
part  of  this  bone  consists  of  a  plate  that  runs  from  the  middle  of 
the  inferior  surface  downwards  and  in  wards,  meeting  its  fellow  of 
the  opposite  side  in  the  mid-line,  where  they  lie  on  tlie  parasphenoid. 
The  external  surface  of  the  lateral  plate  is  concave  and  smooth, 
and  joins  with  the  orbitosphenoid  and  the  anterior  portion  of  the 
lateral  plate  of  the  parietal  to  form  the  large  orbital  fossa  for  the 
eye  and  lachrymal  gland.  A  notch  in  the  posterior  border  of  the 
lateral  plate  is  portion  of  the  optic  foramen. 

The  frontal  articulates  with  the  parietal,  parasphenoid,  orbit- 
sphenoid,  premaxilla,  and  nasal  bones. 

Os   POST-FRONTALE    VEL   POST-ORBITALE, 

Zygomaticum  vel  Frontale posterius,  D' Alton;  Frontale posterius, 
Cuvier,  Harting,  Stannius ;  Post-frontale  vel  Post-orhitale,  Gegen- 
baur,  Parker,  Parker  and  Bettany  ;  Post-frontale^  Huxley,  Hoff- 
mann, Wiedersheim ;  Schuppe  des  Schlafheins^  Meckel;  Frontale 
posterius  vel  Orbitale  poster ius,  Joh.  Miiller,  Owen. 


898   THE  OSTEOLOGY  AND  MYOLOGY  OF  THE  DEATH  ADDER, 

The  postorbital  is  a  semilunar-shaped  bone.  The  upper  half 
of  the  external  surface  gives  attachment  to  the  subcutaneous  tissue 
which  supports  the  orbital  scales ;  the  lower  half  becomes  twisted 
on  itself  so  that  it  comes  to  be  posterior.  To  this  is  attached  a 
process  of  the  fascia  enveloping  the  poison  gland.  The  upper  half 
of  the  internal  surface  is  excavated  for  articulation  with  the 
antero-lateral  edge  of  the  parietal ;  inferiorly  the  surface  comes 
to  be  anteriorly.  The  superior  extremity  does  not  articulate  with 
the  frontal  as  in  Pj/thon,  while  the  inferior  approaches  very 
near  to  the  transverse  bone.  This  bone  forms  the  posterior  portion 
of  the  orbital  margin,  but  does  not  appear  to  be  united  to  the 
transverse  bone  by  ligament  as  it  is  in  Python.  Its  chief  difference 
from  that  of  the  non-venomous  snakes  is  in  its  superior  extremity 
non-articulating  with  the  frontal. 

Os  Nasale. 

Os  Nasale,  all  authors. 

The  nasals  consist  of  two  bones.  Each  presents  a  horizontal 
and  a  vertical  portion.  The  horizontal  portion  is  a  thin  plate  of 
bone  triangular  in  outline.  Its  superior  surface  is  convex, 
smooth,  and  subcutaneous.  The  inferior  surface  is  concave  and 
forms  portion  of  the  roof  of  the  nasal  canal.  The  anterior  border 
is  concave  and  gives  attachment  to  the  olfactory  capsule.  The 
posterior  border  also  gives  attachment  to  the  same  capsule. 
The  internal  edge  is  ill-defined  being  continuous  with  the  vertical 
plate.  The  vertical  plate  is  a  thin  leaf  of  bone  that  meets  its 
fellow  of  the  opposite  side  in  the  mid-line.  They  are  not  anchy- 
losed  together.  Posteriorly  the  septum  formed  by  the  two  bones 
runs  back  to  articulate  by  a  pointed  extremity  with  the  frontals, 
while  anteriorly  they  articulate  with  the  premaxilla  ;  and 
inferiorly  they  rest  between  the  angle  formed  by  the  olfactory 
cartilages  and  the  nasal  septum.  These  bones  do  not  differ  much 
in  shape  from  the  bones  of  Python,  but  in  their  relations  they 
are  quite  dissimilar. 

In  Python  the  posterior  border  articulates  throughout  its 
whole  length  with  the  prefrontal,  while  here  we  see  that  it  has  no 


BY    W.  J.  McKAY.  899 

connection  whatever  with  the  prefrontal.  In  Pseudechis  there  is 
a  slight  connection  between  the  two  bones,  but  in  Dahoia  there 
is  no  other  connection  than  by  the  membrane  that  bridges  over 
the  space  left  between  the  two  bones.  It  is  plain  from  the  above 
arrangement  that  the  prefrontal  has  a  much  more  extended  range 
of  movement  in  the  venomous  forms  than  in  the  non-venomous. 

Os  Pr^maxillare. 

Inter maxillare^  D'Alton,  Cuvier,  Harting ;  Proimaxillare,  Gegen- 
baur,  Huxley,  Owen,  Hoffmann,  Parker,  Parker  and  Bettany, 
Wiedersheim  ;  Ztvischen  Eiefer,  Stannius,  Meckel. 

The  premaxilla  is  a  T-shaped  bone.  The  superior  surface  is 
smooth  and  convex,  and  runs  upwards  and  backw^ards  to  form  a 
nasal  process  which  articulates  with  the  vertical  septum  of  the 
nasals.  The  inferior  surface  is  horizontal  and  forms  the  anterior 
portion  of  the  roof  of  the  mouth.  Posteriorly  it  is  continued  back 
to  form  a  bifurcated  palatine  process.  Between  the  inferior  and 
superior  surfaces  there  are  small  lateral  plates  to  which  the  septo- 
maxillary  bones  are  articulated.     It  contains  no  teeth. 

The  bone  closely  resembles  the  premaxilla  of  Python,  and  of 
other  forms  examined.  The  chief  difference  to  be  noticed  between 
the  bones  of  the  non-venomous  and  the  venomous  snakes  is  the 
relation  of  the  premaxilla  to  the  maxilla  ;  owing  to  the  latter  bone 
in  the  non-venomous  forms  being  much  longer  it  approaches 
close  to  the  premaxilla  and  is  united  to  it  by  fibrous  tissue. 

Os  Septo-maxillare. 

Ethmoideu7n,  D'Alton,  Wiedersheim  ;  Cornet  inferieur,  Cuvier  ; 
Turhincd  hone,  Huxley,  Owen ;  Riechhein,  Leydig,  Meckel  -, 
Se2?to-maxUlare,  Parker,  Parker  and  Bettany  ;  Concha,  Stannius ; 
Septo-maxillare,  Hoffmann. 

The  se|)to-maxillary  bones  are  two  small  shells  on  either  side  of 
the  nasal  septum.  Each  has  a  small  vertical  portion  and  a  larger 
horizontal  plate.     The  horizontal  plate  is  triangular  in  outline,  the 


900   THE  OSTEOLOGY  AND  MYOLOGY  OF  THE  DEATH  ADDER, 

base  being  posterior,  the  apex  anterior,  being  joined  to  the  pre- 
maxillary.  The  superior  surface  is  concave,  the  outer  portion 
bending  upwards  and  inwards.  It  forms  the  floor  of  the  nasal 
cavity.  The  inferior  surface  is  convex  and  forms  a  roof  for  the 
nasal  gland  cavity  of  the  vomer.  The  vertical  portion  is  close  to 
the  septum  nasi,  and  rests  on  the  vertical  plate  of  one  of  the 
vomers. 

Os  Vomer. 
Os  Vomer,  all  authors. 

The  vomers  are  constituted  by  two  distinct  bones,  each  of  which 
has  a  vertical  and  a  horizontal  plate.  The  vertical  plate  of  each  bone 
approaches  its  fellow  in  the  mid-line  but  is  separated  by  a  small 
amount  of  tissue.  Above  the  vertical  plate  is  in  contact  with  the 
septo-maxilla  and  close  to  the  nasal  septum,  while  posteriorly  the 
parasphenoid  articulates  with  it. 

The  horizontal  portion  of  the  bone  is  triangular  in  outline,  the 
base  being  at  the  mid-line.  The  anterior  extremity  is  sharp  and 
approaches  close  to  the  palatine  process  of  the  premaxilla.  The 
posterior  extremity  is  rounded  and  fades  into  the  vertical  plate. 

The  middle  and  external  portion  is  convex  below  ;  it  runs  out- 
wards and  curls  upwards,  its  superior  surface  forming  the  floor  of 
the  nasal  gland,  whose  duct  perforates  the  bone  anteriorly.  On 
the  inferior  surface  of  the  bone  the  spheno-vomerine  muscle  is 
inserted.  The  nasal  gland  is  contained  in  a  box  whose  roof  is 
formed  by  the  septo-maxilla,  the  inner  and  inferior  sides  by  the 
vomer,  the  external  side  being  membranous.  "  Two  small  labial 
cartilages  are  attached  to  the  duct  of  each  nasal  gland  "  (Parker). 

Os  Basisphenoideum. 

Corpus  ossis  sjyhenoidei,  D' Alton;  Sphenoideum  hasilare,  Hoff"- 
niann,  Hallmann,  Harting,  Stannius  ;  Spheyioideum,  Cuvier,  Joh. 
IMiiller,  Owen  :  Basisjyhenoid,  Gegenbaur,  Huxley,  Parker,  Parker 
and  Bettany,  Wiedersheim ;  Korper  des  KeVbeinstilckes,  Meckel ; 
KiJrper  des  vorderen,  Korper  des  hinteren  Keilheinsy  Rathke. 


BY    W.  J.  McKAY.  901 

Os  Parasphenoideum. 

Parasphenoid,  Huxley,  Hoffmann,  Parker,  Parker  and  Bettany  ; 
Presphenoid,  Owen. 

The  basisphenoid  and  parasphenoid  when  detached  from  the 
skull  together  make  up  a  triangular-shaped  bone,  the  apex  of 
which  is  anterior. 

The  anterior  portion  of  the  inferior  surface  constituted  by  the 
parasphenoid  is  deeply  excavated,  differing  much  from  the  corres- 
ponding surface  in  Python,  in  which  there  is  a  very  prominent 
ridge,  giving  attachment  to  the  dense  fascia  of  the  roof  of  the 
mouth.  On  each  side  of  the  anterior  portion  the  spheno-vomerine 
muscles  are  placed.  The  unossified  trabeculse  can  be  seen  running 
forward  from  a  point  just  below  the  optic  foramen  in  a  small 
groove  on  either  side  of  the  bone  and  just  beneath  the  inferior 
portions  of  the  frontals.  The  trabeculse  when  traced  forward  are 
seen  to  "  unite  underneath  the  fore  part  of  the  frontals  and  become 
compressed  into  a  vertical  ethmoidal  plate  passing  on  into  the 
nasal  septum "  (Parker).  The  posterior  portion  of  the  inferior 
surface  is  convex.  A  small  ridge  exists  in  the  mid-line  which 
gives  attachment  to  the  strong  fascia  of  the  region.  On  either 
side  of  the  ridge  is  an  excavated  surface  from  which  the  spheno- 
pterygoid  muscle  arises.  In  Python  this  portion  of  the  bone  is 
very  different.  There  is  a  very  prominent  median  ridge,  and  on 
either  side  of  the  ridge  is  a  large  wing-like  process  which  corres- 
ponds to  the  basipterygoid  process  of  Lacertilians.  A  similar 
process  occurs  in  Pseudechis.  It  gives  origin  to  the  spheno- 
pterygoid  muscle.  The  superior  surface  is  convex  in  front,  but 
deeply  excavated  posteriorly  to  form  a  hollow  "  which  contains  the 
pituitary  body,  a  quantity  of  fibrous  tissue,  and  the  internal 
carotid  arteries  which  pass  into  it  laterally  beneath  the  parietal 
shelf  having  previously  perforated  the  basisphenoid"  (Parker). 
"  There  is  a  posterior  clinoid  wall,  arching  over  the  hinder  part  of 
the  pituitary  body  "  (Parker).  Posterior  to  this  pituitary  fossa 
the  bone  is  concave  to   receive  the    mid-brain.      "The   anterior 


902       THE    OSTEOLOGY    AND    MYOLOGY    OF    THE    DEATH    ADDER, 

extremity  of  the  parasphenoid  becomes  compressed  and  knife-like, 
wedging  in  between  the  hinder  ends  of  the  vomers  "  (Parker). 

The  posterior  extremity  of  the  basisphenoid  is  broader,  and  from 
its  middle  point  a  quadrilateral  outgrowth  of  bone  springs.  This 
is  bevelled  from  above  downwards  and  backwards,  and  is  overlapped 
by  the  inferior  surface  of  the  basioccipital.  The  sides  of  the  basi- 
sphenoid are  bevelled  from  above  downwards  and  outwards  so  as 
to  articulate  with  the  parietal  above,  and  the  prootic  and  ali- 
sphenoid.  The  parasphenoid  articulates  with  the  vomers,  frontals, 
and  basisphenoid.  The  basisphenoid  with  the  lateral  plates  of  the 
parietal,  the  prootics,  basioccipital,  parasphenoid,  and  alisphenoid. 

Os  Basioccipitale. 

Corpus  ossis  occijntalis,  D' Alton,  Kallmann  ;  Occlpitale  basilare, 
Cuvier,  Gegenbaur,  Wiedersheim,  Hoffmann,  Stannius  ;  Occipitale 
basilare  vd  inferius,  Harting ;  Basioccipitale,  Huxley,  Parker, 
Parker  and  Bettany  ;  Korper  des  Hinterhauptstilckes,  Meckel ; 
Occipitale  inferius,  Joh.  Muller,  Owen  ;  Grundtheil  des  llinter- 
haup>ibeins,  Rathke. 

The  basioccipital  bone  is  an  irregular  hexagon.  The  anterior 
border  is  vertical  for  articulation  with  the  basisphenoid.  The 
antero-lateral  side  is  rough  for  articulation  with  the  opisthotic  and 
prootic ;  it  runs  outwards  and  backwards.  The  postero-lateral 
runs  inwards  and  backwards,  and  articulates  with  the  prootic  and 
exoccipital.  The  ])osterior  border  constitutes  the  lower  portion  of 
the  occipital  condyle  ;  below  it  is  rounded,  above  it  is  grooved  in 
the  mid-line  and  bevelled  from  above  downwards  and  outwards  so 
as  to  receive  the  two  processes  from  the  exoccipital,  which  complete 
the  trefoil-shaped  condyle.  The  inferior  surface  is  divided  into  an 
anterior  and  a  posterior  part  by  a  transverse  ridge.  Tlie  anterior 
of  the  two  portions  has  the  suboccipital  articular  muscle  attached 
to  it.  There  are  four  spines  projecting  backwards  from  the  ridge 
between  these  two  portions.  The  median  pair  give  insertion  to 
the  inferior  part  of  the  rectus  capitis  anticus  of  either  side.  The 
lateral  pair  give   attachment   to   the  superior  part  of  the  rectus 


BY   W.  J.  McKAY.  903 

anticus,  which  is  also  inserted  on  the  posterior  half  of  the  inferior 
surface  of  the  bone.  The  sacro-lumbalis  prolonged  forward  from 
the  dorsal  region  is  also  attached  to  the  lateral  spines.  The  superior 
surface  is  deeply  excavated  to  receive  the  medulla.  The  basi- 
occipital  articulates  with  the  basisphenoid,  exoccipital,  and 
proptic. 

Os   EXOCCIPITALE. 

Pars  lateralis  ossis  occijyitis,  D'Alton ;  Occijntalia  lateralia, 
Cuvier,  Gegenbaur,  Kallmann,  Harting,  Joh.  Miiller,  Owen,  Stan- 
nius,  Hoffmann,  Wiedersheim  ;  JSxoccipitale,  Huxley,  Parker  and 
Bettany,  Parker ;  Gelenkstilck  des  Hinterhauptbeins,  Meckel  j 
Schenkel  des  Hinterhauptbeins,  Rathke. 

The  exoccipitals  are  irregularly  shaped  bones  which  bound  in 
great  part  the  foramen  magnum.  Each  bone  consists  of  a  superior 
horizontal,  and  a  vertical  lateral  piece.  The  upper  face  of  the 
superior  piece  is  flattened  and  gives  attachment  to  the  spinalis  dorsi, 
complexus,  and  trachelo-mastoideus.  The  anterior  border  articu- 
lates with  the  supraoccipital,  the  mesial  border  with  its  fellow  of  the 
opposite  side,  while  the  external  is  raised  into  a  prominent  edge 
to  join  the  opisthotic,  and  gives  attachment  to  some  of  the  fibres  of 
origin  of  the  digastric  muscle.  The  vertical  or  lateral  plate  presents 
a  small  tubercle  for  the  attachment  of  the  trachelo -mastoid,  while 
immediately  beneath  this  there  is  a  second  tubercle  for  the  superior 
part  of  the  rectus  capitis  anticus.  The  internal  surface  of  this 
plate  is  in  contact  with  the  medulla.  Four  foramina  may  be  seen 
on  the  surface.  The  anterior  three  lie  in  the  same  line,  and 
transmit  the  ninth,  tenth,  and  twelfth  nerves;  the  fourth  is  placed 
superiorly  and  posteriorly,  and  is  the  "  posterior  condyloid  fora- 
men" (Parker).  The  anterior  border  articulates  with  the 
opisthotic,  and  slightly  with  the  prootic,  the  inferior  with  the 
basioccipital,  while  the  posterior  runs  downwards  and  backwards 
and  goes  to  make  up  the  occipital  condyle  by  being  the  superior 
moieties  of  the  trefoil-shaped  surface.  The  foramen  magnum  is 
bounded  almost  entirely  by  these  bones,  the  basioccipital  supplying 
the  lower  portion  only. 
58 


904      THE    OSTEOLOGY    AND    MYOLOGY    OF    THE    DEATH    ADDER, 
Os   SUPRA-OCCIPITALE. 

Squama  ossis  occipitis^  D' Alton  ;  Occipitale  siqyerius,  Cuvier, 
Gegenbaur,  Job.  Miiller,  Owen,  Hoflfmann,  Wiedersbeim  ;  Squa^nm 
occipitalis,  Kallmann,  Stannius  ;  Occipitale  superius  vel  squama 
occipitalis,  Harting ;  Schuppe  des  Hinterhauptbeins,  Meckel^ 
Ratbke :  Supra-occipitale,  Huxley,  Parker,  Parker  and  Bettany. 

Tbe  supraoccipital  is  a  very  small  quadrilateral-sbaped  bone 
formed  by  tbe  coalescing  of  tbe  moieties  of  tbe  opposite  sides  at 
tbe  mid-line ;  tbe  suture  can  be  made  out.  Tbe  bone  runs  down- 
wards and  backwards.  Tbe  superior  edges  are  closely  joined  to 
tbe  epiotics,  wbile  tbe  parietal  rests  upon  tbem.  Tbe  inferior 
edges  articulate  witb  tbe  exoccipitals.  Tbe  posterior  surface  of 
tbe  bone  gives  attacbment  to  tbe  spinalis  dorsi.  Tbe  anterior 
surface  belps  to  form  portion  of  tbe  cranial  roof.  In  Python 
tbere  is  a  well  marked  median  ridge,  indicating  tbe  line  of  junction 
of  tbe  opposite  sides.  Tbe  bone  articulates  witb  tbe  parietal, 
epiotic,  and  exoccipital. 

OssA  Periotica. 

Petrosinn,  D' Alton,  Kallmann,  Harting,  Miiller,  Wiedersbeim, 
Kocber,  Cuvier ;  Felsentheil  des  Schlafheins,  Meckel ;  Ejnotic, 
Prootic,  Opisthotic,  Huxley,  Parker,  Parker  and  Bettany,  Hoff- 
mann, Gegenbaur  ;  Felsenbein,  Ratbke  ;  Ala  temp)oralis,  Stannius. 

Tbe  periotic  bones  are  covered  in  part  by  tbe  anterior  portion 
of  tbe  squamosal.  On  tbis  being  removed  tbe  three  bones  are 
seen  united  by  tbe  characteristic  Y -shaped  synarthrosis. 

Tbe  prootic  lies  anterior  to  tbe  other  bones.  It  is  united 
superiorly  witb  the  epiotic,  and  superior  plate  of  the  parietal, 
while  in  front  it  joins  the  posterior  portion  of  tbe  lateral  plate  of 
that  bone.  Inferiorly  it  rests  on  the  basioccipital  and  basispbenoid, 
while  posteriorly  it  is  in  contact  with  the  opisthotic  and  exocci- 
pital. Its  external  surface  is  perforated  by  the  large  foramen 
ovale,  and  is  in  relation  with  the  alispbenoid.  The  fifth  nerve 
issues  from  the  foramen  ovale  in  two  divisions,  the  anterior  one 


BY    W.  J.  McKAY.  905 

made  up  of  the  first  and  second  parts  of  the  nerve  emerges  in 
front  of  the  alisphenoid,  the  posterior  division  behind.  The  small 
foramen  for  the  seventh  nerve  is  slightJy  posterior  to  the  foramen 
ovale,  while  the  eighth  nerve  emerges  from  a  foramen  placed  close  to 
the  junction  of  the  prootic  with  the  epiotic.  The  bone  also  forms 
portion  of  the  anterior  boundary  of  the  fenestra  ovalis.  It  has  the 
greater  portion  of  the  anterior  semicircular  canal  running  upwards 
and  backwards  to  the  epiotic,  and  it  also  has  the  anterior  portion 
of  the  horizontal  canal  running  forward  to  join  the  anterior. 

The  epiotic  is  closely  united  to  the  supraoccipital  bone,  and 
more  anteriorly  with  the  superior  plate  of  the  parietal.  Inferiorly 
it  joins  the  prootic,  posteriorly  the  opisthotic.  It  contains  the 
superior  parts  of  the  anterior  and  posterior  semicircular  canals. 
Portion  of  the  digastric  muscle  arises  from  its  external  surface. 

The  opisthotic  is  in  contact  with  the  epiotic  above,  the  prootic 
in  front,  the  basioccipital  below,  and  the  exoccipital  behind.  It 
contains  the  chief  part  of  the  posterior  semicircular  canal  which 
runs  upwards  and  forward  to  end  in  the  epiotic  above.  It  also 
has  the  posterior  portion  of  the  horizontal  canal  running  from  the 
prootic  in  front.  "  The  opisthotic  forms  the  back  margin  of  the 
fenestra  ovalis,  and  forks  in  the  fenestra  rotunda  nearly  enclosing 
it"  (Parker). 

Os   ALISPHENOIDErM. 

Alisphenoid,  Parker,  Parker  and  Bettany,  Hoffmann. 

The  alisphenoid  is  a  small  quadrilateral-shaped  line.  It  lies 
across  the  foramen  ovale,  and  thus  divides  this  orifice  into  two 
moieties.  Its  anterior  border  is  concave,  and  forms  the  posterior 
rim  of  the  anterior  of  the  two  orifices  of  the  foramen  ovale  which 
transmits  the  first  and  second  divisions  of  the  fifth  nerve ;  the 
posterior  border  bounds  the  foramen  which  transmits  the  third 
division.  The  superior  border  is  joined  to  the  prootic,  while  the 
external  surface  is  smooth,  and  is  in  contact  with  the  parieto- 
[tterygoid  muscle.  A  small  foramen  is  present  in  the  lower 
portion  of  this  external  surface ;  this  transmits  the   nerve  that 


906   THE  OSTEOLOGY  AND  MYOLOGY  OF  THE  DEATH  ADDER, 

supplies  the  parieto-pterygoid.     The  inferior  border  rests  on  the 
basisphenoid  below. 

Os  Orbitosphenoideum. 

Orhitosphenoidj  Parker,  Parker  and  Bettany,  Hoffmann. 

The  orbitosphenoid  is  a  thin  plate  of  bone  only  to  be  dis- 
tinguished with  difficulty  from  the  surrounding  bones.  It  lies  on 
the  posterior  and  external  portions  of  the  lateral  plate  of  the 
frontal,  and  articulates  with  the  orbital  portion  of  the  parietal. 
It  is  reniform  in  outline,  the  concavity  being  anterior.  The  bone 
helps  to  form  the  orbital  fossa,  and  enters  by  a  small  process  into 
the  formation  of  the  optic  foramen. 

Os  Squamosum. 

Mastoideum,  D' Alton,  Harting,  Joh.  Miiller,  Owen ;  Squa- 
mosum, Gegenbaur,  Huxley,  Parker,  Parker  and  Bettany, 
Wiedersheim,  Hoffmann ;  Schldfenschiqyi^e,  Kallmann ;  Zitzen- 
knochen  des  Schlafbems,  Meckel ;  Tympanicum  vel  squamosum, 
Rathke ;  Squama  teinjyoris,  Stannius. 

The  squamosal  is  prismatic  in  outline,  and  presents  superior, 
external,  and  internal  faces. 

The  superior  face  is  slightly  convex  anteriorly,  while  posteriorly 
it  becomes  narrow.  The  anterior  portion  gives  origin  to  the 
posterior  temporal,  while  the  posterior  portion  has  part  of  the 
digastric  arising  from  it. 

The  external  surface  is  convex.  The  anterior  half  gives  origin 
to  the  posterior  temporal ;  the  posterior  half  is  articulated  to  the 
quadrate  by  a  convex  facet.  In  Python  it  is  the  posterior 
extremity  of  the  bone  that  is  modified  for  articulation  with  the 
quadrate.  The  internal  surface  is  broader  anteriorly  than  pos- 
teriorly; its  anterior  two-thirds  is  concave  for  articulation  with  the 
convex  facet  in  the  epiotic.  The  posterior  third  projects  backwards 
and  portion  of  the  digastric  is  attached  to  it.  The  anterior 
extremity  abuts  against  the  projection  mentioned  in  connection 
with  the  postero- lateral  border  of  the  parietal. 


BY    W.  J.  McKAY.  907 

The  bone  articulates  with  the  parietal,  quadrate,  prootic,  epiotic, 
and  supraoccipital. 

Os   QUADRATUM. 

Quadrathein,  D'Alton ;  Qimdratum^  Gegenbaur,  Hallmann, 
Huxley,  Joh.  Miiller,  Parker,  Hoffmann,  Parker  and  Bettany, 
Rathke,  Wiedersheim ;  Quadratum  vel  Tympanicum,  Owen, 
Stannius,  Cuvier. 

The  quadrate  is  a  prismatic-shaped  bone  with  two  articular 
extremities.  The  bone  is  twisted  on  its  vertical  axis  from  before 
outwards  and  backwaras.  The  external  side  commences  in  a  fiat 
oval  surface  above,  and  runs  downwards  and  backwards  to  end 
below  in  an  external  condyle.  The  posterior  temporal  muscle 
arises  from  the  upper  three-fourths  of  the  surface.  The  posterior 
side  commences  as  a  slightly  concave  surface  above,  and  runs 
downwards  and  backwards,  and  ends  below  in  a  flattened  surface. 
The  digastric  muscle  arises  from  this  surface.  The  internal  side 
begins  above  as  a  broad  concave  surface ;  it  runs  downwards  and 
outwards,  and  inferiorly  coming  to  lie  anteriorly,  owing  to  the 
twisting  of  the  bone.  The  external  pterygoid  muscle  arises  from 
this  surface.  There  are  three  edges  to  the  bone.  The  posterior  is 
the  only  one  that  calls  for  notice.  It  projects  forwards,  and 
curling  round  forms  a  concave  surface,  to  the  middle  of  which 
the  columella  and  the  stylohyal  are  united,  and  it  also  serves  to 
give  origin  to  the  external  pterygoid  muscle  and  the  suboccipital 
articular  muscle. 

The  superior  extremity  is  prismatic  in  outline.  The  external 
and  anterior  faces  are  the  continuations  upwards  of  the  exterior 
and  anterior  faces  of  the  shaft  of  the  bone.  The  internal  face  is 
oval,  concave  from  before  back,  broader  anteriorly  than  poster- 
iorly. It  articulates  with  the  facet  on  the  external  surface  of 
the  squamosal,  a  small  synovial  membrane  being  present.  The 
lower  surface  is  flattened  from  before  backwards,  and  presents  a 
striking  similarity  to  the  inferior  extremity  of  the  humerus  of  the 
human  body.  There  is  a  small  external  and  internal  condyle,  and 
a  trochlear  surface.     The  external  condyle  is  sub-cutaneous.     To 


908   THE  OSTEOLOGY  AND  MYOLOGY  OF  THE  DEATH  ADDER, 

the  internal  is  attached  the  internal  pterygoid  muscle,  and  a 
very  strong  internal  ligament  which  unites  it  posteriorly  to  the 
articular  bone  below.  The  trochlear  surface  has  its  axis  placed  at 
right  angles  to  the  long  axis  of  the  head.  It  is  the  shape  of  an 
hour  glass.  The  exterior  portion  is  smaller  and  lower  than 
the  interior,  since  the  axis  of  the  extremity  runs  outwards  and 
downwards.  Both  surfaces  are  convex  from  before  back,  while 
two  surfaces  go  to  make  up  a  concavity  from  side  to  side.  Each 
of  the  trochlear  surfaces  forms  a  semicircle,  but  the  radius  of  the 
internal  is  to  the  radius  of  the  external  as  two  to  one.  Above  the 
trochlear  surface  in  front  is  a  slight  depression  which  receives  the 
"  coronoid  "  process  of  the  articular. 

The  quadrate  articulates  with  two  bones,  the  squamosal,  and  the 
articular,  and  is  in  connection  with  the  columella  and  stylohyal. 
This  bone  differs  considerably  in  shape  from  the  quadrate  of 
Python.  In  the  latter  it  is  quadrilateral,  and  the  inferior 
extremity  is  even  broader  than  the  superior.  There  is  the  same 
evident  twist,  but  the  bone  is  for  the  most  part  composed  of  an 
internal  and  external  surface.  The  projection  from  the  columella 
is  also  much  more  marked  in  Fytlion.  Comparing  the  size  of  the 
skull  of  the  two  snakes,  the  quadrate  of  Acanthojyhisis  much  more 
powerfully  made  than  in  Morelia  or  Python.  In  fact  the 
quadrate  is  the  most  stoutly  made  bone  in  the  head. 

The  Mandible. 

Os  Dentate,  Os  Angulare,  Os  Articulare,  Harting,  Gegenbaur, 
Hoffmann,  Parker,  Parker  and  Bettany,  Owen,  Wiedersheim. 
Os  Dentale  :  L'os  dentaire,  Cuvier  ;  Zahnstilck,  Meckel ;  Dentate, 
Stannius.  Os  Articulare  :  Articulare,  Cuvier,  Stannius  ;  Gelenk- 
stilck,  Meckel.  Os  Coronideum  :  Comjolementa^-e,  Gegenbaur ; 
Kronstilck,  Meckel;  Coronoideum,  Hoffmann,  Parker  and  Bettany, 
Parker;  Complementare  vet  coronoideum,  Stannius;  Coviptementare, 
Owen .  Os  Spleniale  :  S2)leniale,  Parker  and  Bettany,  Parker  ; 
Oi^irculare,  Stannius,  Gegenbaur,  Owen,  Harting,  Hoffmann.  Os 
Supra-angulare  :  Suirra-angulare,  Parker  and  Bettany,  Gegen- 


BY   W.  J.  McKAY.  909 

baur,    Owen,    Parker,    Wiedersheim ;    Complenientare,    Harting, 
Hoffmann. 

The  mandible  is  composed  of  two  moities  ;  an  anterior  single 
piece  or  dentary,  and  a  posterior  compound  piece  consisting  of 
splenial,  coronoid,  angular,  surangular,  and  articular.  The  shaft  of 
the  compound  portion  is  bent  so  that  the  external  side  is  convex. 
It  has  two  surfaces  and  two  borders. 

The  external  surface  runs  from  the  dentary  back  to  the  extremity 
of  the  articular.  The  anterior  two-thirds  of  it  is  made  up  of 
angular,  and  is  convex  ;  the  posterior  third  of  articular,  and  presents 
two  concave  surfaces  and  a  ridge  between  them  which  runs  from 
behind  downwards  and  forward.  The  masseter  is  attached  to  the 
anterior  two-fifths  of  the  surface,  the  posterior  temporal  to  the 
anterior  of  the  two  concave  surfaces ;  between  and  above  these 
muscles  we  have  the  anterior  temporal  inserted.  The  lower  head 
of  the  internal  pterygoid  arises  from  the  posterior  of  the  two 
concave  surfaces ;  while  on  the  ridge  between  these  surfaces  the 
mylohyoid  is  inserted. 

The  internal  surface  is  concave  from  before  back.  Anteriorly 
the  splint-like  splenial  may  be  seen  running  back  from  the  dentary, 
and  expanding  joins  the  coronoid  ;  this  lies  immediately  below  the 
surangular  no  longer  now  to  be  made  out  as  a  separate  element, 
though  well  seen  in  Morelia.  From  the  posterior  third  of  the 
surface  the  upper  head  of  the  internal  pterygoid  muscle  arises. 
The  middle  third  is  convex  and  smooth,  and  over  this  portion  the 
internal  pterygoid  glides. 

As  the  superior  edge  runs  back  from  the  alveolar  border 
of  the  dentary  it  bifurcates  to  enclose  the  large  mandibular  fossa 
into  which  is  inserted  the  external  pterygoid  muscle.  Immediately 
in  front  of  the  fossa  the  parieto-mandibularis  is  inserted ;  imme- 
diately behind  is  placed  the  sigmoid  cavity  of  the  articular,  and 
posterior  to  this  the  edge  expands  into  a  triangular  surface  whereon 
the  digastric  is  inserted,  and  over  the  external  edge  of  which  the 
retractor  oris  glides. 


910      THE    OSTEOLOGY    AND    MYOLOGY   OF   THE    DEATH    ADDER, 

The  articular  surface  bears  a  resemblance  to  the  greater  sigmoid 
cavity  of  the  ulna.  Its  axis  slopes  from  above  downwards  and 
inwards.  A  median  ridge  running  back  from  a  small  "coronoid  "- 
like  process  in  front  divides  the  cavity  into  two  portions,  each  of 
which  is  concave  from  before  back.  The  external  portion  is  the 
smaller  though  deeper  of  the  two,  and  serves  to  prevent  the  too 
ready  dislocation  of  the  jaw.  The  internal  is  large  and  shallow, 
and  owing  to  the  obliquity  of  the  axis  its  excavated  surface 
approaches  much  nearer  the  inferior  edge  than  does  the  surface 
on  the  external  side.  The  trochlear  surface  of  the  quadrate  meets 
this  sigmoid  surface  at  an  acute  angle,  and  so,  when  the  mandible 
is  depressed,  rotation  takes  place  in  such  a  way  that  the  anterior 
portion  of  the  mandible  moves  downwards,  backwards,  and  out- 
wards, thus  allowing  the  gape  to  be  opened  to  its  fullest  extent 
without  dislocation  of  the  bones. 

The  dentary  presents  an  external  and  internal  surface,  a 
superior  and  an  inferior  edge.  The  bone  is  bent  into  two  curves ; 
the  first  portion  is  at  right  angles  to  the  long  axis  of  the  head, 
the  second  is  parallel  to  the  long  axis,  at  the  same  time  having  a 
small  curve  inwards  so  as  to  make  the  external  surface  concave. 

The  external  surface  runs  backwards  and  bifurcates,  enclosing 
the  anterior  extremity  of  the  splenial.  The  greater  portion  of 
this  surface  is  covered  by  the  gland.  A  large  mental  foramen  is 
placed  close  to  the  bifurcation. 

From  the  inferior  portion  of  the  anterior  third  of  the  interior 
surface,  there  arises,  in  a  well  marked  excavated  surface,  the 
genio-glossus  muscle,  and  above  this  the  genio-trachealis.  Below 
the  genio-glossus,  and  running  along  the  inferior  border,  the  inter- 
mandibular  muscle  arises. 

The  anterior  extremity  gives  attachment  to  the  intermandibular 
ligament. 

The  superior  border  contains  about  a  dozen  teeth.  The  inferior 
border  gives  attachment  to  the  muscles  as  stated  above. 


BY    W.  J.  McKAY.  911 

Os  Pr^fkontale  vel  Anteorbitale, 

LachrymaU  vel  Frontale  anterius,  D' Alton  ;  Frontal  anterieur, 
Cuvier;  Ethmoidale  laterale  vel  prcfifroyitale,  Gegenbaur,  Harting, 
Wiedersheim  ;  Prefrontale,  Huxley  ;  Prcefrontale^  Hoffmann  ; 
Thrdnenhein,  Meckel;  Frontale  anterius  vel  Orbitale  anterius, 
Job.  Miiller,  Owen ',  Prcefrontale  vel  Ante-orhitale,  Parker,  Parker 
and  Bettany  ',  Frontale  anterius  vel  Ethtnoideum,  Stannius ; 
Thrdnenhein,  Rathke. 

The  anterior  orbital  is  an  irregularly  shaped  bone  resembling 
somewhat  the  letter  Z,  being  composed  of  two  horizontal  and  one 
vertical  piece. 

The  superior  horizontal  bar  presents  a  superior  surface  flattened 
internally,  while  externally  there  is  a  notch  for  articulation  with 
the  projection  of  bone  from  the  frontal. 

The  notch  is  formed  by  an  excavation  which  runs  from  above 
downwards  and  outwards,  at  the  same  time  extending  more  poste- 
riorly below  than  above.  The  internal  portion  of  the  inferior 
surface  of  the  bone  is  flat,  and  gives  attachment  to  the  posterior 
portion  of  the  nasal  capsule,  while  the  external  portion  rests  on 
the  pedicle  of  the  bone. 

The  pedicle  is  prismatic  in  outline,  its  axis  running  from  above 
downwards  and  outwards.  The  anterior  surface  is  quadrilateral, 
smooth,  convex,  and  sub-cutaneous.  The  posterior  surface  smooth 
with  a  large  foramen  at  its  lower  edge,  which  leads  to  a  canal 
that  opens  on  the  inferior  surface.  This  transmits  the  lachrymal 
duct.     This  surface  bounds  the  orbit  anteriorly. 

The  internal  side  of  the  prism  is  mainly  composed  of  membrane, 
so  that  a  cavity  is  formed  in  the  bone  which  is  in  relation  with  the 
nasal  canal  close  to  the  posterior  nares. 

The  inferior  plate  of  bone  is  prismatic.  The  pedicle  rests  on 
the  internal  half  of  its  superior  sides,  while  the  outer  half  of  the 
plate  helps  to  complete  the  anterolateral  portion  of  the  orbit. 


912   THE  OSTEOLOGY  AND  MYOLOGY  OP  THE  DEATH  ADDER, 

The  inferior  surface  is  triangular  in  outline,  the  base  of  the 
triangle  being  internal.  The  inner  portion  of  this  surface  is  very 
slightly  convex  from  before  back,  while  the  surface  as  a  whole  is 
slightly  concave  from  side  to  side. 

This  bone  shows  at  first  sight  a  great  difierence  to  the  corres- 
ponding bone  of  Morelia  or  any  other  python  ;  the  chief  difierence 
is  in  connection  with  the  maxilla.  The  bone  in  Morelia  occupies 
a  more  horizontal  position,  so  that  what  was  the  anterior  face  of 
the  pedicle  in  Acanthophis  becomes  the  superior  here ;  but,  at  the 
same  time,  the  superior  face  is  curved  down,  so  that  it  becomes 
more  or  less  antero-external,  and  it  is  the  inferior  border  of  this 
antero-external  moiety  that  corresponds  to  the  articular  surface  of 
the  inferior  horizontal  plate  in  Acanthophis^  a  process  forming 
the  antero-lateral  border  of  the  orbit  corresponding  to  the  one 
described  above.  The  posterior  face  presents  a  difierence,  in  as 
much  as  it  sends  down  processes  which  are  united  to  the  palatine, 
maxillary,  and  transverse  bones  by  ligament.  Owing  to  the 
horizontal  position  the  internal  border  of  the  superior  plate  comes 
into  contact  with  the  nasals.  The  bones  difier  from  those  of 
Pseiodechis  and  Daboia  in  the  shape  of  the  inferior  horizontal 
plate.  In  these  forms  the  inferior  plate  is  convex,  and  forms  a 
kind  of  ball  and  socket  joint  with  the  concave  surface  of  the 
maxilla  below. 

Os  Maxii-lare. 

Maxillare  superius,  D'Alton,  Cuvier  ;  Maxillare,  Gegenbaur, 
Hofiinann,  Huxley,  Owen,  Parker,  Parker  and  Bettany,  Wieders- 
heim ;  Oherkiefer,  supra-maxillare,  Harting,  Meckel,  Joh.  Miiller, 
Stannius. 

The  maxilla  is  a  crescent-shaped  bone,  convex  externally,  con- 
cave internally,  and  longer  from  before  backwards  than  from  side 
to  side. 

The  superior  surface  is  semilunar  in  outline,  much  wider  in 
front  than  behind.  Antero-internally  it  is  slightly  concave  from 
before  back.     The  inferior  surface  forms  the  alveolar  margin  which 


BY   W.  J.  McKAY.  913 

carries  one  fang  firmly  fixed  bo  the  bone,  while  two  accessory  ones 
lie  embedded  in  the  mucous  membrane  immediately  behind.  On  the 
posterior  third  of  this  margin  there  are  three  small  permanently 
erect  teeth.  The  anterior  surface  is  smooth  and  convex,  with  a 
small  depression  over  the  fixed  fang.  Ov^er  this  surf  ace  the  venom 
duct  runs  to  reach  the  fang.  The  external  su  rface  is  the  continua- 
tion of  the  anterior;  it  has  a  small  groove  for  the  venom  duct  to 
lie  in.  The  internal  surface  presents  two  regions,  an  antero-  and 
a  postero-lateral,  and  between  them  a  strong  process.  The  antero- 
lateral is  the  smaller  of  the  two,  and  is  formed  by  an  excavation 
of  the  bone  from  above  downwards  and  outwards;  thus  a  concave 
surface  is  formed  in  which  the  palate  bone  tits.  Behind  this  con- 
cavity the  bone  is  produced  downwards,  inwards,  and  backwards, 
so  that  a  prominent  process  is  formed  which  lies  on  the  palate,  and 
is  closely  connected  to  that  bone  by  ligament ;  the  process  also 
receives  some  of  the  fibres  of  the  parieto-pal  atine  muscle.  The 
posterior  two-thirds  of  this  side  is  deeply  excavated,  forming  the 
postero-lateral  fossa.  This  is  chiefly  filled  by  the  mucous  mem- 
brane in  which  the  accessory  fangs  lie. 

The  posterior  extremity  presents  an  articular  surface  consisting 
of  a  concave  surface  externally  and  a  convex  internally  ;  it  articu- 
lates with  the  transverse  bone. 

The  bone  differs  from  that  of  Morelia,  in  which  the  bone  is  long 

and  prismatic-like,  with  all  the  teeth  of  nearly  equal  size.     From 

Dahoia  it  differs  essentially  in  having  the  three  solid  teeth  behind. 

It  differs  from  Diemenia  and  Pseudechis  only  in  the  shape  of  the 

superior  surface,  which  in  these  two  forms  is  more  concave  so  that 

the  bone  may  move  freely  on  the  anterior  orbital.     Thus  we  see 

that  this  bone  alone  enables  us  to  decide  as  to  the  classification  of 

Acantliophis. 

Os  Transpalatinum. 

Pterygoideum  externum^  D'A.lton,  Harting  ;  Transversum, 
Cuvier,  Joh.  Miiller;  Os  transversum  oder  dusseres  Flilgelbein, 
Gegenbaur  ;  Transversum^  Hoff'mann,  Huxley,  Wiedersheim  ; 
Hinteres  Flilgelstiick,  Meckel ;  Pktopterygoid,  Owen,  Stannius ; 
Transpalatinum,  Parker,  Parker  and  Bettany. 


914      THE   OSTEOLOGY    AND   MYOLOGY    OF   THE    DEATH   ADDER, 

The  transpalatine  is  an  irregularly  shaped  bone,  about  half  the 
length  of  the  pterygoid.  Viewed  from  above  it  is  seen  to  be 
convex  externally ;  viewed  from  the  side  the  anterior  half  is 
so  curved  that  the  convexity  is  above.  The  anterior  extremity 
is  flattened  from  above  downwards,  and  presents  an  articular 
head  for  the  maxilla,  the  external  portion  being  convex,  the 
internal  concave.  The  superior  surface  is  convex,  while  a  deep 
fossa  occurs  on  the  inferior.  To  the  superior  surface  is  attached 
a  well  marked  band  of  fascia  running  from  the  postorbital  bone 
above,  which  serves  to  bound  the  orbit,  suspend  the  transpala- 
tinum  and  limit  its  anterior  movement,  and  lastly  to  form  a  floor 
for  portion  of  the  venom  gland  to  rest  on.  At  the  j  unction  of  the 
anterior  with  the  posterior  half  of  the  inferior  surface,  there 
springs  a  strong  recurved  process.  To  this,  as  well  as  to  the 
posterior  half  of  the  inferior  surface,  the  lower  head  of  the 
internal  pterygoid  muscle  is  attached.  The  posterior  extremity, 
as  well  as  portion  of  the  internal  surface,  articulates  with  the 
pterygoid  bone. 

The  chief  point  in  connection  with  this  bone  is  the  prominent 
recurved  process  of  the  inferior  surface.  In  some  lizards  we  have 
observed  a  somewhat  similar  process.  It  is  also  to  be  observed 
that  the  insertion  of  the  pterygoid  muscle  into  this  bone  is  one  of 
the  reasons  for  considering  that  Acantlioiihis  is  far  removed  from 
the  vipers. 

Os  Pterygoideum. 

Pterygoideum  externum,  D' Alton,  Harting  ;  Pterygoid,  Cuvier, 
Gegenbaur,  Huxley,  Hofimann,  Joh.  Muller,  Owen,  Parker, 
Parker  and  Bettany,  Stannius,  Rathke,  Wiedersheim  ;  Yorderes 
FlUgelstilck  des  Keilbeins,  Meckel. 

The  pterygoid  is  a  scimitar-shaped  bone,  and  thrice  as  long  as 
the  palatine.  The  anterior  third  is  prism-shaped  with  its  external 
side  slightly  convex,  while  the  posterior  two-thirds  is  flattened 
from  above  downwards,  with  a  well  marked  concavity  externally. 
The  superior  surface  of  the  anterior  portion  of  the  bone  gives 
insertion  to  a  few  fibres  from  the  parieto-palatine  muscle.     The 


BY    W.  J.  McKAY  915 

inferior  surface  is  the  alveolar  border  supporting  a  number  of 
small  recurved  teeth.  The  anterior  extremity  articulates  with  the 
palate  by  a  ginglymus  joint.  The  posterior  two-thirds  of  the  bone 
is  twisted  on  its  long  axis,  so  that  the  interior  surface  comes  to 
lie  internally,  and  slopes  from  above,  downwards  and  inwards. 
To  this  surface  is  attached  the  pterygo-sphenoid  muscle,  while  the 
parieto-pterygoid  is  inserted  on  the  external  border.  The  trans- 
verse joins  the  bone  at  the  junction  of  the  anterior  with  the  middle 
half  of  the  external  border.  The  inferior  surface  is  deeply 
excavated,  and  gives  attachment  to  the  internal  pterygoid  muscle  ; 
while  a  number  of  small  teeth  spring  from  the  inner  border  of 
the  surface. 

The  posterior  extremity  of  the  bone  comes  to  a  point,  from 
which  a  ligament  springs  which  connects  the  bone  with  the  inner 
side  of  the  articular.  This  connection  is  not  an  intimate  one,  and 
we  can  find  no  such  arrangement  of  the  extremity  of  the  ptery- 
goid, such  as  Huxley  has  described  in  Crotalus.  This  point  will 
be  dealt  with  below. 

Os  Palatinum. 

Os  Palatinum^  all  authors. 

The  palatine  is  a  prism-shaped  bone  slightly  longer  than  the 
maxilla.  In  the  posterior  half  of  its  upper  border  is  attached 
the  parieto-palatine  muscle.  .  To  the  middle  of  this  border  the 
maxilla  is  attached  by  ligament.  The  inferior  border  carries  five 
solid  teeth  almost  the  same  size  as  those  on  the  posterior  part  of 
the  maxilla.  The  external  border  fits  into  the  groove  on  the 
antero-lateral  surface  of  the  maxilla.  The  posterior  extremity 
articulates  by  a  ginglymus  joint  with  the  pterygoid. 

The  bone  difiers  but  slightly  in  any  of  the  forms  examined. 

Hyoid  Bones. 

The  osseous  portions  of  the  hyoid  bones  are  represented  by  two 
thin  bars  which  run  forward  on  either  side  of  the  posterior  portion 


916   THE  OSTEOLOGY  AND  MYOLOGY  OF  THE  DEATH  ADDER, 

of  the  tongue.  They  end  at  about  an  inch  from  the  symphysis  of 
the  mandibles  by  converging  towards  the  mid-line,  and  then 
coalescing  below  the  tongue.  They  are  hidden  from  view  by 
the  costo-mandibular  muscles  attached  to  their  inferior  surfaces, 
while  the  mylohyoid  arises  from  them  anteriorly,  and  the  hyoglossi 
are  attached  along  their  internal  borders.  The  genio-hyoglossi 
are  inserted  into  their  anterior  portions,  and  the  hyo-trachealis 
arises  from  the  same  region. 

The  length  of  the  bars  varies  in  the  various  species  examined, 
being  about  IJ  inch  in  Acanthophis,  but  about  3  inches  in  both 
Pseudechis  and  Diemenia,  so  that  the  hyoglossi  in  these  species 
do  not  arise  from  the  whole  length  of  the  bones,  but  only  from 
the  anterior  half,  while  posteriorly  there  is  a  special  interhyal 
muscle  developed.  These  bars  are  taken  by  previous  writers  to 
represent  the  ceratohyals  of  other  groups. 

In  Daboia,  and,  to  a  less  degree,  in  Acanthophis  and  Pseudechis, 
there  is  an  arrangement  which  appears  to  throw  light  upon  the 
true  homology  of  these  parts.  The  osseous  bars  run  forward  and 
converge  to  the  mid-line,  where  they  fuse  with  a  small  plate  of 
cartilage  (?).  From  either  side  of  this  plate  there  run  out  two 
well-marked  tendinous  bands  which  intersect  the  mylohyoid  and 
the  costo-mandibular  muscles.  Each  band  runs  a  little  forward 
and  outwards,  and  then  turning  sharply  runs  backwards  and 
outwards,  and  is  lost  at  the  posterior  extremity  of  the  mandible. 
Thus  we  have  a  hyoid  apparatus  very  similar  to  that  described 
and  figured  by  Parker  for  Lacerta  agilis,  and  also  like  what  we 
find  in  Hinulia. 

Taking  this  view  of  the  hyoid  apparatus,  we  consider  that 
the  anterior  intersections  represent  the  hypohyal,  and  ceratohyal ; 
the  stylohyal  we  have  seen  to  be  attached  to  the  quadrate. 
The  plate  at  the  junction  of  the  two  osseous  bars  will  therefore  be 
the  basihyal. 

The  second  intersection  will  be  the  first  branchial  bar,  while 
the  two  ossified  rods  usually  considered  to  be  ceratohyals  will  be 
the  hypobranchial  bars. 


BY    W.  J.  McKAY.  917 

The   Vertebral  Column. 

The  vertebral  column  of  ophidians  is  generally  divided  into  two 
regions,  a  costal  and  a  caudal.  Rochebriine  has,  however,  gone 
very  fully  into  the  subject  of  the  vertebrae  of  snakes,  and  he 
distinguishes  five  regions,  cervical,  thoracic,  pelvic,  sacral,  and 
coccygeal  or  caudal. 

The  cervical  vertebriB  are  two  in  number,  and  are  devoid  of  ribs ; 
they  represent  the  atlas  and  axis.  The  thoracic  and  pelvic  vertebrae 
have  ribs,  with  ossified  processes  anchylosed  to  their  lateral 
aspects.  The  caudal  are  distinguished  by  possessing  a  bifid  hypa- 
pophysis.  The  only  difficulty  that  arises  is  in  distinguishing  the 
thoracic  vertebrae  from  the  pelvic.  The  thoracic  possess  hypa- 
pophyses  without  exception ;  the  pelvic  in  certain  forms  only. 
When,  therefore,  both  regions  have  hypapophyses  Rochebrune 
distinguishes  between  them  thus  : — 

"  Thoracic. — Brievete  relative  du  corps,  surelevation  et  incli- 
naison  des  lames,  abaissement  brusque  et  raccourcissement  des 
processus,  direction  oblique  du  tenon,  position  elevee  des  tuber- 
cules  costaux ;  developpement  exagere  des  apophyses  epineuses 
superieures  et  inferieures  ;  largeur  de  la  partie  superieure  du  trou 
rachidien." 

^^ Pelvic. — Epaisseur  et  longueur  relative  du  corps;  aplatisse- 
ment  et  ecartement  des  lames ;  amincissement  et  relevement  de 
I'extremite  des  processus  ;  direction  droite  du  tenon  ;  position  en 
dessous  des  tubercules  costaux ;  developpement  des  apophyses 
transverses  ;  brievete  et  largeur  relatives  de  I'apophyse  epineuse  ; 
brievete  et  inclinaison  de  I'hypapophyse ;  aplatissement  de  la 
partie  superieure  du  trou  rachidien." 

Taking  a  thoracic  vertebra  we  shall  compare  the  vertebrae  of  the 
other  regions  with  it. 

Centrum :  The  centra  are  procoelous.  The  articular  faces  are 
ellipsoidal,  the  long  axis  being  transverse.  The  edge  of  the 
"  socket "  is  slightly  concave  above  and  below,  the  appearance 


918   THE  OSTEOLOGY  AND  MYOLOGY  OF  THE  DEATH  ADDER, 

being  caused  by  the  lateral  portions  projecting  more  forward. 
This  has  reference  to  the  fact  that  the  vertebrae  generally  move  in 
the  transverse  and  not  in  the  vertical  plane.  The  "  ball"  of  the 
posterior  articular  surface  is  almost  a  hemisphere.  On  looking  at 
the  surface  in  profile  the  curve  of  the  upper  third  of  the  ball  is 
seen  to  be  the  circumference  of  a  smaller  circle  than  the  lower 
two-thirds,  while  the  lateral  portions  of  the  rim  are  produced 
forward  so  as  to  correspond  with  the  lateral  edges  of  the  socket. 

The  centrum  as  a  whole  is  somewhat  pyramidal,  .the  base  being 
posterior.  The  base  slopes  from  above  downwards  and  backwards, 
and  it  is  upon  this  surface  that  the  "ball"  of  the  posterior  articular 
surface  rests.  It  follows  from  this  that  the  axis  of  the  posterior 
face,  instead  of  corresponding  with  the  axis  of  the  centrum,  makes 
an  angle  of  about  thirty  degrees  with  the  long  axis  of  the  body. 
The  advantage  of  this  will  be  seen  hereafter. 

The  anterior  portion  of  the  centrum  corresponding  to  the 
apex  of  the  pyramid  bears  the  concave  anterior  articular  face. 
The  dorso-ventral  axis  of  this  face  is  inclined  from  before, 
downwards,  and  backwards.  Owing  to  this  the  lower  three-fifths 
of  the  socket  rests  on  the  front  of  the  pyramid,  while  the  upper 
two-fifths  is  free,  and  inclines  forward.  The  reason  for  this 
becomes  evident  when  we  take  a  longitudinal  vertical  section  of 
two  vertebrae ;  we  then  see  that  the  superior  part  of  the  cup  rests 
on  the  upper  and  most  curved  portion  of  the  ball,  while  the  lower 
three-fifths  rests  on  the  less  curved  portion  of  the  ball.  We  thus 
have  a  ball  and  socket  joint,  the  dorso-ventral  axis  of  which 
is  downwards  and  backwards,  and  thus  is  formed  a  joint  capable 
of  withstanding  greater  force  from  above  downwards  than  if  the 
axis  of  the  ball  and  socket  was  parallel  to  the  long  axis  of  the 
body. 

From  the  anterior  portion  of  the  external  surface  the  diapo- 
physis  and  parapophysis  spring  ;  while  from  the  inferior  surface  a 
strong  recurved  hypapophysis  projects.  On  each  side  of  the  base 
of  the  hypapophysis  are  seen  two  excavations  from  which  the 
levatores  costarum  interni  spring.  The  superior  surface  forms  the 
floor  of  the  neural  canal. 


BY   W.  J.  McKAY.  919 

Pedicles :  The  pedicles  arise  from  the  lateral  portion  of  the 
superior  surface  of  the  centrum.  They  are  very  short  anteriorly, 
but  longer  behind,  and  run  upwards  and  slightly  outwards. 
The  external  surface  is  grooved  for  the  subvertebral  rectus 
muscle,  while  anteriorly  the  buttress  of  bone  supporting  the  prezy- 
gapophysis  springs  from  its  side.  The  anterior  and  posterior  edges 
are  indented  forming  portions  of  intervertebral  notches  for  the 
exit  of  the  spinal  nerves.  Where  the  posterior  portion  of  the 
pedicle  joins  the   lamina  the  postzygapophysis  is  given  off. 

LamincE :  The  laminae  run  upwards  and  inwards  from  the 
pedicles  to  the  mid-line ;  at  the  same  time  they  are  produced 
forwards  and  backwards  to  form  the  zygosphene  and  zygantram 
respectively.  The  external  surface  of  the  lamina  is  excavated  for 
the  rotatores  dorsi  muscles.  The  anterior  edge  is  taken  up  by  the 
zygosphene ;  the  posterior  is  well  marked  and  runs  outwards  into 
the  posterior  edge  of  the  first  zygapophysis,  while  it  is  continued 
internally  into  the  neural  spine. 

Neural  spine :  The  neural  spine  springs  from  the  junction  of 
the  laminae  in  the  mid-line.  It  is  quadrilateral  in  outline.  The 
edge  is  sharp,  and  the  tendons  of  the  spinalis  dorsi  are  inserted  on 
it.  The  anterior  edge  is  likewise  sharp,  and  gives  attachment  to 
the  interspinales.  The  posterior  edge  is  marked  by  an  excavation 
in  which  the  interspinales  lie;  The  lateral  sides  of  the  spine  are 
broad  and  smooth,  and  from  here  the  spinalis  dorsi  and  multifidus 
spinse  arise,  the  former  above,  the  latter  below. 

Zygosphene  :  The  zygosphene  projects  from  the  anterior  borders 
of  the  laminse  as  a  well  marked  process.  The  superior  surface  is 
convex,  and  gives  attachment  to  a  strong  ligament  which  helps  to 
bind  the  vertebrae  together.  The  lateral  surfaces  are  bevelled 
from  above,  downwards  and  backwards,  forming  facets  for  articula- 
tion with  the  preceding  zygantrum. 

Zyantrum  :  The  zyantrum  is  formed  by  the  expansion  of  the 
laminse  posteriorly.     It  presents  two  facets,  which  will  be  under- 
stood by  supposing  a  pyramidal   piece  to  be  excavated  from  the 
59 


920   THE  OSTEOLOGY  AND  MYOLOGY  OF  THE  DEATH  ADDER, 

internal  face  of  the  posterior  portions  of  the  diverging  laminae. 
The  excavation  is  made  from  above  downwards  and  outwards,  but 
the  floor  runs  downwards,  inwards  and  backwards.  Into  this  niche 
on  either  side  a  facet  of  the  zygosphene  fits,  "  like  the  joints  called 
tenon-and-mortice  in  carpentry  "  (Owen). 

Prezyga2oophysis  :  The  prezygapophysis  is  supported  on  a 
pedicle  of  bones  that  runs  upwards  from  the  diapophysis.  The 
articular  fane  looks  upwards,  is  oval,  with  a  process  from  its 
anterior  border.  It  runs  downwards,  inwards,  and  backwards. 
It  articulates  with  the  posterior  zygapophysis  of  the  preceding 
vertebra.  The  pedicle  that  supports  the  zygapophysis  sends  up 
a  well-marked  process  external  to  the  articular  facet.  This  we 
consider  to  be  a  metapophysis.  It  gives  attachment  to  the 
levatores  costarum,  longissiraus,  and  intertransversarii  muscles. 

Postzyga20O2:)hysis :  The  postzygapophysis  is  not  so  strongly 
built  as  the  anterior,  the  reason  being  that  the  anterior  is  the 
supporting  zygapophysis. 

The  articular  facet  is  situated  on  the  inferior  surface,  and 
consequently  looks  downwards,  while  at  the  same  time  it  runs 
inwards,  forwards,  and  slightly  upwards,  a  small  projection  pro- 
ceeding backwards  from  its  posterior  edge. 

The  superior  surface  of  the  zygapophysis  is  flattened,  and  is 
continuous  with  the  external  surface  of  the  lamina.  To  this  is 
attached  the  semispinalis. 

Transverse  Process :  The  transverse  process  is  represented  by 
a  small  projection  of  bone  from  the  external  side  of  the  anterior 
portion  of  the  centrum.  On  this  projection  an  articular  face  is 
developed  which  is  made  up  of  two  tubercles.  The  superior 
tubercle  projects  outwards,  is  rounded,  convex,  and  more  posterior 
than  the  inferior,  which  is  oval,  slightly  convex,  and  larger  than 
the  superior.  Between  the  two  tubercles  there  is  a  depression, 
concave  from  above  downward^.  The  axis  of  the  whole  articular 
face  is    downwards    and    forwards.     Leading   from   the   inferior 


BY    W.  J.  McKAY.  921 

tubercle  is  a  small  pedicle  of  bone  ;  this  runs  forward  and  down- 
wards, and  is  regarded  by  Owen  as  representing  a  parapophysis. 

Hypapophysis :  The  hypapophysis  springs  from  the  whole  of 
the  inferior  edge  of  the  centrum.  It  runs  downwards  and  back- 
wards. Its  anterior  edge  is  longer  than  its  posterior,  and  slightly 
concave  from  above  downwards.  The  external  sides  are  rounded, 
and  give  attachment  to  the  depressores  costarum  and  sub  vertebral 
rectus. 

Atlas  :  The  atlas  presents  as  in  all  vertebrates  the  most  con- 
siderable modifications.  The  anterior  face  has  three  articular 
facets,  while  occupying  the  region  of  the  centrum  is  the  elliptical 
prominence  of  the  anterior  extremity  of  the  odontoid  process. 
Anteriorly  and  inferiorly  this  latter  slopes  rapidly  downwards  and 
backwards,  while  superiorly  it  extends  upwards  and  backwards 
for  a  short  distance  only.  On  either  side  it  meets  the  lateral  facets 
of  the  atlas  at  an  acute  angle.  These  facets,  which  represent  the 
articular  surfaces  of  the  lateral  masses,  spiead  out  from  the 
odontoid  process  like  wings  ;  they  are  triangular  (the  apex  being 
superior)  and  concave.  Each  plate  is  placed  so  that  its  surface 
slopes  downwards,  backwards,  and  inwards,  to  meet  the  odontoid 
process,  and  thus,  as  mentioned  above,  an  acute  angle  is  formed  on 
either  side.  The  facets  articulate  with  the  exoccipital  moieties 
of  the  trefoil  condyle  of  the  skull.  The  third  face  is  the  superior 
surface  of  the  autogenous  hypapophyseal  portion  of  the  bone.  It 
is  pentagonal  in  shape,  the  apex  being  in  front.  The  surface  is 
concave  and  lies  anterior  though  inferior  to  the  odontoid  process, 
which  it  meets  behind,  making  with  it  an  angle  of  60°,  The  an_ 
terior  portion  of  this  face  presents  a  distinct  ridge,  which  enables 
the  occipital  condyle  to  hook  on  most  effectually.  The  neural  arch 
is  formed  by  two  curved  laminae  of  bone  running  up  to  meet  in  the 
mid-line,  the  neural  canal  being  wider,  though  less  high,  than  in 
other  regions.  The  neural  spine  is  absent,  a  slight  ridge  taking  its 
place.  There  is  no  prezygapophysis  or  zygosphene;  the  anterior 
superior  edge  being,  however,  in  close  relation  to  the  posterior 
superior  edge   of   the  exoccipitals.     A  small  prezygapophysis  is 


922   THE  OSTEOLOGY  AND  MYOLOGY  OF  THE  DEATH  ADDER, 

present,  but  no  facets  for  a  zygantrum,  the  posterior  border  pro- 
jecting slightly  over  the  axis,  which  has  no  zygosphene.  Two 
small  tubercles  project  from  a  weakly  developed  transverse  process. 
The  hypapophyseal  region  consists  of  a  wedge-shaped  piece  of  bone, 
the  anterior  portion  of  the  superior  surface  of  which  was  described 
above.  It  articulates  with  the  inferior  surface  of  the  basioccipital 
portion  of  the  condyle  of  the  skull ;  it  is  also  in  contact  with  the 
odontoid  process,  and  with  the  hypapophysis  of  the  axis.  A  suture 
shows  its  autogenous  separation  from  the  atlas  upon  which  it  is 
freely  movable. 

The  posterior  articular  surface  of  the  bone  presents  two  concave 
lateral  facets,  and  a  concave  inferior  fapet.  These  all  articulate 
with  surfaces  on  the  axis. 

The  various  elements  fit  on  to  the  occipital  condyle  in  the 
following  manner.  The  superior  portion  of  the  tubercle  carries 
ligaments,  while  the  anterior  and  inferior  part  fits  into  the  Y  cleft 
formed  by  the  exoccipitals  on  either  side,  and  the  basioccipital 
below.  The  lateral  concave  wings  fit  on  the  exoccipital ;  the 
small  convex  portion  mentioned  above  fits  in  between  the  latter 
bone  and  the  basioccipital.  On  the  surface  of  the  concave  penta- 
gonal plate  of  the  hypapophysis,  the  convex  surface  of  the  basi- 
occipital rests  ;  and  since  the  inferior  edge  of  this  bone  is  produced 
into  a  hook-like  process,  this  fits  into  the  ridge  of  this  pentagonal 
plate. 

Thus  it  can  be  seen  that  lateral  movement  of  the  head  can  take 
place  to  a  degree ;  while  upward  movement  is  rendered  almost 
impossible  by  the  close  apposition  of  the  bones.  On  the  other 
hand  downward  movement  can  take  place  to  a  considerable  degree. 

Axis  :  The  odontoid  process  is  represented  by  a  sub-conical  pro- 
jection proceeding  forward  from  the  centrum.  Three  articular 
facets  surround  its  base,  the  upper  ones  articulating  with  the  lateral 
surfaces  of  the  atlas,  the  inferior  with  the  hypapophysis.  The 
pedicles  are  short  and  straight,  while  the  laminse  are  quadrilateral, 
their  antero-posterior  and  lateral  measurements  being  equal.  The 
neural  spine  is  short  and  conical,  and  the  neural  canal  is  more 


BY    W.  J.  McKAY.  923 

rounded  than  in  the  case  of  the  atlas.  There  is  a  weakly  devel- 
oped anterior  zjgapophysis  and  a  well  developed  posterior  one.  A 
short  recurved  spike  of  bone,  springing  from  the  transverse  process , 
is  in  serial  homology  with  the  ribs.  The  anterior  surfaces  of  the 
laminae  are  not  formed  into  a  zygosphene,  but  there  is  a  zygantrum 
developed  posteriorly.  The  hypapophysis  presents  a  reduplicated 
arrangement,  for  closely  united  to  the  hypapophysis  of  the  atlas 
is  seen  a  small  process  of  bone  separated  by  a  suture  from  the 
odontoid  above.  This  is  followed  immediately  by  a  well  marked 
recurved  spine,  the  true  hypapophysis.  The  anterior  of  the  two 
processes  appears  in  all  the  snakes  examined,  and  is  also  well 
developed  in  Grammatojyhora ;  while  in  the  atlas  of  man  a  well 
marked  nodule  of  bone  may  be  sometimes  observed  in  this  situation. 
The  third  vertebra  was  remarkable  in  having  no  ribs  attached  to 
it ;  a  small  process  of  bone,  anchylosed  to  the  transverse  process, 
being  the  only  representative  of  a  rib. 

On  considering  the  spinal  column  as  a  whole,  we  find  that  it  is 
composed  of  two  pyramids  placed  with  their  bases  opposed  to  one 
another.  In  this  it  agrees  with  the  observations  of  M.  Roche- 
brune,  who  says,  after  examining  a  great  number  of  skeletons  of 
snakes,  "  On  observe  que  I'axe  osseux  est  forme  de  deux  pyra- 
mides  etroites  sensiblement  pentagonales,  oppos6es  par  leur  base 
la  plus  large,  plus  au  moins  longues  en  raison  des  os  qu'elles 
renferment,  et  dont  la  premiere  depasse  rarement  les  trois 
huitiemes  de  la  longueur  totale  du  corps."  The  vertebrae  number 
about  175;  the  exact  number  is  difficult  to  ascertain,  since  the 
last  fifteen  are  but  thin  leaves  of  bone.  Of  this  number  124 
vertebrae  bear  ribs. 

The  only  points  to  be  noted  in  connection  with  the  first  ten 
vertebrae  are  that  they  are  relatively  small,  and  that  the  neural 
spine,  instead  of  springing  from  the  whole  line  of  junction  of  the 
laminae,  arises  from  the  posterior  portion  only,  and  running 
upwards  is  constricted  so  that  it  appears  somewhat  hour-glass 
shaped  when  viewed  from  the  side. 

The  hypapophysis  is  also  longer  and  less  oblique,  and  at  the 
same  time  weaker  than  it  is  more  posteriorly.     Gradually,  as  we 


924   THE  OSTEOLOGY  AND  MYOLOGY  OP  THE  DEATH  ADDER, 

continue  back,  we  find  the  neural  spine  becoming  broader  antero- 
posteriorly,  while  the  hypapophysis  becomes  shorter,  and  slopes 
downwards  and  backwards.  The  vertebrae  as  a  whole  become 
more  stoutly  made  until  we  reach  the  fiftieth,  which  constitutes 
the  base  of  the  anterior  pyramid.  From  this  onwards  we  have 
the  vertebrae  decreasing  in  size,  the  neural  spines  becoming 
shorter,  and  springing  from  the  whole  length  of  the  line  of 
junction  of  the  laminae,  while  the  hypapophyses  also  become 
shorter  and  more  pointed.  At  the  126th  vertebra  we  have  the 
ribs  ceasing,  and  in  their  place  we  now  get  two  processes  the 
exact  nature  of  which  has  caused  much  discussion. 

If  we  examine  the  vertebrae  from  this  point  to  the  132nd  we 
shall  find  that  these  processes  spring  from  the  transverse  pro- 
cesses, the  superior  one  arising  from  the  upper  tubercle,  the 
inferior  from  the  lower  tubercle.  A  few  vertebrae  further  back 
we  have  the  superior  process  disappearing,  and  represented  by  a 
small  projection  only,  from  the  surface  of  the  inferior  one ;  the 
appearance  presented  being  similar  to  the  letter  k^.  Still  further 
back  the  superior  process  disappears  entirely.  At  the  vertebra 
where  the  ribs  cease  we  have  frequently  a  well-marked  rod  of 
bone,  anchylosed  to  the  superior  portion  of  the  rib,  and  freely 
movable  by  its  inner  extremity  on  the  superior  tubercle  of  the 
transverse  process.  This  occupies  such  a  position  as  the  superior 
of  the  two  processes  mentioned  above.  It  is  to  be  noted  that 
when  this  occurs  we  do  not  find  the  tubercle  of  the  rib  present. 

Many  conjectures  have  been  hazarded  as  to  the  real  nature  of 
these  processes.  Rochebrune  says,  "  Contrairement  a  Topinion  de 
Meckel  ces  apophyses  ne  sont  pas  dues  a  une  bifurcation  de  la 
cote,  la  superieure  est  constituee  par  la  pleurapophyse  modifiee 
et  soudee  au  centrum  ;  Tinferieure  est  due  au  developpement 
exagere  de  la  parapophyse,  interpretation  vers  laquelle  penche  R. 
Owen."  Owen  says,  "  The  diapophyses  become  much  longer  in 
the  caudal  vertebrae  and  support  in  the  anterior  ones  short  ribs, 
which  usually  become  anchylosed  to  their  extremities."  Hofi'mann 
says,  "  Ganz  eigenthiimlich  ist  die  Erscheinung,  dass  wort  wo  die 


BY   W.  J.  McKAY.  925 

prsesacralen  Wirbel  in  die  postsacralen  iibergehea,  die  Rippen  und 
die  Processus  costo-transversariieineGabelbildungzam  Schutz  der 
Lymphherzen  bilden.  Salle,  welcher  sich  rait  ihrem  Bau  ausfiihr- 
licher  beschaftigt  hat,  nennt  dieselben,  "  Lymphapophysen,"  und 
je  nachdem  die  Gabelbildung  an  den  Rippen  oder  an  den  Pro- 
cessus costo-transversarii  (Querfortsatz,  Salle)  vorkommt  "costale" 
oder  trans versale  costo-transversale."  And  again,  "  Was  die  Ent- 
wickelungsgeschichte  der  Lymphapophysen  angeht,  so  theilt  Salle 
mit,  dass  beide  Schenkel  gleichzeitig  von  einergemeinsamen  Basis 
auswachsen,  Knorpelig  angelegt  werden  und  spater  ossificiren." 
In  endeavouring  to  account  for  the  homology  of  the  parts  we  are 
met  with  this  difficulty.  If  we  take  Salle's  observation  as 
correct,  both  processes  spring  from  the  one  point,  then  the 
process  that  is  in  connection  with  ribs  must  either  represent  both 
processes  coalesced  into  one  and  differentiated  off  from  the  vertebrae, 
or  else  it  contains  only  the  representative  of  one  of  the  processes ; 
or  thirdly,  that  it  has  no  connection  with  either  of  the  posterior 
elements.  If  we  were  to  suppose  that  the  rib  was  an  outgrowth 
from  the  side  of  the  vertebra,  our  difficulty  would  thqji  vanish,  for 
we  would  then  have  two  processes  springing  from  the  vertebra  in 
each  case,  but  being  differentiated  off  in  the  one  instance,  and 
remaining  attached  in  the  other.  To  this  it  must  be  said  that  all 
late  investigations  tend  to  show  that  the  ribs  are  not  an  outgrowth 
from  the  vertebrae,  but  are  formed  quiteindependently.  The  question 
arises,  can  even  development  prove  the  homology  of  the  process 
attached  to  the  ribs  1  We  doubt  if  it  could  ;  for  were  it  to  be 
shown  that  the  process  arose  independently  of  the  vertebra,  then 
the  objection  remains  that  the  posterior  ones  are  outgrowths  from 
the  vertebrae.  And  if,  on  the  other  hand,  the  process  arises  as  an 
outgrowth  like  the  posterior  one,  then  which  of  the  two  does  it 
represent  1 

The  fact  seems  to  be  clear,  that,  as  regards  the  actual  position 
of  the  two  processes,  the  superior  corresponds  to  the  detached 
process  connected  with  the  rib,  while  the  inferior  corresponds  to 
the  rib  itself.  If  this  be  so  then  we  think  that  the  following 
statement  by  Flower  may  throw  some  light  on  the  subject  : — 


926   THE  OSTEOLOGY  AND  MYOLOGY  OF  THE  DEATH  ADDER, 

"  There  can  be  no  doubt,  but  that  an  autogenous  process  of  one 
vertebra  of  an  animal  may  be  serially  represented  by  an  exogenous 
process  in  another  vertebra  of  the  same  animal ;  and  likewise  that 
the  corresponding  processes  of  the  same  vertebra  may  be  developed 
exogenously  in  one  animal  and  autogenously  in  another." 

In  dealing  with  the  prezygapophysis  above,  we  suggested  that 
the  process  connected  with  it  might  represent  a  metapophysis,  and 
we  now  suggest  that  the  superior  of  the  two  processes  may  be 
an  anapophysis,  while  the  inferior  may  represent  the  lumbar 
transverse  process  of  higher  animals. 

From  the  133rd  vertebra  to  the  end  we  have  considerable  alter- 
ations. The  elements  of  the  vertebrae  begin  to  diminish  in  size, 
and  at  the  same  time  the  hypapophysis  becomes  bifid.  Kapidly 
the  processes  become  less  conspicuous,  so  that  when  we  reach  the 
last  fifteen  vertebrae  we  find  a  neural  arch  formed  by  the  diminu- 
tive laminae  supporting  a  thin  perpendicular  spine,  while  inferiorly 
the  hypapophjsis  is  represented  by  two  small  spicules  of  bone  only. 

In  comparing  the  vertebral  column  of  Acanthophis  with  that  of 
Pseudechis  and  Diemenia,  we  see  no  very  marked  difierence.  The 
processes  from  the  prezygapophysis  are  more  conspicuous,  and  the 
neural  spines  are  not  so  high  in  these  two  forms.  The  greatest 
dissimilarity  exists  in  regard  to  the  tail  vertebrge  which  are  more 
stoutly  made,  and  exhibit  the  same  processes  as  the  anterior,  only 
less  well  developed.  As  compared  with  2Iorelia  the  zygantrum  of 
the  latter  is  much  more  excavated,  the  articular  surfaces  on  either 
side  being  separated  anteriorly  only  by  a  slight  ridge  of  bone  in 
the  mid-line.  In  the  second  place  there  are  no  processes  (meta- 
pophysis'?) springing  from  the  prezygapophysis,  a  slight  ridge* 
below  the  articular  head  being  the  only  representative  ;  neither 
are  there  any  inferior  processes  from  the  lower  portion  of  the 
transverse  processes. 

Perhaps  the  most  striking  difierence  arises  in  the  connection 
with  the  hypapophysis.  In  all  venomous  snakes  that  we  have 
examined  there  is  a  well-developed  hypapophysis  on  all  the 
vertebrae    that    bear    ribs,     but    in    non-venomous     forms    the 


BY   W.  J.  McKAY. 


927 


hypapophyses  cease  to  be  developed  at  a  variable  distance  from 
the  anterior  extremity.  In  the  following  table  we  show  how 
variable  the  processes  are  : — 


Morelia 

Pythons^ 

Zamensis  carbonarius 

Boa  constrictor , 

Python  tigris  , 

Deurodon  scaber 

Crotalus  horridus 

Acanthophis 


Vertebrae. 


363 
340 
310 
305 
291 
256 
194 
175 


Ribs. 

Hypapophyses. 

273 

78 

259 

69 

195 

38 

9 

60 

251 

74 

9 

32 

168 

194 

124 

175 

Soon  after  the  ribs  cease  the  hypapophyses  again  appear,  but 
in  a  bifid  form.  The  nature  of  the  hypapophysis  has  called  forth 
much  discussion,  and  Rochebrune  has  made  the  following  remarks 
concerning  the  subject : — 

"  Les  anatomistes  attribuent  a  I'hypapophyse  un  role  importan, 
dans  le  mecanisme  des  mouvements,  et  tout  en  la  considerant 
comme  destinee  a  servir  d'attache  aux  muscles  flechisseurs  du  tronct 
ils  n'hesitent  pas  a  voir  en  elle  un  obstacle  a  la  flexion  du  corps 
en  dedans.  .  .  .  Pour  faire  voir  que  I'influence  de  I'hypapo- 
physe, comme  obstacle  a  la  flexion  en  avant,  est  de  nul  effet,  il 
suffit  de  renvoyer  a  ce  qui  a  ete  dit  au  sujet  des  especes  den- 
drophyles,  a  longues  hypapophyses  malgre  leur  mobilite  excessive, 
et  aux  descriptions  des  hypapophyses  longues,  droites  et  minces 
des  genres  Python,  Boa,  etc."  Rochebrune  then  goes  on  to  say 
that  he  considers  them  of  only  secondary  importance  as  regards 
muscular  attachment.  He  supposes  that  the  hypapophyses  play 
an  important  part  in  the  ingestion  of  the  prey.  "  La  longuer  de 
la  ligne  hypapophysaire  depasse  rarement  celle  de  I'oesophage  et 
de  I'estomac  ;  I'une  et  I'autre  sont  en  rapports  directs,  de  telle 
sorte  qu'  a  I'inspection  d'une  colonne  rachidienne,  il  est  possible  de 
determiner  I'etendue  des  deux  organes."  He  sums  up  by  saying, 
"  Les  hypapophyses  nous  semblent  done  etre  destinees,  tout  par- 


928   THE  OSTEOLOGY  AND  MYOLOGY  OF  THE  DEATH  ADDER, 

ticulierement,  a  maintenir  le  bol  alimentaire  pendant  les  con- 
tractions que  necessite  Facte  de  la  deglutition,  et  a  faciliter  son 
cheminement  a  travers  le  canal  alimentaire." 

After  examining  the  subject  attentively  we  certainly  reject  the 
suggestion  of  Rochebrune  with  regard  to  the  processes  hindering 
the  regurgitation  of  the-  food.  We  do  not  hesitate  to  say,  that  had 
such  been  the  case  "selection"  would  in  time  have  brought  about  a 
much  more  efficient  mechanism  than  at  present  exists  in  the  poorly 
developed  hypapophyses  of  non- venomous  snakes.  In  Deitrodon 
alone  have  we  not  an  example  of  how  efficiently  "  selection  "  will 
act  when  called  upon  1  We  prefer  to  adhere  to  the  view  that 
the  hypapophyses  are  developed  to  give  attachment  to  muscles. 
The  question  therefore  arises,  why  should  the  hypapophyses  disap- 
pear in  some  species  and  not  in  others  1  The  only  explanation 
we  can  give  is  that  the  hypapophyses  are  developed  not  only  in 
snakes,  but  also  in  the  higher  animals  in  the  cervical  and  caudal 
regions,  while  less  commonly  in  the  lumbar  region;  and  that  along 
with  the  appearance  of  the  hypapophyses  we  have  well  mcirked 
hypaxial  muscles  developed.  In  the  snake,  while  the  hypaxial 
muscles  are  developed  throughout  the  whole  column,  yet  we  have 
anteriorly  the  conspicuous  bundles  of  the  rectus  capitis  group 
calling  for  much  more  extensive  bony  attachment  than  could  be 
affi)rded  by  the  vertebrae  without  hypapophyses.  In  the  venomous 
snakes  we  find  that  the  hypaxial  muscular  bundles  do  not  flatten 
out  as  in  the  non-venomous  species,  and  this  may  be  the  reason 
why  we  should  always  find  greater  processes.  And  going  a  step 
further  we  say  that  the  muscles  remain  more  rounded  in  order  to 
act  most  efficiently,  by  aiding  the  rapid  movements  which  charac- 
terise venomous  snakes. 

The  Ribs. 

The  rib  consists  of  a  shaft  and  two  extremities.  The  inner 
or  vertebral  extremity  presents  for  examination  an  articular  sur- 
face and  a  well  marked  process.  The  articular  face  is  reniform, 
the  concavity  being  anterior.  Its  superior  portion  is  concave,  and 
articulates  with  the   upper  facet  of  the   transverse  process  of  the 


BY    W.  J.  McKAY-.  929 

vertebra,  while  its  inferior  portion  is  slightly  convex,  and  glides 
over  the  surface  between  the  two  facets  of  the  transverse  process. 
The  process  springs  from  the  upper  portion  of  the  extremity,  and 
is  continuous  with  the  posterior  surface  of  the  shaft.  It  runs 
upwards  and  backwards,  and  gives  attachment  to  the  innermost 
bundles  of  the  external  intercostal  muscles  ;  while  the  superior 
vertebro-costal  ligament,  running  forwards  and  outwards  round 
the  superior  surface  of  this  process,  thus  prevents  rotation  for- 
ward of  the  upper  and  inner  portion  of  the  rib. 

The  Shaft :  The  shaft  is  prismatic  in  shape  and  presents  an 
anterior,  posterior,  and  inferior  surface,  together  with  three  borders. 

Anterior  surface :  To  the  upper  portion  of  the  inner  third  of 
the  anterior  surface  are  attached  the  levatores  costarum  externi ; 
while  to  the  lower  portion  of  this  inner  third  and  to  the  whole  of 
the  outer  two-thirds  are  attached  the  external  intercostals. 

Posterior  surface :  The  posterior  surface,  (which  if  continued 
internally  would  end  in  the  process  described  above)  gives  attach- 
ment to  the  external  intercostals. 

Inferior  sihrface  :  The  inferior  surface  is  more  rounded  than  the 
preceding  ones,  but  it  is  not  well  defined  from  the  posterior  surface, 
except  internally.  The  external  intercostals  arise  from  here  as 
well  as  from  the  posterior  surface. 

There  are  three  borders,  a  superior,  anterior,  and  posterior. 

Superior  border :  The  accessory  portion  of  the  sacro-lumbalis 
column  arises  at  the  junction  of  the  inner  two-fifths  with  the  outer 
three-fifths;  while  immediately  external  to  this  we  have  the  sacro- 
lumbulis  inserted,  and  the  pretrahentes  costarum  superiores,  and 
the  external  oblique  arising.  The  pretrahentes  superiores  cover  the 
middle  third,  and  are  inserted  at  the  j  unction  of  this  with  the  outer 
third  over  which  the  pretrahentes  inferiores  run. 

A^iterior  horder :  The  anterior  border  when  followed  inwards 
is  seen  to  end  in  a  tuberosity  which  gives  attachment  to  the 
levatores  costarum  interni,  and  the  inferior  vertebro-costal  liga- 
ment. The  outer  third  of  this  border  gives  origin  to  the  retrahentes 
costarum. 


930   THE  OSTEOLOGY  AND  MYOLOGY  OF  THE  DEATH  ADDER, 

Posterior  border :  The  posterior  border  gives  insertion  to  the 
depressores  costarum.  At  its  middle  point,  and  just  external  to 
this,  we  have  the  origin  of  the  transverse  muscle,  and  still  more 
external  the  insertion  of  the  retrahentes  costarum.  The  external 
extremity  gives  attachment  to  the  costal  cartilages,  which  give 
origin  to  the  internal  oblique,  and  the  antero-posteriorly  directed 
fibres  of  the  external  intercostal  muscles. 

Myology. 

Muscles  of  the  Head. 

On  the  integument  being  reflected  from  the  cephalic  region  the 

muscles  of   the  head  are  displayed  covered   only  by  a  delicate 

fascia,  which  runs  forward  to  be  lost  on  the  frontal  bones.     In  the 

mid-line  the  greater  portion  of  the  median  triangle  of  the  parietal 

bone  is  to  be  seen  uncovered  by  muscle.    On  either  side  anteriorly 

lie  the  masseters  resting  on  the  venom  gland  beneath,  and  covering 

the   anterior,  and   portion   of    the   posterior,  temporal     muscles. 

Posteriorly  the  quadrilateral-shaped  digastric   runs  outwards  and 

backwards  to  the  extremity  of  the   mandible,  where  it  is  covered 

by  the  fibres  of  the  retractor  oris  as  they   run  from  the  neural 

spines  downwards  and  forwards  to  end   at  the  symphysis  of  the 

lips.     Inserted  on  to  the  supraoccipital   is  seen  the  spinalis  dorsi, 

while  on  the  exoccipital  of  either  side  is  the  complexus.    Posterior 

to  the  retractor  oris  the  depressor  mandibulse  springs,  and  runs 

forward  and  downwards  to  merge  into  the  mylohyoid  between  the 

mandibles  below. 

Masseter. 

M.  ^;ar^eto^^-g"^*acZra<o-?;^a?^c?^6^^^ar^s  {seine  vordere  Portion)^ 
Hofi'mann ;  Schliesser  des  Mauls  oder  Beissmuskeln,  Hiibner ; 
Der  grosse  Beiss-  oder  Shlafenmuskeln  {seine  vordere  Portion), 
D' Alton;  M.  temporalis,  von  Teutleben ;  Masseter,  Owen; 
Temporalis  anterior,  Duvernoy,   R.  Jones. 

The  masseter  arises  from  the  lower  two-thirds  of  the  external 
surface  of  the  postorbital  bone,  and  from  the  upper  portion  of 
the  lateral  triangle  on  the  superior  surface  of  the  parietal.     The 


BY    W.  J.  McKAY.  931 

muscle  is  in  two  parts.  The  superior  or  superficial  portion  arises 
mainly  from  the  parietal,  and  its  fibres  run  downwards  and  back- 
wards to  become  inserted  by  a  tendon  on  the  posterior  part  of  the 
superior  surface  of  the  capsule  of  the  venom  gland  ;  at  the  same 
time  some  of  the  fibres  are  inserted  more  anteriorly.  The  deeper 
portion  of  the  muscle  arises  in  great  part  from  the  postorbital, 
and  runs  downwards  and  backwards  to  form  the  internal  fibres  of 
a  band  of  muscle  which  arises  from  the  internal  aspect  of  the 
capsule  of  the  gland.  The  muscle  turns  round  the  commissure  of 
the  lips,  and  runs  forward  to  be  inserted  on  to  the  anterior  two- 
fifths  of  the  external  surface  of  the  articular  moiety  of  the  mandible, 
immediately  behind  the  dentary. 

The  muscle  is  thus  seen  to  be  composed  of  three  portions,  and 
in  this  respect  it  agrees  with  the  description  given  by  Duvernoy 
(5)  of  Naja  and  Bungarus.  In  Pseudechis  and  Diemenia  the 
arrangement  is  very  similar,  there  being,  however,  more  muscular 
fibres  inserted  on  the  gland  anteriorly.  In  Morelia  the  upper 
portion  of  the  muscle  is  represented,  its  fibres  run  downwards  and 
backwards,  and  end  in  a  tendinous  expansion  which  is  inserted 
on  the  mandible  for  a  short  distance.  The  muscle  is,  in  this  latter 
snake,  and  the  same  seems  to  hold  good  for  all  the  ColuhridcB,  in 
relation  with  the  large  lachrymal  gland,  and  gives  fibres  to  it  to 
form  a  special  compressor.  D' Alton  describes  this  muscle  as 
arising  by  two  heads  in  Python  hivittatus. 

In  JDaboia  the  masseter  is  but  slightly  attached  to  the  parietal 
bone ;  it  arises  chiefly  from  the  superior  surface  of  the  capsule  of 
the  gland,  and  runs  downw^ards  and  backwards  so  as  to  be  more 
posterior  to  the  gland  than  in  the  Elapidce.  This  seems  to  be  the 
typical  manner  of  origin  of  the  masseter  in  vipers. 

Posteriorly  the  masseter  is  related  to  the  posterior  temporal 
muscle,  while  on  reflecting  it  the  anterior  and  deep  temporal  come 
into  view  together  with  branches  of  the  fifth  nerve,  one  of  which 
supplies  the  muscle.  The  muscle  acts  as  an  elevator  of  the 
mandible  and  compressor  of  the  venom  gland,  and  of  the  lachrymal 
gland  in  colubrine  snakes. 


932       THE    OSTEOLOGY    AND    MYOLOGY    OF    THE    DEATH    ADDER, 
M.    TEMPORALIS   ANTERIOR. 

Zweite  mittlere  Fortiori  of  No.  i,  D'Alton,  Hoffmann;  M. 
temporalis^  Owen ;  Middle  temporal^  Duvernoy,  R.  Jones. 

The  anterior  temporal  arises  from  the  outer  portion  of  the  lateral 
triangle  of  the  parietal,  and  from  a  small  part  of  the  superior 
surface  of  the  prootie.  Tlie  anterior  fibres  running  backwards 
and  the  posterior  forwards,  meet,  and  together  they  descend  over 
the  rounded  anterior  portion  of  the  squamosal,  and  running  back 
are  inserted  into  the  superior  edge  of  the  middle  third  of  the 
mandible  above  and  behind  the  insertion  of  the  masseter. 

The  muscle  is  well  developed  and  of  considerable  size  in  Acan- 
thophis,  Biemenia,  and  Pseudechis  ;  while  in  Morelia  it  is  a  very 
powerful  muscle,  occupying  a  great  portion  of  the  postorbital 
fossa.  In  Daboia  it  is  however  of  small  size,  and  is  represented 
by  a  band  of  muscle  which  arises  from  the  side  of  the  parietal,  and 
running  outwards  and  downwards  comes  to  be  anterior  and 
external  to  the  insertion  of  the  masseter. 

The  anterior  temporal  is  covered  by  the  masseter  and  part  of 
the  venom  gland,  while  it  is  closely  related  to  the  branches  of  the 
third  division  of  the  fifth  nerve,  which  emerge  far  under  its  anterior 
border.  Behind  it  is  closely  related  to  the  posterior  temporal  and 
external  pterygoid,  while  internally  it  covers  in  the  parieto-ptery- 
goid  and  parieto-palatine  muscles.    It  is  supplied  by  the  fifth  nerve. 

Its  action  is  to  raise  the  mandible ;  in  Python  it  is  the 
chief  muscle  in  this  action.  It  depresses  the  cranium  when  the 
mandible  is  fixed. 

M.    TEMPORALIS   POSTERIOR. 

Dritte  Portion  of  No.  J,  D'Alton,  Hoffmann;  Posterior  tern' 
2)oral,  Owen,   Duvernoy,   R.  Jones. 

The  posterior  temporal  arises  from  the  upper  three-fourths  of 
the  external  surface  and  edge  of  the  quadrate.  Its  fibres  run 
downwards  and  forwards  to  be  inserted  into  the  ridge,  and  the 
excavated  area  on  the  middle  third  of  the  external  surface  of  the 
surangular  plate  of  the  mandible,  having  the  insertions  of  the 
masseter  and  anterior  temporal  anteriorly,  and  the  mylohyoid 
inferiorly. 


BY    W.   J.  McKAY.  933 

The  muscle  is  related  to  the  digastic  posteriorly,  while  some 
fibres  of  the  retractor  oris  spread  over  it  externally.  Internally 
the  muscle  hides  from  view  the  external  pterygoid. 

TJie  muscle  differs  but  slightly  in  all  the  forms  examined.  It  is 
supplied  by  the  fifth  nerve.  Its  action  is  to  raise  the  mandible,  or 
when  the  latter  is  fixed  to  depress  the  cranium. 

M.  PARiETo-MANDiBULARis  (muscle  of  the  epipterygoid  bone). 

Die  vierte  Portion  of  No.  1,  Hoffmann,  D'Alton. 

On  reflecting  the  masseter  and  pushing  aside  the  venom  gland, 
a  thin  rounded  muscle  is  observed  lying  in  front  of  the  anterior 
temporal  muscle.  It  arises  from  the  prominent  projection  at  the 
junction  of  the  middle-lateral  with  the  posterior-lateral  edge  of 
the  parietal  bone.  It  runs  downwards  and  backwards  to  be  inserted 
on  a  small  area  of  the  upper  portion  of  the  middle  third  of  the 
internal  surface  of  the  mandible.  The  muscle  was  described  by 
D'Alton,  who  took  it  to  be  a  portion  of  the  temporal  muscle 
(tiefste  Portion).  Hoffmann  has  likewise  described  it  as  portion 
of  the  temporal.  An  important  relation  is  established  by  a  large 
branch  of  the  third  part  of  the  fifth  nerve,  which  emerging  from 
under  cover  of  the  anterior  temporal  muscle  winds  round  this 
muscle,  and  separates  it  from  the  temporal  group. 

In  HydrosauTus  a  similar  muscle  is  present,  springing  from  the 
parietal,  and  the  superior  portion  of  the  epipterygoid  (columella) 
and  being  inserted  on  to  the  mandible.  The  nerve  has  the  same 
relation  to  it  as  in  the  snakes.  The  muscle  appears  in  all  the 
snakes  exaaiined,  and  Sanders  (No.  25),  has  described  a  muscle 
similar  to  this  in  Platydaclylus  and  Liolepis.  He  however  says 
that  the  muscle  is  inserted  into  the  pterygoid  bone ;  this  we  think 
is  a  mistaken  observation.  He  suggests  that  the  muscle  corres- 
ponds to  the  tensor  t^'mpani,  but  we  are  at  a  loss  to  see  on  what 
ground  he  could  found  his  homology.  It  may  belong  to  the 
temporal  group,  but  the  relation  of  the  nerve  to  it  forms  an 
obstacle  to  its  being  considered  so.  On  the  other  hand  it  is  supplied 
by  the  third  division  of  the  fifth  nerve. 


934   THE  OSTEOLOGY  AND  MYOLOGY  OF  THE  DEATH  ADDER, 

It  is  interesting  to  find  this  muscle  in  the  ophidians  from  its 
relation  to  the  columella  in  the  lacertilians,  since  we  see  the  bone 
disappearing,  but  the  muscle  remaining  to  aid  as  an  elevator  of  the 
mandible. 

M.   PTERYGOIDEUS   EXTERNDS. 

Part  of  posterior  temporal,  Hoffmann,  D' Alton,  Owen,  Jones, 
Duvernoy. 

On  the  posterior  temporal  muscle  being  removed,  the  fibres  of 
the  external  pterygoid  are  displayed,  arising  from  the  whole  of  the 
anterior  edge  and  part  of  the  internal  surface  of  the  quadrate ;  the 
muscle  runs  downwards  to  be  inserted  into  the  whole  of  the  man- 
dibular fossa.  The  muscle  is  separated  from  the  posterior  temporal 
by  fascia,  and  by  the  inferior  dental  nerve  which  winds  round  its 
anterior  edge  to  gain  the  external  surface,  where  it  runs  to  enter 
the  foramen  on  the  mandibular  fossa.  The  muscles  presented  no 
differences  in  any  of  the  snakes  examined.  The  muscle  is  usually 
regarded  as  part  of  the  posterior  temporal,  and  no  previous  observer 
has  described  it  as  being  at  all  separated  from  the  posterior  tem- 
poral. Whatever  be  the  proper  homologue  of  this  muscle  it  must 
certainly  be  described  as  being  quite  distinct  from  the  posterior 
temporal.  We  think  it  approaches  more  closely  to  the  external 
pterygoid  than  the  muscle  usually  described  under  that  name.  It 
is  supplied  by  the  third  division  of  the  fifth  nerve. 

M.    PTERYGOIDEUS   INTERNUS. 

M.  tranverso-7naxiUo-pterygo7na7idihiIaris,  Hoffmann  ;  Aeussere 
Flugelmuskel,  D'Alton ;  Pterygoideus  exteo^nus,  von  Teutleben  ; 
Pterijgoicleus  externns  et  internus,  Duvernoy  and  R.  Jones  ;  M. 
ehtopteryg Oldens  et  M.  entopterygoideiis,  Owen. 

The  internal  pterygoid  arises  by  two  heads.  The  external  or 
inferior  head  springs  from  the  lower  portion  of  the  external 
surface  of  the  posterior  two-thirds  of  the  mandible.  The  inner  head 
arises  from  the  lower  part  of  the  posterior  third  of  the  inner  face 
of  the  mandible,  and  from  the  capsule  of  the  quadrato-mandibular 
ioint,  and  from  the  inferior  extremity  of  the  quadrate  bone.     The 


BY    W.  J.  McKAY,  935 

two  heads  coalesce  into  a  rounded  belly  of  muscle  which  runs 
forward  and  downwards,  the  lowermost  fibres  being  inserted  on  to 
a  special  process  in  the  middle  of  the  inferior  surface  of  the 
transverse  bone,  and  also  into  the  posterior  half  of  that  bone. 
The  upper  fibres,  (or  those  that  mainly  spring  from  the  internal 
surface  of  the  mandible),  are  inserted  into  the  inferior  surface  of 
the  posterior  half  of  the  pterygoid  bone.  The  muscle  at  its  origin 
has  the  digastric  above  it  externally,  while  the  spheno-pterygoid 
lies  on  the  internal  face.  Inferiorly  the  muscle  is  completely 
covered  by  the  mylohyoid. 

The  muscle  is  usually  described  as  two,  i.e.,  the  external  and 
internal  pterygoids.  We  have  carefully  dissected  several  forms 
to  ascertain  if  there  are  any  grounds  for  this  separation,  and  we 
find  that  the  separation  into  two  muscles  is  quite  unnecessary. 
The  same  holds  good  for  Hydrosaurus.  We  may  also  add  that 
the  same  nerve  supplies  both  parts  of  the  muscle. 

In  Dahoia  and  in  all  vipers  the  muscle  is  prolonged  forward  so 
as  to  be  inserted  into  the  maxilla,  and  at  the  same  time  sending  a 
tendon  to  act  on  the  mucous  membrane  that  covers  the  fangs. 
This  arrangement  of  the  pterygoid  muscle  forms  a  valuable  means 
of  distinguishing  the  vipers  from  the  venomous  colubrine  snakes. 
The  insertion  of  the  muscle  in  Acantliophis  into  a  special  process 
on  the  transverse  bones  is  interesting,  as  a  similar  process  for  its 
insertion  is  seen  in  Hydrosaurus. 

M.  DiGASTRicus  (Posterior  belly). 

M.  occipito-quadrato-mandibularis,  Hoffbaann ;  Niederzieher 
des  UnterkieferSj  D' Alton  ;  M,  temporalis^  von  Teutleben  ;  M 
tympano-manihularis,  Owen;  M.  digastricus,  R.  Jones,  Duvernoy. 

The  digastric  arises  by  two  distinct  portions.  The  smaller  one 
springs  from  the  ridge  between  the  supraoccipital  and  the  epiotic 
bones,  and  from  the  posterior  third  of  the  superior  surface  of  the 
squamosal ;  the  larger  portion  arises  from  the  posterior  surface  of 
the  quadrate,  and  from  the  capsule  of  the  joint  between  the 
quadrate  and  the  squamosal.  The  bellies  coalesce  above  and  run 
60 


936   THE  OSTEOLOGY  AND  MYOLOGY  OF  THE  DEATH  ADDER, 

downwards  and  backwards  to  be  inserted  into  the  whole  of  the 
triangular  area  on  the  upper  surface  of  the  articular,  immediately 
behind  the  quadrato-mandibular  articulation.  The  two  bellies  are 
more  distinct  in  Morelia.  They  also  appear  to  be  well  marked  in 
Crotalus  diirissus  as  figured  by  Duvernoy. 

The  muscle  is  supplied  by  the  seventh  nerve. 

Its  lower  portion  is  covered  externally  by  the  fibres  of  the 
retractor  oris.  It  is  the  chief  muscle  in  opening  the  mouth  of  the 
snake,  since  it  acts  on  the  posterior  extremity  of  the  mandible, 
raising  it  and  so  depressing  the  anterior  portion. 

M.  PTERYGO-SPHENOiDALis  (Levator  palati). 

M.  pterygo-sphenoidalis  2^osterior,  Hofi'mann;  Innere  hintere 
Flitgelmicskel,  D' Alton;  Spheno-pterygoid,  Duvernoy,  R.  Jones: 
Fresplieno-pterygoideus^  Owen. 

The  pterygo-sphenoidalis  arises  from  the  lateral  surface  of  the 
parasphenoid  bone  as  a  narrow  strip  of  muscle  ;  this  runs  back- 
wards and  is  continuous  with  a  broader  belly  which  arises  from 
a  special  excavation  on  the  basisphenoid,  close  to  the  median  line. 
The  muscle  runs  downwards,  backwards,  and  outwards  to  be 
inserted  on  the  superior  surface  of  the  posterior  half  of  the  ptery- 
goid bone.  At  its  origin  the  muscle  has  the  spheno-vomerine 
muscle  lying  externally,  while  the  parieto  pterygoid  lies  externally 
at  its  insertion.  The  muscle  is  hidden  from  view  by  the  aponeurosis 
that  covers  the  roof  of  the  mouth. 

According  to  Owen  it  represents  the  levator  tympani  of  fishes. 
We,  however,  regard  it  as  the  levator  palati  for  the  reasons  given 
below. 

The  muscle  is  one  of  the  most  powerful  of  the  head  group,  and 
is  the  chief  protractor  of  the  pterygoid  bone,  and  hence  the  chief 
erector  of  the  fang. 

M.  PTERYGO-PARiETALis.     (Part  of  teiisor  palati). 

M.  pterygo-parietalisj  Hofimann  ;  Der  Hehemiiskel  des  inneren 
Fliigelbeins,  D'Alton ;  M.  orbitalis,  Hiibner ;  M.  j^ost-orhito- 
palatine,  R.  Jones;  not  mentioned  by  Owen. 


BY    W.  J.  McKAY.  937 

The  pterygo-parietalis  arises  from  the  anterior  portion  of  the 
postero-lateral  edge  of  the  parietal,  and  from  the  lateral  plate  of 
the  parietal  immediately  below.  It  runs  downwards,  backwards 
and  outwards,  to  be  inserted  on  the  middle  third  of  the  external 
edge  of  the  pterygoid  bone,  and  slightly  into  the  posterior  extremity 
of  the  transverse  bone.  As  the  muscle  passes  backwards  it  is 
closely  connected  with  the  external  face  of  the  spheno-pterygoid 
muscle ;  while  the  anterior  temporal  and  parieto-mandibular  muscle, 
together  with  the  branches  of  the  fifth  nerve,  cover  it  externally. 

The  muscle  is  very  large  in  Dahoia  and  arises  more  anteriorly 
than  in  Acanthojyhis. 

Cuvier  regarded  the  muscle  as  a  dismemberment  of  one  of  the 
temporal  group.  From  the  relations  of  the  nerve  trunks  to  it, 
we  consider  that  it  has  no  connection  whatever  with  the  temporal 
muscles,  and,  as  shown  below,  we  believe  it  to  be  a  specialised  ten- 
sor palati.  The  nerve  of  supply  emerges  behind  the  fifth,  from  a 
foramen  in  the  lower  part  of  the  alisphenoid,  and  occupies  such  a 
position  as  the  nerve  for  the  otic  ganglion  does  in  the  higher 
animals. 

The  muscle  acts  as  a  protractor  of  the  pterygoid  bone,  and 
therefore  as  an  erector  of  the  fangs. 

M.  PARIETO-PALATINUS  (part  of  the  tensor  palati). 

3f.  2^i^'^y90-sphenoidcclis  anterior,  Hoffmann  ;  Innerevo7'dere 
Fliigelmuskel,  D'Alton ;  M.  palatinus,  Hiibner ;  Pres2Jheno-pala- 
tive,  Owen  ;  Spheno^^cilatine,  Duvernoy,  R.  Jones. 

The  parieto-palatine  muscle  arises  from  the  posterior  concave 
surface  on  the  lateral  plate  of  the  parietal  bone,  and  runs  forwards, 
downwards,  and  outwards,  to  be  inserted  on  a  small  portion  of 
tlie  pterygoid,  and  on  to  the  posterior  two-thirds  of  the  palatine 
bone.  Some  fibres  may  be  traced  to  the  mucous  membrane 
surrounding  the  fangs,  here  performing  the  office  of  retractors  of 
the  membrane.  The  muscle  lies  at  its  origin  between  the  parieto- 
pterygoid  and  the  ptery go-sphenoid  muscles,  and  as  it  runs  forward 
it  comes  into  relation  with  the  fascia  covering  the  lachrymal  gland. 


938   THE  OSTEOLOGY  AND  MYOLOGY  OF  THE  DEATH  ADDER, 

It  is  this  muscle  which  acts  slightly  on  the  gland  in  venomous 
serpents,  while  it  is  the  masseter  in  the  non-venomous.  This 
muscle  is  supplied  by  the  same  nerve  as  the  parieto-pterygoid, 
and  we  regard  it  as  part  of  that  muscle.  In  Diemenia  there  is 
essentially  but  one  muscle.  We  have  changed  the  title  of  spheno- 
to  parieto-palatine,  since  the  muscle  arises  wholly  from  the  lateral 
plate  of  the  parietal  in  all  the  venomous  forms  that  we  have 
examined ;  while  in  Morelia  it  arises  lower  down,  but  even  here 
but  few  fibres  are  attached  to  the  basisphenoid.  In  Python, 
according  to  D' Alton,  the  muscle  arises  in  great  part  from  the 
basisphenoid.  The  muscle  in  Daboia  arises  more  anteriorly  than 
in  Acanthophis,  so  that  it  comes  to  lie  more  in  the  orbital  fossa. 

The  muscle  retracts  the  palatine  and  pterygoid  bones,  and  also, 
as  mentioned  above,  acts  on  the  mucous  membrane  of  the  fangs  in 
the  Ela^ndcB  ;  this  action  being  performed  by  the  pterygoid  in  the 
vipers. 

M.  VOMERO-SPHENOIDEUS. 

M.  vomero-sjyhenoideus,  Hoffmann;  Zuruchzieher  des  Vomer, 
D'Alton ;  M.  spheno-vomerien,  Duges  and  Duvernoy  ;  Prespheno- 
vomerine f  Owen,  and  R.  Jones. 

The  vomero-sphenoideus  is  a  small  muscle  displayed  on  removing 
the  fascia  from  the  roof  of  the  mouth.  It  arises  as  a  small  belly 
of  muscle  from  a  depression  on  the  lateral  plate  of  the  parietal, 
close  to  the  basisphenoid.  The  muscle  runs  forward  beneath  the 
trabecules  cranii,  and  ends  in  a  very  fine  tendon  which  is  inserted 
on  the  posterior  end  of  the  vomer. 

The  muscle  appears  to  be  a  differentiated  portion  of  the  pterygo- 
sphenoideus.  Its  action  is  to  depress  and  retract  the  premaxilla 
through  acting  on  the  vomer. 

Some  authors  have  stated  that  they  consider  the  muscles  con- 
nected with  the  pterygoid  and  palatine  bones  of  the  snake  to 
have  no  analogues  in  other  animals.  The  muscles  certainly 
present  an  extremely  different  aspect  and  function  to  the  palate 
muscles ;  yet  when  we  consider  the  extreme  modification  that  the 
bones  have  undergone,  we  cease  to  wonder  at  the  change  in  the 


BY    W.  J.  McKAY.  939 

soft  parts.  We  consider  that  the  parieto-pterygoid  represents  the 
tensor  palati ;  while  the  spheno-pterygoid  represents  the  levator 
palati,  the  parieto-palatine  being  a  differentiated  portion  of  the 
tensor.  The  change  in  these  muscles  has  been  brought  about  by 
the  position  taken  by  the  pterygoid  bone,  it  having  encroached  on 
the  region  where  normally  the  tensor  and  levator  palati  have  an 
insertion  into  fibrous  membrane  only.  Regarding  the  nerve 
supply,  which  is  somewhat  difficult  to  make  out,  the  parieto- 
pterygoid  is  supplied  by  a  nerve  that  issues  from  an  aperture  in 
the  alisphenoid,  and  occupies  such  a  position  relative  to  the  fifth 
as  a  nerve  coming  from  the  otic  ganglion  would. 

The  spheno-pterygoid  appears  to  be  supplied  from  the  seventh. 

SuB-occiPiTAL  Articular. 

Sub-occipital  articular,  Duges,  Duvernoy,  Owen,  and  R.  Jones ; 
not  mentioned  by  D'Alton  or  Hoffinann. 

The  muscle  springs  from  the  posterior  portion  of  the  basi- 
sphenoid  and  the  anterior  part  of  the  basioccipital.  It  passes 
outwards  and  backwards  to  be  inserted  on  the  middle  third  of 
the  posterior  border  of  the  quadrate.  As  the  muscle  runs  out- 
wards it  lies  as  a  thin  sheet  on  the  posterior  portion  of  the  spheno- 
pterygoid  muscle  ;  while  the  dorsal  muscles  lie  internal  to  it. 

The  two  sub-occipital  articular  muscles  are  described  as  con- 
stituting an  azygos  muscle.  There  are,  however,  two  distinct 
muscles,  each  arising  as  stated  above.  Again,  the  muscle  is  not  so 
closely  related  to  the  quadrato-mandibular  joint  as  the  name  would 
seem  to  imply. 

A  similar  muscle  is  described  by  Sanders  (25)  in  Platydactylus 
japonicus,  and  in  Liolepis  belli,  whilst  we  have  found  it  to  be 
present  in  Hydrosaurus.  Sanders  considered  it  to  represent  the 
laxator  tympani,  while  Owen  compares  it  to  the  depressor  tympani 
of  fishes.  We,  however,  think  that,  if  the  muscle  is  tympanic  in 
nature,  it  will  represent  the  tensor  tympani. 


940   THE  OSTEOLOGY  AND  MYOLOGY  OF  THE  DEATH  ADDER, 

The  Dorsal  Muscles. 

The  dorsal  muscles  may  be  divided  into  two  groups,  the  mesio- 
dorsal  and  the  latero-dorsal.  The  first  consists  of  the  spinalis  and 
longissimus  sets,  the  second  of  the  sacro-lumbalis  and  accessorius. 
Mesio-dorsal  group  (Humphry),  Neuro-mesial  (Owen). 

The  superficial  fascia  that  covers  the  dorsal  muscles  is  scanty. 
It  is  connected  above  with  the  neural  spines,  and  from  thence 
runs  outwards  over  the  spinalis,  longissimus,  and  sacro-lumbalis, 
where  it  blends  with  the  superficial  layer  of  the  external  oblique. 

The  fascia  is  the  representative  of  the  external  oblique  stratum 
continued  over  the  dorsal  muscle.  This  is  well  shown  in  the 
anterior  fourth  of  the  body  of  Dahoia,  where  the  muscular  fibres 
of  the  oblique  layer  completely  replace  the  fascia.  In  the  other 
forms  examined  it  was  only  on  approaching  the  head  that  the 
muscular  fibres  became  conspicuous. 

M.  SPINALIS   DORSI. 

M.  capito-vertebralis,  Hoffmann ;  Der  aiifsteigende  Muskel 
zwiscUer  cUn  Dorn-  und  Gelenk/ortsdtzen,  D'Alton ;  3£.  spinalis, 
Hiibner,  Owen,  Jones ;  Dorn-  und  Halbdornniuskel,  Meckel. 

The  spinalis  dorsi  arises  from  the  upper  portion  of  the  lateral 
surface  of  the  neural  spine,  and  from  an  aponeurosis  which 
stretches  between  the  neural  spines  and  the  zygapophysis,  covering 
in  the  multifidus.  Each  part  of  the  muscle  runs  forward  as  a 
rounded  belly,  ending  in  a  long  slender  tendon  which  is  inserted 
into  the  apex  of  the  neural  spine  of  the  ninth  vertebra  from  the 
origin.  The  tendons  of  the  muscles  are  arranged  so  that  the 
anterior  ones  lie  external  to,  and  beneath,  the  posterior ;  at  the 
same  time  the  tendons  are  connected  with  one  another  by  fascia 
so  that  an  aponeurosis  is  formed.  The  fascia  is  also  modified  to 
form  a  number  of  thecal  sheaths,  thus  enabling  the  tendons  to 
move  with  great  facility.  Tendons  from  the  longissimus  joiu  this 
aponeurosis. 

The  muscle  presents  no  points  of  difference  in  any  of  the  forms 
examined,  and  the  above  description  might  apply  even  to  the 


BY   W.  J.  McKAY.  941 

spinalis  of  Hydrosaurus.     The  muscle  is  supplied  by  the  internal 
branches  of  the  posterior  primary  divisions  of  the  spinal  nerves. 

M.  SEMISPINALIS   DORSI. 

The  tendons  of  the  semispinalis  arise  from  the  flattened  surface 
on  the  upper  side  of  the  postzygapophysis.  Running  upwards, 
forwards  and  inwards,  the  tendons  end  in  well  marked  bundles  of 
muscle,  which  fuse  with  the  under  and  lateral  portions  of  the 
spinalis,  and  so  are  indirectly  inserted  into  the  neural  spines.  The 
tendons  of  origin  are  closely  connected  with  the  aponeurosis 
covering  in  the  multifidus  beneath. 

In  Morelia  in  addition  to  the  muscular  bundles  that  are  devel- 
oped at  the  extremities  of  the  tendons,  there  are  a  number  of 
leaves  of  muscle  which  spring  from  the  anterior  border  of  the 
tendons,  and  also  from  the  vertical  aponeurosis  of  the  longissimus. 
These  bandies  give  rise  to  what  appears  to  be  a  distinct  series  of 
muscles  running  between  the  semispinalis  and  the  longissimus. 
This  series  is  called  by  D' Alton,  Zweiter  oder  kurzer  absteigender 
Muskel  zivischen  den  Gelenhen  und  Dornfortsdtzen ;  by  Hubner, 
M.  spinoso-vertehralis  ;  by  Meckel,  Vieltheiliger  Eilckgratsmuskel  ; 
by  Hoffmann,  postzygajyophyses-sjnnales.  In  Hydrosaurus  there 
is  an  intermediate  arrangement  between  what  we  see  in  Acanthophis 
and  Morelia,  the  second  series  becoming  united  with  the  first.  We 
therefore  consider  that  the  bundles  in  Morelia  are  but  specialised 
portions  of  the  semispinalis  proper.  The  internal  divisions  of  the 
nerves  run  up  and  pierce  the  multifidus,  and  then  lie  between  it 
and  the  semispinalis,  supplying  the  latter  and  the  spinalis,  at  the 
same  time  giving  branches  to  the  accessory  bundles  in  Morelia. 

M.  MULTIFIDUS   SPIN^. 

Mm.  neuro-spinales,  Hoffmann ;  Muskel  zwischen  der  Wir- 
helhogen  und  den  Dornfortsdtzen^  D'Alton. 

The  multifidus  arises  from  the  lower  part  of  the  lateral  surface 
of  the  neural  spines,  immediately  beneath  the  origins  of  the 
spinalis.  It  also  arises  from  the  general  fascia  that  stretches 
between  the  neural   spines  and  zygapophyses,  separating  it  from 


942      THE    OSTEOLOGY   AND    MYOLOGY    OF    THE    DEATH   ADDER, 

the  spinalis  and  semispinalis  above.  The  muscle  runs  forwards 
and  outwards,  the  superficial  fibres  of  each  bundle  pass  over  the 
vertebrae  to  be  inserted  into  the  lamina  of  the  fourth,  the  deeper 
fibres  being  attached  to  the  laminae  of  the  vertebrae  passed  over> 
The  tendons  of  origin  of  the  spinalis  run  iipwards  and  inwards 
over  the  muscles,  and  are  closely  connected  with  the  aponeurosis 
stretching  between  the  neural  spines  and  the  zygapophyses.  Each 
moiety  of  the  multifidus  is  triangular  in  outline,  the  apex  being 
at  the  spine,  the  base  at  the  lamina.  As  the  tendons  of  the 
spinalis  run  inwards  they  cross  the  side  of  the  triangle  nearest  to 
them  ;  we  thus  have  a  number  of  acute  angular  spaces  formed 
whose  floor  is  composed  of  the  aponeurosis  mentioned  above.  It 
is  from  these  spaces  that  the  spinalis  dorsi  arises  in  part. 

If  we  consider  this  muscle  as  multifidus,  we  are  met  by  the 
difficulty  that  the  fibres  run  from  the  mid-line  outwards.  But 
the  direction  of  the  fibres  being  the  result  of  function,  and  there- 
fore necessarily  inconstant  in  direction,  we  do  not  consider  that 
this  is  a  sufficient  reason  for  not  regarding  the  muscle  as  multifidus. 

The  relation  of  the  nerve,  running  between  the  muscles  and  the 
semispinalis,  adds  to  the  idea  of  its  homology  with  the  multifidus. 

In  Hydrosaurus  the  muscle  takes  the  same  direction,  but  each 
bundle  of  fibres  is  in  this  case  arranged  around  a  strong  tendon  in 
a  pinnate  manner,  the  tendon  running  from  the  neural  spine 
outwards  to  the  laminae  and  zygapophyses. 

As  we  have  shown,  the  multifidus  is  attached  to  the  laminae 
over  which  it  passes,  and  some  of  the  lowermost  fibres  conse- 
quently pass  from  one  lamina  to  another  only.  We,  therefore, 
get  a  series  of  small  muscles  which  represent  the  rotatores  dorsi. 
Those  are  described  by  D' Alton  as  "die  obere  Reihe  zwischen  den 
Gelenkfortsatzen ;"  and  by  Hofi"mann  as  part  of  the  intertrans- 
versarii.     The  nerve  fibres  pierce  these  muscles. 

Mm.  interspinales. 

Mm.  inter spinales,  Hoffmann,  Owen  ;  Zwischendw^nmuskelriy 
Hiibner,  Meckel,  D' Alton. 


BY    W.  J.  McKAY.  943 

The  interspinales  arise  from  the  anterior  border  of  the  neural 
spine,  and  run  forwards  and  slightly  outwards  to  be  inserted  on 
each  side  of  the  posterior  borders  of  the  spine  immediately  in 
front,  and  slightly  into  the  laminae  leading  up  to  the  spine. 

Hoffmann  has  described  this  muscle ;  but  in  the  figures  attached 
to  his  paper  he  has  described  as  interspinales  the  postzygapo- 
physes  spinales. 

M.    LONGISSIMUS   DORSI. 

J/,  semispinalisy  Hoffmann  ;  Der  laiige,  ahsteigende  Muskel 
zwischen  den  Gelenk-  und  Dornforlsdtzen^  D'Alton  ;  Halhdorn- 
muskel^  Meckel ;  Longissimus  dor  si,  Owen,  Jones. 

The  longissimus  dorsi  arises  by  tendons  from  the  processes  of 
the  anterior  zygapophyses.  The  tendons  of  origin  are  blended 
together,  so  that  a  vertical  aponeurosis  is  formed  which  stretches 
between  the  zygapophyses,  separating  the  longissimus  from  the 
spinalis  group,  and  at  the  same  time  helping  to  give  origin  to  the 
semispinalis.  As  the  tendons  run  upwards  and  forwards  they 
pass  into  muscular  bundles,  which  are  arranged  in  a  laminated 
position,  the  posterior  overlapping  the  anterior. 

Thus  a  column  of  muscle  is  formed  which  gives  off  two  sets  of 
tendons,  an  inner  and  an  outer.  The  inner  set  runs  towards  the 
neural  spines,  and  joins  the  tendons  of  the  spinalis,  helping  by  this 
means  to  form  the  median  aponeurosis  described  above.  The 
outer  set  serves  to  give  origin  to  the  sacro-lumbalis  muscle,  and  as 
in  the  case  of  tendons  of  origin  an  aponeurosis  was  formed,  so  now 
these  outer  tendons  are  joined  together,  and  a  partition  is  by  this 
means  formed  between  the  longissimus  and  the  sacro-lumbalis. 
This  aponeurosis  reaches  down  to  the  ribs  where  it  is  attached,  and 
so  the  muscle  gets  an  insertion  by  this  means. 

The  muscle  by  its  inner  tendons  acts  as  a  semispinalis ;  while  its 
outer  tendons  can  act  as  retractors  of  the  ribs. 

We  are  at  a  loss  to  understand  on  what  ground  Hoffmann  and 
Meckel  could  consider  this  muscle  as  a  semispinalis. 

The  muscle  is  supplied  by  the  external  division  of  the  spinal 
nerves. 

1 


944      THE    OSTEOLOGY    AXD    MYOLOGY    OF    THE    DEATH    ADDER, 
M.  INTER-TRAXSVERSARII. 

M.  inter-transversarii,  Hoffmann  (lower  part) ;  Die  untere  Reihe 
der  Gelenkfortsdtzen,  D'Alton. 

Belonging  to  the  longissimus  series  is  a  small  muscle  which 
runs  between  the  processes  of  the  anterior  zygapophysis.  Some  of 
the  fibres  as  they  pass  backwards  spread  out  over  the  fascia 
covering  the  levatores  costai'um. 

These  muscles  correspond  to  the  lower  pair  of  intertransverse 
muscles  described  by  D'Alton  and  Hoffmann;  their  superior  inter- 
transverse muscles  we  consider  to  be  really  part  of  the  rotatores 
dorsi  group.  They  are  separated  from  the  latter  muscles  by  the 
aponeurosis  of  the  longissimus  tendons  at  their  origin,  and  by  the 
internal  divisions  of  the  nerve  trunks,  while  they  are  separated  from 
the  levatores  costarum  beneath  by  the  external  divisions  of  the 
posterior  portion  of  the  spinal  nerves. 

Latero-dorsal  group.     (Humphry). 

M.  SACRO-LUMBALIS. 

M.  retractor  costce  biceps,  der  zweihauchige  RucTctvartszieher  der 
Rip-pen,  D'Alton ;  Stratum  secundum  et  tertium,  Hiibner ;  M. 
ojnstothenar,  Meckel ;   sacro-lumhalis,  Owen,  R.  Jones. 

The  sacro-lurabalis  is  a  muscle  composed  of  two  columns,  an 
internal  and  an  external. 

The  muscular  bundles  of  the  internal  column  arise  from  the 
aponeurosis  formed  by  the  external  tendons  of  the  longissimus 
muscle  ;  they  also  have  an  origin  from  the  tendons  of  insertion  of 
the  accessorius.  Each  bundle  is  somewhat  flattened  and  runs 
upwards  and  forwards  to  form  a  column  of  muscles,  whose  external 
surface  splits  into  a  number  of  leaves  which  constitute  the  external 
column.  The  elements  of  this  external  column  are  inserted  by 
means  of  tendons,  which  run  downwards  and  forwards  to  the  ribs 
at  the  point  where  the  levatores  costarum  arise,  the  tendons  of  the 
two  being  closely  connected. 


BY    W    J.  McKAY.  945 

In  dissecting  a  dog  at  the  time  of  writing  this  paper,  we  were 
struck  by  the  similarity  of  the  constitution  of  the  sacro-lumbalis 
and  accessorius  in  that  animal  with  these  muscles  in  the  snake, 
the  position  of  the  nerves  being  also  similar. 

The  external  portions  of  the  posterior  primary  division  of  the 
spinal  nerves  run  up  internal  to  the  external  aponeurosis  of  the 
longissimus,  and  giving  off  a  branch  to  supply  this  muscle  and  the 
inter-transversarii,  pierce  the  aponeurosis  and  supply  the  sacro- 
lumbalis  and  accessorius. 

M.  ACCESSORIUS  AD   SACRO-LUMBALEM. 

Mm.  praezygapoi^hyses  -  costales,  Hoffmann ;  Gelenhfortsat- 
ri}ypenmuskeln  oder  lange  Uippenhehev^  D' Alton  ;  Stratum 
quartum,  Hiibner. 

The  accessorius  is  made  up  of  a  number  of  small  muscles,  each 
of  which  springs  from  the  junction  of  the  inner  with  the  outer 
third  of  the  ribs,  and  runs  forwards  and  inwards  to  be  inserted 
into  the  head  of  the  third  rib  from  the  origin.  These  muscles  are 
hidden  from  view  by  the  sacro-lumbalis  which  lies  above.  They 
are  not  attached  to  the  zygapophyses,  as  stated  by  Hoffmann  and 
D'Alton. 

Cranio-vertehral   ryiuscles. 

M.  SPINALIS   CAPITIS. 

M.  capito-vertehralis^  Hoffmann;  Z)er  aufsteigende  Muskel  zwis- 
chen  den  Born-  und  Gele7ik/ortsdtzen,  D'Alton;  M.  spinalis,  Hiib- 
ner; Dorn-und  Halhdornmttskel,  Meckel. 

The  spinalis  dorsi  is  continued  forward  towards  the  head,  where 
it  is  inserted  on  the  supra-  and  exoccipital  bones  close  to  the  middle 
line.  The  only  change  that  is  noticeable  is  that  the  muscle  becomes 
more  fleshy,  the  tendons  of  insertion  into  the  spinous  process  being 
much  smaller.  Its  insertion  in  the  skull  is  tendinous.  The  con- 
tinuation of  the  spinalis  in  Diemenia  is  not  so  well  marked  as  in 
the  other  forms.  If  we  follow  the  muscle  forward  we  find  at 
about  the  tenth  dorsal  vertebra,  that  the  bundles  begin  to  end  in 


946   THE  OSTEOLOGY  AND  MYOLOGY  OF  THE  DEATH  ADDER, 

rounded  bellies,  which  are  continued  on  by  long  tendons  to  the 
neural  spines  ;  the  most  anterior  bemg  inserted  on  the  spine  of  the 
axis,  while  a  few  muscular  fibres  reaching  from  the  axis  to  the  skull, 
show  that  there  is  a  continuation  on  of  the  muscle.  With  this 
arrangement  in  Diemenia  we  have  a  greater  development  of  the 
complexus  than  in  other  forms.  The  continuation  of  the  muscle 
on  to  the  skull  is  no  doubt  accounted  for  by  the  function  that  it 
performs,  it  being  able  to  draw  the  head  well  back.  This  is  of 
especial  value  in  venomous  snakes,  for  it  is  by  this  means  that  the 
fangs  are  disengaged  from  the  prey. 

The  continuation  of  the  spinalis  is  met  with  to  some  degree  in 
man  in  the  spinalis  cervicis  muscle  ;  and  we  may,  perhaps,  regard 
the  fasciculi  going  to  the  complexus  as  part  of  this  continuation. 

Rectus  capitis  posticus  major  et  minor,  et  obliquus  capitis  inferior. 

If  we  follow  the  multifidus  forward  we  find  that  the  bundles 
springing  from  the  anterior  three  vertebrae  are  conspicuous  for 
their  size.  The  most  anterior  bundle  springs  by  a  tendon  from 
the  spine  of  the  axis  and  partly  from  the  atlas,  and  running  as  a 
well-defined  rounded  muscle  is  inserted  on  the  exoccipital.  This 
we  consider  to  represent  the  rectus  minor.  The  next  bundle 
springing  from  the  third  vertebra  is  well  defined,  running  to  be 
inserted  on  the  exoccipital  close  to  the  minor.  This  we  take  to  be 
the  representative  of  the  rectus  major. 

The  obliquus  is  not  defined  as  a  separate  muscle,  but  it  is  plain 
that  as  the  muscle  bundles  of  the  multifidus  run  forward  and 
outward,  that  a  muscle  will  run  from  the  anterior  spines  to  the 
lateral  portion  of  the  atlas,  and  so  represent  the  obliquus  inferior. 

M.  COMPLEXUS. 

At  about  the  tenth  vertebra  from  the  head,  there  are  developed 
between  the  spinalis  and  longissimus  a  number  of  muscular 
bundles,  which  take  the  place  of  the  meagrely  developed  semi- 
spinalis.  The  bundles  arise  from  all  the  anterior  vertebrae  except 
the  atlas,  and   coalesce  to  form  a  well-defined  muscle  which  is 


BY    W.  J.  McKAY.  947 

inserted  on  the  exoccipital  close  to  the  insertion  of  the  spinalis. 
In  Diemenia  the  muscle  is  very  conspicuous,  and  is  developed  in 
proportion  to  the  slight  insertion  of  the  spinalis  on  the  skull. 

We  consider  that  this  muscle  represents  the  complexus, 
although  it  is  on  the  same  plane  as  the  semispinalis. 

M.  TRACHELO-MASTOIDEUS. 

This  muscle  is  formed  by  the  continuation  of  the  bundles  of 
the  longissimus  on  to  the  skull.  The  muscle  is  a  well-defined 
band  inserted  on  the  exoccipital  immediately  beneath  the 
squamosal  bone,  being  partly  hidden  from  view  by  the  complexus. 

M,  CERVICALIS  ASCENDENS. 

This  muscle  represents  the  continuation  of  the  accessorius  and 
sacro-lumbalis  on  to  the  skull.  As  these  muscles  run  toward  the 
head  the  bundles  coalesce  and  form  a  single  column  of  muscle, 
which  is  inserted  on  the  lower  tubercle  of  the  exocciptal,  being 
covered  by  the  tendon  of  the  superior  rectus  anticus  at  its 
insertion. 

The  muscle,  like  the  spinalis,  is  produced  on  to  the  head  to 
serve  a  special  function,  since  by  its  action  it  helps  the  snake  to 
*'  strike,"  and  afterwards  helps  to  disengage  the  fangs  by  pulling 
the  head  first  to  one  side  and  then  to  the  other. 

The  Internal  oblique  stratum. 

The  internal  oblique  stratum  comprises  the  greatest  part  of  the 
muscles  that  go  to  make  up  the  bulk  of  the  snake's  body.  If  we 
reflect  the  anterior  prolongation  of  the  sacro-lumbalis  column,  we 
come  on  a  sheet  of  muscle  springing  from  the  diapophyses  of  the 
anterior  vertebrae,  which  are  without  ribs.  The  bundles  com- 
posing the  sheet  run  backwards  and  outwards  till  they  meet  the 
first  rib,  whereon  some  of  the  fibres  are  inserted,  while  others  are 
prolonged  over  the  external  surface  to  be  inserted  on  the  second 
rib.     This  sheet  represents  the  scalene  group.     If  we  follow  the 


948   THE  OSTEOLOGY  AND  MYOLOGY  OF  THE  DEATH  ADDER, 

stratum  as  it  runs  back  towards  the  posterior  extremity,  we  see 
that  true  external  intercostals  are  formed  between  the  ribs.  Of 
these  external  intercostals  those  fibres  which  are  nearest  the 
vertebrae  begin  first  to  alter  their  direction,  so  that  we  have  formed 
a  series  of  levatores  costarum  externi,  whose  fibres  are  directed  from 
within,  backwards,  and  outwards ;  and  since  the  layer  reaches 
through  the  whole  depth  of  the  intercostal  space,  we  have  the 
internal  fibres  similarly  aff'ected,  and  thus  are  produced  the  levatores 
costarum  interni.  But  not  only  do  the  fibres  next  the  vertebrae 
change,  but  also  those  which  lie  between  the  intercostal  cartilages 
change  from  the  true  external  intercostal  direction  to  a  more 
antero-posterior  one.  This  is  brought  about  by  the  cartilages  of 
the  ribs  bending  forward.  Thus  are  produced  the  "  retrahentes 
costarum  breves  "  (Hofi*mann).  We  find  the  arrangement  described 
above  on  the  first  intercostal  spaces  ;  but  as  we  go  more  poste- 
riorly we  find,  arising  from  the  ribs  at  the  place  where  the  levatores 
costarum  interni  are  inserted,  bundles  of  fibres  which  run  outwards 
and  backwards  over  two  or  three  ribs.  These  are  the  first  pretra- 
hentes  costarum  superiores  ;  and  they  are  evidently  formed  by  the 
continuation  of  the  fibres  of  the  external  intercostals  over  more 
than  one  intercostal  space.  It  is  to  be  noted  as  supporting  this, 
that  they  spring  from  where  the  levatores  are  inserted,  and  that 
where  there  are  levatores  there  are  no  other  muscles  of  this  group 
overlying  them.  As  we  follow  these  muscles  back,  we  find  that 
the  fibres  cross  more  intercostal  spaces  until  they  reach  their 
maximum  by  being  inserted  into  the  ninth  rib  from  the  origin,  at 
the  same  time  however  they  give  slips  to  all  the  ribs  crossed  over. 
Not  only  have  we  formed  a  group  of  pretrahentes  costarum  superi- 
ores, but  we  have  also  an  inferior  group  formed  in  the  same  manner, 
the  only  difterence  between  the  two  being  that  the  fibres  of  the 
inferior  group,  since  they  arise  at  the  junction  of  the  inner  two- 
thirds  with  the  outer  third,  must  necessarily  run  more  antero- 
posteriorly  than  the  superior  group. 

Beside  these  intercostal  muscles  we  have  obliquus  internus 
proper,  and  also  a  rectus,  with  its  modification  in  the  scutal  muscles 
and  the  hyoid  group. 


BY    W.  J.  McKAY.  949 

Pretrahentes  costarum  superiores. 

Mm.  'pretrahentes  costarum,  Owen;  Inter costales  superiores,  Hoff- 
mann ;  Obere,  lange  Ztoischenrippenmiiskeln,  D'Alton  ;  Stratum 
quintiim,  Hiibner ;  Vorderer,  gezahnter  Mushel,  Meckel ;  Great 
lateral  costal  muscles,  R.  Jones. 

The  pretrahentes  superiores  arise  from  the  junction  of  the  inner 
with  the  middle  third  of  the  superior  border  of  the  riVj,  close  to  the 
point  of  insertion  of  the  levatores  costarum  group.  Each  muscle 
runs  outwards,  backwards,  and  downwards,  to  be  inserted  into  the 
ninth  rib  from  the  origin  at  the  junction  of  the  middle  with  the 
outer  third.  Each  muscle  as  it  passes  back  gives  slips  of  insertion 
to  all  the  ribs  that  it  passes  over.  The  muscle  arises  by  long 
thin  tendons  which  are  closely  connected  with  the  tendons  of  inser- 
tion of  the  sacro-lumbalis. 

Each  bundle  of  an  anterior  portion  of  the  muscle  is  external  to  a 
posterior  bundle.  The  muscles,  taken  as  a  mass,  form  well-marked 
prominences  on  the  sides  of  the  snake,  and  help  in  a  greater  measure 
to  determine  the  bulk  of  the  snake.  Home  and  E.  Jones  describe 
each  bundle  of  these  muscles  as  running  over  four  ribs  only ;  this, 
however,  is  not  correct.  As  stated  above,  we  believe  these  muscles 
to  be  modified  external  intercostals.  The  large  lateral  branch  of 
the  intercostal  nerve  that  leaves  the  anterior  of  the  body,  is  chiefly 
distributed  to  this  muscle,  and  the  next  to  be  described. 

Pretrahentes  costarum  inferigres. 

Mill,  intercostales  inferiores,  Hoffmann ;  Untere  lange  Zwisclienrip- 
penmuskeln,  D'Alton  ;  Stratum  sextum,  Hiibner  ;  Aeusserer  schiefer 
Bauchinuskel,  Meckel ;  Extension  of  the  pretrahentes  superiores^ 
Owen  ;  Great  inferior  costals,  R.  Jones. 

The  pretrahentes  inferiores  arise  from  the  ribs  at  the  point 
where  the  superiores  are  inserted,  and  running  back  nearly  parallel 
with  the  long  axis  of  the  body,  they  are  inserted  on  the  ninth  rib 
from  the  origin.  As  they  run  back  they  likewise  give  slips  to  the 
ribs  over  which  they  pass.     The  muscles  are  sometimes  described 


950   THE  OSTEOLOGZ  AND  MYOLOGY  OF  THE  DEATH  ADDER, 

as  being  continuous  with  the  upper  set ;  they  are  distinguished 
from  the  upper  set  by  the  bundles  running  more  antero-posteriorly. 
They,  however,  appear  like  the  superior  muscles  to  be  modified 
intercostals. 

Mm.  levatores  costarum  externi. 

Mm.  levatores  costarum,  Hoflfmann ;  Ri2?penlieber,  D' Alton, 
Hiibner,  Meckel ;  Transverso-costal,  R.  Jones ;  Levatores  hreviores, 
Owen. 

The  levatores  costarum  arise  from  the  process  extending  upwards 
from  the  diapophysis,  also  from  the  rib  articulating  with  the 
diapophysis.  Each  muscle  runs  backwards,  and  slightly  down- 
wards, to  be  inserted  on  the  upper  portion  of  the  inner  third  of  the 
anterior  surface  of  the  rib  immediately  behind.  The  muscle  can 
act  not  only  as  an  elevator  to  the  ribs,  but  also  as  an  external 
oblique  muscle.  The  levatores  costarum  are  wholly  hidden  by  the 
sacro-lumbalis  and  accessorius ;  these,  however,  being  separated  from 
them  by  the  origins  of  the  external  oblique  from  the  lateral  septum. 

Each  muscle  is  supplied  by  a  branch  from  the  intercostal  nerves ; 
it  emerges  close  to  the  line  of  insertions. 

Mm.  levatores  costarum  interni. 

Mm.  costo-vertebrales  inferiores,  Hoffmann  ;  Innere,  Heine  vor- 
wdrtszieher  der  Rij^pen,  D'Alton  ;  Innere  Rippenheber^  Meckel ; 
tSpinoso-costales,  Hiibner. 

The  levatores  costarum  interni  arise  from  the  base  of  the  hypa- 
pophyses  and  from  the  inferior  surface  of  the  centrum.  They  run 
outwards,  and  backwards,  to  be  inserted  into  the  under  surface  of 
the  head  of  the  rib,  immediately  behind. 

This  is  the  arrangement  in  all  the  venomous  snakes  that  we 
have  examined  ;  but  in  Morelia  and  other  non-venomous  forms  the 
levatores  costarum  are  large  muscles  arising  from  the  hypapophyses 
and  inserted  into  the  third  vertebra  behind.  The  intercostal 
nerve  runs  internal  to  these  muscles,  separating  them  from  the 
transverse  layer. 


BY   W.  J.  McKAY.  .  951 

In  Morelia  the  levatores  form  the  prominent  muscular  column 

on  the  inferior  surface  of  the  vertebral  column  when  the  depressores 

have  been  reflected,  while  the  subvertebral  rectus  is  but  slightly 

developed.     In  Acanthophis  and  in  all  venomous  forms  that  we  have 

examined,  the  subvertebral  rectus  forms  the  prominent  column,  the 

levatores  being  insignificant.     This  peculiarity  has  not  been  before 

pointed  out. 

Mm.  intercostales  externi. 

Mm.  intercostales  proprii,  Hofimann  ;  Zwischenrippenmusheln^ 
D' Alton  and  Meckel ;  Intercostal,  K.  Jones,  Owen. 

The  external  intercostals  spring  from  the  posterior  and  inferior 
surface  of  one  rib,  and  are  inserted  on  the  anterior  surface  of  the 
rib  immediately  behind.  The  muscle  extends  from  the  head  of  the 
rib  to  the  extremity,  where  the  costal  cartilages  arise.  The 
muscular  fibres  run  from  before  backwards  and  outwards,  taking 
the  usual  direction  of  external  intercostal  fibres.  Between  the 
intercostal  cartilages  the  fibres  run  more  antero-posteriorly,  and  so 
this  portion  of  the  muscle  is  usually  described  as  though  it  were  a 
distinct  muscle. 

On  comparing  this  portion  of  the  muscle  to  the  corresponding 
portion  in  Hydrosaurus,  we  find  that  the  same  alterating  in  the 
direction  of  the  fibres  has  occurred  but  to  a  less  degree,  and  the 
muscle  is  so  obviously  but  a  continuation  of  the  external  inter- 
costals, that  we  do  not  see  the  necessity  for  a  distinct  name. 

Hofi'mann  has  named  these  antero-posterior  fibres  Mm.  retra- 
hentes  costarum  breves;  D' Alton,  Muskeln  zwischen  Rippenhnorpeln; 
Hlibner,  Intercostales  recto-decursu  hinas  costas  intercedentes ; 
Meckel,  Gerader  Bauchmuskel ;  Owen,  Rectus  abdominis. 

The  intercostals  are  covered  superiorly  by  the  levatores  costarum, 
and  the  pretrahentes  superiores  and  inferiores.  Inferiorly  they 
are  separated  from  the  depressores  costarum  by  the  intercostal 
nerves.  The  main  portion  of  the  latter  pierces  the  muscle,  so  as 
to  gain  the  superior  surface,  at  a  point  where  the  depressores  are 
inserted  into  the  ribs,  and  on  arriving  at  the  surface  supplies  the 
pretrahentes  group. 
61 


952      THE    OSTEOLOGY    AND    MYOLOGY    OF    THE    DEATH    ADDER, 
M.  OBLIQUUS  INTERNUS. 

M.  cutaneus  internus,  Hoffmann ;  Der  innere  oder  untere 
Bauchhautmuskel,  D'Alton ;  Innerer,  schiefer  BaucJwiuskel, 
Heusinger. 

The  internal  oblique  is  composed  of  a  number  of  "  leaves  "  of 
muscle,  which  arise  from  the  external  surface  of  the  costal 
cartilages ;  and  in  addition  a  tendinous  expansion  spreads  over 
the  pretrahentes  costarum  inferiores,  constituting  a  lateral 
portion  of  the  muscle.  The  whole  runs  forward  and  inwards 
towards  the  mid-line,  the  "leaves"  of  muscle  widen  by  encroaching 
on  the  lateral  tendinous  portion,  and  then  fuse  with  the  upper 
layer  of  the  rectus,  which  is  differentiated  to  form  the  scutal 
muscles;  at  the  same  time  these  "leaves"  give  rise  to  a  tendinous 
expansion  internally,  which  fuses  with  the  fascia  of  the  trans- 
versalis  in  the  mid-line. 

"VVe  do  not  find  that  an  obliquus  internus  is  described  in  the 
snake  by  other  writers  ;  the  muscle  "  leaves  "  mentioned  above 
correspond,  we  believe,  with  portion  of  the  rectus  as  described  by 
Humphry  in  Fseudojnis.  We  however  think,  after  comparing 
this  muscle  with  the  internal  oblique  of  Hydrosaurus^  that  we 
have  given  its  true  homology. 

If  we  follow  the  internal  oblique  forward  we  find  it  converted 
into  the  costo-mandibularis,  or,  as  pointed  out  in  the  description  of 
that  muscle,  into  a  muscle  which  represents  the  sterno-hyoid  group. 

M.  RECTUS. 

Hautmusheln,  Hoffmann,  D'Alton. 

The  rectus  is  represented  by  a  large  mass  of  muscle,  which  is 
chiefly  concerned  in  forming  the  scutal  bundles.  It  consists  of 
two  layers.  The  inferior  is  composed  of  a  broad  sheet  of  muscle 
whose  fibres  run  antero-posteriorly.  This  layer  is  inserted  on  to 
the  upper  surface  of  the  ventral  scutes,  and  is  continuous  laterally 
with  the  external  oblique  muscle.  The  superior  layer  is  differ- 
entiated into  special  bundles,  which  constitute  the  scutal  muscles 
proper.     The   several   bundles  occupy  different  planes,  and  have 


BY    W,  J.  McKAY.  953 

different  degrees  of  obliquity  as  regards  the  mid-line.  Thus  there 
is  a  median  bundle  occupying  the  mid-line  whose  fibres  run  antero- 
posteriorly.  This  is  the  M,  interscutalis  proprius  of  Hoffmann. 
On  the  other  side  of  this  are  bundles  whose  fibres  run  from 
without  inwards  and  forwards.  These  are  the  Mm.  scutales 
raediales.  Between  these  sets  of  muscles,  and  occupying  a  higher 
level,  we  have  bundles  running  from  within  outwards  and  for- 
wards. These  are  the  Mm.  pyramidales.  Running  from  the 
mid-line  outwards  across  the  latter  muscles,  and  consequently 
occupying  a  higher  place,  we  find  bundles  called  Mm.  interscutales 
majores.  It  is  with  these  latter  bundles  that  the  fibres  of  the 
internal  oblique  muscle  fuse. 

If  we  follow  the  rectus  forward  we  have  the  deeper  layer  still 
attached  to  the  ventral  scutes,  while  the  superior  layer  is  con- 
verted into  the  hyoid  group  of  muscles,  with  the  exception  of  the 
mylohyoid ;  and  we  thus  get  portion  of  that  stratum  named  by 
Humphry  the  "  deep  brachio-cephalic." 

M.    OBLIQUUS   EXTERNUS. 

M.  cutaneus  externus,  Hoffmann  ;  Dergrosse,  dicssere  oder  Seiten- 
hautmuskel,  D'Alton;  Aeusserer,  schiefer  Bauchmuskel,  Heusinger. 

The  external  oblique  muscle  consists  of  two  layers.  The  super- 
ficial of  these  is  continuous  with  the  fascia  covering  the  dorsal 
muscles.  As  we  shall  see  later  on  this  fascia  is  gradually  replaced 
by  the  superficial  layer  as  we  go  towards  the  anterior  extremity  of 
the  snake.  The  deep  layer  is  made  up  of  a  number  of  bundles 
which  spring  from  the  fascia  representing  the  lateral  septum,  lying 
between  the  sacro-lum  balls  and  the  leva  tores  costarum  muscles. 
The  bundles  run  outwards  and  backwards  over  the  pretrahentes 
costarum  superiores,  and  coalescing  with  the  superficial  layer,  the 
whole  muscle  is  inserted  on  the  lateral  scutes,  its  fibres  gradually 
fusing  with  the  lateral  portion  of  the  rectus. 

If  we  follow  the  external  oblique  layer  forward,  we  find  that  the 
superficial  layer  which  we  saw  represented  but  slightly  in  the 
posterior   part  of  the  body,  now  becomes  conspicuous,  since  the 


954   THE  OSTEOLOGY  AND  MYOLOGY  OF  THE  DEATH  ADDER, 

muscular  bundles  replace  the  fascia  that  overlay  the  dorsal  muscles. 
This  layer  is  attached  to  the  aponeurosis  formed  by  the  tendons  of 
the  spinalis  dorsi,  and  it  is  also  prolonged  over  the  head  muscles 
and  beneath  the  mandible.  The  most  anterior  of  the  fasciculi  of 
the  deep  layer  are  attached  to  the  quadrate.  We  thus  have  formed 
what  is  called  by  Humphry  a  "superficial  brachio-cephalic  stratum," 
which  is  divided  again  into  a  cervicalis  superficialis  superior  and 
inferior. 

The  cervicalis  superficialis  superior  has  in  turn  a  superficial 
portion,  constituted  by  a  platysma,  and  a  retractor  oris,  depressor 
mandibulse,  and  retractor  quadrati. 

The  cervicalis  superficialis  inferior  is  represented  by  an  inter- 
mandibularis  anteriorly,  and  a  mylohyoid  posteriorly.  The  deep 
layer  of  the  external  oblique  that  we  saw  attached  to  the  quadrate, 
represents  the  sterno-mastoid  ;  while  the  whole  of  the  cervicalis 
superficialis  superior  represents  the  sphincter  colli  of  birds. 

Platysma. 

M.  atlanto-epistro2)heo-hyoideus,  Hoffmann  ;  Rilckwartszieher 
des  Zunc/enbeins,  D' Alton. 

The  platysma  is  represented  by  a  slight  layer  of  muscular  fibres 
extending  upwards  over  the  retractor  oris,  and  running  forward  to 
be  lost  on  the  masseter. 

The  platysma  is  not  mentioned  as  occurring  in  Ophidians ;  but 
the  following  facts  tend  to  show  that  we  are  justified  in  considering 
that  a  platysma  is  really  present. 

In  Python  hivittatus,  D' Alton  found  a  band  of  muscular  fibres 
extending  from  the  neural  spines  round  to  the  hyoid  bone.  We 
have  found  the  same  in  Morelia  and  in  Hydrosaurus ;  in  the 
latter  this  band  being  but  a  superficial  part  of  the  well-developed 
platysma. 

We  see,  therefore,  the  disappearance  of  a  sheet  of  muscle  as  a 
whole  from  a  class  of  animals  in  which  it  could  obviously  be  of  no 
use,  but  at  the  same  time  a  specialised  band  of  muscle  remains, 
since  it  performs  a  function  quite  foreign  to  that  of  the  platysma. 


BY   W.  J.  McKAY.  955 

In  Acanthophis  and  the  other  venomous  snakes  examined,  the 
band  was  not  so  well  developed  as  in  Morelia. 

Retractor  oris. 

detractor  oris,  Humphry ;  Gervico-angular,  Duvernoy ;  M. 
cervico  -  mandibulm^is  (sphincter  colli),  Hoffmann ;  Trachelo- 
mastoideuSy  Owen ;  NackenunterkieferTnuskely  D' Alton  ;  M. 
temporalis,  von  Teutleben ;  M.  cervico-mandihularis,   Cuvier. 

The  retractor  oris  arises  from  the  aponeurosis  of  the  spinalis 
attached  to  the  anterior  three  or  four  neural  spines.  Running- 
forward,  outwards,  and  downwards,  over  the  digastric  and  posterior 
portion  of  the  articular,  the  muscle  ends  in  a  tendinous  expansion 
inserted  into  the  symphysis  of  the  lips  and  the  integument  adjoining. 
In  Dahoia  and  Morelia  this  muscle  divides  into  two  layers  as 
it  runs  forward,  the  deeper  one  being  inserted  into  the  articular, 
the  superficial  having  the  same  arrangement  as  in  Acanthophis. 

The  muscle  may  represent  a  zygomaticus  major.  It  certainly 
corresponds  to  the  retractor  portion  of  the  cervicalis  superficialis 
of  Lepidosiren  and  the  dogfish,  as  pointed  out  by  Humphry.  On 
the  other  hand,  it  corresponds  to  part  of  the  sphincter  colli  of 
birds. 

The  muscle  acts  as  a  tensor  of  the  symphysis  of  the  lips,  thus 
enabling  the  inferior  portion  of  the  masseter  to  work  with  a 
"  pully-like"  action  round  the  symphysis.  Some  of  its  fibres  also 
pass  on  to  the  capsule  of  the  venom  gland,  thus  serving  to  steady 
the  gland  when  the  masseter  is  contracting  on  it. 

M.  RETRACTOR  OSSI   QUADRATI. 

M.  retractor  ossi  quadrati,  Hoffmann;  Riichwdrtszieher  des 
quadratum,  D'Alton  ;  Filum  musculare  s.-tendinosum  (?),  Hiibner. 

This  small  band  of  muscle  springs  by  a  very  delicate  tendon 
from  the  posterior  portion  of  the  upper  extremity  of  the  quadrate. 
Running  backwards  and  downwards  the  tendon  gives  way  to  a 
muscle  which  passes  beneath  the  retractor  oris  but  lies  on   the 


956   THE  OSTEOLOGY  AND  MYOLOGY  OF  THE  DEATH  ADDER, 

depressor    mandibulse.       When    the    muscle    reaches   the   costo- 
mandibularis,  its  fibres  spread  out  and  are  lost  over  this  latter 
muscle. 
The  muscle  represents  a  portion  of  the  sphincter  colli  of  birds. 

Depressor  mandibul^. 

M..  depressor  mandihulce^  Humphry ;  Neuromandihularis,  Duver- 
noy,  Owen,  R.  Jones ;  M.  cervico-hyoideus  (in  part),  Hoffmann ; 
and  N.ackenzungenheinmuskel,  D'Alton. 

The  depressor  mandibulee  arises  from  the  aponeurosis  attached 
to  the  neural  spines  of  the  sixth  to  the  twelfth  vertebrae.  The 
muscle  runs  forward  as  a  broad  sheet  over  the  pretrahentes 
costarum  superiores,  and  the  deep  bundles  of  the  external 
oblique,  then  bending  beneath  the  end  of  the  mandible  it  is 
joined  by  the  costo-mandibularis,  and  thereupon  becomes  mylohyoid. 

In  Daboia  and  Fseudechis  the  muscle  is  intersected  by  two 
tendinous  bands  running  from  the  hyoid  bone  outwards  towards 
the  end  of  the  mandible.  In  these  cases  the  muscle  is  quite 
separated  from  the  mylohyoid. 

Humphry  describes  in  Pseudopus  one  band  occupying  the  posi- 
tion of  the  posterior  one  here,  and  he  remarks  that  Reudinger  sup- 
poses it  to  represent  an  acromion.  From  what  we  have  said  above 
we  regard  these  bands  as  part  of  the  cornua  of  the  hyoid. 

The  muscle  is  separated  from  the  retractor  oris,  by  a  slight 
interval,  as  it  approaches  the  quadrate.  This  is  explained  on 
referring  to  Hydrosaurus  where  we  see  the  external  auditory 
apparatus  occupying  the  interval. 

This  muscle  also  corresponds  to  part  of  the  sphincter  colli  of 
birds. 

M.    MYLO-HYOIDEUS. 

M.  mylohyoideus,  Hofimann;  Kieferzungenheinmiishel,  D'Alton  ; 
Latissiiimts  ingluviei,  s.  platysma  inyoides,  Hiibner  ;  Hautthals- 
muskelf  Meckel ;  Costo-onandibularis,  Owen. 


BY    W.  J.  McKAY.  957 

The  mylohyoid,  as  mentioned  above,  is  formed  by  the  coalescing 
of  the  fibres  of  the  depressores  mandibulae  and  costo-mandibulse. 
The  muscle  may  be  said  to  arise  from  the  ossified  part  of  the  hyoid, 
and  from  the  tendinous  intersections  when  they  are  present. 
Running  forward  the  muscle  meets  its  fellow  of  the  opposite  side 
in  the  median  line,  while  laterally  it  is  inserted  on  the  inferior 
surface  of  the  mandible,  between  the  temporal  muscle  above  and 
the  pterygoid  below,  reaching  as  far  forward  as  the  dentary.  The 
muscle  forms  a  floor  which  hides  from  view  the  superior  muscles 
together  with  the  nerves  and  vessels. 

From  its  origin  at  the  hyoid  bone  the  muscle  is  able  to  protract 
the  lingual  sheath  and  so  act  on  the  tongue,  thus  resembling  a 
genio-hyoid  function. 

M.    INTERMANDIBULARIS. 

M.  intermandihularis,  Owen,  Duvernoy  ;  Die  sick  kreuzen  de7i 
Muskeln  des  Unterkiefers^  B' Alton  ;  Cervico-hyoideus  (in  part), 
Hofiiiiann. 

This  muscle  springs  from  the  lower  border  of  the  anterior  two- 
thirds  of  the  dentary.  The  fibres  run  inwards  and  backwards  to 
the  mid-line,  where  they  meet  the  fibres  of  the  opposite  side.  At 
their  junction  a  well  marked  median  raphe  is  formed.  These 
muscles  are  evidently  but  portions  of  the  mylohyoid,  whose  fibres 
have  changed  their  direction  with  their  corresponding  change  in 
function,  i.e.,  to  bring  the  divaricated  mandibles  together. 
In  Hyd7'osauric8,  where  the  muscles  could  be  of  no  use  in  this 
respect,  the  fibres  of  this  region  are  specially  modified  to  serve  as 
compressors  of  the  sublingual  glands.  In  Acanthophis  a  small 
band  is  detached  from  the  upper  surface  which  winds  round  each 
sublingual  gland  and  performs  this  function.  This  band  was  first 
pointed  out  by  Leydig. 

From  the  posterior  portion  of  the  muscle  a  well  marked  band  of 
fibres  runs  back.  It  lies  above  the  mylohyoid,  and  is  inserted  into 
the  inferior  surface  of  the  mandible.  In  Daboia  it  is  connected 
with  the  anterior  fibrous  intersection.  It  may  represent  a  cerato- 
mandibular  as  seen  among  lizards. 


958      THE    OSTEOLOGY    AND    MYOLOGY    OF    THE    DEATH    ADDER, 
M.    COSTO-MANDIBULABIS. 

M.  costo-mandibularis,  Duvernoy,  Jones  and  Owen  /  included  in 
the  Cervico-hyoideus  of  Hoffmann  and  D'Alton. 

The  costo-mandibularis  is  formed  by  plates  of  muscle  which 
spring  from  the  costal  cartilages  of  the  third  to  the  tenth  rib. 
These  bundles  correspond  to  those  described  as  forming  posteriorly 
the  internal  oblique  proper.  Instead  of  being  inserted  into  the 
superior  layer  of  the  rectus,  the  bundles  are  collected  into  a  sheet 
which  runs  forward  above  the  fibres  of  the  depressor  mandibulae, 
and  coalesces  with  them,  helping  to  form  the  mylohyoid,  at  the 
same  time  becoming  inserted  into  the  hyoid  bone. 

In  Daboia,  however,  where  the  tendinous  intersections  occur, 
these  bundles  are  inserted  into  the  posterior  tendinous  band,  and 
thus  represent  a  sternohyoid  muscle. 

Hoflfmann  has  followed  D'Alton  in  describing  this  muscle  as 
part  of  the  depressor  mandibulse,  but  from  its  formation  and 
relations,  it  clearly  belongs  to  the  middle  and  not  to  the  external 
stratum. 

From  its  insertion  into  the  hyoid  the  muscle  can  act  as  a 
retractor  of  the  lingual  sheath  and  tongue,  thus  resembling  the 
action  of  the  sternohyoid. 

By  its  continuation  into  the  mylohyoid,  and  so  indirectly  on  to 
the  mandible,  it  can  act  as  a  depressor  of  the  lower  jaw. 

M.    HYO-GLOSSUS. 

M.  hyofflossus,  Hoffmann,  Owen ;  Zungenbeinmuskel,  D'Alton. 

The  hyoglossi  come  into  view  when  the  mylohyoid  is  reflected. 
The  muscles  arise  as  two  rounded  bellies  from  the  inner  side  of 
the  ossified  hyoid  rods.  Running  forward  the  muscles  coalesce, 
and  are  continued  as  one  muscle  into  the  lingual  sheath,  where 
they  join  the  intrinsic  muscles  of  the  tongue. 

These  muscles  are  generally  taken  to  represent  the  hyoglossi, 
but  it  is  doubtful  if  this  is  their  true  homology.     Owen  is  certainly 


BY   W.  J.  McKAY.  959 

wrong  when  he  describes  the  whole  tongue  as  composed  of  hyoglossi. 
In  Pseudechis  the  muscles  arise  from  the  anterior  third  of  the  hyoid 
bones,  while  at  the  posterior  third  there  is  an  interhyoid  muscle; 
the  hyoid  bones  in  this  species  being  remarkable  for  their  length. 
The  muscles  are  similar  in  Hydrosaurus  to  those  described  above. 

M.  GENIO-HYO-GLOSSUS. 

M.  maxillo-hyoideus^  Hoflfmann  j  Genio-hyoideuSy  Meckel ;  Vor- 
wdrtszieher  des  Zu7igenheins^  D' Alton  ;  Genio-hyo-glossus,  Owen  3 
Genio-vagiens,  Duvernoy, 

This  muscle  arises  by  two  heads — the  external  from  the  junction 
of  the  anterior  with  the  middle  third  of  the  dentary,  the  internal 
from  the  median  raphe  of  the  intermandibularis.  The  two  heads 
running  backwards  and  inwards  coalesce,  and  are  inserted  on 
the  lingual  sheath,  and  on  the  anterior  portion  of  the  hypo- 
branchial  rods. 

These  muscles  are  the  main  protruders  of  the  tongue.  The 
corresponding  muscles  in  Hydrosaurus  resemble  these  very. closely. 

M.    GENIO-TRACHEALIS. 

M.  genio-frachealis,  Owen,  Duvernoy  ;  3faxillo-laryngeus, 
Hoffmann  ;   Vorwdrtszieher  des  Kehlkoirfes^  D' Alton. 

The  genio-trachealis  is  a  small  band  of  muscles  arising  from  the 
same  spot  as  the  outer  head  of  the  genio-glossus.  It  runs  back- 
wards and  inwards  to  be  inserted  on  the  side  of  the  trachea ;  at 
the  same  time  some  fibres  spread  out  on  the  lingual  sheath  and 
the  floor  of  the  mouth. 

This  muscle  appears  to  represent  a  dismemberment  of  the 
genio-glossus.  The  muscle  is  present  in  Hydrosaurus.  The 
action  of  the  muscle  is  to  protrude  the  trachea  while  the  animal 
is  passing  a  large  prey  through  its  gape. 

M.  HYO-TRACHEALIS. 

M.  hyoideo-laryngeus,  Hoffmann ;  Rilckwdrtszieher  des Kehlkopfes^ 
D 'Alton  ;  Retr aliens  laryngis,  Hiibner. 


960   THE  OSTEOLOGY  AND  MYOLOGY  OF  THE  DEATH  ADDER, 

The  muscle  arises  from  the  anterior  portion  of  the  hyoid  rod, 
and  runs  forward  to  be  inserted  into  the  floor  of  the  mouth  close 
to  the  insertion  of  the  genio-trachealis,  while  many  of  its  fibres 
are  attached  to  the  trachea. 

This  muscle  is  probably  a  dismemberment,  like  the  genio- 
trachealis,  of  the  genio-glossus. 

The  Transversalis  Stratum. 

The  transversalis  stratum  of  the  ventral  muscle  is  well  deve- 
loped in  snakes.  If  we  lay  open  the  abdomen,  and  turn  aside  the 
intestines,  we  see  a  well  marked  column  of  muscle  lying  on  either 
side  of  the  haemal  spines,  whose  fibres  run  forward  and  outwards  ; 
the  columns  are  composed  of  the  depressores  costarum.  On 
removing  these  muscles,  we  come  on  a  levator  layer,  running  from 
before  backwards;  these  represent  a  subvertebral  rectus.  On 
either  side  of  the  depressores,  we  have  the  transversalis  muscle 
and  fascia  lying  in  a  sheet  beneath  the  ribs,  and  hiding  from 
view  the  retrahentes  costarum  running  from  before,  backwards, 
and  outwards.  We  do  not  find  any  internal  intercostals,  their 
place  being  taken  by  the  depressores  and  retrahentes,  which  we 
regard  as  greatly  altered  internal  intercostals. 

If  we  trace  the  depressores  forward  we  find  them  being  converted 
into  longus  colli  and  rectus  capitis  anticus. 

M.    TRANS V^ERSALIS. 

31.  abdominis  externus  et  internus,  Hoffmann ;  Der  dussere 
Bauchmuskel^  und  der  innerere  Bauchmuskel,  D'Alton ;  M..  trans- 
versalis, Owen. 

The  transversalis  muscle  proper  is  represented  by  two  sheets  of 
muscle,  which  spring  from  the  junction  of  the  outer  with  the 
inner  half  of  the  inferior  surface  of  the  ribs,  just  external  to  the 
insertion  of  the  depressores  costarum.  Two  layers  composing  the 
transversalis  run  downwards  and  inwards,  the  muscular  fibres 
gradually  giving  place  to  a  strong  tendon  which  meets  its  fellow 
of  the  opposite  side  along  the  middle  ventral  line. 


BY   W.  J.  McKAY.  961 

In  the  non-venomous  snakes,  with  the  disappearance  of  the 
hypapophyses,  the  trans versalis  is  continued  inwards  as  a  sheet  of 
fascia,  containing  a  slight  amount  of  muscular  tissue,  and  is 
inserted  on  the  anterior  common  ligament,  coalescing  with  the 
fascia  that  gives  origin  to  the  depressores  costarum  in  this  region. 
We  see  therefore  that  the  transversalis  very  distinctly  arises  from 
the  vertebral  column  in  non-venomous  snakes,  and  that  in  venom- 
ous snakes  the  very  slight  layer  of  fascia  found  beneath  the 
depressors  is  the  representative  of  this  sheet,  which  corresponds 
to  the  anterior  lamella  of  the  tendon  of  origin  of  the  transversalis 
in  higher  animals. 

With  regard  to  the  two  sheets  of  muscle  bundles  making  up 
the  main  body  of  the  muscle,  the  external  one  has  its  fibres 
arranged  in  bundles,  the  direction  of  the  fibres  being  from  without 
inwards  and  forwards,  corresponding  to  the  direction  of  the 
retrahentes  costarum,  and  therefore  having  such  a  direction  as  a 
subcostal  group  of  muscles  would  take.  The  layer  corresponds 
with  D'Alton's  dussere  Bauclmitoskel.  The  inner  layer  has  its 
bundles  of  fibres  placed  in  a  direction  corresponding  to  a  true 
transversalis  muscle. 

M.   DEPRESSORES  COSTARFM. 

M,  costo-verteh^ales  su2Jeriores,  Hofi"mann;  Inner er,  grosser  Rilck- 
wdrtszieher  der  Eipjjen,  D'Alton  ;  Costales  inierni  superiores, 
Hiibner ;  Transver so-costal,  R.  Jones  ;  Retrahentes  costarum, 
Owen. 

The  depressores  costarum  arise  from  the  extremities  and  sides 
of  the  hypapophysis.  The  muscular  bellies  coalesce  at  their  origin, 
and  then  run  forwards  and  outwards,  each  to  be  inserted  by  a 
tendon  on  the  middle  of  the  posterior  border  of  the  fourth  rib 
from  the  origin,  at  the  same  time  giving  slips  to  the  ribs  over 
which  they  pass.  This  is  the  arrangement  in  venomous  snakes, 
but  in  Morelia  a  considerable  change  takes  place  with  the  dis- 
appearance of  the  hypapophysis.  Instead  of  the  muscular  bundles 
arising  directly  from  the  vertebrae,  they  now  arise  by  means  of  a 
strong  aponeurosis  attached  to  a  well  marked  anterior  common 


962   THE  OSTEOLOGY  AND  MYOLOGY  OP  THE  DEATH  ADDER, 

ligament,  stretching  between  the  tubercles  representing  the  hjpa- 
pophyses.  Along  with  this  mode  of  origin  we  have  also  a  change 
in  the  appearance  of  the  muscles,  which  now  have  the  appearance 
of  a  number  of  quadrilateral  plates,  and  these  do  not  form  such  a 
prominent  column  as  when  the  muscles  arise  from  the  well  deve- 
loped hypapophyses.  The  muscles  are  separated  from  the  internal 
levatores  costarum  by  the  intercostal  nerves  ;  while  below  or 
internal  to  it  is  the  vertebral  fascia  of  the  transversalis  muscle. 
These  muscles  are  present  in  all  the  lizards  that  we  have  examined, 
Hydrosaurus,  Calotes,  Rinulia,  etc. 

St.  George  Mivart  describes  them  in  Menopoma  alleghaniense^ 
adding  the  remark  that  "  the  muscle  gets  thinner  and  smaller 
backwards,  but  anteriorly  it  enlarges  and  passes  in  a  fleshy  mass 
beneath  the  skull."  He  also  describes  them  in  Iguana  tuherculata^ 
while  Sanders  mentions  them  in  Platydactylus  japonicus. 
Humphry  describes  them  in  Cryptohranchus  and  Pseudopus. 
The  lower  part  of  the  longus  colli  in  higher  animals  shows  us  the 
cervical  representatives  of  these  muscles.  The  arrangement  of  the 
origin  of  different  parts  of  this  muscle  may  offer  some  explanation 
as  to  the  varying  length  of  the  hypapophyses. 

Subvertehral   Rectus. 

The  bundles  of  fibres  which  compose  the  subvertebral  rectus 
spring  from  the  sides  and  the  bases  of  the  hypapophyses,  and 
running  backwards  and  slightly  outwards  are  inserted  into  the 
parapophyses  of  the  third  vertebra  from  the  origin.  The  bundles 
are  well  marked  in  venomous  snakes,  but  are  but  slightly 
developed  in  the  non-venomous  forms.  The  muscles  are  separated 
from  the  levatores  costarum  interni  by  the  intercostal  nerves  ', 
whilst  they  lie  on  the  depressores  costarum  beneath. 

We  can  find  no  reference  to  a  subvertebral  rectus  as  occurring 
in  snakes,  as  it  seems  that  this  muscle  has  generally  been  taken 
along  with  the  levatores  costarum  interni.  That  it  belongs  to  a 
different  group  of  muscles  is  evident  from  the  relation  of  the 
intercostal  nerves  to  it. 


BY   W.  J.  McKAY.  963 

Mm.  retrahentes  costarum. 

Mm.  retrahentes  costarum  longi,  Hoffmann ;  Innerer^  kleiner 
Rilckwdrtszieher  der  Bippen,  D'Alton  ;  Costales  interni  inferi(yres, 
Hiibner ;  Retrahentes  costarum  inferiores,  Owen. 

The  retrahentes  costarum  arise  from  the  anterior  border  of  the 
ribs  at  the  junction  of  the  inner  three-fifths  with  the  outer  two- 
fifths.  The  flat  quadrilateral  bundles  run  forward  and  inwards, 
passing  over  three  ribs  to  be  inserted  into  the  fourth  at  the  place 
where  the  sternal  cartilages  join  the  ribs,  at  the  same  time  giving 
slips  to  the  ribs  passed  over.  The  muscles  are  separated  from  the 
external  intercostals  by  large  branches  of  the  intercostal  nerves  ; 
while  they  are  also  separated  from  the  transversalis  muscle  proper 
by  branches  from  the  intercostal  nerves. 

These  muscles  most  probably  represent  modified  internal  inter- 
costals, combined  with  subcostals. 

M,  RECTUS  CAPITUS  ANTICTJS. 

M.  rectus  capitis  anticus  tnajor  et  minor,  Hoffmann  ;  Der  grosse, 
untere,  und  der  klein^,  g evade  Kopfheuger,  D'Alton  ;  Der  gerade 
Seitenmuskel  des  Kojyfes  order  Seitwdrtsheuger,  Meckel ;  Rectus 
capitis  inferior,  Hiibner  ;  Longiis  colli,  Owen ;  Transverso-spinalis 
inferior,  Jones. 

The  rectus  anticus  is  formed  by  the  forward  extension  of  the  de- 
pressores  costarum.  These  muscles  as  they  approach  the  head 
divide  into  a  superior  and  inferior  layer.  The  inferior  layer  is 
formed  thus  : — the  various  bundles  instead  of  running  outwards  and 
forwards  to  be  inserted  into  the  ribs,  run  inwards  and  forwards, 
and  coalesce  to  form  a  single  column  of  muscle  which  is  inserted 
into  the  tubercle  on  the  basioccipital  bone  close  to  the  median  line. 

The  superior  layer  still  continues  to  have  its  bundles  inserted  on 
the  ribs,  until  it  reaches  to  the  fourth  vertebra,  when  the  bundles 
coalesce  and  a  second  column  of  muscle  is  formed  similar  to  the 
first,  but  runuiug  outwards  and  forward  to  be  inserted  into  the 
lower  tubercle  of  the  exoccipital. 


964   THE  OSTEOLOGY  AND  MYOLOGY  OF  THE  DEATH  ADDER, 

The  first  of  these  columns  is  called  by  Hofi'mann  the  "rectus 
anticus  major,"  and  the  second  one  the  ''minor."  The  only  objec- 
tion to  be  offered  to  this  is  the  fact  of  the  different  directions  of 
the  muscles,  since  they  run  from  within  outwards  instead  of  from 
without  inwards. 

The  form  of  these  muscles  is  similar  in  all  the  snakes  examined, 
and  is  much  the  same  in  Hydrosaurus.  The  reason  for  this  great 
development  is  to  be  found  in  the  fact  that  they  are  the  main 
muscles  by  which  the  snake  "  strikes." 

M.    LONGUS   COLLI. 

The  longus  colli  is  not  described  in  snakes,  although  we  shall 
show  that  it  is  really  represented. 

The  muscle  which  we  have  described  above  as  the  subvertebral 
rectus  is  continued  forward  to  the  skull.  The  first  bundles  spring 
from  the  basioccipital  and  run  backwards  to  the  hypapophysis  of 
the  atlas.  This  muscle  might  be  described  as  a  rectus  medialis, 
but  it  is  not  met  with  in  the  higher  forms,  its  place  being  occupied 
by  the  accessory  ligament  of  the  anterior  occipito-atlantal.  The 
succeeding  bundles  spring  from  the  hypapophyses,  and  run  outwards 
and  backwards,  thus  resembling  the  longus  colli ;  more  posteriorly 
we  have  the  subvertebral  rectus,  developed  to  a  different  degree  in 
various  forms,  as  we  have  shown  above. 

The  Muscles  of  the  tail,  perns,  and  anus. 

On  reflecting  the  integument  from  the  posterior  portion  of  the 
body,  we  find  that  the  columns  of  the  spinalis  and  longissimus 
muscles  are  continued  back  to  the  extremity  of  the  tail,  while  the 
sacro-lumbalis  becomes  much  reduced,  and  is  represented  by  a  small 
band  of  muscle  only.  The  bundles  of  the  external  oblique  end 
immediately  anterior  to  the  anus,  while  the  pretrahentes  costarum 
superiores  and  inferiores  run  back  to  the  last  rib,  where  tliey 
coalesce  with  the  bundles  of  the  flexores  caudse.  Posterior  to  the 
anus  we  have  the  flexor  caudae  superficialis  springing  from  the 
costo-transverse  processes.     The  muscle  meets  its  fellow  of  the 


BY    W.  J.  McKAY.  965 

opposite  side  in  the  mid-line  below,  and  together  they  are  pro- 
longed forward,  giving  off  tendons  of  insertion  to  the  costo- 
transverse processes.  Before  reaching  the  anus  they  diverge, 
enclosing  a  space  in  which  is  seen  the  retractor  cloacae,  and 
running  forward  they  are  inserted  on  the  last  rib,  becoming 
continuous  with  the  pretrahentes  costarum.  The  layer  of  muscle 
appears  to  be  on  the  same  plane  as  the  internal  oblique  stratum. 

On  reflecting  this  layer  we  come  on  the  transversus  penis  and 
nexor  caudse  profundus.  The  latter  muscle  is  composed  of  a 
number  of  bundles  springing  from  the  costo-transverse  processes  ; 
those  run  forward,  and  are  inserted  on  the  more  anterior  pro- 
cesses. The  transversus  penis  is  a  well-marked  sheet  of  muscle ;  the 
bundles  arise  from  the  hypapophyses,  and  run  inwards  and  back- 
wards, being  attached  to  the  penis,  while  they  meet  the  bundle  of 
the  opposite  side  in  the  mid-line  below.  The  nerves  lie  external 
to  this  layer. 

On  reflecting  the  transversus  penis  we  find  the  retractor 
cloacae  and  sphincter  cloacae,  together  with  the  penis  and  its 
retractor. 

The  retractores  cloacae  are  two  columns  of  muscle  lying  on 
either  side  of  the  mid-line.  The  bundles  arise  from  the  hypapo- 
physes, and  running  forward  fuse  with  the  fibres  of  the  sphincter 
ani  posteriorly. 

External  to  these  muscles  lies  a  penis  on  either  side  with  the 
retractor  penis  at  its  posterior  extremity,  springing  from  the  hypa- 


A  sphincter  ani  surrounds  the  anus,  while  on  either  side  of  this, 
external  to  the  penis,  is  an  elongated  sphincter  cloacae.  Lying 
above  the  retractor  cloacae  and  penis  is  a  well  marked  layer  of 
muscle,  composed  of  bundles  running  from  the  hypapophyses 
backwards  and  outwards  to  the  inferior  costo-transverse  pro- 
cesses. These  muscles  are  in  series  with  the  sub  vertebral  rectus 
described  above. 


966   THE  OSTEOLOGY  AND  MYOLOGY  OF  THE  DEATH  ADDER, 

The  Spinal  Nerves. 

The  spinal  nerves  emerge  from  the  foramen  formed  by  the 
notches  at  the  bases  of  adjacent  laminae.  They  divide  in  the 
usual  manner  into  anterior  and  posterior  primary  divisions. 

The  posterior  primary  division  runs  outwards  for  a  short  distance, 
and  divides  into  an  external  and  internal  branch. 

The  external  branch  runs  backwards  and  upwards,  winding 
round  the  pedicle  of  bone  supporting  the  prezygapophysis,  betweeA, 
therefore,  the  superior  facet  of  the  transverse  process,  and  the 
tubercle  of  bone  above.  Passing  under  the  origin  of  the  levatores 
costarum  externi,  it  ascends  and  pierces  the  fibres  of  the  rotatores 
dorsi,  which  lie  between  the  zygapophyses ;  supplying  these  muscles, 
it  then  comes  to  lie  between  the  semispinalis  and  the  multifidus, 
to  each  of  which  it  gives  a  branch,  and  ultimately  is  lost  in  the 
spinalis  dorsi. 

The  external  branch  runs  upwards  and  outwards,  and,  winding 
round  the  internal  side  of  a  levator  costse  externus,  it  comes  to  lie  on 
this  muscle,  and  beneath  the  longissimus  to  which  it  gives  a  branch. 
After  this  it  pierces  through  the  aponeurosis  formed  by  the 
tendons  of  insertion  of  the  longissimus,  and  breaking  up  into 
branches  is  lost  in  the  sacro-lumbalis  column. 

The  anterior  primary  division  is  a  larger  trunk  than  the  poste- 
rior. It  runs  outwards  between  a  levator  costss  internus  above, 
and  the  subvertebral  rectus  below  (internal),  thus  separating  the 
internal  oblique  stratum  from  the  transverse.  Soon  it  gives  off 
two  branches,  one  going  to  each  levator  costae  externus,  the  other 
to  a  levator  internus. 

The  main  branch  runs  outwards  between  the  external  inter- 
costals  and  the  depressores  costarum.  It  gives  off  a  well  marked 
branch  which  supplies  the  depressores  costarum,  and  a  little  more 
externally  it  supplies  the  transversalis  muscle  with  a  large  twig 
which  runs  between  the  retrahentes  costarum  and  the  transver- 
salis. When  the  main  trunk  reaches  the  point  where  the  depres- 
sores are  inserted  it  divides  into  two    divisions.     The  larger   of 


BY   W.  J.  McKAY.  967 

these  two  runs  outwards  between  the  external  intercostal  s  and 
the  retrahentes  costarum  to  each  of  which  it  gives  branches,  and 
then  ends  by  supplying  the  pretrahentes  costarum  inferiores.  The 
smaller  of  the  two  divisions,  corresponding  it  would  seem  to  the 
lateral  cutaneous  branches  of  other  animals,  pierces  the  external 
intercostals,  and  running  outwards  over  the  pretrahentes  costarum 
superiores,  and  beneath  the  external  oblique,  it  gives  to  each  a 
branch  and  then  continues  on  to  reach  the  rectus  and  scutal 
muscles. 

The  Venom  Gland. 

When  the  integument  is  removed  from  the  side  of  the  headj 
portion  of  the  lateral  surface  of  the  gland  is  displayed  lying 
between  the  masseter  above,  and  the  superior  labial  glands  below. 

The  superior  surface  is  covered  by  the  masseter  ;  the 
inferior  rests  on  the  anterior  part  of  the  pterygoid  muscle,  the 
transverse  bone_,  and  the  dense  fascia  which  stretches  between  the 
pterygoid  bone  and  the  edge  of  the  lip,  and  portion  of  the  palatine 
aponeurosis.  Internally  the  gland  is  related  to  the  descending 
portion  of  the  masseter,  and  is  separated  from  the  lachrymal 
gland  and  the  parieto-palatine  muscle  by  the  suspensory  ligament 
of  the  gland.  Posteriorly  it  is  separated  from  the  anterior 
temporal  muscle  by  another  ligament. 

The  gland  is  obovate  in  shape,  the  anterior  extremity  being 
produced  into  the  venom  duct.  It  is  surrounded  by  a  dense 
fibrous  capsule,  which  is  also  continued  over  the  duct.  This  may 
be  the  representative  of  the  true  "parotid  fascia."  It  is  to  this 
capsule  that  the  masseter  muscle  is  attached.  A  strong  band  of 
fascia  springs  from  the  external  and  posterior  portion  of  the  gland, 
and  running  back  is  inserted  into  the  capsule  of  the  quadrato- 
mandibular  joint,  and  on  the  posterior  and  external  ridge  of 
the  articular.  This  band  has  been  named  by  Duges  the  "  zygo- 
matic ligament,"  and  he  regards  it  as  the  representative  of  the 
zygomatic  arch  of  birds.  In  the  non-venomous  species  this  band 
springs  from  the  maxillary  bone.  It  is  also  present  in  Eydro- 
saurus. 

62 


968      THE    OSTEOLOGY    AND    MYOLOGY    OF    THE    DEATH    ADDER, 

The  capsule  of  the  gland  is  continued  into  special  bands  of 
fascia,  which  form  ligaments  for  its  support.  The  best  marked  of 
these  bands  is  the  anterior,  which  springs  from  the  fore  part  of 
the  inner  surface  of  the  gland  capsule,  and  is  inserted  on  the  post- 
orbital  bone,  and  on  the  orbital  portion  of  the  lateral  plate  of 
the  parietal.  Immediately  behind  this,  the  fascia  which  lies  on 
the  internal  pterygoid  muscle  fuses  with  the  fascia  of  the  capsule 
along  portion  of  its  inner  surface.  Posteriorly  and  internally 
there  is  a  well-marked  band  continued  down  from  the  capsule  to 
the  symphysis  of  the  lips;  here  to  be  connected  with  the  foremost 
fibres  of  the  retractor  oris  muscle. 

The  capsule  may  be  stripped  off  the  gland  with  a  little  dissec- 
tion, and  we  then  come  on  an  internal  capsule,  which  is  intimately 
connected  with  the  proper  substance  of  the  gland. 

The  duct  of  the  venom  gland  springs  from  its  anterior  extremity, 
and  bending  forward  and  outward  runs  in  a  groove  on  the  lateral 
face  of  the  maxillary  bone  until  it  reaches  its  anterior  margin, 
around  which  it  bends  to  end  in  a  papilla,  which  is  in  relation  to 
the  small  lacuna  in  the  groove  upon  the  anterior  surface  of  the 
fang.  There  is  no  sigmoid  curve  in  the  duct,  as  there  is  in  many 
vipers.  The  minute  structure  of  the  venom  gland  has  been 
examined  by  Emery  (No.  6),  and  presents  nothing  remarkable. 

Mitchell  (No.  18)  has  described  an  enlargement  in  the  duct  of 
the  venom  gland  of  Crotalus,  which  he  considers  to  be  a  sphincter 
muscle.  He  says,  "  the  elements  [of  the  enlargement]  are  un- 
doubtedly the  characteristic  cells  of  non-striated  muscular  tissue. 
Their  presence  together  with  the  form  and  position  of  the  enlarge- 
ment restraining  the  wasteful  flow  of  the  secretion." 

There  is  no  enlargement  in  the  duct  of  Aca7itho2yhis,  or  any  of 
the  other  forms  examined,  but  we  are  not  prepared  to  say  whether 
any  muscular  fibres  are  present.  We  should  think  that  such  an 
arrangement  would  be  likely  to  occur  in  all  venomous  snakes. 

The  Lachrymal  Gland. 
The  lachrymal  gland  is  a  small  oval  body  lying  on  the  posterior 
and  on  the  internal  surface  of  the  orbit.     It  is  hidden  from  view  by 


BY    W.  J.  McKAY.  969 

the  anterior  suspensory  ligament  of  the  venom  gland ;  while  it  is 
related  by  its  inferior  surface  to  the  parieto-palatine  muscle.  The 
gland  does  not  project  backwards  out  of  the  orbital  fossa  as  in  the 
non-venomous  forms;  nor  does  the  masseter  muscle  give  any  fibres 
to  act  as  a  compressor,  as  we  find  in  the  non-venomous  forms. 

The  Labial  Glands. 

The  superior  labial  gland  is  represented  by  a  number  of  fol- 
licles placed  along  the  superior  labium.  It  meets  its  fellow  of  the 
opposite  side  anteriorly,  while  it  is  continuous  at  the  symphysis  of 
the  lips  with  the  inferior  labial  gland.  This  runs  along  the  edge 
of  the  inferior  labium,  and  anteriorly  meets  its  fellow  of  the 
opposite  side. 

Sublingual  Glands. 

The  anterior  sublingual  glands  are  two  in  number.  They 
are  placed  above  the  genio-hyo-glossus,  and  the  inter-mandib- 
ularis,  and  are  immediately  in  front  of  the  opening  for  the 
tongue  on  the  anterior  portion  of  the  floor  of  the  mouth,  into 
which  they  open  by  numerous  ducts.  Posteriorly  a  muscular 
band  embraces  the  gland.  This  is  derived  from  the  inter-mandi- 
bularis,  and  is  called  the  "  Vorwartszieher "  of  the  gland  by 
Leydig  (No.  16).  A  band  of  muscle  proceeding  from  the  posterior 
extremity  corresponds  to  his  "  Riickwartszieher."  In  Hydro- 
saurus  the  whole  of  the  inter-mandibularis  is  utilized  in  forming 
a  compressor  for  the  large  sublingual  glands.  A  well  marked 
posterior  sublingual  is  present  immediately  behind  the  anterior 
ones. 

In  comparing  the  relative  state  of  development  of  the  glands  in 
Acanthophis  with  the  development  in  Mof^elia  and  other  forms,  we 
have  come  to  the  same  conclusions  as  Duvernoy  (No.  5). 

He  was  the  first  to  point  out  that,  in  the  Aglyphodontians  we 
have  the  superior  ^.nd  inferior  labial  glands,  as  well  as  the  lachry- 
mal gland,  very  extensively  developed.  That  in  the  Opisthogly- 
phians  we  have  the  glands  relatively  smaller,  and  a  venom 
gland  begins  to  be  developed.     In  the  Proteroglyhphians  we  have 


970   THE  OSTEOLOGY  AND  MYOLOGY  OF  THE  DEATH  ADDER, 

the  lachrymal  gland  quite  small,  while  the  labial  glands  have  also 
decreased,  but  that  along  with  these  changes  we  have  a  large 
venom  gland.  Lastly  in  the  Solenoglyphians  we  have  a  small 
lachrymal,  while  the  labial  glands  may  even  disappear,  or  be  but 
slightly  represented,  but  that  we  have  a  very  much  larger  venom 
gland  than  is  found  in  any  of  the  other  forms. 

What  conclusions  do  these  facts  tend  towards  ?  That  since  the 
non-venomous  snakes  are  so  plentifully  supplied  with  glands  about 
the  mouth,  whose  function,  it  is  generally  conceded,  is  mainly  that 
of  lubricating  the  prey,  how  does  it  come  about  that  the  venomous 
snakes  lubricate  their  prey,  and  yet  have  but  slightly  developed 
labial,  lingual,  and  lachrymal  glands  *?  The  answer  will  fall  under 
one  of  these  heads.  Firstly,  that  the  glands  are  sufficient  for  the 
purpose ;  secondly,  that  there  are  mucous  glands  diffused  through- 
out the  mouth;  or  thirdly,  that  the  venom  gland  aids  in  the  lubri- 
cation. In  answer  to  the  first  proposition,  we  maintain  that  the 
glands  are  not  sufficient  for  the  purpose,  for  while  moderately  well 
developed  in  some  venomous  forms,  they  are  abortive  or  almost  so 
in  others.  To  the  second  question,  as  to  the  presence  of  diffused 
mucous  glands,  we  are  not  aware  that  they  have  been  described. 
To  the  third  question  we  now  come  with  considerable  diffidence. 
We  are  fully  aware  how  much  has  been  written  against  the  view 
that  the  venom  gland  is  a  salivary  gland  in  function,  but  we 
nevertheless  incline  to  the  belief  that,  not  only  does  the  venom 
serve  to  lubricate  the  prey,  but  that  it  even  helps  to  digest  it. 

It  is  not  our  intention  to  go  into  this  subject  in  this  paper,  but 
out  of  the  many  facts  that  we  might  urge  in  support  of  our  view, 
we  will  take  a  single  one  as  the  result  of  our  own  experiments. 

The  experiment,  we  have  since  learnt,  had  been  tried  by  Weir 
IMitchell  some  years  ago.  He  says :  "  The  final  influence  of 
venom  upon  the  muscular  structure  was  extremely  curious.  In 
every  instance  it  softened  it  in  proportion  to  the  length  of  the 
time  during  which  it  remained  in  contact  with  it,  so  that  after 
even  a  few  hours  in  warm-blooded  animals,  and  after  a  rather 
longer  time  in  a  frog,  the  wounded  muscle  became  almost  diffluent. 


BY    W.  J.  McKAY.  971 

and  assumed  a  dark  colour  and  somewhat  jelly-like  appearance." 
Our  experiments  were  mostly  on  fresh  muscle,  and  in  all  cases 
the  peculiar  softening  alluded  to  by  Mitchell  occurred,  and  the 
muscle  could  be  easily  broken  up  into  a  somewhat  granular-like 
mass.  We  caunot  say  that  the  changes  that  take  place  are  those 
of  digestion,  but  the  fact  remains  that  the  muscle  is  profoundly 
altered  from  a  physical  point  of  view ;  and  if  the  change  is  not 
one  of  direct  digestion,  it  nevertheless  aids  that  process  by  the 
altered  condition. 

The  most  obvious  objections  to  be  urged  against  these  views 
are,  that  a  large  quantity  of  the  venom  would  be  necessary,  and 
that  such  a  quantity  would  endanger  the  life  of  the  snake. 

We  admit  that  the  first  objection  is  a  strong  one  ;  with  regard 
to  the  second,  as  to  the  effect  of  the  venom  on  the  snake  itself, 
the  results  of  the  various  investigators  are  so  contradictory  that 
the  objection  for  the  present  must  remain  unanswered. 

The  Mechanism  of  the  Bite. 

In  considering  the  various  points  connected  with  the  bones  and 
muscles  in  the  mechanism  of  the  bite  of  venomous  snakes,  we 
enter  upon  a  field  which  has  been  gone  over  many  times ;  and  yet 
we  think  that  there  is  room  for  new  observations.  Weir  Mitchell 
has  given  an  excellent  account  of  the  mechanism  of  the  bite  in 
his  paper  on  Grotalus ;  but  he  nevertheless  has  missed  several 
important  points;  and,  in  addition,  he  himself  admits  that  he  has 
not  given  an  account  of  all  the  muscles  concerned  in  the  various 
movements  ;  and  lastly,  the  nomenclature  which  he  has  applied  to 
the  muscles  and  bones  concerned,  is  in  many  instances  quite 
difi'erent  to  that  which  we  shall  adopt. 

We  shall  consider  the  bones  which  take  part  in  the  erection 
of  the  fangs. 

The  prefrontal  is  hinged  to  the  frontal  by  a  ginglymus  joint. 
This  joint  is  so  constructed  that  the  prefrontal  may  have  an  up- 
and-down  movement.  Owing,  however,  to  the  anterior  face  of 
the  frontal  running  from  within,  outwards,  and  backwards,  the 


972   THE  OSTEOLOGY  AND  MYOLOGY  OF  THE  DEATH  ADDER, 

prefrontal  moves  upwards  and  outwards,  the  lower  portion  coming 
also  forward.  This  lower  border  rests  on  the  superior  surface  of 
the  maxilla  which  is,  however,  only  slightly  concave.  Usually 
in  venomous  snakes  there  is  a  well  marked  ball  and  socket  joint 
developed  between  these  two  bones,  and  accordingly  considerable 
motion  is  possible  ;  but  in  the  case  of  Acanthoj^his  the  greatest 
movement  takes  place  between  the  frontal  and  prefrontal.  This 
probably  misled  Krefft  when  he  described  the  fangs  as  being  per- 
manently erect.  The  transpalatine  articulates  with  the  posterior 
extremity  of  the  maxilla  by  a  concavo-convex  surface,  while  it  is 
immovably  fixed  to  the  pterygoid  by  its  posterior  extremity. 

The  palatine  is  fixed  to  the  anterior  extremity  of  tlie  pterygoid 
by  a  ginglymus  joint  which  allows  considerable  upward  movement. 
The  pterygoid  is  loosely  attached  to  the  articular  and  quadrate  by 
ligaments,  but  there  is  not  that  close  adhesion  of  the  bones  that  is 
said  to  occur  in  Crotalus,  for  instance. 

The  mandible  is  attached  to  the  quadrate  by  a  ginglymus  joint, 
closely  resembling  that  of  the  human  elbow.  The  quadrate 
stretches  outwards,  backwards,  and  slightly  downwards,  so  as 
to  carry  the  posterior  extremity  of  the  mandible  from  the  middle 
line.  The  superior  extremity  of  the  quadrate  articulates  with  the 
squamosal  by  a  large  flattened  surface,  which  allows  of  moderate 
movement.  The  squamosal  is  firmly  fixed  to  the  side  of  the  skull, 
and  is  capable  of  only  slight,  if  any,  movement. 

The  digastric  acting  on  the  posterior  extremity  of  the  mandible 
in  such  a  manner  that  the  jaw  is  turned  into  a  lever  of  the  first 
order.  Owing  to  the  length  of  the  mandible  from  its  anterior 
extremity  to  the  articular  surface,  and  the  shortness  of  the  posterior 
portion  to  which  the  muscle  is  attached,  extended  movement  is 
gained  with  loss  of  power.  When,  however,  the  mouth  is  closed  by 
bringing  the  mandible  upwards,  the  lever  is  of  the  third  order, 
great  power  being  gained  by  the  insertion  of  the  muscles  along 
the  upper  and  middle  portions  of  the  bone. 

Since  the  mandible  is  carried  outwards  posteriorly,  while  it  is 
close  to  the  middle  line  in  front,  it  follows  that,  when  the  mandible 


BY    W.  J.  McKAY.  973 

is  depressed  anteriorly,  it  will  move  downwards,  outwards,  and 
backwards,  and  by  this  means  a  wide  gape  is  attained  ;  this  is 
aided  by  the  fact  that  the  mandible  is  concave  above  from  before 
back. 

AVith  regard  to  the  movements  of  the  head  on  the  atlas  we  have 
seen  that,  while  downward  movement  is  easy,  upward  move- 
ment is  limited  by  the  close  apposition  of  the  exoccipital  to  the 
atlas.  This  is  a  decided  advantage,  for  the  snake  when  striking  is 
able  to  steady  its  head  against  the  atlas  by  contracting  the  dorsal 
muscles  prolonged  on  to  the  skull.  And  again,  since  the  muscles 
which  enable  it  to  strike  are  attached  to  processes  on  the  basi- 
occipital,  it  follows  that  the  head  is  acted  on  like  a  lever  of  the 
second  order,  the  fulcrum  being  at  the  anterior  face  of  the  atlas  ; 
thus  dislocation  downwards  of  the  occipital  condyle  is  prevented  by 
resting  on  the  flat  surface  of  the  atlas,  and  by  the  exoccipifcals 
meeting  the  anterior  borders  of  this  bone  in  the  manner  described 
above. 

We  now  come  to  a  point  which  is  of  considerable  interest. 
Huxley  and  many  others  have  described  the  erection  of  the  fangs 
as  the  result  of  the  action  of  the  quadrate  on  the  pterygoid  bone, 
leaving  out  of  the  process  the  action  of  the  s{)ecial  muscles  which  we 
have  described  above.  Huxley  says  : — "  When  the  animal  opens 
its  mouth  for  the  purpose  of  striking  its  prey,  the  digastric  muscle 
pulling  up  the  angle  of  the  mandible,  at  the  same  time  thrusts  the 
distal  end  of  the  quadrate  forward.  This  necessitates  the  pushing 
forward  of  the  pterygoid,  the  result  of  which  is  twofold  ;  firstly, 
the  bending  of  the  pterygo-palatine  joint ;  secondly,  the  partial 
rotation  of  the  maxillary  upon  its  lachrymal  (pre-frontal)  joint, 
the  hinder  edge  of  the  maxillary  being  thrust  downwards  and 
forward.  In  virtue  of  this  rotation  of  the  maxillary  through 
about  a  quarter  of  a  circle,  the  dentigerous  face  of  the  maxilla 
looks  downwards  and  even  a  little  forward,  instead  of  backwards, 
and  the  fangs  are  erected  into  a  vertical  position." 

While  we  agree  with  the  above  description  in  regard  to  the 
actual  movements  of  the  bones,  we  unhesitatingly  say,  that  the 
supposed  means  by  which  these  movements  are  brought  about  are 


974   THE  OSTEOLOGY  AND  MYOLOGY  OF  THE  DEATH  ADDER, 

not  the  true  ones,  but  that  the  fangs  are  erected  through  the 
action  of  special  muscles  on  the  pterygoid  bones.  The  observations 
of  Weir  Mitchell  on  this  point  entirely  agree  with  our  own, 
namely,  that  the  mandible  may  be  depressed  and  the  mouth 
opened  to  any  width  without  necessitating  the  erection  of  the 
fangs.  He  has  farther  shown  that  by  stimulating  the  special 
muscles  attached  to  the  pterygoid  bones,  erection  of  the  fangs  took 
place.  Observations  made  on  the  dry  skull  are  misleading,  and 
tend  toward  the  theory  advocated  by  Huxley. 

We  will  now  follow  the  snake  through  those  complex  move_ 
ments  which  take  place  when  a  prey  is  struck.  A  snake 
approaches  its  prey  with  movements  which  are  almost  imper- 
ceptible, since  they  are  made  of  numerous  small  motions  which 
are  rendered  possible  by  the  great  differentiation  which  has  taken 
.place  in  its  body.  When  it  deems  that  it  is  sufficiently  close  to 
its  prey  it  begias  the  following  movements  : — the  head  and  the 
anterior  vertebrae  are  raised  somewhat  from  the  ground,  and  the 
head  is  brought  back  so  that  the  exoccipitals  are  placed  in  appo- 
sition with  the  atlas,  which  in  turn  is  jammed  against  the  axis. 
This  is  brought  about  by  the  contraction  of  the  dorsal  muscles, 
which  are  produced  on  to  the  skull.  At  the  same  time  some  of 
the  anterior  vertebrae  are  so  bent  that  they  form  a  slight  bow 
with  the  convexity  forward. 

While  this  has  been  taking  place  the  digastric  contracts,  and 
pulling  on  the  posterior  extremity  of  the  mandible,  rotation  takes 
place  round  the  quadrato-mandibular  joint,  and  the  anterior 
portion  of  the  mandible  is  depressed.  The  digastric  is  aided  in 
this  action  by  the  depressor  mandibulse,  and  the  costo-mandibulee 
and  mylohyoid  attached  to  the  inferior  and  anterior  portion  of 
the  mandible.  Along  with  the  opening  of  the  mouth  the  fangs 
are  erected  by  the  spheno-pterygoid  and  the  parieto-pterygoid  ; 
the  one  acting  above,  the  other  below,  draw  forward  the  pterygoid, 
which  leads  to  the  rotation  of  the  maxilla  and  prefrontal,  since 
the  transpalatine  attached  to  the  pterygoid  shares  with  this  latter 
bone  its  forward  motion,  and  consequently  being  also  attached  to 


BY    W.   J,  UcKAY.  975 

the  maxilla  this  bone  moves  slightly  on  the  prefrontal,  which  in 
turn  moves  forward  and  upward,  since  it  is  articulated  by  a  joint 
with  the  frontal. 

Mitchell  says  that  the  spheno-pterygoid  alone  erects  the  fangs 
by  acting  on  the  pterygoid,  but  this  is  an  error,  as  the  parieto- 
pterygoid  shares  largely  in  this  action. 

The  snake  is  now  ready  to  strike.  With  head  firmly  fixed, 
mandibles  depressed,  and  fangs  erect,  the  blow  is  struck  by 
the  sudden  contraction  of  the  rectus  capitis  anticus  group 
of  muscles,  which  are  attached  to  the  processes  on  the  basi- 
occipital,  and  also  by  the  contraction  of  the  sacro-lumbalis  group 
prolonged  to  the  side  of  the  basioccipital.  The  fangs  enter 
in  a  downward  and  outward  direction,  and  the  jaw  is  closed  by  the 
contraction  of  the  masseter,  temporal,  external  pterygoid,  and 
parieto-mandibularis  muscles,  along  with  which  action  the  poison 
is  injected  through  the  contraction  of  the  masseter  on  the  gland. 
The  squeezing  of  the  gland  is  brought  about  thus  : — the  superior, 
or  superficial,  portion  of  the  masseter  contracting,  pulls  forward  the 
posterior  extremity  of  the  gland ;  this  action,  however,  is  opposed 
by  the  strong  zygomatic  ligament  attached  to  the  gland  externally 
and  posteriorly.  If  now  the  inferior  portion  of  the  masseter  con- 
tracts, the  gland  will  be  pulled  downwards ;  this  is  opposed  by  the 
suspensory  ligaments  and  by  the  integument  below  and  externally 
made  tense  by  the  contraction  of  the  retractor  oris  muscle ;  and 
also  by  the  internal  pterygoid,  which  is  now  contracting  in  order 
that  it  may  pull  the  fangs  more  deeply  into  the  wound.  Thus 
opposed  on  all  sides  the  gland  is  squeezed  by  the  masseter  most 
effectually.  Now  that  the  fangs  are  deeply  sunk  in  the  wound, 
and  the  solid  teeth  of  the  palatine  are  also  driven  in,  the  snake,  if 
it  no  longer  wishes  to  hold  its  prey,  proceeds  to  extricate  its  teeth. 
This  is  not  always  an  easy  matter,  and  frequently  the  head  is 
rotated  from  side  to  side  in  order  to  loosen  the  too  firm  hold. 
This  rotating  action  is  evidently  largely  aided  by  the  insertion  of 
the  longissimus  and  sacro-lumbalis  groups  in  the  skull.  If,  how- 
ever, the  snake  can  disengage  itself  without  any  difficulty,  it  does 


976   THE  OSTEOLOGY  AND  MYOLOGY  OF  THE  DEATH  ADDER, 

SO  by  relaxing  tbe  internal  pterygoid,  and  contracting  the  parieto- 
palatine  muscle  and  the  spinalis  group ;  the  latter  pulling  the 
head  upwards  and  backwards,  while  the  parieto-palatine  tends 
to  do  the  same  for  the  palatine  bone,  which  coming  into  contact 
with  the  maxilla  helps  to  raise  that  bone,  and  so  aids  in  extricating 
the  fangs.  When  the  fangs  are  once  more  free,  the  internal  ptery- 
goid contracts,  and  pulling  back  the  transverse  and  pterygoid  bones 
depresses  the  fangs  ;  the  parieto-palatine  aiding  in  this  by  drawing 
back  the  palatine.  The  fold  of  mucous  membrane  which  surrounds 
the  fangs  slips  up  to  the  base  of  the  fangs  when  these  are  erected. 
When  depressed  the  mucous  folds  again  regain  their  former 
position.  This  is  described  in  Crotalus  as  being  brought  about 
by  a  slip  of  muscle  from  the  pterygoid  being  attached  to 
the  folds.  In  Acanthophis,  however,  the  parieto-palatine  sends 
forward  a  slip  which  aids  in  this  action.  The  chief  element,  how- 
ever, appears  to  be  some  elastic  fibres  which  are  contained  in  the 
membrane,  and  when  the  fangs  are  erected  these  are  put  on  the 
stretch  ;  but  when  the  fangs  are  depressed  the  fibres  assume  their 
former  state,  and  so  the  membrane  is  brought  back  over  the 
fangs. 

In  the  non- venomous  snakes  the  muscles  attached  to  pterygoid 
bones  and  palatine  act  so  as  to  draw  the  bones  forward  or  back- 
wards, as  the  case  may  be.  By  this  means  the  prey  is  drawn 
gradually  into  the  mouth. 

Movements  of  the  Vertehrce. 

In  regard  to  the  movements  of  the  spinal  column,  we  have  to 
deal  with  no  less  than  ten  articular  surfaces  for  each  vertebra. 
Two  each  on  the  zygosphene  and  zygantrum,  two  pre-  and  post- 
zygapophyseal,  and  the  ball  and  socket  of  the  centrum. 

Taking  two  vertebrse  that  are  articulated  to  one  another,  we  see 
the  postzygapophysis  of  the  anterior  resting  on  the  prezygapop- 
hysis  of  the  posterior,  the  zygosphene  of  the  second  with  its 
facets  in  the  zygantrum  of  the  first,  and  lastly,  the  ball  of  the 
anterior  resting  in  the  socket  of  the  posterior. 


BY   W.  J.  McKAY.  977 

If  now  the  anterior  one  be  moved  so  that  its  front  portion 
turns  to  the  left,  while  its  hinder  extremity  goes  to  the  right,  we 
shall  observe  the  following  order  of  events  : — the  postzygapo- 
physis  of  the  right  side  moves  outwards  and  forwards  ;  this  brings 
the  articular  facet,  with  the  projection  on  its  posterior  edge,  (vide 
supra)  forward,  so  that  the  facet  rests  mainly  on  the  projection 
on  the  anterior  edge  of  the  prezygapophysis  beneath.  There  is 
no  obstacle  to  the  movement  of  this  zygapophysis  in  an  outward 
direction  beyond  that  offered  by  the  ligaments.  Meanwhile  the 
postzygapophysis  on  the  left  side  has  moved  inwards  and  back- 
wards. This  brings  the  facet,  with  its  projection  on  the  posterior 
edge,  backwards  and  inward,  and  the  projection  now  coming  into 
contact  with  the  sides  of  the  lamina  prevents  any  further  move- 
ment in  that  direction.  If  we  had  had  another  vertebra  in  front 
of  our  anterior  one,  we  of  course  would  have  found  that  it  was 
the  right  anterior  zygapophysis  that  was  stopped  in  its  motion  by 
coming  into  contact  with  the  pedicle  of  the  front  vertebra. 

Thus  if  we  represent  the  points  of  movement  as  taking 
place  at  the  angles  of  a  square,  we  shall  see  that  at  the  two 
extremities  of  one  diameter  we  have  an  obstacle  to  further 
motion,  while  at  the  extremities  of  the  other  diameter  we  have 
comparative  freedom. 

To  these  considerations  we  must  now  add  the  movements  of  the 
zygosphene  and  zygantrum.  With  regard  to  these,  the  same  side 
that  received  a  check  above,  will  receive  one  now.  And  if  we  add 
to  this  the  opposition  afforded  by  the  ball  and  socket  joints  of  the 
centrum,  we  shall  see  that  whenever  one  vertebra  of  a  series  moves 
from  side  to  side,  its  movement  becomes  limited  by  bone  in  four 
places,  and  by  ligaments  in  ten,  or  in  other  words  we  have  disloca- 
tion opposed  at  fourteen  points. 

Verticcd  moveme^it. 

The  middle  one  of  three  vertebrae  is  prevented  from  moving  in  a 

vertical  direction  to  any  great  extent  by  the  following  surfaces. 

Anteriorly  we  have  the  zygosphene  in  its  firm  zygantrum,  and 

also  the  prezygapophyses  lying  beneath  the  postzygapophyses  of 


978   THE  OSTEOLOGY  AND  MYOLOGY  OF  THE  DEATH  ADDER, 

the  preceding  vertebra.  Lastly,  we  have  the  ball  and  socket  joint 
of  the  centrum.  Thus  we  have  five  bony  surfaces  opposing  ver- 
tical movements  anteriorly.  On  the  other  hand  we  have  only 
three  opposing  its  movement  downwards.  To  compensate  for  this, 
we  have  the  mechanical  advantage  of  the  ball  and  socket  joint 
alluded  to  in  describing  the  centrum.  Posteriorly  we  have  five 
surfaces  opposing  movement  downwards,  and  three  upwards. 
The  reason  for  this  appears  to  rest  in  the  fact  that  the  spinalis 
dorsi,  semispinalis,  and  multifidus  all  run  from  behind  forward, 
and  consequently  when  these  muscles  act  they  tend  to  pull  the 
vertebrae  upwards  and  backwards,  or  in  other  words  to  cause  them 
to  rotate  round  an  axis  placed  at  right  angles  to  the  long  axis  of 
the  body  ;  consequently  the  anterior  portion  of  each  vertebra  will 
be  raised  and  the  posterior  will  then  endeavour  to  rotate,  and  thus 
we  have  the  five  bony  surfaces  of  each  end  of  the  vertebra  to 
resist  the  contractions  of  these  muscles. 

Classification. 

As  regards  the  classification  of  Acanthojjhis  we  have  come  to  the 
conclusion  that  its  correct  position  is  among  the  Elapidce.  In 
external  appearance  it  bears  a  strong  resemblance  to  a  viperine 
snake,  and  even  the  osseous  elements  of  its  skull  tend  to  approach 
the  Solenoglyjohians.  But  when  we  examine  the  maxillary  bone 
we  are  no  longer  in  doubt  as  to  its  real  position.  This  bone  has 
undoubtedly  the  characters  of  the  maxilla  of  the  ProUroglypliians. 
There  are  a  number  of  anterior  grooved  fangs  succeeded  by  a 
number  of  small  solid  teeth.  The  size  of  the  fangs  is  greater 
than  that  usually  found  in  the  Elapidce.  but  this  only  corresponds 
to  the  great  strength  of  the  bones  composing  the  cranium  ;  while  the 
venom  gland  also  appears  to  be  larger,  both  absolutely  and  in  pro- 
portion, than  is  usual  in  the  Elapidce. 

It  would  seem  as  if  we  had  here  a  case  of  mimicry  ;  one  of  the 
Elajndce  taking  on  the  external  form  of  a  viper,  and  with  this 
undergoing  some  slight  internal  modifications,  but  still  remaining 
undoubtedly  among  the  Proteroglyphians.  Or  we  may  have  in 
Acanthophis  a  link  between  the  venomous  colubrine  snakes  and 
the  vipers. 


BY    W.  J.  McKAY.  979 

LITERATURE. 

(1)  E.  D' Alton.     De  Pjthonis  et  Boarum  ossibus.    Halis,  1836. 

(2)  Beschreibung  des  Muskelsystems  eines  Python  hivit- 

tatus.     Joh.  Miiller's  Archiv,  1834,  p.  346, 

(3)  G,   Cuvier.      Legons  d'anatomie    comparee ;    recueillies    et 

piiblies  par  M.  Dumeril.     Second  edition,  1837. 

(4)  Dug^s.     Recherches  anatomiques   et   pbysiologiques  sur  la 

deglutition  dans  les  Reptiles.  Annales  des  Sciences 
Naturelles,  T.  XII.  1827. 

(5)  Duvernoy.     Memoire  sur  les  caracteres  tires  de  I'Anatomie 

pour  distinguer  les  Serpens  venimeux  des  Serpens  non 
venimeux.     Annales  des  Sc.  Nat.  T.  XXVI. 

(6)  Emery.     Intorno  alle  glandole  del  capo  di  alcuni  Serpenti 

proteroglifi.     Ann.  Mus.  Genov.  Vol.  XV. 

(7)  Ferdinand.     Zur  Anatomie  der  Zunge.     Miinchen,  1884. 

(8)  Flower.     Osteology  of  the  Mammalia. 

(9)  Gegenbaur.     Grundziige  der  vergleichenden  Anatomie,  1870. 

(10)  Kallmann.     Die  vergleichende  Osteologie  des  Schlafenbeins. 

1837. 

(11)  Hoffmann.     Bronn's    Klassen   und   Ordnungen    des    Thier- 

Reichs,  VI.  Bd.  III.  Abth.  1885. 

(12)  Home.     Observations  to  show  that  the  progressive  motion 

of  snakes  is  partly  performed  by  means  of  the  ribs. 
Phil.  Trans.  1812. 

(13)  Hiibner.      De    organis    motoriis    Boae    caninae.      Berolini, 

1815. 

(14)  Humphry.     (1)  On  Muscles  of  Cryptohranclius^  (2)  Lepido- 

siren,  (3)  Smooth  Dog-fish,  (4)  Ceratodus,  (5)  Glass- 
snake,  (6)  On  the  Disposition  of  Muscles  in  Vertebrate 
Animals.  Journal  of  Anatomy  and  Physiology,  Vol.  VI. 
1872. 


980   THE  OSTEOLOGY  AND  MYOLOGY  OF  THE  DEATH  ADDER, 

(15)  Huxley.     The  Anatomy  of  Vertebrate  Animals,  1871. 

(16)  Leydig.    Ueber  die  Kopfdrusen  einheimischer  OpMdier.    Max 

Schultze's  Arch,  fiir  Mikros.  Anatomie,  Band  IX.  1873. 

(17a)  Jones.  Todd's  Cyclopaedia  of  Anatomy  and  Physiology. 
Yol.  IV. 

(17)  Meckel.     System  der  vergleichenden  Anatomie.     1828. 

(18)  Mitchell.     Researches  on  the  Venom   of  the  Rattlesnake. 

Smithson.  Contrib.  to  Knowledge.     Washington,  1861. 

(19)  Owen.     On  Anatomy  of  the  Vertebrates.     Vol.  I.  1866. 

(20;  Parker.  On  the  Structure  and  Development  of  the  Skull 
in  the  Common  Snake.  Phil.  Trans,  of  Royal  Society, 
Vol.  169. 

(21)  On  the  Structure  and    Development    of  the  Skull 

in  the  Lacertilia.     Phil.  Trans.  1879. 

(22)  Parker  and  Bettany.     The  Morphology  of  the  Skull.     1877. 

(23)  Rathke.     Entwickelungsgeschichte    der    Natter.     Konigsb. 

1839. 

(2-t)  Rochebrune.  Memoire  sur  les  vertebres  des  Ophidiens. 
Journal  de  I'Anatomie  et  de  la  Physiologie  par  Robin  et 
Pouchet.     17  Annee.     1881. 

(25)  Sanders.     'Myology  otPlatydactyhcsjaj^onicus.    P.Z.S.  1870, 

p.  413;  ibid,  1872,  p.  154. 

(26)  St.  George  Mivart.     Myology  of   Meno2:)oma  Alleghaniense, 

P.Z.S.  1869. 

(27)  Teutleben.     Ueber  Kaumuskeln  und   Kaumechanismus  bei 

den  Wirbelthieren.     Archiv    fiir  Naturgeschichte.    Bd. 
40,  s.  78,  1874. 

(28)  Wiedersheim.     Lehrbuch  der  vergleichenden  Anatomie  der 

Wirbelthiere.     1882. 


BY    W.  J.  McKAY.  981 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATES. 


References  to  Bones. 

A. — Articulare.  B.iS. — Basisphenoideum.  B.O. — Basioccipitale.  D. — 
Dentale.  Ex.0. — Exoccipitale.  E.O. — Epioticum.  i^.— Frontale.  Fg. 
— Fang.  /T.— Hyoideum.  L.P. — Lateral  plate  of  parietal.  M. — Maxillare. 
JV. —Nasals.  0. 0.— Opisthoticum.  P.— Parietale.  P.  P.— Postf  rontale 
(Postorbitale).  P?.— Palatinum.  P,M. — Prteniaxillare.  Pr.O.  — Pro- 
oticum.  Pr.F. — Praefrontale  (anteorbitale).  P.S. — Parasphenoideum. 
Pt. — Pterygoideum.  Q. — Quadratum.  S. — Squamosum.  S.M. — Septo- 
maxillare.  S.O. — Supraoccipitale.  -S'.  7^,— Sella  turcica.  T.C. — Trabeculae 
cranii.     Tr. — Trans versale  (transpalatinum). 

References  to  Muscles. 

A.T. — Temporalis  anterior.  C.C.M. — Costo-mandibularis.  CM. — Cerato- 
mandibularis.  D. — Digastricus.  D.C. — Depressores  costarum.  D.M. — 
Depressor  mandibulse.  Ex.0, — Externus  obliquus.  Ex.  I. — Extern!  inter- 
costales.  jE^a;./.'— Externi  intercostales  (straight  bundles).  G.H. — Genio- 
hyoideus.  G^.^.G'.— Genio-hyo-glossus.  G.T. — Genio-trachealis.  I.M. — 
Interniandibularis.  7.0.— Internus  obliquus.  /.O.:^.— Tendon  of  internus 
obliquus.  I. P. — Internus  pterygoideus.  L.G.I. — Levatores  costarum 
interni.  L.D. — Longissimus  dorsi.  L.D.' — Longissimus  dorsi  (deeper 
portion).  L.G. — Lingual  gland,  (compressor  band).  M. — Masseter.  M.H 
— Mylohyoideus,  M.S. — Multifidus  spinse.  P.C.S. — Pretrahentes  cos- 
tarum superiores.  P.G.I. — Pretrahentes  costarum  inferiores.  P.M. — 
Parieto-maxillaris.  P.Pt. — Parieto-pterygoideus.  P.P.— Parieto-palatinusj 
P.T. — Post-temporalis.  P. Ex. — Pterygoideus  externus.  P.C— Retrac- 
tores  costarum.  E.G. A. — Rectus  capitis  anticus.  P.M. — Rectus.  E.O. — 
Retractor  oris,  i?.^.— Retractor  quadrati.  aS^.Z).— Spinalis  dorsi.  S.S.D. — 
Semispinalis  dorsi.  S.L. — Sacro-lumbalis.  S.P. — Spheno-pterygoideus 
S.O. A. — Suboccipito-articular.  iS.i?.— Sub  vertebral  rectus.  S.  V. — Spheno 
vomerine.  S. — Scalenus.  JV.^Transversalis  (inner  bundles).  Ti'.' — 
Transversalis  (outer  bundles),     T.  T. — Transversalis  (tendon). 


982   THE  OSTEOLOGY  AND  MYOLOGY  OF  THE  DEATH  ADDER, 

Fig.  1. — The  parietal  bone.  The  superior  surface  is  represented  with  its 
three  areas.  The  middle  triangular  one  being  subcutaneous,  the 
lateral  ones  giving  attachment  to  the  masseter  and  temporal 
muscles,  (X)  is  the  anterior  extremity,  which  articulates  with 
the  frontal  bones.  (A.L.)  antero-lateral  edge,  articulates  with 
postorbital  bone.  (M.L.J  the  median  lateral.  fP.L.)  the  postero- 
lateral. (Py. )  is  the  well  marked  process  which  gives  attachment 
to  the  parieto-maxillary  muscle.  (L.P.J  lateral  plate  of  the 
parietal.  (PJ  the  posterior  extremity  which  articulates  with  the 
supraoccipital. 

Fig.  2. — The  parietal  bone.  The  inferior  surface  is  represented  together 
with  the  lateral  plate.  (L.P.J  the  lateral  plate  is  seen  to  have  an 
anterior  depression,  which  is  portion  of  the  orbital  fossa  ;  while 
there  is  also  a  posterior  depression,  which  gives  attachment  to  the 
parieto-pterygoid  and  parieto-palatine  muscles.  (OS.)  is  the 
position  of  the  orbitosphenoid  bone,  helping  to  form  the  anterior 
portion  of  the  orbital  fossa.  Between  the  lateral  plates  below, 
the  basi-  and  parasphenoid  bones  fit ;  while  the  prootic  joins 
its  postero-lateral  margin.     (O.F.J  is  portion  of  the  optic  foramen. 

Fig.  3. — The  frontal  bone  with  the  vertical  septum  of  bone  (V.S.) 

Fig.  4. — Postorbital  bone,  showing  its  twisted  nature.  To  the  inferior 
portion  of  this  bone  the  fascia  of  the  venom  gland  is  attached  as  a 
special  ligament. 

Fig.  5. — The  basisphenoid  (B.S.J  and  parasphenoid  bones  united.  The 
inferior  surfaces  are  displayed  showing  the  excavated  parasphen- 
oid, with  a  trabecula  cranii  on  either  side  (T.G.J.  Posteriorly 
the  prominent  keel  of  the  basisphenoid  is  seen,  while  on  either 
side  of  this  the  bone  is  excavated  to  give  attachment  to  the  spheno- 
pterygoid  muscle.  (Px.J  is  the  process  which  articulates  with 
the  inferior  surface  of  the  basioccipital. 

Fig.  6. — The  superior  surface  of  the  para-  and  basisphenoid  bones.  (S.T.J 
the  sella  turcica. 

Fig.  7 — The  basioccipital  bone  ;  the  inferior  surface.  The  anterior  portion 
has  an  excavated  area  which  articulates  with  the  basisphenoid. 
Four  prominent  spinous  processes  are  seen^  which  give  attachment 
to  the  rectus  capitis  anticus,  and  the  tendon  of  the  sacro-lumbalis 
{S.L.) 


BY   W.  J.  McKAY.  983 

Fig.  s. — The  bones  of  the  upper  jaw  ;  external  surfaces.  (M.)  The  maxilla 
carrying  three  perforated  fangs  in  front,  and  three  solid  teeth 
behind.  (Tr.)  the  transpalatine  with  the  well  marked  process 
(P.G.),  which  gives  attachment  to  the  internal  pterygoid  muscle. 
(PL)  the  palatine  carrying  solid  teeth.  (Pt.)  the  pterygoid  with 
solid  teeth. 

Pig.  9. — Superior  surfaces  of  same  bones.  The  concavo-convex  joint 
between  the  maxilla  and  transpalatine  is  seen  ;  also  the  exca- 
vated internal  edge  of  the  maxilla.  The  surface  of  the  ptery- 
goid is  seen  which  gives  attachment  to  the  parieto-pterygoid  and 
spheno-pterygoid  muscles. 

Fig.  10. — Inferior  surface  of  the  same  bones  ;  the  excavated  surface  of  the 
pterygoid  is  seen  which  gives  attachment  to  the  internal  pterygoid 
muscle. 

Fig.  11. — The  prefrontal  (Pr.F.)  is  seen,  and  on  its  superior  edge  is  a  well 
marked  hinge-joint  (H.J.),  which  articulates  with  the  frontal. 
The  articulating  surfaces  between  the  prefrontal  and  the  maxilla 
are  seen  to  differ  from  that  present  in  most  venomous  snakes. 

Fig.  12.— The  skull  viewed  from  above.  On  the  right  side  the  postfrontal 
and  the  prefrontal  have  both  been  removed. 

Fig.  13.—  Muscles  of  the  head  from  above.  On  the  left  side  the  masseter 
has  been  drawn  aside,  and  the  attachment  of  its  superficial  fibres 
to  the  posterior  portion  of  the  venom  gland  [V.G.)  is  shown.  [M.') 
is  the  deeper  portion  of  the  masseter,  which  chiefly  goes  to  the 
lower  jaw.  The  anterior  temporal  (^.7\)  is  displayed.  (Z.L.)  is 
the  zygomatic  ligament  attached  to  the  venom  gland.  (Ft.)  are 
the  fibres  of  the  platysma  spreading  out  to  be  lost  anteriorly.  The 
retractor  quadrati  is  seen  passing  back  beneath  the  retractor  oris, 
but  above  the  depressor  mandibulse.  On  the  left  side  the  spinalis 
dorsi  has  been  removed,  and  the  semispinalis  is  seen  attached  to 
the  skull. 

Fig.  14. — The  muscles  of  the  head  are  seen  from  the  side.  The  retractor 
oris  {P.O.)  is  reflected,  and  the  depressor  mandibulse  is  pulled 
aside.  The  attachment  of  the  superficial  portion  of  the  masseter 
to  the  gland  is  seen,  while  the  attachment  of  the  masseter,  poste- 
rior temporal,  and  internal  pterygoid  to  the  lower  jaw  is  also  seen. 
[S.L.G.)  the  superior  labial  gland.  (I.L.G.)  the  inferior  labial. 
(F.7).)  the  venom  duct. 
63 


984   THE  OSTEOLOGY  AND  MYOLOGY  OP  THE  DEATH  ADDER, 

Fig.  15. — The  masseter  has  been  removed  from  the  venom  gland,  and  the 
parieto-mandibular  {P.M.)  is  displayed,  as  also  is  the  anterior 
temporal  {A.T.);  the  lachrymal  gland  {L.G.)  is  seen.  (V.D.) 
venom  duct. 

Fig.  16. — The  venom  gland  has  been  removed.  The  slender  parieto-max- 
illary  is  seen,  and  the  attachment  of  the  anterior  temporal  to  the 
lower  jaw.  The  posterior  temporal  has  been  reflected,  and  the 
external  pterygoid  displayed.  The  parieto-pterygoid  {P.Pt.)  is  also 
seen,  and  the  insertion  of  the  internal  pterygoid  on  the  transverse 
bone. 

Fig.  17. — The  temporal  muscles  have  been  removed,  and  the  whole  of  the 
lower  jaw.  The  parieto-mandibular  is  seen  springing  from  the 
prominent  process  of  the  parietal.  The  parieto-pterygoid  {P.Pt.) 
and  spheno- pterygoid  are  seen  attached  to  the  pterygoid  bone. 
5",  5'"  branches  of  the  fifth  nerve  emerging  from  the  foramen 
ovale.     {Q.B.)  portion  of  the  quadrate  bone. 

Fig.  18. — The  parieto-pterygoid  and  spheno-pterygoid  muscles  have  been 
removed,  and  the  parieto-palatine  displayed.  {S.O.A.)  the  sub- 
occipito- articular  (Duges).  {L.D.)  longissimus  dorsi  attached  to 
skull.  {S.L.)  sacro-lumbalis  attached  to  basioccipital.  {B.C. A.) 
rectus  capitis  anticus  attached  to  basioccipital  and  exoccipital 
bones. 

Fig.  19. — Inferior  surface  of  the  head.  On  the  right  side  of  figure  the 
mylohyoid  has  been  removed,  and  the  membrane  lining  the  floor 
of  the  mouth  is  shown.  ( 7^. C.)  trachea.  Anteriorly  portion  of  the 
intermandibularis  is  removed;  the  lingual  gland  (Z-.  6?.)  with  its 
band  of  muscle  is  seen.  The  attachments  of  the  genio-hyoglossus 
and  genio-trachealis  are  also  seen.  The  genio-hyoglossus  is  sho-WTi 
to  have  a  bifurcated  attachment ;  one  tendon  being  attached  to 
the  tendon  of  the  intermandibularis  in  the  midline  ;  while  the 
other  is  inserted  into  the  inner  side  of  the  dentary.  The  attach- 
ment of  the  cerato-mandibularis  has  been  cut ;  it  runs  forward  and 
joins  the  tendon  of  the  intermandibularis  ;  posteriorly  it  lies  along 
the  lower  jaw.  The  mylohyoid  {M.H.)  is  seen  to  be  attached  to 
the  bony  hyoid  {H.)  internally,  while  anteriorly  it  is  attached  to 
the  lower  jaw.  {T.I. — T.I.)  are  the  tendinous  intersections  which 
represent  ceratohyal  and  hypohyal  {Tl.),  and  the  first  branchial 
bar  (J").  The  portion  {H.)  represents  the  hypobranchial  portion  of 
the  hyoid.  {G.H.)  are  the  genio-hyoid  muscles  arising  posteriorly 
from  the  hyoid  bars.  {J.H.)  the  junction  of  the  hyoid  bars  (basi- 
hyal  plate). 


BY   W.  J.  McKAY.  985 

Fig.  20. — The  intermandibularis  (I.M.)  is  shown  giving  oS{IM'.)  a  slip  to 
the  integument  {CM.);  the  cerato-mandibularis  joins  the  inter- 
mandibularis in  front.     (/.iy.(T.)  inferior  labial  gland. 

Fig.  21. — The  costo-mandibular  {C.G.M.)  is  seen  running  forward  to  join  the 
depressor  mandibul^  (D.M.)  to  form  the  mylohyoid  {M.H.). 
On  the  left  side  of  the  figure  the  mylohyoid  has  been  removed, 
and  we  see  the  masseter  {M.),  posterior  temporal  {P.T.),  and 
internal  pterygoid  {I. P.).  The  external  intercostals  are  seen,  and 
the  scalene  muscles,  while  the  rectus  capitis  anticus  {B.C.  A.)  lies 
still  more  deeply. 

Fig.  22. — The  lower  jaw  has  been  removed.  On  the  left  side  we  have  the 
internal  pterygoid  reflected,  and  the  parieto-pterygoid  and  spheno- 
pterygoid  displayed.  On  the  right  side  of  the  figure  we  have  the 
internal  pterygoid,  and  the  aponeurosis  of  the  roof  of  the  mouth 
(P.  A .).  Anteriorly  we  see  the  small  spheno-vomerine  muscle 
{S.V.). 

Fig.  23.  — The  muscles  composing  the  greater  portion  of  the  erector  spinse. 
The  spinalis  dorsi  is  seen  to  lie  next  the  spinous  processes  (S.)  and 
to  break  up  into  tendons  which  run  forward  to  be  inserted  in  the 
spines  {S.J .  The  tendons  of  these  muscles  are  intimately  connected 
and  form  a  distinct  aponeurosis.  {L.D.)  the  longissimus  dorsi 
group  ;  the  superior  layer  is  seen  to  give  off  tendons  which  run  out- 
wards and  form  the  tendons  of  origin  of  the  sacro-lumbalis  group. 
The  inferior  tendons  run  inwards  and  join  with  the  tendons  of  the 
spinalis  dorsi  group. 

Fig.  24. — (S.L.)  the  sacro-lumbalis  column,  arising  in  part  from  the  longissi- 
mus dorsi  column,  and  inserted  along  with  the  tendons  of  the 
pretrahentes  costarum  superiores  (P.C.S.).  Between  the  tendons 
of  the  latter  muscles  are  the  tendons  of  the  external  oblique  {Ex.O,)> 

Fig.  25. — The  muscles  on  the  lateral  aspect  of  the  snake's  body.  The 
tendons  of  the  sacro-lumbalis  [S.L.)  are  seen  to  be  inserted 
into  the  ribs  along  with  the  tendons  of  the  pretrahentes 
costarum  superiores  {P.C.S.).  The  external  oblique  {Ex.0.)  is  seen 
to  be  composed  of  bundles  intimately  connected  with  the  rectus 
{P.M.).  The  internal  oblique  springs  from  the  costal  cartilages  as 
'Heaves "of  muscles,  and  running  forward  these  are  attached  to 
the  spaces  between  the  scutal  muscles  {S.M.).  A  tendinous  band 
(I.O.T.)  continues  the  muscle  towards  the  midline  where  it  joins 
the  tendon  of  the  trans versalis  {T.T.).  The  fibres  {Ex. I'.)  are 
modified  external  intercostal  muscles. 


986   THE  OSTEOLOGY  AND  MYOLOGY  OF  THE  DEATH  ADDER. 

Fig.  26. — The  muscles  in  the  interior  of  the  snake's  body.  By  the  mid- 
line we  have  the  subvertebral  rectus  {S.R.)  and  the  depressores 
costarum  {D.C.).  On  the  left  side  of  the  figure  levatores  costarum 
interni  {L.C.I.),  separated  from  the  subvertebral  rectus  by  the 
intercostal  nerves  {I.N.). 

Fig.  27. — The  depressores  costarum  {D.C.)  are  seen  running  forward  to  be 
modified  so  as  to  form  a  rectus  capitis  anticus  major  {B.C. A.),  and 
at  the  same  time  representing  the  longus  colli  muscles.  The  most 
anterior  bundle  of  the  sacro-lumbalis  column  (S.L.)  is  seen  to  pass 
forward  to  be  inserted  on  the  basioccipital  {B.O.),  while  the  upper 
division  of  the  rectus  capitis  anticus  runs  outwards  and  is  inserted 
on  the  exoccipital.  The  scalene  {S.)  muscles  are  represented  by  the 
continuation  of  the  external  intercostal  group  on  to  the  anterior 
vertebraB. 


NOTES  ON  AUSTRALIAN  EARTHWORMS.     Part  VI. 

By  J.  J.  Fletcher,  M.A.,  B.Sc. 

In  the  following  paper  eight  species  chiefly  from  Eastern 
Australia  are  proposed  as  new,  an  attempt  is  made  to  deal  with  a 
number  of  small  perichsete  worms  from  various  localities,  which 
are  treated  as  varieties  of  species  previously  described,  and  further 
particulars  are  given  about  four  species  as  the  result  of  the  exami- 
nation of  additional  and  better  supplies  of  material  than  were 
originally  available.  As  in  previous  papers  the  question  of  the 
genera  to  which  some  of  the  species  described  should  be  referred  is 
left  an  open  one  ;  some  of  the  most  favourable  localities  even  in  this 
colony  are  yet  unsearched  for  earthworms,  and  the  question  of 
instituting  new  genera  is  one  therefore  which  may  more  profitably 
be  considered  later  on. 

The  new  forms  include,  firstly,  five  described  as  species  of 
Cryptodrilus — one  of  the  type  of  C.  imicus,  one  with  a  remarkable 
arrangement  of  the  outer  couples  of  setae  the  outer  row  of  each  of 
which  is  nearer  to  the  mid-dorsal  line  than  the  inner  row  of  each 
inner  couple  is  to  the  mid-ventral  line,  one  very  robust  form  of 
the  type  of  C.  mediterreus  and  G.  canaliculatus,  and  two  others 
whose  affinities  at  present  are  not  very  clear  :  secondly,  a  species 
of  Acanthodrilus  from  N.W.  Australia,  the  second  species  only  of 
this  genus  so  far  recorded  from  Australia,  in  each  case  from  the 
northern  half  of  the  continent:  and  thirdly  two  species  of  Perichceta, 
one  of  the  type  of  P.  austrina ;  the  other  a  remarkable,  probably 
intraclitellian  form  of  the  type  of  P.  canaliculafa,  with  a  pair  of 
conspicuous  nephridiopores  to  a  segment  after  the  first,  those  of 
each  side  of  the  body  forming  a  sinuous  series. 


988  NOTES   ON   AUSTRALIAN   EARTHWORMS, 

I  have  to  express  my  great  obligations  to  Sir  William  Macleay, 
and  to  the  Trustees  of  the  South  Australian  Museum  for  the 
opportunity  of  describing  several  species,  and  to  the  following 
gentlemen  for  furnishing  me,  often  at  considerable  trouble,  with 
supplies  of  material,  viz.  Messrs.  W.  W.  Smith,  C.  E.  Rennie, 
Henry  Try  on,  .T.  G.  Sloane,  and  the  Revs.  A.  Swift,  and  T.  F. 
Potts. 

Cryptodrilus  (?)  FASCIATUS,  n.sp. 

Two  (spirit)  specimens  15-15-5  cm.  long,  6-9  mm.  broad;  number 
of  segments  90  and  130. 

Colour  :  an  anterior  and  a  posterior  portion  of  each  segment  of 
a  light  colour  (dull  yellowish  in  the  specimens  which  have  been 
some  years  in  spirit  and  are  in  places  somewhat  stained  or  bleached), 
enclosing  a  wider  middle  dark  purplish  or  purple  band,  reminding 
one  of  Allolobophora  foetida ;  sometimes  the  purple  band  is  broader 
than  at  others,  especially  at  first,  but  on  the  whole  the  body  in 
both  specimens  presents  a  very  noticeable  and  characteristic 
banded  appearance,  alternately  light  and  dark,  obscured  by  the 
girdle  on  the  clitellar  segments. 

Prostomium  divides  the  buccal  ring  very  slightly  (less  than  J). 
Body  apparently  not  so  depressed  (at  any  rate  in  spirit  specimens) 
as  in  C.  unicus  ;  one  specimen  is  faintly  but  distinctly  canaliculate 
throughout  in  the  median  dorsal  line,  the  other  only  shows  it  here 
and  there.  Segments  more  or  less  distinctly  bi-annulate  (in  one 
specimen  a  layer  of  the  body-wall  is  caking  off  which  is  4-annulate 
on  the  surface^  whereas  underneath  the  surface  is  bi-annulate). 

Setse  in  eight  straight  rows,  the  setse  of  the  outer  couples 
further  apart  than  those  of  the  inner  couples,  and  about  as  far 
apart  as  (usually  a  trifle  further  than)  the  two  couples  of  each  side. 

Clitellum  in  one  specimen  comprising  six  segments,  xiii-xviii, 
complete  all  round ;  in  the  other  less  developed,  but  segments 
xiv-xviii  together  with  the  posterior  half  of  xiii  are  noticeably 
modified 


BY    J.  J.  FLETCHER.  989 

Male  pore,  oviduct  pores  (in  front  and  just  ventrad  of  the  inner- 
most setaB),  spermathecal  pores,  dorsal  pores,  and  nephridiopores  as 
in  C.  unicus. 

Alimentary  canal :  the  cesophagus  longer,  and  the  gizzard  farther 
back,  than  usual,  the  former  extending  through  v,  vi  and  into  vii, 
the  latter  at  first  sight  appearing  to  be  contained  in  segments  vii 
and  VIII,  the  mesentery  between  these  two  surrounding  it  at  about 
its  middle,  but  investing  it  posteriorly ;  from  x  or  xi  to  at  least 
XIV  (behind  which  in  the  specimen  dissected  the  canal  was 
damaged)  the  interseptal  portions  are  dilated  possibly  functioning 
as  calciferous  glands,  and  in  xiii  and  xiv  there  are  incompletely 
pinched-off  pouches. 

Genitalia  :  two  pairs  of  testes  and  ciliated  rosettes  in  x  and  xi ; 
vesiculse  seminales  five  pairs  in  ix-xiii,  the  first  two  pairs  small, 
the  last  pair  still  smaller  and  rudimentary,  the  third  and  fourth 
pairs  very  large ;  a  single  vas  deferens  on  each  side  joining  the 
pi'ostatic  ducts  a  little  way  from  the  prostates.  Spermathecee  a 
median  series  of  five  single  stalked,  rather  long  pouches,  sacculated 
in  appearance,  in  segments  v-ix,  each  of  them  with  two  linear, 
long  (but  shorter  than  the  pouches)  almost  cylindrical  caeca,  one 
on  each  side. 

Last  pair  of  hearts  in  xii. 

Nephridia  :  a  pair  of  tubules  to  a  segment  after  the  first,  con- 
sisting as  well  as  I  can  make  out  of  at  least  three  portions,  viz.,  a 
distal  convoluted  portion  whose  free  extremity  lies  in  the  segment 
in  front  of  that  to  which  the  nephridium  belongs,  a  shorter 
narrower  middle  portion,  and  a  proximal  still  shorter  vesicular  or 
dilated  portion  with  a  lateral  diverticulum. 

Hah. — Richmond  River  District,  N.S.W.  (Macleay  Museum). 

This  distinct  species  difi*ers  from  both  C.  unicuSyS^ndi  C.  fur^ureus 
in  having  the  body  more  robust  and  transversely  striped,  and  from 
the  latter  in  addition  in  the  rows  of  setae  being  straight.  These 
three  species  form  a  group  of  closely  allied  forms  whose  claims  to 


990  NOTES   ON   AUSTRALIAN   EARTHWORMS, 

be  regarded  as  worthy  of  generic  separation  will  be  considered 
hereafter.  I  have  a  single  specimen  in  very  bad  condition  of  what 
is  probably  another  species  of  this  group  from  the  same  district, 
givea  me  by  Mr.  H.  R.  Whittell. 

CrYPTODRILUS  (?)    PURPUREUS. 

Cry2^todrihcs  purinireus,  Michaelsen,  *'  Oligochseten  des  Ham- 
burger naturhistorischen  Museums,"  I. 

Three  spirit  specimens  from  two  different  localities,  47  (juv.), 
93,  and  92  mm.  long,  3-6*5  mm.  broad  ;  number  of  segments  116, 
131,  and  144. 

Colour  purplish  above,  paler  below.  Prostomium  only  partially 
divides  the  buccal  ring  (less  than  half).  Segments  for  the  most 
part  bi-annulate,  occasionally  indistinctly  tri-annulate.  Setae  in 
eight  at  first  straight  longitudinal  rows,  those  of  the  outer  couples 
more  than  twice  as  far  apart  as  those  of  the  inner  couples,  and  a 
little  further  than  the  two  couples  of  each  side;  in  about  the 
posterior  third  of  the  body,  or  on  about  the  last  40-50  segments 
the  setse  of  the  two  rows  of  the  outer  couple  of  each  side  are 
irregularly  placed,  sometimes  alternating  pretty  regularly  for  a 
few  segments,  sometimes  two  or  three  times  as  far  apart  from  each 
other,  or  from  the  inner  couple,  as  at  others. 

Clitellum  not  developed,  nor  any  indication  of  it  in  any  of  the 
specimens. 

Male  pore,  oviduct  pores,  and  spermathecal  pores  as  in  C.  unicus. 
Dorsal  pores  commence  after  segment  iv,  but  the  first  one  appears  to 
be  rudimentary  and  not  functional.  Nephridiopores :  the  first  three 
dorsad  of,  the  others  opposite,  the  fourth  setae  on  each  side  as  long- 
as  these  continue  regular,  afterwards  continuing  at  the  same  level 
irrespective  of  the  setae. 

Alimentary  canal  as  in  C  unicus. 

Genitalia  as  in  C.  fasciatus  and  C.  unicus. 

Nephrida  possibly  as  in  C.  fasciatus^hut  the  details  not  made  out. 


BY    J.  J.  FLETCHER.  991 

Hob. — Miriam  Vale,  Queensland  (two  specimens  presented  by 
Dr.  J.  C.  Cox  to  the  Macleay  Museum) ;  Percy  Island  off  the 
Queensland  coast  in  lat.  21°  S.  (one  specimen  also  in  the  Macleay 
Museum,  collected  by  Mr.  G.  Masters  during  the  'Chevert'  expedi- 
tion in  1875). 

The  characters  of  the  three  specimens  examined  agree  very  well 
with  Dr.  Michaelsen's  description  based  on  the  examination  of 
specimens  from  Gayndah  and  Peak  Downs.  Queensland,  but  have 
the  setae  slightly  more  irregular.  Michaelsen  says  that  the  third 
and  fourth  rows  are  displaced  on  the  last  ten  segments  of  the  body, 
whereas  in  the  specimens  examined  by  me  the  irregularity  affects 
more  segments,  about  the  last  forty;  also  the  first  three  pairs  of 
nephridiopores  are  more  dorsally  situated  than  those  which  follow. 
The  specimen  from  Percy  Island  is  referred  to  in  my  second  paper 
p.  971  under  the  head  of  "  incertce  sedis  ;"  owing  to  its  immature 
and  contracted  condition  its  examination  was  not  attended  with  very 
satisfactory  results. 

CrYPTODRILUS  (?)  UNICUS. 

Cryptodrilus  tmicios,  FL,  P.L.S.  N.S.W.,  1888,  III.,  (2),  p.  1540. 

Three  additional  specimens  from  a  new  locality ;  63  (juv.)  to 
100  mm.  long,  3- 6  mm.  broad;  number  of  segments  126-144. 

Cliteilum  in  two  of  the  specimens  comprising  segments  xiv-xvii 
together  with  at  least  half  of  xiii  and  of  xviii.  From  the  examina- 
tion of  these  specimens,  two  of  which  are  better  developed  than 
any  seen  before,  and  from  a  re-examination  of  the  original  speci- 
mens, my  previous  description  may  be  amended  as  follows  : — 

The  rows  of  setae  are  straight  and  regular  throughout. 

The  oviduct  pores  are  in  front  and  just  ventrad  (not  dorsad)  of 
the  innermost  setae  on  xiv. 

The  gizzard  is  in  segment  vi. 

There  is  a  fifth  pair  of  vesiculae  seminales  on  the  posterior  face 
of  the  mesentery  between  xii  and  xiii ;  the  fifth  pair,  always  the 
smallest,  are  so  small  in  non-breeding  worms  as  to  be  easily  over- 
looked. 


992  NOTES   ON   AUSTRALIAN   EARTHWORMS, 

The  spermathecse  are  single  median  pouches,  each  with  two  cseca, 
as  in  C.  fasciatus,  and  C.  purpureus  ;  not  pairs  of  pouches  one  of 
each  of  which  is  rudimentary. 

Hah., — The  banks  of  Lake  Cudgellico,  a  few  miles  from  the 
Lachlan  River,  N.S.  W.  (collected  by  Mr.  T.  G.  Sloane). 

Cryptodrilus  Smithi,  n.sp. 

A  good  series  of  about  eighty  specimens  killed  in  an  extended 
condition  from  21  (juv.)  to  145  mm.  long,  1-3  mm.  broad;  number 
of  segments  from  about  135-170. 

Prostomium  divides  the  buccal  ring  all  but  completely.  Body 
slender,  cylindrical,  segments  mostly  tri-annulate  ;  colour  pallid, 
the  integument  more  or  less  pellucid. 

Setae  in  four  ventral  and  four  dorsal  longitudinal  rows  forming 
on  each  side  of  the  body  a  ventral  and  a  dorsal  couple  separated 
by  an  ususually  wide  interval :  the  setae  of  the  ventral  couples 
distant  from  each  other  about  as  far  as  (or  a  trifle  less  than)  their 
inner  rows  are  from  the  median  ventral  line  ;  those  of  the  dorsal 
couples  at  varying  distances  apart,  the  third  row  on  each  side  not 
being  straight,  rarely  closer  but  usually  more  distant  than  those  of 
the  ventral  couples  ',  except  on  the  first  three  or  four  setigerous 
segments  (ii-iv  or  v)  where  they  are  a  little  further  removed,  the 
setae  of  each  fourth  row  quite  close  (unusually  so)  to  the  median 
dorsal  line,  closer  than  the  first  (ventral)  row  is  to  the  median 
ventral  line. 

Clitellum  of  four  segments,  xiv-xvii,  complete  all  round  except 
for  certain  papillae.  On  the  ventral  surface  between  each  two 
segments  from  xv-xx,  but  encroaching  more  or  less  upon  these,  is 
a  pair  of  contiguous  nearly  circular  or  elliptical  eminences  or 
papillae,  one  on  either  side  of  the  median  line,  their  summits  with 
a  pore-like  depression ;  those  of  the  third  and  fourth  pairs  (between 
XVII  and  xviii,  and  xviii  and  xix)  much  depressed,  and  less  conspi- 
cuous, and  with  an  additional  very  conspicuous  papilla  immediately 
dorsad  of  each  of  them — the  posterior  pair  of  which  probably  carry 


BY   J.  J.  FLETCHER.  993 

the  male  pores  which  are  not  readily  determinable  ;  the  papillae  of 
the  fifth  and  of  the  sixth  pairs  not  quite  so  close  to  the  median 
line ;  the  ventral  surface  about  the  bases  of  the  papillse  usually- 
more  or  less  tumid,  sometimes  forming  distinct  transverse  ridges 
on  which  the  papillae  are  situated.  The  youngest  specimens  show 
no  trace  of  these  structures ;  others  show  papillse  without  any 
or  with  only  slight  modification  of  the  surrounding  surface ;  others 
again  show  pore-like  depressions  or  these  with  the  margins  only 
slightly  tumid  forming  rudimentary  papillse,  situated  on  distinct 
transverse  more  or  less  intersegmental  ridges'^  formed  by  the  ven- 
tral surface  of  the  posterior  one  or  two  annuli  of  each  segment 
becoming  tumid  for  a  space  extending  dorsad  on  each  side  to  as  far 
as  or  beyond  the  second  setae,  and  more  or  less  completely  confluent 
with  a  similarly  modified  portion  of  the  anterior  one  or  two  annuli 
of  the  succeeding  segment,  or  only  one  of  the  two  sets  may  be  modi- 
fied ;  the  first  and  second  ridges  shortest  (from  side  to  side),  the 
third  and  fourth  longest  (from  side  to  side),  most  pronounced,  and 
closer  together;  in  this  region  what  appear  to  be  the  intersegmental, 
are  only  interannular  furrows.  In  adults  with  girdles  the  papillae 
are  well-developed,  and  the  ridges  usually  less  distinct,  the  rem- 
nants of  them  appearing  as  swellings  about  the  bases  of  the 
papillse,  except  in  case  of  the  first  two  pairs  which  are  entirely 
surrounded  by  the  girdle  tissue.  In  examining  a  number  of  speci- 
mens difierences  in  detail  are  common ;  rarely  an  additional  pair, 
or  only  a  single  papilla,  may  be  present  between  xiv  and  xv. 
Between  viii  and  ix,  and  ix  and  x  a  pair  of  similar  papillse  with 
sometimes  in  addition  a  ventral  portion  of  the  preceding  one  or 
two  annuli  modified  ;  the  anterior  pair  probably  carry  the  fourth 
pair  of  spermathecal  pores.  Occasionally  the  ventral  surface  behind 
the  papillse  is  also  slightly  modified ;  and  in  one  case  there  is  an 
additional  papilla  on  one  side  between  x  and  xi. 


♦Possibly  after  all  better  regarded  as  primarily  due  to  the  coalescence  and 
extension  of  the  papillse,  as  the  ridges  always  show  some  indication  of 
papillae,  whereas  papillae  without  ridges  are  not  uncommon. 


994  NOTES    ON    AUSTRALIAN    EARTHWORMS, 

Male  pores  not  readily  determinable.  Oviduct  pores  two,  on 
XIV  on  little  papillae,  in  front  and  a  little  ventrad  of  the  first  setae ; 
spermathecal  pores  four  pairs,  intersegmental  from  v-ix,  on  little 
papillae  (the  fourth  pair  of  these  modified  as  above)  about  opposite 
or  slightly  ventrad  of  the  first  setae. 

Dorsal  pores  commence  after  segment  iv.  Nephridiopores  not 
visible  (probably  a  pair  on  each  segment  except  a  few  anterior 
ones). 

Alimentary  canal :  gizzard  in  v  (or  vi) ;  in  some  of  segments 
ix-xvi  there  are  dilatations  some  of  which  may  be  calciferous 
glands,  but  there  are  no  pairs  of  pouches  ;  large  intestine  com- 
mences about  XVIII  but  is  small  and  compressed  between  the 
prostates  as  far  back  as  xxii. 

Genitalia :  two  pairs  of  vesiculae  in  ix  and  xii ;  two  pairs  of 
testes  and  ciliated  rosettes  in  x  and  xi ;  a  pair  of  prostates 
extending  through  about  four  segments,  xviii-xxi ;  genital  ducts 
rather  long  and  twisted  ;  vasa  deferentia  not  observed.  Penial 
setae  absent.  Ovaries  and  oviducts  as  usual ;  spermathecae  four 
pairs  in  vi-ix,  stalked  pouches  with  a  single  rudimentary  club- 
shaped  caecum  on  the  duct  near  its  exit,  the  caecum  shorter  than 
the  duct. 

Nephrida  :   a  pair  of  convoluted  tubules  to  a  segment. 

Last  pair  of  hearts  in  xii. 

iTaS.— Eltham,  Victoria  (collected  by  Mr.  W.  W.  Smith). 

This  distinct  species  is  easily  recognisable  by  the  remarkably 
dorsal  situation  of  the  outer  couple  of  setae  on  each  side,  an  exagger- 
ated condition  of  the  arrangement  which  is  so  frequently  met  with 
in  species  of  this  genus.     Its  affinities  are  not  very  clear. 

Crtptodrilus  Tryoni,  n.sp. 

One  (very  soft  and  not  well  preserved)  specimen  325  mm.  long, 
10  mm.  broad  ;  number  of  segments  about  209. 

Buccal  ring  not  divided  by  the  prostomium.  Colour  (much 
bleached)  more  or  less  pallid,  slightly  tinged  with  brown  superiorly. 
Body  not  canaliculate. 


BY   J.  J.  FLETCHER.  995 

Setae  in  eight  straight  rows,  those  of  each  outer  couple  remark- 
ably far  apart,  not  only  further  apart  than  those  of  each  inner 
couple,  but  also  (half  as  far  again  or  even  more)  than  the  two 
couples  of  each  side. 

Clitellum  of  four  segments,  xiv-xvii,  together  with  a  small 
anterior  portion  of  xviii  (but  has  not  attained  its  maximum  deve- 
lopment), complete  all  round  except  posteriorly  for  a  little  space 
on  the  ventral  surface  of  xvii. 

Male  pores  not  at  all  conspicuous  (probably  only  owing  to  the 
condition  of  the  specimen) ;  the  inner  couples  of  setae  on  xviii  are 
not  visible,  but  about  corresponding  with  the  position  of  each  inner 
setae  of  these  couples  is  a  small  pore,  from  one  of  which  protrudes 
a  portion  of  what  is  evidently  a  penial  seta  ;  possibly  these  are  the 
male  pores.  Oviduct  pores  and  spermathecal  pores  as  in  C. 
mediterreus. 

Nephridiopores  :  a  pair  to  a  segment  after  the  first,  in  two 
alternating  series  as  in  C.  mediterreus ;  the  first  four  pairs,  and 
after  these  on  alternate  segments,  opposite  the  fourth  setae ;  on 
segments  vi,  viii  and  x  opposite  the  third  setse,  and  on  xii  and 
after  that  on  alternate  segments  opposite  the  second  setae.  Dorsal 
pores  commence  after  segment  v.  Accessory  copulatory  structures 
not  present. 

Alimentary  canal :  gizzard  in  v  ;  five  pairs  of  latero-inferiorly 
situated  calciferous  pouches  in  ix-xiii. 

Genitalia  :  two  pairs  of  vesiculae  seminales  in  ix  and  xil,  &c.  as 
in  C.  canaliculatus ;  there  is  a  single  vas  deferens  on  each  side 
joining  the  genital  duct  close  to  the  prostates  ;  penial  setae 
are  present.  Spermathecae  three  pairs,  each  of  them  with  two 
caeca. 

Last  pair  of  hearts  in  xiil. 

Eight  mesenteries  from  the  anterior  one  of  vii  to  the  posterior 
one  of  XIII  are  thick. 

The  nephrida  of  the  lower  rows  (opening  opposite  the  second 
setae)  as  well  as  those  of  the  upper  rows  have  a  proximal  vesicular 


996  NOTES   ON   AUSTRALIAN   EARTHWORMS, 

portion,  a  condition  which  possibly  obtains  also  in  the  other  species 
of  this  group. 

In  other  respects  so  far  as  I  know  at  present  not  differing  from 
C.  mediterreus. 

Hah. — Milton,  near  Brisbane,  Queensland  (received  from  Mr. 
Henry  Tryon). 

This  species  is  allied  to  C.  mediterreus  and  C,  canaliculatus  : 
with  the  former  it  agrees  in  having  the  body  not  canaliculate  ;  and 
with  the  latter  in  having  two  caeca  to  each  spermatheca ;  while  it 
differs  from  both  in  having  the  body  more  robust  (being  the  largest 
specimen  of  a  Gryptodrilus  I  have  yet  seen,  with  the  exception  of 
C.  saccariios,  var.,  to  be  mentioned  subsequently),  the  setae  of  the 
outer  couples  further  apart,  and  an  additional  pair  of  calciferous 
pouches  in  ix.  In  the  soft  condition  of  the  specimen  examined 
the  sacs  containing  the  penial  setae  are  not  visible,  as  was  the  case 
with  the  specimens  of  C.  canaliculatus  previously  examined,  in 
which  species  also,  as  I  have  since  found,  penial  setae  are  present. 

Gryptodrilus  semicinctus,  n.sp. 

Four  moderately  contracted  spirit  specimens  40-54  mm.  long, 
2*5-3  mm.  broad  ;  number  of  segments  about  100. 

Prostomium  partially  divides  the  buccal  ring  (about  half).  Body 
probably  pallid  or  slightly  tinged  with  brown  or  yellowish  brown, 
slender,  segments  mostly  tri  annulate. 

Setae  of  the  outer  couples  a  little  further  apart  than  those  of  the 
inner  couples  which  are  not  so  close  as  usual,  and  nearly  as  far 
apart  as  the  two  couples  of  each  side ;  the  outermost  row  on  each 
side  not  so  dorsally  situated  as  usual. 

Clitellum  of  segments  xiv-xvii  together  with  half  or  two-thirds 
of  XIII,  saddle-shaped,  reaching  only  to  about  the  third  row  of  setae 
or  a  little  ventrad  of  it,  not  developed  on  the  ventral  surface. 

Male  pores  two,  on  papillae  on  the  middle  annulus  of  xviii, 
about  in  line  with  the  setae  of  the  second  row  ;  in  front  and  also 
behind  but  a  little  dorsad  of  each  papilla  is  a  much  smaller  one, 


BY   J.  J.  FLETCHER.  997 

usually  intersegmental  taking  in  one  annulus  of  xviii  and  one  of  the 
segment  in  front  or  behind,  or  confined  only  to  the  annuli  of  xviii. 
Oviduct  pores  two,  rather  close  together,  in  front  and  ventrad  of 
the  innermost  setse  on  xiv.  Spermathecal  pores  two  pairs  between 
VII  and  VIII,  and  viii  and  ix,  in  line  with  or  just  dorsad  of  the 
setse  of  the  second  row. 

Nephridiopores  not  visible  in  any  of  the  specimens.  Dorsal 
pores  not  determinable  on  the  clitellum  nor  in  front  of  it,  the  first 
visible  one  between  xviii  and  xix. 

Alimentary  canal :  gizzard  in  v  ;  calciferous  dilatations  possibly 
in  about  segments  ix-xiii,  but  no  pairs  of  pouches;  the  large 
intestine  begins  in  xvi. 

Genitalia  :  one  pair  of  testes  and  one  pair  of  ciliated  rosettes  in 
XI ;  one  pair  of  vesiculse  seminales  in  xii ;  a  pair  of  long  narrow 
linear  folded  prostates  partly  in  xviii  and  partly  in  xix,  anteriorly 
giving  ofi"  the  genital  ducts  which  are  fairly  long  and  straight,  a 
single  vas  deferens  on  each  side  joining  the  prostatic  duct  close  to 
the  gland  ;  behind  each  genital  duct  is  a  pair  of  delicate  sacs  each 
containing  a  couple  of  curved  tapering  penial  setse.  Ovaries  and 
oviducts  as  usual ;  spermathecse  two  pairs  in  viii  and  ix,  pouches 
with  remarkably  long  ducts  each  with  a  pair  of  (in  one  case  three) 
simple  club-shaped  caeca,  one  on  either  side  of  the  duct  near  its 
exit. 

Nephridia  :  delicate  tubules,  a  pair  to  a  segment. 

Last  pair  of  hearts  in  xii. 

Hah. — Grafton,  Clarence  Eiver,  N.S.W.  (received  from  the  Rev. 
A.  Swift). 

A  distinct  species  whose  affinities  are  not  very  clear  at  present. 
I  received  a  considerable  number  of  worms  from  Mr.  Swift,  but 
with  the  exception  of  the  above  and  half  a  dozen  specimens  of 
perichsete  worms,  the  rest  were  simply  the  ubiquitous  Allolohopliora 
turgida,  for  which  Grafton  is  the  most  northerly  locality  in  N.S.W. 
from  which  I  have  yet  seen  specimens. 


998  NOTES    ON    AUSTRALIAN    EARTHWORMS, 

Cryptodrilus  simulans,  n.sp. 

Three  rather  contracted  spirit  specimens  from  82-108  mm.  long, 
4-5  mm.  broad  ;  number  of  segments  about  220. 

Colour  when  fresh  probably  pallid  with  the  integument  more  or 
less  pellucid  behind  the  girdle  (spirit  specimens  usually  tinged 
with  brown).  Prostomium  only  partially  divides  the  buccal  ring 
(less  than  half).  Segments  mostly  tri-annulate  after  the  first  three 
or  four. 

Setae  of  the  inner  couples  closer  together  than  usual,  about  half 
as  far  apart  as  those  of  the  outer  couples,  the  latter  also  about  half 
as  far  apart  as  the  two  couples  of  each  side  ;  hence  the  outer 
couples  or  at  least  the  outer  rows  of  these  are  more  laterally 
situated  than  in  many  species. 

Clitellum  :  no  sign  of  it  in  two  specimens,  just  commencing  in 
the  third;  when  complete  probably  comprising  xiv-xvii  and  part 

of  XIII. 

Male  pores  on  two  small  papillae,  a  little  dorsad  of  the  position 
of  the  first  seta  on  each  side,  on  the  middle  annulus  of  xviii  which 
presents  a  ridge-like  swelling  separated  from  somewhat  similar 
but  less  pronounced  ridges  on  xvii  and  on  xix  by  a  depression  in 
each  case,  the  ends  of  the  first  and  last  ridges  bending  round  and 
fusing  with  the  middle  one,  their  extremities  reaching  a  little 
dorsad  of  the  first  couples  of  setae  ;  on  the  anterior  annulus  of  xviii 
and  of  XIX  appears  to  be  in  each  case  a  pair  of  pores.  Oviduct 
pores  two,  in  front  and  ventrad  of  the  innermost  setae;  sperma- 
thecal  pores  two  pairs  between  vii  and  viii,  and  viil  and  ix, 
nearly  opposite  but  a  little  dosad  of  the  first  setae. 

Nephridiopores  not  visible.  Dorsal  pores  commence  after  about 
X  but  the  first  one  appears  to  be  rudimentary. 

Alimentary  canal :  gizzard  in  v,  the  mesentery  behind  it  very 
thin  ;  only  two  pairs  of  calciferous  pouches  seem  to  be  present,  in 
XIV  and  xv,but  these  in  the  specimen  dissected  immediately  attracted 
notice,  and  in  one  specimen  are  discernible  from  the  exterior ; 
larsre  intestine  commences  in  xvii. 


BY    J.  J.  FLETCHER.  999 

Genitalia :  two  pairs  of  testes  and  of  ciliated  rosettes  in  x  and 
XI ;  two  pairs  of  racemose  vesiculse  seminales  in  xi  and  xii ;  the 
prostates  extend  through  about  three  segments;  beside  each  straight 
genital  duct  is  a  pair  of  small  sacs  each  containing  several  (3  or  4) 
curved  and  gradually  tapering  but  not  spinose  penial  setae.  Ovaries 
and  oviducts  as  usual;  sperraathecse  two  pairs  in  viii  and  ix,  their 
ducts  remarkably  long,  each  with  a  lobate  somewhat  compressed 
and  rosette-like  ciecum. 

Last  pair  of  hearts  in  xii.     Nephridial  tufts  numerous. 

Hab.—BMWi,  lUawarra,  N.S.W.  (received  from  Rev.  T.  F. 
Potts  and  Mr.  T.  G.  Sloane). 

Externally  and  in  the  absence  of  the  clitelium  this  distinct  species 
might  pass  for  a  species  of  Digaster  or  Megascolides ;  like  the  pre- 
ceding species  its  affinities  are  not  very  clear. 

ACANTHODRILUS    MaCLEAYI,  n.sp. 

About  110  small  specimens,  one  of  the  largest  of  which  is  27 
mm.  long,  2  mm.  broad  ;  number  of  segment  about  90. 

Colour  rather  light  yellowish -brown.  Prostomium  only  partially 
divides  the  buccal  ring  (less  than  half). 

Setae  :  four  pairs  to  a  segment  after  the  first  one,  the  setse  of 
the  outer  pairs  close  together  like  those  of  the  inner  ones  ;  the 
inner  pairs  on  xvii  and  on  xix  either  not  visible  (probably  then 
only  obscured  by  the  swellings  on  these  segments)  or  situated  a 
little  dorsad  of  the  usual  position. 

Clitelium  present  in  a  few  specimens,  comprising  segments  xii- 
XVI  or  XVII. 

Male  pores  two  pairs,  a  pair  on  xvii  and  a  pair  on  xix,  the  pores 
of  each  pair  rather  close  to,  and  one  on  either  side  of,  the  median 
line,  distinctly  closer  to  the  median  line  than  the  innermost  row 
of  each  inner  pair  of  setae  would  be  if  normally  placed.  The 
ventral  surface  of  xvi  and  xvii,  and  to  a  less  degree  of  the  next 
two  or  three  segments  more  or  less  modified  and  swollen  as  far 
64 


1000  NOTES    ON    AUSTRALIAN    EARTHWORMS, 

dorsad  as  the  second  pair  of  setse,  the  modified  surfaces  more  or 
less  confluent,  but  in tersegmen tally  for  a  short  distance  on  either 
side  of  the  median  line  less  modified ;  hence  the  three  or  four 
intersegmental  depressions  (the  first  one  between  xvi  and  xvii)  so 
commonly  present  in  spirit  specimens  are  probably  2^ost-mortem  and 
due  to  shrinkage. 

Oviduct  pores,  spermathecal  pores,  nephridiopores,  and  dorsal 
pores  not  determinable. 

Alimentary  canal  :  a  single  large  gizzard  present. 

Genitalia  :  a  large  pair  of  vesiculae  seminales  (probably  in  xii), 
a  doubtful  smaller  pair  situated  two  segments  in  front,  with  two 
pairs  of  ciliated  rosettes  (and  probably  testes)  in  the  two  interven- 
ing segments;  prostates  two  pairs,  with  two  pairs  of  straight  fairly 
long  genital  ducts  ;  four  pairs  of  delicate  sacs,  a  pair  to  each  genital 
duct,  containing  penial  setae,  long,  curved,  and  tapering,  and  minutely 
notched  distally,  the  free  extremity  not  a  sharp  point,  but  flattened. 

Nephridia  :  a  pair  of  tubules  to  a  segment. 

Hah. — Napier  Eange,  100  miles  S.  of  King's  Sound,  N.W. 
Australia  (Macleay  Museum,  collected  by  ]Mr.  W.  Froggatt). 

These  were  the  only  specimens  of  earthworms  obtained  by  Mr. 
Froggatt  during  nearly  a  year's  residence  in  the  Kimberley 
District.  Owing  to  their  small  size — the  largest  of  them  just 
exceeding  an  inch — it  is  difficult  to  make  out  the  details  or  to 
localise  the  various  organs.  There  is  no  doubt  however  about  the 
presence  of  two  pairs  of  prostates  and  two  pairs  of  genital  ducts. 
This  species  is  distinct  from  A.  australis  from  Cape  York  recently 
described  by  Dr.  Michaelsen  [I.e.,  p.  9). 

Perich.eta  macquariensis,  n.sp. 

Five  well  preserved  somewhat  contracted  spirit  specimens  130- 
180mm.  long,  5-7 mm.  broad;  number  of  segments  about  150-200. 

Colour  purplish  or  reddish-brown,  paler  beneath.  Prostomium 
partially  divides  the  buccal  ring  (about  half) ;  sometimes  from  its 
posterior  margin  a  median  longitudinal  groove  extends  backw^ards 
as  far  as  the  third  segment. 


BY    J.   J.  FLETCHER.  1001 

Set?e  fewer,  larger  and  more  conspicuous,  the  setiferous  ridges 
also  more  conspicuous,  in  front  of  the  clitellum  ;  segment  ii  (the 
first  setigerous  one)  with  probably  normally  about  18  setae  [in  the 
specimen  in  which  the  setse  are  most  complete  there  are  9  on  one 
side  and  8  on  the  other  ;  most  of  the  specimens  have  16  ;  one 
shows  only  6] ;  segments  iii  and  iv  with  about  26  ;  v-xv  with 
about  28  (in  one  case  segment  vii  has  15  on  one  side  and  14  on 
the  other),  from  xix  with  32-36,  the  posterior  segments — except 
the  last  few — with  about  40-44  ;  very  frequently  owing  to  break- 
ages or  other  causes  only  fewer  than  the  numbers  specified  can  be 
counted  on  a  given  segment.  A  median  dorsal  interval  about 
2-2|  times,  and  a  median  ventral  interval  about  thrice  the  width 
of  an  ordinary  interval  between  two  setse,  devoid  of  setee. 

Clitellum  (in  two  specimens)   comprisiug  four  segments,  xiv.- 

XVII. 

Male  pores  on  papillae,  about  corresponding  with  the  intervals 
between  th3  first  and  second  setfe  ;  adjacent  to  and  dorsad  of  each 
pore  is  an  additional  slight  swelling  or  papilla.  The  posterior  § 
of  the  ventral  surface  of  xvii  and  the  anterior  |  of  xix  modified, 
in  each  case  with  an  indistinct  pair  of  papillse  much  as  in  P. 
austrina  :  in  specimens  with  girdles  the  ventral  surface  of  seg- 
ments X  and  XI  modified  much  as  in  P.  austrina  but  the  swellings 
are  not  pitted,  and  the  posterior  one  is  not  subdivided ;  in  one 
specimen  on  x.-xii  are  three  pairs  of  swellings  extending  antero- 
posteriorly  across  the  segment,  and  from  side  to  side  from  about 
the  first  to  the  third  set?e,  with  a  little  pit  in  front  and  one 
behind  the  setigerous  ridge.  Oviduct  pores  two,  in  front  and 
ventrad  of  the  innermost  setee  ;  spermathecal  pores  three  pairs, 
intersegmental  after  vi,  nearly  opposite  or  a  little  dorsad  of  the  first 
setse. 

Dorsal  pores  commence  after  segment  iv  (sometimes  apparently 
a  rudimentary  one  after  iii).     Nephridiopores  not  visible. 

Alimentary  canal :  calciferous  pouches  in  x-xiii  (almost  like  a 
smaller  pair  in  xiv). 

Genitalia  as  in  P.  austrina,  that  is  to  say  two  pairs  of  testes 
and  ciliated  rosettes  in  x  and  xi,  two  pairs  of  vesiculse  seminales 


1002  NOTES    ON    AUSTRALIAN    EARTHWORMS, 

in  IX  and  xii  (fee.  ;  but  in  the  specimen  dissected  the  c?eca  of  the 
spermathecge  not  so  long  (possibly  only  due  to  its  non-breeding 
condition) ;  and  penial  set^  only  slightly  curved  but  sharply  bent 
almost  at  a  right  angle  close  to  the  free  extremity  are  present. 
Last  pair  of  hearts  in  xiii. 

Hah. —  Dubbo,  N.S.W. ;  from  the  banks  of  the  Macquarie 
River  (collected  by  Mr.  C.  E.  Rennie). 

Allied  to  P.  austrina  and  P.  hainiltoni,  but  distinguished  from 
them  by  the  slightly  more  ventrally  situated  spermathecal  pores, 
by  details  in  the  number  of  seta*,  by  the  possession  of  penial 
setse,  and  of  a  pair  of  hearts  in  xiii,  and  other  details. 

PeRICH^TA  (?)    TERRiE-REGIN^,  n.Sp. 

One  specimen  rather  contracted  except  in  the  middle  region  of 
the  body  which  is  soft  and  relaxed,  190  mm.  long,  15-18  mm. 
broad  ;  number  of  segments  144.  Body  stout,  cylindrical ;  seg- 
ments iii-xiii  biannulate,  but  with  the  anterior  annulus  in  some 
of  them  faintly  again  subdivided ;  behind  xiii  there  is  little  indi- 
cation of  annuli,  nor  are  setiferous  ridges  anywhere  prominent. 
Colour  dark,  probably  purplish  (the  specimen  both  somewhat 
bleached  and  stained).  Prostomium  but  slightly  divides  the  buccal 
ring  (about  J). 

Setae  :  from  their  retraction,  worn  condition,  or  absexice,  it  is 
difficult  to  determine  the  number  of  the  setse  on  the  first  few  and 
the  last  few  setigerous  segments  ',  elsewhere  one  may  count  from 
about  40-60  to  a  segment,  with  a  median  dorsal  and  ventral 
interval  devoid  of  setse  of  which  the  latter  is  fairly  defined,  its 
limiting  rows  of  setae  straight,  about  five  times  the  breadth  of  an 
ordinary  interval  between  two  set?e  on  the  ventral  and  lateral 
surfaces  where  they  are  closer  together,  more  regular,  and  not  so 
frequently  missing  as  on  the  dorsum  ;  the  latter  much  broader, 
ill-defined  owing  to  the  absence  or  irregularity  of  the  setse. 

Clitellum  not  developed,  but  segments  xiv-xxi,  and  xiii 
and  xxii  slightly,  are  of  a  noticeably  different  colour^  a  brighter 


BY    J.  J.   FLETCHER.  1003 

purplish  ;  from  experience  in  other  cases  I  regard  this  as  indicative 
of  a  waxing  or  a  waning  clitellum.  If  so  then  this  species  like 
P.  canaliculata  is  intraclitellian. 

Male  pores  on  two  large  papillae,  the  outer  (dorsal)  margin  of 
each  extending  to  about  the  sixth  set^e,  their  inner  margins  con- 
nected bj  an  intermediate  somewhat  swollen  portion  ;  these  struc- 
tures occupy  the  entire  ventral  surface  of  xviii  within  the  limits 
mentioned,  obscuring  the  setse  if  these  are  present,  and  they  bulge 
a  little  antero-posteriorly ;  the  pores  themselves  are  about  in  the 
line  of  the  second  row  of  setae.  Oviduct  pores  two,  in  front  and  a 
little  ventrad  of  the  innermost  setee  on  xiv;  spermathecal  pores  four 
pairs  in  the  intervals  between  segments  iv-viii,  about  opposite  or 
a  little  ventrad  of  the  second  setse ;  (the  first  pair  a  segment  in 
advance  of  the  usual  arrangement). 

Dorsal  pores  commence  after  segment  v.  Nephridiopores  a  pair 
to  a  segment  after  the  first,  just  behind  the  anterior  margins, 
forming  a  single  irregularly  sinuous  series  on  each  side,  the  pores 
varying  in  position  from  opposite  the  fourth  or  fifth  setae  to  dorsad 
of  any  visible  setse,  and  not  very  far  from  the  median  dorsal  line. 

Hab. — Mt.  Bellenden-Ker,  N.E.  Queensland  (received  from 
Mr.  Henry  Tryon). 

This  distinct  species  belongs  to  the  same  group  as  P.  canali- 
culata,  FL,  from  the  same  district.  At  present  I  refrain  from 
dissecting  the  single  specimen  available. 


From  time  to  time  I  have  received  or  collected  a  number  of 
small  perichsete  worms  from  various  localities  in  N.S.W.,  which 
while  diflering  for  the  most  part  a  good  deal  in  size  or  general 
appearance  from  the  typical  forms  of  the  species  to  which  as 
varieties,  at  any  rate  provisionally,  I  now  propose  to  refer  them,  yet 
present  no  sufiiciently  satisfactory  or  important  points  of  differ- 
ence entitling  any  of  them  to  rank  as  independent  species.  From 
the  small  size  and  stunted  growth,  or  not  good  state  of  preserva- 
tion of  some  of  them,  together  with  the  difficulty  in  determining 


1004  NOTES    ON    AUSTRALIAN    EARTHWORMS, 

the  number  of  setae  on  the  first  few  setigerous  segments  they  are 
not  a  very  satisfactory  lot  to  deal  with  ;  but  for  the  sake  of  the 
interest  attaching  to  the  questions  of  variation  and  geographical 
distribution,  the  attempt  is  here  made  to  deal  with  them. 

The  majority  of  them  agree  with  Pericliceta  Macleayi  described 
in  my  last  paper  in  having  (1)  the  preclitellar  or  a  few  more  seg- 
ments with  20  set^e  per  segment,  increasing  then  to  24,  and  still 
further  back  to  about  28-30  ;  (2)  the  buccal  ring  nearly  com- 
pletely divided  by  the  prostomium ;  (3)  two  pairs  of  spermathecal 
pores  opposite  the  second  or  third  setse,  or  the  interval  between 
them  ;  (4)  both  pre-  and  postclitellar  accessar}?-  copulatory  struc- 
tures ;  (5)  calcifei'ous  dilatations  in  some  of  segments  ix  or  x-xiii, 
but  pouches  are  not  pinched  off;*  and  (6)  the  same  general  cha- 
lacters  of  the  genitalia,  e.g.,  two  pairs  of  vesiculse  seminales  in 
IX  and  XII,  and  two  pairs  of  spermathecae  each  of  them  with  a 
single  long  club-shaped  caecum.  Besides  size  they  differ  among 
themselves  slightly  in  regard  (1)  to  the  number  and  character  of 
the  accessory  copulatory  structures  ;  the  situation  of  (2)  the  first 
dorsal  pore  aud  (3)  the  spermathecal  pores  which  in  some  are  more 
nearly  opposite  the  second,  in  others  opposite  the  third  setae.  They 
are  accordingly  treated  as  three  varieties,  noted  separately  from 
each  locality.  The  remainder  in  which  the  number  of  setae  is 
slio-htly  greater,  probably  normally  24  setae  on  the  anterior  seti- 
gerous segments,  are  similarly  treated  as  a  variety  of  P.  fecunda 
with  two  pairs  of  spermathecae. 

P.  Macleayi,  F1.,  [Ic.  (2)  iii,  (1888),  p.  1556],     vars.  nov. 

Var  a  : — Thirteen  specimens  60-67  mm.  long,  3-4  mm.  broad  ; 
number  of  segments  from  about  110-125. 

Setse  :  the  first  thirteen  setigerous  segments  (ii-xiv  or  there- 
abouts) with  twenty  setae  to  a  segment  [frequently  only  fewer 
are  visible,  often  16  or  still  fewer;  nevertheless  as  10  may 
often  be  counted  on  one  side    of  a    given    segment,   or    a    seg- 

*  "  The  two  pairs  of  calciferous  pouches  in  xi-xii  "  {I.e.,  p.  1557)  are  so 
incompletely  pinched  off  as  to  be  little  more  than  dilatations. 


BY    J.  J.  FLETCHER.  1005 

ment  with  20  may  precede  one  with  16,  or  when  fewer  than 
20  the  setae  are  evidently  at  greater  intervals,  it  would  seem 
that  20  per  segment  is  the  normal  number  ;  hence  differences  are 
probably  quite  as  much  to  be  attributed  to  wear  and  tear  as  to 
possible  variation]  ;  this  number  then  gives  place  to  24  (occasionally 
two  or  three  more,  though  in  this  region  one  may  find  a  segment 
preceded  and  followed  by  one  with  a  greater  number)  which  con- 
tinues for  a  number  of  segments  ;  finally  posteriorly  except  on  just 
the  last  few  segments  the  number  increases  to  about  30  or  a  few 
more.  The  body  tapers  steadily  posteriorly  and  here  the  dorsal 
interval  devoid  of  setae  may  be  said  to  vanish,  the  interval  being 
not  greater  than  that  between  two  ordinary  setse. 

Clitellum  comprising  segments  xiv-xvii,  together  with  xiii 
partially. 

Accessory  copulatory  structures  comprise  (1)  the  ventral  surface 
of  X  outwards  on  each  side  to  beyond  the  second  seta  tumid,  more 
or  less  completely  longitudinally  divided  in  the  median  line,  and 
with  four  fossettes,  an  anterior  and  a  posterior  pair  ;  and  (2)  pairs 
of  papillae  on  xvi  and  xvii,  the  ventral  surface  of  xviil  dorsad  of 
the  male  pores  also  swollen. 

Dorsal  pores  after  v  as  in  the  typical  form. 

Ilab.—'M.t.  Wilson  and  Lawson,  Blue  Mts.,  N.S.W. 

Va7\  b: — Seventeen  specimens  57  (juv.)  to  120  mm.  long, 
3-4  mm.  broad  ;  number  of  segments  about  115-140. 

Setae  :  on  the  preclitellar  segments  usually  20  per  segment,  but 
the  following  variations  were  noted  in  different  specimens  : — on 
segment  v,  14  on  one  side  and  only  8  on  the  other;  on  xiv, 
14  -f- 14  ;  on  xv,  14  -f  10  :  posteriorly  the  number  may  increase  to 
about  40  setae  per  segment. 

Accessory  copulatory  structures :  the  ventral  surface  of  xi 
swollen  for  a  space  extending  outwards  on  each  side  to  about 
the  second  seta,  with  a  pair  of  fossettes,  one  on  eacli  side  of  the 
median  line,  in  front  and  ventrad  of  the  first  setae,  rarely  a  little 
further  apart;  a  similar  but  less  completely  developed   area  in 


1006  NOTES    ON    AUSTRALIAN    EARTHWORMS, 

some  specimens  on  x  ;  in  one  specimen  none  on  x  but  a  swelling 
and  one  fossette  on  xii.  On  xvii  and  on  xx  (on  the  latter  some- 
times more  like  the  structures  on  xix  but  a  little  closer  together) 
the  ventral  surface  in  the  interval  devoid  of  setae  tumid,  with  two 
fossettes,  one  on  either  side  of  median  line,  which  may  be  con- 
fluent ;  on  XIX  a  pair  of  papillae  each  with  a  fossette  in  front  of 
the  interval  between  the  first  and  second  setae.  The  above  is  the 
typical  arrangement ;  but  specimens  vary  both  in  regard  to  the 
number  of  these  structures  and  the  extent  to  which  they  are 
developed;  and  there  may  be  an  additional  one  on  xxi. 

Dorsal  pores  commence  after  .segment  iv. 

Hah. — Burrawang,  N.S.W. 

Var.  c.  (i)  : — Nine  specimens  35-74  mm.  long,  2-4  mm.  broad; 
number  of  segments  82-95. 

Spemathecals  opposite  the  interval  between  the  second  and 
third  setae,  or  e\^en  opposite  the  third  setae. 

Accessory  structures  :  the  whole  ventral  surface  of  x  and  xi  as 
far  dorsad  on  each  side  as  about  the  third  seta,  raised  and  swollen  ; 
opposite  the  interval  between  the  first  and  second  setae  a  pair  of 
fossettes.  A  pair  of  papillae  on  xvii,  and  a  pair  on  xix,  closer 
than  (J  papillae  ;  a  slight  papilla  on  xviii  in  median  line  in  some 
s^^ecimens. 

Ilab.—Mt.  Victoria,  Blue  Mts.,  N.S.W.  (collected  by  Mr.  A. 
G.  Hamilton). 

(ii)  : — Nine  specimens  not  in  good  condition  36-50  mm.  long, 
2-3  mm.  broad  ;  number  of  segments  66-94. 

Allowing  for  the  poor  condition  of  the  specimens  not  distin- 
guishable from  the  preceding  ;  the  accessory  swellings  on  x  and 
XI  are  as  in  that  form,  but  though  xvii,  or  xvii  and  xix  are 
modified,  papillae  are  not  very  evident. 

Eab, — Raymond  Terrace  and  Morpeth,  N.S.W. 

(iii) : — Fifteen  specimens  26-60  mm.  long,  2-4  mm.  broad  : 
number  of  segments  75-115. 


BY    J.  J.  FLETCHER.  •  1007 

Not  distinguishable  from  the  foregoing.  There  are  exactly- 
similar  swellings  on  x  and  xi,  and  at  least  indications  of  pairs  of 
papillae  on  xvii  and  xix  in  some  of  the  specimens. 

Hob. — Coonabarabran,  Gunnedah  from  the  banks  of  the  Namoi, 
N.S.W.  (collected  by  Mr.  T.  G.  Sloane). 

P.  FECUNDA,  EL,  [I.e.  (2),  II.  (1887),  p.  401],     var.  nov. 

Twenty  specimens  38-62  mm.  long,  2-3  mm.  broad  ;  number  of 
segments  about  90-115. 

Colour  dark  purplish  iridescent  superiorly  and  anteriorly  as  in 
the  typical  forms,  lighter  posteriorly,  and  quite  pale  on  the  ventral 
surface. 

Setoe  :  On  the  preclitellar  segments  24  (frequently  only  20  or 
fewer  with  evident  gaps  in  the  half-circles,  especially  on  the  first 
setigerous  segment  (li),  but  as  examples  can  be  found  in  which 
there  are  12  on  one  or  both  sides  of  this  segment  the  difference  is 
evidently  accidental) ;  on  some  of  the  clitellar  segments  or  just 
behind  them  the  number  usually  increases  to  28,  but  here  and 
there  only  fewer  can  be  counted  ;  still  further  back  the  setse  are 
finer,  closer  together  and  more  numerous,  from  about  30-40  when 
the  half  circles  are  complete. 

Accessory  copulatory  structures  :  the  ventral  surface  of  segments 
X  and  XI  outwards  on  each  side  to  about  the  third  or  fourth  seta 
swollen,  with  a  pair  of  fossettes  in  front  of  and  about  opposite  the 
second  seta  or  the  interval  between  the  second  and  third  setse  on 
each  side  (in  immature  specimens  the  general  surface  is  less 
swollen,  but  the  rudimentary  circular  shallow  depressions  or 
fossettes  are  in  most  cases  recognisable).  On  xvi  a  circular 
raised  area  nearly  filling  the  ventral  interval  devoid  of  setae  on 
this  segment ;  a  larger  but  elliptical  area  similarly  placed  on  xvii 
(these  two  less  evident  when  the  girdle  is  developed)  ;  the  ventral 
surface  of  xix  as  far  outwards  on  each  side  as  the  third  seta 
raised,  like  a  pair  of  papillae  or  pores  in  front  and  opposite  the 
interval  between  the  first  and  second  setae;  xx  somewhat  similarly 
modified  but  not  dorsad  of  the  first  seta,  or  the  surface  simply 
raised  with  a  pair  of  fossettes,  one  on  either  side  of  median  line. 


1008  NOTES    ON    AUSTRALIAN    EARTHWORMS, 

Spermathecal  pores  two  pairs,  between  vii  and  viii,  and  viii 
and  IX,  nearly  o|)posite  but  a  little  dorsad  of  the  second  seta  or 
as  the  margins  of  the  apertures  are  tumid  about  opposite  the 
interval  between  the  first  and  second  sette. 

Hah. — Burrawang,  N.S.W. 

Possibly  distinct  from  P.  fecitnda  ;  but  a  satisfactory  series  of 
the  latter  is  still  a  desideratum. 


The  following  four  species  were  each  described  from  a  few 
mostly  small  specimens  at  a  time  when  there  seemed  to  be  no 
immediate  prospect  of  obtaining  farther  material  ;  during  the 
period  w-hich  has  since  elapsed  I  have  had  the  opportunity  of 
examining  better  series,  from  the  examination  of  which  I  am  now 
able  to  offer  the  following  remarks  partly  supplementary  to,  partly 
in  correction  of,  my  original  descriptions. 

Cryptodrilus  saccarius,  F1.,  P.L.S.N.S.W.  (2),  I.  (1886),  p.  951. 

The  original  description  of  this  species  was  drawn  up  from  the 
examination  of  half  a  dozen  small  specimens  from  Hornsby,  in 
which  for  several  reasons  the  slight  irregularity  of  the  rows  of 
setae  did  not  attract  particular  notice.  From  further  observations 
on  a  few  additional  specimens  from  the  same  locality,  on  a  good 
series  of  specimens  of  what  I  regard  as  belonging  to  the  same 
species  from  another  locality,  and  on  two  other  Jots  of  specimens 
of  what  I  consider  as  varieties,  I  now  offer  the  following  supple- 
mentary remarks. 

Setae  :  the  eight  rows  of  setae  never  quite  straight  and  regular 
throughout,  the  irregularity  varying  however  within  rather  wide 
limits  in  different  individuals;  where  regular  the  two  rows  of  each 
outer  couple  not  quite  so  far  apart  as  the  two  couples  of  each  side; 
all  the  rows  at  first  regular  and  the  two  rows  of  each  inner  (ven- 
trcd)  couple  continuing  so  throughout  with  the  exception  of  a  seta 
here  and  there  out  of  place,  or  only  slightly  irregular,  for  some 
little  distance  in  front  of  the  posterior  extremity  {i.e.,  in  about 


BY    J.  J.  FLETCHER,  1009 


the  posterior  fourth  or  fifth  of  the  body,  except  on  about  the  last 
half  dozen  segments  on  which  setse  are  not  visible)  but  with 
any  tendency  to  irregularity  more  marked  in  the  case  of  the 
second  row  of  each  of  these  couples ;  the  rows  of  the  two  outer 
couples  at  first  regular,  in  some  specimens  continuing  so  for  a 
considerable  distance  (for  the  anterior  half  of  the  body,  or  even 
more)  but  sooner  or  later,  or  in  others  even  on  some  of  the  pre- 
clitellar  segments,  the  setse  of  one  or  the  other  (most  commonly 
the  outer)  and  further  back  of  both  rows  on  each  side  of  the  body 
only  here  and  there  or  continuously  become  displaced,  at  fiist 
slightly  and  then  more  and  more  markedly  so  that  in  about  the 
hinder  fourth  or  fifth  of  the  body  where  always  the  two  outer, 
and  sometimes  all  four,  rows  of  each  side  are  out  of  place,  the 
irregularity  is  sometimes  very  remarkable  ;  the  set?e  of  the  same 
rows  on  different  segments  may  be  quite  close  or  widely  separated, 
the  seta)  of  different  rows  sometimes  alternating  roughly  for  a  few 
segments.  In  one  specimen  five  set^e  were  present  on  one  and 
four  on  the  other  side  of  the  same  segment.  Even  in  worms 
without  girdles  and  undeveloped  male  papilla)  I  have  not  noticed 
the  inner  couples  of  setae  on  segment  xviii. 

The  ventral  surface  of  segment  xviii  in  all  but  very  young 
specimens  is  more  or  less  modified,  most  marked  in  mature  worms 
with  well  developed  clitella  in  which  (in  spirit  specimens)  there  is 
usually  a  rather  broad  but  shallow  transverse  depression  bounded 
by  a  tumid  rim,  most  thickened  just  round  and  a  little  beyond 
the  ends  of  the  depression  which  reaches  on  each  side  to  a  little 
beyond  the  second  row  of  setre,  the  depression  a  little  narrower 
(from  before  backwards)  for  a  little  way  on  each  side  of  the  median 
line  of  the  body,  then  widening  out  towards  the  extremities  thus 
bearing  some  resemblance  in  shape  to  a  dumb-bell,  the  papillae  with 
the  male  pores  in  but  not  quite  at  the  extremities  of  the  enlarged 
ends  corresponding  in  position  with  the  interval  between  the  setae 
of  the  inner  couples,  and  confluent  with  the  posterior  slope  of  the 
depression  so  that  the  depressed  area  passes  in  front  and  beyond 
them  ;  sometimes  a  small  papilla  or  only  a  little  pit  dorsad  of  each 
of  the  male  papillae.     In  less  mature  individuals  the  same  arrange- 


1010  NOTES    OX    AUSTRALIAN    EARTHWORMS, 

ments  are  indicated  but  are  less  developed,  the  depression  not 
extending  so  far  from  side  to  side,  its  margins  not  so  tumid,  and 
its  shape  not  so  well-defined,  and  lying  closer  to  the  anterior  than 
to  the  posterior  margin  of  the  segment.  On  the  other  hand  as 
some  specimens  have  the  ventral  surface  convex  but  thickened  for 
a  space  outwards  on  each  side  as  far  as  about  the  second  row  of 
setae,  the  thickening  most  marked  towards  the  ends  of  the  thickened 
area  (which  sometimes  is  dumb-bell-shaped  from  the  extremities 
encroaching  a  little)  it  may  be  that  the  depression  referred  to  is 
only  or  chiefly  post  mortem  and  due  to  the  unequal  contraction  of 
a  not  uniformly  thickened  surface.  Out  of  about  100  (spirit) 
specimens  by  far  the  majority  of  them  show  at  least  some  indica- 
tion of  it.  Individual  variations  in  detail  are  common,  and  very 
frequently  in  the  median  line  just  behind  the  anterior  margin  of 
the  segment  there  is  one  or  a  pair  of  dots  or  pits  on  a  more  or  less 
distinctly  thickened  area  resembling  the  accessory  copulatory 
structure,  or  there  may  be  one  median,  and  two  lateral  dots  or 
pits,  in  front  of  the  ^  papillae.  The  supposed  accessory  copulatory 
structures  vary  in  number,  situation,  and  in  pattern  and  size 
according  to  the  extent  to  which  they  are  developed.  The  first 
indication  of  each  of  them  in  immature  worms  is  a  pair  (or  there 
may  be  only  one)  of  circular  translucent  dots  or  pore-like  pits  in 
the  intersegmental  groove  (except  in  the  case  of  those  on  the 
ventral  surface  of  xviii)  one  on  either  side  of  and  not  far  from  the 
median  ventral  line  ;  on  each  side  of  the  intersegmental  groove  a 
portion  of  the  ventral  surface  of  each  segment  becomes  modified 
forming  a  lanceolate  or  nearly  elliptical  transverse  thickening 
extending  from  the  innermost  (ventral)  row  of  setae  on  one  side 
across  the  median  ventral  line  to  the  innermost  row  of  the  other 
side,  and  from  before  backwards  extending  over  one  or  part  of  one 
annulus  or  more  of  each  pair  of  segments  between  which  it  occurs, 
the  surface  still  completely  traversed  by  the  intersegmental  furrow, 
or  a  portion  of  the  latter  completely  enclosed  ;  in  more  mature 
individuals  the  thickening  increases,  the  pattern  of  the  whole 
structure  becoming  more  definite  (lanceolate  or  nearly  elliptical), 
the  surface  shallowly  concave  with  an  enclosing  raised  rim,  or  the 


BY    J.  J.  FLETCHER.  1011 

surface  may  be  convex,  in  either  case  the  dots  or  pits  still  visible 
on  the  surfaee.  Sometimes  the  thickened  areas  are  more  elongate 
from  side  to  side,  and  narrower  from  before  backwards  than  at 
other  times ;  sometimes  the  tissue  only  on  one  side  of  the  inter- 
segmental groove  thickens  ;  frequently  the  thickened  area  is  con- 
stricted in  the  median  line  giving  it  a  slight  dumb-bell  shape ; 
sometimes  the  little  pits  are  surrounded  by  a  tumid  rim  irrespective 
of  the  general  thickening  or  even  become  a  pair  of  papillse  ;  they 
are  usually  intersegmental  structures  but  occasionally  they  appear 
to  belong  wholly  to  the  posterior  of  the  two  segments  involved,  and 
to  be  only  apparently  intersegmental  by  encroachment.  As  regards 
number  and  situation,  there  may  be  two  preclitellar  ones  between 
segments  xi  and  xii,  and  xii  and  xiii  ;  and  four  postclitellar,  one 
between  xviii  and  xix,  and  three  between  any  two  segments  from 
xx-xxiv,  besides  another  on  the  ventral  surface  of  xviii,  but  some 
or  any  of  them  may  be  wanting  ;  in  my  original  specimens  only  the 
two  preclitellar  ones  were  present ;  in  the  subsequently  acquired 
specimens  a  very  common  arrangement  is  one  preclitellar  one 
between  xii  and  xiii,  and  two  postclitellar  ones  between  xx  and 
XXI,  and  xxi  and  xxii,  together  with  indications  of  something  like 
them  on  xviii. 

Dorsal  pores  :  the  first  few  are  not  at  all  conspicuous  in  the 
specimens  examined ;  the  first  one  appears  to  be  between  xi  and 
XI r,  but  there  may  be  a  rudimentary  one  between  x  and  xi. 

Alimentary  canal  :  the  gizzard  in  segment  v ;  five  pairs  of 
calciferous  pouches  in  ix-xiii,  overlying  the  intestine. 

Hah. — The  eastern  portion  of  the  County  of  Cumberland  north 
of  Port  Jackson,  N.S.W. 

C.  saccarius  var.  montanus,  var.  nov. 

Three  moderately  contracted  spirit  specimens  50-67  mm.  long, 
3-4  mm.  broad  ;  number  of  segments  about  140-180. 

Two  without  girdles  have  the  ventral  surface  of  xviii  convex 
and  tumid,  most  marked  on  each  side  from  a  little  ventrad  to  a 
little  dorsad  of  the  inner  couples,  the  thickenings  bulging  a  little 


1012  NOTES    ON    AUSTRALIAN    EARTHWORMS, 

antero-posteriorly ;  the  third  has  a  narrow  transverse  depression 
with  a  raised  vein  very  much  as  in  some  specimens  of  the  typical 
form. 

All  three  have  the  supposed  accessory  copulatory  structures, 
two  in  front  and  one  behind  the  clitellum,  but  the  former  and 
occasionally  the  latter  instead  of  being  intersegmental  may 
occupy  the  posterior  two-thirds  of  xii,  xiii,  and  xxi,  or  becoming 
only  accidentally  intersegmental  by  encroachment. 
,   Alimentary  canal  :  six  pairs  of  calciferous  pouches  in  segments 

VIII-XIII. 

In  other  respects,  so  far  as  I  know  at  present,  agreeing  with 
the  typical  form. 

Hah. — Springwood,  Blue  Mts. 

The  number  of  calciferous  pouches  appears  to  be  constant  in 
this  variety.  Externally  there  is  little  to  distinguish  it  from  the 
typical  form. 

C.  saccarius  var.  robicstus,  var.  nov. 

Eight  well  preserved  rather  contracted  (spirit)  specimens 
112-195  mm.  long,  9-12  mm.  broad;  number  of  segments  from 
about  250-290:  another  very  young  specimen  59  mm,  long, 
5-6  mm.   broad;  number  of  segments  about  215. 

Accessory  copulatory  structures  :  usually  one  between  xii  and 
XIII,  and  in  one  specimen  a  postclitellar  one  between  xxi  and 
XXII  (they  have  probably  not  attained  their  maximum  develop- 
ment in  any  of  the  specimens).  The  ventral  surface  of  xviii  in 
some  of  the  specimens  without  clitella  shows  a  papilla-like  thick- 
ening in  the  position  of  the  second  seta  of  each  side  (N".B.,  the 
inner  couples  as  in  the  typical  form  not  visible  onxviii)  ;  in  more 
mature  specimens  the  thickening  has  increased,  and  in  the  area 
corresponding  with  the  interval  between  the  inner  couples  the 
anterior  and  posterior  annuli  have  become  depressed,  the  middle 
portion  remaining  as  a  distinct  papilla  apparently  with  the  very 
inconspicuous  male  pores  which  are  about  in  line  with  or  a  little 


BY    J.  J.   FLETCHER.  1013 

dorsad  of  the  second  row  (i.e.  a  little  dorsad  of  the  position  thej 
occupy  in  the  typical  forms) ;  ventrad  of  the  papillae  the  depressions 
may  become  confluent,  and  in  the  most  mature  (but  still  immature) 
examples  they  extend  inwards,  while  the  ventral  surface  between 
the  papillre  shows  a  tendency  to  become  modified  and  the  depres- 
sions to  be  bounded  by  a  raised  rim.  Translucent  dots  or  little 
pits  are  commonly  present  on  xviii,  one  or  two  on  each  side  in 
front,  and  two  or  three  on  each  side  behind  the  papillae^  the  latter 
nearer  to  the  median  line. 

The  spermathecal  pores  are  in  front  and  dorsad  of  the  first  sette 
on  the  margins  of  viii  and  ix,  a  little  more  dorsad  than  in  the 
typical  form. 

Dorsal  pores :  the  first  one  appears  to  be  that  between  xii  and 
XIII,  though  there  sometimes  appears  to  be  a  rudimentary  one 
between  xi  and  xii ;  the  first  not  always  readily  made  out  in  my 
specimens,  and  on  the  clitellum  blocked  up. 

Alimentary  canal :  six  pairs  of  calciferous  pouches  in  viii-xiil. 

In  other  respects  agreeing  substantially  as  far  as  I  know  at 
present  with  the  typical  forms.  From  the  condition  of  the  cli- 
tellum, the  accessory  copulatory  structures,  and  the  ventral  sur- 
face of  xviii,  evidently  none  of  the  specimens  are  quite  mature. 

Zra6.— Near  Gosford,  N.S.W. 

With  the  exception  perhaps  of  C,  Tryoni,  the  larger  examples 
referred  to  above  are  the  finest  and  most  robust  earthworms  I 
have  yet  seen  belonging  to  the  genus  Gryptodrilus.  Nevertheless 
except  in  regard  to  size,  the  body  comprising  a  few  more  segments, 
and  the  very  slightlj^  more  dorsally  situated  male  and  sperma- 
thecal pores  I  am  unable  to  make  out  any  satisfactory  important 
points  of  external  diff'erence  from  the  typical  forms.  Irrespective 
of  the  presence  of  an  additional  pair  of  calciferous  pouches  there 
are  so  many  points  of  agreement  that,  with  var.  montanus  as 
an  intermediate  link,  at  present  it  seems  to  me  to  be  best  con- 
sidered as  a  local  variety  inhabiting  the  rich  soil  of  the  brushes 
the  typical  form  and  the  var.  tnontanus  occurring  in  areas  of  good 
but  much  poorer  soil,  in  the  Hawkesbury  sandstone  area. 


1014  NOTES    ON    AUSTRALIAN    EARTHWORMS, 

Perich^ta  tenax,  FL,  I.e.  (2),  I.  (1886),  p.  953. 

Ten  good  average  (spirit)  specimens  out  of  about  thirty  are 
from  101-157  mm.  long,  5-6  mm.  broad;  number  of  segments  from 
about  116-150. 

Setse  :  when  all  are  in  place  36  may  be  counted  on  the  first 
setigerous  segment  (ii),  which  number  continues  for  some  distance 
until  just  behind  the  clitellum  where  40  may  often  be  counted;  in 
the  posterior  region  except  on  the  last  few  segments  the  number 
may  increase  to  about  50  or  60 ;  fewer  than  the  numbeis  specified 
may  be  met  with  in  individual  cases. 

Clitellum  comprises  segments  xiv-xvii  and  part  of  xiii. 

Accessory  copulatory  structures  :  the  characteristic  structures 
present  on  ix  and  x  may  extend  outwards  on  each  side  as  far  as 
the  third  or  fourth  setae  {i.e.,  further  out  than  previously  men- 
tioned) and  in  one  case  there  is  an  additional  one  on  xi ;  they 
vary  somewhat  in  regard  to  the  extent  to  which  they  are  developed, 
and  occasionally  extend  only  half-way  (antero-posteriorly)  across 
the  segment.  In  addition  to  these  there  are  certain  other  struc- 
tures often  only  represented  by  vaguely  defined  swellings  ;  on  the 
ventral  surface  of  xvii  and  of  xix  is  a  pair  of  circular  depressions, 
one  on  either  side  of  and  not  far  from  the  median  line  and  im- 
mediately in  front  of  a  line  joining  the  first  (ventral)  seta  on  each 
side,  each  surrounded  by  a  more  or  less  circular  tumid  rim,  the 
two  of  each  pair  merely  contiguous  or  more  or  less  confluent ;  and 
often  a  single  median  one  on  xviii.  In  sexually  mature  worms 
the  papillse  carrying  the  male  pores  are  situated  (in  spirit  speci- 
mens) on  the  inner  aspect  (probably  more  evident  owing  to 
shrinkage  in  the  middle)  of  two  much  bigger  swellings  extending 
antero-posteriorly  across  the  segment,  frequently  pitted;  in 
immature  worms  one  may  find  an  earlier  stage  showing  five 
little  pits  with  tumid  surroundings  forming  an  interrupted  ridge, 
of  which  the  middle  one  persists  without  much  alteration,  the  first 
on  each  side  of  it  being  a  male  pore  with  its  rudimentary  papilla, 
and  the  second  eventually  becoming  so  much  developed  as  to 
overshadow  the  papillae  of  the  $  pores. 


BY    J.  J.  FLETCHER.  1015 

Hah. — The    County  of  Cumberland ;   Springwood,    Blue  Mts., 

N.S.VV. 

Perich^ta  dorsalis,  F1.,  I.e.  (2)  II,  (1887),  p.  618. 

A  good  series  of  35  specimens  of  various  sizes,  some  very 
successfully  killed  in  a  fairly  extended  condition  by  Mr.  Smith, 
comprising  examples  from  60  mm.  long,  3  mm.  broad  (juv.)  to 
192  mm.  long,  5-7  mm.  broad;  number  of  segments  about  135. 

Setae  :  the  full  number  (probably  about  16)  not  present  on  the 
first  setigerous  segment  (ii)  in  any  of  the  specimens,  though  a  few- 
have  six  setae  visible  on  at  least  one  side  of  the  body  ;  the  first 
and  second  (counting  from  the  ventral  ends  of  the  half  series)  are 
rarely  absent,  and  these  may  be  the  only  ones  visible ;  the  next 
few  segments  usually  have  16,  increasing  to  20  about  segment  vi  ; 
in  one  of  the  original  specimens  there  are  12  on  one  side  of 
segment  xii,  but  this  number  is  exceptional  so  far  forward ;  still 
further  back,  except  on  about  the  last  six  or  seven  segments  which 
are  smooth,  there  may  be  about  30  or  a  few  more.  Fewer  setse 
than  the  numbers  specified  may  be  met  with.  The  statement  that 
the  dorsal  interval  devoid  of  setae  is  somewhat  narrower  than  the 
ventral  one  applies  only  to  the  posterior  region,  or  elsewhere  only 
to  particular  individuals  ;  as  a  rule  anteriorly  the  dorsal  interval 
is  much  broader  than  and  not  so  well  defined  as  the  ventral  one, 
its  bounding  rows  of  setse  not  being  straight  since  the  setse  are 
not  always  at  equal  distances  apart  even  on  the  same  segment,  or 
that  some  of  them  are  absent,  or  posteriorly  to  the  increasing 
number  of  setae.  The  ventral  interval  is  well-defined,  its  bounding 
rows  straight  and  regular,  the  setae  in  this  region  without  the 
varying  tendency  to  be  absent  so  characteristic  of  those  in  the 
dorsal  region.  Even  in  young  worms  without  clitella  or  papillae 
however  the  first  two  or  three  setse  on  each  side  of  the  ventral 
surface  of  xviii  are  not  visible,  and  are  probably  normally  absent. 

Genital  pores  :  in  worms  in  which  the  papillae  are  not  much 
developed  the  male  pores  are  two  conspicuous  slit-like  pores  a 
little  dorsad  of  what  would  be  the  position  of  the  second  seta  on 
65 


1016  NOTES    ON    AUSTRALIAN    EARTHWORMS, 

each  side,  and  corresponding  with  the  interval  between  the  second 
and  third  setae;  in  mature  worms  the  ventral  surface  of  segment 
XVIII  on  each  side  from  about  the  position  of  the  first  to  the 
fourth  seta  all  round  the  male  pores  is  very  tumid  forming  a  con- 
spicuous papilla  bulging  somewhat  both  forwards  and  backwards, 
more  or  less  concentrically  furrowed  ;  and  from  the  male  pores 
there  protrude  what  are  probably  functionally  penial  organs, 
though  they  appear  to  be  only  the  proximal  portions  of  the  genital 
ducts  everted.  The  oviduct  pore  is  single  (not  as  previously 
stated) ;  the  spermathecal  pores  are  more  dorsally  situated  than 
in  any  species  I  have  yet  seen  ;  owing  to  the  irregularity  of  the 
setae  they  are  not  always  "in  line  with  about  the  eighth  setae," 
but  may  be  as  far  dorsad  as  opposite  the  interval  between  the 
ninth  and  tenth  setse. 

The  supposed  accessory  copulatory  structures  on  x  and  xi 
present  in  the  largest  of  the  original  specimens  are  absent. 

Genitalia  :  in  addition  to  the  three  pairs  of  vesiculse  seminales 
in  IX,  XI,  and  xii  there  may  be  two  additional  rudimentary  pairs 
in  xiii,  and  xiv  (unless  the  last  of  these,  situated  on  the  posterior 
face  of  the  septum  between  xiii  and  xiv  below  and  at  the  sides  of 
the  alimentary  canal,  should  be  appendages  of  the  oviducts).  The 
long  caeca  of  the  spermathecse  may  be  much  longer  than  the 
pouches. 
.  ^a6.— Eltham,  Victoria  (collected  by  Mr.  W.  W.  Smith). 

In  addition  to  the  fine  series  of  worms,  Mr.  Smith,  who  is  a 
most  enthusiastic  observer  of  earthworms,  very  kindly  sent  me  a 
number  of  the  cocoons  together  with  portions  of  the  burrows, 
respecting  which  I  give  the  following  extracts  from  his  letter  : — 
"  I  send  you  fragments  of  the  burrows  of  P.  dorsalis  with  cocoons 
in  situ  to  show  their  position  with  regard  to  the  burrows.  Several 
writers  on  the  subject  maintain  that  they  are  found  in  the  burrows 
themselves,  but  I  have  never  yet  met  with  a  single  instance  of 
such  a  thing,  although  I  have  examined  hundreds  of  the  burrows 
of  New  Zealand  worms.  You  will  see  from  the  fragments  sent 
that  the  cocoons  are  deposited  by  the  worms  on  an  average  about 


BY   J.  J.  FLETCHER.  1017 

half  an  inch  from  the  burrows  in  little  cavities  which  are  after- 
wards neatly  packed  with  voided  earth,  forming  moist  chambers." 
The  cocoons  sent  varied  slightly  in  shape  from  nearly  spherica-l  to 
ovate,  or  almost  elliptical,  from  5x4-5  mm.  to  6  x  4  mm.  ;  colour 
yellow  or  dull  yellowish-brown  ;  usually  with  one  end  slightly 
drawn  out;  one  cocoon  contained  an  embryo  15mm.  long;  the 
others  had  been  more  recently  deposited,  but  owing  to  an  unfortu- 
nate accident  which  befel  them  I  am  unable  to  give  any  further 
particulars  respecting  them.  These  are  the  only  cocoons  of 
Australian  earthworms  I  have  yet  seen,  as  though  I  have  collected 
3xtensively  I  have  not  so  far  had  the  good  fortune  to  meet  with 
them. 

Perich^ta  Stirlingi,  F1.,  I.e.  (2),  II.  (1887),  p.  395. 

An  additional  series  of  14  good  specimens  very  successfully 
killed  in  a  fairly  extended  state  by  Mr.  Zietz  comprises  examples 
fi'om  105 mm.  long,  3-4  mm.  broad  (juv.)  to  22Qmm.  long,  9-10  mm. 
broad;  number  of  segments  120-190-200  segments. 

Setae  :  the  full  number  (probably  about  24)  not  present  on  the 
first  setigerous  segment  (ii)  in  any  of  the  specimens,  though  a  few 
have  10  on  at  least  one  side  of  the  body,  but  even  then  one  or  two 
are  probably  missing,  the  tenth  seta  (counting  from  the  ventral 
surface)  not  being  so  near  the  mid-dorsal  line  as  the  uppermost 
setae  on  succeeding  segments  ;  on  the  next  two  segments  12  or  13 
may  be  met  with  at  least  on  one  side  ;  on  the  following  segments  for 
some  distance  the  number  may  increase  to  14  on  one  or  both  sides  ; 
still  further  back  16-18  may  occur  on  one  or  both  sides,  and  quite 
posteriorly  the  total  number  may  increase  to  40  or  a  few  more  per 
segment.  As  in  other  species  fewer  setae  than  the  numbers  speci- 
fied for  the  different  regions  may  frequently  be  met  with  ;  and 
while  the  variation  in  number  on  some  segments  is  evidently  due 
to  the  mere  accidental  absence  of  setae  owing  to  breakage  or  wear 
and  tear,  in  other  cases  it  is  owing  to  the  frequent  absence  of  one 
or  two  or  more  of  the  uppermost  (dorsal)  setae  of  the  half-series, 
and  this  in  the  absence  of  any  definite  information  as  to  the  dorsal 


1018  NOTES    ON    AUSTRALIAN    EARTHWORMS, 

rows  being  more  exposed  to  wear  and  tear  than  the  ventral  ones 
seems  to  be  attributable  to  a  tendency  to  a  reduction  in  the  number 
of  setae  commencing  with  those  in  the  dorsal  region,  as  the  ventral 
setae  and  especially  the  first  and  second  of  each  half  series  are 
remarkably  constant  in  their  presence  even  on  segment  ii,  on 
which  sometimes  the  total  number  visible  is  only  three  or  four. 

The  ventral  interval  devoid  of  setse  is  very  well  marked  through- 
out, but  anteriorly  where  the  setse  are  fewer  and  further  apart, 
and  as  elsewhere,  not  always  at  equal  distances  apart  even  on  the 
same  segment,  its  width  may  be  much  less  than  that  of  an  ordinary 
interval  between  two  setse.     The  dorsal  interval  is  narrower. 

In  mature  worms  in  which  the  ventral  surface  of  xviii  is  more 
or  less  modified  the  first  visible  seta  on  each  side  is  usually  the 
third  or  fourth  (counting  from  the  ventral  ends  of  the  half-series); 
in  an  immature  specimen  on  which  the  surface  of  this  segment  is 
unmodified  and  the  ^  pores  quite  distinct  the  first  two  on  each 
side  are  wanting  or  invisible,  and  the  pores  are  seen  to  be  in  what 
would  be  the  interval  between  the  second  and  third  setae  but  a 
little  dorsad  of  the  position  of  the  first  setre ;  from  the  unequal 
distances  between  the  setse,  or  from  the  third  or  fourth  setae  being 
hidden  by  the  tumidity  of  the  ventral  surface,  one  is  often  obliged 
to  judge  of  their  position  by  that  of  the  setae  on  the  preceding  or 
succeeding  segment,  and  then  the  pores  sometimes  seem  to  corres- 
pond with  the  interval  between  the  third  and  fourth  setae.  The 
oviduct  pore  is  single  and  median  (not  two  pores  as  previously 
stated) ;  owing  to  the  irregularity  of  the  setae  the  spermathecal 
pores  are  sometimes  opposite  the  intervals  between  the  fourth  and 
fifth  or  more  usually  the  fifth  and  sixth  setae. 

Dorsal  pores  commence  after  segment  iv. 

In  mature  worms  the  tissue  round  the  male  pores  becomes 
modified,  or  they  are  surrounded  by  a  tumidity  connecting  the 
accessory  copulatory  papillae  of  the  second  and  third  padrs  on  each 
side. 

Genitalia:  two  pairs  of  testes  and  two  pairs  of  ciliated  rosettes 
in  X  and  xi ;    three  pairs  of  vesiculae  in  xi-xiii  (in  xiv  there  may 


BY    J.  J.  FLETCHER.  1019 

be  what  look  like  a  rudimentary  fourth  pair)  ;  the  genital  duct  in 
the  additional  specimens  dissected  is  rather  long  and  several  times 
bent  on  itself,  and  the  two  vasa  deferentia  of  each  side  appear  to 
remain  separate  and  to  join  the  prostatic  duct  about  half  the 
length  of  the  latter  from  the  gland.  The  spermathecal  caeca  may- 
be as  long  or  a  little  longer  than  the  duct  of  the  main  pouch. 

The  numerous  nephridial  tubules  lie  just  behind  the  insertions 
of  the  mesenteries. 

Hah. — (As  previously)  near  Adelaide,  S.A.  (Coll.  S.A.  Museum, 
Adelaide). 


1020  NOTES   ON   A   NEW    SPECIES   OF   EUCALYPTUS, 

NOTES  ON  A  NEW  SPECIES  OF  EUCALYPTUS 

(E.  MAIDENI)  FROM  SOUTHERN  NEW  SOUTH  WALES. 

By  Baron  von  Mueller,  K.C.M.G.,  M.  &  Ph.D.,  F.R.S.,  &c. 

(Plates  xxvin.  and  xxix.). 

Finally  tall;  branchlets  slender,  quadrangular  at  the  end;  leaves 
scattered,  of  rather  thick  consistence,  copiously  dotted,  narrow- 
elongate  or  sometimes  broad-lanceolar,  distinctly  or  somewhat 
sickle-shaped  ;  the  petioles  from  J  to  1  inch  in  length,  the  lateral 
veins  spreading  and  slightly  prominent  underneath,  the  circum- 
ferential vein  distinct  and  rather  remote  from  the  edge  of  the  leaf ; 
young  shoots  quadrangular,  their  leaves  broadly  cordate  with  a 
small  pointed  apex,  opposite  and  of  a  whitish  hue  underneath, 
petioles  almost  absent ;  umbels  axillary,  on  angular  stalks  about 
\  inch  long,  dilated  towards  the  top,  bearing  2  to  9  flowers  of  rather 
large  size,  stalklets  none  or  exceedingly  short;  calyx-tube  obconical, 
angular,  warty-glandular,  especially  at  the  base ;  lid  depressed 
hemispherical,  suddenly  raised  in  the  centre  to  a  thick  point,  like 
the  calyx-tube  warty-glandular  ;  stamens  all  fertile,  inflexed  before 
expansion  ;  anthers  oblong  kidneyshaped  ;  stigma  slightly  broader 
than  the  style,  depressed  ;  ovulary  3-  to  5-celled ;  fruit  \  inch  in 
thickness,  nearly  hemispherical,  its  rim  broad,  convex,  at  the  edge 
separated  from  the  calyx-tube  by  an  ample  furrow  ;  seeds  all 
without  any  appendage,  the  sterile  narrower  and  longer  than  the 
fertile  seeds. 

In  rich  soil  only  on  steep  mountain-slopes  from  the  southern 
boundary  as  far  north  as  *the  Braid  wood  and  Nelligen  districts 
(W.  Bauerlen). 


BY  BARON  VON  MUELLER.  1021 

A  tree,  locally  known  as  White,  Blue  or  Spotted  Gum ;  in 
favourable  situations  attaining  a  height  of  200  feet  and  a  diameter 
of  4  feet.  Stem  usually  very  straight,  and  much  elongated.  Bark 
smooth  and  usually  bluish  or  greyish,  sometimes  with  long  drawn 
patches  or  spots,  sometimes  rather  white,  at  other  times  of 
a  dull  ochre-yellow  colour.  In  general  appearance  the  tree 
and  bark  resemble  a  good  deal  that  of  Euc.  goniocalyx^  so 
much  so  that  on  mountain-slopes,  where  both  species  promiscuously 
occur,  it  is  difficult  to  distinguish  the  one  from  the  other,  when  so 
situated,  that  the  fruit  on  the  ground  is  so  mixed,  that  it  can  not 
be  traced  with  certainty  to  its  particular  tree.  If  however  leaves 
of  the  young  state  can  be  seen,  then  the  distinction  is  easy 
enough,  as  those  of  Euc.  goniocalyx  are  never  quite  so  broad  nor 
of  such  chalk-like  whiteness.  Where  the  fruit  can  be  traced,  no 
mistake  can  be  made,  as  they  are  so  widely  different,  and  resemble 
more  those  of  E.  globulus. 

It  has  very  little  kino,  and  from  that  fact  one  would  judge,  that 
it  is  a  good  timber.  Somehow  or  other  it  is  not  much  used,  which 
is,  no  doubt,  to  a  certain  extent  owing  to  its  situation,  mostly 
difficult  of  access,  and  also  to  the  fact,  that  in  situations  where  it 
occurs,  other  valuable  and  time-proved  timbers  do  occur,  such  as 
E.  tereticornis,  E.  hemijMoia,  E.  goniocalyx,  E.  melliodora,  E. 
eugenioides,  etc.  The  timber  is,  however,  used  for  fencing,  both 
for  rails  and  posts,  also  for  rough  building  purposes  and  to  a 
certain  extent  for  wheelwright  work.  As  posts,  it  is  said,  it  lasts 
fairly  well,  and  it  makes  excellent  rails.  The  timber  is  very  heavy, 
hard  and  of  a  rather  pleasing  yellow  colour,  not  somewhat 
brownish  as  that  of  E.  goniocalyx. 


EXPLANATION  OF   PLATES. 
(Plate  xxviii.) 

Fig.  1. — Twig  with  expanded  flowers,  buds,  leaves   and  fruits. 

(Nat,  size.) 
Fig.  2.— Calyx-tube  with  lid  uplifted. 


1022  NOTES   ON   A   NEW   SPECIES    OF   EUCALYPTUS. 

Plate  xxyui.— continued  : 

Fig.  3. — Longitudinal  section  of  an  unopened  flower. 

Fig.  4. — Transverse  section  of  ovulary. 

Fig.  5. — Flower,  expanded. 

Fig,  6. — Anthers  with  filaments. 

Fig.  7. — Transverse  section  of  fruit. 

Fig.  8. — Sterile  seeds. 

Fig.  9.— Fertile  seeds. 

(Figs  2-9  enlarged.) 

(Plate  xxix.) 

Fig.  1.— Leaf  of  adult  tree.     (Nat.  size.) 

Fig.  2. — Young  shoot  with  leaves.     (Nat.  size.) 

Fig.  3. — Part  of  leaf  showing  venules  and  oildots.     (Enlarged.) 


I- 


NOTES  ON  A  SMALL  COLLECTION  OF  BIRDS  MADE 

By  Mr.  E.  H.  SAUNDERS,  AT  ROEBURNE, 

NORTH-WESTERN,  AUSTRALIA. 

By  a.  J.  North,  F.L.S. 

Roeburne,  of  which  Cossack  is  the  port,  is  the  centre  of  the 
pearling  industry  in  North-western  Australia.  It  is  situated  near 
the  mouth  of  the  Harding  River,  and  is  about  800  miles  in  a 
direct  line  from  Perth,  and  500  miles  from  Derby,  King's  Sound. 
The  adjacent  country  is  rich  in  minerals ;  gold  was  accidentally 
discovered  there  early  last  year  by  a  boy,  who  picking  up  a  stone 
to  throw  at  a  bird,  found  it  to  be  closely  veined  with  gold. 
Inland  the  country  has  been  mostly  devoted  to  pastoral  purposes, 
the  exact  locality  where  this  collection  was  made  being 
Karratha  Station,  36  miles  N.W.  of  Roeburne.  With  one  or  two 
exceptions  only  the  larger  species  have  been  collected,  and  although 
a  new  locality,  only  two  species  are  recorded  as  typical  of  Western 
Australia,  viz.,  Platycercus  zonarius,  Shaw,  common  in  the  south, 
and  Dacelo  cervina,  Gould,  already  reported  by  Dr.  Ramsay,  from 
Derby.  The  rest  are  common  in  New  South  Wales  and  other 
parts  of  Australia,  and  merely  show  the  range  of  the  species.  Mr. 
Saunders  has  attached  a  note  to  each  specimen,  giving  the  date 
when  collected,  sex,  and  the  colours  of  those  parts  liable  to  fade. 

Circus  assimilis,  Jardine  and  Selby  (C.  jardiniif  Gould). 

Allied  Harrier. 

A  semi-adult  ^  shot  May  3rd,  1889.  Found  over  the  greater 
portion  of  Australia. 


1024        ON  A  SMALL  COLLECTION  OF  BIRDS  FROM  ROEBURNE, 

Haliaetus  leucogaster,  Gmelin.     White-bellied  Sea-eagle. 

A  young  ^  shot  near  a  lagoon,  May  15th. 

Mr.  Saunders  attached  the  following  note  to  this  specimen. 
"  Contents  of  stomach,  eels.  The  reason  I  believed  the  contents  of 
the  stomach  to  be  eels,  was  because  the  bird's  feet  were  covered  with 
mud  when  shot.  The  lagoon  called  "  Marie  "  is  a  large  one  and 
eels  are  numerous.  I  could  not  discern  the  heads  of  the  eels  taken 
from  stomach." 

Haliastur  sphenurus,  Vieillot.     Whistling  Eagle. 
A  single  specimen  of  this  bird,  a  young  male.     With  the  excep- 
tion of  the  extreme  south  this  species  is  universally  dispersed  over 
the  Continent  of  Australia. 

Elanus  axillaris,  Latham.     Black-shouldered  Kite. 
An  adult  9,  similar  in  every  respect  to  our  New  South  Wales 
examples. 

Hieracidea  orientalis,  ScJdegel.     Brown  Hawk. 
A  single  specimen,  not   quite  adult  male,   shot    May   2nd  at 
Karratha  Station.      Similar  in  every   respect  to  specimens  from 
the  eastern  coast. 

Tinnunculus  cenchroides,  Vig.  &  Rorsf.     Nankeen  Kestrel. 
Adult  specimens,   ^   and   9,   similar  in  tints  of  plumage  and 
admeasurements  to  New  South  Wales  examples. 

Merops  ornatus,  Latham.     Bee-eater. 
An  adult   ^  specimen,   shot  April   29th   at  Karratha  Station. 
This  bird  is  universally  distributed  over  the  whole  of  Australia. 

Dacelo  cervina,  Gould.  Fawn-breasted  Kingfisher. 
Two  adult  specimens  obtained,  ^  and  9?  of  t^^is  northern  and 
north-western  form  of  D.  leachii.  In  both  of  these  species  the 
deep  rich  blue  of  the  upper  surface  of  the  two  central  tail  feathers 
of  the  male  will  at  once  serve  to  distinguish  it  from  the  female, 
which  in  striking  contrast  has  the  central  tail  feathers  of  a  rich 
brown  conspicuously  barred  with  black. 


BY   A.  J.  NORTH.  1025 

Halcyon  sanctus,  Vig.  &  Horsf.     Sacred  Kingfisher. 
One  adult  and  one  semi-adult  $.     Similar  to  the   New  South 
Wales  examples.     Found  all  over  Australia. 

Centropus  phasianus,  Latham.     Pheasant-Coucal. 
A  single  adult  $  specimen  shot  May  1st  at  Karratha  Station. 
This  species  is  precisely  similar  to  that  obtained  on  the  Clarence 
and  Richmond  Rivers,  some  specimens  varying  more  or  less  in  the 
deeper  tints  of  the  under  surface  of  the  body. 

Calopsittacus  NOViE-HOLLANDi^,  Gmetin.     Cockatoo-Parrakeet. 

Two  males,  not  quite  adult. 

Platycercus  zonarius,  Shaio.     Banded  Parrakeet. 

Two  semi-adult  9  specimens.  This  bird  is  the  only  typical 
Western  Australian  species  in  the  collection.  Although  very 
common  in  portions  of  Southern  and  Western  Australia,  neither 
this  nor  any  other  species  of  Platycercibs  has  been  recorded  in  Dr. 
Ramsay's  List  of  Birds  from  Derby. 

j3Egialitis  nigrifrons,  Cuvier.     Black-fronted  Dotterel. 
Two  adult   specimens,   ^  and   9,   shot  May   3rd.     With  the 
exception  of  the  extreme  north  this  bird  is  universally  dispersed 
over  the  whole  of  Australia. 

Ardea  NOV^-HOLLANDiiE,  Latham.     White-fronted  Heron. 
An  adult   9   similar  in  every  respect  to  New  South   Wales 
examples.     With  the  exception  of  the  Gulf  district   and   Cape 
York  this  bird  is  found  all  over  Australia. 

Tribonyx  ventralis,  Gould.     Black-tailed  Tribonyx. 
Three  specimens  shot  April  23rd,  two   adult  males  and   one 
female,  similar  in  tints  of  plumage  and   admeasurements  to  those 
obtained  from  other  portions  of  the  Australian  Continent. 

FuLiCA  AUSTRALis.  Gould.     Australian  Coot. 
A  $  shot  April  24th.     After  careful  comparison  with  specimens 
from  New  South  Wales  and  Victoria,  I  can  find  no  distinction 
between  them. 


1026        ON  A  SMALL  COLLECTION  OF  BIRDS  FROM  ROEBURNE. 

Plotus  NOV^-HOLLANDiiE,  Gould.     New  Holland  Darter. 

An  adult  $  shot  April  29th.  This  bird  seems  to  be  universally- 
dispersed  over  the  whole  of  Australia.  Dr.  Ramsay  has  recorded 
both  this  and  the  two  following  species  from  Derby,  North- 
western Australia  (P.L.S.N.S.W.  Vol.  II.  2nd  Series,  p.  173)  but 
through  an  oversight  they  have  been  omitted  from  his  "  Tabular 
List  of  the  Birds  of  Australia." 

Graculus  melanoleucus,  Vieillot.     Little  Cormorant. 

One  specimen,  a  female,  shot  May  17th  at  "  Marie,"  a  lagoon  36 
miles  S.W.  of  Roeburne.  Similar  to  those  procured  from  other 
portions  of  Australia  and  Tasmania. 

Graculus  stictocephalus,  Bonaparte.     Little  Black  Cormorant. 

Two  adult  specimens,  $  and  9)  shot  May  10th  at  Karratha 
Station.  With  the  exception  of  the  extreme  north,  this  species 
has  been  obtained  from  every  part  of  Australia. 


DESCRIPTION    OF   A   NEW   SNAKE    BELONGING    TO 
THE    GENUS    HOP LOCEPH ALUS. 

By  J.  Douglas  Ogilby,  F.L.S. 

HOPLOCEPHALUS    FRONTALIS,  Sp.nov. 

Scales  in  nineteen  rows ;  abdominal  plates  154  ;  anal  plate 
undivided ;  sub-caudal  plates  30.  Body  elongate  and  rounded, 
tail  short,  terminating  in  a  strong  spinate  scale ;  head  small,  but 
little  distinct  from  the  trunk ;  muzzle  short,  broad,  and  rounded  ; 
eye  small,  the  pupil  sub-elliptical.  Rostral  shield  twice  as  broad 
as  high,  rounded  above,  and  slightly  bent  backward  between  the 
anterior  frontals,  which  are  of  moderate  size  and  broader  than 
long;  posterior  frontals  much  larger,  as  broad  as  long,  obtusely 
angulate  posteriorly,  and  hent  downwards  on  the  side  of  the  head 
so  much  so  as  to  form  a  broad  suitor e  with  the  second  iq^per  labial  ; 
nasal  shield  triangular,  small ;  vertical  hexagonal,  rather  longer 
than  broad,  with  the  outer  margins  slightly  convergent  behind, 
the  anterior  angle  very  obtuse,  and  the  posterior  rounded  ;  supra 
ciliary  large  ;  occipitals  large,  rounded  posteriorly  ;  one  anterior 
ocular,  just  reaching  to  the  upper  surface  of  the  bead;  two  posterior 
oculars,  the  lower  of  which  is  the  larger ;  temporal  shields  in  two 
series,  the  lower  shield  of  the  anterior  series  in  contact  with  both 
post-oculars ;  six  upper  labials,  the  third  and  fourth  bordering  the 
eye ;  mental  shield  acutely  angulated  posteriorly ;  anterior  chin 
shields  rather  larger  than  the  posterior;  many  small  scales  between 
the  chin  shields  and  the  first  abdominal  plate.  Four  small  teeth 
behind  the  poison-fang.  Light  brown  above  each  of  the  scales 
narrowly  margined  with  black,  so  as  to  give  the  appearance  of 
network  ;  a  broad  black  nuchal  collar,  extending  forwards  over 
portions  of  the  upper  labials,  temporals,  and  the  lower  posterior 
ocular  to  the  eye ;  a  black  spot  in  front  of  the  eye  on  the  upper 


1028  DESCRIPTION   OF   A   NEW   SNAKE. 

third  of  the  second  and  third  upper  labials ;  a  black  vertebral  band, 
one  scale  in  width,  not  continued  on  the  tail ;  lower  head  shields 
grey  with  irregular  dusky  blotches ;  under  surface  pearly  white, 
the  abdominal  plates  with  a  broad  bronze-colored  median  band. 

This  handsome  and  very  distinct  species  was  presented  lately  to 
the  Australian  Museum  by  Mr.  J.  Mozeley,  who  obtained  it  at 
Narrabri;  its  total  length  is  15^  inches,  of  which  the  tail  measures 
less  than  2  inches,  or  one-eighth  of  the  total.  In  the  great  lateral 
extension  of  the  posterior  oculars  this  species  approaches  Dr. 
Gunther's  genus  Rhinelaps  which  in  all  probability  will  eventually 
have  to  be  merged  in  HoiDloceplialus.     Register  number  R.  655. 


NOTES    AND    EXHIBITS. 

Mr.  Ogilby  exhibited  (1)  a  very  handsome  Lizard  (Lygosoma — 
Homolepida — casuarince,  D.  &  B.)  from  Went  worth  Falls,  and 
remarked  that  it  was  the  largest  species  of  the  genus,  exceeding 
even  Lygosoma — Hinulia — lesueuri  in  size  ;  also  that  he  con- 
siders it  a  scarce  species  ;  (2)  a  young  specimen  of  Ho'ploGe'plialus 
ornatus,  De  Yis ;  (3)  Holocantlmis  tibicen,  C.V.,  a  fish  new  to  the 
Australian  fauna,  and  apparently  scarce  everywhere,  recently 
brought  from  Lord  Howe  Island  by  the  Visiting  Magistrate,  Mr. 
Icely ;  Mr.  Ogilby  further  remarked  that  in  the  small  collection 
brought  by  that  gentleman  no  less  than  seven  species  are  hitherto 
unrecorded  from  the  island,  namely  Holocanthus  tibicen^  Chiro- 
nemus  7narmoratits,  Trachynotus  russelli,  Brama  rayi,  Pegasus 
draco,  Cristice2)S  australis,  and  an  Ophichthys. 

Mr.  Etheridge  exhibited  specimens  of  the  fossils  dealt  within 
his  paper. 

Mr.  Trebeck  showed  an  exhibit  of  wool  which,  originally  a  low 
class  dirty  wool,  by  a  process  followed  in  Germany  had  been 
immensely  improved  and  converted  into  what  is  technically  known 
as  "  tops." 


NOTES    AND    EXHIBITS.  1029 

Mr.  North  exhibited  the  birds  mentioned  in  his  paper,  and  also 
drew  attention  to  the  number  of  Australian  Finches  now  in  the 
Sydney  Market,  among  which  he  pointed  out  several  rarities, 
viz.  :  Donacicola  pectorcdis,  Gould  ;  Poephila  Qnirabilis,  Homb.  et 
Jacq. ;  Poephila  leitcotis,  Gould ;  and  Bathilda  ruficauda,  Gould, 
obtained  midway  between  Townsville  and  Normanton,  Northern 
Queensland. 

Mr.  North  also  communicated  the  following  "Note  on  the 
successful  hatching  of  an  egg  of  the  Emu,  Dromaius  novce- 
hollandice,  under  a  domestic  fowl  "  : — 

"  I  beg  to  bring  under  the  notice  of  the  members  of  this 
Society  the  success  attending  the  hatching  of  an  emu  egg  under 
a  domestic  fowl.  Mrs.  M.  Walker,  of  Newtown,  Sydney,  has  in 
her  possession  a  pair  of  emus,  Dromaius  novce-hollandicB,  obtained 
from  Queensland ;  early  in  July  last  the  female  laid  several 
eggs,  one  of  which  was  by  way  of  experiment  placed  under  a 
common  barn-door  fowl  on  the  15th  of  July.  The  hen  sat  very 
well  for  two  weeks,  when  she  became  restless,  and  another  one 
was  immediately  put  in  her  place,  the  egg  being  regularly 
turned  every  morning,  as  it  was  too  cumbersome  for  the  fowl. 
On  the  2nd  of  September,  the  young  bird  emerged  from  the 
shell,  strong  and  healthy,  and  was  thriving  very  well,  till  turned 
out  upon  a  grass  plot  for  a  run  seventeen  days  after,  when  it  was 
attacked  by  one  of  the  emus  and  never  recovered.  The  exact 
period  of  incubation  would  therefore  in  this  case  appear  to  be 
seven  weeks.  The  young  bird  and  remaining  portions  of  the 
egg-shell  which  I  exhibit  here  to-night  have  been  presented  by 
Mrs.  Walker  to  the  trustees  of  the  Australian  Museum. 
The  female  is  now  sitting  on  six  eggs,  and  five  others  have 
been  placed  in  an  incubator ;  the  last  egg  laid  is  of  a  deep  bluish- 
green,  perfectly  smooth  and  free  from  granulation." 

Mr.  Brazier  exhibited  the  Mollusca  trawled  by  Mr.  Smithers 
off  Merimbula,  and  Crassatella  j)ulchra,  Reeve,  found  by  Mr.  E. 
Richards,  of  Ballina,  Richmond  River. 


1030  NOTES   AND    EXHIBITS. 

Dr.  Ramsay  exhibited  two  mounted  specimens  of  a  new  species 
of  Belideus  about  the  size  of  B.  Jlaviventer,  but  of  a  light  ashy- 
gray  colour,  almost  white  on  the  proximal  portion  of  the  tail, 
which  is  thick,  bushy  and  well  covered  with  long  hair  to  the  tip  ; 
the  under  surface  of  the  body  is  white.  These  specimens  have 
been  recently  received  from  the  Museum  collectors,  Messrs.  Cairn 
and  Grant,  who  obtained  them  with  other  new  species  of  Phalangers 
on  the  Bellenden  Ker  Ranges,  North  Eastern  Queensland.  The 
Belideus  will  be  described  under  the  name  of  B.  cinereus. 

Dr.  Ramsay  also  exhibited  a  new  species  of  Psevdochirus 
(Phalanger)  with  a  remarkably  short  head  and  long  bushy  tail, 
for  which  the  specific  name  of  hreviceps  has  been  proposed. 

Mr.  Skuse  exhibited  specimens  of  the  Tipulidae  described  in  his 
paper. 

Also  specimens  of  a  minute  Dipterous  fly,  Phytomyza  (sp.n.), 
bred  from  the  leaf  of  Clematis  aristata,  obtained  in  the  beginning 
of  the  present  month  by  Mr.  J.  J.  Fletcher.  The  larvae  make 
long  irregular  white  galleries  beneath  the  upper  cuticle  of  the  leaf, 
where  they  undergo  their  metamorphoses. 


p.  LS    N.SW.C  2''''SERJ      VOL    IV. 


PLATE     XIX 


/: 


7 


% 


I 


8 


I 

6 


% 


M^ 


9 


10 


^^K 


^^m 


!i\  s.  j^f.poEHiOfT,  LiTHc,  iro;(£ 


PLS.N.S.W.(2"^5er)VoLlV 


PL.XX 


Pi  Hammond,  del  id  net 


FIG  I.  CONULARIA  INORNATA,  Dana. 
FIG.2-7.  HrOLITHES  LANCEOLATUS, Morns, sp 


Baron  &GatMrd,l 


PL.S.N.S.W.(2'^^5er]VoLlV. 


PL.XX1 


::^^^^3;^x 


EAlSkusedel. 


Baron  i  GahvardJiffi. 


PL5.N.SW.(2'??'Ser)VoLlV. 


PL.XXU 


FAASkuse.del. 


Baron  hGatwsrdJ'tth 


PLS.N.SW.(2"<^Ser)V0LlV. 


PLXXffl 


PAASkuse,del. 


Baron  i  Sdhvorcflith 


PL5.N.5.W.(2'?^Ser)VoLlV. 


PLXXIV 


70 

5^A(7/7^  Gstwdrd,  Itth. 


PL.5.N.SW.(2"''Ser]VoLlV 


Bffron&G^tward,  lil'h 


PLSN,S.W,(2"^Ser.)VoLlV, 


RL.XXV1 


Ba/'o/?S  Sd/'YVdrt/.  Iitti 


PLSN,SWl8^''Ser)VoLiV 


PLXXVU. 


Qi  1/1  w  ■ 

^1  't 


PCI         PCS 
24- 


'Jim 


reni  Gdtufjrrf.  l/th 


WEDNESDAY,  30th  OCTOBER,  1889.     .  - 


The  President,  Professor  Stephens,  M.A.,  F.Gr.S.,  in  the  Chair. 


Mr.  Bauerlen  was  present  as  a  visitor. 


The  President  stated  that  it  became  his  painful  duty  to  announce 
to  the  Members  of  the  Society  the  death  of  the  Rev.  Julian  E. 
Tenison  Woods,  F.L.S.,  E.G.S.,  a  Vice-President  of  the  Society, 
on  the  7th  instant.  The  late  reverend  gentleman  was  elected 
a  Corresponding  Member  in  1876,  became  subsequently  a  full 
member,  and  in  1879  and  1880  filled  the  Presidential  Chair. 
Throughout  his  long  residence  in  Australia  he  was  an  active  and 
enthusiastic  worker  in  the  fields  of  Biology  and  Geology,  and  he 
contributed  a  considerable  number  of  valuable  papers  to  the 
various  Colonial  Scientific  Societies'  Journals. 


DONATIONS. 

"  Memoires  (Sapiski)  de  la  Societe  des  Naturalistes  de  la  Nou- 
velle-Russie,  Odessa."  Tome  XIV.,  Part  1  (1889);  "Sapiski 
Matematischeskago,  &c."     Tome  IX.   (1889).     From  the  Society. 

"Zoologischer  Anzeiger."     XII.  Jahrg.,  Nos.  314-316  (1889). 

From  the  Editor, 
66 


1032  DONATIONS. 

"  Re  vista  de  Sciencias  Naturaes  e  Sociaes  orgao  dos  trabalhos  da 
Sociedade  Carlos  Kibeiro."  Vol.  I.,  No.  2  (1889).  From  the 
Society. 

A  Pamphlet  entitled  "  A  new  Hepatic."  By  Dr.  B.  Carrington 
and  W.  H,  Pearson.     From  W.  H.  Pearson^  Esq. 

"  Papers  and  Proceedings  of  the  Royal  Society  of  Tasmania  for 
1888;"  "Abstract  of  Proceedings,  Aug.  19th  and  Sept.  9th,  1889;" 
*^  Report  for  the  year  1888."     From  the  Society. 

"  The  Gold-Fields  of  Victoria. — Reports  of  the  Mining  Regis- 
trars for  the  quarter  ended  30th  June,  1889;"  *' Report  of  the 
Secretary  for  Mines  on  the  Mineral  Statistics  of  Victoria  for  the 
year  1888."     Fro^n  the  Secretary  for  Mines,  Melbourne. 

"  The  Journal  of  the  Bombay  Natural  History  Society."  Vol. 
IV.,  No.  2  (1889).     From  the  Society. 

Feuilledes  JeunesNaturalistes."  No.  227  (Sept.,  1889);  "Cata- 
logue de  la  Bibliotheque."    Fasc.  No.  6  (1889).    From  the  Editor. 

"Results  of  Meteorological  Observations  made  in  N.S.W., 
during  1887,  under  the  direction  of  H.  C.  Russell,  B.A.,  F.R.S ;" 
Three  Pamphlets  from  the  "  Proceedings  of  the  Aust.  Assoc,  for  the 
Adv.  of  Science,  1888."  By  H.  C.  Russell,  B.A.,  F.R.S.  From 
the'2  Government  A  stronomer. 

"  The  Victorian  Naturalist."  Vol.  VI.,  No.  6  (October,  1889). 
From  the  Field  Naturalists^  Club  of  Victoria. 

"  Bulletin  of  the  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology  at  Harvard 
College,  Cambridge,  U.S.A."  Vol.  XVII.,  No.  4  (1889).  From 
the  Operator . 

"  The  Chemist  and  Druggist."  Vol.  XXXV.,  No.  490  (1889) ; 
**The  Chemist  and  Druggist  of  Australasia."  Vol.  IV.,  No.  10 
(Oct.,  1889).     From  the  Publisher. 

A  Pamphlet  entitled  "  Notes  on  the  Discovery  of  a  Ganoid  Fish 
in  the  Knocklofty  Sandstones,  Hobart."  By  Messrs.  R.  Isl. 
Johnston  and  A.   Morton.     From  Alexander  Morton,  Esq. 


DONATIONS.  1033 

"  Proceedings  of  the  United  States  National  Museum."     Vol. 
XI.  (1888),  Sheets  28-33.     From  the  Ihoseum. 

"The  Canadian  Record  of  Science."     Vol.  III.,  No.  7  (1889). 
From  the  Natural  History  Society  of  Montreal. 

*'  Records  of  the  Geological  Survey   of  India."     Vol.  XXII,, 
Part  3  (1889).     From  the  Director. 

"The  Australasian  Journal  of  Pharmacy."     Vol.  IV.,  No  46 
(Oct.,  1889).     From  the  Editor. 

•'«  The  Journal  of  Conchology."     Vol.  VI.,  No.  3  (1889).   From 
the  C onchological  Society  of  Great  Britain  and  Ireland. 

"  Mittheilungen     aus   der    Zoologischen    Station   zu   Neapel." 
Bd.  IX.,  Heft.  1  (1889).     From  the  Zoological  Station. 

"  Annales  de  la  Societe  Geologique  de  Belgique."     Tomes  XIV., 
Liv.  2;  XVI.,  Liv.  1   (1889).     From  the  Society. 

"  Bulletin  de  la  Societe    Zoologiqiie  de  France  pour  TAnnee 
1889."     Tome  XIV.,  No.  6  (1889).     From  the  Society. 

"  Comptes   Rendus  des    Seances  de  I'Academie  des    Sciences, 
Paris."     Tome  CIX.,  Nos.  4-7  (1889).     From  the  Academy, 

"  Annual  Report  of  the  Trustees  of  the  Queenisland   Museum, 

1888."     From  the  Curator. 

"The  Proceedings  of  the  Royal  Society  of  Queensland,  1889." 
Vol.  VI.,  Part  5.     Fro7n  the  Society. 

A   Pamphlet  entitled    "  The   Physiography  of  the  Australian 
Alps."     By  James  Stirling,  F.G.S.,  E.L.S.     Frorn  the  Author. 

"  Transactions  and  Proceedings  of  the  New  Zealand  Institute, 
1887."     Vol.  XX.     From  the  Institute. 

A  Pamphlet  entitled   "  Bryozoa  from  New  South  Wales."     By 
Arthur  W.  Waters.      From  the  Author. 


1034  DESCRIPTIONS    OF    TWO    NEW    LIZARDS, 

PAPERS  read:  — 

DESCRIPTIONS  OF  TWO  LIZARDS  OF  GENERA  NEW 
TO  AUSTRALIAN   HERPETOLOGY. 

By  C.  W.  De  Vis,  M.A. 

SCINCID^. 

TrOPIDOPHORUS   QUEENSLANDI.E,  11. sp. 

Anterior  head-shields  rugose ;  those  of  the  parietal  and  occi- 
pital regions  nearly  smooth.  Frontonasals  two,  thick,  convex, 
deeply  sulcated.  An  azygos  shield  between  the  prefrontals  ;  pre- 
frontals and  anterior  portion  of  frontal  similar.  Prefrontals  and 
frontals  together  about  equal  in  length  to  the  shields  posterior  to 
them.  The  frontals  porous  in  structure  microscopically,  thin,  with 
a  few  minute  irregularly  disposed  raised  lines  and  tubercles  on 
the  surface  ;  the  shields  rather  obscurely  defined  as  frontoparietals 
(two),  interparietal  and  occipitals  :  the  interparietal  a  little  longer 
than  the  frontoparietal  and  with  the  "pineal  eye"  speck  as  a 
glistening,  apparently  semitranslucent  cornea  contrasting  with  the 
surrounding  surface.  Supraoculars  five,  subequal,  strongly  ribbed 
longitudinally ;  supraciliaries  seven,  limited  posteriorly  by  the 
last  and  smallest  supraocular  ;  a  row  of  keeled  scales  below  the 
eye.  Upper  labials  five.  An  azygos  postmental.  Tympanum  as 
lono'  as  the  eye-slit.  Scales  in  32-34  rows;  dorsals  in  10  rows,  of 
which  the  median  rows  are  the  smallest,  the  laterals  largest ;  all 
with  strong  tectiform  keels  forming  continuous  subspinose  lines. 
Scales  of  the  flanks  smaller  than  the  lateral  dorsals,  similarly 
keeled,  in  longitudinal  lines  ;  of  the  upper  surface  of  the  tail  much 
larger,  more  feebly  keeled  but  mucronate  and  forming  spinous 
ridges  ;  of  the  temples  like   those  of  the   middle  of  the  back  ;  of 


BY    C.  W.  DE   VIS.  1035 

the  throat  and  sides  of  the  neck  small  and  similarly  keeled ;  of 
the  abdomen  as  large  as  the  lateral  dorsals  but  with  linear  central 
keels  becoming  mucronate  on  the  lower  surface  of  the  tail.  Two 
large  preanals.  Tail  rounded  :  about  a  fourth  longer  than  the 
head  and  body.  Subdigital  lamellse  simple.  The  protracted  hind 
limb  reaches  the  retracted  elbow.  Teeth  obtuse,  molar-like. 
Dark  brown  above,  with  faint  alternate  cross-bands  of  paler 
brown  and  fuscous ;  beneath  pale  dingy  brown.  Chin  dark 
brown  with  white  band-like  spots ;  preanals  white;  base  of  tail 
beneath  marbled  with  white.  Total  length  125  mm.,  tail  70, 
head  17,  width  of  head  9,  of  body  11,  fore  limb  17,  hind  limb  25. 

Locality. — Herberton  and  Bellenden  Ker,  in  scrubs. 

The  nearest  relative  of  this  lizard  is  T.  grayi^  Gth.,  of  the 
Philippine  Islands.  The  obtuseness  of  the  teeth  and  rudimentary 
conditions  of  the  posterior  head-shields  may  possibly  lead  to  the 
establishment  of  a  new  genus  for  its  reception. 


GECKONID^. 

Perochirus  mestoni,  n.sp. 

Head  rather  depressed,  a  little  convex  on  the  frontal  and  con- 
cave on  the  parietal  region.  Snout  obtusely  pointed,  longer  than 
the  postocular  portion  of  the  head  and  nearly  twice  the  diameter 
of  the  eye.  Body  rotund,  limbs  short  and  massive  ;  digits  short, 
bi-oad,  almost  free  and  all  dilated  ;  the  thumb  and  outer  toe 
moderately  developed  and  furnished  with  very  small  claws  ;  the 
free  phalanges  of  the  fourth  toe  much  shorter  than  the  diameter  of 
the  eye.  Ear  opening  small,  round.  Rostral  (injured)  apparently 
thrice  as  broad  as  high  ;  mental  subrhomboidal,  its  posterior  angle 
entering  between  a  pair  of  moderately  elongate  postmentals  which 
are  followed  by  a  pair  of  smaller  ones  ]  between  these  are  granular 
scales  larger  than  those  of  the  throat.  Head  with  granules  which 
are  larger  on  the  snout  than  on  the  crown.  Upper  surface  and 
throat  with  small   granules   somewhat  larger  than  those  of  the 


1036  DESCRIPTIONS    OF    TWO    NEW    LIZARDS. 

crown.  Abdomen  with  imbricated  scales  of  moderate  size.  Tail, 
if  not  reproduced,  round,  fusiform,  tapering,  about  as  long  as  the 
head  and  body, covered  with  imbricated  scales  about  as  large  as  the 
abdominals ;  on  the  median  line  below  a  series  of  elongate  trans- 
verse scutes  commencing  caudad  of  a  seeming  line  of  fracture  near 
the  base.  No  femoral  or  preanal  pores.  Above  vinous-grey,  flecked 
and  stained  with  dark  grey  ;  below  dull  purple.  Length  106  mm., 
head  15,  tail  52,  fore  limb  14,  hind  limb  18,  width  of  head  11. 

Locality. — Bellenden  Ker  ;  collected  by  Mr.  k.  Meston. 

I  do  not  conceive  that  the  greater  degree  of  development  of  the 
imperfect  digits  and  the  presence  of  subcaudal  scutes,  if  normal, 
are  valid  objections  to  this  lizard  being  referred  to  Perochirus. 


A   REVISION    OF    THE    AUSTRALIAN    SPECIES    OF 

EUPLCEA,  WITH  SYNONYMIC  NOTES,  AND 

DESCRIPTIONS  OF  NEW  SPECIES. 

By  W.  H.  Miskin,  F.E.S. 

The  Australian  species  of  this  genus  are  more  numerous  than 
have  been  hitherto  supposed,  and  with  the  view  of  collating  and 
arranging  them  in  some  order  the  following  observations  are 
offered.  Upon  examining  the  structural  characters  of  the  various 
groups,  I  find  them  so  conflicting  that  I  have  been  quite  unable  to 
arrange  our  species  according  to  the  subdivision  of  the  old  genus 
proposed  in  the  various  articles  by  Messrs.  Moore  and  Butler, 
and  feel  constrained  to  retain  them  all  under  the  one  genus. 

The  following  table  will  in  some  degree  explain  my  meaning: — 

A.  Outer  margin  of  primaries  rather  convex. 

a.  Hinder  margin  of  primaries  in  ^  consider- 
ably convex niveata. 

aa.  With  colourless  oval  patch  on  upperside 

of  costa  of  secondaries  in  ^ Tulliolus. 

aaa.  Sexual  brands  or  scent  glands  none  ?  Darchia. 
hh.  Without  costal  patch. 

hhh.  Brands  none Misenus. 

cc.  With  costal  patch  Hijypias. 

ccc.  Brand  single,  oval  shape ;  present  on 

underside  in  ^-^ Iviridis. 

B.  Outer  margin  more  or  less  convex. 
h.  Hinder  margin  moderately  convex. 

dd.  Costal  patch  none Sylvester. 


1038      A   REVISION    OP   THE    AUSTRALIAN    SPECIES    OF    EUPL(EA, 

ddd.  Brands  two,  also  present  on  under- 
side      DardaniLS 

dddd.  No  corresponding  brand  marks 

on  underside  in  9  Crithon. 

C  Outer  margin  slightly  excavated. 

c.  Hinder  margin  moderately  convex. 
ee.  Costal  patch  none. 

eee.  Brands  none  Boreas. 

eeee.  Single  white  band  on  underside 
corresponding  to  brand  mark 
in  other  species  ;  in  both  sexes  ?  monilifera. 

d.  Hinder  margin  extremely  convex. 

ff.  Costal  patch  none. 

fff.  Brand  single,  very   large ;  underside 
brand  double  in  ^. 

ffff.  Single  white  band  on  underside 
corresponding  to  brand  mark, 

in  9 ■ Amycus. 

D.  Outer  margin  decidedly  excavated. 

e.  Hinder  margin  excessively  convex. 

gg.  Costal  patch  none Corinna. 

ggg.  Brand  single,  small Eucluis. 

gggg.  Single  white  line  on  underside 
corresponding  with  brand 
mark  ;  both  sexes ?  Boisduvalii, 

Genus  Eupl(EA,  Fab. 

A.  Outer  margin  of  primaries  rather  convex ;  hinder  'margin 
in  $  considerably  convex ;  with  colourless  oval  patch  upper  side  of 
costa  of  secondaries  in  $  ;  without  sexual  brands — or  scent  glands. 


BY   W.  H.  MISKIN.  1039 

E.  NiVEATA,  Butler, 

(Calliplma  N.)  Trans.  Ent.  Soc.  p.  2,  1875  ;  Jour.  Linn.  Soc. 
Zool.  XIV.  p.  296,  1878. 

Moore,  {Call  N.),  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  p.  295,  1883. 

Cape  York. 

Butler  says  this  is  distinct  from  his  Hyems  =  Aerishe^  Feld.,  a 
Timor  species,  although  his  figure  of  the  latter  seems  to  exactly 
represent  the  C.  York  species,  and  the  description  would  equally 
suit. 

E.  TULLiOLUs,  Fab. 

(Pap,  T.)  Ent.  Syst.  III.  1,  p.  41,  n.  103,  1793;  Godart  (Dan, 
T.),^nc.  Meth.  IX.  p.  181,  1819;  Don.  Nat.  Rep.  II.  t.  55, 
f.  1,  1824;  Madeay,  King's  Aust.  II.  p.  461,  1827  ;  Douhl.  and 
Hetu.,  Gen.  D.  Lep.  p.  88,  n.  26,  1847  ;  Butler,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc. 
p.  290,  n.  64,  1866;  (Gall.  T.)  Jour.  Linn.  Soc.  Zool.  XIV. 
p.  296,  1878;  Semper,  Mus.  Godff.  XIV.  Lep.  p.  142,  1878; 
Moore  (Gall.  T.J  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  p.  295,  1883  ;  var  a.  E.  Saun- 
dersii,  Feld.  Reise  Nov.  Lep.  II.  p.  322,  n.  439,  1867. 

Rockhampton,  northwards  to  Cape  York  ;  also  from  Fiji. 

E.  DARCHIA,  Madeay. 

(Dan.  D.)  King's  Australia  IL,  p.  462,  n.  149,  1827;  Butler, 
Jour.  Linn.  Soc.  Zool.  XIV.  p.  296,  1878  ;  Moore  (Call.  D.),  Proc. 
Zool.  Soc.  p.  295,  1883;  E.  Friapus,  Butler,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc. 
p.  291,  n.  67,  t.  29,  f.  2,  1866  ;  Trans.  Ent.  Soc.  p.  2,  1875  ; 
(Call.  P.)  Jour.  Linn.  Soc.  Zool.  XIV.  p.  296,  1878;  Moore 
(Call.  P.;,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  p.  295,  1883. 

Port  Essington. 

I  only  know  this  species  by  description,  but  it  must  belong  to 
this  group. 

Without  costal  patch,  and  without  sexual  brands. 

E.  MiSENUS,  n.sp. 

(J.  Upperside. — Primaries:  Dense  velvety  opaque  brownish- 
black,  without  markings  of  any  kind.     Secondaries :  Dark  brown 


1040      A    REVISION    OF   THE    AUSTRALIAN    SPECIES    OF    EUPLGEA, 

with  a  silky  gloss,  except  anal  region,  which  is  light  brown, 
increasing  in  darkness  towards  base  and  discal  area ;  from  anal 
angle  towards  apex  a  sub-marginal  row  of  faintly  discernible 
small  pale  spots. 

Underside. — Light  shining  brown,  darker  in  discal  area. 
Priinaries  with  a  bluish  speck  within  and  near  end  of  cell,  and 
another  just  outside.  Secondaries,  a  small  bluish  spot  within 
and  at  end  of  cell,  and  a  series  of  five  white  small  spots  trans- 
versely beyond  cell ;  a  few  outer  sub-marginal  white  points  from 
anal  angle. 

Thorax  and  abdomen,  above  black  ;  beneath,  dark  brown. 

Exp.  3y^2^  in. 

Hah. — Cape  York.     Coll.  Miskin. 

This  is  probably  the  insect  that  Semper  (Mus.  GodfF.  p.  6) 
refers  to,  Climena,  Cr.,  which  it  certainly  very  much  resembles, 
but  is,  I  think,  sufficiently  distinct. 

With  costal  i:tatch  on  secondaries  of  $ ;  and  a  single  brand, 
oval-shaped,  also  present  on  lender  side  in  ^. 

E.  HIPPIAS,  n.sp. 

(J.  XJpperside. — Primaries :  Rusty  brown ;  centre  of  wing 
from  just  beyond  base,  where  it  commences  narrowly,  increasing 
in  width  outwardly,  embracing  lower  part  of  cell  and  below  last 
median  branch,  and  extending  outwardly  to  a  short  distance  from 
middle  of  outer  border,  is  a  patch  of  very  pale  brown,  growing 
lighter  in  shade,  until  at  the  extremity  it  is  a  yellowish-white. 
Secondaries,  rust-brown,  with  a  large  oval-shaped  patch  of 
ochreous-brown  occupying  about  one-half  the  cell  and  extending 
upwards  towards  costa. 

Underside. — Primaries  as  above ;  secondaries  all  smoke- 
brown,  without  markings  of  any  kind. 

Thorax  and  abdomen,  above  dark  brown  ;  beneath  light  brown. 

Exp.  3t^  in. 

Jja^.—Cape  York.     Coll.  Miskin. 


BY   W.  H.  MISKIN-.  1041 

E.  viRiDis,  Butler. 

(Salpinx  V.)  Ann.  Nat.  Hist.  (5)  X,  p.  38,  9,  1882 ;  Moore 
(Saphara  V.),  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  p.  298,  1883. 

Thursday  Island. 

I  have  not  seen  a  specimen  of  this  insect ;  it  will  probably 
come  under  this  group. 

B.  Outer  margin  more  or  less  convex;  hinder  margin  moderately 
convex ;  costal  patch  none  \  brands  two^  also  pi^esent  on  underside  ; 
no  corresponding  brand  marks  on  underside  0/^. 

E.  SYLVESTER,  Fab. 

(Pap.  S.)  Ent.  Syst.  III.  1,  p.  41,  n.  104,  1793;  Don.  Nat. 
Rep.  lY.  t.  129,  1826  ;  Doubl.  and  Hew.,  Gen.  D.  L.  p.  88,  n.  25^ 
1847;  Butler,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  p.  290,  1866;  Westw.,  Trans.  Ent. 
Soc.  p.  108,  1872;  Semjjer,  Mus.  Godflf.  p.  6,  n.  7,  1878  ;  Stictop. 
S.,  Butler,  Jour.  Linn.  Soc.  Zool.  XIV.  p.  303,  1878 ;  Doricha  S., 
Moore,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  p.  318,  1883 ;  Dan.  Sylvestris,  Godart, 
Enc.  Meth.  IX.  p.  182,  n.  20,  1819  ;  E.  Pelor,  Donbl.  and  Hew., 
Gen.  D.  L.  t.  11,  f.  1,  1847;  Butler,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  p.  300, 
n.  91,  1866 ;  Chenu,  Enc.  D'Hist.  Nat.  p.  64,  f.  153,  1869  ; 
Stic.  P.,  Butler,  Jour.  Linn.  Soc.  Zool.  XIY.  p.  303,  1878  ;  Dor. 
P.,  Moore,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  p.  318,  1883  ;  E.  Melpomene,  Bntler, 
Proc.  Zool.  Soc,  p.  300,  n.  92,  p.  298,  f.  2,  1866. 

Bowen  to  Cape  York. 

E.  DARDANUS,  n.Sp. 

$.  Upperside.  —  Primaries :  Yelvety  dense  brownish-black , 
with  slight  purple  reflection  :  a  series  of  three  bluish-white  spots 
across  and  near  to  apex,  the  central  much  the  largest,  the  lower 
a  mere  speck  ;  two  other  round  similar  spots  close  to  outer  margin 
below  the  middle.  Secondaries  :  Soft  dark  brown,  much  darker 
towards  the  base  ;  a  sub-marginal  band  of  eight  dirty  white  spots, 
of  which  the  two  central  are  double,  the  three  towards  apical 
angle  round,  the  anal  three  elongate ;  all  the  spots  are  ill-defined 
on  their  inner  margin,  softening  gradually  into  the  brown. 


1042      A   REVISION   OF   THE    AUSTRALIAN   SPECIES    OF    EUPLCEA, 

Underside. — Light  brown,  the  discal  and  basal  areas  much 
darker.  Fri7narie8  with  the  spots  as  above,  and  in  addition  one 
small  spot  above  and  one  below  the  apical  series  ;  four  small  blue 
spots  in  centre  of  wing,  one  being  within  and  near  to  end  of  cell, 
and  three  transversely  just  beyond  and  below  cell.  Secondaries 
with  the  spots  of  sub-marginal  band  rather  more  defined ;  a 
discal  group  of  blue  specks,  one  within,  five  others  encircling  end 
of  cell. 

Thorax  and  abdomen  black. 

Exp.  3  in. 

Hah. — Cape  York.     Coll.  Miskin. 

This  species  is  near  to  Sylvester,  but  is  distinguished  from  it 
particularly  by  the  absence  of  marginal  rows  of  white  specks  in 
both  wings. 

E.  CRITHON,  n.sp. 

(J.  Upperside. — Dense  velvety  black  with  purple  reflection, 
without  mark  of  any  kind. 

Underside. — Basal  and  discal  areas  dark  brown,  outer  area 
light  brown.  Primaries  with  two  blue-white  small  spots  between 
1st  and  2nd,  and  2nd  and  3rd  median  branches,  near  end  of  cell. 
Secondaries  with  five  small  violet  spots  arranged  in  a  semicircle 
around  end  of  cell. 

Thorax  and  abdomen  black. 

Exp.  3  in. 

Hab.—Ca^e  York.     Coll.  Miskin. 

C.  Older  margin  slightly  excavated ;  hinder  margin  moderately 
convex ;  costal  'patch  none ;  brands  none  ;  single  white  hand  on 
underside  corresponding  to  brand  mark  in  other  species ;  in  both 
sexes. 


BY    W.  H.  MISKIN.  104? 

E.  BOREAS,  n.sp. 

(J.  IJPPERSIDE. — Primaries :  Dense  opaque  brown,  with  an 
arched  apical  band  of  five  white  spots;  an  outer  complete  marginal 
row  of  white  specks  ;  two  small  white  spots  within  marginal  row,, 
just  below  middle.  Secondaries  :  Dark  brown  with  silken  gloss  ; 
perfect  outer  marginal  row  of  small  white  spots  not  quite  reaching 
anal  angle  ;  a  transverse  band  of  white  patches  from  anal  angle, 
where  they  are  largest,  to  apical  angle,  the  two  last  being  round 
and  smaller,  the  others  double  and  elongate  ;  abdominal  margin 
rusty  brown. 

Underside. — Light  shining  brown  ;  discal  area  darker ;  with 
spots  as  above,  but  rather  more  developed,  and  with  some  addi- 
tional ones  in  primaries  ;  one  in  and  near  end  of  cell,  and  six 
others  arranged  transversely  around  end  of  cell,  these  having  a 
bluish  tinge.  Secondaries  also  as  above,  with  a  curved  series  of 
five  small  bluish-white  specks  encircling  end  of  cell,  and  one 
within. 

5.  Similar  to  (J,  but  lighter  brown  and  without  gloss;  the 
white  markings  somewhat  more  developed,  and  with  an  additional 
white  spot  situated  upon  the  costa  rather  beyond  middle,  above 
and  beneath,  and  three  additional  ones  in  the  discal  series. 

Thorax  and  abdomen  dark  brown. 

Exp,   2fl-  to  3^-2^  in. 

Zra6.— Cardwell.     Coll.  Miskin. 

E.  MONILIFERA,  Moore. 
(Gamatoha  M.)  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  p.  262,  1883. 
Thursday  Island. 
I  only  know  this  species  by  the  description ;  it  appears  to  come 
under  this  group. 

Hinder  tnargin  excessively  convex ;  costal  patch  none ;  brand 
single^  very  large  ;  underside,  brand  double  in  ^  ;  single  white 
band  on  underside  of  2  corresponding  to  h^and  mark. 


1044      A   REVISION    OF    THE    AUSTRALIAN    SPECIES    OF    EUPLCEA, 

E.  AMYCUS,  n.sp. 

(J.  Upperside. — Primaries  :  Dark  velvety  brown,  outer  area 
lighter ;  apical  band  of  four  irregularly-shaped  clouded  white 
spots,  the  two  upper  being  the  smallest ;  a  small  round  white  spot 
between  1st  and  2nd  median  branches  near  outer  margin. 
Secondaries  :  Base  and  discal  area  dark  brown,  rest  of  wing  light 
brown ;  two  small  white  sub-marginal  spots  near  apex,  lower  one 
almost  obsolete. 

Underside. — Smoky  brown,  marked  with  bluish-white  small 
spots,  except  apical  ones,  which  are  white.  Primaries^  an  apical 
band  of  five  spots ;  one  within  and  near  end  of  cell ;  three  trans- 
versely below  and  beyond  end  of  cell ;  hind  margin  very  pale. 
Secondaries,  three  outer  sub-marginal  double  spots  near  apex;  one 
within  end  of  cell ;  six  in  a  semicircle  around  end  of  cell ;  costa 
with  a  rufous  tinge. 

9  as  in  (J,  but  somewhat  paler,  and  with  the  spots  rather 
less  distinct. 

Thorax  and  abdomen  dark  brown. 

Exp.  2i|-3T%  in. 

Hah. — Cape  York.     Coll.  Miskin, 

D.  Outer  margin  decidedly  excavated;  hinder  margin  exces- 
sively convex ;  costal  2mtch  none  ;  brand  single,  small ;  single  white 
line  on  underside  both  sexes,  corresponding  with  brand  mark. 

E.  CORINNA,  Macleay. 

(Dan.  C.)  King^s  Aust.  II.  p.  462,  n.  150,  1827 ;  Butler,  Jour. 
Linn.  Soc.  Zoo).  XIY.  p.  299,  1878;  Moore  {Gharapa  C),  Proc. 
Zool.  Soc.  p.  270,  1883;  P.  Angasii,  Felder,  Keise  Nov.  Lep. 
II.  )).  343,  n.  476,  1867;  Eerr.-Schf.,  Stett.  Ent.  Zeit.  p.  69,  t.  2, 
f.  7, 1869 ;  Ex.  Schmett.  II.  f.  108,  $,  1869  ;  Semper,  Mus.  GodfF. 


BY    W.  H.  MISKIN.  1045 

XIV,  p.  141,  1879 ;  Moore  (Chanapa  A.),  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  p.  270, 
1883  ;  JS.   Lewinii,  Felder,  Reise  Nov.   Lep.  II.   p.  345,  n.  478, 
1867  ;  Moore  (Ch.  L.),  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  p.  270,  1883. 
Brisbane  to  Cape  York. 

This  species  is  exceedingly  common  in  southern  Queensland, 
but  seems  to  get  scarcer  as  we  proceed  north,  where  its  place  is 
taken  by  Tulliolus  at  Rockhampton,  a  very  abundant  species 
there;  and  by  Sylvester^  still  further  north,  which  is  found  in 
equal  abundance  in  its  more  particular  locality. 

E.  EUCLUS,  n.sp. 

$.  Upperside. — Chocolate  brown,  with  yellowish-white  spots. 
Primaries^  a  small  sub-costal  spot  above  middle ;  a  series  of 
six  spots  in  an  arched  row  across  apex,  three  being  pretty  close 
to  costa  and  very  small,  the  two  next  large,  the  last  small  and 
near  outer  border ;  two  spots  near  to  and  about  middle  of  outer 
margin,  the  upper  being  the  larger  and  further  from  border. 
Secondaries  with  a  transverse  band  parallel  to,  but  some  little 
distance  in  from,  outer  margin,  of  elongate  narrow  spots  in  pairs 
between  the  nervules,  except  the  upper  three,  which  are  round. 

Underside. — Light  shining  brown,  discal  areas  purplish-brown, 
spots  in  discal  areas  being  bluish-white,  other  markings  yellowish- 
white.  Primaries  with  markings  as  above,  and  in  addition  a 
diseal  spot  and  a  transverse  row  outside  of  this  of  six  small  spots ; 
a  few  sub-marginal  specks.  Secoiidaries  :  a  transverse  band  as 
above ;  a  discal  speck,  and  a  curved  series  around  end  of  cell  of 
seven  small  spots ;  a  complete  sub-marginal  row  of  white  specks. 

9.  As  in  (J,  but  a  shade  lighter ;  a  third  spot  upperside  of 
primaries  near  hinder  angle ;  the  band  in  secondaries  lesa 
developed. 

Underside  as  in  (J,  showing  the  sub-marginal  row  of  white 
specks  in  primaries  more  developed,  and  three  spots  instead  of 
two  towards  hinder  angle,  the  upper  one  being  very  large  and 
round. 


1046      A   REVISION    OF   THE   AUSTRALIAN    SPECIES    OF   EUPLCEA. 

Thorax  and  abdomen  dark  brown. 

Exp.  $  3  in.,  9  3^%  in. 

Hab.—O^-^Q  York.     Coll.  Miskin. 

This  species  is  very  close  to  Corinna,  but  is  pretty  well  dis- 
tinguished on  the  upperside  by  the  absence  of  sub-marginal  row 
of  white  spots  in  both  wings,  and  by  the  less  developed  trans- 
verse band  of  secondaries.  On  the  underside  the  resemblance  is 
somewhat  close,  but,  as  the  latter  is  very  stable  in  its  appearance, 
I  think  this  species  must  be  considered  as  distinct. 

E.  BOISDUVALII,  Lucas. 

Rev.  Zool.  p.  321,  1853 ;  Butler,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  p.  302,  n.  90, 
1866  ;  Moore  (Deragena  B.),  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  p.  272,  1883. 

Australia. 

I  cannot  identify  this  species  with  any  form  known  to  me.  I 
assume  it  to  belong  to  this  group  from  the  description. 

E.  EiCHORNi,  Staudinger. 

Ex.  Schmett.  p.  53,  T.  XXVI.  1885  ? 

N.  Queensland. 

I  am  unable  to  refer  to  description  and  figure  of  this  species. 
I  cannot  therefore  place  it  in  any  of  my  groups. 

The  following  species  are  mentioned  as  Australian,  I  think 
erroneously : — 

E.  eleutho^  Quoy  ;  E.  eschscholtzii,  Felder ;  E.  clhnena^  Cramer; 
E.  eleusina,  Cramer. 


ON  CEDAR  GUM  (GEDRELA  AUSTRALIS,  F.v.M.). 

By  J.  H.  Maiden,  F.L.S.,  F.C.S. 

The  well-known  "Cedar"  or  "Red  Cedar"  of  New  South  Wales 
and  Queensland  is  the  produce  of  a  Cedrela,  but  in  regard  to  the 
species  there  is  a  difference  of  opinion.  Bentham  (B.Fl.  I.  387) 
considers  it  to  be  identical  with  C.  Toona,  Roxb.,  the  Indian  Toon 
Tree,  which  produces  "  Moulmein  Cedar  "  and  one  of  the  "  Chitta- 
gong  woods."  Baron  von  Mueller,  on  the  other  hand,  created  a 
new  species  for  it  (C.  ausfralis,  F.v.M.).  It  is  very  certain  the 
affinities  of  the  two  trees  are  very  close,  and  it  becomes  interesting 
to  see  if  examination  of  any  of  their  products  tends  to  throw  any 
light  on  the  subject. 

The  writer  is  not  aware  that  the  finding  of  gum  on  the  New 
South  Wales  Cedar  has  hitherto  been  recorded,  but  a  collector 
sent  to  the  Technological  Museum  a  small  quantity  recently. 
An  old  cedar-getter  says  that  trees  well  exposed  to  the  sun 
(?  in  unsuitable  situations)  yield  most  gum. 

It  is  a  very  pale  yellow  gum,  almost  colourless,  and  in  thin 
tears  about  an  inch  long.  Between  the  teeth  it  almost  feels 
leathery.  It  swells  up  largely  in  cold  water,  but  in  the  course  of 
twenty-four  hours  it  nearly  wholly  dissolves,  forming  a  solution 
colourless  and  faintly  cloudy,  like  good  gum  arable,  and  leaving 
a  small  percentage  of  metarabin. 

It  is  one  of  the  gums  which  form  a  connecting  link  between  the 
Arabin  group, — those  gums  which  dissolve  almost  immediately  in 
water,  and  the  Metarabin  group, — those  which  merely  swell  up  in 
that  liquid.  It  forms  a  fair  mucilage,  and  on  account  of  its 
freedom  from  colour  it  would  be  a  valuable  commodity  if  obtainable 
in  any  quantity.  An  analysis  gave  the  following  result : — 
67 


1048 


ON    CEDAR   GUM, 

Arabin    ... 

...     68-3 

Metarabin 

...       6-3 

Hygroscopic  moisture    ... 

...     19-54: 

Ash         

...       5-16 

Here  we  have  a  true  gum,  without  so  much  as  a  trace  of  resin. 

Following  is  the  evidence  the  author  has  been  able  to  collect  in 
regard  to  the  exudation  of  the  Indian  tree. 

"  It  yields  a  resinous  gum  "  (Cat.  Kew  Museums).  Perhaps  the 
experiments  of  von  Essenbeck  (infra)  are  the  foundation  for  this 
statement. 

"  It  is  called  bastard  cedar  from  an  aromatic  (sic)  resin 
exuding  from  it,  resembling  that  of  the  American  Cedar  "  (Art. 
Cedrela  Toona  in  Surgeon-General  Balfour's  Cyclop,  of  India). 
No  definite  authority  is  given  for  this  statement,  and  the  writer  is 
probably  labouring  under  a  misapprehension,  as  the  name  Cedar 
was  bestowed  in  reference  to  the  wood,  and  not  to  any  exudation. 

The  experiments  of  Nees  von  Essenbeck,  who  extracted  from  the 
hark  a  resinous  astringent  matter,  and  a  brown  astringent  gum^  do 
not  affect  the  point  at  issue  one  way  or  the  other. 

"  Toon-ke-gond "  (C.  Toona)  is  enumerated  by  Dr.  Wight  as 
one  of  the  gums  of  Coimbatore.  Yet  Cooke  (Gums  and  Resins  of 
India)  who  quotes  this  statement,  says,  "  From  the  character  of 
the  timber  one  might  suppose  it  rather  a  resin  than  a  gum."  I 
am  not  impressed  with  the  force  of  the  latter  observation. 

A  sample  of  "  Toon-ke-gond,"  the  exudation  of  C.  Toona,  was 
exhibited  by  Dr.  Royle  at  the  Exhibition  of  1851  (No.  52,  p.  180, 
Jury  Reports).  It  is  not  definitely  stated  whether  it  is  a  gum  or 
a  resin,  and  there  is  nothing  in  the  context  to  clear  up  the  point 
absolutely. 

jyYQ.gQndiOv?l  f  Pflanzenan^lyze,  Greenish's  Trans,  p.  212)  speaks 
of  "  the  partially  soluble  gum  of  species  of    .     .     .     Cedrela."     To 


BY    J.  H.  MAIDEN.  10'19 

this  specific  statement  of  a  man  who  only  employs  the  term  ''gum" 
in  its  proper  significance,  I  attach  much  importance. 

I  consider  the  balance  of  probability  to  be  largely  in  favour  of 
the  exudation  in  the  Indian  species  being  a  gum  and  not  a  resin. 
As  collateral  evidence,  the  exudations  from  the  Indian  Melia 
Azadirackta,  Linn.,  (another  of  the  "  Chittagong  woods  "),  and  the 
Australian  form  of  M.  Azedarach,  Linn.,  may  be  instanced  together 
with  the  Spotted  or  Leopard-tree  gum  (Flinders ia  maculoscC). 
These  are  the  only  other  exudations  of  the  Meliacece  recorded  as 
far  as  I  know.  I  have  seen  and  examined  them,  and  they  are  true 
gums. 


1050       ON  THE  NIDIFICATION  OF  H.  CINEREIFRONS  AND  0.  SPALDINGI, 

ON  THE  NIDIFICATION  0¥  HETEROMYIAS  CINEREL 

FRONS,  RAMSAY,    AND   ORTEONYX  SPALDINGI, 

RAMSAY. 

By  a.  J.  North,    F.L.S. 

The  Trustees  of  the  Australian  Museum  have  recently  received 
from  their  collectors,  Messrs.  Cairn  and  Grant,  specimens  of  the 
nests  and  eggs  of  Heteromyias  cinereifrons,  and  Ortlionyx  spal- 
dingij  from  North-eastern  Queensland,  which  with  the  sanction  of 
the  Curator  I  am  here  permitted  to  describe. 

Heteromyias  cinereifrons,  Ramsay.     Ashy-fronted  Flycatcher. 

"  Win-dan,"  Aborigines  of  Cairns  district. 

During  September  and  October  of  this  year  several  nests  of 
this  species  were  obtained  by  Messrs.  Cairn  and  Grant,  in  the 
scrubs  of  the  Herberton  tableland  ;  in  every  instance  they  were 
found  in  the  "  Lawyer  vines "  {Calamus  sp.),  about  four  or 
five  feet  from  the  ground ;  several  of  these  nests  now  before  me 
have  been  built  between  the  forked  stems,  or  where  several  vines 
cross  each  other,  in  other  instances  they  have  been  placed  on  the 
thin  horizontal  stems  to  which  the  nests  are  attached.  The  outside 
of  the  nest  is  formed  of  thin  twigs  bent  into  shape,  wiry  rootlets, 
skeletons  of  leaves,  and  the  fibre  of  the  "  Lawyer  vine ;"  the 
inside  which  is  saucer-shaped,  being  neatly  lined  with  finer  mate- 
rials, while  the  exterior  portion  of  the  nest  is  ornamented  with 
mosses  and  lichens,  which  give  it  a  pleasing  appearance.  Exterior 
diameter  4*5  inches,  depth  4;  internal  diameter  2-75,  depth  1-1. 
The  eggs  are  two  in  number  for  a  sitting  and  closely  resemble  in 
shape  and  colour  large  specimens  of  Artamus  sujyerciliosus,  being 
of  a  dull  buffy  white  ground  colour,  thickly  covered,  especially 
towards  the  larger  end,  with  clouded   markings  of  umber  brown  ; 


BY   A.  J.  NORTH.  1051 

in  some  instances  they  are  more  clearly  defined  and  boldly  blotched, 
and  have  markings  of  deep  bhiish-grey  appearing  as  if  beneath  the 
surface  of  the  shell.  A  set  taken  on  the  18th  of  September 
measures  as  follows: — Length  (A.)  1-05x0.75  inch;  (B.)  1-07 
X  0-77. 

Orthonyx  spaldingi,  Ramsay.     Spalding's  Orthonyx. 

"  Chowchilla^^  Aborigines  of  Cairns  District. 

This  species, has  recently  been  met  with  rather  freely  dispersed 
through  the  dense  brushes  of  the  coastal  range,  chiefly  in  the 
neighbourhood  of  the  Mulgrave  and  Russell  Rivers,  in  North- 
eastern Queensland.  Mr.  Cairn  who  found  several  nests  of  this 
species,  states  they  are  usually  built  in  the  tangled  roots  of 
"  Lawyer  vines,"  but  not  unfrequently  on  the  top  of  a  stag-horn 
fern,  as  high  as  twelve  feet  from  the  ground.  The  nest  is  a  large 
bulky  dome-shaped  structure  with  an  entrance  on  one  side ;  it  is 
composed  of  twigs,  roots,  and  mosses,  chiefly  species  of  Hypnum, 
so  loosely  put  together  that  it  will  not  bear  removal.  Unlike  its 
southern  ally  0.  spinicaiodus,  it  appears  that  only  one  egg  is  laid 
for  a  sitting.  A  nest  found  on  the  table  land  near  Boar  Pocket, 
on  the  20th  of  June  last,  contained  but  one  egg  in  an  advanced 
state  of  incubation ;  others  were  found  as  late  as  the  middle  of 
August.  The  breeding  season  this  year  would  appear  to  be  from 
May  till  the  end  of  September,  young  birds  being  procured  in 
June,  but  as  in  other  parts  of  Australia  the  breeding  season  of 
birds  is  greatly  influenced  by  the  rains. 

The  eggs  which  are  pure  white,  vary  from  elongated  to  swollen 
ovals,  some  being  equal  in  size  at  each  end.  Two  average-sized 
specimens  measure  (A.)  1*45  inch  x  1,  (B.)  1-38  x  1-1. 


1052  NOTES    AND    EXHIBITS. 


NOTES    AND    EXHIBITS. 

Professor  Stephens  exhibited,  for  Mr.  M'Cooey,  an  Albino 
variety  of  Dacelo  gigas,  and  read  a  lengthy  note  on  the  habits 
of  the  bird.  Also,  for  the  same  gentleman,  the  head  of  a 
specimen  of  Diemenia  su2)erciliosa  with  two  poison  fangs  in  the 
right  jaw. 

Dr.  Ramsay  exhibited  a  specimen  of  Dendrolagus  Lumlioltzi 
from  Mt.  Bartle  Frere,  Northern  Queensland.  Also  a  rare  Bird 
of  Paradise  {Dij^hyllodes  Gulielmi  III.  (J),  from  New  Guinea. 
Also  specimens  of  a  bower  bird  {Prionodura  Newtoniana),  ^,  9, 
and  young  ^  ;  and  Sericoiiiis  gutturalis,  $,  9,  and  young  $, 
from  Mt.  Bartle  Frere,  recently  obtained  by  Messrs.  Cairn  and 
Grant,  collectors  for  the  Trustees  of  the  Australian  Museum. 

Mr.  North  exhibited  the  nests  and  eggs  described  in  his  paper. 

Mr.  Skuse  exhibited  several  specimens  of  the  adults  and  pupa- 
cases  of  a  species  of  Tachina,  a  Dipterous  parasite  of  the  larvae 
of  the  common  case-moth,  Oiketicus  elongatus,  Saund.  About 
seventy  flies  were  reared  from  a  single  host.  Also,  specimens  of 
leery  a  purehasi,  Mask.,  or  the  Cottony-cushion  Scale,  which  he 
had  recently  found  in  large  numbers  infesting  the  Desert  Cypress, 
or  hill-pine  [Frenela  JEndlicheri  (*?)],  on  the  Mallabo  range,  near 
Wagga  Wagga,  N.S.W.,  which  seems  to  strongly  support  the 
belief  that  this  insect  is  indigenous  in  Australia.  Also,  several 
galls  of  Cecidomyidas,  from  some  of  which  Mr.  Froggatt  and 
himself  had  bred  the  perfect  insects. 

Mr.  A.Sidney  Olliff  called  attention  to  the  phenomenal  abundance 
of  a  large  Noctu id  Moth — apparently  il^ro^^s  spina,  Gu.,  (A.vastato?-, 
Sc) — during  the  early  part  of  the  present  month  in  various  parts 
of  the  country,  especially  in  the  vicinity  of  Sydney,  where  it  ap- 
peared in  such  vast  numbers  as  to  cause  great  consternation  amongst 


NOTES   AND   EXHIBITS.  1053 

those  who  are  not  aware  that  its  food  in  the  larval  state  is  con- 
fined to  low-growing  herbage,  and  that  at  no  stage  of  its  existence 
does  it  eat  cloth,  furs,  or  feathers.  A  similar  visitation  of  these 
moths  occurred  in  October,  1867,  which  is  recorded  by  Mr.  A.  W. 
Scott  in  an  interesting  paper  in  the  Transactions  of  the  Entomo- 
logical Society  of  New  South  Wales  (Yol.  II.  pp.  40-48),  and  by 
the  Rev.  W.  B.  Clarke  in  a  letter  in  the  "  Sydney  Morning 
Herald"  of  the  11th  October,  1867.  From  these  sources  it  may 
be  gathered  that  the  recent  plague  was  identical  in  its  details  with 
that  of  1867,  inasmuch  as  the  present  visitation  appears  to  be 
confined  to  the  country  on  the  sea-board  side  of  the  coast-range, 
and  to  be  the  result  of  the  vast  hordes  of  caterpillars,  reports  of 
whose  appearances  in  various  places  have  reached  us  from  time  to 
time  during  August  and  September.  Mr.  Olliff  said  that  Agrotis 
spina  was  found  in  great  numbers  on  the  summit  of  Mount 
Kosciusko  and  other  high  points  in  the  Australian  Alps,  and 
added  that  he  was  of  opinion,  after  extended  inquiry,  that  this 
species  and  no  other  was  the  true  Bugong  Moth,  which  formerly 
formed  an  important  article  of  food  amongst  the  blacks  of  the 
Upper  Tumut  district ;  the  reasons  for  this  opinion  he  hoped  to 
place  before  the  Society  upon  some  future  occasion. 

Mr.  Kershaw  related  his  experiences  of  similar  swarms  of  the 
same  moth  in  Gippsland  and  at  Western  Port,  Victoria. 

Mr.  Froggatt  exhibited  eight  different  kinds  of  galls,  obtained 
chiefly  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Rose  Bay  and  Woollahra,  together 
with  the  insects  bred  from  them,  and  made  the  following  remarks : 
— "No.  1  is  a  very  common  gall  on  the  stems  of  Acacia  discolor^ 
but  is  usually  so  infested  with  parasitic  Hymenoptera  (Fam. 
Chalcididce)  that  out  of  some  fifty  galls  the  true  makers  (Fam. 
Cynijy'idce)  were  obtained  in  only  four  instances  ;  No.  2  is  a  very 
small  gall  occurring  in  numbers  on  both  sides  of  the  leaves  of 
Eucalyptus  corymhosa  in  the  form  of  small  rust-red  excres- 
cences, each  of  which  contains  from  two  to  four  gall-makers 
(Fam.   Cynipidce),   but    as    many    parasites    (Fam.    Ghalcididoi) 


1054  NOTES   AND    EXHIBITS. 

are  obtainable  from  them ;  No.  3  is  a  gall 
(generally  on  the  midrib  of  the  leaves  of  E.  corymhosa, 
out  of  which  only  beautiful  little  wasps  with  black  mark- 
ings (Fam.  Froctotrupidce)  were  obtained ;  No.  4  is  a  curious 
gall  occurring  also  on  E.  corymhosa,  from  which  a  small 
Cecidomyia—iprohahlj  the  true  gall-maker — together  with  para- 
sites (Fam.  Chalcididce)  were  bred;  No.  5  is  an  irregularly  shaped 
gall  occurring  generally  at  the  base  of  the  leaves  of  F.  corymbosa^ 
from  which  only  parasitic  Hymenoptera  (Fam.  Chalcididce)  were 
obtained  ;  No.  6  is  a  gall  forming  swellings  on  the  twigs  of  E. 
corymbosa,  from  which  only  parasitic  Hymenoptera  (Fam.  Chalci 
didce)  were  obtained  ;  No.  7  is  the  horned  coccus  gall  (Brachy- 
scelis  munita,  Sch.)  from  the  horns  of  which  parasites  (Fam. 
Chalcididce)  emerged  ;  No.  8  are  oval  coccus  galls  (Brachyscelis 
2nleata,  Sch.)  from  Port  Hacking,  from  which  Hymenoptera 
(Fam.  Froctotrupidce  and  Chalcididce)  together  with  two  moths 
emerged." 

Mr.  Maiden  exhibited  a  quantity  of  the  gum  of  the  Red  Cedar 
described  in  his  paper.  Also  a  large  collection  (about  880  species) 
of  European  plants,  which  he  then  presented  to  the  Society. 

A  vote  of  thanks  was  accorded  to  Mr.  Maiden  for  his  valuable 
present. 

Mr.  Fletcher  exhibited  a  collection  of  sixty  species  of  plants 
from  the  neighbourhood  of  Hay,  N.S.W.,  a  fairly  representative 
sample  of  the  luxuriant  vegetation  of  the  Murrumbidgee  plains 
in  the  present  almost  unprecedentedly  favourable  season,  during 
which  the  plains  have  been  a  magnificent  natural  flower-garden 
on  a  gigantic  scale,  whereas  in  the  same  month  (September)  of 
the  preceding  dry  year  they  were  entirely  bare.  Dr.  Woolls, 
who  has  kindly  examined  the  collection,  states  that  he  was  struck 
with  the  unusual  proportions  of  some  of  the  plants,  both  leaves 
and  flowers  being  larger  than  those  of  the  typical  plants  described 
in  the  Flora  Australiensis. 


NOTES   AND    EXHIBITS.  1055 

Mr.  Fletcher  also  exhibited  a  small  collection  of  plants  sent  by 
Captain  Hoben,  of  North  Peak  Station,  Nymagee,  gathered  on 
the  station,  which  is  situated  between  Nymagee  and  Mt.  Hope, 
N.S.W.  Also  for  Mr.  Bolton,  of  Wagga  Wagga,  (1)  specimens 
of.  an  undetermined  plant"^  which  has  made  its  appearance  in  one 
particular  locality  in  the  district,  and  respecting  which,  especially 
as  regards  its  suitability  or  otherwise  as  a  forage  plant,  informa- 
tion was  sought ;  and  (2)  specimens  of  trefoil,  and  of  a  supposed 
hybrid  (?)  between  this  and  clover. 

*  Subsequently  ascertained  to  be  Silene  cuctibalus,  Wibel,  {S.  injlata 
Sm.),  given  in  Baron  von  Mueller's  list  of  Victorian  introduced  plants,  but 
not  previously  recorded  from  N.S.W.  The  other  two  plants  exhibited  were 
Medicago  denticulata,  Willd.,  and  Trifolium  glomercUum^  Willd.,  both 
introduced. 


WEDNESDAY,  27th  NOVEMBER,  1889. 


The  President,  Professor  Stephens,  M.A.,  F.G.S.,  in  the  Chair. 


Dr.  Schewiakoff,  Dr.  Lauterbach,  and  Mr.  Alexander  Morton 
of  Hobart  were  present  as  visitors. 


DONATIONS. 

"  Report  of  the  Board  of  Governors  of  the  Public  Library, 
Museum,  and  Art  Gallery  of  South  Australia,  with  the  Reports  of 
the  Standing  Committees  for  1888-9."  From  the  General  Director 
and  Secretary. 

"  Report  of  the  Trustees  of  the  Public  Library,  Museums,  and 
National  Gallery  of  Victoria  for  1888,  <fec."     From  the  Librarian. 

"Feuille  des  Jeunes  Naturalistes."  No.  228  (October,  1889). 
From  the  Editor. 

"The  Victorian  Naturalist."  Vol.  VI.,  No.  7  (November,  1889) ; 
«' Ninth  Annual  Report,  1888-9,  List  of  Members,  &c."  From 
the  Field  Naturalists^  Club  of  Victoria. 

"Comite  Geologique,  St.  Petersbourg. — M^moires."  Tome  III., 
No.  4;  VIIL,  No.  1  (1888-9);  "Bulletins."  T.  VIL,  Nos.  6-10; 
VIIL,  Nos.   1-5  (1888-9);  '•  Supplement  au  T.  VIIL"     From  the 

Committee. 


DONATIONS,  1057 

"  Bulletins  de  TAcademie  Royale  des  Sciences,  des  Lettres,  et 
des  Beaux-Arts  de  Belgique."  3^«  Serie.  Tomes  XIV.-XVII. 
(1887-89) ;  "  Annuaire."     1888  and  1889.     From  the  Academy. 

"  Zoologischer  Anzeiger."  XTI.  Jahrg.,  Nos.  317  &  318  (1889). 
From  the  Fditor. 

"Report  of  tlie  Committee  of  Management  of  the  Technological, 
Industrial,  and  Sanitary  Museum  of  New  South  Wales,  for  1888." 
From  the  Curator. 

"  Bulletin  of  the  American  Geographical  Society."  Vol.  XXI., 
No.  3  (1889).     From  the  Society. 

^'The  American   Naturalist."     Yol.   XXIII.,  No.    269  (May, 

1889).     From  the  Editors. 

"  Proceedings  of  the  United  States  National  Museum."  Vol. 
XI.  (1888),  Sheets  36-42,  plates  41-60.     From  the  Museum. 

"  Abstract  of  Proceedings  of  the  Royal  Society  of  Tasmania, 
15th  October,  1889";  "President's  Address,  Nov.  18th,  1889." 
From  the  Society. 

"  Research  into  the  Pharmacology  of  some  Queensland  Plants, 
&c."     By  T.  L.  Bancroft,  M.B.     From  the  Author. 

"  Reichenbachia. — Orchids  Illustrated  and  Described  by  F. 
Sander,  &c."  Vol.  II.,  Part  7  (1889).  From  Sir  W.  Macleay, 
F.L.S.  &G. 

"  Proceedings  of  the  Zoological  Society  of  London  for  the  year 
1889."     Part  II.     From  the  Society. 

*'  Comptes  Rendu s  des  Seances  de  1' Academic  des  Sciences, 
Paris."     Tome  CIX.,  Nos.  8-11  (1889).     From  the  Academy. 


1058  DONATIONS, 

"  Victoria. — Second  and  Third  Progress  Reports  of  Royal 
Commission  to  inquire  into  and  report  upon  the  Sanitary  Condi- 
tion of  Melbourne."     From  the  Co^nmission. 

"Journal  of  the  Royal  Microscopical  Society,  London,  1889." 
Part  4.     Fro7n  the  Society. 

"  Bulletin  de  la  Societe  Beige  de  Microscopie."  XV.  Annee, 
Nos.  viii.-x.  (1889).     From  the  Society. 

"The  Australasian  Journal  of  Pharmacy."  Vol.  IV.,  No.  47 
(Nov.,  1889).     Froon  the  Editor. 

"  Prodromus  of  the  Zoology  of  Victoria."  Decade  XIX.  By 
Frederick  McCoy,  C.M.G.,  M.A.,  &c.  From  the  Premier  of  Vic- 
toria, through  the  Librarian,  Public  Library,  Melbourne. 


NOTE  ON  THE  BREEDING  of  the  GLOSSY  IBIS,  FALCIN- 
ELLUS  lONEUS  (IBIS  FALCINELLUS,  Linn.). 

By  K.  H.  Bennett,  F.L.S. 

As  I  have  never  heard  of  an  instance  of  this  bird  breeding  here 
before,  nor  seen  a  description  of  its  nest  or  eggs,  perhaps  a  short 
account  may  be  of  interest  to  my  ornithological  fellow  members. 

I  will  premise  my  remarks  by  stating  that  the  present  year  in 
this  part  of  the  country  (Lower  Lachlan)  has  been  an  unprecedently 
wet  one,  surpassing  in  this  respect  the  far-famed  1870.  In  con- 
sequence of  this  unusual  rainfall  large  bodies  of  water  have  collected, 
exceeding  anything  previously  seen  by  white  men  ;  and  this  doubt- 
less has  been  the  cause  of  the  present  bird,  as  well  as  several  other 
aquatic  species,  breeding  here  this  year  that  I  had  not  known  to 
do  so  previously ;  whilst  birds  that  I  had  never  seen  here  before, 
— though  they  did  not  breed — were  amongst  the  visitants. 

Some  years  ago  I  described  in  the  Proceedings  of  the  Society 
the  breeding  place  of  Platalea  fiavipes^  Gould,  and  Ardea  pacifica, 
Lath.,  which  is  situated  in  a  large  depression  on  the  plain,  and,  for 
the  greater  part  of  its  extent  thickly  overgrown  with  "  Box " 
(Eucalyptus)  trees,  a  few  miles  from  Yandembah  Station.  In 
consequence  of  the  great  rainfall  of  the  past  few  months,  this 
hollow  is  now  full  of  water  reaching  up  to  the  lower  branches  of 
many  of  the  trees,  in  fact  quite  a  lake. 

Wishing  to  obtain  some  spoonbill  and  herons'  eggs  I  visited  this 
place  on  the  22nd  of  October,  and  swam  into  the  part  of  the  hollow 
where  the  heronry  is  situated.  Whilst  swimming  about  I  noticed 
a  glossy  ibis  fly  off  a  nest  on  the  branch  of  a  tree  some  eight  or 
ten  feet  above  the  water,  but  having  no  idea  that  this  bird  bred 
here,  I  did  not  take  much  notice  of  the  circumstance  thinking  that 


1060  NOTE    ON    THE    BREEDING    OP    THE    GLOSSY    IBIS. 

the  bird  was  merely  perched  there  ;  but  I  remarked  that  the  nest 
appeared  recently  constructed,  and  differed  entirely  from  the 
scores  of  nests  of  many  species  of  birds  surrounding  me.  After 
obtaining  a  number  of  spoonbills'  and  other  eggs  I  was  returning 
to  land,  and  in  doing  so  again  passed  the  same  tree,  and  the  ibis 
again  flew  off  the  nest.  This  aroused  my  interest,  and  I  at  once 
swam  to  and  ascended  the  tree,  and  found  that  the  nest  contained 
one  egg  of  a  beautiful  greenish-blue  colour,  somewhat  resembling 
that  of  Ardea  novce-hollandice^  but  much  brighter  ;  this  egg  I  took 
but  unfortunately  broke  it  whilst  returning  to  land.  The  nest 
was  placed  in  an  upright  three-pronged  fork  of  a  small  tree,  and 
was  entirely  composed  of  branches  of  box  (Eucalyj^tus)  leaves, 
built  up  to  about  a  foot  in  height,  slightly  hollowed  on  the  top, 
and  without  any  lining  beyond  the  leaves  of  which  it  was  composed. 

Thinking  it  probable  that  I  might  find  other  nests  of  this  bird 
in  this  large  and  secluded  swamp  or  lake,  I  again  visited  it  on  the 
2nd  of  the  present  month  (November),  and  when  swimming  up  to 
the  tree  from  which  I  had  taken  the  egg  on  my  previous  visit,  I 
saw  the  ibis  to  my  surprise  and  gratification  again  fly  off  the  nest, 
which  on  examination  contained  three  beautiful  eggs.  A  further 
search  amongst  the  thickly  growing  trees  resulted  in  the  discovery 
of  another  nest  which  also  contained  three  eggs,  but  these  were 
so  very  much  larger  than  the  previous  ones  that  had  I  not  seen 
the  bird  on  and  fly  off  the  nest,  I  should  have  considered  them  as 
belonging  to  some  other  species  ;  but  there  is  no  possible  doubt  as 
to  their  identity,  for,  owing  to  incubation  having  begun,  the  bird 
was  very  reluctant  to  leave  the  nest,  and  let  me  approach  almost 
to  arm's  length  before  she  did  so.  This  nest  was  exactly  similar  to 
the  preceding  one  in  material  and  structure,  and  placed  in  a  similar 
position. 


PRELIMINARY  NOTES  ON  THE  PHARMACOLOGY  OF 
SOME  NEW  POISONOUS  PLANTS. 

By  Thos.  L.  Bancroft,  M.B.,  Edin. 

(Communicated  by  J.  II,  Maiden,  F.L.S.) 

Laurelia  Nov^-Zelandi^,  a.  Cunn.,  N.O.  Monimiacese. 

In  a  bush  at  Waipu,  province  of  Auckland,  N.Z.,  June  1887, 
whilst  in  search  of  poisonous  plants,  I  found  the  bark  of  the  tree 
called  by  the  Maoris  "  Pukatea  "  had  a  rather  agreeable  aromatic 
bitter  taste,  a  little  of  which  was  gathered  for  experiment. 

Whilst  at  Christchurch  some  months  later  opportunity  presented 
itself  of  investigating  the  physiological  action  of  this  and  several 
other  plants. 

An  alcoholic  extract  was  made,  which  when  injected  into  frogs, 
"the  introduced  frog  from  Australia,  Litoria  aurea"  caused  rapid 
death.  A  few  spasmodic  jerks  of  the  hind  limbs  were  noticed 
before  the  animal  became  flaccid.  The  muscles,  motor  nerves,  and 
heart  were  apparently  uninfluenced.  A  solution  of  the  extract  in 
water  gave  the  reactions  of  an  alkaloid. 

Mr.  Cheeseman  of  the  Auckland  Museum  kindly  told  me  the 
scientific  name  of  the  plant.  There  is  only  one  other  known 
species  of  Laurelia  and  that  is  indigenous  to  Chili. 

Laurelia  is  related  closely  to  the  genera  Atherosperma  and 
Daphnandra,  all  the  species  of  which  genera  possess  active  pro- 
perties. 

Myoporum  l^tum,  Forst.,  N.O.,  Myoporinese. 

Preparations  of  this  plant  are  poisonous  to  frogs.  The  bark 
contains  an  oil  and  a  wax  ;  whether  or  not  any  other  substance  I 
did  not  decide.     The  oil,  at  any  rate,  is  poisonous  to  frogs. 

Melicytus  ramiflorus,  Forst.,  N.O.  Violarieae. 

This  is  a  small  tree  with  a  peculiar  tasting  bark.  An  extract 
of  it  is  slightly  poisonous  to  frogs,  and  causes  in  them  a  good  deal 
of  secretion  of  the  skin. 


1062      ON  THE  PHARMACOLOGY  OF  SOME  NEW  POISONOUS  PLANTS, 


Veronica  salicifolia,  Forst.  .    * ,    -v-r      rr    , 

-r^  XT    1  AlsoNew  Zealand  plants 

Dysoxylum  spectabile,  Hook.  |  .     , ,    .  ^ 

Geniostoma  ligustrifolium,  a.  Cunn. 

SoPHORA  tetraptera,  Aiton. 


were  examined  but  found 
inert. 


Marlea  vitiensis,  Benth.,  N.O.  Cornacese. 

In  May,  1888,  through  the  courtesy  of  Messrs.  F.  M.  Bailey  and 
Carl  Madsen,  I  had  an  opportunity  to  examine  the  Queensland 
collection  of  woods  prepared  for  the  Melbourne  Exhibition, 

A  dozen  or  more  bitter  barks,  not  previously  known,  were  found, 
but  only  that  of  Marlea  vitiensis  proved  to  be  poisonous. 

Preparations  of  this  plant  apparently  kill  frogs  by  bringing  the 
heart  to  a  standstill  in  diastole.  Motor  nerves  and  muscles  are 
unaffected  if  death  takes  place  rapidly,  but  if  delayed  they  are 
found  in  a  state  of  paralysis.  This  paralysis  is  due,  in  part  at  any 
rate,  to  stasis  of  blood  circulation,  for  the  heart  beats  very  feebly 
from  an  early  period  of  the  poisoning.  Vomiting  is  a  remarkable 
symptom. 

Frogs  when  poisoned  with  this  substance  become  less  irritable 
to  a  stimulus  of  any  kind.  The  active  principle  is  an  alkaloid, 
easy  of  preparation.  Tt  is  insoluble  in  chloroform,  ether,  benzine 
and  turpentine,  slightly  soluble  in  water  and  in  aqueous  alcohol. 

So  far  I  have  not  been  successful  in  getting  it  or  any  of  its  salts 
in  a  crystalline  form. 

It  appears  not  to  be  emetine,  although  it  probably  belongs  to 
the  group  of  poisons  of  which  emetine  is  the  type. 

LuFFA  iEGYPTiACA,  Mill.,  N.O.  Cucurbitaceae. 

This  plant  is  a  native  of  Northern  Queensland,  and  was  pointed 
out  to  me  by  Mr.  Bailey  as  possessing  an  extremely  bitter  fruit. 

Upon  tasting  the  fruit  there  is  experienced  an  intensely  bitter 
sensation,  which  in  a  few  minutes  disappears  but  leaves  a  dis- 
tressing acridity  in  the  throat,  which  is  not  at  its  worst  until 
several  hours  afterwards. 

An  extract  is  very  poisonous  and  contains  two  principles,  a 
bitter  substance  and  a  saponin. 


BY  THOS.  L.  BANCROFT.  1063 

Papaver  horridum,  DC,  N.O.  Papaveraceae. 

I  have  for  some  years  past  been  anxious  to  ascertain  whether 
the  native  poppy  contained  morphine,  but  it  was  not  until  last 
August  that  I  was  enabled,  through  the  kindness  of  Mr.  J.  H. 
Simmonds,  to  obtain  a  supply  of  the  plant. 

All  parts  of  the  plant  have  a  slightly  bitter  acrid  taste.  An 
extract  is  very  poisonous  to  frogs,  Hyla  ccerulea,  Cliiroleptes  australisy 
and  Lii)i7iodynastes  salminii,  but  in  none  of  these  frogs  are  there 
any  tetanic  spasms  developed.  Hylas  develop  tetanus  after  poison- 
ing with  morphine.  I  endeavoured  to  prepare  morphine  from  an 
extract  of  this  plant  according  to  the  method  prescribed  by  the 
British  Pharmacopoeia,  but  failed  to  get  even  a  trace  of  that  sub- 
stance, or  indeed  of  any  other  substance.  Judging  from  this  and 
from  the  physiological  effect  on  frogs  it  would  appear  that  the 
active  principle  is  not  morphine.  It  is,  however,  quite  as  poisonous 
as  morphine. 

I  have  to  thank  Mr.  Chas.  De  Yis,  M.A.,  for  the  scientific  names 
of  the  frogs. 

SoLANUM  VERBASCiFOLiUM,  Ait.,  N.O.  Solanacese. 

A  large  shrub,  often  twenty  feet  high,  with  a  bitter  bark.  An 
extract  of  the  bark  is  only  slightly  poisonous  to  frogs. 

An  alkaloid  can  be  prepared  in  a  pure  state  from  this  plant  in 
the  following  manner.  Pulverise  the  bark,  exhaust  by  boiling 
aqueous  alcohol,  distil  off  the  alcohol,  dissolve  the  extract  in  water, 
filter,  precipitate  with  carbonate  of  soda.  It  seems  to  be  insoluble 
in  ether  and  chloroform,  but  very  soluble  in  alcohol.  It  is  not 
mydriatic.     In  these  particulars  it  agrees  with  Solanine."^ 

Stephania  hernandi^folia,  Walp.,  N.O.  Menispermacese. 

The  root  of  this  plant  is  bitter.  An  extract  of  it  is  extremely 
poisonous  to  frogs.  These  animals  are  aflfected  by  it  in  a  most 
remarkable  manner.  After  they  have  had  the  poison  injected 
into  a  lymph-sac,  they  remain  perfectly  quiet  until  suddenly  they 
are  attacked  with   violent   convulsions,   which  last  one   or    two 

*  Since  the  above  was  written  I  have  discovered  that  Solanine  has  been 
found  in  the  fruit  of  this  plant.    ( Wittstein's  Organic  Constituents  of  Plants, 
translated  by  Baron  von  Mueller,  pp.  201  and  257.) 
68 


1064      ON  THE  PHARMACOLOGY  OF  SOME  NEW  POISONOUS  PLANTS. 

minutes,  after  which  they  become  flaccid  and  have  spasmodic  con- 
tractions of  all  the  limbs  every  moment  or  so,  the  contractions 
getting  weaker  and  weaker  until  they  cease.  The  heart  continues 
to  beat  regularly  for  many  hours  and  stops  in  full  diastole. 

There  is  a  great  increase  of  secretion  of  the  skin. 

Frogs  that  have  had  less  than  a  lethal  dose  become  very  irritable; 
there  is  a  marked  increase  of  reflex  excitability.  It  is  difficult, 
however,  to  make  them  jump  ;  when  one  does  so  it  lands  upon  its 
belly  and  this  causes  a  spasm.  There  is  a  loss  of  co-ordination  of 
muscular  movement. 

If  the  brain  of  a  frog  be  destroyed  previous  to  poisoning  with 
this  substance,  some  convulsions  appear  but  they  are  not  of  so 
violent  a  kind  as  when  the  brain  is  intact. 

The  physiological  action  of  this  substance  appears  identical  with 
that  of  picrotoxin,  the  active  principle  of  Coccuhcs,  a  genus  of  the 
same  order  as  Stejyhania, 

As  picrotoxin  is  an  easy  substance  to  separate  I  shall  ascertain 
whether  it  is  present  in  this  plant,  and  add  the  result  of  the  chemical 
investigation  as  this  paper  passes  through  the  press. 

Note. — I  failed  to  obtain  picrotoxin  from  this  plant,  but  found 
that  the  active  principle  was  a  totally  different  substance.  It 
appears  to  be  an  alkaloid,  and  may  be  separated  in  the  following 
manner  : — Bruise  the  rhizome  in  an  iron  mortar,  macerate  for 
several  days  in  rectified  spirit  of  wine,  decant  the  tincture  and 
allow  it  to  evaporate.  Treat  the  extract  with  water,  filter,  add 
some  neutral  lead  acetate,  digest  ten  minutes  and  set  aside  for 
several  hours,  filter,  remove  excess  of  lead  with  sulphuretted 
hydrogen  and  evaporate  to  a  syrup,  add  a  very  little  liquor 
potassse,  and  shake  out  the  active  principle  with  anhydrous  ether. 

It  is  thus  left  as  a  colourless,  non-crystalline  substance,  like  bits 
of  gum  arable.  It  has  a  peculiar  smell  and  is  bitter,  neutral  to 
litmus,  slightly  soluble  in  water  but  very  soluble  in  alcohol,  easily 
soluble  in  acidulated  water,  and  the  resulting  salts  are  apparently 
non-crystalline  ;  they  set  as  varnishes. 

It  is  exceedingly  poisonous,  and  the  symptoms  produced  aie 
those  of  the  crude  extract. 


ON  QUEENSLAND  AND  OTHER  AUSTRALIAN 

MACRO-LEPIDOPTERA,     WITH     LOCALITIES,     AND 

DESCRIPTIONS    OF   NEW   SPECIES. 

By  Thomas  P.  Lucas,  M.R.C.S.E.,  L.S.A.,  LR.C.P.Ed. 

In  the  following  paper  the  classification  followed  is  that  laid 
down  in  Mr.  Mey rick's  papers. 

RHOPALOCERA. 

Heteronympha  affinis,  n.sp. 

(J 9.  45-55  mm.  Head  black.  Palpi  brown,  white  underneath, 
grey  at  base.  Antennae  cinnamon-brown,  clavelli  darker,  tipped 
with  cinnamon-brown.  Thorax  brown,  posteriorly  on  dorsum  rich 
black  hairs,  underneath  light  brown.  Abdomen  rich  brown,  with 
freely  scattered  black  hairs,  light  brown  underneath.  Forewings 
narrowly  triangular,  costa  bowed  in  middle  third,  apex  rounded, 
hind  margin  oblique,  slightly  wavy,  rich  cinnamon-brown  with  a 
deep  black  bordering  enclosing  all  the  ground  colour  spots  or  cells. 
These  cells  are  as  follows,  three  costal,  1st  in  9  sub-lunar,  from 
near  costa  at  h  outwardly  to  centre  of  wing — in  the  ^  this  is 
divided  transversely  through  centre  by  a  narrow  black  line,  and 
the  outer  half  is  attenuated  as  a  narrow  curved  line  to  near  base 
of  wing ;  2nd  from  |  costa  elongated  diagonally  for  half  the  dis- 
tance toward  middle  of  hind  margin;  3rd  a  rounded  spot  just 
before  apex  ;  at  the  inner  angles  of  2nd  and  3rd  blotches  is  a 
round  mark,  white  in  9,  yellow-brown  in  (^  ;  between  this  and 
hind  margin  is  a  small  ground  colour  spot,  and  another  immedi- 
ately below   it ;    from  near  base  to  f   inner  margin,  but  divided 


1066    ON  QUEENSLAND   AND  OTHER  AUSTRALIAN  MACRO-LEPIDOPTERA, 

by  its  own  width  from  inner  margin,  is  a  broad  rounded-off  bar  ; 
and  between  this  and  dots  on  hind  margin  is  a  large  oval  blotch 
contracted  in  the   centre ;    the    basal  portion  of   the   wing  and 
especially    the    costal    portion    is    thickly    covered    with    dark 
brown  hairs :    cilia    brown    and    black.     Hindwings,    basal  and 
inner     portions     dark,     colour    as     forewings ;     a    deep     black 
dentated   bordering  from  basal    portion   divides    wing,    to-   near 
apical  angle  of  costa,  into  two  series  of  brown  spots  or   cells — 
the   anterior   or  costal  portion    is    divided   by    black   lines  into 
two  large  cells  and  two  supplementary  cells ;  the  hind  portion  is 
divided  into  four   helmeted   cells  ;    the  innermost  is   small   and 
almost  obscured  by  adpressed  dark  brown  hairs ;  the  2nd  contains 
an  ocellus,  consisting  of  a  white  centre  dot,  a  deep  black  ring,  a 
narrow  brown  ring  and  a  narrow  black  ring  from  within  outwards  ; 
the  3rd  is   divided  by  a  broad   black  lunular  band ;  the  4th  is 
simple  ;    there  is   a  fine   submarginal   black   line  crossed  by  the 
black  bar  lines  dividing  the  margin  ground  colour  into  5  crenulated 
cells  ;  the  anal,  one  linearly  elongated  round  anal  margin  ;  cilia 
brown  tinted  with  black.     In  (J  a  linear  ground  colour  line  runs 
along  costal  side  of  inner  margin   band,  and   curves  to  join  first 
costal  blotch  which  is  curved  and  contracts  in  centre  at  point  of 
junction.     Cells  in  hindwing  in  $  smaller  and  more  obscured  by 
diff'used  black-brown. 

This  species  difi'ers  from  H.  Banhsii,  Leach,  in  its  larger  size, 
deeper  coloui",  greater  profusion  of  black,  and  in  having  only  7 
spots  instead  of  10  in  fore  wing.  There  is  no  costal  bar  as  in  H. 
Banksii.  The  band  of  black  in  hindwing  stretches  uninterruptedly 
across,  while  in  H.  Banksii  it  is  irregular  and  narrower.  The 
ocellus  in  H.  affinis  consists  of  more  rings  than  that  of  H.  Banksii, 

Gippsland,  Victoria. 

LYC.ENID.E. 

Lyc^na  attenuata,  n.sp. 

_    (J9.  14-17  mm.     Head,  thorax,   and   abdomen  brownish-black- 
Palpi    grey.      Antennae    finely    annulated,     brown    and    white. 


BY    T.   P.   LUCAS.  1067 

Forewings,  costa  rounded,  apex  rounded,  hindmargin  obliquely- 
rounded,  purple-blue  freely  dusted  with  grey-black  scales  ;  costal 
border  and  hind  marginal  border  suffused  with  grey-black,  deeper 
at  apex  of  wing,  narrowed  toward  anal  angle.  Hindwings  as 
forewings,  with  a  well-defined  narrow  grey-black  border  round 
whole  contour  of  wings  semi-translucent,  allowing  some  of  the 
underside  spots  to  be  seen  through  ;  9  as  (J,  but  larger  and  more 
suffused  with  purple-blue,  grey-black  border  deeper  and  better 
defined.  Undersurface  grey-white  ;  in  forewings  a  circular  row 
of  seven  black  dots,  three  along  and  near  costa,  four  from  near 
apex  of  hindmargin  to  near  centre  of  wing,  a  small  discoidal  spot 
in  centre,  in  hindwings  there  is  a  circular  line  of  black  dots  from 
base  to  J  expansion  of  wing,  three  along  costa,  one  near  costa  at 
|,  five  diagonally  toward  inner  border  at  ^,  and  two  or  three 
^long  inner  border  ;  a  diffused  discoidal  spot  in  centre,  and  two 
or  three  spots  nearer  base  in  a  line  with  second  dot  on  costa  ;  a 
narrow  grey  suffused  line  near  hindmargin  of  all  wings. 

Mountains  near  coast  in  S.E.  Queensland.  Allied  to  Lyccena 
exilis,  Luc,  and  L.  Lysinion,  Hiib. 

A  most  delicate  insect,  and  perhaps  the  smallest  of  all  the 
Australian  butterflies. 

SESIAD.E. 

Sesia  isozona,  Meyr.     Brisbane,  Maryborough. 
Sesia  chrysophanes,  Meyr.     Bowen. 

ARCTIAD.^. 

Exotrocha  liboria,  Cr.     Brisbane. 
(J.  Calamidia  salpinctis,  Meyr.     Brisbane ;  and 
9.  Calamidia  hirta,  Meyr. — are  doubtless,  as   Meyrick  con- 
jectured, one   species.     I  obtained  both  sexes  at  Moe  in  Gipps- 
land,  Victoria,  and  at  passion  fruit  flowers  in  Brisbane. 

ScoLiACMA  BicoLOR,  Boisd.  Brisbane,  Drouin  ;  Gippsland,  Mel- 
bourne. 


1068    ON  QUEENSLAND  AND  OTHER  AUSTRALIAN  MACRO-LEPIDOPTERA, 

ScoLiACMA  ORTHOTOMA,  Mejr.  Brisbane  ;  Frankstone,  near 
Melbourne. 

SCOLIACMA    IRIDESCENS,  n.Sp. 

^9.  20-22  mm.  Head,  palpi,  antennre  and  thorax  cinnamon- 
brown.  Abdomen  grey  mixed  with  cinnamon-brown.  Forewings 
elongate,  dilated,  cinnamon-brown,  irrorated  with  suffusions  of 
purplish-brown,  costa  arched,  hindmargin  rounded ;  a  suffusion 
of  purplish-brown  on  costa  from  i  to  ^,  narrowly  so  along 
apical  angle,  and  broadly  so  on  inner  margin  from  i  to  |  for 
one-third  the  width  of  the  wing  :  cilia  brownish-grey.  Hind- 
wings  light  ochreous  brown,  lightly  clouded  with  scattered  smoky- 
grey  ;  cilia  ochreous-brown.  Under  surface  of  fore  wing  in  centre, 
and  of  hindwings  overlapped  by  forewings,  dark  smoky-brown, 
almost  black. 

Brisbane,  in  deep  scrub ;  rare.  Allied  to  S.  cervina,  from 
which  it  differs  in  its  iridescent  colouring,  and  in  the  scant  and 
lighter  smoky  colouring  of  under  side  of  wings. 

SCOLIACMA    CERVINA,  n.Sp, 

(J9.  20-22  mm.  Head,  palpi,  antennae,  thorax  and  abdomen 
fawn  colour.  Legs  light  brown.  Forewings  elongate,  costa  gently 
rounded,  hindmargin  very  obliquely  rounded,  fawn  colour  :  cilia 
fawn  colour.  Hindwings  and  cilia  light  ochreous-fuscous.  Under 
surface  of  forewings  to  i,  and  costal  half  of  hindwings  to  |  or 
nearly  to  notched  apex  smoky-black. 

This  is  by  far  the  darkest  species  of  this  genus  yet  described 
from  Australia. 

Brisbane ;    rare. 

TiGRIODES    SPLENDENS,   n.Sp. 

40  mm.  Head  orange.  Palpi  and  antennae  black.  Thorax 
orange,  patagia  and  dorsal  tuft  posteriorly  blue-black.  Abdo- 
men ochreous-yellow.  Legs  yellow.  Forewings  elongate,  costa 
slightly  rounded,  apex  acute,  hindmargin  rounded,  orange- 
yellow  tinted  with  red  ;  markings  blue-black,  costa  for  4  black  ; 


BY   T.  P.  LUCAS.  1069 

in  middle  of  costa  a  broad  bar  to  half  across  wing,  then  expands 
toward  base  to  J,  forming  a  clavate  figure  towards  inner  margin ; 
from  J  costa  to  anal  angle  a  line  cuts  off  the  triangle  on  apex 
of  wing — which  is  blue- black,  with  an  oblong  ovate  yellow  spot 
at  apex  of  wing :  cilia  black.  Hindwings  ochreous-jellow  ;  cilia 
ochreous. 

Mackay  (Mr.  Ronald  Turner). 


TiGRIODES    TRANSCRIPTA,  n.Sp. 

(J^.  18-20  mm.  Head,  palpi,  antennse,  thorax  and  abdomen 
light  brown.  Forewings  narrow,  elongate,  costa  gently  arched, 
hindmargin  rounded,  light  brown,  with  freely  scattered  fuscous 
scales  ;  markings  in  many  specimens  indistinct,  smoky-brown,  1st 
line  from  a  dot  in  costa  at  §,  angulated  towards  hindmargin  and 
through  two  irregular  dots  to  §  inner  margin  ;  2nd  line  from  dot 
in  costa  at  J,  irregularly  and  often  denticulate,  to  f  of  inner 
margin  :  cilia  light  brown.      Hindwings  and  cilia  light  brown. 

Brisbane ;  rare. 

TiGRIODES  NANA,  Walk.     Brisbane, 

TiGRIODES  SPILARCHA,  Meyr.     Brisbane  ;  Melbourne. 

TiGRIODES    PULVERULENTA,  n.Sp. 

^9.  24  mm.  Head,  palpi,  antennae,  thorax  and  abdomen  light 
grey  fawn.  Forewings  narrow  elongate,  costa  gently  rounded, 
hindmargin  oblique,  slightly  rounded,  ochreous  -  brown  with 
numerous  fawn  coloured  scales  aggregated  on  basal  half  of  inner 
half,  and  apical  half  of  costal  half  of  wing  :  cilia  ochreous-brown. 
Hindwings  brownish-ochreous  ;  cilia  ochreous. 

Allied  to  T.  sjnlarcha,  from  which  it  difiers  in  smaller  size, 
uniformity  of  colour  and  absence  of  markings. 

Brisbane  ;  rare. 


1070    ON  QUEENSLAND  AND  OTHER  AUSTRALIAN  MACRO-LEPIDOPTERA, 

Teulisna  dasypyga,  Feld.     Daintree  River. 
Brunia  harpophora,  Meyr.     Brisbane,  Cooktown. 

Brunia  repleta,  n.sp. 

(J9.  21-25  mm.  Head,  palpi,  antennae  ochreous  -  fuscous. 
Thorax  and  abdomen  greyish-ochreous.  Forewings  elongate, 
dilate,  costa  gently  arched,  hindmargin  obliquely  rounded, 
ochreous-brown,  tinged  with  cinnamon-ochreous  from  near  base, 
gradually  getting  lighter  ochreous  toward  hind  margin  :  cilia 
brown  ochreous.     Hindwings  and  cilia  light  brown  ochreous. 

Brisbane;  rare. 

Brunia  fragilis,  n.sp. 

(J 9.  14  mm.  Head,  ])alpi,  antennae,  thorax  and  abdomen 
creamy-ochreous.  Forewings  elongate,  somewhat  dilated,  costa 
gently  arched,  hindmargin  obliquely  rounded,  pale  straw  or  pale 
ochreous  :  cilia  pale  ochreous.  Hindwings  and  cilia  pale  straw, 
lighter  than  forewings. 

Brisbane  ;  rare. 

Brunia  replana,  Lw.     Brisbane. 

Brunia  intersecta,  n.sp. 

9.  32  mm.  Head,  palpi  and  thorax  creamy-ochreous.  Antennae 
grey.  Abdomen  in  specimen  wanting.  Forewings  elongate, 
dilate^  costa  arched,  hindmargin  rounded,  creamy-ochreous ;  a 
purplish  dark  grey  band  from  costal  half  of  base  of  wing,  filling 
centre  third  of  wing,  upper  border  from  costa  at  ^^  to  near  costa 
at  f  where  it  forms  a  prominent  angle,  thence  abruptly  to  near 
middle  of  wing  at  ^,  thence  reflected  forming  an  angle  to  costa 
just  before  apex;  under  border  from  base  in  centre  of  wing  to 
near  inner  border  at  |,  then  reflected  as  an  angle  to  inner  border, 
veins  on  this   band  black,  a  sub-marginal  line  of  black   angular 


BY    T.  P.  LUCAS.  1071 

dots,  bounded  by  a  light  ochreous  fine  line  and  by  a  deep  black 
hindmarginUl  fine  line :  cilia  purple-grey.  Hindwings  yellow- 
ochreous,  hindmargin  near  apex,  black  with  short  fine  transverse 
black  lines ;  cilia  yellow-ochreous,  near  apex  purple-grey. 

.  Queensland.  In  Museum  collection,  Brisbane  ;  believed  to  be 
from  North  Queensland. 

LiTHOSiA  CHiONORA,  Meyr.     Brisbane. 

LiTHOSIA    UNICOLOR,  n.sp. 

^^,  28  mm.  Head,  palpi  ochreous-yellow.  Antennse  light 
brown.  Thorax  ochreous-yellow.  Abdomen  ochreous-brown. 
Forewings  elongate,  moderately  dilated,  costa  gently  arched,  hind- 
margin  obliquely  rounded,  light  ochreous-yellow  :  cilia  ochreous- 
yeDow.  Hindwings  and  cilia  as  forewings,  in  some  specimens  a 
little  lighter. 

Brisbane. 

SiMMETRODES    NITENS,  Walk. 

g.  Described  by  Meyrick,  P.L.S.N.S.W.  He  says  he  identi- 
fied my  three  specimens  from  Walker's  description  only,  and  may 
be  mistaken.  Walker's  descriptions  are  very  meagre,  and  several 
species  are  superficially  very  similar  in  appearance.  I  obtained 
more  specimens  and  I  believe  Q  at  Dunwich,  Stradbrook  Island. 
The  9  is  slightly  larger,  and  is  a  light  straw  colour,  some  specimens 
shaded  with  brown. 

Dunwich,  near  Brisbane. 

Heterallactis  euchrysa,  Meyr.     Brisbane. 
Calligenia  pyraula,  Meyr.     Port  Douglas. 
Calligenia  cyclota,  Meyr.     Port  Douglas,  Cairns. 
Calligenia  melitaula,  Meyr.     K  Queensland. 

Calligenia  structa.  Walk.    Dunwich,  Brisbane  (Rev.  —  Ash) ; 

N.  S.  Wales. 


1072    ON  QUEENSLAND  AND  OTHER  AUSTRALIAN  MACRO-LEPIDOPTERA, 

Hectobrocha  pentacyma,  Meyr.     N.  Queensland. 

Hectobrocha  multilinea,  n.sp. 

(J 9-  25-32  mm.  Head  and  anntenae  ochreous.  Thorax 
ochreous,  collar  and  base  of  patagia  black.  Abdomen  oclireous, 
terminal  segment  in  ^  black  at  base.  Legs  ochreous,  femora  and 
tibiae  barred  with  smoky-black.  Fore  wings  oblong,  broadly 
dilate,  costa  rounded^  apex  obtuse,  hindmargin  rounded,  inner 
margin  gently  sinuous,  ochreous  ;  costa  for  f  in  (J,  i  in  9  black, 
six  sinuous  freely  dentate  transverse  black  bars  from  costa 
to  inner  margin  black  ;  1st  near  base  of  costa  to  base  of  inner 
margin,  2nd  from  i  costa  to  J  inner  margin ;  3rd  in  ^  close 
beyond  and  parallel,  in  9  from  §  costa  to  just  before  ^  inner 
margin,  4th  and  5th  close  and  parallel  from  near  f  costa  to  near 
4  inner  margin,  6th  sub-marginal ;  there  are  discal  and  discoidal 
spots,  one  between  the  2nd  and  3rd  bars,  and  one  sometimes 
divided  transversely  into  two  between  3rd  and  4th  bars  :  cilia 
ochreous.  Hindwings  ochreous  with  a  broad  smoky-black  hind- 
marginal  fascia,  extending  from  just  below  apex  to  |  toward 
anal  angle ;  discoidal  spots  faint  or  absent ;  cilia  ochreous. 
Brown  hairy  larvae  on  rocks  ;  probably  feed  on  lichens. 

Brisbane. 

Hectobrocha  subnigra,  n.sp. 

9.  32  mm.  Head  light  fawn  colour.  Palpi  black.  Antennae, 
thorax  and  abdomen,  light  smoky-fawn  colour.  Forewings  elon- 
gate, dilate,  costa  arched,  apex  rounded,  hindmargin  rounded, 
smoky-fawn  colour  with  markings  of  smoky-black  ;  dot  at  base,, 
one  at  inner  margin  close  to  base,  a  larger  one  in  centre  near  base, 
and  a  narrow  mark  between  this  and  costa  black  ;  fine  line  on 
costa  to  J  black  ;  there  are  four  rounded  angular  zig-zig  lines,  1st 
from  ^  costa  to  ^  inner  margin  ;  2nd  from  just  before  ^  costa  to 
just  before  J  inner  margin,  these  are  united  by  four  transverse 
lines,  or  touchings  of  their  angles,   and  contain  a  black  dot  at  J 


BY    T.   P.  LUCAS.  1075 

from  costa  ;  at  same  distance  from  costa  just  before  |  is  a  larger 
black  dot  ;  3rd  line  from  |  costa  to  f  inner  margin  ;  4th  line  from 
J  costa  to  i  inner  margin — these  two  lines  with  suffusion  of 
smoky-black  in  the  angles  form  a  fascia,  with  the  lighter  ground- 
colour in  middle  and  more  towards  inner  margin  ;  sub-marginal 
line  very  angulated  or  deeply  toothed,  lighter  than  other  lines 
and  forming  dots  round  anal  angle  :  cilia  smoky-fawn  colour. 
Hindwings  and  cilia  same  colour  as  forewings,  with  broad  smoky 
suffused  sub-marginal  band,  not  touching  margin,  from  costa  to 
anal  angle. 

Brisbane  ;  one  specimen.      November  ;  dense  scrub. 

Neobrocha  phaeocyra,  Meyr.     N.  Queensland. 

Termessa  gratiosa,  Walk.     Brisbane. 

Termessa  congrua,  Walk.     Brisbane. 

Termessa  conographa,  Meyr.     Brisbane,  Maryborough. 

ZiA  TACTALis,  Walk.     Rockhampton. 

Thrypticodes  xyloglypta  [Meyr.  MS.],  n.sp. 

(J 9.  24-26  mm.  Head  ochreous-grey.  Palpi  long,  white-grey. 
Antennae  smoky-grey.  Thorax  and  abdomen  brownish-grey, 
Forewings  elongate,  triangular,  costa  rounded,  apex  obtuse,  hind- 
margin  rounded,  brown  or  ashy-grey,  irrorated  with  darker  grey 
scales,  and  brown,  chocolate  and  black  often  variable  markings ; 
a  dark  spot  from  costa  near  base  nearly  to  inner  margin,  a  brown 
rhomboid  blotch  from  costa  at  §  for  one  third  towards  anal  angle 
of  hind  margin,  a  thin  sub-lunar  line  from  costa  immediately 
beyond,  nearly  along  costa,  minute  brown  spots  along  costa  to  near 
apex,  a  small  suffused  blotch  of  brown  scarcely  touching  hind 
margin  at  ^  ;  a  suffused  brown  border  along  whole  inner  margin  ; 
a  black  bar,  more  or  less  suffused,  from  hindmargin  just  before 
anal   angle,  one-third  toward  base   and  angle  obliquely  to  inner 


1074:    ON  QUEENSLAND  AND  OTHER  AUSTRALIAN  MACRO-LEPIDOPTERA, 

margin  at  ^ :  cilia  brown  and  grey.  Hind  wings  whitish-grey, 
darker  suffusion  near  hindmargin  ;  a  cluster  of  brown-grey  hairs 
just  before  J  costa  ;  cilia  whitish-grey. 

Brisbane. 

Mr.  Meyrick  kindly  named  this  species  for  me. 

Sarotricha  undulana,  Hb. 

I  have  taken  fourteen  specimens  of  a  Sarotricha  at  Brisbane, 
which  Mr.  Meyrick  considers  to  be  aS'.  undtolana  This  is  a  British 
species,  and  naturally  led  to  the  idea  that  it  must  be  a  mistake. 
But  my  specimens  are  certainly  not  English.  They  were  taken 
at  light.  I  hope  to  obtain  more  and  better  marked  specimens 
next  season,  and  so  enable  Meyrick  to  confirm  his  opinion  or, 
what  I  believe  will  rather  be,  to  find  this  to  be  a  new  allied 
species.  Of  course  it  may  be  an  introduced  species.  I  do  not 
know  its  food  plant.  But  an  English  moth  is  hardly  likely  to 
establish  itself  so  near  the  tropics  and  not  in  Tasmania,  N.  Zea- 
land, Melbourne  or  Sydney. 

Sarotricha  demiota,  [Meyr.  MS.]  n.sp. 

(J9.  20-24  mm.  I  sent  Meyrick  what  appeared  to  be  two 
species  of  this  genus.  He  has  returned  them  both  named  as 
above.  The  one  type  is  a  blue-grey  with  black  lines,  the  other  is 
a  brown-grey,  with  black  lines  and  brown  and  black  spots  and 
blotches.  Head  grey.  Palpi  blackish- grey.  Antennae  grey. 
Thorax  grey,  some  specimens  with  darker  collar,  and  bounding 
black  line.  Abdomen  grey — easily  greases.  Fore  wings  and  costa 
slightly  rounded,  hindmargin  rounded,  grey  or  grey  and  brown 
interspersed.  In  some  specimens  basal  fourth  dark  grey-black, 
with  black  lines  and  border,  many  short  black  dots  on  costa, 
several  in  basal  half  reaching  to  centre  of  wing  ;  one  irregular 
sinuous  denticulate  line  from  costa  at  f  to  J  inner  margin,  in 
some  specimens  a  deep  black  or  brown  spot  on  costa,  a  sub-marginal 


BY  T.  P.  LUCAS.  1075- 

line  just  beyond  fainter,  irregular  and  toothed  ;  in  some  specimens 
a  dark  discal  spot  near  centre  of  wing  at  J  ;  in  some  suffusions 
of  rust  colour,  brown  near  centre  of  wing  and  costa  ;  in  some 
only  irregular  pencillings  at  irregular  distances,  and  for  varied 
lengths  transversely  across  wing  :  cilia  grey.  Hindwings  white- 
grey  or  brown-grey,  with  smoky  suffusion  towards  apical  half  of 
hindmargin ;  cilia  grey. 

Brisbane. 

If  Meyrick's  determination  be  right,  a  most  variable  moth. 


Sarotricha  puxctata,  n.sp. 

^9.  26  mm.  Head,  palpi  creamy-grey.  Antennae  grey. 
Thorax  smoked  -  grey,  two  black  dots  in  front,  four  imme- 
diately behind,  and  three  posteriorly.  Abdomen  brownish-drab. 
Forewings  with  costa  gently  rounded,  hindmargin  rounded,  creamv- 
grey  suffused  in  patches  with  smoky-drab  and  brown,  and  covered 
with  deep  black  dots ;  a  dot  at  base  in  centre,  one  at  4-  costa  and 
from  this  a  series  of  spots  more  or  less  united  to  J  inner  margin ; 
a  dot  at  J  inner  margin  ;  an  angular  spot  at  f  costa,  further 
angled  to  a  dot  on  middle  of  wing  at  f — thence  interrupted  to  a 
dot  at  J  inner  margin  ;  a  dot  beyond  J  costa,  and  in  a  line  of 
interrupted  dots  to  f  inner  margin ;  a  conspicuous  spot  at  |  costa, 
thence  an  irregular  zigzag  grey  line  |  inner  margin,  a  fine  line  at 
|-  costa,  and  a  line  often  divided  into  two  dots  at  apex  of  costa, 
thence  as  a  zigzag  interrupted  line  of  dots  to  just  before  anal  angle 
of  inner  margin,  a  sub-marginal  row  of  fine  dots  on  veins  :  cilia 
grey.  Hindwings  grey  becoming  browner  toward  hindmargin  and 
there  forming  a  suffusion  of  brown  ;  cilia  grey. 

Brisbane  ;  4  specimens. 

Sorocostia  mesozona,  [Meyr.  MS.]  n.sp. 

(J9.   15  mm.     Head  in  some  specimens  snow  white,  in  others 
grey.      Palpi,    antennae    grey.     Thorax    white.     Abdomen    grey. 


1076    ON  QUEENSLAND  AND  OTHER  AUSTRALIAN  MACRO-LEPIDOPTERA, 

Forewings  elongate-triangular,  costa  gently  arched,  hindmargin 
rounded,  white  with  scattered  grey  scales,  and  rich  brown  mark- 
ings ;  a  broad  central  fascia,  not  touching  costa  at  middle,  to 
middle  of  inner  margin,  with  dots  or  short  marks  of  black-brown, 
one  or  two  or  three  brown  dots,  irregular,  near  base,  a  line  of 
finely  defined  black  dots  just  before  central  fascia,  two  or  three 
faint  dots  near  costa  before  apex,  a  sub-marginal  line  of  dots  : 
cilia  grey.     Hind  wings  white ;  cilia  grey. 

Brisbane ;  rare.     Mr.  Meyrick  has  kindly  named   this  species 
for  me. 

SoROCOSTiA  AULACOTA,  Meyr.     Brisbane. 


SOROCOSTIA    ARGENTEA,  U.Sp. 

(J^.  11-14  mm.  Head,  palpi,  antennae,  and  thorax  silvery  white, 
Thorax  grey,  covered  more  or  less  with  silvery  white.  Fore- 
wings  elongate-triangular,  costa  rounded,  hindmargin  obliquely 
rounded,  grey-white  with  freely  scattered  silvery  scales,  costal 
edge  finely  grey,  tufts  at  f  and  -J,  sub-costal  black  with  raised 
silvered  scales — two  small  black  dots,  one  between  the  1st 
tuft  and  inner  margin,  the  other  at  4  and  a  little  distant  from 
inner  margin,  surrounded  by  silvered  scales ;  in  some  specimens 
the  veins  show  grey,  and  there  is  a  grey  sinuous  zigzag  line  from 
apex  of  costa  to  just  before  anal  angle  of  inner  margin,  but  in 
most  specimens  these  are  obscured  by  the  silvery  scales  :  cilia 
white.     Hindwings  and  cilia  greyish-white. 

Biisbane ;  rare. 

SoROCOSTiA  CYCOTA,  Meyr.     Brisbane. 
SoROCOSTiA    LEUCOMA,  Meyr.     Brisbane. 

SOROCOSTIA    INTERSPERSA,  n.sp. 

(J  9.  13-18  mm.  Head  dark  grey,  face  white,  palpi  and  antennae 
grey-white.     Thorax  grey,  patagia  darker  grey.     Abdomen  grey, 


BY    T.  P.  LUCAS.  1077 

base  of  segments  smoky-grey.  Fore  wings  oblong,  dilate,  costa 
rounded,  bindmargin  oblique,  scarcely  rounded,  white-grey,  with 
markings  of  grey  and  lines  of  smoky-grey ;  1st  line  from  ^  costa 
to  f  toward  inner  margin,  space  within  this  line  to  the  base  more 
or  less  suifused  with  grey  and  bounded  on  inner  margin  with  two 
smoky  dots;  2nd  line  J  costa  to  h  inner  margin,  costal  half 
dentate,  inner  half  tiner  dotted ;  3rd  line  from  J  costa  to  J  inner 
margin,  tinely  and  frequently  dentate,  broader  in  centre,  and 
containing  with  2nd  line  a  grey  space  and  a  smoky-grey  angu- 
lated  or  lunar  discal  line ;  4th  line  immediately  beyond  and 
parallel  to  3rd  line  dentate,  intervening  space  white-grey ;  beyond 
this  line  are  three  smoky-grey  dots  in  costa,  with  an  apical 
greyish  suffusion ;  costa  grey  and  smoky  -  grey.  Hind  wings 
white-grey  with  irregular  suffusion  of  smoky-grey  ;  cilia  grey. 
Brisbane. 

NoLA  LUGENS,  Walk      Brisbane,  Cooktown;  Melbourne. 
NoLA  METALLOPA,  Meyr.     Brisbane  ;  Melbourne. 
MosoDA  jucuNDA,  Walk.     Brisbane,  Gayndah,  Duaringa. 

MosoDA  Bancrofti,  n.sp. 

(J9-  18-21  mm.  Head,  palpi  and  antenna?  black,  collar  reddish- 
brown.  Thorax  black.  Abdomen  orange-brown,  terminal  seg- 
ment black  above,  orange-brown  on  under  side.  Legs  black, 
middle  tibise  and  posterior  femora  and  tibiae  light  orange-brown. 
Forewings  elongate,  costa  arched,  apex  rounded,  hindmargin 
obliquely  rounded  ;  purplish-black,  with  five  rounded  orange-brown 
spots;  first  on  inner  margin  at  J,  2nd  on  costa  ?,  3rd  obliquely 
beyond  this,  on  middle  third  of  wing,  touching  2nd  and  sometimes 
confluent,  4th  touching  anal  angle  of  hindmargin,  and  5th 
touching  costa,  just  before  apex  :  cilia  black.  Hiiidwings  orange- 
brown  with  black  border,  deep  at  apical  angle,  but  becoming 
attenuated  to  a  mere  line  at  anal  angle  of  hindmargin  ;  cilia 
black. 


1078    ON  QUEENSLAND  AND  OTHER  AUSTRALIAN  MACRO-LEPIDOPTERA, 

Brisbane  ;  dense  scrub  ;  September,  flying  in  sunshine.  I 
have  much  pleasure  in  naming  this  species  after  Dr.  T.  L.  Ban- 
croft, who  has  given  me  much  assistance  in  collecting. 

MOSODA   VENUSTA,  n.Sp. 

^2-  18  mm.  Head  recldish-ochreous.  Palpi  dark  smoky-grey. 
Antennae  smoky-grey,  lighter  towards  extremity.  Legs  ochreous- 
brown.  Thorax  black,  dotted  anteriorly  with  reddish-ochreous. 
Abdomen  black,  anal  tuft  ochreous.  Fore  wings  elongate-triangu- 
lar, costa  moderately  arched,  hindmargin  obliquely  rounded, 
reddish-ochreous  with  black  bands  edged  with  deeper  red ;  short 
bar  on  base  of  costa  joins  a  spot  in  centre  of  base  of  wing,  and 
joins  a  short  bar  at  base  of  inner  margin ;  a  deep  band  from  ^ 
costa  to  f  inner  margin,  once  denticulate  in  centre  on  both 
borders  ;  a  second  band  from  4  costa  to  anal  angle  of  hindmargin, 
sometimes  diffused  to  apex  and  contracted  opposite  middle  of  hind- 
margin. Hindwings  ochreous-red,  darker  than  forewings,  with  a 
broad  hindmarginal  black  band,  broadest  at  apex. 

Brisbane. 

INIosoDA  SEJUNCTA,  Feld.     Brisbane  ;  Melbourne. 

MoSODA    LINE  ATA,  n.sp. 

(J^.  14  mm.  Head  grey.  Palpi  brown.  Antennae  smoky- 
grey.  Thorax  white  with  a  black  V-shaped  mark  on  dorsum. 
Abdomen  greyish-white.  Forewings  triangular,  costa  gently 
rounded,  hindmargin  nearly  straight,  grey-white  with  black-brown 
markings;  triangular  dot  on  costa  near  base  attenuated  to  base; 
a  narrow  bar  angulated  in  middle  from  k  costa  to  just  before  J 
inner  margin ;  a  bar  at  f  diffused  to  near  apex  of  costa  and 
narrowing  to  f  inner  margin,  sub-dentate  ;  an  interrupted  band  on 
hindmargin  ;  costa  black  and  grey.  Hindwings  and  costa  grey, 
darker  grey  toward  margin,  indistinct  discal  spot. 

Brisbane  ;  5  specimens.     Near  to  Mosoda  servilis. 


BY    T.   P.  LUCAS.  1079 

MosoDA  SERViLis,  Meyr.     Toowoomba  ;  Melbourne. 

SCAEODORA  RAVA,  n.Sp. 

(J 9  12-15  mm  .Head,  palpi,  antennae,  thorax,  abdomen  and 
legs  fuscous-grey.  Forewings  elongate,  dilate,  costa  rounded, 
apex  and  hindmargin  rounded,  brown-grey  with  a  few  scattered 
darker  scales  ;  costal  line  darker,  with  a  dark  triangular  spot  near 
apex  ;  lines  excepting  sub-marginal  faint  smoky-grey;  1st  from  J 
costa  to  I  inner  margin ;  2nd  from  J  costa  to  J  inner  margin,  in 
some  specimens  these  two  lines  enclose  a  dark  suffusion,  a  well 
defined  discal  spot  at  f ,  one-third  from  costa  ;  3rd  line  from  f  costa, 
convex  to  hindmargin  to  J  inner  margin  ;  4th  line  or  sub-marginal 
line,  a  series  of  dark  brown  dots  on  the  veins ;  marginal  line  fine  : 
cilia  light  grey  and  brown.  Hind  wings  light  whitish-brown, 
marginal  line  darker  brown. 

Brisbane. 

This  is  a  larger  species  than  «S'.  omophanes,  Meyr.,  which  I 
discovered  at  Frankstone,  Victoria.  It  may  have  to  be  made 
into  a  new  genus,  but  provisionally  I  have  retained  it  here. 

Chiriphe  monogrammaria.  Walk.     Brisbane,  Toowoomba. 
Chiriphe  dichotoma,  Meyr.     Brisbane. 
Chiriphe  dictyota  Meyr.     Brisbane,  Toowoomba. 

Chiriphe  anguliscripta,  n.sp. 

(J 9.  20  mm.  Head  white.  Palpi  and  antennae  black.  Thorax 
black  in  front,  white  behind,  with  white  epaulettes,  banded  with 
black  line  at  base.  Abdomen  smoky-grey,  anal  tuft  creamy- 
ochreous.  Forewings  elongate,  costa  rounded,  hind  margin 
oblique,  straight,  white,  markings  black  ;  costal  spot  near  base, 
extended  half  way  to  inner  margin  ;  six  irregular  lines  or 
69 


1080    ON  QUEENSLAND  AND  OTHER  AUSTRALIAN  MACRO-LEPIDOPTERA, 

interrupted  dots ;  an  oblique  spot  on  costa  at  I  from  near  v/hich 
1st  line  curves  outward  to  J  inner  margin;  an  irregular  triangular 
spot  on  costa  at  ^  from  the  centre  of  which  2nd  line  bends  sharply 
toward  base  of  wing  and  then  abruptly  turns  to  ^  inner  margin, 
where  it  is  suffused  into  a  large  spot,  and  receives  third  line  from 
a  point  short  of  costa  at  f  ;  3rd  line  waved  ;  at  |-  costa  is  an 
oblong  spot,  from  which  proceeds  4th  line  to  near  anal  angle  of 
inner  margin,  and  fifth  line  which  joins  6th  or  hindmarginal  line 
near  anal  angle  :  cilia  white,  with  darker  spots.  Hind  wings 
smoky-grey  ;  cilia  grey. 

Brisbane;  September,  October;  on  fences.     Allied  to  C.  dictyota. 


Thallarcha  phalarota,  Meyr.  (T.  phaedropa,  Meyr.). 

The  latter  is  but  the  9  oi  the  former,  consequently  the  name 
phaedropa  must  drop  ;  several  pairs  taken  in  cop. 

Brisbane  ;  November  :  Myrtleford  and  Melbourne,  Victoria. 


Thallarcha  aurantiacea,  n.sp. 

^.  16  mm.  Head  black,  face  orange.  Palpi  orange.  Antennae 
black.  Tliorax  and  abdomen  black.  Forelegs  black  ;  femora  and 
tibiae  of  middle  legs  ochreous-yellow  ;  posterior  legs  ochreous- 
yellow.  Forewings  elongate,  costa  rounded,  hindmargin  obliquely 
rounded,  black,  iridescent  with  purple  ;  second  fourth  of  wing 
transversely  orange  :  cilia  black.  Hindwings  orange,  with  a  rich 
black  border  round  inner  and  hindmargin,  and  broadened  at  apex 
of  costa  ;  cilia  black. 


Brisbane  ;  September  ;  dense  scrub. 


Comarchis  equidistans,  n.sp. 

(J.   25  mm.      Head   ochreous.     Palpi    black.      Antennae   grey. 
Thorax  black,  anterior  edge  finely  ochreous  and  an  oval  oblong  spot 


BY   T.  P.  LUCAS.  1081 

posteriorly  on  dorsum  ochreous,  patagia  entirely  black.  Abdomen 
ochreous,  dorsum  of  middle  segments  and  dorsum  and  sides  of 
posterior  segments  black,  anal  segment  oclireoas.  Forewings 
elongate,  costa  gently  rounded,  hindmargin  obliquely  rounded, 
ochreous  with  red  toward  inner  margin  :  5  black  equidistant 
transverse  bars,  1st  near  base  and  5th  just  before  hindmargin, 
2nd,  3rd  and  4th  equidistant  between  :  cilia  ochreous.  Hindwings 
ochreous-red,  with  broad  marginal  smoky-grey  fascia,  divided  from 
before  centre  to  apex  of  hindmargin;  sab-marginal  division  lighter  ; 
cilia  smoky-ochreous. 

Toowoomba  (Mr.  Boyd). 

COMARCHIS    GRADATA,  n.sp. 

^.  30  mm.  Head  and  face  ochreous,  crown  of  head  streaked 
with  black.  Palpi  black.  Antennae  grey.  Thorax  black,  three 
ochreous  dots  anteriorly.  Abdomen  black,  base  of  segments 
narrowly  ochreous,  anal  tuft  ochreous.  Legs  grey,  under  surface 
ochreous.  Forewings  elongate-triangular,  costa  nearly  straight, 
apex  acute,  hindmargin  rounded,  ochreous,  markings  black  ;  1st 
narrow  bar  at  base  of  wing  ;  2nd  from  ^  costa  to  J  inner  margin, 
narrowing  on  costa  as  costal  line  to  basal  bar  ;  3rd  from  ^  costa 
to  I  inner  margin,  bars  2  and  3  united  by  bar  in  middle,  forming 
roughly  the  letter  H  ;  4th  bar  J  costa  to  just  before  anal  angle  of 
inner  margin,  a  short  bar  crosses  this  at  ^  from  costal  margin  and 
projects  half  way  to  hindmargin,  with  short  denticulation  on 
opposite  side,  a  2nd  cross-bar  nearer  inner  margin  reaches  to  hind- 
margin ;  hindmarginal  line  narrowly  black  :  cilia  black.  Hindwings 
ochreous,  with  broad  hindmarginal  black  fascia,  narrowing  toward 
anal  angle  ;  cilia  Vj]ack. 

Toowoomba  (Mr.  Boyd). 

CoMARCHis  STAUROCOLA,  Meyr.     Brisbane. 

OoMARCHis  SPARSAXA,  Walk,     Brisbane  ;  Melbourne. 


1082    ON  QUEENSLAND  AND  OTHER  AUSTRALIAN  MACRO-LEPIDOPTERA, 


COMARCHIS    IRREGULARIS,  n.Sp. 

^2'  20  mm.  Head,  face,  and  antennae  white.  Palpi  very 
short,  black.  Collar  black.  Thorax  black.  Abdomen  reddish- 
ochreous.  Forelegs  blackish-brown,  underside  reddish-ochreous ; 
posterior  legs  reddish-ochreous.  Forewings  elongate-triangular, 
costa  rounded,  hindmargin  obliquely  rounded,  creamy  white, 
with  fuscous-brown  lines  and  fasciae.  Costal  line  fuscous-brown, 
broad  at  base  and  touching  inner  margin  near  base,  and  attenuated 
to  ^  costal — a  line  from  point  of  this  costal  line  at  J  costa, 
irregularly  dentate  to  J  inner  margin ;  a  2nd  line  from  same 
point  on  costa,  irregularly  dentate,  to  h  inner  margin,  enclosed 
space  between  these  two  lines  reddish-ochreous  and  more  or  less 
suffused  with  rich  fuscous-brown  ;  a  3rd  line  from  |  costa  rounded 
to  just  before  anal  angle  of  inner  margin,  space  between  this  and 
hindmargin  fuscous-brown — except  spot  at  J  hindmargin  creamy 
white ;  the  2nd  and  3rd  lines  are  joined  by  a  short  line  just 
below  centre  of  wing  ;  discal  spot  on  first  line  near  costa,  or 
sometimes  absorbed  in  1st  line :  cilia  brown  and  white.  Hind- 
wings  reddish-ochreous,  with  diffusion  of  smoky-black  at  apex, 
narrowly  attenuated  to  just  before  J  hindmargin;  cilia  light 
ochreous. 

Brisbane  ;  rare.  Allied  to  as2:>ectateUa,  but  is  larger,  and  fascise 
lie  obliquely  inwards,  and  are  differently  arranged. 

COMARCHIS    OBLIQUATA,  n.Sp. 

(J9.  14mm.  Head,  and  dorsum  of  thorax  ochreous;  face, 
palpi,  antennae,  sides  of  thorax,  abdomen  ochreous-fuscous.  Legs 
brownish-ochreous.  Forewings  elongate,  costa  rounded,  hind- 
margin obliquely  rounded,  inner  margin  sinuate,  whitish-ochreous ; 
markings  fuscous,  a  narrow  costal  line  from  base  to  §,  extended 
at  base  interruptedly  or  continuously  to  inner  margin  ;  a  line  just 
below  costa  at  I,  enclosing  a  suffused  grey  to  costa  and  obliquely 
to  posterior  end  of  costal  line  ;  1st  line  from  |  costa  obliquely  to  J 


BY    T.  P.  LUCAS.  1083 

inner  margin  irregular,  sparsely  denticulate  ;  2nd  line  from  J  costa 
obliquely  to  |  inner  margin,  denticulate,  enclosed  space  between 
1st  and  2nd  lines  suffused  with  fuscous-ochreous,  and  irrorations 
of  black,  and  holding  a  small  black  discoidal  spot  almost  touching 
1st  line  ;  3rd  line  from  apex  of  costa  to  amil  angle  of  inner  margin, 
sinuous,  suffused  near  apex  and  broadly  so  at  anal  angle;  fuscous 
spot  in  middle  of  hindmargin  encloses  with  3rd  line  an  ochreous 
space  crossed  by  dark  fuscous  veins ;  cilia  ochreous  with  spots  of 
fuscous.  Hindwings  ochreous-grey,  darker  grey  towards  hind- 
margin  ;  cilia  ochreous  with  grey  spots. 

Melbourne  ;  Brisbane.     Near  C.  staurocola. 
CoMARCHis  ASPECTATELLA,  Walk.     Brisbane. 


COMARCHIS    LUNATA,  n.sp. 

^^.  16  mm.  Head  and  face  white,  palpi  black,  antennse  grey. 
Thorax  black,  anteriorly  and  posteriorly  white.  Abdomen  yellow- 
ochreous.  Forewings  elongate,  dilate,  costa  gently  rounded,  hind- 
margin  oblique,  straight,  covered  with  dark  fuscous,  excepting  a 
white  lunule  from  near  base  to  near  middle  of  inner  margin,  a 
white  band  from  J  costa  to  J  inner  margin  divided  obliquely  near 
inner  margin  into  two  by  bar,  and  5  dentate  white  marks  on 
hindmargin  ;  small  black  discal  spot  edged  with  ochreous  near 
centre  of  wing.  Hindwings  yellow,  with  smoky-grey  fascia  from 
apex  attenuated  towards  hindmargin. 

Brisbane. 

Anestia  inquinata,  n.sp. 

(J.  19-20  mm. — ^.  probably  apterous.  Head  ochreous-grey,  line 
between  antennae  grey.  Palpi  short,  black.  Antennae  ochreous, 
pectinations  grey.  Thorax  ochreous-grey,  lined  anteriorly,  laterally 
and  posteriorly  with  black  lines.  Abdomen  ochreous.  Forewings 
elongate-triangular,  costa  slightly  rounded,  apex  rounded,  hind- 
margin obliquely  rounded  \    light  fuscous  with   lighter  scattered 


1084    ON  QUEENSLAND  AND  OTHER  AUSTRALIAN  MACRO-LEPIDOPTERA, 

scales ;  semicircular  spot  in  centre  of  inner  margin  creamy-ochre- 
ous,  a  second  spot  irregularly  rhombic  obliquely  from  1st,  and 
touching  costa  fuscous-grey,  often  indistinct ;  in  some  specimens 
two  small  creamy  dots  on  inner  margin  at  J  and  just  before  anal 
angle  :  cilia  fuscous.  Hindwings  orange,  bordered  with  brown 
fascia,  deep  at  apical  angle  but  attenuated  to  a  line  to  just  before 
anal  angle  ;  cilia  grey. 
Brisbane. 

AsuRA  LYDIA,  Don.     Brisbane  ;  Melbourne. 

AsuRA  CERViCALis,  Walk.  Brisbane ;  and  Victoria  near  the 
coast. 

AsuRA  AURATA,  var. 

This  appears  to  be  a  climatic  variety  of  A.  cervicalis ;  it  is 
smaller,  and  while  the  southern  type  is  intensely  black  this  i.^ 
intensely  orange.  In  a  large  series  the  markings,  though  some- 
what variable,  are,  relatively  speaking,  alike  in  the  two  types. 

Spilosoma  Brisbanensis,  n.sp.  (included  with  S.  fibscinida,Wdi\k.), 

(J9.  35-41  mm.  Head  reddish-fuscous.  Palpi  and  antennae 
black.  Thorax  fuscous  with  central  and  lateral  black  stripes  from 
behind  collar.  Abdomen  rose-red,  with  dorsal,  lateral  and  ventral 
rows  of  black  spots.  Legs  black,  femora  rosy,  fuscous  above. 
Forewings,  costa  slightly  rounded,  hindmargin  rounded ;  in  ^ 
ochreous,  in  ^  fuscous ;  markings  black,  a  well  defined  bar  on 
basal  third,  in  some  specimens  filling  basal  half  of  costa  ;  discal 
spot  near  costa  at  |^,  a  black  line  on  inner  side  of  lower  median 
vein  occupying  middle  third  very  narrow  in  ^,  in  some  ^  speci- 
mens duplicated,  in  a  very  few  trebled  ;  a  narrow  bar  from  near 
base  close  to  and  parallel  to  inner  margin,  interrupted  in  the  third 
fourth,  and  often  only  a  dot  in  9  in  basal  half ;  near  4  costa  are 
two  small  contiguous  spots,  and  just  below  opposite  to  median  line 
are  two  other  smaller  dots  ;  from  apex  to  near  angle  of  hindmargin 


BY    T.  P.  LUCAS.  1085 

a  series  of  short  longitudinal  bar  spots  ;  in  9  a  second  series  runs 
diagonally  from  apex  of  hindmargin  to  J  of  inner  margin.  In 
many  specimens  some  or  nearly  all  markings  absent.  Hindwings 
rosy,  large  discal  spot,  broad  fascia  close  to  and  parallel  with  hind- 
margin,  more  or  less  interrupted  in  (J,  rarely  interrupted  in  Q. 

This  species  is  I  am  persuaded  quite  distinct  from  the  following, 
S.  quinquefascia.  I  have  seen  about  200  specimens  from  Brisbane 
neighbourhood  and  they  are  all  constant  as  follows  : — the  markings 
of  the  inner  |  of  the  fore  wings  are  sparse,  being  confined  to  the 
central  longitudinal  bars,  the  transverse  fasciae  found  in  the  next 
species  are  absent,  the  markings  of  the  outer  third  hardly  form 
into  fasciae,  being  short  and  more  or  less  separated  bars.  The 
fascia  of  the  hind  wing  is  separated  from  the  hindmargin  by  a 
well-defined  border.  The  tendency  is  to  sparsity  of  markings  ; 
the  9  is  always  fuscous. 


Spilosoma  quinquefascia,  n.sp.  (included  in  S.  fuscinula,  Walk.). 

The  distinguishing  feature  in  this  species  is  the  transverse 
fasciae  of  the  forewings,  of  which  there  are  five  ;  1st  is  near  the 
base,  and  consists  of  short  bars  or  joined  into  a  contiguous  band  ; 
2nd  from  ^  costa  to  near  ^  and  thence  in  a  curve  to  \  inner 
margin,  in  some  specimens  narrowly  interrupted ;  3rd  from  f 
costa  twice  waved  outwards  and  from  median  obliquity  to  ^  of 
inner  margin,  generally  united  to  discal  spot ;  4th  from  ^  costa  to 
4  inner  margin,  in  some  specimens  interrupted  once  or  oftener  in 
middle  third ;  5th  on  hindmargin,  in  some  frequently  interrupted, 
often  covering  hindmarginal  line  ;  in  ^  these  fasciae  are  often 
more  or  less  confluent,  in  9  they  are  more  deeply  banded  and  give 
the  insect  a  rich  black  appearance,  often  almost  to  leaving  only 
lines  of  ground  colour.  The  basal  costal  bar  often  curves  into 
2nd  fascia.  The  thorax  is  often  entirely  black.  The  fascia  of  the 
hindwing  is  broader  than  in  S.  Brisbanensis,  and  leaves  only  a 
narrow  hindmarginal  line  of  ground  colour. 


1086    ON  QUEENSLAND  AND  OTHER  AUSTRALIAN  MACRO-LEPIDOPTERA, 

Meyrick  in  his  monograph  description  of  *S'.  fuscinula  appears  to 
have  included  both  species.  I  have  a  long  series  of  S.  quinque/ascia 
from  Victoria,  and  they  are  quite  distinct  from  the  Brisbane  species. 
It  is  difficult  to  say  to  which  type  the  name  of  aS*.  fuscinula  was 
first  given.  Both  have  evidently  been  included.  I  would  suggest 
the  more  descriptive  name  S.  quinque/ascia  for  those  from  the 
south  with  the  transverse  bars. 

Areas  marginata.  Walk.     Brisbane,  Gippsland. 
Deiopeia  pulchella,  L.     Brisbane,  Australia  generally. 

HYPSID^. 

Nyctemera  AMIGA,  White.    Brisbane  to  Melbourne. 
Nyctemera  tertian  a,  Meyr.     Port  Douglas  to  Brisbane. 
Nyctemera  crescens,  Walk.     Port  Douglas  to  Mackay. 
Nyctemera  separata,  Walk.     Cape  York  to  Mackay. 
Nyctemera  cribraria,  CI.     Cape  York  to  Brisbane. 
Amerila  astreas,  Drary.     Cape  York, 
Amerila  brack yleuca,  Meyr.     Cooktown  to  Brisbane 
Amerila  serica,  Meyr.     Rockhampton  and  Gayndah. 
Amerila  rubripes,  Walk.     Cooktown  to  Brisbane. 
Hypsa  basilissa,  Meyr.     Cooktown  and  Cairns. 
Hypsa  dama,  F.     Cape  York  to  Mackay. 
Hypsa  plagiata,  Walk.     Bowen  to  Brisbane. 
Hypsa  Caric^e,  F.     Cape  York  to  Mackay. 
Hypsa  australis,  Boisd.     Mackay  (Turner). 
Hypsa  nesophora,  Meyr.      Brisbane ;   N.  S.  Wales. 
Hypsa  chloropyga,  Walk.     Cape  York  to  Mackay. 
Digama  marmorea,  Butl.     Duaringa  to  Brisbane. 


BY    T.  P.  LUCAS.  1087 

SYNTOMIDID.E, 

Agaphthora  melanora,  Meyr.     Cape  York. 

Agaphthora  sphenodes,  Meyr.     Cairns. 

Hydrusa  ecliptis,  Meyr.     Cooktown  and  Port  Douglas. 

Hydrusa  stelotis,  Meyr.     Cooktown. 

Hydrusa  pyrrhodera,  Meyr.     Cape  York  to  Port  Douglas. 

Hydrusa  axgustipenna,  n.sp. 

(J9-  19-25  mm.  Head  and  palpi  black.  Antennae  black. 
Thorax  black.  Collar  orange-red.  Abdomen  yellow  or  orange, 
base  of  segments  black,  anal  segment  entirely  black.  Forewings 
elongate-triangular.  Costa  straight,  apex  rounded,  hindmargin 
very  obliquely  rounded,  black,  spots  4,  small  in  (J,  moderate  in  9, 
yellow,  translucent,  dividing  wing  into  fifths  :  1st  basal  fifth 
ground  colour ;  2nd  two  spots,  costal  one  triangular,  inner  one 
lunular,  nearly  extending  to  anal  angle  ;  3rd  fifth  ground  colour  ; 
4th  fifth  two  spots,  inner  one  divided  by  sub-median  vein,  sub- 
costal one  also  divided  and  sometimes  into  three  in  ^  :  cilia 
brown-red.  Hindwings  scant,  less  than  half  expansion  of  fore 
wings,  black  with  one  central   orange-red  spot ;  cilia  brown-red. 

Coast  nr.  Brisbane. 

Hydrusa  hyalota,  Meyr.     Cape  York. 
Hydrusa  leucacma,  Meyr.     Cooktown  to  Brisbane. 
Hydrusa  cyanura,  Meyr.     Brisbane. 
Hydrusa  antitheta,  Meyr.     Gayndah. 
Hydrusa  paraula,  Meyr.     Cooktown  to  Brisbane. 
Hydrusa  anepsia,  Meyr.     Cooktown. 


1088    ON  QUEENSLAND  AND  OTHER  AUSTRALIAN  MACRO-LEPIDOPTERA, 

Hydrusa  pyrocoma,  Meyr.     Rockhampton. 

Hydrusa  synedra,  Meyr.     Rockhampton. 

Hydrusa  hesperitis,  Meyr.     Cape  York. 

Hydrusa  macroplaca,  Meyr.     Brisbane  ;  Sydney. 

Hydrusa  nesothetis,  Meyr.     Brisbane  ;  Murray  R. 

Hydrusa  aperta,  Walk.     Queensland  ;  N.S.  Wales. 

Hydrusa  annul ata,  F.     Cooktown  to  Maryborough. 

Hydrusa  intensa,  Butler.     Cooktown  to  Brisbane. 

Hydrusa  phepsalotis,  Meyr.     Maryborough. 

Hydrusa  eschatias,  Meyr.     1  Queensland. 

Hydrusa  bicolor,  Meyr.     Cairns. 

Choromeles  geographica,  Meyr.     Rockhampton  to  Brisbane. 

Choromeles  strepsimeris,  Meyr.     Bowen. 

EucHROMiA  polymena,  L.     North  Australia. 

EucHROMiA  IRUS,  Cr.     Cape  York  and  Cooktown. 

ZYG^NID.E. 

Hestiochora  xanthocoma,  Meyr.     Duaringa. 

Procris  coronias,  Meyr.     Maryborough. 

Procris    subdolosa,  Walk.     Cape  York    to  Brisbane ;  Mel- 
bourne. 

Procris  viridipulverdlenta,  Guer.     Duaringa  ;  Melbourne. 

BOMBYCKS,  Family  LIPARID^. 
Teara  Barnardi,  n.sp. 

(J5-    ^S  ^^'     (?•   Head    ferruginous-brown.      Antennae  drab- 
brown,  pectinations  long.     Thorax  ferruginous-brown  with  tufts 


BY   T.   P.  LUCAS.  1089- 

of  creain-coloured  hairs,  a  small  tuft  enveloping  root  of  each  antenna. 
Abdomen  black,  terminal  segment  and  anal  tuft  of  hairs  ferru- 
ginous-brown. Fore  wings  triangular,  dilate,  costa  rounded  at  base, 
thence  obliquely  straight,  apex  and  hind  margin  rounded,  grey- 
white,  with  fuscous  markings ;  a  narrow  line  extends  along  costa 
Irom  base  to  t ;  from  end  of  this  obliquely  to  middle  of  inner 
margin  is  the  1st  broad  bar  of  fascia  ;  from  just  before  apex  of 
costa  a  second  rounded  bar,  symmetrical  with  hindmargin,  spans 
the  wing  to  i  inner  margin,  beyond  this  a  sub-marginal  line  ;  this 
is  united  along  veins  with  2nd  bar  by  short  lines,  and  forms  eight 
giound-coloured  spots  between  the  lines  :  cilia  same  colour  as 
markings,  fulvous.  Hindwings  grey-fuscous,  with  a  darker  shade 
bar  just  before  middle  of  wing,  and  a  2nd  at  |,  both  symmetrical 
with  hindmargin — the  latter  is  edged  by  a  darker  line,  shot  with 
ferruginous,  enclosing  eight  cream-coloured  spots ;  cilia  cream- 
colour. 

Q.  Head  and  thorax  deep  ferruginous-brown.  Antennae  drab- 
brown,  pectinations  J  length  of  those  in  ^.  Forewings  ochreous- 
yellow,  dusted  freely  with  chocolate-brown  ;  markings  deep  cho- 
colate-brown ;  the  brown  dustings  become  a  line  on  costa  from 
J  to  apex,  and  they  almost  become  a  suffusion  in  middle  of  wing 
from  base  to  first  bar  of  fascia  :  1st  bar  from  |  costa  to  J  inner 
margin,  2nd  bar  from  f  costa  to  f  inner  margin,  sub-marginal 
fine  line — between  line  and  2nd  bar  are  lines  separating  eight 
ochreous-yellow  spots  :  cilia  chocolate-brown  with  small  ochreous- 
yellow  points.  Hindwings  and  cilia  dark  fulvous  with  light  ochre- 
ous-yellow spots  near  hindmargin,  and  yellow  points  in  cilia. 

Duaringa,  Queensland. 

The  sexes  of  this  moth  are  widely  different.  They  were  bred 
from  a  batch  of  caterpillars  by  Mr.  Barnard  of  Duaringa,  after 
whom  I  am  pleased  to  name  the  species. 

Teara  argentosa,  n.sp. 

(J.  '68,  9.  46  mm.  Head  and  thorax  cream  colour,  long  hairs^ 
on  head  and  thorax  creamy-white.     Antennee  brown.     Forewings 


1090    ON  QUEENSLAND  AND  OTHER  AUSTRALIAN  MACHO-LEPIDOPTERA, 

■elongate,  dilate,  costa  nearly  stright,  hindmargin  obliquely  rounded, 
cream  colour,  freely  irrorated  with  silver  and  sparingly  dusted  with 
ochreous-brown ;  markings  faint,  light  ochreous-brown ;  discal 
spot  near  apex  of  cell  small  and  often  indistinct ;  a  bar  or  fascia 
from  4  costa  to  f  inner  margin,  more  distinct  in  ^  than  in  9  ;  a 
sub-marginal  denticulate  line,  united  by  dentations  (sometimes 
indistinctly  marked)  with  a  marginal  line,  and  enclosing  ground 
colour  dots  :  cilia  cream  colour.  Hindwings  cream  colour  in  (J, 
light  brown  in  ^,  a  faint  suffusion  near  base,  a  band  from  J  costa 
to  J  inner  margin,  a  sub-marginal  and  a  marginal  line  on  hind- 
margin  light  ochreous-brown;  the  sub-marginal  and  marginal  lines 
are  connected  by  short  lines  and  enclose  spots  of  ground  colour; 
these  marks  are  faint  and  more  of  a  light  brown  in  9  ;  the  long 
Jiairs  on  inner  margin  are  light  brown ;  cilia  cream  colour. 
Duaringa,  Queensland.     (Mr.  Barnard). 

Teara  protrahens,  n.sp. 

(J 9.  27-30  mm.  Head,  palpi,  antennae  ochreous-brown.  Thorax 
-ochreous-brown.  Abdomen  ochreous-brown,  base  of  each  segment 
black,  terminal  tuft  ochreous-brown.  Forewings  elongate-tri- 
angular, with  costa  rounded,  hindmargin  very  obliquely  rounded, 
grey  irrorated  with  brown  and  black  scales ;  very  large  discal 
spot  beyond  J  and  near  costa,  creamy  colour  with  centre  shade  of 
brown ;  a  sub-marginal  row  of  eight  cream  colour  spots  and 
interrupted  cream  colour  marginal  line,  in  ^  a  line,  in  (J  a  broader 
band  and  ochreous  :  cilia  ochreous  and  brown.  Hindwings 
smoky -black  :  in  ^  cream  colour  row  of  hindmarginal  spots, 
reduced  in  9  to  three  small  ochreous  dots  next  apical  angle  ;  cilia 
in  (J  ochreous,  in  ^  smoky-brown  and  ochreous.  The  $  is  in 
general  appearance  lighter  than  9. 

Brisbane;  rare. 

PORTHESIA    (EUPHROSTIS)    COLLUCENS,  n.Sp. 

(J9.  26-34  mm.  Head  snow-white.  Palpi  ochreous.  Antennae 
mid  rib  white,  pectinations  ochreous-grey.     Thorax  snow-white. 


BY    T.  P.  LUCAS.  1091 

AbdoQien  white,  but  hairs  s]iort,  scattered,  easily  rubbed  off,  and 
showing  ochreous-brown  body  colour.  Forewings  triangular, 
dilate,  with  costa  rounded,  hindmargin  obliquely  rounded,  and 
inner  margin  rounded ;  snow-white ;  raised  shining  silvery  lines 
give  the  appearance  of  corrugations,  eight  or  nine  of  these  stretch 
from  near,  but  not  touching  inner  border,  rising  at  equal  distances 
along  the  margin,  the  first  four  or  five  reach  to  cell,  the  others 
diagonally  and  irregularly  reach  to  just  before  costa  ;  the  veins 
are  more  or  less  silvered  white  :  cilia  snow-white.  Hindwings 
plain  snow-white  ;  cilia  snow-white. 

This   beautiful  species  can  best  be  described   as  imitative  of 
water  marked  snow-white  silk. 

Brisbane,  a  pair  in  1888. 


BOMBYCES,  Family  SATURNID.^. 

ANTHERiEA    INTERMEDIA,  n.sp. 

(J.  125-160, 9-130-170mm.  Head  and  palpi  red-brown.  Antennae 
brown.  Thorax  red-brown,  collar  conspicuously  white.  Abdomen 
red-brown.  Forewings  broadly  triangular,  costa  arched,  apical 
half  and  apex  rounded,  hindmargin  sinuous  and  obliquely  rounded, 
red-cinnamon-hroivn.  Costal  band  continuous  with  collar,  attenu- 
ated to  just  before  apex,  slaty-purplish,  freely  dusted  with  grey 
and  white  on  border,  browner  towards  apex ;  large  black  blotch  at 
termination  of  costal  band  ;  a  short  bar  of  chocolate-brown  |^  to  ^ 
inch  long  near  \  costa,  not  touching  costal  hand,  no  white  on  inner 
side;  a  larger  bar  of  like  colour  from  \  inner  margin  for  two-thirds 
across  wing  to  opposite  ^  costa ;  a  double  bar  from  f  inner  margin 
to  just  before  the  black  blotch  near  apex  of  costa,  inner  bar  deep 
chocolate-brown,  outer  bar  slaty  or  purplish-brown,  bars  wavy,  and 
space  between  ochreous-brown ;  a  circular  discal  ring  occupying 
middle  third  between  outer  bar  and  costa  deep  chocolate,  finely 
edged  with  white  on  inner  margin  nearest  costa,  translucent  spot 
in  middle  a  mere  round  dot ;  a  broad  hindmarginal  ochreous-brown 


1092    ON  QUEENSLAND  AND  OTHER  AUSTRALIAN  MACRO-LEPIDOPTERA, 

band,  apex  suffused  red  centred  with  ochreous-white  :  cilia  ochre- 
ous-brown.  Hindwings  coloured  as  forewings ;  a  rich  chocolate 
waved  and  curved  bar  from  J  costa  to  J  inner  margin,  thence 
along  inner  margin  to  second  bar  which  reaches  from  |  inner 
margin  and  in  a  curved  line  gradually  neariug  margin  to  f  costa ; 
a  marginal  band  bordering  inner  and  hindmargins  ochreous-brow^n, 
as  in  forewings ;  discal  rings  broadly  black,  with  a  blue  and  black 
line  edging  inner  margin  nearest  base  of  w4ng,  and  occupying  the 
middle  third  of  space  between  the  two  chocolate  bars — translucent 
spot  a  fine  dob  only ;  cilia  as  forewings.  On  the  underside  of 
wHngs  fuscous  and  smoke-coloured  scales  are  dusted  thickly  between 
discal  ring,  costa  and  outer  bar,  forming  a  suffusion  over  forewings 
and  over  all  excepting  middle  third  of  hiodwings.  The  double  bar 
becomes  a  crimson-red  band  along  inner  half  of  forewings.  The 
hind  band  alone  is  seen  on  hindwings,  of  which  the  inner  third  is 
crimson-red,  whence  it  is  gradually  suffused  with  smoky-brown. 

The  species  of  Aiithercea  are  in  many  cases  very  variable.  A. 
janetta  varies  exceedingly.  So  does  A.  eucalypti.  Other  species 
are  less  variable.  Many  are  closely  allied  in  general  appearance. 
It  is  only  from  a  study  of  the  creatures  in  nature,  and  from 
a  long  series  of  specimens,  that  we  can  hope  to  define  the  various 
species.  A,  iyitermedia  comes  very  near  to  A.  eucalypti.  The 
caterpillar  is  much  more  gaudily  coloured  in  the  former.  A. 
eucalypti  is  much  more  generally  distributed.  I  have  found  it 
from  Melbourne  to  Cooktown.  A.  iiitermedia  is  found  in  the 
Gippsland  zone.  I  found  it  800  to  1000  feet  high  in  GipjDsland. 
The  Gippsland  fauna  comes  down  to  sea-level  at  Brisbane.  This 
evidently  proves  that  the  rainfall  has  more  to  do  with  the  locale 
of  many  species  than  the  differences  of  heat  and  cold.  I  have 
obtained  scores  of  Lepido})tera  in  Gippsland  at  800  to  1200  feet, 
and  in  Brisbane  at  sea-level  only.  The  cocoon  of  A.  intermedia  is 
larger,  more  silky  and  shining  than  that  of  A.  eucalypti.  The 
relative  size  of  the  sexes  is  more  nearly  alike  in  A.  intermedia. 
The  colour  is  constant  in  A.  intermedia.  It  varies  from  grey,  brown, 
drab,  cream,  fulvous,  &c.,  in  A.  eucalypti  The  triangular  white 
■blotch  on  the  costa  in   A.  eucalypti  is   absent  in  A.  intermedia. 


BY    T.  P.  LUCAS.  1093 

The  collar  is  snowy- white,  and  not  dirty  grey-white  as  in  ^. 
eucalypti.  The  marginal  lines  on  both  wings  and  the  double  bar 
with  the  intermediate  suffusion  distinguish  A.  intermedia.  But 
the  most  striking  character  is  the  distance  of  the  discal  rings  frorti 
the  bars.  In  A.  eucalypti  they  touch,  or  nearly  touch,  the 
diagonal  transverse  bar  in  the  fore  wings,  and  almost  touch  the 
single  bar  and  suffusion  in  the  hind  wings.  In  A.  intermedia  they 
are  conspicuously  and  constantly  distant.  A.  intermedia  appears 
to  approach  more  nearly  to  a  species  which  feeds  on  Loranthus, 
and  which  I  have  not  yet  been  able  to  determine. 
Gippsland  and  Brisbane. 

GEOMETRIN^,   Family  GEOMETRID^. 

Problepsis  clexMens,  n.sp. 

9.  40  mm.  Head  and  collar  blackish,  lower  half  of  face  white. 
Palpi  blackish-grey.  Antennae  whitish-ochreous.  Thorax  and 
abdomen  white.  Legs  ochreous  above,  white  beneath.  Forewings 
triangular,  costa  gently  arched,  hindmargin  obliquely  rounded  ; 
snow-white  ;  lines  or  narrow  bars  across  wing  water-grey,  1st  line 
\  costa  to  J  inner  margin  ;  2nd  line  rounded  near  costa,  but  not 
touching  costa,  at  f  to  f  inner  margin ;  3rd  line  narrower,  sym- 
metrical with  2nd  line  from  J  costa  to  4  inner  margin ;  4th  line  a 
row  of  small  circular  spots  between  veins,  lighter  on  inner  half, 
sub-marginal  line  just  beyond  this,  fine  and  indistinct;  marginal 
line  very  fine  and  distinct ;  a  small  discal  spot  just  before  2nd  line, 
subtended  by  a  short  indistinct  line  or  suffusion  and  surrounded  by 
a  suffusion  of  silvery  scales,  a  few  sparsely  scattered  silvery  scales 
toward  apex,  and  others  crowded  along  2nd  line  toward  inner 
margin,  and  just  before  inner  margin  as  a  broad  suffusion  to  first 
ilne  at  \  from  inner  margin  :  cilia  snow-white.  Hind  wings  with 
hindmargin  rounded,  snow-white  ;  a  very  narrow  linear  transverse 
discal  spot  margined  on  inner  side  with  silvery  scales,  lines  as  in 
forewings,  excepting  that  first  line  is  wanting ;  suffusion  of  silvery 
scales  in  a  space  bounded  by  a  line  from  J  inner  margin  through 


1094    ON  QUEENSLAND  AND  OTHER  AUSTRALIAN  MACRO-LEPIDOPTERA, 

discal  spot  to  near  apical  angle  of  hindmargin,  and  by  inner  and 
hindmargins,  suffusions  very  thick  near  inner  border,  more  sparse 
and  scattered  toward  hindmargin  ;  cilia  snow-white. 

One  specimen  ;  Brisbane. 

Appears  to  come  nearest  to  P.  sancta  of  the- Australian  species. 

loDis  SPECIOSA,  n.sp. 

Q.  32  mm.  Head  green,  fillet  green.  Palpi  brown,  terminal 
joint  white.  Antennae  light  brown.  Thorax  bright  pea-green, 
with  a  conspicuous  dorsal  white  posterior  spot.  Abdomen  green, 
with  a  white  dot  on  dorsum  of  each  segment ;  lower  half  of  sides, 
undersurface  and  anal  segment  white.  Forewings  with  costa 
arched,  hindmargin  rounded  and  crenulated,  rich  pea-green,  thinly 
scaled  ;  a  white  dot  in  costa  near  base,  a  second  at  J,  a  third  at  ^, 
other  minute  white  dots,  indistinct,  irregularly  toward  apex  ;  a 
white  dot  at  ^  inner  border  ;  an  indistinct  row  of  white  dots  from 
3  costa  to  ?  inner  margin ;  a  few  minute  white  dots  scattered 
irregularly  on  inner  margin  and  on  veins  all  over  the  wing,  and 
more  conspicuous  white  dots  on  apices  of  hindmarginal  crenulations : 
cilia  green  and  white.  Hindwings  with  hindmargin  rounded,  bent 
at  vein  4,  and  crenulate,  rich  pea-green,  minute  white  dots  with 
difficulty  detected  sparingly  scattered  over  wing,  apices  of  crenula- 
tions of  hindmargin  white  ;  cilia  green  and  white. 

Taken  by  Mr,  Turner  near  Mackay.     Allied  to  /.  iosticta,  Meyr. 

Agathia  asterias,  Meyr.     Brisbane  ;  one  specimen. 

Agathia  LiETATA,  Fabr. 

One  specimen  of  this  Indian  species  taken  at  Brisbane  by  Mr. 
Wild,  in  Museum  collection,  not  previously  recorded  from  Queens- 
land. 

HyPOCHROMA   VIRIDICATA,    n.sp. 

(J.  45  mm.  Head  grey  with  dots  of  green,  crown  green.  Palpi 
grey.     Antennae  light  brown,  shortly  pectinated.     Collar  reddish- 


BY    T.  P.  LUCAS.  1095 

brown.  Thorax  grey-green,  epaulettes  blue-green.  Thorax  grey- 
green,  sides  and  anal  tuft  reddish-ochreous.  Forewings,  costa 
slightly  wavy,  apex  rounded,  hindmargin  rounded,  rich  green, 
freely  interspersed  with  grass  green,  and  dots  of  darker  green  ; 
markings  green-black  and  reddish-brown  ;  a  narrow  line  near  base  ; 
a  2nd  rounded  line  from  a  large  spot  at  J  costa  to  J  inner  margin  ; 
a  large  spot  at  ?  costa  and  a  line  within  this  running  to  2nd  line 
at  J  and  ending  in  a  blotch  which  covers  discoidal  spot ;  3rd  line 
from  f  costa,  dentate,  curved  outward  and  at  ^  inward  to  ^  inner 
margin ;  4th  line  from  5  costa  to  5  inner  margin,  these  two  lines 
joined  in  the  centre  by  a  conspicuous  black  bar ;  5th  line 
irregular  and  interrupted,  just  beyond  ith  ;  6th  line  marginal  : 
cilia  grey-green.  Hindwings  as  forewings  ;  markings  as  forewings 
but  2nd  and  3rd  brown  or  black  near  centre  of  wing,  veins  brown 
and  green,  inner  margin  broadly  reddish-ochreous  ;  cilia  brownish- 
green.  Undersurface,  forewings  red-ochreous,  discoidal  spot  black, 
bar  from  near  I  costa  to  near  anal  angle  narrowed  in  centre,  deep 
red  with  spots  of  black  near  centre,  a  black  comma  mark  in  centre 
of  wing  at  J.  Hindwings  as  forewings,  discoidal  spot  red ; 
between  this  and  outer  broad  band  is  a  line  from  f  costa  to  centre 
of  wing — all  marks  on  hindwings  cinereous-red. 

Brisbane  ;  in  dense  scrub  ;  November  ;  very  rare.     A  very  fine 
species.     Allied  to  JI.  hypochromaria. 

Hypochroma  maculata,  n.sp. 

^.  44-46  mm.  Head  brown  or  grey.  Palpi  black.  Antennae 
brown.  Thorax  brown  or  grey,  with  3  or  4  small  black  dots  on 
either  side  of  basal  segments.  Forewings  triangular,  dilate,  costa 
straight,  apex  rounded,  hindmargin  rounded,  light  brown  or  light 
grey,  with  darker  markings  and  spots ;  small  dots  along  whole 
length  of  costa,  with  a  large  one  at  \,  one  at  J,  one  at  J  and  one 
at  f  ;  a  row  of  suffused  dots  near  the  base,  a  2nd  row  of  irre- 
gular suffused  dots  at  \  costa  in  a  circle  to  \  inner  margin,  a 
discal  spot  in  centre  of  cell,  more  or  less  in  a  line  of  sufi'usion 
70 


1096    ON  QUEENSLAND  AND  OTHER  AUSTRALIAN  MACRO-LEPIDOPTERA, 

with  dot  at  J  costa  to  a  dot  at  J  ioner  margin  ;  a  broad  fascia  of 
suflfused  darker  ground  colour  from  between  dots  at  J  and  f  costa 
to  space  between  J  to  f  inner  margin,  a  darker  blotch  near  hind- 
margin  of  this  in  centre,  and  another  near  inner  margin  ;  a  sub- 
marginal  interrupted  crenulate  line  ;  a  row  of  black  hindmarginal 
dots  between  veins  :  cilia  brown  or  grey.  Hindwings  marked 
as  forewings,  with  small,  faintly  marked  discal  spot ;  under- 
surface  light-ochreous  with  large  black  discal  spot  in  forewings, 
small  in  hindwings;  1st  line  at  J  costa  or  J  inner  margin,  faint  ; 
median  line  beyond  discal  spot  at  J  costa  angled  and  thence  to 
near  ^  inner  margin,  both  lines  wanting  or  faintly  marked  on 
hind  wings.  Very  broad  and  smoky-brown  hindmarginal  fascia 
through  both  wings,  touching  hindmargin  in  forewings  near  the 
middle  and  in  several  points  near  anal  angle,  and  in  hindwings  at 
apical  and  anal  angles. 

Mackay    (Mr.    Turner).      Two    specimens  ;    one    is   grey,    the 
other  is  fuscous-brown,  but  all  the  markings  are  alike. 


Hypochroma  Turneri,  n.sp. 

5.36  mm.  Head  and  palpi  greenish-ochreous.  Antennae  green- 
ish-grey. Thorax  brown  with  tufts  of  green  hairs.  Thorax 
ochreous-drab.  Forewings,  costa  nearly  straight,  hindmargin 
crenulate,  rounded,  ochreous-green  shaded  with  purplish-grey 
suffusions  and  markings ;  a  dark  chocolate  or  blackish  denticulate 
median  line  at  §  costa,  angularly  toward  hindmargin,  thence 
straight  for  J,  and  thence  obliquely  to  J  inner  margin  ;  another 
line  less  distinct  at  J  costa,  denticulate  and  rounded  to  I  inner 
margin ;  a  broad  purple-grey  suffusion  at  base,  narrowly  separated 
into  two  blotches  in  centre,  a  second  suffusion  of  same  colour 
between  chocolate  lines  along  costa  bordering  either  line,  and 
filling  space  on  inner  |  of  wing,  this  contains  indistinctly  marked 
discal  spot ;  a  narrow  suffusion  and  a  darker  colour  line  diagonal 
to  costa  at  ^  costa,  a  green-purple  bar  from  |  inner  margin  to 
middle  of  wing,  thence  diagonally  to  near  hindmargin  at  ^  from 


BY    T.  P.  LUCAS.  1097 

apical  angle,  here  it  turns  on  itself  and  extends  near  hindmargin 
to  anal  angle;  space  included  purple-grey,  marginal  line  chocolate- 
grey  :  cilia  brown,  grey,  and  green.  Hindwings  as  forewings, 
with  a  patch  of  reddish-ochreous  on  middle  third  of  inner  margin, 
and  very  indistinct  discal  spot  or  suffusion.  Under  surface  of  wings 
ochreous  shaded  with  purple-grey,  from  base  to  median  line,  discal 
spot  on  forewings  conspicuous  black  with  white  suffusion  toward 
median  line  and  costa,  discal  spot  on  hindwings  pale,  indistinct ; 
median  line  |  costa  to  §  inner  margin  on  foi'ewings,  and  in  a 
line  from  beyond  \  costa  to  \  inner  margin  hindwings.  A  broad 
grey-black  fascia  from  costa  just  beyond  median  line,  touching 
hindmargin  near  anal  angle  in  forewings,  and  at  apex  and  anal 
angle  in  hindwings. 

Mackay  ;  one  specimen  sent  by  Mr.  Turner  ;  after  whom  I  have 
great  pleasure  in  naming  the  specimen.  This  species  is  allied  to 
H.  acanthina,  Meyr. 

NOCTU.^,  Family  ORTHOSID.E. 

Leucania  aureola,  n.sp. 

(J.  38  mm.  Head,  palpi,  thorax  and  abdomen  ochreous-brown. 
Antennae  ochreous  above,  smoky-brown  beneath.  Legs  ochreous- 
brown.      Bunch  of  loncf  hairs  on  undersurface  and  centre  of  abdo- 

o 

men  black.  Forewings,  costa  rounded  before  apex,  hindmargin 
rounded,  ochreous-brown,  with  veins  and  finely  lined  subvenations 
reddish-brown  ;  a  strongly  marked  brown  line  midway  through 
wing  to  I,  parallel  with  inner  margin  ;  a  small  black  discal  spot 
almost  touching  this  line  just  beyond  ^,  another  small  spot  just 
outside  first,  an  oblique  brown  line  from  just  before  apex  of  costa 
becoming  a  suffusion  to  discal  spot,  an  oblique  brown  line,  suffused 
at  apex,  but  narrowing  into  a  series  of  dots  to  J  ianer  margin,  a 
few  other  irregular  indistinct  suffused  brown  spots  and  dots,  and 
grey-black  marginal  dots  on  veins  :  cilia  ochreous-brown.  Hind- 
wings ochreous-brown,  freely  covered  with  smoky-brown  scattered 
scales,  which  become  a  dark  suffusion  on  hind  half  of  wing ;  cilia 


1098    ON  QUEENSLAND  AND  OTHER  AUSTRALIAN  MACRO-LEPIDOPTERA, 

as  forewings.       Undersiirface  of    all   wings  creainy-ochreous  and 
covered  with  shining  gold  scales.      Marginal  dots  on  veins  black. 
Brisbane  ;  rare ;  dense  scrub  ;  November. 


Leucania  fumata,  n.sp. 

^9.  31-35  mm.  Head  smoky-grey.  Palpi  grey.  Antenna? 
brownish-grey.  Thorax  white,  smoky-grey  anteriorly.  Thorax 
ochreous- white.  Forewings  elongate,  gradually  dilate,  with  costa 
gently  rounded,  hindmai'gin  rather  obliquely  rounded,  milk  white, 
shininof,  shaded  irregularly  with  smoky-grey  ;  small  brown  discal 
spot  near  centre  of  cell,  often  indistinct  ;  veins  bounding  cell, 
and  veins  nearing  hindmargin  smoky-grey  :  cilia  greyish-white. 
Hindwings  grey- white,  with  broad  band  of  suffused  smoke  colour 
on  hindmargin,  lighter  toward  anal  angle ;  cilia  as  forewings. 

Brisbane  ;  rare. 

I  sent  a  specimen  of  this  rare  moth  to  Mr.  Meyrick,  who 
returned  a  note,  unidentifiable.  I  presume  it  became  greased  in 
transit,  to  which  it  is  very  liable,  and  in  which  condition  it  would 
look  worn  and  rubbed.  In  the  fresh  series,  the  shining  wings, 
milky-white  forewings  shaded  with  smoke  stains  as  it  were, 
readily  distinguish  it  from  any  other  species  with  which  I  am 
acquainted. 

PYRALIDINA,  Family  PYRALIDID.E. 
Balanotis  arctandalis,  n.sp. 

(J 9.  25-35  mm.  Head  orange.  Palpi  black,  grey  laterally. 
Antennse  ochreous-grey.  Thorax  green-grey,  with  two  black  dots 
in  front,  and  two  diamond-shaped  black  spots  in  centre  and 
posteriorly  across  dorsum.  Abdomen  ochreous-orange  laterally, 
<yreen-grey  on  back,  with  a  centre  row  of  diamond  spots  and  a 
row  diagonally  with  these  on  either  side,  black,  terminal  tuft 
black  with  a  shade  of  orange  in  centre.  Legs  green-grey  and 
black,  posterior  pair  on  upper  side  orange   on   coxa?  and  femora, 


BY    T.   P.  LUCAS.  1099 

and  alternately  orange  and  black  on  tibice.  Forewings  elongate- 
triangular,  gently  dilate,  costa  nearly  straight,  hindniargin 
rounded,  green-grey,  with  marks  and  shadings  of  grey  and  black 
in  various  shades  ;  spot  in  centre  near  base,  a  larger  one  at  ^  costa, 
a  broader  and  diffused  one  immediately  beyond  on  costa,  a  smaller 
just  beyond  in  middle  and  one  nearer  base  on  inner  margin — a 
broad  fascia  from  J  costa  deeply  dentate  to  ^j  inner  margin, 
widened  at  inner  margin,  a  discal  spot  at  ^  near  costa,  a  2nd 
fascia  at  §  costa  sinuous  and  dentate  to  t  inner  margin,  a  broad 
suffusion  from  just  beyond  to  apex,  on  inner  half  of  wing  nar- 
rowed to  interrupted  horseshoe  dots,  to  anal  angle  of  hindmargin ; 
a  sub-marginal  line  of  deep  black  dots,  a  marginal  black-grey  line : 
cilia  black-grey.  Hindwings  with  hindmargin  rounded,  costa  for 
I  and  whole  inner  margin  rich  orange  colour,  rest  of  wings 
coloured  as  forewings  but  with  more  white :  spot  near  base  of 
costa  orange,  large  spot  in  middle  of  wing  at  ^,  and  a  band  from 
near  costa  just  before  sub-marginal  spots  on  middle  f  of  wing, 
blue-white :  a  suffused  line  near  base  in  centre  and  between 
costal  orange  and  white,  centre  spot  green-grey  ;  a  fascia  at  h 
between  orange  bands  and  bounded  faintly  on  either  side  with 
orange-black  :  a  broad  suffusion  from  apex  of  costa,  breaks  at  ^ 
into  horseshoe  spots  on  inner-  side  of  white  band  and  expands 
in  suffusion  near  anal  angle,  black :  sub-marginal  spots  deep 
black  ;  cilia  as  forewings. 

Brisbane  ;  rare  ;  dense  scrub. 

This  handsome  species  comes  near  B.  carinentalis. 

Postscript, — Since  this  paper  left  my  hands  I  have  come  to  the 
conclusion  that  it  might  perhaps  be  better  to  consider  the  fore- 
going species  (5.  arctandalis)  as  a  well-marked  variety  of  B. 
didymalis,  Walk.  It  does  not  entirely  agree  with  Walker's 
description  in  which  the  markings  on  the  under  side  are  said  to 
be  obsolete,  whereas  in  my  species  (or  variety)  the  under  surface 
is  rich  orange,  and  the  markings  deep  black. 


1100  NOTES    AND    EXHIBITS. 


NOTES    AND    EXHIBITS. 

Mr.  Skuse  exhibited  specimens  of  Diptera  as  follows: — (1) 
Cecidomyidse  bred  from  small  brown  scale-like  discolorations 
occurring  very  numerously  on  the  leaves  of  EuGalyj)tus  corymhosa 
common  about  Sydney  ;  (2)  another  species  bred  from  globular, 
^-alvate,  galls  found  on  the  hill-pine  {Frenela  Endlicheri)  near 
WaggaWagga,  N.S.W. ;  (3)  specimens  of  a  species  of  PAom  bred 
from  the  larvae  of  Oiketicus  elongatus,  Saund. 

Mr.  Froggatt  showed  the  following  exhibits: — (1)  a  specimen 
of  a  case-moth  Oiketicus  elongatus,  Saund.,  together  with  a  number 
of  specimens  of  parasitic  Hymenoptera  {Hockeria  sip.,  Fam.  Chal- 
cididce)  bred  from  a  batch  of  dipterous  larvae  (TacMna  sp,), 
similar  to  those  exhibited  by  Mr.  Skuse  at  the  September  Meeting, 
parasitic  upon  the  case-moth ;  (2)  specimens  of  parasitic  Hymen- 
optera (Fam.  Braconidoe)  which  destroy  the  caterpillars  of  Teara 
tristis;  (3)  a  family  of  the  young  caterpillars  of  a  case-moth 
(Oiketicus  Eiibneri,  Saund.),  which  when  hatched  a  fortnight  ago 
were  little  active  black  caterpillars,  and  immediately  commenced  to 
make  their  cases  out  of  any  suitable  material  that  came  to  hand. 

Mr.  Fletcher  exhibited  a  collection  of  about  110  species  of 
plants  from  the  neighbourhood  of  Wagga  Wagga,  which  Dr. 
Woolls,  with  his  customary  kindness  and  enthusiasm,  had  been 
good  enough  to  determine.  Among  the  more  interesting  species 
represented  perhaps  the  most  noteworthy  are  Bedfordia  salicinay 
DC,  Stuartina  Muelleri,  Sond.,  Vittadinia  australis,  A.  Rich., 
(two  vars.),  among  the  Oompositae  ;  and  Caladenia  clavigera, 
A.  Cunn.,  (Orchideae).  A  few  common  Port  Jackson  plants  were 
met  with,  and  introduced  plants  were  found  to  be  very  numerously 
represented. 

The  President  exhibited  a  number  of  parasitic  Nematode  worms 
(Ascaris  sp.),  from  the  alimentary  canal  of  the  brown  snake 
(Diemenia  sv^yeiriliosa),  obtained  and  forwarded  by  Mr.  McCooey. 


MONDAY,  30th  DECEMBER,  1889. 


The  President,  Professor  Stephens,  M.A.,  F.G.S.,  in  the  Chair. 


Dr.  W.  Lloyd  Mathias  was  present  as  a  visitor. 


Dr.  N.  A.  Cobb  was  elected  a  member  of  the  Society. 


The  President  announced  that  the  Annual  Meeting  would  be 
held  on  Wednesday  evening,  January  29th,  1890,  to  take  prece- 
dence of  the  Ordinary  Monthly  Meeting  on  the  same  date. 


DONATIONS. 

A  Pamphlet  entitled  "  Root  Matters  in  Social  and  Economic 
Problems."  By  R.  M.  Johnston,  F.L.S.  From  the  Royal  Society 
of  Tasmania. 

"  Zoologischer  Anzeiger."  XII.  Jahrg.,  Nos.  319,320  and 
321  (1889).     From  the  Editor. 

"Journal  of  Morphology."  Vol.  III.,  No.  1  (June,  1889). 
From  Dr.  W.  A.  Haswell,  M.A. 

"  Report  of  the  First  Meeting  of  the  Australasian  Association 
for  the  Advancement  of  Science,  held  at  Sydney,  N.S.W.,  in 
August  and  September,  1888."     From  the  Association. 


1102  DONATIONS. 

"Feuille  des  Jeunes  Naturalistes."  No.  229  CNovember,  1889). 
From  the  Editor. 

"  Nouveaux  Memoires  de  la  Societe  Imperiale  des  Naturalistes 
de  Moscou."     Tome  XV.,  Liv.  6  (1889).     From  the  Society. 

"  Journal  and  Proceedings  of  the  R-oyal  Society  of  New  South 
Wales."  Vol.  XXIII.,  Part  I.  (1889);  "Catalogue  of  the 
Scientific  Books  in  the  Library,"  &c.  Part  I. —General  Cata- 
logue.    From  the  Society. 

"  Archiv  fiir  Naturgeschichte."  53rd  Jahrg.,  Band  II.,  Heft  1 
(1887);  55th  Jahrg.,  Band  I.,  Heft  2  (1889).  From  the 
Editor. 

"Comptes  Rendus  des  Seances  de  TAcademie  des  Sciences, 
Paris."    Tome  CIX.,  Nos.  12  and  13  (1889).    From  the  Academy. 

"The  Victorian  Naturalist."  Vol.  VI.,  No.  8  (December, 
1889).     From  the  Field  Naturalists'  Club  of  Victoria. 

"  Geological  and  Natural  History  Survey  of  Canada. — Contri- 
butions to  Canadian  Palaeontology."  Vol.  L,  Part  2.  By  J.  F. 
Whiteaves,  F.G.S.,  F.R.S.C,  &c.     From  the  Director. 

"  The  Journal  of  Comparative  Medicine  and  Surgery."  Vol.  X., 
No.  4  (1889).     From  the  Editor. 

"  Bulletin  of  the  American  Museum  of  Natural  History." 
Vol.  II.,  No.  3  (three  sheets).     From  the  Museum. 

A  Pamphlet  entitled  "  Notes  on  Certain  '  Pores  '  on  the  Veins 
of  some  Diptera."     By  Frazer  S.  Crawford.     From  the  Author. 

"  The  Transactions  of  the  Entomological  Society  of  London 
for  the  year  1889."     Part  3.     From  the  Society. 


DONATIONS. 


1103 


"  Department  of  Agriculture,  Queensland. — Report  on  Insect 
and  Fungus  Pests."  No.  I.  By  Henry  Try  on.  From  the  Under- 
Secretary  for  Agriculture,  Brisbane. 

"  Archives  Neerlandaises  des  Sciences  Exactes  et  Naturelles." 
Tome  XXIIL,  Liv.  5  (1889).  De  la  part  de  la  Societe  Hol- 
landaise  des  Sciences  a  Harlem. 

"Berliner  Entomologische  Zeitschrift. "  Band  XXXIII., 
Heft  1  (1889);  "  Stettiner  Entomologische  Zeitung."  50  Jahrg., 
Kos.  4-6  (1889).      From  Sir  William  Macleaij,  F.L.S. 

Two  Pamphlets  entitled  "  Grums,  and  a  Resin,  produced  by 
Australian  Proteaceae ;"  "  Botany  Bay  or  Eucalyptus  Kino." 
By  J.  H.  Maiden,  F.L.S.,  F.C.S.,  &c.     From  the  AiUhor. 

'•  Proceedings  and  Transactions  of  the  Queensland  Branch  of 
the  Royal  Geographical  Society  of  Australasia."  5th  Session 
(1889-90).     Vol.  v.,  Part  I.,  with  a  Map.     From  the  Society. 

"  Proceedings  of  the  Cambridge  Philosophical  Society."  Vol. 
VL,  Part  6  (1889).     From  the  Society. 

"Transactions  and  Proceedings  and  Report  of  the  Royal 
Society  of  South  Australia."  Vol.  XII.  (1888-89).  From  the 
Society. 

"  The  Australasian  Journal  of  Pharmacy."  Vol.  IV.,  No.  48 
(Dec,  1889).     From  the  Editor. 

"Abstract  of  Proceedings  of  the  Zoological  Society  of  London, 
5th  November,  1889."     From  the  Society. 

"  The  Quarterly  Journal  of  the  Geological  Society  of  London." 
Vol.  XL  v..  Part  4  (No.  180),  1889;  "List  of  Members,  &c., 
1889."     From  the  Society.  , 


-  / 


R  Y  : 


1104  DONATIONS. 

"The  Asiatic  Society  of  Bengal. — Proceedings,   1889."     Nos. 
i.-vi.  (Jan.-June)  ;  "Journal."   n.s.     Vol.  LVIII.,  Part  i.,  No.  1  ; 
Part  ii.,  Nos.  1  and  2  (1889);  "The  Modem  Vernacular  Litera- 
ture of  Hindustan."    By  G.  A.  Grierson,  B.  A.,  B.C.S.    ("Journal,"^ 
Special  Number,  Part  i.,  1888).     From  the  Society. 

"  Proceedings    and    Transactions    of    the    Royal    Society    of 
Canada  for  the  year  1888."     (Vol.  VI.)     From  the  Soc 


A  Pamphlet  entitled  "  Notes  and  Critical  Remarks  on  a  Dona- 
tion of  Shells  sent  to  the  Museum  of  the  Conchological  Society  of 
Great  Britain  and  Ireland."  By  John  Brazier,  F.L.S.,  &c.  From 
the  Author. 

"  Journal  of  the  Royal  Microscopical  Society  of  London,  1889." 
Part  V.     From  the  Society. 


DESCRIPTIONS  OF  ADDITIONAL  AUSTRALIAN 
PYRALIDINA. 

By  E.  Meyrick,  B.A.,  F.E.S. 

The  following  species,  mostly  new,  are  additions  to  the  list  of 
Australian  Pyralidina,  and  include  several  forms  of  considerable 
interest.  They  are  mostly  received  from  tny  esteemed  and  energetic 
Queensland  correspondents,  Mr.  G.  Barnard  of  Coomooboolaroo, 
and  Dr.  T.  P.  Lucas  of  Brisbane. 

PYRALIDIDAE. 

Centropseustis,  n.g. 

Forehead  with  projecting  tuft  of  scales  ;  ocelli  present ;  tongue 
well-developed.  Antennse  |,  in  ^  stout,  dentate,  moderately 
ciliated,  with  a  fine  obliquely  projecting  spine  from  near  base  of 
stalk  above,  basal  joint  moderately  large.  Labial  palpi  long, 
porrected,  clothed  with  dense  loose  scales,  in  ^  bent,  in  9  nearly 
straight,  in  ^  with  terminal  joint  enlarged  and  excavated  internally 
and  clothed  with  very  dense  expansible  scales  above  and  beneath. 
Maxillary  palpi  obsolete.  Posterior  tibiae  with  outer  spurs  about 
\  of  inner.  Forewings  with  vein  la  simple,  connected  by  a  bar 
before  middle  with  lb,  6  approximated  or  from  a  point  with  9,  7 
and  8  out  of  9,  10  connected  with  9  at  a  point  above  7.  Hind- 
wings  over  1  ;  veins  4  and  5  closely  approximated  at  base,  7  out 
of  6,  anastomosing  with  8  at  a  point  before  middle. 

A  curious  and  distinct  genus,  allied  to  Hypotia. 


1106       DESCRIPTIONS    OF    ADDITIONAL    AUSTRALIAN    PYRALIDINA, 

Centr.  astrapora,  n.sp. 

(J9.  21-25  mm.  Head  and  thorax  whitish-ochreous,  more  or 
less  mixed  with  brownish.  Palpi  whitish,  externally  fuscous. 
Antennae  whitish-fuscous.  Abdomen  whitish-ochreous,  segments 
brownish-tinged  except  on  margins.  Legs  fuscous,  posterior 
tibiae  whitish.  Forewings  elongate-triangular,  costa  gently  arched 
posteriorly,  apex  obtuse,  hindmargin  bowed,  rather  oblique ;  light 
brownish-ochreous,  costa  more  brownish  anteriorly  ;  a  cloudy  white 
longitudinal  spot  in  disc  near  base,  sometimes  extended  to  base, 
margined  beneath  by  a  short  blackish  dash ;  a  nearly  straight 
silvery-white  streak  from  beneath  costa  at  |  to  ?  of  inner  margin, 
posteriorly  finely  black-margined  ;  a  silvery-white  streak  from 
beneath  costa  at  ^  to  inner  margin  at  §,  rectangularly  angulated 
inwards  below  middle,  anteriorly  finely  black-margined  ;  space 
between  these  streaks  ochreous-brown  except  on  costa,  with  some 
blackish  scales  above  middle  •  a  closely  and  acutely  dentate  cloudy 
black  line  from  apex  to  inner  margin  at  f,  nearly  obsolete  at  lower 
extremity,  indented  inwards  to  touch  second  transverse  streak 
above  middle  and  again  in  its  angulation ;  space  between  this  line 
and  second  streak  ochreous-brown  ;  space  beyond  it  more  or  less 
clouded  with  fuscous  ;  a  whitish  hindmarginal  line  :  cilia  ochreous- 
brownish,  with  a  row  of  blackish  spots  before  middle.  Hindwings 
deep  yellow ;  a  moderate  dark  fuscous  hindmarginal  band, 
sufi'usedly  dilated  at  apex  and  anal  angle  ;  cilia  yellowish,  on 
upper  half  with  an  interrupted  dark  fuscous  line  before  middle. 

Sydney,  New  South  Wales,  in  November  and  December  ;  not 
often  seen  at  large  in  the  perfect  state,  but  bred  in  plenty  from 
the  larva  by  Mr.  G.  H.  Raynor  and  myself.  Larva  16-legged, 
elongate,  slender,  cylindrical,  very  active  ;  body  transversely 
wrinkled,  with  a  few  long  scattered  pale  hairs  ;  reddish-ochreous 
on  back,  ochreous-whitish  on  sides ;  dorsal  line  narrow,  ochreous- 
whitish,  irregularly  margined  and  lined  with  blackish ;  a  broad 
double  blackish  lateral  line,  partially  obscured  with  transverse 
black  wrinkles  ;  a  dull  ochreous  reddish  cloudy  spot  behind  each 


BY    E.  MEYRICK.  1107 

spiracle  ;  an  obscure  interrupted  blackish  subspiracular  line  ;  head 
dull  brownish-ochreous,  reticulated  with  whitish,  with  two  broader 
lines  oil  crown  :  feeds  gregariously  in  large  nests  of  dense  web,  a 
foot  in  diameter,  amongst  branches  of  Melaleuca  genistifolia ; 
January  to  March. 

Syntonarcha,  n.g. 

Forehead  oblique ;  ocelli  present  ;  tongue  well-developed. 
Antennae  |,  in  $  filiform,  simple.  Labial  palpi  long,  straight, 
porrected,  second  joint  clothed  with  rough  projecting  scales, 
terminal  joint  moderate,  with  loosely  appressed  scales.  Maxillary 
palpi  moderate,  triangularly  dilated  with  scales.  Posterior  tibiae 
with  outer  spurs  half  inner.  Fore  wings  with  vein  1  simple, 
cell  in  ^  abruptly  contracted  anteriorly  so  that  upper  and  lower 
margins  are  appressed  together  in  disc  from  base  to  near  middle  of 
wing,  2  from  J  of  cell,  3  from  much  before  angle,  4  and  5  approxi- 
mated at  base,  6  from  a  point  with  9,  7  and  8  out  of  9,  11  from 
f  of  cell,  bent  upwards  towards  12.  Hind  wings  1^  ;  veins  4 
and  5  closely  approximated  towards  base,  7  out  of  6  near  origin, 
anastomosing  with  8  to  middle. 

This  is  a  very  singular  form,  superficially  perhaps  more  like 
some  of  the  Galleriadae  than  anything  else,  but  quite  peculiar ; 
structurally  it  is  undoubtedly  to  be  referred  to  the  Pyralididae,  in 
the  neighbourhood  of  Gledeohia  and  Diploj^seustis. 

Synt.  iriastis,  n.sp. 

(J.  25  mm.  Head,  palpi,  antennse,  and  thorax  light  brownish- 
ochreous.  Abdomen  fuscous-whitish,  basal  segment  deep  yellow- 
ochreous.  Legs  fuscous-whitish,  anterior  pair  fuscous.  Forewings 
elongate,  posteriorly  considerably  dilated,  costa  strongly  arched, 
apex  rounded,  hindmargin  obliquely  rounded  ;  light  brownish- 
ochreous,  with  strong  prismatic  reflections  :  cilia  fuscous- whitish. 
Hind  wings  whitish,  semitransparent,  with  strong  purplish  and 
brassy  reflections  ;  cilia  whitish. 

Brisbane,  Queensland ;  one  specimen  received  from  Dr.  T.  P. 
Lucas. 


1108  DESCRIPTIONS    OF    ADDITIONAL    AUSTRALIAN    PYRALIDINA, 

BOTYDIDAE. 

Glyphodes,  Gn. 

Glyph,  luciferalis,  Walk. 

Brisbane,  Queensland  ;  one  specimen  received  from  Dr.  T.  P. 
Lucas.     Occurs  also  in  New  Guinea,  Java,  and  India. 

Glyph.  7nicrota,  n.sp. 

9.  15  mm.  Head  and  thorax  ochreous-brown,  with  a  white 
line  above  eyes.  PaljDi  dark  fuscous,  beneath  white  towards  base. 
Antennae  fuscous-whitish.  Abdomen  light  fuscous.  Legs  whitish. 
Forewings  elongate- triangular,  costa  posteriorly  moderately  arched, 
apex  obtuse,  hindmargin  bowed,  oblique ;  fuscous,  base  ochreous- 
tinged ;  costa  suffused  with  light  greyish-ochreous ;  markings 
iridescent  white,  semitransparent,  surrounded  by  a  darker  suf 
fusion  ;  a  dot  on  inner  margin  at  3  ;  a  small  irregular  spot  in  disc 
at  ^  ;  a  transverse  suboblong  spot  in  disc  before  middle,  reaching 
from  near  costa  to  below  middle;  a  pentagonal  blotch  in  disc  at  §, 
not  approaching  either  margin  ;  a  narrow  transverse  spot  from 
costa  at  5,  whence  proceeds  a  slender  line  close  round  two  lower 
sides  of  discal  blotch  to  middle  of  disc,  almost  reaching  preceding 
spot,  thence  very  abruptly  bent  back  and  running  in  a  sinuate 
course  to  inner  margin  at  |  ;  a  blackish  hindmarginal  line  :  cilia 
light  fuscous,  with  a  darker  line.  Hindwings  iridescent  white, 
semitransparent ;  a  small  dark  fuscous  spot  in  disc  before  middle ; 
a  broad  fuscous  hindmarginal  band,  nearl}''  of  equal  width  through- 
out, anteriorly  suffused  with  dark  fuscous ;  cilia  whitish,  with  a 
fuscous  line. 

Brisbane,  Queenland  ;  one  specimen  received  from  Dr.  T.  P. 
Lucas.  Allied  to  G.  bicol or  ;  it  is  the  smallest  known  species  of 
the  genus. 


BY    E.  MEYRICK.  1109 

HYDROCAMPIDAE. 

Tetrernia,  n.g. 

Forehead  vertical ;  ocelli  present  j  tongue  well-developed.  An- 
tennae J,  in  g  filiform,  moderately  ciliated  (1).  Labial  palpi 
moderate,  curved,  ascending,  slender^  with  appressed  scales,  second 
joint  slightly  roughened  in  front,  terminal  joint  moderate,  tolerably 
pointed.  Maxillary  palpi  rudimentary.  Posterior  tibiae  with 
middle-spui's  nearly  equal,  (terminal  spurs  absent,  possibly  broken, 
only  one  posterior  leg  being  present),  all  tarsi  very  long.  Fore- 
wings  in  ^  with  a  small  glandular  swelling  near  base,  a  small 
costal  projecting  tuft  of  hairs  at  J,  and  small  basal  tuft  on  inner 
margin  ;  vein  1  simple,  3,  4,  5  closely  approximated  at  bfise,  6 
and  7  approximated  at  base,  9,  1 0,  and  1 1  rising  out  of  8.  Hind- 
wings  1  ;  veins  4  and  5  stalked  from  near  3,  7  out  of  6  near 
origin,  anastomosing  with  8  to  middle. 

The  neuration  is  to  be  regarded  as  the  distinguishing  character- 
istic of  this  genus. 


Tet7\  teminiiis,  n.sp. 

(J.  13  mm.  Head,  palpi,  antennae,  and  thorax  pale  whitish- 
yellowish.  (Abdomen  absent.)  Legs  whitish,  anterior  pair  with 
apex  of  joints  black.  Forewings  elongate-triangular,  narrow  at 
base,  costa  posteriorly  gently  arched,  apex  obtuse,  hindmargin 
obliquely  rounded  ;  ochreous-yellow  ;  a  suffused  dark  fuscous 
streak  along  costa  from  base  to  beyond  middle  ;  an  obscure  white 
posteriorly  dilated  suffusion  in  disc  above  middle,  extending  from 
near  base  to  f,  posterior  edge  parallel  to  hindmargin  ;  a  quadrate 
yellowish  spot  in  middle  of  disc,  interrupting  this  suffusion,  mar- 
gined on  both  sides  and  above  with  dark  fuscous;  an  evenly  broad 
curved  white  black-margined  fascia  at  I,  parallel  to  hindmargin, 
not  quite  reaching  costa  or  inner  margin ;  an  interrupted  black 
hindmarginal  line  :  cilia  whitish,  with  a  grey  line.  Hindwings 
ochreous-yellow ;   basal  half  white,  bounded  by  a  nearly  straight 


1110      DESCRIPTIONS    OF    ADDITIONAL    AUSTRALIAN    PYRALIDINA, 

dark  fuscous  streak  from  beneath  middle  of  costa  to  above  middle 
of  inner  margin ;  an  oblique  white  spot  before  apex  ;  a  moderate 
straight  white  blackish-margined  fascia  at  ^  parallel  to  hindmargin 
from  above  middle  to  near  inner  margin  ;  five  small  subquadrate 
black  spots  on  central  third  of  hindmargin ;  cilia  whitish,  with  a 
grey  line,  becoming  dark  grey  opposite  hindmarginal  spots. 

Cairns,  Queensland,  in  September ;  one  specimen  received  from 
Mr.  G.  Barnard. 

Hydreuretis,  Meyr. 

Hydr.  sacadalis,  Walk. 

( Hydrocaiiijya  sacadalis,  \saGadusalis\  Walk.  963.) 

9.  20  mm.  Head  and  antennae  white.  Palpi  white,  second 
joint  dark  fuscous,  terminal  joint  pointed.  Thorax  white,  with 
two  transverse  ochreous-yellowish  bars.  Abdomen  white,  with 
two  bars  and  apex  pale  yellowish.  Legs  white,  anterior  tibiae 
dark  fuscous.  Forewings  very  elongate-triangular,  costa  posteriorly 
slightly  arched,  apex  obtuse,  hindmargin  rather  obliquely  rounded ; 
white ;  a  subcostal  streak  of  pale  fuscous  irroration  from  base  to 
middle  ;  a  small  fuscous  spot  in  disc  beyond  middle ;  a  moderate 
ochreous-yellow  fuscous-margined  fascia  from  §  of  costa  towards 
anal  angle,  below  middle  acutely  angulated  and  continued  through 
disc  to  inner  margin  near  base,  rather  sinuate  upwards  beneath 
discal  spot;  a  straight  ochreous-yellow  fascia,  narrowed  downwards 
posteriorly  and  above  margined  with  dark  fuscous,  from  I  of  costa 
to  near  inner  margin  before  anal  angle;  a  moderate  ochreous-yellow 
hindmarginal  fascia,  margined  on  both  sides  with  dark  fuscous, 
touching  preceding  fascia  on  costa  and  anal  angle,  continued  along 
inner  margin  to  middle  but  gradually  suffused  and  disappearing : 
cilia  grey,  with  a  darker  line.  Hindwings  white  ;  a  straight 
fuscous  line  from  %  of  costa  to  middle  of  inner  margin ;  a  nearly 
straight  ochreous-yellow  fuscous-margined  fascia  from  costa  before 
apex  to  f  of  inner  margin ;  an  ochreous-yellow  blackish-margined 
hindmarginal  fascia,  confluent  with  preceding  ou  costa,  marked 


BY    E.  MEYRICK.  1111 

with  cloudy-grey  apical  and  subapical  spots ;  cilia  whitish,  with  a 
grey  line  marked  with  blackish,  with  a  black  subbasal  dot  below 
apex,  and  two  small  black  spots  separated  by  a  white  dot  above 
middle. 

Sydney,  New  South  Wales,  in  March ;   one  specimen   received 
from  Mr.  G.  H.  Ray  nor. 


SCOPARIADAE. 
EcLiPSiODES,  Meyr. 

Eclips.  7narmaro2^a,  n.sp. 

9.  18  mm.  Head  and  thorax  black,  with  a  few  yellow- whitish 
scales.  Palpi  black,  mixed  with  yellowish-white.  Antennae  black. 
Abdomen  dark  fuscous,  irrorated  with  yellowish,  apex  yellow. 
Legs  blackish,  sprinkled  with  yellowish.  Fore  wings  elongate- 
triangular,  costa  nearly  straight,  apex  obtuse,  hindmargin  rather 
obliquely  rounded;  dark  fuscous,  irrorated  with  black,  and  irregu- 
larly sprinkled  with  whitish-yellowish  ;  a  cloudy  white  subbasal 
dot  in  middle,  another  on  base  of  inner  margin,  an  elongate  mark 
beyond  first,  and  three  dots  in  a  transverse  series  before  middle, 
upper  in  disc  above  middle,  all  ill-defined  and  obscure  ;  a  sub- 
crescentic  yellowish-white  spot  in  disc  beyond  middle,  and  a 
smaller  spot  on  submedian  fold  beneath  this ;  a  suffused  spot 
beyond  discal  crescentic  spot;  a  hindmarginal  series  of  cloudy 
roundish  almost  confluent  yellow- whitish  spots :  cilia  fuscous,  with 
a  darker  line,  and  some  terminal  scattered  yellowish-white  scales. 
Hindwings  with  veins  4  and  5  stalked,  6  and  7  rising  separate;  light 
orange,  with  a  few  scattered  dark  fuscous  scales ;  base  and  inner 
margin  irregularly  suffused  with  rather  dark  fuscous  ;  a  moderate 
irregular  dark  fuscous  hindmarginal  band,  dilated  at  apex,  almost 
interrupted  at  anal  angle,  marked  with  some  yellowish  scales  indi- 
cating a  series  of  obscure  hindmarginal  spots;  cilia  fuscous,  mixed 
with  yellowish,  with  a  darker  fuscous  subbasal  line. 
71 


1112       DESCRIPTIONS    OF    ADDITIONAL    AUSTRALIAN    PYRALIDINA, 

Mount  Kosciusko  (5000  feet),  New  South  Wales;  one  specimen 
in  January.  The  neuration  of  the  hindwings  varies  somewhat 
from  previously  described  forms  of  the  genus,  but  its  peculiarities 
are  apparently  only  exaggerations  of  the  type ;  in  the  absence  of 
the  (J,  its  position  is  sufficiently  assured. 


ALUCITIDAE. 
Alucita,  Z. 

AluG.  xanthodes,  n.sp. 

(J.  15  mm.  Head  white,  crown  light  ochreous-yellow.  Palpi 
white.  Antennse  ochreous  -  whitish.  Thorax  yellow- ochreous, 
spotted  with  white.  Legs  white,  anterior  pair  banded  with  dark 
fuscous.  Forewings  and  hindwings  bright  yellow-ochreous,  crossed 
by  six  irregular  white  lines  ;  fifth  and  part  of  third  lines  finely 
margined  anteriorly  with  black,  fourth  and  sixth  (subterminal) 
finely  margined  posteriorly  with  black  :  cilia  alternately  ochreous 
and  white. 

Duaringa,  Queensland,  in  February ;  one  specimen  received 
from  Mr.  G.  Barnard.     A  very  pretty  and  distinct  species. 

AIuc.  2^yg'inciect,  n.sp. 

(J 9.  8-9  mm.  Head  and  thorax  white,  speckled  with  dark 
fuscous.  Palpi  white.  Antennae  whitish.  Abdomen  ochreous- 
"white,  sides  speckled  or  suflfased  with  dark  fuscous,  second  seg- 
ment white  with  a  dark  fuscous  blotch  on  each  side.  Legs  white, 
anterior  tibiae  dark  fuscous.  Forewings  and  hindwings  whit<^, 
clearly  and  finely  striated  transversely  throughout  with  ochreous- 
brown ;  six  irregular  clear  snow-white  transverse  bars,  finely 
margined  on  both  sides  with  black  :  cilia  wholly  whitish. 

Duaringa  and  Brisbane,  Queensland,  in  February ;  five  speci- 
mens received  from  Mr.  G.  Barnard  and  Dr.  T.  P.  Lucas.     Mr. 


BY    E.  MEYRICK.  1113 

Barnard  states  that  they  sometimes  swarm  by  thousands  in  the 
scrubs.  It  is  a  curious  and  interesting  little  insect,  much  the 
smallest  species  of  the  genus. 

PTEROPHORIDAE. 

Trichoptilus,  Wlsm. 

Trich.  lyijvrhodes^  n.sp. 

(J.  12-13  mm.  Head  and  thorax  ferruginous,  apex  of  patagia 
pale  yellowish.  Palpi  white,  upper  and  lower  edge  black,  con- 
tinent towards  apex.  Antennae  black,  dotted  with  white.  Ab- 
domen ferruginous,  apex  with  single  obliquely  ascending  hair- 
pencil.  Legs  white,  longitudinally  striped  with  black,  posterior 
tibiae  and  tarsi  banded  with  blackish.  Forewings  cleft  from 
middle,  segments  linear  ;  ferruginous,  with  a  few  scattered  pur- 
plish-silvery scales  ;  a  short  black  longitudinal  dash  above  inner 
margin  at  i,  and  a  second  in  disc  at  J  ;  a  black  transverse  dot  on 
base  of  cleft,  and  a  more  or  less  marked  dark  fuscous  suffused 
spot  below  it;  first  segment  with  an  obscurely  indicated  light 
yellowish  bar  before  middle  :  costal  cilia  pale  yellowish,  with  a 
black  spot  at  \  of  first  segment,  a  broader  one  in  middle,  and  a 
third  at  apex ;  rest  of  cilia  brown  with  a  strong  reddish-purple 
gloss,  on  upper  margin  of  second  segment  with  some  black  scales 
before  apex,  on  lower  margin  of  second  segment  with  a  pale 
yellowish  bar  at  J,  preceded  and  followed  by  black  scales,  a  nar- 
rower bar  at  §  and  another  at  apex,  both  preceded  by  black  scales. 
Hindwings  cleft  firstly  from  \,  secondly  from  near  base,  segments 
linear;  deep  coppery-red,  becoming  ferruginous  at  base;  cilia 
brown  with  a  strong  purple-reddish  gloss,  third  segment  with  a 
large  tooth  of  black  scales  on  inner  margin  at  |,  and  one  or  two 
black  scales  at  apex. 

Duaringa,  Queensland,  in  Februaiy  and  April ;  three  specimens 
received  from  Mr.  G.  Barnard.  It  is  very  distinct  by  the  intense 
reddish  colouring,  large  black  scale-tooth  of  hindwings,  and  other 
.characters. 


1114       DESCRIPTIONS    OF    ADDITIONAL    AUSTRALIAN    PYRALIDINA, 


OXYCHIROTIDAE. 

Cenoloba,  Wlsm. 

Forehead  rounded ;  ocelli  very  small ;  tongue  developed. 
Antennae  J,  in  ^  serrate,  moderately  ciliated  (1).  Labial  palpi 
long,  straight,  porrected,  second  joint  with  dense  roughly  pro- 
jecting scales,  terminal  joint  moderate,  slender,  cylindrical. 
Maxillary  palpi  rather  long,  porrected,  triangularly  dilated  with 
loose  rough  scales.  Abdomen  in  ^  with  moderate  anal  tuft, 
uncus  not  developed.  Posterior  tibiae  with  outer  spurs  f  of  inner. 
Forewings  narrow,  gradually  dilated,  hindmargin  deeply  cleft  to 
^,  segments  elongate-lanceolate ;  1  simple,  2  out  of  3,  4  from 
point  with  3,  5  and  6  obsolete,  7  from  near  9,  8  out  of  9,  10  out 
of  9  below  8,  11  out  of  9  near  origin.  Hindwings  narrow, 
gradually  dilated,  hindmargin  deeply  cleft  to  g,  segments  elongate- 
lanceolate  ;  lower  median  not  pectinated ;  2  from  before  angle, 
3  and  4  stalked,  5  short,  to  base  of  cleft,  6  from  angle  of  cell, 
7  out  of  6  near  origin,  anastomosing  with  8  to  middle. 

This  singular  genus  has  been  erroneously  referred  to  the 
Pterophoridae.  I  have  elsewhere  (Ent.  Mo.  Mag.  Sept.  1889) 
discussed  its  affinities,  and  shown  that  it  is  truly  referable  here, 
and  that  its  nearest  ally  is  Ei^liarpastis. 

Cen.  obliteralis,  Walk. 

(Pterophorus  obliteralis,  Walk.  945  ;  Cenoloba  obliteralis, 
Wlsm.,  Ent.  Mo.  Mag.  XXI.  175,  tig.  2.) 

(J9.  10-14  mm.  Head  whitish.  Palpi  and  thorax  whitish 
j-rrorated  with  ochreous.  Antennae  whitish  ringed  with  fuscous. 
Abdomen  whitish.  Legs  white,  narrowly  banded  with  dark 
fuscous.     Forewings   white,  irrorated    with    ochreous  ;  markings 


BY    E.  MEYRICK.  1115 

ochreous  sprinkled  with  dark  fuscous  ;  a  moderate  transverse  spot 
at  base  of  cleft;  three  small  spots  on  costa  between  g  and  %  second 
almost  confluent  with  spot  at  base  of  cleft ;  a  moderate  bar 
crossing  middle  of  each  segment,  a  narrower  one  between  this 
and  apex,  and  a  dot  at  apex  of  each  segment :  cilia  white 
barred  with  pale  ochreous  opposite  segmental  markings.  Hind- 
wings  with  colour  and  markings  as  in  fore  wings,  but  without 
costal  spots ;  spot  at  base  of  cleft  extended  to  reach  inner 
margin. 

Brisbane,  Queensland ;  several  specimens  received  from  Dr 
T.   P.  Lucas. 

PHYCITIDAE. 

HeosphorA;  Meyr. 

Under  my  original  description  of  H.  virginella,  Meyr.,  I 
unfortunately  confused  two  species,  which  I  have  since  been 
enabled  to  separate  by  the  acquisition  of  additional  materiah 
As  the  description  is  no  longer  strictly  determinable,  I  here 
describe  both  species  afresh,  retaining  the  name  virgmella  for 
that  which  I  originally  regarded  as  the  typical  form. 

Heosijli.  virginellaf  Meyr. 

(J^.  22-27  mm.  Head,  palpi,  and  thorax  pale  carmine-pink  ; 
palpi  4.  Antennse  ochreous-whitish.  Abdomen  ochreous- whitish, 
basal  third  golden-ochreous.  Legs  whitish-pink.  Fore  wings 
elongate,  posteriorly  dilated,  costa  moderately  arched,  apex 
obtuse,  hindmargin  very  obliquely  rounded ;  clear  carmine-pink, 
sometimes  ochreous-tinged  towards  costa  ;  a  slender  white  median 
longitudinal  streak  from  base,  becoming  indistinct  towards  hind- 
margin  ;  inner  margin  broadly  suffused  with  ochreous-whitish 
from  base  to  f :  cilia  light  carmine-pink.  Hind  wings  and  cilia 
och  reou  s- whitish. 

Duaringa,  Queensland ;  four  specimens  received  from  Mr.  G. 
Barnard. 


1116      DESCRIPTIONS   OF   ADDITIONAL   AUSTRALIAN    PYRALIDINA. 

Heosph.  chlorogramma,  n.sp. 

(J  Q .  14-17  mm.  Head  and  thorax  dull  carmine-pink  mixed  with 
ochreous-whitish.  Palpi  4,  light  dull  pink,  above  and  beneath 
whitish.  Antennae  ochreous-whitish.  Abdomen  grey-whitish, 
basal  third  golden-ochreous.  Legs  white.  Forewings  elongate, 
posteriorly  dilated,  costa  gently  arched,  apex  obtuse,  hindmargin 
ol)liquely  rounded ;  dull  carmine-pink  ;  costa  and  all  veins  clearly 
marked  by  ochreous-white  lines  ;  a  slender  ochreous-white  streak 
along  anterior  half  of  inner  margin  :  cilia  light  carmine-pink, 
costal  cilia  ochreous-white.  Hindwings  ochreous-whitish  ;  cilia 
whitish,  sometimes  rosy-tinged. 

Duaringa,  Rosewood,  and  Brisbane,  Queensland,  in  December 
and  March  ;  five  specimens. 


REVISION  OF  AUSTRALIAN  LEPIDOPTERA. 
By  E.  Meyrick,  B.A.,  F.E.S. 

III. 

The  families  which  form  the  subject  of  the  present  instalment 
are  the  Hepialidae,  which  must  be  regarded  as  the  ancestral  family 
of  the  Bomhycina,  and  the  Monocteniadae,  the  most  characteristi- 
cally Australian  family  of  the  Geometrina. 

HEPIALIDAE. 

Ocelli  absent.  Tongue  generally  obsolete.  No  maxillary  palpi. 
Antennae  not  more  than  half  forewings.  Tibiae  without  spurs. 
Fore  wings  with  all  main  veins  and  costa  connected  by  cross  bars 
near  base,  1  furcate  towards  base  (furcation  appearing  as  a  parallel 
vein  connected  by  terminal  bar),  9  and  10  stalked,  11  from  near 
base,  forked  parting-vein  well-defined.  Hindwings  without 
frenulum  ;  Ic  present ;  neuration  essentially  identical  with  fore- 
wings. 

This  curious  family  is  sharply  defined  and  easily  recognised  by 
the  peculiar  type  of  neuration,  which  is  practically  identical  in  the 
forewings  and  hindwings.  I  regard  it  as  clearly  established  that 
this  character,  now  exceptional  in  the  Lepidoptera^  is  ancestral. 
In  the  development  of  the  order  a  tendency  to  reduction  in  size 
of  the  hindwings,  and  simplification  of  their  neuration,  was  very 
early  manifested  ;  with  the  result  that  in  almost  all  other  families 
the  normal  number  of  veins  in  the  hindwings  is  less  by  four  than 
in  the  forewings.  The  basal  cross  bars  are  also  an  original 
character,  very  early  lost.  I  have  explained  elsewhere  (Trans. 
N.Z.  Inst.  1885,  180)  that  these  characters  indicate  the  origin  of 


1118  REVISION    OF   AUSTRALIAN    LEPIDOPTERA, 

the  Lepidoptera  from  the  Triclwptera,  and  in  the  case  of  Tineina 
the  transitional  steps  are  all  preserved.  It  seems  to  me  an 
inevitable  conclusion  that  the  Bomhycina  originate  by  a  parallel 
line  of  development  through  the  Heinalidae  from  the  same  source; 
but  at  present,  so  far  as  my  material  enables  me  to  judge,  the 
transitional  forms  on  both  sides  of  the  Hepialidae  are  missing,  so 
that  the  family  stands  isolated.  In  this  respect  the  Australian 
forms,  though  interesting;  add  nothing  to  our  knowledge,  and  do 
not  help  to  diminish  the  gaps. 

The  species  are  often  extremely  variable,  and  the  descriptions 
are  therefore  necessarily  made  loose.  The  larvae  feed  either  in  the 
stems  of  trees  and  shrubs,  or  beneath  the  ground  on  roots.  The 
family  is  of  universal  distribution,  but  nowhere  represented  by 
any  large  number  of  species ;  probably  the  Australian  species  are 
more  numerous  than  those  of  any  similar  region.  In  New  Zealand 
there  are  nine  species,  all  endemic,  but  belonging  entirely  to  two 
Australian  genera,  Porina  and  Hepialus.  The  following  is  a 
tabulation  of  the  eight  Australian  orenera. 

1.  Forewings  with  vein  8  out  of  10 2. 

Forewings  with  vein  8  not  out  of  10. 3. 

2.  Forewings  with  vein  11  out  of  10 1.  Perissectis. 

Forewings  with  vein  11  separate 2.  Porina. 

3.  Forewings  with  veins  7  and  8  stalked 4.  Hectomanes. 

Forewings  with  veins  7  and  8  not  stalked 4. 

4.  Antennae  subclavate 3.   Oncoptera. 

Antennae  not  subclavate 5. 

5.  Antennae  in  ^  tripectinated 8.   Trictena. 

Antennae  in  ^  not  tripectinated 6. 

6.  Antennae  in  (J  unipectinated 7.  Piehts. 

Antennae  in  ^  not  unipectinated 7. 

7.  Hindwings   in    ^   partially  tufted  with  long 

rough  hairs 6.  Leto. 

Hindwings  in  $  not  partially  tufted  with  long 
rough  hairs 5.  Hepialus. 


BY    E.  MEYRICK.  1119 

1.  Perissectis,  n.g. 

Antennae  l-l,  in  ^  stout,  joints  incised,  simple.  Palpi  moderate, 
straight,  porrected,  basal  and  second  joints  clothed  with  dense 
rough  projecting  scales,  terminal  joint  moderate,  smooth,  cylin- 
drical. Posterior  tibiae  densely  rough-haired.  Forewings  with 
vein  7  from  angle,  8  and  9  out  of  10,  11  out  of  10  above  8.  Hind- 
wings  as  in  forewings. 

Endemic  ;  a  special  development  of  Porina. 

1.  Per.  australasiae,  Don. 

(Repialus  australasiae,  Don.  Ins.  New  Holl.,  Walk.  Bomb. 
1558;  Elhamma  inconclusa,  Walk.  Bomb.  1562;  Pielus  invarmSy 
Walk.  SuppL  599.) 

(J.  37-42  mm.,  Q.  52-85  mm.  Head  and  thorax  ochreous  or 
brownish,  often  reddish-tinged.  Antennae  light  ferruginous.  Ab- 
domen light  ochreous,  reddish-tinged.  Forewings  elongate,  sub- 
triangular,  costa  slightly  arched,  apex  rectangular,  hindmargin 
obliquely  rounded  continuously  with  inner  margin,  in  ^  wing  much 
more  elongate  and  hindmargin  more  oblique ;  ochreous,  more  or 
less  rosy-tinged,  especially  in  9,  thinly  sprinkled  with  dark 
fuscous,  and  generally  suflfusedly  spotted  and  marbled  throughout 
with  cloudy  fuscous,  more  distinctly  in  $  ;  usually  more  or  less 
distinct  darker  fuscous  irregular  band  from  J  of  inner  margin  to 
apex,  sometimes  quite  obsolete :  cilia  whitish-ochreous,  base 
fuscous,  barred  with  dark  fuscous.  Hindwings  in  $  yellow-ochre- 
ous,  slightly  rosy-tinged,  sometimes  more  or  less  infuscated  except 
towards  base ;  in  9  pale  ochreous-rosy,  apex  more  ochreous. 

Sydney  and  Blackheath  (3500  feet).  New  South  Wales ;  Mel- 
bourne, Victoria  ;  from  February  to  April,  common. 

2.  Porina,  Walk. 

Antennae  ]-%  in  ^  bipectinated  or  more  or  less  shortly  bidentate. 
Palpi  moderate,  porrected,  basal  joint  rough-haired,  second  joint 
rough-haired  or  almost  smooth,  terminal  joint  smooth,  sometimes 


1120  REVISION    OF    AUSTRALIAN    LEPIDOPTERA, 

subclavate.  Posterior  tibiae  densely  rough-haired.  Forewings 
with  vein  7  from  angle,  8  and  9  out  of  10,  rising  much  before 
angle.     Hindwings  as  in  forewings. 

Easily  known  by  the  neuration  ;  the  antennal  characters  vary 
specifically  in  the  ^,  and  all  gradations  can  be  found  from  strong 
pectinations  to  extremely  short  hardly  noticeable  dentations  ;  they 
are  very  serviceable  for  specific  distinction,  but  afford  no  practi- 
ble  basis  for  generic  separation.  The  genus  is  characteristic  of 
Australia  and  New  Zealand,  but  I  have  also  seen  a  species  from 
South  Africa. 

1.  Forewings  with  conspicuous  blackish   spot 

above  inner  margin 9.  sphragidias. 

Forewings     without    conspicuous    blackish 

spot  above  inner  margin 2. 

2.  Hindwings  red  towards  base  6.  rufescens. 

Hindwings  not  red  towards  base 3. 

3.  Antennal  pectinations  of  ^  5 2.  fuscomaculata. 

Antennal  pectinations  of  (J  not  over  3.. 4. 

4.  Antennal  pectinations  of  (J  3 5. 

Antennal  pectinations  of  $  \-\\ 7. 

5.  Forewings  with  numerous  white  spots 6. 

Forewings  with  discal  white  mark  only 5.  deter minata. 

6.  Forewings  with  two  posterior  series  of  white 

spots 7.  nijyhadias. 

Forewings  with  more   than  two   posterior 

series  of  white  spots  3.  australis. 

7.  Forewings  with  silvery-white  discal  spots...   4.  diremj^ta. 
Forewings  without  silvery- white  discal  spots  8.  suhvaria. 

2.  Por.  fuscomaculata^    Walk. 

(Oxycanus  fuscomaculatus,  Walk.  Bomb.  1574;  0.  pardalinus, 
Walk.  Suppl.  598.) 

(J9*  65-73  mm.  Head  and  thorax  dark  fuscous  or  ochreous- 
brown.     Antennse  yellowish-ochreous,  pectinations  5.     Abdomen 


BY    E.  MEYRICK.  1121 

yellowish-ochreous,  more  or  less  suffused  with  fuscous.  Forewings 
rather  elongate-triangular,  costa  posteriorly  gently  arched^  apex 
obtuse,  hindraargin  oblique,  gently  rounded  continuously  with 
inner  margin ;  ochreous-brown  or  dark  brown,  sometimes  lighter 
in  disc,  often  irrorated  with  ochreous-whitish  ;  live  or  six  tolerably 
parallel  curved  transverse  series  of  small  triangular  or  trapezoidal 
dark  fuscous  spots,  sometimes  centred  with  ochreous ;  rarely  a 
cloudy  suffused  white  longitudinal  streak  in  disc  ;  a  hindmarginal 
series  of  small  dark  fuscous  spots  :  cilia  fuscous  or  ochreous.  Hind- 
wings  yellow-ochreous,  more  or  less  suffused  with  fuscous  poste- 
riorly ;  sometimes  a  faint  posterior  series  of  small  fuscous  spots  ; 
cilia  brownish- ochreous. 

Melbourne,  Victoria  ;  Launceston,  Tasmania  ;  Adelaide,  South 
Australia ;  twelve  specimens.  The  longer  antennal  pectinations 
(5)  will  distinguish  this  at  once  from  all  others. 

3.  Por.  mtstralis,  Walk. 

(Oxycanus  aitstralis,  Walk.  Bomb.  1574  ;  Pielus  maculosuSy 
Feld.  pi.  Lxxxi.  1.) 

(J.  68-84  mm.  Head  and  thorax  fuscous.  Antennal  pectina- 
tions 3.  Forewings  ochreous-fuscous  ;  numerous  irregular  small 
silvery-white  dark-margined  spots,  larger  and  more  irregular 
anteriorly,  posteriorly  arranged  in  three  transverse  series  :  cilia 
fuscous.     Hindwings  ochreous,  fuscous-tinged. 

Tasmania ;  live  specimens. 

4.  Por.  dire'iiij^ta,  Walk. 

{Porina  diremjjta.  Walk.  Suppl.  597.) 

(J.  68  mm.  Head  and  thorax  rather  dark  fuscous.  Antennal 
pectinations  IJ,  terminating  in  tufts  of  cilia.  Abdomen  yellow- 
ochreous.  Forewings  fuscous,  becoming  ochreous  in  disc  an- 
teriorly ;  anterior  half  of  costa  suffused  with  dark  fuscous ;  a 
whitish  longitudinal  streak  in  disc  from  base,  suffused  on  posterior 
half  into  a  broad  fuscous-whitish  cloud  extending  to  anal  angle  ; 


1122  REVISION    OF    AUSTRALIAN    LEPIDOPTERA, 

two  small  triangular  silvery-whitish  dark-margined  spots  on  upper 
margin  of  this  before  middle ;  two  or  three  partial  series  of  small 
white  dark-margined  spots  towards  costa  posteriorly.  Hindwings 
yellow-ochreous. 

South  Australia  ;  one  specimen  (Brit.  Mus.  Coll.).  Probably 
this  species  may  vary  much  in  markings,  and  the  form  described 
has  hardly  the  appearance  of  being  typical,  but  the  antennal 
characters  are  sufficient  to  distinguish  it. 

5.  For.  determinata^  Walk. 

(Elhamma  determinata,  Walk.  Bomb.  1563.) 

(J.  58  mm.  Head  and  thorax  rather  dark  ochreous-fuscous. 
Antennal  pectinations  3  (obscured  through  mould).  Forewings 
ochreous-fuscous,  with  several  obscure  transverse  series  of  sub- 
confluent  darker  spots  ;  an  oblique  transverse  silvery- white  mark, 
appearing  to  be  composed  of  three  small  confluent  spots,  in  middle 
of  disc,  preceded  and  followed  by  a  darker  fuscous  sufl'usion. 
Hindwings  ochreous-fuscous. 

West  Australia  C?) ;  one  specimen  (Brit.  Mus.  Coll.). 

6.  For.  rufescens,  Walk. 
(Oxycanus  rufescens^  Walk.  Bomb.  1575.) 

(J.  60  mm.  Head  and  thorax  rather  dark  fuscous.  Antennal 
pectinations  2^.  Abdomen  suflTused  with  red  towards  base. 
Forewings  fuscous  ;  two  or  three  anterior  dark  fuscous  dots  in 
disc,  and  two  posterior  series  of  fuscous  dots,  all  surrounded  by 
ochreous  rings  ;  two  silvery-white  dark-margined  adjacent  dots  in 
centre  of  disc.  Hindwings  dull  fuscous-ochreous,  towards  base 
sufiused  with  red. 

Tasmania  j  one  specimen  (Brit.  Mus.  Coll.). 

7.  For.  niphadias,  n.sp. 

(J.  47  mm.  Head  dark  fuscous.  Antennae  yellow-ochreous, 
pectinations  3.  Thorax  ochreous-fuscous,  anteriorly  darker. 
Abdomen   light    brownish-ochreous.       Forewings    elongate,    sub- 


BY    E.  MEYRICK.  1123 

triangular,  costa  sinuate,  posteriorly  moderately  arched,  apex 
rounded,  hindmargin  obliquely  rounded  continuously  with  inner 
margin;  fuscous,  darker  towards  base  of  costa;  two  cloudy 
whitish  spots  obliquely  placed  in  disc  at  J,  and  an  irregular  short 
longitudinal  whitish  mark  in  middle  of  disc ;  two  nearly  straight 
transverse  series  of  subtriangular  subconfluent  whitish  spots, 
not  reaching  either  margin,  first  at  |,  second  at  g  :  cilia  rather 
dark  fuscous.  Hindwings  pale  ochreous-fuscous,  becoming  more 
yellowish-ochreous  towards  base  ;  cilia  rather  dark  fuscous. 

Mount  Lofty,  South  Australia ;  one  specimen  received  from 
Mr.  E.  Guest. 

8.  Pot.  suhvaria^  Walk. 

(Elhamma  subvaria,  Walk.  Bomb.  1562  ;  Oxycanus  subvarius, 
ib.  1575.) 

(J.  41-55mm.  Head  and  thorax  dark  ochreous-fuscous.  Antennal 
pectinations  1.  Fore  wings  ochreous-fuscous  ;  two  or  three  small 
scattered  fuscous  sometimes  pale-centred  spots  in  disc,  and  two 
posterior  series  of  similar  spots ;  a  hindmarginal  series  of  small 
fuscous  spots  :  cilia  ochreous  or  fuscous.  Hindwings  light  ochre- 
ous-fuscous, sometimes  with  two  posterior  series  of  small  fuscous 
spots. 

Tasmania ;  three  specimens  (Brit.  Mus.  Coll.).  The  species 
has  shorter  antennal  pectinations  than  in  any  other  Australian 
form,  excepting  the  following.  There  can  be  no  doubt  that 
Walker's  two  descriptions  quoted  above  are  actually  drawn  from 
the  same  specimens,  though  he  appears  in  his  catalogue  to  place 
them  as  a  distinct  species. 

9.  For.  sphragidiaSj  n.sp. 

(J.  56  mm.  Head  and  thorax  ochreous-brown.  Antennae  light 
ferruginous,  shortly  dentate.  Abdomen  fuscous,  apex  deep  ochreous. 
Forewings  elongate-oblong,  posteriorly  hardly  dilated,  costa  gently 
arched,  apex  obtuse,  hindmargin  obliquely  rounded  continuously 
with  inner  margin  ;  deep  yellow-ochreous,  irregularly  irrorated 
with  ochreous-brown  and  dark  fuscous  ;   the  absence  of  irroration 


1124  REVISION    OF    AUSTRALIAN    LEPIDOPTERA, 

forms  three  series  of  moderate  irregular  subconfluent  spots,  first 
about  ^,  strongly  curved,  second  about  middle,  nearly  obsolete  on 
lower  half,  third  about  |,  slightly  curved  ;  an  ill-defined  dark 
fuscous  irregular  cloudy  longitudinal  streak  in  disc  from  base  to 
near  hindmargin  ;  a  conspicuous  subtriangular  blackish-fuscous 
spot  above  inner  margin  at  J  ;  a  smaller  transverse-oval  ochreous- 
white  spot  near  beyond  this  :  cilia  yellow-ochreous,  tips  paler, 
sharply  barred  with  dark  fuscous.  Hindwings  rather  dark 
fuscous ;  costa,  a  hindmarginal  line,  and  veins  posteriorly  sufi'used 
with  bright  deep  yellow-ochreous  ;  cilia  as  in  forewings. 

Tasmania  (*?) ;    two  specimens  received  from  Mr.  A.  Simson. 

3.  Oncoptera,  Walk. 

Antennae  J,  gradually  swollen  towards  apex  so  as  to  appear 
subclavate,  simple,  basal  joint  with  a  tuft  of  hairs  projecting  over 
eye.  Palpi  moderate,  straight,  porrected,  slender,  wholly  clothed 
with  long  rough  projecting  hairs.  All  tibiae  densely  rough-scaled; 
posterior  tibiae  in  ^  with  a  very  large  broad  curved  tuft  of  very 
long  hairs  rising  from  above  near  base,  and  lying  along  abdomen. 
Forewings  with  vein  7  from  angle,  8  from  near  before  angle,  9 
and  10  stalked,     Hindwings  as  in  forewings. 

A  curious  form,  diff'ering  from  all  others  in  the  antennae. 
Walker  writes  the  generic  name  Oncopera,  quoting  it  as  a  MS. 
name  of  Stephens,  who  evidently  intended  the  orthographically 
correct  name  which  I  have  restored  above. 

10.   One.  intricata,  Walk. 
(Oncopera  intricata,  Walk.  Bomb.  1559.) 

$.  31-41  mm.,  9.  48  mm.  Head,  antennae,  thorax,  and  abdomen 
fuscous  or  ochreous-fuscous.  Forewings  suboblong,  posteriorly 
somewhat  dilated,  costa  slightly  arched,  apex  rounded,  hindmargin 
obliquely  rounded  continuously  with  inner  margin ;  ochreous, 
ochreous-brown,  or  dark  fuscous  ;  generally  more  or  less  distinctly 
marbled  with  irregular  paler  or  whitish  markings,  including 
.  rounded  darker  spots  sometimes  marked  with  blackish,  but  these 


BY    E.  MEYRICK.  1125 

markings  are  sometimes  wholly  confused  or  obsolete ;  a  pale 
oblique  mark  from  inner  margin  near  base,  margined  on  each  side 
with  blackish,  is  generally  conspicuous  but  sometimes  obsolete  : 
cilia  with  basal  half  ochreous-brown^  terminal  half  white,  sharply 
barred  with  dark  fuscous.  Hindwings  rather  dark  fuscous;  costa 
in  (J  suffused  with  whitish-ochreous  or  yellow-ochreous  ;  cilia  as 
in  forewings. 

Melbourne  and  Warragul,  Victoria  ;  Deloraine  and  Hobart, 
Tasmania ;  from  October  to  December,  common.  A  very  variable 
species. 

4.  Hectomanes,  n.g. 

Antennae  j-J,  in  ^  shortly  bipectinated  throughout.  Tongue 
present,  short.  Palpi  very  short,  clothed  with  long  rough  pro- 
jecting hairs.  All  tibiae  and  anterior  tarsi  clothed  with  dense 
rough  hairs.  Forewings  with  veins  7  and  8  stalked  from  angle,  9 
and  10  stalked  from  near  before  angle,  11  from  before  middle. 
Hindwings  as  in  forewings,  but  veins  7  and  8  sometimes  from  a 
point. 

Differs  from  all  in  the  structure  of  veins  7  and  8.  Walker  has 
applied  the  generic  name  Fraus  to  a  species  of  this  genus,  but 
upon  investigation  it  appears  (1)  that  he  adopted  it  as  a  MS. 
name  of  Stephens,  (2)  that  he  misread  it,  Stephens  having 
apparently  intended  to  write  Praus,  and  (3)  that  this  name  (Gk. 
rvpavs)  ought  to  be  written  Prays,  and  it  is  therefore  already 
preoccupied  by  Curtis  for  a  genus  of  Lepidoptera ;  I  have  accord- 
ingly rejected  Walker's  name. 

1.  Forewings  reddish-ochreous 12.  simulans  _$. 

Forewings  fuscous 2. 

2.  Forewings  with  strong  white  streak  from  base 

to  apex 12.  simulans  ^. 

Forewings  with  streak  incomplete  or  absent...  3. 

3.  Cilia  fuscous 11.  noserodes. 

Cilia  whitish-ochreous,  barred  with  fuscous...  13.  polyspila. 


1126  REVISION   OF   AUSTRALIAN    LEPIDOPTERA, 

11.  Hect.  iioserodes^  n.sp. 

$.  30-35  mm.  Head  and  thorax  fuscous  or  dark  fuscous. 
Antennae  and  abdomen  fuscous.  Forewings  elongate-oblong, 
posteriorly  somewhat  dilated,  costa  gently  arched,  apex  rounded, 
hindmargin  very  obliquely  rounded  continuously  with  inner 
margin ;  fuscous  or  whitish-fuscous ;  numerous  darker  fuscous 
dots,  tending  to  be  arranged  in  longitudinal  and  transverse  series, 
sometimes  surrounded  with  fuscous-whitish  rings ;  sometimes  a 
straight  very  slender  fuscous-whitish  longitudinal  streak  from 
base  to  |,  suffusedly  margined  above  with  dark  fuscous,  sometimes 
obsolete  :  cilia  fuscous.     Hindwings  fuscous  or  whitish-fuscous. 

Sydney,  New  South  Wales  ;  three  specimens,  in  May. 

12.  Hect.  simulanSy  Walk. 

(Fraus  swmJans,  Walk.  Bomb.  1564  ;  F.  bilineata,  ib.  Suppl. 
595). 

^.  22-25  mm.  Head,  antennae,  thorax  and  abdomen  deep 
reddish-ochreous.  Forewings  suboblong,  posteriorly  somewhat 
dilated,  costa  faintly  sinuate,  apex  rounded,  hindmargin  obliquely 
rounded  continuously  with  inner  margin  ;  deep  reddish-ochreous 
or  ferruginous  ;  a  slender  somewhat  irregular  straight  white  longi- 
tudinal streak  in  disc  from  J  to  about  I,  sometimes  wholly  absent ; 
traces  of  fuscous  dots  posteriorly  :  cilia  reddish-ochreous.  Hind- 
wings  rather  dark  fuscous  ;  cilia  reddish-ochreous;  more  or  less 
mixed  with  dark  fuscous. 

Q.  32-36  mm.  Head,  antennae,  thorax,  and  abdomen  fuscous. 
Forewings  much  more  elongate  and  hindmargin  more  oblique  than 
in  X  ;  fuscous,  veins  indistinctly  streaked  with  reddish-ochreous ; 
costal  edge  whitish-ochreous  from  near  base  to  near  apex  ;  a 
moderate  straight  silvery-white  longitudinal  streak  in  disc  from 
base,  near  hindmargin  bent  upwards  to  terminate  in  apex,  on 
posterior  half  margined  beneath  with  light  ochreous-reddish ; 
beneath  this  a  series  of  obscure  silvery-whitish  short  longitudinal 
streaks  between  veins  before  hindmargin,  becoming  larger  down- 


BY   E.  MEYRICK.  1127 

wards,  terminating  in  a  slender  silvery-whitish  streak  along  hind- 
margin  :  cilia  whitish-fuscous,  with  a  basal  reddish-ochreous  line. 
Hindwings  fuscous-grey. 

Sydney  and  Blackheath  (3500  feet),  New  South  Wales; 
Warragul,  Victoria  ;  Tasmania  ;  March  to  May,  common. 

13.  Hect.  polyspila,  n.sp. 

(J.  31  mm.  Head,  antennae,  and  thorax  ochreous-fuscous. 
Abdomen  Jight  brownish-ochreous.  Forewings  elongate-triangular, 
costa  sinuate,  apex  rounded,  hind  margin  obliquely  rounded  con- 
tinuously with  inner  margin  ;  fuscous ;  veins  and  a  broad  costal 
streak  pale  ochreous  ;  costal  edge  dark  fuscous  on  basal  | ;  fuscous 
portion  strewn  with  numerous  irregular  suboval  moderate  whitish 
spots :  cilia  whitish-ochreous,  slenderly  barred  with  fuscous. 
Hindwings  pale  fuscous  ;  costa  and  veins  towards  costa  posteriorly 
ochreous ;  cilia  as  in  forewings. 

Wimmera,  Victoria  ;  one  specimen. 

5.  Hepialus,  F. 

Antenn8e  \-\,  in  ^  simple.  Palpi  short  or  moderate,  porrected, 
with  rough  projecting  hairs,  terminal  joint  naked,  subclavate. 
Posterior  tibiae  densely  rough-haired,  sometimes  with  long  pro- 
jecting tuft  above  in  ^.  Forewings  with  vein  7  from  angle, 
8  from  much  before  angle,  9  and  10  stalked  from  near  8.  Hind- 
wings as  in  forewings. 

The  Australian  species  of  this  genus,  which  are  all  more  or  less 
green,  have  generally  been  regarded  as  a  distinct  genus,  under  the 
name  of  Gharagia^  but  I  am  unable  to  discover  any  structural 
difference  from  ordinary  forms  of  the  northern  hemisphere,  where 
the  genus  is  mainly  resident.  I  cannot  therefore  separate  them 
generically,  but  they  form  an  interesting  subgroup.  The  larvae 
of  the  Australian  species  feed  in  tunnels  in  the  stems  of  trees  or 
shrubs,  eating  by  preference  the  bark  round  the  mouth  of  the 
tunnel,    and   concealing   themselves  meanwhile    under    a    broad 


1128  REVISION    OF    AUSTRALIAN    LEPIDOPTERA, 

shelter  of  silk  and  refuse.  The  perfect  insects  are  very  retired  in 
habit,  and  are  rarely  obtained  except  by  breeding  the  larvje.  The 
notes  on  larva?  followiDg  are  taken  from  Scott. 

If  the  name  Hejnalus  is  derived  from  the  Greek  rjmaXos,  it 
should  of  course  be  written  without  the  aspirate ;  but  it  appears 
to  me  that  this  derivation  is  very  doubtful,  and  that  without 
more  certainty  it  is  undesirable  to  vary  the  usually  adopted  form. 

1.  Fore  wings   purple   or  fuscous-reddish, 

with  green  markings  2. 

Forewings  green,  with  white  or  brown 

markings 4. 

2.  Forewings  anteriorly  with  a  triangular 

green  blotch 3. 

Forewings    anteriorly   with    a   sinuate 

green  longitudinal  band 14.  Lewinii  9. 

3.  Forewings  with    subapical  blotch   con- 

nected with  anterior  blotch 15.  lignivorus  9. 

Forewings      with      subapical      blotch 

separate  16.  sple7idens  $. 

4.  Hindwings  yellow  or  red 5. 

Hind  wings  white  or  green      8. 

5.  Forewings  with  markings  brown 17.  Scotti  9-  • 

Forewings  with  markings  silvery-white  6, 

6.  Forewings  with  inner  margin  suffused 

with  red  20.  argyrographus  9. 

Forewings    with     inner    margin    not 

suffused  with  red   7. 

7.  Hindwings  with  apex  greenish \^.  scriptus  <^. 

Hindwings  with  apex  not  greenish 18.  Ramsayi  9. 

8.  Forewings  with  white  costal  streak 9. 

Forewings  without  white  costal  streak  11. 

9.  Forewings  with  three  white  fasciae 16.  splendens  $. 

Forewings  with  one  white  fascia 10. 


BY    E.  MEYRICK.  1129 

10.  Forewings  with  two  white  streaks  from 

inner  margin  before  middle 14.  Letvinii  ^. 

Forewings  with  on^  white  streak  from 

inner  margin  before  middle 15.  lignivorus  $. 

11.  Forewings    with    a    posterior    golden 

fascia  2\.  eximms  $. 

Forewings  without  a  posterior  golden 

fascia 12. 

12.  Forewings    with    one   posterior   white 

fascia 18.  Ramsayi  ^. 

Forewings  with    four    posterior  white 

fascise 19.  scriptus  $. 

14.  Hep.  Lezvinii,  Walk. 

i^Charagia  iiewmu,  Walk.  Bomb.  1570;  Scott,  Trans.  Ent. 
Soc.  N.S.  Wales,  II.  30;  C.  Lamherti,  Walk.  Bomb.  1571.) 

(J.  44  mm.  Head  and  thorax  green.  Forewings  green ; 
markings  silvery-white ;  a  streak  along  costa  from  base  to  | ;  a 
slender  nearly  perpendicular  streak  from  inner  margin  at  5,  reach- 
ing half  across  wing ;  a  similar  streak  near  beyond  it,  from  apex 
of  which  proceeds  a  streak  (forming  an  acute  angle  with  it)  to 
f  of  inner  margin,  where  it  meets  a  straight  slender  transverse 
streak  from  \  of  costa.     Hindwings  greenish-whitish. 

9.  58  mm.  Head  and  thorax  dark  fuscous-red.  Forewings 
fuscous-reddish  ;  a  rather  broad  irregular  green  band  from  disc 
near  base  to  near  inner  margin  in  middle,  where  it  forms  an  acute 
angle,  thence  bent  up  to  beneath  costa  at  f ;  a  small  green  spot 
towards  hindmargin  in  middle,  sometimes  connected  with  this 
band.     Hindwings  ochreous-rosy. 

Sydney,  New  South  Wales  ;  rather  common.  Larva  on  Casuor- 
rina  and  other  trees. 

15.  Hep.  lignivorus,  Lw. 

(Hejnalus  lignivora,  Lw.  Ins.  N,  S.  Wales,  pi.  16  ;  Charagia 
lignivora,  Scott,  Austr.  Lep.  5,  pi.  ii.  Trans.  Ent.  Soc.  N.  S. 
Wales,  II.  29.) 


1130  REVISION    OF    AUSTRALIAN    LEPIDOPTERA, 

(J.  40-48  mm.  Head  whitish.  Antennae  reddish  -  ochreous. 
Thorax  green,  anterior  margin  and  posterior  crest  white.  Fore- 
wings  elongate-triangular,  costa  sinuate,  posterior  moderately- 
arched,  apex  round-pointed,  hindmargin  oblique,  rather  strongly 
sinuate  inwards  on  upper  half,  rounded  beneath  tolerably  con- 
tinuously with  inner  margin ;  green ;  a  white  streak  along  costa 
from  base  to  |,  broad  at  base,  attenuated  throughout  ;  a  white 
outwardly  oblique  streak  from  inner  margin  at  5,  reaching  half 
across  wing ;  a  white  inwardly  oblique  streak  from  inner  margin 
beyond  middle,  its  apex  almost  or  quite  touching  apex  of  preceding 
streak  ;  a  slender  somewhat  sinuate  white  fascia  from  J  of  costa  to 
J  of  inner  margin,  where  it  is  sometimes  confluent  with  preceding 
streak.     Hind  wings  white. 

<^.  50-66  mm.  Head,  antennae,  and  thorax  rather  dark  fuscous. 
Forewings  rather  dark  fuscous,  somewhat  mixed  with  reddish  ; 
markings  bright  green ;  a  very  large  triangular  blotch  in  disc 
anteriorly,  its  angles  lying  beneath  costa  near  base,  beneath  costa 
at  |,  and  very  near  inner  margin  beyond  middle  ;  sometimes  one 
or  two  small  spots  near  inner  margin  before  middle  ;  an  irregular 
suboblong  blotch  along  hindmargin  from  apex  to  below  middle, 
connected  with  anterior  blotch  by  a  bar  in  disc.  Hindwings 
ochreous-rosy,  more  ochreous  posteriorly;  hindmargin  narrowly 
suffused  with  dark  fuscous  from  below  middle  to  middle  of  inner 
margin. 

Newcastle  and  Sydney,  New  South  Wales  ;  Fernshaw,  Victoria  ; 
Hobart,  Tasmania ;  Mount  Lofty,  South  Australia ;  common. 
Larva  on  various  trees  and  shrubs. 

16.  Hep.  S2:)lendens J  ^cott. 

( Gharagia  S2')lendens,  Scott,  Trans.  Ent.  Soc.  N.  S.  Wales, 
IL  31.) 

(J.  60  mm.  Forewings  yellowish-green,  posteriorly  bluish- 
green  ;  markings  silvery- white  ;  a  streak  along  costa  from  base  to 
5,  thence  to  inner  margin  beyond  middle,  thence  towards  base, 
before  reaching  which  it  forms  two  distinct  angles  ;  two  narrow 


BY    E.  MEYRICK.  1131 

posterior  transverse  fasciae,  connected  at  upper  extremity  ;  a 
bluish-green  V-shaped  mark  in  centre  of  disc.  Hindwings  green- 
ish-white. 

9.  80  mm.  Forewings  purple  ;  markings  green  ;  a  large  trian- 
gular discal  blotch,  lower  angle  touching  inner  margin,  upper  side 
thrice  indented  towards  base ;  a  blotch  towards  apex,  extending 
half  Across  wing,  indented  on  anterior  side;  a  spot  near  anal 
angle,  and  two  near  base.     Hindwings  pale  purplish-red. 

Sydney,  New  South  Wales.  Larva  on  Casuarina  and  other 
trees.  I  have  not  seen  this  species,  and  have  drawn  up  the 
description  from  Scott's. 

17.  Hep,  Scotti,  Scott. 

(Charagia  Scotti,    Scott,  Trans.  Ent.  Soc.  N.  S.  Wales,  IT.  34.) 
9.   112  mm.      Forewings    green,   strewn    with  small   purplish- 
brown  spots ;  a  slender   purplish-brown   posterior  fascia.     Hind- 
wings yellowish-red. 

Richmond  River,  New  South  Wales.  Larva  on  Wistaria,  &c. 
The  above  is  taken  from  Scott's  description. 

18.  Hep.  Eamsayi,  Scott. 

( Charagia Ramsayi,  Scott,  Trans.  Ent.  Soc.  N.  S.  Wales, II.  32.) 

$.  84-100  mm.  Head  and  thorax  green.  Forewings  green  ; 
markings  silvery -white,  sometimes  reddish -tinged,  fuscous- 
margined;  four  small  spots  on  anterior  half  of  costa,  one 
towards  base  in  middle,  one  on  inner  margin  near  base,  one 
below  disc  at  J,  and  a  transverse  series  of  four  transverse  narrow 
spots,  bisected  by  veins,  at  § ;  one  or  tw^o  small  spots  on  hind- 
margin.     Hindwings  whitish-green. 

9.  137mm.  Forewings  green;  markings  silvery-white,  mar- 
gined with  dark  fuscous,  placed  as  in  ^  but  larger.  Hindwings 
yellowish-red. 

Newcastle,  New  South  Wales.     Larva  on  Acmenay  <^c. 


1132  REVISION    OF    AUSTRALIAN    LEPIDOPTERA, 

19.  Hep.  scriptus,  Scott. 

(Charagia  scripta,  Scott,  Trans.  Ent.  Soc,  N.S.  Wales,  II.  33.) 

(^.  75  mm.  Forewings  green,  posteriorly  yellowish-tinged, 
watered  with  paler ;  four  posterior  silvery-white  fasciae  ;  anterior 
half  strewn  with  short  silvery-white  marks.  Hind  wings  greenish- 
white. 

Q.  100  mm.  Forewings  green,  watered  with  paler  ;  costa 
strigulated  with  silvery-white  ;  a  discal  silvery-white  spot ;  two 
posterior  series  of  silvery-white  spots.  Hindwings  yellowish-red, 
tips  greenish. 

Albany,  \Yest  Australia.  I  have  not  seen  it  ;  description  taken 
from  Scott's. 

20.  Hep.  argyrographvs,  Feld. 

(Charagm  oA'gyrograplia,  Feld.  pi.  lxxxi.  2.) 

^.  84  mm.  Forewings  green,  towards  inner  margin  suffused 
with  reddish  ;  costa  spotted  with  dark  grey  and  whitish  ;  numerous 
small  scattered  paler  marks  ;  two  posterior  series  of  white  spots, 
and  a  hindmavginal  series.  Hindwings  deep  ochreous-yellow, 
suffused  «^ith  reddish  towards  base. 

No  special  locality  quoted.  I  have  not  seen  the  species,  and 
have  described  Felder's  figure. 

21.  Hep.  eximius,  Scott. 
(Charagia  eonmia,  Scott,  Trans.  Ent.   Soc.  N.S.  Wales,  II.  35.) 
^.   75-llOmm.  (?)     Forewings  green,  watered    with  numerous 

short  silvery-white  marks  ;  a  posterior  golden  fascia  not  reaching 

either  margin.     Hindwings  pale  blue-green. 

Newcastle,  New  South  Wales.     Larva  on  Dodonaea  angustifolia. 

Unknown  to  me  ;  description  from  Scott. 

6.  Leto,  Hb. 

Antennae  -j^,y,  in  $  simple.  Palpi  moderate,  porrected,  smooth- 
scaled.  Forewings  w^ith  vein  7  from  angle,  8  from  before  angle, 
9  and  10  stalked.  Hindwings  in  ^  with  upper  surface  partially 
tufted  with  long  rough  hairs  ;  neuration  as  in  forewings. 


i 


BY    E.  MEYRICK. 


1133 


Besides  the  following,  there  is  one  South  African  species,  of 
almost  equal  size  and  splendour.  There  is  no  doubt  of  the  generic 
identity  of  these  two  forms,  which  agree  in  all  structural  characters, 
and  are  specially  distinguished  by  the  shaggy  tufts  of  the  hindwings 
in  the  (J,  being  at  the  same  time  the  largest  and  most  magnificent 
of  the  family.  The  instance  of  near  affinity  between  Australian 
and  South  African  forms  in  the  Lepidoptera  are  by  no  means 
numerous,  and  this  is  an  interesting  case. 

22.  Let.  Stacy i,  Scott. 
(Zelotypia  Stacyi,  Scott,  Trans.  Ent.  Soc.  N.S.  Wales,  II.  38.) 
(J9.  175-220  mm.  Forewings  greenish- ochreous ;  costal  area 
strewn  with  ferruginous  spots,  surrounded  by  ochreous-whitish 
rings ;  hindmarginal  area  watered  with  ferruginous  and  whitish 
lines ;  some  small  black  spots  on  costa  towards  apex  and  on  hind- 
margin  ;  a  large  raised  roundish  deep  ochreous  spot  beyond  middle, 
containing  a  central  black  crescentic  mark,  and  a  round  pale 
ochreous  white-circled  anterior  spot ;  in  $  two  or  three  cloudy 
whitish  blotches  on  costa,  one  in  disc  before  middle,  and  a  narrow 
irregular  fascia  at  J.      Hindwings  deep  ferruginous-orange. 

Newcastle  and  Manning  River,  New  South  Wales.  The  larva 
feeds  in  the  trunks  of  trees.  It  seems  to  me  not  improbable  that 
the  colouring  of  the  perfect  insect  is  designed  to  imitate  the  head 
of  a  snake ;  this  might  be  determined  by  those  who  have  the 
opportunity  of  seeing  the  insect  alive  in  its  natural  position  of 
repose. 

7.  PiELUS,  Walk. 

Antennae  \-\,  in  $  unipectinated  throughout,  pectinations  broad, 
lamellate.  Palpi  short,  basal  joint  somewhat  rough-scaled  beneath, 
second  and  terminal  joints  smooth,  terminal  joint  nearly  as  long 
as  second,  subclavate.  Posterior  tibiae  with  long  rough  projecting 
hairs.  Forewings  with  vein  7  from  angle,  8  from  much  before 
angle,  9  and  10  stalked  from  near  8.     Hindwings  as  in  forewings. 

Forewings  unicolorous 23.  higens. 

Forewings  variously  marked 24.  hyalinatus. 


1134  REVISION    OF    AUSTRALIAN    LEPIDOPTERA, 

23.  Piel.  ingens,  Walk. 
(Charagia  ingens,  Walk.  Suppl.  596  ;  Pielus  erythrinus,  ib.  599.) 
(J.  137-156  mm.  Head,  thorax,  and  abdomen  pale  brownish- 
ochreous ;  abdomen  sometimes  suffused  with  very  pale  rosy  except 
towards  apex.  Antennae  dark  fuscous,  pectinations  IJ.  Fore- 
wings  elongate,  subtriangular,  costa  gently  arched,  apex  obtuse, 
hindmargin  extremely  obliquely  rounded  continuously  with  inner 
margin,  not  sinuate ;  unicolorous  pale  brownish-ochreous  or 
ochreous-reddish.  Hind  wings  pale  brownish-ochreous  or  yel- 
lowish-ochreous,  towards  base  sometimes  suffused  with  very  pale 
rosy. 

Fernshaw,  Victoria ;  four  specimens.  This  species  has  been 
alleged  to  occur  in  New  Zealand,  but  I  believe  by  a  simple  error. 

24.  Piel.  hyalinatus,  HS. 

[Hepialus  hyalinatus,  HS.  Lep.  Exot.  I.  50  ;  Pielus  hyalinatus, 
Walk.  Bomb.  1576;  P.  tasmanice,  ib.  1577;  Rhizopsyche  Swain- 
soni,  Scott,  Austr.  Lep.  11.  pi.  iv. ;  Pielus  imperialis,  Olliff,  Proc. 
Linn.  Soc.  N.S.  Wales,  1887,  1015,  pi.  xxxix.) 

(J^.  80-165.  Head  and  thorax  brown,  sometimes  reddish  or 
ochreous-tinged,  crown  and  posterior  part  of  thorax  sometimes 
suffused  with  whitish-ochreous.  Antennae  dark  fuscous,  pectina- 
tions 2.  Fore  wings  elongate,  subtriangular,  costa  gently  arched, 
apex  obtuse,  hindmargin  very  oblique,  gently  rounded  continuously 
with  inner  margin  ;  brown  or  light  brownish-ochreous,  irregularly 
marked  with  parallel  labyrinthine  paler  or  whitish  lines,  alter- 
nating with  dark  fuscous  or  blackish,  tending  to  enclose  irregular 
darker  sometimes  whitish-centred  spots,  especially  in  disc  between 
discal  and  posterior  streaks,  very  variable,  sometimes  more  or  less 
wholly  obsolete ;  a  very  irregular  rather  broad  white  longi- 
tudinal streak  in  disc  from  near  base  to  |,  sometimes  hardly  paler 
than  ground  colour,  sometimes  variously  interrupted,  or  extended 
to  connect  with  posterior  streak  ;  a  similar  oblique  streak  from 
apex  to  above  anal  angle,  similarly  very  variable  :  cilia  rather 
dark  fuscous.  Hindwings  pale  grey,  light  brownish-ochreous, 
fuscous,  or  dark  grey,  base  sometimes  considerably  darker. 


BY   E.  MEYRICK.  1135 

var.  a.  Base  of  hindwings  and  of  abdomen  rosy. 

var.  /3.  Forewings  and  hindwings  rosy-ochreous ;  streaks  silvery- 
white,  broadly  margined  with  fuscous  ;  labyrinthine  marks  obsolete. 

Newcastle  and  Blackheath,  New  South  Wales;  Melbourne, 
Warragul,  and  Fernshaw,  Victoria ;  fifteen  specimens.  The 
larva  feeds  underground  on  the  roots  of  trees.  The  imago  is 
exceedingly  variable,  no  two  being  alike. 

8.  Trictena,  n.g. 

Antennae  J,  in  ^  tripectinated  throughout.  Palpi  moderate, 
straight,  porrected,  basal  joint  shortly  rough-scaled  beneath, 
second  and  third  terminal  joints  smooth,  terminal  joint  half 
second,  clavate.  Posterior  tibiae  densely  rough-haired.  Fore- 
wings  with  vein  7  from  angle,  8  from  much  before  angle,  9  and 
10  stalked  from  near  8.     Hindwings  as  in  forewings. 

Characterised  by  the  singular  tripectinate  antennae,  which  are, 
so  far  as  I  know,  unique.  The  imago  is  of  ponderous  build ;  it 
may  be  regarded  as  a  development  of  the  preceding  genus. 

25.  TricL  labyrinthica,  Don. 

•     V 

(Cosaus  lahyrinthicus,  Don.  Ins.  IST.  Holl.  ;  C.  argenteios^  ib., 
HS.  Lep.  Exot.  I.  47,  48 ;  Pielus  lahyrhithicus,  Walk.  Bomb. 
1578  ;  P.  atri/palpis^  ib.  1577  ;  P.  hydrographus,  Feld.  pi. 
LXXX.  3.) 

^9.  100-188  mm.  Head,  thorax,  and  abdomen  dark  fuscous. 
Antennae  light  ferruginous.  Forewings  elongate-triangular,  costa 
posteriorly  moderately  arched,  apex  obtuse,  hindmargin  oblique, 
slightly  sinuate,  rounded  beneath  continuously  with  inner  margin  ; 
dark  fuscous,  more  or  less  marked  with  irregular  parallel  lighter 
and  darker  labyrinthine  lines,  tending  to  enclose  irregular  con- 
centric rings,  especially  towards  hindmargin,  where  they  are  some- 
times whitish-centered  :  a  very  irregular-edged  rather  broad  white 
longitudinal  streak  in  disc  from  near  base  to  before  §,  posteriorly 
generally  emitting  three  or  four  short  teeth ;  sometimes  several 
small  scattered  white  spots  in  disc  beyond  apex  of  this  ;  a  slightly 


1136  REVISION    OF    AUSTRALIAN    LEPIDOPTERA, 

sinuate  rather  irregular  white  streak  from  apex,  or  close  beneath  it^ 
to  midway  between  apex  of  discal  streak  and  anal  angle,  more  or 
less  dilated  in  middle,  lower  portion  sometimes  interrupted  to  form 
two  or  three  spots  ;  in  ^  all  white  markings  are  much  reduced  or 
entirely  absent  :  cilia  dark  fuscous.  Hindwings  fuscous  ;  cilia 
dark  fuscous. 

Sydney,  New  South  "Wales  ;  in  April  and  May,  sometimes 
common  at  gas-lamps.  Larva  subterranean,  feed  nig  on  the  roots 
of  trees,  sometimes  at  a  considerable  depth  ;  it  was  eaten  for  food 
by  the  natives. 

MONOCTENIADAE. 

No  maxillary  palpi.  Fore  wings  with  vein  1  simple,  5  rising 
from  transverse  vein  not  nearer  to  4  than  to  6,  7  and  8  out  of  9. 
Hindwings  with  vein  Ic  absent ;  5  from  middle  of  transverse 
vein,  8  closely  approximated  to  upper  margin  of  cell  from  near 
base  to  middle  of  cell  or  beyond,  rarely  fused  with  it  at  a  point 
near  base,  or  {Hypograi^lia)  anastomosing  with  margin  of  cell. 

This  family  I  have  elsewhere  called  Oenochromidae,  but  as  the 
genus  Oenochroma  proves  on  examination  to  be  non-existent,  being 
only  a  synonym  of  Monoctenia,  I  consider  it  necessary  to  change 
the  name  accordingly.  The  family  belongs  to  the  Geometrina, 
and  is  of  great  interest  as  being  apparently  the  most  ancestral 
section  of  that  group.  With  the  Larentiadae  and  Boarmiadae  it 
cannot  be  confused  structurally  (see  however  Hypograjolia) ;  with 
the  Geometridae  and  Desmohathridae  also  no  difficulty  can  arise 
except  in  the  case  of  those  exceptional  genera  in  which  vein  8  of 
the  hindwings  is  fused  with  the  cell  at  a  point  near  base ; 
from  these  the  Geometridae  differ  in  that  vein  8  after  fusion 
immediately  diverges  rapidly  from  the  cell,  whilst  in  the  Monoc- 
teniadae  it  continues  close  to  it  and  approximately  parallel ;  in 
the  Desmohathridae  vein  8  is  not  fused  with  the  cell-margin  but 
connected  with  it  by  a  well-marked  and  distinct  bar,  but  no  doubt 
the  genetic  relation  here  runs  close,  the  two  families  being  really 
united  developmentally  through  these  very  genera  or  others  nearly 


BY    E.  MEYRICK.  1137 

related.  The  Larentiadae  are  without  doubt  derived  directly  from 
the  Monocteniadae,  originating  from  a  type  closely  resembling 
Dlchromodes,  by  strong  anastomosis  of  vein  8  in  the  hindwings 
with  the  cell-margin.  The  Desmohathridae  may  also  be  certainly 
regarded  as  springing  from  a  form  nearly  allied  to  Xenomusa. 
The  Geometridae  and  Boarmiadae  appear  to  me  at  present  to  be 
derived  from  a  common  ancestor  approaching  Aspilates,  but  the 
actual  line  of  connection  is  not  yet  quite  clearly  made  out. 

Within  the  limits  of  the  family  there  is  considerable  variation 
in  superficial  characteristics,  some  of  the  earlier  genera  being  very 
Bombyciform  in  appearance.  An  interesting  structural  character 
which  is  very  common  in  this  family  and  very  unusual  in  any 
other  is  found  in  the  uniserial  pectinations  of  the  antenn?e ;  nearly 
three-fourths  of  the  species  of  Monocteniadae,  including  the  most 
dissimilar  groups,  show  this  character,  which  appears  elsewhere  in 
the  Lejndojjtei^a  only  in  isolated  instances.  The  larvse  are  at 
present  little  known ;  but  some,  at  least,  have  twelve  perfect  legs 
instead  of  ten,  and  moreover  possess  rudiments  of  the  other  two 
pairs  ;  this  is  what  one  might  expect  in  an  ancestral  group,  and 
it  would  not  surprise  me  if  larvae  of  this  family  were  hereafter 
found  with  the  full  complement  of  sixteen  perfect  legs. 

The  geographical  distribution  of  the  family  shows  very  markedly 
the  usual  features  of  an  ancient  group,  struggling  with  difficulty 
to  maintain  itself  against  numerous  newer  and  improved  forms. 
There  are  a  certain  number  of  small,  scattered,  and  fragmentary 
genera,  occurring  almost  at  random  throughout  the  old  world,  and 
nowhere  dominant ;  and  there  is  also  a  specially  developed  later 
group  (that  of  Taxeotis  and  Dichroviodes)  practically  confined  to 
Australia,  originating  there  under  the  protection  of  a  situation 
which  probably  long  excluded  dangerous  competitors,  and  hence 
much  better  represented  in  number  of  species.  I  conceive  that 
the  immediate  ancestors  of  the  Dichromodes  group,  residing 
probably  in  Southern  Asia,  gave  rise  to  two  separate  branches  of 
descent,  one  being  the  Dichromodes  group,  which  arose  within 
Australia  from  emigrants  who  made  their  way  thither  ;    and  the 


1138  REVISION   OF   AUSTRALIAN   LEPIDOPTERA, 

other  the  Larentiadae^  which  rapidly  became  a  dominant  type  in 
Asia  and  Europe  and  spread  thence  over  all  the  world,  making 
their  way  also  to  Australia  at  a  later  period ;  here  they  have 
flourished  as  elsewhere,  but  the  Dichromodes  group  found  itself 
already  so  well  established  and  adapted  to  its  situation,  that  it 
has  apparently  not  suffered  much  from  their  competition,  though 
not  strong  enough  to  retaliate  by  invading  the  enemy's  country, 
except  that  it  has  contrived  to  settle  a  very  small  colony  in  the 
mountains  of  New  Zealand.  I  think  this  is  a  clear  and  interesting 
case. 

In  the  following  tabulation  of  genera  I  have  included  not  only 
the  Australian  genera,  but  all  those  from  other  regions  with  which 
I  am  acquainted  by  actual  observations,  as  it  will  help  to  give  an 
idea  of  the  range  of  the  family,  which  has  been  hitherto  unrecog- 
nised. Brephos,  for  example,  has  been  usually  classed  with  the 
Noctuina  (though  Lederer  showed  that  it  could  not  remain  there 
and  constituted  a  separate  family  for  it),  and  the  others  have  been 
distributed  at  random  in  various  groups.  The  Australian  genera 
are  numbered  in  succession ;  the  others  are  distinguished  by  letters 
attached  to  the  number  of  the  genus  immediately  preceding  them, 
which  serve  to  show  their  position  in  sequence. 

1.  Hindwings  with  vein  8  fused  with  cell  at  a 

point  near  base 2. 

Hindwings  with  vein  8  free  or  rarely  anas- 
tomosing with  cell  strongly 3. 

2.  Face  and  palpi  clothed  with  very  long  rough 

hairs 7a.  Brephos. 

Face  and  palpi  not  hairy 10.  Xenomusa. 

3.  Antennae  in  (J  pectinated  4. 

Antennae  in  (J  ciliated 17. 

4.  Antennae  in  (J  unipectinated 5. 

Antennae  in  ^  bipectinated 9. 

5.  Forewings  with  vein  10  out  of  9  4.  Satraparchis. 

Forewings  with  vein  10  rising  separate 6. 


BY    E.  MEYRICK.  1139 


6.  Forewings  with  vein  11   anastomosing  with 

12 16.  Hyi:>  o graph  a . 

Forewings  with  vein  11  not  anastomosing 

with  12  7. 

7.  Forewings  with  vein  11  anastomosing  with 

10 5.  Epidesmia. 

Forewings  with  vein  1 1  free 8. 

8.  Tarsi  spinulose 15.  Monoctenia. 

Tarsi  not  spinulose 6.  Dichromodes. 

9.  Forewings  with  vein  11  connected  with  12..  11. 
Forewings  with  vein  1 1  not  connected  with 

12  10. 

10.  Forewings  with  vein  10  absent 7b.  Eremia. 

Forewings  with  vein  10  present 12. 

11.  Forewings  with  vein  10  anastomosing  with 


11   2.  Darantasia. 

Forewings  with  vein  10  free  11.  OnycJiodes. 

12.  Forewings  with  vein  10  anastomosing  with 

11 13. 

Forewings  with  vein  1 0   not  anastomosing 

with  11  14. 

13.  Antennal    pectinations    short,    terminating 

in  tufts  of  long  cilia  7f.  Theoxena. 

Antennal  pectinations  normal 3.  Nearcha. 

14.  Tarsi  spinulose  14.  Phallaria. 

Tarsi  not  spinulose 15. 

1 5 .  Posterior  tibise  without  middle-spurs 12.  Arrhodia. 

Posterior  tibise  with  middle-spurs 16. 

16.  Forewings  with  vein  6  out  of  9  13.  Gastrophora. 

Forewings  with  vein  6  separate 8.  Aspilates. 

1 7.  Antennae  nearly  as  long  as  forewings 9.  Eumelia. 

Antennae  normal 18. 


1140  REVISION    OF    AUSTRALIAN    LEPIDOPTERA, 

18.  Forewings  with  vein  11  free 7.  Oenone. 

Forewings  with  vein  11  not  free  ...' 19. 

19.  Hind  wings  with  6  and  7  stalked 20. 

Hindwings  with  veins  6  and  7  separate 21 . 

^0.  Forewings  with  vein  10  absent  7c.  A2)lasta. 

Forewings  with  vein  10  present 7d.  Odezia. 

21.  Forewings  with  vein  11  out  of  10 7e.   Gypsochroa. 

Forewings  with  vein  1 1  separate 1 .   Taxeotis. 

1.  Taxeotis,  n.g. 

Face  smooth.  Tongue  developed.  Antennae  in  ^  filiform  or 
subdentate,  moderately  ciliated  (f-l).  Palpi  moderate  or  rather 
long,  porrected,  rough-scaled.  Forewings  with  vein  10  anasto- 
mosing with  9,  11  anastomosing  strongly  with  10  before  9,  12 
sometimes  connected  by  bar  with  11.  Hindwings  with  veins  6 
and  7  approximated  at  base. 

An  endemic  development  from  Epidesmia.  The  species  are 
commonly  very  difficult  to  distinguish,  being  obscurely  coloured, 
extremely  similar,  and  at  the  same  time  variable  ;  I  believe  how- 
ever that  I  have  correctly  defined  the  limits  of  those  given, 
though  I  make  no  doubt  that  there  are  other  closely  allied  forms 
which  I  have  overlooked  or  not  met  with. 

1.  Forewings  without  discal  dot  \?>.  2')Mlodora. 

Forewings  with  discal  clot 2. 

2.  Forewings  with  discal  dot  spot-like,  pale- 

centred  2.  stereospila. 

Forewings    with  discal   dot  not  spot-like, 

pale-centred 3. 

-3.  Forewings  with  two  triangular  black  spots 

on  costa ^.  isomer  is. 

Forewings  without  two  triangular  black 

spots  on  costa 4. 


BY    E.  MEYRICK.  1141 

4.  Face  ferruginous  5. 

Face  dark  fuscous  (sometimes  ferruginous- 
tinged)  or  black 6. 

5.  Forewings    with   first    line    marked  by  a 

ferruginous  black-spotted  streak 5.  exsectaria. 

Forewings  with  first  line  obsolete  1.  endela. 

6.  Forewings    with    costal     edge     ochreous- 

yellowish  anteriorly 6.  anthracopa. 

Forewings  with  costal  edge  not  ochreous- 

yellowish  anteriorly  7. 

7.  Base  of  palpi  sharply  whitish 8. 

Base  of  palpi  not  sharply  whitish 12. 

8.  Forewings  with  second  line  ferruginous  or 

ochreous-tinged 9. 

Forewings  with  second  line  not  ferruginous 

or  ochreous-tinged 10. 

9.  Forewings   with   a   sharply  marked    dark 

line  in  cilia 7.  delogramma. 

Forewings  without  a  sharply  marked  dark 

line  in  cilia 8.  intextata. 

10.  Forewings  with    a  subterminal  series    of 

darker  spots 11. 

Forewings  without  a  subterminal  series  of 

darker  spots  10.  intermixtaria. 

11.  Forewings  grey 12.  isophanes. 

Forewings  ochreous- whitish. 11.  epigypsa. 

12.  Forewings  with  hindmargin  on  upper  half 

sinuate ^.*egenata. 

Forewings  with  hindmargin  on  upper  half 

straight Z.  or  aula. 

In  the  first  three  species  vein  12  of  the  forewings  is  free,  in  all 
the  others  it  is  connected  by  bar  with  11.  This  character  is 
constant  in  my  specimens,  but  is  perhaps  not  altogether  reliable, 
and  too  much  stress  should  not  be  laid  on  it. 


1142  REVISION    OF   AUSTRALIAN    LEPIDOPTERA, 

1.   Tax.  endela^  n.sp. 

$.  22-28  mm.  Head  ochreous- whitish,  face  light  ferruginous. 
Palpi  2,  light  ferruginous,  base  ochreous-whitish.  Antennae 
whitish.  Thorax,  abdomen,  and  legs  pale  whitish-ochreous. 
Forewings  triangular,  hindmargin  straight  above,  rounded 
beneath;  12  free;  whitish-ochreous,  with  some  fine  scattered 
dark  fuscous  scales ;  a  dark  fuscous  dot  in  disc  above  middle  ;  a 
nearly  straight  or  faintly  sinuate  series  of  about  seven  blackish 
dots  from  |  of  inner  margin  towards  apex,  only  reaching  |  across 
wing,  sometimes  edged  posteriorly  by  a  slender  faint  ochreous 
streak  ;  a  fine  blackish  interrupted  hindmai-ginal  line  or  series 
of  dots :  cilia  whitish-ochreous.  Hindwings  with  hindmargin 
rounded;  whitish-ochreous,  generally  with  fine  scattered  dark 
fuscous  scales  ;  hindmarginal  line  and  cilia  as  in  forewings. 

Bathurst  (2500  feet),  New  South  Wales ;  Melbourne,  Vic- 
toria ;  in  November  and  December,  four  specimens.  A  distinct 
species,  well  characterised  by  the  pale  ferruginous  face  and  palpi, 
whitish-ochreous  colouring,  total  absence  of  first  line  of  forewings, 
and  straightness  of  second. 

2.   Tax.  stereospila^  n.sp. 

$<^.  21-24  mm.  Head  pale  whitish-ochreous,  face  rather  dark 
fuscous  except  lower  margin.  Palpi  2J-3,  Avhitish-ochreous, 
externally  more  or  less  brownish-tinged.  Antennae  ochreous- 
whitish.  Thorax  whitish-ochreous.  Abdomen  ochreous-whitish, 
sprinkled  with  blackish.  Legs  whitish-ochreous  irrorated  with 
blackish,  tarsal  joints  blackish  towards  base.  Forewings  triangular, 
hindmargin  on  upper  half  in  ^  almost  straight,  in  9  sinuate, 
rounded  beneath ;  1 2  free  ;  whitish-ochreous,  irrorated  with  fuscous 
and  black  ;  a  small  dark  fuscous  mark  on  costa  at  J,  a  dot  on  inner 
margin  at  ^,  and  one  or  two  dots  in  a  straight  line  between  them ; 
a  small  transverse-oblong  fuscous  or  blackish  spot  in  disc  above 
middle,  centred  with  paler  scales ;  a  small  dark  fuscous  mark  on 
costa  at  I ;  a  cloudy  dark  fuscous  line  from  apex  to  inner  margin 
at  I,  sinuate  inwards  on  upper  half  and  again  on  lower  half,  on 
lower  J  closely  preceded  by  a  ferruginous  sometimes  interrupted 


BY  E.  meyrick!  1143 

line,  marked  in  ^  with  black  dots  on  veins,  and  closely  followed 
by  a  series  of  cloudy  blackish  dots  ;  a  hindmarginal  series  of  black 
dots :  cilia  whitish-ochreous,  basal  half  in  9  irrorated  with  dark 
fuscous.  Hindwings  with  hindraargin  rounded  ;  pale  whitish- 
ochreous,  irrorated  with  fuscous  and  blackish  ;  a  short  double  dark 
fuscous  line  rising  from  inner  margin  at  | ;  hindmarginal  dots 
and  cilia  as  in  forewings. 

Sydney  and  Bathurst  (2500  feet),  New  South  Wales,  in  October 
and  November  ;  common.  Distinguished  from  all  others  by  the 
small  dark  pale-centered  spot  replacing  the  usual  discal  dot  of 
forewings. 

3.   Tax.  or  aula,  n.sp. 

(J.  21-22  mm.  Head  grey-whitish,  face  dark  fuscous.  Palpi 
IJ,  dark  fuscous.  Antennae  grey-whitish.  Thorax  and  abdomen 
whitish-grey.  Legs  grey,  posterior  tibiae  grey- whitish.  Forewings 
triangular,  hindmargin  straight  above,  rounded  beneath  ;  12  free; 
pale  grey,  sprinkled  with  dark  fuscous  ;  a  short  dark  fuscous  mark 
on  costa  at  |,  one  on  inner  margin  at  I,  and  a  dot  in  disc  directly 
between  these ;  a  minute  dark  fuscous  dot  in  disc  above  middle  ; 
a  dark  fuscous  mark  on  costa  at  | ;  a  series  of  dark  fuscous  dots 
from  near  beyond  lower  extremity  of  this  to  |  of  inner  margin, 
rather  strongly  sinuate  inwards  on  lower  half,  the  whole  sometimes 
connected  by  a  fine  denticulate  dark  fuscous  line,  acutely  angulated 
at  upper  extremity  to  connect  with  costal  mark  ;  a  very  faintly 
indicated  paler  waved  subterminal  line ;  a  hindmarginal  series  of 
black  dots :  cilia  pale  grey.  Hindwings  with  hindmargin  rounded ; 
pale  grey;  a  short  indistinct  dark  fuscous  erect  line  from  |  of 
inner  margin ;  a  hindmarginal  series  of  dark  fuscous  dots  ;  cilia 
pale  grey. 

Mount  Kosciusko  (5000-5800  feet).  New  South  Wales,  in 
January  ;  two  specimens.  Besides  the  neural  character,  it  differs 
from  all  the  other  similar  species  with  dark  fuscous  palpi,  except 
T.  egenata,  in  not  having  the  sharply-defined  white  basal  area  of 
palpi ;  from  T.  egenata  it  is  readily  separated  by  the  smaller  size, 
straight  upper  portion  of  hindmargin  of  forewings,  dark  fuscous 
costal  marks,  absence  of  subterminal  spots,  and  other  details. 
73 


1144  REVISION    OF    AUSTRALIAN    LEPIDOPTERA, 

4.  Tax.  isomeris,  n.sp. 

(J.  19  mm.  Head  grey  sprinkled  with  white,  face  black.  Palpi 
1§,  black.  Antennae  grey.  Thorax  pale  ochreous-grey.  Abdomen 
whitish-grey.  Legs  dark  grey,  posterior  pair  irrorated  with  paler. 
T'orewings  triangular,  hindmargin  straight  above,  rounded  beneath; 
12  connected  by  bar  with  11  ;  grey,  suffusedly  irrorated  with  light 
greyish-ochreous,  especially  towards  costa  ;  costa  shortly  and 
suflfusedly  strigulated  with  dark  grey;  two  small  triangular  blackish 
spots  on  costa  at  I  and  §  ;  a  short  mark  of  mixed  blackish  and 
ochreous  scales  on  inner  margin  at  ^,  and  a  dot  between  this  and 
first  costal  spot ;  a  moderate  outwards-curved  series  of  similar  dots 
from  second  costal  spot  to  a  short  mark  on  inner  margin  at  f , 
slightly  sinuate  inwards  on  lower  third  ;  a  rather  large  black  dot 
in  disc  above  middle  ;  faint  traces  of  a  paler  waved  subterminal 
line  ;  a  hindmarginal  series  of  black  dots  :  cilia  grey  irrorated 
with  black.  Hindwmgs  with  hindmargin  rounded  ;  grey ;  a 
darker  discal  dot ;  a  short  cloudy  dark  grey  mark  on  inner  margin 
at  f ,  with  faint  indications  of  a  continuous  transverse  line ;  hind- 
marginal  dots  and  cilia  as  in  forewings,  but  more  obscure. 

Albany,  West  Australia,  in  December  ;  one  specimen.  This 
species  is  very  well  characterised  by  the  triangular  black  costal 
spots. 

5.  Tax.  exsectaria,  Walk. 

(Panagra  exsectai'ia,  Walk.  1011.) 
-  ^9.  17-21  mm.  Head  ochreous-whitish,  more  or  less  ferruginous- 
tinged,  face  ferruginous,  back  of  crown  grey.  Palpi  1,  ferrugin- 
ous, base  whitish.  Antennae  pale  grey.  Thorax  light  ashy-grey, 
sometimes  with  a  few  black  scales.  Abdomen  whitish-grey.  Legs 
rather  dark  fuscous,  femora  and  posterior  tibiae  irrorated  with 
whitish.  Forewings  triangular,  hindmargin  slightly  sinuate  on 
upper  half,  rounded  beneath;  12  connected  by  bar  with  11;  grey, 
finely  irrorated  with  ashy-whitish,  and  sometimes  with  a  few  black 
scales,  in  9  more  or  less  sufi'usedly  irrorated  with   brownish  on 


BY    E.   MEYRICK.  1145 

median  area  ;  a  small  blackish-grey  spot  on  costa  at  J,  and  another 
at  J;  a  slender  almost  straight  ferruginous  streak  from  beneath  first 
costal  spot  to  ^  of  inner  margin,  marked  with  a  cloudy  black  dot 
in  disc  and  two  towards  inner  margin  ;  a  moderate  blackish  dot 
in  disc  above  middle ;  a  sinuate  ferruginous  line,  marked  with 
blackish  dots,  from  near  beneath  and  beyond  second  costal  spot  to 
inner  margin  at  |,  followed  by  a  more  or  less  marked  cloudy  dark 
grey  shade,  separated  from  it  by  a  fine  pale  line ;  generally  a  sub- 
terminal  series  of  cloudy  blackish  dots,  sometimes  obsolete,  in  9 
followed  by  a  denticulate  pale  line  ;  a  hindmarginal  series  of  black 
dots  :  cilia  light  grey.  Hind  wings  with  hindmargin  rounded  ;  light 
grey,  in  5  irrorated  with  dark  fuscous ;  a  dark  fuscous  discal  dot, 
sometimes  indistinct  ]  a  more  or  less  marked  slightly  sinuate  dark 
grey  line  at  f,  more  distinct  towards  inner  margin,  sometimes 
almost  obsolete ;  in  5  subterminal  dots  and  line  as  in  forewings,  but 
more  obscure;  a  hindmarginal  series  of  black  dots ;  cilia  light  grey. 
Sydney  and  Bathurst  (2500  feet).  New  South  Wales;  Adelaide, 
South  Australia ;  York,  Perth,  and  Albany,  West  Australia;  from 
September  to  December,  common.  Readily  recognisable  by  the 
small  size  and  neat  appearance,  the  well-marked  ferruginous  first 
line,  and  especially  the  ferruginous  colouring  of  the  head. 

6.   Tax.  antliracoim^  n.sp. 

(J.  21-23  mm.  Head  grey,  sometimes  becoming  whitish-ochreous 
anteriorly,  face  black.  Palpi  If,  blackish,  towards  base  white 
beneath.  Antennae  and  thorax  grey.  Abdomen  whitish-grey, 
sprinkled  with  blackish.  Legs  dark  grey,  femora  and  posterior 
tibiae  irrorated  with  whitish.  Forewings  triangular,  hindmargin 
almost  straight  above,  rounded  beneath ;  1 2  connected  bybar  with 
11;  grey,  finely  sprinkled  with  black;  costal  edge  slenderly 
ochreous-yellowish  anteriorly;  a  very  obscure  darker  mark  on 
costa  at  5,  one  on  inner  margin  at  _^,  and  a  dot  in  disc  between 
these  ;  a  moderate  blackish  dot  in  disc  above  middle ;  an  obscure 
darker  mark  on  costa  at  f ;  a  sinuate  series  of  blackish  dots, 
posteriorly    obscurely   margined  with   paler,    from    beneath   and 


1146  REVISION    OF   AUSTRALIAN   LEPIDOPTERA, 

slightly  beyond  this  to  inner  margin  at  f ,  sometimes  followed  by 
an  obscure  darker  grey  shade  towards  inner  margin;  a  subterminal 
series  of  small  cloudy  blackish  spots,  sometimes  reduced  to  dots ; 
a  hindmarginal  series  of  black  dots  :  cilia  with  basal  half  light 
grey  sprinkled  with  black,  terminal  half  grey-whitish.  Hindwings 
with  hindmargin  rounded ;  colour,  hindmarginal  dots,  and  cilia  as 
in  fo rowings  ;  a  blackish  discal  dot ;  an  indistinct  sinuate  darker 
line  at  f,  obscurely  ma.rgined  posteriorly  with  paler;  a  subter- 
minal series  of  small  darker  spots  obscurely  defined,  sometimes 
obsolete. 

Sydney,  New  South  Wales  ;  Deloraine,  Tasmania  ;  in  Septem- 
ber and  December,  four  specimens.  Differs  from  all  the  species 
with  black  and  white  palpi  by  the  yellowish  costal  edge  of  fore- 
wings  ;  characterised  also  by  the  absence  of  ferruginous  lines,  and 
comparative  shortness  of  palpi. 

7.   Tax.  delogramma,  n.sp. 

(J^.  20-24  mm.  Head  ochreous-whitish,  face  dark  fuscous. 
Palpi  2,  dark  fuscous,  white  towards  base.  Antennse  whitish 
spotted  with  fuscous.  Thorax  whitish-grey.  Abdomen  very 
pale  greyish-ochreous,  sprinkled  with  black.  Legs  pale  brownish- 
ochreous,  femora  and  posterior  tibiae  whitish-ochreous  irrorated 
with  dark  fuscous.  Forewings  triangular,  hindmargin  in  ^  faintly, 
in  ^  distinctly  sinuate  above,  rounded  beneath;  12  connected  by 
bar  with  1 1 ;  pale  greyish-ochreous,  sprinkled  with  black  ;  a  dark 
fuscous  dot  on  costa  about  J,  another  on  inner  margin  at  J,  and 
two  between  these  ;  a  moderate  blackish  dot  in  disc  above  middle ; 
a  short  dark  fuscous  mark  on  costa  at  f ;  an  ill-defined  sinuate 
ferruginous  line,  marked  with  blackish  dots,  from  beneath  and 
beyond  this  to  inner  margin  at  |,  often  followed  by  a  cloudy 
rather  dark  fuscous  shade  ;  beyond  this  a  subterminal  series  of 
small  cloudy  blackish  spots  or  dots,  posteriorly  margined  by  paler 
marks,  and  sometimes  followed  by  short  dark  streaks  on  veins  ;  a 
hindmarginal  series  of  black  dots  :  cilia  ochreous-whitish,  basal 
half  sprinkled  and  sometimes  obscurely  barred  with  dark  fuscous, 
separated  by  a  well-defined  dark  fuscous  median  line,  becoming 


BY    E.  MEYRICK.  1147 

lighter  towards  anal  angle.  Hind  wings  with  hindmargin  rounded  ; 
colour,  hindmarginal  dots,  and  cilia  as  in  forewings ;  a  dark 
fuscous  discal  dot ;  a  rather  irregularly  sinuate  more  or  less 
indistinct  darker  line  at  |,  often  marked  with  a  series  of  blackish 
dots,  sometimes  margined  posteriorly  by  a  fine  pale  line. 

Diiaringa,  Queensland;  Sydney,  Blackheath  (3500  feet),  and 
Bathurst  (2500  feet).  New  South  Wales  ;  Melbourne  and  Beech, 
worth,  Victoria  ;  Deloraine  and  Georges  Bay,  Tasmania  ;  Mount 
Lofty,  South  Australia  ;  York  and  Albany,  West  Australia ;  from 
October  to  January,  common  everywhere.  This  common  species 
appears  to  have  been  hitherto  confused  with  the  next,  and  to  have 
received  no  distinctive  name ;  its  special  character  is  the  strongly- 
marked  dark  line  of  the  cilia,  but  it  may  also  be  separated  from 
T.  intextata  by  the  dark  fuscous  (not  ferruginous-tinged)  palpi,  and 
the  straighter  hindmargin  of  forewings  in  $. 

8.   Tax.  intextata,  Gn. 

(Panagra  intextata,  Gn.  X.  130  ;  P.  ijerlinearia,  Walk.  998  ; 
P.  areniferata,  ib.  998  ;  /•*.  explicataria,  ib.  999  ;  P.  inconcisata, 
ib.  1003.) 

^2-  22-28  mm.  Head  whitish-ochreous,  face  deep  ferruginous- 
fuscous.  Palpi  2,  deep  ferruginous,  base  ochreous-whitish.  An- 
tennae ochreous-whitish.  Thorax  and  abdomen  pale  greyish- 
ochreous  sprinkled  with  black.  Legs  light  brownish-ochreous, 
femora  and  posterior  tibias  whitish-ochreous  sprinkled  with  dark 
fuscous.  Forewings  triangular,  hindmargin  above  distinctly 
sinuate  in  both  sexes,  rounded  beneath ;  pale  greyish-ochreous  or 
grey-brownish,  sprinkled  with  black,  in  9  more  brownish  or 
sometimes  yellow-ochreous ;  a  very  faint  ochreous  line  from  J  of 
costa  to  J  of  inner  margin,  posterior  edge  often  marked  with  three 
or  four  dark  fuscous  dots  ;  a  moderate  blackish  dot  in  disc  above 
middle ;  a  cloudy  dark  fuscous  mark  on  costa  at  | ;  a  sinuate 
yellowish-ochreous  line  or  cloudy  streak  from  beyond  and  beneath 
this  to  inner  margin  at  f ,  marked  with  a  series  of  dark  fuscous 
dots  sometimes  connected  by  a  fuscous  line ;  a  subterminal 
series  of  small  blackish  spots,  in  9  obscure  or  obsolete ;  a  hind- 


1148  REVISION    OF    AUSTRALIAN    LEPIDOPTERA, 

marginal  series  of  black  dots  :  cilia  whitish-fuscous,  whitish-ochre- 
ous,  or  grey-whitish,  base  sometimes  with  a  few  scattered  dark 
fuscous  scales.  Hind  wings  with  hiudmargin  rounded  ;  colour, 
hindmarginal  dots,  and  cilia  as  in  forewings  ;  a  dark  fuscous  discal 
dot ;  a  nearly  straight  often  indistinct  pale  ochreous  line  or  streak 
at  |,  marked  with  a  series  of  dark  fuscous  dots  or  fuscous  line. 

Toowoomba  (2000  feet),  Queensland ;  Sydney,  New  South 
Wales ;  Mount  Lofty,  South  Australia  ;  from  August  to  Decem- 
ber, very  common.  Differs  from  all  the  nearest-allied  species  by 
the  very  deep  ferruginous  palpi ;  in  colouring  it  is  otherwise  very 
variable.  Under  the  head  of  P.  inconcisata,  Walker  has  included 
with  this  species  specimens  also  of  the  preceding  ;  it  is  also  likely 
enough  that  Guenee's  description  refers  to  both  ;  but  as  neither  of 
these  makes  any  mention  of  the  conspicuous  dark  line  in  the  cilia 
which  characterises  T.  delogramma,  I  refer  these  descriptions  to 
this  species. 

9.   Tax.  egenata,  Walk. 

{Panagra  egenata^  Walk.  997.) 

(J.  28  mm.  Head  grey-whitish,  face  blackish.  Palpi  If,  dark 
fuscous,  base  mixed  with  paler.  Antennge  whitish.  Thorax  and 
abdomen  whitish-grey,  with  a  few  black  scales.  Legs  pale  grey, 
femora  and  posterior  tibise  sprinkled  with  blackish.  Forewings 
triangular,  hindmargin  sinuate  above,  rounded  beneath  ;  1 2  con- 
nected by  bar  with  11  ;  pale  ochreous-grey,  sprinkled  with  fine 
black  scales ;  a  blackish  dot  in  disc  at  \,  and  one  near  inner 
margin  at  J ;  a  moderate  blackish  dot  in  disc  above  middle  ;  a 
nearly  straight  fine  obscure  ochreous-whitish  line  from  towards 
costa  at  5  to  inner  margin  at  \,  margined  anteriorly  bj  a  series  of 
blackish  dots ;  a  subterminal  series  of  blackish  dots^  two  lowest 
sometimes  confluent  into  an  irregular  spot ;  a  hindmarginal  series 
of  black  dots:  cilia  fuscous-whitish,  basal  half  somewhat  sprinkled 
with  fuscous,  with  a  light  fuscous  median  line.  Hind  wings  with 
hindmargin  rounded  ;  colour,  hindmarginal  dots,  and  cilia  as  in 
forewings;  a  blackish  discal  dot;  a  gently-curved  fine  obscure 
ochreous-whitish  line  at  |,  anteriorly  margined  with  a  series  of 
blackish  dots. 


BY    E    MEYRICK.  1149 

Duaringa,  Queensland,  in  July  ;  three  specimens  received  from 
Mr.  G.  Barnard.  Separable  from  the  similar  species  with  dark 
fuscous  palpi,  except  T,  oraula,  by  their  not  having  the  base 
sharply  white  ;  from  T.  oraiola  by  the  sinuate  hindmargin  of 
forewings,  difference  in  neuration,  and  other  characters  noted 
above. 

10.   Tax.  intermixtaria,  Walk. 

[Panagra  i7itermixtaria,  Walk.  1000;  P.  2^'>^07nelanaria,  ib. 
1666.) 

(J.  24-25  mm.  Head  ochreous-white,  face  dark  fuscous.  Palpi  2, 
dark  fuscous,  base  white.  Antennse  whitish.  Thorax  and  abdo- 
men grey- whitish.  Legs  light  grey,  femora  and  posterior  tibiae 
whitish  sprinkled  with  dark  grey.  Forewings  triangular,  hind- 
margin  straight  above,  rounded  beneath  ;  12  connected  by  bar 
with  11  ;  pale  whitish-grey,  suffusedly  irrorated  with  ochreous- 
whitish,  and  with  fine  scattered  black  scales  ;  a  black  dot  in  disc 
at  I,  and  another  above  inner  margin  at  | ;  a  black  dot  above 
middle  of  disc ;  a  black  dot  on  costa  at  4 ;  a  sinuate  series  of  black 
dots  from  beneath  and  rather  beyond  this  to  4  of  inner  margin  ; 
a  hindmarginal  series  of  black  dots  :  cilia  whitish-grey,  terminal 
half  whitish,  dividing  line  grey,  distinct.  Hindwings  with  hind- 
margin  rounded ;  colour,  hindmarginal  dots,  and  cilia  as  in 
forewings ;  a  blackish  discal  dot ;  a  somewhat  sinuate  series  of 
very  indistinct  darker  dots  at  |,  followed  by  traces  of  a  paler  line. 

Bathurst  (2500  feet),  New  South  Wales,  in  November ;  three 
specimens.  Characterised  by  the  pale  colouring,  absence  of 
ochreous  markings  and  of  subterminal  spots,  and  presence  of 
distinct  line  in  cilia. 

11.  Tax.  epigi/psa,  n.sp. 
(J.  20  mm.  Head,  antennse,  thorax,  abdomen,  and  legs  whitish  ; 
face  blackish.  Palpi  If,  blackish,  base  white.  Forewings  rather 
elongate-triangular,  hindmargin  straight  above,  rounded  beneath  ; 
12  connected  at  a  point  with  11  ;  ochreous-whitish,  with  a  few 
tine  scattered  black  scales ;  a  moderate  blackish  dot  in  disc  above 
middle  ;  a  series  of   indistinct  fuscous  dots  marked  with  black 


1150  REVISION    OF   AUSTRALIAN    LEPIDOPTERA, 

scales  from  f  of  costa  to  J  of  inner  margin,  curved  outwards  on 
upper  I ;  a  subterminal  series  of  small  indistinct  fuscous  spots 
marked  with  black  scales  ;  a  hindmarginal  series  of  large  black 
dots  :  cilia  whitish.  Hind  wings  with  hindmargin  rounded ; 
ochreous-whitish,  with  scattered  blackish  scales  on  lower  half ; 
hindmarginal  dots  and  cilia  as  in  forewings. 

Quorn,  South  Australia,  in  October ;  one  specimen.  This  is 
not  in  very  good  condition,  but  is  certainly  a  good  species,  most 
resembling  the  preceding,  but  well  distinguished  by  the  somewhat 
more  elongate  wings,  smaller  size,  relatively  shorter  palpi,  sub- 
terminal  spots,  and  the  large  size  of  hindmarginal  dots  ;  from  the 
rest  its  ochreous-whitish  colouring  readily  separates  it. 

12.   Tax.  isophanes,  n.sp. 

(J9.  22-27  mm.  Head  whitish-grey,  forehead  whitish-ochreous, 
face  dark  fuscous.  Palpi  2,  dark  fuscous,  base  white.  Antennae 
grey-whitish.  Thorax  and  abdomen  pale  grey,  with  scattered  dark 
fuscous  scales.  Legs  dark  grey,  femora  and  posterior  tibiae  irro- 
rated  with  whitish.  Forewings  triangular,  hindmargin  straight 
above,  rounded  beneath;  12  connected  by  bar  with  11;  grey, 
sutfusedly  irrorated  with  pale  greyish-ochreous,  with  fine  scattered 
black  scales  ;  an  indistinct  dark  fuscous  dot  on  costa  at  J,  a  second 
on  inner  margin  about  %  and  two  more  distinct  in  a  straight  line 
between  these  ;  a  moderate  dark  f  ascous  dot  in  disc  above  middle ; 
a  fine  slightly  curved  and  sinuate  cloudy  fuscous  line  from  about 
J  of  costa  to  J  of  inner  margin,  marked  with  obscure  dark  fuscous 
dots ;  a  subterminal  series  of  small  obscure  cloudy  dark  fuscous 
spots ;  a  hindmarginal  series  of  black  dots :  cilia  pale  greyish- 
ochreous,  basal  half  mixed  with  grey.  Hindwings  with  hind- 
margin rounded ;  light  fuscous  irrorated  with  darker,  becoming 
darker  posteriorly  ;  hindmarginal  dots  and  cilia  as  in  forewings. 

Murrurundi  (1500  feet).  New  South  Wales  ;  Melbourne, 
Victoria  ;  Mount  Lofty,  South  A  ustralia  ;  in  October,  four  speci- 
mens. An  obscure-looking  species,  characterised  by  the  dull  colour- 
ing, absence  of  ochreous  lines,  slightly  curved  second  line  not 
angulated  near  costa,  and  presence  of  subterminal  spots. 


BY    E.  MEYRICK.  1151 


13.  Tax.  fhilodora^  n.sp. 


(J.  20  mm.  Head  whitish-ochreous,  forehead  more  whitish, 
face  dark  ferruginous-fuscous.  Palpi  2,  dark  ferruginous-fuscous, 
towards  base  white.  Antennae,  thorax,  abdomen,  and  legs  whitish- 
ochreous.  Forewings  triangular,  hindmargin  oblique,  straight 
above,  rounded  beneath  ;  1 2  connected  by  bar  with  1 1 ;  whitish- 
ochreous,  irrorated  with  yellowish-ochreous  in  disc ;  a  straight 
thick  blackish  line  from  beyond  \  of  costa  to  beyond  \  of  inner 
margin,  interrupted  immediately  beneath  costa,  preceded  except 
on  costa  by  a  brownish  suffusion  ;  a  thick  blackish  inwards-curved 
and  twice  sinuate  line  from  hindmargin  below  apex  to  inner  margin 
at  J,  followed  by  a  brownish  suffusion,  and  interrupted  near  upper 
extremity  by  a  straight  cloudy  whitish  subterminal  shade  running 
from  near  costa  to  anal  angle  \  space  between  this  and  hindmargin 
marked  with  fine  dark  fuscous  strigulse  and  scattered  black  scales  : 
cilia  whitish-ochreous  mixed  with  dark  fuscous  (imperfect).  Hind- 
wings  with  hindmargin  rounded  ;  whitish-ochreous,  fuscous-tinged, 
with  scattered  dark  fuscous  scales  ;  three  parallel  cloudy  dark 
fuscous  lines  starting  from  lower  third  of  inner  margin  but  not 
reaching  far  across  wing  j  cilia  whitish  mixed  with  fuscous 
(imperfect). 

Carnarvon,  West  Australia ;  one  specimen  in  October.  Excep- 
tionally distinct. 

2.  Darantasia,  Walk. 

Face  with  projecting  cone  of  scales.  Tongue  developed.  Antennae 
in  (J  shortly  bipectinated  almost  to  apex,  pectinations  terminating 
in  pencils  of  cilia.  Palpi  rather  long,  porrected,  rough-scaled. 
Forewings  with  vein  10  anastomosing  with  9,  11  anastomosing 
strongly  with  10  before  9,  12  connected  by  bar  with  11.  Hind 
wings  with  veins  6  and  7  stalked. 

Nearly  related  to  Nearcha^  and  doubtless  a  development  of  it ; 
contains  only  the  one  species,  which  in  superficial  appearance 
shows  some  reversionary  tendency  towards  Dich/rortiodes, 


1152  REVISION    OF    AUSTRALIAN    LEPIDOPTERA, 

14.  Dar.  flavicapitata^  Gn. 

fTephrina  flavicapitata,  Gn.  X.  98  ;  T.  capitata,  Walk.  965  ; 
Darantasia  mundiferaria,  ib.  1743.) 

(J9-  29-33  mm.  Head  pale  yellowish,  face  dark  fuscous.  Palpi 
2 J-3,  dark  fuscous,  beneath  yellowish-white  towards  base.  Antennae 
ochreous- whitish,  obscurely  spotted  with  fuscous.  Thorax  fuscous. 
Abdomen  light  fuscous,  basal  segment  with  a  deep  ochreous  apical 
band.  Legs  fuscous.  Forewings  triangular,  hindmargin  bowed, 
slightly  waved  ;  fuscous,  sprinkled  with  black,  especially  in  ^,  in 
(J  irrorated  with  light  greyish-ochreous  ;  lines  ochreous-whitish, 
well-marked,  thicker  in  c^  ;  first  almost  straight  from  beyond  ^  of 
costa  to  3  of  inner  margin,  anteriorly  margined  with  ferruginous  in 
disc  ;  a  small  transverse-oval  blackish  ring  in  disc  above  middle, 
obscurely  ferruginous-tinged  ;  second  line  from  J  of  costa  to  J  of 
inner  margin,  upper  f  very  slightly  curved  outwards,  posteriorly 
margined  with  ferruginous  except  towards  costa ;  an  obscurely 
indicated  irregular  sinuate  and  dentate  pale  subterminal  line, 
beyond  which  the  hindmarginal  area  is  sufFusedly  irrorated  with 
ochreous-whitish ;  a  hindmarginal  series  of  black  dots :  cilia 
fuscous  or  whitish-fuscous,  irrorated  and  sometimes  obscurely 
barred  with  ochreous-whitish.  Hindwings  with  hindmargin 
rounded  ;  pale  fuscous,  more  or  less  sprinkled  with  dark  fuscous  ; 
an  obscure  sinuate  pale  line  at  |,  in  ^  almost  obsolete  ;  hind- 
marginal dots  and  cilia  as  in  forewings. 

Blackheath  (3500  feet),  New  South  Wales;  Mount  Lofty, 
South  Australia ;  in  October,  common. 

3.  Nearcha,  n.g. 

Face  with  projecting  cone  of  scales.  Tongue  developed. 
Antennae  in  ^  bipectinated  almost  or  quite  to  apex.  Palpi 
moderate  or  long,  porrected,  with  long  rough  projecting  scales. 
Thorax  hairy  beneath.  Forewings  with  vein  10  anastomosing  or 
connected  at  a  point  with  9,  11  anastomosing  strongly  with  10 
before  9.     Hindwings  with  veins  6  and  7  stalked. 


BY    E.  MEYRICK.  1153' 

Presumably  a  development  from  Dichromodes,  but  the  gap 
between  them  is  rather  considerable.  There  is  a  good  deal  of 
affinity  to  Epidesmia,  but  apparently  collateral.  The  species  are 
dull-coloured  and  superficially  extremely  similar,  though  fortu- 
nately they  possess  admirable  points  of  distinction  in  the  tufts 
which  the  (J's  often  possess  on  the  lower  surface  of  the  hindwings 
or  sides  of  abdomen.  The  colour  and  length  of  the  palpi  also 
afford  good  characters ;  those  species  which  have  long  palpi  have 
also  the  frontal  tuft  elongate.  The  genus  is  endemic ;  but  the 
New  Zealand  genus  Theoxena  approaches  it  rather  nearly. 

1.  Abdomen  in  ^  with  large  lateral  tufts  on  5th 

segment  18.  j;a7'ap^i7fl!. 

Abdomen  in  ^  without  lateral  tufts 2. 

2.  Palpi  long  (3 J),  pale  ochreous  3. 

Palpi  moderate  (2-2J),  blackish. ,..  5. 

3.  Hindwings   in   ^    beneath   with   blackish  sub- 

costal tuft  at  5 19.  subcelata. 

Hindwings  in  g  beneath   without  blackish  sub- 
costal tuft  at  J 4. 

4.  Hindwings   in  ^  beneath   with  subcostal  spot 

of  short  pale  hairs 20.  atyla. 

Hindwings  in  ^  beneath  without  subcostal  spot 

of  short  pale  hairs 21.  curtaria 

5.  Hindwings  in  ^  beneath   with  subcostal  tufts..  6. 
Hindwings   in    ^  beneath    without    subcostal 

tufts 15.  staurotis. 

6.  Hindwings   in  ^  beneath    with    two   blackish 

subcostal  tufts 16.  hiiffalaria. 

Hindwings  in  $  beneath  with  one  blackish  sub- 
costal   tuft.* 17.   aridaria. 

15.  Nearch.  staurotis,  n.sp. 

^^.  25-27  mm.  Head  grey-whitish,  between  antennas  yellow- 
ish-white, face  dark  fuscous.     Palpi   2-2 J,  blackish-fuscous,  basal 


1154  REVISION   OF   AUSTRALIAN    LEPIDOPTERA, 

half  obliquely  white.  Antennae  grey- whitish,  pectinations  dark  grey. 
Thorax  whitish-grey.  Abdomen  grey-whitish,  with  a  few  scat- 
tered dark  grey  scales,  basal  segment  in  ^  whitish-ochreous  towards 
apex.  Legs  pale  greyish-ochreous,  femora  sprinkled  with  dark 
fuscous,  posterior  legs  ochreous-whitish.  Forewings  triangular, 
hindmargin  bowed ;  pale  ochreous-grey,  finely  sprinkled  with 
blackish ;  four  blackish  dots  or  small  spots  forming  a  slightly 
curved  series  from  J  of  costa  to  I  of  inner  margin  ;  a  small  trans- 
verse-oval blackish-grey  pale-centred  spot  in  disc  above  middle  ;  an 
indistinct  whitish  or  pale  ferruginous  gently  curved  line  from  |  of 
costa  to  f  of  inner  margin,  slightly  sinuate  inwards  towards  inner 
margin,  margined  anteriorly  by  a  series  of  black  dots  or  small  tri- 
angular spots,  and  followed  on  lower  3  by  a  more  or  less  developed 
blackish-grey  shade,  broadening  downwards  ;  a  faint  cloudy  paler 
subterminal  line  ;  a  hindmarginal  series  of  black  dots  :  cilia  light 
ochreous-grey.  Hindwings  with  hindmargin  rounded ',  in  ^ 
without  tufts  beneath ;  colour,  subterminal  line,  hindmarginal 
dots  and  cilia  as  in  forewings ;  a  faint  curved  whitish  line  beyond 
middle,  anteriorly  margined  with  cloudy  sufi'used  blackish  dots. 
Geraldton,  West  Australia  ;  in  November,  common. 

16.  JVearch.   buffalaria,  Gn. 

{Panagrahuffalaria,  Gn.  X.  128  ;  P.  zirsaria,  ib.  129  ;  P.  trans- 
actaria,  Walk.  999  ;  P.  resignata,  ib.  1003  ;  IP.  reserata,  ib.  1010.) 

(J§.  26-32  mm.  Head  light  ochreous-grey,  face  blackish.  Palpi 
2  J,  blackish,  towards  base  whibe.  Antennae  grey- whitish.  Thorax 
and  abdomen  light  ochreous-grey.  Legs  light  greyish-ochreous, 
femora  and  posterior  tibiae  sprinkled  with  blackish,  middle  and  pos- 
terior femora  roughly  haired  beneath,  posterior  tibiae  in  ^  dilated, 
enclosing  pencil  of  hairs  in  groove.  Forewings  triangular,  hind- 
margin bowed,  waved,  in  Q  slightly  sinuate  beneath  apex ;  ochre- 
ous-grey, with  fine  scattered  dark  fuscous  scales  ;  costal  edge  more 
or  less  distinctly  pale  ferruginous ;  a  blackish  dot  in  disc  at  J,  one 
on  inner  margin  at  5,  and  one  on  fold  between  these,  sometimes 
preceded  by  traces  of  a  whitish  anteriorly  ferruginous-margined 


BY    E.  MEYRICK.  1155 

line ;  a  small  trans  verse -oval  fuscous  pale-centred  spot  above 
middle  of  disc  ;  a  faint  paler  or  ochreous-whitish  line  from  towards 
costa  at  J  to  f  of  inner  margin,  sinuate  outwards  in  middle  of 
disc,  margined  anteriorly  by  a  series  of  black  triangular  dots  and 
posteriorly  by  a  pale  ferruginous  shade  ;  a  faint  fuscous  shade 
beyond  this ;  a  hindmarginal  series  of  blackish  dots  :  cilia  light 
grey  or  greyish-ochreous,  sometimes  with  a  fuscous  interrupted  line. 
Hindwings  with  hindmargin  rounded  ;  in  (J  on  undersurface  with 
a  large  subcostal  tuft  of  greyish-ochreous  hairs  mixed  with  dark 
fuscous  at  J,  a  smaller  similar  subcostal  tuft  in  middle,  and  a  ridge 
of  pale  greyish-ochreous  hairs  in  disc  beneath  these;  grey, 
sprinkled  with  dark  fuscous  ;  sometimes  a  faint  pale  curved  median 
line,  preceded  by  cloudy  suffused  blackish  dots ;  hindmarginal  dots 
and  cilia  as  in  fore  wings. 

Sydney,  New  South  Wales ;  Tasmania ;  Mount  Lofty,  South 
Australia  ;  Perth,  West  Australia  ;  from  August  to  October  and 
in  March,  common. 

17.  Nearch.  aridaria,  Walk. 

(Tephrina  aridaria,  Walk.  Siippl.  1662.) 

(J9.  25-28  mm.  Head  whitish-grey,  becoming  ochreous-whitish 
on  forehead,  face  blackish.  Palpi  2,  blackish,  towards  base  white. 
Antennae  grey-whitish.  Thorax  and  abdomen  pale  grey  or  whitish- 
grey,  with  a  few  blackish  scales.  Legs  grey,  femora  and  posterior 
tibiae  grey-whitish  sprinkled  with  dark  fuscous,  middle  and  posterior 
femora  partly  rough-haired  beneath.  Forewings  triangular,  hind- 
margin  bowed,  waved;  light  ochreous-grey,  with  scattered  dark 
grey  scales  ;  costal  edge  more  or  less  distinctly  pale  ochreous ;  a 
slightly  curved  blackish  line  from  \  of  costa  to  I  of  inner  margin,  in 
^  reduced  to  four  dots ;  a  transverse-oval  sometimes  obscurely 
pale-centred  blackish  spot  in  disc  above  middle,  in  ^  much  paler  or 
obsolete ;  a  blackish  irregular  line  from  before  f  of  costa  to  f  of 
inner  margin,  upper  |  moderately  curved  outwards  and  sinuate 
above  middle,  in  9  reduced  to  a  series  of  black  dots  connected  by 
an  obscure  grey  line ;  in  $  this  is  closely  followed  except  towards 


1156  REVISION    OF    AUSTRALIAN    LEPIDOPTERA, 

costa  by  a  cloudy  blackish-grey  shade,  posteriorly  somewhat  mixed 
with  ochreous,  in  9  represented  by  an  obscure  ochreous  line  ;  a 
series  of  very  indistinct  cloudy  grey  subterminal  spots ;  a  hind- 
marginal  series  of  black  dots  :  cilia  pale  grey,  with  a  faint  inter- 
rupted darker  line.  Hindwings  with  hindmargin  rounded  ;  in  (J. 
on  undersurface  with  a  thin  subcostal  ridge  of  pale  greyish-ochre- 
ous  hairs  terminating  beyond  middle  in  a  small  tuft  mixed  with 
dark  fuscous  ;  colour,  hindmarginal  dots,  and  cilia  as  in  forewings  ; 
a  blackish-grey  discal  dot,  in  ^  sometimes  obsolete;  a  cloudy 
blackish-grey  median  line,  slightly  angulated  in  middle,  sinuate 
beneath,  in  ^  obscure  or  obsolete. 

Duaringa,  Queensland ;  Bathurst  (2500  feet),  New  South 
"Wales ;  in  November  and  March,  common. 

18.  Nearch.  2mra2)tila^  n.sp. 

^.  28  mm.  Head  fuscous-whitish,  face  dark  ferruginous-fus- 
cous. Palpi  2,  fuscous.  Antennae  fuscous  -  whitish.  Thorax 
whitish -fuscous.  Abdomen  whitish-fuscous,  with  a  few  dark 
fuscous  scales,  4th  segment  with  a  small  lateral  pencil  of  hairs,  and 
a  small  horny  ventral  hook,  5th  segment  with  a  large  tuft  of 
blackish  hairs  on  each  side,  mixed  v/ith  pale  greyish-ochreous. 
Legs  fuscous,  posterior  pair  fuscous-whitish.  Forewings  triangular, 
hindmargin  bowed  ;  whitish-fuscous,  sprinkled  with  dark  fuscous  ; 
faint  traces  of  a  pale  ferruginous  line  from  \  of  costa  to  \  of  inner 
margin,  preceded  by  three  blackish  dots  on  veins  ;  a  transverse 
linear  dark  fuscous  mark  in  disc  above  middle ;  traces  of  a  pale 
ferruginous  irregular  line,  posteriorly  marked  with  a  series  of 
blackish  dots,  from  I  of  costa  to  \  of  inner  margin,  upper  3  rather 
strongly  curved  outwards,  sinuate  inwards  above  middle  and 
towards  inner  margin  ;  a  subterminal  series  of  dark  fuscous  dots  ; 
a  hindmarginal  series  of  blackish  dots  :  cilia  whitish-fuscous 
(imperfect).  Hindwings  with  hindmargin  rounded  ;  without  tufts 
beneath ;  colour,  subterminal  and  hindmarginal  dots,  and  cilia 
as  in  forewings ;  a  faint  ferruginous  median  line,  marked  with 
blackish  dots,  sinuate  outwards  in  middle. 

Toowoomba,  Queensland  ;  in  December,  one  specimen. 


BY    E.  MEYRICK.  1157 

19.  Nearch.   subcelata,  Walk. 

(Panagra  sicbcelata,  Walk.  997.) 

^2-  27-28  mm.  Head  and  thorax  pale  brownish-ochreous. 
Palpi  3J,  pale  greyish-oclireous,  in  9  fuscous-tinged.  Antennae 
and  abdomen  ochreous-whitish.  Legs  light  fuscous,  femora  and 
posterior  tibiaa  ochreous-whitish  sprinkled  with  dark  fuscous. 
Fore  wings  triangular,  hindmargin  sinuate  on  upper  half,  rounded 
beneath ;  whitish-ochreous,  slightly  brownish-tinged,  more  decidedly 
in  9,  finely  sprinkled  with  dark  fuscous  ;  a  slightly  curved  series 
of  four  black  dots  from  beneath  costa  at  J  to  J  of  inner  margin; 
a  very  small  dark  fuscous  pale-centred  spot  in  disc  above  middle, 
sometimes  reduced  to  a  dot  without  pale  centre ;  a  faintly  sinuate 
series  of  black  dots  from  beneath  ^  of  costa  to  f  of  inner  margin, 
followed  in  9  by  a  paler  yellowish-tinged  line ;  a  small  cloudy 
blackish  spot  immediately  beyond  this  in  middle,  in  ^  obsolete  ;  a 
hind  marginal  series  of  black  dots  :  cilia  pale  whitish-ochreous,  in 
2  brownish- tinged,  with  a  somewhat  darker  interrupted  basal  line. 
Hind  wings  with  hindmargin  rounded ;  in  (J  on  undersurface  with 
a  large  subcostal  tuft  of  pale  greyish-ochreous  hairs  mixed  with 
blackish  at  J,  beyond  which  is  a  considerable  space  clothed  with 
short  appressed  pale  greyish-ochreous  hairs ;  pale  whitish- 
ochreous-grey,  in  9  somewhat  brownish-tinged ;  sometimes  an 
obscure  darker  discal  dot;  hindmarginal  dots  and  cilia  as  in 
forewings. 

Newcastle,  Sydney,  and  Bathurst  (2500  feet),  New  South 
Wales ;  Warragul,  Victoria  ;  in  April,  not  uncommon. 

20.  Nearch.  atyla,  n.sp. 

^9.  28-29 mm.  Only  differs  from  N.  subcelata  as  follows: 
head  white  on  crown ;  hindwings  in  ^  on  undersurface  with  a 
small  spot  of  short  appressed  pale  greyish-ochreous  hairs  beneath 
costa  before  middle,  without  tuft,  and  with  a  well-marked  dark 
fuscous  discal  dot. 

Perth  and  Albany,  West  Australia,  in  November ;  three  speci- 
mens. 


1158  REVISION    OF   AUSTRALIAN   LEPIDOPTERA, 

21.  Nearch.  cicriaria,  Gn. 

(Panagra  cicrtaria,  Gn.  X.  129;  P.  corrogata,  Walk.  997.) 
(J$.  28-31  mm.  Head,  thorax,  and  abdomen  pale  whitish- 
ochreous.  Palpi  3 J,  whitish-ochreous,  externally  mixed  with 
fuscous,  base  white.  Antennae  whitish,  pectinations  grey.  Legs 
pale  ochreous,  posterior  pair  whitish,  femora  sprinkled  with  dark 
fuscous.  Forewings  triangular,  hindmargin  sinuate  on  upper  half, 
slightly  rounded  beneath;  whitish-ochreous,  with  a  few  scattered 
dark  fuscous  scales,  towards  costa  faintly  strigulated  with  pale 
brownish  ;  a  black  dot  in  disc  at  J,  one  on  inner  margin  at  J,  and 
a  third  between  these ;  a  small  roundish  dark  fuscous  pale-centred 
spot  in  disc  above  middle,  sometimes  reduced  to  a  dot  without 
pale  centre  ;  a  series  of  cloudy  blackish  dots,  partially  connected 
by  an  incomplete  obscure  dark  fuscous  line,  from  f  of  costa  to  f 
of  inner  margin,  rather  strongly  sinuate  outwards  on  middle 
third,  and  inwards  on  lower  third,  nearly  followed  on  lower  § 
by  an  obscure  brownish-ochreous  line  ;  a  hindmarginal  series  of 
black  dots  :  cilia  pale  whitish-ochreous.  Hindwings  with  hind- 
margin  almost  straight,  slightly  waved,  apex  prominent ;  in  ^ 
without  tufts  beneath  ;  ochreous- whitish,  sprinkled  with  pale  grey  ; 
a  hindmarginal  series  of  black  dots ;  cilia  ochreous- whitish. 

Sydney,  New  South  Wales ;  Hobart,  Tasmania ;  in  March, 
rather  common  locally.  The  different  form  of  the  hindwings 
makes  this  species  easy  of  recognition. 

4.  Satraparchis,  n.g. 

Tongue  developed.  Antennae  in  ^  unipectinated,  towards 
apex  simple.  Palpi  moderately  long,  porrected,  rough-scaled. 
Forewings  with  vein  10  out  of  9,  11  anastomosing  shortly  with  9. 
Hindwings  with  veins  6  and  7  short-stalked. 

Certainly  a  development  of  Epidesmia,  containing  only  the 
following  species. 

22.  Satr.  hijugata.  Walk. 

(Panagra  bijitgata,Vi3i\k.  1663;  Ifelaiiijjpe  teliferata/\h.  1712). 


BY    E.  MEYRICK.  1159 

(J9.  30-32  mm.  Head  dark  fuscous,  with  a  whitish  transverse 
line  below  forehead.  Palpi  dark  fuscous,  base  whitish.  Antennae 
black  with  a  white  line  on  back.  Thorax  (partly  defaced)  blackish, 
])atagia  slenderly  margined  with  whitish.  Abdomen  blackish, 
segmental  margins  whitish.  Legs  black,  sprinkled  with  white. 
Forewings  triangular,  hindmargin  rounded  ;  blackish,  sprinkled 
with  white  towards  base  ;  a  yellowish-white  fascia  from  middle  of 
costa  to  anal  angle,  margins  straight,  broadest  on  costa  and  enclosing 
a  blackish  median  bar  from  costa  reaching  to  near  middle  ;  a  pale 
bluish  line  close  beyond  fascia,  becoming  yellowish-white  on  anal 
angle,  where  it  coalesces  with  a  yellowish-white  somewhat  irregular 
submarginal  line  ;  branches  of  subcostal  vein  beyond  fascia  finely 
whitish-ochreous,  terminating  in  small  spots  on  hindmargin ; 
between  these  are  more  or  less  distinct  fine  blue- whitish  lines : 
cilia  blackish,  with  a  fine  white  basal  line,  tips  grey-whitish,  on 
anal  angle  wholly  yellowish-white.  Hindwings  with  hindmargin 
rounded  ;  yellowish- white ;  a  moderate  transverse  blackish  discal 
spot ;  a  broad  blackish  hindmarginal  band,  anterior  edge  sinuate, 
attenuated  to  anal  angle,  containing  a  triangular  yellowish-white 
spot  in  its  lower  extremity  ;  cilia  yellowish-white. 

Rockhampton  and  Duaringa,  Queensland  ;  Grafton,  New  South 
Wales  ;  in  August,  four  specimens  (Coll.  Macleay). 

5.   Epidesmia,  Westw. 

Face  smooth  or  with  slightly  projecting  scales.  Tongue  developed. 
Antennae  in  ^  uni[)ectinated,  towards  apex  simple.  Palpi  long  or 
extremely  long,  porrected,  rough-scaled,  attenuated.  Forewings 
with  vein  10  touching  or  anastomosing  with  9,  11  anastomosing 
with  10.     Hindwings  with  veins  6  and  7  approximated  at  base. 

Presumably  a  development  from  DichroTnodes,  or  perhaps  col- 
laterally with  it  from  an  earlier  form  ;  confined  to  Australia.  The 
species,  though  sometimes  comparatively  large,  are  slenderly  built  ; 
]iut  I  conjecture  that  the  prominence  of  the  apex  of  hind  wing, 
often  a  well-marked  feature,  is  due  to  an  exaggeration  of  the  pro- 
longed form  of  wing  characteristic  of  the  heavily  built  genera,  and 
jtoints  back  to  an  origin  from  these, 
74 


1160  REVISION    OP    AUSTRALIAN    LEPIDOPTERA, 

1.  Hind  wings  blackish,  with  orange  discal  blotch  23.  tricolor. 
Hind  wings  not  blackish,  with  orange  discal 

blotch 2. 

2.  Hindwings  orange  26.  chilonaria. 

Hindwings  not  orange 3. 

3.  Hindwings  white 25.  replicataria. 

Hindwings  not  white 4. 

4.  Forewings  with  three  white  lines  from  costa 

converging  to  anal  angle 24.  transcissata. 

Forewings    without   three  white  lines  from 

costa  converging  to  anal  angle  5. 

5.  Face  and  palpi  blackish-fuscous 6 . 

Face  and  palpi  not  blackish-fuscous 7. 

6.  Forewings  dark  fuscous  30.  oxyderces. 

Forewings  brownish-ochreous , 28.  tryxaria. 

7.  Cilia  with  dark  fuscous  basal  line 31.  reservata. 

Cilia  without  dark  fuscous  basal  line  8. 

8.  Palpi  6,  Ochreous-fuscous... '21 .  hypenaria. 

Palpi  4,  whitish-yellowish,  fuscous-tinged 29.  perfahricata. 

23.   Ep.  tricolor^  Westw. 
{Epidesmia    tricolor^    Westw.,    Duncan's    Exot.    Moths,    220, 

pi.  XXVIII.   1.) 

(J^.  64  mm.  Head,  palpi,  antennae,  thorax,  and  legs  dark 
fuscous;  palpi  4,  at  base  beneath  yellowish-white.  Abdomen 
whitish-sulphur,  towards  base  fuscous.  Forewings  triangular, 
hindmargin  sinuate  beneath  apex,  rounded ;  dark  fuscous, 
ochreous- tinged,  towards  hindmargin  somewhat  lighter ;  a 
moderate  whitish-sulphur  fascia  from  middle  of  costa  to  inner 
margin  before  anal  angle,  narrowed  beneath,  anterior  edge  almost 
straight,  posterior  edge  projecting  triangularly  below  middle : 
cilia  grey,  with  a  dark  grey  line,  at  apex  white.  Hindwings  with 
apex  rather  prominent,  hindmargin  almost  straight ;  blackish  ; 
a  large  yellowish-orange  irregular  roundish  spot  in  middle  of 
disc ;  two  snow-white  marginal  dots  at  and  above  apex ;  cilia 
blackish,  above  apex  snow-white. 


BY    E.  MEYRICK.  1161 

Sydney,  New  South  Wales  ;  ten  specimens  (Coll.  Macleay).  I 
am  informed  by  Mr.  Masters  that  this  large  and  conspicuous 
species  was  common  in  Sir  William  Macleay's  garden  twenty 
years  ago  ;  it  then  appeared  to  become  extinct,  without  apparent 
reason,  and  was  not  seen  again  there  or  elsewhere  until  quite 
lately,  when  it  has  once  more  reappeared  in  the  same  locality. 

24.  Ej).  transcissata,  Walk. 
(Phrataria  transcissata^  Walk.  1742.) 

30  mm.  Forewings  dark  fuscous  ;  all  veins  fuscous-whitish  ;  a 
straight  narrow  white  fascia  from  costa  before  middle,  a  white 
line  from  costa  at  f,  and  a  white  line  from  apex  before  hind- 
margin,  all  converging  to  anal  angle;  a  whitish  shade  nearly 
preceding  fascia  on  lower  half  ;  a  darker  transverse  spot,  margined 
with  whitish,  in  disc  beyond  fascia.  Hindwings  pale  grey;  a 
discal  grey  ring,  containing  a  very  small  similar  ring ;  an  indis- 
tinct whitish  line  at  |,  and  another  before  hindmargin. 

Diagnosis  taken  from  type  in  British  Museum. 

25.  Ep.  r&plicataria^  Walk. 
(^Phrataria  rejylicatariaj  Walk.  Suppl.  1700.) 

(J.  29-.30  mm.  Head  rather  dark  fuscous,  with  a  yellowish- 
white  transverse  line  on  forehead.  Palpi  2J,  fuscous,  towards 
base  white.  Antennae  fuscous,  with  a  white  line  on  stalk,  pecti- 
nations 4.  Thorax  rather  dark  fuscous,  becoming  white  pos- 
teriorly. Abdomen  white.  Legs  white,  densely  irrorated  with 
blackish,  anterior  pair  suffused  with  blackish  except  apex  of 
joints.  Forewings  triangular,  hindmargin  straight  above, 
rounded  beneath ;  rather  dark  fuscous ;  a  whitish  line  along 
vein  1  from  base,  meeting  the  anterior  of  two  closely  parallel 
whitish  lines  from  i  of  costa  to  anal  angle ;  two  closely  parallel 
white  lines  from  |  of  costa  to  middle  of  disc,  curved  round  and 
returning  to  costa  at  ^ ;  in  lower  portion  of  included  space  is  a 
thick  transverse-linear  cloudy  blackish  mark ;  a  nearly  straight 
white  streak  from  f  of  costa  to  anal  angle,  rather  bent  outwards 


1162  REVISION    OF    AUSTRALIAN    LEPIDOPTERA, 

on  costa,  anterior  margin  rather  suffused,  touching  preceding 
curved  line  and  tending  to  be  produced  along  branches  of  median 
vein,  posteriorly  sharply  defined  and  closely  followed  by  a  fine 
parallel  white  line  dilated  towards  lower  extremity ;  a  slightly 
inwards-curved  denticulate  white  line  from  costa  immediately 
before  apex  to  hindmargin  above  anal  angle  ;  a  blackish  interrupted 
hindmarginal  line,  margined  anteriorly  by  a  whitish  waved  line  : 
cilia  fuscous,  base  and  apex  white,  towards  anal  angle  wholly 
white.  Hind  wings  with  hindmargin  rounded  ;  white  ;  a  few 
scattered  black  scales  along  inner  margin  ;  an  interrupted  blackish 
hindmarginal  line  or  row  of  dots  ;  cilia  white  ;  undersurface  with 
a  small  dark  fuscous  discal  spot,  a  sinuate  line  at  f ,  and  an  incom- 
plete subterminal  fascia,  which  show  through  obscurely  on  upper 
surface. 

Blackheath  (3500  feet)  and  Mount  Kosciusko  (4700  feet),  New 
South  Wales  ;  in  January  and  February,  amongst  Eucalyptus- 
forest,  four  specimens. 

26.  Ejy.  chilonaria,  HS. 

(Hemagahna  chilonaria,  HS.  Exot.  350 ;  PoMagra  aurinaria, 
Gn.  X.  127,  pi.  VII.  7;. 

^^.  38-4^  mm.  Head  ochreous-brown,  forehead  ochreous-white, 
face  dark  ferruginous-fuscous.  Palpi  4,  deep  ferruginous-fuscous, 
towards  base  white  beneath.  Antennae  ochreous- whitish,  pectina- 
tions 4,  fuscous.  Thorax  ochreous-fuscous,  darker  anteriorly. 
Abdomen  whitish-fuscous.  Legs  ferruginous-fuscous,  irrorated 
with  ochreous-whitish,  anterior  pair  banded  with  dark  fuscous. 
Forewings  triangular,  hindmargin  gently  rounded  ;  ochreous- 
fuscous,  slightly  reddish-tinged,  somewhat  sprinkled  with  dark 
grey  ;  costal  edge  slenderly  ochreous  whitish,  bordered  beneath  by 
a  darker  suffusion  anteriorly  ;  a  cloudy  dark  fuscous  dot  in  disc 
above  middle,  another  above  inner  margin  before  middle,  and  a 
third  in  disc  midway  between  these ;  a  nearly  straight  slender 
whitish-ochreous  or  Mdiitish-fuscous  line  from  near  costa  at  J  to 
about  f  of  inner  margin,  margined  posteriorly  by  a  cloudy  dark 


BY    E.   MEYRICK.  1163 

fuscous  line  disappearing  towards  upper  extremity ;  a  faint  sub- 
terminal  series  of  small  obscure  darker  spots  ;  a  hindmarginal 
series  of  black  dots,  sometimes  obsolete :  cilia  light  ochreous- 
reddish,  tips  more  wliitisb-ochreous.  Hindwings  with  apex  more 
or  less  prominent,  hindmargin  slightly  rounded  ;  deep  orange  ;  an 
obscure  dark  fuscous  discal  dot ;  a  moderately  broad  hindmarginal 
band  of  thin  dark  fuscous  irroration,  towards  anal  angle  becoming 
wholly  fuscous,  slightly  reddish -tinged,  and  obscurely  continued 
along  inner  margin  towards  base,  gradually  becoming  obsolete ;  a 
hindmarginal  series  of  blackish  dots  ;  cilia  light  ochreous-reddish. 
Newcastle  and  Sydney,  New  South  Wales;  Fernshaw  and 
Dandenong  Ranges,  Victoria  ;  in  November  and  December,  flying 
readily  in  the  sunshine,  six  specimens. 

27.  Ep.  hypenaria,  Gn. 

(Panagra  hypenaria,  G-n.  X.  128;  ?  Hemagalma  insjyersa,  Feld. 
pi.  cxxix.  19.) 

^^.  32-41  mm.  Head  brownish-ochreous,  crown  sometimes 
ochreous-whitish.  Palpi  6,  ochreous-fuscous,  darker  beneath, 
towards  base  yellowish-white  beneath.  Antennae  whitish-fuscous, 
pectinations  1 6,  dark  fuscous.  Thorax  ochreous-brown.  Abdomen 
whitish-fuscous.  Legs  rather  dark  fuscous,  femora  irrorated  with 
pale  greyish-ochreous.  Fore  wings  triangular,  hindmargin  sinuate 
beneath  apex,  thence  bowed  ;  rather  light  ochreous-brown  or 
fuscous,  more  or  less  irrorated  with  dark  fuscous,  suffused  with 
darker  towards  costa  anteriorly  ;  costal  edge  bright  ferruginous 
towards  base,  becoming  pale  whitish-ochreous  posteriorly  ;  a  cloudy 
dark  fuscous  dot  in  disc  above  middle,  another  above  inner  margin 
at  I,  and  a  third  in  disc  midway  between  these  ;  a  nearly  straight 
narrow  pale  ochreous  or  whitish-ochreous  streak  from  towards 
costa  at  I  to  f  of  inner  margin,  posteriorly  margined  by  a  cloudy 
darker  fuscous  posteriorly  suffused  shade,  dividing  line  darker  and 
sometimes  marked  with  obscure  blackish  dots  ;  faint  traces  of  a 
pale  waved  subterminal  line  ;  a  hindmarginal  series  of  black  dots  : 
cilia  pale  brownish-ochreous,  base  sometimes  fuscous.     Hindwings 


1164  REVISION   OP   AUSTRALIAN    LEPIDOPTERA, 

with  apex  prominent,  hindmargin  almost  straight,  rounded  at 
extremities ;  pale  fuscous  or  whitish-fuscous,  sometimes  ochreous- 
tinged ;  a  dark  fuscous  discal  dot ;  hindmargin  suffused  with 
darker  fuscous,  forming  a  very  indistinct  band  containing  a  faint 
obscure  paler  subterminal  line ;  hindmarginal  dots  and  cilia  as  in 
forewings. 

Glen  Innes  (3500  feet),  Newcastle,  Sydney,  Blackheath  (3500 
feet),  and  Mount  Kosciusko  (6500  feet),  New  South  Wales ; 
Melbourne  and  Mount  Macedon,  Victoria ;  Deloraine  and  Georges 
Bay,  Tasmania,  from  September  to  February ;  common.  Distinct 
from  all  others  structurally  by  the  great  length  of  the  antennal 
pectinations  and  palpi. 

28.  Ep.  tryxaria,  Gn. 

(Panagra  tryocaria,  Gn.  X.  128.) 

(J9.  28-34  mm.  Head  ochreous-brown,  forehead  ochreous- 
whitish,  face  blackish,  ferruginous -tinged.  Palpi  3-3^,  blackish- 
fuscous,  ferruginous-tinged,  towards  base  white  beneath.  Antenna 
whitish,  annulated  with  fuscous  or  blackish,  pectinations  4,  dark 
fuscous.  Thorax  ochreous-brown,  becoming  whitish  -  ochreous 
posteriorly.  Abdomen  ochreous-whitish  sprinkled  with  fuscous. 
Legs  rather  dark  fuscous  ringed  with  whitish,  femora  and  posterior 
tibiae  whitish  irrorated  with  dark  fuscous.  Forewings  triangular, 
hindmargin  bowed  ;  light  brownish-ochreous  irrorated  with  dark 
fuscous,  suffused  with  darker  towards  base  of  costa ;  costal  edge 
whitish,  towards  base  ochreous-tinged  ;  a  cloudy  dark  fuscous  dot 
in  disc  above  middle,  another  above  inner  margin  before  middle, 
and  a  third  in  disc  between  these  ;  a  straight  ochreous,  ochreous- 
fuscous,  or  dark  fuscous  cloudy  line  from  4  of  costa  to  f  of  inner 
margin,  slenderer  and  indistinct  above,  sometimes  marked  with  a 
series  of  dark  fuscous  dots,  margined  anteriorly  by  an  ochreous- 
whitish  or  whitish-ochreous  line,  and  posteriorly  by  an  obscure 
fuscous  suffusion  ;  a  subterminal  series  of  indistinct  dark  fuscous 
dots ;  a  hindmarginal  series  of  blackish  dots :  cilia  fuscous- 
whitish,  with  an  indistinct  fuscous  line.  Hindwings  with  hind- 
margin slightly  rounded  ;  colour,  subterminal  and  hindmarginal 


BY    E.  MEYRICK.  1165 

dots,  and  cilia  as  in  forewings ;  an  indistinct  dark  fuscous  discal 
dot,  a  straight  cloudy  whitish-ochreous  line  beyond  middle,  poste- 
riorly margined  on  lower  half  by  a  dark  fuscous  streak  ;  traces  of 
a  pale  waved  subterminal  line. 

Sydney,  New  South  Wales,  in  November  and  March  ;  common. 

29.  E^).  'perfahricata^  Walk. 

{Fanagra  perfabricata.  Walk.  996.) 

(J^.  28-37  mm.  Head,  palpi,  and  thorax  whitish-yellowish 
tinged  with  fuscous ;  palpi  4,  base  whitish  beneath.  Antennae 
whitish,  ringed  with  pale  fuscous,  pectinations  4,  fuscous.  Abdo- 
men whitish.  Legs  fuscous,  femora  and  posterior  tibiae  whitish 
irrorated  with  dark  fuscous.  Forewings  triangular,  hind  margin 
bowed ;  very  pale  whitish -fuscous,  densely  irrorated  with  whitish- 
yellowish,  towards  costa  tinged  with  brownish-ochreous ;  costal 
edge  whitish  except  towards  base ;  a  dark  fuscous  dot  in  disc 
above  middle,  another  above  inner  margin  at  g,  and  a  third  in  disc 
between  these  ;  a  straight  dark  fuscous  line  from  beneath  costa  at 
^  to  J  of  inner  margin,  attenuated  and  indistinct  above,  marked 
with  obscure  darker  dots,  anteriorly  margined  by  an  ochreous- 
whitish  line  ;  a  hindmarginal  series  of  blackish  dots  :  cilia  white. 
Hindwings  with  hindmargin  hardly  rounded,  apex  somewhat 
prominently  rounded  ;  fuscous-whitish,  slightly  yellowish-tinged  ; 
a  dark  fuscous  discal  dot ;  a  very  slightly  curved  cloudy  whitish 
line  beyond  middle,  posteriorly  margined  on  lower  half  by  a 
fuscous  streak;  a  hindmarginal  series  of  blackish  dots;  cilia  white. 

Duaringa,  Queensland  ;  Bathurst  (2500  feet)  and  Mount  Kos- 
ciusko (3000  feet).  New  South  Wales  ;  in  January,  locally 
common. 

30.  Ep.  oxyderces,  n.sp. 

(J.  31  mm.  Head  dark  ferruginous-brown,  forehead  ochreous- 
whitish,  face  blackish -fuscous.  Palpi  3J,  dark  fuscous,  towards 
base  white  beneath.  Antennee  fuscous,  stalk  ochreous-whitish 
towards  base,  pectinations  4.  Thorax  dark  fuscous,  anteriorly 
ferruginous-tinged.     Abdomen  fuscous-whitish  irrorated  with  dark 


1166  REVISION    OF    AUSTRALIAN    LEPIDOPTERA, 

fuscous.  Legs  fuscous,  apex  of  joints  whitish,  femora  and  pos- 
terior tibiae  dark  fuscous  irrorated  with  whitish.  Forewings 
triangular,  hindmargin  rounded  ;  dark  fuscous,  anteriorly  fer- 
ruginous-tinged, posteriorly  slightly  purplish ;  an  ochreo us- whitish 
streak  along  costa  from  base  to  5,  suffusedly  edged  beneath 
with  ferruginous,  extremities  attenuated ;  a  sharply  defined 
straight  narrow  white  streak  from  J  of  inner  margin  towards 
costa  at  5,  reaching  |  across  wing,  apex  acute ;  a  subterminal 
row  of  indistinct  darker  dots ;  an  interrupted  blackish  hind- 
marginal  line  :  cilia  light  reddish,  basal  half  fuscous  mixed 
with  ochreous-whitish  and  obscurely  spotted  with  dark  fuscous. 
Hindwings  with  hindmargin  slightly  rounded,  apex  somewhat 
prominently  rounded ;  rather  dark  fuscous,  towards  hind- 
margin rather  purplish ;  a  darker  discal  dot ;  a  well-marked 
ochreous-whitish  straight  transverse  streak  beyond  middle,  inter- 
rupted beneath  costa  ;  a  subterminal  series  of  indistinct  dark 
fuscous  dots,  preceded  by  a  fine  obscure  paler  waved  line  ;  hind- 
marginal  line  and  cilia  as  in  forewings. 

Sydney,  New  South  Wales ;  in  November,  one  specimen  taken 
in  a  jungly  swamp,  where  the  difiEiculties  of  collecting  prevented 
my  remaining  long  ;  a  fine  distinct  species. 

31.   Ep.  reservata,  Walk. 

{Fanagra  reservata^  Walk.  996.) 

(J.  25-26  mm.  Head,  palpi,  and  thorax  light  ochreous-brown  ; 
palpi  3 J.  Antennae  whitish,  pectinations  10,  fuscous.  Abdomen 
fuscous- whitish.  Legs  fuscous,  femora  and  posterior  tibiae  whitish 
irrorated  with  dark  fuscous.  Forewings  triangular,  hindmargin 
rounded  ;  whitish-fuscous,  sprinkled  with  dark  fuscous,  suffused 
with  brownish-ochreous  towards  base  of  costa ;  costal  edge 
oohreous-whitish,  towards  base  more  ochreous ;  a  dark  fuscous 
dot  in  disc  at  J,  another  above  inner  margin  at  J,  and  a  third  in 
disc  above  middle  ;  a  faintly  sinuate  series  of  dark  fuscous  dots 
from  beneath  costa  at  |  to  4  of  inner  margin,  anteriorly  margined 
by  an  obscure   whitish  line  becoming   obsolete  towards  costa ;  a 


BY    E.  MEYRICK.  1167 

hindmarginal  series  of  blackish  dots  :  cilia  whitish,  with  a  dark 
fuscous  basal  line  becoming  obsolete  towards  anal  angle.  Hind- 
wings  with  hind  margin  slightly  rounded ;  colour,  subterminal 
dots,  and  cilia  as  in  forewings ;  an  obscure  darker  fuscous  discal 
dot ;  a  faintly  sinuate  cloudy  whitish  line  beyond  middle,  pos- 
teriorly margined  with  suffused  dark  fuscous  dots. 

Duaringa  and  Rockhampton,  Queensland,  in  May;  three 
specimens  received  from  Mr.  G.  Barnard.  The  antennal  pecti- 
nations are  much  longer  in  this  species  than  in  any  other  except 
E.  hypenaria. 

^.    DiCHROMODES,  Gu. 

Face  with  short  projection  of  scales.  Antennae  in  ^  unipecti- 
nated,  towards  apex  sometimes  simple.  Palpi  moderate,  long,  or 
very  long,  porrected,  densely  rough-scaled.  Forewings  with  vein 
10  anastomosing  with  9,  or  sometimes  separate.  Hind  wings  with 
veins  6  and  7  approximated  at  base. 

Already  a  genus  of  considerable  extent,  and  likely  to  be  much 
increased.  It  is  confined  to  Australia,  with  the  exception  of  two 
small  species  found  in  the  mountains  of  New  Zealand ;  these  I 
suppose  to  have  originated  from  a  stray  immigrant  entering  by 
way  of  Tasmania.  The  genus  appears  to  be  a  development  from 
forms  resembling  Oenone  and  Brephos.  The  species  are  nearly 
all  dull-coloured  and  sometimes  very  variable,  yet  with  care  they 
are  not  difficult  to  distinguish.  The  uniformity  of  structure  is 
remarkable ;  the  only  notable  variation  occurs  in  the  anastomosis 
or  separation  of  veins  9  and  10  of  the  forewings,  of  which  both 
forms  are  sometimes  found  in  the  same  species. 

1.  Hind  wings  clear  orange  in  disc 2>2.  ainaria. 

Hind  wings  not  clear  orange  in  disc 2. 

2.  Forewings  with  tufts  of  raised  scales 48.  steropias. 

Forewings  without  tufts  of  raised  scales...  3. 

3.  Palpi  white  or  whitish  towards  base  beneath  4. 
Palpi  at  most  irrorated  with  white  beneath                20. 


1168  REVISION    OF   AUSTRALIAN    LEPIDOPTERA, 

4    Forewings  with  irregular  reddish-ochreous 

streaks  on  veins 5. 

Forewings     without      irregular     reddish- 
ochreous  streaks  on  veins  8. 

5.  Forewings  with   first   line    acutely  angu- 

lated  in  middle 46.  poecilotis. 

Forewings    with    first    line    not    acutely 

angulated  in  middle 6. 

6.  Forewings  with  a  conspicuously  pale  hind- 

marginal  band 38.  partitaria. 

Forewings   without  a  conspicuously   pale 

hindmarginal  band  7. 

7.  Forewings   with   lines    strongly    marked, 

white 37.  compsotis. 

Forewings  with  lines  only  partially  whitish  47.  ioneura. 

8.  Head  whitish-ochreous  on  crown 35.  odontias. 

Head  not  whitish-ochreous  on  crown ....  9. 

9.  Forewings  with  second  line  very  acutely 

angulated  in  middle 34.  anelictis. 

Forewings  with  second  line  not  very  acutely 

angulated  in  middle 10. 

1 0.  Head  and  thorax  wholly  dark  fuscous 11. 

Head  and  thorax  irrorated  with  whitish...  14. 

11.  Forewings  with  whitish-ochreous  sufiusion 

towards  costa  posteriorly 39.  paratacta. 

Forewings  without  whitish-ochreous  suff'u- 

sion  towards  costa  posteriorly 12. 

12.  Hind  wings  ochreous- tinged,   with  distinct 

darker  hindmarginal  band 33.  diasemaria. 

Hindwings  not    ochreous-tinged,    without 

such  band 13. 

13.  Forewings  with  cilia  mixed  with  purplish- 

red  .' 36.  disputata. 


BY    E.  MEYRICK.  1169^' 

Forewings    with    cilia    not    mixed    with 

purplish-red 42.  Uos^Joda. 

14.  Forewings  with  whitish  subcostal  streak...   61.  confluaria. 

Forewings  without  whitish  subcostal  streak  15. 

15;  Forewings  with  first  line  sharply  angulated 

beneath  costa 57.  ischnota. 

Forewings   with    first    line    not    sharply 

angulated  beneath  costa 16. 

16.  Forewings    with    second    line    distinctly 

angulated  in  middle 17. 

Forewings  with  second  line  not  distinctly 

angulated  in  middle 19. 

17.  Forewings  with  second  line  angulated  in- 

wards on  submedian  fold 43.  explanata.. 

Forewings  with  second  line  curved  inwards 

on  submedian  fold 18. 

18.  Forewings  with  discal  spot  pale-centered..,   49.  wec^^s. 
Forewings  with  discal  spot  wholly  blackish  44.  sigmata. 

19.  Forewings  with  lines  whitish 45.  orthotis. 

Forewings  with  lines  not  whitish ^ 40.  ohtusata. 

20.  Forewings  with   large  triangular  blackish 

discal  spot 62.  personalis. 

Forewings  without  large  triangular  blackish 

discal  spot 21. 

21.  Palpi  light  brownish-ochreous 55.  estigmaria. 

Palpi  dark  fuscous 22. 

22.  Forewings  with  second  line  obsolete 52.  ophiucha. 

Forewings  with  second  line  present 23. 

23.  Forewings  with  second  line  followed  by  an 

ochreous  shade 59.  consignata. 

Forewings  with  second  line  not  followed 

by  an  ochreous  shade 24. 

24.  Forewings  with  second  line  marked  with  a 

reddish-ochreous  spot  in  middle 54.  molyhdaria.- 


1170  REVISION    OF    AUSTRALIAN    LEPIDOPTERA, 

Forewings  with  second  line  not  marked 

with  a  reddish-ochreous  spot  in  middle  25. 

25.  Forewings  with  second  line  conspicuously- 

white  60.  stilhiata. 

Forewings  with  second  line  not  conspicu- 
ously white 26. 

26.  Forewings    with    second    line     distinctly 

dentate  throughout 53.  indicataria. 

Forewings  with  second  line  not  distinctly 

dentate  throughout 27. 

27.  Forewings  with  first  line  entire 28. 

Forewings  with  first  line  reduced  to  three 

or  four  black  dots 31, 

28.  Forewings  with  second  line  rather  sharply 

angulated  in  middle 29. 

Forewings   with    second    line   not    rather 

sharply  angulated  in  middle 30. 

29.  Forewings    with    median    band    narrow, 

darker 58.  triparata. 

Forewings   with  median  band   broad,  not 

darker .^ 50.  atrosignata  9. 

30.  Forewings  with  second  line  pale,  entire 50.  atrosignata  $. 

Forewings  with  second  line  reduced   to  a 

series  of  pale  dots 4:1.  exsignata. 

31.  Forewings  with  second  line  angulated  in 

middle  51.  euscia. 

Forewings  with  second  line  almost  straight  56.  ornata. 

32.  Dichr.  ainaria,  Gn. 

{Dichromodes  ainaria^  Gn.  IX.  321,  pi.  iii.  5;  D.  divergentaria^ 
ib.  321  ;  Cidaria  metaxanthata^  Walk.  1734.) 

(J  9.  22-24  mm.  Head,  palpi,  antennae,  thorax,  and  legs  dark 
fuscous  ;  palpi  2^,  upper  edge  sprinkled  with  whitish  ;  antennal 
pectinations  4.  Abdomen  rather  dark  fuscous.  Forewings  tri- 
angular, hindmargin  rounded ;    dark  fuscous,  irregularly  irrorated 


BY    E.  MEYRICK.  117T 

with  blackish  and  grey-whitish  ;  lines  cloudy,  blackish ;  first  from 
beyond  J  of  costa  to  before  middle  of  inner  margin,  slightly 
curved,  preceded  by  whitish  irroration  ;  second  from  before  f  of 
costa  to  f  of  inner  margin,  irregular  and  more  or  less  denticulate, 
upper  I  rather  curved  outwards,  sinuate  inwards  above  middle  and 
more  deeply  below  middle,  posteriorly  margined  with  whitish 
irroration  ;  a  small  blackish  spot  in  disc  above  middle  touching 
second  line  ;  subterminal  formed  by  whitish  irroration,  irregularly 
margined  with  blackish  suffusion,  irregular,  more  or  less  distinctly 
dentate  ;  a  waved  blackish  hindmarginal  line  :  cilia  dark  fuscous 
irrorated  with  whitish,  terminal  half  grey  more  or  less  obscurely 
barred  with  darker,  tips  whitish.  Hindwings  with  hindmargin 
rounded  ;  orange  ;  a  moderate  evenly  broad  dark  fuscous  hind- 
marginal  band,  obscurely  continued  along  inner  margin  but 
attenuated  to  base  ;  cilia  rather  dark  fuscous,  tips  whitish  some- 
times obscurely  barred  with  fuscous. 

Blackheath  (3500  feet)  and  Bathurst  (2500  feet).  New  South 
Wales;  Melbourne,  Victoria;  Mount  Lofty,  South  Australia;  in 
November,  common. 

33.  Dichr.  diasemaria,  Gn. 

{DichroTYiodes  diasemaria,  Gn.  IX.  321.) 

(J^.  24-27  mm.  Head,  palpi,  antennae,  thorax,  and  legs  dark 
fuscous ;  palpi  2J-3,  towards  base  beneath  whitish  ;  antennal 
pectinations  4.  Abdomen  whitish-fuscous  irrorated  with  dark 
fuscous.  Forewings  triangular,  hindmargin  straight  above, 
rounded  beneath  ;  fuscous,  densely  irregularly  irrorated  with 
blackish  and  whitish  ;  an  indistinct  blackish  transverse  line  near 
base,  not  reaching  inner  margin;  lines  narrow,  irregular,  blackish; 
first  from  J  of  costa  to  |  of  inner  margin,  almost  straight,  followed 
by  an  ochreous  tinge  ;  second  from  ?  of  costa  to  f  of  inner  margin, 
hardly  curved  or  sinuate,  dentate  throughout,  followed  by  a  paler 
space ;  a  blackish  thrice  deeply  indented  line  between  these,  space 
between  this  and  second  line  suffusedly  darker ;  a  transverse 
blackish  mark  in  disc  above  middle,  nearly  touching  second  line ; 
a  very  fine  brownish-ochreous  rather  strongly  sinuate  denticulate 


1172  REVISION    OF   AUSTRALIAN    LEPIDOPTERA, 

line  from  |  of  costa  to  f  of  inner  margin  ;  a  cloudy  grey-whitish 
twice  sinuate  subterminal  line,  margined  by  dark  fuscous  suflfu- 
sions  ;  a  waved  blackish  hindmarginal  line :  cilia  fuscous,  base 
sprinkled  with  whitish,  tips  whitish,  obscurely  barred  with  darker. 
Hindwings  with  hindmargin  rounded;  ochreous-fuscous,  with  a 
somewhat  paler  curved  band  at  f ,  sometimes  more  or  less  suffused 
with  yellowish;  a  cloudy  darker  fuscous  discal  dot;  a  cloudy 
dark  fuscous  mark  on  inner  margin  at  | ;  a  moderate  evenly 
broad  dark  fuscous  hindmarginal  band;  cilia  fuscous,  with  a 
cloudy  darker  line,  tips  paler. 

Georges  Bay,  Tasmania  ;  in  December  and  January,  six  speci- 
mens. These  are  unfortunately  mostly  in  poor  condition,  and  the 
species  appears  to  vary  considerably ;  this  description  may  there- 
fore require  extension. 

34.  Dichr.  anelictis,  n.sp. 

(J5.  22-23  mm.  Head,  palpi,  and  thorax  grey  mixed  with 
blackish  and  whitish  ;  palpi  2,  base  more  whitish.  Antennae  dark 
grey  spotted  with  whitish,  pectinations  3.  Abdomen  whitish-grey 
irrorated  with  dark  grey.  Legs  dark  grey  ringed  with  whitish, 
femora  and  posterior  tibiae  irrorated  with  whitish.  Forewings 
triangular,  hindmargin  rounded  ;  light  brownish,  ochreous-tinged, 
sprinkled  with  blackish  ;  three  indistinct  blackish  dentate  lines 
between  base  and  first  line,  each  preceded  by  some  whitish  scales; 
first  and  second  lines  tine,  blackish,  subdentate ;  first  from  \  of 
costa  to  middle  of  inner  margin,  angulated  outwards  beneath 
costa,  sinuate  below  middle,  anteriorly  finely  margined  with 
whitish ;  second  from  I  of  costa  to  I  of  inner  margin,  forming  a 
very  acute  angulation  outwards  in  middle,  sinuate  inwards  above 
this  and  more  deeply  below  it,  posteriorly  finely  margined  with 
whitish:  space  between  these  darker,  with  denser  black  irroration, 
often  interrupted  at  \  from  inner  margin  by  a  bar  of  ground  colour, 
interrupting  also  both  lines  ;  a  blackish  transverse  mark  in  disc 
above  middle,  immediately  preceding  second  line  ;  a  large  ill- 
•■defined  whitish  or  whitish-ochreous  suffusion  towards  costa 
beyond  second  line,  containing  a  cloudy  dark  fuscous  costal  spot  ; 


BY    E.   MEYRICK.  1173 

a  cloudy  whitish  subterminal  line ;  a  waved  blackish  hind- 
marginal  line  or  series  of  spots,  margined  anteriorly  with  whitish  : 
cilia  grey,  base  irrorated  with  whitish,  terminal  half  whitish 
obscurely  barred  with  grey.  Hindwings  with  hindmargin 
rounded ;  fuscous-grey,  becoming  dark  grey  towards  hindmargin  ; 
a  cloudy  darker  discal  mark,  sometimes  obsolete  ;  a  blackish  hind- 
marginal  line :  cilia  grey-whitish,  with  a  cloudy  grey  line. 

Mount  Lofty,  South  Australia ;  Geraldton,  Perth,  and  Albany, 
West  Australia  ;  from  October  to  December,  common. 

35.  Dichr.  odontias,  n.sp. 

,J9.  24  mm.  Head  whitish-ochreous,  face  brownish-ochreous, 
with  a  few  blackish  scales.  Palpi  2,  rather  dark  fuscous,  base 
whitish.  Antennae  fuscous,  pectinations  5.  Thorax  blackish, 
posteriorly  mixed  with  pale  greyish-ochreous.  Abdomen  pale 
fuscous.  Legs  rather  dark  fuscous,  posterior  pair  light  fuscous. 
Forewings  triangular,  hindmargin  gently  rounded ;  rather  light 
fuscous,  sprinkled  with  black ;  two  cloudy  blackish  lines  towards 
base,  first  not  reaching  inner  margin ;  first  and  second  lines 
cloudy,  blackish,  irregularly  dentate,  slightly  curved  ;  first  from 
I  of  costa  to  before  middle  of  inner  margin,  preceded  by  a  similar 
parallel  line  ;  second  from  I  of  costa  to  3  of  inner  margin,  fol- 
lowed by  a  similar  parallel  line ;  a  narrow  transverse-oval  blackish 
spot  in  disc  above  middle,  midway  between  first  and  second  lines ; 
subterminal  indicated  by  blackish  cloudy  margins,  irregular, 
subdentate,  posterior  margin  very  indistinct ;  a  hindmarginal 
series  of  triangular  blackish  spots  connected  by  a  fine  line  :  cilia 
pale  fuscous.  Hindwings  with  hindmargin  rounded;  fuscous- 
grey,  darker  towards  hindmargin  ;  cilia  fuscous. 

Beechworth,  Victoria,  in  December;  two  specimens  received 
from  Mr.  G.  Barnard. 

36.  Dichr.  dispictata,  Walk. 
{Panagra  disputata^  Walk.  1009;  P.  dentigeraria,  ih.  1665.) 
(J9.  22-24  mm.     Head,      palpi,    antennae,    and    thorax    dark 
fuscous ;  palpi  2J,  base  white  beneath ;  antennal  pectinations  4. 


1174  REVISION    OF    AUSTRALIAN    LEPIDOPTERA, 

Abdomen  dark  grey.  Legs  dark  fuscous,  apex  of  joints  whitish, 
femora  and  posterior  tibiae  irrorated  with  grey-whitish.  Fore- 
wings  triangular,  hind  margin  rounded  ;  dark  grey,  sprinkled  with 
black  and  a  few  whitish  scales,  more  or  less  tinged  and  sometimes 
sufFusedly  mixed  with  deep  purple-reddish  ;  two  cloudy  blackish 
lines  towards  base ;  first  and  second  lines  cloudy,  blackish, 
irregulai'ly  dentate,  slightly  curved  ;  first  from  ?  of  costa  to  before 
middle  of  inuer  margin,  preceded  by  a  similar  parallel  line  ;  second 
from  I  of  costa  to  I  of  inner  margin,  sometimes  partially  whitish- 
margined  posteriorly,  followed  by  a  similar  parallel  line ;  a  narrow 
transverse-oval  blackish  spot  in  disc  above  middle  ;  subterminal 
indicated  by  cloudy  darker  margins,  irregular,  subdentate, 
anterior  rather  broad  and  marked  with  blackish  on  veins, 
posterior  very  indistinct ;  a  hindmarginal  series  of  triangular 
blackish  spots  connected  by  a  fine  line  :  cilia  light  fuscous,  basal 
half  irrorated  or  suffused  with  purplish-red,  sometimes  obscurely 
barred  with  darker.  Hindwings  with  hindmargin  rounded ; 
fuscous-grey,  darker  towards  hindmargin,  hindmarginal  line  dark 
fuscous  ;  cilia  fuscous,  towards  tips  whitish-fuscous. 

Maryborough,   Queensland  ;  Sydney,    New  South  Wales  ;  also 
from  Victoria  ;  in  October  and  March,  rather  common. 

37.  Dichr.  compsotis,  n.sp. 
^.  21  mm.  Head  and  thorax  blackish-fuscous  mixed  with 
white.  Palpi  2J,  fuscous,  base  whitish  beneath,  upper  edge 
whitish.  Antennae  grey,  pectinations  2 J.  Abdomen  dark  fuscous, 
segmental  margins  ochreous-whitish.  Legs  dark  fuscous  ringed 
with  whitish,  femora  and  posterior  tibite  irrorated  with  whitish. 
Forewings  triangular,  hindmargin  rounded  ;  fuscous,  irregularly 
mixed  with  black  and  white  ;  veins  partially  streaked  with  brown- 
ish-ochreous ;  a  cloudy  blackish  line  near  base ;  a  roundish  dark 
spot  in  disc  towards  base^  surrounded  by  a  whitish  suffusion  ;  first 
line  broad,  white,  blackish-margined,  from  J  of  costa  to  before 
middle  of  inner  margin,  gently  curved,  sinuate  inwards  above  inner 
margin ;  a  small  transverse-oval  blackish  spot  in  disc  above 
middle,  placed  on  a  dark  bar  joining  first  and  second  lines,  and  a 


BY    E.  MEYRICK.  1175 

similar  broader  dark  bar  below  middle  ;  second  line  moderate, 
white,  anteriorly  black-margined,  posteriorly  ochreous-margined  on 
lower  half,  from  |  of  costa  to  f  of  inner  margin,  rather  irregular, 
middle  third  forming  a  short  bent  curve  outwards  ;  subterminal 
slender,  whitish,  thrice  sinuate,  confluent  beneath  with  a  whitish 
irroration  along  hind  margin ;  a  waved  black  hindmarginal  line  : 
cilia  fuscous,  mixed  with  darker,  sharply  barred  with  whitish. 
Hindwings  with  hindmargin  rounded ;  pale  whitish  -  fuscous, 
towards  base  slightly  ochreous-tinged  ;  a  small  fuscous  discal  spot ; 
some  white  scales  towards  inner  margin,  and  two  white  marks 
towards  anal  angle  ;  an  interrupted  fuscous  hindmarginal  line ; 
cilia  whitish,  basal  half  suffasedly  barred  with  light  fuscous. 
Fremantle,  West  Australia ;  in  October,  one  specimen. 

38.  Dickr.  loartitaria^  Walk. 

(Euholia  partitaria,  Walk.  Suppl.  1699  ;  Liodes  Angasi,  Feld. 
pi.  cxxxi.  13.) 

(J^.  18-21  mm.  Head  and  thorax  fuscous,  irrorated  with 
blackish  and  whitish,  thorax  in  ^  with  a  fine  ochreous  median 
line.  Palpi  2 J,  rather  dark  fuscous,  beneath  ochreous-white 
towards  base,  upper  edge  mixed  with  white.  Antennae  dark  grey, 
obscurely  spotted  with  whitish,  pectinations  2^.  Abdomen  dark 
grey  ii-rorated  with  whitish.  Legs  dark  fuscous,  apex  of  joints 
whitish,  femora  and  posterior  tibise  irrorated  with  whitish.  Fore- 
wings  triangular,  hindmargin  rounded  ;  fuscous,  coarsely  irrorated 
with  black  and  more  or  less  strongly  with  white  ;  veins  partially 
streaked  with  ferruginous-ochreous;  an  indistinct  blackish  line  near 
base,  not  reaching  inner  margin  ;  lines  slender,  white,  obscurely 
blackish-margined;  first  from  J  of  costa  to  middle  of  inner  mar- 
gin, gently  curved,  sinuate  inwards  above  inner  margin  ;  second 
from  3  of  costa  to  f  of  inner  margin,  slightly  curved,  slightly  bent 
inwards  on  submedian  fold  ;  a  small  transverse-oval  blackish  spot 
in  disc  above  middle ;  generally  two  ill-defined  blackish  streaks 
connecting  first  and  second  lines  below  middle ;  subterminal 
cloudy,  whitish,  rather  strongly  sinuate  inwards  above  and  below 
middle  ;  a  grey-whitish  hindmarginal  band,  its  anterior  edge  very 
75 


1176  REVISION    OF    AUSTRALIAN    LEPIDOPTERA, 

close  and  parallel  to  subterminal  line,  confluent  with  it  towards 
anal  angle;  a  tine  waved  black  hindmarginal  line:  cilia  fuscous, 
suffusedly  irrorated  with  whitish,  tending  to  form  obscure  bars. 
Hind  wings  with  hindmargin  rounded ;  fuscous-grey,  somewhat 
darker  posteriorly ;  an  obscure  darker  discal  dot ;  a  faint  paler 
line  at  %  sinuate  in  middle,  becoming  white  and  dark-margined 
on  inner  margin;  a  white  dark-margined  mark  at  anal  angle;  cilia 
fuscous,  tips  and  base  ochreous-whitish  except  towards  apex, 

Northampton  and  Albany,  West  Australia ;  in  November  and 
December,  common. 

39.  Dichr.   2mratacta,  n.sp. 

(J.  24  mm.  Head  and  thorax  blackish-fuscous.  Palpi  2,  dark 
fuscous,  beneath  ochreous-whitish.  Antennae  dark  grey,  pectina- 
tions 3.  (Abdomen  broken.)  Legs  dark  fuscous,  apex  of  joints 
whitish,  femora  and  posterior  tibiae  irrorated  with  whitish.  Fore- 
wings  triangular,  hindmargin  waved,  rounded  ;  rather  light 
fuscous;  basal  area  brownish-ochreous  mixed  with  ferruginous, 
margins  mixed  with  dark  fuscous  ;  a  broad  dark  fuscous  median 
band,  anteriorly  limited  by  a  gently  curved  deep  ferruginous, 
posteriorly  blackish-edged  streak  from  before  J  of  costa  to  J  of 
inner  margin,  posteriorly  by  second  line,  which  is  very  fin^, 
blackish,  running  from  |  of  costa  to  before  |  of  inner  margin, 
forming  an  obtuse-angled  projection  below  middle,  above  this 
slightly  sinuate,  below  it  waved ;  first  line  within  this  band  near 
anterior  edge,  fine,  blackish,  irregular,  angulated  outwards  beneath 
costa ;  a  small  transverse  blackish  spot  in  disc  above  middle, 
upper  extremity  connected  with  second  line  by  a  ferruginous- 
ochreous  bar,  lower  extremity  touching  a  similar  bar  extending 
from  transverse  ferruginous  streak  to  second  line  in  middle, 
posteriorly  obscurely  blackish-margined  ;  space  between  median 
band  and  apex  sufi*used  with  whitish-ochreous  towards  costa, 
especially  anteriorly  ;  subterminal  line  hardly  paler,  dark-mar- 
gined, irregularly  denticulate,  anterior  margin  on  upper  |  forming 
a  moderately  thick  irregular  partly  fuscous  and  partly  ochreous- 
brown  shade,  marked  in  middle  with  a  short  thick   longitudinal 


BY    E.  MEYRICK.  1177 

Mack  dasli  ;  hindmarginal  area  sprinkled  with  whitish  ;  a  waved 
black  hindmarginal  line  :  cilia  light  fuscous  irregularly  mixed 
with  whitish.  Hindwings  with  hindinargin  rounded  ;  fuscous ; 
inner  margin  towards  anal  angle  obscurely  streaked  transversely 
Avith  whitish  and  darker  fuscous  ;  a  dark  fuscous  hindmarginal 
line  ;  cilia  as  in  forewings. 

Sydney,  New  South  Wales  ;  in  October,  two  specimens.  In 
the  British  Museum  collection  a  specimen  of  this  species  is  placed 
as  Coremia  strwmosata,  Gn.,  but  this  determination  is  wholly 
erroneous. 

40.    Dichr    obtusata,  Walk. 

(Panagra  obtusata,  Walk.  1008  ;  P.  devitata,  ib.  1010.) 
(J9.  21-24  mm.  Head  and  thorax  fuscous  sprinkled  with  whitish 
Palpi  2 J,  dark  fuscous,  base  whitish.  Antennae  fuscous,  pectina- 
tions 3|-.  Abdomen  whitish-fuscous,  sprinkled  with  dark  fuscous. 
Legs  dark  fuscous,  femora  and  posterior  tibise  sprinkled  with 
whitish.  Forewings  triangular,  hindmargin  bowed  ;  fuscous,  finely 
irroi^ated  with  whitish  and  thinly  sprinkled  with  dark  fuscous  ;  a 
fine  ferruginous  line  mixed  with  blackish  near  base,  not  reaching 
inner  margin  ;  a  nearly  straight  well-marked  ferruginous  line  from 
before  ^  of  costa  to  \  of  inner  margin,  becoming  blackish  at 
extremities  ;  first  and  second  lines  fine,  dark  fuscous,  irregularly 
dentate  throughout,  dilated  on  costa ;  first  from  g  of  costa  to 
middle  of  inner  margin ;  second  from  |  of  costa  to  before  J  of 
inner  margin,  slightly  curved  ;  a  small  transverse-oblong  dark 
fuscous  spot  in  disc  above  middle,  sometimes  only  outlined  in  dark 
fuscous  ;  three  twice  sinuate  cloudy  darker  fuscous  lines  between 
second  line  and  hindmargin,  first  sometimes  mixed  with  ferrusrin- 
ous  ;  a  waved  blackish  hindmarginal  line  :  cilia  fuscous  sprinkled 
with  whitish.  Hindwings  with  hindmargin  rounded ;  fuscous, 
posteriorly  irrorated  with  darker,  tending  to  form  cloudy  lines 
towards  inner  margin  ;  a  dark  fuscous  hindmarginal  line  ;  cilia 
fuscous  sprinkled  with  whitish. 

Bathurst  (2700  feet),  New  South  Wales  ;    Mount  Lofty,  South 
Australia ;  in  November,  six  specimens. 


1178  REVISION    OF    AUSTRALIAN    LEPIDOPTERA, 

41.   Dichr.  exsignata,  Walk. 

{Panagra  exsignata^  Walk.  1010.) 

(J.  22-24  mm.  Head,  palpi,  and  thorax  wholly  dark  fuscous  ; 
palpi  2 J.  Antennae  grey,  pectinations  3|.  Abdomen  pale  fus- 
cous irrorated  with  darker.  Legs  dark  fuscous,  femora  and 
posterior  tibiae  irrorated  with  whitish.  Fore  wings  triangular, 
hindmargin  bowed ;  fuscous,  with  a  few  blackish  scales,  somewhat 
darker  on  median  band  and  along  costa  ;  an  oI)Scure  slightly  paler 
ferruginous-tinged  nearly  straight  line  from  \  of  costa  to  |  of  inner 
margin,  posteriorly  more  or  less  distinctly  edged  with  blackish, 
especially  towards  inner  margin  ;  a  small  cloudy  transverse  dark 
fuscous  spot  in  disc  above  middle  ;  second  line  indicated  by  a  very 
obscure  sinuate  series  of  pale  dots  preceded  by  blackish  scales  from 
I  of  costa  to  f  of  inner  margin  ;  subterminal  hardly  paler,  very 
obscure,  irregularly  subdentate  ;  hindmargin  somewhat  sprinkled 
with  whitish  ;  a  waved  blackish  hindmarginal  line  :  cilia  fuscous, 
base  sprinkled  with  whitish,  terminal  half  whitish-fuscous.  Hind- 
wings  with  hindmargin  rounded  ;  fuscous  ;  a  faint  darker  discal 
mark  ;  a  darker  hindmarginal  line ;  cilia  as  in  forewings. 

Sydney,  New  South  Wales,  from  September  to  November  ;  five 
specimens. 

42.  Dichr.  Hosjyoda,  n.sp. 

(J.  23  mm.  Head,  palpi,  and  thorax  dark  ashy-fuscous  ;  palpi 
2 J,  towards  base  white  beneath.  Antennae  dark  fuscous,  pectina- 
tions 3.  Abdomen  pale  grey,  sufFusedly  irrorated  with  dark  grey. 
Legs  dark  fuscous,  apex  of  joints  whitish,  femora  and  posterior 
tibiae  irrorated  with  whitish.  Forewings  triangular,  hindmargin 
bowed ;  dark  ashy-fuscous  ;  an  obscure  blackish  line  near  base, 
not  reaching  inner  margin  ;  a  nearly  straight  obscure  blackish  line 
from  J  of  costa  to  |  of  inner  margin  ;  lines  extremely  obscure, 
hardly  perceptibly  darker,  starting  from  cloudy  blackish  spots  on 
costa  at  I  and  |,  second  gently  curved ;  a  narrow  obscure  blackish 
transverse  mark  in  disc  above  middle ;  subterminal  very  faintly 
indicated,   not  traceable  ;  an   interrupted  blackish  hindmarginal 


BY    E.  MEYRICK.  1179 

line  :  cilia  dark  ashy-fuscous,  with  a  few  whitish  points,  towards 
tips  paler.  Hindwings  with  hindmargin  rounded ;  rather  dark 
fuscous ;  cilia  rather  dark  fuscous. 

Sydney,  New  South  Wales ;  in  September,  one  specimen. 

43.  Dichr.  explanata^  Walk. 

(Panagra  explanata,  Walk.  1009.) 

(J 9.  20-24  mm.  Head  and  thorax  dark  grey  irrorated  with 
whitish  and  black.  Palpi  3,  dark  grey  irrorated  with  black, 
towards  base  white  beneath,  upper  edge  sprinkled  with  whitish. 
Antennse  grey,  pectinations  5.  Abdomen  whitish-grey,  suifusedly 
irrorated  with  dark  grey.  Legs  dark  fuscous,  apex  of  joints 
whitish,  femora  and  posterior  tibiae  irrorated  with  whitish.  Fore- 
wings  triangular,  hindmargin  bowed  ;  fuscous,  irrorated  with  black 
and  white ;  lines  whitish,  obscurely  darker-margined  ;  first  from  ^ 
of  costa  to  I  of  inner  mari^in,  straight ;  second  from  before  J  of 
costa  to  J  of  inner  margin,  moderately  angulated  outwards  in 
middle,  rather  deeply  sinuate  inwards  above  middle  and  obtusely 
angulated  inwards  on  submedian  fold  ;  a  narrow  transverse  cloudy 
blackish  spot  in  disc  above  middle ;  subterminal  cloudy,  whitish, 
very  ill-defined,  sinuate  inwards  above  and  below  middle ;  a  waved 
blackish  hindmarginal  line  :  cilia  fuscous  irrorated  with  blackish 
aud  whitish,  terminal  half  fuscous-whitish  obscurely  barred  with 
fuscous.  Hindwings  with  hindmargin  rounded  ;  fuscous,  rather 
darker  posteriorly  ;  a  very  faint  paler  sinuate  line  at  | ;  a  dark 
fuscous  hindmarginal  line ;  cilia  fuscous,  tips  whitish-fuscous. 

Bathui'st  (2500  feet)  and  Sydney,  New  South  Wales;  Melbourne, 
Victoria  ;  Albany,  West  Australia;  in  November,  December,  and 
March,  rather  common. 

44.  Dichr.  sigmata,  Walk. 

(Panagra  sigmata^  Walk.  1005.) 

<^.  21  mm.  Forewiiigs  fuscous,  irrorated  with  whitish  and 
blackish  ;  lines  whitish,  margined  with  blackish  ;  first  rather  bent 
beneath  costa,  otherwise  straight ;  second  obtusely  angulated  in 
middle,  sinuate  inwards  above  middle  and  more  deeply  on  lower 


1180  REVISION    OF    AUSTRALIAN    LEPIDOPTERA, 

half ;  a  moderately  large  narrow  transverse  blackish  spot  in  disc 
above  middle  ;  subterminal  whitish,  anteriorly  sufFusedly  margined 
with  dark  fuscous,  rather  irregular  ;  a  waved  blackish  hindmarginal 
line.     Hindwings  fuscous. 

Said  to  be  from  Sydney,  New  South  Wales.  The  above  diagnosis 
is  drawn  from  incomplete  notes  taken  from  the  British  Museum 
specimen,  which  is  the  only  one  I  have  seen ;  it  appears  to  be  a 
good  species,  allied  to  D.  exxtlanata. 

45.   Dichr.  ortliotis,  n.sp. 

(J§.  21-25  mm.  Head  and  thorax  dark  fuscous,  sprinkled  with 
whitish,  blackish,  and  ferruginous  scales.  Palpi  about  3,  dark 
fuscous,  towards  base  white  beneath,  upper  edge  sprinkled  with 
whitish.  Antennae  grey,  pectinations  5.  Abdomen  whitish-grey, 
suffusedly  irrorated  with  dark  grey.  Legs  blackish,  apex  of 
joints  white,  femora  and  posterior  tibiae  irrorated  with  whitish. 
Forewings  triangular,  hindmargin  bowed ;  fuscous ;  basal  area 
more  or  less  mixed  with  ferruginous,  and  coarsely  irrorated  with 
black  ;  first  line  straight,  whitish,  from  3  of  costa  to  %  of  inner 
margin,  anteriorly  margined  with  deep  ferruginous,  posteriorly 
with  three  or  four  black  dots  ;  median  area  densely  irrorated  with 
whitish,  less  strongly  on  costa  and  inner  margin,  sometimes 
partially  irrorated  with  black  on  veins  ;  a  moderate  transverse- 
oblong  fuscous  black-margined  spot  in  disc  above  middle ;  second 
line  almost  straight,  whitish,  from  before  \  of  costa  to  \  of  inner 
margin,  dilated  on  costa,  anteriorly  margined  with  black  tri- 
angular dots,  posteriorly  with  a  ferruginous  line ;  hindmarginal 
area  irrorated  with  black,  sometimes  with  traces  of  an  irregular 
twice  deeply  sinuate  whitish  subterminal  line,  and  a  whitish 
irroration  along  hindmargin ;  veins  near  hindmargin  sometimes 
marked  with  light  ferruginous ;  a  waved  blackish  hindmarginal 
line  :  cilia  fuscous,  irrorated  with  blackish  and  whitish,  terminal 
half  fuscous-whitish  obscurely  barred  with  fuscous.  Hindwings 
with  hindmargin  rounded  ;  fuscous  ;  a  faint  paler  slightly  curved 


BY    E.  MEYRICK.  1181 

line   at  I ;  some   white  scales  towards  inner  margin  ;  a  darker 
hindmarginal  line ;  cilia  fuscous,  terminal  half  fuscous-whitish. 

Perth  and  Albany,  West  Australia ;  in  November  and 
December;  five  specimens.  Generally,  but  not  always,  the 
contrast  between  the  light  median  area  and  the  dark  basal  and 
hindmarginal  areas  is  very  conspicuous. 

46.  Dichr.  poecilotis,  n.sp. 

(J^.  21-24  mm.  Head  pale  reddish-ochreous  on  crown,  with  a 
few  dark  fuscous  and  whitish  scales,  face  whitish  irrorated  with 
dark  fuscous.  Palpi  2J,  dark  fuscous,  towards  base  white 
beneath,  extreme  apex  white.  Antennae  grey,  pectinations  4. 
Thorax  grey,  mixed  with  light  ochreous,  and  irrorated  with 
whitish  and  a  few  blackish  scales.  Abdomen  pale  grey,  sprinkled 
with  dark  grey.  Legs  grey,  femora  and  posterior  tibiae  sprinkled 
with  whitish.  Forewings  triangular,  hindmargin  rounded,  waved  ; 
fuscous,  towards  costa  and  on  basal  area  sprinkled  with  whitish  ; 
veins,  except  costal  branches,  marked  with  rather  thick  light 
reddish-ochreous  streaks,  interrupted  by  lines  ;  a  blackish  mark 
in  disc  near  base  ;  a  curved  cloudy  blackish  transverse  line  near 
beyond  this  ;  lines  slender,  whitish  ;  first  from  \  of  costa  to  %  of 
inner  margin,  posteriorly  blackish-margined,  acutely  angulated 
outwards  in  middle,  sinuate  inwards  above  middle  ;  second  from 
about  §  of  costa  to  |  of  inner  margin,  posteriorly  blackish- 
margined,  rather  abruptly  sinuate  inwards  above  inner  margin  ;  a 
small  transverse-oval  blackish  spot  in  disc  above  middle ;  a  fine 
straight  dark  fuscous  line  near  beyond  second,  interrupted  by 
streaks  on  veins ;  subterminal  formed  by  whitish  irroration, 
posteriorly  hardly  defined,  anteriorly  sharply  margined  by  a  thick 
cloudy  dark  fuscous  shade,  deeply  sinuate  inwards  above  and 
below  middle ;  a  hindmarginal  series  of  small  blackish  triangular 
subconfluent  spots  :  cilia  fuscous,  irrorated  with  whitish.  Hind- 
wings  with  hindmargin  rounded  ;  fuscous  ;  a  faint  darker  median 
line  ;  cilia  light  fuscous,  tips  more  whitish. 

Carnarvon  and  Geraldton,  West  Australia,  in  October  and 
November ;  common. 


1182  REVISION    OF    AUSTRALIAN    LEPIDOPTERA, 

47.  Dichr.  ioneura,  n.sp. 

J9.  20-25  mm.  Head  pale  recldish-ochreous,  face  grey-whitisli 
sprinkled  with  blackish.  Palpi  2^,  blackish-fuscous,  towards  base 
white  beneath,  upper  edge  sprinkled  with  white.  Antennas  grey, 
pectinations  3.  Thorax  grey,  sprinkled  with  whitish,  and  spotted 
with  light  reddish-ochreous.  Abdomen  pale  grey,  ochreous-tinged, 
sprinkled  with  dark  grey.  Legs  dark  grey,  femora  and  posterior 
tibia3  irrorated  with  whitish.  Forewings  triangular,  hindmargin 
rounded ;  fuscous,  densely  irrorated  with  whitish ;  veins,  except 
costal  branches,  marked  with  rather  thick  light  reddish-ochreous 
streaks,  interrupted  by  lines ;  a  light  reddish-ochreous  transverse 
mark  near  base  ;  a  dark  fuscous  transverse  line  about  5,  angu- 
lated  beneath  costa ;  first  and  second  lines  whitish  on  veins,  but 
very  obscure  and  interrupted  ;  first  from  I  of  costa  to  I  of  inner 
margin,  interruptedly  margined  posteriorly  with  dark  fuscous, 
obtusely  angulated  outwards  beneath  costa ;  second  from  about  I 
of  costa  to  3  of  inner  margin,  interruptedly  margined  anteriorly 
with  dark  fuscous,  somewhat  irregular,  sinuate  inwards  towards 
inner  margin  ;  a  small  transverse  dark  fuscous  spot  in  disc  above 
middle  ;  a  dark  fuscous  line  beyond  second,  interrupted  by  streaks 
on  veins,  sinuate  outwards  in  middle  ;  subterminal  only  indicated 
by  cloudy  dark  fuscous  anterior  margin,  somewhat  irregular, 
tending  to  be  interrupted  :  cilia  fuscous  sprinkled  with  whitish, 
tips  fuscous-whitish.  Hindwings  with  hindmargin  rounded  ; 
fuscous,  somewhat  darker  posteriorly  ;  cilia  fuscous,  tips  fuscous- 
whitish. 

Perth,  West  Australia,  in  October  and  November  ;  rather 
common. 

48.  Dichr.  steropias,  n.sp. 

(J^.  21-24  mm.  Head  and  thorax  fuscous  irrorated  with 
whitish,  with  a  few  dark  fuscous  scales.  Palpi  4-6,  grey,  more  or 
less  mixed  with  whitish  and  dark  fuscous.  Antennae  grey, 
pectinations  4.  Abdomen  ochreous-whitish,  more  or  less  irrorated 
with  grey.  Legs  dark  fuscous,  sprinkled  with  whitish,  apex 
of  joints    whitish.       Forewings    elongate-triangular,    hindmargin 


BY    E.  MEYRICK.  1183 

rounded  ;  fuscous,  densely  irrorated  with  whitish,  and  with  scat- 
tered dark  fuscous  scales,  more  or  less  irregularly  suffused  in  disc 
with  whitish-ochreous ;  four  small  tufts  of  raised  scales,  blackish 
on  anterior  side,  first  beneath  costa  near  base,  second  beneath 
costa  at  J,  third  in  disc  before  middle,  fourth  in  disc  above 
middle  ;  lines  slender,  dark  fuscous  ;  first  from  J  of  costa  to  J  of 
inner  margin,  irregular,  acutely  angulated  outwards  in  middle, 
passing  through  second  tuft,  and  angle  terminating  in  third ; 
second  line  from  5  of  costa  to  |  of  inner  margin,  nearly  straight, 
sharply  dentate  throughout ;  subterminal  obscurely  paler,  sub- 
dentate,  anteriorly  margined  by  a  straight  cloudy  dark  fuscous 
shade  running  from  apex  to  before  anal  angle  ;  an  interrupted 
black  hindmarginal  line  :  cilia  fuscous,  irrorated  with  whitish. 
Hindwings  with  hindmargin  rounded  ;  fuscous,  sometimes  paler 
and  tinged  with  whitish-ochreous;  an  indistinct  darker  discal  dot; 
a  cloudy  dark  fuscous  hindmarginal  line ;  cilia  light  fuscous, 
sprinkled  with  whitish,  sometimes  whitish-ochreous. 

Geraldton  and  Perth,  West  Australia,  in  November ;  three 
specimens.  An  eccentric  species,  specially  characterised  by  the 
tufts  on  surface  of  forewings  ;  the  unusually  long  palpi  are  also 
unusually  variable  in  length,  and  the  same  peculiarity  may  be 
observed  in  D.  consignata. 

49.  Dichr.  orectis,  n.sp. 

(J 9.  20-23  mm.  Head  and  thorax  pale  ochreous  or  greyisli, 
densely  and  suffused  ly  irrorated  j  with  whitish,  sometimes  with 
scattered  blackish  scales.  Palpi  2^,  dark  fuscous,  towards  base 
white  beneath,  upper  edge  sprinkled  with  white.  Antennae  grey, 
pectinations  5.  Abdomen  pale  greyish-ochreous,  sprinkled  with 
dark  fuscous.  Legs  dark  fuscous,  apex  of  joints  whitish,  femora 
and  posterior  tibise  irrorated  with  whitish.  Forewings  triangular, 
hindmargin  rounded  ;  fuscous  or  light  fuscous,  densely  irrorated 
with  whitish  and  sprinkled  with  black  ;  a  blackish  dot  or  trans- 
verse mark  beneath  costa  near  base ;  first  line  obscurely  whitish, 
from  before  J  of  costa  to  |  of  inner  margin,  posteriorly  margined 
with  blackish,  sometimes  very  thickly,  nearly  straight,  slightly 


1184  REVISION    OF    AUSTRALIAN    LEPIDOPTERA, 

indented  in  middle  ;  a  small  transverse  spot  outlined  with  blackish 
in  disc  above  middle ;  second  line  obscurely  whitish,  from  |  of 
costa  to  I  of  inner  margin,  margined  anteriorly  with  a  series  of 
small  triangular  blackish  spots,  sometimes  confluent  into  a  more 
or  less  thick  black  shade,  rather  sharply  angulated  outwards  in 
middle,  sinuate  inwards  above  middle  and  more  deeply  on  lower 
half,  central  angle  marked  with  a  small  more  or  less  distinct 
reddish-ochreous  spot ;  subterminal  cloudy,  whitish,  subdentate, 
rather  irregular,  anteriorly  margined  by  a  more  or  less  distinct 
dark  grey  or  blackish  shade ;  a  hindmarginal  series  of  triangular 
black  dots  :  cilia  fuscous- whitish,  with  obscure  fuscous  bars,  and  a 
somewhat  interrupted  cloudy  dark  fuscous  median  line.  Hind- 
wings  with  hindmargin  rounded  ;  fuscous,  posteriorly  darker  ;  a 
faint  darker  discal  mark ;  cilia  fuscous,  terminal  half  fuscous- 
whitish. 

Geraldton,  West  Australia ;  in  November  and  December, 
common  ;  a  variable  species.  Larva  10-legged,  cylindrical  ;  bright 
green  ;  spiracular  line  and  segmental  incisions  pale  yellowish, 
partly  marked  with  white  ;  a  series  of  oblique  white  marks  on 
sides  meeting  on  back  :  feeds  in  November  on  a  Myrtaceous  shrub 
of  which  I  failed  to  obtain  the  name,  resembling  Leptospermum  in 
habit,  with  small  diamond-shaped  leaves  crowded  and  appressed  to 
stem  in  long  shoots  :  pupa  in  a  slight  cocoon.  The  above  larval 
description  is  incomplete  ;  the  larva  is  marked  and  coloured  in 
beautiful  imitation  of  the  leafy  stems  of  its  food  plant,  the  oblique 
white  lateral  lines  expressing  the  outlines  of  the  small  crowded 
stem-clasping  leaves. 

50.   Dichr.  atrosignata,  Walk. 

(Panagra  atrosignata,  Walk.  1006  ;  Eabolia  linda,  Butl.  Ann. 
Mag.  1882,  96.) 

(J.  18-19  mm.  Head  and  thorax  dark  fuscous.  Palpi  3^, 
rather  dark  fuscous,  upper  edge  sprinkled  with  whitish.  Antenna 
fuscous,  pectinations  6.  Abdomen  whitish-fuscous  irrorated  with 
dark  fuscous.  Legs  dark  fuscous,  femora  and  posterior  tibite 
irrorated    with    whitish-ochreous.      Forewings    triangular,    hind- 


BY    E.  MEYRICK.  1185 

margin  bowed  ;  fuscous,  suffusedly  irrorated  with  whitish-fuscous 
and  coarsely  sprinkled  with  dark  fuscous ;  lines  obscurely  paler  ; 
first  from  J  of  costa  to  I  of  inner  margin,  posteriorly  margined 
with  dark  fuscous  or  sometimes  strongly  with  blackish,  hardly 
curved  ;  second  from  beyond  f  of  costa  to  f  of  inner  margin, 
anteriorly  margined  with  dark  fuscous  or  sometimes  strongly  with 
blackish,  slightly  irregular,  slightly  curved  outwards  on  upj)er 
half  and  inwards  on  lower  half  ;  a  small  transverse  dark  fuscous 
sometimes  paler-centred  spot  in  disc  above  middle  ;  subterminal 
hardly  paler,  subdentate,  anteriorly  suflfusedly  margined  with 
darker  fuscous  ;  a  hindmarginal  row  of  triangular  subconnected 
black  dots  :  cilia  pale  whitish-fuscous,  with  a  cloudy  fuscous  line. 
Hindwings  with  hindmargin  rounded ;  fuscous ;  a  faint  darker 
discal  dot ;  a  faint  curved  paler  line  at  f ;  an  interrupted  dark 
fuscous  hindmarginal  line  ;  cilia  as  in  fore  wings. 

9.  23-25  mm.  Differs  from  ^  as  follows  :  forewings  irrorated 
with  whitish ;  lines  broadly  margined  with  blackish  on  discal  side, 
except  towards  costa ;  discal  spot  very  small  or  dot-like ;  second 
line  from  |  of  costa,  rather  sharply  angulated  in  middle,  sinuate 
inwards  above  middle,  and  more  strongly  curved  and  somewhat 
bent  inwards  on  lower  half;  cilia  light  fuscous  irrorated  with 
whitish. 

Sydney,  New  South  Wales ;  from  August  to  October,  and  in 
March  and  April,  common.  The  variability  in  the  intensity  of 
marking,  and  the  sexual  differences  make  this  at  first  sight  rather 
a  perplexing  species. 

51.   Dichr.  eiiscia,  n.sp. 

(J.  25  ram.  Head  and  thorax  dark  fuscous,  finely  sprinkled 
with  whitish.  Palpi  3,  dark  fuscous,  upper  edge  sprinkled  with 
whitish.  Antennae  grey,  pectinations  3.  Abdomen  fuscous- whitish 
irrorated  with  dark  fuscous.  Legs  dark  fuscous,  femora  and 
posterior  tibise  sprinkled  with  whitish.  Forewings  triangular,, 
hindmargin  bowed ;  fuscous,  densely  irrorated  with  whitish  and 
sprinkled  with  dark  fuscous  ;  a  blackish  dot  on  costa  at  I,  a  second 
in  disc  at  g,  and  a  third  above  inner  margin  at  J  ;  a  small  blackish 


1186  REVISION    OF    AUSTRALIAN    LEPIDOPTERA, 

dot  in  disc  above  middle  ;  second  line  hardly  perceptibly  paler, 
from  f  of  costa  to  ^  of  inner  margin,  anteriorly  margined  by  a 
blackish  dot  on  costa,  and  on  lower  |  by  a  thick  black  streak 
shading  into  fuscous  anteriorly,  obtusely  angulated  outwards  in 
middle,  slightly  sinuate  above  middle,  gently  and  evenly  curved 
inwards  on  lower  half  ;  subterminal  hardly  paler,  rather  irregular, 
anteriorly  sufifusedly  margined  with  darker :  cilia  fuscous,  basal 
half  irrorated  with  whitish,  terminal  half  whitish-fuscous.  Hind- 
wings  with  hind  margin  rounded,  apex  somewhat  prominent ; 
fuscous,  somewhat  lighter  towards  base  ;  cilia  fuscous,  towards 
tips  whitish-fuscous. 

Blackheath  (3500  feet).  New  South  Wales  ;  in  October  and 
November,  two  specimens. 

52.  Dichr.  ophiucha,  n.sp. 

(J.  21  mm.  Head  and  thorax  rather  dark  fuscous,  finely  irro- 
rated with  whitish,  Palpi  almost  4,  fuscous  irrorated  with  dark 
fuscous,  upper  edge  sprinkled  with  whitish.  Antennae  grey, 
pectinations  5.  Abdomen  whitish-fuscous.  Legs  dark  fuscous 
sprinkled  with  whitish.  Forewings  triangular,  hindmargin  bowed; 
fuscous,  finely  irrorated  with  whitish  ;  a  short  blackish  mark 
beneath  costa  almost  at  base ;  a  short  outwardly  oblique  blackish 
streak  from  costa  at  J ;  a  short  longitudinal  blackish  streak  in 
middle  of  disc  ;  an  obscure  cloudy  darker  dot  on  costa  at  J  :  cilia 
fuscous  sprinkled  with  whitish.  Hind  wings  with  hindmargin 
rounded ;  pale  whitish-fuscous,  slightly  ochreous-tinged ;  cilia 
fuscous-whitish. 

Sydney,  New  South  Wales  ;  in  August  and  November,  two 
specimens. 

53.  Dichr.  indicataria,  Walk. 

(Euholia  indicataria,  Walk.  Suppl.  1698.) 

(J9.  17-20  mm.  Head  and  thorax  rather  dark  fuscous,  finely 
and  densely  irrorated  with  whitish.  Palpi  21,  dark  fuscous,  upper 
edge  sprinkled  with  white.  AntennBe  grey,  pectinations  4.  Ab- 
domen ochreous-grey- whitish,  irrorated  with  dark  grey.  Legs 
dark  fuscous,  finely  sprinkled  with  whitish.    Forewings  triangular. 


BY    E.  MEYRICK.  1187 

hindmargin  rounded,  waved  ;  fuscous,  finely  and  densely  irrorated 
with  whitish;  lines  slightly  paler;  first  from  l  of  costa  to  3  of 
inner  margin,  posteriorly  finely  dark-margined,  sometimes  with 
blackish,  nearly  straight,  rather  irregular  ;  second  from  I  of  costa 
to  I  of  inner  margin,  anteriorly  finely  margined  with  darker  or 
sometimes  with  blackish,  very  slightly  curved  outwards  on  upper 
I,  shortly  dentate  throughout  ;  included  median  space  sometimes 
sufiused  with  dark  fuscous,  without  whitish  irroration  ;  a  fine 
blackish  small  transverse-oval  ring  in  disc  above  middle ;  subter- 
minal  hardly  paler,  posteriorly  faintly,  anteriorly  more  distinctly 
dark-margined,  twice  slightly  sinuate  ;  a  blackish  waved  hind- 
marginal  line  :  cilia  fuscous  irrorated  with  whitish,  with  obscure 
indications  of  darker  fuscous  bars.  Hindwings  with  hindmargin 
rounded ;  fuscous ;  a  faint  darker  discal  dot ;  cilia  fuscous,  with 
a  cloudy  darker  median  line,  base  and  tips  sprinkled  with  whitish. 
Melbourne,  Victoria  ;  Geraldton  and  Perth,  West  Australia  ; 
from  October  to  December,  common. 

54.  Dichr.  7)iolyhdaria,  Gn. 

{Panagra  molyhdaria,  Gn.  X.  131  ;  P.  carhonata,  Walk.  1004.) 
(J9-  20-25  mm.  Head  and  thorax  dark  fuscous  irrorated  with 
whitish.  Forewings  fuscous,  irrorated  with  whitish,  thinly 
sprinkled  with  black ;  lines  dark  fuscous  ;  first  somewhat  irre- 
gular, from  before  middle  of  costa  to  before  middle  of  inner 
margin,  sinuate  outwards  beneath  costa ;  second  markedly  denti- 
culate throughout,  from  before  f  of  costa  to  before  J  of  inner 
margin,  somewhat  curved  outwards  and  more  dentate  on  central 
third,  marked  with  a  more  or  less  distinct  reddish-ochreous  spot  in 
middle ;  included  median  space  often  suffused  with  dark  slaty- 
grey  except  on  costa,  but  in  paler  specimens  a  dark  grey  discal  dot 
visible ;  subterminal  slightly  paler,  waved,  preceded  by  a  slightly 
darker  shade  ;  a  widely  interrupted  fine  blackish  hindmarginal 
line ;  cilia  pale  grey.     Hindwings  fuscous-grey  or  light  grey. 

Said  to  be  from  Sydney,  New  South  Wales  ;  five  specimens 
in  British  Museum  Collection,  from  which  this  diagnosis  is  taken, 
as  I  have  seen  no  others. 


1188  REVISION    OF    AUSTRALIAN    LEPIDOPTERA, 

55.   Dichr.   estigmaria,  Walk. 

(Panagra  estigmaria,  Walk.  1001  ;  P.  costinotafa,  ib.  1001  , 
Acidalia  schistacearia,  ib.  1609.) 

^2'  22-24  mm.  Head  and  thorax  ^reyish-ochreous  irrorated 
with  whitish.  Palpi  2J-,  brownish-ochreous,  upper  edge  sprinkled 
with  white,  extreme  tip  white.  Antennae  light  ochreous  spotted 
with  whitish,  pectinations  7.  Abdomen  whitish-ochreous  sprinkled 
with  dark  fuscous.  Legs  light  brownish-ochreous,  posterior  tibiae 
in  (J  dilated,  enclosing  tuft  of  hair  of  hairs  in  groove,  posterior 
tarsi  in  ^  less  than  half  tibiae.  Forewings  triangular,  hindmargin 
bowed ;  light  brownish-ochreous,  greyish-ochreous,  or  pale 
fuscous,  finely  irrorated  with  ochreous  -  whitish ;  lines  hardly 
perceptibly  paler ;  first  from  before  middle  of  costa  to  before 
middle  of  inner  margin,  angulated  immediately  beneath  costa, 
where  it  is  margined  posteriorly  by  one  or  two  blackish  dots,  and 
sinuate  inwards  in  middle  and  above  inner  margin,  with  a  blackish 
dot  on  posterior  margin  in  each  sinuation  ;  a  fuscous  dot  ia  disc 
above  middle ;  second  line  from  J  of  costa  to  before  f  of  inner 
margin,  hardly  curved,  sinuate  inwards  above  and  below  middle, 
with  a  slight  bidentate  projection  outwards  in  middle,  anteriorly 
margined  with  indistinct  sometimes  subconnected  blackish  dots, 
sometimes  with  a  small  blackish  or  partly  ferruginous  spot  on 
median  projection ;  subterminal  hardly  perceptibly  paler,  an- 
teriorly margined  by  a  more  or  less  faint  obscure  interrupted 
darker  shade,  sometimes  forming  a  small  cloudy  dark  fuscous  spot 
on  costa  ;  a  widely  interrupted  black  hindmarginal  line  or  series 
of  triangular  dots  :  cilia  light  fuscous  sprinkled  with  yellow- 
whitish,  terminal  half  fuscous-whitish.  Hindwings  with  hind- 
margin  rounded ;  pale  fuscous,  sometimes  ochreous-tinged  ;  cilia 
whitish-fuscous,  tips  paler. 

Sydney  and  Blackheath  (3500  feet),  New  South  Wales  ;  from 
October  to  December,  and  in  February,  common.  The  abbrevi- 
ated posterior  tarsi  of  the  ^  are  a  notable  special  characteristic. 


BY    E.  MEYRICK.  1189 

56.  Dichr.  ornata,  Walk. 

(Fanagra  ornata,  Walk.  1004.) 

^$.  20-21  mm.  Head  and  thorax  dark  ashy -fuscous.  Palpi 
2^,  dark  fuscous,  upper  edge  sprinkled  with  whitish.  Antennae 
grey,  pectinations  6.  Abdomen  whitish-grey,  irrorated  with  dark 
grey.  Legs  dark  fuscous,  femora  sprinkled  with  whitish.  Fore- 
wings  triangular,  hindmargin  bowed ;  fuscous,  finely  irrorated 
with  whitish  and  sprinkled  with  dark  fuscous ;  a  hardly  curved 
series  of  four  blackish  dots  from  |  of  costa  to  I  of  inner  margin  : 
an  obscure  dark  fuscous  dot  in  disc  above  middle ;  second  line 
hardly  perceptibly  paler,  from  ^  of  costa  to  I  of  inner  margin, 
nearly  straight,  gently  sinuate  outwards  below  costa  and  in 
middle,  anteriorly  edged  with  a  series  of  blackish  dots  or  some- 
times with  a  thick  anteriorly  suffused  dark  fuscous  shade  ;  a  faint 
paler  subdentate  subterminal  line,  very  obscurely  edged  with 
darker  anteriorly ;  an  interrupted  black  hindmarginal  line  :  cilia 
fuscous,  sprinkled  with  whitish.  Hindwings  with  hindmargin 
rounded ;  fuscous  ;  a  faint  paler  anteriorly  darker-edged  sinuate 
line  beyond  middle,  more  distinct  towards  inner  margin  ;  a  dark 
fuscous  hindmarginal  line ;  cilia  fuscous,  sprinkled  with  whitish. 

Sydney  and  Blackheath  (3500  feet).  New  South  Wales  ;  from 
September  to  November,  and  in  March,  common. 

57.  Dichr.  isch7iota,  n.sp. 

9.  18-1.9  mm.  Head  and  thorax  fuscous,  densely  irrorated 
with  whitish.  Palpi  3,  ochreous-fuscous,  towards  base  white 
beneath,  upper  edge  sprinkled  with  white,  extreme  apex  white. 
Antennae  grey  spotted  with  whitish.  Abdomen  whitish  sprinkled 
with  dark  fuscous.  Legs  fuscous  sprinkled  with  whitish.  Fore- 
wings  rather  elongate-triangular,  hindmargin  bowed  ;  fuscous, 
densely  irrorated  with  whitish  and  less  densely  with  dark  fuscous  ; 
lines  very  obscurely  whitish  ;  first  from  before  middle  of  costa  to 
before  middle  of  inner  margin,  sharply  angulated  outwards  beneath 
costa,  posteriorly  more  or  less  distinctly  edged  with  dark  fuscous ; 
second  from  5   of  costa    to   I  of   inner  margin,   slightly  sinuate 


1190  REVISION    OF    AUSTRALIAN    LEPIDOPTERA, 

inwards  above  middle  and  more  strongly  on  lower  half,  anteriorly 
more  or  less  distinctly  margined  with  dark  fuscous ;  included 
median  space  with  lower  half  sometimes  ochreous-fuscous  mixed 
with  blackish,  without  white  irroration ;  an  obscure  whitish  sub- 
dentate  twice  sinuate  subterminal  line,  anteriorly  suffusedly 
margined  with  dark  fuscous;  an  interrupted  blackish  hindmarginal 
line :  cilia  fuscous,  sprinkled  with  whitish.  Hindwings  with  hind- 
margin  rounded  ;  fuscous  ;  a  faint  paler  sinuate  line  at  f ;  an 
interrupted  dark  fuscous  hindmarginal  line ;  cilia  fuscous, 
sprinkled  with  whitish. 

Carnarvon,  West  Australia,  in  October  ;  two  specimens. 

58.  Dichr.  triparata,  Walk. 

[Panagra  trijKvrata,  Walk.  1005;  P.  molyhdaria,  ib.  995 
(nee  Gn.).] 

^<^.  20-22  mm.  Head  and  thorax  dark  ashy-fuscous  with  a 
few  blackish  scales.  Palpi  3^,  dark  fuscous,  base  slightly 
sprinkled  with  whitish.  Antennse  grey,  pectinations  3i.  Abdo- 
men whitish-fuscous,  suffusedly  irrorated  with  dark  grey.  Legs 
dark  fuscous,  apex  of  joints  whitish,  femora  and  posterior  tibi« 
irrorated  with  whitish.  Forewings  triangular,  hindmargin  waved, 
bowed ;  fuscous,  finely  irrorated  with  whitish  and  sprinkled  with 
dark  fuscous  ;  three  nearly  straight  cloudy  indistinct  dark  fuscous 
lines  between  base  and  first  line,  central  one  broad,  other  two 
very  slender ;  first  and  second  lines  cloudy,  blackish,  less  marked 
towards  costa  ;  first  from  before  middle  of  costa  to  middle  of  inner 
margin,  straight;  second  from  f  of  costa  to  before  §  of  inner 
margin,  forming  a  short  angular  projection  in  middle,  slightly 
sinuate  inwards  above  and  more  strongly  below  this  ;  included 
median  space  almost  without  whitish  irroration,  forming  a  narrow 
dark  band,  on  lower  half  sometimes  suffused  with  blackish  ;  a 
blackish  linear  transverse  mark  in  disc  above  middle  ;  a  slender 
cloudy  dark  fuscous  line  near  beyond  and  parallel  to  second  line, 
more  sinuate  outwards  beneath  costa,  marked  with  a  cloudy 
ochreous  spot  in  middle  ;  subterminal  slender,  obscure,  whitish, 
rather  irregular,  margined  by  suffused  darker  shades  ;  an  obscure 


BY    E.  MEYRICK.  1191 

brownish-ochreous  suboblique  dash  from  hindniargin  beneath  apex, 
appearing  to  enclose  with  subterminal  line  a  more  whitish  diamond- 
shaped  apical  spot ;  a  waved  black  hindmargiual  line  :  cilia  fuscous, 
basal  half  sprinkled  with  whitish,  tips  whitish.  Hindwings  with 
hindmargin  rounded  ;  fuscous,  towards  hindmargin  rather  darker  ; 
three  short  whitish  dark-margined  streaks  from  inner  margin  above 
anal  angle  ;  a  dark  fuscous  hindmarginal  line  ;  cilia  fuscous,  with 
some  whitish  points. 

Sydney,    New   South    Wales ;  Melbourne,    Victoria ;    Albany, 
West  Australia  ;  from  August  to  December,  common. 

59.  Dichr.  consignata,  Walk. 

(Panagra  consignata,  Walk.  1006;  P.  petrilineata,  ih.  1008.) 
(J9.  22-25  mm.  Head  and  thorax  dark  fuscous  densely  irro- 
rated  with  white.  Palpi  3^-5,  fuscous  irrorated  with  dark  fuscous, 
upper  and  lower  margins  irrorated  with  white.  Antennae  grey, 
pectinations  4J.  Abdomen  pale  whitish-fuscous,  with  a  few  dark 
fuscous  scales.  Legs  dark  fuscous  irrorated  with  white.  Fore- 
wings  triangular,  hindmargin  bowed  ;  fuscous,  very  densely  irro- 
rated with  white,  and  with  scattered  dark  fuscous  scales  ;  lines 
moderately  broad,  obscurely  whitish,  margined  on  both  sides  with 
dark  fuscous  ;  first  from  before  middle  of  costa  to  before  middle  of 
inner  margin,  slightly  sinuate  outwards  on  upper  half  and  inwards 
on  lower  half,  margins  more  or  less  strongly  thickened  on  lower 
half  ;  second  from  l  of  costa  to  f  of  inner  margin,  sinuate  inwards 
above  middle  and  again  below  middle  ;  a  small  narrow  transverse 
blackish  spot  in  disc  above  middle  ;  subterminal  obscurely  whitish, 
terminating  above  in  apex,  more  or  less  strongly  sinuate  outwards 
in  middle,  anteriorly  rather  strongly  margined  and  sinuation  filled 
with  blackish,  separated  from  second  line  by  a  light  ochreous 
shade  becoming  whitish  towards  costa,  posteriorly  suffusedly 
margined  with  dark  fuscous  ;  a  waved  black  hindmarginal  line  : 
cilia  fuscous,  densely  irrorated  with  white,  tips  more  or  less  white. 
Hindwings  with  hindmargin  slightly  rounded,  apex  somewhat 
prominent ;  light  fuscous  ;  an  obscure  darker  discal  dot ;  some- 
76 


1192  REVISION    OF    AUSTRALIAN    LEPIDOPTERA. 

times  a  faint  paler  line  at  | ;  a  dark   fuscous  hindmarginal  line  ; 
cilia  fuscous,  base  paler,  terminal  half  sprinkled  with  whitish. 

Bathurst  (2500  feet),  New  South  Wales ;  Perth  and  Albany, 
West  Australia  ;  from  October  to  December,  common. 

60.   Dichr.  stilhiata^  Gn. 

(Liodes  stilbiata,  Gn.  X.  120,  pi.  xviii.  4  ;  Panagra  j^^usiata^ 
Walk.  1007.) 

(J 9.   23-28  mm.     Head  and  thorax  dark  fuscous,  more  or  less 
sprinkled  with  whitish.     Palpi  2,  dark  fuscous,  upper  edge  sprinkled 
with   whitish.      Antennae   grey,   pectinations   5.     Abdomen    pale 
whitish-fuscous,  sprinkled  with  fuscous.     Legs  dark  fuscous,  femora 
irrorated  with  whitish,  posterior  tibiae  in  ^  with  tuft    of  hairs 
enclosed  in  groove.      Forewings  triangular,  hindmargin  rounded  ; 
rather  dark  fuscous,   densely  irrorated  with  white  on  basal  area 
and  more  or  less  partially  in  disc  and  posteriorly,  except  towards 
costa ;  veins  partially  and  irregularly  marked  with  black  in  disc 
and  posteriorly ;    a  cloudy   dark   fuscous    transverse   mark   at  5, 
not  reaching  margins  3  first  line  obscurely  whitish,    from  before 
middle  of  costa  to  I  of  inner  margin,  angulated  outwards  beneath 
costa  but  generally  indistinct,  posteriorly  margined  on  lower  half 
with  blackish  ;  a  small  narrow  transverse  blackish  spot  in  disc  above 
middle ;  base  of  veins  3  and  4  forming  a  small  triangular  black 
spot  before  second  line  ;  second  line  cloudy,  white,  broader  towards 
costa,  from  \  of  costa  to  J  of  inner  margin,  bent-sinuate  inwards 
above      inner    margin,     anteriorly    irregular  -  edged,    posteriorly 
separated  by  a  fine  dark  fuscous  line  from   a  cloudy  parallel  fine 
indistinct  whitish  line ;  subterminal  indistinct,   cloudy,   Avhitish, 
subdentate,  terminating  above  in  apex,  abruptly  sinuate  outwards 
below  middle  ;  hindmargin  suffused  with  whitish  ;  a  waved  black 
hindmarginal  line :  cilia  whitish  barred  with  fuscous,  with  an  ill- 
defined  fuscous  median  line.     Hind  wings  with  hindmargin  rounded ; 
fuscous  ;  a  faint  darker  discal  dot ;  a  very  faint  paler  line  at  §  ; 
a  dark   fuscous  hindmarginal  line  ;    cilia   as  in   forewings,    but 
fuscous-tinged  and  more  obscure. 


BY    E.  MEYRICK.  1193 

Sydney,  Blackheath  (3500  feet),  and  Mount  Kosciusko  (5000 
feet),  New  South  Wales ;  Melbourne,  Victoria  ;  Deloraine  and 
Hobart,  Tasmania  ;  Mount  Lofty,  South  Australia  ;  from  October 
to  February,  common. 

61.  Dichr.  conjiuaria,  Gn. 

(Panagra  confluavia^  Gn.  X.  131,  pi.  vii.  8.) 

(J 9,  24-32  mm.  Head  dark  fuscous  irr orated  with  white. 
Palpi  3J,  dark  fuscous,  towards  base  white  beneath,  upper  edge 
white.  Antennae  grey,  pectinations  6.  Thorax  dark  fuscous, 
shoulders  and  a  posterior  spot  whitish.  Abdomen  whitish-ochre- 
ous,  more  or  less  sprinkled  with  dark  fuscous.  Legs  dark  fuscous, 
femora  sprinkled  with  whitish.  Forewings  triangular,  hindmargin 
rounded  ;  dark  fuscous  ;  a  cloudy  white  streak  beneath  costa  from 
base,  reaching  costa  before  apex ;  first  line  white,  from  before 
middle  of  costa  to  \  of  inner  margin,  very  acutely  angulated 
outwards  on  subcostal  streak,  so  as  to  reach  %  upper  portion 
slender,  lower  broad  and  containing  a  central  cloudy  ochreous 
line,  rather  sinuate  inwards  above  inner  margin ;  second  line 
from  g  of  costa  to  \  of  inner  margin,  fuscous-ochreous,  margined 
on  both  sides  with  white  throughout,  slightly  angulated  outwards 
above  middle,  thence  to  inner  margin  moderately  curved  inwards ; 
subterminal  nearly  straight,  cloudy,  white  ;  a  white  streak  along 
hindmargin  from  apex  to  anal  angle  ;  a  black  hindmarginal  line  : 
cilia  fuscous,  basal  half  sometimes  sprinkled  with  whitish,  terminal 
half  whitish  with  faint  fuscous  bars.  Hindwings  with  hind- 
margin slightly  rounded,  apex  rather  prominent ',  pale  fuscous  ; 
an  obscure  darker  discal  dot ;  a  faint  paler  anteriorly  darker-edged 
line  at  |,  and  traces  of  two  extremely  faint  similar  lines  between 
this  and  hindmargin  ;  a  dark  fuscous  hindmarginal  line  ;  cilia  as 
in  forewings. 

Blackheath  (3500  feet),  New  South  Wales;  Melbourne,  Victoria  ; 
Deloraine,  Tasmania  ;  Albany,  West  Australia ;  from  October  to 
December,  common. 


1194:  REVISION    OF    AUSTRALIAN    LEPIDOPTERA, 

62.  Diclir.  2?ersonalis,  Felcl. 

(Colohocldla  ijersonalis,  Felcl.  pi.  cxx.  20.) 

(J^.  24-29  mm.  Head  whitish  or  whitish-fuscous.  Palpi  2  J-3, 
dark  fuscous,  upper  edge  white.  Antennje  grey-whitish,  pectina- 
tions 5.  Thorax  white,  collar  and  patagia  fuscous-tinged,  apex 
and  inner  side  of  patagia  blackish.  Abdomen  fuscous-whitish, 
sprinkled  with  dark  fuscous.  Legs  fuscous,  femora  and  posterior 
tibijB  dark  fuscous  irrorated  with  paler,  posterior  tibiae  of  $ 
dilated,  enclosing  tuft  of  hairs  in  groove.  Forewings  somewhat 
elongate-triangular,  hindmargin  slightly  rounded ;  pale  whitish- 
fuscous,  with  a  few  scattered  dark  fuscous  scales ;  dark  markings 
margined  with  whitish-ochreous ;  a  slender  cloudy  dark  fuscous 
streak  along  costa  throughout ;  a  rather  large  elongate-triangular 
blackish  spot  in  middle  of  disc;  a  broad  blackish  subdorsal  streak 
from  base  of  inner  margin  to  anal  angle,  lower  edge  straight, 
leaving  a  narrow  dorsal  streak  of  groundcolour,  upper  edge  with  a 
broad  triangular  projection  before  middle,  and  posteriorly  trian- 
gularly dilated  to  coalesce  with  a  narrow  subterminal  fascia  from 
near  apex,  of  which  the  anterior  edge  is  slightly  sinuate,  posterior 
edge  triangularly  dilated  in  middle,  upper  extremity  attenuated ; 
a  fine  dark  fuscous  hindmarginal  line  :  cilia  grey- whitish,  with  a 
cloudy  fuscous  line.  Hindwings  with  hindmargin  slightly  rounded, 
apex  somewhat  prominent;  fuscous;  a  darker  discal  dot;  a  sinuate 
obscurely  darker  posterior  line  ;  cilia  fuscous. 

Perth  and  Albany,  West  Australia,  in  November  and  Decem- 
ber ;  in  swampy  thickets,  common. 

7.  Oenone,  n.g. 

Face  clothed  with  long  fine  erect  hairs.  Tongue  developed. 
Antennae  in  $  filiform,  simple.  Palpi  moderate,  subascending, 
rather  slender,  with  appressed  scales,  clothed  with  long  fine 
projecting  hairs.  Thorax  with  fine  erect  hairs  above,  densely 
hairy  beneath.  Forewings  with  vein  10  connected  by  bar  with 
9.  Hindwings  Avith  veins  6  and  7  approximated  at  base  or  short- 
stalked. 


BY    E.   MEYRICK.  1195 

Doubtless  an  early  type,  having  near  relationship  to  Dichro- 
modes  on  the  one  hand  and  the  European  genus  Brephos  on  the 
other.  It  Nvould  appear  to  have  been  brought  into  close  compe- 
tition with  the  ancestors  of  Dichromodes,  and  to  have  been  worsted, 
surviving  only  in  the  mountains  of  Tasmania.  Similarly  BrepJios 
has  only  maintained  itself  in  Europe  by  becoming  adapted  to  the 
wintry  climate  of  the  earliest  spring. 

Hindwings  orange 63.  Solaris. 

Hind  wings  dark  fuscous,  with  a  white  blotch...   64,  lunaris. 

63.  Oen.  Solaris,  n.sp. 

(J.  23  mm.  Head  blackish,  face  and  sides  whitish.  Palpi 
whitish,  mixed  with  blackish  hairs.  Antennae  blackish.  Thorax 
and  abdomen  blackish,  with  a  few  white  scales  on  segmental 
margins.  Legs  dark  fuscous,  apex  of  joints  whitish.  Forewings 
elongate-triangular,  costa  slightly  sinuate,  hindmargin  rounded ; 
ochreous-fuscous,  densely  and  suffusedly  irrorated  with  blackish- 
fuscous  ;  several  short  longitudinal  pale  yellowish  marks  in  disc 
towards  base;  first  line  thick,  cloudy,  blackish-fuscous,  from  J  of 
costa  to  before  middle  of  inner  margin,  somewhat  curved  ;  an 
obscure  whitish  dot  in  disc,  suffusedly  margined  with  darker; 
second  line  whitish,  becoming  fuscous-tinged  beneath,  suffusedly 
dark-margined,  from  |  of  costa  to  |  of  inner,  margin,  waved, 
slightly  outwards-curved,  slightly  sinuate  near  inner  margin ;  an 
irregular  fine  subterminal  line  indicated  by  whitish  scales  :  cilia 
fuscous  mixed  with  dark  fuscous  (imperfect).  Hiudwings  with 
hindmargin  rounded  ;  bright  deep  reddish-orange;  some  blackish 
scales  towards  costa ;  a  narrow  blackish  band  from  apex  along 
hindmargin  to  anal  angle,  where  it  is  extremely  slender,  thence 
along  inner  margin  to  base  where  it  is  suffusedly  dilated  ;  cilia 
whitish-fuscous  mixed  with  blackish. 

Mount  Wellington  (3500  feet),  Tasmania,  in  December  ;  one 
specimen. 

64.  Oen.  lunaris,  n.sp. 

(J.  21-23  mm.  Head  blackish,  with  some  yellow- whitish  scales, 
face  yellow- whitish.     Palpi  whitish,  mixed  with  blackish  hairs. 


1196  REVISION    OF    AUSTRALIAN    LEPIDOPTERA, 

Antennae  blackish.  Thorax  blackish,  patagia  and  posterior  margin 
sprinkled  with  pale  ferruginous.  Abdomen  blackish,  segmental 
margins  with  some  white  scales.  Legs  dark  fuscous.  Forewings 
elongate-triangular,  costa  slightly  sinuate,  hindmargin  rounded ; 
dark  fuscous  mixed  with  blackish,  and  sprinkled  with  pale  fer- 
ruginous ;  lines  obscure,  formed  by  a  whitish  irroration  ;  first 
from  ^  of  costa  to  |  of  inner  margin,  posteriorly  suffusedly  dark- 
margined,  moderately  curved  ;  second  from  §  of  costa  to  |  of 
inner  margin,  anteriorly  suffusedly  dark-margined,  rather  irregu- 
lar, somewhat  sinuate  outwards  in  middle  and  inwards  above 
inner  margin  ;  subterminal  irregular,  preceded  by  a  darker  suffu- 
sion :  cilia  dark  fuscous,  with  indistinct  bars  formed  by  a  whitish 
irroration.  Hindwings  with  hindmargin  rounded  ;  rather  dark 
fuscous  :  a  large  cloudy  white  somewhat  trapezoidal  blotch  occupy- 
ing whole  of  disc  ;  cilia  rather  dark  fuscous ;  tips  whitish. 

Mount  Wellington  (4100  feet),  Tasmania ;  common,  flying 
freely  over  the  rocky  ground  on  the  extreme  summit,  in  December. 

S.ASPILATES,  Tr. 

Face  smooth.  Tongue  developed.  Antennae  in  ^  bipectinated 
throughout.  Palpi  moderate,  porrected,  shortly  rough-scaled  or 
with  rather  appressed  scales.  Thorax  sometimes  hairy  beneath. 
Forewings  with  vein  10  anastomosing  or  connected  by  bar  with 
9  or  separate.  Hindwings  with  veins  6  and  7  stalked  or  approxi- 
mated at  base. 

The  species  referred  by  Lederer  to  this  genus  are  heterogeneous 
in  character,  some  of  them  not  even  belonging  to  this  family  ;  I 
have  restricted  the  genus  to  those  whose  structure  is  as  above. 
It  then  consists  only  of  some  half  dozen  European  and  Asiatic 
species,  representing  perhaps  the  fragments  of  a  formerly  more 
numerous  group, 

65.  Asp.  chordota,  n.sp. 

(J.  32  mm.  Head  dark  fuscous.  Palpi  white,  externally  dark 
fuscous  except  on  basal  joint.  Antennae  white.  Thorax  hairy 
beneath,  dark    fuscous,    anterior    margin,   and    inner   margin    of 


BY    E.  MEYRICK.  1197 

patagia  white.  Abdomen  whitish.  Legs  dark  fuscous,  posterior 
tibiae  white.  Forewings  very  elongate-triangular,  hindmargin 
rather  obliquely  rounded,  somewhat  waved ;  10  connected  with  9 
by  bar ;  dark  fuscous,  ochreous-tinged  ;  all  veins  and  submedian 
fold  marked  with  rather  strong  white  lines ;  an  indistinct  trans- 
verse whitish  line  rather  near  and  parallel  to  hindmargin :  cilia 
white.  Hindwings  with  hindmargin  somewhat  bent  on  vein  3, 
anal  angle  rather  prominent ;  6  and  7  approximated  at  base ; 
whitish  ;  a  crescentic  grey  discal  spot ;  a  moderate  hindmarginal 
band  slightly  fuscous-tinged ;  a  fuscous  hindmarginal  line  ;  cilia 
white. 

Melbourne,  Victoria  ;  one  specimen  (Coll.  Lucas).  A  very  dis- 
tinct and  interesting  species. 

9.   EuMELEA,  Jard. 

Face  with  slight  projection  of  scales.  Tongue  developed. 
Antennse  long  (g  or  almost  1),  in  $  filiform,  simple.  Palpi 
moderately  long,  ascending,  second  joint  rough-scaled,  terminal 
joint  rather  sleader,  cylindrical,  porrected.  Thorax,  femora,  and 
posterior  tibiss  hairy  beneath.  Forewings  with  vein  11  anasto- 
mosing first  with  12  and  then  strongly  with  10.  Hindwings  with 
veins  6  and  7  stalked. 

A  small  Indo-Malayan  genus,  of  which  one  wide-ranging  species 
extends  into  the  tropical  regions  of  Australia.  The  slenderness 
and  length  of  the  legs  and  antennae  give  it  an  abnormal  appearance 
in  this  group.  It  may  probably  be  regarded  as  a  special  develop- 
ment from  the  neighbourhood  of  Aspilates;  I  have  an  undescribed 
closely  allied  genus  from  Burmah  which  possesses  unipectinated 
antennae  in  the  $. 

66.  Eum.  rosalia,  Cr. 

{Eumelea  rosalia,  Cr.,  Gn.  IX.  392.) 

(J.  48-54  mm.  Head  yellow,  spotted  with  crimson-red.  Palpi 
criuison,  beneath  yellow.  Antennae  whitish-ochreous,  becoming 
crimson  towards  base.  Thorax  light  yellow,  anterior  margin 
crimson.     Abdomen  light  yellow,  suffusedly  irrorated  with  light 


1198  REVISION    OF    AUSTRALIAN    LEPIDOPTERA, 

crimson.  Legs  pale  yellowish,  femora  and  tibise  partly  crimson. 
Forewings  somewhat  elongate-triangular,  hindmargin  slightly 
rounded ;  light  yellow,  densely  strewn  with  short  suffused 
ferruginous-orange  sometimes  crimson-tinged  transverse  strigulse  ; 
the  yellow  colour  often  forms  a  small  clear  spot  at  apex,  and 
sometimes  others  above  and  below  disc  beyond  middle,  and  in 
middle  of  hindmargin;  costa  finely  strigulated  with  dark 
purplish-fuscous,  on  basal  fourth  suffused  with  purplish  ;  a  curved 
transverse  purplish-crimson  streak  from  ^  of  costa  to  before  J  of 
inner  margin,  sometimes  nearly  obsolete  ;  a  slightly  curved  trans- 
verse purplish-crimson  streak  from  beyond  middle  of  costa  to 
beyond  middle  of  inner  margin;  a  more  or  less  perceptible 
variable  purplish-crimson  subterminal  fascia :  cilia  purplish- 
crimson,  sometimes  marked  with  yellow  dots.  Hindwings  with 
hindmargin  waved,  rounded  ;  colour  and  markings  as  in  fore- 
wings,  but  costal  strigulpe  and  first  transverse  streak  absent ; 
second  transverse  streak  central,  straight. 

Townsville  and  Cairns,  Queensland  ;  three  specimens.  Also 
from  New  Guinea,  the  Solomon  Islands,  and  Ceylon. 

10.  Xenomusa,  n.g. 

Face  smooth.  Tongue  developed.  Antennae  in  ^ — ?  Palpi 
very  short,  porrected,  rough-scaled.  Forewings  with  vein  10  out 
of  9.  Hindwings  with  veins  6  and  7  approximated  at  base,  8 
fused  with  cell  at  a  point  near  base. 

The  (J  is  unfortunately  unknown  ;  I  suspect,  however,  that  the 
antennae  may  be  unipectinated.  The  genus  is  peculiar,  but  affords 
a  valuable  connecting  link  between  the  preceding  and  following 
groups. 

67.  Xen.  monoda,  n.sp. 

9.  41  mm.  Head,  palpi,  antennae,  thorax,  abdomen,  and  legs 
whitish-ochreous  ;  forehead  with  an  irregular  blackish  bar,  face 
white  ;  antennae  partially  dotted  with  fuscous ;  legs  ringed  with 
dark   fuscous.      Forewings   somewhat   elongate-triangular,    costa 


BY    E.  MEYRICK.  1199 

sinuate,  apex  acute,  subfalcate,  hindraargin  deeply  sinuate  beneath 
apex,  thence  bowed ;  whitish-ochreous,  slightly  brownish-tinged, 
strewn  with  short  scattered  dark  grey  transverse  strigulse  ;  a 
straight  cloudy  grey  streak,  somewhat  mixed  with  ochreous,  from 
apex  to  middle  of  inner  margin,  broadest  beneath,  interrupted 
near  upper  extremity,  thence  to  near  inner  margin  marked  with  a 
fine  cloudy  blackish  line  :  cilia  rather  dark  fuscous,  tips  fuscous- 
whitish.  Hindwings  with  hindmargin  rounded  ;  colour,  strigulse, 
and  cilia  as  in  forewings,  but  base  paler ;  a  straight  cloudy  fuscous 
streak,  mixed  with  ochreous  and  a  few  blackish  scales,  from  middle 
of  costa  to  middle  of  inner  margin,  posteriorly  suffusedly  margined 
with  yellow-ochreous,  especially  towards  middle  ;  beyond  this 
suffusion  a  moderate  roundish  cloudy  fuscous  spot  in  disc  above 
middle,  beneath  which  is  an  obscure  pale  dot. 

Melbourne,  Victoria ;  one  specimen  received  from  Dr.  T.  P. 
Lucas,  who  possesses  others. 

11.  Onychodes,  Gn. 

Face  smooth.  Tongue  developed.  Antenna3  in  ^  bipectinated 
to  apex,  in  ^  also  very  shortly  bipectinated.  Palpi  short,  porrected, 
rough-scaled.  Thorax  densely  hairy  beneath.  Forewings  with 
vein  11  anastomosing  with  12.  Hindwings  with  veins  6  and  7 
somewhat  approximated  at  base. 

These  characters  are  drawn  from  0.  lutosaria,  as  I  have  not 
been  able  to  examine  a  specimen  of  0.  traumataria,  which  is  the 
type  of  Guenee's  genus  ;  the  definition  may  therefore  require 
modification,  or  it  may  even  prove  that  the  two  species  cannot  be 
justly  included  together.  So  far  as  the  structural  characters  are 
given  by  Guenee,  they  appear  to  agree.  I  have  corrected  the 
erroneous  spelling  of  Guenee's  generic  name. 

Forewings  with  a  dark  fuscous  spot  above  anal 

angle  68.  traumataria. 

Forewings  without  a  dark  fuscous  spot  above 

anal  angle 69.  lutosaria. 


1200  REVISION    OF    AUSTRALIAN    LEPIDOPTERA, 

68.   Onych.  traumataria^  Gn. 

(Onycodes  traumataria,  Gn.  IX.  143,  pi.  ix.  8.) 
(J^.  35-40  mm.  Forewings  with  costa  somewhat  concave,  apex 
strongly  produced,  hindmargin  concave  beneath  apex,  bowed ; 
hindwings  with  hindmargin  rounded.  Wings  rosy-fulvous,  cilia 
reddish-brown  or  purplish ;  hindwings  suffused  with  ochreous- 
yellow  on  costal  half.  A  median  series  of  more  or  less  distinct 
dull  red  spots  crosses  all  the  wings,  and  often  forms  a  narrow 
fascia  on  hindwings,  which  are  strewn  with  longitudinal  (?)  striae 
of  the  same  colour.  Forewings  with  an  apical  spot  mixed  with 
brown,  reddish,  and  white  ;  a  similar  spot  near  anal  angle,  and  an 
obscure  costal  streak  preceding  apical  spot.  The  ^  is  more  rosy 
and  less  yellow,  the  apical  spot  sometimes  forming  the  commence- 
ment of  a  dentate  line. 

Hobart,  Tasmania  ;  I  have  seen  a  specimen  taken  by  Mr.  G.  F. 
Mathew,  but  unfortunately  omitted  to  describe  it  at  the  time. 
The  above  description  is  translated  from  Guenee,  only  altering  the 
terminology  so  far  as  to  make  it  correspond  sufficiently  with  that 
used  by  myself ;  it  is,  however,  poor  and  confused.  His  figure, 
though  not  very  good,  is  characteristic,  and  for  the  rest  the 
species  is  easily  enough  recognisable. 

69.  Onych.  lutosaria,  Feld. 

(Arhodia  lutosaria,  Feld.  pi.  cxxiv.  15-17.) 

Q.  60  mm.  Head  dark  ochreous-fuscous,  with  a  white  band 
above  palpi,  and  a  broad  whitish-rosy  band  between  antennae. 
Palpi  rosy,  base  ochreous-yellow.  Antennae  whitish,  towards  base 
rosy.  Thorax  yellow-ochreous,  with  a  rosy  spot  on  shoulders. 
Abdomen  yellow,  irrorated  with  rosy,  base  more  whitish,  apex  and  a 
dorsal  series  of  pairs  of  spots  rosy.  Legs  yellow  spotted  with  rosy. 
Forewings  elongate-triangular,  costa  sinuate,  apex  acute,  strongly 
produced,  hindmargin  deeply  concave  beneath  apex,  strongly 
bowed,  very  oblique  beneath ;  light  yellow-ochreous,  brownish- 
tinged,   with  a    few    scattered  purplish   dots ;    a    dark  purplish- 


BY    E.  MEYRICK.  1201 

fuscous  suffusion  along  basal  fifth  of  costa  ;  tliiee  dark  purplish- 
fuscous  oblique  transverse  spots  on  costa  at  g,  5  and  |,  and  three 
similar  spots  on  inner  margin  at  J,  |,  and  | ;  a  small  dark  pur- 
plish-fuscous discal  spot  beyond  middle ;  an  oblique  dark  fuscous 
streak  from  apex,  suflfused  above  with  rosy,  and  towards  apex 
beneath  with  a  dark  grey  cloud,  with  a  series  of  three  small  dark 
purplish-fuscous  spots  between  its  extremity  and  third  dorsal  spot  ; 
four  dull  rosy  spots  in  a  transverse  series  above  anal  angle,  and 
two  others  towards  hindmargin  above  middle  :  cilia  rosy.  Hind- 
wings  with  hindmargin  rounded;  yellow,  thinly  speckled  w4th  rosy  ; 
a  small  round  rosy  discal  spot ;  inner  margin  obscurely  strigulated 
with  white  and  black  ;  a  short  irregular  white  transverse  streak 
from  inner  margin  at  |,  speckled  and  margined  with  black,  followed 
beneath  by  a  broad  dull  fuscous-rosy  patch,  connected  with  costa 
by  a  double  series  of  rosy  dots ;  cilia  yellow,  on  lower  half  of 
hindmargin  deep  rosy. 

(J  smaller,  forewings  more  brownish  or  rosy-tinged,  more  uni- 
form ;  no  dorsal  spots,  discal  spot,  or  subapical  streak  ;  markings 
reduced  to  costal  spots,  and  two  transverse  dotted  lines. 

Fernshaw,  Victoria ;  two  specimens  (Coll.  Lucas).  Felder's 
figures  are  in  this  instance  good. 

12.  Arrhodia,  Gn. 

Face  densely  scaled.  Tongue  developed.  Antennae  in  $  bipect- 
inated  to  apex.  Palpi  moderate,  subascending,  second  joint  rather 
shortly  rough-scaled,  terminal  joint  short.  Thorax  stout,  densely 
hairy  beneath.  Anterior  tibiae  with  subapical  hook,  posterior 
tibiae  without  middle-spurs,  tarsi  not  spinulose.  Forewings  with 
vein  6  from  close  below  9,  10  free.  Hind  wings  with  veins  6  and  7 
approximated  at  base. 

Perhaps  a  development  of  Gastrophora  ;  this  and  the  next  four 
genera  form  a  closely  allied  group  of  singular  facies  and  unusually 
stout  build.  The  generic  name  is  misspelt  by  Guenee  Arhodiay 
which  I  have  corrected. 


1202  REVISION    OF    AUSTRALIAN    LEPIDOPTERA, 

70.  Arrli.  lasiocamparia,  Gn. 

[Arhodia  lasiocamjMria,  Gn.  IX.  186  ;  A.  retractaria,  Walk. 
282 ;  Nigasa  suhpurpurea,  ib.  287  ;  Arhodia  semirosea,  ib., 
Trans.  Ent.  Soc.  Lend.  I.  (3  s.),  267.) 

(59.  50-62  mm.  Head  and  thorax  pale  brownish-ochreous,  in  ^ 
more  whitish.  Palpi  whitish.  Antennae  whitish,  pectinations 
light  ochreous.  Abdomen  ochreous-whitish,  in  ^  more  ochreous 
on  back.  Legs  light  ochreous,  posterior  tibiae  ochreous-whitish, 
tarsi  slightly  rosy-tinged.  Forewings  triangular,  in  9  more 
elongate,  hindmargin  nearly  straight,  oblique,  slightly  sinuate  near 
apex  ;  pale  brownish-ochreous,  in  9  sprinkled  with  dark  purple- 
fuscous  scales;  a  small  cloudy  fuscous  spot  on  inner  margin  beyond 
middle ;  a  sinuate  series  of  dark  purplish  dots  from  \  of  costa  to  | 
of  inner  margin,  in  ^  indistinct  or  obsolete :  cilia  fuscous,  at  apex 
and  anal  angle  whitish-ochreous.  Hindwings  with  hindmargin 
rounded  ;  in  $  dull  reddish  or  purplish,  in  ^  ochreous-whitish, 
more  ochreous-tinged  posteriorly  and  with  fine  scattered  purplish 
scales  ;  a  slightly  curved  and  sinuate  cloudy  purplish-fuscous  line 
at  I ;  sometimes  a  dark  fuscous  dot  in  disc  before  this ;  cilia 
ochreous-whitish,  in  ^  rosy-tinged.  Forewings  beneath  with  a 
large  deep  purple-fuscous  blotch  in  disc  towards  hindmargin. 

Sydney,  New  South  Wales ;  Melbourne  and  Warragul,  Vic- 
toria ;   Mount  Lofty,  South  Australia ;  six  specimens. 

13.  Gastrophora,  Gn. 

Face  loosely  haired.  Tongue  developed.  Antennae  in  ^  strongly 
bipectinated  to  apex.  Palpi  rather  short,  densely  scaled,  terminal 
joint  short,  thick.  Thorax  stout,  densely  hairy  beneath.  Tarsi 
not  spinulose.  Forewings  with  veins  6  out  of  9,  10  connected 
with  9  by  bar.     Hindwings  with  veins  6  and  7  stalked. 

Probably  a  development  of  Monoctenia. 

71.   Gastr.  henricaria,  Gn. 

{Gastrop)hora  henricaria,  Gn.  IX,  187,  pi.  xxi,  4). 
,J.   65  mm.      Head  white,   face  grey-whitish,   forehead  with  a 
thick  black  transverse  line.     Palpi  white,  upper  longitudinal  half 


BY    E.  MEYRICK.  1203- 

black.  Antennae  and  thorax  whitish.  Abdomen  whitish,  some- 
times purple-blackish  on  back.  Legs  white,  speckled  with  black, 
anterior  pair  blackish.  Forewings  elongate-triangular,  costa  gently 
arched,  hindmargin  almost  straight,  oblique  ;  very  pale  whitish- 
grey,,  slightly  ochreous-tinged,  or  whitish-ochreous  ;  sometimes  a 
black  dot  near  inner  margin  at  g ;  a  nearly  straight  strong  black 
line  from  beyond  middle  of  costa  to  beyond  middle  of  inner 
margin  :  cilia  blackish.  Hindwings  with  hindmargin  rounded  ; 
deep  orange  ;  a  purplish-black  basal  patch,  outer  edge  irregular, 
running  from  costa  towards  base  to  f  of  inner  margin;  a  thick 
black  rather  irregular  streak  from  |  of  costa  tofof  inner  margin; 
a  tolerably  parallel  row  of  small  black  spots  midway  between  this 
and  hindmargin;  cilia  whitish.  Undersurface  pale  whitish-grey; 
forewings  with  disc  orange,  and  a  very  large  posterior  black  blotch, 
containing  towards  its  upper  anterior  angle  two  superposed  cloudy 
violet-bluish  spots,  each  including  anteriorly  a  white  transverse 
mark. 

9.  85  mm.  Forewings  with  hindmargin  sinuate,  with  small 
fine  scattered  dark  grey  strigulae  ;  black  line  absent ;  two  cloudy 
fuscous  lines,  first  median,  somewhat  curved,  second  at  f ,  nearly 
straight. 

Melbourne,  Victoria ;  Mount  Lofty,  South  Australia ;  three 
specimens. 

14:.  Phallaria,  Gn. 

Face  with  dense  scales.  Tongue  developed.  Antennae  in  $ 
bipectinated  to  apex.  Palpi  moderate,  subascending,  second  joint 
clothed  with  dense  projecting  scales,  terminal  joint  moderate, 
cylindrical.  Thorax  stout,  densely  hairy  beneath.  Anterior 
tibiae  with  small  apical  spine,  all  tarsi  spinulose.  Forewings  with 
vein  10  connected  with  9  by  bar.  Hiud wings  with  veins  6  and  7 
approximated  at  base. 

A  development  of  Monoctenm. 

72.  Phall.  ophiuso/ria,  Gn. 

(Phalla-na  opJditsaria,  Gn.  IX,  186  ;  Oenochroma  qv^temaria, 
HS.  Exot.  541.) 


1204  REVISION    OF    AUSTRALIAN    LEPIDOPTERA, 

(J^.  62-75  mm.  Head  fuscous,  with  a  broad  white  fillet  between 
antennae.  Palpi  whitish-fuscous.  Antennae  whitish,  pectinations 
fuscous.  Thorax  fuscous,  posteriorly  more  whitish  fuscous.  Abdo- 
men whitish-fuscous.  Legs  whitish-fuscous  spotted  with  dark 
fuscous.  Forewings  rather  elongate-triangular,  hindmargin  slightly 
sinuate  beneath  apex,  thence  strongly  bowed  ;  fuscous,  strewn 
with  numerous  small  darker  transverse  strigulae,  sometimes  tinged 
with  reddish-brown  ;  costal  edge  sometimes  very  narrowly  white ; 
three  or  four  small  cloudy  darker  spots  forming  a  curved  series  at 
J ;  a  short  transverse  linear  transparent  whitish  mark  in  disc, 
margined  with  blackish  ;  an  indistinct  straight  slender  fuscous- 
whitish  streak  from  beyond  middle  of  inner  margin  towards  apex 
but  not  quite  reaching  it,  posteriorly  obscurely  margined  with 
darker  and  with  a  series  of  cloudy  dark  fuscous  dots,  sometimes 
followed  by  a  reddish-brown  streak  :  cilia  reddish-brown,  terminal 
third  blackish.  Hindwings  with  hindmargin  waved,  rounded  ; 
colour  and  cilia  as  in  forewings ;  a  straight  transverse  streak  as  in 
forewings,  but  running  from  middle  of  costa  to  middle  of  inner 
margin. 

Sydney  and  Bathurst  (2500  feet),  New  South  Wales ;  Warragul, 
Victoria ;  Mount  Lofty,  South  Australia :  four  specimens.  I 
once  possessed,  but  failed  to  rear,  what  I  have  been  told  was  tbe 
larva  of  this  species ;  a  large  1 2-legged  dull  brown  larva,  feeding 
on  Leptosjyermum  and  Kunzea ;  it  was  exceedingly  sluggish  in 
habit. 

15.    MONOCTENIA,  Gn. 

Face  with  dense  protuberant  scales.  Tongue  developed.  An- 
tennae in  (J  unipectinated,  towards  apex  simple.  Palpi  moderate, 
subascending,  second  joint  clothed  with  dense  projecting  scales, 
terminal  joints  subovate.  Thorax  stout,  densely  hairy  beneath. 
Anterior  tibiae  in  ^  with  apical  hook,  all  tarsi  spinulose.  Fore- 
wings with  vein  10  connected  with  9  by  bar.  Hindwings  with 
veins  6  and  7  approximated  at  base. 

The  genus  is  at  present  confined  to  Australia.  The  species  are 
very  retired  in  habit  in  the  imago  state,  and  it  is   not   unlikely 


BY    E.   MEYRICK.  1205 

that  their  number  may  yet  be  considerably  increased  by  rearing 
the  larvae,  of  which  little  is  known.  I  have  been  able  to  obtain 
very  few  specimens  for  examination,  and  as  they  appear  often  to 
vary  considerably  in  colour,  the  descriptions  here  given  may  prove 
incomplete. 

1.  Hind  wings   with    hindmargin    crenate,    at 

least  in  part 2. 

Hindwings    with    hindmargin   crenate,    at 

most  waved   3. 

2.  Pale  postmedian  line  dentate 77.  smerintharia. 

Pale  postmedian  line  not  dentate  75.  digglesaria. 

3.  Hindwings  with  hindmargin  almost  straight  4. 
Hindwings  with  hindmargin  rounded 5. 

4.  Wings  rosy,  with  a  straight  pale  postmedian 

line  74.  vinaria. 

Wings  ochreous-grey,  without  pale  line 79.  suhustaria. 

5.  Forewings  with  a  large    darker  triangular 

costal   blotch 78.  fcdernaria, 

Forewings  without  a  large  darker  triangular 

costal  blotch 6. 

6.  Forewings  with  three  nearly  straight  reddish 

lines   73.  ochripennata. 

Forewings  without   three   nearly    straight 

reddish  lines 76.  ohtusata. 

73.  Mon.  ochripennata,  Walk. 

(Phallaria  ochripennata,  Walk.  284  ;  Diamuna  gastropacharia, 
ib.  289.) 

(J9.  55  mm.  Head  and  thorax  fuscous.  Forewings  formed 
nearly  as  in  M.  falernaria,  but  hindmargin  entire ;  fuscous ;  a 
faint  rosy  straight  line  from  J  of  costa  to  J  of  inner  margin, 
and  a  similar  slightly  sinuate  line  from  %  of  costa  to  middle  of 
inner  margin  ;  a  fuscous-reddish  nearly  straight  line,  obscurely 
margined  anteriorly  with    paler,   posteriorly  with  darker,   from 


1206  REVISION    OF    AUSTRALIAN    LEPIDOPTERA, 

costa  before  apex  to  f  of  inner  margin  :  cilia  fuscous-reddish. 
Hindwings  with  hindmargin  rounded  ;  dull  purplish-rosy,  becoming 
light  fuscous  towards  anal  angle ;  second  and  third  lines  as  in 
forewings,  but  only  visible  on  dorsal  half ;  cilia  rosy,  becoming 
fuscous-red  on  lower  half  of  hindmargin. 

West  Australia  ;  two  specimens  in  the  British  Museum  collec- 
tion, from  which  the  above  diagnosis  is  drawn. 

74.  Mon.  vinaria,  Gn. 

{Oenochroma  vinaria,  Gn.  IX.  185,  pi.  vii.  2  ;  Balliace  vetus- 
taria,  Walk.  290.) 

(J9.  45-52  mm.  Head  pale  brownish-ochreous,  face  suffused 
with  purplish  -  rosy.  Palpi,  thorax,  and  abdomen  light  pur- 
plish-rosy. Antennae  rosy,  towards  apex  more  whitish,  pec- 
tinations pale  ochreous.  Legs  light  purplish-rosy,  apex  of 
joints  dark  grey.  Forewings  elongate-triangular,  apex  acute, 
subfalcate,  hindmargin  suddenly  sinuate  beneath  apex,  thence 
bowed,  oblique  ;  pale  ochreous,  more  or  less  wholly  suffused  with 
light  purplish-rosy,  posteriorly  with  a  few  faint  cloudy  grey 
strigulae  ;  a  nearly  straight  cloudy  grey  line  from  J  of  costa  to 
before  ^  of  inner  margin,  preceded  by  an  indistinct  pale  yellowish 
suffusion ;  a  small  cloudy  roundish  dark  grey  discal  spot,  containing 
a  fine  transverse  linear  transparent  mark  ;  a  nearly  straight  cloudy 
pale  yellowish  line  from  costa  before  apex  to  5  of  inner  margin, 
anteriorly  partially  margined  with  bright  ferruginous  preceded 
suffusedly  by  dark  grey  ;  a  hindmarginal  ferruginous-orange  line, 
becoming  blackish  near  apex :  cilia  deep  ferruginous-brown. 
Hindwings  with  hindmargin  almost  straight,  slightly  waved ; 
colour  and  cilia  as  in  forewings ;  a  straight  dark  purplish-fuscous 
transverse  streak  from  middle  of  costa  to  middle  of  inner  margin, 
becoming  bifurcate  towards  costa,  on  lower  |  posteriorly  ferrugin- 
ous and  followed  by  an  ochreous-yellow  suffusion.  Forewings 
beneath  with  a  large  round  cloudy  deep  purple-fuscous  blotch  near 
inner  margin  before  anal  angle. 

Townsville,  Queensland ;  Sydney,  New  South  Wales ;  Mount 
Lofty,  South   Australia  ;    four  specimens.      Bred  by  Mr.  G.  H. 


BY    E.  MEYRICK.  1207 

Kaynor  from  a  larva  feeding  on  Hakea  ;  the  larva  is  stated  by 
Guenee,  however,  to  feed  on  Acacia  (perhaps  in  error),  and  is 
described  as  being  12-legged,  with  a  horn  on  third  segment  and 
two  tubercles  on  eleventh. 

75.  Mo7i.   digglesaria,  Gn. 

(Monoctenia  digglesaria,  Gn.,  Ann.  Soc.  Fr.  IV.  [4  ser.],  15.) 
55  mm.  Wings  crenulate  ;  fore  wings  acute,  subfalcate,  hind- 
margin  strongly  bowed;  hind  wings  strongly  bent  in  middle,  form- 
ing a  more  prominent  tooth,  and  another  at  anal  angle  ;  all  wings 
rosy-^rey  ;  a  common  rosy-whitish  line  from  apex  of  fore  wings  to 
J  of  inner  margin  of  hind  wings,  followed  by  a  darker  shade,  and 
preceded  by  small  darker  dots  on  veins ;  a  series  of  darker  dots 
representing  first  line  ;  a  darker  median  shade,  hardly  traceable  on 
forewings,  but  straight  and  well-marked  on  hindwings.  Forewings 
beneath  with  a  large  deep  brown  spot  towards  inner  margin. 

Locality  given  only  as  Australia.  The  above  diagnosis  is  drawn 
from  Guenee's  description  ;  I  have  seen  no  insect  agreeing  with  it ; 
it  appears  to  indicate  a  good  and  distinct  species. 

76.  Mon.  obtusata,  Walk. 

(Monoctenia  obtusata,  Walk.  279  ;  M.  himeroides,  ib.  279.) 
^.  54  mm.  Head  ochreous-whitish,  face  suffusedly  mixed  with 
dark  fuscous-red.  Palpi  ochreous-whitish  mixed  with  dark  fuscous- 
red.  Antenna  whitish.  Thorax  pale  whitish-grey-ochreous.  Abdo- 
men fuscous-whitish  sprinkled  with  blackish.  Legs  ochreous- 
whitish,  irrorated  and  barred  with  deep  fuscous-red.  Forewings 
elongate-triangular,  costa  sinuate,  apex  produced,  hindmargin 
rather  deeply  sinuate  beneath  apex,  thence  strongly  bowed,  very 
oblique  ;  pale  greyish-ochreous,  sprinkled  with  dark  fuscous  ;  lines 
partially  indicated  by  dark  fuscous  dots  but  hardly  traceable 
except  on  costa,  where  they  form  slender  short  dark  fuscous  marks 
at  J  and  f,  and  a  larger  oblique  cloudy  fuscous  mark  in  middle, 
containing  a  transverse-linear  transparent  mark  in  its  apex,  and 
indicating  an  angulated  median  shade  :  cilia  fuscous-whitish,  more 


1208  REVISION    OF    AUSTRALIAN    LEPIDOPTERA, 

or  less  mixed  and  suffiisedly  dotted  with  dark  fuscous,  towards 
apex  more  or  less  wholly  dark  fuscous.  Hindwings  with  hind- 
margin  rounded,  waved,  slightly  sinuate  above  anal  angle  ;  pale 
greyish-ochreous,  sprinkled  with  dark  fuscous,  especially  towards 
apex ;  a  slightly  curved  cloudy  fuscous  median  line,  marked  with 
a  small  darker  spot  above  middle,  containing  a  transverse  linear 
transparent  mark  ;  cilia  pale  greyish-ochreous.  Forewings  beneath 
with  a  large  round  cloudy  blackish-fuscous  blotch  towards  hind- 
margin  below  middle. 

Melbourne,  Victoria  ;  according  to  Walker  also  from  Tasmania  ; 
one  specimen. 

77.   Mon.  snierintharia,  Feld. 

(Monoctenia  smerintharia,  Feld.  pi.  cxxiv.  18,  19.) 
5.  74  mm.  Head  and  palpi  deep  ferruginous,  crown  paler. 
Thorax  and  abdomen  grey  irrorated  with  whitish.  Wings  formed 
as  in  M.  faler7iaria,  but  hindmargin  crenate  ;  reddish-grey ;  a 
common  obscurely  pale  dentate  line  running  from  apex  of  fore- 
wings  to  I  of  inner  margin  of  hindwings,  anteriorly  margined  by 
a,  thick  dark  suffused  shade,  obsolete  towards  costa :  cilia  ferru- 
ginous, with  darker  spots  on  veins. 

Locality  uncertain  ;  one  specimen  (Austr.  Mus.  Coll.). 

78.    Mon.  falernaria,  Gn. 

( Monoctenia  faleriiaria,  Gn.  IX.  184  ;  M.  fraternaria,  ib.  pi. 
VII.  3.) 

(J^.  56-82  mm.  Head  pale  whitish-fuscous,  face  dark  fuscous- 
purplish,  suffused  with  whitish-ochreous  towards  lower  part.  Palpi 
fuscous-purplish.  Antennae  ochreous- whitish,  pectinations  ochreous. 
Thorax  and  abdomen  pale  flesh-colour.  Legs  fuscous,  femora  more 
purplish.  Forewings  elongate-triangular,  hindmargin  sinuate 
beneath  apex,  thence  strongly  bowed,  oblique,  waved  on  upper 
portion  ;  rosy-purplish-ochreous,  densely  and  suffusedly  irrorated 
with  pale  greyish-ochreous,  and  strewn  with  blackish-grey  scales  ; 
the  absence  of  pale  irroration  forms  an  obscurely  darker  triangular 


BY    E.  MEYRICK.  1209 

blotch  extending  on  costa  fi'oin  before  middle  to  |,  its  apex  resting 
on  vein  2  beneath  middle  of  disc,  its  margins  obscurely  sub- 
dentate,  sometimes  suffusedly  margined  with  dark  fuscous  and 
then  with  faint  cloudy  paler  lines  continued  as  one  to  inner 
margin  ;  a  small  cloudy  dark  grey  spot  resting  on  inner  margin 
beyond  middle :  cilia  pale  greyish-ochreous,  base  mixed  with 
reddish,  with  small  dark  fuscous  spots  on  veins.  Hindwings  with 
hindmargin  rounded,  slightly  waved ;  colour  and  cilia  as  in  fore- 
wings  ;  the  dark  grey  irroration  forms  a  cloudy  sinuate  fascia 
before  middle,  followed  by  a  light  greyish-ochreous  fascia  without 
dark  irroration  ;  cilia  of  inner  margin  whitish. 

Bathurst  (2300  feet).  New  South  Wales ;  also  from  Victoria 
and  Tasmania  ;  three  specimens. 

79.  Mon.  suhustaria,  Walk. 

{PhaUaria  suhustaria,  Walk.  283  ;  Hypograjyha  j^^^vata,  ib. 
286;  ff.  hypotaeniaria,  Gn.,  Ann.  Soc.  Fr.  IV.  (4  ser.)  15.) 

(J.  -40-42  mm.  Head  grey,  slightly  ochreous-tinged.  Palpi 
whitish,  with  a  few  deep  purple  scales,  towards  apex  grey. 
Antennse  grey-whitish,  sometimes  reddish -tinged,  spotted  \vith 
dark  grey,  pectinations  ochreous.  Thorax  ochreous-grey,  some- 
times whitish  posteriorly.  Abdomen  grey  or  whitish,  with  fine 
scattered  purplish  or  black  scales.  Legs  whitish,  irrorated  and 
ringed  with  blackish-crimson.  Fore  wings  elongate-triangular, 
apex  acute,  hindmargin  sinuate  beneath  apex,  thence  bowed, 
oblique,  waved  ;  ochreous-grey,  with  some  fine  scattered  black 
scales ;  costal  edge  sometimes  white  from  near  base  to  near  apex ; 
costa  more  or  less  marked  with  short  blackish  strigulae;  sometimes 
a  small  deep  reddish  cloudy  spot  on  costa  at  5,  with  faint  traces  of 
a  curved  reddish  or  fuscous  transverse  shade  proceeding  from  it ; 
a  reddish-black  discal  dot ;  a  carved  line  of  reddish-black  dots 
from  \  of  costa  to  \  of  inner  margin  :  cilia  ochreous  whitish, 
terminal  half  irregularly  deep  reddish  or  blackish.  Hindwings 
with  hindmargin  nearly  straight ;  colour  and  cilia  as  in  forewings, 
but  more  whitish  towards  base  of  wing ;  a  more  or  less  distinct 
straight  median  fascia  formed  by  reddish   irroration,  sometimes 


1210  REVISION    OF    AUSTRALIAN    LEPIDOPTEKA, 

margined  with  blackish,  narrowed  towards  inner  margin,  anterior 
edge  sinuate,  posterior  dentate.  Hind  wings  and  sometimes  also 
forewings  beneath  with  a  well-defined  moderately  broad  median 
fascia  formed  by  dark  reddish-fuscous  irroration,  attenuated  or 
becoming  obsolete  towards  inner  margin,  posterior  edge  dentate, 
curved. 

Sydney,  New  South  Wales,  in  March ;  three  specimens. 

16.  Hypographa,  Gn. 

Face  with  a  broad  rounded  horny  projection,  more  or  less 
concealed  in  dense  projecting  scales.  Tongue  developed.  Eyes 
fringed  with  long  cilia  above  and  beneath.  Antennee  in  ^ 
unipectinated,  apex  simple.  Palpi  moderate,  subascending, 
second  joint  with  long  projecting  hairs  beneath,  terminal  joint- 
moderate,  somewhat  swollen  towards  apex.  Thorax  stout,  long- 
haired, beneath  densely  hairy.  Tarsi  spinulose.  Forewings  with 
vein  6  from  point  with  or  out  of  9,  10  touching  9  at  a  point,  11 
anastomosing  with  12.  Hindwings  with  veins  6  and  7  stalked  or 
separate,  8  anastomosing  with  cell  from  near  base  to  beyond 
middle. 

This  is  a  very  singular  genus.  In  the  structure  of  vein  8  of  the 
hindwings  it  departs  from  the  family  type,  and  assumes  a 
character  otherwise  possessed  only  by  the  Larentiadob ;  but  it  is 
absolutely  certain  from  a  consideration  of  the  whole  of  the  struc- 
tural characters  that  its  place  is  here,  and  that  it  is  in  fact  nearly 
allied  to  Monoctenia.  The  unipectinated  antennae,  very  stout 
thorax,  spinulose  tarsi,  and  different  neiiration  of  forewings  are 
conclusive  against  its  reference  to  the  Larentiadce.  The  ciliated 
eyes  and  horny  frontal  projection  are  curious  exceptional  char- 
acters, probably  indicating  some  ancestral  reversion.  In  superficial 
appeaiance  the  species  approach  the  Notodontidce.  I  have  no 
doubt  that  the  genus  may  be  regarded  as  developed  collaterally 
with  Monoctenia  from  a  common  ancestor,  which  was  the  direct 
progenitor  of  the  whole  of  the  thick-bodied  group  of  this  family. 
The    anastomosis  of    vein    8   in    the    hindwings  has  arisen  quite 


BY    E.   MEYRICK.  1211 

independently  of  the  similar  structure  in  the  Larentiadce.,  and  no 
affinity  is  implied  by  it,  as  the  preponderance  of  other  character 
shows;  indeed,  it  might  perhaps  have  been  expected  to  arise 
independently  more  often,  in  which  case  the  distinction  of  the 
families  could  not  have  been  maintained. 

1.  Hindwings  white  on  basal  half 2. 

Hindwings  not  white  on  basal  half 3. 

2.  Forewings  with  a  blackish  mark  on  costa  at  J  80.  Jiii^acopis. 
Forewings  without  a  blackish  mark  on  costa 

at  ^ 81.  serpentaria. 

3.  Forewings    with    a    straight    dark    fuscous 

fascia  beyond  middle S3,  atmoscia. 


Forewings  without  a  straio'ht  dark  fuscous 


fascia  beyond  middle 82.  phlegetonaria. 

80.  Hyj:).  hiracopis,  n.sp. 

(J.  38  mm.  Head  whitish,  somewhat  mixed  with  dark  fuscous, 
face  suffused  with  dark  fuscous.  Palpi  whitish  mixed  with  blackish. 
Antennae  whitish  sprinkled  with  grey,  pectinations  ochreous. 
Thorax  whitish  mixed  with  fuscous  hairs.  Abdomen  whitish 
irrorated  with  dark  fuscous,  two  basal  segments  ochreous.  Legs 
dark  fuscous,  partially  irrorated  with  white.  Forewings  very 
elongate-triangular,  costa  subconcave,  hindmargin  rounded,  strongly 
dentate  ;  fuscous,  densely  and  suffusedly  strewn  throughout  with 
whitish  ;  costa  shortly  strigulated  with  dark  fuscous  ;  veins 
marked  with  fine  dark  fuscous  lines  ;  a  short  oblique  blackish 
nifirk  from  costa  at  J,  whence  proceeds  a  very  fine  partially 
obsolete  very  deeply  dentate  dark  fuscous  line  to  inner  margin 
before  middle  ;  an  indistinct  fuscous  median  shade  from  I  of  costa 
to  I  of  inner  margin,  darker  and  more  distinct  in  disc,  strongly 
curved  outwards  on  upper  half ;  a  very  fine  very  deeply  dentate 
dark  fuscous  line  from  |  of  costa  to  f  of  inner  margin  ;  a  rather 
broad  straight  very  ill-defined  fuscous  shade  from  apex  to  inner 
margin  before  anal  angle  ;  a  fine  dark  fuscous  hindmarginal  line  : 
cilia  fuscous  irrorated   with   whitish,   tips  whitish.      Hindwings 


1212  REVISION    OF    AUSTRALIAN    LEPIDOPTERA, 

with  hindmargin  rounded,  dentate ;  6  and  7  stalked  j  white, 
thinly  scaled,  posteriorly  suffused  with  pale  fuscous  ;  veins  on 
posterior  half  rather  dark  fuscous ;  a  faint  subdentate  fine  fuscous 
line  at  I ;  a  fine  dark  fuscous  hindmarginal  line  ;  cilia  fuscous, 
suffusedly  barred  with  whitish,  tips  whitish. 

South  Australia  ;  one  specimen.  It  is  possible  that  this  might 
be  the  other  sex  of  the  following  species,  but  as  Guenee's  descrip- 
tion, though  incomplete,  differs  from  it  in  very  many  details,  I 
have  not  felt  justified  in  uniting  them. 

81.  Hyj:).  serpentaria,  Gn. 

{Hypograplm  serpentaria^  Gn.,  Ann.  Soc.  Fr.  IV.  [4  ser.]  15.) 
Q.  Rather  smaller  than  H.  'phlegetonaria,  wings  similarly  formed, 
deeply  dentate  ;  forewings  ashy-grey,  wholly  occupied  by  sinuous 
and  contorted  black  lines,  anteriorly  margined  with  lighter  grey; 
ordinary  lines  perceptible  but  entangled  ;  an  annular  reniform 
discal  spot ;  second  line  forming  strong  unequal  teeth  ;  an  inter- 
rupted black  hindmarginal  line.  Hindwings  white  from  base  to 
end  of  cell,  thence  dark  grey  crossed  by  three  sinuate-dentate 
blackish  lines,  margined  with  white  on  inner  margin,  not  reaching 
costa  and  anal  angle,  which  are  white.  Underside  of  hindwings 
white  with  a  dark  fuscous  central  lunule  and  hindmarginal  band. 

Locality  given  as  Australia  only.  The  above  description  is 
modified  from  that  of  Guenee,  who  states  his  type  to  be  in  poor 
condition. 

82.   Hyp.  phleyetonaria^  Gn. 

{Hypograioha  phlegetonaria,  Gn.  IX,  190,  pi.  xix.  2.) 
(J  9.  36  mm.  Wings  strongly  dentate,  blackish-grey,  costa  and 
base  of  cilia  partly  white  ;  forewings  with  a  blackish  discal  spot 
and  four  indistinct  cloudy  denticulate  lines,  most  distinct  on 
costa  ;  first  isolated,  other  three  parallel  and  at  equal  distances  ; 
hindwings  with  three  similar  lines,  first  median,  nearly  straight, 
other  two  somewhat  curved.  Abdomen  fuscous,  ante-apical  seg- 
ment white  at  base,  anal  segment  wholly  whitish. 


BY    E.  MEYRICK.  1213 

Tasmania.  I  have  seen  but  unfortunately  neglected  to  describe 
specimens  of  this  species  ;  the  above  diagnosis  is  taken  from 
Guenee's  description  and  figure,  of  which  the  former  is  very 
incomplete  and  partially  unintelligible ;  I  have  endeavoured  to 
interpret  it  by  the  aid  of  the  figure,  which  is  pretty  good.  It  is 
an  easily  recognisable  species. 

83.  Hy2).  atmoscia,  n.sp. 

^.  33  mm.  Head,  palpi,  and  thorax  dark  fuscous  densely 
irrorated  with  whitish.  Antennae  fuscous.  Abdomen  whitish- 
fuscous  sprinkled  with  dark  fuscous.  Legs  dark  fuscous.  Fore- 
wings  rather  elongate-triangular,  costa  slightly  sinuate,  hindmargin 
rounded,  crenate ;  fuscous,  irrorated  with  whitish  ;  a  somew^hat 
curved  fine  black  line  from  beyond  ^  of  costa  to  before  J  of  inner 
margin,  indented  above  middle ;  a  straight  narrow  dark  fuscous 
fascia  from  |  of  costa  to  I  of  inner  margin,  anterior  edge  blackish, 
well-marked,  posterior  edge  gradually  suffused  ;  a  very  fine  sub- 
dentate  blackish  line  from  I  of  costa  to  f  of  inner  margin,  rather 
deeply  sinuate  inwards  above  middle  and  less  deeply  on  lower 
half ;  some  fine  scattered  blackish  scales  beyond  this  :  cilia  fuscous 
irrorated  with  whitish  (imperfect).  Hindwings  with  hindmargin 
slightly  rounded,  crenate ;  6  and  7  separate ;  whitish-fuscous, 
with  scattered  dark  fuscous  scales  ;  a  straight  cloudy  fuscous  cen- 
tral fascia,  anterior  edge  tolerably  distinct,  posterior  sufi'used ; 
cilia  fuscous  mixed  with  whitish  (imperfect). 

Perth,  West  Australia ;  in  November,  one  specimen. 

Appendix. 

The  following  species,  referred  by  Guenee  and  Walker  to  the 
immediate  neighbourhood  of  those  included  in  this  family  are 
either  wrongly  so  referred,  or  unidentifiable. 

84.  Panagra  Jictiliaria,  Gn.  X.  129.  A  clay-yellow  species, 
described  from  ^  only  ;  I  cannot  identify  it  at  all,  but  imagine  it 
is  probably  wrongly  placed  here. 


12U 

85.  Fanagra  nullata,  Gu.  X.  130.  A  unicolorous  yellowish- 
grey  species,  which  appears  unidentifiable,  and  is  only  con- 
jecturally  supposed  to  be    Australian  ;  it  may  be  safely  neglected. 

86.  Panagra  sparsularia,  Gn.  X.  131,  pi.  xii.  4.  Wrongly 
placed  here  ;  belongs  to  the  Boanniadae. 

87.  Panagra  diffusaria,  Gn.  X.  132.  An  obscure  unidentified 
species,  perhaps  referable  to  the  Larentiadae. 

88.  Panagra  suhvelaria,V7&\k.\000.  No  type  seen  ;  d^  Taxeotis, 
but  unidentifiable. 

89.  Panagra  aviata,  Walk.  1001.  Not  fully  identified,  but 
appears  to  belong  to  Eoarmiadae. 

90.  Panagra  ferritinctaria,  Walk.  1002.  Belongs  to  Boar- 
miadae. 

91.  Panagra  apiwoximata,  Walk.  1002  ;  P.  intercalata^  ib.  1012. 
Belongs  to  Larentiadae. 

92.  Patuigra  extentata,  Walk.  1012.     Belongs  to  Noctuina. 

93.  Panagra  inostentata,  Walk.  1012,     Belongs  to  Noctuina. 

Index  of  Species  of  Monocteniadae. 

ainaria,  Gn 32.  bijugata,  Walk 22. 

anelictis,  n.sp 34.  bufialaria,  Gn 16. 

Angasi,  Feld 38.  cajoitata,  Walk 14. 

anthracopa,  n.sp 6.  carbonata,  Walk 54. 

approximata,  Walk 91.  chilonaria,  HS , 26. 

areni/erata,    Walk 8.  chordota,  n.sp 65. 

aridaria.  Walk 17.  compsotis,  n.sp 37. 

atmoscia,  n.sp 83.  confluaria,  Gn 61. 

atrosiguata,  Walk 50.  consignata,  Walk 59. 

atyla,  n.sp 20.  corrogata,    Walk 21. 

aurinaria,  Gn 26.  costinotata,    Walk 55. 

aviata,  Walk 89.  curtaria,  Gn 21. 


BY    E.  MEYRICK. 


1215 


(lelogramma,  n.sp 7. 

den  tiger  aria.   Walk 36. 

devitata,  Walk 40. 

(liasemaria,  Gn 33. 

diffusaria,  Gd 87. 

digglesaria,  Gn 75. 

disputata,  Walk 36. 

divergentaria,   Gn 32. 

egenata,  Walk 9. 

endela,  n.sp 1. 

epigypsa,  n.sp 11. 

estigmaria,  Walk 55. 

euscia,  n.sp 51. 

explanata,  Walk 43. 

explicataria,  Walk 8. 

exsectaria,  Walk 5. 

exsignata,  Walk 41. 

extentata,  Walk 92. 

falernaria,  Gn 78. 

ferritinctaria,  Walk 90. 

lictiliaria,  Gn 84. 

liavicapitata,  Gn 14. 

fraternaria,  Gn 78. 

gastropacharia,    Walk 73. 

henricaria,  Gn 71. 

himer aides,   Walk 76. 

hiracopis,  n.sp 80. 

hypenaria,  Gn 27. 

kypotaeniaria,  Gn 79. 

inconcisata,   Walk 8. 

indicataria,  Walk 53. 

inostentata,  Walk 93. 

inspersa,  Feld 27. 

intercalata,  Walk 91. 

intermixtaria,  Walk 10. 

intextata,  Gn 8. 


loneura,  n.  sp 

ischnota,  n.sp 

isomeris,  n.sp 

isophanes,  n.sp 

lasiocamparia,  Gn 

litida,  Bull 

liospoda,  n.sp 

lunaris,  n.sp 

lutosaria,  Feld 

metaxanthata,  Walk 

molybdaria,  Gn 

molyhdaria,  Walk 

monoda,  n.sp 

rtiundiferaria^  Walk 

nullata,  Gn 

obtusata,  Walk 40, 

ochripennata,  Walk 

odontias,  n.sp 

ophiucha,  n.sp 

ophiusaria,  Gn 

oraula,  n.sp 

orectis,  n.sp 

ornata,  Walk 

orthotis,  n.sp 

oxyderces,  n.sp 

paraptila,  n.sp 

paratacta,  n.sp 

partitaria,  Walk 

perf abricata,  Walk 

perlinearia,   Walk 

personalis,  Feld 

petrilineata,  Walk 

philodora,  n.sp 

phlegetonaria,  Gn 

p)lusiata,    Walk 

poecilotis,  n.sp 


47. 
57. 

4. 
12. 
70. 
50. 
42. 
64. 
69. 
32. 
54. 
b^. 
67. 
14. 
85. 
76. 
73. 
35. 
52. 
72. 

3. 
49. 
56. 
45. 
30. 
18. 
39. 
38. 
29. 

8. 
62. 
59. 
13. 
82. 
60. 
46. 


1216 


REVISION   OF   AUSTRALIAN    LEPIDOPTERA. 


2)rivata,  Walk 79. 

j^romelanaria.  Walk 10. 

qitaternaria,  HS. 72. 

replicataria,  Walk 25. 

reserata,  Walk 16. 

reservata,  Walk 31. 

resignata,  Walk 16. 

retractariaj  Walk 70. 

rosalia,  Cr 76. 

schistacearia,  Walk 55. 

semirosea,  Walk 70. 

serpentariaj  Gn 81. 

sigmata,  Walk 44. 

smerintharia,  Feld 77. 

Solaris,  n.sp 63. 

sparsularia,   Gn 86. 

staurotisj  n.sp 15. 


stereospila,  n.sp 2. 

steropias,  n.sp 48. 

stilbiata,  Gn 60. 

subcelata,  Walk 19. 

sub2)urpy/rea,  Walk 70. 

subustaria,  Walk 79. 

subvelaria,  Walk 88. 

teliferata,  Walk 22. 

transactaria.  Walk 16. 

transcissata,  Walk 24. 

traumataria,  Gn ...   68. 

tricolor,  Westw.  23. 

triparata,  Walk 58. 

trjxaria,  Gn 28. 

ursaria,  Gn 16. 

vefustaria  Walk 74. 

vinaria,  Gn 74. 


REVISION  OF  THE  GENUS  HETERONYX,  WITH 
DESCRIPTIONS  OF  NEW  SPECIES. 

By  the  Rev,  T.  Blackburn,  B.A.,  Core.  Mem.  Linn.  Soc.  N.S.W. 

Part  V. 

APPENDIX. 

What  I  desire  to  supply  in  this  Appendix  is  three-fold, — viz.^ 
notes  on  such  previously  described  species  of  Heteronyx  as  I  have 
failed  to  identify  among  the  specimens  to  which  I  have  had 
access, — amendments  of  ambiguities,  &c.,  in  the  body  of  my  work 
now  completed, — and  descriptions  of  species  that  have  come  into 
loy  hands  subsequently  to  the  publication  of  the  parts  of  the 
''Revision"  referring  to  the  several  "Sections"  to  which  they 
belong. 

As  regards  the  previously  described  species  there  are  a  certain 
number  that  I  have  been  compelled  to  disregard  altogether, — viz., 
those  in  the  published  descriptions  of  which  there  is  no  account  of 
the  antennal  structure,  and  of  which  at  the  same  time  I  could  not 
procure  authentic  types.  To  have  applied  the  names  of  such 
species  to  any  particular  specimens  could  only  have  been  guess 
work.  They  are  the  following : — infuscatus,  Macl.,  pallidulus, 
Macl.,  parvulus,  Macl.,  pubesce7is,  Macl.,  ruficoUis,  Macl.,  sub- 
glaber,  Macl,,  substriatus,  Macl.,  subvittatus,  Macl.,  transversi- 
collis,  Macl.  One  of  these  (jmbescens)  is  a  nom,  prseocc.  The 
rest  occur  in  localities  distant  from  those  in  which  any  of 
my  new  species  were  taken,  and  (as  most  species  of  Heteronyx 


1218 

seem  to  have  a  very  limited  area  of  distribution)  this  points  to  the 
probability  of  their  all  being  distinct  from  any  I  have  described. 

After  deducting  the  above  9  species  as  being  (to  me  at  least) 
incapable  of  identification,  and  allowing  for  several  cases  of 
synonymy,  there  remain  36  descriptions  known  to  me  as  anterior 
to  my  work,  all  of  which  I  believe  to  represent  good  species.  Of 
these  I  have  succeeded  in  identifying  only  13  with  insects  before 
me,  and  these  will  be  found  referred  to  in  their  places  in  my 
work. 

Of  the  remaining  23,  9  are  from  Tasmania  and  are  very  likely 
to  be  confined  to  that  island  (whence  I  have  described  only  one 
new  species)  and  2  are  from  Raffles  Bay,  another  isolated  locality 
likely  to  produce  species  different  from  any  I  have  seen.  I  have 
nothing  before  me  agreeing  satisfactorily  with  the  description  of 
any  of  them. 

There  then  remain  12  species  which  (although  I  have  been 
unable  to  identify  them  as  represented  among  those  before  me) 
might  appear  likely  on  a  priori  grounds  to  be  present  there.  Con- 
cerning 8  of  these  the  descriptions  supply  sufficient  information  to  j 
enable  me  to  feel  fairly  confident  that  I  have  not  seen  them  ;  they  ' 
are  holortielcenus^  Blanch.,  laticeps,  Burm.,  peUiccidus,  Burm., 
2:)lanatus,  Burm,,  ^^rax-wjms,  Burm.,  rubricepSj  Blanch.,  7^i(/o- 
onarginatus,  Blanch.,  unguiculatus,  Burm. 

The    remaining  4   (viz.,    laticollis,  Blanch.,    nigritiis,   Blanch,,      , 
pilosellus,  Blanch.,    oblo7igus,    Blanch.),    are   quite    insufficiently      I 
described    by    their    author,   and   it    is    possible   that   I  have  re- 
described  some  of  them. 

The  most  convenient  method,  in  adding  a  last  word  here  and 
there  to  correct  faults  and  furnish  descriptions  of  species  that 
have  come  into  my  hands  subsequently  to  my  having  dealt  with 
the  aggregates  to  which  they  belong,  will  be  to  divide  the  species 
into  groups  (following  the  same  classification  as  previously),  and 
discuss  those  groups  separately.     I  shall  take  them  thus  : — 


BY   THE    REV.  T.  BLACKBURN.  1219 

[Section  I.] — Species  with  the  labrum  entirely  and  con- 
siderably below  the  plane  of  the  clypeus, 
the  clypeus  itself  being  evenly  reflexed  all 
round  its  free  margin,  and  at  most  feebly 
emarginate. 

A.  Antennse  8-jointed..  Group  I. 

B.  Antennse  9-jointed Group  11. 

[Section  II.] — Species  having  the  labrum  much 
exposed  to  view  from  above 
(through  profound  emargina- 
tion  of  the  clypeus  or  other 
causes)  but  not  rising  above 
the  level  of    the    clypeus Group  III. 

[Section  III.] — Species  having  the  clypeus  more 
or  less  overtopped  by  the 
labrum. 

A.  Antennae  8-jointed. 

a.  Claws  bifid Group  IV. 

b.  Claws  appendiculate ,,  Group  V. 

B.  Antennse  9-jointed. 

a.  Claws  bifid , Group  VI. 

b.  Claws  appendiculate Group  VII. 

CxROUP  I. 

Here  I  have  to  remark  that  in  the  "  Revision "  (Proc.  L.S. 
N.S.W.  1888,  pp.  1332-40)  I  omitted  to  state  categorically  that 
the  anterior  tibiae  of  all  the  species  (except  brevicoUis,  Blackb., 
and  rufopiceus,  Macl.)  known  to  me  as  belonging  to  this  group 
have  three  well-defined  teeth  externally. 

I  have  also  to  describe  two  new  species  recently  received  by  me. 


1220  REVISION    OF    THE    GENUS    HETERONYX, 

H.  BoviLLi,  sp.nov. 

Minus  elongatus ;  postice  sat  dilatatus ;  ferrugineus ;  pilis 
brevibus  adpressis  sparsira  vestitus  ;  crasse  fortiter  sat  sparsim 
(clypeo  minus  sparsim)  punctulatus  ;  laVjro  cljpeuni  haud  super- 
anti ;  antennis  8-articulatis ;  coxis  posticis  metasterno  pauUo 
brevioribus;   unguiculis  bifidis.  [Long.  3-4,  lat.  If -2  lines. 

The  labrum  is  a  little  more  prominent  and  upturned  than  in 
typical  species  of  this  section.  The  clypeus  forms  an  almost 
perfectly  even  and  continuous  surface  with  the  rest  of  the  head, 
the  clypeal  suture  being  scarcely  visible ;  its  free  margins  are 
moderately  refiexed  and  its  front  is  feebly  concave  in  the  middle. 
The  prothorax  is  about  J  again  as  wide  as  long,  its  base  being 
slightly  more  than  ^  again  as  wide  as  its  front,  which  is  moderately 
concave  with  moderately  prominent  and  sharp  angles  ;  the  sidfis 
are  feebly  arched  (almost  parallel  behind  the  middle),  the  hind 
angles  well  defined,  the  base  is  gently  bisinuate  and  consequently 
but  little  lobed  hindward  in  the  middle.  The  elytra  are  scarcely 
wrinkled  transversely,  their  lateral  fringe  being  normal,  their 
apical  membrane  very  well-defined.  The  whole  upper  surface  is 
strongly  and  coarsely,  but  not  closely,  punctured  (the  clypeus 
more  closely,  the  pygidium  more  feebly,  than  the  rest) ;  the  punc- 
tures so  spaced  that  about  10  or  12  of  average  distance  would 
occupy  the  middle  line  down  the  prothorax.  The  hind  coxae  are 
a  little  shorter  than  the  metasternura  and  decidedly  longer  than 
the  2nd  ventral  segment.  The  puncturation  of  the  under  surface 
is  strong  and  somewhat  even,  but  in  all  parts  becoming  less  close 
towards  the  middle.  The  ventral  series  consist  of  fine  hairs  and 
are  but  little  conspicuous.  The  laevigate  antero-internal  space  on 
the  hind  coxsb  is  but  feebly  defined.  The  hind  femora  are 
moderately  wider  than  the  intermediate,  their  inner  apical  angle 
rstrongly  defined.  The  three  external  teeth  of  the  front  tibia?  are 
very  strong  and  sharp,  the  uppermost  being  about  half  the  size  of 
the  2nd.  The  hind  claws  are  minutely  bifid,  the  produced  piece 
of  the  basal  portion  being  much  thicker  than,  and  about  as  long 
as,  the  apical  piece. 


BY    THE    REV.  T.  BLACKBURN.  1221 

In  the  tabulation  of  the  1st  section  of  Heteronyx  (Proc.  L.S. 

N.S.W.  1888,  pp.  1328,  &c.)  this  species  would  fall  under  "  C' 
(line  3,  p.  1329),  its  companions  under  that  letter  hfting  fulvo- 
hirtus  and  hadius ;  the  hind  claws  of  the  former  of  these  are 
appendiculate  (the  produced  apex  of  the  basal  piece  being  very- 
much  smaller  than  the  apical  piece),  while  the  latter  is  an 
infinitely  more  closely  punctulate  insect  than  H.  Bovilli. 

N.  Territory  of  S.  Australia ;  taken  by  Dr.  Bovill. 

H.  ADVENA,  sp.nOV. 

Minus  elongatus ;  postice  vix  dilatatus  ;  f  errugineus,  anten- 
narum  clava  testacea ;  pilis  minus  brevibus  adpressis  minus 
sparsim  vestitus ;  sat  fortiter  (postice  gradatim  minus  fortiter) 
punctulatus ;  labro  clypeum  baud  superanti ;  antennis  8-articu- 
latis ;  coxis  posticis  metasterno  vix  brevioribus ;  unguiculis 
bifidis  ;  segmentis  ventralibus  apicalibus  vix  perspicue  punctulatis. 

[Long.  33,  lat.  1*  lines. 

The  description  of  the  head  of  H.  Bovilli  will  apply  to  this 
species,  subject  to  the  remark  that  the  clypeus  is  not  at  all 
emarginate  in  front.  The  description  of  the  prothorax  (dis- 
regarding puncturation)  will  apply  moreover,  except  that  in  this 
species  the  sides  are  a  little  more  arched  and  the  hind  angles  are 
quite  rounded  off.  The  transverse  wrinkling  of  the  elytra  is 
little  noticeable,  their  lateral  fringe  normal,  their  apical  mem- 
brane obscure.  The  puncturation  of  the  head  is  coarse,  strongs 
and  rather  close, — that  of  the  prothorax  and  elytra  successively 
feebler,  that  of  the  pygidium  quite  obsolete  ;  the  punctures 
on  the  prothorax  are  spaced  so  that  about  14  or  15  of  average 
distance  apart  would  run  in  a  line  down  the  middle.  There  is 
some  indication  in  this  species  of  a  sutural  stria  and  the  suture 
is  slightly  elevated,  while  in  //.  Bovilli  the  suture  is  non-striate 
and  flat.  The  proportions  of  the  various  parts  on  the  underside 
are  almost  as  described  above  (vide  H.  Bovilli),  but  the  hind 
coxse  are  a  little  longer.     The  puncturation  of  the  metasternum 


1222  REVISION    OF    THE    GENUS    HETERONYX, 

and  hind  coxse  is  a  Utile  feebler  than  in  H.  Bovilli ;  the  whole 
undersurface  is  minutely  coriaceous  and  therefore  less  nitid,  the 
ventral  segments  are  almost  without  a  trace  of  distinct  punctura- 
tion,  the  ventral  series  are  stout  and  conspicuous,  the  antero- 
internal  tooth  of  the  hind  femora  is  very  feeble,  the  uppermost 
tooth  on  the  front  tibiae  is  much  less  than  half  the  size  of  the 
2nd,  and  the  hind  claws  are  bifid  less  minutely,  the  produced 
apex  of  the  basal  piece  being  distinctly  smaller  than  the  apical 
piece. 

This  species  can  be  distinguished  from  all  the  others  (having 
8-jointed  antennae)  of  the  1st  section  by  its  impunctulate  ventral 
segments.  If  its  stout  ventral  series  should  place  it  in  the  group 
A  (Proc.  L.S.N.S.VV.  1888,  p.  1328)  it  would  fall  under  FF  (same 
page)  with,  frontalis  ;  among  the  species  of  BB  (p.  1329)  it  would 
have  to  follow  badiics, — thus, 

"  DDD.  Clypeus  not  at  all  emarginate  in 

front advena,  Blackb." 

Locality  uncertain  ;  but  I  believe  it  to  be  Central  Australia. 

H.  LILLIPUTANUS,  sp.nOV. 

Minus  elongatus;  postice  leviter  dilatatus;  rufo-piceus,  antennis 
testaceis ;  pilis  sat  elongatis  minus  dense  vestitus ;  crasse  sub- 
rugulose  punctulatus ;  labro  clypeum  haud  superanti  ;  antennis 
8-articulatis;  coxis  posticis  metasterno  parum  brevioribus  ;  ungui- 
culis  appendiculatis.  [Long.  2  (vix),  lat.  1  line. 

The  clypeus  is  evenly  reflexed  all  round  and  its  free  outline 
forms  a  continuous  even  curve  (the  labrum  being  entirely  below 
it) ;  its  plane  is  not  evenly  continuous  with  that  of  the  rest  of  the 
head.  The  prothorax  is  half  again  as  wide  as  long  and  its  base 
(which  is  bisinuate  and  rather  strongly  lobed  hindward  in  the 
middle)  is  more  than  half  again  as  wide  as  the  front  which 
is  moderately  emarginate  with  moderately  produced  and  sharp 
angles;  the  sides  are  rather  strongly  rounded,  the  hind  angles  quite 


BY   THE    REV.  T.  BLACKBURN.  1223 

rounded  off.  The  elytra  are  devoid  of  striation,  their  transverse 
wrinkling  is  very  conspicuous,  their  lateral  fringe  normal,  their 
apical  membrane  obsolete.  The  puncturation  of  the  whole  upper 
surface  is  coarse  and  rough.  The  puncturation  of  the  undersurface 
is  strong ;  on  the  metasternum  it  is  moderately  close  but  becomes 
less  so  hindward.  The  hind  coxfe  are  not  much  shorter  than  the 
metasternum  and  are  very  much  longer  than  the  2nd  ventral 
segment.  The  ventral  series  consist  of  long  fine  hairs  and  are 
moderately  conspicuous.  The  hind  femora  are  considerably  wider 
than  the  intermediate  with  their  inner  apical  angle  very  little 
developed.  The  hind  claws  are  appendiculate,  the  basal  piece 
about  twice  as  large  as  the  apical  with  its  inner  apex  little  pro- 
duced. The  front  tibise  are  much  compressed  and  dilated,  with 
three  large  obtuse  teeth  on  their  external  margin,  of  which  the 
uppermost  is  about  half  as  large  as  the  2nd. 

This  minute  species  seems  to  be  allied  to  H.  hirtuosus,  Blackb., 
from  which,  however,  it  differs  by  many  structural  characters. 
In  the  tabulation  it  would  stand  side  by  side  with  H.  spretusy 
Blackb.,  from  which  its  small  size  will  at  once  distinguish  it. 

A  single  example  in  my  own  collection  ;  taken  in  the  Adelaide 
district. 

The  following  previously  described  species  belonging  (with  more 
or  less  certainty)  to  this  group  (i.e.,  having  the  labrum  entirely 
below  the  clypeus  and  8-jointed  antennae)  I  have  not  been  able  to 
identify, — viz.,  rotundiceps,  Blanch.,  spadiceus,  Burm.,  and  ungui. 
cnlatus,  Burm.  Of  these  rotundiceps  is  said  to  be  iridescent 
(differing  thereby  from  all  known  to  me  in  the  group)  and  to 
occur  in  "  Eastern  New  Holland ; "  its  size  is  not  specified.  H, 
spadiceus  is  from  Swan  River  (I  have  not  seen  any  species  of  the 
group  from  Western  Australia),  its  length  is  4  lines,  and  it  is 
described  as  entirely  glabrous  ;  the  description  of  the  relation  of 
clypeus  and  labrum  is  vague, — the  latter  being  merely  said  to 
*'  protrude  in  front  of  "  the  former, — but  it  would  probably  fall  in 
this  group ;  I  do  not  think  anything  I  have  seen  can  be  identical 
with  it.  II.  unguicidatus  is  said  to  be  from  "  New  Holland," 
78 


1224  REVISION    OF   THE    GENUS    HETERONYX, 

without  more  definite  indication  of  locality  ;  its  labrum  is  said  to 
rise  to  the  level  of  the  clypeus,  but  nevertheless  the  clypeus  to  be 
scarcely  even  sinuous  in  front ;  it  appears  to  be  a  small  species 
(long.  3-3J  lines),  of  a  brownish-testaceous  colour,  with  close  fine 
puncturation,  bidentate  front  tibiae  and  strongly  bifid  claws. 

GROUP  II. 

In  the  tabulation  of  the  species  (Proc.  L.S.N.S.W.  1888,  pp. 
1329-31)  I  find  a  slight  ambiguity  of  expression; — certain  species 
being  divided  as  having  "E— the  hind  coxae  considerably  (EE 
scarcely,  if  at  all)  shorter  than  the  metasternura  on  the  external 
margin."  H.  solidus  (under  the  former  initial)  is  separated  from 
H.  JBeltance  and  satelles  as  having  the  hind  coxse  ''  very  little " 
shorter  than  the  metasternum.  The  difference  here  indicated  very 
satisfactorily  separates  the  species,  and  the  "  very  little  "  of  solidus 
is  quite  distinct  from  the  "  scarcely,  if  at  all "  of  mqualis  and 
holosericeics, — but  as  it  is  undoubtedly  obscurely  worded  in  my 
tabulation  I  suggest  the  substitution  (p.  1330,  lines  26-30)  of  the 
following, — 

L.  Hind  angles  of  pro  thorax  (viewed 
from  above)  appear  well-defined 
[size  more  than  4  lines] solidus,  Blackb. 

LL.  Hind  angles  of  prothorax  (from  all 
points  of  view)  appear  quite 
rounded  oflf  [size  less  than  4 
lines] 

Neither  am  I  quite  satisfied  with  my  treatment  in  this  group 
of  the  claw  structure  which  (since  the  issue  of  Part  I.  of  the 
"  Revision")  I  have  found  to  be  more  useful  for  distinction  of  species 
than  I  at  first  thought.  I  think  it  well  therefore  now  to  supply 
the  following  more  detailed  and  accurate  information  and  to  base 
it  upon  the  hi7id  claws.  The  claws  more  particularly  referred  to 
in  the  tabulation  in  Part  I.  were  those  of  the  front  legs, — but  as 


BY    THE    REV.  T.  BLACKBURN.  1225 

these  generally  vary  with  the  sex  they  furnish  less  reliable  specific 
characters. 

A.  Hind  claws  strongly   "  bifid," — i.e.^   having  the  apex  of  the 

basal  piece  produced  in  a  conspicuous  process  more  than 
half  as  large  as  the  whole  of  the  apical  piece — hreviceps^ 
Tugosipennis,  soliduSj  Beltance^  corpulentus,  holosericeus, 
piceoniger. 

B.  Hind  claws  bifid  (as  above),  but  only  minutely  and  at  the  apex 

— variegatus  and  Darlingensis. 

C.  Hind  claws  "  appendiculate," — i.e.,  having  at  the  inner  apex 

of  the  basal  piece  a  free  projection  less  than  half  as  large 
as  the  apical  piece. 

a.  The  appendiculation  minute  and  close  to  the  apex  of  the 

claw — ceqioalis,  testaceus,  satelles. 

b.  The  apical  piece  fully  as  long  as  the  basal  piece — Froggatti. 

c.  The   appendiculation  normal — i.e.,   the  basal  piece   a  little 

longer  than  the  apical  and  with  its  apical  process  more 
or  less  feeble — piceus,  Jiorridus,  gracilipes,  Victorisy 
occidentalis,  puhescens,   Randalli. 

H.   PICEONIGER,  Macl. 

Since  the  publication  of  Part  I.  of  the  "  Revision "  I  have 
received  from  Dr.  Bovill  examples  of  a  JELeteronyx  which  agrees 
very  well  with  the  description  of  //.  piceoniger,  Macl.  Mr. 
Froggatt  of  Sydney  has  done  me  the  favour  of  comparing  a  speci- 
men with  the  type  and  considers  it  the  same  species.  In  my 
tabulation  (Proc.  L.S.N.S.W.  1888,  pp.  1328-31)  it  would  fall 
side  by  side  with  R.  corpidentus*  (HH.  p.  1331)  from  which  it 
may  be  at  once  distinguished  by  the  exceptionally  coarse  and 
sparse  puncturation  of  its  head. 

*  It  should  be  noted  however  that  the  erect  hairs  on  the  elytra  are 
scarcely  to  be  called  "  long  "  (vic^e  "  GG."  line  14,  p.  1331)  in  R.  piceoniger. 


1226  REVISION    OF    THE    GENUS    HETERONYX, 

H.  PUBESCENS,  Er. 

I  have  before  me  an  example  taken  in  Tasmania  by  Mr.  T.  G. 
Sloane,  which  I  cannot  doubt  is  this  species,  as  it  agrees  perfectly 
with  Erichson's  description.  M.  Lacordaii-e  (Gen.  Col.  III.,  p.  232, 
note)  states  that  H.  puhescens  has  simple  claws,  on  the  strength 
of  which  I  expressed  the  opinion  (Proc.  L.S.N.S.W.  1888, 
p.  1328),  that  it  could  not  be  a  true  Heteronyx;  but  with  the 
present  specimen  before  me  (which  has  distinctly  appendiculate 
claws,  the  basal  piece  about  twice  as  large  as  the  apical),  I  am 
compelled  to  conclude  that  Lacordaire  was  mistaken.  In  Masters' 
Catalogue  the  species  is  assigned  to  Caidohius.  In  my  tabulation 
H.  puhescens  would  fall  side  by  side  with  H.  gracilipes,  Blackb., 
from  which  it  differs  m^er  aZia  by  the  very  much  more  obtuse  teeth 
of  its  front  tibiae,  the  uppermost  of  them  being  subobsolete. 

H.  Randalli,  sp.no v. 

Minus  elongatus ;  postice  vix  dilatatus  ;  ferrugineus ;  pilis 
depressis  minus  dense  vestitus  ;  subtilius  minus  crebre  (capite 
crasse  rugulose)  punctulatus ;  labro  clypeum  baud  superanti ; 
antennis  9-articulatis  ;  coxis  posticis  metasterno  sat  brevioribus  ; 
unguiculis  appendiculatis.  [Long.  3?  (vix),  lat.  1?  lines. 

The  clypeus  is  evenly  reflexed  all  round  and  its  free  outline 
forms  a  continuous  curve  scarcely  flattened  or  subsinuate  in  front 
(the  labrum  being  entirely  below) ;  its  plane  and  puncturation  are 
almost  perfectly  continuous  with  the  rest  of  the  head,  from  which 
it  is  separated  by  a  very  obscure  suture.  The  prothorax  is  about 
I  again  as  wide  as  long,  its  base  (which  is  scarcely  bisinuate  but 
considerably  lobed  hind  ward  all  across)  something  less  than  | 
again  as  wide  as  its  front  which  is  only  moderately  emarginate 
with  angles  not  very  sharp  nor  strongly  produced  ;  the  sides  are 
moderately  rounded-and  the  hind  angles  are  quite  rounded  off. 
The  elytra  have  scarcely  a  trace  of  striation  even  along  the  suture, 
their  ti'ansverse  wrinkling  is  feeble,  their  lateral  fringe  is  normal. 


BY    THE    REV.  T.  BLACKBURN.  1227 

their  apical  membrane  well  defined.  The  puncturation  (except  on 
the  head)  is  neither  strong  nor  close,  a  little  stronger  and  less 
close  on  the  prothorax  than  on  the  elytra  ;  on  the  prothorax  the 
punctures  are  spaced  so  that  about  17  of  average  distance  apart 
would  lie  down  the  middle  line.  On  the  underside  the  hind  coxse 
are  much  shorter  than  the  metasternum  but  not  ve'ry  much  longer 
than  the  2nd  ventral  segment ;  the  metasternum  is  rather  finely 
and  sparingly  punctured,  the  hind  coxae  more  coarsely,  but  with 
a  well  defined  Isevigate  antero-internal  space.  The  ventral  seg- 
ments are  rather  coarsely  punctured,  the  ventral  series  consisting 
of  fine  hairs  and  being  inconspicuous.  The  hind  femora  are 
moderately  wider  than  the  intermediate,  their  inner  apical  angle 
feeble.  The  hind  claws  are  appendiculate,  the  basal  piece  not 
much  longer  than  the  apical  and  having  its  inner  apical  angle 
fairly  defined  and  sharp.  The  front  tibiee  have  three  rather  blunt 
external  teeth,  the  uppermost  being  especially  blunt  and  scarcely 
half  as  long  as  the  2nd. 

In  the  tabulation  (Proc.  L.S.  N.S.W.  1888)  this  species  would 
fall  under  "  D  "  (at  bottom  of  p.  1329) ;  from  piceus  and  Froggatti 
it  differs  iiiter  alia  in  the  free  outline  of  the  clypeus  not  forming 
an  even  curve  ',  from  occidentalis  in  the  same  being  feebly  sinuate, 
not  strongly  emarginate. 

Barrow's  Creek,  N.  Terr.  ;  taken  by  Mr.  W.  D.  Randall. 

H.  DECEPTOR,  sp.nov. 

Minus  elongatus ;  postice  leviter  dilatatus ;  minus  nitidus ; 
piceo-niger,  antennis  palpis  tarsisque  piceo-ferrugineis  ;  pilis  elon 
gatis  suberectis  confuse  vestitus ;  crebre,  sat  rugulose,  minus 
fortiter,  punctulatus ;  labro  clypeum  baud  superanti ;  antennis 
9articulatis;  coxis  posticis  metasterno  paullo  brevioribus  ;  ungui- 
culisappendiculatisj  unguiculorum  posticorum  parte  basali  apicali 
vix  longiori.  [Long.  4?,  lat.  21  lines. 

This  species  (apart  from  its  shorter  and  wider  form,  the  greater 
distinctness  of  the  clypeal  suture,  the   prothorax  only  about  half 


1228  REVISION    OF    THE    GEXUS    HETERONYX, 

again  as  wide  as  long  and  with  slightly  more  rounded  sides^. 
9-jointed  antennae,  the  long  scattered  hairs  rather  thinly — in- 
creasingly so  hind  ward — clothing  its  surface ;  the  absence  of  a 
conspicuous  red  membranous  border  to  the  elytra,  the  much 
darker  colour  of  the  antennae  and  palpi,  the  fine  hairs  on  the  legs 
and  underside  and  which  form  the  ventral  series,  and  the  shorter 
and  more  slender  tarsi)  scarcely  differs  from  H.  torvus,  Blackb., 
the  description  of  which  (subject  to  the  foregoing  remarks)  may 
be  read  as  applying  to  it.  In  one  example  before  me  I  find  a 
faint  indication  of  striae  on  the  elytra,  in  the  other  none  at  all ; 
H,  torvus  varies  in  this  respect.  It  should  be  noted,  however, 
that  I  have  not  seen  a  female  example  of  this  insect.  In  the 
tabulation  (Proc.  L.S.  N.S.W.  1888,  pp.  1328,  ifec.;,  this  species 
would  fall  side  by  side  with  piceus,  Blanch.,  from  which  inter 
alia  the  long  hairs  over  its  upper  surface  may  be  taken  as  a 
distinction. 

Victoria  ;  taken  by  Mr.  T.  G.  Sloane  in  Gippsland. 

H.   PICEUS,  Blanch. 

I  have  received  from  Mr.  T.  G.  Sloane  a  specimen  of  Reteronyx 
taken  on  the  Blue  Mountains  which,  with  much  doubt,  I  am 
inclined  to  regard  as  a  very  peculiar  example  of  this  insect.  Its 
very  diminutive  size  (long.  4?  lines)  is  accompanied  by  a  shorten- 
ing of  the  hind  coxae,  those  organs  being  (not  much,  but  certainly 
a  little)  smaller  in  proportion  to  the  metasternum  than  in  speci- 
mens of  2>iceus  from  other  localities.  The  append iculation  of  the 
claws  moreover  seems  to  be  a  little  nearer  the  apex  in  this  example 
than  in  typical  piceus.  The  resemblance  to  jyiceus  however  is  too 
close  to  justify  me  in  giving  a  new  name  on  the  inspection  of  a 
single  example. 

H.  VIATOR,  sp.nov. 

Minus  elongatus  ;  postice  leviter  dilatatus  ;  rufo-ferrugineus, 
antennis  palpisque  testaceis ;  pilis  adpressis  sat  brevibus  sat 
sparsim  vestitus  ;  sat  fortiter  minus  crebre  (capite  crebre  rugulose) 


BY   THE    REV.  T.  BLACKBURN.  1229 

punctulatus;  labro  clypeum  baud  superanti;  antennis  9-articulatis; 
coxis  posticis  metasterno  sat  brevioribus;  unguiculis  appendicu- 
latis  ;  unguieuloruni  posticoruQi  parte  basali  apicali  fere  duplo 
longiori.  [Long.  4|,  lat.  2^  lines. 

The  clypeus  is  evenly  reflexed  all  round,  the  curve  of  its  free 
outline  however  being  a  good  deal  flattened  or  truncate  in  front 
(the  labrum  being  entirely  below  it) ;  its  plane  is  moderately 
distinct  from  that  of  the  rest  of  the  head  with  a  fairly  marked 
arched  suture.  The  whole  head  is  coarsely  and  very  closely 
(almost  confluently)  punctured  and  bears  some  longish  erect  hairs. 
The  prothorax  is  slightly  more  than  half  again  as  wide  as  long,  its 
base  (which  is  bisinuate  and  moderately  lobed  in  the  middle) 
being  about  half  again  as  wide  as  its  front  which  is  rather  strongly 
concave,  with  sharp  well-produced  angles  ;  the  sides  are  moderately 
arched  (at  their  greatest  divergence  a  little  behind  the  middle), 
and  the  hind  angles  are  much  rounded  off, — scarcely  defined  from 
any  point  of  view.  The  transverse  wrinkling  of  the  elytra  is 
rather  conspicuous,  their  lateral  fringe  is  normal,  their  apical 
membrane  obsolete.  The  hind  coxse  are  considerably  shorter  than 
the  metasternum  but  only  moderately  longer  than  the  2nd  ventral 
segment.  The  whole  undersurface  is  punctured  very  similarly  to 
the  elytra,  the  hind  coxae  however  having  a  large  Isevigate  antero- 
internal  space.  The  ventral  series  consist  of  fine  hairs.  The  hind 
femora  are  moderately  wider  than  the  intermediate  and  have  their 
inner  apical  angle  but  feebly  defined.  The  hind  claws  are 
appendiculate,  their  basal  piece  being  about  twice  as  long  as  the 
apical.  The  three  teeth  on  the  front  tibiae  are  fairly  strong  and 
sharp,  the  uppermost  being  about  half  as  large  as  the  2nd. 

The  elytra  are  punctured  a  little  less  closely,  and  more  strongly, 
than  those  of  H.  gracilipes.  The  puncturation  of  the  prothorax 
(being  slightly  stronger  and  sparser  than  of  the  elytra)  all  the 
more  differs  from  that  of  H.  gracilij^es.  In  the  tabulation  (Proc. 
L.S.N.S.W.  1888,  pp.  1328,  &c.)  this  species  would  fall  side  by 
side  with  H.  Victoris  to  which  it  is  extremely  close,  but  the 
differently   shaped   front  of  clypeus,  prothorax  more  concave  in 


1230  REVISION    OF    THE    GENUS    HETERONYX, 

front  and  slightly  more  transverse,  decidedly  coarser  puncturation 
of  ventral  segments,  (fee,  together  with  totally  different  colour 
seem  to  point  to  specific  distinctness.  The  punctures  on  the  pro- 
thorax  are  spaced  so  that  about  17  of  average  distance  apart  would 
range  down  the  middle  line. 

Edithburgh  ;  taken  by  Mr.  McDougall. 

The  following  species  I  have  been  unable  to  identify ;  some 
(and  perhaps  all)  of  them  belong  to  this  group. 

H.  laticeps,  Burm.  A  large  species  (l^i^g-  6  lines)  said  to  be  of 
a  chestnut  colour  and  to  have  the  apical  membrane  of  its  elytra 
very  conspicuous.  The  description  of  its  puncturation  is  very 
obscure,  and  there  is  no  indication  of  locality  beyond  "  Australia." 

H.  pilosellus,  Blanch.  The  description  of  this  species  is  identical 
with  that  of  H.  piceus  in  respect  of  all  characters  of  any  real  value 
for  identification.  It  is  therefore  quite  likely  that  the  species  I 
have  treated  as  H.  jnceus  may  be  this.  Both  are  said  to  occur  in 
"  Eastern  New  Holland." 


//.  planatus,  Burm.  Said  to  occur  at  Adelaide  and  to  be 
remarkable  for  its  depressed  form  (long.  4  lines).  I  know  no 
species  corresponding  to  this  description. 

H.  prcecox,  Er.,  H.  tempestivus^  Er.  Both  from  Tasmania. 
According  to  Erichsonboth  have  9-jointed  antennae,  but  Blanchard 
makes  the  former  the  type  of  a  new  genus  with  8-jointed  antennae 
and  peculiarly  shaped  labrum,  while  Lacordaire  states  that  the 
latter  has  antennae  of  only  8  joints.  Under  these  circumstances 
it  is  evident  that  no  species  (at  any  rate  unless  taken  in  Tasmania) 
could  be  reasonably  made  to  bear  these  names  without  having 
been  compared  with  the  original  type. 

GROUP    III. 

This  group  (identical  with  my  Section  II)  consists  of  species  that 
cannot  rightly  be  placed  in  either  of  the  other  sections.  The 
relation  inter  se  of  the  labrum  and  clypeus  is  usually  as  follows  : — 


BY   THE    REV.  T.  BLACKBURN.  1231 

tlie  labrum  is  turned  upward  as  in  Section  III.,  but  not  so  strongly 
that  its  summit  surpasses  the  level  of  the  clypeus ;  the  clypeus  is 
strongly  emarginate  in  the  middle  (its  reflexed  margin  being  carried 
evenly  all  round  the  edge  of  the  emargination)  and  this  emargina- 
tion  opens  a  gap  through  which  the  labrum  is  very  conspicuously 
discernible  :  or  the  clypeus  is  more  nearly  truncate  in  front,  the 
species  having  it  so  being  distinguishable  from  nearly  all  of  Section 
III.  by  their  clypeal  outline  not  having  from  any  point  of  view  a 
"  trilobed  "  appearance. 

As  the  number  of  species  belonging  to  this  group  described  in 
my  former  paper  was  small,  and  I  have  a  good  many  to  add  now, 
I  think  it  will  be  convenient  to  give  a  new  tabulation,  as  follows  : — 

A.  Antennae  8-jointed rubescens,  Blanch. 

AA.  Antennae  9-jointed 

*B.  Front  of  clypeus  more  or  less  truncate 
or  lightly  concave 

C.  Surface   of    the    elytra    normally 
pubescent 

D.  Hind  coxse  very  much  shorter 
than  metasternum,  —  their 
external  hind  angles  quite 
rounded  off 

E.  Clypeus  punctured  very  much 
more  closely  than  the  hind 
part  of  the  head 

F.  Prothorax  considerably 
wider  at  base  than  in 
front ffranu7n,  Burm. 

*  H,  granum,  Burm.,  verges  towards  "  BB  "  in  the  form  of  its  clypeus, 
and  H.  obesus  verges  to\V'ards  "B,"  the  clypeus  of  the  latter  being  scarcely 
very  much  more  deeply  excised  in  the  middle  than  that  of  JI.  granura. 
There  can  be  no  mistake  as  to  which  of  these  groups  any  of  the  other  9 
species  fall  into. 


1232  REVISION    OF   THE    GENUS    HETERONYX, 

FF.  Pro  thorax  scarcely  wider 

at  base  than  in  front  diversicejys,  Blackb. 

EE.  Head  punctured  uniformly 

or  nearly  so cequaliceps,  Blackb. 

DD.  Hind  coxae  not  much  shorter 
than  metaste  mum, — their 
external  hind  angles 
sharply  defined quadraticollis,  Blackb. 

CC.  Surface  of  elytra  sparsely  set 
with  very  long  erect  hairs 
rising  from  shining  granules  setifer,  Blackb. 

BB.  Middle  of  free  clypeal  outline 
deeply,  and  more  or  less 
narrowly,    excised 

C.  Head  punctured 

D.  Surface  of  elytra  not  set  with 
erect  setse 

E    Summit  of  labrum   consider- 
ably below  level  of  clypeus 

F.  Prothorax  not  much  more 
than  half  again  as  wide 
as  long simulator,  Blackb. 

FF.  Prothorax  about  J  again 

as  wide  as  long fissiceps.,  Blackb. 

EE.  Summit  of  labrum  scarcely 
below  level  of  clypeus 

F.  Puncturation  of  upper 
surface  fine  and  very 
close ea^cisws,  Blackb. 

FF.  Puncturation  of  upper 
surface  coarse  and 
sparse obesus,  Burm. 


BY    THE    REV.  T.   BLACKBURN.  1233 

DD.  Surface    of   elytra    set    with 

erect   sette pygidialis,  Blackb. 

CG.  Head  laivigate Iceviceps,  Blackb. 

H.    SETIFER,   Sp.llOV. 

Sat  elongatns ;  minus  convexus ;  postice  vix  clilatatus ;  sat 
nitidus ;  ferrugineus,  antennis,  palpisque  testaceis ;  elytris  setis 
longis  fulvis  erectis  (baud  pilis  brevibus  adpressis  intermixtis) 
sparsim  vestitus ;  capite  (clypeo  crebre  rugulose  excepto)  subtiliter 
leviter  rainus  crebre,  prothorace  dupliciter  (subtiliter  et  vix  sub- 
tiliter) leviter  sat  sparsim,  elytris  squamose  vix  crebre  sat  crasse 
nee  fortiter,  pygidio  leviter  sat  sparsim,  punctulatis;  labro  clypeum 
baud  superanti  (hoc  antice  concavo)  ;  antennis  9-articulatis  ; 
unguiculis  appendiculatis,  unguiculorum  posticorum  parte  basali 
apicali  vix  longiori ;  coxis  posticis  metasterno  baud  brevioribus. 

[Long.  5?,  lat.  2|  lines. 

The  relation  of  labrum  and  clypeus  intei'  se  is  sucli  in  this 
species  as  to  render  its  position  in  my  arrangement  very  doubtful; 
the  summit  of  the  labrum  is  scarcely  below  the  level  of  the  clypeus 
and  this  latter  (thougli  arcuately  emarginate  in  front  and  with  a 
continuous  reflexed  margin)  has  not  the  deep  more  or  less  tri- 
angular excision  in  the  middle  that  is  usual  in  the  species  of 
Section  II.  It  is  distinguished,  however,  from  nearly  all  tlie 
species  of  Section  III.,  by  the  relation  of  labrum  and  clypeus 
being  such  that  from  no  point  of  view  has  the  free  outline  of  the 
head  the  very  slightest  "trilobed"  appearance, — the  middle  lobe 
(i.e. J  the  labrum)  from  the  most  favourable  point  of  view  appear- 
ing to  have  a  concave  outline.  The  clypeus  is  closely  and  finely 
rugulose  in  strong  contrast  to  the  rest  of  the  head  and  the  pro- 
thorax,  which  are  finely,  smoothly,  faintly  and  not  closely  punctu- 
late.  The  prothorax  is  a  little  more  than  half  again  as  wide  as 
long,  the  base  (which  is  bisinuate  and  moderately  lobed  hindward 
in  the  middle)  not  quite  half  again  as  wide  as  the  front  which  is 
rather  strongly  concave  with  sharp  fairly  well-produced  angles  ; 
the  sides  are  very  little  arched,  the  hind  angles  much  rounded  off. 


1234  REVISION    OP    THE    GENUS    HETERONYX, 

The  elytra  are  punctured  considerably  more  strongly  than  the 
prothorax ;  their  transverse  wrinkling  is  fairly  defined,  their 
apical  membrane  obsolete  ;  the  set?e  are  placed  more  or  less  in 
rows  on  their  surface  and  spring  from  minute  pustules.  The  hind 
coxse  are  very  fully  as  long  as  the  metasternum.  On  the  under- 
surface  the  metasternum  is  punctured  fairly  strongly  and  not  very 
closely,  the  hind  coxse  more  feebly  and.  more  closely  (with  a 
distinct  Isevigate  antero-internal  space)  the  hind  body  very  finely. 
The  ventral  series  spring  from  conspicuous  pustules  and  consist  of 
stoutish  hairs.  The  hind  femora  are  much  wider  than  the  inter- 
mediate and  have  their  inner  apical  angle  scarcely  defined.  The 
basal  joint  of  the  hind  tarsi  is  much  longer  than  the  2nd  joint  (a 
very  unusual  character).  The  3  external  teeth  of  the  front  tibiae 
are  moderately  strong  but  not  very  sharp. 

Extremely  like  H.  granulifer^  Blackb.,  but  differing  from  it 
widely  in  respect  of  structural  characters. 

Adelaide  district. 

H.  DIVERSICEPS,  sp.nov. 

Sat  elongatus;  postice  minus  dilatatus ;  sat  nitidus  ;  ferriigineus, 
pilis  sat  longis  suberectis  crebrius  vestitus ;  clypeo  crebre  fortiter 
rugulose,  capite  postice  sparsius  minus  riigulose,  prothorace  sub- 
fortiter  sat  crebre,  elytris  crebrius  minus  fortiter  squamosa, 
pygidio  ut  prothorax,  punctulatis  ;  labro  clypei  superficiem  hand 
adniodum  attingenti,  nihilo  minus  superne  conspicuo ;  antennis 
9-articulatis  ;  unguiculis  bifidis.  [Long.  3,  lat.  Ig  lines. 

This  is  another  species  that  seems  a  little  to  hover  been  Sections 
II.  and  III.,  the  labrum  and  clypeus  being  very  similar  to  those  of 
H.  setifer  except  that  the  latter  is  scarcely  at  all  emarginate  in 
front.  Like  H.  setifer  it  shows  no  indication  (from  any  point 
of  view)  of  the  outline  of  the  head  being  trilobed.  The  clypeus 
is  very  distinct  from  the  rest  of  the  head,  from  which  it  is 
separated  by  an  almost  straight  suture,  its  front  being  distinctly 
reflexed  and  scarcely  ODiarginate,  the  labrum  projecting  forward 
considerable  in  front  of  it,  but  not  quite  rising  to  its  level.     The 


BY    THE    REV.  T.  BLACKBURN.  1235 

prothorax  is  rather  more  than  half  again  as  wide  as  long,  its  base 
not  much  wider  than  its  front,  which  is  moderately  concave 
(slightly  bisinuate),  with  but  little  produced  and  not  very  sharp 
angles ;  the  sides  are  gently  arched,  the  hind  angles  mucli 
rounded  oft',  the  base  being  gently  convex  all  across.  The  elytra 
are  punctured  more  closely  than,  but  about  as  strongly  as,  the 
prothorax  ;  their  lateral  fringe  is  normal,  their  apical  membraDe 
scarcely  defined.  The  hind  coxje  do  not  exceed  the  2nd  ventral 
segment  in  length.  The  puncturation  of  the  metasternum  and 
hind  coxa?  is  strong  and  fairly  close  on  the  sides,  becoming  more 
sparse  towards  the  middle,  the  latter  having  an  elongate  laevigate 
antero-internal  space.  The  ventral  segments  are  punctured  rather 
strongly  and  by  no  means  closely  all  across  ;  the  ventral  series 
are  moderately  conspicuous  and  consist  of  long  fine  hairs.  The 
hind  femora  are  very  little  wider  than  the  intermediate,  their 
inner  apical  angle  but  little  marked.  The  three  external  teeth  of 
the  front  tibiae  are  stout  and  blunt,  the  uppermost  very  much  less 
than  half  the  size  of  the  middle  one.  The  apical  piece  of  the  hind 
claws  is  less  than  J  the  size  of  the  basal  piece,  and  about  twice  as 
large  as  the  produced  ajjex  of  the  latter. 

Perhaps  near  H.  tempestivus,  Er.,  or  prceco.v,  Er.,  but  (apart 
from  the  difiiculty  of  the  antennae  of  those  species  having  been 
subsequently  said  to  be  only  8-jointed)  Erichson  says  that  the 
puncturation  of  the  underside  is  more  or  less  obsolete,  whereas  in 
this  insect  it  is  particularly  strong  and  well-defined. 

South  Tasmania  ;  taken  by  Mr.  T.  G.  Sloane. 

H.  GRANUM,  Burm. 

Sir  William  Macleay  has  sent  me  under  this  name  a  S.  Aus- 
tralian specimen  of  an  insect  that  I  have  several  times  met  with 
in  the  Adelaide  district.  The  examples  I  have  seen  vary  in 
size  (long.  2-3  lines).  I  think  it  not  unlikely  to  be  correctly 
named,  although  Burmeister's  description  is  not  minute  enough 
to  allow  of  any  certainty.  The  objection  to  the  identification  is 
principally  that  Burmeister  says  "labro  altissimo,"  from  which  it 


1236  REVISION    OF    THE    GENUS    HETERONYX, 

might  be  inferred  that  the  labrum  strongly  overtops  the  clypeus, 
whereas  in  this  species  it  scarcely  reaches  the  level  of  the  upper 
surface  of  the  same.  As,  however,  the  labrum  stands  out  strongly 
in  a  forward  direction,  and  its  upward  directed  part  is  very 
perpendicular,  it  has  the  appearance  on  a  casual  glance  of  being 
very  high. 

This  insect  is  so  extremely  like  the  preceding  {H.  diversiceps) 
that  the  description  of  that  species  may  be  taken  to  apply  to  it, 
with  the  following  modifications  : — the  clypeus,  instead  of  being 
evenly  truncate  in  front  with  a  well-defined  continuous  reflexed 
margin,  has  the  front  edge  turned  up  perpendicularly, — so  that 
if  the  erect  face  of  the  labrum  be  looked  at  from  in  front,  the 
front  of  the  clypeus  seems  to  stand  up  behind  it  as  another 
similar  erect  surface;  the  prothorax  is  considerably  narrowed 
forward  and  is  much  more  strongly  lobed  hind  ward  in  the  middle, 
its  puncturation  being  scarcely  different  from  that  of  the  elytra  ; 
the  three  external  teeth  of  the  front  tibiae  are  stronger  and 
sharper. 

H.  .EQUALICEPS,  Sp.nOV. 

Parum  elongatus  ;  postice  minus  dilatatus ;  sat  nitidus ;  ferru- 
ginous, pilis  sat  brevibus  adpressis  vestitus;  capite  toto  sat  sequal- 
iter  sat  fortiter  sat  crebre,  prothorace  elytrisque  minus  fortiter, 
punctulatis  ;  labro  sat  fortiter  porrecto  clypei  superficiem  haud 
attingenti  ;  antennis  9-articulatis  ;  unguiculis  bifidis. 

[Long.  23-3,  lat.  ]§-  (vix)  IJ  lines. 

This  species  is  so  evidently  a  close  ally  of  the  preceding  two 
that  it  would  seem  hardly  possible  to  place  it  in  another  section, 
but  it  is  undeniable  that  the  labrum  is  not  very  much  more  promi- 
nent than  in  some  species  of  Section  I.  (e.g.,  Bovilli).  It  (^.e.,  the 
labrum)  is  not  protruded  forward  so  much  as  in  the  preceding  two 
species,  neither  does  it  rise  so  nearly  to  the  level  of  the  clypeus,  — 
nevertheless  it  is  certainly  more  prominent  and  more  turned  up 
than  in  the  species  that  I  have  placed  in  Section  I.  The  clypeus 
is  gently  but  very  distinctly  emarginate  in  front,  the  sides  of  the 


BY   THE    REV.  T.  BLACKBURN.  1237 

cmargination  forming  a  very  obtuse  angle  with  each  other.  The 
entire  head  (inchiding  the  clypeus)  is  very  evenly  punctulate. 
Subject  to  the  above  remarks  the  description  of  H.  diver  sleeps  may 
be  read  as  applying  to  this  species.  It  must  be  noted,  however,  that 
the  clypeal  suture  is  less  straight  being  somewhat  conspicuously 
angulated  in  the  middle,  that  the  prothorax  is  slightly  less  trans- 
verse and  more  narrowed  anteriorly  with  the  base  a  little  more 
(and  the  front  a  little  less)  bisinuate,  that  the  hind  coxae  are 
scarcely  so  short,  that  the  ventral  segments  are  much  more  finely 
punctured,  that  the  teeth  on  the  front  tibiae  are  sharper,  and  that 
in  the  hind  claws  the  produced  apex  of  the  basal  piece  seems  a 
trifle  larger. 

Mulwala,  N.S.W.  ;  taken  by  Mr.  T.  G.  Sloane. 

H.  QUADRATICOLLIS,  sp.nOV. 

Minus  elongatus  ;  postice  leviter  dilatatus  ;  sat  nitidus  ;  ferru- 
gineus  ;  pilis  adpressis  minus  brevibus  minus  sparsim  vestitus; 
sat  crasse  minus  profunde  minus  crebre  (clypeo  sat  crebre  excepto) 
punctulatis  ;  labro  sat  fortiter  porrecto  clypei  superficiem  haud 
attingenti ;  antennis  9-articulatis  ;  unguiculis  posticis  appendicu- 
latis,  elongatis,  gracilibus.  [Long.  3?,  lat.  I5  lines. 

This  species  seems  to  be  a  close  ally  of  the  preceding  three 
species  although  considerably  larger  than  any  of  them.  The  head 
scarcely  differs  from  that  of  H.  dive^'siceps  except  in  being  a  little 
wider,  with  the  clypeus  slightly  more  emarginate  in  front.  The 
description  of  II.  diversiceps  may  be  read  as  applying  to  this 
insect  with  the  following  additional  modifications : — the  anterior 
angles  of  the  prothorax,  though  scarcely  so  sharp,  are  much  more 
prominent,  the  hind  angles  of  the  same  are  fairly  defined,  the  base 
is  evidently  bisinuate  and  the  puncturation  is  stronger  and  closer, 
being  almost  uniform  with  that  of  the  elytra  ;  the  hind  coxae  are 
much  longer,  being  considerably  longer  than  the  second  ventral 
segment,  and  (although  decidedly  yet)  not  very  much  shorter  than 
the  metasternum  :   the  three  external  teeth  of  the  front  tibiae  are 


1238  REVISION    OF    THE    GENUS    HETERONYX, 

quite  sharp ;    the  claws  are  decidedly  longer,  those  of  the  hind 
legs  being  very  slender  with  the  basal  piece  scarcely  twice  (and 
its  inner  apical  projection  less  than  half)  as  large  as  the   apical 
piece.     In  my  unique  example  (a  male)  the  front  claws  are  bifid. 
Port  Lincoln,  S.  Australia. 

H.  FissiCEPS,  sp  nov. 

Sat  elongatus  ;  postice  minus  dilatatns;  sat  nitidus  ;  ferruginous, 
pilis  sat  brevibus  adpressis  sparsim  vestitus  ;  capite  toto  crebre 
rugulose  sat  sequaliter,  prothorace  pygidioque  leviter  subtiliter 
minus  crebre,  elytris  subtiliter  sat  crebre,  punctulatis ;  clypeo 
antice  profunde  triangulariter  excise,  labro  clypei  superficiem  haud 
attingenti ;  antennis  9-articulatis  ;  unguiculis  bifidis. 

[Long.  3,  lat.  1|  lines. 

The  anterior  emargination  of  the  clypeus  (the  reflexed  border  of 
which  is  strong  and  continuous)  is  so  deep  as  to  indent  it  not  much 
less  than  half-way  to  the  clypeal  suture  which  is  carinated  and 
very  conspicuous  ;  the  labrum  is  scarcely  protruded  forward  and 
does  not  rise  very  near  the  level  of  the  clypeus,  but  the  deep 
excision  of  the  latter  renders  it  visible  from  above.  The  prothorax 
is  a  little  more  than  |  again  as  wide  as  long,  the  base  (which  is 
moderately  convex  hind  ward  all  across)  being  about  half  again  as 
wide  as  the  front,  which  is  moderately  concave  with  fairly  well- 
produced  sharp  angles  ;  the  sides  are  somewhat  feebly  arched  and 
the  hind  angles  are  much  rounded  off;  the  puncturation  is  fine 
and  lightly  impressed,  and  spaced  so  that  about  18  or  19  punc- 
tures of  average  distance  apart  would  range  down  the  middle  line. 
The  puncturation  of  the  elytra  is  a  little  closer  and  a  trifle 
stronger,  their  transverse  wrinkling  is  little  noticeable,  their 
lateral  fringe  normal,  their  apical  membrane  scarcely  developed. 
On  the  underside  the  hind  coxae  are  a  good  deal  shorter  than  the 
metasternum  ;  they  and  it  are  lightly  and  somewhat  closely,  but 
not  finely,  punctured.  The  puncturation  of  the  ventral  segments 
is  sparse  and  so  feeble  as  to  be  almost  obsolete  ;  the  ventral  series 
consist  of  fine  hairs  and  are  conspicuous.     The  hind  femora  are  not 


BY    THE    REV.  T.  BLACKBURN.  1239 

much  wider  than  the  intermediate,  their  inner  apical  angle  being 
fairly  defined.  The  three  external  teeth  of  the  front  tibiae  are 
strongly  developed,  but  are  not  very  sharp.  The  hind  claws  have 
a  decidedly  bifid  appearance  owing  to  the  apical  projection  of  the 
basal  piece  (the  basal  piece  itself  being  fully  twice  as  large  as  the 
apical)  standing  out  very  conspicuously,  but  when  examined  it  ig 
seen  to  be  less  than  half  as  large  as  the  apical  piece. 
Mulwala,  N.S.W.  ;  taken  by  Mr.  T.  G.  Sloane. 

H.  Excisus,  sp.nov. 

Sat  elongatus;  postice  vix  dilatatus;  minus  hitidus ;  ferrugineo- 
piceus,  pilis  sat  brevibus  adpressis  minus  crebre  vestitus  ;  crebre 
subtiliter  (capite  crassius  excepto)  punctulatus ;  clypeo  medio 
fortiter  arcuatim  exciso,  labro  clypei  superficiem  haud  attingenti ; 
antennis  9-articulatis  ;  unguiculis  appendiculatis. 

[Long.  5,  ]at.  21  lines. 

The  clypeus  is  very  peculiar  in  shape,  appearing  to  have  had  a 
small  (semicircular)  piece  cut  out  of  the  middle  of  its  front,  the 
cavity  thus  formed  (reaching  back  about  a  third  of  the  distance 
from  the  front  margin  to  the  clypeal  suture)  having  a  continuous 
reflexed  margin,  and  leaving  the  labrum  distinctly  visible  from 
above,  although  the  latter  does  not  rise  to  the  level  of  the  clypeiis ; 
the  clypeus  does  not  quite  form  a  continuous  plane  with  the  rest 
of  the  head ;  the  clypeal  suture  is  well  marked  and  feebly  arched. 
The  prothorax  is  |  again  as  wide  as  long,  the  base  (which  is 
scarcely  bilobed  and  only  feebly  convex  hindward)  being  not  quite 
half  again  as  wide  as  the  front  which  is  deeply  concave  with  sharp 
strongly  produced  angles ;  the  sides  ane  gently  arched  in  front  and 
almost  parallel  behind,  the  hind  angles  (viewed  from  above)  sharply 
rectangular ;  the  puncturation  is  a  little  asperate  and  quite  close, 
so  that  about  30  punctures  or  more  of  average  distance  apart 
would  range  down  the  middle  line.  The  elytra  are  punctured 
smoothly  and  a  little  more  finely  and  sparsely  than  the  prothorax  ; 
their  transverse  wrinkling  is  fine  and  not  very  noticeable,  their 
Literal  fringe  normal,  their  apical  membrane  obsolete.  The  under- 
79    - 


1240  REVISION    OF    THE    GENUS    HETERONYX, 

side  is  punctured  about  as  closely  as  the  elytra,  the  punctures  on 
the  metathorax  being  a  little  stronger  than  those  of  the  elytra,  and 
on  the  ventral  segments  scarcely  so  strong  ;  the  puncturation  of 
the  metathorax  and  hind  coxae  becomes  sparser  towards  the 
middle  line  (the  latter  having  a  well  defined  Isevigate  anteroin- 
ternal  space),  that  of  the  ventral  segments  scarcely  sparser  but 
evidently  finer.  The  hind  coxse  are  about  intermediate  in  length 
between  the  metathorax  and  2nd  ventral  segment.  The  hind 
femora  are  a  good  deal  wider  than  the  intermediate  and  have  their 
inner  apical  angles  blunt  but  fairly  defined.  The  ventral  series 
consist  of  hairs  and  are  not  particularly  conspicuous.  The  three 
external  teeth  of  the  front  tibise  are  strong  and  sharp,  the  upper- 
most less  than  half  as  large  as  the  2nd.  In  the  hind  claws  the 
basal  piece  is  quite  twice  as  large  as  the  apical,  its  inner  apical 
projection  being  small. 

The  puncturation  of  this  species  is  extremely  similar  to  that  of 
H.  torvus,  Blackb.  ;  compared  with  that  of  H.  piceus,  Blanch.,  it 
it  is  slightly  finer  and  closer  on  the  elytra,  and  much  closer  and 
more  asperate  on  the  prothorax. 

Mulwala,  N.S.W.;  taken  by  Mr.  T.  G.  Sloane. 

H.  OBESUS,  Burm. 
I  feel  little  or  no  doubt  of  the  correctness  of  my  identification 
of  this  species,  in  which  I  am  confirmed  by  Sir  William  Macleay. 
It  appears  to  occur  over  an  exceptionally  extended  area ;  I  have 
seen  examples  from  Woodville,  Kangaroo  Island,  Victor  Harbour, 
Port  Lincoln  (all  in  S.  Australia),  and  King  George's  Sound. 
Structurally  it  is  very  close  to  H.  excisus,  Blackb.,  but  differs 
very  widely  in  superficial  (Characters,  the  upper  surface  being 
almost  glabrous,  the  puncturation  infinitely  less  close  (that  of  the 
hinder  part  of  the  head  and  of  the  prothoiax  feeble  and  sparse,— - 
spaced  so  that  about  12  or  13  punctures  of  average  distance  apart 
would  range  down  the  middle  line  of  the  prothorax, — that  of  the 
elytra  almost  as  sparse  but  much  stronger),  the  uppermost  tooth 
of  the  front  tibise  smaller  and  the  lower  two  teeth  longer  and 
sharper. 


BY    THE    REV.  T.  BLACKBURN.  1241 


SECTION  III.  (GROUPS  IV. -VII.). 

The  limits  between  this  section  and  the  preceding  one  are  not 
as  clearly  defined  as  I  could  wish,  as  there  are  a  few  species  in 
each  section  which  I  have  placed  there  with  more  or  less  doubt. 
However,  since  all  the  species  whose  head  presents  the  appearance 
of  a  "trilobed  outline"  belong  to  this  section  with  the  addition  of 
very  few  others, — it  will  be  only  in  respect  of  a  very  small  number 
that  doubt  can  arise  ; — especially  as  in  most  or  all  of  those  placed 
in  this  section  and  yet  not  showing  indications  of  a  "  trilobed  out- 
line "  of  the  head, — the  labram  rises  vei'y  markedly  above  the 
clypeus. 

GROUP  IV. 

Mr.  T.  G.  Sloane  has  lately  sent  me  two  examples  taken  at 
Mulwala,  N.S.W.,  that  appear  to  be  identical  with  my  H.  sitb- 
metallicus  from  Port  Lincoln. 

GROUP  V. 

H.  DUBius,  Blackb. 

I  have  recently  received  from  Mr.  McDougall  (of  Moonta)  an 
example  which  perhaps  belongs  to  this  species,  though  it  is  smaller 
than  the  type  (long.  4  lines)  and  of  a  much  darker  colour, — 
except  the  antennae  which  are  testaceous ;  it  differs  from  the  type 
also  in  being  much  more  pubescent  (the  type  is  an  old  and  pro- 
bably abraded  specimen)  with  the  hind  angles  of  the  prothorax 
appearing  slightly  more  defined,  the  apical  membrane  of  the  elytra 
a  little  more  apparent  and  the  external  teeth  of  the  front  tibise  a 
little  sharper.     It  was  taken  near  Adelaide. 

H.  NASUTUS,  Blackb. 

In  the  original  description  of  this  species  the  hind  claws  were 
called  "  appendiculate  "  without  further  remark, — but  it  would  be 
well  to  note  that  the  claws  have  very  much  the  appearance  of 
those   which  I  have  called   "  bifid,"  the  inner  apex  of  the   basal 


1242  REVISION    OF    THE    GENUS    HETERONYX, 

piece  being  very  conspicuously  produced  ;  this  produced  apex 
however  is  very  slender,  and  not  quite  half  as  large  as  the  apical 
piece, — but  I  am  not  sure  the  insect  would  not  be  more  at  home 
among  those  with  bifid  claws. 

H.  piNGUis,  sp,nov. 

Minus  elongatus  ;  postice  dilatatus  ;  sat  nitidus  ;  niger,  elytris 
piceis,  antennis,  palpis,  pedibusque  obscure  rufo-piceis  ;  pilis 
brevibus  adpressis  griseis  sat  sparsim  vestitus;  capite  crebre, 
prothorace  et  elytris  minus  crebre,  sat  crasse  punctulatis  ;  pygidio 
opaco  subtiliter  subcrebre  punctulato  ;  labro  clypeum  sat  fortiter 
sat  anguste  superanti  ;  antennis  8-articulatis  ;  unguiculis  posticis 
appendiculatis  ;  coxis  posticis  metasterno  sat  brevioribus. 

[Long.  5  (vix),  lat.  2J  lines. 

The  head  is  unusually  narrow;  its  "trilobed"  appearance  is 
very  well  defined,  the  middle  lobe  appearing  scarcely  so  long,  and 
about  half  as  wide,  as  the  lateral  lobes.  The  margin  of  the 
clypeus  is  strongly  reflexed  except  in  the  middle  where  it  is  quite 
obsolete  ;  the  clypeus  does  not  form  a  continuous  surface  with  the 
rest  of  the  head  from  which  it  is  separated  by  a  feebly  angular 
suture.  The  ]:)rothorax  is  about  |  again  as  wide  as  long,  its  base 
(which  is  feebly  bisinuate  and  moderately  lobed  hindward  in  the 
middle)  being  about  |  again  as  wide  as  the  front,  which  is  rather 
strongly  concave  with  fairly  produced  sharp  angles  ;  it  is  widest 
near  the  base ;  its  sides  are  gently  rounded ;  the  hind  angles 
appear  fairly  defined  from  the  most  favourable  point  of  view,  the 
puncturation  is  spaced  so  that  about  15  or  16  punctures  of  average 
distance  apart  would  range  down  the  middle  line.  The  transverse 
wrinkling  of  the  elytra  is  moderately  defined,  their  lateral  fringe 
normal,  their  apical  membrane  very  distinct.  The  hind  coxae  are 
considerably  shorter  than  the  metasternum,  and  considerably 
longer  than  the  2nd  ventral  segment ;  they  and  the  metasternum 
are  punctured  rather  strongly, — somewhat  closely  at  the  sides,  less 
so  towards  the  middle, — the  l^evigate  antero-internal  space  being 
scarcely  defined.    The  ventral  segments  are  punctured  more  finely, 


BY    THE    REV.  T.   BLACKBURN.  1243 

— but  somewhat  evenly  all  across.  The  ventral  series  consist  of 
stout  testaceous  hairs  and  are  conspicuous.  The  hind  femora  are 
much  wider  than  the  intermediate  and  have  their  inner  apical 
angle  well  defined.  The  external  teeth  of  the  anterior  tibiae  are 
strong  and  blunt,  the  uppermost  very  close  to  and  about  half  as 
large  as  the  second.  In  the  tabulation  (P.L.S.N.S.W.  1889, 
p.  144)  this  species  would  fall  under  "GG,"  though  the  punctur- 
ation  of  the  ventral  segments  is  a  little  stronger  than  in  H. 
crassics,  Augicstce,  and  Sloanei  ;  the  hind  angles  of  the  prothorax 
are  as  in  H.  Sloanei,  from  which  the  present  species  differs  inter 
alia  by  its  much  smaller  head. 

Sent  to  me  by  Sir  William  Macleay  as  H.  holomeloinus,  Blanch., 
but  that  species  is  especially  stated  to  have  9-jointed  antennae. 

N.  S.  Wales. 

GROUP  VI. 

H.  POTENs,  Blackb. 

Among  a  miscellaneous  batch  of  specimens  sent  to  me  some 
time  ago  by  Mr.  Sloane, — taken  by  him  from  flood  refuse  on  the 
banks  of  the  Murray, — I  find  a  specimen  which  I  cannot  separate 
from  H.  potens  ;  it  diff'ers,  however,  from  all  the  numerous  other 
examples  I  have  seen  in  having  the  hairs  on  its  upper  surface  all 
erect  instead  of  recumbent.  Whether  the  horrors  of  its  situation 
when  it  fell  into  Mr.  Sloane's  hands  made  its  hair  thus  stand  on 
end  I  cannot  say,  but  certainly  it  seems  to  possess  no  structural 
character  suggestive  of  its  being  a  distinct  species. 


The  following  species, — appertaining  probably  to  my  Section 
III.  of  Heteronyx, — I  have  been  unable  to  identify.  All  of 
them  except  H.  unicolor,  Blanch.,  appear  to  have  9-jointed 
antennae.  The  first  7  are  from  Tasmania,  and  very  probable  may 
be  confined  to  that  island. 

H.  A2cstralis,  Guer.  Long.  5  lines.  Not  among  the  few  Tas- 
manian  Heteronyces  I  have  seen.     It  would  not  be  safe  to  apply 


1244  REVISION    OF    THE    GENUS    HETERONYX, 

the  name  to    any  species  from   another  locality    without  seeing 
the  type. 

H.  hepaticus,  Er.  (stated  by  M.  Blanchard  to  be  identical  with 
H.  Australis). 

H.  fumatus^  Er.,  H.  glabrahis,  Er.,  H.  unicolor,  Blanch.  I-ong. 
4 J  lines.  The  descriptions  are  too  vague  to  be  identilfied  safely 
with  any  specimen  not  from  Tasmania  ;  none  of  the  Tasmanians 
I  have  seen  agree  with  them. 

H.  stj^iatijjennis,  Blanch,  (already  referred  to, — vide  p.  671). 

H.  dimidiatus,  Er.  (already  referred  to, — vide  p.  668). 

R.  obscicrus,  Blanch.  From  Raffles  Bay,  N.  Australia.  Long. 
4  J  lines.  A  black  species,  with  the  club  of  the  antennae  black  ;  I 
feel  sure  I  have  not  seen  it. 

H.  pilosus,  Blanch.  From  Raffles  Bay.  Long.  3-3 J  lines.  A 
pale-coloured,  very  pilose  species  ;  the  prothorax  very  finely,  the 
elytra  very  deeply  punctulate.     I  feel  sure  I  have  not  seen  it. 

H.  pellucidus,  Burm.  Long,  3  lines.  From  S.  Australia.  I 
cannot  identify  this  description  with  any  of  the  numerous  S. 
Australian  Heteronyces  before  me.  The  species  seems  to  be  a  very 
distinct  one, — of  testaceous  colour,  with  the  prothorax  almost 
laevigate,  elytra  fairly  strongly  punctulate,  front  tibi?e  with  2 
well-defined  teeth  and  also  a  minute  notch  close  to  the  knee,  front 
claws  of  ^  unequal  inter  se. 

H.  proximus,  Burm.  Long.  5  lines.  From  W.  Australia. 
Said  to  be  very  like  H.  agrestis  but  even  more  finely  punctured. 
I  have  seen  nothing  from  W.  Australia  agreeing  with  these 
characters  ;  the  description  is  not  detailed  enough  to  justify  its 
identification  with  species  from  other  parts  of  the  continent, 
especially  since  the  presumption  is  strongly  against  a  W.  Aus- 
tralian species  of  Heteronyx  occurring  elsewhere.  H.  ohesus  is  the 
solitary  instance  known  to  me  of  such  a  distribution, — unless  the 
tropical   examples  of  H.  agrestis  (?)  referred  to  on  page  688  be 


BY    THE    REV.  T.  BLACKBURN.  1245 

an  example  in  point, — but  I   am  convinced  they  will  prove  to 
represent  a  distinct  species  when  more  material  can  be  examined. 

H.  holomelcenus,  Blanch.  Long.  5  lines.  From  Eastern  Aus- 
tralia (already  referred  to, — vide  pp.  1218,  1243).  An  entirely 
black  insect  with  the  club  of  the  antennae  pitchy-red, — closely 
punctulate.  Perhaps  near  S.  rhinastus,  Blackb.,  which  however 
has  testaceous  antennae.  The  note  as  to  the  unusual  colour  of 
the  antennae  is  the  only  mention  of  a  really  marked  character 
in  Blanchard's  description. 

S.  laticollis,  Blanch.  Long.  5  J  lines.  From  Eastern  Australia. 
The  head  and  prothorax  appear  to  be  much  wider  than  in  any 
species  known  to  me  and  in  other  respects  likely  to  be  identical. 
The  other  characters  mentioned  in  the  description  are  all  vague. 

H.  nigritus,  Blanch.  Long.  3J  lines.  From  Eastern  Australia. 
A  black  species  with  testaceous  antennae  and  palpi,  and  pitchy  or 
reddish  legs  ;  so  far  suggestive  of  nigrinus,  Blackb., — but  the 
species  as  compared  with  the  preceding  is  said  to  be  "planior" 
and  the  elytra  are  called  "fere  planis  "  which  seems  to  remove  it 
far  from  my  nigrinus. 

H.  ohlongtcs,  Blanch.  Long.-4|  lines.  From  Eastern  Australia. 
There  is  no  salient  character  mentioned  in  the  description  of  this 
insect  which  would  apply  to  not  a  few  of  the  examples  before 
me  ;  I  cannot  identify  it  with  any  one  in  particular.  The 
species  appears  to  be  of  a  brownish-red  colour,  to  have  some  ashy 
pubescence, — the  prothorax  to  be  very  slightly  wider  than  the 
elytra  (if  this  is  strictly  correct  I  am  convinced  that  I  have  not 
seen  the  species)  and  finely  punctulate, — the  elytra  to  be  finely 
punctulate-rugulose,  and  the  pygidium  closely  punctulate.  This 
is  all  the  information  contained  in  the  description. 

H.  ovatus,  Blanch.  Long.  3-4  lines.  From  Eastern  Australia 
and  Tasmania.  Notwithstanding  its  name  the  form  of  this  species  is 
said  to  be  *'  oblongus."  The  description  is  almost  in  the  same 
words  as  that  of  H.  oblongusj— irom  which  it  appears  to  differ  by 
being  slightly  smaller,  with  less  silky  pubescence  and  the  prothorax 


1246  REVISION    OF    THE    GENUS    HETERONYX. 

scarcely  so  wide  as  the  elytra.  Such  statements  as  the  last  of 
these  are  quite  useless  unless  they  be  founded  on  exact  measure- 
ments. .  I  know  no  particular  species  that  agrees  with  this  descrip- 
tion though  it  would  come  near  fitting  a  good  many. 

H.  rubricepsj  Blanch.  Long.  6  lines.  From  Eastern  Australia. 
Prothorax  said  to  be  wider  than  elytra,  and  elytra  almost  flat, — 
head  appears  to  be  conspicuously  reddish,  I  have  seen  no  large 
species  presenting  these  characters. 

II.  rufo-rtiarginatus,  Blanch.  Long.  4J-5  lines.  From  Eastern 
Australia.  The  conspicuously  red  margin  of  the  elytra  and  pro- 
thorax  would  seem  to  distinguish  this  species  strongly  from  all 
known  to  me.  It  is  perhaps  not  unlike  H.  marginatus,  Blackb., 
following  the  description  of  which  some  remarks  on  it  will  be 
found. 


NOTES    ON    AUSTRALIAN    COLEOPTERA,    WITH 
DESCRIPTIONS  OF  NEW  SPECIES. 

By  the  Rev.  T.  Blackburn,  B.A.,  Cork.  Mem.  Linn.  Soc.  N.S.W. 

Part  V. 

CARABID.E. 

SiLPHOMORPHA   AMABILIS,  Cast. 

Among  the  insects  taken  by  Dr.  Bovill  in  the  N.  Territory  of  S. 
Australia  is  a  specimen  that  seems  to  appertain  to  this  species, 
though  it  is  difficult  to  be  quite  sure  as  Count  Castelnau's  descrip- 
tion deals  only  with  colour  and  markings.  In  respect  of  these 
the  example  before  me  shows  the  following  discrepancies, — the 
prothorax  instead  of  being  "yellow  with  a  large  black  spot 
occupying  its  centre  "  is  black  with  the  lateral  margins  broadly 
yellow  and  the  front  and  hindmargins  narrowly  pitchy-red ;  the 
base  of  the  elytra  instead  of  having  "  a  black  spot  near  the  centre" 
is  narrowly  black  on  its  inner  half,  with  the  black  colour  a  little 
dilated  at  its  outer  extremity.  The  elytra  are  widely  and  feebly 
(but  quite  regularly  and  distinctly)  costate,  a  wavy  and  very  fine 
scratch-like  stria  running  between  each  two  costse.  The  species 
may  be  readily  recognized  by  the  remarkable  resemblance  of  the 
black|^markings  (excluding  the  narrow  black  edging  of  the  apex), 
when  viewed  with  the  head  towards  the  observer,  to  the  figure  of 
a  tree, — the  black  front  portion  of  the  suture  representing  the 
trunk,  and  the  mark  that  Castelnau  calls  a  "  black  fascia"  repre- 
senting the  branches  and  foliage. 

SCOLYPTUS    OBSCURIPES,  Sp.nOV. 

Minus  elongatus ;  minus  nitidus ;  niger,  antennis  palpisque 
I'ufescentibus,  tarsis  ruf o-piceis ;  menti  dente  lato  triangulari  lobis 


12i8  NOTES  ON  AUSTRALIAN  COLEOPTERA, 

lateralibus  multo  breviori,  his  coriaceis  longitudinaliter  leviter 
striatis ;  antennis  brevibus,  apicem  versus  articulis  (ultimo 
excepto)  subquadratis  ;  clypeo  antice  convexo  sat  for  titer  reflexo  ; 
vertice  convexo  laivi  ;  prothoracis  longitudine  latitudini  jequali 
antice  sat  angustato,  basi  utrinque  fovea  (vix  antice  lineatim 
producta)  leviter  impresso  ;  elytris  sat  fortiter  convexis,  striatis  ; 
striis  internis  antice  sat  fortiter  impressis  et  distincte  punctulatis, 
lateralibus  totis  (omnibus  postice)  leviter  impressis  et  vix  punctu- 
latis;  interstitio  3°  4-punctulato ;  epistomatis  alis  antice  baud 
lateraliter  dilatatis  ;  tibiis  anticis  extus  tridentatis,  dentibus  acutis 
sat  elongatis.  [Long.  6J,  lat.  l*  lines. 

A  much  less  elongate  and  less  parallel  species  than  S.  procerus, 
Putz.,  remarkable  by  the  structure  of  the  front  of  its  clypeus,  the 
reflexed  margin  of  the  lateral  wings  being  continued  evenly  all 
across  in  a  gentle  arch  as  the  front  margin  of  the  clypeus.  The 
lateral  wings  of  the  clypeus  resemble  those  of  ^S*.  procerus,  not 
being  prominent  laterally  at  their  apex  (as  they  are  in  *S'.  riigicep)S, 
Macl.,  which  M.  Putzeys  affirms  to  be  his  S.  2;/an?"c<979s)  ;  the 
antennae  however  are  considerably  shorter  than  in  that  species, 
joints  8-10  being  little  or  not  longer  than  wide  ;  while  the  pro- 
thorax  scarcely  differs,  being  nevertlieless  a  trifle  less  narrowed 
in  front  and  having  the  impression  on  either  side  near  the  base 
more  like  an  oblong  feeble  fovea  and  scarcely  produced  forward  as 
an  impressed  line.  The  sculpture  of  the  elytra  closely  resembles 
that  of  S.  proce7'us,  though  the  stride  are  somewhat  stronger  and 
the  interstices  a  little  more  inclined  to  convexity,  especially  in 
front.  The  anterior  tibiae  resemble  those  of  S.  procerus,  but  the 
external  teeth  are  distinctly  longer  (resembling  the  lower  three  in 
S.  rngiceps,  Macl.),  and  the  inner  apical  spine  is  slightly  shorter 
than  in  the  female  of  that  species  ;  the  median  tooth  of  the 
mentum  is  evidently  more  pointed  in  front. 

The  example  before  me  appears  to  be  a  female ;  it  is  likely  that 
in  the  male  the  inner  apical  spine  of  the  anterior  tibi^B  is  differently 
formed,  and  the  tibia  itself  narrower  and  less  strongly  dentate 
externally. 


BY   THE    REV.  T.  BLACKBURN.  1249" 

Of  the  previously  named  species  of  this  genus,  abbreviatus, 
Putz.,  crassicollis,  Putz.,  and  ])rominens,  Putz.,  are  not  described, 
their  author  having  merely,  in  notes  consisting  of  three  or  four 
lines,  mentioned  three  or  four  points  of  difference  between  them 
and  aS'.  oblongus,  planiceps,  and  procer^cs  respectively;  they  appear 
to  be  so  extremely  close  to  those  species  as  almost  certainly  to 
differ  similarly  from  the  present  one  in  most  respects.  From 
planiceps  and  j^^'ocerus,  as  well  as  mm'ginatus,  Putz.,  its  stout  short 
antennae, — with  subapical  joints  almost  transverse,  sufficiently 
distinguish  S.  obscuripes.  S.  oblongus  and  its  satellite  {abbreviaius) 
appear  to  have  antennae  more  or  less  resembling  those  of  the  pre- 
sent species, — but  in  oblongus  the  elytra  are  said  to  be  "  simply 
striated,"  and  abbreviaius  is  differentiated  from  oblongus  by  there 
being  "  traces  of  puncturation  tow^ards  the  base  of  the  internal 
stria?," — whereas  in  5.  obscuripes  the  elytral  striae  are  punctured 
almost  as  in  S.  p)lciniGeps,  except  that  close  to  the  lateral  margin 
the  stri^  and  puncturation  alike  become  feel)le.  In  aS'.  oblongus 
(and  presumably  in  abbreviatus)  moreover  the  external  teeth  of 
the  front  tibia?  should  be  shorter  than  in  jy^^oc^rus,  whereas  in  the 
example  of  obscuripes  before  me  tliey  are  longer  than  in  either 
sex  of  procerus.  In  S.  foveiceps,  Macl.,  inter  alia,  the  structure 
of  the  legs  is  said  to  be  as  in  S.  rugicejjs,  in  which  case  the  front 
tibiiB  are  very  much  wilder  than  in  .S'.  obscuripes.  From  all  the 
described  species,  unless  /oveice2)s,  the  present  insect  seems  to  differ 
in  the  dark  colour  of  its  legs.  There  seems  to  have  been  some 
ambiguity  in  the  terms  em])loyed  to  describe  the  external  den- 
tation of  the  anterior  tibia?  in  Scolyptus ;  the  apical  external 
extension  of  the  tibia  itself  apparently  having  been  by  various 
authors  excluded  in  numbering  the  teeth. 

In  calling  the  anterior  tibioe  of  the  ])resent  species  "tridentate  " 
externally,  I  have  included  the  curved  produced  apex  of  the  tibia 
itself, — as  is  usual  in  characterizing  species  of  Carenum,  k,c. 

Burrundie,  N.  Terr.,  of  S.  Australia  ;  taken  by  Dr.  BovilL 


1250  NOTES  ON  AUSTRALIAN  COLEOPTERA, 

Physolesthus  pallidus,  sp.nov. 

(J.  Sat  angustus  ;  obscure  testaceus,  elytris  piceo  -  umbratis  ; 
capite  inter  oculos  transversim  depresso,  hoc  prothoraceque  sub- 
coriaceis  baud  distincte  punctulatis ;  prothorace  transverso ; 
elytris  leviter  striatis,  interstitio  3°  2-punctulato. 

[Long.  25,  lat.  5  lines. 

The  prothorax  is  nearly  half  again  as  wide  as  long,  the  front 
margin  equal  in  width  to  the  base,  the  dorsal  channel  very  feeble  ; 
the  hind  angles  are  obtuse,  the  reflexed  lateral  margins  not  very 
wide  in  front  but  near  and  around  the  hind  angles  becoming 
extremely  so  ;  along  the  front  margin  are  some  fine  longitudinal 
wrinkles.  The  piceous  clouding  of  the  elytra  is  chiefly  about  the 
■suture  and  apex,  and  is  very  little  defined.  It  is  just  possible 
that  the  sudden  transverse  flattening  of  the  head  between  the 
eyes  may  be  a  malformation, — but  as  it  is  quite  symmetrical  its 
presence  is  more  likely  to  be  normal. 

Of  much  smaller  size  and  lighter  colour  than  P.  australis^ 
Chaud.,  and  suturalis^  Cast.  Compared  with  P.  grandipalpiSf 
Macl.,  it  would  seem  inter  alia  to  be  considerably  smaller,  with  the 
elytra  much  more  feebly  striated, — besides  difiering  in  colour. 

S.  Australia;  Murray  Bridge. 

Lecanomerus  flavocinctus,  Blackb. 

It  is  possible  that  this  species  is  identical  with  L.  insidiosus, 
Chaud.,  but  unfortunately  the  latter  has  not  been  described,  M. 
de  Chaudoir  having  merely  stated  its  size  and  colour,  and  com- 
pared it  with  Steyiolophus  pi'oximus,  Dej.,  a  species  I  do  not 
possess.  If  errors  occur  through  such  useless  descriptions  the 
author  of  the  latter  must  be  held  responsible. 

Notophilus. 

When  I  characterized  this  genus  (Tr.  Roy.  Soc.  S.A.,  1887, 
p.  185),  I  omitted  to  state  that  the  2nd  joint  of  the  labial  palpi  is 
bi-setose,  as  in  Lecanojnerus  and  Thenarotes.  In  Haplaner  also 
the  same  joint  is  bi-setose. 


BY   THE    REV.  T.  BLACKBURN.  1251 

LAMELLICORNES. 

COPTODACTYLA     BAILEYI,  Sp.nov. 

9  (i). — Nigra  ;  nitida  ;  convexa  ;  oblongo-cylindrica  ;  capite 
(vertice  laevi  excepto)  transversim  rugulato ;  clypeo  antice  rotun- 
dato  ;  prothorace  angulos  anticos  versus  punctulato,  antice  utrinque 
a  foveola  laterali  usque  ad  angulos  anticos  carinato  ;  elytris  crenato- 
striatis,  punctis  latera  versus  minoribus,  stria  nona  simplici  et 
ante  medium  in  margine  laterali  desinente  ;  pygidio  convexo,  Isevi ; 
tibiis  anticis  brevibus,  apice  acuminatis,  externe  inermibus. 

[Long.  6,  lat.  4  lines  (vix). 

Extremely  like  C.  glabricoUis,  Hope,  but  different  from  it  in  the 
clypeus  being  evenly  rounded  in  front  without  any  emargination 
whatever,  and  in  the  front  tibiae  being  very  short,  narrowed  to  a 
sharp  point  at  the  apex  and  unarmed  externally.  The  front  legs 
are  devoid  of  tarsi  in  the  example  before  me,  but  it  is  just  possible 
these  may  have  been  broken  off. 

Queensland,  Mount  Bellenden-Ker;   taken  by  Mr.  F.  M.  Bailey. 

NOVAPUS    LATICOLLIS,  Sp.nov. 

Latus  ;  sat  nitidus ;  subtus  dense  rufo-hirsutus ;  prothorace 
basin  versus  angustato,  margine  basali  integro ;  elytris  sub-punc- 
tulato-striatis. 

Maris  capite  cornu  lato,  apicem  versus  recurvo,  apice  leviter 
dilatato  et  emarginato  ;  prothorace  (quam  longiori  partibus  duabus 
latiori)  a  basi  ad  apicem  profunde  excavato,  partis  excavatae 
lateribus  perpendicularibus,  fundo  laevgiato  vel  vix  sculpturato. 

[Long.  ((J9  lOi  lat.  ^  6,  9  5^  line^. 

From  i\r.  Adelaidce,  Blackb,,  this  species  differs  in  being  propor- 
tionately much  wider, — less  than  twice  as  long  as  wide  (of  both 
species  I  have  seen  a  good  many  specimens  which  do  not  appear 
to  vary  in  proportions) ;    from  N'.  striatopunctidatus,  Blackb.,  iu 


1252  NOTES  ON  AUSTRALIAN  COLEOPTERA, 

the  sculpture  of  the  elytra  ;  from  both  it  differs  in  the  very  much 
larger  and  deeper  excavation  of  the  prothorax  in  the  ^,  a 
difference  somewhat  difficult  to  express  in  specific  terms,  but  the 
following  will  perhaps  avail  : — the  perpendicular  depth  of  the 
excavation  is  as  great  as  its  greatest  width  (in  the  other  species 
much  less) ;  if  the  excavation  be  examined  by  looking  along  the 
insect  (longitudinally)  from  behind,  the  specimen  being  held  so 
that  the  eye  has  the  base  of  the  prothorax  just  exactly  covering 
the  apex  of  the  same  (beyond  which  the  frontal  horn  rises),  the 
outline  of  the  excavation  appears  as  an  exact  semicircle  (or  even 
slightly  more  than  a  semicircle)  while  in  the  other  species  it  is  much 
less  than  a  semicircle  ;  it  also  differs  from  both  the  above-named 
species  in  the  almost  perfect  smoothness  of  that  portion  of  the 
surface  of  the  prothorax  which  falls  within  the  excavation  (such 
sculpture  as  there  is  consisting  in  very  minute  and  sparse  granu- 
lation) ;  the  same  part  in  Adelaidce  and  striatopunctulatus  being 
reticulately  strigose.  The  female  does  not  differ  notably  from  that 
of  N.  Adelaidce  except  in  its  wider  proportions.  The  female  of  N. 
striatopunctidatus  is  unknown. 

From  N.  simplex,  Shp.,  the  present  species  differs  in  its  frontal 
horn  being  notched  at  the  apex,  and  from  N.  crassus,  Shp.,  in  the 
prothoracic  excavation  not  being  in  the  smallest  degree  "  rugu- 
losely  punctulate." 

If.  crassus,  Shp.,  differs  in  toto  from  the  two  species  of  which 
the  female  is  known  to  me  by  the  characters  of  that  sex,  which 
include  a  tubercle  on  the  head  and  an  excavation  on  the  prothorax. 
Is  it  possible  that  Dr.  Sharp  may  be  mistaken  in  regarding  this 
insect  as  9  Novapus  ?  The  question  is  suggested  by  the  fact  that 
for  a  long  time  (and  until  positive  information  enlightened  me)  I 
regarded  as  the  9  of  N.  Adelaides  an  insect  which  has  a  tubercle 
on  the  forehead  and  a  gentle  excavation  on  the  front  of  the  pro- 
thorax, but  which  I  have  since  ascertained  to  be  certainly  not 
Novapus  (I  believe  it  to  be  Setnanopterus  siobcequalis,  Hope). 

If  this  might  be  so  my  N.  Adelaidce  would  be  very  near  iV. 
crassus,   Shp.,   but  would  appear  to  differ  from  it  in   its   much 


BY   THE    REV.  T.  BLACKBURN.  1253 

narrower  proportions, — no  specimen  that  I  have  seen  being  shorter 
than  twice  its  width,  as  well  as  in  the  interior  surface  of  the  pro- 
thoracic  excavation  in  the  male  not  being  rugulosely  punctulate. 
Near  Eucla,  W.  Australia ;  taken  by  Mrs.  Graham. 

Cavonus  armatus,  Shp.  9. 

Among  a  small  batch  of  Cavonus  armatiLS^  Shp.,  recently  sent 
to  me  by  Mr.  McDougall  of  Moonta  were  two  females,  which  had 
been  dug  up  from  the  ground.  This  sex  differs  from  the  male  in 
the  following  characters  ; — the  club  of  the  antennae  is  very  much 
smaller  being  shorter  than  the  preceding  joints  taken  together  ; 
the  surface  of  the  prothorax  is  quite  even,  that  part  which  in  the 
male  is  excavated  being  very  distinctly  but  not  very  closely  punc- 
tulate ; — the  rest  l^evigate  or  nearly  so  ;  thepygidium  is  much  less 
abruptly  declivous  and  less  strongly  fringed  with  hairs  above. 

Phylliocephala,  gen.nov.  fCorynophyllo  affinis). 

^. — Mentum  sat  angustum,  elongatum,  antice  gradatim  angus- 
tatum  (fere  ut  Corynophylli).  Palpi  labiales  articulo  ultimo  sat 
valido,  obconico  (quam  Corynoiyhylli  pauUo  breviori).  Maxillae 
lobo  superiore  parvo  (fere  ut  Cavoni).  Palpi  maxillares  articulo 
2°  sat  incrassato,  articulo  ultimo  sat  elongato  fortius  incrassato, 
subovato  (quam  Cavoni  Corynophillive  multo  magis  incrassato). 
Mandibulse  hand  prominentes.  Labrum  vix  perspicuum.  An- 
tennae lO-articulatae,  flabello  elongato  minus  lato.  Caput  cornu 
valido  acuto  instructum,  ante  oculos  utrinque  fortiter  (quam 
Cavoni  Corynophyllive  multo  magis  fortiter)  dilatatum,  antice 
declivum.  Prothorax  (fere  ut  Cavoni)  profunde  excavatus 
utrinque  sat  fortiter  elevatus  sed  hand  antice  cornutus.  Tibiae 
anticae  obtuse  tridentatae ;  posteriores  sat  graciles,  apice  truncatae 
ciliataeque.  Tarsi  graciles,  tibiis  fere  longiores.  Stridulationis 
organa  nulla. 

^.  Latet. 

The  superficial  resemblance  of  this  genus  to  Cavonus  is  quite 
remarkable,  — so  much  so  that  when  I  first  saw  it  I  passed  it  over 


1254  NOTES  ON  AUSTRALIAN  COLEOPTERA, 

as  being  C.  armatus,  Shp.  On  examination,  however,  its  horn 
(which  is  quite  like  that  of  C.  armatus)  is  seen  to  be  on  the  head 
(not  on  the  front  of  the  prothorax),  the  lateral  dilatation  of  the 
head  in  front  of  each  eye  to  be  much  larger  (giving  the  head 
some  resemblance  to  the  shape  of  a  trilobed  leaf),  the  flabellum  of 
the  antennae  to  be  wider,  the  mentum  to  be  much  narrower,  and 
the  apical  joint  of  all  the  palpi  to  be  much  stouter. 

From  Neocavonus  the  present  genus  differs  inter  alia  in  the 
shape  of  its  mentum,  in  the  apical  joint  of  its  maxillary  palpi  not 
truncate  (or  scarcely  so),  in  the  absence  of  a  prothoracic  and 
presence  of  a  frontal  horn,  and  in  the  much  larger  flabellum  of  its 
antennae. 

From  Aneurystypus  it  differs  inter  alia  in  the  proportionally 
much  wider  mentum,  in  the  much  shorter  and  stouter  apical  joint 
of  the  labial  palpi,  in  the  much  smaller  flabellum  of  the  antennae, 
and  in  the  absence  of  a  prothoracic  and  presence  of  a  frontal  horn. 

From  Corynophyllus  it  has  been  distinguished  in  the  Latin  diag- 
nosis (above). 

From  Teinogenys  (which  I  do  not  think  that  T  have  seen)  it 
would  seem  to  diff'er  inter  alia  in  the  mentum  not  being  "  com- 
pressed." 

From  all  the  above  genera  the  extremely  strong  dilatation  of 
the  head  on  either  side  in  front  of  the  eyes  would  seem  a  sufii- 
cient  distinction. 

Phylliocephala  nigro-hirta,  sp.nov. 

^. — Nitida ;  nigerrima  ;  supra  glabra,  corpore  subtus  pedi- 
busque  longe  sat  dense  nigro-hirtis ;  clypeo  antice  rotundato, 
marginibus  fortiter  reflexis  ;  capite  cornu  valido,  recurvo,  apice 
sat  acuto,  antennarum  flabello  vix  breviori,  instructo  ;  prothorace 
quam  longiori  ])lus  dimidia  parte  latiori,  a  margine  antico  fere  ad 
basin  profunde  excavato,  sparsim  subtilius  punctulato,  partis 
excavatre  lateribus  angulatim  elevatis  fundo  transversim  strigato ; 
scutello  antice   punctulato ;  elytris   (stria  suturali  punctulata,  et 


BY   THE    REV.  T.  BLACKBURN.  1255 

basi  vage  sparsim  punctulata,  exceptis)  sublaevigatis ;  pygidio 
leviter  squamose  punctulato,  medio  longitudinaliter  sat  anguste 
Isevigato.  [Long.  8^,  lat.  4|  lines. 

Near  Eiicla,  W.  Austr.  ;  taken  by  Mrs.  Graham. 

Neoheteronyx,  gen.nov.  ( Heteronyci  affinis). 

Heteronyce  difFert  mento  fortiter  convexo,  minus  lato  ;  palpis 
maxillaribus  gracilibus  elongatis ;  maris  tarsis  anticis  inter- 
mediisque  sat  fortiter  dilatatis. 

So  many  of  the  characters  that  have  been  relied  upon  as  generic 
in  the  Melolonthidce  (e.g.,  the  number  of  joints  in  the  antennae) 
have  been  found  unreliable  when  fresh  species  have  been  dis- 
covered, that  I  think  it  better  to  assume  the  possibility  of  a  like 
uncertainty  of  character  in  this  genus,  and  to  characterize  it 
merely  by  the  salient  points  mentioned  above.  The  following 
will  probably  be  found  to  be  also  generic  characters, — although 
some  of  them  may  perhaps  eventually  prove  to  be  merely  specific. 

AntennEe  8-jointed,  club  consisting  of  3  joints,  each  of  which  is 
(in  both  sexes)  nearly  as  long  as  th'e  preceding  four  joints 
together.  Labrum  horizontal,  altogether  below  the  level  of  the 
clypeus,  but  distinctly  visible  (owing  to  its  forward  projection) 
if  the  clypeus  be  looked  down  upon  from  a  point  perpendicularly 
above  its  surface.  Eyes  large,  entire.  Clypeus  moderately 
reflexed,  its  sides  not  at  all  convergent  hindward  immediately  in 
front  of  the  eyes.  Hind  coxae  on  the  external  margin  even 
shorter  than  the  2nd  ventral  segment, — their  external  hind  angle 
quite  rounded  off.  Front  tibiae  of  male  {i.e.,  of  the  sex  with 
dilated  tarsi)  bidentate  externally,  of  female  simple ;  claws  appen- 
diculate,  the  basal  piece  strongly  compressed,  the  apical  piece  as 
long  as  the  basal,  and  slender.     The  pygidium  is  exposed. 

N.  LiviDUS,  sp.nov. 

Oblongus;    subglaber,    pygidio,    pedibus     segmentisque     ven- 
tralibus  pilis  sparsim  vestitis ;  brunneo-lividus,  capite  prothorace 
80 


1256  NOTES  ON  AUSTRALIAN  COLEOPTERA, 

tarsisque    maculatim    infuscatis,    pedibus  antennisque    testaceis ; 
sat  fortiter  sat  crebre  (elytris  sublineatim)  punctulatus. 

[Long.  2?  (vix),  lat.  IJ  lines. 

The  head  is  longer  and  scarcely  narrower  than  the  prothorax, 
which  is  twice  as  wide  as  long,  its  base  (which  is  scarcely  bisinuate 
and  but  little  lobed  hind  ward  in  the  middle)  being  very  little 
wider  than  the  front,  which  is  moderately  concave,  with  angles 
moderately  sharp  and  not  much  produced  ;  the  hind  angles  are 
fairly  distinct  but  not  at  all  sharp.  The  general  facies  is  very 
similar  to  Heteronyx,  though  the  head  looks  disproportionately 
large. 

N.  Territory  of  S.  Australia  ;  taken  by  Mrs.  Bovill. 

BUPRE-^TID^. 

ASTRiEUS    MASTERSI,  Macl. 

There  seems  to  be  no  doubt  that  this  is  identical  with  A. 
Satnouellei,  Saund.  The  species  is  a  very  distinct  one,  and  the 
descriptions  are  almost  word  for  word  the  same.  A.  j^ygmceus, 
Poll.,  does  not  appear  to  differ  except  in  the  absence  of  the  sub- 
apical  yellow  spot  on  the  elytra.  The  author  seems  to  have  some 
doubt  as  to  the  specific  value  of  his  name.  I  have  not  myself 
seen  a  specimen  without  the  sub-apical  spot ;  but  as  some  of  the 
other  spots  undoubtedly  vary,  I  should  hesitate  much  to  regard 
A.  pygmcbus  as  more  than  a  var.,  especially  as  in  the  following 
species  I  find  a  precisely  similar  variation. 

A.  MEYRICKI,  sp.nOV. 

Nitidus ;  postice  ab  ely trorum  basi  fortiter  angustatus  ;  Isete 
cupreus,  capite  prothoraceque  obscurioribus  vel  virescentibus,  hoc 
certo  adspectu  cyanescenti,  elytris  flavo-bifasciatis  (fasciis  suturam 
haud  admodum  attingentibus,  anteriori  sat  angusta  vix  ante 
medium  posita,  posteriori  paullo  ante  apicem  magis  etiam  angusta) 
et  maculis  binis  flavis  ornatis  (harum  altera  ovali  longitudinaliter 
ad  basin  in  interstitio  3°  posita,  altera  lineari  inter  fasciam  pos- 
teriorem  et  apicem  posita) ;  subtus  sat  dense  argenteo-pubescens  ; 


BY    THE    REV.  T.  BLACKBURN.  1257 

capite  (hoc  longitudinaliter  sulcato)  prothorace  et  corpore  subtus 
sat  dense  subrugulose  punctnlatis ;  elytris  fortiter  anguste  11- 
costatis,  interstitiis  latis  subconcavis  seriatim  punctulatis ; 
autennis  tarsisqiie  cyanescentibus. 

[Long.  4^-5?,  lat.  2  (vix)-2i  lines. 

Var.  Elytrorum  fascia  posteriori  in  medio  anguste  interrupta, 
macula  subapicali  deficienti. 

The  prothorax  across  the  base  is  about  three  times  as  wide  as 
the  length  from  its  apical  margin  to  the  front  of  the  projecting 
elytral  lobes,  and  is  quite  twice  as  wide  at  the  base  as  in  front. 
Each  elytron  at  the  sutural  apex  forms  a  very  strong  sharp 
process  curved  outward,  above  which  externally  is  a  much  smaller 
but  equally  sharp  process  also  directed  outward.  The  apical 
dehiscence  of  the  elytra  commences  scarcely  above  the  upper 
spine.  The  2nd,  3rd,  4th.  and  5th  costse  on  the  elytra  are  very 
oblique,  terminating  on  the  1st  costa  at  successively  greater  dis- 
tances down  its  length. 

Seems  to  resemble  Conognatha  navarchis,  Thoms.,  (from  Tas- 
mania),— which  I  should  judge  from  the  description  to  be  an 
Astrceus, — but  appears  to  differ  from  it  as  follows  : — the  size  of 
A.  2feyricki  is  very  much  less  than  of  C.  navarchis,  the  basal  and 
sub-apical  elytral  spots  appear  to  be  wanting  in  the  latter,  and 
the  anterior  fascia  reaches  the  suture.  In  C.  navarchis  the 
labrum  is  said  to  be  pale  yellow  and  the  tarsi  to  be  brown,  there 
is  no  mention  of  the  quite  dense  silvery  pubescence  which  clothes 
the  underside  of  A.  Meyrichi,  and  the  forehead  is  said  to  be 
carinated.  No  doubt  there  are  other  differences,  as  the  descrip- 
tion of  C.  navarchis  is  very  incomplete,  not  mentioning  (e.^.)  the 
position  of  the  fasciae  on  the  elytra  or  the  presence  of  any  costse 
on  the  same.  Probably  the  yellow  elytral  markings  (which  are 
of  a  pale  sulphur  hue)  are  subject  to  considerable  variation. 

W.  Australia ;  taken  by  E.  Meyrick,  Esq. 

A.  MAJOR,  sp.nov. 

Subnitidus ;  postice  minus  angustatus ;  seneus  plus  minus 
cupreo-  (vel  violaceo-)  micans,    femoribus    tibiisque   plus   minus 


1258  NOTES  ON  AUSTRALIAN  COLEOPTERA, 

testaceis,  elytris  flavo-  3-fasciatis  (fascia  1  basali  sat  angusta, 
2*  latiori  sola  suturam  aclmodum  attingenti  paullo  ante  medium, 
3**  sat  angusta  ab  apice  sat  procul)  et  macula  elongata  sanguinea 
subapicali  ornatis,  lateribus  quoque  maculatim  sanguineis  ;  corpore 
subtus  latera  versus  argenteo-pubescenti ;  capite  (hoc  sat  convexo) 
prothorace  et  corpore  subtus  (abdomine  vix  ruguloso  excepto) 
crebre  rugulose  punctulatis  ;  elytris  fortiter  striatis,  striis  subtilius 
punctulatis,  interstitiis  sat  convexis  sparsim  sat  fortiter  punctu- 
latis ;    antennis  tarsisque  viridibus  vel  cyaneis. 

[Long.  7-8,  lat.  3-31  lines. 

The  prothorax  across  the  base  is  distinctly  less  than  three  times 
as  wide  as  the  length  from  its  apical  margin  to  the  front  of  the 
projecting  elytral  lobes,  and  is  not  quite  twice  as  wide  across  the 
base  as  in  front.  Each  elytron  is  spined  at  the  apex  scarcely 
differently  from  those  of  the  preceding  species,  but  the  elytra 
begin  to  diverge  further  from  their  apex,  so  that  the  sutural 
spines  are  more  widely  separated.  The  6th  stria  meets  the 
sutural  stria  at  its  apex  enclosing  the  2nd,  3rd,  4th,  and  5th. 
The  sanguineous  portions  of  the  lateral  margins  are  identical  with 
the  lateral  margins  of  the  fasciae,  with  the  addition  of  that  portion 
of  the  lateral  margin  which  lies  between  the  basal  and  ante- 
median  fasciae.  All  the  femora  and  tibia?  are  testaceous  (with  a 
coppery  gloss)  in  one  of  the  examples  before  me,  in  the  other 
example  all  the  knees  and  the  hind  femora  are  suffused  with  an 
feneous  tone  that  obscures  the  testaceous  appearance.  The  sides 
of  the  elytra  are  somewhat  concave  behind  the  shoulders,  bulging 
out  again  slightly  to  about  the  middle,  whence  they  are  gradually 
convergent  to  the  apex. 

S.  Australia  ;  an  example  in  my  own  collection,  and  one  taken 
by  Mr.  J.  G.  0.  Tepper  at  Monarto  on  Eucalyptus  flowers. 

A.  TEPPERI,  sp.nov. 

Subnitidus  ;  postice  minus  angu status  ;  niger  plus  minus  seneo- 
tinctus,  elytris  singulis  8-maculatis  ;  corpore  subtus  sat  dense 
argenteo-pubescenti;     capite    (hoc    sat    convexo)    prothorace   et 


BY   THE    REV.  T.  BLACKBURN.  1259 

corpore  subtus  crebre  aspere  (prothorace  ad  latera  magis  rugulose) 
punctulatis  ;  elytris  ut  A.  Meyricki  sculpturatis,  his  nihilo  minus 
apice  magis  dehiscentibus.  [Long.  3lAt,  lat.  l?-2  lines. 

The  shape  of  the  prothorax  and  elytra  is  as  in  A.  major,  the 
surface  sculpture  of  the  latter  (i.e.,  the  elytra)  being  quite  as  in  A. 
Meyricki.  The  yellow  spots  on  each  elytron  are  as  follows  : — an 
elongate  quadrate  spot  close  to  the  base  extending  transversely  from 
the  2nd  to  the  5th  costa,  a  transversely  oval  spot  from  the  1st  to  the 
5th  costa  a  little  in  front  of  the  middle,  a  much  smaller  spot  just 
behind  the  middle  and  in  a  line  with  the  preceding  two,  another 
(also  small)  in  the  same  line  and  much  nearer  to  the  3rd  spot 
than  to  the  apex,  three  spots  (all  about  equal  in  size  to  that  first 
named)  on  the  lateral  margin  opposite  the  interstices  between  the 
1st  and  2nd,  2nd  and  3rd,  and  3rd  and  4th  dorsal  spots,  and  one 
(a  little  before  the  apex  about  half  way  across  the  elytron)  which 
might  be  regarded  as  belonging  to  either  the  dorsal  or  marginal 
series. 

This  species  bears  in  the  Adelaide  Museum  the  name  I  have 
given  to  it,  but  I  cannot  find  any  published  description. 

S.  Australia  ;  said  to  occur  on  flowers  of  Melaleuca  'parvifolia 
in  the  neighbourhood  of  the  Murray. 

ELATERID.E. 
Alaus  Darwini,  sp.nov. 

Augustus  ;  sat  parallelus ;  sat  convexus  ;  nigro-piceus  ;  supra 
pilissquamiformibus(alteris  albidis,  alteris  nigro-fuscis)  dense  tectus, 
his  utriusque  coloris  maculatim  condensatis,  maculis  in  prothoracis 
disco  utrinque,  et  in  elytris  (his  basi  utrinque  sanguineis)  latera 
versus,  praecipue  perspicuis  ;  subtus  dense  sat  sequaliter  albido- 
pubescens ;  pedibus  antennarumque  basi  plus  minus  rufescentibus  ; 
capite  prothoraceque  fortiter  crebrius  punctulatis  (puncturis  sub 
pilis  abditis)  ;  illo  antice  leviter  concavo  ;  hoc  tumido,  quam  latiori 
fere  tertia  parte  longiori,  lateribus  leviter  arcuatis,  basi  quam 
margo  anticus  fere  dimidia  parte  latiori ;  elytris  leviter  punctulato- 
striatis,  apice  vix  emarginato-truncatis,  scutellum  versus  utrinque 


1260  NOTES  ON  AUSTRALIAN  COLEOPTERA, 

sat  tumidis,  striis  (et  in  striis  puncturis)  a  basi  ad  apicem  gradatim 
obsolescentibus,  interstitiis  subtiliter  minus  crebre,  basin  versus 
confertim  sat  aspere,  punctulatis.  [Long.  8^,  lat.  25  lines. 

The  prothorax  is  very  convex  in  all  parts,  being  strongly- 
declivous  at  both  sides  and  ends ;  its  most  abrupt  declivity  is 
behind  but  (except  as  that  makes  it  so)  it  can  hardly  be  called 
tumid  or  tuberculate  in  front  of  the  scutellum  ;  on  a  casual  glance 
the  prothorax  appears  subcylindrical  and  parallel,  but  on  more 
careful  inspection  it  is  seen  that  the  sides  in  their  middle  part  are 
gently  rounded,  thence  considerably  and  roundly  convergent  at 
the  extreme  front  and  also  convergent  close  to  the  base,  but 
divergent  again  at  the  posterior  angles  which  are  considerably 
produced  and  very  sharp ;  there  is  a  Isevigate  line  down  the 
middle.  The  scutellum  is  of  the  form  of  a  mitre  and  is  placed  on 
the  face  of  an  abrupt  declivity  similar  and  opposite  to  the  hind 
declivity  of  the  prothorax,  there  being  on  the  latter  two  vague 
impressions  corresponding  in  position  to  the  two  tumidities  which 
are  placed  one  on  either  side  of  the  scutellum.  The  example 
before  me  is  evidently  a  little  abraded,  but  it  is  clear  that  a  fresh 
specimen  would  be  densely  clothed  with  scale-like  pilosity  entirely 
hiding  the  sculpture  from  view.  On  the  head  and  prothorax  this 
pilosity  is  for  the  most  part  white  or  greyish-white,  and  on  the 
latter  there  are  blackish-brown  masses  of  pilosity  almost  confined 
to  the  middle  part  of  the  segment  (apparently  along  its  whole 
length)  ;  this  dark  pilosity  is  most  conspicuous  where  it  assumes 
the  form  of  an  almost  round  and  well  limited  spot  on  either  side 
of  the  middle  line  a  little  nearer  to  the  front  than  to  the  base, — 
behind  which  and  about  half  way  to  the  base  is  a  similar  but 
smaller  spot  on  either  side  of  the  middle  line.  My  unique  example 
is  glabrous  down  the  middle  line,  and  if  this  be  the  result  of 
abrasion  it  is  probable  that  in  a  perfectly  fresh  specimen  these 
discoidal  spots  of  the  prothorax  may  be  connected  by  continuous 
pilosity  with  a  strip  of  blackish  pilosity  running  down  the  middle 
line  of  which  they  would  perhaps  appear  as  lateral  extensions 
merely.  On  the  elytra  the  most  conspicuous  marking  appears  to 
be  a  space  covered  with  black  pilosity  commencing  on  the  lateral 


BY    THE    REV.  T.  BLACKBURN.  1261 

margins  immediately  in  front  of  the  middle  and  running  in  a  fascia- 
like form  towards  the  suture,  before  reaching  which,  however,  it 
turns  upward  and  runs  forward  towards  the  scutellum ;  it  is  edged 
before  and  behind,  close  to  the  lateral  margin,  by  the  whitest  part 
of.  the  elytral  pilosity  ;  a  fascia  of  blackish  pilosity  traverses  the 
elytra  a  little  before  the  apex  ;  the  elytra  are  bright  red  at  the 
base  (much  as  in  Monocrepidius  Australasice)  but  the  redness 
being  of  the  derm  it  is  almost  unnoticeable  beneath  the  whitish 
pilosity.  Probably  in  a  perfectly  fresh  specimen  the  elytra  are 
decidedly  whitish  with  the  subural  region  for  the  most  part  darker 
and  sending  out  (a)  a  festoon-like  ramification  on  either  side  from 
near  the  scutellum  to  the  middle  of  the  lateral  margin,  (b)  a  fascia- 
like ramification  on  either  side  near  the  apex.  The  elytra  are  not 
symmetrical  in  the  example  before  me,  one  of  them  being  almost 
evenly  rounded  at  the  apex, — the  other  decidedly  though  lightly 
emarginate-truncate. 

N.  Territory  of  S.  Australia  ;  taken  by  Dr.  Bovill, 
KB.— Sir  William  Macleay  (Proc.  L.S.N.S.W.  1888,  p.  1240) 
mentions  an  Alaus  from  King's  Sound  which  he  regards  as  a 
var.  oi  A.  funehris,  Cand.,  distinguished  by  smaller  size  and  the 
presence  of  two  round  black  spots  on  the  prothorax.  The 
distinctive  characters  mentioned  are  certainly  suggestive  of  the 
present  insect,  which  on  the  other  hand  is  far  too  different  from 
funahris  to  be  regarded  as  a  var.,  the  prothorax  (e.g.)  in  funebris 
being  laterally  dilated  behind  the  front,  with  a  bi-angular  pro- 
jection anteriorly  and  a  strong  tubercle  in  front  of  the  scutellum. 

BOSTRYGHID.^. 

Species  of  this  family  seem  to  be  rather  numerous  in  Australia 
although  very  few  have  been  described, — viz.,  3  species  attributed 
in  Masters'  Catalogue  to  Bostrychus,  4  to  Rhizopertha,  and  one 
since  referred  to  a  new  genus, — Apatodes.  B.  Jesuita,  Fab., 
appears  to  be  a  genuine  Bostrychus.  Concerning  the  generic 
characters  of  the  four  described  by  Sir  William  Macleay,  there  is 
no  information  beyond  their  author  calling  two  of  them  Bostry- 
chus, and  2  Rhizopertha.     The  species  described  by  Germar  and 


1262  NOTES  ON  AUSTRALIAN  COLEOPTERA, 

Erichson  are  called  Ajoate  by  their  authors,  and  I  am  not  aware  on 
what  ground  Mr.  Masters  has  referred  them  to  Rhizopertha.  I 
am  myself  the  author  of  Apatodes. 

The  four  species  of  Sir  W.  Macleay  are  from  Queensland,  and 
all  appear  to  have  strongly  marked  elytral  sculpture  differing 
widely  from  that  of  any  species  known  to  me.  A2mte  coUaris,  Er., 
is  described  as  a  small  species  with  the  elytra  retuse-truncate  and 
bidentate  behind,  and  the  prothorax  of  a  bright  red  colour  ;  I 
shall  refer  to  it  again  below.  A.  obsijya,  Germ.,  appears  to  be  a 
remarkable  insect  having  opaque  pilose  elytra,  and  is  one  of  the 
few  of  Germar's  Australian  species  not  known  to  me. 

The  following  species  are  from  S.  Australia. 

The  first  of  theui  and  A.  collaris,  Er.,  may,  I  think,  be  attribu- 
ted to  Apate.  They  present  the  following  characters  which  are 
almost  identical  with  those  attributed  to  Apafe  by  M.  Lacordaire, 
viz., — head  invisible  from  above ;  antennae  of  10  joints,  joints  1 
and  2  being  together  about  as  long  as  3-7  together,  joints  8-10 
serrated  (8  and  9  transverse)  together  about  equal  to  the  pre- 
ceding 7  together  in  length  ;  tarsi  slender  and  elongated,  joints  2 
and  5  much  longer  than  the  rest;  elytra  retnse  behind,  variously 
spined.  The  next  two  species  may  perhaps  for  the  present  stand 
in  the  genus  Xylopertha  as  characterized  by  M.  Lacordaire,  in 
common  with  which  they  present  the  following  characters, — head 
invisible  from  above;  antennae  of  10  joints,  1  and  2  being  to- 
gether about  as  long  as  3-7  together,  joints  8-10  together  consider- 
ably longer  than  the  preceding  7  together,  8  and  9  nearly  as  wide 
as  long,  apical  joint  elongate-cylindric,  nearly  as  long  as  the 
preceding  two  together ;  of  the  tarsi  joint  5  is  longest,  2  and  3 
nearly  equal  and  each  a  little  shorter  than  5,  joints  1  and  4  short, 
elytra  behind  simply  retuse.  The  following  characters  are  peculiar 
and  would  perhaps  justify  a  new  generic  name  for  the  species 
presenting  them, — (a)  posterior  4  tarsi  strongly  compressed,  so 
that  viewed  from  above  they  appear  excessively  slender — almost 
hair  like,  (b)  sexual  characters  strongly  defined,  one  sex  (no  doubt 
the  male)  of  at  least  one  species   having  anterior  tarsi  clothed 


BY   THE    REV.  T.  BLACKBURN.  1263 

moderately  thickly  all  over  with  very  long  and  very  fine  hairs, 
elytra  sculptured  in  the  apical  part  differently  from  those  of  the 
other  sex,  and  the  form  much  narrower  and  more  elongate  in 
respect  of  both  the  prothorax  and  the  elytra. 

Apate  lindi,  sp.nov. 

Nitida;  glabra;  picea,  capite  prothorace  pedibusque  rufis,  elytris 
hie  illicrufescentibus;  capite  crebre  ruguloso;  prothorace  elytrorum 
latitudine,  leviter  transverso,  postice  leviter  sparsim  sat  crasse 
punctulato,  antice  fortiter  tuberculato-ruguloso,  utrinque  ad  mar- 
ginem  lateralem  antice  spinis  3  conspicuis  (harum  antica  maxima 
uncinata)  armato,  basi  quam  antice  fere  duplo  latiori,  angulis 
posticis  rotundatis  ;  elytris  prothorace  plus  duplo  longioribus,  sat 
crebre  (a  basi  ad  apicem  gradatim  magis  fortiter  et  magis  crasse, 
pone  medium  valde  rugulose)  punctulatis,  postice  declivibus, 
parte  declivi  haud  carina  circumcincta,  utrinque  spinis  2  (spina 
superiori  parva  compressa,  inferiori  permagna  retrorsum  directa 
intus  fortiter  curvata)  armata,  sutura  a  basi  ad  apicem  gradatim 
magis  elevata,  humeris  Isevibus.  [Long.  1-2,  lat  jVI  liiies. 

Viewed  from  the  side  both  the  apical  spines  of  the  elytra  are 
seen  to  project  horizontally  hindward ;  viewed  from  above  the 
upper  (and  smaller)  spines,  which  are  considerably  nearer  to  each 
other  than  the  lower  ones,  are  seen  to  be  almost  parallel, — while 
the  lower  ones  (which  are  more  than  twice  as  long  as  the  other 
pair  and  are  about  as  long  as  the  non-rugulose  portion  of  the 
prothorax  on  the  middle  line)  curve  in  a  convergent  direction  so 
that  their  apices  are  not  so  far  apart  as  the  apices  of  the  upper 
pair  of  spines.  Immediately  below  the  large  spine  and  a  little 
nearer  to  the  lateral  margin  is  a  third  prominence  which  however 
is  small,  very  obtuse  and  little  conspicuous. 

Port  Lincoln,  S.A. ;  cut  out  of  burrows  in  a  living  Eucalyptus. 

A.   COLLARIS,  Er. 

I  possess  an  example  which  I  believe  to  be  this  insect ;  I  cut 
it  oat  of  a  burrow  in  a  living  Eucalyptus  on  Mount  Lofty  near 


1264  NOTES  ON  AUSTRALIAN  COLEOPTERA, 

Adelaide.  It  agrees  very  well  with  Erichson's  description,  and  is 
certainly  not  a  Rhizopertha  but  may  well  stand  in  Apate^  where 
its  author  placed  it.  An  example  taken  by  Mr.  J.  Anderson  at 
Port  Lincoln,  is  narrower  and  more  elongate  than  that  just 
referred  to ;  I  take  this  difference  to  be  sexual  ;  the  elytra  more- 
over are  not  rufescent  at  the  base  as  in  Erichson's  description 
and  the  Adelaide  specimen.  In  both  these  I  find  the  slightest 
possible  indication  in  some  lights  of  two  or  three  costse  (not 
mentioned  by  Erichson)  running  down  the  elytra. 

Xylopertha  mystica,  sp.nov. 

(J.  Elongata  ;  cylindrica  ;  sat  nitida  ;  glabra  ;  picea,  anteunis 
palpis  tarsisque  testaceis,  femoribus  tibiisque  rufescentibus  ;  capite 
sat  elongato,  longitudinaliter  sat  crebre  strigato,  antennis  pro- 
thorace  vix  brevioribus ;  prothorace  elytrorum  latitudine,  quam 
latiori  fere  longiori,  antice  sat  angustato,  postice  subtilius  sparsim 
conspicue  punctulato,  antice  crebre  granulato-ruguloso  tuberculis 
nonnullis  majoribus  intermixtis  (praecipue  latera  versus),  utrinque 
unco  supra  oculum  hand  armato ;  elytris  crebrius  fortius  vix 
rugulose  (apicem  versus  vix  magis  fortiter)  punctulatis,  postice 
minus  abrupte  declivibus,  apice  singulatim  valde  productis  et  intus 
acute  angustatis,  parte  declivi  ad  latera  carinata  et  utrinque 
concava,  sutura  antice  plana  in  parte  declivi  sat  fortiter  carinata, 
apice  minute  spinoso-producta,  humeris  laevibus  ;  tarsis  posteriori- 
bus  4  gracilibus  compressis,  supra  visis  fere  capilliformibus,  tarsis 
anticis  perlonge  j^ilosis ;    tibiis  anticis  subtus  minute  denticulatis. 

[Long.  I5,  lat.  I  lines. 

The  non-declivous  portion  of  the  elytra  is  quite  twice  as  long  as 
the  declivous  part.  The  denticulations  under  the  front  tibiae  are 
scarcely  noticeable  without  the  aid  of  a  compound  microscope. 

In  company  with  the  specimen  described,  I  found  an 
example  which  I  have  no  doubt  was  the  female  of  the  same 
species,  but  unfortunately  I  broke  it  to  pieces  in  trying  to 
examine  its  mouth  organs.  It  differed  from  the  male  in  being  a 
much  shorter  and  wider  insect  with  the  front  tarsi  not  pilose,  and 


BY    THE    REV.  T.  BLACKBURN.  1265 

the  posterior  declivity  of  the  elytra  larger,  more  strongly  defined, 
and  quite  flat;  the  posterior  declivous  part  of  the  elytra  was 
produced  downwards  beyond  the  level  of  the  undersurface  of  the 
body  (as  in  the  male)  but  the  elytra  were  conjointly  rounded  or 
perhaps  somewhat  angulated  at  the  apex,  not  as  in  the  male 
separately  mucronate  at  the  extremity  with  the  suture  itself 
produced  as  a  small  spine  projecting  into  the  triangular  gap 
between  the  apices  of  the  elytra.  It  was  superficially  so  distinct 
from  the  male  that  its  connection  with  it  would  probably  not 
have  suggested  itself  if  I  had  not  taken  the  two  specimens  out  of 
similar  burrows  in  the  same  piece  of  wood,  but  the  two  when 
placed  side  by  side  agreed  in  many  striking  characters,  having 
identical  antennas,  and  sculpture  of  all  parts,  together  with  the 
somewhat  unusual  absence  of  a  hooked  spine  on  the  front  margin 
of  the  prothorax,  and  the  very  unusual  structure  of  the  posterior 
4  tarsi  and  production  downwards  of  the  apex  of  the  elytra. 

S.  Australia  ;  dug  out  of  burrows  in  wood  of  a  living  tree  at 
Petersburg. 

Xylopertha  vidua,  sp.nov. 

Modice  elongata ;  sat  nitida  ;  glabra  ;  picea,  antennis  palpisque 
testaceis,  pedibus  rufescentibus ;  capite  sat  elongato  longitudinal- 
iter  sat  crebre  strigato,  antennis  prothorace  vix  brevioribus ; 
prothorace  elytrorum  latitudine,  quam  longiori  vix  latiori,  postice 
sparsim  conspicue  subtilius  punctulato,  antice  crebre  fortiter 
granulato-ruguloso,  antice  ad  latera  utrinque  3-spinoso  (spina 
antica  alteris  majori  uncinata),  basi  quam  margo  anticus  fere 
duplo  latiori ;  elytris  creberrime  sat  fortiter  ruguloso-punctulatis, 
inter  sculpturam  fortiter  rugatis,  postice  minus  abrupte  declivibus, 
parte  declivi  plana  fere  circulari,  baud  perspicue  carina  circum- 
cincta,  apice  deorsum  producta,  sutura  antice  vix  perspicue  (in 
parte  declivi  sat  fortiter)  cariniformi ;  humeris  Isevibus ;  tarsis 
posterioribus  4  gracilibus  compressis,  supra  visis  fere  capilliformi- 
bus  :  tibiis  anticis  subtus  vix  denticulatis. 

[Long.  I5,  lat.  I  line  (vix). 


1266  NOTES  ON  AUSTRALIAN  COLEOPTERA, 

The  example  before  me  is  clearly,  I  think,  the  female  of  a  species 
closely  allied  to  the  preceding.  I  am  departing  from  my  usual 
practice  in  founding  a  description  on  the  female  only  of  an  insect 
that  probably  presents  strong  sexual  characters,  because  the  present 
specimen  is  the  only  female  I  possess  of  this  probably  new  genus,  and 
it  is  desirable  that  both  sexes  should  be  described.  X,  vidua  differs 
from  X.  mystica  in  the  very  much  stronger  and  more  rugulose 
sculpture  of  the  elytra  (which  appear  coarsely  shagreened  rather 
than  punctured)  and  in  the  presence  of  a  strong  hooked  spine  on 
either  side  of  the  front  margin  of  the  prothorax  above  the  eye. 

The  declivous  portion  of  the  elytra  is  nearly  as  long  down  the 
suture  as  the  non-declivous  portion ;  it  is  inclined  at  an  angle  of 
about  45°  to  the  non-declivous  portion,  and  has  a  nearly  flat  or 
slightly  convex  surface  interrupted  only  by  the  carinated  suture. 

S.  Australia ;  taken  near  Port  Lincoln  by  beating  branches  of 
trees. 

TENEBRIONID^. 

Pterohel^us  raucus,  sp.nov. 

Latus ;  opacus  ;  niger ;  quasi  coagulatione  tectus ;  antennis 
elongatis ;  lateribus  latissime  deplanatis  ;  capite  sub  lente  crebre 
dupliciter  punctulato,  oculis  sat  approximatis ;  prothorace  quam 
in  medio  longiori  fere  quater  latiori,  leviter  insequali,  medio  longi- 
tudinaliter  canaliculato,  disco  crebre  subtilius  granulato  ;  elytris 
granulatis,  granulis  hie  illic  majoribus  in  seriebus  longitudinalibus 
dispositis.  [L^rig-  1^)  ^^*-  '^2  liiies. 

A  remarkably  fine  and  distinct  species  of  the  same  group  as 
P.  Walkeri,  De  Breme,  which  it  resembles  in  shape,  but  the  extra- 
discal  portion  of  the  prothorax  is  concave  (the  lateral  margins 
being  bent  upward),  and  of  the  elytra  wider  (though  much  less 
conspicuously  separated  from  the  disc  owing  to  the  granulation  of 
the  latter  being  continued  uninterruptedly  almost  to  the  actual 
lateral  margin).     The  antennae  set  back  reach  distinctly  beyond 


BY    THE    REV.  T.  BLACKBURN.  1267 

the  apex  of  the  scutellum.  With  the  exception  of  some  ahnost 
obsolete  punctures  on  the  head,  the  entire  upper  surface  is  devoid 
of  puncturation  even  under  a  strong  lens.  The  granules  on  the 
elytra  are  rather  closely  set  throughout  (most  so  near  the  suture), 
and.  have  a  general  tendency  to  a  linear  arrangement,  here  and 
there  some  granules  (more  or  less  exceeding  the  average  in  size) 
running  in  well  defined  longitudinal  rows  ;  the  most  conspicuous 
of  which  are  one  about  the  middle  of  the  disc  (which  is  quite 
obsolete  near  the  apex)  and  another  half-way  between  it  and  the 
suture  (this  latter  row  being  obscurely  continued  almost  to  the 
apex).  The  extreme  margins  of  prothorax  and  elytra  are  a  little 
rufescent.  The  elytra  at  the  extreme  apex  are  dehiscent  and 
separately  end  in  an  obtuse  point,  but  this  may  not  be  always  the 
case  as  they  are  not  quite  symmetrical  in  the  example  before  me. 

N.  Territory  of  South  Australia  ;  taken  by  Dr.  Bovill. 

HEL-iEUS    ELONGATUS,  Sp.nOV. 

Parallelus  ;  elongatus  ;  glaber ;  nitidus ;  subtus  fuscua,  supra 
nigricans,  marginibus  supra  et  subtus  Isete  testaceis  anguste  nigro 
limbatis  ;  his  supra  (sub  lente  forti)  minute  nee  crebre  granulatis  ; 
prothorace  postice  tuberculo  conico  acuto  instructo,  foramine  quam 
longiori  parum  latiori ;  elytrorum  disco  subseriatim  sat  fortiter 
nee  crebre  punctulato,  tuberculorum  seriebus  septenis  instructo, 
seriebus  alternis  antice  abbreviatis,  seriei  marginalis  tuberculis 
majoribus  subspiniformibus,  sutura  valde  cariniformi. 

[Long.  131,  lat  7  lines. 

Resembles  H.  pallidus,  MacL,  (of  which  I  have  an  example 
named  by  its  author)  but  narrower  and  more  parallel.  It  differs 
also  in  the  right-hand  anterior  projection  of  the  prothorax  being 
above  the  left-hand  projection  at  the  apex  (I  am  not  at  all  sure  of 
the  value  of  this  character),  and  in  the  space  enclosed  by  the 
anterior  projections  of  the  prothorax  being  scarcely  wider  than 
long ;  the  elevation  in  front  of  the  middle  of  the  base  of  the  pro- 
thorax is  less   spiniform, — resembling  a    sharp    conical   tubercle 


1268  NOTES  ON  AUSTRALIAN  COLEOPTERA, 

rather  than  a  spine.  The  elytra  are  very  differently  sculptured, 
their  puncturation  being  about  equally  strong  but  less  close  and 
having  a  tendency  to  a  sublinear  arrangement  especially  behind, — 
this  sublinear  puncturation  taking  the  form  of  longitudinal  strips 
of  punctures  (the  punctures  in  which  are  confused  inter  se)  separ- 
ated from  each  other  by  longitudinal  Isevigate  or  sublsevigate 
strips ;  the  longitudinal  rows  of  small  tubercles  on  the  elytra,  in 
the  outermost  of  which  the  tubercles  are  replaced  by  stout  little 
spines,  at  once  distinguish  this  insect  from  H.  pallidus,  and  the 
colour  is  different.  This  species  doubtless  also  resembles  the 
enigmatical  H.  i^rincej^s,  Hope,  but  appears  to  be  considerably 
smaller  and  much  narrower  and  more  parallel,  with  the  dilated 
margins  of  the  prothorax  and  elytra  differently  sculptured. 

It  should  be  noted  that  the  narrow  external  black  edging  of  the 
dilated  marginal  portion  is  continued  along  the  base  of  both  pro- 
thorax  and  elytra.  The  bright  testaceous  colour  of  the  dilated 
margin,  in  strong  contrast  with  the  black  disk  and  narrow  outer 
edging  of  black,  makes  this  a  very  conspicuous  species. 

Eucla,  W.  Australia ;  in  the  collection  of  Mr.  J.  Anderson. 

Hel.eus  consularis,  Pasc. 

Mr.  Anderson's  collection  contains  a  specimen  which  I  think 
must  appertain  to  this  species ;  it  was  taken  at  Eucla.  It  is  very 
like  H.  moniUfe7'us,  Pasc, — as  H.  consularis  is  said  to  be, — and 
differs  from  the  former  exactly  as  consularis  is  said  to  do  except 
in  respect  of  the  reflexed  margins  which  according  to  description 
should  be  strong  in  consularis  and  feeble  in  mo7iili/erus,  whereas 
to  Qie  it  appears  that  they  are  strong  (about  equally  so)  in  both 
species.  This  is  certainly  puzzling,  but  I  can  hardly  think  it  likely 
that  I  can  have  two  undescribed  species  before  me  both  closely 
allied  to  moniliferus  and  consularis,  —and  that  Sir  W.  Macleay  is 
also  wrong  in  his  identification  of  the  former, — as  vv^ould  appear 
to  be  the  case  if  Mr.  Pascoe's  descriptions  are  strictly  accurate  in 
respect  of  the  reflexed  margin.  I  think  it  more  probable  that 
Mr.   Pascoe's  description  of  H.   moniliferus  was  founded  on  an 


BY   THE    REV.  T.  BLACKBURN.  1269 

abnormal  specimen.  Besides  the  characters  distinguishing  H. 
considaris  from  H.  moniliferus  that  Mr.  Pascoe  mentions,  it  may 
be  noted  that  the  example  of  the  former  before  me  is  more  convex 
than  its  ally,  and  has  the  flattened  margin  of  the  elytra  narrower 
and  less  horizontal  while  the  shoulders  of  the  same  are  less  pro- 
duced forward. 

Saragus  rugosus,  Boisd. 

I  have  lately  received  from  Mr.  Duboulay  an  example  (taken 
in  Victoria)  of  a  Saragus  which  seems  very  likely  to  be  this  species. 
The  description  is  too  brief  to  allow  of  certain  identification,  but 
as  the  species  before  me  presents  the  characters  mentioned  by 
Boisduval,  and  does  not  seem  to  have  been  described  under  any 
other  name,  I  think  Boisduval's  name  may  be  assigned  to  it 
It  is  exceedingly  closely  allied  to  S.  IcevicoUis,  Fab.,  from  which  it 
diflTers  as  follows  : — it  is  smaller  (long.  6^,  lat  2 J  lines),  the  costse 
and  tubercles  on  the  elytra  are  evidently  stronger  (the  latter  being 
more  numerous  and  more  conical),  both  prothorax  and  elytra  are 
considerably  more  widely  margined,  and  the  tooth  at  the  external 
apex  of  the  anterior  tibiae  is  much  smaller. 

Of  the  allied  species  subsequently  described  the  present  insect 
differs  from  S.  Odewahni,  Pasc,  catenulatus,  Macl.,  rudis,  Macl., 
incequalis,  Blackb.,  Lind%  Blackb.,  latus,  Blackb.,  and  mediocrisj 
Blackb.,  by  its  non-granulate  prothorax,  the  sculpture  of  that 
segment  being  quite  as  in  S.  loivicollis. 

Trichosaragus,  gen.  nov. 

Sarago  affinis,  sed  difFert  corpore  pilis  (supra  perlongis  erectis, 
subtus  brevioribus  minus  erectis)  densissime  vestito  ;  prothorace 
sat  anguste,  elytris  nullo  modo,  ad  latera  dilatatis ;  mesosterno 
antice  vix  concavo  ;  prothoracis  tibiarumque  anticarum  et  inter- 
mediarum  marginibus  externis  fortiter  serratis. 

I  feel  some  little  uncertainty  as  to  the  real  affinities  of  the 
remarkable  insect  I  am  now  describing,  as  I  know  of  nothing  to 


1270  NOTES  ON  AUSTRALIAN  COLEOPTERA, 

which  it  is  closely  allied.  In  some  respects  it  would  seem  to 
resemble  certain  HopatridcE  (e.g.  Cadius  and  Sobas),  but  I  think 
the  dense  villosity  clothing  the  tarsi  beneath,  the  absence  of  the 
cljpeal  excavation  so  usual  in  that  group,  and  the  long  dense 
villosity  of  the  general  surface,  are  characters  that  could  hardly 
combine  in  a  Hopatrid.  The  vestiture  is  not  unlike  that  of 
Ectyche  (though  it  is  considerably  longer  and  more  dense)  in 
Helopidoi,  but  many  characters  {e.g.,  the  head  very  deeply  sunk 
into  the  prothorax)  at  once  shows  this  to  be  a  mere  accidental 
analogy.  On  the  whole  I  have  little  doubt  that  it  is  to  Saragus 
the  present  insect  is  really  related. 

The  general  form  is  sub-globular,  the  length  of  the  whole  insect 
being  something  less  than  half  again  its  greatest  width,  and  its 
height  (^.e.,  distance  through  the  body  from  centre  of  metasternum 
to  opposite  point  on  elytra)  is  nearly  half  its  length, — so  that  in 
shape  it  resembles  a  Chrysomelid  Csay  Aitgomela  hypochalcea^ 
Germ.).  The  mentum  is  feebly  carinated  longitudinally.  The 
clypeus  is  strongly  transverse,  its  free  margin  continuously 
reflexed,  its  anterior  outline  sub-sinuate.  The  eyes  in  repose 
are  quite  invisible  from  above.  The  antennae  resemble  those  of 
Saragus.  The  border  of  the  protliorax  is  narrowly  flattened, — 
somewhat  as  in  Nyctozoilus,  but  the  actual  margin  is  scarcely 
thickened  and  is  evenly  serrate  along  its  whole  length.  The 
elytra  are  soldered  together  ;  their  margin  is  quite  as  feeble  as  in 
Nyctozoilus.  The  prosternum  between  the  anterior  coxse  is  about 
as  wide  as  in  Saragus,  and  arches  down  behind  without  any 
process  properly  so  called,  the  opposite  face  of  the  metasternum 
being  scarcely  at  all  concave.  The  metasternum  is  quite  short, 
and  the  epipleurse  of  the  elytra  are  flat  and  wide, — even  more  so 
than  in  Nyctozoilus.  The  legs  are  stout  and  shortish,  the  anterior 
tibise  terminating  in  a  curved  sharp  spur  about  equal  in  length 
to  the  basal  four  tarsal  joints  together.  The  basal  joint  of  the 
hind  tarsi  is  equal  to  the  following  two  together  and  is  evidently 
shorter  than  the  apical  joint.  The  rest  of  the  characters  appear 
to  be  as  in  Saragus. 


BY    THE    REV.  T.  BLACKBURN.  1271 


T.  PiLOSELLUS,  sp.nov. 

Brunneo-testaceus,  capite,  prothorace,  elytrorum  costis,  pedi- 
busque,  rufescentibus ;  capite  prothoraceque  subnitidis  subtiliter 
nee  crebre  p\mctulatis,  sat  fortiter  sat  sparsim  granulatis ;  illo 
quam  longiori  duplo  latiori,  basi  quam  margo  anticus  (hoc  sat 
fortiter  emarginato)  pauUo  minus  duplo  latiori,  angulis  posticis 
acutis  retrorsum  direcbis,  lateribus  sat  fortiter  denticulatis ; 
elytris  opacis,  confertim  subtiliter  rugulosis,  squamis  minutis 
cinereis  tectis,  singulatim  fortiter  tricostatis,  costis  postice 
abbreviatis,  sutura  plana  nullo  modo  costata  ;  corpore  toto  supra 
pilis  perlongis  cinereis  sat  crebre  vestito.       [Long.  3,  lat.  2^  lines. 

Yorke's  Peninsula,  under  stones;  taken  by  Mr.  J.  G.  O.  Tepper. 

Amarygmus  tardus,  sp.nov. 

Sat  brevis ;  latus ;  convexus  ;  minus  nitidus ;  supra  seneus, 
obscure  cupreo-micans  ;  corpore  subtus,  pedibus,  antennisque 
nigris,  tarsis  subtus  fulvo-hirtis ;  capite  subtiliter,  prothorace 
elytrisque  minus  subtiliter  sat  crebre,  punctulatis,  his  crasse  pro- 
funde  8-seriatim  foveolatis  ;  foveis  opacis,  subcyaneis  anguste 
cupreo-circumcinctis  ;  prothorace  quam  longiori  paullo  plus  duplo 
(postice  quam  antice  paullo  minus  duplo)  latiori,  latitudine  majori 
ad  basin  posita.  [Long.  51-6,  lat.  3J-3|  lines. 

The  puncturation  on  the  head,  prothorax  and  elytra  is  somewhat 
uniform,  but  becoming  gradually  a  trifle  stronger  and  less  close 
from  the  head  hind  ward ;  on  the  elytra  it  has  no  reference  what- 
ever to  the  seriate  foveiform  impressions,  being  quite  similarly 
dispersed  between  the  rows  of  these  impressions  and  between 
puncture  and  puncture  in  each  row.  The  impressions  in  each  row 
are  somewhat  irregular  in  size,  the  largest  however  being  in  the 
hinder  part  of  the  elytra ;  they  are  most  numerous  in  the  row 
nearest  the  suture  which  contains  about  twenty-four  of  them. 
The  elytra  have  not  the  faintest  indication  of  striae ;  their 
81 


1272  NOTES  ON  AUSTRALIAN  COLEOPTERA, 

shoulders  are  quite  rounded  off.  The  epipleurse  of  the  elytra  are 
coloured  as  the  upper  surface.  The  whole  undersurface  is  black 
with  a  faint  bluish  tone  and  is  moderately  punctulate  with  a  by 
no  means  strong  development  of  longitudinal  wrinkles  on  the 
lateral  portions  of  the  ventral  segments.  To  specify  the  convexity 
of  the  body  it  may  be  observed  that  the  height  (i.e.,  the  distance 
from  the  highest  point, — the  insect  being  viewed  from  the  side, — 
through  the  body  to  an  opposite  point  on  the  surface  of  the  sterna) 
is  to  the  length  of  the  body  as  13  is  to  30.  The  foveee  in  the  rows 
on  the  elytra  are  much  larger  than  in  A.  convexus,  Pasc. 

Queensland  ;  taken  by  Mr.  F.  M.  Bailey  on  the  Bellenden-Ker 
Ranges. 

N.B. — This  species  has  the  mandibles  bifid  at  the  apex  and  so 
would  appear  to  be  a  true  Amarygmus.  In  shape  it  resembles  A. 
convexus^  Pasc,  which  moreover  has  similar  mandibles  and  there- 
fore must  also  be  reckoned  a  true  Amarygmus. 

Amarygmus  uniformis,  sp.nov. 

Sat  elongatus ;  minus  convexus ;  sat  nitidus ;  supra  obscure 
viridis,  corpore  subtus  pedibus  antennisque  nigris ;  capite  pro- 
thoraceque  crebre  subtiliter  punctulatis  ;  elytris  punctulato-striatis, 
striis  postice  gradatim  profundioribus,  puncturis  in  striis  apicem 
versus  obsoletis  ;  interstitiis  subplanis,  subtilissime  punctulatis  ; 
prothorace  quam  longiori  duabus  partibus  (postice  quam  antice 
fere  duabus  partibus)  latiori.  [Long.  6,  lat.  3  lines. 

An  elongate-oval  species  with  the  shoulders  of  the  elytra 
well  marked,  the  humeral  angle  being  acute  and  quite  prominent. 
The  punctures  in  the  striae  on  the  elytra  are  strong  and  rather 
large  except  near  the  apex  where  they  are  almost  obsolete,  and 
close  to  the  base  where  they  are  small  though  deeply  impressed ; 
in  the  3rd  stria  there  are  about  14  punctures  from  the  base  to  the 
point  where  they  become  very  small  behind  the  middle.  The 
sculpture  of  the  underside  is  very  similar  to  that  in  A.  tardus  but 


BY   THE    REV.  T.  BLACKBURN.  1273 

the  longitudinal  wrinkling  of  the  ventral  segments  is  more  con- 
spicuous. The  "  height "  of  the  body  (as  defined  in  the  description 
of  A.  tardus)  does  not  exceed  a  third  of  the  length. 

The  perfectly  unicoloroiis  dark  blackish-green  colour  of  the 
upper  surface  is  quite  identical  in  the  three  examples  before  me, 
and  in  itself  distinguishes  this  species  from  any  other  known  to 
me.  The  colouring  of  A.  bicolor,  Fab.,  must  be  somewhat  similar, 
but  that  species  is  said  to  be  "  aeneous  "  on  the  upper  surface  ;  the 
present  species  is  not  at  all  so.  Unless  the  type  can  be  referred 
to,  A.  bicolor  cannot  be  positively  identified  as  the  description  is 
quite  insufiicient. 

The  mandibles  are  those  of  an  Ainarygmics,  but  the  facies  is 
entirely  of  Chalcojjterus. 

Queensland ;  taken  by  Mr.  F.  M.  Bailey  on  the  Bellenden-Ker 
Ranges. 

CURCULIONID^. 

POROPTERUS    PRODIGUS,  Pasc. 

There  is  nothing  in  the  description  of  this  species  to  distinguish 
it  from  P.  (Acalles)  conifer,  Er.  If  the  two  are  distinct  (as 
seems  likely  enough  from  the  wide  divergence  of  their  localities, — 
Eclipse  Island  and  Tasmania)  they  must  be  very  closely  allied. 
The  description  is  in  both  cases  fairly  detailed;  but  I  can  find  no 
point  of  diflference  whatever. 

LONGICORNES. 

Tritocosmia  digglesi,  Pasc. 

This  species  appears  to  be  identical  with  T.  atricilla,  Newm. , 
described  nine  years  previously. 

PHYTOPHAGA. 

AULACOPHORA    AUSTRALIS,    Blackb. 

I  have  come  to  the  conclusion  that  this  insect  is  a  variety  of 
A.  analis,  Weber  (described  from   Sumatra).      I  think  the  var. 


1274  NOTES  ON  AUSTRALIAN  COLEOPTERA, 

perhaps  deserves  to  be  a  named  one,  as  it  seems  to  differ  from  the 
type  in  having  the  tibiae  and  tarsi  (not  black,  but)  fuscous-brown, 
the  anterior  two  pairs  being  at  the  base  scarcely  darker  than  the 
femora.  It  is  of  course  possible  that  if  the  original  type  from 
Sumatra  could  be  referred  to  other  differences  might  be  found. 

Neorupilia  stirlingi,  sp.nov. 

Modice  convexa  ;  subnitida  ;  elytrorum  ad  apicem  fortiter 
dilatata  ;  nigro-viridis,  subtus  obscurior,  capite  (hujus  parte 
posteriori,  et  antennarum  articulis  ultimis  ferme  7,  picescentibus 
exceptis)  prothorace,  pedibusque,  testaceis ;  capite  (hoc  inter  oculos 
longitudinaliter  profunde  breviter  sulcato)  et  prothorace  subtilis- 
sime  sat  crebre  (nihilominus  leviter  vix  perspicue),  elytris  confuse 
sat  subtiliter  sat  crebre  subrugulose,  punctulatis ;  corpore  subtus 
minus  crebre  strigoso-punctulato  ;  metasterno  postice  et  segmento 
ventrali  penultimo  (i  alterutrius  sexus  soli)  in  medio  impressis  ; 
segmentis  dorsalibus  ultimis  3  ("?  alterutrius  sexus  soli)  ab  elytris 
hand  tectis.  [Long.  11,  lat.  |  line, 

It  is  probable  that  I  have  before  me  only  one  sex  of  this  species; 
unfortunately  the  half  dozen  examples  have  been  fastened  on  cards 
with  some  kind  of  mucilage  of  so  unyielding  a  character  and  so 
plentifully  used  that  they  are  not  easily  cleaned  for  examination, 
and  the  one  I  have  cleaned  has  suffered  much  damage  in  the 
process, — but  I  think  nothing  would  be  gained  by  similar  treatment 
of  the  rest  as  it  is  probable  that  the  sexes  differ  in  the  length  of 
the  elytra  and  in  the  antennae,  and  in  these  respects  I  find  no 
difference  in  the  examples  before  me,  which  are  probably  males. 
The  prothorax  is  by  measurement  nearly  as  long  as  wide  (to  a 
casual  glance  it  appears  even  longer)  and  is  scarcely  narrowed  in 
front ;  its  sides  are  gently  rounded.  The  elytra  are  twice  as  wide 
at  the  apex  as  at  the  base.  The  antennae  are  moderately  stout 
and  reach  back  nearly  to  the  apex  of  the  elytra,  their  basal  joint 
being  elongate  (reaching  when  extended  laterally  slightly  beyond 
the  outline  of  the  eye)  and  nearly  equal  to  the  2nd  and  3rd  joints 
together ;  the  3rd  is  twice  as  long  as  the  2nd.     The  metasternum 


BY    THE    REV.  T.  BLACKBURN.  1275 

is  evidently  (but  not  much)  shorter  than  the  prosternum.  Com- 
pared with  N.  viQ'idis,  Blackb.,  (Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  S.A.,  Vol.  XI., 
p.  177),  this  species  is  larger  and  more  robust,  with  the  elytra 
much  wider  behind,  and  is  coloured  quite  differently.  The  claws 
(as  in  iV.  viridis)  have  an  obtuse  rather  large  tooth  at  the  base. 

Adelaide;  taken  byE.  C.  Stirling,  Esq.,  M.D.,  President  of  the 
Royal  Society  of  S.  Australia,  an  accomplished  zoologist  to  whom 
I  dedicate  this  interesting  little  species. 

COCCINELLID.E. 

Chilocorus  Baileyi,  sp.nov. 

Hemisphsericus  ;  nitidus  ;  capite,  antennis,  palpis,  corpore  sub- 
tus,  et  pedibus,  testaceis ;  prothorace  nigro,  lateribus  late  (et 
margine  antico  anguste  undulatim)  rufis ;  elytris  totis  nigris  ; 
capite  prothoraceque  leviter  sat  crebre,  scutello  elytrisque  paullo 
fortius  minus  crebre,  punctulatis ;  his  ad  humeros  rotundatis, 
haud  productis.  [Long.  2  J,  lat.  2  lines. 

Regarded  from  the  side  the  upper  outline  appears  as  a  very 
strong  curve,  its  highest  point  being  scarcely  in  front  of  the 
middle;  at  that  point  the  height  {i.e.,  the  distance  through  the 
body  to  the  surface  of  the  sterna)  is  5  of  the  length  of  the  whole 
"body. 

Compared  with  the  European  C.  renipustidatus,  Scriba,  this 
insect  is  more  strongly  convex,  with  the  shoulders  of  the  elytra 
much  less  prominent  and  the  puncturation  of  the  same  much 
stronger. 

The  only  Australian  species  of  Chilocorus  previously  described 
are  C.  Australasice,  Kerv.,  and  rubidtcs,  Hope.  Unfortunately, 
the  description  of  the  former  (beyond  the  statement  that  it  is 
hemispheric  and  shining)  gives  no  information  whatever  except 
regarding  the  colour  and  markings  ;  though  these  are  widely 
different  in  the  present  species  I  should  not  venture  to  treat  them 


1276  NOTES  ON  AUSTRALIAN  COLEOPTERA. 

definitely  as  marking  anything  more  than  a  variety  were  it  not 
that  I  perceive  from  M.  de  Kerville's  admirable  figure  of  his 
insect  that  it  has  the  humeral  angles  of  the  elytra  much  more 
advanced.  The  latter  (omitted  from  Mr.  Masters'  "Cat.  of  the 
described  Col.  of  Australia")  has  the  elytra  almost  entirely  red 
and  (if  M.  Mulsant  is  right  in  his  statement, — apparently  founded 
on  personal  inspection  of  the  type, — that  it  is  a  var.  of  C.  tristis) 
very  differently  punctured. 

Queensland  ;   a  single  example  was  taken  by  Mr.  F.  M.  Bailey 
on  the  Bellenden-Ker  ranges. 


THE    EXAMINATION   OF    KINOS   AS   AN   AID 
IN    THE    DIAGNOSIS   OF   EUCALYPTS. 

PART    II.— THE    GUMMY    GROUP. 

By  J.  H.  Maiden,  F.L.S.,  F.C.S. 

In  Part  i.  (this  Journal,  p.  605),  I  showed  that  Eucalyptus  Kinos 
entirely  soluble  in  both  water  and  alcohol  belong  to  the  Renan- 
therse,  with  but  one  exception.  All  such  Kinos,  with  certain 
members  of  a  group  yet  to  be  described,  satisfy  the  requirements 
of  the  "British  Pharmacopoeia"  in  regard  to  Kino,*  and  the 
importation  of  a  single  ounce  of  that  drug  is  unnecessary. 

I  mentioned  in  that  paper  that  certain  Kinos  while  readily 
soluble  in  water,  are  very  imperfectly  soluble  in  alcohol,  owing  to 
the  gum  they  contain.  I  ventured  to  call  such  Kinos  the  "  Gummy" 
group,  which  if  not  elegant  is  a  characteristic  designation,  as  in  all 
other  Kinos  gum  is  absent. 

Up  to  the  present,  I  find  that  the  following  Eucalyptus  Kinos 
belong  to  this  group  : — 

1.  E.  sidero2?hloia,  Benth. 

2.  E.  paniculata,  Sm. 

3.  E.  crebra,  F.v.M. 

4.  E.  leucoxylon,  F.v.M.  (Syn.  E.  sideroxylo7i,  A.  Cunn.) 

5.  E.  resinifera,  Sm.  , 

6.  E.  robusta,  Sm. 

7.  E.  saligna,  Sm. 

*  See  papers  by  the  author  on  this  subject,  Pharm.  Journ.  [3].  xx.  221, 
321. 


1278  ON  KINGS  AS  AN  AID  IN  THE  DIAGNOSIS  OF  EUCALYPTS, 


It  is  interesting  to  observe  that  the  first  four  on  the  list  are 
*'  Ironbarks," — a  very  natural  group.  In  what  relation  do  the 
other  three  species  stand  to  this  group  and  to  each  other  1  Fol- 
lowing is  Bentham's  classification  of  the  seven  species  : — 

Heteeostemones.  ^  leucoxylon. 


{ 


imniculata. 
PoRANTHERiE sicleroj^Moia. 

MlCRANTHER^ i    ''■'^'^^^P'^^i''- 

[  crehra. 
„  ,  .  /  rohusta. 

NORMALES.     I  )^^j^^^J,^.  \    ^«%'^«- 

\  resmifera. 

In  the  above  classification  the  Ironbarks  are  spread  over  two,  or 
three,  series. 

In  Mueller's  anthereal  classification  the  Ironbarks  are  spread 
over  two  groups,  while  in  the  same  author's  cortical  system  they 
naturally  come  together  in  Schizophloise.*  Also,  in  Bentham's 
classification,  E.  resinifera^  E.  rohusta  and  E.  saligria  come  together 
under  the  Normales,  and  likewise  under  the  Baron's  Parallel- 
anther?e,  but  they  are  separated  in  the  cortical  system,  E.  saligiia 
falling  under  Leiophloioe,  and  E.  rohusta  and  E.  resinifera  under 
the  Bhytiphloise. 

It  is  interesting  to  find  that  the  undoubted  affinities  of  the  Iron- 
barks  extend  to  their  Kinos,  and  that  the  affinities  of  E.  rohusta,  E. 
resinifera,  and  E.  saligna  as  regards  their  anthers  (especially 
strong  between  the  latter  two),  receive  collateral  proof  in  regard 
to  their  Kinos.  The  affinities  of  E.  rohusta  and  E.  resinifera  are 
also  referred  to  in  Decade  vii  of  Mueller's  Eucalyptograjihia  ;  E, 
punctata  Kino  contains  no  gum  (falling  in  the  Turbid  group) ; 
this  emphasises  the  undoubted  difi*erence  between  E.  resinifera  and 
that  species.  • 

Mem.  :  E.  rohusta,  E.  saligna,  and  E.  resinifera  all  have  red 
timbers,  which  is  an  affinity,  shared,  however,  with  other  species. 

*  The  Schizophloias  is  not,  however,  a  perfect  classification.  I  have  seen 
bark  of  E.  stellulata,  for  instance,  which  cannot  be  distinguished  from  what 
are  generally  known  as  "Ironbarks." 


BY    J.  H.  MAIDEN.  1279 

Much  yet  remains  to  be  done  in  regard  to  the  classifi- 
cation of  the  Eucaljpts.  We  have  the  anthereal  systems 
of  Mueller  and  Bentham,  which  have  been  modified  by 
the  former  botanist,  and  the  cortical  system  of  Baron 
Mueller.  But  unfortunately  their  usefulness  is  limited,  since 
they  do  not  sufficiently^  break  down  this  very  large  genus. 
No  classification  yet  suggested  is  entirely  satisfactory,  through 
no  fault  of  their  authors.  My  "Kino  system"  is  an  aid  in 
this  work  of  scientific  classification,  and,  as  I  have  worked  at 
all  the  authentic  material  I  can  obtain,  I  publish  it,  even  in  its 
incomplete  state,  in  order  to  awaken  the  interest  of  botanists  in  the 
matter,  as  the  accumulation  of  the  necessary  material  is  beyond  the 
opportunities  of  one  institution  or  of  one  individual,  even  in  a 
life-time.  I  am  sanguine  that,  by  combining  the  three  systems 
(and  perhaps  others  to  be  formed),  a  series  of  tables  to  aid  in  the 
diagnosis  of  Eucalypts  will  in  the  future  be  constructed,  whose 
precision  will  be  comparable  with  that  of  a  chemical  table  for 
discriminating  the  metals. 

The  great  drawback  to  the  classifications  hitherto  propounded 
(and  I  by  no  means  make  any  extravagant  claims  for  my  unde- 
veloped system  at  this  early  stage),  is  that  they  are  not  natural^ 
that  is  to  say  they  sometimes  bring  into  juxtaposition  plants  which 
have  no  strong  affinities  (as  far  as  we  know),  and  the  reverse. 
Bentham  (B.Fl.  iii.  186)  was  alive  to  the  value  of  a  natural 
system,  though  he  felt  that  the  time  had  not  then  arrived  for 
making  it.  "  In  the  meantime,"  said  he,  "  as  far  as  I  can  gather 
from  the  information  supplied,  it  appears  to  me  that  among  large 
trees,  the  majority  of  the  Stringybarks  are  to  be  found  in  my 
first  series  with  reniform  anthers,  and  of  the  Ironbarks  and 
Box-trees  in  the  following  three  series."  .  .  .  I  have  already 
f  ragmentarily  alluded  to  this  point. 


Characteristic  of  the  Gummy    Group. — The  one  characteristic 
is  the  presence  of  gum,  a  very  simple  matter  to  determine.     This 


X" 


/S- 


1280  ON  KINGS  AS  AN  AID  IN  THE  DIAGNOSIS  OF  EUCALYPTS, 

is  the  group  of  Kinos  to  be  avoided  by  the  pharmacist,  since  each 
member  (as  far  as  they  have  been  examined),  contains  between  30 
and  40  per  cent  of  gum.  They  tend  to  be  perfectly  soluble  in 
cold  water,  and  age  seems  to  have  comparatively  little  effect  on 
them  in  this  respect. 

The  matter  of  the  uselessness  of  Kinos  of  this  group  for  the 
preparation  of  tinctures  is  of  such  importance  to  every  medical 
man  and  pharmacist  in  Australia,  that  I  make  no  apology  for 
quoting  portion  of  a  recent  paper  by  myself  in  the  Pharm.  Journ. 
of  Great  Britain. 

"  It  has  been  stated  that  Botany  Bay  Kino  has  been  procured 
principally  from  this  species  (E.  siderojyhloiaj.  But  what  are  the 
characteristics  of  Kino  ?  The  official  Kino  ( Pterocarjms  Marsu- 
pium),  is,  according  to  the  British  Pharmacopoeia  of  1885, 
'almost  entirely  soluble  in  rectified  spirit.'  This  is  an  important 
property,  and  on  it  the  Tinct.  Kino  B.P.  is  based.  Works  on 
Materia  Medica,  while  pointing  out  certain  unimportant  points 
of  dissimilarity  between  the  official  and  Eucalyptus  Kino,  never 
state  that  the  latter  does  not  dissolve  in  rectified  spirit,  while  some 
make  the  specific  statement  that  it  is  soluble  in  that  liquid.  But 
my  experiments  have  shown  that  no  Kino  is  more  insoluble  in  spirti 
than  that  of  F.  siderophloia  /  ,  .  .  The  Kino  of  B.  resini- 
feraj  Smith,  is  also  comparatively  little  soluble  in  spirit,  for  a 
similar  reason.  For  this  reason  alone,  I  do  not  hesitate  to  say 
that  '  Botany  Bay  Kino  '  is  neither  the  produce  of  U.  siderophloia^ 
Benth.,  {E.  resinifera^  Smith),  nor  E.  resinifera,  A.  Cunn.  Both 
these  Kinos  would  be  quite  useless  for  the  preparation  of  the 
tincture,  and  would  never  be  thought  of  a  second  time  by  any 
person  who  had  made  the  experiment  on  either :  it  is  therefore 
quite  certain  that  these  species  have  not  caused  pharmacists  to  use 
Eucalyptus  Kinos  more  or  less  for  a  century,  but  rather,  it  has 
doubtless  been  the  admixture  of  such  Kinos  as  these  with  such 
Eucalyptus  Kinos  as  are  freely  soluble  in  spirit,  which  has  helped 
to  bring  Eucalyptus  Kino  into  disrepute." 


BY    J.  H.  MAIDEN.  1281 

When  tlie  Tronbark  Kinos  are  of  the  same  age,  1  doubt  whether 
they  can  be  distinguished  from  each  other.  They  darken  with  age, 
like  other  Kinos,  colour  being  with  Kinos  often  simply  compara- 
tive. They  are  bright  looking,  and  often  with  an  almost  greasy 
lustre,  are  obtainable  in  large  pieces,  for  their  tenacity  is  such 
(owing  to  the  gum  they  contain),  that  they  do  not  easily  break  into 
small  pieces  like  the  Ruby  Kinos, — much  less  do  they  break  into 
powder  like  the  members  of  the  Turbid  Group.  They  stick  to  the 
teeth  if  chewed. 

Following  is  a  detailed  account  of  such  of  the  "  Gummy  " 
Kinos  as  have  fallen  into  my  hands,  up  to  the  present.  I  reserve 
the  publication  of  an  exhaustive  analysis  of  a  typical  Kino  of 
each  of  the  groups  for  another  occasion. 

In  the  case  of  E.  siderojyhloia,  I  have  described  several  Kinos  of 
different  ages,  the  object  being  (as  in  the  Ruby  Group),  to  show  the 
variability  in  appearance,  and  the  range  of  variability  of  compo- 
sition. 

Eucalyptus  crebra,  F.v.M.,  B.FL  iii.  221. 

"  Narrow-leaved  Ironbark,"  though,  as  Dr.  Woolls  has  pointed 
out,  there  is  a  narrow-leaved  form  of  U.  jjct'^icidata,  for  which 
this  species  may  be  mistaken.  Extends  from  N.  S.  Wales  to 
Northern  Australia. 

No.  25.  I  am  indebted  to  Mr.  R.  T.  Baker  for  this  sample ;  he 
obtained  it  7th  Oct.  1889,  at  St.  Mary's,  South  Creek,  N.  S.  Wales. 

It  cannot  be  distinguished  in  outward  appearance  from  that  of 
£J.  siderojyhloia  (No.  31)  below. 

Eucalyptus  leucoxylon,  F.v.M.     (Syn.  E.  sideroxylon,  A.  Cunn. 
B.Fl.  iii.  209.) 

Found  in  N.  S.  Wales  and  Queensland. 

Dr.  Wiesner  (loc.  cit.),  says  of  this  Kino,  "  Same  reaction  as 
£.  globulus.'^     Large  black-red  lumps,  with  fibrous  impurities." 

*  I  have  not  yet  been  able  to  obtain  Kino  of  this  species,  so  I  am  unable 
to  criticise  the  comparison. 


1282  ON  KINGS  AS  AN  AID  IN  THE  DIAGNOSIS  OF  EUCALYPTS, 

Sometimes  the  bark  of  this  tree  is  honeycombed,  the  cavities 
being  filled  with  Kino.  The  blackish  Kino,  set  in  rows,  in  the 
light  reddish-brown  bark,  has  a  beaded  granular  appearance,  cha- 
racteristic, perhaps,  of  this  species. 

No.  26.  "Ironbark."  Received  from  the  Botanic  Gardens, 
Sydney,  29th  December,  1887. 

This  sample  is  in  large  masses,  from  which  the  firmly  adherent 
wood  and  bark  have  to  be  cut  away.  It  is  of  horny  appearance, 
a,nd  shows  something  of  that  texture  when  cut  with  a  knife.  It 
is  opaque-looking,  except  at  fresh  fractures.  The  Kino  appears 
almost  black,  and  it  is  only  at  the  edges  of  thin  splinters  that  it 
is  observed  to  be  of  a  deep  garnet  colour.  It  powders  with  diffi- 
culty, forming  a  powder  much  like  Indian  red. 

Cold  water  yields  a  deep  orange-brown  solution,  leaving  a 
residue  consisting  of  phlobaphene  and  shavings  of  bark.  The 
process  of  solution  goes  on  very  slowly.  Colour  of  residue  Sienna 
brown. 

Eucalyptus  paniculata,  Sm.^  B.Fl.  iii.  211-212. 

Found  in  N.  S.  Wales,  the  S.  Australian  and  Victorian  species 
being  probably  difierent. 

No.  27.  "She  Ironbark;"  North  Ryde,  28th  April,  1888.  Diam. 
1  ft.  6  in. ;  height,  60  ft. 

The  tree  which  yielded  this  particular  sample  yielded  it  in 
unusual  abundance.  Not  only  have  I  never  seen  a  tree  of  this 
species  yield  it  in  such  quantity,  but  in  abundance  it  rivalled  the 
quantity  exuded  by  an  JE.  corymhosa  tree  in  full  bearing  of  Kino. 
The  rugged  bark  was  covered  with  a  mass  of  long  tears,  and 
samples  of  great  purity  could  readily  be  obtained.  When  collected, 
this  Kino  resembled  orange  lac  in  appearance  to  a  marked  degree, 
though  some  fragments  varied  in  tint  to  brown  and  garnet  lac. 
In  all  cases  the  resinous  appearance  of  the  Kino  is  strikingly 
similar  to  lac.     It  is  fairly  brittle,  and  forms  a  bright  powder. 


BY   J.  H.  MAIDEN.  1283 

It  dissolves  readily  in  cold  water,  forming  a  very  pale-coloured 
solution  of  an  orange-brown  colour.  Colour  of  residue  Vandyke 
brown. 

Eucalyptus  resinifera,  Smith,  B.Fl.  iii.  245. 

Found  in  N.  S.  Wales  and  Queensland. 

"  The  specific  gravity  of  this  Kino  is  about  1*416  and  the  per- 
centage of  tannin  65 '57  (s^c)"  (Staiger). 

Dr.  Joseph  Bancroft  quotes  another  analysis  by  Mr.  Staiger 
of  this  Kino,  in  which  he  found  54  per  cent,  of  Kino-tannic  acid, 
and  "  also  a  kind  of  gum-arabic,  but  in  older  samples  the  amount 
of  Kino-tannic  acid  is  greater,  and  the  gum  less."  I  have  no 
particulars  of  the  above  Kinos,  so  I  am  unable  to  say  how  far  Mr. 
Staiger's  analyses  and  my  own  are  reconcileable. 

In  the  Catalogue  of  the  Museum  of  the  Pharmaceutical  Society 
of  Great  Britain  (p.  46),  a  Kino  called  E.  resinifera,  Lin.  (a  mis- 
print probably  for  Cunn.,  and  therefore  the  species  would  be  E. 
siderojyhloicc),  is  catalogued,  and  the  statement  is  made  that  "This 
gum  may  be  recognized  by  its  reddish  tint  and  powdery  surface." 
Neither  of  the  Kinos  of  the  two  E.  resiniferas  answers  to  this 
description  ;  such  a  Kino  would  probably  be  allied  to  E.  rostrata 
(a  member  of  the  Turbid  group). 

No.  28.  "Mahogany."  Received  from  the  Government  Botanist 
of  Queensland  (Mr.  F.  M.  Bailey),  February,  1888. 

In  smallish  tears  for  the  most  part,  showing  firmly  adherent 
wood  or  bark  on  one  side.  A  clear-looking  Kino  of  a  dark  colour, 
showing  a  dark  ruby  colour  by  transmitted  light.  It  has  evidently 
been  collected  for  a  long  time.  It  is  inclined  to  be  tough  and 
horny,  and  is  therefore  rather  difiicult  to  powder.  Fracture  bright. 
Colour  of  powder  of  a  pure  burnt  Sienna. 


Cold  water  forms  a  deep  orange-brown  coloured  liquid,  which 
tins  out  to   a  1 
Vandyke  brown. 


thins  out  to  a  bright  orange-brown  colour.     Colour  of  residue 


1284  ON  KINGS  AS  AN  AID  IN  THE  DIAGNOSIS  OF  EUCALYPTS, 

With  alcohol  (so  as  to  form  a  tincture  of  B.P.  tinct.  Kino 
strength),  the  supernatant  liquid  is  of  a  reddish-brown  colour,  and 
the  granular  residue  is  of  a  reddish-brown  colour  likewise. 

Eucalyptus  robusta,  Smith,  B.Fl.  iii.  228. 
Found  in  N.  S.  Wales  and  Queensland. 

Note, — Smith,  in  describing  this  species  in  his  Speciinen  of  the 
Botany  of  New  South  Wales,  1793,  styled  it  the  "  Brown  Gum- 
tree  "  or  "New  Holland  Mahogany."  The  first  name  was  given 
because  "  its  resin  is  an  inferior  sort  of  red  gum,  of  a  brown  hue." 
Smith's  Kino  was  brownish  because  it  was  old,  and  I  draw 
attention  to  the  name  "  Brown  Gum,"  which  is  sometimes  quoted 
in  connection  with  this  species,  in  order  to  point  out  that  it  is 
never  employed  in  Australia,  and  was  simply  Smith's  appellation. 

No.  29.  "  Swamp  Mahogany."  Belong  Swamp,  Nowra,  August 
1888.  Diam.,  1-5  ft.  ;  height,  60-100  ft.  A  poor  sample.  In 
tears  with  adherent  fibrous  bark.  The  tears  are  quite  bright,  and 
therefore  freshly  exuded,  presumably.  It  is  of  a  more  than 
ordinarily  rich  deep  ruby  colour. 

Cold  water  yields  a  solution  of  a  medium  orange-brown  colour, 
and  leaves  a  reddish-brown  residue.  With  alcohol  (tinct.  B.P. 
strength),  the  liquid  is  but  slightly  coloured  ;  the  granular  gummy 
residue  is  rendered  opaque-looking,  and  of  tints  from  flesh  colour 
(gum),  to  Vandyke  brown  (phlobaphenes). 

Eucalyptus  saligna.  Smith,  B.Fl.  iii.  245. 
Found  in  N.  S.  Wales  and  Queensland. 

No.  30.  "  Blue  Gum."  Eastwood,  near  Sydney,  28th  April, 
1888.     Height,  80  ft.  ;  diam.,  3  ft. 

A  dullish-looking  Kino,  of  all  tints  of  garnet.  It  is  of  a  horny 
texture  for  the  most  part.  In  bulk  it  perhaps  most  generally 
resembles  E.  2)unctata  Kino  in  appearance,  but  it  has  none  of  the 
brown  tint  of  the  latter. 


BY    J.  H.  MAIDEN.  1285 

It  readily  dissolves  in  cold  water,  forming  a  quite  clear  liquid 
of  a  dark  orange-brown  colour,  with  a  small  amount  of  residue  of 
a  Vandyke  brown  colour.  Alcohol  (B.P.  strength  of  tincture) 
yields  a  reddish-brown  liquid,  and  leaves  a  granular  residue  of  a 
dark  reddish-brown  colour. 


Eucalyptus  siderophloia,  Benth.  (Syn.  E.  resinifera^  A.  Cunn., 
71071  Smith),  B.Fl.  iii.  220. 

Found  in  N,  S.  Wales  and  Queensland. 

"  The  specific  gravity  of  this  Kino  is  about  1*413,  and  the  per- 
centage of  tannic  72-13"  (Staiger).  I  regret  that  I  cannot  accept 
this  percentage  of  tannic  acid. 

Dr.  Joseph  Bancroft  of  Brisbane  describes  this  Kino  as  exuding 
plentifully,  and  at  first  being  in  long  tears  of  a  pale  yellowish 
colour,  which  darken  into  bright  red,  and  eventually  into  black, 
becoming  more  insoluble.  (I  can  endorse  this  description  from 
examination  of  New  South  Wales  specimens).  He  states  that  a 
tincture  made  with  2J  ounces  to  a  pint  of  proof  spirit  is  valuable 
as  an  astringent  in  diarrhcea,  but  gelatinizes  on  keeping.  I  have 
already  pointed  out  that  Kino  of  this  species  is  little  soluble  in 
spirit  owing  to  the  gum  it  contains. 

No.  31.  "Ironbark."  Cambewarra,  12th  August,  1886.  Height, 
80-100  ft. ;  diam.,  4  ft. 

Obviously  newer  than  the  two  succeeding  Kinos.  It  is  of  a  rich 
ruby  colour,  both  by  reflected  and  transmitted  light.  It  is  mostly 
in  tears,  rather  horny,  and  therefore  difficult  to  powder.  Colour 
of  powder  Sienna  brown. 

It  dissolves  in  cold  water  almost  entirely,  forming  a  medium 
orange-brown  liquid.  The  residue  consists  of  reddish  phlobaphene, 
with  a  trace  of  accidental  impurity.  Colour  of  residue  umber 
brown.  With  alcohol  (strength  of  B.P.  tinct.  Kino),  a  pale  sherry- 
coloured  liquid  is  formed.  The  insoluble  residue  collects  into 
rounded  pieces,  swells  up  slightly,  and  does  not  disintegrate  with 


1286  ON  KINGS  AS  AN  AID  IN  THE  DIAGNOSIS  OF  EUCALYPTS, 

shaking  the  bottle.  It  reminds  one  irresistibly  of  potted  lobster. 
When  rubbed  gently  with  a  glass  rod  the  lumps  disintegrate,  and 
the  interior  of  them  is  found  to  be  of  a  salmon  colour.  On 
evaporation  of  the  spirit  the  masses  shrink  in  bulk,  become  of  a 
darker  colour  (though  far  lighter  than  the  original  Kino),  and 
extremely  brittle. 

No.  32.  "  Broad- leaved  or  Red  Ironbark."  Richmond,  N.  S 
Wales,  tTu-ly,  1 886.     Given  to  me  by  the  Rev.  Dr.  WooUs. 

In  masses  of  a  pure  reddish-brown  to  ruby,  and  almost  trans- 
parent. Woody  matter  is  finely  adherent  to  the  outside  of  the 
masses.     Rather  difiicult  to  powder  as  it  feels  gummy. 

With  cold  water  and  alcohol  it  behaves  in  exactly  the  same 
way  and  possesses  the  same  appearance  as  the  preceding  specimen. 
Colour  of  residue  umber  brown. 

No.  33.  ''Ironbark."  Queensland.  Received  from  Mr.  F.  M. 
Bailey,  Government  Botanist  of  that  colony,  February  1888. 

This  sample  must  have  been  collected  for  a  considerable  period. 
It  is  black  and  dull  looking,  and  quite  horny  in  texture.  The 
ruby  colour  is  apparent  if  very  thin  splints  be  taken.  Some  wood 
or  bark  is  firmly  adherent.  It  is  exceedingly  difficult  to  powder. 
Colour  of  powder  dark  Sienna  brown. 

With  cold  water  the  solution  is  much  darker  than  that  with  the 
other  samples  of  this  species.  It  is  of  a  deep  orange-brown  colour. 
Colour  of  residue  brown  to  Vandyke  brown.  Alcohol  appears  to 
have  but  little  efiect  on  this  Kino. 

No.  34.  "Ironbark."  Cambewarra,  25th  September,  1888. 
Height,  60-80  ft. ;  diam.,  2  ft. 

A  quite  freshly  exuded  Kino.  It  is  of  a  pale  orange  colour,  and 
in  tears  of  considerable  size.  Fracture  dull  resinous ;  gummy  to 
the  feel.  The  description  of  E.  paniculata  (Ryde),  applies  to  this 
sample. 

Cold  water  yields  a  very  pale  orange-brown  solution,  with  a 
rose  tint.  Alcohol  (B.P.  strength  of  tincture),  yields  an  almost 
colourless  solution.     The  gummy  granular  residue  is  flesh-coloured. 


BY    J.  H.  MAIDEN. 


1287 


GUMMY    GROUP. 

Percentage  of  the  following  Constituents. 


No. 

Name. 

Kino-tannic 
Acid, 

Insoluble 
Phlobaphenes. 

Gum. 

Ash. 

25 

Eucalyptus  crehra,  F.v.M. 

37-99 

trace 

40-42 

•2 

26 

E.  leucoxylon,  F.v.M. 

32-51 

5-1 

34-2 

•1 

27 

E.  paniculata,  Sm. 

34-74 

2-9 

34-9 

•2 

28 

E.  resinifera,  Sm. 

39-62 

2-0 

32  1 

•1 

29 

E.  7'ohusta,  Sm. 

35-05 

3-7 

31-4 

•2 

30 

E.  saligna,  Sm. 

35-56 

4-6 

31-3 

•2 

31 

E.  siderophloia,  Benth. 

36-07 

1-6 

33-7 

•1 

32 

Ditto 

35-1 

1-2 

38-1 

•1 

33 

Ditto 

33-02 

2-2 

39-0 

•4 

34 

Ditto 

37-08 

trace 

341 

•1 

82 


1288  STUDIES    IN    AUSTRALIAN    ENTOMOLOGY, 

STUDIES    IN    AUSTRALIAN    ENTOMOLOGY. 

NO.  II.— SIX  NEW  SPECIES  OF  CARABID^. 

By  Thomas  G.  Sloane. 

I  lately  received  from  Mr.  C.  French,  Government  Ento- 
mologist of  Victoria,  six  species  of  Carabidse  belonging  to  the 
tribe  Carenides ;  of  these  four  came  from  the  Fowler's  Bay 
district  of  South  Australia,  two  being  new  species,  which  I  have 
named  Carenum  vicinuin,  and  C.  lepidum ;  the  other  two  are 
C.  rugatum,  Blackburn,  and  G.  (Chariscapterus)  opulens,  Sloane ; 
of  the  latter  there  are  two  specimens,  one  of  which  has  the  elytra 
of  a  beautiful  coppery  purple.  The  two  remaining  species  are 
from  the  McDonnell  Ranges,  in  the  centre  of  the  continent,  and 
are  a  new  species  of  Euryscaphus  (E.  titanus),  and  a  new 
Carenmn  (C.  habitans)  very  distinct  from  anything  I  have 
previously  seen. 

Euryscaphus  titanus,  n.sp. 

Black,  shining.  Head  large,  subquadrate  (9J  x  12J"^  mm.) ; 
thick  and  heavy,  the  frontal  sulci  short,  connected  behind  by  a 
faint  curv^ed  impression,  parallel  towards  the  front,  then  turning 
outwards  in  a  broad  curve  ;  clypeus  sloping  backward  from  the 
labrum,  with  the  usual  setigerous  puncture  on  each  side  in  front 
of  the  out-turned  frontal  sulci ;  mandibles  large,  smooth  towards 
the  apex,  transversely  striate  on  the  large  internal  teeth  ;  eyes 
prominent,  a  short  blunt  tooth-like  process  projecting  forwards 
and  downwards  below  them  ;  mentum  short,  lobes  rounded 
externally  to  the  inner  point,  the  inner  side  almost  square, 
the  median  tooth  broad,  triangular,  keeled,  with  broad  reflexed 
margins  (epilobes),    two    deep    fove?e  on   each    side    of    the  base 

*  This  is  the  width  without  the  eyes  ;  the  same  remark  applies  to  the 
measurements  of  the  head  in  the  other  species  described  in  this  paper. 


BY    THOMAS    G.   SLOANE.  1289 

of  the  median  tooth ;  labrum  as  usual  in  the  genus.  Antennte 
as  usual  in  the  genus,  strong,  filiform,  last  article  fusiform 
Pro  thorax  transversely  subcordate  (10  x  17  mm.),  convex, 
almost  parallel  on  the  sides,  broadly  lobed  behind,  the  anterior 
margin  sinuate ;  the  marginal  border  strongl}""  reflexed,  crenulate 
on  the  edge,  flattened  and  roundly  advanced  at  the  anterior 
angles,  very  wide  and  vertical  at  the  posterior  angles,  behind 
these  thickened  and  but  slightly  upturned,  more  prominent  on 
each  side  of  the  basal  lobe  than  along  the  sinuosities  before  the 
lobe  ;  the  lobe  rounded  and  margined ;  along  the  anterior  margin 
a  space  of  about  l^mm.  marked  with  closely  placed  longitudinal 
striolee ;  the  median  line  distinctly  marked,  extending  from  the 
rugose  part  in  front  to  the  basal  margin  ;  the  surface  covered, 
with  minute  scratches,  these  more  apparent  towards  the  sides, 
thus  rendering  the  lateral  parts  less  shiny  than  the  disc  ;  a  lightly 
marked  transverse  line  across  the  median  line  near  the  base,  but 
the  basal  part  of  the  prothorax  not  distinctly  defined ;  two 
marginal  punctures  on  each  side,  the  basal  one  being  behind  the 
posterior  angles.  Elytra  longer  than  broad  (23  x  20  mm.),  very 
convex,  widest  at  about  half  the  length,  rounded  on  the  sides, 
considerably  narrowed  to  the  humeral  angles — these  well  marked 
and  upturned  (between  them  13  J  mm.) — smooth  (except  for  rows 
of  fine  punctures  visible   with    a  lens"*),   the  base    lightly   and 

*  In  regard  to  the  rows  of  shallow  punctures  often  noticed  on  the  elytra 
in  specimens  of  various  species  of  the  Cartnkles,  I  now  attach  no  value  to 
this  feature  for  determining  species.  I  have  never  taken  any  Carenid  which 
showed  these  traces  of  puncturation  on  the  elytra  when  captured  ;  but 
observations  made  with  specimens  of  Carenum  arenarium,  81oane,  (J. 
scaritioides,  Westw. ,  EiUoma  loddonense,  Casteln.,  and  Carenidium  lacustre, 
Macl.,  have  showed  me  that  the  result  of  a  lengthened  immersion  in 
methylated  spirits  of  wine  is  to  bring  out  rows  of  punctures  on  the  elytra 
of  all  these  species,  though  naturally  they  are  quite  smooth.  iSpecimens 
of  these  species  which  I  kept  for  some  months  in  spirits,  on  being  taken 
out,  all  showed  rows  of  shallow  punctures  on  the  elytra.  Unfortunately, 
since  noticing  this  I  have  never  had  any  opportunity  of  collecting  specimens 
of  Carenum  to  further  experiment  with.  Of  course  these  remarks  do  not 
apply  to  Laccopterum  or  Epilectus.  The  same  results  happen  in  the  genus 
Promecodenis. 


1290  STUDIES    IN   AUSTRALIAN    ENTOMOLOGY, 

broadly  emarginate,  with  a  single  oblique  row  of  punctures  on 
each  elytron  ;  the  lateral  margins  broad,  lightly  reflexed  on  the 
anterior  half,  but  the  upturned  edge  disappearing  towards  the 
apex ;  a  row  of  fine  punctures  along  the  sides,  these  more  closely 
placed  on  the  anterior  half.  The  anterior  tibiae  with  two  very 
strong  external  teeth,  above  which  the  exterior  ridge  has  four 
tooth-like  projections  visible  from  above,  the  inferior  ridge  is 
closely  serrate  extending  past  the  upper  external  tooth,  the  apical 
plate  projects  in  a  short  tooth  below  the  tarsus  ;  the  intermediate 
tibise  strong  with  a  short  acute  tooth  projecting  outwards  at  the 
apex. 

Length  49,  breadth  20  mm. 

Hah. — McDonnell  Ranges,  Central  Australia. 

In  size  this  species  almost  equals  E.  Waterliousii,  Macl.,  from 
which  it  differs  in  its  more  elongate  elytra,  not  bulged  on  the  side 
as  in  that  species,  and  not  nearly  so  deeply  excavate  at  the  base. 

A  single  specimen  (^). 

Carenum  (Calliscapterus)  habitans,  n.sp. 

Shining,  elytra  green,  head,  disc  of  prothorax,  abdomen,  and 
legs  black,  the  prothorax  widely  margined  with  green,  the  under 
surface  of  the  prothorax  towards  the  sides,  and  the  inflexed 
margins  of  the  elytra  also  green.  Head  large,  subquadrate 
(5  X  Tj  mm.),  frontal  sulci  deep,  converging  in  front,  and  turning 
sharply  out  in  a  linear  form  to  the  outer  base  of  the  man- 
dibles, a  deeply  marked  puncture  on  each  side  in  front  of  their 
course  behind  the  lateral  teeth  of  the  clypeus ;  the  occiput 
marked  with  fine  scratches ;  one  supra-orbital  puncture  on 
each  side.  Prothorax  very  transverse,  broader  than  the  elytra"^ 
(6J  X  lOJ  mm.),  rather  convex,  declivous  behind,  parallel  on  the 
sides,  a  little  narrowed  to  the  anterior  angles,  these  wide,  rounded 

*  The  breadth  of  the  prothorax  as  compared  to  the  elytra  varies  in  some 
species  of  Carenum  (for  instance,  Calliscapterus  campestre,  Macl.) ;  this 
difference  I  believe  to  be  a  sexual  character. 


BY    THOMAS    G.   SLOANE.  1291 

and  produced  ;  the  posterior  angles  rounded  off ;  the  base  lobate 
and  rounded  ;  the  marginal  border  wide  and  reflexed,  widest  at 
the  posterior  angles,  continuous  on  the  base  ;  the  median  line 
light,  ending  behind  in  an  arched  transverse  line,  between  the 
sinuosities  on  each  side  of  the  base,  defining  the  basal  part  of  the 
prothorax;  a  short  longitudinal  impression  extending  forward 
from  each  side  of  the  basal  lobe ;  the  posterior  declivous  part  of 
the  prothorax  transversely  striolate  ;  two  marginal  punctures  on 
each  side.  Elytra  oval  (14x10  mm.),  convex,  marked  with  seven 
rows  of  distinct  shallow  punctures  '^  and  two  discoidal  punctures 
towards  the  apex,  lightly  rounded  on  the  sides,  and  equally 
rounded  in  front  and  behind  ;  the  humeral  angles  prominent  and 
upturned,  the  base  emarginate  between  them,  steeply  declivous  to 
the  peduncle  and  marked  with  a  double  row  of  umbilicate  punctures 
on  each  elytron,  a  row  of  evenly  placed  umbilicate  punctures 
along  the  margins,  every  alternate  one  being  larger  •  the  lateral 
margins  broad,  especially  towards  the  apex.  Prosternum  lightly 
excavate  between  the  coxae.  The  legs  strong,  the  intermediate 
and  posterior  tibiae  thick  and  ciliate  as  in  C.  odeivahni,  only 
heavier ;  the  anterior  tibiae  tridentate  externally,  the  exterior 
ridge  with  four  projections  above  the  large  te^th,  the  inferior 
ridge  strongly  serrate  to  the  apex  of  the  tibiae,  the  apical  plate 
with  a  short  tooth  at  the  apex. 

Length  29,  breadth  lOJmm. 

Hah. — McDonnell  Ranges,  Central  Australia. 

A  very  distinct  species  ;  its  affinity  is  to  Carenuin  (Callis- 
capterus)  odewahni,  Casteln.,  but  it  differs  inter  alia  in  its  elytra 
not  being  narrowed  to  the  base,  and  in  having  only  two,  instead 
of  three,  prothoracic  marginal  punctures. 

Carenum  lepidum,  n.sp. 

Smooth,  shining ;  elytra  iridescent  with  the  disc  a  deep 
blackish-purple   changing   to    blue   or    green    on    the    sides,  the 

*  See  note  at  page  1289. 


1292  STUDIES    IN    AUSTRALIAN    ENTOMOLOGY, 

lateral  margins  (and  inflexed  underpart  of  elytra)  of  a  bright 
copper  colour,  prothorax  having  the  disc  deep  black  with  wide 
fiery  copper  margins,  head  and  underparts  shining  black.  Head 
subquadrate  (2^x2|mm.);  the  frontal  sulci  almost  parallel,  a 
little  wider  behind  ;  the  lateral  teeth  of  the  clypeus  very  promi- 
nent, a  deeply  impressed  puncture  behind  them  on  each  side ;  the 
preocular  processes  prominent ;  the  eyes  hardly  projecting  beyond 
the  sides  of  the  head  ;  one  supra-orbital  puncture  above  each  eye. 
Prothorax  transverse  (3^  x  5  mm.),  rather  convex,  truncate  in 
front  between  the  anterior  angles — these  a  little  advanced — ,very 
lightly  rounded  on  the  sides,  broadest  just  before  the  posterior 
angles;  the  marginal  border  wide,  reflexed,  widest  at  the  posterior 
angles,  sinuate  on  each  side  between  the  posterior  angles  and  the 
base  ;  the  base  shortly  lobate,  very  lightly  emarginate  ;  the 
median  line  finely  impressed,  not  reaching  the  border  behind  ; 
the  basal  part  of  the  protliorax  not  crossed  or  defined  by  a  trans- 
verse line ;  two  marginal  punctures  on  each  side.  Elytra 
Isevigate,  elongate,  very  little  wider  than  the  prothorax 
(9  X  5^  mm.),  convex,  with  two  discoidal  punctures  towards 
the  apex ;  the  sides  subparallel,  widest  at  about  half  the  length, 
a  little  narrowed  to  the  base,  the  base  truncate,  the  humeral 
angles  strongly  marked  and  upturned  ;  the  lateral  margins  not 
wide,  within  them  a  row  of  closely  set  punctures.  Prosternum 
hardly  impressed  between  the  coxae,  and  obliquely  narrowed 
behind.  Anterior  tibiae  tridentate  ;  the  exterior  ridge  witli  two 
projections  above  the  large  teeth,  inferior  ridge  consisting  of  five 
short  projections,  the  apical  plate  toothed  at  the  apex  ;  inter- 
mediate tibiae  strongly  serrate,  and  with  an  acute  spine  at  the 
apex  externally. 

Length  16,  breadth  5 J  mm. 

Hah. — Fowler's  Bay  district. 

A  very  distinct  species ;  its  afiinity  is  evidently  to  Careyium 
(Chariscapterus)  opulens,  Sloane,  but  it  is  very  different  in  its 
parallel  and  elongate  form.  The  "inferior  ridge"  of  the  anterior 
tibiae  with  strong  tooth-like  projections,  is  of  a  different  form  to 


BY   THOMAS   G.   SLOANE.  1293 

what  I  have  seen  in  any  Carenid  before.  Two  specimens ;  one 
shows  a  single  strong  puncture  on  the  declivous  part  of  the  base 
of  each  elytron,  the  other  has  no  punctures  on  the  base. 

Carenum  vicinum,  n.sp. 

Elytra  of  a  dark  blue,  almost  black  in  the  middle,  but  becoming 
a  fine  purple  towards  the  sides,  the  margins  cseruleous,  the  pro- 
thorax  black  with  a  violet  margin,  head,  legs,  and  underparts  of 
prothorax  and  abdomen  black.  Head  subquadrate  (4J  x  5 J  mm.), 
frontal  sulci  almost  parallel,  a  little  sinuate,  diverging  in  front  as 
usual,  an  obsolete  transverse  impression  behind  them  ;  the  pre- 
ocular  processes  prominent ;  the  eyes  not  prominent,  one  supra- 
orbital puncture  above  each  eye.  Prothorax  transverse  (5:^  x  8 
mm.),  rather  convex,  broadest  at  the  posterior  angles,  rounded 
and  a  little  narrowed  to  the  anterior  angles,  these  very  slightly 
produced  ;  the  posterior  angles  rounded  off ;  the  margin  sharply 
sinuate  on  each  side  of  the  base,  thus  giving  it  a  shortly  lobate 
appearance ;  the  lobe  very  gently  rounded  and  emarginate 
in  the  middle ;  the  marginal  border  wide,  sinuate  behind, 
and  widened  to  form  a  conspicuous  angle  on  each  side  of 
the  basal  lobe ;  the  median  line  lightly  impressed,  its  course 
crossed  by  very  fine  transverse  striolse ;  the  basal  part  of  the 
prothorax  not  defined  by  a  transverse  line;  only  two  marginal 
punctures  discernible  on  each  side,  one  near  the  anterior  angle, 
the  other  at  the  posterior  angle.  Elytra  Isevigate,  ovate,  a  very 
little  broader  than  the  prothorax  (11 J  x  8J  mm.),  gently  rounded  on 
the  sides,  very  slightly  narrowed  to  the  base ;  the  humeral  angles 
well  marked  and  upturned,  the  base  truncate  and  steeply  declivous 
between  them  ;  the  marginal  border  narrow  and  reflexed,  a  row 
of  fine  punctures  within  it;  on  each  elytron  a  large  discoidal 
puncture  towards  the  apex,  and  a  few  punctures  in  a  single  row 
on  the  base.  Anterior  tibise  bidentate  externally,  the  exterior 
ridge  with  four  projections  above  the  large  teeth,  inferior  ridge 
serrate,  reaching  the  apex  of  the  tibiee,  the  apical  plate  with  a 
sharp  projecting  spur  at  the  apex. 


1294  STUDIES    IN    AUSTRALIAN    ENTOMOLOGY, 

Length  24,  breadth  8J  mm. 

Hah. — Fowler's  Bay  district. 

A  single  specimen.  This  species  is  very  closely  allied  to  C. 
planipenne,  Macl.,  but  differs  in  its  colour  showing  no  trace  of 
green ;  in  the  shape  of  the  elytra,  which  are  not  so  flat,  and  also 
differ  in  not  being  emarginate  and  gently  declivous  between 
the  shoulders,  and  in  being  much  narrower  and  more  sharply 
rounded  behind.  The  shape  of  the  prothorax  is  the  same  in  both 
species,  though  a  little  more  convex  in  C.  vicinum ;  I  can  find  no 
trace  of  more  than  two  marginal  punctures  on  each  side,  while  in 
C.  planipenne  there  are  three ;  C.  vicinum  has  only  one  supra- 
orbital puncture  on  each  side  of  the  head  while  C.  planipenne  has 
two. 

NOTONOMUS    ARTHURI,   n.Sp. 

Q.  Elytra  of  a  metallic  green  or  purple,  head,  prothorax,  and 
underparts  black.  Head  smooth,  with  the  frontal  impressions 
well  marked  ;  a  light  transverse  impression  on  each  side  behind 
the  posterior  supra-orbital  puncture ;  the  eyes  prominent,  inclosed 
behmd.  Prothorax  a  little  broader  than  long  (4|  x  5^  mm.) — in 
one  specimen  the  measurements  almost  equal — slightly  rounded 
on  the  sides  and  a  little  narrowed  to  the  base ;  the  posterior 
angles  rounded;  the  base  widely  and  very  slightly  emarginate 
between  the  lateral  impressions,  these  narrow  and  reaching  the 
basal  margin;  the  marginal  border  reaching  behind  the  lateral 
impressions  on  each  side  of  the  base ;  the  posterior  marginal  punc- 
tures placed  before  the  angles  of  the  base,  and  inside  the  marginal 
border ;  the  median  line  distinct,  not  reaching  either  margin. 
Elytra  oval  (12  x  7  mm.),  not  convex,  a  little  narrower  to  the 
base,  rounded  on  the  sides,  broadest  at  about  half  the  length, 
sinuate  behind,  dehiscent  at  the  apex,  striate  ;  the  interstices  flat 
(9  th  stria  and  interstice  as  usual),  3rd  with  three  impressed 
punctures  ;  the  border  of  the  base  almost  straight ;  the  humeral 
angles  not  marked.  The  segments  of  the  abdomen  smooth  as 
usual      The  presternum  not  excavate  between  the  coxae. 


BY    THOMAS    G.    SLOANE.  1295 

Length  20,  breadth  7  mm. 

Hah.— M.t.  Yfilson,  Blue  Mountains,  N.S.W. 

This  species  comes  near  ISf.  variicollis,  Chaucl.,  but  has  the 
basal  angles  of  the  prothorax  more  rounded.  Three  specimens,  all 
9,  taken  by  Mr.  A.  Sidney  Olliff  (to  whom  I  have  dedicated  it) 
at  Mt.  Wilson.     The  type  is  in  the  Australian  Museum. 

NOTONOMUS    LATERALIS,  n.Sp. 

/J.  Black,  shining.  Head  smooth,  rather  broad  ;  clypeus  with 
a  setigerous  puncture  on  each  side,  the  clypeal  suture  distinct, 
ending  on  each  side  in  the  frontal  impressions,  these  lightly 
marked  and  linear ;  eyes  not  prominent,  inclosed  behind  ;  the 
vertex  hardly  at  all  transversely  impressed  behind  the  posterior 
supra-orbital  puncture.  Prothorax  snbquadrate,  slightly  broader 
than  long  (4|^  x  5  mm.),  lightly  rounded  on  the  sides,  hardly  at 
all  narrowed  to  the  base,  the  posterior  angles  rounded  off;  the 
base  widely  emarginate  between  the  lateral  impressions,  these 
short  and  not  reaching  the  basal  margin  ;  the  marginal  border 
reflexed  on  the  sides,  reaching  as  far  as  the  inner  side  of  the 
lateral  impressions  on  each  side  of  the  base ;  the  posterior 
marginal  punctures  in  the  lateral  border  at  the  basal  angles. 
Elytra  parallel  (10  x  6  mm.),  truncate  at  the  base,  rather  flat  on 
the  disc,  the  sides  and  apex  declivous,  broadly  rounded  and 
hardly  at  all  sinuate  behind,  dehiscent  at  the  apex,  strongly 
striate,  the  9th  stria  very  wide  and  hardly  bifurcate  behind,  the 
abbreviated  stria  short  and  oblique ;  the  interstices  convex 
towards  the  apex,  2nd,  4t;h,  and  6th  narrowed  behind,  9th 
marked  throughout  its  course  by  umbilicate  punctures,  these 
closer  (but  not  confluent)  towards  the  apex,  3rd  of  each  elytron 
with  three  punctures  (all  on  the  posterior  half),  of  these  two 
deeply  impressed  on  the  declivous  part  near  the  apex,  the  other 
four  forming  a  square  just  behind  the  middle  of  the  elytra  ;  the 
lateral  margin  wide,  the  border  being  more  decided  behind ;  the 
border  of  the  base  is  arched,  not  toothed  though  slightly  raised 
at  the  humeral  angles.     The  three  last  segments  of  the  abdomen 


1296  STUDIES    IN    AUSTRALIAN    ENTOMOLOGY. 

■with  a  deep  transverse  impression  on  each  side.  The  posterior 
tarsi  with  the  articles  shorter  and  thicker  than  usual  in  the 
genus. 

9. — Having  the  elytra  completely  flattened  on  the  hinder  part 
of  the  disc,  and  almost  vertical  on  the  sides  and  apex  ;  the  wide 
smooth  space  within  the  marginal  border  (representing  the  9th 
stria)  wider  than  in  the  ^. 

Length  ^  17  J,  breadth  6  mm. 

Eab. — Mt.  Wilson,  Blue  Mountains,  N.S.W. 

A  very  distinct  species  diifering  from  all  other  species  of  I^oto- 
nomus  I  have  seen  in  having  distinct  and  deep  lateral  impressions 
on  the  segments  of  the  abdomen,  and  in  the  wide  smooth  space 
within  the  marginal  border  of  the  elytra  ;  also  in  the  flattened 
elytra  with  vertical  sides  and  apex  in  the  9. 

Three  specimens  taken  by  Mr.  A.  Sidney  Ollifl". 


NOTES   ON    THE   NIDIFICATION   OF    MERULA    VINI- 

TINCTA,  Old.,  AND  OGYDROMUS  SYLVESTRIS,  Scl.* 

By  a.  J.  North,  F.L.S. 


NOTES   ON   THE    BREEDING   OF   STERNULA   SINEN- 
SIS, Gmel.,  in    AUSTRALIA* 
By  a.  J.  North,  F.L  S. 


DESCRIPTION   OF  A   NEW  AUSTRALIAN   SKINK.* 

By  E.  R  Ramsay,  L.L.D.,  F.R.S.E.,  and  J.  Douglas 

Ogilby,  F.L.S. 


DESCRIPTIONS  OF  TWO  NEW  SKINKS.* 

By  J.  Douglas  Ogilby,  F.L.S. 

*  Note. — The  four  papers  read  under  the  above  titles  have  already  been 
published  in  the  Records  of  the  Australian  Museum,  Vol.  I.  No.  1  (March, 
1890). 


NOTES    AND    EXHIBITS.  1297 


NOTES    AND    EXHIBITS. 

Mr.  Maiden  exhibited  samples  of  tlie  kinos  referred  to  in  his 
paper. 

Mr.  Ogilby  exhibited  the  three  lizards  described  above. 

Mr.  North  sent  for  exhibition  the  nest  and  eggs  of  Merida 
vinitincta,  the  eggs  of  Ocydromus  sylvestris,  and  skins  and  eggs  of 
Sternula  sinensis. 

Mr.  Sloane  exhibited  the  insects  described  in  his  paper. 

Mr.  Rohu  exhibited  the  upper  jaw  of  a  Death  Adder  (AcantJio- 
phis  ayitarctica)  in  which  on  one  side  there  is  an  equally  developed 
supplementary  tooth  placed  on  the  transverse  plane. 

Mr.  A.  Sidney  OUifF  sent  for  exhibition  three  specimens  (two 
(J  and  one  9)  of  Atyphella  lychnus,  OIL,  together  with  the 
following  note  on  the  discovery  of  the  female  of  that  species : — 

"  In  answer  to  an  appeal  for  information  about  the  sexes  of  the 
Fire-fly  recently  described  in  the  Proceedings  of  this  Society  (see 
antea  p.  645),  under  the  name  Atyphella  lychnus^  Mr.  James  D. 
Cox  has  forwarded  to  me  $  and  ^  examples  which  he  found  in 
copula  at  Mount  Wilson  early  in  the  present  month.  An  exam- 
ination of  these  specimens  enables  me  to  state  that  Atyphella 
belongs  to  the  division  of  the  family  Lampyridse  in  which  both 
sexes  are  winged,  and  that  it  is  allied  to  Lucidota  and  Photinus 
of  the  tribe  Lucidotina,  a  fact  which  I  hardly  anticipated  from 
the  general  form  and  structure  of  the  male  insect.  The  female 
has  the  head  and  eyes  much  smaller  than  the  male,  and  is 
altogether  broader  in  form,  and  the  underside  does  not  present 


1298  NOTES    AND    EXHIBITS. 

distinct  light-organs,  the  entire  body — in  the  single  specimen 
before  me — being  yellowish- white.  In  communicating  to  me  his 
discovery  of  the  female  Atyphella,  Mr.  Cox  remarks  that  he  did 
not  observe  the  specimen  to  be  luminous,  an  observation  of  the 
greatest  interest  and  importance,  as  it  goes  to  support  the  idea 
that  the  females  rarely  fly  in  company  with  the  males,  but  remain 
concealed  in  the  grass  or  herbage  like  the  European  Liociola 
already  alluded  to.  At  all  events  the  absence  of  luminosity  in 
the  female  Atyphella  would  account  for  its  having  escaped  the 
notice  of  the  collector." 


ANNUAL    GENERAL    MEETING 


29th  January,  1890. 


PRESIDENT'S    ADDRESS. 

At  the  dose  of  1889,  the  fifteenth  year  of  our  Society's  existence, 
I  have  once  more  the  honour  of  laying  before  you  the  annual 
report  upon  the  progress  and  state  of  the  Society,  its  gains  and 
losses,  and  the  work  which  it  has  achieved.  In  connection  with 
the  latter  topic,  I  shall,  as  heretofore,  make  reference  to  such 
other  contributions  to  the  Natural  History  of  Australia  as  I  have 
been  able  to  observe  during  the  past  year. 

The  first  Monthly  Meeting  of  the  Society  was  held  on  25th 
January,  1875,  under  the  presidency  of  Mr.  (now  Sir  William) 
Macleay, — who  also,  at  the  first  Annual  General  Meeting,  31st 
January,  1876,  delivered  the  first  President's  Address.  In  the 
meanwhile  the  ''Chevert"  expedition  had  been  organised  and 
equipped,  and  had  completed  its  explorations  in  and  about  New 
Guinea.  I  have  on  a  previous  occasion  made  the  remark  that  it 
was  unquestionably  to  that  expedition  and  its  results  that  this 
Society  owes  its  early  and  vigorous  growth.  Nevertheless  the 
remark  will  bear  repeating,  as  well  as  the  reminder  that  the 
whole  cost  of  that  expedition  was  borne  by  our  then  President,  a 
point  which  should  not  be  forgotten  in  the  enumeration  of  his 
services  to  Natural  History,  and  his  extraordinary  contributions 
towards  the  welfare  of  the  Linnean  Society  of  New  South  Wales. 

The  number  of  original  members  was  125,  many  of  whom  there 
is  reason  to  suppose  subscribed  not  altogether  on  account  of 
particular  interest  in  any  branch  of  Natural  History,  but  rather 
in  order  to  give  a  kindly  help  to  an  infant  Society,  whose  objects 
everyone  approved. 


1300  president's  address. 

At  any  rate,  there  remain  now,  out  of  these  125,  only  24 
actual  members  of  the  Society,  and  it  seems  not  unsuitable  to  our 
present  time  of  assembling  to  record  the  names  of  the  veterans: — 

Bradley,  H.  H.  Burton. 
Brazier,  J.,  F.L.S. 

Cox,  J.  C,  M.D.,  F.L.S.,  President  Fisheries  Commission. 
DoDDS,  Hon.  A.,  M.L.C. 
Eldred,  W.  H.,  Consul  for  Chili. 

Hay,  Hon.  Sir  J.,  K.C.M.G.,  &c..  President,  Legislative 
Council. 

Jennings,  Hon.  Sir  P.  A.,  K.C.M.G.,  &c.,  M.L.C. 
King,  Hon.  P.  G.,  M.L.C. 

Liversidge,  a.,  M.A.,  F.R.S.,  Professor  of  Chemistry, 
Sydney  University. 

Lark,  F.  B. 

Maclaurin,  H.  N.,  M.D.,  &c..  Medical  Adviser  to  the 
Government. 

Macleay,  The  Hon.  Sir  William,  Kt.,  M.L.C. 

Masters,  G.,  Curator,  Macleay  Museum,  Sydney  University. 

Macintosh,  J.  N. 

Merewether,  E.  C. 

Makinson,  H.  M. 

Norton,  Hon.  J.,  M.L.C. 

Osborne,  G. 

Ramsay,  E.  P.,  LL.D.,   Curator,  Australian  Museum. 

Read,  R.  B.,   M.R.C.S. 

Stephens,  W.  J.,  M.A.,F.GS.,  Professor  of  Natural  His- 
tory,  Sydney  University. 

Ward,  W.  D.,  M.A.,  M.D. 

Wilkinson,  C.  S.,  F.G.S.,  Government  Geologist. 

Walker,   R.  C,  Principal  Librarian,  Free  Public  Library. 


president's  address.  1301 

At  the  present  moment  the  Society  numbers  one  hundred  and 
seventy-one  members,  five  having  withdrawn,  by  resignation  or 
otherwise,  and  three  new  members  having  been  elected  since  the 
last  annual  meeting. 

But  the  Society  has  suffered  a  very  severe  loss  in  the  death  of 
one  of  its  most  distinguished  members,  eminent  for  his  attain- 
ments, admirable  for  his  union  of  patience  and  energy,  and 
everywhere  beloved  for  the  unaffected  simplicity,  courtesy,  and 
kindness  which  so  remarkably  characterised  his  intercourse  with 
others.  The  Eev.  Julian  Edmund  Tenison-Woods,  who 
deceased  in  Sydney  on  Monday,  the  seventh  of  last  October, 
became  first  attached  to  this  Society  upon  his  election  by  the 
Council  to  the  status  of  a  Corresponding  Member,  in  June, 
1876.  He  subsequently  became,  November,  1878,  an  ordinary 
member,  and  was  elected  President  at  the  next  annual  meeting. 
After  holding  this  ofiice  for  the  customary  period  of  two  years, 
he  was  elected  Vice-President  at  the  commencement  of  1883,  in 
which  ofiice  he  continued  until  the  time  of  his  death. 

In  the  list  of  contributors  to  the  First  Series  of  our  Pro- 
ceedings (published  by  the  Society,  1887),  no  less  than  seventy 
entries  testify  to  the  exuberant  industry,  no  less  than  to  the 
extraordinary  variety  of  attainments,  which  characterised  our 
lamented  friend.  They  relate  to  so  many  different  branches  of 
Natural  History  that  it  would  be  impossible  to  classify  them 
within  the  limits  which  the  nature  of  my  present  duty  prescribes. 

I  therefore  simply  enumerate  them  in  the  order  of  their 
appearance,  as  follows  : — 

P.L.S.N.S.W.,  1st  Series,  Vol.  I.  :  Observations  on  the  genus 
Risella.  Vol.  II.  :  On  some  Australian  sp.  of  Trochocochlea  ; 
On  a  new  sp.  of  Necera  ;  On  a  variety  of  Trigonia  Lamarckii  ; 
On  a  Tertiary  Formation  at  New  Guinea  ;  The  Echini  of  Aus- 
tralia, including  those  of  the  "Chevert"  Expedition,  (pp.  31);  On 
some  Australian  Shells  described  by  Dr.  A.  Gould  ;  Description 
of  some  new   Marine    Shells    (Port  Jackson    Heads);  On  some 


1302  president's  address. 

Tertiary  Fossils  from  New  Guinea  ;  On  the  Extra-tropical  Corals 
of  Australia  ;    On  the  Echini  of  Australia,    supplemental  note. 
Vol.    III.  :    On    an  Australian    variety    of  Neritina  pulligera, 
Linn. ;  On  Arachnopora,  new  genus  of  Milleporidse  ;  On  Psam- 
moseris,  new  species ;  On  Desmophylhim,  new  species,  and  young 
of  Cycloseris    Sinensis;    On   some    Australian    Littorinidse ;   On 
Bulhnus  Diifresnii  ;  On  three  new  genera  (  Vasillurtij  Diechorcea^ 
Phyllopora)  and  one  new  species  of  Madreporaria ;  On  two  new 
species    Land    Shells  ;  On    Euctimenaria,  new  genus  of   Cheilos- 
tomatous    Polyzoa ;  On  some   Corals  from   Darnley  Island  ;  On 
some  new  extra-tropical  Corals  ;  On  some  Freshwater  Shells  from 
New   Zealand ;  On   some    Tertiary  Fossils   from  Muddy  Creek, 
Victoria.     Vol.  IV.  :  Continuation  of  last  paper ;  On  some  new 
Marine  Shells ;  On  some    Freshwater   Shells  from  New  Guinea  ; 
On  some  new  Marine    Shells    from    Moreton    Bay  ;  On  Arauja 
albens ;  On  the  relations  of   the  Brisbane  Flora ;  On  some  new 
Australian  Echini  \  On  Heteropsammia   Michelinii,   E.  and  H.  ; 
On  Distichopora,   new    species ;  On    Euctimenaria   ducalis ;    On 
some  Fossils  from   Levuka,  Viti ;  On   some  Post-tertiary  Fossils 
from  New  Caledonia.     Vol.  V.  :  On  some  of  the  littoral  Marine 
Fauna  of  North-east  Australia ;  On  a  Fossiliferous   Bed  at  the 
mouth  of  the  Endeavour  River  ;  On  the  habits  of  some  Australian 
Echini ;  Resume  of  a  report  on  the  Fossil  Radiata  of  New  Zea- 
land ;  On  Flahellum,  new  species  ;  On  Diaseris,  new  species  ;    On 
a  young  Temnopleurus.     Vol.  VII.  :  Botanical  notes  on  Queens- 
land, No.  1  ;  On  Stomopneustes,  new  species,   and  a  new  variety 
of  Hipponoe  variegata ;  On  various  deposits  of   Fossil   Plants  in 
Queensland  ;  Botanical  notes  on  Queensland,   No.   2  ;  On  Allo- 
pora,    new    species ;    Botanical    notes    on    Queensland,    No.    3  ; 
Botanical  notes  on   Queensland,   No.  4 ;  On   a  Coal  Plant  from 
Queensland ;    Physical    Structure     and    Geology   of    Australia, 
(pp.  18);  On  a  Mesozoic  Mytilus  from  the  Barcoo  ;  Botanical  notes 
on  Queensland,  No.  5  ;  On  a  specimen  of  Coral  from  Port  Jackson  ; 
On  Brachyphyllumj   species  from    Mesozoic    coal  beds,    Ipswich, 
Queensland.       Vol.   VIII.  :    On    the    Fossil    Flora   of   the   coal 
deposits  of  Australia,  (pp.  130) ;    On  some  Mesozoic  Fossils  from 


president's  address.  1303 

Central  Australia.  Yol.  IX.  :  Letter  to  Hon.  W.  Macleay, 
giving  an  account  of  travels  in  Perak ;  Report  on  the  Geology 
and  Physical  Geography  of  the  State  of  Perak,  (pp.  28). 
2nd  Series,  YOL.  II.  :  A  Statistical,  Geographical,  and  Botanical 
Account  of  the  Yolcano  of  Taal,  in  the  Island  of  Luzon,  (pp.  125). 
Yol.  III.  :  Fisheries  of  the  Oriental  Region,  (pp.  90);  Geogra- 
phical Notes  in  Malaysia  and  Asia,  (pp.  93)  ;  Malaysian  Land 
and  Freshwater  Mollusca,  (pp.  97).  Yol.  IY.  :  Essay  on  the 
Yegetation  of  Malaysia,  (pp.  97).  Also,  in  co-operation  with  Mr. 
F.  M.  Bailey — Yol.  IY.  :  A  Census  of  the  Flora  of  Brisbane. 
YoL.  Y.  :  On  some  of  the  Fungi  of  N.S.W.  and  Queensland. 
Also,  the  Presidential  Addresses  for  the  years  1880  and  1881. 

In  the  Proceedings  of  the  Royal  Society  of  Tasmania  the  follow- 
ing papers  appear  :' — (1874)  Notes  on  the  Physical  and  Zoological 
relations  between  Australia  and  Tasmania  ;  (1875)  On  some  new 
species  of  Tasmanian  Marine  Shells ;  On  some  Tertiary  Fossils 
from  Table  Cape  ;  On  the  genus  Fenestella ;  On  the  Freshwater 
Shells  of  Tasmania  ;  Description  of  new  Tasmanian  Shells  ;  (1876) 
History  of  Australian  Tertiary  Geology  ;  On  some  Tasmanian 
PatellidEe;  On  a  new  genus  of  Nudibranchiata ;  On  some  new 
Tasmanian  Marine  Shells  ;  On  Ampullaria,  n.sp.  ;  Fossil  Echino- 
dermata  ;  Notes  on  Ditto  ;  (1877)  Census  with  brief  descriptions 
of  the  Marine  Shells  of  Tasmania  and  the  adjacent  Islands  ;  On 
Tasmanian  Siphonaria,  including  a  new  species;  On  some  new 
Tasmanian  Marine  Shells  ;  (1878)  On  some  new  Tasmanian 
Marine    Shells  ;    On   some   Tasmanian    Freshwater    Univalves  ; 

(1879)  On  some  Tasmanian  Trochidae  ;  Notes  on  Bythinella,  &c. ; 

(1880)  On  some  introduced  Plants  of  Australia  and  Tasmania, 

In  the  Proceedings  of  the  Royal  Society  of  New  South  Wales  we 
find  : — Yol.  X.  :  On  some  Tertiary  Australian  Polyzoa  ;  Yol. 
XI.  :  On  the  Tertiary  deposits  of  Australia ;  On  some  new 
Australian  Polyzoa  ;  The  Palaeontological  evidences  of  Australian 
Tertiary  formations ;  On  some  Australian  Tertiary  Corals  ;  Yol. 
XII ;  Tasmanian  Forests,  their  Botany  and  Economic  Yalue  ;  The 
MoUuscan  Fauna  of  Tasmania;  On  some  Australian  Tertiary 
83 


^C4^ 


'^^OO-  H^^, 


'Qd 


i-    -^i.O'<^ 


1304  president's  address. 

Fossil  Corals  and  Polyzoa ;  Vol.  XVI. :  The  Hawkesbury  Sand- 
stone ;  On  some  Carboniferous  INIarine  Fossils ;  On  some  Mesozoic 
Fossils  from  the  Palmer  River,  Queensland ;  A  fossil  plant  forma- 
tion of  Central  Queensland  ;  Vol.  XVII.  :  On  the  Waianamatta 
Shale  j  Vol.  XXII.  :  On  the  Desert  Sandstone ;  and,  finally.  On 
the  Anatomy  and  Life  History  of  Mollusca  peculiar  to  Australia. 
This  last  paper  obtained  the  Society's  Medal  and  Prize  offered  for 
the  best  original  work  on  the  subject  proposed.  To  Mr.  Woods 
was  also  awarded  the  Clarke  Medal  of  the  same  Society  for  the 
year  1888. 

Transactions  of  the  Philosophical  Institute  of  Victoria. — Vol. 
II. :  Observations  on  Metamorphic  Hocks  in  8.  Australia  :  Vol. 
III. :  Remarks  on  a  Tertiary  Deposit  in  S.  Australia  ;  Vol.  IV  : 
On  some  Tertiary  Deposits  at  Portland  Bay,  Victoria. 

Royal  Society  of  Victoria. — Vol.  VL  :  On  some  Tertiary  Fossils 
in  S.  Australia  ;  Vol.  VIII.  :  On  the  Glacial  Period  in  Victoria  ; 
Vol.  XIV.  (1879) :  On  some  new  Marine  Mollusca;  Vol.  XVI. : 
On  the  genus  Amathia  of  Lamouroux,  with  descriptions  of  new 
species  ;  List  of  Authors  who  have  written  directly  or  indirectly 
on  Polyzoa;  Vol.  XVII.  :  The  Hodgkinson  Gold  Fields,  Northern 
Queensland ;  On  some  new  Marine  Mollusca. 

Transactions  of  the  Philosojyhical  Institute  of  Adelaide. — (1865) 
The  Tertiary  Rocks  of  S.  Australia. — Part  1.  Introduction;  Part 
2.  The  Mount  Gambier  Fossils ;  Part  3.  Brachiopoda  ;  (1866)  The 
same  continued. — Part  4.  Fossil  Echinidae;  The  Geology  of  the 
South-East ;  (1878)  On  some  Fossil  Corals  from  Aldinga;  (1879) 
A  List  of  Australian  Star  Fishes. 

Royal  Society  of  S.  Australia. —  1880)  On  some  fossil  and 
recent  species  of  Australian  Seleniaridae ;  On  some  New  Corals 
from  Australian  Tertiaries. 

Proceedings  of  the  Queensland  Philosophical  Society. — Vol.  III. 
(1881)  :  Geology  of  Northern  Queensland. 

Palceontology  of  New  Zealand, — Part  IV.  :  Corals  and  Bryozoa 
of  the  Neozoic  Period  in  New  Zealand,  1880. 


president's  address.  1305 

Journal  of  the  Straits  Branch,  of  the  Royal  Asiatic  Society. — 
No.  13.  On  the  Stream  Tin  Deposits  of  Perak ;  No.  14.  A 
journey  to  the  Summit  of  Gunong  Bubu. 

Nature. — Yol.  31  :  Physical  Geography  of  the  Malayan 
Peninsula.— The  Borneo  Coal  Fields ;  Vol.  33  :  The  Geology  of 
Malaysia,  S.  China,  &c. 

Reports,  Pamphlets,  &c. 
North  Australia  ;  its  Physical  Geography  and  Natural  History, 
pp.  46.  Adelaide,  1864.  Geology  of  Portland;  Two  Lectures, 
Portland,  Victoria,  1865.  Report  on  the  Geology  and  Mineralogy 
of  the  S.E.  district  of  S.  Australia.  Adelaide,  1866.  Report  on 
the  Wilde  River  and  Great  Western  Tin  Mine.  Brisbane,  1881. 
Lectures  on  the  Burrum  Coal  Field,  Queensland,  with  map. 
Maryborough.  1881.  On  the  Natural  History  of  N.S.W. 
Sydney,  1882.  Coal  Resources  of  Queensland.  Brisbane,  1883. 
Report  on  the  Geology  and  Mineralogy  of  the  Northern  Territory. 
Adelaide,  1887. 

Letters  to  Newspapers. 

The  Australasian.  ~  (ISQ6)  Physical  Geography  of  Australia,  6 
letters  ;  (1867)  A  trip  to  Wood's  Point,  4  letters;  (1879)  A  trip 
to  a  Coral  Reef  ;  (1880)  A  few, words  about  Lichens  ;  Australian 
Coral  Reefs,  8  letters. 

The  Sydney  Mail. — (1879)  Wonders  of  Nature  in  Australia, 
10  letters;  (1880)  Notes  made  inN.  Australia,  12  letters  ;  (1882) 
A  visit  to  the  Wilde  River,  12  letters;  (1883)  Coal  Plants  of 
Australia,  12  letters. 

South  Australian  Advertiser. — (1879-80)  Northern  Queensland, 
12  letters. 

Sydney  Morning  Herald. — (1880)  Nature  in  the  Far  North,  18 
letters  ;  (1882)  A  day  with  the  Myalls,  2  letters  ;  (1884)  Earth- 
quake in  Straits  of  Sunda,  3  letters ;  A  journey  through  Java,  20 
letters;  An  exploration  in  Perak,  7  letters;  (1887)  Explorations 
in  N.  Australia,  8  letters  ;  A  trip  to  the  Victoria  River,  2  letters  ; 
Notes  cf  Travel,  7  letters  ;  The  Coal  Trade  between  Australia 
and  the  East,  6  letters. 


1306  president's  address. 

Bundaberg  and  Mount  Perry  Mail. — No.  477,  1881  :  The 
Carboniferous  Rocks  of  the  Lower  Burnett. 

Besides  these  contributions  to  the  current  literature  of  Natural 
History,  I  may  mention  the  following  important  works  : — Geo- 
logical Observations  in  South  Australia.  1  vol.,  London  and 
Melbourne,  1862;  History  of  the  Discovery  and  Exploration  of 
Australia.  2  vols.,  London,  1865  ;  Fish  and  Fisheries  of  New 
South  Wales.     1  vol.,  Sydney,  1882. 

The  following  sketch  of  Mr.  Woods's  life  and  works  is  taken 
from  a  biographical  notice  which  appeared  in  the  Adelaide  Adver- 
tiser of  Oct.  8,  1889,  and  which  is  attributed  to  the  pen  of  a  very 
near  relative  who  writes  with  special  authority. 

"  The  Rev.  Mr.  Woods  was  the  son  of  Mr.  James  Dominick 
Woods,  of  the  Middle  Temple  and  of  Sydenham,  Kent,  who  held 
a  leading  position  on  the  literary  staff  of  the  Times  for  40  years. 
His  mother  was  Henrietta  Maria  St.  Eloy,  the  daughter  of  the 
Rev.  Joseph  Tenison,  of  Donoughmore  Glebe,  in  the  County  of 
Wicklow,  Ireland.  His  maternal  grandfather  was  the  Bishop  of 
Ossory,  who  was  the  nephew  of  the  Most  Rev.  Thomas  Tenison, 
Archbishop  of  Canterbury.  Mr.  Woods  was  born  at  West 
Square,  London,  on  November  15,  1832."  When  his  school 
education  was  completed  he  became  associated  with  the  Rev. 
Canon  Oakley  of  Islington,  whom  he  assisted  in  establishing  the 
Catholic  Schools  of  that  suburb.  After  a  temporary  attachment 
to  the  Order  of  Passionibts,  he  proceeded  to  France,  when  he 
became  one  of  the  Professors  at  the  College  for  Naval  Cadets  at 
Toulon.  Here  his  taste  for  geology  and  natural  science  received 
its  first  development. 

Returning  to  England  in  about  four  years,  he  made  the  acquaint- 
of  Dr.  WiLLSON,  Roman  Catholic  Bishop  of  Tasmania,  with  whom 
in  1855  he  went  to  that  colony  to  establish  a  system  of  schools 
for  the  education  of  Ptoman  Catholic  children. 

From  Tasmania  he  removed  to  South  Australia,  where  he  was 
ordained  in  1857,  and  where  he  remained  for  some  years,  engaged 
both  in   mission    work,  and  in    the   organisation  of  the  Roman 


president's  address.  1307 

Catholic  Schools  of  that  colony.  He  afterwards  became  a 
missionary  priest  in  New  South  Wales,  with  Sydney  as  his 
head  quarters.  In  1883,  on  the  invitation  of  Sir  F.  A.  Weld, 
Iv.C.]\[.G.,  Governor  of  the  Straits  Settlements,  he  proceeded  to 
Singapore  in  order  to  explore  Malacca  and  furnish  the  Government 
with  some  reliable  information  as  to  its  geology  and  mineral 
resources.  On  his  way  thither  he  stayed  for  a  time  in  Java,  and 
was  witness  to  one  part  of  the  eruptive  outbreak  at  Krakatoa. 
He  ascended  two  of  the  volcanoes  while  they  were  in  eruption, 
and  his  experiences,  as  detailed  in  a  private  letter,  were  such  as 
to  determine  him  not  to  try  the  experiment  again.  His  descrip- 
tion of  the  scenes  he  encountered  whilst  passing  through  the 
Straits  of  Sunda  was  shocking.  The  sea  was  literally  covered 
with  corpses.  However,  it  did  not  discourage  him  from  adventures 
in  other  parts  of  the  East,  not  less  hazardous  than  the  ascent  of 
active  volcanoes.  Mr.  Woods  traversed  the  island  of  Java  from 
end  to  end,  and  performed  the  same  arduous  task  through  Siam 
and  Malacca,  in  each  of  which  places  he  enriched  the  scientific 
literature  of  the  world  with  his  observations  on  the  geology  and 
botany  of  the  regions  he  passed  through.  Sir  Frederick  Weld, 
shortly  after  Mr.  Wood's  arrival  in  Singapore,  left  the  colony  on 
leave,  but  before  his  departure  he  furnished  Mr.  Woods  with 
credentials  to  the  native  princes,  who  assisted  him  in  every  way 
they  could.  Before  he  left  Singapore  the  Colonial  Secretary  of 
that  colony  advised  the  British  Government  of  the  arrival  of  the 
Rev.  Mr.  Woods,  and  urged  the  desirableness  of  engaging  his 
services  to  report  to  the  Admiralty  upon  the  coal  resources  of  the 
eastern  seas.  The  Admiralty  accordingly  detached  from  the  naval 
squadron  in  the  China  Seas  the  Corvette  "  H.M.  Pegasus," 
Captain  Bickford,  to  enable  Mr.  Woods  to  make  the  necessary 
investigations.  He  thus  visited  and  explored  many  parts  of 
Borneo,  Siam,  Malacca,  the  Philippine  Islands  and  other  places. 
His  reports  to  the  Admiralty  have  not  been  made  public,  but  their 
value  was  recognized  in  the  munificent  way  in  which  Mr.  Woods 
was  rewarded  for  his  investigations  and  descriptions.  In  a 
private  letter  from  one  of  the   principal  naval   officers   on   the 


1308  president's  address. 

Chinese  Station  the  remark  was  made  that  Mr.  Woods'  discoveries 
as  to  the  coal  resources  of  the  East  had  increased  the  strength  of 
the  British  Navy  in  that  part  of  the  world  by  a  force  better  than 
half-a-dozen  good-sized  frigates.  After  a  lengthened  cruise  Mr. 
Woods  arrived  at  Hong  Kong,  where  he  was  most  cordially  wel- 
comed and  entertained  by  Sir  G.  Bowen  and  the  Admiral  of  the 
station.  Then  he  went  to  ascend  the  Hoang  Ho,  but  was  com- 
pelled by  the  state  of  his  health  to  return.  He  came  back  to 
Australia  in  "  H.M.S.  Flying  Fish,"  which  landed  him  at  Port 
Darwin.  Here  Mr.  J.  L.  Parsons,  the  Government  Resident  on 
the  Northern  Territory,  engaged  his  services  to  visit  and  report 
upon  the  mineral  districts  of  that  portion  of  the  country.  After 
a  short  \dsit  to  Queensland  he  returned  to  Sydney  after  an  absence 
of  about  four  years. 

Now,  however,  the  continued  hardships  which  he  had  undergone 
began  to  tell  upon  him,  and  his  health  slowly  but  surely  gave  way. 
"  For  nearly  two  years  he  was  confined  to  his  house,  and  latterly  he 
was  so  debilitated  that  he  was  unable  to  see  any  but  his  imme- 
diate attendants.  He  suffered  greatly,  but  he  bore  his  afflictions 
with  remarkable  fortitude,  and  he  accepted  his  fate  with  resigna- 
tion. His  departure  from  life  was  soothed  by  all  the  ministra- 
tions of  that  religion  to  which  he  had  devoted  his  life,  and  he 
left  the  world  in  which  his  career  had  not  been  barren  of  results 
with  no  regrets  such  as  might  disturb  a  mind  less  evenly  balanced 
and  of  religious  convictions  less  assured  than  his  own." 

He  had  here  many  kind  and  considerate  friends  (among  wdiom 
you  will  readily  understand  that  Sir  William  Macleay  lield  a 
prominent  place),  but  he  had  been  exposed  to  troubles  of  which 
he  made  no  complaint,  but  which  seemed  to  have  made  a  lasting- 
impression  on  his  naturally  sanguine  and  happy  temperament. 
On  this  head  I  quote  a  few  sentences  selected  from  a  brief  but 
affectionate  memoir  of  the  departed,  which  appeared  in  the  Cen- 
teniiial  Magazine,  Sydney,  January  1,  and  was  written  by  his 
friend  and  our  fellow  member,  the  Rev.  J.  Milne  Curran,  now 
of  Bathui'st : — "  Of  his  personal  character  the  public  knew  little. 


1 


president's  address.  1309 

He  was  a  most  genial  companion  and  a  sympathetic  friend. 
There  was  a  certain  vein  of  sadness  in  his  manner.  The  deep 
lines  of  care  that  furrowed  and  seamed  his  face  were  noticeable 
to  many  who  knew  nothing  of  his  inner  life.  Even  though  in 
latter  years  tedious  work  was  for  him  a  stern  necessity,  he  never 
lost  that  genial  affability  that  charmed  his  friends.  A  glance 
through  his  correspondence  shows  that  he  had  to  bear  trials  that 
well-nigh  embittered  many  years  of  his  life.  His  sensitive  nature 
never  rallied  from  the  hardships  that  induced  him  to  leave 
Adelaide.  He  was  forced  to  learn,  too,  that  after  doing  his  all, 
in  giving  the  best  years  of  his  life  to  the  service  of  Religion,  he 
had  to  face  actual  need,  or  appeal  to  the  charity  of  his  friends. 
While  his  name  was  spoken  of  with  honour  and  his  work  pointed 
to  with  pride  by  his  co-religionists,  he  was  himself  on  the  very 
verge  of  want."  Again,  "shortly  before  his  death  he  was  given 
to  understand  that  he  should  comply  with  an  exceptionally  exact- 
ing Church  regulation — *  It  is  very  hard,  very  hard,'  I  heard  him 
say,  'but  I  hope  to  practise  a  little  of  what  I  have  been 
teaching.'  " — Requiescit  in  imce. 

I  have  drawn  up  a  list  of  the  Learned  Societies,  Institutions, 
Government  De)>artments  and  Journals  with  which  this  Society 
is  in  correspondence,  and  to  all  of  which  our  Proceedings  are 
regularly  forwarded. 

The  consequent  Exchanges  and  Donations  which  we  have 
received  during  the  year  are  entered  in  each  case.  But  for  the 
sake  of  simplicity  the  words  Volume,  Tome,  Band  and  the  like 
are  omitted  before  the  Roman  numerals,  and  the  words  Part, 
Number,  Heft,  Fasciculus,  ifec,  are  in  like  manner  left  out  before 
the  Arabic  numerals. 

Australia. 
Sydney — Australian  Museum. 

Mem.  2nd. — Rept.  Lord  Howe  Island. 

Trustees'  Rept.  (1888). 

Lendenfeld,  Monograph  on  Horny  Sponges. 


1310  president's  address. 

Sydney — Australian  Museum. 

Ramsay,  Birds  of  N.S.W. 

Comm.   Technolog.    Mus.       Useful    Plants,   J.  H. 

Maiden. 
Comm.  Technolog.  Mus.  Rept.  (1888). 
„  Free  Public  Library. 

Reports  (1888)  (1889). 
,,  Parliamentary  Library. 

„  Royal  Society  of  New  South  Wales. 

Proc.  XXII.  2.     XXIIL  1. 
Lib.  Catalogue. 
„  University  Library. 

Calendar  Univ.  Sydn.  (1889). 
„         Department  of  Mines. 

Memoirs  of  Geol.  Surv.  N.S.W. — Palaeontology, 

2.  — Tertiary  Fl.  Austral,     v,   Ettingshausen. 
Melbourne  Exhibition  (1888),  Descr.  Cat.  N.S.W. 
Mineral  Court. 
[liote. — The  Government  of  N.S.W.  also  purchase,  at  the  rate 
of  <£1   per  vol.,   100  copies  per  annum  of  the   Proceedings  for 
public  distribution.] 
Melbourne — Field  Naturalists'  Club  of  Victoria. 

Vict.  Naturalist  V.  9,  to  VI.  5,  and  9th  Ann. 
Rept.  F.N.C.  V. 
„  University  Library. 

,j  Royal  Society  of  Victoria. 

Proc.  (New  Series)  T.  (1889). 
„  Public  Library. 

M'Coy,  Prodromus  of  Zoology  of  Vict.,  XVII., 

to  XIX. 
Repts.  &c.  (1887-88). 
„  Zoological  and  Acclimatization  Society  of  Victoria. 

„  Department  of  Mines  and  Water  Supply. 

Mines  Reports,  Jan. -Dec.  (1888).     Ann.  Eept. 
(1888). 


president's  address.  1311 

Melbourne — Field  Naturalists'  Club  of  Victoria. 

„  Koy.  Comm.  Sanitary  Concl.  Melb.  Repts.  (1889). 

„  Mineral  Statistics  Vict.  (1888). 

Adelaide. — Botanic  Garden. 
Kept.  (1888). 
„  Parliamentary  Library. 

„  Koyal  Society  of  South  Australia. 

Trans.  XI.  XII. 
„  Public  Library. 

Kept.  (1888). 
Brisbane — Parliamentary  Library. 
„  Queensland  Museum. 

Kept.  (1888). 
„  Royal  Society  of  Queensland. 

Proc.  V.  4  ;  VI.  1,  2,  3,  4,  5. 
Rept.  Ann.  Mtg.  (1889). 
Townsville — Geological  Survey. 

The    Mineral    Wealth    of    Qld.     R.    L.    Jack, 

Govt.   Geologist. 
Rept.  on  Geol.  of  Russel  R.  ditto. 
Rept.  on  Coal  on  Flinders  R.  ditto. 
Second  Rept.  on  Mt.  Morgan,  ditto. 
Rept.  Limestone  Distr.  Palmer  R.  ditto. 
Rept.  Tarangamba  G.  M.  ditto. 
Dept.  Agriculture. — Rept.  on  Insect  and  Fungus 
Pests.  1. 
Perth — Parliamentary  Library. 

Tasmania. 

Hobart. — Royal  Society  of  Tasmania. 

Abstr.  Proc.  Nov.  13  (1888)  to  Oct.  (1889);  Proc. 
(1888);  Rept.  (1888) ;  Pres.  Address  (1889). 
„  Parliamentary  Library. 

Geol.  Tasm.     R.  M.  Johnston.     From  the  Premier 
of  Tasmania. 


1312  president's  address.  .  s 

New  Zealand.  «, 

Auckland — Museum, 

Kept.  (1888-89). 

Christchurch — Museum. 

Otago — Museum. 

Wellington — Colonial  Museum. 

Transactions  N.Z.  Inst.  XX.-XXI.  (1888). 

British  Islands. 

Cambridge-  -Philosophical  Society. 

Proc.  VI.  4-6  ;  Trans.  XIV.  3  (1889). 
Leeds — Conchological  Society  of  Great  Britain  and  Ireland. 

Journ.  V.  12  to  VI.  3  (1889). 
London — British  Museum. 

„  British  Museum  (Natural  History),  South  Kensington. 

B.M.C.  Birds,  XIV. ;  Foss.  Ptept.  etc.  1-2 ;  Marsup. ; 
Foss.  Cephalop.  1  ;  Foss.  Fish  1 ;  Chelonians. 
„  Entomological  Society,  Chandos  St. 

Trans.  1888,  pt.  3,  to  1889,  pt.  3. 
„  Geological  Society,  Burlington  House. 

Quarterly  Journal,  XLIV.  4,  to  XLV.  4  (1889). 
„  Linnean  Society. 

Journ.  Bot.  XXIII.   156,   157,  XXIV.   163,  164, 
XXV.  165-170,  XXVI.  173;  Zool.  XX.  119-121, 
XXI.   132,  XXII.   140;  Gen.  Ind.  &c. 
„  Zoological  Society. 

Proc.  (1888)  pt.  3  to  (1889)  pt.  2. 
Abstr.  Nov.  20  (1888)  to  Nov.  5  (1889). 
„  Boyal  Microscopical  Society. 

Journal  (1888)  pt.  6  to  (1889)  pt.  5. 
„  Royal  Society. 

Proc,  XLIII.  XLIV.  XLV.  276  (1889). 

Oxford — University  Museum. 

Cat.  Adds.  Radcl.  Lib.  (1888)  2  pts. 


PRESIDENT  S   ADDRESS. 


1313 


Scotland. 

Edinburgh — Royal  Society. 

Trans.  XXVII,  to    XXX.  1   (1872-81);  Proc. 
103  to  109  (1872-81). 
■„  University  Museum. 

„  Royal  Physical  Society. 

Proc.  IX.  3  (1888). 
Ireland. 

Dublin — University  Museum. 
„  Royal  Dublin  Society. 

Trans.  Ser.  2,  I.  1-25,  II.  3  pts.  III.  1-10,  IV.  2-5  ; 
Proc.  I.  3  pts.  II.  7  pts.  III.  7  pts.  IV.  9  pts.  V. 
1-2,  VI.  1-6  (1889). 
Canada. 

Montreal — Montreal  Society  of  Natural  History. 
Record,  I.  1-2,  III.  4-7  (1889). 
„  Royal  Society  of  Canada. 

Proc.  and.  Trans.  III.-VI.  (1885-88). 
Ottawa— Geological  and  Natural  History  Survey,  Sussex  Street, 
Ottawa. 

Palseont.  Canada,  I.  2. 
Toronto — The  Canadian  Institute. 

Proc.  Ser.  3,  VI.  1  (1888). 
India. 

Bombay — Bombay  Natural  History  Society. 

Journ.  III.  4,  to  IV.  2  (1889). 
Calcutta — Asiatic  Society  of  Bengal. 

Proc.  (1889)   1-10,   Journ.  Ivi.  II.  2-5,   Ivii.  11.  4 
(1888),  Iviii.  I.  1,  II.  1,  2. 
„         Geological  Survey  of  India,  Indian  Museum. 

Bibliography.  Records  XXI.  4,  to XXII.  3  (1889). 

United  States  of  North  America. 

Boston — Boston  Society  of  Natural  History. 
Proc.  XXIII.  3,  4  (1888). 


1314  president's  address. 

Boston — American  Academy  of  Arts  and  Sciences. 

Proc.  n.s.  XY.  1. 
Cambridge,  Mass. — Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology  at  Harvard 
College. 

Bull.  XYI.  2,  to  XVII.  4  (1889),  Kept. 
(1888). 
Cincinnati — Society  of  Natural  History. 

Journ.  lY.  Y.  1,  YIII.  3,  XI.  1-4  (1889). 
New  York — American  Museum  of  Natural  History. 

Ann.   Kept.  ^1888).   Bull.  II.  3.    Kept.  Central 
Park  Menagerie  (1888). 
„  New  York  Academy  of  Sciences. 

Ann.  lY.  5-8,  Trans.  Yll.  3-8  (1888). 
„  The  Editor  of   "Journal  of  Comparative  Medicine 

and  Surgery,"  Botanic  Gardens. 
Journ.  X.  1-4  (1889). 
„  American  Geographical  Society. 

Bull.  XX.  4,  and  Suppt.,  to  XXL  3  (1889). 
Philadelphia — Academy  of  Natural  Sciences. 
Proc.  (1888)  2,  3. 
„  The  Editor  of  "  American  Naturalist." 

A.M.,  XXII.    262   to  XXIII.  272.    (Except 
266  and  270  not  received). 
„  American  Philosophical  Society. 

Proc.  XY.  128  (1888). 
,,  "VYagner  Free  Institute  of  Science. 

San  Francisco — Calif ornian  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences. 
Washington — Smithsonian  Institution . 

„  United  States  National  Museum. 

Proc.  I.-IX.   X.  46-49,   XI.  1-42  ;  Bull.  4,  7. 
8,    11,   13-24,    27-31;    International     Exh. 
(1876)  Animal  Resources,  U.S. 
„  United  States  Geological  Survey. 

Bull.     40-47    (1888);    Geol.    Leadville;  Min. 
„  Resources,  U.S.  (1887). 


president's  address.  1315 

Washington — Bureau  of  Ethnology,  Ann.  Repts.  II. -I Y. 

,,  Department  of  Agriculture. 

Baltimore — Johns  Hopkins  University. 

Circulars  VI.  65  and  67,  VIII.  68  and  74  (1889) ; 
Studies  Biol.  Lab.  IV.  3,  4  (1888). 
Granville,  Ohio — Denison  University. 

Bull.  IV.  (1888). 
New  Haven — Connecticut  Academy  of  Arts  and  Sciences. 
Salem,  Mass. — Essex  Institute. 

Bull.  XIX.  (1887). 
France. 

Cherbourg — Societe  Rationale  des   Sciences  exactes  et  naturelles 

et  Mathematiques  de  Cherbourg. 
Paris — Academie  des  Sciences  de  Tlnstitut  de  France. 
Ctes.  Rend.  CVIII.-CIX.  13  (1889). 
„        Feuille  des  Jeunes  Naturalistes. 

219-229  (Nov.  1889);  Cat.  Bibl.  4-6. 
„        Jardin  des  Plantes. 
„        Societe  Entomologique  de  France. 
„        Societe  Zoologique  de  France. 

Bull.   XIII.   8,  to  XIV.  6  (1889)  (except  xiii,  9  and 
XIV,  3,  not  received)  ;  Mem.  I,  3  (1888). 
„        The  Director  of  the  "  Journal  de  Conchyliologie." 
Marseilles — Musee  d'Histoire  Naturelle  de  Marseille. 

Ann.  Zool.  II.  (1885). 
Caen — Societe  Linneenne  de  Normandie. 

Belgium. 

Antwerp — Societe  Royale  de  Geographic  d'Anvers. 

Bull.  VII.  3,  4,  IX.  3,  X.  1,  2,  6,  XI,  1-3,  XII. 
2-3    (1889);    Mem.    II.   (1883);    Mem.    I.    3 
(1888). 
Brussels — L' Academie  Royale  des    Sciences,   des   Lettres  et  des 
Beaux-Arts  de  Belgique. 

Bull.  XIV.-XVII.  Annuaire  (1889). 


1316  president's  address. 

Brussels — Soci^te  Entomologique  de  Belgique. 
Ann.  XXXI.  (1887). 
„  Societe  Royale  Malacologique  de  Belgique. 

Ann.  XXII.  (1887).  Proc.  Verb.  Jan.-June   1888. 
„  Societe  Boyale  de  Botanique  de  Belgique. 

Liege — Societe  Boyale  des  Sciences  de  Liege. 
M6m.  Ser.  2,  XY.  (1888). 
„        Society  Royale  Geologique  de  Belgique. 
Ann.  XIIL-XYL  I  (1889). 

Netherlands. 
Amsterdam — Academio  Boyale  des  Sciences. 

Jaarboek  (1886-87) ;  Verslagen   en    Mededee- 
lingen,  Ser.  3,  III.  IV.  (1887-88), 
„  Societe  Royale  de  Zoologie,  Natura  Artis  Magistra 

Bijdragen  14-16;  Eeest  Nummer  (1888). 
Hague — Nederlandsche  Entomologische  Vereeniging. 

Tijdschr.  XXXL  (1888). 
Harlem — Societe  Hollandaise  des  Sciences  Naturelles  a  Harlem. 
Arch.  XXIII.  1-5  (1889). 

Germany. 
Berlin — The  Editor  of  "  Archiv  fiir  Naturgeschichte." 

lii.  II.  3,  liii.  II.  1,  liv.  I.  1,  2,  IL  2,  Iv.  I.  2. 
„         Gesellschaft  fiir  Erdkunde. 
Bonn — Naturhistorischer  Verein  der  Preussischen  Rheinlande  und 
Westfalens. 
Verhandl.  (Folge  5\  V.  5  to  VI.  I  (1889). 
Bremen — Naturwissenschaftlicher  Verein. 

Abhandl.  X.  3  (1889). 
Frankfurt  on  Main — Senckenbergische  Naturforschende   Gesell- 
schaft in  Frankfurt  a/M. 

Abhandl.   XIV.    2  and  3  (1886),  XV.    3   (1888). 
Beiicht  1886. 
Frankfurt  on  Oder — Naturwissenschaftlicher  Verein  des  Regier- 
ungs-bezirkes  Frankfurt. 
Monat.  Mitth.  VI.  1-9  ;  Soc.  Lit.  II.  5-10. 


president's  address.  1317 

Halle — Kaiserliche  Leopoldino-Carolinische   deutsche   Akademie 
der  Naturforscher  zu  Halle. 

K  Acta.  L.  6,  LI.  2,  5,  6,  LII.  5  ;  Leopoldina,  LII., 
22-24  (1888),  LITI.  1-3  (1889). 
Hamburg — Naturhistorisches  Museum  der  f  reien  Stadt  Hamburg. 
„  Naturwissenschaftlicher  Verein. 

Abhandl.  I.-V.  \^IL  1  (1880).       ' 
Leipzig — Dr.  J.  Victor  Carus.  Editor  of  "  Zoologischer  Anzeiger." 
Z.A.  XI.  293,  to  XIL  321   (1889). 
„  Verein  fijr  Erdkunde  zu  Leipzig. 

Stuttgart — Yerein  fiir  vaterlandische  Naturkunde  in  Wurttem- 
berg. 

Jahresheft  XLV.  (1888). 
Austria. 

Vienna — Kaiserlich-KoniglicheZoologisch-botanischeGesellschaft. 
Verhandl.  XXXVIIL  1-4  (1888). 
,,  Kaiserlich-Konigliche  Naturhistorisches  Museum. 

Ann.  III.  2,  3,  4  (1888). 

Switzerland. 

Bern — Naturf orschende  Gesell  schaf t. 

Mittheilungen  (1887). 
Geneva — Societe  de  Physique  et  d'Histoire  Naturelle  de  Geneve. 
Mem.  XXX.  1  (1888). 
Sweden. 

Stockholm — Entomologiska  Foreningen. 

Tidskr.  L-IIL  VL  IX.  X.  1  (1889). 
Upsal — Societe  Royale  des  Sciences. 

Norway. 
Christiania — Kongelige  Norske  Frederiks  Universitet. 

Denmark. 

Copenhagen — Kongelige  Danske  Videnskabernes  Selskab. 
Bull.  (1888)  Nos.  2,  3,  (1889)  No.  1. 


1318  president's  address. 

Copenhagen — Naturhistoriske  Forening  i  Kjobenhavn. 
Medelelser  (1888). 
Italy. 

Genoa — Museo  Civico  di  Storia  Naturale. 

Annali,  Ser.  2,    III.-VI.  (1888). 
Naples — Zoological  Station. 

Mitth.  YIII.  3,  4,  IX.  1  (1889). 
Russia. 

Moscow — Societe  Jmperiale  des  Naturalistes. 
K  Mem.  XV.  6  (1889). 
Bull.  (1888),  Nos,  3,  4  ;  (1889),  No.  1. 
St.  Petersburg — Academie  Imperiale  des  Sciences. 

Mem.  Ser.  7,  XXXYI.  Ml  (1888). 
Bull.  XXXII.  2-4. 
„  Comite  Geologique  Institut  des  Mines. 

Mem.  III.  4,  YIII.  1. 

Bull.  YII.  6-10,  YIII.  1-5  ;  Suppl.  (1889). 
„  La  Societe  Entomologique  de  Russie. 

Horc^XXII.  (1888). 
Odessa — Soci6te  des  Naturalistes  de  la  Nou veil e- Russie. 
Zapiski,  XIII.  2,  to  XIY.  1  (1889). 
Z.  Math.  IX.  (1889). 
Kieff — La  Societe  des  Naturalistes. 
Helsingfors — Societe  des  Sciences  de  Finlande. 

Acta  XY.  ;  Bidrag  t.  KannedomFin.  Natur  o. 

Folk.  45-47. 
Finska  Yetenskaps  Soc.  XXYIII.-XXIX.  etc. 
„  Societas  pro  Flora  et  Fauna  Fennica. 

Acta  III.-IY.  (1888),  Meddelanden  af  S.  140, 
(1888). 
Java. 

Batavia — Kongl.  Natuurk.  Yereeniging  in  Nederl. -Indie. 
Tijdschrift,  XLYIII.   (1888). 
Japan. 

Tokyo — College  of  Science,  Imperial  University. 
Journ.  II.  4.5,  IIL  1-2  (1889). 


president's  address.  1319 

The  Library  of  the  Society  has  been  further  enlarged  by  many 
donations,  amounting  in  all  to  over  900  volumes.  Of  these  over 
700  have  been  presented  by  Sir  William  Macleay  and  include 
many  serial  and  other  works  of  great  value.    They  are  as  follows : — 

"  Philosophical  Transactions  of  the  Royal  Society  of  London." 
65  vols.  (1801-58  and  1881-87);  "Transactions  of  the  Royal 
Society  of  Edinburgh."  21  vols.,  with  6  Parts  and  2  Appendices 
(1788-1881) ;  "  The  Edinburgh  Philosophical  Journal."  90  vols. 
(1819-1864);  "Nature."  13  vols.  (1876-1882) ;  "  Zeitschrift  fiir 
wissenschaftliche  Zoologie."  Ed.  I.-XXXIX. ;  XLYI.  Hefts  3  and 
4;  XLYII.  Hefts  1  and  2  (1849-1888);  "The  Botanical  Cabinet." 
By  C.  Loddiges  and  Sons.  21  vols.  (1818-1833) ;  "The  Journal 
of  Botany."  17  vols.  (1863-1879) ;  "  Annales  de  la  Societe  Ento- 
mologiquedeBelgique."  Tomes  L-XXY.  (1857-1882);  "Tijdschrift 
voor  Entomologie."  Yols.  I. -XXI.  (1858-1878);  " Entomologische 
Zeitung,  herausgegeben  von  dem  Entomologischen  Yereine  zu 
Stettin."  Jahrg.  I.-XLYIII.  (1840-1887);  Mittheilungen  aus 
der  Zoologischen  Station  zu  Neapel."  Bd.  I.-III.  (1878-1882); 
"  Archives  de  Biologie."  Tome  YIII.  (1888)  ;  "  Notes  from  the 
Leyden  Museum."  Yol.  X.,  Parts  1-3  (1888);  "Nova^  Hollandiee 
Plantarum  Specimen."  Auctore  J.  J.  Labillardiere.  2  vols. ; 
"  Roberti  Brownii  Prodromus  Florae  Novse  Hollandiae  et  Lisulse 
Yan-Diemen;"  "Ichtyologie,  ou  Histoire  Xaturelle  des  Poissons." 
Par  M.  E.  Bloch.  6  vols.  (1785-1788)  ;  "  Fragmenta  Phyto- 
graphiae  Australiae,  Contulit  Ferdinandus  Mueller."  Yols.  L- 
Y.  (1858-1866)  ;  "  The  Natural  History  of  the  Tineina."  By  H. 
T.  Stainton,  assisted  by  Prof.  Zeller  and  J.  W.  Douglas.  13 
vols.  (1855-1873) ;  "  Reports  of  Explorations  and  Surveys  to 
ascertain  the  most  practicable  and  economical  route  for  a  rail- 
road from  the  Mississippi  River  to  thePacific  Ocean,  1853-4." 
12  vols.  (1855-1860) ;  "  Proceedings  of  the  Academy  of  Natural 
Sciences  of  Philadelphia."  28  vols.  (1841-1876)  ;  "Proceedings 
of  the  Boston  Society  of  Natural  History."  Yols.  I. -XII. 
(1844-69),  XIIL-XX.,  Parts  1^3  (1869-1880);  "Berliner 
Entomologische  Zeitschrift — herausgegeben  von  dem  Entomo- 
logischen Yereine  in  Berlin."  Jahrg.  I.-XXXII.  (1857-1888); 
84 


1320  president's  address. 

"The  Geologist."     Vols.  I.-YII.  (1858-1863);   "The  Geological 
Magazine,  or  Monthly  Journal  of  Geology."    14  vols.  (1864-1882); 
"The  Natural  History  Review."     12  vols.  (1854-1865)  ;  "  Ency- 
clopaedia Britannica."     9th  Edition.     Vol.  XXIV.  (1888) ;  "  On 
the  Anatomy  of  Vertebrates."     By  R.  Owen,  F.R.S.     3  vols. ; 
"  Elementary  Text -book  of  Zoology."     By  Dr.  C.  Glaus,  translated 
and  edited  by  A.  Sedgwick,   M.A.     2  vols. ;    "A  Text-book  of 
Physiology."      By  M.   Foster,   M.D.,  &c.      5th   Edition,  Part  I. 
1888 ;    "  A   Text-book    of   the    Physiological    Chemistry    of   the 
Animal  Body."     By  A.  Gamgee,  M.D.,  &c.     Vol.  I.  ;    A  Text- 
book of   Pathological   Anatomy   and    Pathogenesis."     By  Ernst 
Ziegler,    translated    by    Donald    Macalister,     M.D.        2    vols.  ; 
"  Elements  of  the  Comparative  Anatomy  of  Vertebrates."    By  R. 
Wiedersheim,  adapted  by  W.  N.  Parker  ;  "  A  Course  of  Elementary 
Practical  Physiology."     By  M.  Foster,  M.D.,  and  J.  N.  Langley, 
M.A.,  &c.     5th  Edition;    " The  Elements  of  Embryology."     By 
M.  Foster,  M.D.,  &c.,  and  the  late  F.  M.  Balfour,  M.A.,  &c. ;  "A 
Course  of  Elementary  Instruction  in  Practical  Biology."    By  T.  H. 
Huxley,  LL.D.,  &c.,  assisted  by  H.  N.  Martin,  M.D.,  &c.  ;    "An 
Introduction  to  the  Osteology  of  the   Mammalia."     By  W.  H. 
Flower,  LL.D.,  &c. ;  "Micro-Organisms  and  Disease."  By  E.  Klein, 
M.D.,  &c.;  "Anthropology."     By  E.  B.  Tylor,  D.C.L.,  &c.;  "A 
Course  of  Practical  Instruction  in  Botany."    Parts  i.  and  ii.    By  F. 
O.  Bower,  D.Sc.,&c.;  "Physiography."    By  T.  H.  Huxley,  F.R.S. ; 
"  Lectures  on  the  Physiology  of  Plants."     By  Julius  von  Sachs, 
translated  by  H.  Marshall  Ward,  M.A.;  "Outlines  of  Classifica- 
tion and  Special  Morphology  of  Plants."      By  Dr.   K.   Goebel, 
translated  by  H.  E.  F.  Garnsey,  M.A.;  "Comparative  Anatomy 
of  the  Vegetable  Organs  of  the  Phanerogams  and  Ferns."     By  Dr. 
A.  de  Bary,  translated  by  F.  O.  Bower,   M.A.,  and  D.  H.  Scott, 
Ph.D.,  &c.;    "The  Geological  History  of  Plants."      By  Sir.  J. 
William    Dawson,    C.M.G.,    LL.D.,   &c.  ;    "  Geology — Chemical, 
Physical,  and  Stratigraphical."     By  Joseph  Prestwich,  M.A.,  &c. 
2  vols. ;    "  Three  Expeditions  into  the  Interior  of  Eastern  Aus- 
tralia."    By  Major  T.  L.  Mitchell,  F.G.S.,  &c.      2  vols.;  "Travels 
of  a  Naturalist  in  Japan  and  Manchuria."     By  Arthur  Adams, 


president's  address.  1321 

F.L.S.,  &c. ;  "  A  Course  of  Lectures  on  Electricity."     By  George 
Forbes,  M.  A.,  &c. ;  "  The  Story  of  Creation."     By  Edward  Clodd; 
"  Modern  Theories  of  Chemistry."     By  Dr.  Lothar  Meyer,  trans- 
lated by  P.  Phillips  Bedson,  D.Sc,  &c.,  and  W.  C.  Williams,  B.Sc. 
The  following  Journals,   Magazines,  &c.,  for  1889  as  published  : 
"The  Athenaeum  ;"  "Annals  and  Magazine  of  Natural  History;" 
"English  Mechanic;"  "Entomologist;"  " Entomologists' Monthly 
Magazine;"  "The  Field;"  "  Geological  Magazine;"  "The  Ibis;" 
"  Journal  of  Anatomy  and  Physiology;"    "Journal  of  Botany;" 
"Nature;"    "Proceedings  of  the  Royal  Geographical  Society;" 
"  Quarterly  Journal  of  Microscopical  Science;"  "  Science  Gossip  ;" 
"The    Zoologist     ;"    "The    Scottish    Geographical    Magazine." 
"  Transactions  of  the  Royal  Society  of  Edinburgh."     Yols.  YIII., 
XXI.  (Part  4),  XXII.  (Parts  1  &  3),  XXIIL,  XXIY.,  XXYl. 
(Part  4),  XXYIII.  (Parts  2  &  3),  XXIX.   (1817-80)  ;  "Transac- 
tions of  the  Royal  Irish  Academy."     Yols.  I.-X.,  XYL,  XYII., 
XYIII.  (Part  1),  XIX.,  XXI.  (Part  1),  (1787-1846)  ;  "Charter 
and  Statutes  ;"   "  Index,  1786-1813;"  "  Me  moires  de  la  Societe  de 
Physique  et  d'Histoire  Naturelle  de  Geneve."     Tomes  I.-XXII, 
(1871-73);  "Premier  Supplement  au  Tome  XII.  ;"    "Table  des 
Memoires,  &c.,  T.  l.-XX. ;"  "  Abhandlungen  herausgegeben  von 
der  Senckenbergischen  Naturforschenden  Gesellschaft,  Frankfurt 
a/M."      Band  I.-XII.    (1854-81);    "Annales  des   Sciences   Geo- 
logiques."     T.  I.-XX.   (Parts  1  and  2)  (1869-88) ;  "Annales  des 
Sciences  Naturelles— Zoologie."     6«  Serie.     T.  XY.,  XYL,  XIX., 
XX.  (1883-85);  "Botanique."     6«  Serie.     T.  XYIL-XX.  (1884- 
85) ;  "Archives  de  Zoologie  Experimentale  et  Generale."     2®  Serie. 
Tomes  lY.  et  Y.  (1886-87);    "  Zeitschrift  fiir  wissenschaftliche 
Zoologie."      XLYII.   Band,   3   and   4   Hefts    (1888);    "  Namen 
und  Sachregister  tiber  Band  XXXI.-XLY."     "Notes  from  the 
Leyden    Museum."      Yol.   X.,   No.    4   (1888);    "  The  Geological 
Magazine."     Yols.  YIII.-X.  (1871-73)  ;  New  Series  (Decade  II). 
Yols.  YIL  and  YIII.  (1880-81);    "Coloured   Figures  of  English 
Fungi  or  Mushrooms."      By    James    Sowerby,    F.L.S.      3  Yols. 
and    Supplement   (1797-1803);    "  Curtis's    Botanical    Magazine." 
3rd  Series.     Yol.  XLIY.  (1888) ;  "Stettiner  Entomologische  Zeit- 


1322  president's  address. 

ung."  49  Jahrg.  (1888).  "The  Transactions  of  the  Royal 
Irish  Academy.  Vols.  XI.-XV. ;  XYIII. ;  XX.-XXVIII. ; 
XXIX.  (Parts  1-5),  (1810-89);  "Journal  of  Botany,"  n.s. 
Vols.  VIII.,  No.  204  (December,  1879) ;  IX.-XI.  (1880-82); 
"  Encyclopaedia  Britannica."  9th  Edition,  Index  ;  "  Nouvelles 
Archives  du  Museum  d'Histoire  Naturelle,  Paris."  2nde.  Serie. 
TomeX.,  Ease.  2  (1888);  "Notes  from  the  Leyden  Museum." 
Vol.  XL,  No.  1  (1889);  "The  Origin  of  Floral  Structures 
through  Insect  and  other  Agencies."  By  the  Rev.  George 
Henslow,  M.A.,  E.L.S.,  &c,  ;  "  The  Morphology  of  the  Skull." 
By  W.  K.  Parker,  F.R.S.,  and  G.  Bettany,  M.  A.,  B.Sc.  ;  "  Berliner 
Entomologische  Zeitschrift — herausgegeben  von  dem  Entomolo- 
gischen  Verein  in  Berlin."  Band  XXXIL,  Heft  2  (1888)  ; 
"  Stettiner  Entomologische  Zeitung."  50  Jahrg.,  Nos.  1-3  (1889). 
"  Reichenbachia.  —  Orchids  Described  and  Illustrated  by  E. 
Sander,  &c."  Vol.  I.  (12  parts);  II.  parts  1-5,  [1888-89]  ;  Vol. 
II.,  Part  7  (1888) ;  "  A  History  of  British  Fossil  Reptiles."  (4 
vols).  By  Richard  Owen,  K.C.B.,  F.R.S.,  &c.  ;  "Challenger 
Reports— Zoology.  Vols.  XXIII.-XXV.,  XXVIL,  XXVIII., 
XXIX.  and  XXX.  ;  "  Narrative."     Vol.  I.,  Part  1. 

The  first  two  parts  of  the  fourteenth  volume  of  our  Proceedings 
have  been  already  published,  the  third  is  in  print,  and  the  fourth 
will  be  issued  at  an  early  date. 

The  following  abstract  of  the  work  which  this  volume  repre- 
sents may,  I  hope,  be  found  of  some  assistance  to  the  inquirer  in 
following  up  references  to  other  parts  of  our  Proceedings,  as  well 
as  to  those  of  the  sister  scientific  societies  established  elsewhere 
among  the  English-speaking  communities  of  the  southern  hemi- 
sphere. 

Since  the  beginning  of    1889  we  have  received  copies   of  the 
aforesaid  Proceedings  as  follows,  viz.  : — 
Royal  Society  of  N.S.W.,  Vol.   XXIL,  Part  2;  Vol.  XXIIL, 

Part  1. 
Royal  Society  of  Tasmania,  volume  for  1888. 


I 


president's  address.  1323 

Royal  Society  of  Victoria — Proceedings,  Vol.  I.  (new  series). 
Royal  Society  of  S.  Australia — Proceedings,  Vols,  XI.  and  XII. 
Royal  Society  of  Queensland,  Vol.  V.,   Parts  4  and  5  ;  Vol.  VL, 
Parts  1-5. 

Institute  of  New  Zealand,  Vols.  XX.  and  XXI. 
Royal  Geographical  Society  of  Australasia — 

New  South  Wales  Branch,  none. 

Victoria  Branch,  none. 

Queensland  Branch,  Vol.  III.,  Part  2  3  Vol.  IV. ;  Vol.  V., 
Part  1. 

Australasian  Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Science, 
Vol.  I.,  Sydney  (1889). 

Victorian  Naturalist,  Vol.  V.,  No.  9,  to  Vol.  VI.,  No.  8  in- 
clusive. 

The  contributors  to  the  current  volume  of  our  Proceedings  are : — 

A.  Sidney  Olliff,  F.E.S.— New  species  Phyllodes  described, 
p.  113  ;  New  species  Cetoniidse,  described  by  O.  E.  Janson,  F.E.S. 
(communicated),  p.  127  ;  On  Rhopalocera  f rom  Mount  Kosciusko, 
p,  619  ;  Pielus  hyalinatus  and  its  allies,  p.  641  ;  New  species  of 
Lampyridas,  p.  643. 

Rev.  J.  E.  Tenison-Woods,  F.G.S.,  F.L.S.,  &c.— Vegetation  of 
Malaysia,  p.  9. 

J.  H.  Maiden,  F.LS.,  F.C.S. — Geographical  distribution  of 
some  N.S.W.  plants,  compiled  from  information  given  by  Baron 
V.  Mueller  and  Mr.  W.  Bauerlen,  p.  107  ;  On  Eucalyptus  Kinos 
— Part  i.  The  Ruby  Group,  p.  605  ;  Part  ii.  The  Gummy  Groupj 
p.  1277  ;  On  Spinifex  Resin,  p.  629  ;  On  the  Gum  from  Cedrela 
australis,  p.  1047 ;  On  the  Pharmacology  of  some  Australian 
Plants  by  T.  L.  Bancroft,  M.D.  (communicated),  p.  1061. 

F.  A.  A.  Skuse. — On  the  genus  Lestophomcs,  with  description 
of  a  new  species,  p.  123  ;    Genus  Batrachomyia,  Macleay,  MS.,  2 


1324  president's  address. 

species  described,  p.   171  ;  Diptera  of  Australia.     Part  vi. — The 
Chironomidae,  p.  215.    Part  vii. — The  Tipulidae  brevipalpi,  p.  757. 

Rev.  T.  Blackburn,  B.A.,  Corr.  Mem. — Revision  of  the  Genus 
Heteronyx.  Part  ii.,  p.  137.  Part  iii.,  p.  425.  Part  iv.,  p.  661. 
Supplement,  p.  1217  ;  Notes  on  Australian  Coleoptera.  Part  iii., 
p.  445.     Part  iv.,  p.  707.     Part  v.,  p.  1247. 

J.  Douglas  Ogilby,  F.L.S. — Australian  Palseichthyes.  Part 
ii.,  p.  178;  Ho2:)locephalus  frontalis,  n.sp ,  described,  p.  1027; 
Lygosoma,  n.sp.,  and  Ablepharus,  n.sp.,  described,  p.  1296. 

J.  C.  Cox,  M.D.,  F.L.S. — On  Cyjyroea  venusta,  Sow.,  p.  187; 
Ancylus  Smithi.  n.sp.,  and  Cyproea  Irvineance,  n.sp.,  described, 
p.  658. 

Baron  von  Mueller,  K.C.M.G-.,  &c.,  &c. — On  the  probable 
occurrence  of  Aldrovanda  vesiculosa  in  N.S.W.,  p.  197;  On 
Eucalyptus  Maideni,  n.sp.,  from  N.S.W.,  p.  1020. 

R.  Etheridge,  Junr.  —  On  the  Permo-carboniferous  Fossils 
from  N.W.  Australia  in  the  Macleay  Museum,  p.  199  ;  Fructifi- 
cation of  Phlebop)teris  alethopteroides,  Lower  Mesozoic  of  Queens- 
land, p.  625  ;  On  the  Biology  of  Lord  Howe  Island,  p.  627  ;  On 
the  structure  of  Comdaria  inornata,  and  of  Ilyolithes  lanceolatus 
with  its  operculum,  p.  751. 

Rev.  Dr.  Woolls,  F.L.S. — On  a  collection  of  Plants  obtained 
at  King  George's  Sound  by  the  Rev.  R.  Collie,  F.L.S.,  p.  317. 

Dr.  Oscar  Katz. — On  the  Bacillus  of  Leprosy,  p.  325  ;  On 
"  Air-gas  "  for  Bacteriological  work,  p.  328  ;  On  the  Microbes  of 
Chicken-cholera,  p.  513. 

W.  J.  Stephens,  M.A.,  F.G.S. — An  attempt  to  synclironise 
the  Australian,  South  African,  and  Indian  Coal  Measures.  Part 
1,  Australia  and  New  Zealand,  p.  331. 

J.  J.  Fletcher,  M.A.,  B.Sc. — On  the  oviposition  and  habits  of 
certain  Australian  Batrachians,  p.  357  ;  Notes  on  Australian 
Earthworms.     Part  vi.,  p.  987. 


president's  address.  1325 

J.  T).  Cox  and  A.  G.  Hamilton. — On  the  Birds  of  the  Mudgee 
district,  p.  395. 

T.  W.  Edgeworth  David,  B.A.,  F.G.S.— On  the  Origin  of 
Kerosene  Shale,  p.  483. 

T.   G.   Sloane. — Review  of    the  genus    Sarticus    (Carabidse), 

p.  1288;  Studies  in  Australian  Entomology,  No.  ii.  p.  1288. 

T.  P.  Lucas,  M.R.C.S. — New  species  of  lodis  described,  with 
remarks  on  Pielus  imperialis,  Olliff,  p.  603  ;  On  Queensland  Macro- 
lepidoptera,localities  and  new  species,  p.  1065. 

J.  Brazier,  F.L.S. — On  Mollusca  trawled  off  Merimbula,  p.  747. 

W.  J.  McKay,  B.Sc. — Osteology  and  Myology  of  Acanthophis 

antarctica,  p,  893. 

A.J.  North,  F.L.S. —On  birds  collected  by  Mr.  E.  H. 
Saunders,  near  Roeburne,  N.  W.  Australia,  p.  1023  ;  On  the 
nidification  of  two  Australian  species  of  Birds,  p.  1050;  Of  two 
species  from  Lord  Howe  Island,  p,  1296  ;  On  Steryiula  sinensis 
breeding  in  N.S.W.,  p.  1296. 

C.  W.deYis,  M.A.,  Corr.  Mem. — Trojyidophorus  Queenslandice, 
(^Scincidse),  n.sp.,  and  Perochirus  Mestoni  (Geckonidae),  n.sp,, 
description,  p.  1034. 

W.  H.  MisKiN,  F.E.S.  — Revision  of  the  Australian  species  of 
Euploea,  with  7  new  species  described,  p.  1037. 

K.  H.  Bennett,  F.L.S. — On  the  breeding  of  Ibis  falcinellus, 
p.  1059. 

E.  Meyrick,  B.A.,  F.E.S. — Description  of  additional  Australian 
Pyralidina,  p.  1105;  Revision  of  Australian  Lepidoptera. 
Part  iii.,  p.   1117. 

E.  P.  Ramsay,  L.L.D.,  F.L.S.,  and  J.  D.  Ogilby,  F.Ii.S.— 
Lygosoma,  n.sp.,  description,  p.  1296. 

I  have  classified  the  more  important  papers  in  the  Australian 
Scientific  Serials  as  follows,  referring  under  each    head  to  the 


1326  president's  address. 

authors  of  papers  on  similar  subjects  in  the  Linnean  Society  as 
enumerated  above,  and  touching  also  on  points  of  particular 
interest  to  Australian  Students  of  Science  which  have  been  treated 
of  elsewhere. 

VERTEBRATES, 

Anthropology. 

Royal  Society,  N.S.W. — Yol.  XXIII.  :  Aborigines  of  Austra- 
lia.    W.  T.  Wyndham. 

New  Zealand  Institute. — YoL.  XXI.  :  Col.  Macdonnell  on  the 
Ancient  Moa  Hunters  at  Waingongoro.  Communicated  by 
James  Park. 

A  Residence  among  the  Natives  of  Australia.  By  K.  Lum- 
holtz.  Bull.  Am.  Geog.  Soc.  XXI.  1  ;  and  Among  Cannibals, 
an  Account  of  Four  Years'  Travels  in  Australia  and  of  Camp 
Life  with  the  Aboriginals  of  Queensland.  By  the  same  author. 
London,  J.  Murray  ;  Melbourne  and  Sydney,  A.  Petherick 
and  Co. 

Mammals. 

Royal  Society,  South  Australia. — YoL.  XL  :  On  a  new  Austra- 
lian Mammal.  E.  C.  Stirling.  See  also  Nature,  XXXYII. 
p.  588;  The  Zoologist  (3),  XII.  p.  424;  Zool.  Anz.  XI. 
p.   647,  &c. 

New  Zealand  Institute. — Yol.  XX.  :  On  New  Zealand  Rats. 
A.  Reischek,  F.  W.  Hutton. 

There  is  a  note  on  the  Nomenclature  of  the  Short-eared  New 
Zealand  Bat  (Chalinolobus  morio,  for  C.  tuherculata).  Oldfield 
Thomas.     Ann.  and  Mag.  N.H.  lY.  462.     . 

The  question  as  to  the  exact  relations  of  the  fossil  Multi- 
tuberculata  (Fossil  Marsupials — so  called)  to  existing  forms  is 
discussed  by  H.  F.  Osborn  (as  quoted  in  last  year's  Address). 
Ac,  Nat.  Sc.  Philadelph.  p.  88.  Upon  this  subject  Prof.  Cope 
(Amer.  Naturalist,  XXII.  pp.  259,  723),  referring  to  Mr. 
Poulton's   observations  upon   the   rudimentary    and    evanescent 


president's  address.  1327 

teeth  of  OrnitJio7'hynchus,  concludes  that  it  is  probable  that  the 
said  Multituberculata  are  allied  more  nearly  to  the  Monotremes 
than  to  the  Marsupials, 

The  Foetal  Membranes  of  Marsupials  are  treated  by  Mr. 
Osborn  in  the  Journal  of  Morphology,  I.  p.  2. 

Birds. 

Linnean  Society,  N.S.  W". — Cox  and  Hamilton,  North,  Bennett. 

Royal  Society,  Tasmania. — Anseranas  melanoleuca  in  Tas- 
mania. W.  F.  Petterdj  Ghihea  hracteata  in  Tasmania.  Col. 
Legge. 

Royal  Society,  Queensland. — Vol.  V.  Australian  Ancestry 
of  the  Crowned  Pigeon  of  New  Guinea  ;  CoLluricincla  sibila,  new 
species,  description.  Vol.  VI.  :  Geosichla  citneata,  new  species  ; 
Sericornis  gutturalis,  new  species,  description  ;  On  Pvionodura 
Newtoniana ;  Acanthiza  squa'inata,  new  species ;  Pachycephala 
fretorum,  new  species,  description.     C.  W.  De  Yis. 

New  Zealand  Institute. — Yol.  XX.  :  Ornithological  Notes  ', 
Lohivanellus  ijersonatus  in  New  Zealand.  T  W.  Kirk.  Vol. 
XXI.  :  On  some  Birds  from  the  Kermadec  Islands ;  On  Diomedea 
cauta.  T.  F.  Cheeseman  ;  On  Diomedea  exidans.  A.  Reischek  ; 
On  Sida  fusca.  A.  Hamilton ;  On  Athene  Novce  ZealandicE. 
W.  Colenso  ;  Birds  of  Lake  Brunner  district.  W.  W.  Smith  j 
On  AjMryx  Bidleri,  new  species.  R.  Bowdler  Sharpe ;  On 
Notornis  Mantelli  in  West  Otago.  James  Park ;  On  some  New 
Zealand  Birds.     T.  W.  Kirk. 

Victorian  Naturalist  V. — Oology  of  Australian  Birds,  Supple- 
ment, Part  5.     A.  J.  Campbell. 

Reptiles  and  Amphibia. 

Linnean  Society,  N.S.W. — J.  Douglas  Ogilby,  J.  J.  Fletcher, 
W.  J.  McKay,  C.  AV.  De  Vis,  E.  P.  Ramsay. 

Royal  Society,  Queensland. — Vol.  V.  :  Micidia  orientalis,  new 
species,  description.  Vol.  VI.  :  Neospades^  a  new  genus  of 
Natricidse.     C.  W.  De  Vis. 


1328  president's  addeess. 

Australasian  Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Science, 
Section  D. — On  the  Pineal  Eye  in  Hinulia  and  Grammatopliora. 
W.  J.  McKay  ;  On  a  Myxospoi^idium  infesting  Australian  Frogs. 
A.  W.  Fletcher. 

The  position  of  Meiolania  is  discussed  by  Baur  and  Boulenger 
in  Ann.  Nat.  Hist.  (6)  III.  pp.  54,  138;   lY.  p.  37. 

R.  Lydekker  in  Ann.  and  Mag.  N.H.  (6)  IV.  p.  475,  remarks 
that  fossil  skulls  of  a  small  Labyrinth odont  from  the  Karoo 
formation,  S.  Africa,  agree  so  closely  with  Bothriceps,  Huxley, 
presumahly  from  the  Hawkeshury  heels  of  Australia  that  they  may 
be  regarded  as  indicating  a  new  species  of  that  genus,  for  which 
he  proposes  the  name  B.  Huxleyi ;  and  that  this  instance  is 
paralleled  by  the  occurrence  of  Cleithrolepis  in  both  deposits. 
See  Q.J.G.S.  XLIV.  p.  141. 

Fishes. 

Linnean  Society,  N.S.W. — J.  D.  Ogilby. 

Koyal  Society,  Tasmania  (1888). — Concise  History  of  the 
Acclimatisation  of  the  Salmonidai  in  Tasmania.  P.  S.  Seager ; 
Results  of  attempts  to  acclimatise  Salmo  salar  in  Tasmania. 
R.  M.  Johnston. 

New  Zealand  Institute. — Vol.  XX.  :  On  a  specimen  of 
Regalecus.  T.  Jeffrey  Parker ;  Fishes  of  Mokohinou  Islands. 
F.  S.  Sandager. 

Miscellaneous. 

Royal  Society,  Queensland. — Vol.  VI,  :  Observations  on  a 
Natural  History  Collection  made  on  the  cruise  of  H.M.S. 
"  Myrmidon"  at  Port  Darwin  and  Cambridge  Gulf  (1888),  with 
descriptions  of  new  species  of  fishes  and  birds.     W.  Saville  Kent. 

Australasian  Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Science, 
Section  D. — On  the  Nomenclature  of  the  Sexual  Organs  in 
Plants  and  Animals.     T.  Jefirey  Parker. 


president's  address.  1329 


MOLLUSCA. 

Linnean  Society,  N.S.W. — J.  C.  Cox,  J.  Brazier. 

Royal  Society,  N.S.W. — Yol.  XXII.  :  On  the  Anatomy  and 
Life-history  of  MoUusca  peculiar  to  Australia.  J.  E.  Tenison- 
Woods. 

Royal  Society,  Tasmania. — Contributions  for  a  systematic 
Catalogue  of  the  Aquatic  Shells  of  Tasmania.  W.  F.  Petterd  ; 
Critical  observations  on  the  above  ;  Variability  of  the  Tasmanian 
Unio.     R.  M.  Johnston. 

Royal  Society,  South  Australia. — Vol.  XL  :  Lamellibranch 
and  Palliobranch  MoUusca  of  South  Australia  ;  Census  of  the 
Molluscan  Fauna  of  Australia;  Gastropods  of  the  Older  Tertiary 
of  Australia.     R.  Tate. 

Royal  Society,  Queensland. — Vol.  V.  :  Errata  in  list  of  Land 
Shells  recorded  from  Queensland.  H.  Tryon  ;  Limax  Queens- 
landicus,  n.sp.,  described ;  On  Aneitea  Graeffei  and  its  allies, 
C.  Hedley.  Vol.  VI.  :  Anatomical  Notes  on  Helicid?e.  Parts 
1-3.  ;  Notes  on  Queensland  Land  Shells.     C.  Hedley. 

New  Zealand  Institute.  —XX. :  On  Architeuthis  longimanus. 
n.sp.  T.  W.  Kirk ;  On  Pary'phanta  lignaria,  n.sp.  F.  W. 
Hutton. 

Victorian  Naturalist. — V.  :  On  Yoluta  undulata  and  its  allied 
species.     R.  Tate. 

Australian  Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Science,  Section 
D. — On  some  new  or  little  known  genera  of  Australian  MoUusca. 
R.  Tate. 

The  Rev.  A.  H.  Cooke  (P.Z.S.  1889,  p.  136)  discusses  the 
generic  position  of  the  Physoi  (so  called)  of  Australia,  concluding 
that  they  are  in  reality  sinistral  Limn^idse,  characteristic  of  the 
lands  of  the  S.E.  Pacific,  Africa  and  the  Mediterranean. 


1330  president's  address. 

ARTHROPODA. 

Insects,  Spiders,  &c. 

Linnean  Society,  N.S.W.— A  Sidney  Olliff,  F.  A.  A.  Skuse,  T. 
Blackburn,  T.  G.  Sloaue,  T.  P.  Lucas,  W.  H.  Miskin,  E.  Meyrick. 

Royal  Society,  South  Australia. — Vol.  XI.  :  New  South  Aus- 
tralian Coccidae.  W.  M.  Maskell ;  New  species  Australian  Coleop- 
tera.  T.  Blackburn.  Yol.  XII.  :  Hectoria  Pontoni,  n.gen.,  n.sp.  ; 
On  Pores  in  Veins  of  some  Diptera.  F.  S.  Crawford ;  Further 
notes  on  Australian  Coleoptera,  T.  Blackburn. 

Royal  Society,  Queensland. --Vol.  VI.  :  New  species  Queens- 
land Butterflies ;  New  species  Rhopalocera,  description.  T. 
P.  Lucas ;  New  species  Australian  Hesperidee,  description ; 
Revision  of  the  Australian  species  of  the  Lepidopterous  genus 
Terias,  with  description,  new  species ;  Notes  on  some  undescribed 
Australian  Rhopalocera.     W.  H.  Miskin. 

Nevr  Zealand  Institute. — Vol.  XX.  :  Coccinella  JSfovce  Zea- 
landice.  W.  Colenso  ;  Supplement  to  Monograph  on  Noctuina  of 
New  Zeg.land  j  On  New  Zealand  Geometrina  ;  On  New  Zealand 
Pyralidina ;  On  New  Zealand  Tortricina ;  On  New  Zealand 
Tineina.  E.  Meyrick ;  On  Henops  hrunneus.  W.  M.  Maskell  ; 
On  new  species  of  Araneidea.  A.  T.  Urquhart;  New  species  New 
Zealand  Araneae,  description  ;  Note  on  Aniaurohioides  m.aritima. 
P.  Goyen.  Vol.  XXI.  :  On  Gryllotal/pa  vulgaris  in  New  Zealand. 
T.  W.  Kirk  ;  On  Gall -producing  Insects  in  New  Zealand.  W- 
Maskell ;  On  new  species  Araneidea ;  On  new  species  Gaster- 
acantha.  A.  T.  Urquhart ;  New  Zealand  Micro-lepidoptera,  new 
species,  description.  E.  Meyrick ;  Natural  History  of  three  species 
of  Micro-lepidoptera ;  Varieties  of  Declanajioccosa.  G.  V.  Hudson ; 
Hemideina  nitens,  new  species  Locustidae  ;  On  a  peculiar  Chry- 
salis ;  On  Pyrameis  gonerilla.     W.   Colenso. 

Victorian  Naturalist. — V.  :  On  Peripatus  in  Victoria.'  A. 
Dendy.  See  also  Nature  XXXIX.  pp.  366,  412  ;  and  Peripatus, 
Two  monographs  by  A.  Sedgwick,  F.R.S.  (Studies  from  the 
Morphological  Laboratory  in  the  University  of  Cambridge.) 


president's  address.  1331 

The  mcaturation  of  the  Ovum  in  the  Cape  and  New  Zealand 
species  of  Peripatus  is  the  subject  of  a  paper  by  Lilian  Sheldon 
Q.J.M.S.  XXX.  p.  1  (with  3  plates). 

The  Rev.  O.  P.  Cambridge  describes  a  very  singular  new  genus 
of  spider,  Chasmocephcdon  (C.  neglectum),  from  Swan  River. 
P.Z.S.  1889,  p.  45. 

CRUSTACEANS. 

New  Zealand  Institute. — Vol.  XX.  :  On  Anthosoma  Smithii. 
T.  W.  Kirk  ;  Vol.  XXI.  :  Distribution  of  the  Freshwater  Cray- 
fish of  New  Zealand.  Charles  Chilton ;  Notes  on  New  Zealand 
Crustacean  Fauna.     G.  M.  Thomson. 

LOWER  METAZOA. 

Annelides. 

Linnean  Society,  N.S.W. — J.  J.  Fletcher. 

Transactions  of  the  Royal  Society  of  Victoria. — Vol.  1. 
Part  1  :  The  Anatomy  of  Megascolides  australis.  W.  Baldwin 
Spencer. 

Royal  Society,  Queensland. — Vol.  VI.  :  On  Filarige  of  Birds. 
T.  L.  Bancroft. 

The  Australian  Oligochsetse  Cryj^todrilus  purjyureus,  n.sp.,  Acan- 
thodrilus  australis,  n.sp.,  are  described  by  W.  Michaelsen  (Mtthg. 
N.H.  Mus.  Hamburg,  VI.). 

POLYZOA. 

A.  W.  Waters  describes  Bryozoa  from  N.S.W.  (Ann.  and  Mag. 
N.H.  (6)  IV.,  p.  1). 

The  Anatomy  of  Phoronis  australis,  W.  B.  Benham  (Q.J.M.S., 
n.s.,  XXX.  2,  p.  125). 

ROTIFERA. 

Royal  Society,  Queensland. — Vol.  VI.  :  List  of  Queensland 
Rotifera.     V.  Gunson  Thorpe. 


1332  president's  address. 

ccelenterates  and  sponges. 

Royal  Society,  Victoria. — Vol.  1  n.s. :  Actinian  Larva  parasitic 
upon  a  Medusa;  List  of  Sponges,  described  by  H.  J.  Carter, 
with  notes  ;  Structure  and  development  of  Stelospongus  flabelli- 
formis.     A.  Dendy. 

Victorian  Naturalist. — Vol.  V.  :  List  of  Australian  Hydroida. 

W.  M.  Bale. 

PROTOZOA. 

On  the  Freshwater  Infusoria  of  the  Wellington  District.  W. 
M.  Maskell,  Trans.  N.Z.  Inst.  XX. 

MISCELLANEOUS. 

A  Comparative  Study  of  Striated  Muscle,  by  Prof.  Haswell 
(Q.J.M.S.,  n.s.,  XXX.  2,  p.  31. 

Botany. 

Linnean  Society,  N.S. W.— J.  E.  Tenison  Woods,  J.  H.  Maiden, 
F.  v.  Mueller,  W.  Woolls,  O.  Katz  (Microbes). 

Royal  Society,  N.S.W. — Vol.  XXII.  :  Phytographic  expres- 
sions and  arrangements.  F.  v.  Mueller  ;  Indigenous  Australian 
Forage  Plants,  other  than  Grasses,  including  plants  injurious  to 
stock;  Some  N.S.W.  Tan  Substances,  Part  V.     J.  H.  Maiden. 

Royal  Society,  South  Australia. — Vol.  XL  :  Additions  to  Flora 
of  Port  Lincoln  district ;  Plants  of  Lake  Eyre  Basin.  R.  Tate ; 
Fungi  collected  near  Lake  Bonney.  M.  C.  Cooke.  Vol.  XII.  : 
Revision  of  the  Flora  of  Kangaroo  Island;  Census  of  the 
Indigenous  Flowering  Plants  of  Extra -tropical  South  Australia ; 
Four  new  species  Australian  Plants  described.  R.  Tate  : 
Geographical  distribution  of  Australian  Characeae.  F,  v. 
Mueller ;  Notes  on  Australian  Fungi.  J.  G.  O.  Tepper  ;  Gums, 
and  a  Resin  produced  by  Australian  Proteacese.     J.  H.  Maiden. 

Royal  Society,  Queensland. — Vol.  V.  :  Queensland  form  of 
Nipa  fruticans  ;  On  Acacia  melaleucoides.  F.  M.  Bailey ; 
Bryological  Notes.  C.  J.  Wild.  Vol.  VI.  :  The  Lichen  Flora 
of   Queensland,    Part    II.  ;    Addition   to    the    same ;  The   same. 


president's  address.  1333 

Part  III.     J.  Shirley;  Xotes  on  Lichens  in  X.S.W.     F.  R.  M. 

Wilson. 

Institute,  New  Zealand. — Yol.  XX. :  Notes  on  the  Three  Kings 
Islands ;  On  the  Flora  of  the  Kermadec  Islands.  T.  F.  Cheese- 
ma,n ;  Naturalised  Dodders  and  Broom-rapes  of  New  Zealand. 
T.  "W.  Kirk ;  New  species  New  Zealand  Phaenogams,  Ferns, 
Cryptogams,  described.  W.  Colenso,  D.  Petrie,  J.  Buchanan. 
Vol.  XXI.  :  On  the  Desmidie^e  of  New  Zealand.  W.  M. 
Maskell ;  Botany  of  Te  Moehau  Mountain,  Cape  Colville.  James 
Adams ;  Orohanche  hydrocotylei^  supposed  new  species  ;  New 
species  of  Cryptogamic  Plants ;  Of  Phaenogams.  AV.  Colenso  ; 
On  the  movements  of  the  pistil  in  Glossostigma  elatinoides. 
Clement  W.  Lee. 

Victorian  Naturalist. — Vol.  VI.  :  Australian  Loganiaceae  ; 
New  species  of  Drakcea,  Prasoj^hyllum^  Gompholohium^  Olden- 
landia,  Fulophia,  Chorilcena,  Logania,  Chloantlies,  described. 
F.  V.  Mueller ;  Forty-one  new  species  Australian  Lichens 
described.     F.   R.   M,    Wilson. 

Australasian  Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Science, 
Section  D. — On  the  action  of  Metallic  Salts  in  the  development 
of  Aspergillus  nigrescens.  W^.  M.  Hamlet ;  On  respiration  in  the 
roots  of  Shore  Plants.     J.  Bancroft. 

The  Forest  Flora  of  New  Zealand.  ByT.  Kirk,  F.G.S.,  &c.,  is 
spoken  of  as  a  maguificent  work  on  the  trees  and  shrubs  of  that 
isolated  region. 

Geology  and  Physiography. 

Linnean  Society,  N.S.W. — R.  Etheridge,  junr.,  W.  J.  Stephens, 
T.  W.  E.  David,  as  above. 

Royal  Society.  N.S.W. — Vol.  XXII.  :  Census  of  the  Fauna  of 
the  Older  Tertiary  of  Australia.  R.  Tate  ;  T]ie  Desert  Sandstone. 
J.  E.  T.  Woods.  Vol.  XXIII.  :  Source  of  the  Underground 
Water  in  the  Western  Districts.  H.  C.  Russell ;  Eruptive  Rocks 
of  New  Zealand.     F.  W.  Hutton. 


1334  president's  address. 

Royal  Society,  Victoria. — Vol.  I.  :  Maintenance  of  Energy 
(On  Volcanic  Action,  S.).  R.  Abbott  ;  On  two  new  Fossil 
Sponges  from  Sandhurst.  T.  S.  Hall;  The  Active  Volcano  in 
Tana,  New  Hebrides.  F.  A.  Campbell ;  Physiography  of  Western 
portion  of  Croajingolong.     J.  Stirling. 

Royal  Society,  South  Australia. — Vol.  XI.  :  Surface  features 
and  rocks  of  Nuriootpa.  J.  G.  O.  Tepper ;  On  the  Muddy  Creek 
Beds,  Victoria.  J.  Dennant ;  Coal  detritus  in  the  Valley  of  the 
Murray.  W.  Howchin.  Vol.  XII.  :  The  Foraminifera  of  the 
Older  Tertiary  of  Australia. — No.  1.  Muddy  Creek,  Victoria. 
W.  Howchin ;  Geological  and  Physical  Features  of  Central  Aus- 
tralia.    J.  J.  East. 

Royal  Society,  Queensland. — Vol.  V. :  On  Synaptodon  arvorum, 
n  g.,  n.sp.,  an  extinct  Macropod  :  On  Megalania  and  its  allies  ; 
On  the  Phalangistidse  of  the  Post-Tertiary  Period  in  Queensland  ; 
On  Uroaetus  brachialis,  an  extinct  Eagle.     C.  W.  De  Vis. 

New  ZerJand  Institute. — Vol.  XX.  :  On  Sections  in  the  Weka 
Pass  ;  The  Greensands  of  the  Waihao  Forks  ;  On  Fossils  from  the 
Cobden  Limestone,  Greymouth  ;  Ancient  Rhyolites  from  Mataura 
described ;  On  a  Leucophyre  from  the  Selwyn  Gorge.  F.  W, 
Hutton;  On  the  Oxford  Chalk  Deposit,  Canterbury,  N.Z.  H. 
Wilson;  On  the  Tarawera  Eruption.  J.  Hardcastle;  The  Artesian 
Well  System  of  Hawke's  Bay ;  Geographical  Distribution  of 
Pumice  in  N.Z.  H.  Hill ;  On  the  Volcanic  Rocks  of  the  Taupo 
District ;  On  the  Rocks  of  the  Kermadec  Islands.  A.  P.  W. 
Thomas ;  On  the  King  Country.  Laurence  Cussen ;  Geological 
Notes  on  the  Kermadec  Group.  S.  Percy  Smith.  Vol.  XXI.  ; 
The  Fall  of  the  Leaf  (from  the  Geological  standpoint).  J. 
Rutland;  The  Amuri Earthquake.  F.  W.Hutton;  Diatomaceous 
Earth  near  Oamaru.  Harry  A.  de  Lautour ;  On  a  Deposit  of 
Moa  Bones.  A.  Hamilton  ;  On  Fossil  Moa  Feathers ;  On  the 
Oil  Prospects  at  Poverty  Bay.  H.  Hill ;  On  N.Z.  Coal.  James 
Park  ;  The  Alluvial  Deposits  of  Otago.  L.  O.  Beal ;  Geology  of 
Tongariro.  A.  P.  W.  Thomas ;  On  the  Islands  S.  of  N.Z.  A. 
Reischek  ;  On  the  Waikato  R.  Basins.     L.  Cussen. 


president's  address.  1335 

Victorian  Naturalist. — Vol.  V.  :  Geology  of  Arnhem's  Land, 
Pts.  I.  II.     J.  E.  T.  Woods. 

Australasian  Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Science, 
Section  C. — On  some  salient  points  in  the  Geology  of  Queensland, 
Address  by  the  President  of  the  section,  R.  L.  Jack;  On  the 
Metamorphic  Rocks  of  the  Omeo  district,  Victoria.  A.  Howitt ; 
Age  of  the  Mesozoic  Eocks  of  the  Lake  Eyre  Basin ;  Glacial 
Phenomena  in  S.  Australia.  R.  Tate  ;  Origin  of  the  Laterite 
in  the  New  England  district ;  Cupriferous  Tufts  of  the  Passage 
Beds  between  the  Permo-carboniferous  and  the  Triassic  beds  in 
N.S.W.  T.  W.  Edgeworth  David ;  The  Mesozoic  Plains  of  S. 
Australia.  H.  Y.  Lyell  Brown ;  The  Rocks  of  the  Hauraki 
Goldfields.  F.  "VV.  Hutton  ;  Geological  Sequence  of  the  Bowning 
Beds.  J.  Mitchell  ;  On  boulders  met  with  in  the  beds  and  reefs 
of  the  Gympie  Goldfield.  W.  H.  Rands ;  On  the  discovery  of 
Fossils  at  Rockhampton.  J.  Smith ;  How  can  Australian 
Geologists  safely  rely  upon  the  order  of  the  Succession,  &c. 
R.  M.  Johnston.  Ihid.^  Section  D.  — On  the  Influence  of  Physio- 
graphic changes  in  the  Distribution  of  Life  in  Australia,  Address 
by  the  President  of  the  Section,  R.  Tate. 

The  Department  of  Mines,  Sydney,  has  published  the  two  first 
parts  of  Vol.  I.  of  Records  of  the  Geological  Survey  of  N.S.W., 
containing — (1)  Notes  on  the  Geology  of  the  Barrier  Range,  Mt. 
Browne,  &c.,  by  C.  S.  Wilkinson ;  (2)  two  papers  on  Aboriginal 
remains,  by  T.  W.  Edgeworth  David  and  R.  Etheridge  :  (3)  On 
a  Lonsdaleia-like  Coral  ;  on  Dromornis ;  on  Cycadojoteris  scolo- 
pendrina  Ratte,  by  R.  Etheridge ;  (4)  on  a  species  of  Lepido- 
dendron  from  Goonoo  Goonoo,  by  R.  Kidston  ;  (5)  on  the 
Ossiferous  clays  of  JNIyall  Creek  ;  on  the  Fish  and  Plant  beds  of 
the  Talbragar  River,  by  W.  Anderson,  with  other  Petrological  and 
Mineralogical  papers.  There  appears  a  sharp  discussion  on  the 
genera  Nototlierium  and  Zygomaturus  in  reply  to  Mr.  Lydekker 
by  C.  W.  De  Vis,  with  note  by  the  former,  in  Ann.  and  Mag.  N.H. 
(b)  IV.,  p.  257.  I  find  also  a  paper  on  Atherstonia,  n.g.  Pahe- 
oniscida,  from  the  Karoo  formation  ;  and  on  a  tooth  of  Ceratodus 
85 


1336  president's  address. 

from  the  Stormberg  beds,  by  A.  S.  Woodward  (Ann.   and  Mag. 
KH.  (6)  lY.  p.  239). 

In  conclusion,  Gentlemen,  you  will  all  remember  the  occasion 
when  the  hall  in  which  we  are  now  assembled  was  opened  and 
presented  to  the  Society  with  the  unostentatious  munificence 
characteristic  of  Sir  William  Macleay.  You  will  also  re- 
member with  what  hearty  and  unanimous  assent  it  was  resolved 
to  record  our  grateful  appreciation  of  his  action  by  a  permanent 
token,  in  the  form  of  a  portrait  executed  in  marble  and  erected 
here  in  a  conspicuous  place  of  honour. 

This  resolution  was  arrived  at  on  October  31,  1885  ;  but  owing 
to  unavoidable  delay  it  was  long  before  the  committee  appointed 
to  carry  it  into  eflfect.  Dr.  Cox  and  Mr.  MacMahon,  were  able  to 
complete  their  arrangements.  At  last  however,  on  June  22, 
1889,  the  excellent  bust  of  Sir  William  Macleay,  which  you 
see  before  you,  the  design  and  handwork  of  Signor  Simoxetti,  of 
Sydney,  was  formally  unveiled.  On  that  occasion  I  had  the 
honour  of  giving  some  expression,  though  in  inadequate  terms, 
to  the  feelings  with  which  this  Society  rightly  regards  their 
eminent  benefactor,  and  of  reminding  you,  by  a  brief  summary 
of  facts,  of  some  of  his  principal  services  ;  and  I  think  you  will 
consider  it  not  an  improper  use  of  the  present  opportunity  if  I 
now  proceed  to  repeat,  from  a-  report  in  the  Sydney  Morning 
Herald,  a  small  portion  of  what  I  had  then  to  say  upon  the  last 
head  : — 

"•  I  can  only  enumerate  a  portion  of  the  many  and  great 
benefactions  by  which  Sir  William  Macleay  has  fully  earned 
and  fully  gained  the  sincere  and  deep  gratitude  which  we  have 
met  to  testify  by  an  enduring  token.  But  I  must  remind  you  at 
least  of  his  having  borne  all  the  expenses  of  our  unfortunately 
brief  establishment  in  the  Garden  Palace,  of  his  gift  of  one 
admirable  library  of  Natural  History,  which  was  to  be  consumed 
in  the  subsequent  conflagration,  only  to  be  replaced  by  the  still 
more  costly,  extensive,  and,  I  may  almost  say,  invaluable  collec- 


president's  address.  1337 

tion  which  you  see  upon  the  shelves  around  you,  and  which  he  is 
still  from  day  to  day  expanding  and  enlarging  in  all  directions. 
I  must  also  remind  you  that  he  has  from  the  time  of  that  fire 
never  ceased  to  entertain  the  Society  in  a  home  found  for  it  by 
his  own  hospitality — first  in  an  ofiSlce,  then  in  a  commodious 
dwelling-house,  and  finally  in  this  spacious  hall,  presented  to  the 
Society  on  the  occasion  to  which  I  have  already  referred. 

"Sir  William  Macleay  has  borne  the  greater  part  of  the  expenses 
of  the  Society's  publications,  has  supplied  the  salaries  of  its  oflicers, 
furnished  its  specialists  with  abundant  funds  for  their  investiga- 
tions and  their  maintenance,  and  has  equipped  this  establishment 
with  its  fittings,  furniture  and  apparatus  for  research.  He  has 
moreover  obtained  for  us  the  Charter  under  which  the  Society 
reckons  upon  permanence,  perhaps  for  centuries  to  come.  In  the 
gift  to  the  University  of  his  magnificent  collection  for  natural 
history,  special  provision  is  made  that  the  Macleay  Museum  shall 
be  available  for  all  purposes  of  study  and  research  to  members  of 
this  Society  on  equal  terms  with  the  members  of  the  University. 
Moreover  in  the  noble  foundation  which  he  is  establishing  for  the 
support  or  assistance  of  real  investigation  and  original  workers  in 
Science,  he  has  once  more  shown  how  completely  he  has  identified 
himself  with  this  Society  by  throwing  upon  the  Council  the  whole 
and  sole  responsibility  of  selecting  among  duly  qualified  candidates 
for  his  Linnean  Fellowships,  those  who  shall  show  and  give 
promise  of  the  greatest  aptitude  and  industry  for  their  several  and 
special  line  of  research.  He  has  arranged  to  bequeath — may  it 
be  long  before  the  bequest  fall  due  !— the  sum  of  £35,000  for  the 
establishment  of  four  "  Linnean  Fellowships  "  of  the  annual  value 
of  £400  each,  tenable  for  one  year  only  at  a  time,  but  open  to 
renewal  year  after  year  upon  satisfactory  proof  being  given  to  the 
Council  that  the  holder  has  laboured  during  the  preceding  term 
with  earnestness,  perseverance,  and  success. 

"Whether  the  distinction  which  has  been  recently  conferred  by 
the  Crown  on  our  member  is  in  any  way  due  to  the  work  which 
he  has  carried  on  in  this  Society,  I  can  only  conjecture  ;  and  there 


1338  president's  address. 

are  so  many  grounds  upon  which  the  Crown  might  have  been  well 
advised  to  grace  him  with  this  honour,  that  I  feel  some  hesitation 
in  forming  that  conjecture.  But  in  any  case  we  congratulate 
ourselves  also  when  we  congratulate  a  fellow  member  upon  his 
well  earned  dignities." 

Now  gentlemen, — I  have  no  doubt  that  our  friend  Sir  William 
Macleay  would   have  preferred  that  these  remarks  should  not 
have  been  repeated  here  to-day,    even  though   their  expression 
might   have   been  on    the    first    occasion  unavoidable.       But    I 
regard   it   as    no  unimportant   part  of    my  duty    as    President, 
to  take  care  that  not  only  all  the  members  of  our  own   Society, 
but  also  those  of  kindred  associations  in  Australia  and  elsewhere 
should  be  made  acquainted  in  some  degree  with  the  kind  of  assist- 
ance and  the  extent  of  support  which  Natural  Science  has  in  this 
country  received  from  his  unstinted  liberality.     In  such  a  case, 
silence  would  betoken  ingratitude.     And  in   the  second  place  I 
cannot  but  consider  that  the  whole  Australian  people  is  very  much 
interested  in  such  examples  as  this  of  the  life  of  Sir  William 
Macleay,  displaying  as  it  does  both  the  energy  and  perseverance 
requisite  for  the  honourable  acquisition  of  wealth,  and  the  rarer 
qualities  of  understanding  how  that  wealth  may  best  be  applied 
to  advance  the  public  intelligence  and  welfare,   and  of  perfect 
generosity  in  devoting  it  to  that  service. 


Floreat  Societas  Linneana  ! 


On  the  motion  of  Mr.  Trebeck,  a  vote  of  thanks  was  accorded 
to  the  President  for  his  interesting  address.  Mr.  Trebeck  also 
gave  expression  to  the  feelings  of  honour  and  esteem  in  which 
Sir  W.  Macleay  is  held  by  the  members  of  the  Society. 


OFFICE-BEARERS   AND   COUNCIL.  1339 

The  following  gentlemen  were  elected 

OFFICE-BEARERS  AND  COUNCIL  FOR  1890. 

President  : 
Professor  W.  J.  Stephens,  M.A.,  F.G.S. 

Yice-Presidents  : 

James  C.  Cox,  M.D.,  F.L.S. 

Professor  W.  A.  Haswell,  M.A.,  D.Sc. 

C.  S.  Wilkinson,  F.L.S.,  F.G.S. 

Honorary  Secretaries  : 

The  Hon.  Sir  William  Macleay,  Kt.,  M.L.C,  F.L.S. 

E.  P.  Ramsay,  LL.D.,  F.R.S.E. 

Honorary  Treasurer  : 
The  Hon.  James  Norton,  M.L.C. 

Director  and  Librarian  : 
J.   J.   Fletcher,    M.A.,   B.Sc. 

Council  : 

John  Brazier,  F.L.S.  George  Hurst,  M.B.,  Ch.M. 

H.  Deane,  M.A.,  C.E.  J.  H.  Maiden,  F.L.S.,  F.C.S. 

Thomas  Dixson,  M.B.,  Ch.M.        Percival  R.  Pedley 
Robert  Etheridge,  Junr.  P.  N.  Trebeck,  J.  P. 

Thomas  Whitelegge,  F.R.M.S. 


INDEX  TO  VOL.  IV. 

(SECOND   SERIES.) 
Names  in  Italics  are  Synonyms. 


PAGE 

Abacetus     ...             ...    723,  724,  726 

angustior  ...  ...     727 

ater            ...  ...     727 

australis  723,  724,  726,  727 

crennlatus...  ...     726 

Jlavipes      ...    724,  726,  727 

Macleayi   ...  ...     727 

simplex      ...  726,  727 

Abauria       ...             ...  ...       16 

Abrus  precatorius     ...  ...       26 

Abutilon     ...             ...  ...       19 

venosum     ...  .,       97 

Acacia         ...             ...  ...  1207 

alata               ...  319,  321 
discolor          ...          414,  1053 

longifolia        ...  ...     654 

obtusata         ...  ..     10.8 

pulchella        ...  319,  321 

Acalles  conifer           ...  ...  1273 

Acalypha     ...             ...  ...       18 

iudica        ...  ...     100 

marginata ...  ...      100 

Acanthias  ...             ...  179,  185 

blainvillii...  ...     185 

megalops ...  ...     185 

vulgaris    ...  ...     185 

Acanthiza  lineata      ...  ...     409 

nana         ..  ...     409 

pusilla     ...  ...     409 

Aeanthodrilus            ...  ...     987 

australis  ...   1000 

Macleayi  ...     999 

Acanthophippium     ...  ...       63 

javanicum ...       68 

Acanthophis  antarctica  893,  908,  912 

913,  914,  916,  926,  927,  932,  935, 

937,  938,  941,  951,  955,  957,  968, 

969,  972,  976,  978,  1297 

Acanthorhynchus  tenuirostris       414 


PAGE 

Acanthus  ilicif olius  . . . 

...       26 

Accipiter  cirrocephalus 

...     397 

Achimenes  cherita    ... 

...       99 

Achras  mammosa 

...       95 

sapota 

...      94 

zapotilla 

...       95 

Acidalia  schistucearia 

...  1188 

Acmena 

...  1131 

Acroloxus    ... 

...     659 

Acrostichum  aureuni 

26,79 

(Polybotrya)    ap- 

pendiculatum  79 
( Elaphoglossum ) 

conforme     ...  79 

contarninans       ...  79 

drynarioides       ...  79 
(Gymnopteris) 

minus           ...  79 
(Stenochlasna) 

palustre       ...  79 
(Photinopteris) 

rigidura        ...  79 

sorbifolium         ...  79 

spicatum              ...  79 

subrepandum     ...  79 

variabile             ...  79 

Actinodaphne            ...             ...  18 

Actinotus  minor        ...             ...  109 

Adelosia      ...             ...             ...  732 

Adenandra  dumosa  ...  29,  97 

Adenanthos  cuneata...  318,  321 

^gialitis  nigrifrons  ..  419,  1025 

iEgiceras  majus         ...  24,  25 

yEgle  marmelos          ...             ...  83 

yEgotheles  novre-hollandiaB     ...  399 

brides  huttoni          ...             ...  6S 

5-vulnerum  ...             ..,  68 

suaveolens    ...             ...  68 

suavissimum...             ...  6S 


11. 


INDEX. 


PAGE 

iErides  superbum      ...  ...       68 

taeniale           ...  ...       68 

virens              ..  ...       68 

^schynanthus           ...  21,  99 

Agapanthus  umbellatus  ,..     100 

Agaphthora  melanora  ...   1087 

sphenodes  ...  1087 

Agathia  asterias        ...  ...  1094 

laetata         ...  ...   1094 

Agave  americana       ...  ...     100 

Ageratum  conyzoides  ...       15 

mexicanurn  ...       98 

Agetinus  sequalis      ...  ...     465 

Aglaodorum               ...  ...       22 

Aglaophenia  sinuosa  ...     638 

Agonis         ..              ...  ...     320 

flexuosa          ...  ...     318 

marginata      ...  ..      318 

theffiformis     ...  ...     318 

Agonocheila               ...  ...     715 

cribripennis  ...     715 

lutosa  ...  715,  716 

Agonum      ...             ...  ...     740 

Agrostis  breviglumis  ...     110 

Agrotis  spina  ..,         1052,  1053 

vastator       ...  ...  1052 

Ainsliasa      ...             ...  ...       15 

Alasion        ...             ..  ...     219 

Alaus  Darwini           ...  ...  1259 

funebris           ...  ...  1261 

Albizzia       31,  33 

Alcyone  azurea          ...  ...     402 

Aldrovanda                ...  197,  198 

vesiculosa  197,  198 

Alethopteris  australis   334,  336,  340, 

[342 

Currani  ...     337 

Aleurites  moluccana...  ...     102 

Allamanda  aubletii  ...  ...       98 

cathartica  ...       98 

neriifolia  ..       98 

nobilis     ...  ...       98 

schottii  ...  ...       98 

violacea  ...  ...       98 

AUolobophora  foetida  . . .     988 

turgida  ...     997 

Allophyllus                ...  ...       20 

Alocasia      ...             ...  22,  100 

indica           ...  ...     102 

macrorrhiza  ...     102 

Aloe             ...             ...  ...       22 

carinata             ...  ...     100 

Alpinia        ...             ...  ...       22 


Alpiuia  nutans 

31,  100 

Alsophila  andersoni  ... 

...       75 

commutata 

75 

glabra 

...      75 

^lauca 

...      75 

dngi 

...      75 

latebrosa  ... 

...      75 

obscura     ... 

...       75 

trichodesma 

...      75 

Alstonia 

...      19 

macrophylla 

...       29 

scholaris 

..       29 

Alstrcemeria  aurea    . . . 

..     101 

braziliensis 

..      101 

Alternanthera 

...       20 

Alucita  pygm^ea 

...  1112 

xanthodes    . . . 

...  1112 

Alytes 

...     359 

obstetricans  ... 

378,  379 

Alyxia 

...       19 

Amalopis     ...             ...    758,  759,  888 

congrua      ... 

...     890 

inconstans... 

...     889 

nigritarsis . . . 

...     888 

Amaracarpus 

...       18 

Amarantus... 

...       20 

Amarygmus 

1272,  1273 

bicolor  ... 

..  1273 

convexus 

...  1272 

tardus    ... 

1271,  1272, 

[1273 

uniform  is 

..  1272 

Amaryllis  belladonna 

...     100 

hippeastrura 

...     100 

ignesceus  ... 

...     100 

Amathia  bicornis 

..     633 

convoluta  ... 

...     633 

Wilsoni 

...     633 

Amblyocalyx 

...       19 

Amerila  astreas 

...  1086 

brachyleuca 

...  1086 

rubripes 

...  1086 

serica 

...  1086 

Amherstia  ... 

...       16 

nobilis 

...       97 

Amomum      . . 

22 

Amorphophallus 

W.       30 

Ampelocissus 

...       21 

Amphineurus 

...     800 

Amphipleura  pellucida 

...     390 

Amphirhoe  decora    ... 

453,  454 

Sloauei  ... 

453,  454 

Amplexus   ... 

...     351 

INDEX. 


111. 


PAGE 

Amydrium  ... 
Anacardium  occidentale 

...       22 

...       92 

Auamirta    ... 

...       56 

Ananassa  sativa 

..       96 

Anarthria  scabra 

..      320 

prolifera  ... 
Anas  castanea 

...  320 
...     422 

superciliosa 
Anchomenus  livens  ... 

...  422 
..      741 

nigro-aeneus 
Ancistrocladtis 

...  740 
...       36 

Ancylastrum 
Ancylus 

australasicus 

...  659 
...  659 
...     659 

Smithi         ..     633,  658,  660 

Andersonia                 ...  ...  320 

micrantha  ...  318 

sprengelioides  ...  318 

Aneilema    ...             ...  ...  22 

Aneriucleistus            ...  ...  18 

Anestia  inquinata      ...  ...  1083 

Aneurystypus            ...  ...  1254 

Angelonia  floribunda  ...  99 

Angiualloa  ...             ...  ...  60 

Angiopteris  evecta    ...  74,  80 

Angophora  intermedia  ...  397 

Angraicum  ...             ...  ...  63 

Anisoinera  ...              ...  ...  887 

Anisophyllea              ...  ...  24 

Anisoptera  ...             ...  ...  36 

Anneslea  fragrans     ...  ...  41 

Ancectocheilus           ...  ...  63 

dawsonianus    ...  69 

lowii...  ...  69 

setaceus  ...  69 

xanthophyllus ...      69 

Anomalops  palpebratus  ...  312 

Anomianthus              ...  ...  19 

Anona  cherimolia      ...  ...  80 

muricata         ...  ...  80 

reticulata        ...  ...  80 

sqviamosa        ...  ...  80 

Anoplistes  ...             ...  ...  860 

Anseranas  melanoleuca  ...  421 

Anthergea  eucalypti .. .         1092,1093 

intermedia  1091, 1092, 1093 

janetta      ...  ...  1092 

Anthistiria  ciliata     ...  ...  417 

Anthochaera  carunculata  ...  414 

Anthus  australis        ...  ...  410 

Antiaris       ...             ...  ...  30 

Antidesma  ..              ...  ...  18 

bunius     ...  ...  25 


PAGE 

Antigona     ...             ...  ...     748 

Antocha      ...             ...  795,  796 

Antrophyum  latifolium  ...       79 

nanum...  ..       79 

reticulatum  ...       79 
semicostatum     ...       79 

Apate          1262,  1264 

collaris            ..  1262,  1263 

Lindi  1263 

obsipa              ...  ...  1262 

Apatodes     ...             ...  1261,  1262 

Aphanococcus            ...  ...       20 

Aphelandra  cristata...  ...       99 

fascinator  ...       99 

Aphodius    ...             ...  ...     439 

Aplasta       ...             ...  ...  1140 

Apogon        ...             ...  ...     219 

Aporosa      ...             ...  ...     775 

Aporosa  macrophylla  ...       40 

villosa          ...  ...       40 

Aporum       ...             ...  ...       62 

indi visum    ...  ...       65 

leonis             ..  ...       65 

sarcostomum  ...       65 

sinuatum     ...  ...       65 

Aprosmictus  erythropterus     ...     417 

scapulatus  ...     417 

Aquila  audax             ..  ...     398 

Aralia          ...             ...  ...       21 

Arauoaria    ...             ...  ...       22 

Ardea  novae-hollandiae  420,  1025, 

[1060 

pacifica            ...  420,  1059 

Ardetta  minuta         ...  ...     421 

Ardisia        ...             ...  ...       98 

Areas  marginata        ...  ...  1086 

Areca           ...             ...  34,  46,  52 

horrida            ...  ...       54 

malayana        ...  ...       52 

tigillaria          ...  ...       54 

Arenga        34,  48 

saccharifera  ...  ...       47 

Argutor       ...             ...  ...     734 

antipodum  ...  ...     733 

australis      ...  ...     732 

foveipennis...  733,734 

nitidipennis  733,  734 

occidentalis...  ...     734 

oodiformis  ...  733,  734 

Argyreia      ...             ...  ...       19 

Arhodia      ...             ...  ...  1201 

lasiocamparia  ...  1202 

lutosaria     ...  ...  1202 


IV. 


INDEX. 


Arhodia  retractaria ... 

semirosea    . . . 
Aristida  ramosa 
Arrhodia     ... 

lasiocamparia 
Artaba 
Artamus  personatus  ... 

sordidus 


1139, 


402 


PAGE 

1202 

1202 

110 

1201 

1202 

796 

402 

404 


superciliosus  402,  410,  1050 


Arthonia     ... 
Artocarpus  ... 

blumei    ... 

elastica  ... 

incisa 
integrif  olia 
Arundina  densa 

speciosa     ... 
Arytera 
Ascaris  sp.... 
Ascidium    ... 
Ascopodaria  fruticosa 
Asparagus  ... 

Aspidium  aculeatum  var.  biar- 
istatum 

auriculatum       var. 
ccespitosum.. 

auriculatum      var. 
marginatum 

cicutarium 

leuzianum 

melanocaulon 

membranaceum 

pachyphyllum 

singaporiauum 

subtriphyllum 

variolosum 

vastum  ... 
Aspilates     ...  1137,  1139,  1196 

chordota    . . . 
Asplenium  amboinense 

belangeri 

borneense 

cau  datum 

cordifolium 

cuneatum 

esculentum 

falcatum 

hirtum     ... 

lineolatum 

longissimum 

macrophyllum 

nidus 

nitidum   ... 


103 
17,  29,  33 


89 

89 

89 

67 

67 

20 

1100 

103 

633 

22 

77 

77 

77 
77 
77 
77 
77 
77 
77 
77 
77 
77 
1197 
1196 
77 
77 
77 
77 
77 
77 
77 
77 
77 
77 
77 
77 
77 
77 


73 


PAGE 

Asplenium  normals  ...  ...       77 

scortechinii  ...       77 

squamulatum  ...       77 

subavenium  .,        77 

tenerum  ...  ...       77 

Asterostemma            ...  ...       19 

Astrseus  major  ...        1257,  1259 

Mastersi      ...  ...  1256 

Meyricki      1256,  1257,  1259 

pygmffius     ...  ...   1256 

Saviouellei  ...  ...  1256 

Tepperi       ...  ...  1258 

Astronia      ...             ...  18,  44 

papetaria     ...  ...       45 

Astrotricha  longifolia  ...     108 

Astur  approximans   ...  ...     397 

Novffi-Hollandiae  ...     397 

Asura  cervicalis         ...  ...  1084 

var.  aurata  ...  ...   1 084 

lydia                ...  ...  1084 

Asystasia    ...              ...  ...       18 

coromandeliana       ...       99 

Ataccia  cristata          ...  72,106 
Athemistus  bituberculatus      . . .     746 

Atherandra...             ...  ...       19 

Atherosperma            ...  ...   1061 

Athyris        ...             ...  208,  209 

Macleayana  ...    208,  209,  214 

Roysii            ...  ..209 

Atrypa        ...             ...  ...     351 

Atyphella   ...       645,  646,  1297,  1298 

flammans  ...  ...     651 

lychnus  644,  647,  648,  650, 

[651,  1297 

scintillans . . .  ...     650 

Aucuba  japonica        ...  ...       98 

Augomela  hypochalcea  ...   1270 

Aulacodiscus              ...  ...       18 

Aulacophora  aualis   ...  ...  1 273 

australis  ...   1273 

Averrhoa  bilimbi       96 

caranibola ...  ...       96 

Avicennia  officinalis...  ...       25 

Aviculopecten            ...  ...     351 

tenuicollis  . . .     203 

Azolla  rubra              ...  ...       71 

Bacillus  anthracis     ...  ...     581 

Bseckea        ...             ...  ..         18 

crenulata       ...  ...     108 

frutescens      ...  ...       86 

Balanotis  arctandalis  ...   1098 

carinentalis  ...  1099 

Balanus  sp.                 ...  ...     118 


INDEX. 


V. 


PAGE 

Balliace  vetustaria    . 

1206 

Bambusa  tulda 

40 

Banksia  Brownii 

319,  321 

coccinea, 

319,  321 

grandis 

319,  321 

Barleria 

...       18 

cserulea 

...       99 

Barringtonia 

...       18 

Bassia 

20,  33,  95 

Bathilda  ruficauda    . 

...  1029 

Batrachomyia 

.    171,  173,  174 

nigrltarsis  175,  177,  189 

quadrilineata    172,  173, 

[175,  176,  177,  189 

Bauhinia     ...             ...  16,30,  58,  97 

tomeiitosa  ...       58 

Beaumontia                ...  ...       19 

multiflora  ...       98 

Bedf ordia  salicina     ...  ...   1 1 0  0 

Begonia       ...             ...  20,  98 

Belemnites  elongatus  . ,      346 

otapirieusis  ...     346 

Belenois  teutonia     ...  ...     623 

Belideus  cinereus      ...  ...  1030 

flavi  venter  ...  1030 

Belleroplion  d'Orhigmi  ..     206 

Bennettia    ...             ...  ...       22 

Bergsmia     ...             ...  ...       22 

Berosus  afEnis           ...  ...     448 

approximans  . .      448 

auriceps       ...  ...     447 

Australisa    ...  ...     448 

discolor       ...  ..      448 

duplopunctatus  . . ,     448 

Flindersi     ...  ...     448 

ovipennis    ...  ...     448 

sticticus      ...  ...     448 

stigmaticollis  ...     448 

Bertya  gummifera    ...  ...     108 

Bignonia  gran diflora ...  . .       99 

radicans     ...  ...       99 

ungua         ...  ...       59 

venusta      ...  ...       99 

Billardiera  variif  olia ...  ...     319 

Bixa  orellana             ...  ...       97 

Biziura  lobata            ...  ...     422 

Blakea  .      ...             ...  ...       44 

Blandfordia  cunningliamii       ...     100 

flammea  ...     100 

nobilis...  100,  109,  111 

Blechnum  findlaysonianum     ...       77 

orientale  ...28,  77 

Blumea       ...             ...  ...       15 


PAGE 

Blumea  hieracifolia  ... 

...      15 

Blyxa  roxburghii 

...      71 

Boa  caninse... 

...    979 

constrictor 

...     927 

Bolbophyllum 

...      62 

adenopetalum 

...       65 

beccari... 

...      65 

calmarium 

...       65 

limbatum 

65 

lobbii    ... 

...      65 

pileatum 

...      65 

purpureum 

...       65 

vaginatum 

..        65 

Bophrosia    ... 

...     888 

Borassus  flabelliformis 

...       46 

Boronia  Barkeriana  ... 

...     108 

pilosa 

108,  111 

rhomboidea 

108,  111 

spathulata  ... 

...     319 

Boschia 

...       19 

Bossisea  Kiamensis  . . . 

...     108 

Preissii 

319,  321 

Bostrychus ... 

...  1261 

Jesuita  ... 

...  1261 

Botaurus  poicilopterus 

...     421 

Bouea  gandaria 

...       93 

Bougainvillea  glabra 

97,  100 

Brachyscelis  duplex  . . . 

...    312 

munita... 

...  1054 

pileata 

...  1054 

Bramarayi... 

...  1028 

Branta  jubata 

...     421 

Brephos       ...             1138,  1167,  1195 

Breweria     ... 

...       19 

Bromheadia  finlaysonianum 

...      67 

palustris 

...      67 

Bromicolla  aleutica  ... 

...     492 

Broudelia    ... 

...     659 

Brugmansia  arborea... 

...       99 

Bruguiera   ... 

...       24 

Brunfelsia  eximia      .., 

...      99 

Brunia  fragilis 

...  1070 

harpophora    ... 

...  1070 

intersecta 

...  1070 

replana 

...  1070 

repleta 

...  1070 

Bryophyllum 

...     312 

calycinum 

...       98 

Bucephalandra 

...      22 

Buchanania 

20 

latifolia   . . . 

...       40 

Buddleia     ... 

...       21 

Buettneria  ... 

...       19 

VI. 

INDEX. 

PAGE 

PAGE 

Bungarus    ... 

...      931 

Callista 

...     749 

Burbidgea  ... 

...       22 

Callistemon  linearis  ... 

...     108 

Burmeisteria 

...     224 

Callitriche  verna 

...       70 

Bursaria 

...       34 

Calochilus  paludosus 

...     109 

Cacatua  galerita 

...     416 

Calophyllum 

...       21 

gymnopis    ... 

...     632 

inophyllum 

...       91 

roseicapilla... 

416,  557 

Calopsittacus  novse-hollandise      417, 

sanguinea    . , . 

...     632 

[1025 

Cacomantis  flabelUformis 

...     416 

Calotes 

...     962 

pallida   ... 

...     416 

cristatellus    . . , 

...     632 

Cadius 

...  1270 

Calotropis  gigantea  ... 

...       99 

Ccenarthria... 

860,  863 

Calyptorhynchus  Banksii 

...     416 

viridis 

878,  880 

funereus 

...     416 

Csesalpinia  ... 

...       16 

Solandri 

...     416 

Cajanus  indicus 

...     101 

Caly  thrix    ... 

44 

Caladenia  clavigera  ... 

...   1100 

Camellia  japonica 

...       97 

Caladium    ... 

34,  100 

Campephaga  humeralis 

...     405 

Calamidia  hirta 

...  1067 

Camptocladius           ...  215,  224,  261 

salpinctis... 

...  1067 

crassipennis    ...    262, 

Calamites    ... 

...     333 

[264,  309 

Calamoherpe  australis 

...     410 

invenustulus  ...    262, 

Calamus      ..         30,34,50 

56,  1050 

[265,  309 

gracilis 

...       40 

Macleayi 

262,  266 

grandis 

...       30 

terjugus 

262,  309 

rotang 

..       30 

vestitus 

262,  263 

rudentum    . . . 

...       SO 

Canarium    ... 

29,  33,  94 

scipionum    ... 

...       30 

commune... 

...94,  97 

Calanthe      ... 

...       63 

dichotomum 

...       94 

abbreviata 

...       68 

Canavalia  ensiformis 

...       57 

angustifolia 

...       68 

obtusifolia 

...       57 

circuligoides 

...       68 

Canna  indica 

...     100 

emarginata 

...       68 

Canthydrus  Bovillae... 

...    446 

f urcata 

-.       68 

guttula 

...     446 

parviflora  ... 

...      68 

Capparis 

...       21 

pulchra 

...       68 

Capsicum    ...              ... 

...       20 

speciosa 

...       68 

Carallia 

...       24 

veitchii 

...       68 

Carapa  moluccensis  . . . 

...       25 

veratrifolia 

...       68 

Cardita  amabilis 

...     748 

vestita 

...       68 

Carenidium  lacustre... 

...  1289 

Caleya  minor 

...     109 

Carenum     ...               448, 

1249,  1289 

Callicarpa   ... 

...       19 

arenarium  ... 

...  1289 

arborea     . . . 

...      41 

campestre  ... 

...  1290 

longif  olia . . . 

...       27 

liabitans 

1288,  1290 

Callicoma  serratifolia 

..     108 

ineditum    . . . 

...     717 

Calligenia  cyclota     ... 

...  1071 

lepidum 

1288,  1291 

melitaula... 

...  1071 

Macleayi    ... 

...     717 

pyraula    . . . 

...  1071 

odewahni   ... 

...  1291 

structa     . . . 

..  1071 

opulens 

1288,  1292 

Calliplcea  darchia     ... 

...  1039 

planipenne 

...  1294 

niveata 

...  1039 

rugatum     . . . 

...  1288 

priapns     ... 

...  1039 

scaritioides 

...  1289 

tidliolus     . . . 

...  1039 

transversicolle 

...     717 

Calliscapterus  campestris 

...     716 

vicinum      1288, 

1293,  1294 

INDEX. 


Vll. 


PAGE 

Careya  arborea 

...         40 

Carica  papaya 

...       88 

Carionia 

...       13 

Gary  ota 

...       34 

coccinea 

...       55 

cumingii 

...       55 

obtusa 

...       55 

sobolif era    . . . 

...       55 

urens 

...52,55 

Cassia 

...16,31 

alata 

...       28 

fistula 

...      97 

sepiaria 

...       28 

tora... 

...       28 

Cassinia  denticulata... 

...     109 

Cassis  pyrum 

...     747 

Castanea      ...  ...29,33,55,56 

tribuloides . . .  ...       41 

Castanopsis . . .  ...29,33,55,56 

argentea...  ...       56 

Casuarina    ...  ...        1129,  1131 

Catamixis   ...  ...  ...       15 

Caulobius    ...  ...  ...   1226 

Cavonus      ...  ...  ...  1253 

armatus       ...         1253,  1254 
Cecidomyia  sp.  ...  ...     654 

Cedrela  australis       ...  107,  1047 

Toona  ...        1047,  1048 

Celosia         ...  ...  ...       20 

Celtis  ...       17 

Cenoloba     ...  ...  ...  1114 

obliterans  ...  ...  1114 

Centaurea  depressa  ...  ...       98 

Centropseustis  ...  ...   1105 

astropora         ...  1106 
Centropus  phasianus  ...   1025 

Cepbalomappa  ...  ...       18 

Ceratodus    ...  ...  356,  979 

Ceratonia  siliqua       ...  ...       97 

Ceratophyllum  ...  ...       69 

Ceratopogon  215,  217,  218,  219,  220, 
221,  222,  223,  225, 
226,  289,  310,  311 
sequalis         ...  292,  294,  310 
Eeratipennis...   292,  303,  310 
albopunctatus,  292,  293,  310 
arcuatus      ...  ...     306 

bipunctatus  . . .     221 

decern punctatus      292,  301, 

[310 

femora tus    ...  ...     221 

imperfectus...  292,  307,  310 
insignis       ...    292,  298,  310 


PAGE 

Ceratopogon  latipennis,  292,  308,  310 
marmoratus     292,  304,  305, 
[310 
Masters!      ...    292,  297,  310 
minusculus...    292,  299,  310 
molestus      ...    292,  305,  310 
nigellus        ...    292,  300,  310 
pulicaris       ...  ...     221 

rhynchops   ...  215,  216,  292, 

[295,  296,  310 

rostratus     ...  ...     296 

salti vagus    ...   292,  295,  310 
scutellatus  ...  ...     304 

spinipes       ...  ...     221 

subnitidus  ...   292,  299,  310 

Sydneyensis      292,  302,  310 

tigrinus       ...    292,  306,  310 

Ceratopteris  thalictroides  72,  77 

Cerbera       ...  ...  ...       19 

odallam       ...  26,  98 

Ceriops        ...  ...  ...       24 

Ceropegia    ...  ...  ...       19 

Cerozodia    ...  ...    758,  838,  885 

interrupta  . . .  ...     886 

Cestracion   ...  ...  ...     185 

Cestrum  candidum   ...  ...       99 

Chsetura  caudacuta  ...  ..      399 

Chailia  Tacca  ...  ...       73 

Chalcites  basalis        ,..  ...     416 

plagosus     ...  ...     416 

Chalcolampra  acervata  480,  481,  482 
Adelaidse  ...     479 

senea  ...  ...     481 

distinguenda    ...     482 
Hursti  ...     480 

luteicornis        ...     480 
marmorata        ...     481 
pacifica  480,  482 

repens  481, 482 

rufipes  ...     481 

Chalcomela  illudens...  ...     479 

Chalcopterus  ...  ...  1273 

Chanajpa  Angasi       ...  ...  1045 

Corinna    ...  ...  1044 

Lewini      ...  ...  1045 

Charagia     ...  ...  ...  1127 

argyrographa  ...   1132 

eximia        ...  ...  1132 

ingens         ...  ...   1134 

Lamberti    ...  ...  1129 

Leivinii      ...  ..1129 

...  1129 
...  1131 


INDEX. 


Charagia  Scotti 

...  1131 

scripta 

...  1132 

splendens    ... 

...  1130 

Chartacalyx 

20 

Chasmatonotus 

...     223 

Cheilosa 

...       18 

Chenesia 

..     221 

Chersydrus ... 

...     190 

Chilocorus  Australasisa  ._  1275 

Bailey  i     ...  ...  1275 

renipustulatus  ...  1275 

rubidus    ...  ...  1275 

tristis       ...  ...   1275 

Chiloglottis  Gunnii  ...  ...     110 

Chiloscyllium  indicum  ...     183 

modestum  ...     181 

ocellatum  ...     181 

punctatum  178,  181 

trispeculare  ...     181 

Chiodecton ...             ...  ...     103 

Chione  roborata         ..,  ...     748 

Chiriphe  anguliscripta  ...  1079 

dichotoma  ...  ...   1079 

dictyota      ...        1079,  1080 

monogrammaria  ...  1079 

Chirita         ...             ...  ...       21 

Chiroleptes  australis ...  ...  1 063 

Chironemus  marmoratus  ...   1028 

Chironomus            215,  216,  217,  218, 

219,  220,  221,  222, 

223,  225,  228,  310 

alternans  ...     251 

applicatus  ...     251 

australis...  ...     254 

blandus  ...  229,  238 

brevis     ...    229,  249,  309 

conjunctus  251,  253 

conjungens  ...     251 

delinificus     229,  239.  309 

duplex    ...  ...     252 

egregius  229,  232 

erebeus  ...    229,  243,  309 

fluviaticus  229,  245 

Hexhamensis  229,  237 

imitans   ...  ...     252 

intertinctus  229,  234 

januarius  229,  239 

Nepeanensis  229,  231 

nubifer   ...  229,  249 

occidentalis  229,  230^  309 

oceanicus  ...     217 

opponens  ...     251 

oppositus  251,  253 


PAGE 

Chironomus  orarius  ...  229,  242 
oresitrophus,229,  247,  309 

pervagatus  229,  233 

plumicornis  ...     220 

plumosus  . . .     220 

proximus  ...     251 
pulcher   ...    229,240,  309 

reflectus...  ...     251 

seorsus    ...   229,  241,  309 

stercorarius  ...     217 

stigma    ...  ...     221 

subdolus...  229,  236 

subvittatus  229,  246 

Tepperi  ...    229,  244,  309 

vespertinus  229,  248 

Chiton         ...             ...  ...     755 

Chlsenioideus              ...  ...     728 

Chloanthes  parviflora  ...     109 

Chloradenia                ...  ...       18 

Chloriophyllum          ...  ...       18 

Chlorophytum            ..  ...       22 

Chonetes      ...             ...  ...     351 

Choromeles  geographica  ...  1088 

strepsinieris  ...  1088 

Chrossorhinus             ...  ...     182 

Chrysanthemum  sinense  ...       98 

Chrysomela...             ...  ...     475 

Chrysophyllum          ...  ...       20 

Chthonicola  sagittata  . . .     409 

Cichorium  intybus    ...  ...       98 

Cidaria  metaxanthata  ...  1170 

Cinchloramphus  cruralis  ...     410 

rufescens  ...     410 

Cinclosoma  punctatum  ...     411 

Cineraria  sinensis      ...  ...       98 

Cinnamomum             ...  ...       18 

spurium  ...29,33 

Circe  rivularis           ...  ...     748 

Circus  assimilis         ...  397,1023 

jardinii           ...  ...   1023 

Cirrhopetalum           ...  ...       62 

antenniferum  ...       65 

auratum  ..        65 

blumei  ._       65 

candelabrum  ...       65 

capitatum  ...       65 

compressum  ...       66 

cumingii  ...       66 

elongatum  ...       66 

maxillare  ...       66 

medusae  ...       66 

nutans  ...       66 

pahudii  . ...       66 


INDEX. 


Cirrhopetalum  stramineum 
thouarsii 


Cissampelos  paraira 

Cissus 

Citrus  decumana 

medicus 
Cladogynos.. 
Cladolipes  ... 
Cledeobia  ... 
Oleidotheca... 
Cleisocratera 
Clematis 

aristata 
Cleome 
Cleptor 
Clerodendron 

velutinum 
Clibanarius  strigimanus 
Climacteris  leucophaea 

scandens 
Clitoria  ternatea 
Clivna  nobilis 
Cliviaa  Adelaidaa 
aequalis 
Australasise  ... 
boops 
Bovillse 
debilis 
dorsalis 
melanopyga  ... 
suturalis 
tubercnlifrons 
vagans 
Wildi 
Cloniophora 
Clunio 

Cnemacanthus 
Coccobacillus  avicidus 
Coccocarpia 
Coccoceras  ... 
Cocculus 

glaucescens 
indicus 
Cochlospermum 
Coeliaxis  australis 
Coeiogyne  asperata    .. 
cinnamonea 
corrugata . , , 
cumingii   ... 
longifolia  ... 
lovni 
pandurata 


19 


118, 


PAGE 
66 

.  66 
.  66 
.  57 
.  21 
.  81 
.  82 
.  18 
.  887 
.  1107 
.  754 
18 
.  57 
.  1030 
21 
.  474 
97,  99 
.  31 
747 
415 
415 
97 
100 
720 
718,  720,  721 
717 
721 
717 
722 
719 
717,  718,  719 
719 
721 
717 
721 
863 
222,  223,  227 
723 
583 
103 
18 
1064 
56 
56 
22 
660 
66 
66 
66 
66 
66 
66 
66 


719, 


860, 


PAGE 

Ccelogyne   plantaginea 

66 

speciosa     ... 

... 

66 

testacea    ... 

66 

trinervis    . , . 

66 

Coelostegia  ... 

19 

Coffea  arabica        -     ... 

101 

Colaspidea  ... 

462 

Coleus 

100 

Collabium  nebulosum 

67 

Collema 

103 

Collyriocincla  iiarmonica 

406 

Golohochila  personalis 

1194 

Colocasia  antiquorum 

102 

macrorrhiza 

109 

Comarchis  aspectatella       1082, 

1083 

equidistans 

1080 

gradata 

1081 

irregularis 

1082 

lunata 

10S3 

obliquata... 

1082 

sparsana  ... 

... 

1081 

staurocola          1081, 

1083 

Combretoearpus 

24 

Combretum  grandiflorum 

98 

Comesperma  confertum 

319 

sphajrocarpum 

107 

Commelina... 

22 

Commersonia  echinata 

29 

Conchophy  Hum 

19 

Couognatha  navarchis 

1257 

Coiiosia       ...             ...    758, 

800,  835 

irrorata         . . .    758, 

837,  892 

Conospermum  flexuosum 

318,  321 

taxifolium 

109 

Conularia    ...             ...    751, 

752,  753 

anomala    ... 

752 

inornata    ...    751, 

752,  756 

plicosa 

752 

Convolvulus 

19 

Conyza 

... 

15 

Cookia  punctata 

... 

83 

Copernicia  cerifera   ... 

52 

Coprinus 

... 

104 

Coptodactyla  Bayleyi 

1251 

glabricollis 

... 

1251 

Coptophyllum 

18 

Corbula  Smithiana    ... 

748 

Corchorus    ... 

20 

Corcorax  nielanorhamphus 

412 

Cordia 

,. 

21 

Cordyline  albicans    . . . 

... 

100 

ensifolia    ... 

100 

Coremla  strumosata  ... 

... 

1177 

INDEX. 


PAGE 

PAGE 

Coreopsis  coronata    . . . 

...       98 

Crotalus      ...  915,968, 

971,  972,  976 

Corethra     ... 

219,  220 

durissus 

..     936 

Corone  australis 

412 

557,  560 

horridus 

..     927 

Correa  Baeuerlenii    ... 

110 

111,  112 

Croton 

18,  100 

lawrenciaua  ... 

...     622 

Crunobia     ... 

.      888 

Corvus  australis      .... 

...     412 

Cryptobranchus 

962,  979 

coronoides     ... 

...     560 

Cryptodrilus  canaliculatus 

..   987, 

Corynoneura 

222,  223 

[995,  996 

Corynophyllus 

1253,  1254 

f  asciatus 

988,  990,  992 

Corypha      ... 

...       34 

mediterreus    . . . 

987,  995,  996 

Cossus  argenteus 

...  1135 

purpureus 

989,  990,  992 

labyrinthicus  ... 

...   1135 

saccarius 

..  1008 

Costus 

( 

22,  31,  32 

var.  montanus 

1011,  1013 

speciosus 

...     100 

var.  robustus 

996,  1012 

Coturnix  pectoralis  ... 

...     418 

semicinctus     ... 

.      996 

Cracticus  robustus    ... 

...     404 

simulans 

..     998 

torquatus  ... 

404,  557 

Smithi 

..     992 

Craspedia  glauca 

...       98 

Tryoni 

994,  1013 

Crassatella  castanea  ... 

...     749 

unicus    987,  988 

989,  990,  991 

Cumingi  ... 

748,  749 

Cryptomeria  japonica 

..     100 

decipiens  ... 

...     749 

Cryptostylis  erecta  ... 

..     109 

donacina  . . . 

...     744 

Cryptotis  brevis 

[ 

573,  386 

err  ones     ... 

...     749 

Cryptozoon  Wilsoni... 

..     633 

Kingicola 

747, 

748,  749, 

Ctedonia      ... 

..     838 

[750 

Ctenopliora  hella 

..     868 

pidchfa   . . . 

749, 

750,  1029 

vilis 

..     864 

Cratogaster 

...     502 

Cuculus  flabelliformis 

..     416 

Cratomorphus  hicolor 

...     647 

pallidus 

..     415 

Cratoxylou  polyanthum 

...       29 

Cucumis 

..       20 

Creaghia 

...       18 

melo 

..       88 

Creochiton  ... 

...       18 

trigonus 

.        88 

Crepis  japonica 

..        15 

Cudnellia    ... 

..     461 

Cricotopus  ... 

...     224 

mystica 

..     462 

Crinia  georgiaua 

375,  387 

Culicoides  ... 

219,  5 

221.  290 

signifera        171 

,  359 

365,  367 

Cumingia    ... 

..     659 

[368 

370,  375 

Cupania  fuscidula     ... 

..       33 

Crinum 

...       22 

Cupressus  lignum- vitae 

..     100 

amabile 

..,     101 

Curcuma     ... 

...       22 

asiaticum 

72,  101 

Cuscuaria    ... 

..       22 

ornatum 

...     101 

Cuscuta 

...       19 

pedunculatum 

...     101 

Cyanotis 

..       22 

Crioceris  fuscomaculata 

...     460 

Cyathea  brunonis 

..      75 

recens 

...     460 

Cyathocrinus 

..     348 

Cristiceps  australis    . . . 

...  1028 

Cyathophyllum 

I 

148,  351 

Crocodilus  porosus    ... 

...     131 

Cycas  circinnalis 

..       52 

Crossandra  inf undibuliformis ...       99 

revel  uta 

..       52 

Crossorhinus 

...     182 

siamensis 

.,       40 

barbatus 

182 

183,  184 

Cyclas 

..     400 

dasypogon  ... 

178,  184 

Gyclopides  cynone 

..     624 

stirlingi 

178,  179 

Cyclopteris  cuneata 

..     340 

tentaculatus 

178 

182,  183 

Cygnus  atratus 

..     421 

Crotalaria  ... 

...       16 

Cylindrotoma  albitarsis 

..     832 

striata 

...       31 

Cymbella     ... 

..     492 

INDEX. 


XXVU. 


PAGE 

Nearcha  staurotis 

...    1153 

subcelata    ... 

1153,1157 

Neesia 

...       19 

Neissa          ...     * 

...     455 

inconspicua    . . . 

455,  456 

Nelumbium 

28,  29 

speciosum 

28,  69,  97 

Neobrocha  phalocyra 

...  1073 

Neocavonus 

...  1254 

Neoheteronyx 

...  1255 

lividus 

...  1255 

Neorupilia  Stirling!   . . . 

...  1274 

viridis 

...  1275 

Nepenthes  ... 

22,  34 

pervillei   ... 

...       39 

Nephelium  ... 

...       20 

lappaceum 

...       91 

litchi 

...       92 

Nephrodium  (Lastrea)  blumei  78 

boryanum  ...  78 

calcaratum    var. 

sericea  ...  77 

erassif  olium         ...  77 


cnnipes 

.       78 

dayi 

78 

eminens 

.       78 

filix-mas     var. 

elongata 

.       78 

gracilescens 

.      77 

var. 

glanduligera 

77 

molle    ... 

.       78 

mottleyanum 

.       78 

pennigerum 

.      78 

sparsa  ... 

.      78 

syrmaticum 

.      78 

unitum... 

.      78 

Nephrolepis  acuminata 

.      78 

biserrata 

.       78 

exaltata 

.       78 

volubilis 

.       78 

Nerium  oleander 

.       98 

Nigasa  subpurpurea  ... 

.  1202 

Ninguis 

.     792 

Ninoxboobook          ...            399,418 

Nipa  fruticans            ...          26, 

27,  53 

Niphobolus... 

.       74 

acrostichoides 

.       78 

adnascens 

.       78 

fissum      ... 

.       78 

nummularifolium . 

.       78 

pennangianum 

.      78 

stigmosum 

.      78 

87 

PAGE 

Noeggerathiopsis  spathulata  ...     344 

Nolalugens...             ...  ...   1077 

metallopa           ...  ...  1077 

Norrisia       ...             .,,  ...       21 

Notaden  bennettii     ...  ...     360 

Notidanus   ...             ...  ...     179 

Notonomus      ...  502,  739,  1296 

arthuri   ...  ...   1294 

lateralis...  ...   1295 

variicollis  ...  1295 

Notophilus...             ...  739,1250 

Novapus      ...             ...  ...  1252 

Adelaidag   ...  1251,  1252 

crassus        ...  ...  1252 

laticollis     ...  ...  1251 

simplex       ...  ...   1252 

striatopunctulatus        1251, 

[1252 

Nyctemera  amica      ...  ..     1086 

crescens...  ...  1086 

cribraria...  ...  1086 

separata...  ...  1086 

tertiana  ...  ...  1086 

Nycticorax  caledonicus  ...     421 

Nyctozoilus                ..  ...  1270 

Nymphasa  ...            ...  29,  69 

lotus         ...  ...       97 

pubescens  ...       97 

stellata    ...  ...       97 

Nyroca  australis        ...  ...     422 

Ochrosia  elliptica      ...  ...       98 

Ochthocharis              ...  ..         18 

Ocydromus  australis  ...     557 

sylvestris  1296,  1297 

Odezia         ..              ...  ...  1140 

Odina  wodier             ...  ...       40 

Odontopteris  microphylla  336,  337 

Oecacta       ...             ...  ...     223 

(Eceoclades                ...  ...       63 

falcata    ...  ...       68 

CEdicnemus  grallarius  ...     419 

Oenochi'oma               ...  ...  1136 

quaternaria  ...  1203 

vmaria  ...  ...  1206 

Oenone        ...              1140,  1167,  1194 

lunaris           ...  ...  1195 

Solaris            ...  ...   1195 

Oiketicus  elongatus  ..  1052,  1100 

Htibneri     ..  ..    1100 

Olax  striata                ...  ...     109 

Oleandra  musEefolia  ...  ...       78 

neriiformis...  ..       78 

Olearia  cassinias         ...  319,  322 


XXVIU. 

IND 

EX. 

PAGE 

PAGE 

Olearia  ramulosa 

...     322 

Oxycanus  pardalinus 

..  1120 

Omphalopus 

...       18 

rufescens    . . . 

..  1122 

Oncopera 

...   1124 

subvarius  ... 

..  1123 

intricata 

...   1124 

Oxylobium  cordifolium 

..     108 

Oncoptera   ... 

1118,  1124 

ellipticum 

..     110 

intricata  .. 

...  1124 

Oxyspora     ... 

..       18 

Onychodes 

1139,  1199 

Ozocera 

..     885 

lutosaria 

1199,  1200 

Ozodicera     ... 

..     885 

traumatar 

La     1199,  1200 

Pachnephorus 

..     462 

Onycodes  traumataria 

...  1200 

Pachycentria 

..       18 

Oopterus 

...     723 

Pachycepliala  gutturalis 

..     405 

Opegrapha... 

...     103 

rufiventris 

..     406 

Ophichthys 

...  1028 

Pachydomus               ...    205,  5 

511,  212 

Ophicleres    ... 

...     114 

globosus 

..     211 

salaminia  .. 

...     114 

Pachyleptus 

..     223 

Ophioglossum  penduh 

im         ...       80 

Pachjrnocarpus 

..       36 

reticula 

turn      ...       80 

Peecilasma  fissa 

..     118 

Opuntia 

...       98 

Paedaria  foetida 

..       58 

cochinillifera 

...       87 

tomentosa    . . . 

..       58 

dillenii 

...      87 

Pahudia 

..       16 

polyantha    . . 

...      87 

Pal<xarca  subarguta  . . . 

..     205 

tomentosa    . . 

...      87 

Palaeoniscus                 ...            c 

$37,  344 

Orania  macrocladus  . . 

...       54 

Palaquium  ... 

...       20 

Oreoica  cristata 

...     406 

Palpomyia  ...             ...    219,  S 

m,  291 

Origma  rubricata      .. 

...     409 

Fanagra  apjjroximata 

..  1214 

Orimarga     ... 

758,  792 

areniferata  ... 

..  1147 

alpina 

793,  795 

atrosignata  ... 

..  1184 

australis     . . 

793,  795,  891 

aurinaria     . . . 

..  1162 

inornata     .. 

...     794 

aviata 

..  1214 

Oroderes  humeralis  .. 

...     453 

bijugata 

..  1158 

uniformis  .. 

...     452 

huffalaria    . . . 

..  1154 

Oropliea 

...       19 

carbonata     ... 

..  1187 

Orphnephila 

...     221 

confluaria    . . . 

..  1193 

Orthis 

...     351 

consignata   . . . 

..  1191 

Orthoceras  ... 

...     351 

corrogata 

..  1158 

Orthocladius 

215,  224,  254 

costinotata  ... 

..  1188 

annuliventris 

255.  309 

curtaria 

..  1158 

insolidus     ... 

255,  258',  .309 

dentigeraria 

..  1173 

numerosus  ... 

255,  256,  309 

devitata 

..  1177 

pullulus 

255,  259,  309 

difusaria     ... 

..  1214 

venustulus  . . 

255,  257,  309 

disputata     . . . 

..  1173 

Orthomus    ... 

...     732 

egenata 

..  1148 

berytensis.. 

...     734 

estigmaria    . . . 

..  1188 

Orthonyx  spaldicgi  .. 

1050,  1051 

explanata     . . . 

..  1179 

spinicaudus 

.  .  1051 

explicataria  ., 

..  1147 

Oryza 

...     101 

exsectaria    . . . 

..  1144 

Osbeckia 

18,  43,  45 

exsignata     ... 

..  1178 

Oscinis 

...     175 

extenta 

..  1214 

Osteoglossum 

...     356 

ferritinctaria 

..  1214 

Otanthera    ... 

...43,  45 

Jict'diaria      . . . 

..  1213 

Ottelia  alismoides 

71 

hypenaria    ... 

..  1163 

Oxycanus  australis  .. 

...  1121 

inconcisata  ...        11^ 

7,  1148 

fuscomaculo 

Ms        ...  1120 

inostentata  ... 

..  1214 

INDEX. 


XXIX. 


PAGE 

PAGE 

Panagra  intercalata ... 

...   1214 

Passiflora  filamentosa 

... 

88 

intermixtaria 

...   1149 

foetida 

... 

58 

intextata 

...  1147 

herbertiana 

109 

molybdaria ...    ■     1 

187,  1190 

incarnata    . . . 

... 

88 

nullata 

...  1214 

laurifolia    ... 

88 

obtusata 

...  1177 

lutea       '    ... 

88 

orna  a 

...  1189 

maliformis... 

88 

perfahricata 

...  1165 

pallida 

... 

88 

perlinearia  ... 

...  1147 

quadrangularis 

... 

88 

petrUineata  ... 

...  1191 

serrata 

... 

88 

plusiata 

...  1192 

Pavetta  indica 

... 

31 

promelanaria 

...  1149 

Payena 

... 

20 

reserata 

...  1154 

Pecopteiis  australis  . . . 

... 

342 

reservata 

...  1166 

Pecten  tenuicollis 

... 

203 

resignata 

...  1154 

Pectunculus  Grayanus 

748,  750 

sigmata 

...  1179 

Pedicia 

888 

sparsularia . . . 

...  1214 

Pegasus  draco 

... 

1028 

subcelata 

...  1157 

Pelamis  bicolor 

... 

633 

subvelaria    . . . 

...  1214 

Pelecanus  conspicillatus 

... 

423 

transactaria 

...  1154 

Pellacalyx   ... 

24 

triparata      ... 

...  1190 

Pelodryas    ... 

... 

371 

ti-y.iaria 

...  1164 

Pentace 

... 

20 

ursaria 

...  1154 

Pentacme  siamensis  ... 

40 

Panax 

...       21 

Pentacrinus 

630 

f  ruticosum 

...       98 

Pentamerus 

211 

Pancratium  bifloriira . . 

...     101 

carbonarius 

210 

malabaricuni 

...     101 

Pentaneura , . . 

219,  223 

speciosiim 

...     101 

Pentaspadon 

20 

Pandanus     ... 

...22,26 

Penthoptera 

... 

887 

Pangiurn 

...       22 

Pentstemon ... 

99 

Panicum 

...     101 

Peperomia   ... 

... 

20 

Pannaria 

...     103 

leptostachya 

108 

Papaver  horridum     ... 

...  1063 

reflexa 

... 

108 

setigerum     ... 

...     102 

Pergularia  odoratissima 

99 

somniferum... 

...     102 

Perichseta    ... 

... 

987 

Papilio  Sylvester 

...  1041 

austrina      987, 

1000, 

1002 

tulliolus 

...  1039 

canaliculata 

987, 

1003 

Paracroton  ... 

...       18 

dorsalis     ... 

1015, 

1016 

Parallelodon  subarguta 

...     205 

f  ecunda     . . . 

1007, 

1008 

Parartocarpus 

...       18 

Hamiltoni 

1002 

Parascyllium  collare . . . 

178,  181 

Macleayi  .. 

... 

1004 

nuchale 

...     181 

niacquariensis 

... 

lOUO 

variolatum 

...     181 

Stirlingi    ... 

1017 

Pardalotis  ornatus     . . . 

...     403 

tenax 

1014 

punctatus... 

...     403 

terras -reginae 

1002 

striatus 

...     403 

Peripatus    ... 

598 

,  632 

Parmelia      . . 

...     103 

Perissectis  ... 

1118, 

1119 

tinctorum  ... 

...     103 

australasiae 

1119 

Paropsia  edulis 

...       88 

Perochirus  ... 

... 

1036 

Parra  gallinacea 

...     421 

mestoni    . . . 

... 

1035 

Passitiora     ... 

...       98 

Peronema    ... 

19 

coccinea 

...       88 

Persea  gratissima 

... 

88 

edulis 

...       88 

Persoonia  lanceolata .  „ 

109 

INDEX. 


Persoonia  longifolia  ... 
revoluta    . . . 
Petraea  volubilis 
Petrseca  Goodenovii  ... 

Leggii 

phoenicea "  ... 
Petrochelidon  nigricans 
Petrophila  rigida 


Phsenicospermum 
Phaius 

callosus 
grandifolius  ... 
Phalsenopsis 

amabilis 
cornucervi 
grandiflora 
lowii 

luddemanniana 
rosea     . . . 
schilleriana 
sumatrana 
violacea 
Phallaria     ... 

ochripennata 
ophiusaria  ... 
suhustaria  ... 
Phalota  obscura 
Phaps  chalcoptera     ... 
Phaseolus    .. 
Philemon  citreogularis 
corniculatus 
Philhydrus  burrundiensis 

melanocephalus 
Philophloeus 

australis 

eucalypti 

fuscipennis 

immaculatus 

intermedins 

obtusus... 


PAGE 

319, 321 

...     109 

...       99 

...    407 

...     407 

...     408 

...     400 

321 

.     109 

.       20 

.       62 

.       67 

62,67 

63,  67 

.       68 

.       68 


318 


67, 


Phlebopteris 


Phlceocarabus 


opaciceps 

planus  ....    712,  714, 

puberulus 

quadripennis 

unicolor  714, 

alethopteroides  ... 
crenifolia 
polypodioides 
Schouvii 


69 

69 

69 

...       69 

...       69 

...       69 

1139,  1203 

...  1205 

...  1203 

...  1209 

..     454 

418,  557 

...     101 

...     414 

...     414 

...     447 

...     447 

713,  715 
...     713 

712,  713 
...     714 

714,  715 
...  712 
...  712 
..      714 

715 
713 
713 
715 
625 
625 
626 
625 
626 


crudelis 


707,  708,  710 
...    710 


PAGE 

Phlceocarabus  Mastersi  ...     708 

umbratus  709,  710 

unimaculatus  708,  709 

Phoenix  acaulis          ...  ...       40 

Pholidota    ...            ...  ...       62 

clypeata    ...  ...       66 

conchoidea  ...       66 

imbricata  ...  ..        66 

Phora           ...             ...  ...  1100 

Phorticosomus  brunneus  ...     722 

felix  ...  ...     722 

Nuytsii  ...     723 

Randalli  ...     722 

Photinus     ...             ...  ...  1297 

Photuris  congrua       ...  ...     650 

Phrataria  replicataria  ...   1161 

transcissata  ...   1161 

Phrynium    ...             ...  ...       22 

Phrynosoma                ...  ...     632 

Phylacium  ...             ...  ..       16 

Phyllagathis                ...  ...       18 

Phyllanthera              ...  ...       19 

Phyllanthus                ...  ...       18 

emblica...*  ..        29 

Ferdinandi  ...     131 

superbus  ...       29 

Phylliocephala           ...  ...  1253 

nigro-hirta      ...  1254 

Phyllodes 113,  116 

cerasifera  ...  1J3,  116 

consobrina  113,  116 
conspicillator  113,  115,  116 

Eyndhovii  ...     116 

fasciata     ...  ...     116 

floralis        ...  ...     116 

inspicillator  ...     116 

maligna     ...  ...     116 

Meyricki  ...    114,  115,  116 

ornata        ...  ...     116 

roseigera   ...  113,  116 

semilinea  ...  ...     116 

nstulata     ...  ...     116 

Verhuellii...  ...     116 

Phyllota  barbata       ...  319,321 

phylicoides  . . .     321 

Phyllotheca  australis      334,  337,  339 

Physalis       ...             ...  ...       20 

Physcia        ...             ...  ...     103 

Physolesthus  australis  ...   1250 

grandipalpis       ...   1250 

pallidus  ...   1250 

suturalis  ..    1250 

Physurus     ...             ...  63,  69 


INDEX. 


XXXI. 


PACxE 

PAGE 

Physurus  pictus 

...       63 

Pleopeltis  incurvatum 

...      78 

Phytomy  za ... 

...  1030 

irioides 

...      78 

Pielus          ...      604,  642, 

1118,  1133 

longifolium 

78 

atripalpis 

...  1135 

longissimum 

...      78 

erythrinus 

...  1134 

membranaceum 

...      78 

hyalinatus  604,  641 

,  642,  1133 

musasfolium 

...      78 

[1134 

nigrescens 

...      78 

hydrographus ... 

...  1135 

palmatum 

...      78 

imperialis      603,  604,  641,  642 

phymatodes 

...      78 

[654,  1134 

platyphyllum 

...      78 

ingens 

1133,  1134 

rupestre    ... 

...      78 

invarius 

...  1119 

sinuosum  ... 

...      78 

labyrinthicus   . . . 

...  1135 

stenophyllum 

...      78 

maculosus 

...  1121 

superficiale 

...      78 

tasmanice 

...  1134 

wray  i 

...      78 

Pierardia  dulcis 

89,  90 

Plethiandra 

...       18 

Pilea            

...       17 

Plettusa 

...    776 

Pimelea  coUina 

...     109 

Pleurotomaria 

205,  351 

Pimenta  acris 

...       86 

humilis 

...     205 

officinalis     . . . 

...       86 

ornata 

...     346 

vulgaris 

...       86 

Plocoglottis  acuminata 

...       67 

Pinanga 

52,  53 

javanica 

...       67 

Piper 

20 

Plotus  Novse-Hollandias 

422,  1026 

Piptospatha 

22 

Plumbago  capensis    ... 

...       98 

Pisania  buccinulum  ... 

.".'.'     117 

rosea 

...       98 

ignea 

...     117 

Plumieria  acutif olia  . . . 

97,  98 

Pistia  stratiotes 

...      71 

Podargus  strigoides  ... 

...     399 

Pisum  arvense 

...     101 

Podiceps  gularis 

...     422 

sativum 

...     101 

Novse-Hollandise 

...     422 

Pithecolobium 

16,  29 

Podocarpus 

...       34 

Pithocarpa  corymbulosa 

319,  322 

Podolasia    ... 

...       22 

Pittosporum  undulatum 

97,  396 

Podoneura  ... 

...     800 

Plfesiantha 

...       24 

Podonomus... 

219,  223 

Platalea  flavipes 

420,  1059 

Poecilus 

728,  732 

melanorrhyncha 

...     420 

atronitens 

..     732 

Platyceps  Wilkinsonii 

...     336 

clilsenioides    . . 

...     728 

Platycercus 

...  1025 

interioris 

...     732 

eximius  ... 

..      417 

iridescens 

...     731 

pennantii 

...     417 

Kingi 

...    728 

zonarius 

1023,  1025 

laevis 

...     728 

Platycerium  biforme 

73,  79 

resplendens  ... 

...    728 

Platydactylus 

...     933 

semiplicatus  ... 

...     728 

japonicus     939,  962,  980 

subviridescens 

...     732 

Platygaster 

...     654 

sulcatulus 

...     728 

Platynus  marginellus 

740,  741 

Poephila  armitiana  ... 

...     188 

murrayensis 

,..     741 

gouldias 

...     188 

Platyplectriim  marnioratum    . . .     386 

leucotis 

...  1029 

oriiatum 

...     386 

mirabilis 

188,  1029 

Platythorax  transversicollis  ...     716 

Pogonanthera 

...       18 

Plectorhyncha  lanceolata 

...     413 

Poinciana  pulcherrima 

...      97 

Pleopeltis  accidens    ... 

...       78 

regia 

...      97 

angustatum 

...       78 

Polistes 

..     598 

hastatum  ... 

...       78 

Polyalthia  ... 

...       19 

XXXll. 


INDEX. 


PAGE 

Polydragma                ...  ...  18 

Polygonum...              ...  ...  21 

fagopyruin  .,  101 

Polymeria  calycina  ...  ...  109 

Polypodium                 ..  28,  74 

cornigerum  . . ,  78 

cuoullatum  ...  78 

decorum  ...  78 

(Dictyopteris)  dif- 

f  orme  ...  78 

fuscatum  ...  78 

heracleum  ...  73 

hirtellum  ...  78 

khasyanum  ...  78 

laser  pitiifolium     ...  78 

obliquatum  ...  78 

papillosum  ..  78 
(Phegopteris)  punc- 

tatum  ...  78 

subevenosum  ...  78 

subf  alcatum  ...  78 

tenuisectum  ...  78 

triangulare  ...  78 

Polyporus    ...         ....  104,  105 

cinnabar  inus  ...  105 

lucidus      ...  ...  105 

Pomaderris  phylicifolia  ...  108 

Pomatostomus  ...    411,  412,  414 

superciliosus    ...  413 

temporalis  406,  412 

Porana  volubilis        ...  ...  99 

Poranthera  ericifolia  ...  108 

Porina         ...             ...  1118,  1119 

australis         ...  1120,  1121 

determinata  ...  1120,  1122 

dirempta         ...  1120,  1121 

f  uscomaculata  ...  1 1 20 

niphadias         .  1120,  1122 

rufescens        ...  1120,  1122 1 

sphragidias    ...  1120,  1123! 

subvaria         ...  1120,  11231 

Poropterus  conifer    ...  ...  1273 

prodigus...  ...  1273 

Porphyrio  melanotus  ...  421 

Porthesia  collucens  ...  ,.  1090 

Portulaca  grandifiora  ...  97 

oleracea...  ...  188 

Potamogeton  natans...  ..  70 

tenuicaulis  ...  70 

Pothos         ...             ...  ...  22 

loureiri           ...  ...  59 

Poupartia   ...             ...  ...  93 

Pouzolzia    ...             ..  ...  17 


PAGE 

Praravinia  ... 

...       18 

Prasocuris  aucta 

...     479 

Praus 

...  1125 

Prays 

...  1125 

Premna 

...       19 

Prionodura  Newtoniana 

...  1052 

Prionomyia  ..  ...  219,  221,  291 

Prionophorus  ..  ...     739 

Pristiophorus  cirratus  ...     186 

nudipinnis         ...     186 

Problepsia  clemens   ...  ...  1093 

sancta      ...  ...   1094 

Procellaria  capensis  ...  ...     630 

Procladius  ...  215,  224,  283,  310 

paludicola    ...       284,  309 

pictipennis    284,  285,  309 

Procris  coronias         ...  ...  1088 

subdolosa      ...  ..1088 

viridipulverulenta      ...  1088 

Productus    ..  203,  211,  345,  347 

Abichi      ...  ...     203 

brachythaerus       203,  344, 

[348 

scabriculus  ...     211 

serialis      ...  ...     203 

subquadratus  ...     211 

Promecoderus  ...  ...   1289 

Proscephalium  ...  ...       18 

Prosopogmus  ...  727,  728 

Boisduvali         ...     727 

harpaloides       ...     727 

Reichei  ...     727 

Prostanthera  saxicola  ...     109 

Protium  javanicum  ...  ...       94 

Protococcus  ..  ..      491 

Psamathiomya  ...    217,  222,  224 

Psephotus  hsematonotus  ...     417 

Pseudechis     899,  901,  912,  913,  916, 
[928,  931,  932,  956,  959 
porphyriacus  ...     894 

Pseudochirus  ...  ...     632 

breviceps  ...  1030 

cookii   ..  ...     632 

lanuginosa  ...     632 

peregrinus  ...     632 

Pseudonephelium      ...  ...       20 

Pseudophryne  ...  360,  370 

australis         359,  360, 
364,  368,  376,  377, 
379,  380,  381,  389 
bibronii  171,  172, 

173,  174,  177,  359, 
360,  365,  368,  370, 
376,  377,  380,  389 


INDEX. 

XXXUl. 

PAGE 

P.ACxE 

Pseudopus  ...             ...    952, 

956,  962 

Python  bivittatus           931 

,  954,  979 

Psidimn  giiayava 

...       86 

tigris 

...     927 

Psoralea  pinnata 

319,  321 

Pyxine 

...     103 

Psychoplifena 

219,  223 

Quercus  angustata    ... 

...     105 

Psychotria  ... 

18 

bancana 

...       41 

P.tencedus  rufescens     ... 

...     410 

brandisiana 

...       41 

Pterinea 

204,  351 

costata 

...     105 

Pteriuea  macroptera  .. 

...     204 

daphnoidea 

...     106 

Pteris  aquilina 

...       76 

elegaiis 

...     105 

var.  esculenta 

...       76 

gemelliflora... 

..     106 

cretica 

...       76 

glaberrima  ... 
induta 

...     105 

incisa 

...       76 

...     105 

longifolia 

..,       76 

pallida 

...     106 

ludens 

...       76 

placentaria  ... 

...     105 

marginata 

...       76 

platycarpa  ... 

...     105 

patens 

...       76 

pruiuosa 

...     106 

quadriaurita   ... 

...       76 

pseudomolucca 

...     106 

semipinnata    . . . 

...      76 

rotundata    . . . 

...     105 

Pterocarpus 

...16,34 

sp. 

...     106 

marsupium 

...  1281 

sundaica 

...     106 

Pterohelaeus  raucus  ... 

...  1266 

turbinata     ... 

...     106 

Walkeri               ...   1276 
Fterophorus  ohliteralis             ...  1114 
Pteropodocys  phasianella         . . .     405 
Pterostichus  aubei      ...             ...     504 

azureomarginatus.. .     506 
civilis      ...             ...     507 

holomelanus           ...     730 

Ramalina     ... 

Rana  esculenta 
opisthodon 
temporaria 

Randia 

densifolia 

...     103 
...     362 
...     360 
362,  363 
...       18 
...       31 

Ifevigatus 

...     732 

Ranhyla  aurea 

...     370 

Pterostylis  acuminata 

...     109 

Raphistemma 

19 

cucullata... 

...     109 

Renanthera 

...       62 

Ptilonorhynchus 

...     396 

arachnites 

...       67 

holosericeu^ 

^  ...     411 

coccinea  ... 

63 

violaceus 

...     411 

(Vanda)  lowii 

...       67 

Ptilotis 

...     416 

matutina 

...       67 

auricomis 

...     413 

Rennellia. . . 

...       18 

chrysops 

...     413 

Retzia 

...     212 

lusca 

...     413 

Ehabdia 

...       21 

leucotis 

...     413 

Rhabdomastix 

758,  828 

penicillata     ... 

...     413 

Osten-Sackeni  829,  891, 

Ptychosperma 

singaporensis 

...       52 
...       55 

Rhacophyllum 

...     346 

Puffinis  brevicaudus . . . 

...     630 

Rhamphidia 

758,  788 

sphenurus    . . . 

...     630 

communis 

788,  891 

Pultensea  Bauerlenii... 

110,  111 

fulvithorax 

...     789 

pycuocephala 

...     108 

niveitarsis 

788,  791 

Punica  granatum 

...87,98 

venusta . . . 

...     790 

Pycnorhachis 

...       19 

Rhaphidophora 

...       22 

Pyrameis  cardui  var.  Kershawi      619 

pinnata 

..       59 

itea 

...     619 

Rliina 

179,  186 

Pyrocoelia  ... 

646,  647 

Rhinacanthus  communis 

...      99 

bicolor 

646,  647 

Rhinaria      ... 

...     464 

Python  896,  897,  898,  899, 

901,  904, 

Rhinelaps    ... 

...  1028 

[906,  908,  927 

932,  938 

Rhinobolus... 

...     463 

XXXIV. 


INDEX. 


PAGE 

Rhinobolus  nitidus   ...  ...     46-4 

Rhinopththalmus     marginipen- 

nis      ...     451 

modestus     ...     451 

nasutus      451,  452 

striicollis     ...     451 

Rhipidura  albiscapa  .  ...     406 

Rhizopertha  1261,  1262,  1264 

Rlnzopsyche  Swainsoni  ...  1134 

Rhodamniatrinervia  29,  98,  108 

Khododendron  ...  ...       34 

javanicum         ...       98 
Ehodoleia  championi  ...       98 

Rhodomyrtus  ...  ...       28 

tomentosa        21,  86,  98 
Rhus  ...  ...  ...       20 

javanica  ...  ...       41 

Rhynchtea  australis  ...  ...     420 

Rhynchonella  pleurodon  212,  351 
Rhynchostomis  curculionides...  457 
Rhypholophus  ...    758,800,801 

(Amphineurus) 

maculosus      ...     802 
(Amphineurus) 
umbraticus  801 


Rhytisternus 


891 
730,  739 
...  730 
730 
729 
729 
730 


729, 


angustulus 

Bo  villi...    728 

cyathodera 

laevilatera 

limbatus 

liopleura  728,  729,  730 

misera...  ...  730 

puella ...  ...  730 

sulcatipes  728,  729 

Richardia  sethiopica...  ...  100 

Riedelia       ...             ...  ...  22 

Rondeletia  odorata    ...  ...  98 

Rotala          ...             ...  ...  21 

Rourea  splendens      ...  .  .  31 

Rubus  Moorei            ...  ...  108 

Rudbeckia  columnaris  ...  98 

hirta         ...  ...  98 

laciniata  ...  ...  98 

Russelia  juncea          ...  ...  99 

Saccolabium               ...  ...  63 

bifidum  ...  67 

blumei  ...  ...  67 

compressum  ...  67 

densifolium  ...  67 

harrisonii  ...  67 

hendersonianum...  67 

macrostachyum  ...  67 


PAGE 

Saccolabium  miniatum  ...       67 

pallidum  ...       67 

Sagus  Koenigii           ...  ...       52 

Isevis                ...  ...49,52 

Salpinx  viridis           ...  ...   1041 

Salvia  barbata           ...  ...     100 

coccinea          ...  ...     100 

Salvinia       ...             ...  ...     498 

Sanchezia  nobilis       ...  ...       99 

Saudoricum  indicum  ...       91 

Saphar a  viridis         ...  ...  1041 

Saragus       ...  ...        1269,  1270 

catenulatus   ...  ...  1269 

ingequalis       ...  ...  1269 

Isevicollis       ...  ...  1269 

latus              ...  ...  1269 

Lindi             ...  ...  1269 

mediocris       ...  ...   1269 

Odewahni      ...  ..    1269 

rudis              ...  ...  1269 

rugosus          ...  ...  1269 

Sarcanthus                 ...  ...       63 

croceus  ...  ...       68 

teretif  olius  ...       68 

Sarciophorus  pectoralis  ...     419 

Sarcocephalus            ...  ...       94 

esculentus         ...       94 

Sarothrocrepis           ...  ...     711 

corti  calls  ...     712 

posticalis  ...     712 

suavis  ...     711 

Sarotricha  demiota   ...  ...   1074 

punctata...  ...  1075 

undulana  ...   1074 
Sarticus           501,  502,  506,  511,  739 
aubei           ...    502,  504,  505 
civil  is           ...    50.3,  507,  508 
cycloderus  503,  510,511,  512 

discopunctatus  503,  506 


habitans 

..    503 

507, 

508 

iriditinctus 

502, 

512 

ischnus 

.. 

503, 

511 

Macleayi 

502, 

504 

monarensis 

503, 

509 

obesulus 

'.'.   503, 

507, 

508 

orbicoUis 

507 

ovicoUis 

506 

quadrisulca 

bus 

502, 

512 

Rockhamptonensis  503,  508 

saphyreomarginatus        503, 

[505,  512 

Satraparchis  ...        1138,  1158 

bijugata  ...  1158 


INDEX. 


XXXV. 


Sauloprocta  motacilloides 

Saurauja 

Scaeodora  omophanes 
rava 

Schiina  bancana 

Schizandra  marmorata 

Schizoea  dichotoma  ... 
digitata 
malaccana    . . . 

Schizomeria  ovata     ... 

Schizophyllum  commune 

Schleichera 

Schoutenia 

Scitala 

Scoliacma  bicolor 

cervina     ... 

iridescens 

orthotoma 

Scolyptus    ... 

abbreviatus 
crassicollis 
foveiceps  ... 
marginatus 
oblongus    ... 
obscuripes... 
planiceps  ... 
procerus    . . . 
prominens 
rugiceps     . . . 

Scortechinia 

Scylliorhinus 

analis    . . . 


PAGE 

407 

21 

1079 

1079 

41 

57 


buergeri 


maculatus 
Scyllium 

Scythrops  Novss-Hollandiae 
Seisura  inquieta 
Semanopterus  subsequalis 
Semecarpus... 

anacardium 
cassuvium 
Sericornis    ... 

frontalis    . . . 
gutturalis... 
Serromyia     .. 
Sertularia  bidens 
Sesamum  indicum     ... 
Sesia  chrysophanes    ... 

isozona 
Setaria 
Shorea         ...  ...  29,  33, 

obtusa 


80 

80 

108 

105 

20 

20 

429 

1067 

1068 

1068 

1068 

1249 

1249 

1249 

1249 

1249 

1249 

1247,  1249 

1248,  1249 
1248,  1249 

...  1249 

1248,  1249 

...   18 

...  179 

180 

180 

180 

180 

179 

416 

407 

1252 

20 

92 

93 

396 

408 

...  1052 

219,  221,  291 

...  633 


178, 


179, 


395, 


.  102 
.  1067 
.  1067 
101 
36,42 
.   40 


PAGE 

Sida  19 

Sideroxylon...  ...  ...       20 

parvifolium         ...       40 
Sigillaria      ...  ...  ...     333 

Silene  cucubalus        ...  ...  1055 

inflata  ...  ...  1055 

Silopa  ...  ...  ...     157 

Silphium  terebinthaceum        ...       98 
Silphomorpha  amabilis  ...  1247 

Simmetrodes  nitens  ...  ...  1071 

Simodontus      724,  725,  726,  731,  732 
[733,  734,  739 
geneipennis  733,  734 

(Argutor  ?)     anti- 

podum         ...     733 

australis       734,  736,  737 

[738 

(Harpalus)     brun- 

I  neus  735,  736 

I  convexus  ...     734 

I  curtulus...  ...     735 

elongatus  ...     738 

I  (Harpalus)  Fortnumi  734 

[736,  737 

foveipennis  ...     735 

murrayensis  ...     737 

nitidipennis  ...     735 

occidentalis  ...     734 

oodiformis  ...     735 

orthomoides  ...     734 

transf  uga  . , .     734 

Simulium    ...  ...  ...     218 

Sindora        ...  ...  ...       16 

siamensis     ...  ...      29 

Sittella  chrysoptera  ...  ...     415 

jSlackia         ...  ...  ...       34 

j  Sloetia         ...  ...  ...       18 

:  Smicrornis  brevirostris  . . .     407 

Smilax         22,59 

Smittia        ...  ...  ...     223 

Sobas  ...  ...  ...  1270 

Solandra  grandiflora...  ...       99 

'Solanum       ..  ...  ...       20 

ferox  ...  ...       28 

jasminoides  ...       99 

pentadactylum         ...       32 
sanctum      ...  ...       28 

verbascifolium         28,  1063 
Sollya  heterophylla  ...  ...     319 

Sonerila       ...  ...  18,30,44 

Sonneratia  ...  ...       24 

acida         ...  24,  87 

apelala     ...  ...       24 


XXXVl. 


INDEX. 


PAGE 

Sophora  tetraptera  ...  ..    1062 

Sorghum      ...             ...  ...     101 

Sorocostia  argentea  ...  ...   1076 

aulacota  ...  ..  1076 

cycota      ...  ...  1076 

interspersa  ...  1076 

leucoma  ...  ...  1076 

Sorocostia  mesozona ...  ...  1075 

Spaniotoma                ...  219,  223 

Spathoglottis           ,  ...  ...       62 

aurea    ...  ...       66 

plicata  ...       66 

tomentosa  ...       66 

Spatula  rhynchotis  ...  ...     422 

Spermacoce                 ...  ...       18 

Spermophilus            ...  ...     583 

Sphceromias  ...    219,220,291 

albomarginatus    . . .     220 

Sphserothalamus        ...  ...       19 

Spilanthes  grandiflora  ...       15 

Spilosoma  Brisbanensis  1084,  1085 

fuscinula  1084,  1085,  1086 

quinquefascia  1085,  1086 

Spivifer        ...             ...  ...     351 

bisulcatus      ...  ...     348 

glaber            ...  ...     348 

Spirifera      ...  208,  212,  345,  347 

tasmaniensis  . . ,     208 

Spiriferina                  ...  ...     212 

Spirogyra    ...             ...  ...     491 

Spondias  dulcis          ...  ...       94 

Sprengelia  ...             ...  ...     320 

ponceletia  ...     654 

Squatina     ...            ...  ...     179 

vulgaris       ...  ...     186 

Stachytarpheta  indica  ...       99 

jamaiceusis     ...       99 

mutabilis  ...       99 

Stalagmites  dulcis    ...  ...       90 

Stegostoma  tigrinum  178,  181 

Stemodia     ...             ...  ...       20 

Stenolophus  proximus  ...  1250 

Stenopora    ...             ...  ...     207 

Stephania  hernandisefolia  1063,  1064 

Stephanotis                ...  ...       19 

floribunda  ...       99 

Sterculia     ...             ...  ...       19 

Sternula  sinensis        ...  1296,1297 
Steroptcs      ...         501,  505,  506,  507, 
508,  510,  511,  512 

Stictonetta  nsevosa   ...  ...     422 

Stictoploea  pelor         ...  ...  1041 

Sylvester  ...  ...  1041 


Stigmaphyllon  ciliatum 

...       97 

Stigmaria    ... 

...     487 

Straparollus 

...     212 

Strelitzia  angustata  ... 

...     100 

Strepera  arguta 

...     403 

cuneicaudata 

...     403 

graculina     ...  403, 412 

Streptocaulon  banmii  ...       58 

Streptococcus  septicus  ...     581 

Striga  ...  ...  ...       20 

Strix  flammea  sub-  sp.  delicatula    399 
Strobidia     ...  ...  ...       22 

Strobilanthes  ...  ...       18 

Stroplialosia  ...  ...     351 

Strumatophyma        ...  ...     461 

undulatipennis     479 

verrucosa      . . .     479 

Struthidea  cinerea    ...  ...     412 

Strychnos  colubrina  ...       58 

nux  vomica  ...       40 

Stuartina  Muelleri...  ...1100 

Stylidium     (Candollea)    larici- 

folium  ..  ...     109 

Styphelia  esquamata  ...     109 

Subulina  octona         ...  ...     118 

Sumbavia  ...  ...       18 

Swintonia  ...  ...       20 

Symphyonema  paludosum       . . .     109 
Symplocos  pedicellata  ...       31 

racemosa  ...       40 

Syncarpia  laurifolia  ...     108 

Synoicus  australis     ...  418,  557 

Syntonarcha  ...  ...  1107 

iriastis  ...  ...  1107 

Syringopora  ...  ...     351 

Syzygium  jambolanum  ...       86 

Tabernasmontana        ..  ...       19 

coronaria     . .        98 
Tacca  ...  ...  ..       72 

Tachina       ...  ...        1052,  1100 

Tacsonia  mollissima...  ...       88 

speciosa     ...  ...       88 

tripartita  ...  ...       88 

Tseniopteris  340,  343,  355,  634 

Daintreei   334,  336,  339, 

[340,  342,  348 

Tsenitis  blechnoides ...  ...       79 

Tagetes       ...  ...  ...       15 

erecta  ...  ...       98 

patula  ...  ...       98 

Tancredia  truncata  ...  ...     346 

Tanypus     ...  215,  217,  219,  220,  222 
[223,  225,  278,  310 


PAGE 

Tanypus  Mastersi     ...  278,  309 

monilis       ...  ...     220 

Tany tarsus  ...  ...  215,  224,  267 

cereolus  ...  268,  270 

communis  268,  271 

fuscithorax,  268,  272,  309 
inextentus,  268,  269,  309 
Tanytarsus  modicus  268,  274 

montanus     268,  270,  309 
Ogilbyi  ...  268,  273 

Taphrosia  ...  ....  ..      825 

Taraktogenos  ...  ...       22 

Tasiocera     ...  ...  758,  815 

gracilicornis,  815,  816,  817, 

[892 

temiicornis     815,  816,  818. 

[891 

Taxebtis   ...     1137,  1140,  1214 

anthracopa  ...   1141,  1145 

delogramnia     1141,  1146 

[1148 

egenata        1141,  1143,  1148 

eudela  ...        1141,  1142 

epigypsa       ...        1141,  1149 

exsectaria    ...        1141,  1144 

interniixtaria         1141,  1149 

intextata     ...        1141,  1147 

isomeris       ...        1140,  1144 

isophanes     ...        1141,  1150 

oiaula  1141,  1143,  1149 

philodora     ...        1140,  1151 

stereospila  ...        1140,  1142 

Teara  argentosa         ...  ...  1089 

Barnardi  ...  ...  1088 

protrahens       ...  ..     1090 

tristis  ...  ...  1100 

Tecoma  australis        ..  ...       99 

capensis        ..,  ...       99 

jasminoides...  ...       99 

tweediana    ..,  ...       99 

Tectona      ...  ...  ...       19 

Teinogenys...  ...  ...  1254 

Telesto  drachmophora  ...     623 

Tellinomya...  ...  ...     351 

Telmatogeton  ...  216,  223 

Telopea  oreades         ...  110,  112 

speciosissima     109,  112,  131 

Tephrina  aridaria    ...  ...  1 1 55 

capitata      ...  ...   1152 

Jlavicapitata  ...   1152 

Tephrosia  Candida     ...  ...       31 

Terillus        ...  ...  460,  464 

perplexus     ...  ...     460 


E2X. 

XXXVll. 

PAGE 

Terillus  suturalis 

...     461 

Termessa  congrapha 

...  1073 

congrua     . . . 

...  1073 

gratiosa 

...  1073 

Terminalia 

...       21 

catappa    . . . 

...       87 

Terminalia  macrocarpa 

...       40 

Tetracera    ... 

...       21 

sarmentosa 

31,57 

Tetralopha 

...       18 

Tetrapetalum 

...       19 

Tetraphana 

778,  780 

Tetraphora 

219,  223 

Tetrernia     ... 

...  1109 

teminitis    ... 

...  1109 

Teucholabis 

758,  798 

complexa 

...     799 

meridiana 

...     798 

Teulisna  dasypyga    ... 

...  1070 

Thallarcha  aurantiacea 

...   1080 

phaedropa 

...  1080 

phalarota 

...  1089 

Theca 

753,  754 

lanceolata 

751,  753 

operculata 

...     753 

Thelasis  capitata 

...       68 

carinata 

...       68 

Thelotrema 

...     103 

Thelymitra  venosa    ... 

...     109 

Thenarotes 

...  1250 

Theobroma  cacao 

...     101 

Theoxena 

1139,  1153 

Thespesia  populnea  ...  ...       25 

Thinnfeldia  odontopteroides  335,336, 

[337,340 

Threskiornis  ...  ...     396 

strictipennis  ...     420 

Thrixspermum  unguiculatum...       67 
Thrypticodes  xyloglypta         ...  1073 
Thrypticomyia  ...  758,  774 

aureipennis   775,  891,  892 
Thuiaria  sinuosa        ...  ...     633 

subarticulata  ...     633 

Thunbergia  ...  ..-       18 

alata       ...  27,  99 

grandiflora  27,  99 

harrisii   ...  ...       99 

laurif  olia  ...       99 

Tigriodes  nana  ...  ...  1069 

pulverulenta  ...  1069 

spilarcha   ...  ...   1069 

splendens  ...  ...  1068 

transcripta  ...  1069 


INDEX. 


PAGE 

Timoclea  gallinula    ...  ...     749 

Tinnunculus  cenchroides      399,  1024 
Tinospora  crispa        ...  ...       57 

Tipula  ...  ...  ...     220 

Torayris  470,  471,  473,  474,  475 

senea  ...   471,  473,  476 

antennata    ...   472,  473,  476 
difficilis       ...  473,  477 

gracilis         ...  468,  476 

impressicollis    468,  469,  476 
l^ta  468,  469,  470,  476 

longicornis  ...  470,  476 

(?)  minor      ...  475,  477 

negligens  466,  467,  472,  473 
[476 
obscura     467,  468,  473,  47 -t 
[476 
(?)  paradoxa      473,  475,  477 
pulchella     ...  465,  466 

rasa  465,  466,  467,  468,  476 
viridula       ...  468,  469 

Torenia        ...  ...  ...       20 

asiatica         ...  ...       99 

baillonia       ...  ...       99 

polygonoides  ...       99 

Tournefortia  ...  ...       21 

Toxocarpus  ...  ...       19 

Trachymene  eriocarpa  ...     319 

Trachynotus  russelli...  ...   1028 

Tradescantia  discolor  ...     100 

Tranes  internatus      ...  ...     384 

Trapa  ...  ..  69,  70 

Trema  amboinense    ...  ...       31 

virgata  ...  ...       31 

Tremanotus...  ...  ...     341 

Maideni...  ...     336 

Trentepohlia  ...    758,  831,  832 

albitarsis  . . .     834 

australasiae  832,  833,  834 
[891,  892 
exornata  832,  834 

fragillima  832,  833 

pennipes  832,  833 

tenera  ...  832,  833 

Trentepohli         ...     834 
Tribonyx  ventralis    ...  ...   1025 

Trichacanthus  ..  ...       18 

Trichocera  ...  ...  ...     838 

Trichoglossus  concinnus  ...     418 

Novse-HollandisB     418 

pusillus  ...     418 

Trichomanes  auriculatum        ....       76 

bipunctatum       ...       76 


Trichomanes  digitatum 
Javanicum 


PAGE 

..       76 
...      76 

maximum  ...       76 

neilgheriense  ...       76 

pallidum  ...       76 

parvulum  ...       76 

pluma    ..  ...       76 

pyxidiferum  ...       76 

rigidum  ...       76 

Trichoptilus  pyrrhodes  ...  1113 

Trichosanthes            ...  ...       20 

laciniosa  ...       98 

Trichosaragus            ...  ...  1269 

pilosellus  ...  1271 
Trictena      ...             ...        1118,  1135 

labyriuthica  ...  1135 

Trifolium  glomeratum  ...  1055 

Trigonia  Lamarcki    ...  ...     748 

Trimicra      ...  758,  759,  800,  820 

hirtipes       ...  ...     821 

microcephala  822,  823 

Sydney emis  821,  822 

Tringa  acuminata     ...  ...     419 

Triodia  irritans         ...  ...     639 

Triphana     ...             ...    777,  779,  780 

Triphasia  trif oliata   ...  ...       84 

Trisciadia   ...             ...  ...       18 

Tristania     ...             ..  35,  44 

burmanica...  ...       41 

Triticum     ...             ...  ...     101 

Tritocosmia  atricilla  ...  1273 

Digglesi  ...  1273 

Triton  costatus          ...  ...     118 

Triumfetta...             ...  ...       20 

Trochobola...             ...    758,  759,  783 

annulata...  784,  785 

australis...     784,891,  892 

csesarea  ...  784,  785 

Tropaeolum  majus     ..  ...       88 

Tropidophorus  grayi  ...  1035 

queenslandise       1034 

Trypethelium            ...  ...     103 

Tryphocaria                ..  ...     450 

hamata  ..  450,  451 

longipennis  450,  451 

uncinata  ...     451 

Turbo  Jourdani         ...  ...     189 

phasianella    ...  ...     189 

Turnera       ...             ...  ...       13 

trioniiflora  ...  ...       98 

Turnix  pyrrhothorax  ...     418 

varius             ...  ...     418 

velox              ...  ...     418 


IND 

EX. 

XXXIX. 

PAGE 

PAGE 

Turriea 

...       19 

Vertebraria     334,  347,  484, 

485,  494 

Tyd^ea  picta 

...       99 

australis 

...     334 

Tylophora  tenuis      ... 

...       58 

Vinca  rosea 

...       98 

Unio 

338,  342 

Virgularia 

...     118 

Unionella    .. 

...     338 

Viscum 

...       60 

Unona 

19 

compressum  ... 

...       60 

Uperoleia  marmorata 

171,  174 

ramosissimum 

...       60 

Uracanthus  acutus    ... 

..      451 

Vitex           

...       19 

Urania  speciosa 

...     100 

trif  oliata 

...       29 

Urolitha  bipunctifera 

...     604 

Vitis            

21,  30 

Uropedium  lindenii  ... 

...     106 

capriolata 

...       58 

Urosthenes 

334,  353 

elegans 

...       58 

australis  ... 

...     334 

gracilis 

...       58 

Usnea 

...     103 

hookeri 

...       58 

Utricularia 

70,  198 

lanceolaria 

...       58 

bifida       ... 

...       70 

semisagittifolia 

...       58 

exoleta     ... 

...       70 

trifolia 

...       58 

reticulata 

70 

Vitrina 

...     388 

stellaris    ... 

70,  198 

Vittadinia  australis  . . . 

...  1100 

vulgaris  ... 

...     197 

Vittaria 

28,  74 

Uvaria 

19,  31 

elongata 

...       79 

Vallisneria 

633,  659 

falcata 

...       79 

spiralis  ... 

...      71 

lineata 

...       79 

Vallota  purpurea 

...     100 

scolopendrina 

...       79 

Vanda 

...       62 

sulcata 

...      79 

batemanni 

..      67 

Volu ta  f usif ormis 

...     118 

fuscovioides    ... 

...      67 

magnifica 

...     313 

^igantea 

...       67 

Volvoxineae 

...     500 

lelvola 

...       67 

Walsura  villosa 

...       40 

liookeri 

...      67 

Wendlandia  tinctoria 

...       40 

insignis 

...       67 

Willughbeia 

...       19 

lamellosa 

...      67 

edulis     ... 

...       98 

limbata 

...       67 

firma 

...       58 

lissochilus 

...       67 

fiavescens 

...       58 

suavis 

...      67 

martabanica 

...       58 

tricolor 

...       67 

Wistaria 

...  1131 

violacea 

...      67 

WooUsia  pungens 

...     109 

Vandellia    ... 

...      20 

Wormia 

...       21 

Vanilla        

56,  63 

Wrightia  coccinea     ... 

...       98 

Variegata    ... 

...     860 

Xanthophaea 

707,  708 

gynoplistioides 

...     868 

Xanthorrhoea 

...     493 

Vateria 

...       36 

Xanthosia  rotundifolia 

...     319 

indica 

39,42 

Xenica  achanta 

...     620 

Vatica         ...             ...  29, 

33,  34,  36 

correae 

...     621 

Venus  gallinula 

...     749 

var.  fulva     ... 

...     621 

lamellaris 

...     748 

Klugii 

...     620 

roborata 

...     748 

lathoniella      ..    620, 

621,  622 

Vermicella  annulata 

..      389 

orichora 

620,  622 

Vernonia     ... 

...       15 

Xenomusa                   1137,1138,1198 

acuminata 

...       41 

monoda      ... 

...  1198 

cinerea 

...       15 

Xerophila  leucopsis  ... 

...     409 

Veronica  salicifolia  ... 

...   1062 

Xerospermum  noronhianum 

...       91 

Verrucaria 

...     103 

Xerotes  flexifolia 

...     109 

xl. 

INDEX. 

PAGE 

PAGE 

Xylocarpus  granatum 

.       25 

Zaphrentis  ... 

..     212 

Xylopertha     

.  1262 

Zea  mays    . . . 

101 

mystica    ...        1264,  1266 

Zelotypia  Stacyi 

1133 

vidua       ...        1265,  1266 

Zephyranthes  rosea 

100 

Xylopia 

.       19 

Zeritis  discifera 

622 

Xylosma 

.       22 

Zia  tactalis 

1073 

Xylostroma  giganteum 

.     612 

Zingiber 

...       22 

Yucca  aloif olia 

.     100 

Zinnia  elegans 

98 

brevif  olia 

.     100 

multiflora 

98 

glaucescens     ... 

.     100 

Zippelia 

20 

Zalacca  edulis 

.       30 

Zizyphus      ... 

21 

Zamensis  carbonarius 

.     927 

jujuba 

40,  87 

Zamia 

.    384 

Zopherosis  Georgii 

120 

Zamites 

.     346 

Zosterops  c£erulescens            ...     415 

V.   CUNNINGHAME   AND   CO.,    STEAM    MACHINE   PRINTERS,   PITT   STREET,    SYDNEY 


INDEX. 


XI. 


PAGE 

Cymbidium  aloifoHum  ...       66 

atropurpureum  ...       66 

brevilabre  ...       66 

pubescens  ...       67 

sanguineum  ..        67 

Cymindis  inquinata...  ...     710 

Cynoglossum              ...  ..        21 

Cyplwsoma                 ...  ...     502 

unkolor   ...  ...     502 

Cyprsea  coifea            ...  659,  660 

Irvineanse       ...  633,  659 
stolida  var.  brevidentata     660 

Thatcheri       ...  ...     187 

thersites          ...  ...     187 

venusta            ...  ...     187 

vitellus            ...  ...     189 

Cypripedium  ...         61,  63,  64 

barbatum  ...       69 

caudatum  ...     106 

concolor  ...       69 

glanduliferuni  ...       64 

haynaldianum  ...       64 

hirtissimum  ...       69 

hookeri  ...       69 

Isevigatum  ...       64 

lawrencianum  ...       69 

lowii     ...  64,  69 

parishii  ...       64 

philippinense  ...       64 

platy  taenium  ...       64 

purpuratum  ...       69 

roebelenii  ...       64 

sanderianum  64,  106 

stonei  64,  69 

Cypselus  pacificus     ...  ...     399 

Cyrtaudra  ...             ...  20 

glabra      ...  ...       99 

Cyrtanthera  pohliana  ...       99 

Cyrtina  carbonaria   ...  ...     211 

var.  Australasica  210,  214 

carhonariiLS  ...     210 

Cyrtodeira  fulgida   ...  ...       99 

Cyrtostachys  rendah  28,  55 

Cystignathus  Sydneyensis,  ...     171 

Cytherea  rutila          . .  ...     749 

Daboia         ...912,  913,  916,  931,  932, 

935,  937,  938,  940, 

955,  956,  957,  958 

Russelli(?)    ...  ...     894 

Dacelo  cervina  ...        1023,1024 

gigas          397,  401,  557,  1052 

leachii             ...  ...   1024 

Dahlia  excelsa            ...  ...       98 

86 


PAGE 

Dalbergia    ... 

...       16 

cultrata     . . . 

...       40 

pongamia  . . . 

...       26 

Dalenia 

...       18 

Dammara    ... 

...      33 

Danais  chrysippus     ... 

119,  120 

corinna 

...  1044 

darchia 

...  1039 

petilia 

...     119 

sylvestris 

...  1041 

tulliolus 

...  1039 

Daphniphyllum 

...      34 

Daption  capensis 

...     630 

Darantasia  ... 

1139,  1151 

flavicapitata 

...  1152 

mundiferaria 

..    1152 

Dasycoleum 

...       13 

Datura  sp.    ... 

...      99 

Davallia  angu  stata    ... 

...       76 

bullata 

...       76 

contigua 

...      76 

divaricata  ... 

...      76 

elegans 

...      76 

(Prosaptia)  emersoni. . .  76 

epiphylla     ...             ...  76 

griffithiana ...             ...  76 

(Hvimata)  heterophylla  76 

hymenophylloides     ...  76 

moluccana  ...             ...  76 

nodosa         ...             ...  76 

pedata          ...             ...  76 

(Microlepia)  pinuata. . .  76 

(Leucostegia)  pulchra  76 

solida          ...             ...  76 

speluncae     ...             ...  76 

(Steuoloma)  tenuifolia  76 

Daviesia      ...             ...             ...  321 

divaricata   ...            319,  321 

squarrosa    ...             ...  108 


Dehaasia 

.       18 

Deiopeia  pul 

chella    ..." 

1086 

Delima  sarmentosa    . . . 

31,  57 

Dendrobiura 

.       62 

acerosum 

.       64 

aciculare 

.       64 

acuminatissimum 

64 

aduncum 

.       64 

affine    ... 

.       64 

albosanguineum.. 

.       64 

amboinense 

.       64 

anosnium 

.       64 

auriferum 

.       64 

calcaratum 

.       64 

xii. 

INDEX. 

PAGE 

PAGE 

Dendrobium  criniferum 

64 

Dendrochilum  latifolium 

...       65 

crumenatum 

64 

longifolium 

...       65 

cucumerinum      . . . 

64 

Dendrocygna  vagans 

...     422 

cumulatum 

64 

Dendrolagus  Lumholtzi 

...  1052 

cymbidioides 

64 

Dentalium 

...     351 

dayanum 

64 

Deragena  BoisduvaUi 

...  1046 

discolor 

64 

Derris 

16,  31,  57 

erosum 

64 

scandens 

...       57 

excavatum 

64 

uliginosa 

...       57 

flavescens 

64 

Desmodium 

...       16 

gemellum 

64 

Deurodon 

...     928 

giganteum 

65 

scaber 

...     927 

glaucophyllum  .. 

64 

Dialycarpa 

...       19 

glumaceum 

64 

Diamesa 

...     223 

lasseltii 

64 

Diamuna  gastropacharia 

...  1205 

hymenophyllum 

64 

Dianella  carulea 

...     100 

junceum 

64 

ensifolia 

31,  100 

kuhlii  ... 

64 

Diaphanes 

...     646 

latifolium 

65 

Diaphanops 

...     457 

longicolle 

64 

Meyricki 

458,  459 

lowii 

65 

paralellus 

...     459 

macranthum 

65 

Westermanni 

457,  458, 

macrochilum 

65 

[459 

macrophyllum   .. 

65 

Diaphonia  adusta 

...     129 

miserum 

65 

dorsalis    ... 

...     128 

mutabile 

.       65 

maura 

...     130 

nudum... 

65 

olliffiana  ... 

...     127 

pallidum 

65 

rugosa 

129,  130 

pictum 

65 

DicaBum  hirundinaceum 

...     415 

planibulbe 

65 

Dichelaspis  orthogonia 

...     118 

plicatile 

.       65 

Dichodium 

...     103 

revolutum 

65 

Dichoma     ... 

...       15 

rhombeum 

.       65 

Dichopsis    ... 

..        33 

rigid  um 

.       65 

Dichromodes  1137,  1138, 

1139,  1151, 

ruckeri 

.       65 

[1153,  1159, 

1167,  1195 

rugosum 

.      65 

ainaria 

1167,  1170 

salaccense 

.       65 

auelictis 

1168,  1172 

scopa    ... 

.       65 

atrosignata... 

1170,  1184 

secundum 

.       65 

compsotis    ... 

1168,  1174 

taurinum 

.       65 

confluaria    . . . 

1169,  1193 

teres     ... 

.       65 

consignata  1169 

1183,  1191 

teretif  olium 

.     109 

diasemaria  ... 

1168,  1171 

undulatum 

.       65 

disputata    ... 

1168,  1173 

vaginatum 

.       65 

divergentarla 

...  1170 

veitchianum 

,       65 

estigmaria  ... 

1169,  1188 

violseodorum 

64 

euscia 

1170,  1185 

zollingerianum  .. 

.       65 

explanata     1169 

1179,  1180 

var.  album.. 

65 

exsignata 

1170,  1178 

Dendrocalimus  strictus 

.       40 

indicataria  ... 

1170,  1186 

Dendrochilum 

62 

ioneura 

1168,  1182 

abbreviatum 

.       65 

ischnota 

1169,  1189 

filif  orme 

.       65 

liospoda 

1169,  1178 

glumaceum 

.       65 

molybdaria 

1169,  1187 

INDEX. 


Xlll. 


Dichromodes  obtusata 
odontias 
ophiuca 
orectis 
ornata 
orthotis 
paractata 
partitaria 
personalis 
poecilotis 
sigmata 
steropias 
stilbiata 
triparata 

Dicksonia  ampla 

barometz 

Dicranomyia 


PAGE 

1169,  1177 

1168,  1173 

1169,  1186 

1169,  1183 

1170,  1189 
1169,  1180 
1168,  1176 

1168,  1175 

1169,  1194 

1168,  1181 

1169,  1179 
1167,  1182 

1170,  1192 
1170,  1190 

75 
...       75 
758,  759,  760,  776, 
[777,  782 
760,  773 


annulipes 

auripennis 

cuneata 

dorsalis 

halterata 

Helmsi 

incisuralis 

longipennis 

marina 

obscura 

obscuripennis 

punctipennis   760,  7bl,  765, 
[891 

remota      760,  761,  766,  891 

saxatilis  760, 

viridiventris 

zonata  760 

Didiscus  albiflorus    ... 
Didymocarpus 
Didymochloena  lunulata 

polycarpa 

Didymophleps 

Diemenia  superciliosa  894,  913,  916, 

926,  931,  932,  938,  945, 

946,    947,    1052,    1100 

Digama  marmorea    ...  ...  1086 

Digaster      ...  ...  ...     999 

Dillenia  aurea  ...  ...       41 

pulcherrima  ...       40 

Dione  rutila  ...  ...     749 

Dioscorea    ...  ...  ...       22 

Diospyros    ...  ,..  ...       21 


760,  769 
772,  891 
...  767 
...  773 
760,  763 
760,  770 
762,  773 
760,  765,  891,  892 
...  764 
760,  768 


62,  891 

,     772 
0,771 

,     l(i8 


2] 

77 

77 

224 


burmanica 
Cargillia  , . . 
fruticosus  ... 
kaki 


.  40 
.  109 
29,  33 
.       95  I 


Diphasia  subcarinata 

Diphyllodes  Gulielmi  iii 

Diphyphyllum 

Diplazium  aspernm  . . . 
bantamense 
pallidum 
polypodioides 
porrectum 
sorzogonense 
speciosum 
subserratum 
sylvaticum 
tomentosum 

Diplodiscus 

Diplogenea 

Diploknema 

Diplopseustis 

Dipteris  bifurcatum  .. 
horsfieldii    . . . 

Dipterocarpus 


PAGE 

633 
1052 
212 
77 
77 
77 
77 
77 
77 
77 
77 
77 
77 
13 
44 
20 
1107 
78 
78 
33,  35,  36,  38,  40, 
[41,  42,  105 
costatus  ...       41 

laevis    ...  ...       37 

obtusif  olius         ...       41 
trinervis  ...       38 

tuberculatus  40,  41 

turbinatus  37,  38 

Dischidia     ...  ...  ...       19 

Discohola    ...  ...  ...     783 

Disepalum  ...  ...  ...       19 

Dissochfeta  ...  ...       18 

Dodonsea  angustifolia  ...  1132 

multijuga  ...     108 

Dolichos  soja  ...  ...     101 

Doloplastus  ...    215,  224,  260 

monticola  260,  309 

Donacicola  castaneothorax      ...     411 

pectoralis  ...  1029 

Doona  ...  ...  ...       36 

Doricha  pelor  ...  ...  1041 

Sylvester       ...  ...  1041 

Doryanthes  excelsa  ...  ...     000 

palmerii...  ...     110 

Doryphora  sassafras...  ...     107 

Dracaena      ...  ...  22,  100 

augustifolia...  ...       31 

Dracontomelon  mangiferum    ...       93 
Dracophyllum  secundum         ...     109 
Drepananthus  ...  ...       19 

Driessenia  ...  ...  ...       18 

Drimostoma  ...  723,  724 

alpestris  ...     723 

australis  ..      723 

montana  ..,     723 


INDEX. 


PAGE 

Drimostoma  tasmanica  ...     723 

Thouzeti    723,  726,  727 

vicina  .„    723,  726,  727 

Drimys  aromatica     ...  ...     110 

Dromaius  Novge-Hollandise  395,  419 

[1029 

Dromius  crudelis       ...  ...     710 

tridens       ...  ...     710 

Drosera       ...             ...  ...      198 

Dryandra    ...             ...  ...     322 

Drymoglossum  piloselloides       74,  79 

Drynaria  heracleum ...  ...       79 

linnjei         ..,  ...       79 

rigidalum  ...  ...       79 

Dryobalanops             ...  36,  42 

aromatica  38,  105 

Duboisia  myoporoides  .      604 

Dupinia       ...             •*'  ...       21 

Duranta  plumieri     ...  97,  99 

Durio           ...             ...  ...       19 

Dyera          ...             ...  ...       19 

Dysoxylum  spectabile  ...  1062 

Ebenus        ...             ...  ...       33 

Eburopetalum           ...  ...       19 

Echinorhinus  spinosus  178,  185 

Echites  sp.  ...             ...  ...       98 

Eclipsiodes  marmaropa  ...  1111 

Ectroma      ...            ...  710,  711 

Ectyche       ...             ...  ...  1270 

Edmondia   ...             ...  ...     205 

Edusia         ...             ...  474,  477 

Edusoides   ...            ...  ...     477 

pulcher     ...  .  .     477 

Ehretia        ...             ...  ...       21 

Elseocarpus...  ...  20,29,31 

Elanus  axillaris         ...  398,  1024 

Elatostenima  reticulata  ...     108 

Elephantoinyia          ...  ...     788 

Elephantopus  scaber  ...       15 

Elhamma  determinata  ...  1 122 

incondusa ...  ...  1119 

subvaria    ...  ...  1123 

EUipeia       ...             ...  ...       19 

Emblica  tnacrocarpa...  ...       40 

oflficinalis    ...  40,  90 

Endocoecus                 ...  ...     103 

Engelhardtia  villosa ...  ...       41 

Enhalis  koenigii         ...  ...       70 

Enicosanthemum       ...  ...       19 

Entada  scandens       ...  30,  57 

Entomyza  cyanotis   ...  ...     414 

Eopsaltria  australis  ...  ...     408 

Epacris        ...             ...  ...     320 


Epacris  Calvertiana, 
crassifolia 


PAGE 

...     109 
...     109 

impressa       ...  ...     110 

Epharpastis                ...  ...  1114 

Ephthianura  albifrons  ...     409 
Epidesinia        1139, 1140,  1153,  1158, 

[1159 

chilonaria...  1160,1162 
hypenaria  1160,  1163,  1167 

oxyderces...  1160,  1165 

perfabricata  1160,  1165 

replicataria  1160,  1161 

reservata  ...  1160,  1166 

transcissata  1160,  1161 

tricolor      ...  ...  1160 

tryxaria    ...  1160,  1164 

Epilectus    ...             ...  ...  1289 

Epiprinus    ...             ...  ...       18 

Epizeuxis  lyterioides  ...     384 

Eranthemum              ...  ...18,99 

Erebia          ...             ...  ...     619 

Eremia         ...             ...  ...  1139 

Eria              ...             ...  ...       62 

armeniaca          ...  ...       66 

bractescens        ...  ...       66 

cochleata            ...  ...       66 

convalarioides    ...  ...       66 

denticulata         ...  ...       66 

dillwynii             ...  ...       66 

flava    ...             ...  ...       66 

fusco-viride        ...  ...       66 

leucostacbys      ...  ...       66 

mucronata          ...  ...       66 

multiflora           ...  ...       66 

nutans...             ...  ...       66 

obesa    ...             ...  ...       66 

ovata   ...             ...  ...       66 

pannea                ...  ....       66 

polyura               ...  ...       66 

stellata               ...  ...       66 

v^eiutina              ..  ...       66 

vestita...             ...  ...       66 

Eriocera       ...             ...  ...     887 

Eriodendron               ...  ...       33 

Erioptera    ...  758,  816,  818,  819,  820 

ochracea    ...  ...     819 

Eriostemon  Coxii       ...  110,111 

Erycibe        ...             ...  ...       19 

Erythrina  ovalifolia  ...  ...       26 

Erythrogonys  cinctus  ...     419 

Estrilda  Bichenovii  ...  ...     410 

castanotis    ...  ...     411 

guttata        ...  ...     411 


INDEX. 


XV. 


Estrilda  modesta 

temporalis 

Euholia  indicataria 
linda 
partitaria 


PAGE 
...  411 
...  411 
...  1186 
...  1184 
..  1175 


Eucalyptus  ...     163,  605,  1059,  1060, 
[1162,  1258,  1263 
acmenioides  ...     606 

albens      607 

amygdalina  606,  607,  609, 

[610,  611,  612 

bicolo7'     ...  ...     607 

capitellata  . . .     606 

coriacea  ...  ...     616 

corymbosa       1053,  1054, 

[1100,  1282 
crebra    1277,  1278,  1281, 
[1287 
eugenioides  606,  612, 1021 
Jissilis      ...  609,  611 

gigantea ...  ...     615 

globulus  396,  1021,  1281 
gomphocephala  ...  607 
goniocalyx  190,  633,  1021 
hasmastoma  190,  606,  614 
hemiphloia  413,  607,  1021 
largiflorens  . . .     607 

leucoxylon       1277,  1278, 

[1281,  1287 
macroi'rhyncha    606,  614 
Maideni  ...  ...  1020 

marginata  318,  320 

melliodora  ...   1021 

microcorys  606,  607 

obliqua   ...    606,  613,  615 
paniculata        1277,  1278, 
[1281,  1282,  1286,  1287 
pauciflora  606,  616 

pilularis...   606,  610,  616 
piperita  ...  312,  606,  612, 
[613,  616,  617 
punctata...        1278,  1284 
radiata  ...  ...     609 

regnans  ...     606,  612 

resinifera    1277,  1278, 

[1280,  1283,  1285,  1287 

robusta  611,  1277,  1278, 

[1284,  1287 

rostrata  ...    320,  1283 

saligna  190,  1277,  1278, 

[1281,  1284,  1287 

siderophloia  1277,  1278, 

[1280,  1281,  1283,  1285,  1287 


PAGE 

Eucalyptus  sideroxylon  414, 418, 1277 

Sieberiana  606,  607,  618 
stellulata    606,  618,  1278 

stricta     ...  606,  607 

tereticornis  ...   1021 

triantha  ...  ...     606 

virgata    ...  606,  607,  618 

Eucharis  amazonica  ...  ...     100 

Euchromia  irus          ...  ...  1088 

polymena  ...  1088 

Eugeissona  ...             ...  ...       34 

triste       ...  53,  106 

Eugenia       ...            18,  29,  32,  33,  44 

jambolana  ...  ...       40 

Eulebia        ...             ...  ...     711 

Eulophia      ...             ...  ...       62 

macrostachya  ...       67 

squalida      ...  ...       67 

Eumelea      1139,  1197 

rosalia         ...  ..1197 

Euomphalus               ...  ...     351 

Euonymus   ...             ...  ...       34 

Eupatorium  glandulosum        . . ,       98 

Euphema  pulchella  ...  ...     417 

Euphemus  Orbignii  ...  ..      206 

Urei         ...  ...     206 

Euphorbia  ...             ...  ...       18 

Drummondii  . . .     889 

(Poinsettia)  pulcher- 

rima...  ...     100 

splendens  ...     100 

Euphrostis  collucens  ...  ...  1090 

EuplcBa        1037,  1038 

amycus         ...  1038,  1044 

Angasii        ...  ...  1044 

Arishe           ...  ...  1059 

boisduvalii   ...  1038,  1046 

boreas           ...  1038,  1043 

climena         ...  1040,  1046 
corinna          1038,  1044,  1046 

Crithon         ...  1038,  1042 

Darchia        ...  1037,  1039 

Dardanus      ...  1038,  1041 

Eichorni        ...  ...  1046 

eleusina         ...  ...  1046 

eleutho          ...  ...   1046 

eschscholtzii..  ...  1046 

Euclus           ..  1038,  1045 

Hippias         ..  1037,  1040 

hyems           ...  ...   1039 

Lewinii         ...  ...   1045 

Melpomene    ...  ...  1041 

Misenus        ...  1037,  1039 


XVI. 

INDEX. 

PAGK 

PAGE 

Euploea  monilifera    ...        1038,1043 

Feronia  {Steropus)  Blagravi 

..     510 

niveata            ..          1037,  1039 

jj 

Bonvouloiri 

..     506 

pelor 

..  1041 

>> 

civilis 

..     507 

priapus 

..  1039 

51 

cyaneotincta 

505 

Sylvester  1037, 1041, 104 

2,  1045 

j> 

cyclodera    510,  511 

Tulliolus          1037,  1039,  1045 

>j 

discopunctata     506 

viridis              ,..        103 

7,  1041 

j> 

elegantida 

..     511 

Eiipodotisaustralis  ...            395,419 

jj 

esmeraldipe' 

mis  507 

Eurostopodus  guttatus 

..     399 

j> 

Germari 

..     506 

Eurycles  amboineusis 

..       72 

>> 

inedita 

..     733 

australis     ... 

.     101 

)) 

iriditincta 

..     512 

cnnninghamii 

.     101 

{Sarticus)  ischna 

..     511 

Eurycnenius 

.     224 

lesueuri 

..     502 

Euryscaphus  titanus 

.  1288 

[SteropiLs 

Mastersi 

..     510 

Waterhousii 

.  1290 

jj 

obesula 

..     507 

Eurystomus  pacificus              401,  412 

j» 

Olivier  i 

..     507 

Eusideroxylon 

.       18 

J5 

Rochhampton- 

Euthria  cornea 

.     117 

ensis 

..     508 

lignaria 

.     117 

>> 

saphyreomar- 

Eutoma 

.     446 

ginata     505,  506 

loddonense 

.  1289 

,^ 

saphyripen) 

is    507 

(Carenum)  sumptuosum  445 

J> 

Water  house 

i       510 

Evactinopora             ...            207,  208 

Festuca  Hookeriana... 

..     110 

crucialis 

.     207 

Fibraurea  tinctoria  .. 

..       57 

dendroidea 

.     207 

Ficus 

16,29 

Evia  acida  ... 

.       93 

hispida 

..       17 

Evodia  roxburghiana 

.       29 

Filetia 

..       18 

E  vol  villus    ... 

.       19 

Fittonia  argyroneura 

..       99 

Exccecaria  ... 

.       18 

Flacourtia  sapid 

i 

40 

agallocha ... 

.       25 

Flemingia 

..       16 

Excalfatoria  australis 

.     419 

Flindersia  maculosa... 

..  1049 

Exocarpus  ... 

..     415 

Forcipomyia 

...     219,  S 

»21,  289 

Exotrocha  liboria 

..  1067 

Fordonia     . . . 

..     190 

Fagopyrum 

21 

Fourcroya  gigantea  . . . 

..     100 

Fagra3a 

21,  58 

Franklandia  fucifolia              2 

18,  321 

auriculata     ... 

33,58 

Fraus 

..  1125 

peregrina 

29,33 

hllineata 

... 

..  1126 

Faldnellus  igneus 

..  1059 

simidans 

..  1126 

Falco  liypoleucus 

..     398 

Frenela  Endlicheri   ...        101 

)2,  1100 

lunulatus 

..     398 

Freycinetia 

22,  oQ 

melanogenys   ... 

..     398 

Fritzschia 

..       44 

Falcunculus  frontatus 

.     406 

Fuliea  australis 

42 

1,  1025 

Farfugium  grande     ... 

..       98 

Fusus  corneus 

.      117 

Fasciolaria  lignaria  ... 

..     118 

lignarius 

..     117 

tarentina... 

..     118 

Gaillardia    . . . 

..       15 

Favolus 

..     104 

bicoloi 

..       98 

Favosites     ... 

..     351 

Galaxias 

..     633 

Feronia  elephantum.. 

..       83 

Gallinago  australis    ... 

..     420 

Feronia        ...             ...   511,  5 

12,  738 

Gallinula  tenebrosa  . . . 

..     421 

australis         ...            7 

33,  734 

Gammatoha  monili/era 

..  1043 

{Pterostichus)     azureo- 

Gamogyne 

... 

22 

marginata 

..     506 

Gangamopteris 

..    334,3 

42,  343, 

barbara 

..     733 

[344 

INDEX. 


XVU. 


PAGE 

Gangamopteris  angustifolia    . . .     334 
Garcinia      ...  ...    21,  33,  90,  97 

dulcis  ...  ...       90 

Gardenia     ...  ...  18,  98 

campanulata  ...       31 

obtusifolia  ...  ...       40 

turgida        ...  ...       40 

Gastrophora  1139,  1201,  1202 

henricaria  ...   1202 

Geniostoraa  ...  ...       21 

ligustrifolium         ...   1062 
Geobasileus  ...  ...     416 

chrysorrhoea         ...     409 

reguloides  ...     409 

Geopelia  cuneata       ...  ...     418 

tranquilla  ...  ...     418 

Geranomyia    758,  759,  775,  776,  777 
anuulata  ...    777,  780,  892 
fusca      777,  778,  780,  892 
lutulenta...  777,  779,  892 
picta         ...   777,  778,  892 
unicolor  ...  ...     776 

Gerbera       ...  ...  ...       15 

Geronticus  spinicollis  396,  420 

Gerygone  albigularis  ...     407 

Gesnera  cinnabarina ...  ...       99 

oxoniensis   ...  ..        99 

refulgens     ...  ...       99 

zebrina         ...  ...       99 

Geimsia       ...  ...  ...       19 

Gilibertia    ...  ...  ...     .21 

Ginalloa       ...  ...  ...       60 

Giuglymostoma  concolor        178,  180 
Girella  triciispidata  . . .  ...     313 

Gironniera  ...  ...  ...       38 

celtidifolia  ...       31 

Gleichenia  dicarpa  var.vulcanica      75 

dichotoma  28,  75 

flagellaris  28,  75 

norrisii     ...  ...       75 

sp.  ...  ...     337 

Globba         22 

Glochina      ...  ...  ...     781 

Glossopteris,  334,  335,  337,  339,  341, 
342,  843,  344,  345,  346, 
347,  348,  354,  355,  484, 
489,  494,  496 
Browniana  ..      339 

linearis...  ...      344 

moribunda  ...     344 

Gloxinia      ...  ...  ...       99 

Glyphis       103 

Glyphodes  bicolor     ...  ...  1108 


PAGE 

Glyphodes  lueiferalis  ...  1108 

microta    ...  ...  1108 

Gnophomyia  758,  759,  800,  823, 

[825,  826 

cordialis  759,  824 

fascipennis,  824,  825,  891 

Osten-Sackeni       ...     825 

Gompholobium  glabratuin       . . .     108 

Goniatites  ...  ...  ...     351 

Ooniomyia  ...  ...  ...     825 

Goniophlebium  korthalsii       ...       78 

subauriculatum      78 

verrucosum    ...       78 

Gonomyia    ...  758,  825,  826,  831 

leucoplioea  ...     826 

Gonyanera ...  ...  ...       18 

Goodyera  procera     ...  ...       69 

rubicunda...  ...       69 

Gordius       ...  ...  ...     659 

Gordonia     ...  ...  ...       21 

Gossypium  ...  ...  ...       19 

herbaceum  101,  102 

indicum ...  ...     102 

Graculus  melanoleucus         422^  1026 

stictocephalus        422,  1026 

Grallina  picata  ...  ...     405 

Grammatophora        ...  894,  923 

Grammatopliy  Hum  f  astuosum ...       68 
multiflorum       68 
scriptum   ...       68 
speciosum...       68 
tigrinum   ...       68 
Grangea       ...  ...  ...       15 

Graphis       ...  ...  ...         8 

Graptophyllum  hortense         ...       99 
Gratiola       ...  ...  ...       20 

Graucalus  melanops  ...  405,  557 

Grevillea  Brownii      ...  319,321 

Macrpeana  ..  ...     112 

Miqueliana  ....     109 

Renwickeana  ...     110 

Grewia        ...  ...  ...       20 

oppositifolia   ...  ...       87 

umbellata        ...  ...       59 

Grus  australasianus  ..  396,  420 

Guioa  ...  ...  ...       20 

Guttas         ...  ...  ...       33 

Gymnema  syringifoliuin  ...       58 

Gymnogramme  (.Stegnogramme) 

alismte  folia  ...       79 

aspidioides  ...       79 

feei  ...  ...       79 

fraxinea  ..  ...       79 


XVlll. 


INDEX. 


PAGE 

Gymnogram me  hamiltoniana ...       79 
involuta  ...  ...       79 

lanceolata  ...       79 

wallichii...  ...       79 

Gymnorhina  tibicen  . . .  404,  557 

Gynochthodes  ...  ...       18 

GynopUstes ...  ...  ...     860 

Gynoplistia...         758,  838,  860,  864, 


annulata...  758,  863,  880, 

[892 

apicalis  ..       882,  883,885 

bella        ...   861,  862,  863, 

868, 872,  882, 

891,  892 

bimaculata  862,  875,  877, 

[878,  892 

chalybeia  884,  892 

constans  . . .       758 

cyanea...       862,866,867, 

[868,  881,  882,  891 

elegans     ...  ...     868 

flavipennis   862,  863,  877, 
[892 
jlavitarsis  .^     864 

fumipennis  ...     884 

fusca        ...  ...     838 

Howensis  872,  892 

jucunda  861,  863 

Macquarti  881,  885 

melanopyga  862,  874,  892 
ne7'vosa    ...  864,  885 

obscurivena  867,  891 

punctipennis  ...     875 

variegata       861,  868,  882 
vilis      861,  862,  863,  864, 
[867,  885,  891 
viridis    862,  878,  880,  892 
viridithorax  882,  892 

Westwoodi  871,  891 

Gynotroches  ...  ...       24 

Gypsochroa  ...  ...  1140 

Gyrostomum  ...  ...     103 

Habrothamnus  newellii  ...       99 

Haeraodorum  planifolium        ...     109 

teretifolium        ...     109 

Hakea         ...  ...  ...  1207 

Macrseana       ...    110,  111,  112 

trifurcata        ...  319,  321 

Halcyon  Macleayi    ...  ...     402 

pyrrhopygius  ...     401 

sanctus        ...  401,  1025 

Haldemania  ...  ...     659 


PAGE 

Halisetus  leucogaster  ...  1024 

Haliastur  sphenurus...  398,  1024 

Halicornaria  f urcata ...  ...     633 

Halirytus    ...  ...    217,  222,  224 

Haloragis  disticha     ...  ...       31 

monosperma  110,  112 

Haltica        ...             ...  ...     464 

Haplaner     ..               ...  ...   1250 

Harpalus  hrunneus   ...  733,734 

Deyrollei  ...  ...     733 

Fortnumi  ...  733,  734 

Hatteria      ...             ...  ...     356 

Hectobrocha  multilinea  ...    1072 

pentacyma  ...   1072 

subnigra  ...   1072 

Hectomanes               ...  1118,  1125 

noserodes  1125,  1126 

polyspila  1125,  1127 

simulans  1125,  1126 

Hederopsis  ..             ...  ...       21 

Hedychium...             ...  ...       22 

Hedyotis     ...             ...  ...       18 

Helgeus  consular  is     ...  ...  1268 

elongatus      ...  ...   1267 

moniliferus  ...  ...   1268 

pallidus        ...  1267,  1268 

princeps        ...  ...  1268 

Helianthus  annuus    ...  ...       98 

tuberosus  ...       98 

Helichrysum              ...  ...       98 

Heliconia  bicolor       ...  ...     100 

sanguinea ...  ,..     100 

Helicteres  ...             ...  ...       19 

Helioporus  albopunctatus  172,  360, 

[376,  386 

Heliotropium             ...  ...       21 

peruvianum       ...       99 

Reims         ...             ...  ...     788 

Helminthostachys  zeylanica   ...       80 

Hemagalma  chilonaria  ...  1162 

inspersa  ...   1163 

Heosphora                  ...  ...  1115 

chlorogramma  ...  1116 

virginella  ...   1115 

Hepialus     ...             1118,  1127,  1128 

argyrographus  1128,  1132 

australasice ...  ...  1119 

eximius        ...  1120,  1132 

hyaUnatus    ...  ...   11,34 

Lewinii        ...  1128,  1129 

lignivora      ...  ...   1129 

lignivorus    ...  1128,  1129 
Eamsayi       1128,  1129,  1131 


INDEX. 


XIX. 


PAGE 

Hepialus  Scotti         ...        1128,  1131 

scriptus        1128,  1129,  1132 

splendens    ...        1128,  1130 

Heptagyia  ..  ...  219,  223 

Heptanchus  ...  -..     179 

indicus  ...  ...     179 

Heptapleurum  ...  ...       21 

Heritiera  littoralis    ...  ...       25 

Herodias  alba  ...  ...     421 

Herpestis    ...  ...  ...       20 

Hesperilla  eynone     ...  ...     624 

monticolse  ...     624 

munionga  . . .     623 

ornata      ...  ...     624 

Hestiochora  >:anthocoma         ...   1088 

Heterallactis  euchrysa  ...  1071 

Heterodontus  galeatus  ...     185 

phillipi  184,  185 

Heteromyia  ...  219,223 

Heteromyias  cinereifrons        ...   1050 

Heteronympha  affinis  1065,  1066 

Banksii  ...   1066 

cordace  . . .     622 

merope  . . .     622 

philerope         . . .     622 

Heteronyx      137,  138,  139,  140,  157, 

425,  426,  429,  431,  661, 

1217,  1221,  1225,  1226, 

1228,  1243,  1244,  1255, 

1256 

acutifrons    ...  428,  442 

advena         ...        1221,  1222 

ffiqualiceps  ...         1232,  1236 

fequalis        ...         1224,  1225 

agrestis   665,  688,  694,  1244 

anceps       144,  163,  164,  165 

angustus      ...  667,  699 

aphodioides      427,  430,  674 

aridus  ...  427,  432 

aspericollis  ...   427,  430,  431 

Augustte    138,  144,  159,  162 

[164,  165,  441,  1243 

aureopubescens  ...     691 

auricomus  ...  143,  158,  160, 

[161,  684 

aiistralis      ...        1243,  1244 

badius  ...        1221,  1222 

Beltan^e      ...         1224,  1225 

bidentatus  ...   427,  434,  694 

borealis       ...    428,  439,  441 

Bovilli         1220,  1221,  1222, 

[1236 

breviceps     ...  ...  1225 


PAGE 

Heteronyx  brevicollis  ...  1219 

brevicornis  . . .  141,148 

castaneus     ...  ...     668 

collaris      667,  701,  703,  704 
concolor       ...    138,  664,  682 
constans      ...    143,  154,  163 
corpulentus  ...   1225 

crassus     144,  161,  162,  163, 
[164,  165,  1243 
cygneus       ...    143,  159,  160 
Darlingensis  ...   1225 

Darwini       ...   426,  435,437 
debilis      140,  144,  149,  169, 
[170 
deceptor      ...  ...  1227 

deutipes    144,  168,  169,  170 

dimidiatus       662,  668,  669, 

[673,  1244 

diversiceps  1232,  1234,  1236 

[1237 
doctus  ...    665,  692,  698 

dubiiis  143,  157,  1241 

electus         ...  143,  160 

elongatus  666,  687,  688,  690 
[694 
excisus         1232,  1239,  1240 
fallax  ...  662,  672 

fissiceps       ...        1232,  1238 
flavus  667,  696,  699,  700,  705 
fortis  ...  ...     429 

fraternus     ...  662,  673 

Froggatti     ...        1225,  1227 
frontalis       ...  ...  1222 

fulvohirtus...    141,  148,  162 

[163,  1221 

fumatus       ...  137,  1244 

glabratus     ...  137,  1244 

gracilipes  152,  153,  154,  155, 

156,  159,  166,  670, 

1225,  1226,  1229 

granulifer        141,  146,  148, 

[1234 
granum  ...  1231,  1235 
hepaticus     ...  ..    1244 

hirtuosus         662,  671,  1223 
holomelffinus        1218,  1243, 

[1245 
holosericeus  1224,  1225 

horridus  142,  665,  666,  1225 
incola  ...  426,  436 

incultus       ...   427,  430,  431 
infuscatus   ...  138,  1217 

insiguis        ...  ...     145 


XX. 


INDEX. 


PAGE 

Heteronyx  iridiventris  667,  704 

jejunus        ...    145,  166,  169 

jubatus      662,  669.  671,  672 

[673,  674 

Iseviceps       ...  ..    1233 

laminatiis    ...  666,  690 

lateritius     ...    145,  165,  440 
laticeps        ...         1218,  1230 
laticollis      ...        1218,  1245 
lilliputanus...  ...  1222 

lividus         ...  428,  437 

lobatus        ...  ...     668 

longulus  667,  698,  699,  700 
lubricus  663,  664,  680,  682 
[685 
marginatus  667,  703,  1246 
mimus  ...  668,  696 

montanus  664,  681,  683,  684 
Mulwalensis  142,  150,  674 
[678 
nasutus     140,  141,  147,  435 

[1241 

nigellus     137,  143,  155,  157 

[158,  159,  432,  684 

nigricans     ...    138,  142,  151 

nigrinus    663,  677,  678,  679 

[1245 
nigritus       ...        1218,  1245 
normalis    141,  142,  145,  147 
[150,  665,  666,  686,  687 
obesus  1231, 1232,  1240,  1244 
oblongus      ...         1218,  1245 
obscurus      ...  ...   1244 

occidentalis...        1225,  1227 
oscillator     ...  664,  678 

ovatus  ...  ...   1245 

pallidulus    ...  138,  1217 

parvulus      ...  138,  1217 

pellucidus     443,  1218,  1244 
peregrinus  ...    666,  693,  702 
piceouiger   ...  ...   1225 

piceus  142,  435,  665,  666,  670 
[1225,  1227,  1228, 1230,  1240 
piger  142,  153,  154,  163,  165 
[440,  684 
pilosellus     ...        1218,  12.30 
pilosus         ...  ...   1244 

pinguis         ...  ...   1242 

planatus  ...  1218,  1230 
posticalis     ...  667,  700 

potens  427,  428,  430,  431 
[432,  433,  434,  670,  1243 
praecox  ...  1230,  1235 
proximus       694,  1218,  1244 


PAGE 

Heteronyx  pubescens   138,  696,  1217 

[1225,  1226 

puncticoliis  ..  664,  684 

punctipenuis    142,  143,  149, 

151,152,  153, 

154,  674,  678 

pustulosus  666,  674,  685,  688 

[689,  690,  692,  694,  699 

pygidialis    ...  ...  1233 

quadraticollis        1232,  1237 
Randalli      ...        1225,  1226 
rapax  ...  664,  679 

raucinasus  ...    142,  152,  154 
rhinastus  665,  666,  688,  689 
[690,  1245 
Rothei  ...  664,683 

rotundiceps...  ...   1223 

rotundifrons  428,  443 

rubescens    ...  ...   1231 

rubriceps     ..  1218,  1246 

ruficollis      ...  138,  1217 

rufo-marginatus      704,  1218 
[1246 
rufopiceiis   ...  ...  1219 

I  rugosipennis  ...  1225 

:  rusticus       ...  663,  676 

]  satelles        ...        1224,  1225 

!  sculptus      ...    665,  688,  689 

I  scutatiis       ...  ...     667 

j  setifer  1232,  1233,  1234 

!  simius  ...  663,  675 

simulator    ...  ...  1232 

Sloanei        ...  144,  164,  1243 
solidus         ...        1224,  1225 
spadicea       ...  138,  1223 

sparsus         ..   428,  440,  677 
spretus         ...  ...   1223 

striatipennis   662,  671,  1244 
subferrugineus  666,  691,  694 
[698 
subfuscus    ...    428,  439,  440 
]  subglaber    ...  138,  1217 

I  submetallicus  429,  1241 

I  substriatus...  138,  1217 

I  subvittatus . . .  138,  1217 

I  tempest!  vus  1230,  1235 

1  testaceus    149,  167,  169,  440 

I  [1225 

I  toTvxis         ...        1228,  1240 

I  trans  versicollis        138,  1217 

unguiculatus  1218,  1223 

unicolor          137j_  1243,  1244 
vacuus      663,  674,  676,  677 
I  [678,  698 


INDEX. 


XXI. 


PAGE 

668,  694,  696 
...  1225 


Heteronyx  vagans    ... 

variegatus  ... 
viator 
Victoris 
Heferophthalmus 
Hexacentris  mysorensis 
Hexagona    ... 
Hexatheca  ... 
Hibbertia  saligna 
Hibiscus 

rosa-sinensis 
tiliaceus 
Hieracidea  orientalis 
Hinulia 
Hippuris 

Hirneola  auris-judae  ... 
polytricha  ... 
H.irnndo  frontalis 
neoxena 
Hockeria     ... 
Holocanthus  tibicen . . . 
Homolepida  casuarintB 
Hoomonema  fluitans... 
Hopea 
Hoplocephalus 

frontalis 
ornatus 
Hoya 

carnosa 
imperialis 
lacunosa 
pratense 
Humea 

Hydractinia  laevispina 
Hydrangea  japonica 
Hydreuretis  sacadalis 
Hydrilla  verticillata 
Hydrobaenus 
Hydrobiomorpha  Bovilli 
Helenas 
Tepperi 
Hydrocampa  sacadalis 

sacadusalis 

Hydrosaunis  933,  935,  939,  941,  942, 

951.  952,  954,  956,  957, 

959,  962,  964,  967,  969 

varius  . . .     894 

Hydrusa  anepsia       ...  ...  1087 

angustipenna  ...   1087 

annulata      ...  ...  lOSS 

antitheta     ..,        1087,  1088 
aperta  ...  ...   1088 

bicolor         ...  ...  1088 


...  1228 

1225,  1229 

...  312 

...  59 

...  104 

...  21 

...  107 

...  19 
96,  97 

...  25 

399,  1024 

894,  916,  962,  1028 
69,  70 

...  104 

...  104  1 

...  400 1 

...  400' 

...  1100  I 

...  1028: 

...  1028  1 

...  492 
29,  33,  36,  42  ' 

...  1028' 

...  1027: 

...  1028  I 

...  19 1 
58,  99  j 

...  58  i 

...  .  58 

...  58 

...  322 

...  118! 

...  98 

...  1110 

...  71  i 

...  223 

.  742 

.  741 

.  742 

.  1110 
lllOi 


PAGE 

Hydrusa  cyanura      ...  ...  1087 

ecliptis        ...  ...  1087 

eschatias      ...  ...  1088 

hesperitis    ...  ...   1088 

hyalota        ...  ..   1087 

intensa         ...  ...  1088 

leucacma     ...  ...  1087 

macroplaca...  ...   1088 

nesothetis    ...  ...  1088 

paraula        ...  ...  1087 

phepsalotis ...  ...   1088 

pjn'ocoma    ...  ...  1088 

pj^rrhodera  ...   1087 

stelotis         ...  ...  1087 

synedra   ...      ...  1088 

Hyla  371 

aurea  ...         357,  359,  365.  367, 

368,  369,  370,  371, 

372,  382,  384,  385 

cferulea  365,  368,  369,  370, 

[371,  381,  385,  1063 

eitropus         171,  173,  359,  365, 

[368,  371,  383 

dentata  ...  360,  383 

dimolops  ...  ...     386 

ewingii  var.  calliscelis  359, 364, 
[367,  368,  370,  382,  383,  387 
freycineti        365,  371,  385,  386 
krefftii  367,  383,  384 

latopalmata  360,  371,  385 

lesueurii  360,  371,  373,  385 

peronii  365,  370,  381 

phyllochroa  174,  176,  359,  367, 
[368,  371,  382,  383 
verreauxii         ...  ...     387 

Hylacola  pyrrhopygia  ...     408 

Hylella  bicolor  ...  360,386 

Hylochelidon  nigricans  ...     400 

Hylodes  martinicensis  ...     360 

Hymenophyllum  aculeatum    ...       76 

javanicum       ...       76 

var.  badium         76 

neesii  ...       76 

polyanthos  var. 

blumeanum...       76 

smithii  ...       76 

Hyolithes  753,  754,  755,  756 

lanceolatus     751,  753,  754, 

[755,  756 

Hyperolia  marmorata    171,  174,  359, 

[368,  369,  376 

Hypnum      ...  ...  ...   1051 

Hypocalymma  ...  ...     320 


XXll. 

INDEX. 

PAGE 

PAGE 

Hypocalymma  strictum 

...     314 

Isonandra  gutta 

...       95 

Hypochroma  acanthina 

..    1097 

Isoplastus                   ...    215 

,  224,  279 

hypochromaria  ...  1095 

formulosus 

280,  282 

maculata 

...  1095 

levidensis  ... 

280,  281 

Turner! 

...  1096 

notabilis     . . . 

...     280 

viridicata 

...  1094 

Iteadaphne 

...       18 

Hypographa               1136, 

1139,  1210 

Ixonanthes  icosandra 

...       29 

atmoscia 

1211,  1213 

Ixora 

18,  27,  31 

hiracopis 

...  1211 

alba     ... 

...       98 

hypotaeniaria 

...  1209 

coccinea 

98 

phlegetonaria 

1211,  1212 

rosea 

...       98 

privata . . . 

...  1209 

Jackia 

...       18 

serpentaria 

1211,  1212 

Jacksonia  horrida     ... 

319,  321 

Hypotaenidia  Philippensis 

...     421 

scoparia    ... 

...     321 

Hypotia 

...  1105 

spinosa     , , . 

319,  321 

Hypoxis 

...       22 

Jacquemontia  violacea 

...       99 

Hypsa  australis 

...  1086 

Jam bosa  alba 

...       86 

basilissa 

...  1086 

aqusea 

...       86 

Caricse 

...  1086 

domestica    . . . 

...      86 

chloropyga     ... 

...   1086 

vulgaris 

...       86 

dama 

...  1086 

Jasminum 

20,  98 

nesophora 

...  1086 

Jatropha  curcas 

100,102 

plagiata 

...  1086 

multifida    . . . 

...     100 

lalmenus  evagoras     . . . 

...     623 

Juanulloa  mexicana  .. 

...       99 

Ibis  falcinellus 

420,  1059 

Juacus  vaginatus 

...     110 

Icerya  Purchasi      123,  124 

,  125,  126, 

Junonia  vellida 

...     620 

[1052 

Jussieua  repens 

...       69 

Ichnocarpus  frutescens 

...       58 

Justicia 

...       18 

Ichthyosaurus 

...     345 

coocinea 

...       99 

Idioptera     ... 

...     781 

Kaulfussia  sesculifolia 

...       80 

Iguana  tuberculata   ... 
Ilex              

...     962 

Kibessia 

...       18 

...       34 

Kingstonia  ... 

...       19 

Illsena 

. . .     455 

Knorria  imbricata     ... 

...     339 

exilis 

455,  456 

Kopsia  fruticosa 

...       98 

inconspicua     ... 

455,  456 

Kunzea 

...  1204 

Meyricki 

455,  457 

capitata 

...     108 

Imantophyllum  miniatum 

...     100 

Labidomyia                ...     219 

,  221,  289 

Imperata  arundiuacea 

...       27 

Laccopterum 

...  1289 

Indigofera  ... 

...16,31 

Lacerta  agilis 

...     916 

Inga  dulcis  ... 

...       98 

Lachnoderma 

...     711 

Inocarpus  edulis 

...      88 

Lagenaria  vulgaris     . . . 

...       58 

lodis  Illidgei 

...     603 

Lagenoplastes  ariel    ... 

...     400 

iosticta 

...  1094 

Lagerstrosmia 

...       21 

leucomerata      ... 

603,  604 

floribunda 

...       98 

speciosa 

...  1094 

indica  ... 

...       98 

Ipomeea 

19,99 

macrocarpa 

...       40 

batatas 

...     103 

reginse... 

...       98 

bona-nox 

...       59 

Lagriaaffinis 

...     450 

pes-tigridis    ... 

...       59 

cyanea 

...     450 

quamoclit 

...       59 

grandis 

...     450 

Isis                

...     633 

tincta 

...     449 

Isistius  brasiliensis    ... 

...     186 

tomentosa 

...     450 

Isonandra 

33,  95 

Labia 

...       19 

INDEX. 


XXlll. 


PAGE 

Lalage  tricolor           ...  ...     405 

Lambertia  f ormosa    ...  ...     109 

Lampides  agricola     ..  ...     623 

alsulus       ...  ...     622 

Lampyris                    ...  646,  647 

bicolor       ...  646,  647 

Lansium  domesticum  ...       91 

Lantana      ...             ...  19,  32,  99 

camera         ...  28,  32 

Lanx            ...             ...  ...     659 

Larus  Novre-Hollandiae  ...     422 

pacificus           ...  ...     422 

Laschia        ...             ...  ...     104 

Lasioptera  vastatrix...  ...     190 

Lathamus  discolor    ...  ...     418 

Laurelia       ...             ...  ...   1060 

Novgs-Zealandiae  ...  1060 

Lavoisiera  ...              ...  ...       44 

Lawsonia  inermis      ...  ...       98 

Lebia           ...             ..  ...     711 

henefica             ...  ...     711 

civica                 ...  ...     711 

Lecananthus               ...  ...       18 

Lecanomerus             ...  ...  1250 

flavocinctus  ...  1250 

insidiosus  ...   1250 

Lecanopteris  carnosa  ...       75 

Lecanora                     ...  ...     103 

Lechria        ...             ...  753,  830 


singularis 
Lecidea 
Leea 

sambucina 
Leiponeura 


831,  891,  892 
...  103 
...  21 
..       31 

758,  795 


brevivena      795,  796,  797 
gracilis  795,  796,  797 

Lema  bif asciata         ...  ...     459 

Lemna  oligorrhiza     ...  ...       70 

Lentinus      ...  ...  ..      104 

Lenzites      ...  ...  ...     104 

Leopardanthus  scandens         ...       68 
Lepidodendron  ...    333,  .339,341 

australe  ...     339 

Lepidosiren  ...  955,  979 

Leptoconops  215,  224,  287,  288 

stygius...  288,  310 

Leptogimn  ...  ...     103 

Leptopodus  ...  730,  733 

Leptorhina  ...  ...     788 

Leptospermum  44,  1184,  1204 

Lepyrodia  stricta      ...  ...     320 

Lerchea       ...  ...  ...       18 

Lestignatlius  minor  .„  ...     740 


PAGE 

Lestophonus  ...    123,  124,  126 

iceryee        123,  124,  125 

monophlebi         ...     125 

Leto  ...  ...        1118,  1132 

Stacyi  ...  ..  ...  1133 

Lettsomia     .  ...  ...       19 

Leucania  aureola       ...  ...  1097 

fumata       ...  ...  1098 

Leucomeris  ...  ...       15 

Leuconotus  ...  ...       19 

Leucopogon  ...       34,  44,  320 

alternifolius         318,  320 

amplexicaulis       . . .     320 

Leucosarcia  picata    ...  418,557 

Libnotes      ...  ...  758,  785 

strigivena  758,  786,  787,  891 
Licuala        ...  ...  34,  53 

acutifida        ...  ...       54 

longipes         ...  ...       53 

peltata  ...  53,  106 

Lilium  longiflorum    ...  ...     100 

washingtonianum        ...     100 

Limnobia        758,  759,  781,  782,  792, 

[823,  885 

basalts  ...  ...     860 

bidentata     ...  782,  892 

congrua        ...  ...     890 

fascipennis  ...  759,  824 

geniculata    ...  ...     859 

hirtipes         ...  ...     821 

iri'orata        ...  ...     837 

micro  cephala  . . .     822 

st7'igivena     ...  ...     786 

Trentepohli  ...     832 

vicaria  ...  ...     859 

Limnobiorhynchus      ...  ...     775 

Limnodynastes  ...  365,  370 

afSnis  ...  ...     370 

dorsalis      358,  359,  365,  368, 

[369,  370,  371,  374 

fletcheri       ...  ...     375 

ornatus      368,  375,  386,  387 
peronii      365,  368,  371,  373, 
[374,  375 
salminii    374,  375,  387,  1063 
tasmanicus  ...  ..     370 

tasmanieusis     358,  359,  365, 

367,  368,  370, 

371,  374,  375, 

385 

Limnomya  ...  ...  ...     838 

Limnophila..    20,  758,  759,  781,  823, 
[836,  838 


XXIV. 


INDEX. 


Limnophila  antiqua 


aureola 
Australasise 
basalis 
contempta 
crux 

disposita  ... 
imbecilla . . . 
imitatrix  ... 
inordinata 
inornata  ... 
interventa 
Lawsonensis 


PAGE 

849,  850,  851, 
[891,  892 
839,  843,  891 
858,  892 
...     860 
...     846 
...     837 
...     843 
839,  844 
847,  891 
851,  891 
...     846 
850,  891 
856,  858, 
[859,  891 
leucophseata  840,  891 

levidensis  855,  891 

luctuosa  ...    854,  856,  891 
luteipennis     839,  846,  847 
metallica...  853,  867 

obscuripennis         841,  891 
ocellata     ..  845,  891 

recondita  839,  844 

rostrifera        839,  846,  849 
vicaria      ,..  ...     859 

Limnophyes  ...  ...     224 

Limonia       ...  ...  ...     781 

Lindsay  a  borneensis...  ...       76 

cultrata     ...  ...       76 

divergens  ...  ...       76 

lancea        ...  ..        76 

lanuginosa  . ,        76 

lobata        ...  ...       76 

orbiculata  . . .  ...       76 

repens        ...  ...       76 

rigida         ...  ...       76 

scandens    ...  ...       76 

trichomanoides        ...     110 
Linociera     ...  ...  ...       20 

Liodes  angasi  ...  ...  1175 

stilhiata  ...  ...   1192 

Liolepis       ...  ...  ...     933 

belli  ...  ...     939 

Liparetrus  discipennis  ...     706 

Lippia  ...  ...  ..       19 

Lithosia  chionora      ...  ...  1071 

unicolor       ...  ...  1071 

Litoria        ...  ...  ...     371 

aurea  ...  ...  1061 

Litosanthes...  ...  ...       18 

Litsea  ...  ...  ...       18 

Lobivanelluslobatus...  ...     419 

Lomaria       ...  ...  ...       28 

alpina  ...  ...     110 


Lomaria  pycnopbylla 
Lonchomera 
Lonicera  chinensis    ... 
Lophira 

Lophoictinia  isura     . . . 
Lopholaiinus  antarctica 
Lophopetalum  wallichii 
Loranthus  ... 

formosus  ... 
tetragonus 
Loxandrus  ... 
Loxonema  ... 
Loxonia 
Lucsena  glauca 
Lucidota 
Lucinaea 

Luciola  antennata     . . . 
apicalis 
australis 
dejeani 
flavicollis 
lusitanica 
pudica 
Luffa  aegyptiaca 
Lycaena  attenuata 
exilis 
lysimon 
Lychrosis  afflictus 

luctuosus  ... 
Lycium 

Lygodium  dichotomum 
flexuosum 
japonicum 
microphyllum 
scandens  ... 
Lj^gosoma  casuarinae     • 
lesueuri    . . . 
Maba 

ebenus 
Macaranga  ... 

tanarius  ... 
Macrocladus 
Macrones  acicularis  ... 
capito 
debilis 
exilis 

subclavatus 
Macropeza 
Macrotasniopteris  lata 

Wianamattae 
Maerua 
Mffisa 

Magnolia  fuseata 
I  pumila 


PAGE 

...  77 
...  19 
...  98 
...  36 
...  398 
...  388 
...  40 
...  1093 
...  60 
...  60 
726,  731,  739 
...  351 
...  21 
...  98 
...  1297 
...  18 
...  652 
652,  653 
...  652 
...  652 
652,  653 
645,  1298 
...  652 
...  1062 
...  1066 
...  1067 
...  1067 
...  454 
454,  455 
...  20 
...  80 
27,  80 
...  27 
...  80 
27,  56 
...  1028 
...  1028 
...  21 
...  29 
..  18 
...  29 
...  34 
...  4.52 
...  452 
...  452 
...  452 
...  452 
219,  223 
...  348 
337, 


.348 
21 
29 
97 
97 


INDEX. 


PAGE 

PAGE 

Mallotus 

...       18 

Meliornis  Novai-Hollandiae 

... 

413 

javauica 

...       29 

Meliphaga  phrygia    . . . 

... 

413 

philippinensis 

...       29 

Melithreptus  brevirostris 

415 

Malurus  cyaneus 

408,  416 

lunulatus 

415 

Mandevillea  suaveoleus 

...       98 

Melochia     ... 

19 

Mangifera 

...       20 

Melodorum  .. 

19 

foetida      ... 

...       93 

Melopsittacus  undulatus 

417 

indica 

...       93 

Melothria    ... 

20 

IManihot  utilissima    ... 

...     100 

Memeoylon...             ...  18, 

43,  "44,  45 

Maranta 

...     100 

plebeium 

... 

31 

Marasimus  ... 

...     104 

umbellatum 

45 

Marcetia      ... 

...       44 

Meniscium  cuspidatum 

... 

79 

Marcuccia   ... 

.  .       19 

salicifolium    . 

79 

Marlea  vitiensis 

...  1062 

triphyllum 

79 

Marsdenia 

...       19 

Menopoma  alleghaniense 

962 

980 

Marsypopetalum 

...       19 

Menura  superba        ...    395 

,396 

408 

Mastixia 

...       38 

Merisniopteria 

204 

Mastodonsaurus 

...     336 

Merops  ornatus 

461, 

1024 

Matonia  pectinata     . . . 

...       75 

Merula  vinitincta      ...        1296, 

1297 

Mecopus 

...       16 

Mesocalius  palliolatus 

... 

416 

Medicago  denticulata 

...  1055 

Mesoptera  ... 

18 

Mediuilla 18, 

30,  43,  45 

Meta  lesthes 

130 

amabilis     . . . 

...       45 

Metriocnemus             ..    215 

,224 

275 

curtisii 

...       45 

nitidulus 

275 

276 

javanensis  ... 

...       45 

Metrosideros 

44 

magnifica  ... 

45,  106 

glomulifera 

108 

speciosa     ... 

...       45 

Meyenia  erecta 

99 

Medusula    ... 

...     103 

vogeliana    . . . 

99 

Megapodius  Layardi 

...     131 

Mezoneurum  brachycarpum  131 

,313 

Megarhina.. 

...     788 

Scortechinii 

... 

313 

Megascolides 

,.     999 

Mezzettia    ... 

... 

19 

Megistostigma 

...       18 

Michelia 

... 

22 

Meiolania    ... 

...     629 

champaca  ... 

97 

Melaleuca    ... 

...       34 

Micraeca  fascinans     ... 

407 

acuminata 

...     320 

Micrechites 

19 

genistifolia 

...  1107 

Microferonia 

... 

738 

leucadendron 

...     320 

Adelaides 

739 

linarifolia  ... 

...     108 

Microstemon 

... 

20 

parviflora  ... 

...     320 

Microtragus  albidus... 

... 

743 

parvifolia   ... 

...  1259 

arachne 

745 

striata 

318,  320 

assimilis 

742 

,745 

thymifolia 

...     108 

maculatus 

744 

uncinata 

...     108 

mormon 

743 

,744 

Melanippe  teliferata 

...  1158 

sticticus 

745 

Melanodryas  bicolor 

...     408 

Waterhousei 

743 

,  744 

Melanorrhcea  glabra 

...       41 

Microtropis  .. 

... 

34 

usitata 

...       40 

Milvus  affinis 

398 

Melastoma...             ...  18, 

28,  43,  45 

Mimeta  viridis 

... 

412 

malabathrica 

27,  32,  45 

Mimulus 

20 

Melia  Azadirachta    . . . 

...  1049 

Mimusops    ... 

... 

20 

Azedarach 

107,  1049 

Mirabilis  jalapa 

... 

100 

composita 

...       97 

Mirafra  Horstieldii   ... 

... 

410 

Melictus  ramiflorus  . . . 

...  1061 

Mirbelia  grandiflora . . . 

... 

108 

XXVI. 


I>*DEX. 


PAGE 

PAGE 

Mirbelia  pungeas      ... 

...       lOS 

Morinda  persicsefolia 

...       94 

reticulata    . . . 

...       lOS 

Morindopsis 

...       IS 

Mitra  solida 

...     74S 

Moms  indica 

...       87 

Mitrasacme 

...       21 

Mosoda  Bancrofti 

...  1077 

MiTophyea  fascioiatus    36S,  371,  372 

jucunda 

...  1077 

[373 

lineata 

...  107S 

Modecca  obtusa 

...       5S 

sejuncta 

...  1078 

MolophHus  ...         758,  803,  815,  S16 

servilis 

107S,  1079 

aiumlif»es 

...     S09 

venusta 

...  1078 

canus 

...     Sll 

Mouriria 

43,44 

femora  tas 

...     S05 

Mourlonia   ... 

...     205 

llavonotatus 

...     810 

humilis     ... 

...     205 

Froggatti 

.  .     805 

Mucuna  gigantea 

...       30 

jraciUs   ... 

...     SOS 

Muntingia^alabura  .. 

...       87 

aelnisi     .. 

...    sa5 

Murchisouia  verneoiliana 

..      351 

longicomis 

803,  814 

Murex  corneus 

117,  US 

lucidipennis 

...     813 

lignarius 

...   lis 

inontivagTis 

...     SOS 

Murraya  exotica 

S3 

notatipenni? 

...     S06 

...       S3 

pervagatus 

...     813 

Mussgenda 

...     is 

pulchripes 

...     812 

Mussrendopsis 

...       18 

mficoUis  .. 

...     804 

Mveteria  australis     ... 

...     420 

translucens 

...     811 

Myiagra  nitida 

...    407 

Momordica  .. 

...       20 

rubecula 

...     407 

balsamina 

...       58 

MvHobatis  ... 

...     632 

Mojigoma 

831,  832 

MyHtta        

...     105 

Monocarpia 

..        19 

Myobatrachus  gouldii 

...     360 

Monochoria  vaginalis 

...       71 

Myochama  anomioides 

747,  74S 

Monocrepidius  australasi; 

s     ...  1261 

Keppelliana 

...     748 

Monoctenia     1136,  1139, 

1202.  12a3. 

Stutchburyi 

...     74S 

[1204,  1210 

tabida 

...     748 

digglesaria 

1205.  1207 

transversa 

...     748 

falemaria 

1205.  120S 

Myoporum  Ifetum     ... 

...  1061 

frattrnaria 

...'  1208 

Myriophyllum 

69.  70 

himtroidts 

...  1207 

indicam 

70 

obtusa ta  .. 

1205,  1-207 

Myriopteron 

...       19 

ochripennata 

...  i2a5 

Myristica     ... 

...      29 

smerintharia 

1205.  1-2CIS 

fragrans 

...     102 

subustaria 

1205.  1209 

sesquipedalia 

...       29 

vinaria 

12C»5.  1206 

Myrmephytum 

...     is 

Monogramme  paradoxa 

...       79 

Myzantiia  garrula 

397,  415 

Monophlebus  Crawfordi 

123,  124. 

Mvzomela  nigra 

...     414 

[1-26 

^-aja             

...     931 

Monoporandra 

...       36 

Naravelia  zeylanica  . . . 

...       56 

Monota:sis  linif  olia    . . . 

...     108 

;N  ardoa  gilt^rti 

...     18S 

Morchella    ... 

...     105 

Xa-iitima    ... 

...     8SS 

MoreHa           90S,  909,  91 

L2,  913.  926. 

Nautilus  pompilius   ... 

...     630 

927,  931,  93-2,  936.  93S. 

Xearciia       ...             1139^ 

.  1151.  1152 

941,  950,  951,  954.  9o5. 

aridaria 

115.3.  1155 

961.  969 

atyla 

1153,  1157 

spilotes 

...     894 

buiialaria     ... 

1153,  1154 

Morinda 

...       18 

curtaria 

1153,  115S 

citrif olia    . . . 

...       94 

paraptila 

1153,  1156 

/>>?/'(/  M'Uf  ,>.'/,  18S: 


r 


THE 


PROCEEDINGS 


OF    THE 


LINNEAN  SOCIETY 


OF 


NEV/   SOUTH    V^^ALES, 


SECOlSriD     SEI^IES, 


VOL.  lY. 

p.4i?r  r^^  FIRST. 

Containing  the  Papers  read  at  tlie  Meetings 

HELD  ly 
JANUARY,     FEBRUARY,    AND    MARCH,    1889. 


"WITH     ELEVEN      I»LA.XES. 


,1^ 


SYDNZY  : 
PKINT!:i)    AND    PUBLISHED    FOR    THE    SUCIETV 

KY 

F.  CUXNINGHAME  &  CO.,   NG  PITT  STKtET, 
SOLD  BY  THE  SOCIETY. 

[PriceTu-] 


NOTICE. 

With  the  exception  of  Volumes  I.-VI.    of  the  Proceedings — of 

which  the  Society's  stock    was  totally    destroyed  in  the  Garden 

Palace  Fire — the  Publications  of  the  Linnean  Society  of  N.S.W. 

may  be  obtained  at  the  Society's   Hall,  Ithaca  Road,  Elizabeth 

Bay,  Sydney,  at  the  following  prices  : — 

£    s.  d. 

Vol.  VII.  Containing  Proceedings  for  1 8S2,  Part  1 0     7     6 

„  „  „  „      Part2 0  10     0 

„  ,,  „  „      Parts 0    5     0 

,,  ,,  ,,      Part  4 0  10    0 

Vol.  VIII.  Containing  Proceedings  for  1 883,  Part  1 0  10  0 

„      Part  2 0  5  0 

„      Parts 0  7  0 

„      Part  4 0  8  0 

Vol.  IX.  Containing  Proceedings  for  1884,  Part  1 0     8  0 

„      Part2 0  12  0 

„  ,,  ,,  „      Parts 1     5  0 

,,  ,,  ,,  „      Part4 15  0 

Vol.  X.   Containing  Proceedmgs  fer  1885,  Part  1 0  12  0 

„      Part2.. 0     7  6 

„  ,,  „  ,,      Parts 0  15  0 

„  ,,  „      Part  4 0  17  6 

Vol.  I.  (Second  Ser.)  Containing  Proceedings  for  1886,  Part  I  0  10  6 

„                ,,                    ,,                    „                 „        Part  2  0  12  0 

„        Parts  0  IS  0 

„       Part  4  0  12  6 

Vol.  II.  (Second  Ser.  }^Containing  Proceedings  for  1887,  Part  10    7  0 

„       Part  2    0     8  0 

,,        Parts    0  12  0 

,,  „  „  „  ,,        Part  4     17  0 

Vol.  III.  (Second  Ser.)  Containing  Proceedings  for  1888,  Part  1  0  15  0 

„       Part  2  1     4  0 

„        Parts  1     0  0 

Part4  0  18  0 

Vol.  IV.  (Second  Ser.)  Containing  Proceedings  for  1889,  Part  10  11     0 

A  reduction  of  20  per  cent,  on  the  above  charges  is  made 
to  Members  of  the  Society. 

Copies  of  Vol.  II.  of  the  Transactions  of  the  Entomological 
Society  of  Kevv  South  Wales  are  also  obtainable,  price  fifteen 
shillings. 


hsued  Sejnemher  20,  1889. 


)M 


iV, 


'"s. 


THE 


PEOCEEDINGS 


OF    THE 


LINNEAN  SOCIETY 


OF 


NEV^   SOUTH    Vy^ALES 


SEOOISTID     SEIBIES. 


VOL.  IV. 

PART    THE    SECOND. 
Containing  the  Papers  read  at  the  Meetings 

HELD   IN 

APRIL,    MAY,    AND    JUNE,   1889. 


"WIXEI     EIGHT     PXji/LT'ES. 


SYDNEY : 
PRINTED    AND    PUBLISHED    FOR    THE    SOCIETY 

BY 

F.  CUNNINGHAME  &  CO.,  146  PITT  STREET, 


:^ 


W' 


WM 


SOLD  BY  THE  SOCIETY. 
[PriceTis/  ] 


n 


VVb 


MS 


>s  OTICE. 

With  the  exception  of  Volumes  I. -VI.  of  the  Pi-oceedings — of 
which  the  Society's  stock  was  totally  destroyed  in  the  Garden 
Palace  Fii-e — the  Publications  of  the  Linnean  Siociety  of  X.SAV. 
may  be  obtained  at  the  Society's   Hall,  Ithaca  Road,  Elizabeth 

Bay,  Svdnev,  at  the  following  prices  : — 

£    s.  d. 

Vol.  VII.  Confedning  Proceedings  for  1SS*2,  Part  1 0     7     6 

„        ^  „  „      Part2 0  10     0 

„      Parts 0     o     0 

„      Parti 0  10    0 

Vol.  Vin.  Containing  Proceedings  for  1SS3,  Part  1 . .  0  10  0 

„      Part  2 0  5  0 

.,      Parts 0  7  0 

„      Part  4 0  S  0 

Vol.  IX.  Containing  Proceedings  for  1  $$4,  Part  1 0  S  0 

»      Part  2 0  12  0 

„      Parts 1  5  0 

„      Part4 1  5  0 

Vol.  X.   Containiug  Proceedings  for  ISSo,  Part  1 0  12  0 

.,      Part  2 0  7  6 

.,      Parts 0  15  0 

„       .             „                   „     Part  4 0  17  6 

Vol.  I.  \^Seeond  Ser.)  Containing  Proceedings  for  1SS6,  Part  1  0  10  6 

»    "           ..        Part  2  0  12  0 

„    .                „                ..       Part  3  0  IS  0 

Part  4  0  12  6 

Vol.  II.  ^ Second  Ser.)  Containing  Proceedings  for  1SS7,  Part  10    7  0 

„       Part  2    0     S  0 

Parts     0  12  0 

..        Part  4     1     7  0 

Vol.  III.  (Second  Ser.)  Containing  Proceedings  for  ISSS.  Part  1  0  15  0 

»        Part  2  1     4  0 

Parts  1     0  0 

„       Part  4  0  IS  0 

Vol.  IV.  (Second  Ser.)  Containing  Proceedings  for  ISS9,  Part  1     Oil     0 

Part  2    0  16    0 

A  reduction  of  -0  ].>er  cent,  on  the  above  charges  is  made 
to  Members  of  the  Society. 

Copies  of  VoK  II.  of  the  Ti^ansactions  ot  the  Entomological 
Society  of  Xew  South  Wales  aie  also  obtiiinable.  price  tifteen 
shillincrs. 


COKTEKTS   OF  YOL.  IV.,  PART  2. 

(SECOND  SERIES.) 


PAGE 

Note  on  the  Probable  Occurrence  of  AJdrovanda  vesiculosa  in  N.S.W. 

By  Baron  von  Mueller.  K.CM.G.,  M.D.,  Ph.D.,  F.R.S.     (Plate 

XVI)  197 

Remarks  on  Fossils  of  Permo-Carboniferous  Age,  from  North- Western 

Australia,   in   the   Macleay   Museum.     By  R.    Etheridge,    Jun. 

(Plate  XVII.)  199 

Diptera  of  Australia.     Part   vi. — The  Chironomidfe.     By  Frederick 

A.  A.  Skuse.     (Plates  XI. -XIV.  and  XIV.  62S.)  21.^ 

Specimens  of  Plants  collected  at  King  George's  Sound  by  the  Rev.  R. 

Collie,  F.L.S.     By  the  Rev.  Dr.  Woolls,  F.L.S 317 

Bacteriological  Notes.     By  Dr.  Oscar  Katz— 

(1)  Note  on  the  Bacillus  of  Leprosy 325 

(2)  On  "Air-gas"  for  Bacteriological  Work  328 

An  Attempt  to  Synchronise  the  Australian,  South  African,  and  Indian 

Coal-Measures.       Part  i. — The    Australasian  and    New   Zealand 

Formations.     By  Professor  Stephens,  M. A.,  E.G. S 331 

Observations   on   the  Gviposition    and   Habits   of  certain   Australian 

Batrachians.     By  J.  J.  Fletcher,  M.A.,  B.Sc 357 

Notes  on  possible  Means  of  Dispersal  of  Species,  and  on  the  Effects  of 

eating  Pigeons  nourished  by  the  Seeds  of  Euphorbia  Drummondii. 

By  C.  T.  MussoN,  F.L.S 388 

A  List   of  the   Birds   of  the  Mudgee    District,  with  Notes  on  their 

Habits.     By  J.  D.  Cox  and  A.  G.  Hamilton  395 

Revision  of  the  Genus  Heteronyx,  with  Descriptions  of  New  Species. 

Part  m.     By  the  Rev.  T.  Blackburn,  B.A 425 

Notes  on  Australian  Coleoptera,  with  Descriptions  of  New  Species. 

Part  III.     By  the  Rev.  T.  Blackburn,  B.  A 445 

Note  on  the  Origin  of  Kerosene  Shale.      By  T.  W.  Edgeworth  David, 

B.A.,  F.G.S.     (Plate  xviii.)      483 

Studies  in  Australian   Entomology.       No.   i. — Review   of  the   Genus 

Sarticus  (Fam.  Carabidse).     By  Thomas  G.  Sloane  501 

Experimental  Researches  with  the  Microbes  of  Chicken-cholera.     By 

Dr.  O.SCAR  Katz 513 

Elections  and  Announcements  ...         ...         ...         ...  193,314,391 

Donations  193,  314,  391 

Notes  and  Exhibits 312,388,598 

Note. — In  the  explanation  of  fig.  7  of  PL  xvii.  (p.  214), /o?'  "Side  view  of 
another  example,  showing  relative  convexity  of  the  ventral  valve,"  read 
Dorsal  view  of  another  example,  showing  fractured  ventral  umbo,  and 
decorticated  dorsal  valve. 


Issued  February  o,  1890. 


m. 


H 


S. 


THE 


PROCEEDINGS 


OF   THE 


LINNEAN  SOCIETY 


OF 


NEV^   SOUTH    Vy^ALES 


SECOlsrX)     SEI^IES. 


VOL.  lY. 

PART    THE    THIRD. 


Containing  the  Papers  read  at  the  Meetings 

HELD    IN 

JULY,     AUGUST,    AND     SEPTEMBER,   1889. 


"WITH     ELEVEN     PLATES. 


SYDNEY  : 

PRINTED    AND    PUBLISHED    FOR    THE    SOCIETY 
BY 

F.  CUNNINGHAME  &  CO.,  146  PITT  STREET, 

«  AND 

^  <^s  SOLD  BY  THE  SOCIETY.  ^ 

T<7%.  [PriceTlo/  ] 

Bg- 


NOTICE. 

With  the  exception  of  Volumes  I. -VI.  of  the  Proceedings — of 
which  the  Society's  stock  was  totally  destroyed  in  the  Garden 
Palace  Fire — the  Publications  of  the  Linnean  Society  of  N.S.W. 
may  be  obtained  at  the  Society's   Hall,  Ithaca  Road,  Elizabeth 

Bay,  Sydney,  at  the  following  prices  : — 

£    s.  d. 

Vol.  VII.  Containing  Proceedings  for  1882,  Part  1 0    7     6 

„  „  „  „      Part  2 0  10    0 

„     Parts '  0    5    0 

,,  ,,  „      Part  4 0  10    0 

Vol.  VIII.  Containing  Proceedings  for  1883,  Part  1 0  10  0 

„                „                     „                     ,,      Part  2 0  5  0 

„      Parts 0  7  0 

.,      Part  4 0  8  0 

Vol.  IX.  Containing  Proceedings  for  1884,  Part  1 0    8  0 

»      Part  2. 0  12  0 

„      Parts 1     5  0 

,,                ,,                    ,,                    ,,      Part  4 15  0 

Vol.  X.  Containing  Proceedings  for  1885,  Part  1 0  12  0 

„      Part  2.. 0    7  6 

„      Parts 0  15  0 

„      Part4 0  17  6 

Vol.  I.  (Second  Ser.)  Containing  Proceedings  for  1886,  Part  1  0  10  6 

Part  2  0  12  0 

,,  „  ,,  ,,  „        Part  S  0  13  0 

„       Part  4  0  12  6 

Vol.  II.  (Second  Ser.)  Containing  Proceedings  for  1887,  Part  10    7  0 

„  „  „  „  ,,       Part  2    0    8  0 

„  ■  „  „  ,,       Parts    0  12  0 

„        Part  4     1     7  0 

Vol.  III.  (Second  Ser.)  Containing  Proceedings  for  1888,  Part  10  15  0 

-      „                „                    „                    »                 „        Part  2     1  4  0 

„                    „                    „                „        Part  3     1  0  0 

„       Part4    0  18  0 

Vol.  IV.  (Second  Ser.)  Containing  Proceedings  for  1880,  Part  10  110 

„       Part2    0  16    0 
„        Parts    0  19    0 

A  reduction  of  20  per  cent,  on  the  above  charges  is  made 
to  Members  of  the  Society. 

Copies  of  Vol.  II.  of  the  Transactions  of  the  Entomological 
Society  of  New  South  Wales  are  also  obtainable,  price  fifteen 
shillings. 


CONTENTS   OF  VOL.  IV.,  PART  3. 

(SECOND  SERIES.) 


PAGE 

Description  of    a  new  Species   of   lodis,    with   Remarks   on     Pielus 

imperialis,   Ollitf.      By    Thomas    P.   Lucas,    M.R.C.S.,    L.S.A., 

Lond.,  L.R.C.P,  Edin.  ...  603 

The   Examination  of  Kinos  as  an  Aid  in  the  Diagnosis  of  Eucalypts. 

Part  I.— The  Ruby  Group.     By  J.  H.  Maiden,  F.L.S.,  F.C.S.    ...  605 
On   Rhopalocera   from   Mt.    Kosciusko,  New   South   Wales.      By  A. 

Sidney  Olliff,  F.E.S 619 

Note  on  the  Fructification  of   Phlebopteris  alethopterokles,  Etheridge, 

fil.,    from    the   Lower   Mesozoic   Beds    of    Queensland.       By   R. 

Etheridge,  Jun 625 

Note  on  the  Bibliography  of  Lord  Howe  Island.     By  R.  Etheridge, 

Jun 627 

Note  on  some  Fossil  Fish  associated  with  Tcenioxderis,  from  the  Balli- 

more  Series.    By  J.  Milne  Curran,  F.G.S 634 

Spinifex  Resin.     By  J.  H.  Maiden,  F.L..S.,  F.C.S 639 

Pielus  hyalinatus  and  P.  iynprriaUs.     By  A.  Sidney  Olliff,  F.E.S.    ..  641 
New  Species  of  Lampyridte,  including  a  Notice  of  the  Mt.  Wilson 

Fire-fly.     By  A.  Sidney  Olliff,  F.E.S 643 

Descriptions  of  two  new  Species  of  Australian  Mollusca.     By  James 

C.  Cox,  M.D.,  F.L.S.     CPlate  XIX.,  figs.  1-3) 658 

Revision  of  the  Genus  Hrteronyx,  with  Descriptions  of  new  Species. 

Part  IV.     By  the  Rev.  T.  Blackburn,  B. A 661 

Further  Notes  on  Australian  Coleoptera,  with  Descriptions  of  new 

Genera  and  Species.     Part  iv.     By  the  Rev.  T.  Blackburn,  B.A.    707 
Mollusca  trawled  off  Merimbula,  New  South  Wales,      By  J.  Brazier, 

F.L.S.,  &c 747 

On  the  Further  Structure  of  Conularia  inornata,  Dana,  and  HyoUthes 

lanceolatus,    Morris,    sp.   (  =  Theca   lanceolata,   Morris).      By  R. 

Etheridge,  Jun.     (Plate  xx.) ...  751 

Diptera    of    Australia      Part  vii. — The     Tipulidre    brevipalpi.      By 

Frederick  A.  A.  Skuse.     (Plates  xxi.-xxiv.)         757 

The  Osteology  and  Myology  of  the  Death  Adder  (AcantJiophis  antarc- 

«^ca,  Wagl.).     By  W.  J.  McKay,  B.Sc.     (Plates  xxv.-xxvii.)      ...893 
Notes  on  Australian   Earthworms.     Part  vi.     By  J.   J.    Fletcher, 

M.A.,BSc 987 

Notes   on   a  new   Species   of   Eucalyptus  from  Southern  New  South 

Wales.      By  Baron  von    Mueller,    K.C.M.G.,    M.D.,    Ph.D., 

F.R.S.     (Plates  xxviiL,  XXIX.)  1020 

Notes  on  a  small  Collection  of  Birds  made  by  Mr.  E.  H.  Saunders  near 

Roeburne,  North-western  Australia.     By  A.  J.  North,  F.L.S.    ...1023 
Description  of  a  new  Snake  belonging   to  the  Genus  Hoplocephalus. 

By  J.  Douglas  Ogilby,  F.  L.S.  1027 

Note  on   the  Successful  Hatching  of  an  Egg  of  the  P^mu,  Dromaius 

nort.e-hoHandice,  under  a  Domestic  Fowl.     By  A.  J.  North,  F.L.S.  1029 
Elections  and  Announcements  ...         ...         ...         ...         599,635,655 

Donations  ..*.         599,6.35,655 

Notes  and  Exhibits       632,  654,  1 028 


^^  ■/^    /    IssLed  Aj^ril  15,  1890. 


^   %  THE 


PEOCEEDINGS 


OF    THE 


LINNEAN  SOCIETY 


NEV^   SOUTH'V^ALES, 


SEOOn^TID     SEieiES. 


VOL.  IV. 

P^/?7^    I^J?^    FOURTH. 
Containing  the  Papers  read  at  the  Meetings 

HELD    IN 

OCTOBER,  NOVEMBER,  AND  DECEMBER,  1889. 


SYDNEY : 

PRINTED    AND    PUBLISHIID    FOR    THE    SOCIETY 
BY 

F.  CUNNINGHAME  &  CO.,  146  PITT  STREET, 

AND 

SOLD  BY  THE  SOCIETY. 


^^  [Price,  11/-] 


NOTICE. 

With  the  exception  of  Yolumes  I.-YI.  of  the  Proceedings — of 
which  the  Society's  stock  was  totally  destroyed  in  the  Garden 
Palace  Fire — the  PuVjlications  of  the  Linnean  Society  of  N.S.W. 
may  be  obtained  at  the  Society's  Hall,  Ithaca  Road,  Elizabeth 
Bay,  Sydney,  or  of  Messrs.  Kegan  Paul,  Trench,  Triibner  &  Co., 
57  and  59  Ludgate  Hill,  London,  at  the  following  prices  : — 

£    s.  d. 

Vol.  VII.  Containing  Proceedings  for  1882,  Part  1 0    7  6 

„      Part  2 0  10  0 

„                     ,,      Parts 0     5  0 

„      Part  4 0  10  0 

Vol.  VIII.  Containing  Proceedings  for  1883,  Part  1 0  10  0 

„      Part  2 0     5  0 

„      Parts 0    7  0 

„      Part  4 0    8  0 

Vol.  IX.  Containing  Proceedings  for  1884,  Part  1 0    8  0 

„      Part  2 0  12  0 

„      Parts 15  0 

,,                ,,                    ,,                    „      Part  4 15  0 

Vol.  X.   Containing  Proceedings  for  1885,  Part  1 0  12  0 

„                     ,,      Part  2 0     7  6 

„                    „                     ,,      Parts 0  15  0 

„      Part  4 0  17  6 

Vol.  I.  (Second  Ser.)  Containing  Proceedings  for  1886,  Part  1  0  10  6 

,,                    ,,                    „                 „        Part  2  0  12  0 

„        Parts  0  13  0 

„                „                    ,,                    „                 ,,       Part  4  0  12  6 

Vol.  II.  (Second  Ser.)  Containing  Proceedings  for  1887,  Part  10     7  0 

„       Part  2  0    8  0 

„                     „                    „                 ,,        Parts  0  12  0 

,,                „                    ,,                    „                ,,       Part  4  17  0 

Vol.  III.  (Second  Ser.)  Containing  Proceedings  for  1888,  Part  1  0  15  0 

„        Part  2  1     4  0 

„        Parts  1     0  0 

,,                    ,,                „       Part4  0  18  0 

Vol.  IV.  (Second  Ser.)  Containing  Proceedings  for  1889,  Part  10  110 

»                 „                    »                    ,,                „       Part  2  0  16  0 

„                „                    „                    „                 „       Parts  0  19  0 

„                „                    „                     „                ,,       Part4  0  11  0 

A  reduction  of  20  per  cent,  on  the  above  charges  is  made 
to  Members  of  the  Society. 

Copies  of  Vol.  11.  of  the  Transactions  of  the  Entomological 
Society  of  New  South  Wales  are  also  obtainable,  price  fifteen 
shillings. 


CONTENTS   OF  VOL.  IV.,  PAET  4. 

(SECOND  SERIES.) 


PAGE 

Descriptions  of  two  Lizards  of  Genera  new  to  Australian  Herpetology. 

By  C.  W.  De  Vis,  M.A 1034 

A  Revision  of  the  Australian  Species  of  Euplcea,  with  Synonymic 

Notes,  and  Descriptions  of  new  Species.    By  W.  H.  Miskin,  F.E.S.  1037 

On  Cedar  Gum  (Cedrela  aiistralis,  F.v.M.).     By  J.  H.  Maiden,  F.L.S., 

F.C.S 1047 

On  the  Nidification  of  Heteromyias  cinereifrons,  Ramsay,  and  Orihonyx 

sjyaldhigi^'Ra.ms-eiy.     By  A.  J.  North,  F.L.S 1050 

Note  on  the  Breeding,  of  the  Glossy  Ibis,   Falcinellus  igneiLS  (Ibis 
falcinelhis,  Linn.),    By  K.  H.  Bennett,  F.L.S 1059 

Preliminary  Notes    on   the   Pharmacology  of  some  new   Poisonous 

Plants.     By  Thos.  L.  Bancroft,  M.B.,  Edin 1061 

On  Queensland  and  other  Australian  Macro-Lepidoptera,  with  Locali- 
ties, and  Descriptions  of  new  Species.      By  Thomas  P.  Lucas, 
M.R.C.S.E.,  L.S.A.,  L.R.C.P.Ed 1065 

Descriptions  of  Additional  Australian  Pyralidina.     By  E.  Meyrick, 

B.A.,  F.E.S 1105 

Revision  of   Australian    Lepidoptera.     Part   iii.       By  E.  Meyrick, 

B,A.,  F.E.S. .  .      ,  ...  1117 

Revision  of  the  Genus  Heteronyx,  with  Descriptions  of  new  Species. 

Part  v.— Appendix.     By  the  Rev.  T.  Blackburn,  B. A 1217 

Notes  on  Australian  Coleoptera,  Mith    Descriptions  of  new  Species. 

Part  v.     By  the  Rev.  T.  Blackburn,  B. A.  1247 

The  Examination  of  Kinos  as  an  Aid  in  the  Diagnosis  of  Eucalypts. 

Part  II.— The  Gummy  Group.      By  J.  H.  Maiden,  F.L.S.,  F.C.S.  1277 

Studies    in  Australian  Entomology.     No.   ii. — Six  new  Species   of 

CarabidsB.    By  Thomas  G.  Sloane 1288 

Notes  on  the  Nidification  of  Merula  vinitincta,  Gld. ,  and  Ocydromiis 

sylvestris,  Scl.     By  A.  J.  North,  F.L.S.      (Title J  1296 

Notes  on  the  Breeding  of  Sternula  sinensis,  Gmel.,  in  Australia.  By  A. 

J.  North,  F.L.S.     (TitleJ 1296 

Description  of  a  New  Australian  Skink.     By  E.  P.  Ramsay,  LL.D., 

F.R.S.E.,  and  J.  Douglas  Ogilby,  F.L.S.     (Title.)        1296 

Description  of  two  new  Skinks.     By   J.   Douglas  Ogilby,  F.L.S. 

(Title.) 1296 

^otQ  on  Atyphella  lychnus.     By  A.  Sidney  Olliff,  F.E.S.     ..  ...  1297 

Elections  and  Announcements        1031,1056,1101 

Donations        1031,  1056,  1101 

Notes  and  Exhibits 1052,1100,1297 

President's  Address 1299 

Office-Bearers  and  Council  for  1890  1339 

Title-page,  Contents,  Index  to  Vol.  IV.  (2nd  Ser.),  List  of  Plates,  and  Errata.